HomeMy WebLinkAbout2013-05-28 - AGENDA REPORTS - UPDATE UDC MC 13-009 (2)Agenda Item: 14
CITY OF SANTA CLARIT."
AGENDA REPORT
PUBLIC HEARING City Manager Approval:
Item to be presented by:
DATE: May 28, 2013
SUBJECT: COMPREHENSIVE UPDATE OF THE SANTA CLARITA
UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE (MASTER CASE NO. 13-009)
DEPARTMENT: Community Development
RECOMMENDED ACTION
City Council:
1. Receive the staff report and open the public hearing for testimony.
2. Close the public hearing.
Introduce and pass to a second reading on June 11, 2013 an ordinance entitled: "AN
ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA,
CALIFORNIA, APPROVING MASTER CASE NO. 13-009 (UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT
CODE 13-001, ZONE CHANGE 13-001) AND AMENDING THE SANTA CLARITA
UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE (UDC) AND ZONING MAP."
BACKGROUND
General Plan Adoption
After several years of public outreach and planning, the City Council adopted the new Santa
Clarita General Plan (General Plan) on June 14, 2011, by adoption of Resolution No. 11-61. The
new General Plan provides a vision that will guide future development of the City through a set
of goals, objectives and policies, outlined in each of the seven elements of the plan. The General
Plan also includes implementation measures discussing how these goals, objectives and policies
will be carried out to achieve the intended goals of the plan. One of the key General Plan imple-
mentation measures is to update the current UDC and zoning map to ensure consistency with the
new General Plan.
Ordinance passed to
Second reading
UDC Amendments and Comprehensive UDC Update
The City of Santa Clarita UDC was originally codified in 1992, following the adoption of the
City's first General Plan. Since codification of the City's UDC, numerous amendments to the
UDC have been adopted by the City, in order to address applicable new State planning laws and
local planning related issues, as they arose.
As was required in 1992 following adoption of the City's original General Plan, State law
requires local jurisdictions to bring their zoning ordinances into compliance with their newly
adopted general plans. Pursuant to Government Code Section 65860, zoning ordinances shall
be amended to ensure consistency with a newly adopted or amended general plan.
Since the adoption of the General Plan in .lune 2011, City staff has been working on a compre-
hensive update of the UDC that implements applicable General Plan policies and new State
zoning laws and bills. The proposed UDC Update was also prepared to implement Community
Development Director's policies, to address comments raised by the public, and to make the
UDC a more user-friendly document. A thorough review of the UDC was conducted and a
comprehensive update was prepared. A broad summary of proposed amendments is provided
below, in the Project Description.
General Public Outreach Meetings
At the outset of the project, staff conducted two public outreach meetings on October 27, 2011,
and November 2, 2011, to solicit feedback from the general public on the UDC. Planning staff
also conducted a series of meetings with members of the business and development community
in 2011 to solicit feedback from them regarding the UDC.
A draft of the UDC Update was made available to the public on January 28, 2013, and posted at
the Santa Clarita Library (Canyon Country, Newhall, and Valencia Branches), at the Permit
Center at Santa Clarita City Nall, and on the City's website (www.santa-clarita.com/udcupdate).
Copies of the UDC Update were also distributed to the Planning Commission and City Council
on January 28. Following the release of the public draft of the proposed UDC Update, staff
conducted further public outreach meetings on February 13 and 19, 2013 to summarize the
project and receive comments on the proposed UDC amendments.
Commission Study Sessions and Council Subcommittee Meetings
On November 15, 2011, the Planning Commission conducted the first of two study sessions on
the UDC Update to review policies of the General Plan and implementation of these policies in
the UDC Update. On June 19, 2012, the Planning Commission held a second study session on
the UDC Update and received a progress report from staff on the UDC Update.
Following the release of the public draft of the UDC Update, the City Council Development
Subcommittee (Subcommittee), which includes Mayor Kellar and Councilmember Boydston,
held duly noticed meetings on January 28, 2013, and March 4, 2013. At these meetings, City
staff provided the Subcommittee with an overview of the proposed project and the comments
received from the public on the project. There were follow-up meetings with Councilmember
Boydston where there was further review of parking requirements, permit requirements, and
allowable densities.
Environmental Review
An Initial Study was prepared for this project in accordance with the California Environmental
Quality Act (CEQA). The Initial Study determined that all impacts related to the proposed
project are considered to be less than significant. Therefore, a Negative Declaration was prepared
in accordance with Section 15070 of CEQA. The Negative Declaration and Initial Study
(Exhibit G) were made available during a thirty -day public review period from March 5, 2013,
to April 4, 2013. Documents were posted at the Permit Center at the City of Santa Clarita City
Hall, and the City of Santa Clarita Library (Canyon Country, Newhall, and Valencia Branches).
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Summary
The proposed project is a comprehensive update to the City of Santa Clarita UDC that was
prepared by City staff, in coordination with the City Attorney's Office. The project consists of
text amendments to the UDC and an update of the zoning map, in order to achieve consistency
with the City's General Plan, as required by State law. Amendments are proposed in order to
implement applicable policies of the General Plan, to incorporate new State zoning laws, to
make user-friendly improvements to the UDC, and to comprehensively update the UDC.
Project Components
The proposed project can generally be categorized into six components, which include the
following. Each of these project components are discussed in detail below.
• Zoning Map/Designation and Overlay Map Update
• General Plan Policy Amendments
• State Zoning Laws and Bills
• User-friendly Improvements
• Public Comments Received
• Update of the UDC
(1) Zoning Map/Designation and Overlay Map Update
With the adoption of the General Plan and the General Plan Land Use Map, an update of the
zoning map and overlay map is necessary to ensure consistency between the General Plan and
UDC. Whereas the General Plan Land Use Map describes and designates the distribution of land
uses by type, location, and intensity through policies, the zoning map and overlay map implement
these policies by establishing zones and standards applied to property within the City.
The proposed zoning map update (Exhibit B) reflects and implements the General Plan Land Use
Map. A description of these designations and their respective development standards can be
found in Division 17.30 (Zones) of the UDC Update. The proposed overlay map update (Exhibit
C) reflects overlay zones within the City. A description of these overlay zone designations and
their respective standards can be found in Chapter 17.38 (Overlay Zones) of the UDC Update.
(2) General Plan Policy Amendments
Another component of the proposed project is UDC amendments that are a result of implement-
ing General Plan policies. In order to achieve consistency with the General Plan, amendments to
the UDC are proposed to implement applicable policies of the General Plan. Within the public
review draft of the UDC Update (track change version), comment balloons are provided to
indicate proposed UDC amendments that implement the General Plan.
(3) State Zoning Laws and Bills
Several State zoning laws have been enacted that require local jurisdictions to update their
zoning codes. The following includes a description of the proposed UDC amendments that
address these new laws.
Assembly Bill 1881 (AB 1881) —Wafer Efficient Landscape Ordinance
Commonly known as the State's Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance, AB 1881
requires local jurisdictions to adopt this ordinance or update their local landscaping ordinance
to implement measures to promote the conservation and efficient use of water for landscaping.
As part of the UDC Update, proposed changes to incorporate AB 1881 can be.found in Section
17.51.030 (Landscaping and Irrigation Standards). Proposed amendments specific to AB 1881
include, but are not limited to, setting limits on the amount of water usage, requiring water
conserving equipment, and encouraging the use of drought -tolerant and low water -use plants.
Assembly Bill 1616 (AB 1616) — Homemade Food Act
Assembly Bill 1616 was signed into law by the Governor in 2012 and requires local jurisdictions
to allow cottage food operators to make and sell certain foods (jams, jellies, and certain baked
goods) at a residence. AB 1616 gives local jurisdictions the discretion to permit these home-
based cottage food operations by right or require a discretionary permit for these uses. To
incorporate this law, staff proposes a set of performance standards in addition to requiring an
administrative permit to regulate cottage food operations. These proposed requirements can be
found in Section 17.66.025 of the UDC Update.
Senate Bill 520 (SB 520) — Reasonable Accommodations
Senate Bill 520 amended State housing element law and required local jurisdictions, as part of
their housing element updates, to establish programs that remove governmental constraints and
provide reasonable accommodations for persons with disabilities to obtain access to housing.
Program H 5.1 of the Santa Clarita Housing Element states that the City will amend the UDC to
create an administrative procedure whereby property owners and residents can apply for a
4
reasonable accommodation for changes to make housing accessible to persons with disabilities.
To implement this program, Section 17.23.180 of the UDC Update is proposed and creates an
administrative procedure to afford individuals with a disability equal opportunity to enjoy a
residential use.
(4) User-friendly Improvements
As part of the effort to improve the UDC and in response to suggestions received from the
general public, a number of user-friendly improvements have been incorporated into the UDC
Update. A summary of these user-friendly improvements are provided below:
• Procedural regulations have been updated for more efficient administration of the UDC.
e The numbering and formatting system for Title 17 has been updated and improved for
more efficient use.
• Graphics have been updated and modernized to illustrate development standards.
• Three chapters (definitions for use classifications, the Permitted Use Chart, and parking
requirements) are consolidated into one location (Division 17.40 (Use Classification and
Required Parking)).
• Definitions (found in multiple locations in the UDC) have been consolidated into Chapter
17.11 (Definitions).
• Topics are logically grouped into distinct divisions, chapters, and sections; alphabetized
where applicable.
• A new matrix is provided to illustrate and simplify signing requirements.
(5) Public Comments Received
The following is a list of comments received during the initial public outreach efforts in the fall
of 2011, and a summary of how staff has addressed these comments in the UDC Update.
• Consider methods to streamline the project review and approval process.
Several changes were identified and have been proposed that could streamline the project
review process including the following:
• Refined procedures for application filing and project review. Various updates
have been proposed that would improve the efficiency of administering the UDC.
Expanded administrative hearing process. Administrative hearings before the
hearing officer are currently used for only requests for hearings of sign variance
applications. Staff is proposing to expand this process to include reviews of
requests for hearings of adjustments and minor use permits, which currently
require public hearings before the Planning Commission (Commission). This
change would expedite the hearing process and allow projects to be heard sooner,
before the hearing officer. Decisions by the hearing officer would still be
appealable to the Commission.
5
• One additional one-year time extension. Once the initial approval period for
permits expires, applicants are currently allowed one one-year time extension.
Staff proposes a change to allow applicants one additional one-year time
extension to activate their planning entitlements.
• Need to find ways to make the UDC easier to use for the general public.
Following the initial outreach meetings, staff identified various ways to improve the
document and to make the UDC more user-friendly, as mentioned above.
• Provide a method to enable discretion for applying new codes to existing, older
neighborhoods.
Several amendments are proposed that would provide additional flexibility when
applying code requirements to existing, older residential neighborhoods, including
provisions for modifying wall/fence height standards, replacing roof -mounted air
conditioning units, and setback reductions for reverse corner lots (from 20 feet to 10 feet
in urban residential zones). In addition, the adjustment application has been modified to
allow single-family residential property owners to apply for a modification to a
development standard. Currently, a variance application is required for these types of
modifications.
• Incorporate General Plan policy for North Newhall into the Special Standards.
After the General Plan was adopted, staff met with members of the Placerita Canyon
Property Owners Association (PCPOA) on several occasions to discuss amendments to
the Placerita Canyon Special Standards District. These proposed amendments can be
found in Section 17.39.020 of the UDC Update (Section 17.16.080 of the current UDC).
(6) Update of the UDC
As part of the comprehensive update of the UDC, staff carefully reviewed all sections of the
UDC and identified necessary amendments to the UDC. Updates to the UDC include, but are not
limited to, updates to definitions, general procedures, grading, hillside development, overlay
zones, parking standards, property development standards, sign standards, subdivisions, and use
permit requirements. A detailed comparison of the existing UDC and all of the proposed changes
is provided in the Draft UDC Update (Volume 2) in the track change format of the UDC Update.
PLANNING COMMISSION RECOMMENDATION
The Planning Commission conducted two public hearings on the project, with the first taking
place on March 19, 2013. At this meeting, the Commission received an overview of the UDC
Update, opened the public hearing, provided comments and questions for staff, and continued
the public hearing.
On April 16, 2013, the Planning Commission took action on the UDC Update and voted 5-0 to
adopt Resolution No. P13-03, recommending that the City Council certify the Negative
Declaration prepared for the project and approve the UDC Update. As a part of their
recommendation, the Planning Commission recommended approval of the Errata Summary
(Exhibit D), which is a comprehensive list of all corrections that address typos, errors and
omissions in the UDC Update and zoning maps. With their recommended action, the Planning
Commission provided the following additional recommendations to the City Council:
1) Amend an existing finding for parking reductions to include the words "private streets" to
ensure that the granting of the permit will not result in the parking of vehicles onto private
streets in such a manner as to interfere with the free flow of traffic.
2) Allow the continued flexibility of combining individual and common open space require-
ments for mixed use developments.
3) Amend the commercial parking requirement ratio for live/work units from one space per 250
square feet (as proposed in the UDC Update) to requiring parking to be based on the specific
commercial use type as provided in the UDC.
4) Increase the allowed number of students receiving instruction, as part of a home occupation
permit, from one student to up to five students, with no more than two vehicles incidental to
the home instruction.
5) Clarify that all appeals related to filming throughout the City are heard first before the City
Manager and, if necessary, before the City Council.
6) Reinstate proposed deletions of duplicative definitional language in the Happy Valley Special
Standards District and Oak Tree Preservation sections of the UDC.
7) Incorporate Animal Control and Health Department requirements as it relates to enclosures
for the keeping of large animals.
8) City Attorney's Office research the ability to add an additional standard that would require an
applicant/owner to post bonds for clean-up and remediation of Hazardous Waste Facilities.
9) Staff continue to work with Mr. Hunt Braly, representing Sierra Highway Holdings, LLC, on
his request to allow a legal nonconforming light industrial use on Sierra Highway, north of
Soledad Canyon Road, the ability to have up to two years, phis an additional year extension
in order to re-establish a use that has been discontinued.
With the exception of items 8 and 9, above, the Planning Commission's recommended changes
to the UDC Update are reflected in the attached Exhibit E (Planning Commission Recommened
Changes).
With regards to the Planning Commission's recommendation to add a requirement for the
posting of a bond for clean-up and remediation of hazardous waste facilities, the City Attorney's
Office researched the State's Health and Safety Code and concludes that the Department of Toxic
Substances Control would be the appropriate government agency that determines whether bonds
for remediation would be required. Therefore, no additional amendments to the UDC are
necessary.
Since the April 19 Planning Commission meeting, staff has met with Mr. Braly to discuss his
client's concerns that the provisions in the UDC related to legal nonconforming uses do not
permit them enough time (180 days) to re -lease their property to another light industrial use (and
re-establish the use) after such time that the subject building becomes vacant. Staff continues to
work with Mr. Braly to approve a schedule for the resumption of the light industrial use after
such time that its current tenant relocates and vacates the property.
ALTERNATIVE ACTIONS
Other actions as determined by the City Council.
FISCAL IMPACT
No fiscal impact.
ATTACHMENTS
Ordinance -
Exhibit A - Unified Development Code Update (Volume 1) in City Clerk's reading file
Exhibit B - Zoning Map in City Clerk's reading file
Exhibit C - Overlay Map in City Clerk's reading file
Exhibit D - Errata Summary
Exhibit E - Planning Commission Recommended Changes
Exhibit F - Municipal Code Amendments for Title 17 References
Exhibit G - Negative Declaration and Initial Study
Unified Development Code Update (Volume 2 -Track Change Version) available in the City
Clerk's Reading File
Planning Commission Staff Reports, Resolution, and Minutes available in the City Clerk's
Reading File
Comment Letters available in the City Clerk's Reading File
Public Hearing Notice available in the City Clerk's Reading File
ORDINANCE NO. 13 -
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF
THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA, CALIFORNIA,
APPROVING MASTER CASE NO. 13-009 (UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE 13-001,
ZONE CHANGE 13-001), AND AMENDING THE SANTA CLARITA UNIFIED
DEVELOPMENT CODE (UDC) AND ZONING MAP
THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA, CALIFORNIA, DOES HEREBY
ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:
SECTION 1. FINDINGS OF FACT. The City Council does hereby make the following findings
of fact:
a. On June 14, 2011, the City Council adopted the Santa Clarita General Plan, by adoption
of Resolution No. 11-63. The General Plan provides a vision that will guide future
development in the City of Santa Clarita through a set of goals, objectives, and policies.
b. Pursuant to Government Code Section 65860, local jurisdictions, with newly adopted
general plans, are required to amend their zoning ordinances to ensure consistency with
the newly adopted general plan.
c. Following adoption of the General Plan in June 2011, the City of Santa Clarita (the
"City") initiated the comprehensive update of the Unified Development Code,
consisting of Master Case No. 13-009 (the "project" or "UDC Update").
d. The City of Santa Clarita's proposed project consists of the following:
Unified Development Code (UDC) 13-001: To update the Unified Development Code,
to ensure consistency with the General Plan. The Unified Development Code Update is
incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit A.
Zone Change (ZC) 13-001: To update the zoning map and overlay map to ensure
consistency with the General Plan. The updated zoning map is incorporated herein by
reference as Exhibit B and the updated overlay map is incorporated herein by reference
as Exhibit C. The update to the zoning map includes those areas pending annexation,
with approved prezone designations, including the North Saugus area (Ordinance No.
13-2) and Norland Road area (Ordinance No. 11-8).
Municipal Code Amendments: To update certain sections in the Municipal Code with
references to Title 17. Due to renumbering the UDC, existing references to the UDC,
found in the Municipal Code, are updated as set forth in the attached Exhibit F.
rp
e. The Planning Commission held duly noticed study sessions on November 15, 2011 and
June 19, 2012, in accordance with the City's noticing requirements. The study sessions
were held at City Hall, 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Santa Clarita and at Old Orchard
Park, Community Room, located at 25032 Avenida Rotella, Santa Clarita. The
following occurred at the study sessions: .
On November 15, 2011, the Planning Commission received a presentation on the
project and proposed amendments to the Unified Development Code. At that
meeting staff received comments from both the Planning Commission and the
public.
2. On June 19, 2012, the Planning Commission received a presentation on the draft
UDC Update and a progress report on the project. At that meeting staff received
comments from both the Planning Commission and the public.
f. On January 28, 2013, the draft of the UDC Update was made available to the public and
posted at the Santa Clarita Library (Canyon Country, Newhall, and Valencia Branches),
at the Permit Center at Santa Clarita City Hall, and on the City website. Copies of the
UDC Update were also distributed to the Planning Commission and the City Council.
g. The City Council Development Subcommittee held duly noticed meetings on January
28, 2013 and March 4, 2013, in accordance with the City's noticing requirements. The
meetings were held at City Hall, Century Room, 23920 Valencia Blvd., Santa Clarita.
The Planning Commission held duly noticed public hearings on March 19, 2013 and
April 16, 2013, in accordance with the City's noticing requirements. The project was
advertised in The Signal newspaper on February 26, 2013. The hearings were held at
City Hall, 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Santa Clarita, at 6:00 p.m. The following
occurred at the public hearings:
1. On March 19, 2013, the Planning Commission received City staff s presentation
summarizing the proposed project, opened the public hearing, and received public
testimony regarding the project and staff received comments and questions from the
Planning Commission regarding the project. The Planning Commission continued
the public hearing to April 16, 2013;
2. On April 16, 2013, staff provided responses to questions and comments that were
raised by the Commission on March 19, 2013. Staff presented the necessary
approval documents (resolution and associated attachments), including the Errata
Summary, as shown in Exhibit D. The Planning Commission received public
testimony regarding the project, provided final comments to staff, and closed the
public hearing. The Planning Commission voted 5-0 to adopt Resolution No.
P13-03 recommending that the City Council certify the Negative Declaration
10
prepared for the project, and approve the proposed UDC Update with additional
recommended changes, as shown in Exhibit E.
At its hearings on the project, listed above, the Planning Commission considered staff
presentations, staff reports, and public comments and testimony on the UDC Update.
The documents and other materials, which constitute the record of proceedings upon
which the decision of the Planning Commission is based, are on file within the
Community Development Department and are in the custody of the Director of
Community Development.
k. On May 28, 2013, the City Council held a duly noticed public hearing on the UDC
Update, in accordance with the City's noticing requirements. The project was
advertised in The Signal newspaper on May 7, 2013. The hearing was held at 6:00 p.m.
at City Hall, located at 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Santa Clarita. The City Council
received the staff report, received public testimony, and closed the public hearing.
1. On May 28, 2013, the City Council conducted the first reading of an ordinance for the
UDC Update and passed the ordinance to a second reading on .lune 11, 2013.
in. Based upon the staff presentations, staff reports, and public comments and testimony,
the City Council finds that the Unified Development Code Update will not adversely
affect the health, peace, comfort, or welfare of persons residing in the area; nor will the
Unified Development Code Update jeopardize, endanger or otherwise constitute a
menace to the public health, safety, or general welfare.
n. The documents and other materials, which constitute the record of proceedings upon
which the decision of the City Council is based, are on file within the Community
Development Department and are in the custody of the Director of Community
Development.
SECTION 2. CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT FINDINGS. Based upon the
foregoing facts and findings, the City Council hereby finds as follows:
a. An Initial Study and a Negative Declaration for this project have been prepared, as set
forth in Exhibit G, in compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act
(CEQA);
b. The Initial Study has been circulated for review and comment by affected governmental
agencies and the public, and all comments received have been considered. The Negative
Declaration was advertised on February 26, 2013 and posted on March 5, 2013, in
accordance with CEQA. The public review period was open from March 5, 2013
through April 4, 2013;
c. There is no substantial evidence that the project will have a significant effect on the
environment. The Negative Declaration reflects the independent judgment of the City
of Santa Clarita;
d. The documents and other material which constitute the record of proceedings upon
which the decision of the City Council is made is the Master Case No. 13-009 project
file, located within the Community Development Department and is in the custody of
the Director of Community Development; and
e. The City Council, based upon the findings set forth above, hereby finds that the
Negative Declaration for this project has been prepared in compliance with CEQA.
SECTION 3. FINDINGS FOR UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE 13-001 AND ZONE
CHANGE 13-001. Based on the above findings of fact and recitals and the entire record,
including, without limitation, oral and written testimony and other evidence received at the
public hearings, reports and other transmittals from City staff to the City Council, and upon
studies and investigations made by the City Council, the City Council finds as follows:
a, That the proposed zone change or amendment is consistent with the objectives of the
development code, the General Plan, and development policies of the City:
Master Case No. 13-009, which consists of Unified Development Code 13-001 and
Zone Change 13-001, is consistent with the objectives of the General Plan and
development policies of the City. The comprehensive update of the Unified
Development Code carries out a key General Plan implementation measure by updating
the development code and zoning map to ensure consistency with the General Plan, as
required by State law. The comprehensive update of the Unified Development Code
implements applicable policies of the General Plan to ensure consistency with the goals,
objectives and policies of the General Plan. The UDC Update does not require
consistency with the development code because the request is to amend the entire
Unified Development Code,
SECTION 4. The City Council hereby adopts the Negative Declaration (Exhibit G) prepared for
the project and approves the amendments to the Unified Development Code, which includes
Master Case No. 13-009, Unified Development Code 13-001, Zone Change 13-001, consisting of
the Unified Development Code Update (Exhibit A), the Zoning Map (Exhibit B), the Overlay
Map (Exhibit C), the Errata Summary (Exhibit D), and the Planning Commission Recommended
Changes (Exhibit E). Other sections of the Municipal Code are hereby amended as set forth on
the attached Municipal Code Amendments for Title 17 References (Exhibit F).
SECTION 5. This Ordinance shall be in full force and effect thirty (30) days from its passage and
adoption.
12
SECTION 6. The City Clerk shall certify to the passage of this Ordinance and shall cause the
same to be published as required by law.
13
PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED this day of 12013.
MAYOR
ATTEST:
INTERIM CITY CLERK
DATE:
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss.
CITY OF SANTA CLARITA)
I, Armine Chaparyan, Interim City Clerk of the City of Santa Clarita, do hereby certify that the
foregoing Ordinance No. 13- was regularly introduced and placed upon its first reading at
a regular meeting of the City Council on the day of , 2013. That thereafter,
said Ordinance was duly passed and adopted at a regular meeting of the City Council on the
day of 2013, by the following vote, to wit:
AYES: COUNCILMEMBERS:
NOES: COUNCILMEMBERS:
ABSENT: COUNCILMEMBERS:
AND I FURTHER CERTIFY that the foregoing is the original of Ordinance _
and was published in The Signal newspaper in accordance with State Law (G.C. 40806).
INTERIM CITY CLERK
6 11 j
•
•
E
TITLE 16
SUBDIVISIONS
CHAPTERS:
16.01
General Provisions
16.03
General Requirements
16.05
Surveys
16.07
Design Standards
16.09
Highways
16.11
Local Streets and Ways
16.13
Lots
16.17
Special Requirements
16.19
Dedications
16.20
Covenants of Easement
16.21
Subdivision Improvements
16.23
Fees, Bonds and Deposits
16.25
Tentative Tract and Parcel Maps
16.27
Vesting Tentative Maps
16.29
Final Maps and Final Parcel Maps
16.31
Mapping Specifications
16.33
Modifications to Tentative and Recorded Maps
16.35
Certificates of Compliance—Notices of Violation
16.37
Waiver Conditions
16.39
Parcel Mergers
16.41
Recording of Lot Line Adjustments
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 1
Chapter 16.01 General Provisions
SECTIONS:
16.01.010 Applicability of Subdivision Provisions—Statutory Authority.
16.01.020 Lease Projects, Condominiums and Community Apartment Projects—Provisions
Applicable.
16.01.030 Violation—Penalty.
16.01.040 Severability.
16.01.050 Condition of Subdivision Approval.
16.01.060 Conformity with Title 17.
16.01.070 Title.
16.01.010 Applicability of Subdivision Provisions—Statutory Authority.
Subject to the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act, and in addition to any other regulations
provided by law, the regulations hereinafter in this Code shall apply to all subdivisions or parts of
subdivisions hereafter made, of land within the City, and to the preparation of subdivision maps
thereof, and to other maps provided for by the Subdivision Map Act, for approval; and each such
subdivision within the City shall be made, and each such map shall be prepared and presented for
approval, as hereinafter provided for and required in this Code.
16.01.020 Lease Projects, Condominiums and Community Apartment Projects—
Provisions Applicable.
Provisions of this Code which exempt a subdivider from complying with a design, improvement,
dedication or fee requirement, or which provide for the waiver of such a requirement because of the
size of parcels resulting from a subdivision, shall not be construed to apply to lease projects,
condominiums, or community apartment projects subject to the provisions of the Subdivision Map
Act.
16.01.030 Violation—Penalty.
A violation of this Code which is not also prohibited by the Subdivision Map Act or by any other
State statute is subject to the penalties as set forth in Title 23 of the Municipal Code.
16.01.040 Severability.
If any provision of this Code, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is held to be
invalid, the remainder of the Code and the application of such provision to other persons or
circumstances shall not be affected thereby.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 2
•
• 16.01.050 Condition of Subdivision Approval.
As a condition of the approval of a subdivision, the subdivider shall agree to reimburse the City for
any court and attorney's fees which the City may be required by a court to pay because of any
claim or action brought against the City because of such approval pursuant to Government Code
Section 66499.37. Although the subdivider is the real party in interest in such an action, the City
may, at its sole discretion, participate at its own expense in the defense of the action, but such
participation shall not relieve the subdivider of its obligations under this condition.
16.01.060 Conformity with Title 17.
Unless specifically modified by Title 16, all subdivisions are subject the requirements of Title 17
including, but not limited to, the following:
A. Administration;
B. Permits;
C. Major Bridge and Thoroughfare Fees;
D. Parkland Dedication and In -Lieu Fees;
E. Property Frontage Improvements;
F. Road Dedications
G. Library Facilities and Technology Mitigation Fee; and
H. Law Enforcement Mitigation Fee.
16.01.070. Title.
Title 16 of the Municipal Code shall be known and cited as "Title 16," the "Subdivision Code,"
"this Title," When the term "this Code" is used, the term shall include both Title 16 and 17, which
together are considered the Unified Development Code. Whenever reference is made to any
portion of the Code set out in this Title 16 and/or 17, or of any other law or ordinance, the reference
applies to all amendments and additions hereafter made to this Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 3
Chapter 16.03 General Requirements •
SECTIONS:
16.03.010 Final and Final Parcel Maps Required—Exceptions.
16.03.020 Exceptions to Final Parcel Map Requirements.
16.03.030 Approval of Final Parcel Map—City Engineer Authority.
16.03.040 Lot Line Adjustment.
16.03.010 Final and Final Parcel Maps Required—Exceptions.
A. A final map is required for all subdivisions, except where:
The land before division contains less than five (5) acres, each parcel created by the
division abuts upon a maintained public street or highway, and no dedications or
improvements are required; or
2. Each parcel created by the division has a gross area of twenty (20) acres or more and
has an approved access to a maintained public street or highway; or
3. The land consists of a parcel or parcels of land having approved access to a public
street or highway which comprises part of a tract of land zoned for industrial or •
commercial development; or
4. Each parcel created by the division has a gross area of not less than forty (40) acres
or is not less than a quarter of a quarter section.
B. A final parcel map is required for all subdivisions for which a final map is not required.
C. No person shall offer to sell, lease, finance or transfer title to; contract to sell, lease, finance
or transfer title to; sell, lease, finance or transfer title to; commence construction of any
building other than a model home; or permit the occupancy other than for model -home
purposes of any building on any real property for which a final map or final parcel map is
required, until the required map has been filed for record by the Recorder of Los Angeles
County. These prohibitions shall not apply in the case of final parcel map requirements
where a waiver has been approved pursuant to Section 16.39.020 (Requirements for the
Merging of Substandard Parcels), and to minor lot line adjustments approved pursuant to
Section 16.03.040 (Lot Line Adjustment), or in any instance where a certificate of
compliance has been issued and any required conditions have been fulfilled as provided in
the Subdivision Map Act. Nor do the provisions of this section apply to any parcel or
parcels of a subdivision offered for sale, lease, financing or transfer, or sold, leased,
financed or transferred in compliance with or exempt from any law, including this Code or
any other ordinance of the City, regulating the design and improvement of subdivisions, in
effect at the time the subdivision was established.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 4
i
• 16.03.020 Exceptions to Final Parcel Map Requirements.
Final parcel maps are not required for subdivisions created by short-term leases (terminable by
either party on not more than thirty (30) days' notice in writing) of a portion of the operating right-
of-way of a railroad corporation defined as such by Section 230 of the Public Utilities Code, or for
land conveyed to or from a governmental agency, public entity or public utility, or to a subsidiary
of a public utility for conveyance to such public utility for rights-of-way or facilities, unless a
showing is made in individual cases, upon substantial evidence, that public policy necessitates such
a parcel map.
16.03.030 Approval of Final Parcel Map—City Engineer Authority.
A final parcel map shall be submitted to the City Engineer for examination and approval. The City
Engineer shall, upon completion of his examination of the final parcel map and receipt of the
reports from City officers and departments required pursuant to Section 16.25.040 (Contents and
Submittal Requirements), approve the map if it conforms to the tentative map, as approved, and the
conditions of approval of the tentative map and all applicable requirements of this Title 16 and of
the Subdivision Map Act have been complied with.
16.03.040 Lot Line Adjustment.
The adjustment of lot lines between two to four existing adjacent parcels shall be done in
•
accordance with the provisions of this Code.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 5
Chapter 16.05 Surveys
SECTIONS:
16.05.010
Standards for Survey Work.
16.05.020
Boundary Monuments—Location and Materials.
16.05.030
Street Centerline Monuments.
16.05.040
Centerline Intersection Monuments—Notes to City Engineer.
16.05.050
Identification Marks on Monuments.
16.05.060
Boundary Monuments—Time for Setting—Deferment Conditions.
16.05.070
Inspection and Approval of Monuments.
16.05.010 Standards for Survey Work.
A. The procedure and practice of all survey work done on any division of land, whether for
preparation of a final map or final parcel map, shall conform to the standards and details set
forth in Chapter 15, Division 3, of the Business and Professions Code, and Land Surveyor's
Act. The allowable error of closure on any portion of a final map or parcel map shall not
exceed 1/10,000.
B. In the event that the City Engineer, State Highway Engineer, County Engineer or any
engineer shall have established the centerline of any street or alley in or adjoining a division
of land, the final map or final parcel map shall show such centerline, together with reference
to a field book or map showing such centerline and the monuments which determine its
position. If determined by ties, that fact shall be stated upon the final map or final parcel
map.
16.05.020 Boundary Monuments—Location and Materials.
Each final map or final parcel map shall show durable monuments found or set at or near each
boundary corner and at intermediate points, approximately one thousand (1,000) feet apart, or at
such lesser distances as may be made necessary by topography or culture to ensure accuracy in the
reestablishment of any point or line without unreasonable difficulty. The precise position and the
character of each such monument shall be shown on such map. Such durable monument shall be
not less substantial than an iron pipe of a two (2) inch outside diameter, not less than two and one-
half (2 1/2) feet in length, with plug and tack, and set at least two (2) feet into the ground, or of
such other character and stability as may be approved by the City Engineer. For the purpose of this
Code, a lead and tack set in permanent concrete or masonry shall be considered as a durable
monument. The approximate elevation of the top of each such monument with respect to the
surface of the ground shall be shown on said map.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 6
• 16.05.030 Street Centerline Monuments.
A. Whenever necessary, as determined by the City Engineer, centerline monuments shall be set
to mark the intersections of streets, intersections of streets with the tract boundary or to
mark either the beginning and end of curves or the points of intersection of tangents thereof,
or other intermediate points.
B. Each such monument shall be not less durable and substantial than:
1. In asphaltic concrete or cement concrete pavements, a lead and tack;
2. In unsurfaced graveled or oiled surfaces, a two (2) inch iron pipe set not less than
twelve (12) inches below the surface, or at such depth as may be approved by the
City Engineer; or
3. In bituminous macadam pavements, a spike not less than six (6) inches long.
16.05.040 Centerline Intersection Monuments—Notes to City Engineer.
A. For each centerline intersection monument set, the engineer or surveyor under whose
supervision the survey has been made, shall furnish to the City Engineer a set of notes
showing clearly the ties between such monument and a sufficient number (normally four
• (4)) of durable, distinctive reference points or monuments.
B. Such reference points or monuments may be leads and tacks in sidewalks, two (2) inch by
two (2) inch stakes set back off the curb line and below the surface of the ground or such
substitute therefore as appears to be not more likely to be disturbed.
C. Such set of notes shall be of such quality, form and completeness and shall be on paper of
such quality and size as may be necessary to conform to the standardized office records of
the City Engineer. All such notes shall be indexed and filed by the City Engineer as a part
of the permanent public records.
16.05.050 Identif►cation Marks on Monuments.
All monuments found or set as required herein shall be permanently and visibly marked or tagged
with the registration or license number of the engineer or surveyor under whose supervision the
survey was performed.
16.05.060 Boundary Monuments—Time for Setting—Deferment Conditions.
A. All boundary monuments shall be set prior to filing of the final map or final parcel map
unless, before the map is approved by the Council:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 —Subdivisions (16.01-16.4 1)
Page 7
1. The engineer or surveyor responsible for setting the monuments certifies on the map
that the monuments will be set on or before a reasonable, specified later date; and
2. The subdivider enters into a written agreement with the City, which contains, at a
minimum, the terms set forth below and furnishes security in an amount and in a
manner as set forth in the agreement.
B. The written agreement by and between the City and subdivider shall contain, at a minimum,
the following terms:
1. That the engineer or surveyor has certified on the map that monuments will be set on
or before a certain date specified in the agreement and that the notes required in
Section 16.05.040 (Centerline Intersection Monuments — Notes to City Engineer)
will be furnished to the City Engineer at the same time;
2. That concurrent with the execution by the subdivider of the agreement, the
subdivider shall furnish to the City Engineer security in a specified amount
sufficient to guarantee payment of the cost of setting survey/boundary monuments
and in the form of a cash deposit, performance bond, letter of credit, or other form of
security acceptable to the City;
3. That the engineer and/or surveyor is a third party beneficiary to the terms of the
agreement; •
4. That the subdivider may agree, that upon receipt of written notice to the City
Engineer and subdivider from the engineer or surveyor that the final setting of all
monuments has been completed, the Council may release the security to the
engineer or surveyor; and
5. Other terms governing the release of the security as provided under Government
Code Section 66497.
16.05.070 Inspection and Approval of Monuments.
All monuments shall be subject to inspection and approval of the City Engineer in conjunction with
his checking of the map.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.4 1)
Page 9
•
® Chapter 16.07 Design Standards
SECTIONS:
16.07.010 General Requirements—Determination of Adequacy.
16.07.020 Restricted Residential Access.
16.07.030 Wildland Access.
16.07.040 Modifications to Access and Frontage Requirements.
16.07.010 General Requirements—Determination of Adequacy.
A. Each street providing access to lots within a division of land shall connect directly or
through one or more other streets to a highway which is shown on the General Plan
Circulation Map Joint Highway Plan and which is maintained and open to public travel.
Each route of access to a highway which is shown on the General Plan Circulation Map
Joint Highway Plan shall be adequate to accommodate the composition and volume of
vehicular traffic generated by the land uses which it serves.
B. In determining the adequacy of a route of access, the Approving Authority shall consider
the potential for blockage of the route by flood, fire or landslide and the effect of such
blockage on the safe evacuation of future users and occupants of the subdivision and on the
• deployment of fire equipment or other services under emergency conditions. The Approving
Authority may disapprove a design which makes use of a residential street as a route of
access to industrial, commercial, residential or other divisions of land generating traffic
which would conflict with the residential character of the street.
C�
16.07.020 Restricted Residential Access.
The provisions of this section shall not apply to divisions of land referred to in Section 16.21.040
(Lots in Excess of Ten (10) Acres – Requirements), to divisions of land approved pursuant to
Section 16.21.060 (Parcel Maps – Five -Acre Minimum Lot Size) or to the subdivision of four or
less residential units.
A. If a street or street system is restricted to a single route of access to a highway shown on the
General Plan Circulation Map Joint Highway Plan, except for a Limited Secondary
Highway, which is maintained and open to public travel, whether at the point of intersection
with the highway or at some point distant from the highway, unless otherwise approved by
the Fire Department, the street or street system shall serve not more than:
I. One hundred fifty (150) dwelling units where the restriction is designed to be
permanent and the street or street system does not traverse an area designated as a
Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zone;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 – Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 9
2. Seventy-five (75) dwelling units where the restriction is designed to be permanent
and the street or street system traverses an area designated as a Very High Fire •
Hazard Severity Zone;
3. Three hundred (300) dwelling units, where the restriction is subject to removal
through future development.
B. If the roadway paving on that portion of the street or street system forming the restriction is
less than thirty-six (36) feet but more than twenty-eight (28) feet in width and is not to be
widened to thirty-six (36) feet or more as a part of the division of land, the permitted
number of dwelling units shall be reduced by twenty-five percent (25%). , If the pavement
is less than twenty-eight (28) feet in width, the permitted number of dwelling units shall be
reduced by fifty (50) percent. If the roadway paving on that portion of the street or street
system forming the restriction is sixty-four (64) feet or more in width and the restriction is
subject to removal through future development, the permitted number of dwelling units may
be increased to six hundred (600). In no event shall the pavement width be less than twenty
(20) feet.
C. Residential access shall not be permitted on any residential street with a projected traffic
volume of two thousand (2,000) or more vehicle trips a day unless approved by the City
Engineer.
D. Residential access shall not be permitted on any residential street within the first one •
hundred (100) feet of an intersection with a major or secondary highway.
16.07.030 Wildland Access.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 16.07.020 (Restricted Residential Access) and 16.11.110
(Cul -De -Sacs — Length Restrictions), the Approving Authority may disapprove a design of a
division of land which utilizes a cul-de-sac or branching street system or other single -access street
or street system as the sole or principal means of access to lots within the division, where the Fire
Department advises:
A. That the street or street system will traverse a wildland area which is located in a Very High
Fire Hazard Severity Zone ;or
B. That the lack of a second route of access would unduly hinder public evacuation and the
deployment of fire -fighting and other emergency equipment in the event of a brush or forest
fire.
16.07.040 Modifications to Access and Frontage Requirements.
The Approving Authority may modify the requirements of Sections 16.07.010 (General
Requirements—Determination of Adequacy), 16.07.020 (Restricted Residential Access), 16.11.110
(Cul-De-Sacs—Length Restrictions) and 16.13.030 (Frontage for Lots) where it finds that •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 10
• topographic conditions, title limitations, or the pattern of ownership or the state of development of
parcels in the immediate vicinity of a division of land make the strict application of the provisions
of these sections impossible or impractical and that the public health, safety and general welfare
will not be adversely affected thereby.
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 11
Chapter 16.09 Highways 0
SECTIONS:
16.09.010 Major and Secondary Highways.
16.09.020 Conformity with General Plan Circulation Map Joint Highway Plan.
16.09.030 Right -of -Way and Roadway Width Requirements—Cross-Section Diagrams.
16.09.040 Part -Width Highways.
16.09.050 Grade Separation and Bridge Approaches.
16.09.010 Major and Secondary Highways.
A. Where the General Plan Circulation Map Joint Highway Plan shows any highway so located
that any portion thereof lies within any proposed division of land, right-of-way for such
portion shall be provided within such division in the general location shown on the General
Plan Circulation Map Joint Highway Plan, unless the Approving Authority finds that the
General Plan Circulation Map Joint Highway Plan will be so amended as to remove or
change the location of any portion of such highway within the proposed subdivision as part
of the same entitlement application.
B. Where the Approving Authority finds that the General Plan Circulation Map Joint Highway
Plan will be amended as part of the entitlement application, right-of-way for such portion
shall be provided within the subdivision in a width and at a location deemed appropriate by
the Approving Authority.
16.09.020 Conformity with General Plan Circulation Map Joint Highway Plan.
A. Each highway shall conform in width and substantially in alignment with that shown or
indicated in the General Plan Circulation Map Joint Highway Plan.
B. The centerline curve radius of a Major Highway shall be not less than one thousand five
hundred (1,500) feet.
C. The centerline curve radius of a Secondary Highway shall be not less than one thousand
(1,000) feet.
D. The centerline curve radius of a highway may be reduced if topographic features or title
limitations make it impossible or impractical to conform to the standards contained in this
section, at the discretion of the City Engineer.
16.09.030 Right -of -Way and Roadway Width Requirements—Cross-Section Diagrams.
A. Each highway shall have a width of right-of-way, vehicular pavement and sidewalk where a
sidewalk is required, to conform to the cross-sections or such other designs as approved by
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.4 1)
Page 12
•
•
the City Engineer and demonstrated in the general plan. The Approving Authority may
modify the requirements of this section as to highway widths if topographic features, title
limitations, existing improvements or safety considerations make such dedication
impossible or impractical.
B. Width of Limited Secondary Highways. Where the Approving Authority finds that the
traffic or drainage conditions warrant, the area eight (8) feet outside of the eighty-four (84)
foot right-of-way shall be shown as a future or dedicated right-of-way. If such finding is
not made, said area shall be subject to all other provisions specified by the Code.
16.09.040 Part -Width Highways.
Any part -width highway, or any reservation therefore, lying along and abutting any boundary of a
division of land shall have such a width as will conform to the lines shown on the General Plan
Circulation Map Joint Highway Plan covering the same portion of such subdivision.
16.09.050 Grade Separation and Bridge Approaches.
A. Wherever any highway within a subdivision of land intersects any railroad, or other right-
of-way, and such highway is shown upon the General Plan Circulation Map Joint Highway
Plan, and the Approving Authority identifies the location of a separation of grades at such
intersection, the road layout of the subdivision of land shall be such as to conform to such
plan.
B. Each lot abutting upon a proposed cut or fill necessary for the approach to such grade
separation shall be given suitable access elsewhere as determined by the City Engineer.
C. Wherever it is proposed to subdivide property abutting an approach to an existing or
proposed bridge, the division shall be arranged so that any lot abutting such approach has
suitable access elsewhere, and the street layout adequately provides for such approach.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 13
Chapter 16.11 Local Streets and Ways i
SECTIONS:
16.11.010
16.11.020
16.11.030
16.11.040
16.1 1.050
16.11.060
16.11.070
16.11.080
16.11.090
16.11.100
16.11.110
16.11.120
16.11.140
16.11.010
Right -of -Way and Improvement Width Requirements—Cross-Section Diagrams.
Street Grades.
Right -of -Way.
Future Streets.
Centerline Curve Radius.
Street Intersection Angle.
Service Roads or Alleys Required.
Alleys in Congested Districts.
Alley Intersections.
Turnarounds.
Cul-De-Sacs—Length Restrictions.
Mobile Home Divisions of Land—Street and Driveway Standards.
Fire -Fighting Access Easements.
Right -of -Way and Improvement Width
Diagrams.
Requirements—Cross-Section
Right-of-way and improvement widths shall conform to that depicted in the Circulation Element of
the General Plan. •
16.11.020 Street Grades.
No highway or street shall have a grade of more than six (6) percent, except for short stretches
where the topography makes it impractical to keep within such grade, and in no event shall the
grade exceed ten (10) percent except where evidence, which is satisfactory to the Approving
Authority, is given that a lower grade is not possible.
16.11.030 Right -of -Way.
Intersections of road right-of-way lines where one or both roads are local residential shall be
rounded with a curve having a radius of thirteen (13) feet, unless otherwise determined by the City
Engineer. Intersections of road right-of-way lines, where both roads are shown as highways on the
General Plan Circulation Map Joint Highway Plan. or one of the roads serves a commercial or
industrial development, shall be rounded with a curve having a radius of twenty-five (25) feet,
unless otherwise determined by the City Engineer.
16.11.040 Future Streets.
Wherever the Approving Authority shall have determined that a street is necessary for the future
division of property as shown on the tentative map, or for adjoining property, but that the present
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.4 1)
Page 14
L�
• dedication and construction of such street is not warranted, the Approving Authority may require
that the location, width and extent of such street shall be shown on the final map or final parcel map
as a future street. No improvement of such future street shall be required of the subdivider.
16.11.050 Centerline Curve Radius.
On any street the centerline curve radius shall not be less than one hundred (100) feet for streets
having a pavement width of thirty-four (34) feet, two hundred fifty (250) feet radius for streets
having a pavement width of thirty-six (36) feet and three hundred fifty (350) feet radius for streets
having pavement width of forty (40) feet. A smaller radius may be approved where sufficient
evidence is offered to the City Engineer by the subdivider to show that the specified radius is not
practicable.
16.11.060 Street Intersection Angle.
Except as provided in Section 16.09.020 (Conformity with General Plan Circulation Map Joint
Highway Plan), any highway or street intersecting any other highway or street shall intersect it at
an angle as nearly a right angle as practicable. Except as provided in Section 16.09.020
(Conformity with General Plan Circulation Map Joint Highway Plan), any highway or street shall
intersect as nearly a right angle as practicable. The intersection centerlines shall not be more than
ten (10) degrees from the right angle.
• 16.11.070 Service Roads or Alleys Required.
A. Whenever it is proposed to divide property abutting a major or secondary highway, a
service road or other local street shall be provided unless the circumstances of such property
or of adjoining property render it inadvisable or undesirable to provide access by such
service road or other local street as determined by the City Engineer.
B. Where a service road or local street is not required, the subdivider shall provide an alley at
the rear of such lots unless the Approving Authority finds such alley inadvisable,
undesirable, detrimental to adjoining property or contrary to the best community design.
16.11.080 Alleys in Congested Districts.
The Approving Authority may require that any alley be provided at the rear of all lots where
property is to be used for multiple residential use (not including two-family use) or commercial,
industrial, mixed-use or other less -restrictive uses.
16.11.090 Alley Intersections.
Where two (2) alleys intersect, a cutoff of not less than ten (10) feet along each alley shall be
provided unless modifications are required by the City Engineer.
January 2013 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 15
16.11.100 Turnarounds.
•
A. A turning area shall be provided at the end of cul-de-sac streets and dead-end alleys. The
Approving Authority may require turnarounds:
1. Upon the recommendation of the City Engineer, at intermediate points on cul-de-
sacs of more than seven hundred (700) feet in length, and on other local streets
where the distance between intersections exceeds two thousand (2,000) feet; and
2. At the end of stub or dead-end streets of more than three hundred (300) feet in
length.
B. All such turnarounds shall conform to the specifications of the City Engineer and the Fire
Department.
16.11.110 Cul-De-Sacs—Length Restrictions.
A. Cul-de-sacs shall not be more than:
1. Five hundred (500) feet in length, when serving land zoned for industrial or
commercial use;
2. Six hundred (600) feet in length, when serving land zoned for residential uses
having a density of more than two (2) dwelling units per net acre;
3. One thousand (1,000) feet in length, when serving land zoned for residential uses
having a density of two (2) or less dwelling units per net acre.
B. This section shall not be construed to prohibit the approval of a division of land utilizing
frontage on an existing cul-de-sac of more than the maximum permitted length nor shall it
be construed to prohibit the Approving Authority from reducing the length of a proposed
cul-de-sac to less than the maximum length permitted by this section or requiring the
elimination of a proposed cul-de-sac in order to provide for the efficient circulation of
traffic, the future development of the neighborhood street system or the deployment of
emergency services.
16.11.120 Mobilehome Divisions of Land—Street and Driveway Standards.
Those streets, existing or proposed within or contiguous to a mobilehome division of land which
are to be dedicated or offered to be dedicated for public use, shall meet the standards outlined in
Section 16.09.030 (Right -of -Way and Roadway Width Requirements—Cross-Section Diagrams).
Driveways in such division shall have minimum widths of thirty (30) feet. However, greater
driveway widths may be required by the Approving Authority if the design or magnitude of such
division warrants the greater width or located in a Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 16
•
•
•
16.11.140 Fire -Fighting Access Easements.
In areas where, in the opinion of the Fire Department, there will be fire hazard to the watershed for
any other properties and/or is located in a designated Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zone,
unobstructed Fre protection access easements, not less than fifteen (15) feet wide, shall be
dedicated from the public highway to the boundary of the division of land. Where the design of a
division of land will cause an existing fire road or fire break to be severed, and the Fire Department
advises that this condition will impair the provision of adequate fire protection, the Approving
Authority may require that the subdivider either revise the design of the division of land so that the
fire road or fire break will not be severed or provide an alternate easement. The Fire Department
shall make recommendations to the Approving Authority regarding the location, design and
grading of easements required pursuant to the provisions of this section. Such location, design and
grading shall be as found necessary by the Approving Authority.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 —Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 17
Chapter 16.13 Lots
SECTIONS:
16.13.010
Area and Width—Requirements Generally.
16.13.020
City Boundary Line to be Lot Line.
16.13.030
Frontage for Lots.
16.13.040
Minimum Frontage.
16.13.050
Lot Sideline Angle.
16.13.060
Flag Lots.
16.13.010 Area and Width—Requirements Generally.
A. Each.lot in any division of land shall have an area not less than either the required area or
what will be the required area at the time of the submission of the final map or final parcel
map for approval for the zone in which the lot or any portion thereof is located. Each lot
shall have an average width of not less than the required width, or what will be the required
width at the time of the submission of the final map or final parcel map for approval, or
shall contain an area of not less than such required area within a portion which does have an
average width of not less than such required width, except as provided in Sections
16.13.020 (City Boundary Line to be Lot Line) or 16.17.010 (Division of Land for Purpose
of Lease Only). The required area and the required width shall be the same as those terms
are defined, respectively, in this Code. •
B. if any lot is in more than one zone, then the area and width thereof shall be not less than the
area and width requirements, respectively, in that zone in which any part of the lot is located
which has the largest area requirement and in that zone in which any part of the lot is
located which has the greatest width requirement.
C. This section does not apply to any land which the subdivider offers to deed or dedicate to
any public agency or utility.
D. Where public sewers are not available and private sewage disposal is to be used, every lot
or parcel or building site shall be of sufficient size to provide for satisfactory sewage
disposal for the land use intended as determined by the City Engineer and the Los Angeles
County Health Department.
16.13.020 City Boundary Line to be Lot Line.
No lot shall be divided by a City boundary line. Each such boundary line shall be made a lot line.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 18
• 16.13.030 Frontage for Lots.
The alignment of streets shall be such as to provide frontage for lots in the division of land except
as provided in Section 16.13.020 (City Boundary Line to be Lot Line).
•
16.13.040 Minimum Frontage.
Wherever practical, lot frontage at the right-of-way line shall be:
A. Forty (40) feet or more, where a lot is oriented so that its side lot lines are radial or
approximately radial to a turnaround or knuckle or to the convex side of a curved street
centerline; and
B. Equal to or greater than the average lot width, where a lot is not so oriented.
16.13.050 Lot Sideline Angle.
In all cases where practicable, the side property lines of lots shall be at an approximate right angle
to the street upon which such lots front.
16.13.060 Flag Lots.
The Approving Authority may disapprove the platting of flag lots where this design is not justified
by topographic conditions or the size and shape of the division of land, or where this design is in
conflict with the pattern of neighborhood development. If flag lots are approved, the access strip for
each lot shall be at least ten (10) feet in width where the strip is situated contiguous to other such
access strips, so as to form a common driveway, and at least twenty (20) feet in width, where the
strip is not situated contiguous to other such access strips, unless the City Engineer recommends the
approval of lesser widths because of topographic conditions or the size and shape of a division of
land. Each access strip shall be located so that, when improved as a driveway, the finished grade
will not exceed fifteen (15) percent. The Approving Authority may require that easements for
ingress and egress be provided over common driveways for the benefit of the lots served.
Additional width may be required by the Fire Department
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 19
Chapter 16.17 Special Requirements
SECTIONS:
16.17.010
Condominiums and Community Apartment Projects.
16.17.020
Mobilehome Divisions of Land.
16.17.030
Division of Land Adjacent to Existing Roads.
16.17.040
Transit and Non -motorized Access.
16.17.010 Condominiums and Community Apartment Projects.
In a division consisting of a condominium project as defined in Section 1351 of the Civil Code, or a
community apartment project as defined in Section 11004 of the Business and Professions Code,
maps of such subdivisions need not, but may, show the design of the buildings and manner in
which the buildings or the airspace above the property shown on the map are to be divided. In all
other respects, all of the provisions of the Code shall apply to such a subdivision.
16.17.020 Mobilehome Divisions of Land.
A. The Approving Authority may approve a tentative map of a division of land which does not
comply in all respects with the requirements of this chapter if:
I. The Approving Authority finds: 0
a. The division of land is for mobilehome purposes only,
b. The units of space proposed on the tentative map are for mobile homes and
related facilities only and the development of a mobile home park on the
property included within the division of land is in conformance with the
Code;
2. On such tentative map and on the final map or parcel map, there appear, in letters no
less than one-fourth inch in height, the words: "DIVISION OF LAND FOR
MOBILEHOME PURPOSES ONLY."
B. A person shall not use, lease, sell, mortgage, place a deed of trust or other lien upon a unit
of space within a mobilehome division of land for any purpose other than a mobilehome
and related facilities.
C. Except that the units in a division of land for mobile home purposes need not comply with
the provisions of Section 16.13.010 (Area and Width—Requirements Generally), this
section does not modify in any way any requirements in the Code or any other ordinance or
law as to area or width requirements.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.4 1)
Page 20
D. In a mobilehome land division, the owners of the units of space which are occupied by
mobilehomes and which may also be occupied by accessory uses will hold an undivided
interest in the common areas which will in turn provide the necessary access and utility
easements for the units. A note to this effect shall be on the final map or parcel map.
E. Title to the units and common areas in a mobilehome division of land and control and
maintenance of the common areas shall be similar to those for condominiums as contained
in the Civil Code.
16.17.030 Division of Land Adjacent to Existing Roads.
A. If the Approving Authority finds that the proposed division of land abuts an existing road
which has improvements insufficient for the general use of the lot owners and the division
of land and local neighborhood and drainage needs, it may disapprove the design of the
division unless the subdivider improves or agrees to improve such road to the same
standards required of roads within all divisions of land by Chapter 16.07 (Design
Standards).
B. Where a subdivider proposes to connect to an existing dead-end or cul-de-sac street in
which a turnaround has been installed, the Approving Authority may require the
reconstruction of existing street improvements as a condition of such connection. If the
• subdivider makes or agrees to make the required improvements, all of the provisions of the
Code which apply to improvements and agreements to improve within a division of land
shall apply.
E
16.17.040 Transit and Non -Motorized Access.
Developments shall incorporate and be designed to encourage access by public transit and non -
motorized modes of travel (e.g., bicycle, pedestrian). This shall be accomplished by the
incorporation of appropriate on-site bicycle and pedestrian amenities, in addition to convenient
connections to the City's transit and non -motorized facilities.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 21
Chapter 16.19 Dedications
SECTIONS:
16.19.010 Parcel Maps—Parties Having Record Title Interests.
16.19.020 Parcel Maps—Evidence of Title.
16.19.030 Easement Certificates.
16.19.040 Private Streets.
16.19.050 Streets Serving Minor Land Divisions—Two and One -Quarter (2 114) Acre
Minimum Lot Size.
16.19.060 Minor Land Division and Parcel Map Requirements.
16.19.070 Sewer and Storm Drain Easements.
16.19.080 Drainage Facilities.
16.19.090 Natural Watercourses.
16.19.010 Parcel Maps—Parties Having Record Title Interests.
The signatures of all parties having any record title interest in the real property being subdivided
shall not be required on any final parcel map unless dedications or offers of dedication are made by
certificate on the final parcel map.
r�
u
16.19.020 Parcel Maps—Evidence of Title.
Evidence of title shall be submitted with all final parcel maps. This shall show all fee interest •
holders, all interest holders whose interest could ripen into a fee, all trust deeds together with the
name of the trustee and/or beneficiary and all easement holders.
16.19.030 Easement Certificates.
A. Any map of a subdivision presented to the City with an offer of easements for public use
shall have written thereon, in addition to or as part of any other certificate required, a
certificate, signed by all parties whose signatures are required pursuant to Section 66436 of
the Subdivision Map Act, in substantially one of the following forms:
1. "We hereby certify that except as shown on a copy of this map on file with the City
Engineer, we know of no easement or structure existing within the easements hereby
offered for dedication to the public, other than publicly owned water lines, sewers or
storm drains; that we will grant no right or interest within the boundaries of said
easements offered to the public, except where such right or interest is expressly
made subject to the said easements."
2. "We hereby certify that we know of no easement or structure existing within the
easements hereby offered for dedication to the public other than publicly owned
water lines, sewers or storm drains; that we will grant no right or interest within the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 22
•
0
•
boundaries of said easements offered to the public, except where such right or
interest is expressly made subject to the said easement."
B. The registered civil engineer or land surveyor who prepares the map shall notify the City
Engineer that, as a result of his thorough research of records and a field inspection, there
either are structures existing within the easements offered, or there are no structures existing
within the easements offered. Form No. 1 above shall be used where there are structures,
and Form No. 2 above shall be used where there are no structures.
16.19.040 Private Streets.
Except as set out hereinafter, all parcels of land intended for public use in a division of land shown
on the final map or final parcel map thereof, shall be offered for dedication for public use.
However, with the approval of the Approving Authority, any road which is intended to be kept
physically closed to public travel or posted as a private street at all times may be shown as a private
street; but in any such case, the final map or final parcel map shall contain a conditional offer of
dedication, or the map may be accompanied by a conditional offer of dedication by separate
instrument, either of which may be accepted by the Council. Any such private street shall be shown
on such map by heavy dashed lines. Sufficient data shall be shown on each private street to define
its boundaries, as is required for a public street, and also sufficient mathematical data to show
clearly the portion of each lot within such street. The design and improvement of any such private
street shall be subject to all of the requirements prescribed by the Code for public streets, except
where otherwise approved by the City Engineer and the Director.
16.19.050 Streets Serving Minor Land Divisions—Two and One -Quarter (2-1/4) Acre
Minimum Lot Size.
Streets other than service roads, which are intended to serve as a means of access to lots shown on a
parcel map described by Section 16.21.060, (Parcel Maps—Five-Acre Minimum Lot Size
Requirement), but which are not to be accepted for public use prior to the time the parcel map is
filed with the County Recorder, shall be shown on the final parcel map as private and future streets.
Service roads shall be shown as future streets.
16.19.060 Minor Land Division and Parcel Map Requirements.
Dedications or offers of dedication of real property for streets, highways and other public ways;
access rights and abutter's rights; drainage and public utility easements; building restriction rights;
open space, and other public easements may be required for a minor land division or parcel map.
16.19.070 Sewer and Storm Drain Easements.
If, in the opinion of the Approving Authority, either sewers or storm drains or both are necessary
for the general use of lot owners in the division of land, and such sewers or storm drains or both are
not to be installed in the streets of such division, then the subdivider shall show upon the maps and
dedicate necessary easements for such sewers or storm drains or both.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 23
16.19.080 Drainage Facilities. 40
If an artificial drainage facility is necessary for the general use of lot owners in the division of land
and for adequate drainage needs, subdivider shall dedicate an adequate right-of-way for such
drainage channel.
16.19.090 Natural Watercourses.
In the event that a division of land or any part thereof is traversed by any watercourse, channel,
stream or creek, the subdivider shall dedicate an adequate right-of-way for storm drainage purposes
if the Approving Authority determines such dedication is necessary. If the natural watercourse does
not lie entirely within such dedication, the subdivider may either construct an adequate channel
within such dedication or delineate the course of the watercourse upon the final map or final parcel
map.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 —Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 24
• Chapter 16.20 Covenants of Easement
SECTIONS:
16.20.010
General.
16.20.020
Procedures.
16.20.030
Content of Covenant.
16.20.040
Release of Covenant—Procedure.
16.20.010 General.
A. This chapter is adopted pursuant to Government Code Sections 65870 et seq.
B. This chapter shall apply to all development projects approved by the City, its Council,
Commission, voters, officers, and employees and acts independently from any other
authority or method for the City to require an easement. The provisions of this chapter shall
only apply when:
1. The covenant of easement is for:
a. Parking;
• b. Ingress, egress, or emergency access;
C. Light and/or air access;
d. Signage
e. Landscaping; and/or
f. Open space purposes.
2. At the time of recording the covenant of easement, all the real property benefited or
burdened by said covenant is in common ownership.
16.20.020 Procedures.
Whenever the Approving Authority determines, independently or based upon the recommendation
of City staff, that a covenant of easement is needed for one or more of the purposes identified in
Section 16.20.010, (General) the approval, permit, or designation shall not become effective unless
or until said covenant of easement is recorded.
A. Whenever a covenant of easement is required herein, the covenant shall either:
• January 2013 � DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 25
1. Be in a form and manner approved by the City Attorney based upon the advice of
the City Engineer and Director, executable by the City Engineer on behalf of the
City; or
2. Be prepared by the City Attorney, executable by the City Engineer on behalf of the
City. Whenever the City Attorney prepares a covenant of easement, the City shall be
entitled to reimbursement from the applicant for the costs associated therewith.
16.20.030 Content of Covenant.
Any covenant of easement prepared pursuant to this chapter shall contain, at a minimum, the
following elements:
A. Identification of the owner and/or owners of the real property to be burdened, including a
statement that both the burdened and benefited parcels are under common ownership;
B. A consent to said covenant of easement and the recording thereof by the record owner
and/or owners to the covenant;
C. Identification of the real property to be benefited and to be burdened by said covenant
including a legal description of the same;
D. A statement that said covenant shall act as an easement pursuant to Chapter 3 (commencing
with Section 801) of Title 2 of Part 2 of Division 2 of the California Civil Code, including •
an express statement that said easement and covenant of easement shall not merge into any
other interest in real property pursuant to California Government Code Section 65871(b);
E. State that said covenant of easement shall run with the land, be binding upon all successors
in interest to the burdened real property, inure to all successors in interest to the real
property benefited, and shall be subject to California Civil Code Section 1104;
F. Identify the approval, permit, or designation granted which required the covenant;
G. A statement identifying the Code section, which sets forth the procedure for release of the
covenant;
H. Identification of the City as a third party beneficiary;
1. Provisions concerning maintenance and the scope of use of the easement; and
J. An appropriate section for execution of said covenant of easement by the record owner or
owners of the subject real property.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 26
® 16.20.040 Release of Covenant—Procedure.
Any person may request that the City make a determination as to whether or not the restriction
imposed by the covenant of easement is still necessary to achieve the City's land use goals. The
determination of the need for the covenant of easement shall be made by the Approving Authority
that took final action on the original application. A person shall be entitled to only one such
determination in any twelve (12) month period as indicated below:
A. To obtain a determination mentioned above, a "request for determination" application shall
be made and filed with the City Clerk. Said application shall include a fee as set by
resolution of the Council.
B. Upon receipt of a completed application, the City Clerk shall set the matter for public
hearing before the Approving Authority and cause notice thereof to be given pursuant to
Government Code Section 65090, and a copy of the notice shall be mailed to the record
property owner or owners as shown on the Tax Assessor's latest equalized roll if other than
the applicant and to all record property owners within one thousand (1,000) feet of the
property.
C. At the conclusion of the public hearing, the Approving Authority shall determine and make
a finding, based upon substantial evidence in the record, whether or not the restriction
imposed by the covenant of easement is still necessary to achieve the land use goals of the
® City. If the Approving Authority determines that the covenant for easement is still required,
the Approving Authority, shall by resolution determine that the need still exists.
•
D. If the Approving Authority finds that the covenant of easement is no longer necessary, the
Approving Authority shall by resolution make the determination and finding and direct the
City Attorney to prepare a release thereof and transmit the same to the City Clerk for
recording.
E. Commission action on the continuing need for the covenant of easement is subject to appeal
in accordance with Chapter 17.07 (Appeals and Certification of Review).
F. The Council's determination in subsections (C) and (D) of this section shall be final and
conclusive.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 27
Chapter 16.21 Subdivision Improvements
SECTIONS:
16.21.010
Requirements Generally.
16.21.020
Agreement to Guarantee Completion—Required.
16.21.030
Installation and Construction Costs.
16.21.040
Lot Sizes in Excess of Ten (10) Acres—Requirements.
16.21.050
Minor Land Divisions—Requirements.
16.21.060
Parcel Maps—Five-Acre Minimum Lot Size Requirement.
16.21.070
Road Improvements.
16.21.080
Paving for Access Strips.
16.21.090
Improvements Other Than Highways and Street Lights.
16.21.100
Water Mains, Appurtenances and Fire Hydrants.
16.21.110
Supplemental Sewer or Drainage Improvements.
16.21.120
Fences for Watercourses or Drainage Facilities.
16.21.130
Street Lighting—Required.
16.21.140
Street Lighting Requirement Exception.
16.21.150
Street Tree Planting.
16.21.160
Planting Strips.
16.21.170
Sidewalks—Required.
16.21.180
Sidewalks—Not Required.
16.21.190
Communication Systems
16.21.010 Requirements Generally.
A. The subdivider shall improve, or agree to improve, all land dedicated or to be dedicated on a
final map or parcel map, or by separate instrument, for roads and easements and all private
roads and private easements laid out on a final map or parcel map, with those
improvements, including sanitary sewers, needed for the general use of the lot owners in the
division of land, and for neighborhood traffic and drainage.
B. This section does not require:
1. Improvements to flood -control channels, which improvements are not solely for the
benefit of the divisions of land;
2. Improvements to freeways;
3. Improvements excepted by the provisions of Section 16.21.080 (Paving for Access
Strips).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 28
is
•
• 16.21.020 Agreement to Guarantee Completion—Required.
A. If any improvements be not completed to the satisfaction of the City Engineer, Director of
Parks, Recreation and Community Services and/or Director before the final map is filed, the
subdivider shall, prior to the approval by the Council of the final map, enter as contractor
into an agreement with the City whereby, in consideration of the acceptance by the Council
of any dedication offered on the final map and the approval of the final map, the subdivider,
as such contractor, agrees to furnish all necessary equipment and material and to complete
such work within the time specified in such agreement.
B. If any improvements are not completed to the satisfaction of the City Engineer, the Director
of Parks, Recreation and Community Services or the Director before the final parcel map is
filed with the County Recorder, the subdivider shall, prior to the approval by the Approving
Authority of the final parcel map, enter as a contractor into an agreement with the City
whereby, in consideration of the acceptance by the City of any dedications offered by the
subdivider and the approval of the final parcel map by the Approving Authority, the
subdivider, as such contractor, agrees to furnish all necessary equipment and material and to
complete such work within the time specified in such agreement
16.21.030 Installation and Construction Costs.
A. The cost of installing pipes and other facilities for the transmission of water may be paid for
in whole or in part from revenues collected from the customers served at regular established
water rates for the water utility pursuant to regulations of the Public Utilities Commission
where applicable, or by a public agency, as defined in Section 4401 of the California
Government Code, from the net operating income only, as payment for the sale of water
thereto.
B. The subdivider may be reimbursed for a portion of their costs as provided in Sections 66486
and 66487 of the Subdivision Map Act, or other reimbursement enabling acts.
C. Except for assessments authorized after tentative map approval for the financing and
completion of improvements required of the subdivider, all outstanding or remaining
assessments on the land of the subdivision established for improvements contracted under
special assessment district proceedings shall be paid by the subdivider.
16.21.040 Lot Sizes in Excess of Ten (I0) Acres—Requirements.
A. Where each parcel resulting from a division of land has a minimum gross area of ten (10)
acres and the entire division of land is zoned Non -Urban 4 (NU4), Non -Urban 3 (NU3),
Non -Urban 2 (NU2) , Non -Urban l (NUI), Open Space (OS) or Open Space -Agriculture
(OS -A), by the Code, streets or highways which traverse sloping terrain shall be graded in
accordance with engineering plans approved by the City Engineer, unless all lots abutting
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16– Subdivisions (16.01-16.4 1)
Page 29
any such street or highway are within an area zoned to have a required area of ten (10) acres •
or more by the Code. No other improvements shall be required.
B. Where each parcel resulting from a division of land has a minimum gross area of twenty
(20) acres no improvements shall be required in any land use zone.
C. As used in this section, the term "improvements" does not refer to required monuments. The
provisions of this section shall apply notwithstanding the provisions of any other section.
16.21.050 Minor Land Divisions—Requirements.
Improvements shall not be required as a condition precedent to filing a parcel map on a minor land
division where the Approving Authority finds that the existing systems and improvements
adequately serve adjacent developed parcels, unless such improvements are necessary for the
development of parcels within the division of land or are necessary to be consistent with the
General Plan.
16.21.060 Parcel Maps—Five-Acre Minimum Lot Size Requirement.
A. Except as otherwise provided in this section and Section 16.21.100 (Water Mains,
Appurtenances and Fire Hydrant), no improvements shall be required when each parcel
resulting from a division of land has a minimum gross area of five (5) acres or more and are
within a Non -Urban or Open Space zone.
B. As used in this section, the term "improvement' does not refer to required monuments.
C. On parcel maps of five (5) acre lot size or more, this note shall be placed: "Further division
of this property to lot sizes below five (5) acres will require standard improvements be
completed as a condition of approval. The improvements will include, but not be limited to,
providing access, installation of water mains, appurtenances and fire hydrants, and
conformance to City development standards."
16.21.070 Road Improvements.
A. All road improvements, including drainage structures incidental thereto and including two
(2) foot cement concrete gutters wherever cement concrete curb is required, shall be
installed to a grade approved by the City Engineer. Plans, profiles and specifications for
such improvements shall be furnished to the City Engineer no later than the time of
submitting the final or final parcel map to the City Engineer for checking, and such plans,
profiles and specifications shall be subject to the approval of the City Engineer before any
such map shall be approved or certified. Such plans, profiles and improvements shall be in
accordance with the standards of the City, as adopted by the Council.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 – Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 30
•
•
•
1. The developer is responsible for refurbishing the half section of pavement along the
frontage of the development to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
2. The developer is responsible for all street improvements along the project frontage
with transitions built beyond the project site.
B. Where all lots in the division of land contain a net area of not less than twenty thousand
(20,000) square feet or in an area allowed for by a Special Standards District, the rural street
section, inverted shoulder, may be used in lieu of concrete curbs and gutters; provided, that
curbs and. gutters are not necessary for drainage purposes or to maintain an existing
neighborhood pattern.
C. In all locations required by the City Engineer, bus stops shall be installed which shall
include bus turnouts, bus shelter/benches, trash receptacles and signage to the satisfaction of
the City Engineer. The right-of-way necessary to contain such improvements shall be
dedicated by the developer.
D. Developer shall pay street maintenance fees to cover the cost of one-time slurry seal of all
pavements constructed as public streets within the development.
E. Subject to the approval of the City Engineer, the developer shall install enhanced pedestrian
crossing treatments adjacent to schools, parks, and facilities frequented by children, senior
citizens and/or disabled persons. These treatments may include, but not be limited to, raised
crosswalks, curb extensions, passive pedestrian detection systems, grade separated
pedestrian crossings and in -pavement crosswalk lights. At the discretion of the City, in lieu
of providing said improvements, the developer shall pay a fee equal to the City's cost of
constructing the improvements.
16.21.080 Paving for Access Strips.
A. The Approving Authority may require that single -access strips for a flag lot be paved to a
width of fifteen (15) feet or to full width, whichever is less, and that multiple -access strips
be paved to a total width of twenty-six (26) feet or to the full combined width of the access
strips, whichever is less, with asphaltic concrete or portland cement concrete. The Fire
Department may require additional width beyond that indicated above.
B. Such surfacing shall be installed in accordance with the specifications for driveway paving
within the Code.
16.21.090 Improvements Other Than Highways and Street Lights.
In the event that fences, walls, water mains, sanitary sewers, other means of sewage disposal or
storm drains (other than structures incidental to road improvements) are installed or are to be
installed as part of the improvement of a division of land, plans, profiles, specifications and all
necessary details of the proposed construction shall be submitted to the City Engineer no later than
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 31
the time of submitting the final map or final parcel map for checking, and shall be subject to final
approval by the City Engineer before such final map shall be transmitted to the Council for •
approval, or before the final parcel map shall be transmitted for filing with the County Recorder.
Such plans, profiles and specifications shall show full details of the proposed improvement, which
shall conform to the standards of the City. Plans for sanitary sewers shall comply with the Sanitary
Sewer and Industrial Waste Ordinance. Plans for other methods of sewage disposal shall comply
with the City Plumbing Code, Title 20 of the Municipal Code. Plans for water mains and fire
hydrants shall comply with the Municipal Code.
16.21.100 Water Mains, Appurtenances and Fire Hydrants.
A. The subdivider shall install, or agree to install, water mains, and fire hydrants adequate for
the domestic demand and general use of the lot owners and for fire protection to the division
of land with a gross area of five (5) acres, and the area is within a Non -Urban or Open
Space zone.
B. The water mains, appurtenances and fire hydrants required by this section shall comply in
all respects with all statutes, ordinances, rules, and regulations applicable at the time of
installation. Such water mains, appurtenances, and fire hydrants also shall be designed and
constructed to deliver the fire flow and domestic water demands as determined by the Fire
Department pursuant to the specifications of service, design and construction set out and in
conformance with the Utilities Code and Water System Requirements.
C. On all final and final parcel maps of five (5) acre lot size or more, the following note shall •
be placed: "Further division of this property to lot sizes below five (5) acres will require that
standard improvements be completed as a condition of approval. The improvements will
include but not be limited to providing access, installation of water mains, appurtenances
and fire hydrants, and conformance to standard City development standards."
16.21.110 Supplemental Sewer or Drainage Improvements.
Sanitary sewer or drainage improvements installed by the subdivider for the benefit of the division
of land may be required to contain supplemental size, capacity, length, depth or number, or to be
altered in location, for the benefit of property not within the division of land in order to facilitate
the orderly development of the surrounding area in a manner consistent with the policies of the
General Plan. Such improvements shall be dedicated to the public. The Council shall enter into an
agreement to provide for the payment of reimbursement to the subdivider and the collection of
charges from the property benefited by the supplemental improvements, in conformance with
applicable state laws.
16.21.120 Fences for Watercourses or Drainage Facilities.
If, by reason of the location, shape, slopes, width, depth, velocity of water therein, or other
characteristics of a watercourse or drainage facility on a dedicated easement, the proposed
development of the division of land makes necessary the fencing of such watercourse or drainage
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 32
• facility, and the Approving Authority so finds, the subdivider shall improve such watercourse or
drainage facility with a wrought iron or tubular steel fence or equal, not less than five (5) feet high.
Such fence shall be provided with an adequate number of gates to permit access for cleaning and
maintenance. There shall be no apertures below the fence large enough to permit a child to crawl
under such fence. If any portion of the channel of such watercourse or drainage facility constitutes
any portion of the boundary of the division of land, the subdivider shall fence the side of such
portion which is within the division of land. All other portions within the division of land shall be
fenced on both sides of such watercourse or drainage facility.
•
16.21.130 Street Lighting—Required.
The subdivider shall provide a street lighting system in each division of land. Plans for street lights
shall be submitted accordance with the Municipal Code.
16.21.140 Street Lighting Requirement Exception.
The requirement for street lighting systems may be waived if the Approving Authority finds that
street lights will not be in keeping with the neighborhood pattern, is located in a Special Standards
District that with street lighting requirements or all lots in the division of land contain a net area of
not less than forty thousand (40,000) square feet and street lights are not necessary to serve such
lots so as to maintain the continuity of an established neighborhood street lighting pattern.
16.21.150 Street Tree Planting.
Except as otherwise provided in this section, a subdivider shall plant trees along the frontage of all
lots shown on a final map or final parcel map. The number, species, and location of such trees shall
be as specified by the City Engineer. Tree planting is not required unless it is determined to be in
the public interest:
A. Along a segment of a street or highway to which the right of direct access from abutting lots
has been relinquished; and
B. Along streets and highways which are not improved with curbs and would cause a traffic
safety issue.
16.21.160 Planting Strips.
The Director shall advise subdividers and their successors in interest in the selection and care of
trees, ground cover, or shrubs to be planted in any required planting strip reservation on private
property.
16.21.170 Sidewalks—Required.
Except as otherwise provided in the Code, the subdivider shall install sidewalks not less than five
(5) feet wide:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 33
A. On both sides of entrance and collector streets within the division of land;
B. On both sides of loop, interior and cul-de-sac streets;
C. Along one side of service roads adjacent to abutting lots;
D. Along highways shown on the General Plan Circulation Map Joint Highway Plan where no
service road is provided, and lots in the division of land take direct access to the highway;
and
C�
E. Along highways shown on the General Plan Circulation Map Joint Highway Plan where
necessary in order to provide for the safety and convenience of pedestrians.
16.21.180 Sidewalks—Not Required.
The construction of sidewalks is not required where any one or more of the following conditions
exist and the Approving Authority so finds:
A. The construction of sidewalks would be impractical because of topographical conditions or
because of other physical obstacles;
B. Sidewalks will not be in keeping with the neighborhood pattern;
C. Sidewalks are not needed in, and will not benefit the area; or,
D. Is located in a Special Standards District that allows the installation of sidewalks to be
waived.
16.21.190 Communication Systems
Pursuant to Government Code Section 66473.3, the Approving Authority may require the
subdivider to provide infrastructure for appropriate cable television systems and communication
systems including, but not limited to, television, telephone and intemet services.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.4 1)
Page 34
r1
U
E
• Chapter 16.23 Fees, Bonds and Deposits
SECTIONS:
16.23.010 Deposits for Plan Check, Inspection and/or Review of Final Clearance Documents.
16.23.020 Plan Check and Inspection Fees—Payment of Deficiencies.
16.23.030 Improvement Agreement—Faithful Performance Bond Requirements.
16.23.040 Water Main Installation—Exemptions to Bond Requirements.
16.23.050 Improvement Agreement—Amounts.
16.23.060 Companies Authorized to Furnish Bonds—Conditions.
16.23.070 Security for Deferred Setting of Monuments.
16.23.080 Special Assessment Security.
16.23.090 Alternatives to Faithful Performance Bond Described—Procedures.
16.23.100 Reduction in Bond or Deposit on Portion of Work Completed.
16.23.110 Forfeiture on Failure to Complete.
16.23.010 Deposits for Plan Check, Inspection and/or Review of Final Clearance
Documents.
Before commencing any improvement or recordation of a final or final parcel map, the subdivider
shall deposit:
• A. With the City Engineer, the sum required by the Code and the Municipal Code for all street
lights or street light systems to be installed;
B. With the City Engineer, the sum required by the Municipal Code, for all sewers and other
improvements described in that division, to be constructed or installed;
C. With City Engineer, a sum estimated by the City Engineer to cover actual cost of plan check
and inspection of all improvements under their jurisdiction other than the improvements
referred to in subsection (B) of this section and a sum estimated by the City Engineer to
cover the actual cost of reviewing documents for the issuance of a final clearance for
compliance with tentative map conditions under their jurisdiction. This section shall not
affect the requirement for deposits or fees as may be prescribed in any other ordinance. This
subsection applies to all tract maps, parcel maps, waivers or certificates of compliance
processed by the City Engineer, whether the property is within the limits of an incorporated
city or not;
D. With the City Engineer, a sum estimated by the City Engineer, including drainage structures
incidental thereto.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 35
16.23.020 Plan Check and Inspection Fees—Payment of Deficiencies.
A. If any deposit made pursuant to Section 16.23.010 (Deposits for Plan Check, Inspection
and/or Review of Final Clearance Documents) is less than sufficient to pay all of the costs
of plan checking or inspection, the subdivider, upon demand of the City Engineer, shall pay
to the officer making the demand an amount equal to the deficiency. The fee shall be in
accordance with the City's current fee schedule established by Council resolution. If the
subdivider fails or refuses to pay such deficiency upon demand, the City may recover the
same by action in any court of competent jurisdiction. Until such deficiency is paid in full,
the improvement shall be considered incomplete.
B. All reviews by the City Engineer shall become invalid if more than 365 calendar days
transpire between return of the plan check to the applicant and receipt of the successive plan
check by the City Engineer.
16.23.030 Improvement Agreement—Faithful Performance Bond Requirements.
The agreement referred to in Chapter 16.21 (Subdivision Improvements) shall be accompanied by a
faithful performance bond guaranteeing the performance of all work, the inspection of which is the
duty of the City Engineer, in a sum which, in the opinion of the City Engineer equals the costs
thereof, except for monumentation work, the agreement shall be accompanied by cash, or other
surety as determined by the City Engineer, guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work. In
the case of monumentation, the agreement shall be accompanied by cash guaranteeing the faithful •
performance of work.
16.23.040 Water Main Installation—Exemptions to Bond Requirements.
If the subdivider shows to the satisfaction of the City Engineer that he has entered into a contract
with a water utility, as defined in the Water Ordinance set out in this code, to construct water mains
as required by the Municipal Code, which contract makes the City a party thereto and provides that
such contract may not be modified or rescinded without the consent of the City, except as required
by the Public Utilities Commission, and has deposited with such water utility security for the
payment of such water utility which the City Engineer finds adequate, the subdivider need not
accompany his agreement to install such water mains with a faithful performance bond or a labor
and materials bond. The City Engineer is hereby authorized to execute said contract on behalf of
the City.
16.23.050 Improvement Agreement—Amounts.
Improvement security shall be for the following amounts unless otherwise stated in the Code:
A. An amount estimated by the City to be equal to the cost of improvements covered by the
security, guaranteeing the faithful performance of the improvement work, plus an amount
equal to the cost of inspecting the improvement work; plus an amount estimated by the City
to be necessary for the guarantee and warranty of the work for a period of one year
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 36
• following the completion and acceptance thereof against any defective work or labor done,
or defective materials furnished.
B. An amount estimated by the City to be equal to fifty (50) percent of the cost of the
improvements covered by the security, securing payment to contractors and subcontractors
and to all persons renting equipment or furnishing labor or materials to them.
16.23.060 Companies Authorized to Furnish Bonds—Conditions.
All tax bonds furnished under authority of the Subdivision Map Act, and all faithful performance
bonds referred to in this chapter shall be:
A. Furnished by a surety company authorized to write the same in the State of California; and
B. Subject to the approval and acceptance by the City Clerk and City Engineer.
16.23.070 Security for Deferred Setting of Monuments.
The agreement referred to in Section 16.05.070 (Inspection and Approval of Monuments) shall be
accompanied by cash in a sum which, in the opinion of the City Engineer, equals the cost of setting
such monuments, guaranteeing the faithful performance of all such work of setting monuments and
furnishing notes, and in every respect complying with such agreement. A labor and materials
• security shall not be required.
16.23.080 Special Assessment Security.
The security required for unpaid special assessments by Section 66493(c) of the Subdivision Map
Act shall be money, negotiable bonds, savings and loan shares or instruments of credit, and shall
comply with Section 16.23.050 (Improvement Agreement—Amounts).
16.23.090 Alternatives to Faithful Performance Bond Described—Procedures.
In lieu of any faithful performance bond required by this chapter and/or security as required by
Sections 16.23.070 (Security for Deferred Setting of Monuments) and 16.23.080 (Special
Assessment Security), the subdivider may deposit with the City Engineer, Director of Parks,
Recreation and Community Services, or the Director, on behalf of the Council, a sum of money or
negotiable bonds, or savings and loan certificates or shares equal to the required amount of the
improvement security for the faithful performance thereof. If the subdivider deposits saving and
loan certificates or shares, he also shall assign such certificates and shares to the City, and such
deposit and assignment shall be subject to all of the provisions and conditions of this Code.
Instruments of credit, pursuant to Section 66499(a)(3) of the Subdivision Map Act, may also be
furnished in lieu of any faithful performance security required by this chapter.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.4 1)
Page 37
16.23.100 Reduction in Bond or Deposit on Portion of Work Completed. •
A. When any portion of an improvement has actually been fully completed, the City Engineer,
Director of Parks, Recreation and Community Services or the Director, whose duty it is to
inspect such improvement may, in their discretion, authorize from time to time a reduction
in the bonds or instruments of credit, or a partial withdrawal of funds, or a partial
reassignment and withdrawal of savings and loan certificates or shares, which bonds,
instruments of credit, funds, certificates, or shares were deposited in lieu of a faithful
performance bond required by this chapter, equal to the estimated cost of such completed
portion.
B. This section does not authorize a reduction or withdrawal for partial completion of any or
all of such improvement.
16.23.1 l0 Forfeiture on Failure to Complete.
Upon the failure of a subdivider to complete any improvement within the time specified in an
agreement, the City Engineer, the Director of Parks, Recreation and Community Services, or the
Director, may, upon notice in writing of not less than ten (10) days, served upon the person, firm or
corporation signing such contract, or upon notice in writing of not less than twenty (20) days served
by certified mail addressed to the last known address of the person, firm or corporation signing
such contract, determine that said improvement work or any part thereof is uncompleted, and may
cause to be forfeited to the City such portion of said sum of money or bonds given for the faithful
performance of said work, or may cash any savings and loan certificates or shares deposited and •
assigned to assure faithful performance of said work in such amount as may be necessary to
complete such improvement work. The City Attorney shall take legal action required for the
enforcement of subdivision improvement agreements when requested to do so by the City
Engineer, the Director of Parks, Recreation and Community Services, or the Director.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 38
• Chapter 16.25 Tentative Tract and Parcel Maps
SECTIONS:
16.25.010 Processing.
16.25.020 Submission for Approval Required.
16.25.030 Fees Required.
16.25.040 Contents and Submittal Requirements.
16.25.050 Map Number.
16.25.060 Identity of Subdivider.
16.25.070 Fees for Notice to Tenants for Public Hearing on Condominium Conversion.
16.25.080 Revised Tentative Map Fee.
16.25.090 Access to Property.
16.25.100 Distribution of Copies.
16.25.110 Authority of the Planning Commission.
16.25.120 Rejection Where Use Prohibited.
16.25.130 Duration of Approval—Extensions.
16.25.010 Processing.
A tentative map shall be filed and processed as outlined in Division 17.00 (General Procedures) and
Division 17.20 (Applications) of this Code and as specified by Council resolution.
• 16.25.020 Submission for Approval Required.
A tentative map shall be submitted to the Planning Division and approved in accordance with the
provisions of the Subdivision Map Act and the Code prior to the submittal of a final map, final
parcel map or reversion to acreage for approval.
16.25.030 Fees Required.
The filing fees shall be paid shall be in accordance with the City's current fee schedule established
by the Council resolution.
16.25.040 Contents and Submittal Requirements.
The subdivider shall provide the information and documents required by City resolution as well as
the following:
A. Approximate location of all areas subject to flooding and the location and directions of flow
of all watercourses.
B. A soil or geologic report when required by the City Engineer.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 39
C. A relocation impact report, which contains the information required pursuant to
Government Code Section 66427.4 and Municipal Code Section 6.04.030 (Relocation •
Impact Report), if the tentative map or parcel map involves the subdivision of a
manufactured home park or mobilehome park.
16.25.050 Map Number.
The Los Angeles County Department of Public Works shall assign map numbers for tentative, final
and parcel maps. Before submitting a map, the project engineer or surveyor shall obtain a number
from the County Engineer.
16.25.060 Identity of Subdivider.
When a tentative map is submitted, the City may require the subdivider to show the following:
A. The applicant is the owner of the property shown on the proposed subdivision map.
B. That the applicant has an option or contract to purchase the property or the portion which
they do not own.
C. That they are the authorized agent of one who meets the requirements of subsection (A) or
(B) of this section.
16.25.070 Fees for Notice to Tenants for Public Hearing on Condominium Conversion. •
The notification fees shall be paid pursuant to Government Code Section 66451.3 as required by
City ordinance, resolution, and Division 17.00 (General Procedures).
16.25.080 Revised Tentative Map Fee.
The revised map fees shall be paid beginning with each revision as required by Council resolution.
16.25.090 Access to Property.
The Approving Authority may require as a condition of approval of a tentative map that the
subdivider produce evidence that the property as divided will have access to a public street or
highway.
16.25.100 Distribution of Copies.
Upon the submittal of a tentative map, the appropriate number of copies and all other submittal
requirements, the Director shall distribute copies of the map to all other agencies and City
departments having an interest in the proposed division of land.
16.25.110 Authority of the Planning Commission.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 40
The Commission is authorized to approve, conditionally approve, or disapprove tentative maps and
to exercise the responsibilities as specified by Sections 66473.5, 66474, 66474.1 and 66474.6 of the
Subdivision Map Act. When tentative maps are part of an action that requires Council action, the
Council shall be the Approving Authority. When the proposed tentative map or final parcel map
involves the subdivision of a manufactured home park or mobilehome park, the Commission is not
authorized to approve any tentative maps until the subdivider has obtained a tentative permit
pursuant to Municipal Code Chapter 6.04 (Manufactured Home Parks — Change of Use). Further,
the Approving Authority shall condition its approval of such a tentative map or parcel map on the
granting of a final permit being granted to the park owner pursuant to Section 6.04.120 (Appeal
from Imposition of Conditions for Change of Use).
16.25.120 Rejection Where Use Prohibited.
The Approving Authority may reject a tentative map if the only practical use which can be made of
the property as proposed to be divided is a use prohibited by any ordinance, statute, law or other
valid regulation.
16.25.130 Duration of Approval.
The approval of a tentative map shall be effective for a period as indicated in Section 17.06.230
(Time Limits and Extensions).
•
® January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 41
Chapter 16.27 Vesting Tentative Maps
SECTIONS:
16.27.010
Application.
16.27.020
Processing.
16.27.030
Fees Required.
16.27.040
Additional Contents.
16.27.050
Expiration.
16.27.060
Vesting on Approval of Vesting Tentative Map.
16.27.010 Application.
When a provision of the Code requires the filing of a tentative tract or parcel map; the subdivider
may instead file a vesting tentative map in accordance with these provisions. The filing of a vesting
tentative map is at the exclusive option of the subdivider and shall not be a prerequisite to any
proposed subdivision or an application for development.
16.27.020 Processing.
A vesting tentative map shall be filed in the same form, possess the same contents and be processed
in the same manner as a tentative tract or parcel map whichever is applicable, including, but not
limited to, criteria for rejection, dedications, and the imposition of conditions, except as hereinafter
provided.
16.27.030 Fees Required.
The filing fees shall be in accordance with the City's current fee schedule established by Council
resolution.
16.27.040 Additional Contents.
At the time a vesting tentative map is filed, it shall contain on its face in a conspicuous manner the
words "Vesting Tentative Map." The subdivider shall provide the information and documents
required by the City.
16.27.050 Expiration.
An approved or conditionally approved vesting tentative map for a tract shall be effective for the
periods of time as specified for tentative maps.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 42
is
is
16.27.060 Vesting on Approval of Vesting Tentative Map.
A. The approval or conditional approval of a vesting tentative map by the Approving Authority
shall establish a vested right to proceed with applicable ordinances and general and specific
plans in effect at the date the accompanying application is deemed complete pursuant to
Government Code Section 65943 in accordance with Sections 66474.2 and 66498.1 of said
Government Code.
B. Notwithstanding the above provisions, a permit, approval, extension and/or entitlement may
be made conditioned or denied if any of the following are determined by the Approving
Authority:
Failure to do so would place the residents of the subdivision or the immediate
community, or both, in a condition dangerous to their health or safety; or
2. The condition or denial is required in order to comply with the mandates of either
state or federal law.
C. The vested rights created herein by the approval or conditional approval of a vesting
tentative map shall lapse, expire and be of no force and effect if the final map, final parcel
map, or grant of waiver is not approved by the Council or other entity authorized to grant
approval prior to the time limits set forth. If a final map, final parcel map, or grant of waiver
• is approved in compliance with said section, these vested rights shall be effective for an
initial period of not to exceed one year thereafter. Prior to the expiration of the initial one-
year period, the subdivider may apply for an additional one-year extension of the period of
the vested right to the Director.
D. Where several final maps, final parcel maps, or grants of waiver are recorded on various
phases of a development project covered by a single vesting tentative map, the aforesaid
one-year time period shall run for each phase when the final map, final parcel map, or grant
of waiver for that phase is recorded. The subdivider may file for a one-year extension as
provided for in subsection (C) of this section.
E. Where a complete application for a building permit is submitted by the subdivider within
the time periods set forth above, the vested rights conferred by this chapter shall continue in
full force and effect until the expiration of that permit, or any valid extension of the permit
which may be granted by the Director.
F. The precise amount of fees required to be paid as a condition precedent to recording a map
and/or completing a development shall be the amount in effect at the time of payment of
fees.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 43
Chapter 16.29 Final Maps and Final Parcel Maps
SECTIONS:
16.29.010
Separated Parcels—Restrictions.
16.29.020
Evidence of Title.
16.29.030
Matters Required for Submittal.
16.29.040
Street Improvement Plan Checking Fees.
16.29.050
Final Parcel Map Processing Fees.
16.29.060
Tract Map Processing Fees.
16.29.070
City Engineer Action.
16.29.010 Separated Parcels—Restrictions.
E
No parcel of land shall be created on any single map when such parcel is separated or divided into
two (2) or more parcels or portions by any parcel of land other than a street, alley, railroad right-of-
way, and when such land is so separated, each parcel or portion thereof, if divided, shall be divided
as a separate parcel and shown on a separate map.
16.29.020 Evidence of Title.
The evidence of title required by Section 66465 of the Subdivision Map Act shall be a certificate of
title or a policy of title insurance issued by a title company authorized by the laws of the State of�
California to write the same, showing the names of all persons having any record title interest in the
land to be subdivided, together with the nature of their respective interests therein. In the event that
any dedication is to be made for public use of any property shown on any such final map of land in
City, the said certificate of title or policy of title insurance shall be issued for the benefit and
protection of the City. Such certificate or policy shall be dated and delivered upon request of the
City Engineer when such final map is ready for recordation.
16.29.030 Matters Required for Submittal.
At the time of submittal of the final tract map or parcel map, or prints thereof, the following matters
shall be submitted to the City Engineer as an aid in the processing of the final maps:
A. Complete copies of all deeds referenced on the map or required for the interpretation of
deeds referenced on the map;
B. Complete copies of all field -book pages referenced on the map;
C. Complete copies of all other documents and information referenced on the map;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 – Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 44
D. Mathematical traverses, in a form acceptable to the City Engineer, of the boundary of the
division of land, block boundaries, not -a -part areas, centerline loops and each lot or parcel
shown on the map;
E. A print of the most recent Assessor Map Book page or pages covering the proposed division
of land;
F. Complete copy of final map in digital format as designated by the City Engineer.
16.29.040 Street Improvement Plan Checking Fees.
A. Where the City Engineer is required to check street improvement plans for a parcel or tract
map under the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act, the subdivider shall pay a plan check
fee to the City Engineer in addition to all other fees and charges required by law. These
fees, payable upon submission or resubmission of the plans for checking by the City
Engineer, shall be based on estimated construction costs and number of resubmittals, and
are based on the fee schedule as approved by the Council.
B. All reviews by the City Engineer shall become invalid if more than 365 calendar days
transpire between return of the plan check to the applicant and receipt of the successive plan
check by the City Engineer.
• 16.29.050 Final Parcel Map Processing Fees.
A. Where the City Engineer processes a final parcel map, waiver, or certificate of compliance
under the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act, the subdivider shall pay a processing fee
to the City Engineer in addition to all other fees and charges required by law. This fee,
payable upon submission of the final parcel map, waiver, or certificate of compliance or a
print thereof, for review by the City Engineer or determination of compliance with the
Section 66492 of the Subdivision Map Act by the City, shall be the total of the following
application fees based on the current fee schedule established by Council resolution:
1. An analysis fee based on the number of parcels;
2. An easement checking fee where easements other than those of the local agency are
delineated on the final map;
3. A monument inspection fee;
4. A fee for verification that the final parcel map, waiver, or certificate of compliance
is consistent with, and is in compliance with the requirements of the conditions of
tentative approval;
5. A fee shall be paid for the processing of each improvement shown on an agreement
• and/or improvement security, other than security for payment of taxes; a fee for the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 45
processing of each request for an extension of time in which to complete the work®
required under an agreement or agreements per City ordinance and/or resolution;
6. A fee shall be paid for processing documents if dedications or offers of dedication
are made by separate instrument in conjunction with a certificate of compliance
processed under the provisions of Chapter 16.35 (Certificates of Compliance —
Notices of Violation).
B. If dedications or offers of dedication are made by separate instrument in conjunction with a
final parcel map, or grant of waiver and certificate of compliance, the subdivider shall
reimburse the City Engineer for the cost of preparing or checking the separate instruments.
C. All reviews by the City Engineer shall become null and void if more than 365 calendar days
transpire between return of the plan check to the applicant and receipt of the successive plan
check by the City Engineer.
16.29.060 Tract Map Processing Fees.
A. Where the City Engineer processes a tract map under the provisions of the Subdivision Map
Act, the subdivider shall pay a map processing fee to the City Engineer in addition to all
other fees and charges required by law. This fee, payable upon submission of the final tract
map, or a print thereof, for review by the City Engineer or determination of compliance
with Section 66492 of the Subdivision Map Act by the City, shall be the total of the
following applicable fees:
An analysis fee based on the number of lots;
An easement checking fee where easements other than those of the local agency are
delineated on the final tract map;
A monument inspection fee;
4. A fee for verification that the final map is consistent with, and is in compliance with
the requirements of the conditions of tentative approval;
A fee shall be paid for the processing of each improvement shown on an agreement
and/or improvement security, other than security for payment of taxes; a fee shall be
paid for the processing of each request for an extension of time in which to complete
the work required under an agreement or agreements;
B. If dedications or offers of dedication are made by separate instrument, the subdivider shall
reimburse the City Engineer for the cost of preparing the separate instruments.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 46
is
• C. All reviews by the City Engineer shall become null and void if more than 365 calendar days
transpire between return of the plan check to the applicant and receipt of the successive plan
check by the City Engineer.
16.29.070 City Engineer Action.
A. Upon acceptance of the final map and accompanying documents, fees and materials for
filing, the City Engineer shall cause the same to be examined and, if found to be in
substantial conformity with the approved tentative map and if found to be complete,
technically correct, in conformity with improvement plans and specifications, and in
compliance with the requirements of these regulations, planned streets and other applicable
specific plans and ordinances, shall execute the City Engineer's certificate on the map, and
shall file said map and accompanying materials with the City Clerk. No final map shall be
certified or filed with the City Clerk until the required improvements have been installed or
agreed to be installed in accordance with Chapter 16.21 (Subdivision Improvements).
Where the City Engineer determines that the final map is not in substantial conformity with
the approved tentative map, no final map shall be approved. The subdivider shall either
revise the final map such that it is in substantial conformity; or file a new tentative map
application; or file an application to modify the tentative map.
B. Should the map or other accompanying documents, fees or materials be found to be
incomplete or incorrect in any respect, the subdivider shall be advised, in writing, of the
• changes or additions that must be made before the map may be certified. If the defect is the
result of a technical and inadvertent error which, in the opinion of the City Engineer, does
not materially affect the validity of the map, the City Engineer may waive the defect and
execute the certificate of approval.
•
C. The City Engineer need not approve a final map which is substantially similar to the
approved tentative map if, in their opinion, circumstances concerning the design and
improvement of the subdivision, as they relate to the public health, safety and welfare, have
changed since approval of the tentative map, and such changed circumstances warrant
reconsideration thereof by the advisory agency. In such instance, the City Engineer shall
return the map to the advisory agency for further consideration.
D. The City Engineer shall approve all final maps which include only irrevocable offers of
dedication or no dedications or easements. The Council shall approve all other final maps.
Both the City Engineer and Council shall act upon final maps within the time period
prescribed by the Subdivision Map Act (Sections 66442(b) and 66458 for final maps, and
Sections 66450(c) and 66463(c) for parcel maps).
For any final maps subject to City Engineer approval, the City Engineer shall:
a. Notify the Council at its next available regular meeting that the City
Engineer is reviewing the map for final approval; and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 47
b. Approve or disapprove the final map within ten (10) days of the above •
meeting.
2. The City Clerk shall include with the agenda for the meeting described in subsection
(D)(1)(a) of this section, as well as post with such agenda, notice of the pending
review of such final map by the City Engineer, and shall mail copies of such notice
to any interested parties who request notice.
3. The City Engineer's action on a final map may be appealed to the Council, pursuant
to Section 2.04. 100 (Council) et seq.
4. The Council shall periodically review the designation of approval authority to the
City Engineer.
5. Any final map that is approved but not recorded within twelve (12) months of the
date of such approval or by such date as established by the Director, shall be null
and void and such final map, and any associated tentative map, shall be of no further
force and effect, unless such tentative map has not expired by the expiration date, in
which case the tentative map shall still be valid for the remainder of its approved
term.
E. The Council or City Engineer shall act to either accept, modify or reject all subdivision
improvements. •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 48
Chapter 16.31 Mapping Specifications
SECTIONS:
16.31.010
Title Sheet Contents.
16.31.020
Reversion to Acreage Title Sheet Information.
16.31.030
Evidence Determining Boundaries.
16.31.040
Orientation of Map and Map Sheets.
16.31.050
Title, Scale, North Point, Number and Cross References.
16.31.055
Additional Information.
16.31.060
Block Designation.
16.31.070
Lot Numbers.
16.31.080
Bearings and Lengths of Lines.
16.31.090
California Coordinate System as Basis of Bearings.
16.31.100
Curve Data.
16.31. l 10
Area Designation.
16.31.120
City Boundary Lines.
16.31.130
Highway and Street Names.
16.31.140
Highway Widths and Centerlines.
16.31.150
Easements—Identification.
16.31.160
Easements Designation on Map.
16.31.170
Easements—Lines, Ties and Other Evidence.
• 16.31.180
Easements—Widths and Ties.
16.31.190
Easements—Bearings on Lot Lines.
16.31.200
Easements—Notes and Figures.
16.31.210
Easements—Dedication.
16.31.220
Land Subject to Overflow, Ponding or High Groundwater.
16.31.230
Land Subject to Flood Hazard, Inundation, or Geological Hazard.
16.31.240
Flood -Hazard Area, Floodway or Natural Watercourse Designation.
16.31.250
Open Space Dedication/Easements.
16.31.010
Title Sheet—Contents.
A. The title sheet of each map shall contain a title consisting of the words "Tract No." and the
number of the division of land on a final map, or the words "Parcel Map No." and the
number of division of land on a parcel map; also the words "in the City of Santa Clarita";
also except as provided in Section 16.31.020 (Reversion to Acreage—Title Sheet
Information) of this chapter, a subtitle consisting of a description of all the property being
divided, by reference to such map or maps of the property shown thereon, as shall have
been previously filed or recorded in the office of the County Recorder or shall have been
previously filed with the City Clerk pursuant to a final judgment in an action in partition, or
shall have been previously filed in the office of the County Recorder under authority of
Division 3 of Title 7 of the Government Code or by reference to the plat of any United
® January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 49
States survey. When necessary for greater clarity or definiteness, supplemental reference •
may be made to any other map on file in the office of the County Recorder.
B. Each reference, in such description, to any division of land shall be spelled out and worded
identically with the original record thereof, and must show a complete reference to a book
and page of records of the county.
C. Upon such title sheet the certificate of the surveyor or engineer referred to in Section 66449
or 66441 of the Subdivision Map Act shall appear. Also upon such title sheet, or upon at
least one map sheet shall appear the basis of bearings, making reference to a recorded
subdivision map, County Surveyor's Map or other record acceptable to the City Engineer,
or to a solar or polaris observation.
D. Pursuant to Sections 66434 and 66445 of the Subdivision Map Act, certificates, affidavits
and acknowledgements may be legibly stamped or printed upon the title sheet of the final
map or parcel map with opaque ink. All stamped or written matter, including signatures,
shall be so made with opaque ink that legible blue -line prints may be obtained therefrom.
16.31.020 Reversion to Acreage—Title Sheet information.
A. Upon the title sheet of each map filed for the purpose of reverting subdivided land to
acreage, the subtitle shall consist of the words "A Reversion to Acreage of..." (insert a legal
description of the land being reverted). •
B. A parcel map may be used to revert to acreage land previously subdivided and consisting of
four (4) or less contiguous parcels under the same ownership.
16.31.030 Evidence Determining Boundaries.
A. On each final map shall be fully and clearly shown and identified such stakes, monuments
or other evidence determining the boundaries of the subdivision as were found on the
ground, together with sufficient corners of adjoining divisions of land, by lot and block
number, subdivision name or number and place of filing, or by section, township and range,
or other proper designation as may be necessary to locate precisely the limits of the
subdivision.
B. The City Engineer may require that field survey be performed in order to establish the
boundary of any final parcel map and shall examine such survey for compliance with the
Subdivision Map Act and Land Surveyor's Act.
16.31.040 Orientation of Map and Map Sheets.
The map on each sheet and the lettering thereon shall be so oriented that, with the north point
direction away from the reader, the map may be read most conveniently from the bottom or lower
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 —Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 50
right corner of such sheet, the binding edge to be at the left and lengthwise of the sheet, keeping in
mind that the sheets are always on the right page of the map book, the left page being always blank.
16.31.050 Title, Scale, North Point, Number and Cross References.
Each sheet of a final map or final parcel map, excepting the title sheet or sheets thereof, shall bear
the main title of the map, the scale of the map, north point and sheet number, together with a
designation of the relation, if any, between each sheet and each other sheet thereof.
16.31.055 Additional Information.
Additional information which does not affect record title interests shall be placed on a separate
document or additional map sheet which shall indicate that it is for informational purposes and is
not intended to affect record title interests. Such additional information may include without
limitation, building setback lines, flood hazard zones, seismic lines and setbacks, geologic mapping
and archaeological sites. The final or final parcel map shall contain a notation of reference to the
separate document or additional map sheet.
16.31.060 Block Designation.
In the event that the subdivider elects to number or letter the blocks in any division of land, all
blocks therein shall be numbered or lettered in numerical or alphabetical order, respectively,
• commencing with the number "1" or the letter "A," and continuing without omission or
duplication. Such numbers or letters shall be solid and of sufficient size and thickness as to be
conspicuous on the map, and shall be so placed as not to obliterate any figure, dimension or course,
and shall not be enclosed in any circle or other design. Except where necessitated by a scale
sufficiently large to show all details clearly, no block shall be divided between. two (2) or more
sheets.
•
16.31.070 Lot Numbers.
In the event that the blocks of any division of land are numbered or lettered, the lots in each block
therein shall be numbered beginning with the number 1 and continuing without omission or
duplication in any such block. Otherwise, the lots shall be numbered beginning with the number
"l," and continuing without omission or duplication throughout the entire division of land. No
prefix or suffix nor combination of letter and number shall be used. Each lot shall be shown entirely
on one sheet.
16.31.080 Bearings and Lengths of Lines.
The bearing and length of each lot line, block line and boundary line shall be shown on the final
map or final parcel map; provided, that when bearings and lengths of lot lines in any series of lots
are the same, either the bearings or lengths may be omitted from each interior parallel lot line of
such series. Each required bearing and length shall be shown in full, and no ditto mark or other
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 51
designation of repetition shall be used. Bearings shall be shown to the nearest second and distances •
shall be shown to the nearest one one-hundredth (1/100) of a foot.
16.31.090 California Coordinate System as Basis of Bearings.
Each map shall use a nearby bearing shown on a recording map or record of survey for its "Basis of
Bearings" and shall express all measured and calculated bearing values in terms of said system. The
angle of grid divergence from a true meridian (theta or mapping angle) and the north point of said
map shall appear on each sheet thereof. Establishment of said basis of bearings may be by use of
existing horizontal control stations or astronomic observations.
16.31.100 Curve Data.
The length, radius and total central angle or bearings of terminal radii of each curve and the bearing
of each radial line to each lot corner on each curve, or the central angle of each segment within
each lot, shall be shown thereon.
16.31.110 Area Designation.
Upon each lot containing an area of three-fourths of an acre or more shall be designated the acreage
of such lot shown to the nearest one one-hundredth (1/100) of an acre.
16.31.120 City Boundary Lines.
Upon the final map or final parcel map shall be shown on each city boundary line adjoining the
division of land, and such line shall be clearly designated and tied in.
16.31.130 Highway and Street Names.
W
Highway names within the boundaries of a division of land shown on a final map or
final parcel map shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval, and if
duplicated elsewhere in the City or so nearly the same in spelling or pronunciation
as to cause confusion, the City Engineer may require some other name.
2. Unless a name is so duplicated or confusing, it shall be the same as the name of any
highway of which it is on line of extension, or the name to which said street or
highway may be in the process of being changed.
B. Highways (except alleys or walks) extending approximately northerly and southerly shall be
designated "avenue" and those extending approximately easterly and westerly shall be
designated "street," except where such highway is on line of extension of a major or
secondary highway or a highway of unusual prominence in the City highway system, and
which bears an established name not conforming to this requirement, in which case the
established name may be approved by the City Engineer.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 52
•
•
C. Highways which materially change direction shall bear the name and suffix designated by
the City Engineer as most closely conforming to a suitable house numbering system.
D. The word "avenue," "boulevard," "place," or other designation of any such highway, shall
be spelled -out in full.
E. The name of each newly dedicated portion of any highway shall be shown in or arrowed to
such newly dedicated portion.
16.31.140 Highway Widths and Centerlines.
A. There shall be shown upon each final map or final parcel map the centerline of each
highway, street or way, the total width thereof, the width of that portion, if any, to be
dedicated and, in the case of any existing highways, streets, or ways, the width thereof, and
the width of each highway, street or way on each side of the centerline thereof. On each
such centerline shall be shown the bearing and length of each tangent, and radius, central
angle and length of each curve.
B. The final map or final parcel map shall show the width of each railroad right-of-way, flood
control or drainage easement and each other easement, appearing on such map, whether
previously of record or offered for dedication on such map.
is 16.31.150 Easements—Identification.
Each easement shall be clearly labeled and identified and, if of record, the record reference shall be
shown thereon.
16.31.160 Easements—Designation on Map.
Each easement shown for any storm drain or sewer or fire access shall be designated on the final
map or final parcel map by fine dashed lines.
16.31.170 Easements—Lines, Ties and Other Evidence.
Upon a final tract map or parcel map shall be shown the centerline or side lines of each easement to
be dedicated to the City or previously dedicated to the City, and those easements required to be
shown by the Approving Authority to which the lots in the division of land are subject. In the event
that such easement is not definitely located of record, a statement showing the existence of such
easement shall be placed on the map. A statement showing the existence and purpose of all
easements other than those of the City shall be placed on the map to the satisfaction of the City
Engineer.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 – Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 53
16.31.180 Easements—Widths and Ties. i
The width of easements or the lengths and bearings of the lines thereof and sufficient ties thereto to
definitely locate such easements with respect to a division of land shall be shown on the final map
or final parcel map.
16.31.190 Easements—Bearings on Lot Lines.
Distances and bearings on the side lines of lots which are cut by easements shall be arrowed or so
shown as to indicate clearly the actual length of each lot line.
16.31.200 Easements—Notes and Figures.
All notes or figures pertaining to each easement shall be subordinated in form and appearance to
those relating to the division of land itself.
16.31.210 Easements—Dedication.
If an easement is being dedicated by a final map, it shall be properly set out in the owner's
certificate of dedication on the map.
16.31.220 Land Subject to Overflow, Ponding or High Groundwater.
If any portion of such land is subject to sheet overflow or ponding of local storm water, or should
the depth to groundwater be less than ten (10) feet from the ground surface, the City Engineer shall
so inform the State Real Estate Commissioner.
16.31.230 Land Subject to Flood Hazard, Inundation, or Geological Hazard.
A. If any portion of the land within the boundaries shown on the tentative map of a division of
land is subject to flood hazard, inundation or geological hazard, and the probable use of the
property will require structures thereon, the Approving Authority may disapprove the map
or that portion of the map so affected and require protective improvements to be constructed
as a condition precedent to approval of the map.
B. Approvals of land subject to flood hazard shall comply with the current federal floodplain
management regulations.
C. If any portion of a lot or parcel of a division of land is subject to flood hazard, inundation or
geological hazard, such fact and portion shall be clearly shown on a separate document or
additional map sheet. A dedication of building -restriction rights over the flood hazard,
inundation or geological hazard area may be required.
D. The provisions of this section shall not apply to divisions of land in which each resultant
parcel has a gross area of forty (40) acres or more or in which each resultant parcel has a •
January 20t3 � DRAFT
Title 16 –Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 54
• gross area of forty (40) acres or more or is a quarter -quarter section of a government plat or
larger.
16.31.240 Flood -Hazard Area, Floodway or Natural Watercourse Designation.
In the event that a dedication of right-of-way for storm drainage purposes is not required, the
location of any watercourse, channel, stream or creek, flood -hazard area or floodway shall be
shown on a separate document or additional map sheet to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
16.31.250 Open Space Dedication/Easements.
All lands that are designated as open space shall be designated on the final map as open space
either as a dedicated separate lot or as a recorded easement to the City. This dedication/easement
shall prohibit the construction of any structures and include provisions for the permanent
maintenance, including brush abatement, by a homeowners' association or other entity to the
satisfaction of the Director of Parks, Recreation and Community Services, Director of
Administrative Services, or the Director.
•
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 55
Chapter 16.33 Modifications to Tentative and Recorded •
Maps
SECTIONS:
16.33.010 Modification or Waiver of Provisions Authorized.
16.33.020 Modifications to Recorded Maps.
16.33.010 Modification or Waiver of Provisions Authorized.
A. Whenever, in the opinion of the City, the land involved in a subdivision is of such size or
shape, or is subject to such title limitations of record or is affected by such topographical
location or conditions, or is to be devoted to such usage, that it is impossible or impractical
for the subdivider to conform fully to a regulation contained in the Code, the Approving
Authority may, at the time of action on the tentative map of the subdivision, modify the
regulation; provided, that in the case of each modification the Approving Authority shall
first find that a special, individual reason makes the strict letter of the regulation impossible
or impractical of observance and that the modification is in conformity with the spirit and
purpose of the Subdivision Map Act and of this title; and provided further, that the
Approving Authority shall make a report in writing setting forth each modification and the
facts relied upon for making the modification.
B. The City Engineer shall waive the provisions of the title and of Section 66473 of the
Subdivision Map Act requiring disapproval of maps for failure to meet or perform state or
local requirements or conditions, when the failure of a map submitted for approval is the
result of a technical and inadvertent error which, in the determination of the City does not
materially affect the validity of the map. Such waivers shall not result in the invalidation or
negotiation of any substantive requirement of this title, the Subdivision Map Act or any
other ordinance, statute or regulation.
16.33.020 Modifications to Recorded Maps.
A. Purpose. The provisions of this section provide findings, procedures, and fees for
modifications of the design and conditions of recorded maps where physical problems
associated with the development of the site or technical problems occur after recordation, in
conformity with Government Code Section 66472.1.
B. Fees. The fees charged for such modification of a final or final parcel map shall be in
accordance with the City's current fee schedule established by the Council.
C. Materials for Filing. A proposed change to a final or final parcel map shall require
submittal of the following:
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 56
•
•
•
The materials indicated by Section 16.25.040 (Contents and Submittal
Requirements), and
2. A detailed written description of the manner in which the proposed modification
meets the findings described in subsection (G) of this section.
D. Applicant. An applicant for a revision to a recorded map shall be either:
1. The owner of title to the subject property or his authorized representative; or
2. The City Engineer; or
3. The Commission; or
4. The Council
E. Review. The proposed change of design or modification of conditions shall be reviewed by
the City Engineer which shall submit its recommendation to the Commission.
F. Public Hearing. Any proposed change of design and/or modification to conditions of a final
map or parcel map will require a public hearing before the Commission according to the
procedures specified in Chapter 17.06 (Common Procedures). The subject of the hearing
must be confined to consideration and action on the proposed modification.
G. Findings. The applicant must substantiate the following facts to the Approving Authority:
1. That there are changes in circumstances which make any or all of the conditions or
the design of such a map no longer appropriate or necessary;
2. That the proposed modifications do not impose any additional burdens on the
present fee owner of the property;
3. That such modifications would not alter any right, title, or interest in the real
property;
4. That the modifications requested result from either physical problems associated
with the development of the site or technical difficulties arising which are not under
the control of the developer and which make it impossible to comply with certain
conditions;
5. That the modifications requested do not result in an increased number of dwelling
units or a greater density than the recorded map;
6. That the proposed map and the design and improvements of the proposed
subdivision are consistent with applicable general and special plans;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 57
7. That the site is physically suitable for the type and proposed density of the
development; and
8. That the design of the subdivision or the proposed improvements will not cause
substantial environmental damage or serious public health problems, or conflict with
public easements.
H. Final Action. If the Approving Authority determines that the findings specified by
subsection (G) of this section have been met, the requested modification shall be approved
and the applicant shall submit to the City Engineer:
1. An amending map; or
2. A certificate of correction, as determined by the City.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.4 1)
Page 58
• Chapter 16.35 Certificates of Compliance — Notices of
Violation
SECTIONS:
16.35.010
Purpose of Chapter Provisions.
16.35.020
City Engineer Authority.
16.35.030
Certificate of Compliance—Matters Required for Applications.
16.35.040
Certificates of Compliance for Undersized Parcels.
16.35.050
Certificate of Compliance—Fees.
16.35.060
Appeals.
16.35.070
Notices of Violation.
16.35.010 Purpose of Chapter Provisions.
This chapter supplements those provisions of Section 66499.34, 66499.35 and 66499.36 of the
Subdivision Map Act pertaining to notices of violation and certificates of compliance.
16.35.020 City Engineer Authority.
The City Engineer is authorized to make all required determinations on certificates of compliance
® and notices of violations.
16.35.030 Certificate of Compliance—Matters Required for Applications.
•
Except where a request for waiver has been approved, applications for the issuance of a certificate
of compliance shall be submitted to the City Engineer. Application of issuance of a certificate of
compliance shall be made in writing on a standardized form. The City Engineer may require the
submission of such supporting information as he deems necessary to determine compliance. All
submissions shall be legible and readily reproducible.
16.35.040 Certificates of Compliance for Undersized Parcels.
Where a certificate of compliance has been issued for a parcel of less than required area that was
created prior to March 4, 1972, the owner may request:
A. A review by the City Engineer to determine satisfaction of the following criteria:
1. The parcel of land has frontage on a road as specified by the Code, except for flag
lots as specified in the Code;
2. The parcel of land is served by public sewers or it is of sufficient size to provide for
satisfactory on-site sewage disposal for the land use intended;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 59
3. The width of the parcel of land will be as required by the Code;
4. The setbacks of the underlying zone will be adhered to, unless a modification has
been received pursuant to the Code;
5. There is sufficient area available on the parcel of land to provide automobile storage
for the land use intended, as required by the Code;
6. The parcel of land has adequate fire flow and hydrant spacing as required; and
7. The owner of the parcel of land does not own any contiguous lots or parcels of land.
B. Approval of a variance pursuant to the provisions of the Code.
16.35.050 Certificate of Compliance—Fees.
Upon submission of a request for issuance of a certificate of compliance, other than provided in the
provisions for parcel map waivers, the applicant shall pay a processing fee based upon the current
fee schedule established by Council resolution for a maximum of four (4) lots.
16.35.060 Appeals.
All appeals shall be submitted and acted upon in the manner prescribed in the Chapter 17.07 •
(Appeals or Certification of Action).
16.35.070 Notices of Violation.
A. Any city official having knowledge of a possible violation of the provisions of the
Subdivision Map Act or of the Code shall direct such information to the City Engineer.
B. If the City Engineer, either on their own initiative or upon investigation of information
received from another city official or any other interested person, determines that real
property has been divided in violation of the Subdivision Map Act or of this title, they may
initiate the procedures set forth in Section 66499.36 of the Subdivision Map Act.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 60
C�
• Chapter 16.37 Waiver Conditions
SECTIONS:
16.37.010 Eligibility for Waiver.
16.37.020 Request for Waiver—Information Required.
16.37.030 Fees.
16.37.040 Procedures—Action by the Planning Commission.
16.37.060 Lease-Projects—Duration of Approval.
16.37.010 Eligibility for Waiver.
The following minor land divisions shall be eligible for waiver of the requirement that a final parcel
map be filed, provided a request for waiver, as provided for in this chapter, is approved by the
Approving Authority:
A. Those in which each resultant parcel is a part of one or more lots shown on the final map,
parcel map or approved record of survey map, except where the tentative map of any such
division, the conditions of approval thereof or the requirements of the Subdivision Map Act
or of the Code provide for or require the delineation of flood or geological hazard, or
building restrictions;
• B. Property line adjustments, or the distribution of all of an existing parcel(s) between adjacent
parcels;
C. Those of a lease -project, except where the tentative map of any such division, the conditions
of approval thereof or the requirements of the Subdivision Map Act or of this title provide
for or require the delineation of flood or geological hazards, or building restrictions;
D. For the purpose of this section, the term "approved Record of Survey Maps" refers to
Record of Survey Maps which were filed for record pursuant to various provisions of the
Subdivision Map Act prior to the effective date of Chapter 1180, Statutes 1965.
16.37.020 Request for Waiver—Information Required.
A. Waiver requests shall be made in writing on a standardized form provided by the City
Engineer. The request shall include:
A request for wavier signed and acknowledged by all owners of record of the land
comprising the minor land division;
2. A description of each proposed parcel;
January 2013 j DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 61
3. If requested by the City Engineer, a plat map, showing sufficient ties, dimensions
and bearings to adequately establish the boundaries of the parcel map and of each •
proposed parcel. Record information, when available, may be utilized.
B. The City Engineer may require the submission of documentation, i.e. preliminary title
report, as it deems necessary to verify the information presented to the request for waiver.
All submissions shall be legible and readily reproducible.
C. Before approval of a request for waiver, the subdivider shall complete or guarantee
completion of the conditions of approval as if a parcel map were to be filed.
16.37.030 Fees.
A. Upon submission of a request for waiver, the subdivider shall pay a filing fee based upon
the current fee schedule established by Council resolution.
B. The subdivider shall also pay a sum of money equal to the amount required by law for filing
with the County Recorder a certificate of compliance for the parcels comprising the
division.
16.37.040 Procedures—Action by the Planning Commission.
A. Within the time designated for tentative map processing and as part of the tentative map •
approval, the Commission shall waive the requirement that a parcel map be filed if it finds:
1. That the design of each parcel described in the request for waiver is in substantial
accordance with the tentative map, as approved;
2. That the proposed minor land division complies with all applicable requirements as
to area, improvement and design, flood and water drainage control, appropriate
improved public roads, sanitary disposal facilities, water supply availability,
environmental protection, and other requirements of the Subdivision Map Act and of
the Code.
B. When a waiver is granted pursuant to this section, the City Engineer, upon review and
approval, shall cause a certificate of compliance, describing each approved parcel, to be
filed for record with the County Recorder. The certificate of compliance shall state that the
requirement that a parcel map of the division of land be filed has been waived and that the
parcels comprising the division may be sold, leased, financed or transferred in full
compliance with all applicable provisions of the Subdivision Map Act and of this chapter.
C. The procedures set forth in this section shall be completed within the period prescribed for
filing a tentative parcel map after approval or any extension thereof.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 62
® 16.37.060 Lease-Projects—Duration of Approval.
The approval of a waiver of filing a parcel map for a lease -project shall be effective for a period of
five (5) years. After such time, if such lease -project is not established, a new request may be made
in accordance with this section.
L�
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 63
Chapter 16.39 Parcel Mergers 40
SECTIONS:
16.39.010
Purpose.
16.39.020
Requirements for the Merging of Substandard Parcels.
16.39.030
Notification of Intent to Merge Substandard Parcels.
16.39.040
Request for Hearing.
16.39.050
No Hearing Requested.
16.39.060
Planning Commission Public Hearing.
16.39.070
Notice of Merger for Substandard Parcels.
16.39.080
Appeal of Planning Commission Action.
16.39.090
Merger of Parcels Other Than Substandard Parcels.
16.39.100
Application and Fees.
16.39.110
Requirements for Merger of Standard Parcels.
16.39.120
Planning Commission Hearing.
16.39.130
Record of Survey.
16.39.140
Extensions.
16.39.150
Appeal of Planning Commission Action.
16.39.160
Parcel Merger Initiated by Owner
16.39.010 Purpose.
A. The purpose of this chapter is to provide procedures by which the City may initiate the
merging of two (2) or more contiguous substandard parcels and to provide regulations for
the merger of standard parcels as a simply, quick alternative to parcel maps for the assembly
of small parcels of land into larger parcels of land in order to encourage revitalization in the
City. This section is adopted pursuant to Sections 66451.10 through 6645.21 and 66499.20-
3/4 of the Government Code.
B. An owner may initiate the merging of two (2) or more contiguous parcels. This section is
adopted pursuant to Section 66499.20-3/4 of the Government Code
16.39.020 Requirements for the Merging of Substandard Parcels.
The Director or City Engineer may initiate a merger of substandard parcels held by the same owner
pursuant to Section 66451.11 of the Government Code, if one of the contiguous parcels does not
conform to the City's standard for minimum lot area as provided by the City's zoning regulations
or applicable specific plan, and if all of the following requirements are satisfied:
A. At least one of the affected parcels is undeveloped but may be developed only with an
accessory structure(s) or is developed with a single structure, other than an accessory
structure, that is also partially sited on a contiguous parcel; and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title I6— Subdivisions (16.01-16.4 1)
Page 64
• B. With respect to the affected parcel, one or more of the following conditions exists:
1. The parcel comprises less than five thousand (5,000) square feet in area at the time
of the determination of merger.
2. The parcel was not created in compliance with applicable laws and ordinances in
effect at the time of its establishment.
3. The parcel does not meet slope stability standards.
4. The parcel does not meet current standards for sewage disposal and domestic water
supply.
5. The parcel has inadequate legal access for vehicular and safety equipment
maneuverability.
6. Its development would create health and safety hazards.
7. The parcel is inconsistent with the City's general plan or any specific or corridor
plan.
C. The requirements of this section shall not apply if any one of the conditions set forth in
• Subsections 66451.11(b)(7)(A) through 66451.11(b)(7)(E) inclusive, of the Government
Code exists.
16.39.030 Notification of Intent to Merge Substandard Parcels.
Prior to merging parcels, the Director shall, by certified mail to the property owner, mail a notice of
intent to merge, notifying the owner that the affected parcels may be merged pursuant to the
provisions of this section. The notice shall include the statement that the owner will be given the
opportunity to request a hearing and present evidence that the proposed substandard merger does
not meet the criteria for a merger. The notice of intent to merge shall be recorded with the Los
Angeles County Recorder on the date that the notice is given to the property owner of record.
Ownership of continuous parcels shall be determined as of the date that notice of intent to merge is
recorded.
16.39.040 Request for Hearing.
At any time within a thirty (30) day period after recording of the notice of intent to merge, the
owner of the affected property may file a request for public hearing regarding the proposed merger,
with the Director.
January 2013 I DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 65
16.39.050 No Hearing Requested.
If the owner does not file a request for a public hearing within the thirty (30) day period specified
above, the Commission may make a determination that the affected parcels are or are not to be
merged and release the notification of intent to merge. The Commission shall direct the Director to
record, as specified in Section 16.39.030 (Notification of Intent to Merge Substandard Parcels), a
release of the notice of intent to merge and mail a copy to the property owner.
16.39.060 Planning Commission Public Hearing.
If the parcels are to be merged, the Commission shall cause the notice of merger to be recorded as
provided for in Section 66451.12 of the Government Code, and in Section 16.39.030.
A. Notice of Hearing. The Director shall set a time, date and location for a Commission public
hearing upon receiving a request for a hearing from the property owner of the affected
property in accordance with the Subdivision Map Act Section 66451.15. The hearing shall
be conducted not more than sixty (60) days following the receipt of the owner's request, but
may be continued with the mutual consent of the Commission and the property owner.
Notice of the hearing shall be given to the property owner by certified mail.
B. Evidence of Noncompliance. The property owner shall be given the opportunity at the
hearing to present any evidence that the affected property does not meet the merger
requirements as set forth in Section 16.39.030 (Notification of Intent to Merge Substandard
Parcels).
C. Findings. After completion of the hearing by the Commission, or if no hearing is requested,
after completion of the thirty (30) day period specified in Section 16.39.030 (Notification of
Intent to Merge Substandard Parcels), the Commission shall make the following findings in
order to merge a substandard parcel:
1. The merged parcel complies with Sections 66451.11(a) and 66451.11(b) of the
Subdivision Map Act;
2. The merged parcel complies with all applicable City requirements for the merging of
substandard parcels; and,
3. The merged parcel does not adversely affect the purpose and intent of the City's
General Plan or the public health, safety and welfare.
D. Determination Following Hearing. At the conclusion of the hearing the Commission shall
make a determination to whether the affected parcels are to be merged or not to be merged
notwithstanding the affected parcels meeting all the requirements set forth in Section
16.39.020 (Requirements for the Merging of Substandard Parcels). If notification cannot be
made at the time of the hearing to the parcel owner in person, notification shall be made by
certified mail. The Commission shall notify the owner of its determination no later than five
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 66
E
• (5) working days after the hearing. A determination of merger shall be recorded within
thirty (30) days after the conclusion of the hearing through a notice of merger. If the
Commission determines that the subject parcels shall not be merged, it shall cause to be
recorded a release of the notice of intent to merge, and the property owner shall be mailed a
clearance letter.
16.39.070 Notice of Merger for Substandard Parcels.
A merger of substandard parcels shall become effective upon recordation with the County
Recorder. A notice of merger shall specify the determination of the Commission, the names of the
recorded owners and a legal description of the properties.
16.39.080 Appeal of Planning Commission Action.
Appeal of a Commission determination shall be made in accordance with the provisions for
appealing Commission actions in Chapter 17.07 (Appeals and Certification of Action).
16.39.090 Merger of Parcels Other Than Substandard Parcels.
The City shall regulate the merger of other parcels according to the purpose and intent of the
Subdivision Map Act and the provisions of this section.
• 16.39.100 Application and Fees.
An application and fees for parcel mergers shall be required in compliance with the parcel merger
submittal requirements, which are available in the City Engineer.
16.39.110 Requirements for Merger of Standard Parcels.
A. The merged parcels must comply with the current lot area standards.
B. The proposed parcel must have legal access for ingress and egress to a street with
irrevocable dedication for public street.
C. The proposed parcel must be served by all necessary rights-of-way or utility easement
dedications.
D. The proposed parcel must be in compliance with applicable vehicular parking and parking
access requirements.
E. The parcels to be merged must be contiguous and held in common ownership as of the date
the application is filed.
January 2013 DRAFT
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.4 1)
Page 67
16.39.120 Planning Commission Hearing. •
A. Notice of Hearing. The Director shall set a time, date and location for a Commission
hearing after determining the application complete for parcel merger. Notice of the hearing
shall be given to the applicant and property owners within a one -thousand (1000) foot
radius of the subject parcels for merger. The hearing may be postponed or continued with
mutual consent of the Commission and the applicant.
B. Notice of Intention to Merge Other Than Substandard Parcels. Upon determining the
application complete, the Director shall mail a notice of intent to merge to the County
Recorder. The notice of intent to merge shall be filed on all affected parcels indicating that
the property owner has filed an application to merge parcels.
C. Findings. After completion of the hearing, the Commission shall make the following
findings in order to merge parcels other than substandard parcels:
1. The merged parcel conforms with the General Plan, development code and
applicable specific plans.
2. Development of the merged parcel does not adversely affect the public health, safety
or welfare.
3. The merged parcel has adequate access as determined by the City Engineer and is
served by all necessary utilities.
4. The merged parcel does not require right-of-way of utility easement dedications.
D. Determination/Procedures Following Hearing. At the conclusion of the hearing, the
Approving Authority shall make a determination as to whether the affected parcels shall be
merged or shall not be merged.
If the Commission determines that the parcels shall be merged, pursuant to Section
16.39.030 (Notification of Intent to Merge Substandard Parcels), it shall cause to be
recorded a notice of merger. The notice of merger shall contain the names of the
recorded owners, legal description of the existing parcels, maps of the existing
standard parcels prior to merger and the new merged parcel(s).
2. The applicant shall have one year to complete the merger in accordance with the
specifications of the City Engineer and record the merger with the County Recorder.
3. If, in accordance with Section 16.39.030 (Notification of Intent to Merge
Substandard Parcels), the Commission determines that the parcels cannot be merged,
it shall cause to be recorded a release of the notice of intent to merge.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Title 16—Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 68
• 4. The Commission may determine that certain standard parcels are not to be combined
by merger and require the filing of a parcel map or tentative map in order to merge
the parcels, in which case the map would have to comply with the requirements for a
parcel or tentative map in Chapter 16.25 (Tentative Tract and Parcel Maps).
16.39.130 Record of Survey.
A record of survey or other document approved by the City Engineer for the merged parcel shall be
completed in compliance with the City's engineering requirements for survey of record, unless
determined by the City Engineer to be unnecessary. Monumentation for the subject parcel shall be
made in accordance with the City's Engineering standards.
16.39.140 Extensions.
The initial two (2) year approval period may be extended for one year in accordance with the
provisions of Section 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions).
16.39.150 Appeal of Planning Commission Action.
Appeals of Commission determinations regarding parcel mergers shall be made in accordance with
Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Action).
• 16.39.160 Procedures for Parcel Merger Initiated by Owner.
A. Any contiguous parcels or units of land held under common ownership may be merged at
the request of the property owner(s), pursuant to Government Code Section 66499.20 3/4
and this chapter.
•
B. Record owner(s) of contiguous lots may file a request with the City Engineer to merge said
contiguous parcels. An application and fees for parcel mergers shall be required in
compliance with the parcel merger submittal requirements, which are available in the Public
Works Department.
C. A lot merger, upon application filed with the Public Works Department shall be subject to
review and approval, with or without conditions, by the City Engineer.
D. A parcel merger shall become effective when the City Engineer causes a notice of merger to
be filed with the office of the County Registrar/Recorder.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16— Subdivisions (16.01-16.4 1)
Page 69
Chapter 16.41 Recording of Lot Line Adjustments
SECTIONS:
16.41.010 Recording of Lot Line Adjustments.
16.41.010 Recording of Lot Line Adjustments.
When recording lot line adjustments, the following requirements shall be met:
Issuance of Certificate of Compliance. The approval of the request for lot line adjustment
by the Director, the City Engineer, the Commission or the Council shall be effectuated by
the issuance by the City Engineer of a certificate of compliance for lot line adjustment. The
property description or descriptions on the certificate shall describe the reconfigured parcel
or parcels which will be recognized by the City as legal lots. The certificate shall be void
and of no further force in effect unless it is recorded as hereinafter provided within two (2)
years of the date of the decision to approve the request for lot line adjustment.
2. Grant Deed Requirements. Section 66412(d) of the California Subdivision Map Act states:
"The lot line adjustment shall be reflected in a deed, which shall be recorded." A certificate
of compliance for lot line adjustment does not become effective, nor will it be reflected on
assessor's parcel maps, until the required grant deeds have been recorded. Each grant deed
shall include a legal description which accurately reflects the legal description and
references the recording information for the certificate of compliance for lot line
adjustment. All deeds exchanging property between the affected parcels or consolidating the
affected parcels accompanied by reconveyances or partial reconveyances or other releases
of deeds of trust or similar encumbrances on the subject property or amended deeds of trust
or similar encumbrances describing the reconfigured parcels shall be submitted to the City
Engineer for review; provided, however, the City Engineer may cause such recordation
through an escrow if such has been opened by the applicant. The applicant, or their
authorized representative, shall be notified of any corrections requested by the City, and any
corrected or new documents shall be promptly submitted to the City Engineer.
3. Recordation of Certificate of Compliance for Lot Line Adjustment. The recordation as
hereinabove provided of the certificate of compliance for lot line adjustment shall precede
the recordation of the required deeds exchanging property between the affected parcels or
consolidating the affected parcels. At the direction of the City Engineer, the applicant or
his/her authorized representative shall ascertain the recording fee from the County Recorder
and insert into the appropriate blank spaces on the certificate of compliance for lot line
adjustment. The City Engineer shall cause, or may instruct the applicant or their authorized
representative to cause, the certificate of compliance for lot line adjustment to be recorded
in the office of the County Recorder for Los Angeles County, California.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 70
•
• 4. Recordation of Deeds and Other Documents. At the direction of the City Engineer, the
applicant or his/her authorized representative shall ascertain the recording fee from the
County Recorder and insert into the appropriate blank spaces on the grant deed; which shall
then be signed by the owner(s) and notarized. The City Engineer shall cause, or may
instruct the applicant or their authorized representative to cause, the grant deed to be
recorded in the office of the County Recorder subsequent to recordation of the certificate of
compliance for lot line adjustment. The certificate of compliance for lot line adjustment
recording information shall be inserted into the appropriate blank spaces on the grant deed.
•
•
5. Payment of Recording Fees. The fees for the recording of all documents as established by
the County Recorder shall be remitted by the applicant to the City prior to the time of
recordation of such documents including the certificate of compliance for lot line
adjustment. Such remittance shall be made payable to the City in the amount required to
have all deeds and other documents, including the certificate, recorded.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 —Subdivisions (16.01-16.41)
Page 71
• TITLE 17
ZONING
Division 17.00
General Procedures
Chapter 17.01
Title, Purpose, Components, and Authority
Chapter 17.02
Planning Agency
Chapter 17.03
Rules for Provisions, Language, Measurement, and Interpretation
Chapter 17.04
Interpretations
Chapter 17.05
Legal Nonconforming Uses, Lots, and Structures
Chapter 17.06
Common Procedures
Chapter 17.07
Appeals or Certification of Review
Chapter 17.08
Revocations and Revisions
Chapter 17.09
Minor Permit Modifications
Division 17.10
Definitions
Chapter 17.11
Definitions
Division 17.20
Applications
Chapter 17.22
Class I Applications - Ministerial
• Chapter 17.23
Class 11 Applications - Discretionary
Chapter 17.24
Class III Applications - Discretionary
Chapter 17.25
Class IV Applications - Discretionary
Chapter 17.26
Class V Applications - Discretionary
Chapter 17.27
Class VI Applications - Discretionary
Chapter 17.28
Class VII Applications - Legislative
Division 17.30
Zones
Chapter 17.31
Zoning Designation Purpose
Chapter 17.32
Non -Urban Zones
Chapter 17.33
Urban Residential Zones
Chapter 17.34
Commercial and Industrial Zones
Chapter 17.35
Mixed Use Zones
Chapter 17.36
Open Space Zones
Chapter 17.37
Other Zones
Chapter 17.38
Overlay Zones
Chapter 17.39
Special Standards Districts
Division 17.40 Use Classifications and Required Parking
Chapter 17.41 General
Chapter 17.42 Residential Use Types
Chapter 17.43 Commercial Use Types
• Chapter 17.44 Industrial Use Types
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Table of Contents
Page I
Chapter 17.45 Public and Semi -Public Use Types
Chapter 17.46 Agricultural Use Types •
Chapter 17.47 Temporary Use Types
Chapter 17.48 Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
Chapter 17.49 Development Activities/Miscellaneous Use Types
Division 17.50
Development Standards
Chapter 17.51
Property Development Standards - All Zones
Chapter 17.53
Property Development Standards - Commercial and Industrial
Chapter 17.55
Property Development Standards - Mixed Use
Chapter 17.57
Property Development Standards - Residential
Division 17.60
Specific Development Standards
Chapter 17.61
Adult Business Regulations
Chapter 17.62
Animal Keeping
Chapter 17.63
Automotive Uses
Chapter 17.64
Historic Preservation
Chapter 17.65
Home Occupations
Chapter 17.66
Other Specific Development Requirements
Chapter 17.67
Temporary Uses
Chapter 17.68
Transfer of Development Rights, Density Bonus, and Cluster Developments
Chapter 17.69
Wireless Communication Facilities and Satellite Dish Antennas
Division 17.70
Reserved •
Division 17.80
Grading
Chapter 17.80
Scope and Administration
Chapter 17.81
Permits
Chapter 17.82
Existing Grading
Chapter 17.83
Permit Application
Chapter 17.84
Security
Chapter 17.85
Precautions
Chapter 17.86
Import, Export, Evacuations, and Fills
Chapter 17.87
Drainage and Terracing
Chapter 17.88
Grading Designation and Location
Chapter 17.89
Dust Prevention and Control
Chapter 17.90
National Pollutant Elimination Systems (NPDES) Compliance
Chapter 17.95
Standard Urban Stormwater Mitigation Plan Implementation
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Table of Contents
Page 2
•
0
•
i
Division 17.00 General Procedures
Chapter 17.01 Title, Purpose, Components, and Authority
Chapter 17.02 Planning Agency
Chapter 17.03 Rules for Provisions, Language, Measurement, and Interpretation
Chapter 17.04 Interpretations
Chapter 17.05 Legal Nonconforming Uses, Lots, and Structures
Chapter 17.06 Common Procedures
Chapter 17.07 Appeals or Certification of Review
Chapter 17.08 Revocations and Revisions
Chapter 17.09 Minor Permit Modifications
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 1
0
•
Chapter 17.01 Title, Purpose, Components, and
Authority
SECTIONS:
17.01.010
Title.
17.01.020
Purpose.
17.01.030
Consistency with the General Plan.
17.01.040
Applicability of Zoning Regulations.
17.01.050
Administration of Use Classifications.
17.01.060
Application Where Violations Exists.
17.01.070
Severability.
17.01.080
Repeal of Conflicting Development Codes.
17.01.090
Private Agreements.
17.01.100
Condition of Approval
17.01.010 Title.
Title 17 of the City Municipal Code shall be known and cited as "Title 17," the "Zoning Code,"
the "Zoning Ordinance," "this Title." When the term "this Code" or the "Development Code" is
used, the term shall include both Title 16 and 17 which together shall comprise the Unified
Development Code. Whenever reference is made to any portion of the code set out in Title 16
and/or 17, or of any other law or ordinance, the reference applies to all amendments and
additions hereafter made to this Code.
17.01.020 Purpose.
The purpose of this Code is to define the duties and powers of the discretionary and
administrative bodies responsible for implementation of this Code and to implement the General
Plan, implement the Municipal Code, and promote the public health, safety, and general welfare.
Nothing in this Code shall supersede any other section or requirement of the Municipal Code.
17.01.030 Consistency with the General Plan.
Any permit or approval issued pursuant to this Code must be consistent with the General Plan. In
the event of inconsistency of this title with the goals, policies, and objectives of the adopted
General Plan and its elements, the General Plan goals, policies, and objectives shall govern.
17.01.040 Applicability of Zoning Regulations.
A. Applicability. This Code shall apply to all property within the City of Santa Clarita,
including all uses, structures and land owned by any private person, firm, corporation or
organization, or the County or other local, State, or federal agencies. Governmental and
quasi -government agencies may be exempt from portions of this Code per the State
Government Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 3
B. Compliance with Regulations. No land shall be used, and no structure shall be
constructed, occupied, enlarged, altered, or moved unless it is in accordance with the
provisions of this Code. No permit or entitlement may be issued or renewed for any use,
construction, improvement, or other purpose unless specifically provided for, or
permitted by, this Code. No person shall use, or permit to be used, any structure, or land,
nor shall any person erect, structurally alter, or enlarge any structure, or advertise on any
structure, except in accordance with the provisions of this Code.
C. Provisions Interpreted as Minimum Requirements. In interpreting and applying the
provisions of this Code, the provisions shall be held to be the minimum requirements for
the promotion of the public health, safety, and general welfare.
17.01.050 Administration of Use Classifications.
A. Primary Use. In determining compliance with the provisions of this Code as it applies to
the uses listed in the various zones, each primary use shall be considered a separate use,
provided:
The accessory uses and structures shall be deemed an integral part of each
primary use; and
2. That more than one primary use may be
placed
on a single lot where not in
conflict with other provisions of this Code.
•
B. Accessory Use. The Director shall determine whether a use or structure may be
considered accessory pursuant to the definitions contained in this Code, in compliance
with Chapter 17.04 (Interpretations).
17.01.060 Application Where Violation Exists.
With the exception of uses in conformance with Chapter 17.05 (Legal Nonconforming Uses,
Lots and Structures), no application for any permit required pursuant to this Code shall be
accepted for processing where an unauthorized land use and/or structure is operating in violation
of this Code.
The Director may determine that the use in question is consistent with the objectives, goals and
policies of the General Plan, or that the continuation of the use is essential or desirable to the
public convenience or welfare, this provision shall not apply.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 4
0 17.01.070 Severability.
If any portion of this Code is held invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of any court, such
decision shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Code.
17.01.080 Repeal of Conflicting Development Codes.
Whenever the provisions of this Code are more restrictive upon construction or use of buildings
or structures or upon the use of lands or premises than required by other previously adopted
development codes, the provisions, regulations, and rules of this development code shall govern.
17.01.090 Private Agreements.
The provisions of this Code are not intended to abrogate any easements, covenants, conditions
and restrictions, or other existing agreements which are more restrictive than the provisions of
this Code.
17.01.100 Condition of Approval.
As a condition of the approval of an application, the applicant shall agree to reimburse the City
for any court and attorney's fees which the City may be required by a court to pay because of
any claim or action brought against the City because of such approval pursuant to Government
• Code Section 66499.37. Although the applicant is the real party in interest in such an action, the
City may, at its sole discretion, participate at its own expense in the defense of the action, but
such participation shall not relieve the applicant of its obligations under this condition.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00—General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 5
Chapter 17.02 Planning Agency Is
SECTIONS:
17.02.010 Purpose.
17.02.020 City Council.
17.02.030 Planning Commission.
17.02.040 Hearing Officer.
17.02.050 Director.
17.02.010 Purpose.
This chapter identifies the powers and duties of the officials responsible for administering this
Code.
17.02.020 City Council.
The Council has the following powers and duties:
A. Initiate, adopt, deny, or modify amendments to the City of Santa Clarita General Plan,
Code, and Zoning Map, and all other Class V, VI and VII Applications as described in
Section 17.06.020 (Authority).
B. Consider and certify environmental documents and hear appeals on environmental •
determinations by the Director, Hearing Officer, or the Commission as provided for by
the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA).
C. Affirm, deny, or modify decisions of the Commission through appeals or calls for review
pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Review) and the
State Government Code.
D. Establish fees for filing applications and services provided by the City.
E. Appoint commissioners to the Commission as provided for in City of Santa Clarita
Municipal Code.
17.02.030 Planning Commission.
The Commission is established pursuant to the City Municipal Code and the California
Government Code and has the following powers and duties:
A. Recommend to the Council amendments to the General Plan, Code or Zoning Map, and
all other Class V and VII applications.
B. Affirm, deny, or modify decisions of the Hearing Officer pursuant to Chapter 17.07
(Appeals or Certification of Review) and the State Government Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 6
C. Consider and adopt, deny, modify, or certify Class IV applications and environmental
documents as described in Section 17.06.020 (Authority).
17.02.040 Hearing Officer.
The Hearing Officer is the Director or their appointee, who has the powers and duties to conduct
public administrative hearings and approve or deny Class III applications pursuant to Section
17.06.020 (Authority), and approve or certify environmental documents.
17.02.050 Director.
The Director has the following powers and duties, which the Director may delegate to staff of the
Department who are supervised by, and report to, the Director:
A. Approve or deny Class I, II and III applications pursuant to Section 17.06.020
(Authority).
B. Consider and adopt, deny, modify, or certify environmental documents for Class II and
III applications subject to CEQA and the City's environmental review requirements.
C. Consider and adopt, deny, modify, or certify environmental documents subject to CEQA
and the City's environmental review requirements for other City Departments not
requiring Council action.
D. Review all applications and notify the applicant if any additional information is necessary
to conduct review in compliance with this Code.
E. Issue interpretations of this Code pursuant to Chapter 17.04 (Interpretations).
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 7
Chapter 17.03 Rules for Provisions, Language,
Measurement and Interpretation
SECTIONS:
17.03.010 Purpose.
17.03.020 Rules for Language.
17.03.030 Rules for Measurement.
17.03.010 Purpose.
The purpose of this chapter is to provide precision in the interpretation of this Code. The
definitions and use of the words and phrases in this chapter apply throughout the Code.
17.03.020 Rules for Language.
Except where the context indicates otherwise, the following rules for language shall apply:
A. The following conjunctions shall be interpreted as follows:
"And" indicates that all connected words or provisions shall apply.
2. "Or" indicates that the connected words or provisions may apply singly or in any
combination.
3. "Either ... or" indicates that the connected words or provisions shall apply singly
but not in combination.
B. All references to departments, committees, commissions, boards, or other public agencies
and public officials are to those of the City, unless otherwise specified.
C. Any reference to the Fire Department is to that of the Los Angeles County Fire
Department.
D. All references to days are to calendar days, unless otherwise specified..
E. All references to lists of items or examples that use terms such as "including," "such as,"
or similar language are intended to provide examples; not to be exhaustive lists of all
possibilities.
F. The words "shall," "will," "must," and "is to" are mandatory requirements.
G. The words "should" or "may" are optional and may be required by the Department at its
discretion.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00—General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 8
•
H. The present tense includes the past and future tenses, and the future tense includes the
• past and present.
1. Plural words shall include the singular and, singular words shall include the plural.
J. Sections and section headings contained herein shall not be deemed to govern, limit,
modify, or in any manner affect the scope, meaning, or intent of any section.
17.03.030 Rules for Measurement.
The purpose of this section is to explain how measurements are calculated in this Code.
A. Fractions.
1. Parking Spaces. When the application of this Code requires a fractional part of a
parking space, such fraction equal to or greater than one-half shall be construed as
a whole and fractions less than one-half shall be eliminated.
2. Dwelling Units.
a. Rounding. Whenever this Code requires consideration of dwelling units
and the result of a calculation contains a fraction of a whole number, the
results shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.
• b. Exception for State Affordable Housing Density Bonus. For projects
eligible for bonus density pursuant to Section 65915 of the State
Government Code or any successor statute, any fractional number of
permitted bonus density units shall be rounded up to the next whole
number.
•
3. Other Fractions. Besides subsections (A) (1) and (A) (2), above, when a
regulation is expressed in terms of maximum or minimum limits or requirements,
any other fractional result shall not be rounded. For example, if a maximum
height for a building is 35 feet and the proposed building actually measures 35
feet and 6 inches, then the height is not in compliance.
B. Distance.
Measurements are Shortest Distance.
a. When measuring a required distance, the measurement is made at the
closest or shortest distance between the two objects (for example, the
minimum distance between a structure and a lot line or another structure).
b. The following shall be excluded when measuring required distances.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 9
i. Projections, as permitted in Section 17.57.050 (C) (Projections
Permitted Between Buildings); and is
ii. Basements.
— — — shortest
Distance
� I
'Shortest. '
I� Distance
Shortest
Distance
� I
. ---- —_—.— Property Line
Figure 17.03 — l
Measurements Are Shortest Distance
2. Distances are Measured Horizontally. When determining distances for setbacks
and structure dimensions, all distances are measured along a horizontal plane
from the appropriate line, edge of building, structure, storage area, parking area,
or other object. Distances are not measured by following the topography or slope •
of the land.
2 o
Distance
measured
III11 ® Fl=
Figure
Figure 17.03 — 2
Distances Are Measure Horizontally
3. Measurement of Parking Spaces, Aisle Widths, and Stacking Areas.
a. Measurement of parking space length, aisle widths and stacking areas are
measured from across the entire area.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00—General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 10
•
b. Where single striping lines are used, parking space widths shall be
• measured from the center of the striping line. Double striping is preferred
and where it is used, parking space widths shall be measured from the
midpoint between the striping lines.
•
0
C. Obstructions, unless expressly permitted by the Director, are not permitted
in a parking space. Wheel stops are permitted in a parking space.
Figure 17.03 — 3
Measuring Of Parking Spaces,
Aisle Widths, And Stacking Areas
4. Measurement of Minimum Distances Between Land Uses. When a specified land
use is required to be located a minimum distance from another land use, the
minimum distance is measured in a straight line from the exterior boundaries of
the property to the exterior boundary of the property of the other land use.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 11
Standardstall measured across
'entire
'-
,/, j width' of required area,
.asrz'
C.l from
center of parking stripe
Measmtdacross entire
length of required area'
�qa
£",a
'L
u
opre9
YONsedhr
a d e
Angled measuied
. stall across
entire width of required area,
of
P
from center parking stripe:
Yrw
PAing Aisle measured across
Angle entire width d required area.
3
> �.
_'ark
Figure 17.03 — 3
Measuring Of Parking Spaces,
Aisle Widths, And Stacking Areas
4. Measurement of Minimum Distances Between Land Uses. When a specified land
use is required to be located a minimum distance from another land use, the
minimum distance is measured in a straight line from the exterior boundaries of
the property to the exterior boundary of the property of the other land use.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 11
Figure 17.03 — 4
Measurement of Minimum Distances Between Land Uses
C. Height.
I Measuring Height. Measurement of the height of building or structure is the
plumb line distance from the point being measured to the grade.
Lowest Adjacent Gradc0rNi"�'—_
Figure 17.03 — 5
Measuring Height
D. Flag Lot Width and Depth.
Flag Lots. Average width and depth of flag lots shall exclude the access strip for
the lot.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 12
0
•
•
•
EA'15 Ship forFlag-t.oC
Excluded from-�ob'Area ;�
Property Line
Figure 17.03 — 6
Flag Lot Width and Depth
E. Floor Area. Floor area is the total gross area of all floors of a building expressed in
square feet.
1. Included in Floor Area. Gross floor area shall include the area of all the floors of a
building within and including the outer building walls, all habitable and non -
habitable rooms, basements, and interior walls and partitions.
2. Excluded from Floor Area. Gross floor area does not include:
a. Parking structures, garages, carports, or other areas designated for parking
and loading, or vehicular access to parking and loading spaces, as these
structures shall be counted separately;
b. Unenclosed exterior balconies, decks, porches, courts, and stairs;
C. Cellars; and
d. Attics, if not a habitable space as defined by the Building Code.
3. Floor Area Ratio. Floor area ratio is the numerical value obtained through
dividing the gross floor area of a building or buildings located on a lot by the total
area of such lot. Floor area ratio is expressed as a decimal number and shall be
rounded to the hundredth place (for example, 0.25).
F. Lot Coverage. Lot coverage is the ratio of the total footprint area of all structures on a lot
to the net lot area, expressed as a percentage with a decimal number to the hundredths
place (for example, 50.15%) according to the following:
1. Included in Lot Coverage. Lot coverage shall include:
a. The footprints of all primary and accessory structures, including garages,
carports, covered patios, and roofed porches.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00—General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 13
b. Unenclosed and unroofed decks, uncovered patio slabs, porches, landings, •
balconies and stairways;
C. Eaves and roof overhangs when projecting more than two -and -one-half
feet from the building wall; and
d. The first floor of atrium and all lobby areas.
2. Excluded from Lot Coverage. Lot coverage shall not include:
a. Uncovered walkways, driveways, and landscaping;
b. Eaves and roof overhangs when projecting less than two -and -one-half feet
from the building wall; and
C. Swimming pools and hot tubs that are not enclosed in roofed structures or
decks.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00—General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 14
•
•
• Chapter 17.04 Interpretations
•
•
SECTIONS:
17.04.010 Purpose.
17.04.020 Applicability.
17.04.030 Interpretation for Unlisted Uses.
17.04.040 Record of Interpretation.
17.04.010 Purpose.
This chapter establishes the authority of the Director to interpret this Code. Whenever the
Director determines that the meaning or applicability of any provision of this Code is subject to
interpretation, the Director may issue a verbal or written interpretation.
17.04.020 Applicability.
Interpretations made by the Director include the following:
A. Defining unlisted uses;
B. Determination of the location of boundaries on the Zoning Map;
C. Applicability of development standards;
D. Definitions, terms or phrasing, and language construction;
E. Determining measurement; and
F. Interpretation of how any of the subsections (A) through (E), above, apply to a specific
site.
17.04.030 Interpretation for Unlisted Uses.
A. Similar Uses. The Director may determine that an unlisted use in this Code is allowed in
compliance with this chapter.
B. Required Findings. The Director may determine that an unlisted use is similar to a listed
use and may be allowed in the underlying zone, after making the following findings:
1. The characteristics of, and activities associated with the use are similar to one or
more of the listed uses, and will not involve a greater intensity than the uses listed
in the zone;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 15
2. The use will be consistent with the purposes of the applicable zone;
3. The use will be consistent with the General Plan;
4. The use will be compatible with the other uses allowed in the zone; and
5. The use is not listed as allowed in another zone.
C. Underlying Zone Standards. When the Director determines that an unlisted use is similar
to a listed use, the unlisted use will be treated in the same manner as the listed use in
determining where it is allowed, the application required, and the applicable development
standards and requirements of this Code.
17.04.040 Record of Interpretation.
Any written interpretation made by the Director shall be kept on file with the Department and be
made available to the public.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 16
•
•
•
® Chapter 17.05 Legal Nonconforming Uses, Lots and
Structures
SECTIONS:
17.05.010
Purpose.
17.05.020
Continuation and Maintenance.
17.05.030
Discontinuation of Legal Nonconforming Use.
17.05.040
Restoration of a Damaged Structure.
17.05.050
Elimination of Legal Nonconforming Uses and Structures.
17.05.060
Zoning Compliance Review.
17.05.010 Purpose.
This chapter is intended to allow for the continuation, maintenance, and limited expansion of
uses, lots, and structures established in compliance with development codes in effect at the time
of establishment of the use or structure but not in compliance with current development codes.
17.05.020 Continuation and Maintenance.
A. A use legally occupying a structure or a site, as of the effective date of this Code, that
• does not conform with the use regulations or the performance standards for the zone in
which the use is located shall be deemed to be a legal nonconforming use and may be
continued in perpetuity, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.
B. A structure, legally occupying a site, as of the effective date of this Code, that does not
conform with the property development standards for required yards, height, coverage,
distances between structures, or other standards for the zone in which the structure is
located, shall be deemed to be a legal nonconforming structure and may be used and
maintained in perpetuity, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.
C. Routine maintenance and repairs may be performed on a structure or site, the use of
which is legal nonconforming.
D. A structure which does not meet the property development standards of the zone in which
it is located shall be permitted to expand up to the floor area ratio permitted for that zone
in the event that the Director determines that the expansion will not increase the degree of
nonconformity, or adversely affect or be materially detrimental to, adjacent uses,
residents, buildings, structures, or natural resources.
E. A use which does not meet the performance standards of the zone in which it is located
shall be permitted to expand in the event that the expansion does not increase the degree
of nonconformity.
F. Unless specifically stated elsewhere in this Code, a conditional use legally established
• prior to the effective date of this Code, or prior to the effective date of subsequent zone
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 17
changes or amendments to the Code, shall be permitted to continue and be permitted to
expand or be modified pursuant to the Code.
G. A parking lot previously constructed with or without a surplus of parking spaces over
what was required at the time of approval of the development shall be subject to the
parking provisions of Section 17.51.060 (Parking Standards) of this Code for all new uses
or structures, notwithstanding general office and retail uses for developments approved
by Los Angeles County and remaining in conformance with such approval.
H. When interpreting setbacks for a residential use in a residential zone that are legal
nonconforming, new construction shall be permitted to maintain continue the existing
setback, provided the structure does not further encroach into the existing setback area by
either further reducing the existing setback, or expanding (either vertically or
horizontally) the building square footage by more than 20%. Any further expansion in
excess of the 20% described above, or any further reduction in the setback shall be
considered an increase in the degree of nonconformity and will be required to obtain the
appropriate entitlement as described in this Code.
L A lot that was legally created, as of the effective date of this Code, that does not conform
with the Code regulations for minimum lot size or dimensions for the zone in which the
lot is located, shall be deemed to be a legal nonconforming lot and may be utilized for a
structure that would otherwise be allowed in that zone as long as all development
standards are achieved or an adjustment or variance, whichever is applicable, is obtained
for any such standards that cannot be achieved.
17.05.030 Discontinuation of Legal Nonconforming Use.
Whenever a legal nonconforming use, or use of a legal nonconforming structure, has been
discontinued or changed to a conforming use for a continuous period of one hundred eighty
(180) calendar days or more, the legal nonconforming use shall not be re-established, and the use
of the structure or site thereafter shall be in conformity with the regulations for the zone in which
it is located. Discontinuation shall include cessation of a use regardless of intent to resume the
use, unless the Director is notified in writing of the intent to resume and has approved a schedule
for resumption of said use.
17.05.040 Restoration of a Damaged Structure.
A. Whenever a structure which does not comply with the property development standards
prescribed in the zone in which the structure is located is destroyed by fire or other
calamity to the extent of fifty (50) percent or more, the structure may be restored and the
legal nonconforming use may be resumed; provided, that restoration is started within two
(2) years from the date of the calamity and diligently pursued to completion. The new
structure may be restored to its original height or the maximum height permitted in the
zone in which it is located, whichever is greater, and must be in full conformity with the
parking, setback, and landscaping standards for that zone in effect at the time of re-
establishment.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 18
11
El
L
• B. The extent of damage shall be based upon the ratio of the estimated cost of restoring the
structure to its condition prior to such damage to the estimated cost of duplicating the
entire structure as it existed prior thereto. Estimates for this purpose shall be made by or
shall be reviewed and approved by the Building Official and shall be based on the
minimum cost of construction in compliance with the building code. In the case of a use
with multiple structures, the damage ratio shall be determined by comparing the cost of
restoring the damaged structure(s) to its (their) condition(s) prior to such damage to the
estimated cost of duplicating all structures associated with such use.
C. Whenever a structure is damaged less than 50%, the structure shall be replaced to its legal
nonconforming status or replaced with a structure in conformance with the Code.
17.05.050 Elimination of Legal Nonconforming Uses and Structures.
A. Any unscreened outdoor storage (illegal under the provisions of the Los Angeles County
Title 22) shall be screened in compliance with the provisions of this Code within one year
of the effective date of this Code.
B. With the exception of signage, uses and structures established in compliance with zoning
codes in effect at the time of establishment of the use or structure but made legal
nonconforming by this Code shall be allowed to continue and/or remain. Legal
nonconforming signage shall be eliminated as follows:
® I. Signs as prohibited by subsection (U) of Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations
(Private Property)), thirty (30) days.
is
In the case of outdoor advertising signs or structures in residential zones, and
notwithstanding any contrary provision of this title, such signs and structures shall
be discontinued and removed pursuant to and as allowed by California Business
and Professions Code Sections 5412.1 and 5412.2 as follows:
Fair Market Value on Date of Notice of
Removal Requirement
Years Allowed to Remain
Under $1,999
2
$2,000 to $3,999
3
$4,000 to $5,999
4
$6,000 to $7,999
5
$8,000 to $9,999
6
$10,000 and over
7
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 19
The amounts provided in this section shall be adjusted each January 1st from and after January 1,
1983, in accordance with the changes in building costs, as indicated in the United States is
Department of Commerce Composite Cost Index for Construction Costs.
3. All other signs and sign structures, nine (9) years from November 13, 1990.
17.05.060 Zoning Compliance Review.
Uses and structures established in compliance with zoning codes in effect at the time of
establishment of the use or structure but not in compliance with current zoning codes may obtain
a certificate of zoning compliance. A certificate of zoning compliance shall require a final
occupancy review. The applicant must show, to the satisfaction of the Director, that the structure
or use in question is in compliance with the original permit and/or codes in effect at the time the
structure was constructed or the use was initiated.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 20
r1
L—A
C
• Chapter 17.06 Common Procedures
SECTIONS:
17.06.010
Purpose.
17.06.020
Authority.
17.06.030
Application Types.
17.06.040
Multiple Applications.
17.06.050
Environmental Review.
17.06.060
Application Filing and Withdrawal.
17.06.070
Fees and Deposits.
17.06.080
Initial Application Review.
17.06.090
Project Evaluation and Staff Reports.
17.06.100
Type I Public Noticing.
17.06.110
Type I1 Public Noticing (Public Hearing).
17.06.115
Hearing Officer Administrative Hearing Procedure.
17.06.120
Public Hearing Procedure.
17.06.130
Findings and Decision.
17.06.140
Recommendations after Public Hearing.
17.06.150
Decision after Administrative Hearing or Public Hearing.
17.06.160
Notice of Action and Findings.
17.06.170
Effective Date of Decision.
• 17.06.180
17.06.190
Scope of Approvals.
Conditions of Approval.
17.06.200
Use of Property Before Final Action.
17.06.210
Approvals Run with the Land.
17.06.220
Performance Guarantees and Covenants.
17.06.230
Time Limits and Extensions.
17.06.240
Resubmission of Application.
17.06.010
Purpose.
This chapter establishes zoning application and processing procedures for the Code.
17.06.020 Authority.
Table 17.06-1 (Review Authority) identifies the authority body responsible for making decisions
on each type of application. The following authority bodies are listed within this Table:
A. Advisory Body. The Advisory Body makes recommendations to a higher level review
authority.
B. Review Authority. The Review Authority is the decision maker that approves or denies an
application. The Review Authority may refer an application to a higher level review
authority for a decision on the application.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 21
C. Appeal Body. The Appeal Body makes decisions on an appeal of a decision of a lower
level Review Authority.
D. Review Authority Levels. The levels of review authorities, from highest to lowest are:
Council;
2. Commission;
3. Hearing Officer; and
4. Director.
Table 17.06-1: Review Authorit
Application
Chapter
Public
Public
Advisory
Review
Appeal Body
Class
Noticing
Hearing
Body
Authority
Required
Required
Class I
17.22
None
No
N/A
Director
Commission/
(Ministerial)
Council
Class II
17.23
None
No
N/A
Director
Commission/
Discretion
Council
Class III
17.24
Type I
No
N/A
Director *
Commission/
(Discretionary)
Council
Class IV
17.25
Type II
Yes
Director
Commission
Council
(Discretionary)
Class V
17.26
Type 11
Yes
Commission
Council
N/A
(Discretionary)
Class VI
17.27
Type II
Yes
Director
Council
N/A
(Discretionary)
Class VII
17.28
Type II
Yes
Commission
Council
N/A
(Legislative)
* If a request for an administrative hearing is filed, the Review Authority shall be
the Hearing Officer, in conformance with this chapter.
17.06.030 Application Types.
This Code establishes the application type required for a specific permit request. Application
types include the following:
A. Class !Applications. Class I applications include the following: Ministerial Approvals.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 22
�
]
•
B. Class II Applications. Class II Applications include the following: Administrative
• Permits, Architectural Design Review, Development Review, Hillside Development
Review, Home Occupation Permits, Landscape Plan Review, Lot Line Adjustments, Oak
Tree Permits, Requests for Reasonable Accommodations, Sign Reviews, and Temporary
Use Permits.
C. Class III Applications. Class III applications include the following; Adjustments,
Administrative Sign Variance and Historic Sign Designation, and Minor Use Permits.
D. Class IV Applications. Class IV applications include the following: Conditional Use
Permits, Tentative Subdivision Maps, and Variances.
E. Class V Applications. Class V applications include the following: General Plan
Amendments, Master Plans, and Ridgeline Alteration Permits.
F. Class VI Applications. Class VI applications include the following: Pre -Annexation
Agreements.
G. Class VII Applications. Class VII applications include the following: Development
Agreements, Specific and Corridor Plans, and Zone Changes and Amendments.
17.06.040 Multiple Applications.
• A. Review Authority in Multiple Applications. When a project requires two or more
applications to be considered by different Review Authorities, all applications for the
project shall be subject to jurisdiction by the highest Review Authority.
B. Associated Ministerial and Discretionary Applications. If associated uses and/or
structures on a property require both ministerial and discretionary applications, a separate
ministerial application may not be required. The discretionary application may include
authorization for the ministerial uses and/or structures, unless otherwise noted within this
Code.
C. Advisory Recommendation by Commission. if the Commission is reviewing a
discretionary application that requires associated Council approvals, the Commission
shall make recommendations to the Council on both the environmental documentation
and the discretionary and legislative applications. The Council takes final action on all
such environmental documentation, discretionary and legislative applications.
17.06.050 Environmental Review.
All applications for development, which are subject to the California Environmental Quality Act
(CEQA) and City adopted guidelines, may be required to submit a completed Environmental
Questionnaire (Initial Study Part A) form as part of the application. The Director may request
additional information or studies of the applicant in order to make an environmental
•determination.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 23
17.06.060 Application Filing and Withdrawal. •
A. Application Forms and Information for Submitted Materials.
1. The Director shall prepare application forms, including checklists that specify the
information and materials necessary for processing each type of application.
2. The applicant shall submit an application, all information and materials listed for
the specific type of application on the checklist, and the filing fee, as listed in
Section 17.06.070 (Fees and Deposits).
3. The accuracy of all applications, information, and materials submitted shall be the
responsibility of the applicant.
4. Any materials submitted by an applicant for an application becomes City property
and shall be available for public review.
B. Applicants. The following persons may file applications:
The owner(s) of the subject property;
2. An agent for the applicant with written authorization by the owner(s) of the •
property;
3. The plaintiff in an action in eminent domain to acquire the subject property, or
any portion thereof; or
4. A public agency in negotiation to acquire a portion of the subject property or any
portion thereof.
C. Withdrawal. An applicant may withdraw an application at any time before a decision is
made by the responsible Review Authority by filing a written request with the Director.
Refunds shall comply with Section 17.06.070 (C) (Fee Refunds).
17.06.070 Fees and Deposits.
A. Schedule of Fees and Deposits. The Council shall establish a schedule of fees and
deposits for application processing by resolution. This shall be referred to as the Filing
Fee Schedule.
B. Filing Fee(s). No application shall be accepted without payment of the required fee or
deposit per subsection (A), above.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 24
•
E
L�
E
C. Fee Refunds. If any application is withdrawn as provided in Section 17.06.060 (C)
(Withdrawal), the Director shall refund the following fraction of the filing fee:
One-half of the payment shall be refunded if the application is withdrawn by the
applicant prior to the preparation and mailing of the notice of completeness or
after a Development Review Committee meeting is held.
2. One-quarter of the payment shall be refunded if the application is withdrawn by
the applicant prior to publication or mailing of the required notice.
3. There shall be no refund of any portion of the payment after:
a. Mailing or publication of the required notice;
b. Denial or withdrawal of application;
C. Preparation of any environmental documents; or
d. After an action has been taken by the Review Authority.
D. Deposit Refunds. The Director may approve a refund of deposits after all fees and
expenses incurred have been paid.
17.06.080 Initial Application Review.
A. Review of Applications Filed. Within 30 days from the date the City accepts an
application for processing, the Director shall review and provide notice to the applicant
regarding the application to determine whether any additional information or detail is
required to take action on the application. The Director shall also determine if the project
is subject to review as determined by CEQA Guidelines.
B. Determining Completeness. An application filing shall be complete when:
All required application materials have been submitted as specified in the
Department's filing instructions per Section 17.06.060 (A) (Application Forms
and Information for Submitted Materials); and
2. Fees have been submitted as required by Section 17.06.070 (B) (Filing Fees).
3. All required environmental documentation and materials as required by CEQA
have been submitted.
C. Additional Information.
1. The Director may request additional information to clarify, correct, or otherwise
supplement information required after the application has been accepted by the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 25
Department for processing. The Director may suspend application processing if
the additional information is not submitted.
2. If an application is subject to environmental review, the Director may require the
applicant to submit additional information needed to conduct an initial study to
determine if the project may have a significant effect on the environment. The
Director may suspend application processing if the additional information is not
submitted.
D. Consultation. The Director may consult with any local, county, state, or federal agency
after the application has been accepted by the Department for processing. The applicant
shall pay any required fee for such consultation. Application processing may be
suspended if any required fee is not paid.
E. Inspections. Every applicant seeking a permit in compliance with this Code shall allow
any City or County official participating in review of the application access to the
premises or property that is the subject of the application. Failure to cooperate with any
City or County official may result in suspension of application processing until the
inspection is completed. if access is not granted, the Director may render an application
inactive per subsection (F), below.
F. Inactive Application. If an application is deemed incomplete, the Director shall provide
written notification or correction letter to the applicant listing the applications, exhibits,
revisions to plans, information, additional fees, or any other materials that are necessary
to complete the review of the application. If the applicant does not provide the items
required by the Director within 30 days of notification, the application shall become
inactive. The Director may extend the time limit for a maximum of 30 days upon written
request from the applicant.
G. Denial of Inactive Application. The Director may deny, without a public hearing, an
application for a discretionary permit if such application becomes inactive per subsection
(F), above. The Director may permit the applicant to amend such application without the
filing of additional permit fees if the amendments are made before the application is
denied. In all other cases, the Director's denial of an inactive application closes the
application file. Once an application is denied, the applicant shall submit a new
application and fees in compliance with Section 17.06.060 (Application Filing and
Withdrawal) in order to proceed with the request.
17.06.090 Project Evaluation and Staff Reports.
When a staff report is required, the Director shall make a report in writing to the Review
Authority based on consideration of information in the record at the time the Director prepares
the report. The staff report shall be made available to the applicant no less than 72 hours prior to
the administrative hearing or public hearing. The report shall include:
A. A recommendation based on:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 26
•
I�L
C�
® 1. Evaluation of the project's conformance with the applicable goals, objectives,
policies, and proposals of the General Plan and any other applicable adopted plans
and policies;
2. Determination of compliance with all applicable development standards and
requirements for the underlying zone in which the subject property is located;
3. Determination of the provision of adequate, essential services for the subject
property. The Director may consult with local agencies that provide essential
facilities or services to determine if the project will be adequately served.
Essential facilities and services include, but are not limited to, Fire, Sheriff,
schools, water, sanitation, and roads; and
4. Information in the record including, but not limited to, the application, exhibits,
maps, site plan; initial study, environmental determination or CEQA statutory
exemption, agency comments, and review comments received prior to the
hearing.
B. A recommendation on the environmental determination:
1. If the project is subject to environmental review, a recommendation shall be made
to adopt a Negative Declaration, Mitigated Negative Declaration, or certify an
• Environmental Impact Report.
2. If the project is found to meet the standards for a categorical exemption under
CEQA Guidelines, a statement that the project is exempt from environmental
review and the class of exemption in which the project qualifies for shall be
prepared.
17.06.100 Type I Public Noticing.
When this Code requires a Type I public noticing, a notice shall be provided in compliance with
this section.
A. Notice Content. A Type I Notice shall include the following information:
Action Information.
a. The date, time, place, and the name of the Review Authority of the
proposed action;
b. A general description of the City's procedure concerning the conduct of
the action;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00—General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 27
C. A statement that written comments may be submitted to the Director prior
to the action;
d. A statement that any interested person or authorized agent may request
that the action be heard before the Hearing Officer; and
e. The phone number, street address, and website of the City, where an
interested person can call or visit to obtain additional information.
2. Project Information.
a. The name of the applicant;
b. The application number(s);
C. A general description of the project and location of the subject property;
and
d. A statement that the Review Authority will also consider the project's
environmental document, if applicable.
Distribution. Notice shall be provided as follows:
1. Mailing. Notice shall be mailed or delivered at least 15 calendar days before the
scheduled action to the following, unless stated otherwise in this Code.
a. Owner(s) and Applicant. The owner(s) of the subject property, the
applicant and the applicant's agent, if one has been provided;
b. Surrounding Properties. Unless otherwise indicated in this Code, all
owners of property located adjacent to, and directly across the street from,
the exterior boundaries of the subject property, as shown on the County's
last equalized assessment roll shall be noticed. If the project site is located
within a multiple tenant commercial or industrial center, all tenants or
property owners, if different, within the center shall also be mailed the
notice;
C. Persons Requesting Notice. A person who has filed a written request for
notice with the Director within one year prior to the action;
d. Additional Notification Radius Requirements.
i. In the case of a minor use permit for the sale of alcohol, all owners
of property located within a 500 -foot radius of the exterior
boundaries of the subject site, as shown on the County's last
equalized assessment roll.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 28
40
0
0
•
ii. In the case of a minor use permit, a written notice shall be
transmitted to the Council and Commission.
e. In the case of a minor use permit for the transportation of earth (haul
routes), no mailing of notifications is required; and
f The Director may require additional notification requirements such as site
posting and increased notification radius based upon the possible impacts
of the proposed project.
C. Failure to Receive Notice. The failure of any person or entity to receive notice provided
in compliance with this section, or with the State Government Code, shall not invalidate
the actions of the Review Authority.
D. Action. If a written request for an administrative hearing before the hearing officer is
received prior .to the close of business on the 15`h day after the notice is dated, an
administrative hearing shall be scheduled. If the request for a hearing officer review is
rescinded prior to the noticing of the administrative hearing, no administrative hearing
shall be required.
1. The contents of the notice shall be in conformance with subsection (A), above.
2. Those that received the notice of the proposed project and any additional persons
who submitted comments shall receive notice not less than seven (7) days prior to
the administrative hearing.
17.06.110 Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing).
When this Code requires a public hearing, notice of the hearing shall be provided in compliance
with this section and the State Government Code.
A. Notice Content. Notice of a public hearing shall include the following information:
1. Hearing Information.
a. The date, time, and place of the hearing and the name of the Review
Authority;
b. A general description of the City's procedure concerning the conduct of
the public hearing;
C. A statement that written comments may be submitted to the Director prior
to the hearing;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00—General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 29
d. A statement that any interested person or authorized agent may appear and
be heard at the public hearing; 0
C. The phone number, street address, and website of the City, where an
interested person can call or visit to obtain additional information; and
f. Prior action by an Approving Authority, if applicable.
2. Project Information.
a. The name of the applicant;
b. The application number(s);
C. A general description of the project and location of the subject property;
and
d. A statement that the Review Authority will also consider the project's
environmental document, if applicable.
B. Distribution. Notice shall be provided as follows:
Publication. Notice shall be published once in a newspaper of general circulation
as determined by the City. The publication shall be at least 21 calendar days •
before the scheduled hearing, unless stated otherwise in this Code.
2. Mailing. Notice shall be mailed by first class mail no less than 21 calendar days
before the scheduled hearing to the following, unless stated otherwise in this
Code:
a. Owner(s) and Applicant. The owner(s) of the subject property, the
applicant and the applicant's agent, if one has been provided.
b. Surrounding Properties.
1. Unless otherwise indicated in this Code, all owners of property
located within a 1,000 -foot radius of the exterior boundaries of the
subject property, as shown on the County's last equalized
assessment roll.
ii. Multi -Unit Housing. In the case of where multi -unit housing (a
structure containing more than one dwelling unit) exists within the
required noticing radius, a notice addressed to "Occupant" shall be
mailed to each dwelling unit, in addition to those mailed to the
owner when the dwelling unit's address is different than the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 30
r1
L.J
owner's address. For this chapter a mobile home park shall be
• considered a multi -unit housing complex.
iii. If the project site is located within a multiple tenant commercial or
industrial center, all tenants within the center shall also be mailed
the notice.
C. Persons Requesting Notice. A person who has filed a written request for
notice with the Director within one year prior to the public hearing.
d. Additional Notification Radius Requirements. In the case of a conditional
use permit, a written notice shall be transmitted to the Council.
e. Exception. In lieu of the public mailing provisions as indicated above,
public hearings that require public notifications that identify more than
one thousand (1,000) property owners to be noticed by mail, the Director
shall require that a larger advertisement (minimum one-eighth (1/8) page)
be placed in the newspaper of general circulation in lieu of individual
mailings to property owners.
f. The Director may require additional notification requirements such as
additional site posting and increased notification radius based upon the
possible impacts of the proposed project.
• 3. Notice Sign Posting. Where required by the application type, notice shall be
posted on the subject property at least 14 calendar days before the scheduled
public hearing in the following manner, unless otherwise stated in this Code.
a. Dimensions, Materials, and Content. The size, height, materials, colors,
content and lettering of the notice sign shall adhere to the specifications
described in the checklist by the Department.
b. Location. One sign shall be erected on each public road frontage adjoining
the subject property, legible and accessible by foot from said public
road(s). Additional signs may be required by the Director, based on the
size and location of the project. The sign(s) shall not create sight distance
problems along the adjacent rights-of-way. If the subject property is not
visible from an existing public road, the sign posting requirement may be
modified by the Director.
C. Additional Posting Requirements. The Director may require sign(s) to be
larger and/or constructed of stronger weather-proof materials to improve
visibility and legibility at the posted location(s) as the Director deems
appropriate.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00—General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 31
d. Verification. The applicant shall provide the Director with a photograph
showing the sign(s) erected on the subject property. The applicant shall •
also sign an affidavit stating that the sign(s) have been placed on the
subject property in compliance with subsection (B) (3).
e. Maintenance and Display. The applicant shall be responsible for
maintaining the sign(s) in a satisfactory condition and continuously
displaying the sign prior to the public hearing.
f. Removal. The sign(s) shall be removed from the subject property within
three weeks following the close of the final public hearing.
g. Failure to Comply. Failure of the applicant to comply with subsection (B)
(3) shall result in postponement of the public hearing.
h. Exception. The sign posting provisions of this subsection (B) (3) shall not
apply to public hearings on matters initiated by the Director, Commission
or Council. The Director may post signs for such public hearings at
locations deemed appropriate.
C. Failure to Receive Notice. The failure of any person or entity to receive notice provided
in compliance with this section, or with the State Government Code, shall not invalidate
the actions of the Review Authority.
17.06.115 Hearing Officer Administrative Hearing Procedure. •
When this Code requires an administrative hearing by the hearing officer, it shall be conducted in
compliance with this chapter.
A. Time and Location. As determined by the Director, an administrative hearing shall be
held at the date, time, and location for which notice was given.
B. Continued Hearing.
1. An administrative hearing may be continued without further notice, provided that
the Review Authority announces for the record, the date, time, and location where
the hearing will be continued before the adjournment of the hearing.
2. If the administrative hearing is continued to an undetermined date, or taken off the
calendar, the applicant may be required to pay for the cost of a rehearing before
the public hearing is rescheduled. Notice of the continued public hearing shall be
provided in accordance with Section 17.06. 100 (Type I Public Noticing).
17.06.120 Public Hearing Procedure.
When this Code requires a public hearing, it shall be conducted in compliance with this chapter
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 32
•
•
•
A. Time and Location. As determined by the Director or City Clerk, a hearing shall be held
at the date, time, and location for which notice was given.
B. Continued Hearing.
A hearing may be continued without further notice, provided that the Review
Authority announces for the record, the date, time, and location where the hearing
will be continued before the adjournment of the hearing.
2. If the public hearing is continued to an undetermined date, or taken off the public
hearing calendar, the applicant may be required to pay for the cost of a rehearing
before the public hearing is rescheduled. Notice of the continued public hearing
shall be provided in accordance with Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing
(Public Hearing)).
17.06.130 Findings and Decision.
A. Authorized Actions. The Review Authority may approve, conditionally approve, or deny
the application.
B. Required Findings. The Review Authority shall approve the application only after the
applicant substantiates the following required findings:
1. The proposal is consistent with the General Plan;
2. The proposal is allowed within the applicable underlying zone and complies with
all other applicable provisions of this Code;
3. The proposal will not endanger, jeopardize, or otherwise constitute a hazard to the
public convenience, health, interest, safety, or general welfare, or be materially
detrimental or injurious to the improvements, persons, property, or uses in the
vicinity and zone in which the property is located; and,
4. The proposal is physically suitable for the site. The factors related to the
proposal's physical suitability for the site shall include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a. The design, location, shape, size, and operating characteristics are suitable
for the proposed use;
b. The highways or streets that provide access to the site are of sufficient
width and are improved as necessary to carry the kind and quantity of
traffic such proposal would generate;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 33
C. Public protection services (e.g., Fire protection, Sheriff protection, etc.)
are readily available; and •
d. The provision of utilities (e.g., potable water, schools, solid waste
collection and disposal, storm drainage, wastewater collection, treatment,
and disposal, etc.) is adequate to serve the site.
C. Additional Findings. In addition to the findings stated in subsection (B), above, additional
findings may be required for individual entitlements found in this Code.
D. Failure to Substantiate Findings. The Review Authority may deny the application where
the information submitted by the applicant and/or presented at the public hearing fails to
substantiate all of the required findings to the satisfaction of the Review Authority.
17.06.140 Recommendations after Public Hearing.
A. Commission.
1. After the Commission's public hearing on a legislative action or action requiring a
Council action, the recommendation and findings of the Commission shall be
forwarded to the Council unless the Commission denies the request.
2. After the Commission's public hearing on a discretionary application, which is
heard concurrently with a legislative or other entitlement requiring a Council •
action, the recommendation and findings of the Commission on the legislative and
quasi-judicial matters shall be forwarded to the Council concurrently unless the
Commission denies the request.
B. Copy of Recommendation to Applicant. A copy of the recommendations shall be mailed
to the applicant at the mailing address stated in the application.
17.06.150 Decision after Administrative Hearing or Public Hearing.
A. Hearing Officer Action. At the conclusion of an administrative hearing, the Hearing
Officer shall take action on the application. The decision is final unless the decision is
appealed to the Commission.
B. Commission Action. At the conclusion of a public hearing, the Commission shall take
action on the application. The decision is final unless the Commission's action is
advisory to the Council, or the decision is appealed to the Council.
C. Council Action. At the conclusion of a public hearing, the Council shall take action on the
application. The decision of the Council shall be final on any matter.
17.06.160 Notice of Action and Findings.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 34
A. Once the Review Authority takes action on a discretionary application, it shall issue a
• Notice of Action. The Notice of Action shall describe the action taken, list the findings
that were the basis for the decision, and include any applicable conditions.
B. Findings, where required by State law or this Code, shall be based upon consideration of
the application, plans, testimony, reports and other materials that constitute the
administrative record and shall be stated in writing.
C. The Director shall mail the Notice of Action to the applicant in compliance with Sections
17.06.140 (B) (Copy of Recommendation to Applicant).
17.06.170 Effective Date of Decision.
A. The decision of the Review Authority shall be effective on the 15th calendar day
following the date of the decision, except when the decision is appealed or a request for a
certification of review is initiated by the Appeal Body, according to Table 17.06-1
(Review Authority) before the effective date of the decision. When a case is heard before
the Council, the action is final on the date of the decision. However, in the case of a
legislative action, the project is effective 30 days after the second reading of the
ordinance by the Council.
B. If the last day to file an appeal or certification of review falls on a non -business day for
the Appeal Body, then the deadline is extended to the next business day and the effective
date of the decision is also extended to the following business day.
C. Appeals or certification of review shall be filed pursuant to Chapter 17.07 (Appeals and
Certification of Review).
17.06.180 Scope of Approvals.
A. Only legally established uses and development, authorized by a permit issued from the
Department, may be used on a property. All other uses and activities are not permitted
unless they are permitted by the underlying zone.
B. Unless otherwise specified by the Review Authority, the approved site plan, floor plans,
building elevations, and any additional items considered for approval during the process
shall be deemed part of the approval by the Review Authority.
C. For a Class I application, an approval or denial may be in the form of a stamp, signature,
electronic stamp, or other official notation or documentation on the site plan and/or in the
form of a letter.
D. For Class 11, Class III, Class IV, Class V and Class VI applications, the plans, upon
approval by the Review Authority, shall be stamped and referred to as "Approved Site
Plan." Unless otherwise indicated in the approval, the approved site plan shall not be
• stamped approved until the permit has become effective in compliance with Section
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 35
17.06.170 (Effective Dale of Decision), all performance guarantees and covenants in
compliance with Section 17.06.220 (Performance Guarantees and Covenants) and any •
applicable conditions of approval have been completed.
E. If the use or structure is contrary to the description in the application, so as to either
violate this Code and/or the conditions of approval, or require additional permits, then the
approval shall be deemed null and void. Enforcement measurements will be taken until
the violation is corrected.
F. All permits may be subject to periodic review to determine compliance. If a condition
specifies that uses allowed under the permit are subject to periodic reporting, monitoring
or assessments, or a time limitation, it shall be the responsibility of the property owner
and their successors to comply with these conditions.
17.06.190 Conditions of Approval.
In approving any discretionary application, the Review Authority may impose conditions
deemed reasonable and necessary to ensure that the permit will be in compliance with the
findings required by Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
17.06.200 Use of Property Before Final Action.
Any property involved in a discretionary application shall not be used for the use requested in an
application until, and unless, the permit has become effective, in compliance with Section •
17.06.170 (Effective Date of Decision) and an approved site plan has been issued by the
Department in compliance with Section 17.06.180 (Scope of Approvals).
17.06.210 Approvals Run with the Land.
Unless specifically prohibited by this Code, any approval granted pursuant to the provisions of
this Code, and that is valid and in effect, shall adhere to the land. The approval, including any
applicable conditions or requirements, shall continue to be valid upon change of ownership of
the subject land or any lawfully existing structure from the effective date of the permit, except
when a permit expires and becomes void in compliance with this chapter or as otherwise
specified in the conditions of approval.
17.06.220 Performance Guarantees and Covenants.
Approval of an application may require that the permittee guarantee, warrant or ensure
compliance with the provisions of this Code; approved plans or conditions. To ensure
compliance, the City may require the permittee to:
A. Record the terms and conditions of the approval with the Registrar-Recorder/County
Clerk. Upon any transfer or lease of the property during the term of this grant, the
permittee shall provide a copy of the permit approval and its conditions to the transferee
or lessee; •
January 2013 ( DRAFT
Division 17.00—General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 36
B. Deposit a financial assurance or bond or other mechanism in a reasonable amount, as
determined by the Director or City Engineer, to ensure the faithful performance of one or
more of the conditions of approval;
C. Record a covenant restricting the use of the subject property (e.g., limitations on
occupancy or maintenance of affordability) with the Registrar-Recorder/County Clerk; or
D. Record a covenant guaranteeing use and maintenance on a separate property necessary to
comply with requirements (e.g. adequate access) with the Registrar-Recorder/County
Clerk.
17.06.230 Time Limits and Extensions.
A. A permit shall be used within the time limit specified in the permit, or, if no time limit is
specified, two years after the date the decision is made by the Review Authority. If the
permit is not used within the applicable time limit, the approval becomes null and void.
B. The Director may extend the time limit in which to initiate a permit for a maximum of
one year at a time. An application requesting the extension shall be filed prior to the
expiration date. A maximum of two one-year extensions may be granted by the Director.
Subdivisions shall be limited to the requirements of the Subdivision Map Act.
• C. In the case of applications heard concurrently with a land division, the limits and
extensions shall be concurrent and consistent with those of the land division.
D. In the case of a permit for a publicly owned use, no time limit shall apply to use the
approval provided that the public agency acquires the property involved or commences
legal proceedings for its acquisition, within one year of the effective date of the approval.
E. A permit shall be considered used when activity authorized by the permit has commenced
that would otherwise be prohibited in the underlying zone if no permit had been granted.
For this subsection (E), activity shall include grading with required grading permits,
construction with required building permits, or the commencement or initiation of the
permitted use.
F. A discretionary permit shall automatically cease to be of any force and effect if the use
for which the permit was granted has ceased or has been suspended for a consecutive
period of two or more years.
17.06.240 Resubmission of Application.
No discretionary application shall be filed or accepted if a denial has been taken within one year
on an application requesting the same, or substantially the same application unless, the Review
Authority finds that the denial was without prejudice.
® January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 37
Chapter 17.07 Appeals or Certification of Review
SECTIONS:
17.07.010
Purpose.
17.07.020
Authorization.
17.07.030
Filing of Appeals.
17.07.040
Initiation of Appeals.
17.07.050
Initiation of Certification of Review.
17.07.060
Procedures for Appeals and Certification of Review.
17.07.070
Additional Procedures for Appeals to the Council.
17.07.080
Effective Dates.
17.07.010 Purpose.
The purpose of this chapter is to provide procedures for the appeal and certification of review of
determinations and decisions of the Review Authority.
17.07.020 Authorization.
A. Appeals. To avoid results inconsistent with the purposes of this Code, unless otherwise
specified or limited by specific provisions of this Code, decisions of the Director may be
appealed to the Hearing Officer; decisions of the Hearing Officer may be appealed to the •
Commission; and decisions of the Commission may be appealed to the Council.
B. Certification of Review. To avoid results inconsistent with the purposes of this Code,
decisions of the Director or Hearing Officer may be certified for review by the
Commission; and decisions of the Commission may be certified for review by the
Council, unless otherwise more specifically stated regarding a specific permit or review.
17.07.030 Filing of Appeals.
A. Eligibility. Any interested person dissatisfied with the action of the Review Authority
may file an appeal to the next higher Review Authority in compliance with this chapter,
unless otherwise specified or limited by this Code.
B. Time Limits. Appeals of decisions and certification of review shall be initiated prior to the
effective date of the decision. However, if the deadline for initiation of an appeal or call
of review falls on a non -business day for the relevant appel body, then the deadline for an
appeal or certification of review is extended to the next business day and the effective
date of the decision shall be the following day.
17.07.040 Initiation of Appeals.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 38
•
i
A. Filing. An appeal shall be filed with the Commission Secretary in the case of the Hearing
Officer and Commission or the City Clerk in the case of the Council in the form of a
letter, along with any accompanying appeal fee, and shall state specifically:
1. A determination or interpretation is not in accord with the purposes of this Code;
or
2. It is claimed that there was an error or abuse of discretion; or
3. The record includes inaccurate information; or
4. A decision is not supported by the record.
B. Required Information. An appeal shall contain the following information:
1. The file or case number identifying the matter which is being appealed; and
2. The street address of the property included in the action being appealed or if no
street address, the legal description or the Assessor's Parcel Number of the
property; and
3. Whether the appeal is:
a. An appeal of the denial of such application; or
b. An appeal of the approval of such application; or
C. An appeal of a condition or conditions of an approval (specifying the
particular condition(s)); and
4. Any other information that is requested on the appellate body's appeal form.
C. Appeal Vacates Decision. The filing of an appeal vacates the decision from which the
appeal is taken. Such decision is only reinstated if the appellate body fails to act, the
appeal is rescinded or the Review Authority affirms the decision in its action.
D. Appeal Rescinded. An appellant may submit a written request to withdraw their appeal
anytime up to seven (7) days prior to the public hearing scheduled for the appeal, in
which case the appeal shall not move forward and the decision that was the subject of the
appeal shall be the final decision. If an appeal is not withdrawn by the close of business
on the seventh day prior to the scheduled appeal hearing, the hearing shall be conducted
by the Review Authority.
17.07.050 Initiation of Certification of Review.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 39
A. A certification of review may be initiated for a decision on any discretionary application
by one or more of the members of the next level of designated Review Authority. For
decisions of the Director or Hearing Officer a certification of review may be requested by
any one member of the Commission; and for decisions of the Commission a certification
of review may be requested by any one member of the Council. A certification of review
shall be made no later than one day prior to the day on which an appeal of the decision is
due pursuant to Section 17.07.030 (Filing of Appeals).
B. Certification shall not require any statement of reasons, and shall therefore, not represent
opposition to or support of an application. No fee shall be required.
17.07.060 Procedures for Appeals and Certification of Review.
A. Hearing Dates. The appeal body may delegate the setting of hearing dates to the
Commission Secretary or City Clerk.
B. Notice and Public Hearing.
An appeal or certification of review hearing shall be a public hearing if the
decision being appealed or reviewed required a public hearing.
2. Notice of public hearings shall be given in the manner required by Section
17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
C. Plans and Materials.
1. At an appeal or certification of review hearing, the appeal body shall consider
only the same application, plans and materials that were the subject of the original
decision.
2. if new plans and materials which differ substantially from the original are
submitted, the applicant shall file a new application. Changes to the original
submittal made to meet objections by the staff, the decision -maker, or members of
the public at the hearing below need not be the subject of a new application.
3. As part of the decision, the appeal body may impose additional or modify
conditions on a project in granting approval to a modified project.
D. Hearing. Notwithstanding Title 2 (Administration and Personel) of the Municipal Code
an dteh procedures provided therein, at the public hearing, the appeal body shall consider
the matter directly by reviewing the record of the decision below, receiving a report from
the Director, and hearing testimony from the applicant, the appellant in the case of an
appeal, and any other interested party and, at their discretion, the party or body whose
decision is being appealed or reviewed. The appeal body shall conduct a "de novo"
review of the record and all testimony and shall not be bound by the findings of the
original Review Authority.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 40
•
C�
•
E. Decision and Notice.
After the hearing, the appeal body shall render a decision on the application or
refer the matter back for further review.
2. When a decision is made by the appeal body, the body shall base the decision on
findings supported by facts in the record. When a referral is made by the appeal
body, the referral shall indicate the absence of facts in the record that prevent the
making of a final decision and the need to develop such facts at the original
review authority level.
3. The Commission Secretary or City Clerk of the appeal body shall mail notice of
the decision within five working days after the date of the decision to the
applicant, and the appellant pursuant to Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public
Noticing (Public Hearing)).
17.07.070 Additional Procedures for Appeals to the City Council.
In addition to the foregoing procedures, upon receiving an appeal or initiating a certification of
review, the Council may take one of the following additional actions:
A. Affirm the action of the Commission without holding any hearing on the matter; or
B. Refer the matter back to the Commission for further proceedings with or without
instructions; or
C. Require a transcript of the testimony and any other evidence relevant to the decision and
take such action as in its opinion is indicated by the evidence.
17.07.080 Effective Dates.
Unless otherwise specified in this chapter, the following effective dates shall apply to all
approved applications issued pursuant to this Code:
A. Except as set forth in subsection (B), below, the decision of the Director, Hearing Officer,
or the Commission shall be effective on the 16th calendar day following the date of the
decision, except and unless the decision is timely appealed or a request for a certification
of review, where available.
B. To be timely, an appeal or certification of review shall be filed before the end of the
business day on the 15th calendar day following the date of the decision. If the 15th day
falls on a non -business day of the applicable appeal body, in which case, the appeal
deadline shall be extended to the next business day and the effective date of the decision
shall be the following business day.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 41
Chapter 17.08 Revocations and Revisions
SECTIONS:
17.08.010
Purpose.
17.08.020
Initiation.
17.08.030
Allowable Actions.
17.08.040
Project Notice and Required Actions.
17.08.050
Grounds for Revocation or Revisions.
17.08.060
Nonconforming Uses and Structures.
17.08.070
Commercial and Industrial Uses.
17.08.080
Variances and Adjustments.
17.08.090
Conditional Use Permit and Minor Use Permit.
17.08.010 Purpose.
This chapter establishes procedures for the City to revoke or revise previously approved permits.
These include existing land uses which have become public nuisances or are being operated or
maintained in violation of this Code, approved permit provisions, or any other provision of law.
These actions, which supplement the enforcement provisions in the Municipal Code, are
intended not only to serve a corrective purpose, but also as a deterrent to violating this Code.
This chapter does not address modifications to approved permits that are being requested by the
permittee.
17.08.020 Initiation.
Hearings on revocations or revisions of permits may be initiated:
A. If the Council collectively instructs the Commission to set the matter for a public hearing;
or
B. Upon the initiative of the Commission, or,
C. Upon the initiative of the Director.
17.08.030 Allowable Actions.
A. Revocations. The City's action to revoke a permit or approval shall have the effect of
terminating the permit and denying the privileges granted by the original approval.
B. Revisions,
1. The City's action to revise a permit instead of revocation may include revising or
changing any permit conditions or operational aspect of the project, including,
buffers, duration of the permit or entitlement, hours of operation, landscaping and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00—General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 42
n
u
•
•
maintenance, lighting, parking, performance guarantees, property maintenance,
• signs, surfacing, traffic circulation, or any other aspect or condition determined to
be reasonable and necessary to ensure that the permit is used in a manner
consistent with the original findings for approval.
2. Permit revisions prescribed in this chapter are initiated by the City. Permit
revisions requested by the applicant or permitee, shall be in compliance with
Chapter 17.09 (Minor Permit Modifications).
17.08.040 Project Notice and Required Actions.
A. Public Hearing. In all cases where a revocation or revision is initiated per Section
17.08.020 (Initiation), a public hearing shall be scheduled before the Commission.
B. Procedures. Procedures relative to notification, public hearing, and appeal shall comply
with Chapter 17.25 (Class IV Applications — Discretionary), unless stated otherwise in
this chapter.
C. Notice. The Director shall give notice to the record owner and the lessee, if applicable, of
the real property affected:
To appear at a public hearing at a time and place fixed by the Commission; and
• 2. At the public hearing, to show cause why the permit should not be revoked or
revised, or why the use, building, or structure should not be modified,
discontinued, or removed, as the case may be.
•
D. The Commission shall hold a public hearing and shall give notice of such public hearing
in compliance with Section 17.06.1 10 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
E. The Commission may approve, modify, disapprove, or refer to the Council, a revocation
or revision of a permit or approval. Any action shall be supported by the written grounds
for the revocation or revisions prescribed in this chapter.
F. The Commission shall serve a notice of its action in compliance with Section 17.06.160
(Notice of Action and Findings).
G. At the conclusion of a public hearing, the Commission shall take action on the
application. The decision is final unless the decision is appealed to the Council.
17.08.050 Grounds for Revocation or Revisions.
After a public hearing, as provided for in this chapter, the Commission may revoke or revise any
approval which has been granted by the Review Authority, in compliance with either the
provisions of this Code or on any one or more of the following grounds:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 —General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 43
A. That such approval was obtained by fraud;
B. That the use for which such approval was granted is not being used, has ceased or has
been suspended for six months or more;
C. That any person making use of or relying upon the permit, variance or other approval is
violating or has violated any conditions of such permit, or has been used contrary to the
terms or conditions of such approval, or in violation of any statute, ordinance, law, or
regulation;
D. That the use for which the approval was granted is being used to be detrimental to the
public health or safety, or is a public nuisance; or
E. Upon final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declaring one or more of such
conditions to be void or ineffective, or enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the
enforcement or operation of one or more conditions of approval, the permit or entitlement
shall cease to be valid.
17.08.060 Nonconforming Uses and Structures.
In addition to the grounds for revocation or revisions contained in Section 17.08.050 (Grounds
for Revocation or Revisions), a nonconforming use or structure may be revoked or revised after a
public hearing if the Commission finds:
A. That the condition of the improvements, if any, on the property requires the property be •
used only for uses permitted in the underlying zone where it is located and would not
impair the constitutional rights of any person; and
B. That the nature of the improvements are such that they can be altered to be used in
conformity with the uses permitted in the underlying zone in which such property is
located, without impairing the constitutional rights of any person.
17.08.070 Commercial and Industrial Uses.
A. Findings. The Commission my revoke or require a revision of a commercial or industrial
use if the Commission finds that as operated or maintained such use:
1. Jeopardizes or endangers the public health or safety of persons residing or
working on the premises or in the surrounding area; or
2. Constitutes a public nuisance; or
3. Has resulted in repeated nuisance activities including but not limited to,
disturbances of the peace, illegal drug activity, public drunkenness, drinking in
public, harassment of passersby, gambling, prostitution, sale of stolen goods,
public urination, theft, assaults, batteries, acts of vandalism, loitering, excessive _
January 2013 1 DRAFT 14W
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 44
littering, illegal parking, loud noises in late night or early morning hours, traffic
isviolations, curfew violations, lewd conduct, or police detentions and arrests; or
4. Violates any provision of any county, state, or federal regulation, ordinance or
statute.
B. Violation. It shall be unlawful to violate or fail to comply with any requirement or
condition imposed by the Review Authority pursuant to this chapter. Such violation or
failure to comply shall constitute a violation of this Code and shall be subject to the same
penalties as any other violation of this Code.
17.08.080 Variances and Adjustments.
A variance or adjustment may be revoked or revised by the Review Authority, if the Review
Authority makes any one of the following findings:
A. Circumstances under which the original approval was granted have been changed by the
applicant to a degree that one or more of the findings cannot be made, and the grantee has
not substantially used the rights granted by the variance or adjustment; or
B. One or more of the conditions of the variance or adjustment have not been met within the
time limits prescribed in Section 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions), or have been
violated, and the grantee has not substantially used the rights granted by the variance or
• adjustment.
17.08.090 Conditional Use Permit and Minor Use Permit.
Any conditional or minor use permit granted or approved under this Code shall be granted or
approved, with the City's designated Approving Authority retaining and reserving the right and
jurisdiction to review and to modify the permit—including the conditions of approval based on
changed circumstances. Changed circumstances include, but are not limited to, major
modification of the business, a change in scope, emphasis, size, or nature of the business, or the
expansion, alteration, reconfiguration, change of use, or impacts to surrounding uses or
landowners not previously considered at the time of original approval. These changed
circumstances could create nuisances to adjacent uses or the community in general including, but
not limited to, litter, noise, traffic, and parking impacts. The reservation of right to review any
permit granted or approved under this Code by the City's designated approving body is in
addition to, and not in lieu of, the right of the City's Review Authority to review and revoke or
modify any permit granted or approved under this Code for any violations of the conditions
imposed on such permit.
® January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 45
Chapter 17.09 Minor Permit Modifications •
SECTIONS:
17.09.010 Purpose.
17.09.020 Applicability.
17.09.030 Findings.
17.09.040 Conditions of Approval.
17.09.010 Purpose.
This chapter establishes procedures and requirements for minor modifications or elimination of
certain condition(s) of a previously approved Class II through Class IV application without
requiring a new application.
17.09.020 Applicability.
A. Application. All expansions or minor permit and/or condition modifications of permitted
uses or structures, including accessory uses and structures, are subject to the following
requirements unless specifically prohibited in the original approval:
I. Any expansion or other minor modification of a Class II approval requires a
determination by the Director that such request is in substantial conformance with •
the permitted use. Expansions may be subject to development review to the
satisfaction of the Director.
2. A cumulative expansion of ten (10) percent or less of approved building area or
approved site area for a Class III and IV approval shall be permitted by right.
Such expansions require a determination by the Director that such request is in
substantial conformance with the conditionally permitted use. Expansions may be
subject to development review to the satisfaction of the Director.
3. A cumulative expansion of ten (10) percent to fifty (50) percent of approved
building area or approved site area for such use shall be subject to a Class III
application for both Class III and Class IV approvals.
4. A cumulative expansion greater than fifty (50) percent of approved building area
or approved site area for such use shall be subject to the approval of a new Class
III or Class IV application whichever the appropriate entitlement is.
B. Prohibited Modifications. Minor permit modifications are prohibited for the following
and require a new application to be submitted:
1. Class IV applications for Oak Tree Permits and the selling of alcohol for both off and
on site consumption;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00—General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 46
0
E
2. Any modification to a variance or adjustment;
3. Any modification to a Class V application;
4. . Any modification to a Class VI application;
5. Any modification to a Class VII application; or,
6. A substantial alteration or material deviation from the terms and conditions of the
previously approved discretionary permit.
17.09.030 Findings.
The Review Authority shall approve the minor permit modification where the applicant
substantiates the following findings:
A. That the required findings for the original application have been satisfied as required by
Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision);
B. That approval of the minor permit modification will not substantially alter or materially
deviate from the terms and conditions imposed in the granting of the previously approved
permit; and
C. That approval of the minor permit modification is necessary to allow the reasonable
operation and use granted in the previously approved permit.
17.09.040 Conditions of Approval.
A. The Review Authority may impose new conditions deemed reasonable and necessary to
ensure that the minor permit modification is in compliance with the findings of the
approved permit.
B. In addition to Section 17.09.020 (B) (Prohibited Modifications) and subsection (A),
above, the Review Authority shall not modify or eliminate a condition specified as
mandatory in this Code or a condition which may only be modified pursuant to the
approval of a variance.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.00 — General Procedures (17.01-17.09)
Page 47
•
0
Division 17.10 Definitions
Chapter 17.11 Definitions
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 —Definitions (17.11)
Page 1
0
i
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10—Definitions (17.11)
Page 2
• Chapter 17.11 Definitions
SECTIONS:
17.11.010 Purpose.
17.11.020 Definitions (A -Z).
•
17.11.010 Purpose.
It is the purpose of this chapter to provide definitions of terms and phrases used in the Code that are
technical or specialized, or that may not reflect common usage. If a definition in this chapter
conflicts with a definition in another provision of the Santa Clarita Municipal Code, these
definitions shall control for the purposes of the Code. If a word is not defined in this chapter, or in
other provisions of the Municipal Code, the Director shall determine the correct definition, giving
deference to common usage.
17.11.020 Definitions.
Words, phrases and terms used in this Code have the meaning assigned to them by the Director.
Any interpretation of a word, phrase or term shall be in conformance with Chapter 17.04
(Interpretations).
Definitions, "A. "
Abut. Two (2) adjoining parcels of property with a common property line, including two (2)
or more lots adjoining only at a corner, except where such common property line is located
in a public street right-of-way, which shall be considered street frontage. "Adjacent' or
"contiguous" shall mean the same as abutting.
Access or access way. The place, means or way by which pedestrians and vehicles shall
have safe, adequate and usable ingress and egress to a property or use as required by this
Code.
Accessory building or structure. A detached subordinate building or structure, the use of
which is incidental to that of the main building or main use of the land, which is located on
the same lot or parcel of land and is located in the same zone as the main building or use.
Accessory use. A use of land or of a building or portion thereof customarily incidental and
subordinate to the principal use of the land or building and located on the same lot with the
principal use.
Activity area. A neighborhood -serving retail center, generally located in a residential area,
with supportive commercial uses such as grocery stores, restaurants, personal services, and
retail sale of specialty goods.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 3
Adult. A person who is eighteen (18) years of age or older.
Adult Business. The following terms and phrases are defined for the purposes of Chapter •
17.61 (Adult Business Regulations).
1. Adult bookstore. An establishment that devotes more than fifteen (15) percent of the
total floor area utilized for the display of books and periodicals to the display and
sale of the following: books, magazines, periodicals, or other printed matter, or
photographs, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, tapes, records, or other
forms of visual or audio representations which are characterized by an emphasis
upon the depiction or description of specified sexual activities or specified
anatomical instruments, devices or paraphernalia which are designed for use in
connection with specified sexual activities.
An adult bookstore does not include an establishment that sells books or periodicals
as an incidental or accessory part of its principal stock -in -trade and does not devote
more than fifteen (15) percent of the total floor area of the establishment to the sale
of adult only books and periodicals.
2. Adult cabaret. A nightclub, bar, theater, restaurant or similar establishment which
regularly features live performances which are distinguished or characterized by an
emphasis on specified sexual activities or by exposure of specified anatomical areas
and/or which regularly features films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or
other photographic reproductions which are distinguished or characterized by an
emphasis upon the depiction or description of specified sexual activities or specified
anatomical areas for observation by patrons.
3. Adult hotel or motel. A hotel, motel or similar establishment offering public
accommodations for any form of consideration which provides patrons with closed-
circuit television transmissions, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides, or
other photographic reproductions which are distinguished or characterized by an
emphasis upon the depiction or description of specified sexual activities or specified
anatomical areas.
4. Adult motion picture arcade. Any place to which the adult public is permitted or
invited where coin or slug operated or electronically, electrically, or mechanically
controlled still or motion picture machines, projectors or other image -producing
devices are maintained to show images to five (5) or fewer persons per machine at
any one time, and where the images so displayed are distinguished or characterized
by an emphasis on depicting or describing specified sexual activities or specified
anatomical areas for observation of patrons.
5. Adult motion picture theater. An establishment, with the capacity of five (5) or more
persons, where, for any form of consideration, films, motion pictures, video
cassettes, slides or similar photographic reproductions are shown, and in which a
substantial portion of the total presentation time is devoted to the showing of •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10— Definitions (17.11)
Page 4
material which is characterized by an emphasis upon the depiction or description of
• specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas for observation by patrons.
6. Adult tanning salon. A business establishment where patrons receive tanning
services in groups of two (2) or more and where patrons, employees, or independent
contractors thereof of the establishment expose specified anatomical areas. "Adult
tanning salon" or "parlor" shall also include a business establishment where a patron
and an employee or independent contractor thereof of the establishment are nude or
expose "specified anatomical areas." An "adult tanning salon" or "parlor" shall also
include a business establishment where the employees or independent contractors
thereof are nude or expose "specified anatomical areas."
7. Adult novelty store. An establishment having, as a substantial portion of its stock -in -
trade, a majority of its floor area, or a majority of its revenue derived from goods
which are replicas of, or which simulate, "specified anatomical areas," or "specified
sexual activities," or goods which are designed to be placed on or in "specified
anatomical areas," or to be used in conjunction with "specified sexual activities," to
cause sexual excitement, including, but not limited to: dildos, auto sucks, sexually
oriented vibrators, edible underwear, pitlickers, benwa balls, inflatable orifices,
anatomical balloons with orifices, simulated and battery operated vaginas.
8. Anatomical Areas. See "Specified anatomical areas."
• 9. Employee. A person who works or performs in and/or for an adult business,
regardless of whether or not said person is paid a salary, wage or other
compensation by the operator of said business and regardless of technical status as
employee or independent contractor.
10. Escort. A person who, for any form of consideration or gratuity, agrees or offers to
act as a companion, guide, or date for another person, or who agrees or offers to
privately model lingerie or to privately perform a striptease for another person.
11. Escort agency. A person or business association who furnishes, offers to furnish, or
advertises to furnish escorts as one (1) of its primary business purposes for a fee, tip,
or other consideration.
12. Individual viewing area. A viewing area designed for occupancy by one person. No
private viewing areas shall be established, maintained, or authorized, and there shall
be no doors, curtains, stalls, or other enclosures creating a private viewing area.
13. Massage parlor. Any place where, for any form of consideration or gratuity,
massage, alcohol rub, administration of fomentations, electric or magnetic
treatments, or any other treatment manipulation of the human body which occurs as
a part of or in connection with "specified sexual activities," or where any person
providing such treatment, manipulation, or service related thereto, exposes
"specified anatomical areas." The definition of "adult business" regarding the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17. 10 —Definitions (17.11)
Page 5
"practice of massage" does not apply to any licensed physician, surgeon,
chiropractor or osteopath office, nor by any nurse or technician working under the
supervision of a licensed physician, surgeon, chiropractor or osteopath, nor by
trainers for any amateur, semiprofessional or professional athlete or athletic team or
school athletic program.
14. Nude or state of nudity. The appearance of human bare buttock, anus, male genitals,
female genitals, or the areola or nipple of the female breast.
15. Permitted or licensed premises. Any premises that requires a license and/or permit
and that is classified as an adult business.
16. Private viewing area. An area or areas in an adult business designed to accommodate
no more than five (5) patrons or customers for purposes of viewing or watching a
performance, picture, show, film, videotape, slide, movie, or other presentation. No
private viewing areas shall be established, maintained, or authorized, and there shall
be no doors, curtains, stalls, or other enclosures creating a private viewing area.
17. Regular and substantial course of conduct shall mean:
a. Devoting more than fifteen (15) percent of total display area to the display of
sex -oriented merchandise or sex -oriented material; or
b. Presenting any type of live entertainment characterized by an emphasis on
specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas, or performers,
models or employees appearing in public in lingerie on any ten (10) or more
separate or consecutive days within any thirty (30) day period; or
C. Deriving at least fifty (50) percent of gross receipts from the sale, trade,
display or presentation of services, products, or entertainment which are
characterized by an emphasis on matter depicting, describing, or relating to
specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas.
18. Semi-nude. A stage of dress in which clothing covers no more than the genitals,
pubic region, and areolae of the female breast, as well as portions of the body
covered by supporting straps or devices.
19. Semi-nude model studio. Any place where a person, who appears semi-nude or
displays "specified anatomical areas," is provided for money or any form of
consideration to be observed, sketched, drawn, painted, sculptured, photographed, or
similarly depicted by other persons.
20. Sex -oriented material. Any sex -oriented merchandise, or any book, periodical
magazine, photograph, drawing, sculpture, motion picture film, video tape
recording, or other visual representation which is distinguished or characterized by
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17. 10 —Definitions (17.11)
Page 6
an emphasis on matter depicting, describing, or relating to specified sexual activities
• or specified anatomical areas.
21. Sex -oriented merchandise. Includes but not be limited to dildos, auto sucks, sexually
oriented vibrators, edible underwear, pitlickers, benwa balls, inflatable orifices,
anatomical balloons with orifices, simulated and battery operated vaginas.
22. Sexual encounter establishment. An establishment, other than a hotel, motel, or
similar establishment offering public accommodations, which, for any form of
consideration, provides a place where two (2) or more persons may congregate,
associate, or consort in connection with specified sexual activities or the exposure of
specified anatomical area. This definition does not include an establishment where a
medical practitioner, psychologist, psychiatrist or similar professional person
licensed by the State engages in sexual therapy. For the purposes of these
regulations, sexual encounter establishment shall include massage or rap parlor and
other similar establishments.
23. Specific anatomical areas shall mean:
a. Less than completely and opaquely covered human genitals, pubic region,
buttocks, anus or female breasts below a point immediately above the top of
the areolae; or
• b. Human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state, even if completely and
opaquely covered.
24. Specified criminal acts. Acts which are sexual crimes against children, sexual abuse,
rape or crimes connected with another adult business including but not limited to
distribution of obscenity or material harmful to minors, prostitution, or pandering.
25. Specified sexual activities shall mean:
a. The fondling or other touching of human genitals, pubic region, buttocks,
anus, or female breasts; or
b. Sex acts, normal or perverted, actual or simulated, including intercourse, oral
copulation, or sodomy; or
C. Masturbation, actual or simulated; or
d. Excretory functions as part of or in connection with any of the activities set
forth in subsections (a) through (c) of this definition.
26. Substantial enlargement of an adult business. An increase in the floor areas occupied
by the business by more than fifteen (15) percent as the floor areas exist on effective
• date of the ordinance codified in this definition.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10— Definitions (17.11)
Page 7
27. Transfer of ownership or control of an adult business shall mean and includes any of
the following:
a. The sale, lease or sublease of the business; or
b. The transfer of securities which constitute a controlling interest in the
business, whether by sale, exchange or similar means; or
C. The establishment of a trust, gift or other similar legal device which transfers
ownership or control of the business, except for transfer by bequest or other
operation of law upon the death of a person possessing the ownership or
control.
28. Waiter or waitress. A man or woman who waits on tables.
Alley. Any highway as defined in Chapter 12.08 (Definitions) of the Santa Clarita
Municipal Code, having a width of less than twenty-six (26) feet, not provided with a
sidewalk or sidewalks.
Ambient noise level. General noise level in the area at the given time.
Antenna. Typically a metallic device used in communications which transmits or receives
radio signals. •
Antenna equipment. A cabinet, room, or similar structure which houses the electronic
facilities used to operate an antenna.
Antenna height. The vertical distance from the existing or proposed grade, whichever is
lower, to the top of the antenna or its support.
Antique. A work of art, piece of furniture, or decorative object made at an earlier period and
at least fifty (50) years in age.
Apartment. A dwelling unit in an apartment house.
Apartment house. A building, under the same ownership, containing three (3) or more
dwelling units, designed for occupancy by three (3) or more families living independently
of each other.
Approving Authority. The Approving Authority is the decision maker who ultimately
approves the project.
Architectural treatment. Shall include any parapet, projection, cornice, screen wall, etc., that
is used to provide articulation when breaking up building massing. Signs shall not be
considered an architectural treatment and must be designed in accordance with this Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 —Definitions (17.11)
Page 8
® Area of benefit. A specified area wherein it has been determined that the real property
located therein will benefit from the construction of a bridge and/or major thoroughfare or
other designated improvement.
Area of special flood hazard. The land in a floodplain, as identified by the Flood Insurance
Rate Map (FIRM) of Los Angeles County, subject to a one percent or greater chance of
flooding in any given year.
Attached. Any building or structure that has a wall or roof in common with another building
or structure.
Attic. That part of a building that is immediately below and wholly or partly within the roof
framing and not accessed by permanent fixed stairs, ladders, or other such equipment from
the floor below.
Definitions, 'B. "
Base or underlying zone. The primary zone established on the official zoning map of the
City as an alpha symbol on the property or lot. All requirements of the base zone must be
met in addition to any overlay zone and special uses and conditions of this Code.
Basement. Defined as a story, that is either partly or completely underground. When
• calculating the number of stories of a structure, a basement shall be counted when greater
than one-half (1/2) of any given side is above grade. When calculating height of a structure,
measurement shall be taken from the lowest point of the building to the highest and shall
always include any exposed portion of a basement.
•
Block. The parcels or buildings contained within a segment of a street bounded by
consecutive cross streets or intersections.
Bridge facility. Any crossing for a highway or local road, involving a railway, freeway,
stream or canyon, which is required by the General Plan.
Buildable area. A legally created parcel or contiguous parcels of land in single or joint
ownership, which provides the area and the open spaces required by this Code, exclusive of
all vehicular and pedestrian rights-of-way and all other easements that prohibit the surface
use of the property by the owner thereof.
Building. Anything constructed having a roof supported by columns or walls for the
purpose of housing, shelter or enclosure.
Building Code. The adopted building code for the City of Santa Clarita and all amendments
with the Municipal Code and as approved by the Council.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17. 10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 9
Building Official. The Director of Public Works or the duly appointed person in charge of
the administration of the building codes.
Building site. That portion of the lot or parcel of land upon which the building and
appurtenances are to be placed, or are already existing, including adequate areas for sewage
disposal, clearances, proper drainage, appropriate easements and, if applicable, the
requirements of other ordinances.
Definitions, "C. "
California Coordinate System. The coordinate system as defined in Sections 8801 through
8819, inclusive, of the California Public Resource Code. The specified zone for the City of
Santa Clarita is "Zone 5" of CCS83 and the official datum is the "North American Datum of
1983."
Canopy. A small roof or awning attached to the wall of a structure which is supported by no
means other than its attachment to the wall.
Caretaker. A person residing on the premises of an employer and who is receiving
meaningful compensation to assume the primary responsibility for the necessary repair,
maintenance, supervision, or security of the real or personal property of the employer which
is located on the same or contiguous lots or parcels of land.
Carport. Any structure or portion of a building or structure open on three (3) sides, other
than an attached or detached garage, used to shelter vehicles.
Centerline. The centerline established by the City Engineer for any proposed or dedicated
public way which, in whole or in part, is included in any such highway.
Certificate of compliance. A document describing a unit or contiguous units of property and
stating that the property complies with applicable provisions of the State Subdivision Map
Act and City ordinances enacted pursuant thereto.
Cit . The City of Santa Clarita, a municipal corporation.
City Engineer. The Director of Public Works or the duly authorized representative(s).
City Surveyor. The City Engineer or the duly authorized representative(s).
Civil Engineer. A professional engineer registered in the State to practice in the field of civil
engineering.
Civil Engineering. The application of knowledge of the forces of nature, principles of
mechanics, and properties of materials, to the evaluation, design, and construction of civil
works.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10—Definitions (17.11)
Page 10
Club. An association of persons (whether or not incorporated) for a common purpose, but
not including groups organized solely or primarily to render a service as a business for
profit.
Cluster development. The concentration of dwelling units on a portion or portions of a lot or
parcel of land resulting in the remainder of said lot or parcel being free of buildings or
structures, as opposed to development spread throughout the entire lot or parcel. Such
development shall be accomplished by computing density on a project level rather than a
parcel -by -parcel basis, and by the use of smaller lots than are customarily permitted in the
zone in which the development is proposed, while retaining the remaining portion of such
lot or parcel in permanent open space.
Commission. The Planning Commission of the City of Santa Clarita.
Community apartment. A development in which an undivided interest in the land is coupled
with the right of exclusive occupancy of an apartment located thereon.
Condominium. An estate in real property consisting of an undivided interest in common in a
portion of a parcel of real property, together with a separate interest in space in a residential,
industrial or commercial building or buildings on such real property, such as an apartment,
detached single family residence, office, or store.
Condominium conversion. The conversion of rental units, residential, commercial, or
• industrial units into a condominium project.
•
Contiguous parcel of land. Those units of land which border or abut each other on any side,
and which are shown as such on the latest equalized assessment reveal of the County of Los
Angeles. Land shall be considered as contiguous units, even if it is separated by utility
easements or railroad rights-of-way.
Council. The City Council of the City of Santa Clarita.
County. The County of Los Angeles.
County Recorder. The County Recorder of the County of Los Angeles.
Crawl space. The space between bare soil and the underside of the first floor or basement of
a structure. Crawl spaces shall not exceed a height of four (4) feet. In cases where the height
exceeds four (4) feet, the area shall be considered a basement.
Cul-de-sac. A street which is designed to remain permanently closed at one end. For the
purpose of this Code, the length of a cul-de-sac shall be measured along the centerline of
the cul-de-sac from the point where the centerline terminates within the turnaround to the
right-of-way line of the street with which the cul-de-sac intersects.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page I1
Definitions, "D. "
Density. The total number of dwelling units permitted on a gross acre of land exclusive of
all existing public or private streets and rights-of-way.
Developer. A person, firm, corporation, partnership, or association, or a combination
thereof, who proposes development.
Development. Any manmade change to improved or unimproved real estate, including but
not limited to the construction of new or modification to existing buildings or other
structures, mining, filling, grading, paving, excavation, or drilling operations.
Development project. Any project undertaken for the purpose of development.
Development project includes a project involving the issuance of any permit for
construction or reconstruction, but not a permit to operate.
Director. The Director of Community Development, or department in charge of
administering Titles 16 and 17, of the City of Santa Clarita or duly authorized
representative(s).
Driveway. A paved (or unpaved in the Special Districts of Placerita and Sand Canyon and
lots over a half acre) path of travel, connecting a public or private street to a garage, carport,
accessory structure, side yard, or the same/adjacent public or private street.
Definitions, "E. "
Enclosed patio. Includes any improvement or addition which encloses an existing open air
structure with the intention of expanding the floor area of the residence.
Environmental document. Documentation prepared in accordance with the California
Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) which can include, but is not limited to, an
environmental impact report, mitigated negative declaration, or a negative declaration.
Explosive. Any substance or combination of substances that is commonly used for the
purpose of detonation and which, upon exposure to external force or condition, is capable of
a relatively instantaneous release of gas and heat. These terms shall include, but shall not be
limited to, the following:
1. Substances determined to be Class A and Class B explosives, as classified by the
United States Department of Transportation;
2. Nitro carbo nitrate substances (blasting agent), as classified by the United States
Department of Transportation;
3. Any material designated as an explosive by the State Fire Marshall;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 —Definitions (17.11)
Page 12
•
r 1
L._J
4. Certain Class C explosives, as designated by the United States Department of
• Transportation, when listed in regulations adopted by the State Fire Marshall.
5. The term "explosive" shall not include the following:
a. Small arms ammunition of 0.75 caliber or less when designated as a Class C
explosive by the United States Department of Transportation;
b. Fireworks regulated under Part 2 (commencing with Section 12500) of
Division 1 I of the Health and Safety Code.
Definitions, "F. "
Family. One (1) or more individuals living together as a single housekeeping unit in a single
dwelling unit. Family shall also mean the persons living together in a licensed "residential
facility" as that term is defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 1502(a)(1),
which services six (6) or fewer persons, excluding staff.
Fee. A monetary requirement, other than a tax or special assessment, which is charged by
the City to the applicant in connection with approval of a development project for the
purpose of defraying all or portions of the cost.
Fire Department. The Fire Department for Los Angeles County or duly designated
® representative.
Frontage, Building. The exterior building wall of a ground floor business establishment on
the side or sides of the building fronting and/or oriented toward a public street, or highway.
Building frontage shall be measured continuously along said building wall for the entire
length of the business establishment, including any portion thereof which is other than
parallel to the remainder of the wall.
Frontage, Street or Highway. That portion of a lot or parcel of land which borders a public
street, or highway. Street or highway frontage shall be measured along the common lot line
separating said lot or parcel of land from the public street, or highway.
Fuel-efficient vehicle. See "low -emitting vehicle."
"Definitions, "G. "
Garage. A detached accessory building or a portion of a main building on the same lot for
the parking and temporary storage of vehicles.
Gate. Any barrier across a roadway that restricts the access of vehicles and/or pedestrians.
For purposes of gating, a roadway shall also mean driveways.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 13
General Plan. The General Plan of the City, and shall consist of the General Plan maps and
text and any amendments adopted by the Council. •
Grading. The following terms and phrases are defined for the purposes of Division 17.80
Grading).
1. As built grading plan. A grading plan that is prepared at the completion of grading
activities that demonstrates the as built conditions as required in Chapter 17.88
(Grading Designation and Location).
2. As graded. The surface configuration upon completion of grading.
3. Bedrock. The relatively solid, undisturbed rock in place either at the ground surface
or beneath surficial deposits of alluvium, colluvium, and/or soil.
4. Bench. A relatively level step that is excavated into earth material onto which fill is
to be placed.
5. Best Management Practice (BMP). The practices, prohibitions of practices, or other
activities to reduce or eliminate discharge of pollutants to surface water. BMPs
include structural and nonstructural controls, management practices, operation and
maintenance procedures, and system, design, and engineering methods.
6. Borrow. Earth material acquired from an off-site location for use in grading on a •
site.
7. Borrow pit. Any place on a lot or parcel of land where dirt, soil, clay, decomposed
granite or other similar material is removed by excavation or otherwise for any
purpose other than surface mining operations or a grading project with off-site
transport.
8. Clearing, brushing and grubbing. The removal of vegetation (grass, brush, trees, and
similar plant types) by a mechanical means.
9. Compaction. The densification of a fill by mechanical or other acceptable means.
10. Cut slope (face). Any bank or slope that has been created by removing material
below the pre-existing ground surface.
11. Design engineer. The civil engineer responsible for the preparation of grading plans
for the site grading work.
12. Desilting basins. The physical structures constructed for the removal of sediments
from surface water runoff.
r,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 14
13. Down drain. A device for collecting water from a Swale or ditch, which is located on
® or above a slope, and safely delivers water to an approved drainage facility.
14. Earth material. Any rock, natural soil, or fill, and/or any combination thereof.
15. Engineering geologic report. A report prepared under the supervision of an
engineering geologist providing a geologic map of a site, information on geologic
measurements, and exploration performed on the site and surrounding area and
providing recommendations for remedial measures necessary to provide a
geologically stable site for its intended use.
16. Engineering geologist. A person holding a valid certificate of registration as a
Geologist in the specialty of Engineering Geology issued by the state of California
under the applicable provisions of the Geologist and Geophysicist Act of the
Business and Professions Code.
17. Engineering geology. The application of geologic knowledge and principles in the
investigation and evaluation of naturally occurring rock and soil for use in the
design of civil work.
18. Erosion. The process by which the ground surface is worn away as a result of the
movement of wind, water, and/or ice.
19. Erosion control system. Any combination of desilting facilities, retarding basins, and
erosion protection, including effective planting and the maintenance thereof, to
protect adjacent private property, watercourses, public facilities, and receiving
waters from the deposition of sediment or dust.
20. Excavation. The removal of earth material by artificial means, which is also referred
to as "cut".
21. Fault. A fracture in the earth's crust along which movement has occurred. A fault is
considered active if the movement has occurred within the past eleven thousand
(11,000) years (Holocene geologic time).
22. Field engineer. The civil engineer responsible for performing the functions as set
forth in this Code.
23. Fill or embankment. Deposition of earth materials by artificial means.
24. Geohydrology. All groundwater, information, well development requirements and
seepage evaluations appropriate to site development.
25. Geotechnical hazard. An adverse condition due to landslide, settlement, and/or
slippage. These hazards include, but are not limited to, loose debris, slopewash, and
. mud flows from natural, or graded slopes.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 —Definitions (17.11)
Page 15
26. Geotechnical report. A report which contains all appropriate soil engineering,
geologic, geohydrologic, and seismic information, evaluation, recommendations,
and findings. This type report combines both engineering geology and soil
engineering reports.
27. Grade. The vertical location of the ground surface.
a. Existing or natural grade. The ground surface prior to grading.
b, Final grade. The grading stage after the grading of the site is complete, all
drainage devices are installed and all slopes have been planted.
C. Finished grade. The final grade of the site at the conclusion of all grading
efforts without installation of drainage devices, plantings and other required
improvements.
d. Initial grade. The grading stage after a site is cleared of all vegetation and
unapproved fill materials.
e. Rough grade. The grading stage after a site has been graded to the
approximate final elevations and drainage devices have been installed.
28. Grading. Any process of excavation or fill or combination thereof.
29. Grading approval. The proposed work or completed work conforms to the
provisions as set forth in the Code as determined by, and to the satisfaction of the
City Engineer.
30. Grading contractor. A contractor licensed and regulated by the State who specializes
in grading work or is otherwise licensed to do grading work.
31. Keyway. A compacted fill placed in a trench that is excavated into competent earth
material, which is generally constructed at the toe of a slope.
32. Landslide. The downward and outward movement of soil, sand, gravel, rock or fill
or a combination thereof.
33. Natural grade. The vertical location of the ground surface prior to any excavation or
fill.
34. Pad. A building site prepared by artificial means including grading, excavation,
filling or any combination thereof.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.10—Definitions (17.11)
Page 16
• 35. Precise grading permit. A permit that is issued on the basis of approved plans which
show the precise locations of structures, finished elevations, drainage details and all
on-site improvements on a given property.
36. Preliminary grading permit. A permit that is issued on the basis of approved plans
which show finished elevations, interim building pad elevations and drainage to the
degree required by the City Engineer.
37. Professional inspection. The inspection required by this Code to be performed by the
project consultants. Such inspections shall be sufficient to form an opinion relating
to the conduct of the work.
38. Project consultants. The professional consultants required by this code, who may
consist of the design engineer, field engineer, soils engineer, engineering geologist,
and landscape architect, as applicable to this Code.
39. References. Unless indicated otherwise, references in this Code to civil engineer,
soil engineer, geologist, landscape architect and engineering geologist refer to the
professional person(s) preparing, signing or approving the project plans and
specifications which comprise the approved grading or landscape -irrigation plan, or
his successor.
40. Rough grade. The elevation of the ground surface established by grading that
• approximates the final elevation shown on the approved design.
•
41. Site. Any lot or parcel of land or contiguous lots or parcels or combination thereof,
under the same ownership, where grading is performed or permitted.
42. Slope. An inclined ground surface of fill, excavation or natural terrain, the
inclination of which is expressed as a ratio of horizontal distance to vertical distance.
43. Slope stability shall be defined as follows:
a. Gross stability. The factor of safety against failure of slope material located
below a surface approximately three (3) to four (4) feet deep, measured from
and perpendicular to the slope face.
b. Surficial stability. The factor of safety against failure of the outer three (3) to
four (4) feet of slope material measured from and perpendicular to the slope
face.
44. Sloping terrain. Any ground surface having a grade of eight (8) percent or more. The
latest available six (6) and seven and one-half (7.5) minute United States Geological
Survey quadrangles or a survey by a registered civil engineer or licensed land
surveyor shall be utilized to determine such grade.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 17
45. Soil. Naturally occurring superficial deposits, which overlie parent bedrock.
46. Soil engineer. A civil engineer registered in the State, who: •
a. Is engaged in the practice of civil engineering and spends a majority of his
time in the field of applied soil mechanics and foundation engineering;
b. Has at least four (4) years of responsible practical experience in the field of
applied soil mechanics;
C. Has access to an adequately equipped soils testing laboratory.
47. Soil engineering. The application of the principles of soil mechanics in the
investigation, evaluation, and design of civil works involving the use of earth
materials and the inspection and testing of the construction thereof.
48. Soil engineering report. A report prepared under the responsible supervision of a
soils engineer which includes:
a. Preliminary information concerning engineering, properties of soil and rock
on a site prior to grading, describing locations of these materials and
providing recommendations for preparation of the site for its intended use;
b. Grading report including information on-site preparation, compaction of fills •
placed, providing recommendations for structural design, and approving the
site for its intended use.
49 Soil testing agency. An agency regularly engaged in the testing of soils and rock
under the direction of a civil engineer experienced in soil testing.
50. Stockpile. A temporary, uncompacted fill or embankment placed by artificial means,
which is designated to be moved at'a later date.
51. Suitable material. Any soil or earth material which, under the criteria of this division
or under the criteria of an approved geotechnical report is suitable for use as fill or
for other intended purpose.
52. Sulfate (SO4). A chemical compound occurring in soil or water, which in
concentration has a corrosive effect on ordinary Portland cement concrete and some
metals.
53. Surface drainage. Flows over the ground surface.
54. Terrace. A relatively level step constructed in the face of a graded slope surface for
drainage and maintenance purposes.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.10 —Definitions (17.11)
Page 19
55. Unsuitable material. Any soil or earth material having properties or characteristics
which, under the criteria of this division or under the criteria contained in any
approved geotechnical report, make it unsuitable for use as fill or for any other
intended use. These properties or characteristics include, but are not limited to, the
following: organic content of the material exceeds three (3) percent; rock diameters
exceeding eight (8) inches; the presence of concrete or asphalt; or the presence of
expansive soils within four (4) feet of finish grade of any area intended or designed
as a location for a building.
Gross area. The total horizontal area within the lot lines of a lot or parcel of land before
public streets, easements or other areas to be dedicated or reserved for public use are
deducted from such lot or parcel.
Definitions, "H. "
Hearing Officer. The Hearing Officer of the Community Development Department of the
City of Santa Clarita or duly authorized representative(s).
Height. The vertical dimension from the finish grade or lowest point of the building,
structure or wall exposed above the ground surface, whichever is lower, to the highest point
of the roof, parapet wall or uppermost part. Vents or utility service structures shall not be
included in the measurement of vertical dimensions.
• Highway. A highway shown as a freeway, major, primary or secondary highway as
designated in the Circulation Element of the City's General Plan.
•
Historic Resource. Structures or site features on properties listed on the National Register of
Historic Places, the California Register of Historic Landmarks, the list of California
Historical Landmarks, or the list of California Points of Historical Interest, or those
structures designated under this ordinance. A listing of properties and structures designated
shall be available with the Community Development Department.
Definitions, '7 "
Individual with a disability. Individuals with a mental or physical disability as those terms
are defined in Section 12926 (i), (k), and (1) of the State Government Code, as that section
may be amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, or individuals with a
handicap as that term is defined in 42 U.S.C. Section 3602 of the federal Fair Housing
Amendments Act of 1988, as that section may be amended, and the regulations promulgated
thereunder,
Definitions, "J "
No specialized terms beginning with the letter "J" are defined at this time.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 19
Definitions, "K. "
Kitchen. Any habitable space which includes a refrigerator and an oven or a range. •
Definitions, "L. "
Landscapine. An area set aside from structures and parking/driveway uses, which is
developed to include predominately living, thriving, trees, vines, shrubs, flowers, grasses,
synthetic turf and other plants. Porous materials, such as rock, mulch and decomposed
granite, can be used in conjunction with living plant materials, however landscaped areas
must be predominantly of living materials.
The following terms and phrases are defined for the purposes of Section 17.51.030
(Landscaping and Irrigation Standards).
1. Estimated annual applied water use or "EAWU." The portion of the estimated total
water use that is derived from applied water. The EAWU is calculated according to
the formula set out in the landscape documentation package. The estimated applied
water use shall not exceed the maximum applied water allowance.
2. Evapotranspiration rate. The quantity of water evaporated from adjacent soil and
other surfaces and transpired by plants during a specified time.
3. Invasive species. Non indigenous species that adversely affect the habitats they •
invade economically, environmentally, or ecologically.
4. Irrigation efficiency. The measurement of the amount of water beneficially used
divided by the amount of water applied. Irrigation efficiency is derived from
measurements and estimates of irrigation system characteristics and management
practices. The minimum irrigation efficiency for purposes of this Code is 0.71.
5.. Landscape architect. A landscape architect registered by the State of California
under the provisions of Division 3, Chapter 3.5 of the Business and Professions
Code.
6. Landscape concept plan. The portion of a landscape documentation package that
includes a design statement, irrigation notes, planting notes, and the plant palette.
7. Landscape construction drawings. The portion of a landscape documentation
package that includes the irrigation plan, plant and soils plan, and water
management plan.
8. Landscape documentation package or documentation package. The complete packet
of documents required to be submitted to the Director to apply for a permit for
landscaping projects under this Code. Documentation packages include the
landscape concept plan and landscape construction drawings. •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 20
• 9. Mulch. Any organic material such as leaves, bark, or inorganic material such as
pebbles, stones, gravel, decorative sand or decomposed granite left loose, a
minimum of two inches deep, and applied to the soil surface to reduce evaporation.
10. Planting plan. A plan submitted with the construction drawings indicating a list and
quantity of plants.
11. Project net landscape area, landscaped area, or landscape project area. All of the
planting areas, turf areas, and water features in a landscape design plan subject to the
maximum applied water allowance calculation. The landscape area does not include
footprints of buildings or structures, sidewalks, driveways, parking lots, decks,
patios, gravel or stone walks, other pervious or non -pervious hardscapes, and other
non -irrigated areas designated for non -development (e.g., open spaces and existing
native vegetation).
12. Recycled water. Water that, as a result of treatment of waste water, is suitable for a
direct beneficial use or a controlled use that would not otherwise occur and is
therefore considered a valuable resource.
13. Soil management plan. The plan submitted with the construction drawings
indicating results from soil tests and recommended soil amendments.
• 14. Special landscape area. An area of the landscape dedicated to edible plants, areas
irrigated with recycled water, and areas dedicated to active play such as parks, sports
fields, golf courses, where turf provides a playing surface.
15. Turf. A surface layer of earth containing mowed grass or grasslike sedge with its
roots, a groundcover surface of mowed grass, or grass -like sedge. Common types of
"cool season turf' are Annual bluegrass, Kentucky bluegrass, Perennial ryegrass,
Red fescue, and Tall fescue. Common types of "warm season turf' are Bermuda
grass, Kikuyu grass, Seashore Paspalum, St. Augustine grass, Zoysia grass, Carex
pansa, and Buffalo grass.
16. Water efficient landscape worksheet. A worksheet which calculates a site's water
budget.
17. Water feature. Any water applied to the landscape for non -irrigation, decorative
purposes. Fountains, streams, ponds, lakes, and swimming pools are considered
water features.
18. Water management plan. A plan submitted with the construction drawings as part of
the landscape documentation package.
19. Water schedule. Schedule of irrigation times throughout a given year.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 21
Land development permit. Any approval of development or use of property including but
not limited to a minor use permit, conditional use permit, adjustment, variance,
development review, or subdivision.
Legal lot. The definition includes any of the following:
1. A parcel of real property shown as a delineated parcel of land with a number or
letter designation, on a subdivision map or parcel map recorded in the office of the
County Recorder and created in conformance with the State Subdivision Map Act;
2. A parcel of real property shown on a recorded record of survey map, lot division plat
or other official map filed in the office of the County Recorder or County Engineer,
when such map or plat was filed as the result of and was made a condition of a lot
division approved by the County of Los Angeles under the authority of prior or
existing County ordinances;
3. Any parcel of real property which existed as a separate parcel on or before March 4,
1972, as evidenced by a valid deed recorded on or before that date;
4. A parcel of real property described in a recorded certificate of compliance, approved
and filed by the City of Santa Clarita in the County of Los Angeles in accordance
with the State Subdivision Map Act and Code.
Legal nonconforming structure. A structure or building the size, dimensions, or location of
which was lawful prior to the adoption, revision, or amendment of this code but that fails by
reason of such adoption, revision, or amendment to conform to present requirements of the
zoning district.
Legal nonconforming use. A use or activity that was lawful prior to the adoption, revision,
or amendment of this code but that fails by reason of such adoption, revision, or amendment
to conform to present requirements of the zoning district.
Library facilities. Public library improvements, public library services and community
amenities, the need for which is directly or indirectly generated by a residential
development project, including but not limited to acquiring, through purchase, lease, lease -
purchase, installment purchase or otherwise, improving, constructing, altering, repairing,
augmenting, equipping and furnishing real property, buildings, equipment, materials and
other facilities for the conduct of public library services and programs; providing collection
development and maintenance, including acquiring books, magazines, newspapers, audio-
visual, electronic media, and other informational materials; and all other auxiliary work
which may be required to carry out that work, such as administrative, engineering,
architectural and legal work performed in connection with establishing, implementing and
monitoring such projects, indirect costs, and other incidental expenses of providing those
library facilities, or all or any combination thereof.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10—Definitions (17.11)
Page 22
•
Licensed bed. A bed for which a hospital holds a license to operate by the State of
is California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD).
Loading space. An off-street space or berth used for the loading or unloading of commercial
vehicles.
Lot depth. The average horizontal distance between the front and rear lot lines measured in
the mean direction of the side lot lines.
Lot type. Lot types are as follows:
Corner lot. A lot located at the intersection or interception of two (2) or more streets,
either public or private and either existing or future, at an angle of not more than one
hundred thirty-five (135) degrees. If the angle is greater than one hundred thirty-five
(135) degrees, the lot shall be considered an "interior lot."
2. Flag lot. A lot which utilizes a narrow strip as its means of providing frontage on a
street and/or providing vehicular access to the lot. The required front, side and rear
yards shall be established on the main portion of a flag lot exclusive of the access
strip. In addition, the access strip shall be maintained clear except for driveways,
landscaping, fences or walls, which shall be subject to the same requirements for
setbacks on adjoining properties fronting the same street, highway or parkway.
is
3. Interior lot. A lot other than a corner lot. A key lot shall also be considered an
interior lot.
•
4. Key lot. An interior lot adjoining the rear lot line of a reverse corner lot.
5. Reverse corner lot. A corner lot, the side line of which is substantially a continuation
of the front lot lines of the lot to its rear, whether across an alley or not.
6. Through lot. A lot having frontage on two (2) dedicated parallel or approximately
parallel streets.
Lot line. Any line bounding a lot as herein defined. Types of lot lines are as follows:
1. Front lot line. On an interior lot, the "front lot line" is the property line abutting the
street. On a corner or reverse corner lot, the front lot line is the shorter property line
abutting a street, except in those cases where the subdivision, parcel map, or
Director specifies another line as the front lot line. On a through lot or a lot with
three (3) or more sides abutting a street or a corner or reverse corner lot with lot
lines of equal length, the Director shall determine which property line shall be the
front lot line for the purposes of compliance with yard and setback provisions of the
Code. On a private street or easement, the front lot line shall be designated as the
edge of the easement.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 23
2. Interior lot line. A lot line not abutting a street.
3. Rear lot line. A lot line not abutting a street, which is opposite and most distant from •
the front lot line. In the case of an irregular-shaped lot, a line parallel to and at a
maximum distance from the front lot line, having a length of not less than ten (10)
feet within the lot. A lot which is bounded on all sides by streets may have no rear
lot line.
4. Side lot line. Any lot line not a front lot line or rear lot line.
Lot line adjustment. A minor shift or rotation or alteration of existing lot lines or property
lines between four (4) or less existing legal lots where land taken from one parcel is added
to another, and where a greater or lesser number of lots than originally existed is not created
provided the lot line adjustment is approved by the City Engineer.
Lot width. The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines, measured at right
angles to the lot depth at a point midway between the front and rear lot lines.
Low -emitting vehicle. A low -emitting vehicle shall include:
1. Zero emission vehicle (ZEV), including neighborhood electric vehicles (NEV),
partial zero emission vehicle (PZEV), advanced technology PZEV (AT ZEV) or
CNG fueled (original equipment manufacturer only) regulated under Health and
Safety Code section 43800 and CCR, Title 13, Sections 1961 and 1962. •
2. High -efficiency vehicles regulated by U.S. EPA, bearing High -Occupancy Vehicle
(HOV) car pool lane stickers issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles.
Definitions, W. "
Major thoroughfare. Those roads designated in the Circulation element of the General Plan,
the primary purpose of which is to carry through traffic and provide a network connecting
to the State highway system.
Mezzanine. An intermediate level without walls or partitions, placed in any story or room
and open to the space below. When the total of any such mezzanine floor exceeds thirty-
three and one-third (33-1/3) percent of the total floor area in that room, it shall constitute a
story. A clear height above or below a mezzanine floor shall not be less than seven (7) feet.
A loft shall be considered a mezzanine.
Minor land division. A subdivision creating four or less parcels, a condominium project
creating four (4) or less condominiums as defined in Section 783 of the Civil Code, a
community apartment project containing four (4) or less parcels or a lease project
containing four (4) or less building sites.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 24
•
Mobilehome. A movable or transportable vehicle, other than a motor vehicle, designed as a
• permanent structure intended for occupancy for one family and having no foundation other
than jacks, piers, wheels or skirtings.
•
Mobilehome unit space. A plot of ground within a mobilehome park designed for the
accommodation of one mobilehome unit.
Mounted. Attached or supported.
Mural. Any graphic image, drawing or painting or pattern covering in total or part of a
building wall, window or other architectural feature, whose purpose is primarily intended as
art. Murals shall not contain name brands, branding, or direct advertising unless directly
related to an historic or cultural use which the mural is intended to memorialize. Murals are
encouraged to promote recognition of cultural and historic events and activities.
Definitions, "N. "
Natural vegetation. The native plants, grasses, shrubs, and trees and roots thereof having the
characteristic of intercepting, holding, and more slowly releasing rainfall than bare earth
surfaces.
Net area. All land within a given area or project including residential lots, and other open
space which directly serves the residents of the net area; but exclusive of all public or
private streets and other easements.
Definitions, "O."
Oak tree. Any oak tree of the genus Quercus, including but not limited to, Valley Oak
(Quercus lobata), California Live Oak (Quercus Agrifolia), Canyon Oak (Quercus
chrysolepis), Interior Live Oak (Quercus wislizenii) and Scrub Oak (Quercus dumosa),
regardless of size.
The following terms and phrases are defined for the purposes of Section 17.51.040 (Oak
Tree Preservation).
1. Oak tree, cutting. The detaching or separating, either partial or whole, from, a
protected tree, any part of the tree, including but not limited to, any limb branch,
root, or leaves. Cutting shall include pruning and trimming.
2. Oak tree, damage. Any action undertaken which causes or tends to cause injury,
death, or disfigurement to an oak tree. This includes, but is not limited to, cutting,
poisoning, burning, overwatering, relocating or transplanting a protected tree,
changing or compacting the natural grade within the protected zone of a protected
tree, changing groundwater levels or drainage patterns, or trenching, excavating or
paving within the protected zone of an oak tree.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 25
4. Oak tree, deadwood. Limbs or branches that contain no green leaves or live tissue. A
tree or limb may be considered dead if it does not show evidence of any green leaves
or live branches over the span of one year, inclusive of prime growing weather.
5. Oak tree, dripline. The outermost edge of the tree's canopy. When depicted on a
map or on the ground, the dripline will appear as an irregularly shaped outline that
follows the contour of the furthest extension of the limbs and leaf canopy.
6. Oak tree, encroachment. Any intrusion into the protected zone of an oak tree which
includes, but is not limited to, pruning, grading, excavating, trenching, dumping of
materials, parking of commercial vehicles, placement of incompatible landscaping
or animal corrals, storage of materials or equipment, or the construction of
structures, paving or other improvements. For purposes of this definition,
encroachment shall not include the action of a person physically entering the
protected zone of an oak tree.
a. Major encroachment. For oak trees located on properties occupied by a
single-family residence, any intrusion into the protected zone of an oak, as
defined above, in an area between the outer edge of the trunk and fifty
percent (50%) of the diameter of the protected zone.
b. Minor encroachment. For oak trees located on properties occupied by a
single-family residence, any intrusion into the protected zone of an oak, as
defined herein, in an area between the outermost edge of the protected zone
and fifty percent (50%) of the diameter of the protected zone.
7. Oak tree, heritage oak tree. Any oak tree measuring one hundred eight (108) inches
or more in circumference or, in the case of a multiple trunk oak tree, two (2) or more
trunks measuring seventy-two (72) inches each or greater in circumference,
measured four and one-half (4.5) feet above the natural grade surrounding such tree.
In addition, the Commission and/or Council may classify any oak tree, regardless of
size, as a heritage oak tree if it is determined by a majority vote thereof that such
tree has exceptional historic, aesthetic and/or environmental qualities of major
significance or prominence to the community.
S. Oak tree, oak tree preservation and protection guidelines. The policy established by
the Council and the administrative procedures and roles established by the Director
for the implementation of this Code.
9. Oak tree, protected zone. A specifically defined area totally encompassing an oak
tree within which work activities are strictly controlled. Using the dripline as a point
of reference, the protected zone shall commence at a point five (5) feet outside of the
dripline and extend inward to the trunk of the tree. In no case shall the protected
zone be less than fifteen (15) feet from the trunk of an oak tree.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 —Definitions (17.11)
Page 26
10. Oak tree removal. The physical removal of an oak tree or causing the death of a tree
• through damaging, poisoning or other direct or indirect action.
•
11. Oak tree, routine maintenance. Actions taken for the continued health of an oak tree
such as insect control spraying, limited watering, fertilization, deadwooding, and
ground aeration. For the purposes of this Code, routine maintenance shall include
pruning pursuant to the requirements of Section 17.51.040 (Oak Tree Preservation).
Operator. Includes the owner, permit holder, custodian, manager, operator, or person in
charge of any permitted or licensed premises.
Owner. Any person, agency, firm or corporation having a legal, possessory, or equitable
interest in a given real property.
Definitions, `P. "
Parcel of land. A contiguous quantity of land, in the possession of or owned by, or recorded
as the property of the same claimant or person.
Parking. The following terms and phrases are defined for the purposes of Division 17.40
(Use Classifications and Required Parking) and 17.51.060 (Parking Standards).
1. Parking, as determined by the Director. That the Director shall determine the
adequate amount of parking. Parking shall be provided in an amount which the
Director finds adequate to prevent traffic congestion and excessive on -street
parking. Whenever practical, such determination shall be based upon the
requirements for the most comparable use specified in this Code.
2. Parking, customer service area. The area within a facility where patrons and/or
customers of the facility are provided service and includes fixed and non -fixed
seating areas, waiting areas, and any other areas were customers are served. It
excludes bathrooms and areas off limits to patrons.
3. Parking, enclosed. Covered on the top and at least three (3) sides with an opaque
material.
4. Parking, occupant. An employee, patron, customer, or other individual who,
combined with other occupants, comprise the occupancy of a building, structure,
tenant space or other area. See "Parking, occupancy."
5. Parking, occupancy. The maximum number of occupants within a building,
structure, tenant space, or area as determined by the California Building Code.
6. Parking, fixed seating. Seating that is permanently fixed and immobile. It may
include booths, immobile seats/tables, and immobile benches and pews.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 —Definitions (17.11)
Page 27
7. Parking, fully enclosed. Covered on the top and all sides with opaque material,
including the garage door, except for necessary ventilation areas. 0
8. Parking, square feet/footage. The gross square feet or footage of a building, tenant
space, or area, unless indicated otherwise.
Parks and recreation facilities. Construction of new park and recreational facilities,
improvements to existing park and recreation facilities, public services provided thereon,
and community amenities provided thereto.
Passive use common area. Privately held land within subdivisions that has been set aside for
passive open space purposes. That land shall be permanently preserved as open space.
Within such passive open space areas, the only uses that shall be permitted are improved
trails and appurtenant facilities.
Permittee. Any person or owner to whom a permit is issued pursuant to this Code.
Person. Any natural person, partnership, firm, corporation, governmental agency or other
legal entity, and the plural as well as the singular.
Private sewage disposal system. A septic tank with effluent discharging into a subsurface
disposal field, into one or more seepage pits, or into a combination of subsurface disposal
field and seepage pit, or into such other facilities as may be permitted in accordance with
the procedures and requirements set forth in the building code. i
Public building. Any building owned, leased or held by the United States, the State, the
County, the City, any special district, school district, or any other agency or political
subdivision of the State or the United States, which building is used for governmental
purposes.
Public park or recreation area. Public land which has been designated for park, recreational,
or art activities including but not limited to a park, playground, nature trails, swimming
pool, reservoir, athletic field, basketball or tennis courts, pedestrian/bicycle paths, open
space, wilderness areas, or similar public land within the City which is under the control,
operation, or management of the City Department of Parks, Recreation and Community
Services, or a homeowner's association.
Definitions, "Q. "
No specialized terms beginning with the letter "Q" are defined at this time.
Definitions, "R. "
Reasonable accommodation. A waiver or modification to regulations, policies, procedures,
and standards that is both reasonable and necessary for a person with a disability to have an
equal opportunity to use and enjoy a residential use. Examples of reasonable •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10—Definitions (17.11)
Page 28
® accommodation include, if reasonable and necessary, allowing a wheelchair ramp in a
required setback, allowing an increase in building height to permit an elevator installation,
or allowing an applicant additional time to submit material.
Reasonable Accommodation Acts. The federal Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988 and
the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, as those Acts are amended from time to
time.
Reasonable accommodation residential use. Any dwelling as defined by 42 U.S.C. 3602,
Subsection (b), as that section may be amended from time to time.
Recreational vehicle. A motorhome, travel trailer, truck camper, or camping trailer, with or
without motive power, designed for human habitation for recreational or emergency
occupancy, with a living area less than four hundred (400) square feet, excluding built-in
equipment such as wardrobes, closets, cabinets, kitchen units or fixtures, bath and toilet
rooms.
Residential development. The construction or installation of one or more dwelling units
pursuant to a building permit.
Retaining wall. A wall designed to resist the lateral displacement of soil or other materials.
Review Authority. The Review Authority is the decision maker that approves or denies an
• application but whose decision may be appealed. The Review Authority becomes the
Approving Authority if the project is not appealed
0
Roof -mounted. Mounted above the eave line of a building.
Definitions, "S."
Satellite dish antennas. Any system of wires, cables, amplifiers, reflecting discs, or similar
devices used for the transmission or reception of electromagnetic waves, whether the
system is internal to or attached to the exterior of any building.
Setback, Front Yard. The area which defines the depth of the required front yard. Said
setback shall be measured from the ultimate street right-of-way or the line established by
the General Plan, whichever is greater, and be removed therefrom by the perpendicular
distance prescribed for the front yard setback of the zone in which the property is located.
Where the location of the required yard is not clear as herein defined, it shall be determined
by the Director.
Setback, Rear Yard or Side Yard. The area which defines the width or depth of the required
rear or side yard setbacks. Said setbacks shall be measured from the property line, removed
therefrom by the perpendicular distance prescribed for the yard setback in the zone. Where
the side or rear yard abuts a street, the distance shall be measured as set forth in the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10—Definitions (17.11)
Page 29
"Setback, front yard" definition. Where the location of the required yards. is not clear as
herein defined, they shall be determined by the Director.
Sheriff. The Sheriff of the County of Los Angeles or the Sheriff s designated representative.
Shopping center. Two (2) or more contiguous or separate retail commercial stores that share
access and/or parking, which function by design, or ultimately function, as a single entity.
Sign. Any device, fixture, placard or structure, including its component parts, which draws
attention to an object, product, place, activity, opinion, person, institution, organization, or
place of business, or which identifies or promotes the interests of any person and which is to
be viewed from any public street, road, highway, right-of-way or parking area.
The following terms and pharses are defined for the purposes of Section 17.51.080 (Sign
Regulations (Private Property)).
1. Automobile dealership identification placards sign. An on-site sign permanently
attached to a light standard that identifies the name of the dealership and the make of
vehicle sold on-site.
2. Automotive -oriented sign. A sign that is primarily representing a business devoted
to automotive sales or service.
3. Awning sign. A sign printed on or attached flat against the surface or fascia of a •
permitted awning.
4. Banner signs. See "grand opening banner sign" or "special event banner sign."
5. Building identification sign. A sign that contains no advertising matter other than the
name, trademark, or address of the building to which it is affixed, or of the occupant
located therein.
6. Changeable copy sign. A sign that is characterized by changeable copy, letters,
symbols, or numerals.
7. Commercial sign. Any sign, wording, logo, picture, transparency, mechanical device
or other representation that is intended to attract attention to a commercial or
industrial business, occupancy, product, good, service, or other commercial or
industrial activity for a commercial or industrial purpose.
8. Community identification sign. A sign that contains the name of a recognized
community (e.g., Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus, or Valencia) or the City, but
contains no other advertising matter.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 30
•
9. Construction sign. A temporary sign denoting the architects, engineers, owners,
• lenders, contractors, future tenants, and others associated with a construction project,
but which contains no other advertising matter.
10. Corporate flag sign. Any flag identifying a business or development, whether
permanent or temporary.
11. Directional or informational sign. A sign which indicates the route to, direction of or
location of a given goal, or which provides regulatory or service information of a
nonadvertising character.
12. Electronic readerboard sign. A sign which uses an electronic and/or computer or a
functionally similar means to display messages or graphics. Electronic readerboard
signs do not include displays showing time and temperature.
13. Erect. To build, construct, attach, hang, place, suspend, or affix to or upon any
surface.
14. Flashing sign. Any sign which, by method or manner of illumination, flashes, winks,
or blinks with varying light intensity, shows motion, or creates the illusion of
motion; or revolves in a manner to create the illusion of being on or off.
15. Freestanding sign. A sign which is placed on the ground or has as its primary
• structural support one or more columns, poles, uprights, or braces in or upon the
ground and not attached to a building.
16. Freeway commercial center sign. A sign used to identify a commercial center or area
of at least fifty (50) acres.
17. Freeway -oriented sign. A sign oriented to be viewed primarily from an adjacent
freeway which identifies a business engaged in the provision of food, lodging or
motor vehicle fuel, and which is primarily dependent upon motorists traveling on
such freeway.
18. Fuel pricing sign. A sign indicating, and limited to, the brand or trade name, method
of sale, grade designation and price per gallon of gasoline or other motor vehicle
fuel offered for sale on the business premises, and such other information as may be
required by law.
19. Gas sales canopy sign. A sign affixed to the fascia of a permitted gas sales canopy
and is not projecting more than eighteen (18) inches from the canopy fascia. Gas
sales canopy signs include business emblems, sign bands, and text associated with
the business.
20. Grand opening banner sign. A temporary sign publicizing a grand opening for a new
• business.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 31
21. Hand-held sign. A sign that is held by or otherwise mounted on a person. •
22. Historic sign. A sign of cultural or architectural significance to the citizens of the
City of Santa Clarita, the State of California, the Southern California region, or the
nation, which may be eligible for nomination or designation and determined to be
appropriate for preservation by the City pursuant to the provisions of subsection (D)
of Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private Property)).
23. Illegal sign. Illegal sign means:
a. Any sign originally erected or installed without first complying with all
structural, locational, design, building, and electrical regulations in effect at
the time of its construction or installation;
b. Any commercial sign that is not maintained, or is not used to identify or
advertise an ongoing business, occupancy, product, good„ or . service
available on the site of the sign for more than ninety (90) days;
C. Any unsafe sign;
d. Any legal nonconforming sign that has not been removed following the
expiration of any applicable amortization period provided in this Code; and
C. Any sign that is in violation of the provisions of Section 17.51.080 (Sign
Regulations (Private Property)).
24. Incidental business sign. A business sign indicating credit cards accepted, trading
stamps offered, trade affiliations, and similar matter.
25. Lighted sign. A sign that is illuminated by any source, whether internal, external or
indirect.
26. Legal nonconforming sign. A sign that was originally erected or installed in
compliance with all structural, locational, design, building and electrical regulations
at the time of its erection or installation, but which no longer conforms to the
provisions of Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private Property)).
27. Menu board sign. A sign displaying the menu of a drive-through restaurant where
customers place their food and drink orders while seated in vehicles in drive-through
service lanes.
28. Marquee sign. Any sign affixed to the perimeter or border of a permanently roofed
structure constructed as part of a building and protruding over public or private
sidewalks or rights-of-way. These signs are to identify movie or live
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 —Definitions (17.11)
Page 32
•
performances/theaters and shall be considered wall signs for the purpose of
• regulation.
29. Mobile sign. The use of a moving trailer, automobile, truck, non -wheeled vehicle,
bicycle, or any other vehicle to display commercial or noncommercial messages
primarily for advertising purposes unrelated to the principal use of such vehicle.
30. Monument sign. A sign that is completely self-supporting, has its sign face or base
on the ground, and has no air space, columns, or supports visible between the
ground and the bottom of the sign.
31. New Business. A for-profit or not-for-profit organization or company located in the
C, I, and MX zones and is relocating into a new tenant space not previously
occupied by said business. A business that exists in a tenant space and transfers
ownership and/or undergoes a remodel, without a change in business name, is not
considered a new business.
32. Noncommercial sign. A sign that does not name, advertise or call attention to a
commercial or industrial business, commodity, product, good, service or other
commercial or industrial activity for a commercial or industrial purpose.
33. Off-site sign. A commercial sign not located on the site of the business or entity
indicated or advertised by the sign, or a commercial sign advertising a commodity,
good, product, service or other commercial or industrial activity which originates on
a site other than where the sign is maintained.
34. On-site sign. Any commercial sign which directs attention to a commercial or
industrial occupancy, business, commodity, good, product, service, or other
commercial or industrial activity conducted, sold or offered upon the site where the
sign is maintained. For purposes of Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private
Property)), all signs with noncommercial speech messages shall be deemed to be
"on-site," regardless of location.
35. Painted sign. A sign that is painted directly on a wall or other vertical or non -
horizontal surface, and does not project from the surface to which it is applied.
36. Permanent sign. Any sign which is intended to be and is so constructed as to be of
lasting and enduring condition, remaining unchanged in character, condition
(beyond normal wear and tear), and position and in a permanent manner affixed to
the ground, wall, or building.
37. Permit holder. A person who has received a sign permit pursuant to Section
17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private Property)).
38. Portable sign. A freestanding sign that is not permanently affixed, anchored or
• secured to either the ground or a structure on the premises it is intended to occupy.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10—Definitions (17.11)
Page 33
39. Preview board sign. A sign displaying the menu of a drive-through restaurant where
customers seated in vehicles in drive-through service lanes preview the menu before
pulling up to a menu board sign.
40 Projecting sign. A sign, other than a wall sign, that projects more than eighteen (18)
inches from and is supported by an exterior wall of a building or structure.
41. Pylon sign. A freestanding sign, taller than a monument sign, in which the sign face
is separated from ground level by means of one or more supports such as poles, pole
covers, or columns.
42. Real estate sign. A temporary sign advertising the sale, lease, or rental of the
premises on which the sign is located.
43. Revolving sign. A sign or any portion thereof that rotates, moves, or appears to
move in some manner by electrical or other means.
44. Roof sign. Any sign erected upon and wholly supported by the roof of any building
or structure. Roof sign shall not include a wall sign affixed to the roof eaves or that
portion of an actual or false roof varying less than forty-five (45) degrees from a
vertical plane.
45. Sign area. The entire surface area, excluding all support structures, of a sign. When •
calculating sign area, sign bands shall be considered a part of the total sign area.
46. Sign face. That portion of a sign intended to be viewed from one direction at a time.
47. Sign structure. A structure serving exclusively as a stand, frame, or background for
the support or display of signs.
48. Signs, zone. Unless otherwise specifically stated in Section 17.51.080 (Sign
Regulations (Private Property)), references to the "residential" or the "R" zone
include all residential zones (e.g., NUI, URI, etc.), references to the "commercial'
or "C" zone include all commercial zones, (e.g., CR, CC, etc.), references to the
"mixed use" or "MX" zone include all mixed use zones, (e.g., MXN, MXC, etc.),
references to the "industrial' or "I" zone include all industrial zones (e.g., BP and I),
references to the "public/institutional' or "PI" zone include the public/institutional
zone, and references to the "open space" or "OS" zone include all open space zones
(e.g., OS and OS -NF).
49. Special event banner sign. A temporary sign publicizing a unique happening, action,
purpose or occasion.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 34
50. Subdivision directional sign. A temporary on or off-site sign providing necessary
• travel direction to a subdivision, located within the city, offering properties for sale
for the first time, but which contains no other advertising matter.
51. Subdivision entry sign. A temporary sign that provides necessary travel directions to
and within a subdivision offering properties for sale or lease for the first time, but
which contains no other advertising matter.
52. Subdivision identification sign. An on-site sign that identifies a subdivision offered
for sale or lease for the first time, but which contains no other advertising matter.
53. Subdivision sales sign. A temporary sign that contains the name of, and information
relating to, a subdivision being offered for sale or lease for the first time, but
contains no other advertising matter.
54. Temporary sign. Any sign constructed of cloth, canvas, light fabric, cardboard,
wallboard, wood or other light materials, with or without frames, intended to be
displayed for a limited period of time.
55. Under -canopy sign. Any lighted or unlighted display attached to the underside of a
projecting canopy protruding over a private sidewalk and having the required
ground clearance as otherwise required in Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations
(Private Property)).
56. Unsafe sign. A sign posing an immediate peril or reasonably foreseeable threat of
injury or damage to persons or property on account of the condition of the sign
structure or its mounting mechanism.
57. Wall or wall -mounted sign. A sign, other than a roof sign, affixed to and wholly
supported by a building in such a manner that its exposed face is approximately
parallel to the plane of such building and is not projecting more than eighteen (18)
inches from the building face or from a permanent roofed structure projecting
therefrom.
a. Sign, Primary Wall. A sign along the main elevation of a building with the
primary entrance or facing a street or on-site parking area or parking as part
of a contiguous shopping center.
b. Sign, Secondary Wall. A sign along an elevation other than the main
elevation with a secondary entrance or facing a street or on-site parking area
or parking as part of a continuous shopping center.
58. Window sign. Any sign painted on a window or constructed of paper, cloth, canvas
or other similar lightweight material, with or without frames, and affixed to the
interior side of a window.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 35
59. Signs that are not within the definition of "sign." For the regulatory purposes of
Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private Property)), the following shall not be
considered signs:
a. Any public or legal notice required by a court or public agency;
b. Decorative or architectural features of buildings, except letters, trademarks
or moving parts;
C. Symbols of noncommercial organizations or concepts including, but not
limited to, religious or political symbols, when such are permanently
integrated into the structure of a permanent building which is otherwise
legal;
d. License plates, license plate frames, registration insignia, including
noncommercial messages, messages relating to the business or service of
which the vehicle is an instrument or tool (not including general advertising),
and messages relating to the proposed sale, lease, or exchange of the vehicle;
e. Traffic, directional, emergency, warning, or informational signs required or
authorized by a government agency having jurisdiction;
f Permanent memorial or historical signs, plaques, or markers;
g. Public utility signs; •
h. Newsracks; and
I. Noncommercial flags not exceeding fifteen (15) square feet in area for each
lot in a residential zone or twenty-four (24) square feet for each lot in a non-
residential zone, provided that the pole or other structure, upon which such
flag is flown, meets applicable setback and height limitations of the zone in
which it is located.
Site plan. A plan, prepared to scale, showing accurately and with complete dimensioning,
all of the buildings, structures and uses and the exact manner of development proposed for a
specific parcel of land.
Solar Energy System. Solar energy system shall mean:
1. Any solar collector or other solar energy device, whose primary purpose is to
provide for the collection, storage, and distribution of solar energy for space heating,
space cooling, electric generation, or water heating; or
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.10 —Definitions (17.11)
Page 36
2. Any structural design feature of a building, whose primary purpose is to provide for
is the collection, storage, and distribution of solar energy for electricity generation,
space heating or cooling, or for water heating.
State. The State of California.
Story. Any portion of a building considered habitable or uninhabitable which is included
between the surface of any floor and the surface of the floor next above it, or if there be no
floor above it, then the space between such floor, and the ceiling next above it. Crawl
spaces are not considered to be a story.
Street. A public thoroughfare or right-of-way or approved private thoroughfare or right-of-
way determined by the City Engineer to be adequate for the purpose of access, which
affords the principal means of access for abutting property including avenue, place, way,
drive, lane, boulevard, highway, road, and any other thoroughfare, except as excluded in
this Code. The word "street' shall include all major and secondary highways, traffic
collector streets and local streets.
Structure. A mobilehome or anything constructed or erected, building of any kind, or any
piece of work artificially built up or composed or parts joined together in some definite
manner, which requires location on or in the ground or is attached to something having a
location on or in the ground, including walls, fences, swimming and wading pools and
covered patios, excepting paved areas, sport courts and similar outdoor areas.
isStructural alteration. Any change in or alteration to a structure involving a bearing wall
column, beam or girder, floor or ceiling joists, roof rafters, foundations, piles, retaining
walls, or similar components.
Subdivision. The division by any subdivider of any unit or units of improved or unimproved
land, or any portion thereof, shown on the latest equalized County assessment roll as a unit
or as contiguous units, for the purpose of sale, Iease, financing or transfer of title, whether
immediate or future.
Property shall be considered as contiguous units even if it is separated by roads,
streets, utility easements or drainage or railroad rights-of-way.
2. The provisions of the Subdivision Map Act concerning the merger of contiguous
parcels of land shall be applied in determining whether the sale, lease, financing or
transfer of title of contiguous parcels is subdivision under the terms of this section.
3. "Subdivision" includes a condominium project, as defined in Section 1350 of the
Civil Code; a community apartment project, as defined in Section 11004 of the
Business and Professions Code; or a lease project, as defined in Title 16.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 37
4. Any conveyance of land to a governmental agency, public entity or public utility
shall not be considered a division of land for purposes of computing the number of •
parcels.
5. The qualification contained in Section 66424.1 of the Subdivision Map Act
concerning the division of a unit of land before a change in the equalized County
assessment roll shall apply to subdivisions as defined in this definition.
6. The term "subdivision" shall also refer to any area or tract of land designed to
accommodate mobilehomes used for human habitation approved as a division of
land for mobilehome purposes and for which a final map or final parcel map has
been recorded pursuant to the provisions of Title 16. For the purpose of this Code,
this type of subdivision shall be considered a residential subdivision.
Subdivision Map Act. Shall mean Division 2, Title 7 of the Government Code.
Definitions, "T. "
Telephone communication services. "Communication services" as defined in Sections 4251
and 4252 of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder, and shall include
any telephonic quality communication that is interconnected to a public switched network,
and shall include, without limitation, for the purpose of transmitting messages or
information (including, but not limited to, voice, telegraph, teletypewriter, data, facsimile,
video or text) by electronic, radio, or similar means through "interconnected service" with
the "public switched network," as these terms are commonly used in the Federal
Communications Act, 47 U.S.C. Section 332(d), and the regulations of the Federal
Communications Commission, whether such transmission occurs by wire, cable, fiber-optic,
light wave, laser, microwave, radio wave, including, but not limited to, cellular service,
commercial mobile service, personal communications service (PCS), specialized mobile
radio (SMR), and other types of personal wireless service telecommunications (see 47
U.S.C. Section 332(c)) regardless of radio spectrum used, switching facilities, satellite, or
any other similar facilities.
Tobacco paraphernalia business. An establishment that devotes more than a two (2) foot by
four (4) foot (two (2) feet in depth maximum) section of shelf space for equipment, products
and materials of any kind (excluding lighters and matches) which are intended or designed
for use of tobacco, and includes, but is not limited to, the following:
Kits intended for use or designed for use in planting, propagating, cultivating,
growing, or harvesting of any species of tobacco plant;
2. Kits intended for use or designed for use in manufacturing, compounding,
converting, producing, processing, or preparing tobacco;
3. Isomerization devices intended for use or designed for use in increasing the potency
of any species of tobacco plant;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10—Definitions (17.11)
Page 38
® 4. Testing equipment intended for use or designed for use in identifying or in analyzing
the strength, effectiveness or purity of tobacco;
5. Scales and balances intended for use or designed for use in weighing or measuring
tobacco;
6. Separation gins and sifters intended for use or designed for use in removing twigs,
stems, seeds, or other foreign material from, or in otherwise cleaning or refining,
tobacco;
7. Blenders, bowls, containers, spoons, and mixing devices intended for use or
designed for use in compounding tobacco substances or substances containing
tobacco;
8. Envelopes, pouches, capsules, balloons, and other containers intended for use or
designed for use in packaging small quantities of tobacco;
9. Containers and other objects intended for use or designed for use in storing or
concealing tobacco;
10. Objects intended for use or designed for use in ingesting, inhaling, or otherwise
introducing tobacco into the human body, such as the following:
• a. Metal, wooden, acrylic, glass, stone, plastic or ceramic pipes with or without
screens, permanent screens, or punctured metal bowls,
•
b. Water pipes,
C. Carburetion tubes and devices,
d. Smoking and carburetion masks,
C. Clips or other devices intended to hold burning material, such as a cigarette,
that has become too small or too short to be held in the hand,
f. Chamber pipes,
g. Carburetor pipes,
h. Electric pipes,
i. Air -driven pipes,
j. Chillums,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 —Definitions (17.11)
Page 39
k. Bongs, •
1. Ice pipes or chillers.
Truck, large. A truck with a gross vehicle weight (GVW) of twelve thousand (12,000)
pounds or more.
Truck, light. A truck with a gross vehicle weight (GVW) of less than (12,000) pounds.
Definitions, "U. "
Use. The purpose for which land or a building is arranged, designed, or intended, or for
which either land or building is or may be occupied or maintained.
Definitions, "V. "
Vanpool vehicle. Any motor vehicle, other than a motor truck or truck tractor, designed for
carrying more than 10 but not more than 15 persons, including the driver, which is
maintained and used primarily for the nonprofit, work-related transportation for adults, for
the purposes of ridesharing.
Definitions, "W. "
Wireless communications facilities. The site, support structures, antennas, accessory •
equipment structures, and appurtenances used to transmit, receive, distribute, provide or
offer wireless telecommunications services. Wireless communications facilities include, but
are not limited to, antennas, poles, towers, cables, wires, conduits, ducts, pedestals, vaults,
buildings, electronic, and switching equipment.
The following terms and phrases are defined for the purposes of Chapter 17.69 (Wireless
Communications Facilities and Satellite Dish Antennas).
Building -mounted. Mounted to the side of a building, to the facade of a building or
to the side of another structure such a water tank, church steeple, freestanding sign
or similar structure, but not to include the roof of any structure.
2. Co -location. The locating of wireless communications equipment from more than
one provider on a single building -mounted, roof -mounted, or ground -mounted
wireless communication facility.
3. Ground -mounted. Mounted to a pole, monopole, lattice tower, or other freestanding
structure specifically constructed for the purpose of supporting such antenna. These
antennas do not use a building or ancillary structures for mounting purposes.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 —Definitions (17.11)
Page 40
•
4. Monopole. A structure composed of a single spire used to support antennas or
• related equipment.
5. Stealth facility. Any communication facility which is designed to blend into the
surrounding environment, typically one that is architecturally integrated into a
building or other concealing structure. Also referred to as concealed antenna.
6. Wireless communications support structures. Any structure erected to support
telephone communications services. Wireless communications support structures
may include, but are not limited to, lattice tower, monopoles, and guyed towers.
7. Wireless communications systems. The sending and receiving of radio frequency
transmissions and the connection and/or relaying of these signals to land lines and
other sending and receiving stations (cell sites), and including, but not limited to,
cellular radio, telephone, personal communications services (PCS),
enhanced/specialized mobile radio (ESMR), commercial paging services, wi-fi, and
any other technology which provides similar services.
Definitions, "X. "
No specialized terms beginning with the letter "Y' are defined at this time.
Definitions, "Y. "
• Yard. Any open space on the same lot with a building or dwelling group, which open space
is unoccupied and unobstructed except for the projections permitted by this Code.
Front yard. A space between the front yard setback and the front lot line or future
street line, and extending the full width of the lot. Where the location of the required
yards is not clear as herein defined, they shall be determined by the Director.
2. Rear yard. A space between the rear yard setback and the rear lot line, extending the
full width of the lot. Where the location of the required yards is not clear as herein
defined, they shall be determined by the Director.
3. Side yard. A space extending from the front yard, or from the front yard lot line
where no front yard is required by this Code, to the rear yard, or rear lot line
between a side lot line and the side yard setback line. Where the location of the
required yards is not clear as herein defined, they shall be determined by the
Director.
Definitions, "Z. "
No specialized terms beginning with the letter "Z" are defined at this time.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.10 — Definitions (17.11)
Page 41
E
11
•
Division 17.20 Applications
Chapter 17.22 Class I Applications — Ministerial
Chapter 17.23 Class II Applications — Discretionary
Chapter 17.24 Class III Applications — Discretionary
Chapter 17.25 Class IV Applications — Discretionary
Chapter 17.26 Class V Applications — Discretionary
Chapter 17.27 Class VI Applications — Discretionary
Chapter 17.28 Class VII Applications — Legislative
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 1
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 2
•
•
U
Chapter 17.22 Class I Applications—Ministerial
SECTIONS:
17.22.010
Purpose.
17.22.020
Applicability.
17.22.030
Application Filing, Fees, and Initial Review.
17.22.040
Decision.
17.22.050
Notice of Action.
17.22.060
Effective Date of Decision.
17.22.070
Post Decision Procedures.
17.22.080
Procedures for Revisions to a Site Plan.
17.22.010 Purpose.
The Class I application is a ministerial process to verify that a proposed use or structure is
allowed in the applicable zone, and complies with all of the applicable requirements and
development standards.
17.22.020 Applicability.
A. Underlying Zones. A Class I application is required to authorize uses identified by
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking) as being permitted in the
applicable underlying zone, subject to the approval of a Class I application.
B. Site Plan as Part of Application. Where a site plan is required in an application for a
Class II, III, IV, V or VI application, the site plan shall be considered a part of the
application and shall not require separate Class I approval in compliance with this
chapter.
C. Additional Requirements. The Director may require a site plan for any development of
land, structure, use, or modification of standards that involves the approval of the
Director and supplemental information or material as may be necessary, including revised
or corrected copies of any site plan or other document previously submitted.
17.22.030 Application Filing, Fees, and Initial Review.
Applications for a Class I application shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.040 (Multiple
Applications), 17.06.060 (Application Filing and Withdrawal), 17.06.070 (Fees and Deposits),
and 17.06.080 (Initial Application Review).
17.22.040 Decision.
The Director shall approve, approve with modifications, refer the request to the Commission, or
deny the proposed use, development, or modification as requested in the Class I application and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 3
as indicated in the required site plan based on an assessment that the use, development of land
and development standards are or are not in compliance with all applicable provisions of this
Code.
17.22.050 Notice of Action.
A. Notification Requirements. The Director shall notify the applicant of the action taken on
the application by first class mail, or other means deemed appropriate by the Director.
Such notification may also be hand delivered to the applicant. If the project only requires
an approval of the Site Plan, a stamp, either physical or electronic, shall constitute a
notification.
B. Time Limit for Decision. If the Director takes no action on a Class I application within 90
days from the date of filing, it shall constitute a denial of such application and the
Director shall send a notice to the applicant of such action.
C. Scope of Approvals. Only legally established uses and development, authorized by an .
approved permit from the Department, may be used on a property per Section 17.06.180
(Scope of Approvals).
17.22.060 Effective Date of Decision.
A. The decision of the Director on a Class I application is effective the date the site plan or
letter is stamped or signed.
B. Appeals shall be filed pursuant to Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Review).
17.22.070 Post -Decision Procedures.
Class I application post -decision procedures shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.200 (Use
of Property Before Final Action), 17.06.210 (Approvals Run with the Land), 17.06.220
(Performance Guarantees and Covenants), and 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions).
17.22.080 Procedures for Revisions to a Site Plan.
Procedures for application filing, review, decision, notice of action, post -decision procedures and
time limits for revisions to a site plan shall be the same as for the original site plan approved.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 4
C�
® Chapter 17.23 Class II Applications—Discretionary
SECTIONS:
•
17.23.010
Purpose.
17.23.020
Applicability.
17.23.030
Review Authority and Related Procedures.
17.23.040
Application Filing, Fees, and Initial Review.
17.23.050
Decision.
17.23.060
Post -Decision Procedures.
17.23.100
Administrative Permit.
17.23.110
Architectural Design Review.
17.23.120
Development Review.
17.23.130
Hillside Development Review.
17.23.140
Home Occupation Permit.
17.23.150
Landscape Plan Review.
17.23.160
Lot Line Adjustment.
17.23.170
Oak Tree Permit.
17.23.180
Requests for Reasonable Accommodations.
17.23.190
Sign Review.
17.23.200
Temporary Use Permit.
17.23.010 Purpose.
The Class II application is a discretionary process for reviewing uses that may be appropriate in
the applicable underlying zone, but whose effects on a site and surroundings cannot be
determined before being proposed for a specific site. Class II applications do not require noticing
nor a public hearing unless otherwise stated.
17.23.020 Applicability.
A. Underlying Zones. A Class II application is required to authorize uses identified in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking) as being permitted with a
Class II application in the applicable underlying zone.
B. Other Specific Uses. A Class II application may also be required for use types having
unusual site development features or operating characteristics requiring special
consideration so that they may be designed, located, and operated compatibly with uses
on adjacent properties and in the surrounding area.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20—Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 5
17.23.030 Review Authority and Related Procedures.
A. Decision. A Class II application shall be approved or denied by the Review Authority in
compliance with Table 17.06-1 (Review Authority), and any additional requirements or
review criteria for a Class II application established in this Code.
B. Referral. The Review Authority may refer a Class II application to the next higher
Review Authority for consideration and decision.
17.23.040 Application Filing, Fees, and Initial Review.
Applications for a Class II application shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.040 (Multiple
Applications), 17.06.060 (Application Filing and Withdrawal), 17.06.070 (Fees and Deposits),
and 17.06.080 (Initial Application Review).
17.23.050 Decision.
The Director shall either approve, approve with conditions, approve with modifications, refer the
request to the Planning Commission, or deny the application for a proposed use, modification, or
development based on the following:
A. That the use, development of land, or application of development standards is in
compliance with all applicable provisions of this Code;
B. That the use, development of land, or application of development standards, when
considered on the basis of the suitability of the site for the particular use or development
intended, is so arranged as to avoid traffic congestion, insure the protection of public
health, safety, and general welfare, prevent adverse effects on neighboring property and
is in conformity with good zoning practice; and,
C. That the use will be consistent with the General Plan.
17.23.060 Post -Decision Procedures.
Class II application post -decision procedures shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.160
(Notice of Action and Findings), 17.06.170 (Effective Date of Decision), 17.06.180 (Scope of
Approvals), 17.06.190 (Conditions of Approval), 17.06.200 (Use of Property Before Final
Action), 17.06.210 (Approvals Run with the Land), 17.06.220 (Performance Guarantees and
Covenants), 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions), and 17.06.240 (Resubmission of
Application).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 6
Cl
i
•
E
17.23.100 Administrative Permit.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Findings.
E. Conditions of Approval.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for the construction of
permitted structures and uses and the initiation of permitted uses as required by the
Director. Through an administrative permit, the Director shall ensure that the project
complies with all of the provisions of the Code and the general plan, and other applicable
requirements. In order to achieve this, the Director is empowered to grant approval with
conditions for uses in zones as prescribed in this Code, and to impose reasonable
conditions upon the granting of an administrative permit.
B. Applicability. In order to safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of
development in the City, administrative permit approval shall be required prior to the
issuance of any building permit for new single-family homes, second units, additions, and
activities or construction of improvements which are permitted at the discretion of the
Director. An administrative permit shall be filed as a Class II application, subject to
Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications — Discretionary).
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for an administrative permit
shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications — Discretionary).
D. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
E. Conditions of Approval In approving a Class II permit application for an administrative
permit, the Review Authority may impose such conditions as deemed necessary to ensure
that the administrative permit will be in accordance with the findings required by Section
17.23. 100 (D) (Findings), above, subject to the performance of such conditions, including
the provision of required improvements as the Director shall deem to be reasonable and
necessary, or advisable under the circumstances, so that the objectives of the Code,
general plan, adopted design guidelines, Commission, and Council policies shall be
achieved. Conditions may include, but are not limited to, provisions for or limitations to
the following:
In order to ensure the performance of conditions imposed concurrent with the
granting or modification of an administrative permit, the applicant may be
required to furnish security in the form of money or surety bond in the amount
fixed by the authority granting or modifying the administrative permit. Such
security shall be furnished as required by this Code;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 7
2. Whenever an administrative permit approval is granted or modified subject to the
condition that specified improvements be provided by the applicant, such
improvements shall be installed by the applicant and approved and accepted by
the City pursuant to local ordinance to make such improvements prior to the time
of events specified in the administrative permit. Improvements may include but
not be limited to curbs, gutters, landscape medians, sidewalks, street pavement,
street lights, street trees, and off-site improvements as deemed necessary by the
City.
3. Such other conditions as the Review Authority may deem necessary to ensure
compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and uses and to preserve
the public health, safety, or welfare.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17,20—Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 8
11
•
•
C
•
17.23.110 Architectural Design Review.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Findings.
E. Conditions of Approval.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for the redesign,
renovation, or alteration of existing permitted structures as required by the Director.
Through architectural design review, the Director shall ensure that the architecture com-
plies with all of the provisions of the Code, the general plan, and other applicable
requirements. In order to achieve this, the Director is empowered to grant approval with
conditions for uses in zones as prescribed in this Code, and to impose reasonable
conditions upon the granting of an architectural design review.
B. Applicability. In order to safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of
development in the City, architectural design review approval shall be required prior to
the issuance of any building permit for additions, alterations, and/or redevelopment of
single-family, multi -family, commercial, industrial buildings, and/or parking facilities at
the discretion of the Director. An architectural design review shall be filed as a Class II
application, subject to Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications —Discretionary).
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for an architectural design
review shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications — Discretionary).
D. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
E. Conditions of Approval. In approving a Class II permit application for a architectural
design review, the Review Authority may impose such conditions as deemed necessary to
ensure that the architectural design review will be in accordance with the findings
required by Section 17.23.110 (D) (Findings), above subject to the performance of such
conditions, including the provision of required improvements as the Director shall deem
to be reasonable and necessary, or advisable under the circumstances, so that the
objectives of the Code, general plan, adopted design guidelines, Commission and Council
policies shall be achieved. Conditions may include, but are not limited to, provisions for
or limitations to the following:
In order to ensure the performance of conditions imposed concurrent with the
granting or modification of an architectural design review, the applicant may be
required to furnish security in the form of money or surety bond in the amount
fixed by the authority granting or modifying the architectural design review. Such
security shall be furnished as required by this Code;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 9
2. Whenever an architectural design review approval is granted or modified subject
to the condition that specified improvements be provided by the applicant, such
improvements shall be installed by the applicant and approved and accepted by
the City pursuant to local ordinance to make such improvements prior to the time
of events specified in the architectural design review approval;
3. Whenever an architectural design review approval is granted or modified subject
to the condition that specified improvements be provided by the applicant, such
improvements shall be installed by the applicant and approved and accepted by
the City pursuant to local ordinance to make such improvements prior to the time
of events specified in the architectural design review approval. Improvements
may include but not be limited to curbs, gutters, landscape medians, sidewalks,
street pavement, street lights, street trees, and off-site improvements as deemed
necessary by the City.
4. Such other conditions as the Review Authority may deem necessary to ensure
compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and uses and to preserve
the public health, safety, or welfare.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 10
17.23.120 Development Review.
• SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Findings.
E. Conditions of Approval.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for the construction of
permitted structures and the initiation of permitted uses. Through development review,
the Director shall ensure that the project complies with all of the provisions of the Code,
the general plan, and other applicable requirements. In order to achieve this, the Director
is empowered to grant approval with conditions for uses in zones as prescribed in this
Code, and to impose reasonable conditions upon the granting of a development review.
B. Applicability. In order to safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of
development in the City, development review approval shall be required prior to the
issuance of any building permit for single-family subdivision developments, multiple -
family developments, mobilehome parks, commercial, or industrial establishments,
including additions, major alterations, and/or redevelopment thereof, at the discretion of
the Director. A development review shall be filed as a Class I1 application, subject to
® Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications — Discretionary).
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a development review
shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications— Discretionary).
D. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
E. Conditions of Approval In approving a Class II permit application for a development
review, the Review Authority may impose such conditions as deemed necessary to ensure
that the development review will be in accordance with the findings required by Section
17.23.120 (D) (Findings), above subject to the performance of such conditions, including
the provision of required improvements as the Director shall deem to be reasonable and
necessary, or advisable under the circumstances, so that the objectives of the Code,
general plan, adopted design guidelines, Commission, and Council policies shall be
achieved. Conditions may include, but are not limited to, provisions for or limitations to
the following:
1. In order to ensure the performance of conditions imposed concurrent with the
granting or modification of a development review, the applicant may be required
to furnish security in the form of money or surety bond in the amount fixed by the
authority granting or modifying the development review Such security shall be
• furnished as required by this Code;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 11
2. Whenever a development review approval is granted or modified subject to the
condition that specified improvements be provided by the applicant, such
improvements shall be installed by the applicant and approved and accepted by
the City pursuant to local ordinance to make such improvements prior to the time
of events specified in the development review approval. Improvements may
include but not be limited to curbs, gutters, landscape medians, sidewalks, street
pavement, street lights, street trees, and off-site improvements as deemed
necessary by the City;
3. Such other conditions as the Review Authority may deem necessary to ensure
compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and uses and to preserve
the public health, safety, or welfare; and
4. Whenever a development review application is approved or modified by the
approving authority subject to a condition or conditions, use or enjoyment of the
development review approval in violation of or without observance of any such
conditions shall constitute a violation of the Code and project approval may be
revoked or modified as provided in Chapter 17.08 (Revocations and Revisions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 12
•
•
17.23.130 Hillside Development Review.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for development on
hillside properties. It is the intent of this section to regulate the development and
alteration of hillside areas, to minimize the adverse effects of hillside development
B. Applicability. The provisions of this section shall be applied to parcels of land having
average cross slopes of ten (10) percent or more as determined to be applicable by the
Director, shall be subject to the issuance of a permit for hillside development review.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a hillside development
review shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications — Discretionary)
and 17.25 (Class IV Applications — Discretionary) as determined below:
1. Director Level Review (Class II Application). The Director shall review all site
• development applications and shall impose conditions deemed appropriate when
one or more of the following activities are proposed:
is
a. Development activities on natural slopes which are greater than ten (10)
percent average but less than fifteen (15) percent average on all or part of
the developable portions of the site;
b. Grading excavations or fills or any combination thereof equal to or
exceeding one hundred (100) cubic yards, but less than one thousand five
hundred (1,500) cubic yards; or,
C. Projects that require minor grading or are limited in scope such as those
regarding yard areas for pool/spa construction, landscaping, additions to
existing structures or construction of accessory structures may be
approved by the Director through a grading permit or building permit
without hillside development review. Projects which require grading of
large, flat areas, such as tennis courts or riding rings may be reviewed by
the Director when consistent with this Code.
2. Commission Review (Class IV Application). The Commission shall review
hillside development review applications and shall impose conditions deemed
appropriate when one or more of the following occurs:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 13
a. Development activities on natural slopes which are greater than fifteen
(15) percent average on all or part of the developable portions of the site;
b. Grading excavations or fills, or any combination thereof, exceeding one
thousand five hundred (1,500) cubic yards; or,
C. The proposed project includes a Class IV, V, VI or VII application;
D. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing for a Class IV
application shall be in compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing
(Public Hearing)).
E. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision) in addition
to the following findings, where applicable:
1. That the natural topographic features and appearances are conserved by means of
landform grading to blend any manufactured slopes or required drainage benches
into the natural topography;
2. That natural, topographic prominent features are retained to the maximum extent
possible;
3. That clustered sites and buildings are utilized where such techniques can be
demonstrated to substantially reduce grading alterations of the terrain and to
contribute to the preservation of trees, other natural vegetation and prominent
landmark features and are compatible with existing neighborhood;
4. That building setbacks, building heights and compatible structures and building
forms that would serve to blend buildings and structures with the terrain are
utilized;
5. That plant materials are conserved and introduced so as to protect slopes from
slippage and soil erosion and to minimize visual effects of grading and
construction on hillside areas, including the consideration of the preservation of
prominent trees and, to the extent possible, while meeting the standards of the
Fire Department;
6. That street design and improvements that serve to minimize grading alterations
and emulate the natural contours and character of the hillsides are utilized;
7. That grading designs that serve to avoid disruption to adjacent properties are
utilized; and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 14
•
•
is
8. That site design and grading that provide the minimum disruption of view
corridors and scenic vistas from and around any proposed development are
utilized.
January 2013 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 15
17.23.140 Home Occupation Permit.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Findings.
E. Conditions of Approval.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for the use of an existing
residential unit to have a home occupation as an accessory use. Through a home
occupation permit, the Director shall ensure that the project complies with all of the
provisions of the Code, the general plan and other applicable requirements. In order to
achieve this, the Director is empowered to grant approval with conditions for uses in
zones as prescribed in this Code, and to impose reasonable conditions upon the granting
of a home occupation permit.
B. Applicability. In order to safeguard of existing neighborhoods, the home occupation
permit process will establish provisions for the use of an existing residential unit with an
appropriate accessory home occupation subject to development standards in Chapter
17.65 (Home Occupations). A home occupation permit shall be filed as a Class II
application, subject to Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications—Discretionary).
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a home occupation
permit shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications — Discretionary).
D. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
E. Conditions of Approval. In approving a Class II permit application for a home occupation
permit, the Review Authority may impose such conditions as deemed necessary to ensure
that the home occupation permit will be in accordance with the findings required by
Section 17.23.140 (D) (Findings), above subject to the performance of such conditions,
including the provision of required improvements as the Director shall deem to be
reasonable and necessary, or advisable under the circumstances, so that the objectives of
the Code, general plan, adopted design guidelines, Commission and Council policies
shall be achieved.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 16
•
•
•
•
17.23.150 Landscape Plan Review.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Findings.
E. Conditions of Approval.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for the installation of any
new landscaping, and the redesign, renovation, or alteration of existing landscaping as
required by the Director. Through landscape plan review, the Director shall ensure that
the landscaping complies with all of the provisions of the Code and the general plan and
other applicable requirements. In order to achieve this, the Director is empowered to
grant approval with conditions for uses in zones as prescribed in this Code, and to impose
reasonable conditions upon the granting of landscape plan reviews.
B. .Applicability. In order to safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of
development in the City, landscape plan review approval shall be required prior to the
issuance of any grading and/or building permit for additions, alterations, and
redevelopment of single-family, multi -family, commercial, industrial buildings, and/or
parking facilities at the discretion of the Director. A landscape plan review shall be filed
as a Class II application, subject to Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications — Discretionary).
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a landscape plan review
shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications — Discretionary).
D. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
E. Conditions of Approval. In approving a Class II permit application for a landscape plan
review, the Review Authority may impose such conditions as deemed necessary to ensure
that the landscape plan review will be in accordance with the findings required by Section
17.23.150 (D) (Findings), above subject to the performance of such conditions, including
the provision of required improvements as the Director shall deem to be reasonable and
necessary, or advisable under the circumstances, so that the objectives of the Code,
general plan, adopted design guidelines, Commission, and Council policies shall be
achieved. Conditions may include, but are not limited to, provisions for or limitations to
the following:
1. In order to ensure the performance of conditions imposed concurrent with the
granting or modification of a landscape plan review, the applicant may be
required to furnish security in the form of money or surety bond in the amount
fixed by the authority granting or modifying the landscape plan review. Such
security shall be furnished as required by this Code;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 17
2. Whenever a landscape plan review approval is granted or modified, subject to the •
condition that specified improvements be provided by the applicant, such
improvements shall be installed by the applicant, and approved and accepted by
the City, pursuant to local ordinance to make such improvements prior to the time
of events specified in the landscape plan review approval;
3. Whenever a landscape review plan application is approved or modified by the
Approving Authority subject to a condition or conditions, use, or enjoyment of the
landscape plan review approval in violation of, or without observance of any such
conditions, shall constitute a violation of the Code and project approval may be
revoked or modified as provided in Chapter 17.08 (Revocations and Revisions);
and
4. Such other conditions as the Review Authority may deem necessary to ensure
compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and uses and to preserve
the public health, safety, or welfare.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 18
•
CI
17.23.160 Lot Line Adjustments.
® SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Findings.
E. Standards of Approval.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for the modification of an
existing lot line or lot lines. Through a lot line adjustment, the Director shall ensure that
the project complies with all of the provisions of the Code, the Subdivision Map Act, the
general plan, and other applicable requirements. In order to achieve this, the Director is
empowered to grant approval with modifications for lot line adjustments in zones as
prescribed in this Code and the Subdivision Map Act.
B. Applicability. The provisions of this section shall be applicable to the modification of a
lot line, or lot lines, between four (4) or fewer contiguous existing parcels where the land
taken from one parcel is added to an adjacent parcel or parcels and where a greater
number of parcels than originally existed are not thereby created. In the case of a
modification of the lot lines that affect more than four (4) parcels under common
ownership within a subdivision even if submitted as separate lot line adjustments, an
• application and approval of a parcel map or tract map will be required per Section
17.25.110 (Tentative Subdivision Maps). A lot line adjustment shall be filed as a Class II
application, subject to Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications — Discretionary).
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a lot line adjustment shall
be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications — Discretionary). In addition,
prior to submittal of the request for lot line adjustment, a recorded "Unconditional
Certificate of Compliance" shall be required for each existing parcel not complying with
the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act, as determined by the City Engineer.
The City shall not impose conditions or exactions on its approval of a lot line adjustment
except to conform to the general plan, zoning, and building ordinances, to require the
prepayment of real property taxes prior to the approval of the lot line adjustment, or to
facilitate the relocation of existing utilities, infrastructure, or easements. No tentative
map, parcel map, or tract map shall be required as a condition to the approval of a lot line
adjustment.
D. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
E. Standards of Approval. hi approving a Class II permit application for a lot line
adjustment, the Review Authority may impose such standards as deemed necessary to
• ensure that the lot line adjustment review will be in accordance with the findings required
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 19
by Section 17.23.160 (Findings) and the Subdivision Map Act. Standards include, but
are not limited to, provisions for, or limitations to, the following: •
1. The existing parcels are contiguous;
2. The existing parcels comply with the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act, as
determined by the City Engineer;
3. A greater number of parcels than originally existed will not be created;
4. The adjusted parcels will comply with the goals and policies of the general plan,
provisions of the Code and zoning, and any other applicable statutes or
regulations. Pre-existing, nonconforming lots or parcels may be merged into a
single nonconforming parcel at the discretion of the Director;
5. The adjusted configuration of the parcels will be in accord with the established
neighborhood lot design patterns and will not violate good planning practices;
6. There will be no impairment of any existing access or creation of a need for any
new access to any adjacent parcels;
7. There will be no impairment to any existing easements or creation of a need for
any new easements serving any adjacent parcels;
8. There will be no need to require substantial alteration to any existing
improvements or create the need for any new improvements;
9. There is no adjustment of the boundary between existing parcels for which a
covenant of improvement requirements has been recorded and all required
improvements stated therein have not been completed unless the City Engineer
determines the proposed boundary adjustment will not significantly affect said
covenant of improvement requirements; and
10. Parcels to be created by the lot line adjustment or merger which contain an
average cross slope of ten (10) percent or greater may be required to comply with
Section 17.51.020 (Hillside Development) prior to or concurrently with the lot
line adjustment.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 20
i
17.23.170 Oak Tree Permit.
• SUBSECTIONS:
•
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements to protect and preserve
oak trees in the City and to provide regulatory measures designed to accomplish this
purpose.
B. Applicability. The provisions of this chapter shall be applied to the removal, relocation,
encroachment, or impacting of any oak tree as determined to be applicable by the
Director, and shall be subject to the issuance of an oak tree permit.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for an oak tree permit shall
be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications — Discretionary) and 17.25
(Class IV Applications — Discretionary) as determined below:
1. Director Level Review (Class II Application). The Director shall review all Class
11 oak tree permit applications and shall impose conditions deemed appropriate
when one or more of the following activities are proposed:
a. A request for the removal of three (3) or fewer oak trees on a single parcel
excluding the removal of any tree designated as a heritage oak tree;
b. A request for the removal of five (5) or fewer oak trees, excluding the
removal of any tree designated as a heritage oak tree, when the applicant is
the owner of a single-family residence and the trees in question are on the
same parcel;
C. A request for pruning of oak trees, unless otherwise exempted by this
Code;
d. A request for encroachment of oak trees, unless otherwise exempted by
this Code; or
e. The Director may refer any request for an oak tree permit directly to the
Commission if the Director determines that special circumstances may
exist with regard to the status of the tree(s), special community interest, or
exceptional aesthetic, environmental or historical value.
January 2013 J DRAFT
Division 17.20—Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 21
2. Commission Review (Class IV Application). The Commission shall review all
Class IV oak tree permit applications and shall impose conditions deemed •
appropriate when one or more of the following occurs:
a. A request for the removal of four (4) or more oak trees on a single parcel;
b. A request for the removal of six (6) or more oak trees when the applicant
is the owner of a single-family residence and the trees in question are on
the applicant's lot;
C. The proposed project includes a Class I-V, V, VI or VII application; or
d. The removal of any oak tree designated as a heritage oak tree.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing for a Class IV
application shall be in compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing
(Public Hearing)).
E. Findings. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision) in addition
to the following required findings:
1. The Approving Authority shall make one or more of the following findings before
granting an oak tree permit:
a. The condition or location of the oak tree(s) requires cutting to maintain or
aid its health, balance, or structure;
b. The condition of the tree(s) with respect to disease, danger of falling,
proximity to existing lots, pedestrian walkways or interference with utility
services cannot be controlled or remedied through reasonable preservation
and/or preventative procedures and practices;
C. It is necessary to remove, relocate, prune, cut or encroach into the
protected zone of an oak tree to enable reasonable use of the subject
property which is otherwise prevented by the presence of the tree and no
reasonable alternative can be accommodated due to the unique physical
development constraints of the property; or
d. The approval of the request will not be contrary to or in conflict with the
general purpose and intent of the Code.
2. No heritage oak tree shall be removed unless one or more of the above findings
are made and the Review Authority also finds that the heritage oak tree's
continued existence would prevent any reasonable development of the property
and that no reasonable alternative can be accommodated due to the unique •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 22
physical constraints of the property. It shall further be found that the removal of
• such heritage oak tree will not be unreasonable detrimental to the community and
surrounding area.
•
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 23
17.23.180 Requests for Reasonable Accommodations. •
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application.
D. Findings.
E. Concurrent Review with Other Applications.
F. Notice of Decision.
G. Effective Date.
H. Expiration of Reasonable Accommodation.
I. Recorded Agreement.
J. Appeals.
K. Waiver of Fees.
A. Purpose. This section implements part of the City's General Plan Housing Element and
provides a procedure for individuals with disabilities to request reasonable
accommodations, consistent with the federal Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988 and
the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, as those Reasonable Accommodation
Acts are amended from time to time. The sole intent of this section is to ensure that
individuals with disabilities have an equal opportunity to use and enjoy housing by
allowing an accommodation(s) with respect to certain City regulations, policies,
procedures, and standards if said accommodation(s) are both reasonable and necessary to •
provide such equal opportunity without compromising the City commitment to protecting
community character and environmental quality.
B. Applicability. The provisions of this section shall apply to all requirements of this Code
well as all other regulations, policies, procedures, and standards regulated by the
Department.
C. Application. Any individual with a disability, someone acting on their behalf, or a
provider or developer of housing for individuals with disabilities, desiring to obtain a
reasonable accommodation in accordance with this section shall file a Class II application
with the Director. Information requested on the application shall be provided on the
checklist as provided by the City. The Director may request additional information as
they deem reasonably necessary where such request is consistent with the Reasonable
Accommodation Acts and the privacy rights of the individual with a disability. All
procedures for processing the application shall. be in compliance with Chapter 17.06
(Common Procedures), except where otherwise stated in this section.
D. Findings. The findings for a request for reasonable accommodation are as follows:
1. Where a request for a reasonable accommodation is sought in connection with a
reasonable accommodation residential use for which no other concurrent
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 24
•
•
application for entitlement is required, the Director shall grant the request based
upon the following findings, which they shall make in writing:
a. The requested accommodation is intended to be used by an individual with
a disability who resides or will reside on the property;
b. The requested accommodation is necessary to afford an individual with a
disability equal opportunity to use and enjoy a residential use;
C. The requested accommodation will not impose an undue financial or
administrative burden on the City; and requested accommodation will not
require a fundamental alteration in the nature of the land use and zoning of
the City.
2. The Director shall deny a request for a reasonable accommodation where the
findings set forth in subsection (D) (1) (Findings), above, cannot be substantiated,
and shall make written findings to that effect.
3. Any reasonable accommodation approval shall include the requirement that such
accommodation be removed when it is no longer necessary for the original
purpose granted, unless, in the reasonable discretion of the Director, it is so
physically integrated into the property or the improvements thereon that the cost
or effort to remove it would create an unreasonable hardship.
E. Concurrent Review with Other Applications. When a request for reasonable
accommodation is filed in conjunction with an application for another application,
variance, or any other discretionary land use entitlement, the Approving Authority shall
grant or deny a request for a reasonable accommodation concurrently with the decision
rendered for such application, variance, or other discretionary land use entitlement, and
shall make findings addressing the criteria set forth in Section 17.23.180 (D) (Findings).
F. Notice of Decision.
I. The Director shall notify the applicant by mail of the action taken on an
application for reasonable accommodation; said notice shall include the
following:
a. Notices of decision on applications considered by the Director pursuant to
Section 17.23.180 (D) (Findings) shall be issued within 30 days of the date
of the application, or within an extended period as mutually agreed upon,
in writing, by the applicant and the Director. In addition to the applicant, a
copy of the notice of decision by the Director shall be provided by mail to
the property owner;
b. Notices of decision on applications considered by a Approving Authority
in conjunction with another land use entitlement application, pursuant to
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 25
Section 17.06.040 (Multiple Applications), shall be provided along with
the decision for such other entitlement, in accordance with the •
requirements for such other entitlement. In addition to any other persons
required to receive notice of an action on the related entitlement
application, a copy of the notice of decision shall also be provided by mail
to the property owner.
2. The notice of decision shall include notice of the right to appeal, as set forth in
Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Review).
G. Expiration of Reasonable Accommodation.
A reasonable accommodation which is not used within the time specified in the
notice of decision or, if no time is specified, within two years after the date of
grant of the reasonable accommodation, shall expire and be of no further effect,
except that:
a. In cases in which the Director granted the original reasonable
accommodation, the Director may extend the time as indicated in
17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions); and
b. In the case of a reasonable accommodation granted concurrently and in
conjunction with another land use entitlement, the Approving Authority
may extend the time to use it to correspond with any extensions granted •
for the use of such related entitlements.
2. A reasonable accommodation shall be considered used within the intent of this
section when construction, development, or use authorized by such reasonable
accommodation, that would otherwise have been prohibited in the absence of an
accommodation being granted, has commenced.
3. A reasonable accommodation shall automatically cease to be of any further force
and effect if the use for which such accommodation was granted has ceased or has
been suspended for a consecutive period of two or more years and may be
required to be physically removed in accordance with Section 17.23.180 (D)
(Findings).
H. Recorded Agreement.
The Approving Authority may require the applicant to record with the Registrar-
Recorder/County Clerk an agreement that the reasonable accommodation granted
will be maintained in accordance with the terms of the reasonable accommodation
and this section as a covenant running with the land for the benefit of the City in
those instances described in subsection (2), below. The recorded agreement shall
also provide that any violation thereof shall be subject to the enforcement
procedures of this Code and the Municipal Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications(17.22-17.28)
Page 26
•
2. The Approving Authority may require the recorded agreement, as described in
subsection (1), above, if:
a. The accommodation is physically integrated on the property and cannot
feasibly be removed or altered, and the structure would otherwise be
subject to Chapter 17.05 (Legal Nonconforming Uses, Lots and
Structures); or
b. The accommodation is temporary and required to be discontinued no
longer maintained in compliance with this section.
3. The Approving Authority may authorize termination the agreement to maintain
the reasonable accommodation, as described in subsection (A), above, after
making written findings that the lot is in compliance with all applicable land use
and zoning regulations.
4. The property owner is required to record the termination or release of any
agreement provided by this subsection.
I. Appeals
1. An appeal regarding a decision to grant or deny reasonable accommodation shall
• be made in writing, pursuant to the procedures and the time limits established in
Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Review).
•
2. All decisions on an appeal shall address and be based upon the same findings
required by Section 17.23.180 (D) (Findings).
3. Decisions on an appeal of a decision made by a Review Authority, made in
conjunction with other land use entitlements, as set forth in Section 17.06.040
(Multiple Applications), shall be effective on the same date as is provided for an
appeal of the related land use entitlement and any further rights of appeal will be
the same as is provided for an appeal of the related land use entitlement.
J. Waiver of Fees. An applicant requesting a reasonable accommodation shall not be
required to pay the City environmental assessment fee if the project that is the subject of
said request qualifies for either a categorical exemption or statutory exemption under the
California Environmental Quality Act.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 27
17.23.190 Sign Review.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Findings.
E. Conditions of Approval.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for the installation of any
new signage. Through sign review, the Director shall ensure that the signage complies
with all of the provisions of the development code, the general plan, and other applicable
requirements. In order to achieve this, the Director is empowered to grant approval with
conditions for signage in zones as prescribed in this Code, and to impose reasonable
conditions upon the granting of a sign review.
B. Applicability. In order to safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of
development in the City, sign review approval shall be required prior to the issuance of
any installation and/or permit for any signage at the discretion of the Director. A sign
review shall be filed as a Class II application, subject to Chapter 17.23 (Class II
Applications — Discretionary).
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a sign review shall be in
compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications — Discretionary).
D. Findings. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision) in addition
to the following required findings:
1. Complies with all applicable design guidelines;
2. Would not interfere with pedestrian or vehicular safety;
3. Would not detract from the character of a historic or architecturally significant
structure;
4. Would not be located so as to have a negative impact on the visibility or aesthetic
appearance of any adjacent property;
5. Would not detract from the pedestrian quality of the street or area;
6. Would not add to or create an over -proliferation of signs on a particular property;
and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 28
7. Would enhance the overall development, be in harmony with, and relate visually
• to other signs on-site, to the structures or developments they identify, and to
surrounding development.
E. Conditions of Approval. In approving a Class II permit application for a sign review, the
Approving Authority may impose such conditions as deemed necessary to ensure that the
sign review will be in accordance with the findings required by Section 17.23.190 (D)
(Findings), above subject to the performance of such conditions, including the provision
of required improvements as the Approving Authority shall deem to be reasonable and
necessary, or advisable under the circumstances, so that the objectives of the devel-
opment code, general plan, adopted design guidelines, Commission and Council policies
shall be achieved. Conditions may include, but are not limited to, provisions for or
limitations to the following:
1. In order to ensure the performance of conditions imposed concurrent with the
granting or modification of a sign review, the applicant may be required to furnish
security in the form of money or surety bond in the amount fixed by the authority
granting or modifying the sign plan. Such security shall be furnished as required
by this Code;
2. Whenever a sign review approval is granted, or modified, subject to the condition
that specified improvements be provided by the applicant, such improvements
shall be installed by the applicant and approved and accepted by the City pursuant
® to local ordinance to make such improvements prior to the time of events
specified in the sign review approval; and
•
3. Such other conditions as the Approving Authority may deem necessary to ensure
compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and uses and to preserve
the public health, safety, or welfare.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 29
17.23.200 Temporary Use Permit.
SECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Conditions of Approval.
G. Extension or Modification of Limitations.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for temporary activities
and events that may not otherwise be allowed in the underlying zones, but may be
acceptable because of their limited or temporary nature. This section also establishes
procedures for both short-term and extended -term special events.
B. Applicability. Where this section prescribes regulations more restrictive than the zone in
which a use or conditional use is permitted, the provisions of this section shall apply. A
temporary use permit shall be applicable as follows:
A temporary use permit for a short-term temporary use or event shall be filed as a
Class II application, subject to Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications —
Discretionary), as listed in Chapter 17.67 (Temporary Uses).
2. Extended -Term Temporary Use Permit. A temporary use permit for an extended
term shall be filed as a Class IV application, subject to Chapter 17.25 (Class IV
Applications Discretionary), except that outside display or sales of goods,
equipment, merchandise or exhibits in commercial zones shall not be authorized
for an extended term.
C. Application Filing, Fees and Project Review. Applications for a temporary use permit
shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications — Discretionary) for a
standard temporary use permit and 17.25 (Class IV Applications — Discretionary) for
extended -term temporary use permits
D. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing for an extended -
term temporary use permit shall be in compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type Il Public
Noticing (Public Hearing)).
E. Findings. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision) in addition
to the following required findings:
1. That adequate temporary parking to accommodate vehicular traffic to be
generated by such use will be available either on-site or at alternate locations
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 30
•
•
•
E
11
acceptable to the Director in any case where such temporary use is proposed for a
period longer than one weekend or three consecutive days;
2. That approval of a temporary use permit will not result in the use of a lot for a
cumulative time period in excess of the maximum time period such temporary use
may be authorized during any 12 -month period, except where a longer period is
specifically approved in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.23.200 (B)
(2) (Extended -Term Temporary Use Permits); and
3. In addition, the following findings shall be required for the approval of an
extended -term temporary use permit:
a. That adequate public and private facilities such as utilities, parking spaces,
and traffic circulation measures are, or will be, provided for the proposed
use;
b. That the proposed location, size, design, and operating characteristics of
the proposed use are in accordance with the purpose of this development
code, the purpose of the zone in which the site is located, the General
Plan, and the development policies and standards of the City;
C. That the use and its associated structures and facilities will not be
detrimental to the public health or safety, the general welfare, or the
environment;
d. That the use and facilities will not adversely affect or conflict with
adjacent uses, or impede the normal development of, surrounding
properties; and
e. The extended -term temporary use permit shall not exceed a period of five
years.
F. Conditions of Approval. In approving a Class II temporary use permit or Class IV
extended -term temporary use permit, the Approving Authority may impose such
conditions as deemed necessary to ensure that the permit will be in accordance with the
findings required by Section 17.23.200 (E) (Findings), above. Conditions imposed by the
Approving Authority may involve any pertinent factors affecting the operation of the use
for which such temporary use permit is requested. Conditions may include, but are not
limited to, provisions for or limitations to the following:
In approving an application for a temporary use permit or extended -term
temporary use permit, the Approving Authority may impose such conditions as
they deem necessary to ensure that the permit will be in accord with the findings
required by Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decisions). These conditions may
involve any pertinent factors affecting the operation of such special event or use
including but not limited to:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 31
a. Requirement of temporary parking facilities including vehicular access •
and egress;
b. Regulation of nuisance factors such as, but not limited to, prevention of
glare or direct illumination of adjacent properties, noise, vibrations,
smoke, dust, dirt, odors, gases, garbage and heat;
C. Requirement of noise mitigation, when necessary, to reduce potential
noise impacts to adjacent sensitive uses, which may include notification to
affected residents and other means as appropriate;
d. Regulation of temporary buildings, structures, and facilities including
placement, height and size, limitations on commercial rides or other
equipment permitted, the location of open spaces including buffer areas
and other yards, and signs;
e. Regulation of operating hours and days including limitation of the
duration of such temporary use to a shorter or longer time period than the
maximum period authorized;
f Requirement of a performance bond or other surety device to assure that
any temporary facilities or structures used for such proposed temporary
use will be removed from the site within one week following such event
and the property restored to a neat condition. The Director may designate
a different time period and/or require cleanup of additional surrounding
property at their discretion;
g. Requirement of a site plan indicating all details and data as prescribed in
this Code;
h. Requirement that the approval of the requested temporary use permit is
contingent upon compliance with applicable provisions of other City
ordinances;
i. Such other conditions as will make possible the operation of the proposed
temporary use in an orderly and efficient manner and in accord with the
intent and purpose of this Code.
2. In addition to such other conditions as the Approving Authority may impose, it
shall also be deemed a condition of every temporary use permit, whether such
condition is set forth in the temporary use permit or not, that such approval shall
not authorize the construction, establishment, alteration, moving onto, or
enlargement of, any permanent building, structure, or facility
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications(17.22-17.28)
Page 32
•
3. The Director in approving a temporary use permit for the outside display or sales
• of goods, equipment, merchandise, or exhibits may permit a temporary banner,
limited in time for the duration granted in the permit, at any location on the
subject property deemed appropriate. However, in no event shall the Director
authorize a banner that exceeds 60 square feet of total sign area.
E
4. In the granting of a temporary use permit, the Review Authority may authorize
temporary use of parking and related facilities established to serve permanent uses
as follows, provided, that such temporary usage is specifically recognized in the
temporary use permit:
a. Joint usage of required automobile parking facilities established to serve a
permanent use, provided the owner or occupant of the permanent use or
their authorized legal representative submits written consent, and it is
determined by the Approving Authority that such joint utilization will not
have a substantially detrimental effect on the surrounding area;
b. Temporary occupation by a temporary use of a portion of parking facilities
or structures established to serve a permanent use provided the owner or
occupant of such use or their authorized legal representative submits
written consent, and it is determined that such joint utilization will not
have a substantially detrimental effect on the surrounding area.
•
C. The temporary reduction in required parking for such permanent use shall
not be construed to require a variance with respect to parking requirements
of this Code.
G. Extension or Modification of Limitations. Upon written application, the Director may
extend the time within which temporary uses may be operated for up to a total of one
year for a temporary use permit and five years for an extended -term temporary use
permit, or may modify the limitations under which such uses may be conducted if the
Director determines that such extension or modification is in accordance with this Code.
Should a reasonable case be presented to the Director that there is a public nuisance
created as a result of the temporary use permit, additional review in the form of a noticed
public hearing before the Commission may be required. At that hearing, additional
conditions may be imposed to mitigate any nuisance, or the temporary use permit may be
revoked in accordance with the provisions of this Code.
H. Successive Permits. After the submission of a new application, the Director may allow
successive applications for temporary use permits for a like use on the same parcel of
land.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 33
Chapter 17.24 Class III Applications—Discretionary 0
SECTIONS:
17.24.010
Purpose.
17.24.020
Applicability.
17.24.030
Review Authority and Related Procedures.
17.24.040
Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
17.24.050
Project Notice.
17.24.060
Required Actions.
17.24.070
Post -Decision Procedures.
17.24.080
Revisions to an Approved Site Plan.
17.24.100
Adjustments.
17.24.110
Administrative Sign Variances and Historic Sign Designation.
17.24.120
Minor Use Permit.
17.24.010 Purpose.
The Class III application is a discretionary process for reviewing uses that may be appropriate in
the applicable underlying zone, but whose effects on a site and surroundings cannot be
determined before being proposed for a specific site. Class III applications require public
notification, but do not require a hearing unless one is requested.
17.24.020 Applicability.
A. Underlying Zones. A Class III application is required to authorize uses identified in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking) as being allowed in the
applicable underlying zone, subject to the approval of a Minor Use Permit or other Class
III applications.
B. Other Specific Uses or Standards. A Class III application may also be required for use or
structure types having unusual site development features, or operating characteristics
requiring special consideration so that they may be designed, located, and operated
compatible with uses on the same or adjacent properties and in the surrounding area.
17.24.030 Review Authority and Related Procedures.
A. General Requirements. A Class III application shall be approved, conditionally approved,
or denied by the Review Authority in compliance with Table 17.06-1 (Review
Authority), and any additional requirements or review criteria for a Class III review
established in this Code.
B. Referral. The Director may refer a Class III application to the Hearing Officer for
consideration and decision.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 34
CJ
U
i17.24.040 Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
Applications for a Class III application shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.040 (Multiple
Applications), 17.06.060 (Application Filing and Withdrawal), 17.06.070 (Fees and Deposits),
17.06.080 (Initial Application Review), and 17.06.090 (Project Evaluation and Staff Reports).
17.24.050 Project Notice.
The Department shall provide notice of the request in compliance with Section 17.06. 100 (Type I
Public Noticing) on a Class III application before taking any action.
17.24.060 Required Actions.
A. Approval. The Approving Authority may approve a Class III application if:
1. No valid written requests for an administrative hearing, pursuant to subsection
(D), below, are received within the period specified; and
2. The findings, principles, and standards of Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision), are substantiated.
® B. Referral. The Director shall refer a Class III application to the Hearing Officer for
consideration if, during the public noticing period, a request for a hearing is filed with the
Director.
is
C. Denial. The Approving Authority shall deny the Class III application if the findings,
principles, or standards of Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision), are not
substantiated.
D. Written Requests. The written requests for a public hearing shall be based on issues of
significance directly related to the application; provision of evidence that the request
cannot meet one or more of the findings, principles, or standards identified in Section
17.06.130 (Findings and Decisions) in order to be considered valid.
17.24.070 Post -Decision Procedures.
Class III application post -decision procedures shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.160
(Notice of Action and Findings), 17.06.170 (Effective Date of Decision), 17.06.180 (Scope of
Approvals), 17.06.190 (Conditions of Approval), 17.06.200 (Use of Property Before Final
Action), 17.06.210 (Approvals Run with the Land), 17.06.220 (Performance Guarantees and
Covenants), 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions), 17.06.150 (Decision After Administrative
Hearing or Public Hearing) and 17.06.240 (Resubmission of Application).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 35
17.24.080 Revisions to an Approved Site Plan.
The Director may approve revisions to a site plan for an approved Class III application in
accordance with Chapter 17.09 (Minor Permit Modifications).
January 2013 j DRAFT
Division 17.20—Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 36
is
•
•
17.24.100 Adjustments.
• SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Conditions of Approval.
G. Expiration and Extension.
A. Purpose. This Section establishes procedures and requirements for granting adjustments,
a form of relief from development standards within this Code. An adjustment may be
requested when practical difficulties, unnecessary hardships, or results inconsistent with
the general purposes of this Code develop through the strict literal interpretation and
enforcement of such development standards provisions.
B. Applicability. Unless specifically modified by an adjustment, all regulations prescribed
in the underlying zone in which such adjustment is granted shall apply. An adjustment
shall be filed subject to Chapter 17.24 (Class III Applications — Discretionary). Any
modification not listed below shall be subject to Section 17.25.120 (Variances). An
adjustment is required as described below:
• 1. An adjustment may be granted to allow the modification of any development
standard by not more than 20 percent of the development standard;
2. An adjustment may be granted for modifications to a development standard on an
existing single-family home including, but not limited to, the required yard, fence,
or wall height. Structures exceeding 35 feet in height shall be subject to Section
17.25. 100 (Conditional Use Permit); or
3. An adjustment may be granted to modify a development standard to be consistent
with the prevailing standard (more than fifty (50) percent of the block).
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for an adjustment shall be in
compliance with Chapter 17.24 (Class III Applications — Discretionary).
D. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice shall be in compliance with Section
17.24.050 (Project Notice) and Section 17.24.060 (Required Actions).
E. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates the required findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision) in
addition to the following:
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 37
I . That the adjustment does not authorize a use or activity that is not allowed in the
zone; •
2. That granting an adjustment is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of a
substantial property right possessed by other property in the same vicinity and
zone which would otherwise be denied to the property for which the adjustment is
sought; and
3. That the granting of the adjustment will not be materially detrimental to the public
health, safety, or welfare, or injurious to the property or improvements in such
vicinity and zone in which the property is located.
F. Conditions of Approval.
In approving a Class III permit application for an adjustment, the Review
Authority may impose such conditions as deemed necessary to ensure that the
adjustment will be in accordance with the findings required by Section 17.24. 100
(E) (Findings), above. Conditions imposed by the Approving Authority may
involve any pertinent factors affecting the establishment, operation, and
maintenance of the use for which such adjustment is requested.
2. All development standards prescribed in the zone shall apply unless specifically
modified by the adjustment.
G. Expiration and Extensions. In the granting of a Class III permit for an adjustment, the
applicant shall utilize the permit in compliance with Section 17.06.230 (Time Limits and
Extensions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 38
11
17.24.110 Administrative Sign Variance and Historic Sign Designation.
• SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Conditions of Approval.
G. Expiration and Extension.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for granting a variance
from the standards contained in Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private Property)),
or designating a sign as historic and therefore exempt from the standard size, height, and
type regulations of this Code. An administrative sign variance may be requested when
practical difficulties, unnecessary hardships, or results inconsistent with the general
purposes of this Code develop through the strict literal interpretation and enforcement of
such development standards and provisions.
B. Applicability.
1. Unless specifically modified by an administrative sign variance or a historic sign
• designation, all regulations prescribed in the underlying zone in which such an
administrative sign variance or historic sign designation is granted shall apply. A
Class III application shall be filed subject to Chapter 17.24 (Class III Applications
— Discretionary). The additional rules are applicable as described below:
a. No administrative sign variance may be granted, however, that would
permit any of the prohibited types of signs provided in Section 17.5 1.080
(U), (Prohibited Signs); or
b. If a sign is designated as historic, the sign area of the subject sign counts
toward the overall allowable sign area.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for an administrative sign
variance or historic sign designation shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.24 (Class III
Applications — Discretionary).
D. Project Notice and Required Actions The notice shall be in compliance with Section
17.24.050 (Project Notice) and Section 17.24.060 (Required Actions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 39
E. Findings. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant •
substantiates the following required findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision) in addition to the following:
These additional findings are required for an administrative sign variance:
a. That no other signage alternative or design would be feasible or be able to
provide reasonable signage in accordance with this Code;
b. That the granting of the variance or adjustment will not detract from the
attractiveness or orderliness of the City's appearance or the surrounding
neighborhood:
C. That the variance does not authorize a use or activity that is not allowed in
the zone;
d. That, because of special circumstances or exceptional characteristics
applicable to the property, the strict application of the code deprives such
property of privileges enjoyed by other properties in the vicinity and under
identical zoning classification;
e. That the variance authorized will not constitute a grant of special privilege
inconsistent with the limitations upon other properties in the vicinity and
zone in which the property is situated;
f That strict application of zoning regulations, as they apply to such
property, will result in practical difficulties or unnecessary hardships
inconsistent with the general purpose of such regulations and standards;
and,
g. That such variance will not be materially detrimental to the public health,
safety or general welfare, or to the use, enjoyment or valuation of
properties of other persons located in the vicinity.
h. That the sign contains at least one of the following:
i. Creative image reflecting the current or historical character of
Santa Clarita, or other community as determined by the Director;
ii. Symbols representing the use, name or logo of the building or
business;
iii. Unusual lighting techniques;
iv. Hand sculptured elements of wood, metal or other materials;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 40
•
i
•
•
V. Classic historic design style;
vi. Hand painted lettering or graphic
2. These additional findings are required for a historical sign designation:
a. That it meets the criteria for listing on the National Register of Historic
Places or the California Register of Historical resources; or
b. That it is at least fifty (50) years old or is of exceptional importance; and is
one or more of the following:
That it exemplifies or reflects special elements of the City's
history;
ii. That it embodies distinguishing architectural characteristics of a
style, type, period or method of construction;
iii. That it has a unique location, a singular physical characteristic or is
an established and familiar visual feature of a neighborhood
community or the City;
iv. That it is of a business over fifty (50) years old, considered to have
extensive local significance within the Santa Clarita Valley;
C. The sign does not obstruct vehicular or pedestrian traffic or visibility.
F. Conditions of Approval.
In approving a Class III permit application for an administrative sign variance or
historical sign designation, the Approving Authority may impose such conditions
as deemed necessary to ensure that the administrative sign variance or historical
sign designation will be in accordance with the findings required by Section
17.24.110 (E) (Findings), above. Conditions imposed by the Approving Authority
may involve any pertinent factors affecting the establishment, operation, and
maintenance of the use for which such variance or designation is requested.
2. All development standards prescribed in the zone shall apply unless specifically
modified by the administrative sign variance or historical sign designation.
G. Expiration and Extensions. The granting of a Class III permit for an administrative sign
variance or historical sign designation, the applicant shall utilize the permit in compliance
with Section 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 41
17.24.120 Minor Use Permit.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Conditions of Approval.
G. Expiration and Extension.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for granting a minor use
permit, in order to give the use regulations the flexibility necessary to achieve the
objectives of this Code. Because of their unusual characteristics, certain land uses require
special consideration so that they may be located properly with respect to the objectives
of the Code and with respect to their effects on surrounding properties. In order to
achieve these goals, the Approving Authority is empowered to grant approval with
conditions for uses in zones as prescribed in this Code, and to impose reasonable
conditions upon the granting of minor use permits.
B. Applicability. A minor use permit shall be filed as a Class III application, subject to
Chapter 17.24 (Class III Applications — Discretionary). The Reviewing Authority shall
review an application for a minor use permit as required below:
I. A land use, as indicated in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required
Parking), requires that a minor use permit be approved for the use;
2. Request for reduction of parking;
3. Certain land development processes;
,4. As required by an approved Specific Plan or Corridor Plan; or
5. As identified in this Code.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a minor use permit shall
be in compliance with Chapter 17.24 (Class III Applications — Discretionary).
D. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice shall be in compliance with Section
17.24.050 (Project Notice) and Section 17.24.060 (Required Actions).
E. Findings. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision) in addition
to the following:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 42
r 1
LJ
•
•
0
•
1. These additional findings are required for a minor use permit for parking
reductions:
a. That neither present nor anticipated future traffic volumes generated by
the use of the site or the uses of the sites in the vicinity reasonably require
strict or literal interpretation and enforcement of the specified regulation;
b. That the granting of the permit will not result in the parking or loading of
vehicles on public streets in such a manner as to interfere with the free
flow of traffic on the streets;
C. The permit will facilitate access to nonresidential development by patrons
of public transit facilities;
d. That the parking demand would be less than the requirements identified in
Section 17.51.060 (M) (Schedule of Off-street Parking Requirements);
and,
e. That sufficient parking would be provided to serve the use intended and
potential future uses of the subject parcel.
F. Conditions of Approval. In approving a Class III permit application for a minor use
permit, the Approving Authority may impose such conditions as deemed necessary to
ensure that the minor use permit will be in accordance with the findings required by
Section 17.24.120 (E) (Findings), above. Conditions imposed by the Review Authority
may involve any pertinent factors affecting the establishment, operation and maintenance
of the use for which such minor use permit is requested. Conditions may include, but are
not limited to, provisions for or limitations to the following:
1. Special yards;
2. Open spaces;
3. Buffers;
4. Fences;
5. Walls;
6. Height of buildings, walls or other structures;
7. Installation and maintenance of landscaping;
8. Street dedications, medians, and improvements;
9. Regulations of points of vehicular ingress and egress;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 43
10. Regulation of traffic circulation; •
11. Regulation of signs;
12. Regulation of hours of operation and methods of operation;
13. Control of potential nuisances;
14. Architectural standards;
15. Establishment of development schedules and development standards; and,
16. Such other conditions as the Approving Authority may deem necessary to ensure
compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and uses and to preserve
the public health, safety, or welfare.
G. Expiration and Extensions. In the granting of a Class III permit for a minor use permit,
the applicant shall utilize the permit in compliance with Section 17.06.230 (Time Limits
and Extensions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 44
Chapter 17.25 Class IV Applications—Discretionary
SECTIONS:
17.25.010
Purpose.
17.25.020
Applicability.
17.25.030
Review Authority and Related Procedures.
17.25.040
Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
17.25.050
Project Notice and Required Actions.
17.25.060
Public Hearing, Findings and Decision.
17.25.070
Post -Decision Procedures.
17.25.080
Zone Regulations.
17.25.090
Revisions to an Approved Site Plan.
17.25. 100
Conditional Use Permits.
17.25.110
Tentative Subdivision Maps.
17.25.120
Variance.
17.25.010 Purpose.
The Class IV application is a discretionary process for reviewing uses and standards that may be
appropriate in the applicable underlying zone, but whose effects on a site and surroundings
cannot be determined before being proposed for a specific site. Class IV applications require
• public notification and a public hearing.
17.25.020 Applicability.
A Class IV application is required to authorize actions by the Commission.
17.25.030 Review Authority and Related Procedures.
A. General Requirements. A Class IV application shall be approved, conditionally approved,
or denied by the Review Authority in compliance with Table 17.06-1 (Review
Authority), and any additional requirements or review criteria for a Class IV application
established in this Code.
B. Referral. The Review Authority may refer a Class IV application to the next higher
Review Authority for consideration and decision.
17.25.040 Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
Applications for a Class IV application shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.040 (Multiple
Applications), 17.06.060 (Application Filing and Withdrawal), 17.06.070 (Fees and Deposits),
17.06.080 (Initial Application Review) and 17.06.090 (Project Evaluation and Staff Reports).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 45
17.25.050 Project Notice and Required Actions. 0
The Department shall provide notice of the hearing in compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type
I1 Public Noticing (Public Hearing)) on a Class IV application before taking any action.
17.25.060 Public Hearing, Findings and Decision.
Class IV application public hearing, findings and decision shall be in compliance with Sections
17.06.120 (Public Hearing Procedure), 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision), and 17.06.150
(Decision after Administrative Hearing or Public Hearing).
17.25.070 Post -Decision Procedures.
Class IV application post -decision procedures shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.160
(Notice of Action and Findings), 17.06.170 (Effective Date of Decision), 17.06.180 (Scope of
Approvals), 17.06.190 (Conditions of Approval), 17.06.200 (Use of Property Before Final
Action), 17.06.210 (Approvals Run with the Land), 17.06.220 (Performance Guarantees and
Covenants), 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions), 17.06.150 (Decision After Administrative
Hearing or Public Hearing) and 17.06.240 (Resubmission of Application).
17.25.080 Zone Regulations.
Unless specifically modified by an approved Class IV application, all regulations prescribed in •
the underlying zone in which such permit is granted shall apply.
17.25.090 Revisions to an Approved Site Plan.
The Review Authority may approve revisions to a site plan for an approved Class IV application
in accordance with Chapterl7.08 (Revocations and Revisions) and Chapter 17.09 (Minor Permit
Modifications).
January 2013 4 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 46
0
17.25.100 Conditional Use Permit.
• SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Conditions of Approval.
G. Expiration and Extension.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for granting conditional
use permits, in order to give the use regulations the flexibility necessary to achieve the
objectives of this Code. Because of their unusual characteristics, certain land uses require
special consideration so that they may be located properly with respect to the objectives
of the development code and with respect to their effects on surrounding properties. In
order to achieve these goals, the Approving Authority is empowered to grant approval
with conditions for uses in zones as prescribed in this Code, and to impose reasonable
conditions upon the granting of conditional use permits.
B. Applicability. A conditional use permit shall be filed as a Class IV application, subject to
Chapter 17.25 (Class IV Applications — Discretionary). The Reviewing Authority shall
• review an application for a conditional use permit as required below:
1. A land use, as indicated in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required
Parking), requires that a conditional use permit be approved for the use;
2. Certain land development requirements and activities;
3. Any structure exceeding the height established for the underlying zone;
4. As required by an approved Specific Plan or Corridor Plan; or
5. As identified in this Code.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a conditional use permit
shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.25 (Class IV Applications — Discretionary).
D. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
E. Findings. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision);
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 47
F. Conditions of Approval. In approving a Class IV permit application for a conditional use
permit, the Approving Authority may impose such conditions as deemed necessary to
ensure that the conditional use permit will be in accordance with the findings required by
Section 17.25.100 (E) (Findings), above. Conditions imposed by the Review Authority
may involve any pertinent factors affecting the establishment, operation, and maintenance
of the use for which such conditional use permit is requested. Conditions may include,
but are not limited to, provisions for or limitations to the following:
1. Special yards;
2. Open spaces;
3. Buffers;
4. Fences;
5. Walls;
6. Height of buildings, walls, or other structures;
Installation and maintenance of landscaping;
8. Street dedications, medians, and improvements;
9. Regulations of points of vehicular ingress and egress; •
10. Regulation of traffic circulation;
11. Regulation of signs;
12. Regulation of hours of operation and methods of operation;
13. Control of potential nuisances;
14. Architectural standards;
15.. Establishment of development schedules and development standards; and,
16. Such other conditions as the Approving Authority may deem necessary to ensure
compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and uses and to preserve
the public health, safety, or welfare.
G. Expiration and Extensions. In the granting of a Class IV permit for a conditional use
permit, the applicant shall utilize the permit in compliance with Section 17.06.230 (Time
Limits and Extensions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20—Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 48
17.25.110 Tentative Subdivision Maps.
® SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Expiration and Extension.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for requirements for the
review and approval of tentative subdivision maps for the division of all land within the
City, in accordance with the Subdivision Map Act and this Code.
B. Applicability. This section shall regulate the content of tentative subdivision maps for all
land within the City and the filing of tentative tract maps and tentative parcel maps as
indicated below:
1. A tentative parcel map shall be required for a subdivision of land consisting of
four (4) or less lots.
2. A tentative tract map shall be required for a subdivision of land consisting of
• more than four (4) lots or any condominium project.
3. A vesting tentative tract map or vesting tentative parcel map may be submitted for
all subdivisions.
•
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a tentative subdivision
map shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.25 (Class IV Applications — Discretionary).
D. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
Approval of a vesting tentative map shall establish a vested right to proceed with
applicable ordinances and general and specific plans in effect at the date the
accompanying application is deemed complete pursuant to Government Code Section
65943 in accordance with Sections 66474.2 and 66498.1 of said Government Code
E. Findings. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision) in addition
to the following: The design of the subdivision or type of improvements will not conflict
with easements, acquired by the public at large, for access through or use of, property
within the proposed subdivision.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 49
F. Expiration and Extensions. In the granting of a Class IV permit for a tentative
subdivision map, the applicant shall record the map in compliance with Section
17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions) and Subdivision Map Act.
Is
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 50
17.25.120 Variances.
• SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Conditions of Approval.
G. Expiration and Extension.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for granting variances, a
form of relief from development standards within this Code. A variance may be requested
when practical difficulties, unnecessary hardships, or results inconsistent with the general
purposes of this Code develop through the strict application and enforcement of such
development standards and provisions.
B. Applicability. Unless specifically modified by a variance, all regulations prescribed in
the underlying zone in which such variance is granted shall apply. A variance shall be
filed as a Class IV application, subject to Chapter 17.25 (Class IV Applications —
Discretionary).
• 1. A variance may be granted to allow the modification of any development
standard.
2. A variance shall not be granted to permit a use that is prohibited in a zone.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a variance shall be in
compliance with Chapter 17.25 (Class IV Applications — Discretionary).
D. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
E. Findings. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision) in addition
to the following:
1. That the variance does not authorize a use or activity that is not allowed in the
zone;
2. That, because of special circumstances or exceptional characteristics applicable to
the property, the strict application of the code deprives such property of privileges
enjoyed by other properties in the vicinity and under identical zoning
classification;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20— Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 51
3. That the variance authorized will not constitute a grant of special privilege •
inconsistent with the limitations upon other properties in the vicinity and zone in
which the property is situated;
4. That strict application of zoning regulations, as they apply to such property, will
result in practical difficulties or unnecessary hardships inconsistent with the
general purpose of such regulations and standards; and
5. That such variance will not be materially detrimental to the public health, safety
or general welfare, or to the use, enjoyment, or valuation of properties of other
persons located in the vicinity.
F. Conditions of Approval.
In approving a Class IV permit application for a variance, the Approving
Authority may impose such conditions as deemed necessary to ensure that the
variance will be in accordance with the findings required by Section 17.25.120
(E) (Findings), above. Conditions imposed by the Review Authority may involve
any pertinent factors affecting the establishment, operation, and maintenance of
the use for which such variance is requested.
2. All development standards prescribed in the zone shall apply unless specifically
modified by the variance.
G. Expiration and Extensions. In the granting of a Class IV permit for a variance, the
applicant shall utilize the permit in compliance with Section 17.06.230 (Time Limits and
Extensions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 52
•
0
E
•
Chapter 17.26 Class V Applications—Discretionary
SECTIONS:
17.26.010
Purpose.
17.26.020
Applicability.
17.26.030
Review Authority and Related Procedures.
17.26.040
Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
17.26.050
Project Notice and Required Actions.
17.26.060
Public Hearing.
17.26.070
Post -Decision Procedures.
17.26.110
General Plan Amendment.
17.26.120
Master Plans.
17.26.130
Ridgeline Alteration Permit.
17.26.010 Purpose.
The Class V application is a discretionary process for reviewing uses that are non -legislative but
require Council approval. Class V applications require public notification and public hearings
before both the Commission and the Council.
17.26.020 Applicability.
A Class V application is required to authorize non -legislative actions by the Council.
17.26.030 Review Authority and Related Procedures.
A. General Requirements. Class V applications shall be approved, conditionally approved,
or denied by the Approving Authority in compliance with Table 17.06-1 (Review
Authority), any additional requirements, or review criteria for a Class V review
established in this Code.
B. Assignment. The Director shall assign a Class V application to the Commission for a
public hearing and recommendation to the Council.
17.26.040 Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
Applications for a Class V application shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.040 (Multiple
Applications), 17.06.060 (Application Filing and Withdrawal), 17.06.070 (Fees and Deposits),
17.06.080 (Initial Application Review), and 17.06.090 (Project Evaluation and Staff Reports).
17.26.050 Project Notice and Required Actions.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 53
The Director shall provide notice of the hearing in compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type I1 •
Public Noticing (Pubic Hearing)) on a Class V application before taking any action.
17.26.060 Public Hearing.
The Commission shall conduct public hearings in compliance with Sections 17.06.120 (Public
Hearing Procedure) and 17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing) and forward their
recommendation to the Council.
17.26.070 Post -Decision Procedures.
Class V application post -decision procedures shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.160
(Notice of Action and Findings), 17.06.170 (Effective Date of Decision), 17.06.180 (Scope of
Approvals), 17.06.190 (Conditions of Approval), 17.06.200 (Use of Property Before Final
Action), 17.06.210 (Approvals Run with the Land), 17.06.220 (Performance Guarantees and
Covenants), 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions), 17.06.150 (Decision After Administrative
Hearing or Public Hearing), and 17.06.240 (Resubmission of Application).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20—Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 54
•
17.26.110 General Plan Amendments.
• SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Initiation.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Commission and Council Actions.
F. Findings.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures for consideration of amendments,
additions, deletion, or changes to the general plan and associated maps and/or exhibits.
The general plan and associated maps and/or exhibits may be amended in accordance
with the procedure prescribed in this section as authorized by the State Government
Code.
B. Initiation.
Initiation by the City. A general plan amendment may be initiated by the
following Review Authorities:
a. Council. The Council may instruct the Director to initiate an amendment;
b. Commission. The Commission may instruct the Director to initiate an
amendment; or
C. Director. The Director may initiate an amendment.
2. Initiation by the Applicant. A general plan amendment may be initiated by the
filing of a Class V application.
3. Timing of General Plan Amendments. Each mandatory element of the General
Plan may be amended up to four times in a single calendar year in compliance
with Section 65358 of the State Government Code.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a general plan
amendment shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.26 (Class V Applications —
Discretionary).
D. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearings shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
rJanuary 2013 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 55
E. Commission and Council Actions.
1. Public Hearing by the Commission. The Commission shall conduct public •
hearings in compliance with Sections 17.06.120 (Public Hearing Procedure) and
17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing) and forward their
recommendation to the Council.
2. Commission Recommendation. A recommendation by the Commission relative to
a general plan amendment shall be by resolution carried by the affirmative vote to
the Council. If the Commission has recommended against the approval of a
general plan amendment, the Council shall not be required to take further action,
and the action of the Commission shall become final unless appealed to the
Council in accordance with Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Review).
3. Notice of Commission Action. The Commission shall serve a notice of its action
in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of Action and Findings).
4. Public Hearing by Council. After receipt of the Commission's affirmative
recommendation, the Council shall hold a public hearing and shall give notice of
such public hearing pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 17.06.110 (Type
II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
5. Council Action on Commission Recommendations. The Council may approve,
modify or reject the recommendation of the Commission involving a general plan
amendment, provided that any modification of the proposed general plan by the
Council not previously considered by the Commission during its hearing shall
first be referred to the Commission for report and recommendation. The
Commission shall not be required to hold a public hearing,
6. Public Hearing by Council—Notice of Action Taken. The Council shall serve a
notice of its action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of
Action and Findings).
F. Findings. The Council shall approve an application only after the applicant substantiates
the following:
1. The proposed general plan amendment meets all of the findings per Section
17.06.130 (Findings and Decision);
2. Properties which benefit from increased density or intensity of development
resulting from the general plan amendment shall fully mitigate their increased
sewer impact at the time that development occurs on the properties.
3. In addition, the Council shall make at least one of the following findings:
January 2013 , DRAFT •
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 56
a. The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with other elements of
• the City's general plan pursuant to Government Code § 65300.5.
•
b. The proposed general plan amendment, if applicable, responds to changes
in State and/or federal law pursuant to Government Code § 65300.9.
C. The proposed general plan amendment has been referred to the County of
Los Angeles and any adjacent cities abutting or affected by the proposed
action, the Local Agency Formation Committee (LAFCO), and any
federal agency whose operations or lands may be affected by the proposed
decision pursuant to Government Code § 65352.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (1722-17.28)
Page 57
17.26.120 Master Plans.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Commission and Council Actions.
F. Findings.
G. Procedure and Review.
H. Permitted Uses.
I. Property Development Standards.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures for consideration of master plans as
authorized by the State Government Code. A master plan is intended to achieve the
following purposes:
Establish a procedure by which multiple uses and development can be evaluated,
considered, and approved concurrently, thereby reducing processing time and
uncertainty by eliminating the need for multiple entitlements to be obtained over
the life of a development project;
U
2. Ensure orderly and comprehensive City review of development plans resulting in
more compatible and desirable development; and. Is
3. Master plans shall be considered only for development projects in which the site
can be developed in such a way that buildings, structures, pedestrian and
vehicular circulation, landscaping and open space relate harmoniously to create a
campus -like setting.
B. Applicability. The Director may require public, semi-public, or private uses of any size in
the City to submit a master plan, appropriate environmental documents and plans
including but not limited to landscape, transportation, and building, as required by this
chapter. Permitted and conditionally permitted uses may be included in an application
for a master plan. The submission of applications for additional use permits will not be
required; provided, that uses proposed are consistent with the provisions of the master
plan.
1. Projects That Are Consistent. After a master development plan is approved,
proposed projects consistent with the plan, as determined by the Director, shall
not require a conditional use permit or a minor use permit, but shall comply with
all other requirements of this Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 58
Cl
2. Projects That Are Inconsistent. If a project that is inconsistent with an approved
is master plan is proposed for a site located within an area covered by such plan, an
application shall be filed for an amendment to the plan as authorized by this Code.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a master plan shall be in
compliance with Chapter 17.26 (Class V Applications – Discretionary).
D. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
E. Commission and Council Actions.
1. Public Hearing by the Commission. The Commission shall conduct public
hearings in compliance with Sections 17.06.120 (Public Hearing Procedure) and
17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing) and forward their
recommendation to the Council.
2. Commission Recommendation. A recommendation by the Commission relative to
a master plan shall be by resolution carried by the affirmative vote to the Council.
If the Commission has recommended against the approval of a plan, the Council
shall not be required to take further action, and the action of the Commission shall
become final unless appealed to the Council in accordance with Chapter 17.07
(Appeals or Certification of Review).
• 3. Notice of Commission Action. The Commission shall serve a notice of its action
in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of Action and Findings).
4. Public Hearing by the Council. After receipt of the Commission's affirmative
recommendation, the Council shall hold a public hearing and shall give notice of
such public hearing pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 17.06.110 (Type
II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
5. Council Action on Commission Recommendations. The Council may approve,
modify or reject the recommendation of the Commission involving a master plan,
provided that any modification of the proposed plan by the Council not previously
considered by the Commission during its hearing shall first be referred to the
Commission for report and recommendation. The Commission shall not be
required to hold a public hearing.
6. Public Hearing by Council—Notice of Action Taken. The Council shall serve a
notice of its action in the manner. prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of
Action and Findings).
F. Findings. The Council shall approve an application only after the applicant substantiates
the required findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 – Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 59
G. Procedure and Review.
I. Expiration. A master plan shall expire on the date designated by the Council. 40
2. Renewal. An approved master plan may be renewed for a period approved by the
Council, with notice and public hearing in accordance 17.06.110 (Type II Public
Noticing (Public Hearing)), if the Council determines that findings made and
conditions imposed on the original approval still apply. The renewal period, if
approved, shall specify the new expiration date of the plan. Application for
renewal shall be made in writing between thirty (30) and sixty (60) days prior to
lapse of the original approval.
3. Amendments. Any amendments to such master plans or regulations shall also be
adopted in accordance with the State Government Code provisions and those
mentioned below:
a. A master plan may be amended in the same. manner as provided for
adoption of a master plan by this section.
b. An amendment to a master plan may be initiated by the Director,
Commission, or Council. An amendment may also be initiated by the
applicant for the master plan or a successor thereto, provided such
applicant or successor has, at the time of application for an amendment, a
continuing controlling interest in development or management of uses
within the master plan.
C. The City's review of the proposed amendment shall be limited to the
scope of the application, and shall not address reconsideration of aspects
of the existing master plan, including conditions of approval, that are not
the subject of the application,' except as such aspects that may be affected
by the proposed amendment.
4. Review. All approved master plans may be periodically reviewed by the Director,
Commission, or other body designated by the Council, for compliance with the
features of the plan and conditions of approval, at time intervals identified by the
Director. The review may take place at a noticed public hearing as provided with
Section 17.06.110 (Type It Public Noticing (Public Hearing)). The owner shall
be notified in writing of the Approving Authority's determination. If the
Approving Authority finds noncompliance with the plan or the conditions of
approval, it may direct the Director to withhold building and other permits for any
development within the area covered by the plan until compliance is achieved
and/or direct the Director to schedule a public hearing before the Council for
revocation of the master plan. Such hearing shall be noticed as required with
Section 17.06.110 (Type lI Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 60
•
H. Permitted Uses. Master plans may be considered for development projects, which meet
the following:
1. Multiple uses can be included and considered as part of a master plan. The
following uses may be approved as part of a master plan:
a. Uses permitted or conditionally permitted in the underlying zone;
b. Uses accessory to a permitted or conditionally permitted use; and/or
C. Uses similar in nature and directly associated with and dependent upon the
primary function of the master plan.
1. Property Development Standards. All development standards of the underlying zone
shall apply to master plans. The Approving Authority shall be permitted to increase the
setback requirements of the underlying zone and also to modify or delete the following
requirements when it can be shown that the alternative achieves a similar purpose.
1. The master plan shall be designed and developed in a manner compatible with
and complementary to existing development in the immediate vicinity of the
project site. Site planning on the perimeter shall provide for the protection of the
property from adverse surrounding influences, as well as protection of the
surrounding areas from potentially adverse influences within the development.
® The applicant shall include the anticipated architectural themes for the master
plan area with the submittal of the master plan for review and approval.
•
2. Building architecture throughout the project is consistent and complementary.
3. If the project is to be developed in stages, the master plan shall coordinate
improvement of the site, the construction of structures, and improvements in such
open space in order that each development stage achieves a proportionate share of
the total open space and environmental quality of the total planned development.
4. Master plans shall relate harmoniously to the topography of the site, shall make
suitable provision for the preservation of watercourses, drainage areas, ridgelines,
oak trees, significant flora and/or fauna, and similar features and areas. These
areas shall be designed to use and retain the features and amenities to the greatest
extent possible.
5. Accessory uses and structures shall be located as specified on the development
plans as approved by the Council; provided, however, that accessory structures
shall meet all of the setbacks for site development as specified in the master plan
and the underlying zone in which it is located.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 61
17.26.130 Ridgeline Alteration Permit.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Commission and Council Actions.
F. Findings.
A. Purpose. In an effort to achieve the City's objective to preserve the ridgelines within the
City limits for the public health, safety, and welfare for the long-term benefit of the
community, maintenance of the unique visual characteristics, resources, and ridgeline
integrity, and to achieve a higher quality of life for its residents, the ridgeline alteration
permit is established to regulate development located in the Ridgeline Preservation (RP)
Overlay Zone.
B. Applicability. A ridgeline alteration permit shall be filed as a Class V application, subject
to Chapter 17.26 (Class V Applications — Discretionary). The Reviewing Authority shall
review an application for a ridgeline alteration permit for any development including but
not limited to grading permits, building permits and land use entitlements, in the vicinity
of a generally designated significant ridgeline designated on the Ridgeline Preservation
Overlay Zone.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a ridgeline alteration
permit shall be in compliance with'Chapter 17.26 (Class V Applications — Discretionary).
D. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
E. Commission and Council Actions.
1. Public Hearing by the Commission. The Commission shall conduct public
hearings in compliance with Sections 17.06.120 (Public Hearing Procedure) and
17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing) and forward their
recommendation to the Council.
2. Commission Recommendation. A recommendation by the Commission relative to
a ridgeline alteration permit shall be by resolution carried by the affirmative vote
to the Council. If the Commission has recommended against the approval of a
ridgeline alteration permit, the Council shall not be required to take further action,
and the action of the Commission shall become final unless appealed to the
Council in accordance with Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Review).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 62
CJ
11
3. Notice of Commission Action. The Commission shall serve a notice of its action
• in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of Action and Findings).
4. Public Hearing by Council. After receipt of the Commission's affirmative
recommendation, the Council shall hold a public hearing and shall give notice of
such public hearing pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 17.06.110 (Type
11 Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
Council Action on Commission Recommendations. The Council may approve,
modify, or reject the recommendation of the Commission involving a general plan
amendment, provided any modification of the proposed ridgeline alteration permit
by the Council not previously considered by the Commission during its hearing
shall first be referred to the Commission for report and recommendation. The
Commission shall not be required to hold a public hearing.
6. Public Hearing by Council—Notice of Action Taken. The Council shall serve a
notice of its action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of
Action and Findings).
F. Findings. The Council shall approve an application only after the applicant substantiates
all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision) in addition to the
following:
• 1. The use or development will not be materially detrimental to the visual character
of the neighborhood or community, nor will it endanger the public health, safety,
or general welfare.
2. The appearance of the use or development will not be substantially different than
the appearance of adjoining ridgeline areas so as to cause depreciation of the
ridgeline appearance in the vicinity.
3. The establishment of the proposed use or development will not impede the normal
and orderly development and improvement of surrounding properties, nor
encourage inappropriate encroachments to the ridgeline area.
4. The proposed use or development demonstrates creative site design resulting in a
project that will complement the community character and provide a direct benefit
to current and future community residents of not only the proposed use or
development, but the residents of the City as a whole.
The use or development minimizes the effects of grading to the extent practicable
to ensure that the natural character of the ridgeline is preserved.
6. The proposed use or development is designed to mimic the existing topography to
the greatest extent possible through the use of landform contour grading.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 63
7. The proposed use or development does not alter natural landmarks and prominent •
natural features of the ridgelines.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 64
0
•
•
Chapter 17.27 Class VI Applications—Discretionary
SECTIONS:
17.27.010
Purpose.
17.27.020
Applicability.
17.27.030
Review Authority and Related Procedures.
17.27.040
Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
17.27.050
Project Notice and Required Actions.
17.27.060
Public Hearing.
17.27.070
Findings, Decision and Post -Decision Procedures.
17.27.100
Pre -Annexation Agreement.
17.27.010 Purpose.
The Class VI application is a discretionary process for reviewing uses that are non -legislative
and require Council approval. Class VI applications require public notification and a public
hearing before the Council only.
17.27.020 Applicability.
A Class VI application is required to authorize non -legislative actions.
17.27.030 Review Authority and Related Procedures.
A. General Requirements. Class VI applications shall be approved, conditionally approved,
or denied by the Review Authority in compliance with Table 17.06-1 (Review
Authority), and any additional requirements or review criteria for a Class VI review
established in this Code.
B. Assignment. The Director shall assign a Class VI application to Council for a public
hearing and action.
17.27.040 Application Filing, Fees and Project Review.
Applications for a Class VI application shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.040 (Multiple
Applications), 17.06.060 (Application Filing and Withdrawal), 17.06.070 (Fees and Deposits),
17.06.080 (Initial Application Review) and 17.06.090 (Project Evaluation and Staff Reports).
17.27.050 Project Notice and Required Actions.
The Directort shall provide notice of the hearing in compliance with Section 17.06.110 (B) (1)
(Publication) on a Class VI application before taking any action.
17.27.060 Public Hearing.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 65
The Council shall conduct public hearing in compliance with Sections 17.06.120 (Public Hearing
Procedure) and 17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing).
17.27.070 Findings and Decision Procedures.
Class VI application findings and decision procedures shall be in compliance with Section
17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
17.27.080 Post -Decision Procedures.
Class VI application post -decision procedures shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.160
(Notice of Action and Findings), 17.06.170 (Effective Date of Decision), 17.06.180 (Scope of
Approvals), 17.06.190 (Conditions of Approval), 17.06.200 (Use of Property Before Final
Action), 17.06.210 (Approvals Run with the Land), 17.06.220 (Performance Guarantees and
Covenants), 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions), 17.06.150 (Decision After Administrative
Hearing or Public Hearing), and 17.06.240 (Resubmission of Application).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20—Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 66
•
CI
17.27.100 Pre -Annexation Agreement.
• SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Council Actions.
F. Findings.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide procedures, requirements, and a formal
agreement for consideration of the acceptance of existing County entitlements and
standards that do not meet the City's development standards as part of an annexation.
B. Applicability. The Council may grant exceptions to the following provisions of the Code
in accordance with County -approved entitlements that annex to the City upon a finding
that the impacts of such minor exceptions are consistent with the General Plan and
proposed zoning and will not adversely affect or be materially detrimental to adjacent
uses or residents:
Permitted uses;
® 2. Parking;
3. Setbacks;
4. Floor area ratio;
5 Signage;
6. Architectural design elements;
7. Right-of-way improvements;
8. Landscaping;
9. Hillside development; and
10. Other development standards as determined by the Council.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a pre -annexation
agreement shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.27 (Class VI Applications —
Discretionary).
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 67
D. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (B) (1) (Publication).
E. Council Action.
1. Commission Action. A pre -annexation agreement shall not require a public
hearing before the Commission for action, unless directed by the Council.
2. Public Hearing by Council. The Council shall hold a public hearing and shall give
notice of such public hearing pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section
17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
3. Public Hearing by Council—Notice of Action Taken. The Council shall serve a
notice of its action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of
Action and Findings).
F. Findings. The Council shall approve an application only after the applicant substantiates
the required findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 –Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 68
Chapter 17.28 Class VII Applications—Legislative
SECTIONS:
17.28.010
Purpose.
17.28.020
Applicability.
17.28.030
Review Authority and Related Procedures.
17.28.040
Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
17.28.050
Project Notice and Required Actions.
17.28.060
Public Hearing.
17.28.070
Findings and Decision Procedures.
17.28.080
Post -Decision Procedures.
17.28.100
Development Agreements.
17.28.110
Specific and Corridor Plans.
17.28.120
Zone Changes and Amendments.
17.28.010 Purpose.
The Class VII application is a discretionary process for reviewing uses that are legislative and
require Council approval. Class VII applications require public notification and public hearings
before both the Commission and the Council.
17.28.020 Applicability.
A Class VII application is required to authorize legislative actions.
17.28.030 Review Authority and Related Procedures.
A. General Requirements. Class VII applications shall be approved, conditionally approved,
or denied by the Review Authority in compliance with Table 17.06-1 (Review
Authority), and any additional requirements or review criteria for a Class VII review
established in this Code.
B. Assignment. The Director shall assign a Class VII application to the Commission for a
public hearing and recommendation to the Council.
17.28.040 Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
Applications for a Class VII request shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.040 (Multiple
Applications), 17.06.060 (Application Filing and Withdrawal), 17.06.070 (Fees and Deposits),
17.06.080 (Initial Application Review), and 17.06.090 (Project Evaluation and Staff Reports).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 69
17.28.050 Project Notice and Required Actions.
The Department shall provide notice of the hearing in compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type
II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)) on a Class VII application before taking any action.
17.28.060 Public Hearing.
The Department shall conduct public hearings in compliance with Sections 17.06.120 (Public
Hearing Procedure) and 17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing) and forward their
recommendation to the Council.
17.28.070 Findings and Decision Procedures.
Class VII application findings and decision procedures shall be in compliance with Section
17.06.130 (Findings and Decisions).
17.28.080 Post -Decision Procedures.
Class VII application post -decision procedures shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.160
(Notice of Action and Findings), 17.06.170 (Effective Date of Decision), 17.06.180 (Scope of
Approvals), 17.06.190 (Conditions of Approval), 17.06.200 (Use of Property Before Final
Action), 17.06.210 (Approvals Run with the Land), 17.06.220 (Performance Guarantees and
Covenants), 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions), 17.06.150 (Decision After Administrative
Hearing or Public Hearing), and 17.06.240 (Resubmission of Application). •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 70
•
17.28.100 Development Agreements.
• SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose and Interpreting Provisions.
B. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
C. Content of Development Agreement.
D. Commission and Council Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Execution and Recordation.
G. Subsequently Enacted City, Special District, County, State, and Federal Laws or
Regulations.
H. Enforcement.
I . Amendment and Cancellation of Development Agreements.
J. Periodic Review.
K. Violation of Agreement — Commission Review.
L. Violation of Agreement — Council Review,
A. Purpose and Interpreting Provisions. The purpose of this section is to provide
procedures, requirements for consideration of development agreements, implementing,
amending, and enforcing development agreements.
1. Intent of Agreement. A development agreement is a contract between the City and
• an applicant for a development project, in compliance with Chapter 4, Article 2.5
(Development Agreements) in Title 7, Division 1 (Planning and Land Use) of the
State Government Code. It is intended to assure to an applicant that an approved
project may proceed, subject to the policies, rules, regulations, and conditions of
approval applicable to the project at the time of approval, regardless of any
changes to City zoning and various other policies, rules, and regulations after
project approval as included within this section. In return, the City would be
provided with significant, tangible benefits above and beyond those that may be
required by the City through normal review procedures and project conditions of
approval that would otherwise apply.
2. Interpreting Provisions.
a. In interpreting the provisions of any development agreement entered into
compliance with this section, those provisions shall be read to be
consistent with the language of this section, and Chapter 4, Article 2.5, in
Title 7, Division I of the State Government Code, and the agreement
itself.
b. Should any apparent discrepancies between the meanings of these
documents arise, reference shall be made to the following documents, and
in the following order:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 71
In
C.
i. The plain terms of the development agreement itself,
ii. The provisions of this section; and
iii. The provisions of Chapter 4, Article 2.5, in Title 7, Division 1 of
the State Government Code.
Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a development agreement
shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.28 (Class VII Applications — Legislative).
Content of Development Agreement.
1. Mandatory Contents. A development agreement shall contain the applicable
provisions in compliance with the State Government Code including:
a. The duration of the agreement, including a specified termination date if
appropriate;
b. The uses to be permitted on the property;
C. The density or intensity of use permitted;
d. The minimum height, size and location of buildings permitted;
e. The reservation or dedication of land for public purposes to be
accomplished, if any; and
f The time schedule established for periodic review as required by Section
17.28. 100 (K) (Periodic Review);
Such terms, conditions, restrictions, or requirements shall not be contrary to
zoning, subdivision or other ordinances, laws, or regulations applicable to the
proposed development.
2. Permissive Contents. A development agreement may contain the applicable
provisions in compliance with State Government Code including:
a. The requirement of development schedules providing that construction of
the proposed development as a total project or in phases be initiated and/or
completed within specified time periods;
b. The construction of public facilities required in conjunction with such
development, including but not limited to vehicular and pedestrian rights-
of-way, drainage and flood -control facilities, parks and other recreational
facilities, and sewers and sewage treatment facilities;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 72
•
C. The prohibition of one or more uses normally listed as a use subject to
• application in the underlying zone where placed;
d. The limitation of future development or requirement of specified
conditions under which further development not included in the agreement
may occur;
e. The requirement of a faithful performance bond where deemed necessary
to, and in an amount deemed sufficient to guarantee the faithful
performance of specified terms, conditions, restrictions, and/or
requirements of the agreement.
f The requirements of specified design criteria for the exteriors of buildings
and other structures, including, but limited to, the permitted uses of the
property, the density and/or intensity of the use, the maximum height and
size of proposed structures, signs, any land dedications, and reservations;
g. The requirement of special yards, open spaces, buffer areas, fences and
walls, landscaping and parking facilities, including vehicular and
pedestrian ingress and egress;
h. The regulation of nuisance factors such as noise, vibration, smoke, dust,
dirt, odors, gases, garbage, heat, and the prevention of glare or direct
• illumination of adjacent properties; and
i. The regulation of operating hours and other characteristics of operation
adversely affecting normal neighborhood schedules and functions on
surrounding property.
U
D. Commission and Council Actions.
Public Hearing by the Commission. The Commission shall conduct public
hearings in compliance with Sections 17.06.120 (Public Hearing Procedure) and
17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing) and forward their
recommendation to the Council.
2. Commission Recommendation. A recommendation by the Commission relative to
a development agreement shall be by resolution carried by the affirmative vote to
the Council. if the Commission has recommended against the approval of a
development agreement, the Council shall not be required to take further action,
and the action of the Commission shall become final unless appealed to the
Council in accordance with Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Review).
3. Notice of Commission Action. The Commission shall serve a notice of its action
in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of Action and Findings).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 73
4. Public Hearing by Council. After receipt of the Commission's affirmative
recommendation, the Council shall hold a public hearing and shall give notice of
such public hearing pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 17.06.110 (Type
II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
5. Council Action on Commission Recommendations. The Council may approve,
modify or reject the recommendation of the Commission involving a development
agreement, provided any modification of the proposed agreement by the Council
not previously considered by the Commission during its hearing shall first be
referred to the Commission for report and recommendation. The Commission
shall not be required to hold a public hearing.
6. Public Hearing by Council—Notice of Action Taken. The Council shall serve a
notice of its action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.16.160 (Notice of
Action and Findings).
E. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision) in addition
to the following;
1. The proposed development agreement complies with City zoning, subdivision,
and other applicable ordinances and regulations;
2. That the proposed development agreement provides for clear and substantial
public benefit to the City and/or residents along with a schedule for delivery of
the benefit;
3. Any development agreement that contains a subdivision shall comply with the
provisions of Government Code Section 66473.7;
F. Execution and Recordation.
Adopted by Ordinance.
a. Approval by the Council of a development agreement shall be by
ordinance.
b. The ordinance shall not be adopted and the Mayor or Mayor's designee
shall not execute a development agreement until it has been executed by
the applicant.
G. Ordinances, Regulations and Requirements Applicable to Development.
Unless otherwise provided by a development agreement, the General Plan,
the Code, and other ordinances, rules, regulations, and official policies
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20—Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 74
i
governing permitted uses of land, governing c. If the applicant has
• not executed the agreement, or the agreement as modified by the Council,
and returned the executed agreement to the City Clerk within 30 days
following Council approval, the approval shall be deemed withdrawn, and
the Mayor or designee shall not execute the agreement. The 30 -day time
period may be extended upon approval of the Council.
2. Ordinance Becomes Effective. The City shall not execute a development
agreement until on, or after the date upon which the ordinance approving the
agreement, becomes effective.
3. Recordation of Agreement. A development agreement shall be recorded by the
City Clerk with the Registrar-Recorder/County Clerk no later than 10 days after it
is executed in compliance with Section 65868.5 of the State Government Code.
4. Development agreements approved by the Council shall be on file with the City
Clerk
G. Subsequently Enacted City, Special District, County, State, and Federal Laws or
Regulations. In the event that special district, County, State, or Federal laws, mandates,
or regulations enacted subsequent to the execution of a development agreement prevent
or preclude compliance with one or more provisions of the agreement, the provisions of
the agreement shall be deemed modified or suspended to the extent necessary to comply
• with the subsequently enacted special district, County, State, or Federal laws, mandates,
or regulations. Unless modified by the development agreement, all structures shall be
constructed using the building, plumbing, mechanical, electrical, and fire codes in effect
at the time of building permit issuance.
•
H. Enforcement
1. Responsibility for Enforcement. Unless and until amended or cancelled in whole
or in part in compliance with Section 17.28. 100 (J) (Amendment and Cancellation
of Development Agreements), below, a development agreement shall be
enforceable by any party to the agreement notwithstanding any change in
regulations which alters or amends the regulations applicable to development as
specified in Section 17.28.100 (H) (Subsequently Enacted Special District,
County, State and Federal Laws or Regulations), above.
2. Burden of the Agreement. The burden of a development agreement shall be
binding upon, and the benefits of the agreement shall inure to, all successor(s)-in-
interest to the parties to the agreement.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 75
I. Amendment and Cancellation of Development Agreements,
1. Proposed Amendment or Cancellation. A development agreement may be
amended, or cancelled in whole or in part, by mutual consent of all parties to the
agreement or their successor(s)-in-interest.
2 Initiation of Amendment or Cancellation. Either party to the agreement may
propose and initiate an amendment to or cancellation of a development
agreement.
3. Amendment and Cancellation Procedures. The procedures and notice
requirements for amendment or cancellation of a development agreement are the
same as the procedures for entering into an agreement in compliance with this
section except as otherwise set forth in the development agreement and permitted
by the Government Code.
4. City Initiated Amendment or Cancellation. Where the City initiates the
amendment or cancellation of the development agreement, it shall first give notice
to the property owner of its intention to initiate the proceedings at least 30 days
before giving public notice to consider the amendment or cancellation, in
compliance with Chapter 17.06 (Common Procedures).
J. Periodic Review.
1. Basic Requirements for Periodic Review. Every development agreement entered •
into by the Council shall provide for periodic review of the applicant's
compliance with such agreement by the Director at a time interval specified in
such agreement, but in no event longer than 12 months.
2. Procedure for Periodic Review.
a. Purpose of Periodic Review. The purpose of the periodic reviews shall be
to determine whether the applicant/contracting party or its successor(s)-in-
interest has complied in good faith with the terms or conditions of the
development agreement:
The Director shall determine on the basis of substantial evidence
that the applicant or the successor(s)-in-interest has or has not
complied with the agreement;
ii. if as a result of this review the Director determines that the
agreement is not being complied with, the Director shall notify the
applicant for the service of summons or by registered or certified
mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, also indicating that
failure to comply within a period specified, but in no event less
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 76
•
than 30 calendar days, may result in legal action to enforce
compliance, termination, or modification of the agreement;
iii. It is the duty of the applicant or the successor(s)-in-interest to
provide evidence of good -faith compliance with the agreement to
the Director's satisfaction at the time of the review;
iv. Refusal by the applicant or the successor(s)-in-interest to provide
the required information shall be deemed prima facie evidence of
violation of the development agreement;
V. If, at the end of the time period established by the Director, the
applicant or the successor(s)-in-interest has failed to comply with
the terms of the agreement or, alternatively, submitted additional
evidence satisfactorily substantiating compliance, the Director
shall notify the Commission of the findings recommending the
action as the Director deems appropriate, including legal action to
enforce compliance or to terminate or modify the agreement;
vi. Where the Director notifies the Commission that the Director's
findings indicate that a development agreement is being violated, a
public hearing shall be scheduled before the Commission to
consider an applicant's reported failure to comply, and the action
recommended by the Director. Procedures for conduct of the
hearing shall be the same as provided in this section for initiation
and consideration of a development agreement; and
vii. If as a result of the hearing, the Commission finds that the
applicant or the successor(s)-in-interest is in violation of a
development agreement, it shall notify the Council of its findings,
recommending action as it deems appropriate.
b. Council Actions Following Periodic Review. Where the Commission
reports the violation of a development agreement, the Council may take
one of the following actions:
Approve the recommendation of the Commission instructing that
action be taken as indicated in cases other than a recommendation
to terminate or modify an agreement;
ii. Refer the matter back to the Commission for further proceedings
with or without instructions; or
iii. Schedule the matter for public hearing before the Council where
termination or modification of an agreement is recommended.
• Procedures for conduct of the public hearing shall be the same as
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 — Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 77
provided in this section for initiation and consideration of a
development agreement.
K. Violation of Agreement—CommissionReview.
1. Where the Director notifies the Commission that the Director's findings indicate
that a development agreement is being violated, a public hearing shall be
scheduled before the Commission to consider the applicant's reported failure to
comply, and the action recommended by the Director. Procedures for conduct of
such hearing shall be the same as provided herein for initiation and consideration
of a development agreement.
2. If, as a result of such hearing, the Commission finds that the applicant or the
successor in interest is in violation of a development agreement, it shall notify the
Council of its findings, recommending such action as it deems appropriate.
L. Violation ofAgreement—Council Review. Where the Commission reports the violation of
a development agreement, the Council may take one of the following actions:
1. Approve the recommendation of the Commission, instructing that action be taken
as indicated therein in cases other than a recommendation to terminate or modify
an agreement; or
2. Refer the matter back to the Commission for further proceedings with or without
instructions; or
3. Schedule the matter for Council hearing where termination or modification of an
agreement is recommended. Procedures for such hearing shall be as provided in
Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 78
•
E
E
0
17.28.110 Specific and Corridor Plans.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
C. Contents.
D. Additional Contents for a Specific Plan.
E. Project Notice and Required Actions.
F. Commission and Council Actions.
G. Findings.
H. Adoption and Amendments.
I. Administration.
J. List of Specific Plans.
K. List of Corridor Plans.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures for consideration of specific and corridor
plans as authorized by the State Government Code. The specific plan and corridor plan
are intended to achieve the following purposes:
1. To promote and protect the public health, safety and welfare;
2. To implement the objectives and policies of the General Plan;
3. To safeguard and enhance environmental amenities, such as oak trees and
ridgelines, and enhance the quality of development;
4. To attain the physical, social, and economic advantage resulting from
comprehensive and orderly planned use of land resources;
5. To lessen congestion and assure convenience of access: to secure safety from fire,
flood and other dangers; to provide for adequate light, air, sunlight and open
space; to promote and encourage conservation of scarce resources; to facilitate the
creation of a convenient, attractive and harmonious community; to attain a
desirable balance of residential and employment opportunities; and to expedite the
provision of adequate and essential public services;
6. To facilitate development within the City in accordance with the General Plan by
permitting greater flexibility and, consequently, more creative and imaginative
designs for large-scale development projects than generally are possible under
conventional zoning regulations;
7. To promote more economical and efficient use of the land while providing a
harmonious variety of housing choices and commercial and industrial activities, a
high level of urban and public amenities and preservation of natural and scenic
qualities of open space;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 79
8. In the case of a specific plan, to provide a process for initiation, review and •
regulation of large-scale comprehensively planned communities that afford the
maximum flexibility to the developer within the context of an overall
development program and specific, phased development plans coordinated with
the provision of necessary public services and facilities; and
9. In the case of a corridor plan, to continue implementing policies and goals set
forth in the General Plan relating to preservation of community characteristics and
community vitality, appropriate urban form, and smart growth principles
emphasizing pedestrian orientation, integration of land uses, treatment of
streetscapes as community living space, and environmentally sensitive building
design and operation.
B. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a specific or corridor plan
shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.28 (Class VII Applications — Legislative).
C. Contents. The specific or corridor plan shall include the text and a diagram or diagrams,
which specify the following in detail and includes:
1. The distribution, location, and extent of the uses of land, including open space,
within the area covered by the plan;
2. The plan shall include a statement of the relationship between the plan and the •
general plan; and
3. Standards and criteria by which development will proceed, and standards for the
conservation, development, and utilization of natural resources, where applicable.
D. Additional Contents for a Specific Plan. In addition to the above, the following contents
shall be included as part of a specific plan application:
1. A program of implementation measures including regulations, programs, public
works projects, and financing measures necessary to carry out the project; and
2. The proposed distribution, location, and extent and intensity of major components
of public and private transportation, sewage, water, drainage, solid waste disposal,
energy, and other essential facilities proposed to be located within the area
covered by the plan and needed to support the land uses described in the plan.
E. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type 11 Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
F. Commission and Council Actions
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20—Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 80
•
1. Public Hearing by the Commission. The Commission shall conduct public
• hearings in compliance with Sections 17.06.120 (Public Hearing Procedure) and
17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing) and forward their
recommendation to the Council.
2. Commission Recommendation. A recommendation by the Commission relative to
a specific or corridor plan shall be by resolution carried by the affirmative vote to
the Council. If the Commission has recommended against the approval of an plan,
the Council shall not be required to take further action, and the action of the
Commission shall become final unless appealed to the Council in accordance with
Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Review).
3. Notice of Commission Action. The Commission shall serve a notice of its action
in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of Action and Findings).
4. Public Hearing by Council. After receipt of the Commission's affirmative
recommendation, the Council shall hold a public hearing and shall give notice of
such public hearing pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 17.06.110 (Type
II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
5. Council Action on Commission Recommendations. The Council may approve,
modify or reject the recommendation of the Commission involving a specific or
corridor plan, provided any modification of the proposed plan by the Council not
® previously considered by the Commission during its hearing shall first be referred
to the Commission for report and recommendation. The Commission shall not be
required to hold a public hearing.
is
6. Public Hearing by Council—Notice of Action Taken. The Council shall serve a
notice of its action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of
Action and Findings).
G. Findings. The Council shall approve an application only after the applicant substantiates
the required findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
H. Adoption and Amendments.
Adoption. Specific and corridor plans, including any associated regulations,
conditions, programs, and proposed legislation shall be adopted by ordinance
according to the procedures established in Article 8, Chapter 3, in Division 1,
Title 7 (Planning and Land Use) and other applicable provisions of the State
Government Code.
2. Amendments. Any amendments to such specific or corridor plans or regulations
shall also be adopted in accordance with the State Government Code provisions
and those mentioned below.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 81
a. A specific or corridor plan may be amended in the same manner as
provided for adoption of a specific or corridor plan by this section.
b. An amendment to a specific or corridor plan may be initiated by the
Director, Commission, or Council. An amendment may also be initiated
by the applicant for the specific or corridor plan or a successor thereto,
provided such applicant or successor has, at the time of application for an
amendment, a continuing controlling interest in development or
management of uses within the specific plan.
1. Administration.
1. Administration. Specific and corridor plans and their associated regulations shall
be administered in accordance with the State Government Code. Such plans and
regulations may reference existing provisions and procedures of this Code or they
may develop different administrative procedures to use in the implementation of
the plan.
2. Specific and Corridor Plan Supersedes. Except as otherwise expressly provided in
a plan, property may be used for any purpose and subject to all of the standards
and requirements of the Code. Where the regulations of a specific plan or cooridor
plan differ from the provisions of the code, such regulations shall supersede the
provisions of the underlying zone as specified in the specific or corridor plan.
3. Operation and Enforcement of Development Codes. All uses and all development r
carried out, or proposed to be carried out, within the boundaries of an area for
which a specific plan or corridor plan has been adopted must comply with the
requirements, standards, regulations, and all other provisions set forth in that
specific plan or corridor plan in addition to all other provisions of law. Any
failure to comply with a requirement, standard, regulation, or any other provision
set forth in an adopted specific plan or corridor plan shall constitute a violation of
the Code. All such violations shall be subject to the enforcement provisions of
the Municipal Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 82
• J. List of Specific Plans.
•
•
The following specific plans are added by reference, together with all maps and
provisions pertaining thereto:
Specific Plan
Number
Specific Plan Name
Ordinance of
Adoption
Date of Adoption
I
North Valencia
97-020
11/04/1997
2
North Valencia 11
00-001
1/11/2000
3
Downtown Newhall
05-018
11/22/2005
4
Porta Bella
95-006
10/12/1995
5 *
Canyon Park
86-022
12/23/1986
6
Vista Canyon
11-010
1 5/10/2011
* Approved by Los Angeles County and annexed into the City on 09/11/12
K. List of Corridor Plans.
The following corridor plans are added by reference, together with all maps and
provisions pertaining thereto:
Corridor
Corridor Plan Name
Ordinance of
Date of Adoption
Plan
Adoption
Number
1
Lyons Avenue
TBD
TBD
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 83
17.28.120 Zone Changes and Amendments.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Initiation.
C. Review Authority and Related Procedures.
D. Application Filing, Fees and Project Review.
E. Project Notice and Required Actions.
F. Commission and Council Actions.
G. Findings.
H. Additional Requirements for Zone Changes.
I. Additional Requirements for Amendments.
J. Change of Zoning Map.
K. Consistency with Proposed Zone Changes or Amendments.
A. Purpose. This section provides procedures and criteria for zone changes and
amendments of zoning maps, and this Code, whenever the Council determines that public
convenience, general welfare, and/or zoning practice justify a zone change or an
amendment. All such zone changes and amendments shall be made pursuant to the
provisions of this Code and Title 7 (Planning and Land Use) of the State Government
Code. A prezone for areas to be included in an annexation area shall be considered a
zone change in accordance with this Code.
B. Initiation •
Initiation by the City. A zone change or amendment to the zoning map or this
Code may be initiated by the following:
a. Council. The Council may instruct the Director to initiate a zone change or
an amendment;
b Commission. The Commission may instruct the Director to initiate a zone
change or an amendment; or
C. Director. The Director may initiate a zone change or an amendment.
2. Initiation by the Applicant. In the case of a zoning map amendment, it may also
be initiated by the filing of a Class VII application.
3. Urgency Ordinance. In the case of the Zoning Ordinance, the Council may also
adopt an urgency measure as an interim ordinance in compliance with Section
65858 of the State Government Code.
C. Review Authority and Related Procedures. Zone changes and amendments shall be
approved or denied by the Council in compliance with Table 17.06-1 (Review Authority), •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 84
and any additional requirements or review criteria for a Class VII application and
• amendment review established in this Code.
D. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a zone change or
amendment shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.28 (Class VII Applications —
Legislative).
E. Project Notice and Required Actions.
Public Hearings and Notice Required. The notice of the public hearing shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
2. Additional Area May be Included. Where an application is filed requesting a zone
change, the Director may elect to expand the boundaries of the area to be studied
when, in the opinion of the Director, good zoning practice justifies the proposed
expansion.
F. Commission and Council Actions.
1. Public Hearing by the Commission. The Commission shall conduct public
hearings in compliance with Sections 17.06.120 (Public Hearing Procedure) and
17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing) and forward their
recommendation to the Council.
2. Commission Recommendation. A recommendation by the Commission relative to
a zone change or amendment shall be by resolution carried by the affirmative vote
to the Council. If the Commission has recommended against the approval of a
zone change or amendment, the Council shall not be required to take further
action, and the action of the Commission shall become final unless appealed to
the Council in accordance with Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of
Review).
3. Notice of Commission Action. The Commission shall serve a notice of its action
in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of Action and Findings).
4. Public Hearing by Council. After receipt of the Commission's affirmative
recommendation, the Council shall hold a public hearing and shall give notice of
such public hearing pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 17.06.110 (Type
II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
5. Council Action on Commission Recommendations. The Council may approve,
modify or reject the recommendation of the Commission involving a zone change
or amendment, provided that any modification of the proposed zone change or
amendment by the Council not previously considered by the Commission during
its hearing, shall first be referred to the Commission for report and
• recommendation. The Commission shall not be required to hold a public hearing.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20—Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 85
G.
H.
6. Public Hearing by Council—Notice of Action Taken. The Council shall serve a •
notice of its action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of
Action and Findings).
Findings. The Council shall approve an application only after the applicant substantiates
the required findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
Additional Requirements for Zone Changes.
Principles and Standards for Zone Changes. The Council shall approve a zone
change only after the applicant substantiates all of the following required
findings:
a. That modified conditions warrant a revision in the zoning map as it
pertains to the area under consideration;
b. That a need for the proposed zone classification exists within such area;
C. That the particular property under consideration is a proper location for
said zone classification within such area:
i. That placement of the proposed zone at such location will be in the
interest of public health, safety and general welfare, and in
conformity with good zoning practice; and
ii. That the proposed zone change is consistent with the adopted
general plan for the area unless a general plan amendment is filed
concurrently and approved with said zone change.
Additional Requirements for Amendments.
1. Principles and Standards for Amendments. The Council shall approve an
amendment other than a zone change only after all of the following required
findings can be substantiated:
a. The amendment is consistent with the adjacent area, if applicable;
b. The amendment is consistent with the principles of the general plan;
C. Approval of the amendment will be in the interest of public health,
convenience, safety, and general welfare and in conformity with good
zoning practice; and
d. The amendment is consistent with other applicable provisions of this
Code. •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 86
• e. Is necessary to implement the general plan and/or that the public
convenience, the general welfare or good zoning practice justifies such
action.
J. Change of Zoning Map. A zone change shall be adopted by ordinance and shall become
the zoning for the property. The City Clerk shall notify the County Assessor of any
changes of zone within ninety (90) calendar days of adoption by the Council.
K. Consistency with Proposed Zone Changes or Amendments. Upon the determination of
completeness by the Director of a zone change or development code amendment, a
permit and/or application may be approved for the erection, construction, alteration, or
change of any building, structure, or improvement covered by the proposed zone change
or amendment which would conform to the requirements for the proposed zone. Permits
and/or applications for the erection, construction, alteration, or change of any building,
structure, or improvement in compliance with the existing zone and/or amendment under
consideration, shall be held in abeyance until the effective date of the proposed zone
change or amendment.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.20 —Applications (17.22-17.28)
Page 87
•
Division 17.30 Zones
Chapter 17.31
Zoning Designation Purpose
Chapter 17.32
Non -Urban Zones
Chapter 17.33
Urban Residential Zones
Chapter 17.34
Commercial and Industrial Zones
Chapter 17.35
Mixed Use Zones
Chapter 17.36 Open Space Zones
Chapter 17.37 Other Zones
Chapter 17.38 Overlay Zones
Chapter 17.39 Special Standards Districts
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 1
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 2
0
•
E
® Chapter 17.31 Zoning Designation Purpose
SECTIONS:
17.31.010 Purpose.
17.31.020 Consistency with the Zoning Map.
•
17.31.010 Purpose.
The non -urban, urban residential, commercial, industrial, mixed use, open space,
public/institutional, specific plan, and corridor plan zones are established to achieve the
following purposes:
A. To reserve appropriate areas for the continuation of existing farms and ranches,
residential living at a broad range of dwelling unit densities; for office uses, retail
stores, service establishments, and wholesale businesses, offering commodities and
services required by residents of the City and its surrounding market area; for
industrial uses and the protection of these areas from intrusion by dwellings and
other inharmonious uses consistent with the Santa Clarita General Plan and with
sound standards to preserve public health, safety and welfare.
B. To minimize traffic congestion and to avoid the overloading of public services and
utilities by preventing the construction of buildings of excessive bulk or number in
relation to the land area around them.
C. To facilitate the provision of utility services and other public facilities commensurate
with anticipated population, dwelling unit densities and service requirements.
D. To promote high standards for site planning, architecture and landscape design for
development within the City while preserving the City's historical and natural
resources such as oak trees, river areas and ridgelines.
E. To protect residential and commercial uses from noise, odor, dust, smoke, light
intrusion, truck traffic and other objectionable influences and to prevent fire,
explosion, radiation, and other hazards incidental to certain industrial activities.
F. To ensure adequate light, air, privacy and open space for each dwelling and to
provide sufficient open space around commercial and industrial structures to protect
them from hazard and to minimize the impact of commercial and industrial
operations on nearby residential zones.
G. To encourage commercial and industrial uses to concentrate for the convenience of
the public and for a more mutually beneficial relationship.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones(17.31-17.39)
Page 3
17.31.020 Consistency with the Zoning Map.
The zoning designations contained within this Code shall correspond and be consistent •
with the Zoning Map as approved by Council ordinance.
January 2013 j DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 4
•
•
• Chapter 17.32 Non -Urban Zones
SECTIONS:
Minimum Density (units per acre) _
17.32.010
Non -Urban 1 (NU 1) Zone.
17.32.020
Non -Urban 2 (N -U2) Zone.
17.32.030
Non -Urban 3 (NU3) Zone.
17.32.040
Non -Urban 4 (NU4) Zone.
17.32.050
Non -Urban 5 (NU5) Zone.
•
•
17.32.010 Non -Urban 1 (NUI) Zone.
The Non -Urban I (NUI) zoning designation identifies lands in the planning area that are
distinguished by significant environmental features and extreme development constraints.
Lands in this designation are largely undeveloped and consist of rolling hillside areas,
steep slopes, and remote mountain lands with limited access. Uses in this designation
include single-family homes at a maximum density of one (1) dwelling unit per 20 acres,
agriculture, equestrian uses, private recreation, filming, and public and institutional
facilities serving the local area.
A. Development Standards.
Property in the NUI zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density_(units per gross acre)
-.-.-..
0.05
Minimum Density (units per acre) _
N/A
_.-. ..
Minimum Net Lot Area (in acres)
_...
20
Lot Width (in feet) ��
200
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width infect)
40
Front yard setback (in feet)
20
Side yard setback, each side in feet)
--5/-5-
/5Side
Sideyard setback, reverse corner lot (in feet)20
Rea_r yard setback (m feet) _
---'n
15
Maximum height of structure without a CUP (in feet)
35
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
35
height of the main structure without a CUP (in feet)
Distance between main structures (in feet)
10
Distance between main and accessory structures (in feet)
._.... .
6
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
25
propertylines in feet)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 5
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
residential zones.
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 6
i
17.32.020 Non -Urban 2 (NU2) Zone.
® The Non -Urban 2 (NU2) zoning designation identifies lands in the planning area that
include environmental features and are not appropriate for intense development requiring
urban services. Lands in this category are largely undeveloped and consist of rolling
hillside areas, slopes, and mountain lands with limited access. Uses in this designation
include single-family homes at a maximum density of one (1) dwelling unit per 10 acres,
agriculture, equestrian uses, private recreation, and public and institutional facilities
serving the local area.
•
is
A. Development Standards.
Property in the NU2 zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units per gross acre)
0.1
Minimum Densit�Lunits per acrd
_ _
; N/A
Minimum Net Lot Area (in acres)
--
10
--- --- ---- ----
Lot Width (in feet)
200
Cul-de-sac/knuckle. -
lot width (in feet)
— —
40
Frontand setback in feet
20
_Side yard setback, eachside (in fee W
5/5
Side yard setbackZ reverse corner lot (in feet)
20
Rear yard setback (in feeg
-- --
15
Maximum height of main structure witho
.
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the main
_.
i 35
height of the main structure without a CUP _On feet
Distance between main structures (in feet)
10
- ...
Distance between main and accessory structures (in feet)
- ...... .-- -
6
--
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
25
property lines in feet
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
residential zones.
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 7
17.32.030 Non -Urban 3 (NU3) Zone.
The Non -Urban 3 (NU3) zoning designation identifies lands in the planning area that
include environmental features and are not appropriate for intense development requiring
urban services. Lands in this category are undeveloped or partially developed and consist
of rolling hillside areas with limited access. Uses in this designation include single-
family homes at a maximum density of one (1) dwelling unit per five (5) acres,
agriculture, equestrian uses, private recreation, and public and institutional facilities
serving the local area.
I:11
Development Standards.
Property in the NU3 zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Densitv (units ner Qross acre) ! 0.2
Minimum Net Lot Area (in acres)
5
Lot Width (in feet) .....- ....- .....
200
Cul-de-sae/knuckle lot width (in feet)
40
Front yard setback (m feet)
20
_-
Side yard setback, each side in feet
5/5
Side yard setback, reverse comer lot (in feet)
20
Rear yard setback (in feet)
15
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (in feet)
! 35
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
35
height of the main structure without the CUP (in feet)____
Distance between main structures (in feed
- _
10
Distance between main and accessorystructures (in feet)
6
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
25
property lines (in feet)
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
residential zones.
Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 8
•
•
17.32.040 Non -Urban 4 (NU4) Zone.
• The Non -Urban 4 (NU4) zoning designation provides for the maintenance and expansion
of rural communities in the planning area that are distinguished by large lot sizes
(generally two acres or greater), agricultural and equestrian uses, and an absence of urban
services. Uses in this designation could include single-family homes at a maximum
density of one (1) dwelling unit per two (2) acres, agriculture, equestrian uses, private
recreation, and public and institutional facilities serving the local area.
•
•
Supportive commercial uses serving the local area, such as grocery stores, restaurants,
personal services, and retail sale of specialty goods for rural residents, such as feed and
tack stores, may be allowed in "activity areas" within this designation without a General
Plan Amendment, provided that the size, location, design, and use types are determined
to be compatible with the surrounding area. Such "activity centers" must be at least 1
mile from any commercial land use designation and must not exceed 5 acres in size.
A. Development Standards.
Property in the NU4 zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Minimum Net Lot Area
0.5
N/A
2
100
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot widthJin feet 40
Front yard setback (in feet) J 20
Side yard setback, each side (in_feet)5/5
Side and setback reverse corner lot m feet 20
Y — , ---- --- - -- (in f _) - ---
Rear yard setback (in feet) 15
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (in feet) 35
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the 35
height of the main structure without a CUP (in feet)_
Distance between main structures 10
Distance between main and accessory structures _ 6
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential 25
2roperty lines
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
residential zones.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 9
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 10
•
•
17.32.050 Non -Urban 5 (NU5) Zone.
The Non -Urban 5 (NU5) zoning designation provides for the maintenance and expansion
of rural communities in the planning area that are distinguished by large lot sizes
(generally one acre or greater), agricultural and equestrian uses, and the absence of urban
services. Uses in this designation include single-family homes at a maximum density of
one (1) dwelling unit per acre, agriculture, equestrian uses, private recreation, and public
and institutional facilities serving the local area.
Supportive commercial uses serving the local area, such as grocery stores, restaurants,
personal services, and retail sale of specialty goods for rural residents, such as feed and
tack stores, may be allowed in "activity areas" within this designation without a General
Plan Amendment, provided that the size, location, design, and use types are determined
to be compatible with the surrounding area. Such "activity centers" must be at least I
mile from any commercial land use designation and must not exceed 5 acres in size.
A. Development Standards.
Property in the NU5 zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units per gross acre) _
1.0
Minimum Density (units per acre)
N/A
Minimum Net Lot Area (in square feet)
..... _._
j 43,560 -----
Lot Width (in feet)
; 100
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width (in feet)
40
Front yard setback in feet)
20
Side yard setback, each side (in feet)
/5
5/5
Side yard setback, reverse corner lot (in feet)
—
20
Rear yard setback (in feet)
15
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP Lnfeet)___I
35
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
35
height of the main structure without a CUP (in feet)
- -- ..........
Distance between main structures (in feet)
10
Distance between main and accessory structures (in feet)
_6 _
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
25
property lines in feet)
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
residential zones.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 11
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 12
® Chapter 17.33 Urban Residential Zones
SECTIONS:
17.33.010
Urban Residential 1 (URI) Zone.
17.33.020
Urban Residential 2 (UR2) Zone.
17.33.030
Urban Residential 3 (UR3) Zone.
17.33.040
Urban Residential 4 (UR4) Zone.
17.33.050
Urban Residential 5 (UR5) Zone.
17.33.010 Urban Residential 1 (URI) Zone.
The Urban Residential 1 (URI) zoning designation provides for residential
neighborhoods at densities that require urban services. Many of these neighborhoods
provide a transition between higher density, urban development and rural communities
throughout the planning area, and this designation is appropriate in such urban/rural
interface areas. Uses in this designation include single-family homes and other
residential uses at a maximum density of two (2) dwelling units per acre.
A. Development Standards.
• Property in the URI zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units per gross acre)
2.0
Minimum Density (units per acre
N/A
{
Minimum Net Lot Area (m square feet)
20,000 _..
Lot Width (in feet)
--
75 -_ .........--
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width in feet
40
Front yard setback (in feet)
20
Side yard setback, each side (in feet)
--- —
5/5
Side yard setback, reverse comer lot (in feet)
10
Rear yard setback (in feet)15
Maximum height of mam structure without a CUP�in fee
35
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
35
height of the main structure without a CUP (in feet)
--
Distance between main structures (in feet)
.-_ ._
10
Distance between main and accessory structures (in feet)
...-.-....-
6
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
25
property lines (in feet
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
residential zones.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 – Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 13
B. Permitted Uses. •
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 14
•
•
17.33.020 Urban Residential 2 (UR2) Zone.
• The Urban Residential 2 (UR2) zoning designation provides for residential
neighborhoods that typify much of the planning area. Uses in this designation include
single-family homes and other residential uses at a maximum density of five (5) dwelling
units per acre. Specific allowable uses and development standards shall be determined by
the underlying zoning designation.
•
A. Development Standards.
Property in the UR2 zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units per gross acre)
5.0
Minimum Density (units per acre)
N/A
--
Minimum Net Lot Area(in square feet
j 5,000
Lot Width in feet
50
Cul-de sac/knuckle lot width (in feet)
40
-----
Front yard setback (in feet)
--------------
20
Side yard setback each side(m feet) ----- .- _-...-_
5/5
Side yard setback, reverse corner lot (in feet)
10
Rear yard setback in feet
' 15
Maximum height of main structure with .............. - ..............
- --
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
20
height of the main structure (in feed
Distance between main structures (in feet)
10
Distance between main and accessory structures (in feet)
6
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
25
property lines (in feet
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
residential zones.
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 15
17.33.030 Urban Residential 3 (UR3) Zone.
The Urban Residential 3 (UR3) zoning designation provides for neighborhoods of single-
family attached and detached housing, and small-scale attached multi -family dwellings
such as duplexes and triplexes. Allowed uses include single-family homes, duplexes,
triplexes and small-scale multi -family dwellings of a scale and character that complement
and are consistent with a single-family residential neighborhood at a maximum density of
11 dwelling units per acre provided associated recreational facilities are provided.
a
Development Standards.
Property in the UR3 zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density(units per gross acre)
11.0
Minimum Density (units per acre)
6.0
Minimum Net Lot Area (in square feet) _
; 5,00
Lot Width (in feet)50
.....--
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width n feet)
( i
_
40
Front yard setback (in feet)
j 20
Side yard setback, each side (in feet)_
5/5
_Side yard setback, reverse corner lot (in feet)
10
Rear yard setback (in feet)
15
Maximum height of mam structure without a CUP (m feet)
j 35
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
20
height of the main structure (in feet)
Distance between between main structures (in feet)
- _
10
Distance between ss
main and acceorystructures ((in feet)
6
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
i 25
property lines (in feet)
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
residential zones.
Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 16
C
r 1
L_J
•
•
•
•
17.33.040 Urban Residential 4 (UR4) Zone.
The Urban Residential 4 (UR4) zoning designation provides for mixed residential
neighborhoods of detaching and attached dwellings. Allowable uses in this designation
include detached and attached single-family homes, duplexes, multiple family dwellings,
and other residential uses at a maximum density of 18 dwelling units per acre.
Q
Development Standards.
Property in the UR4 zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units per gross acre)
1 18.0
Minimum Density (units per acre)
9.0
Minimum Net Lot Area (in square feet)
4,500
Lot Width (in feet)
1 40
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width (in feet)
40
Front yard setback (in feet)
: 20
Side yard setback, each side (in feet) —
515
Side yard setback, reverse corner lot (in feet)
! 10
Rear yard setback (in feet)
15
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (in feet)_
1 35
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
20
height of the main structure (in feet)
Distance between main structures (m feet)
..-.-
10
Distance between main and accessory structures (in feet)
_..
6
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
25
propertylines in feet
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
residential zones.
Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 17
17.33.050 Urban Residential 5 (UR5) Zone.
The Urban Residential 5 (UR5) zoning designation provides for medium to high-density
apartment and condominium complexes in areas easily accessible to transportation,
employment, retail, and other urban services. Allowable uses in this designation include
multiple family dwellings at a minimum density of 18 dwelling units per acre and a
maximum density of 30 dwelling units per acre.
IN
Development Standards.
Property in the UR5 zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units per gross acre)
30.0
Minimum Density (units per acre)
18.0
Minimum .....
_..........
Lot Width (in feet)
_ _.. __
40
Cul de sac/knuckle lot width (in feed
40
Front yard setback (in feet)
20
Side yard setback, each side (in feet)
f 5/5
Side yard setback, reverse corner lot (in feet)
10
Rear yard setback (in feet
15
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (in feet)
35
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
20
height of the main structure (in feet)
Distance between main structures in feet_
10
Distance between main and accessory structures (in feed
6
_
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
_
20
property lines (in feet)
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
residential zones.
Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 18
i
•
iChapter 17.34 Commercial and Industrial Zones
SECTIONS:
17.34.010 Community Commercial Zone (CC) Zone.
17.34.020 Neighborhood Commercial (CN) Zone.
17.34.030 Regional Commercial (CR) Zone.
17.34.040 Business Park (BP) Zone.
17.34.050 Industrial (I) Zone.
17.34.010 Community Commercial Zone (CC).
The Community Commercial (CC) zoning designation is intended for business providing
retail and service uses that primarily serve the local market. Representative uses include
restaurants, clothing stores, hardware and auto parts stores, grocery markets, pharmacies,
banks and financial services, specialty retail, theaters and nightclubs, day care centers,
and medical services. These areas are typically located along arterial streets or at the
intersections of high traffic corridors. Multiple family dwellings (including live/work
units) may be permitted in this zone.
Development Standards.
Property in the CC zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) of nonresidential uses 0.75
-. - -.-.. ----
Maximum Lot Coverage f 80%
Maximum Density (units per gross acre) 18
Minimum Density (units per gross acre) N/A
Setback from public right of way (Major or Secondary Highway) i 10
Setback from public right of way (not on a Major or Secondary ' S
Maximum height of a structure without a CUP (in I
�et_J 35
- ---- -
Setbacks from residential property lines (in feet) 125
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
commercial zones.
Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 -Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 19
17.34.020 Neighborhood Commercial Zone (CN).
The Neighborhood Commercial (CN) zoning designation provides for small
neighborhood commercial districts that serve the short-term needs of residents in the
immediate area. Allowable uses in this designation include supermarkets; drug stores;
restaurants; personal services; repair services; light automotive services; day care centers;
and other local -serving shops and services for neighborhood residents. Multiple family
dwellings (including live/work units) may be permitted in this zone.
Q
Development Standards.
Property in the CN zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) of nonresidential uses 0.5
Maximum Lot Coverage i 75%
Maximum Density (units per gross acre) 18
Minimum_ Density (units per gross acre N/A
Setback from public right of way (Major or Secondary Highway) 10
Setback from public right of way (not on a Major or Secondary 5
Maximum height of a structure without a CUP (in feet) 35
Setbacks from residential property lines (in feet) 25
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
commercial zones.
Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 20
•
U
•
•
•
17.34.030 Regional Commercial Zone (CR).
The Regional Commercial (CR) zoning designation is applied to central and regional
commercial districts in the planning area, generally located around the Valencia Town
Center and other major community centers. This designation is intended to promote the
development of regional focal points for commercial, entertainment, cultural, and
business uses serving the public and drawing from a market area encompassing the entire
Santa Clarita Valley. Multiple family dwellings (including live -work units) may be
allowed in this zone.
a
Development Standards.
Property in the CR zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) of nonresidential uses
— — ....
2.0
Maximum Lot Coverage without a CUP
90%
Maximum Density (units per gross acre)
50
Minimum Density (units per gross acre)
18
Setback from public right -of --way (Major or Secondary
10
Setback from public right-of-way (not on a Major or Secondary 1 5
Maximum height of a structure without a CUP (in feet) ! -35
Setbacks from residential property lines (in feet) 25
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
commercial zones.
Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 21
17.34.040 Business Park Zone (BP).
The Business Park (BP) zoning designation provides for mixed employment districts in
areas accessible to transportation and visible from freeways and major arterials and is
intended to promote the development of master -planned environments with a high quality
of design and construction.
a
Development Standards.
Property in the BP zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) 2.0
Maximum Lot Coverage :90%
Maximum Density (units per gross acre) N/A
Minimum Density (units per gross acre) N/A
Setback from public right of way (Major or Secondary Highway) 10
Setback from public right of way (not on a Major or Secondary ' 5
Maximum height of a structure without a CUP
_--
Setbacks from residential property lines (in fee
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
commercial/industrial zones.
Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 22
is
is
LJ
•
Cl
•
17.34.050 Industrial Zone (I).
The Industrial (I) zoning designation provides for industrial districts in areas with
adequate access, infrastructure, and services and is intended to accommodate the most
intensive types of industrial uses allowed in the planning area. Heavy industrial uses that
involve processing of raw materials, generation or treatment of large amounts of
hazardous substances, or that result in an excessive emission of odors, fumes, pollutants,
vibration, noise, or other noxious, hazardous, or nuisance conditions, will not be allowed.
a
It
Development Standards.
Property in the I zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) 1.0
Maximum Lot Coverage90%
.. .- _...-.-.-.-
Maximum Density (units per gross acre) N/A
Minimum Density units er gross acre N/A
— -
Setback from public right of way (Major or Secondary Highway) 10
Setback from public right of way (not on a Major or Secondary 5
Maximum height of a structure without a CUP 35
Setbacks from residential property lines 25
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
commercial/industrial zones.
Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is
considered a prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 –Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 23
Chapter 17.35 Mixed Use Zones
SECTIONS:
17.35.010
Mixed Use Commercial (MXC) Zone.
17.35.020
Mixed Use Neighborhood (MXN) Zone.
17.35.030
Mixed Use Urban Village (MXUV) Zone.
17.35.010 Mixed Use Commercial (MXC) Zone.
This zone is intended for mixed use development, which is encouraged along specified
commercial corridors in which revitalization of underutilized parcels or aging buildings is
desired, subject to the applicable requirements of the Code. Mixed uses along corridors
may be either vertical or horizontal, provided that residential units in these areas should
be protected from adverse impacts of high-volume arterial streets, and will typically be
located an appropriate distance from the roadway. Non-residential uses consistent with
this district include those in the Neighborhood Commercial (CN) and Community
Commercial (CC) districts. The residential density range in mixed use corridors shall be a
minimum of eleven (11) to a maximum of thirty (30) dwelling units per acre, and
maximum floor area ratio for the non-residential portion of the development shall be 1.0.
A. Development Standards.
Property in the MXC zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
1.
Maximum Density units per gross acre
30
I
Minimum Densi units per gross acre
11
3.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) of non-residential
1.0
component
4.
Minimum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) of non-residential
0.25
comported
5.
Building setback from public right-of-way (major or secondary
5
highway) in feet
6.
Building setback from public right-of-way (not on a major or
0
secondary highway) in feet
7.
Surface -level parking setback from major/secondary highway
10/5
in feet
8.
Structure setback from neighboring residential zones or uses (in
25
feet
9.
Maximum bei ht of buildin /structure without a CUP (in feet
50
[votes:
I Floor area ratios less than the minimum required shall be subject to a minor use permit.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 24
CJ
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
• (Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
mixed use zones.
11
B. Permitted Uses.
The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears; a minor use
permit is required where the symbol "M" appears; a conditional use permit is
required where the symbol "C" appears; a temporary use permit is required where
a "T" appears; an administrative permit is required where the symbol "AP"
appears; and a hillside development review is required where an "H" appears.
Any use not listed is considered a prohibited use in this zone. The Director may
deem additional uses to be permitted based on a finding that the use is similar in
nature and operation to the permitted uses listed in this subsection, in accordance
with Chapter 17.04 (Interpretations). Land use descriptions are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Parking requirements
for mixed uses shall be subject to Section 17.55.050 (Parking Requirements).
Residential Use Types
1.
Caretaker's Residence
P
2.
Community Care Facility
C
3.
Dwelling
a. Single -Family
b. Two -Family
c. Multi -Family
P
P
P
4.
Family Day Care Homes
P
5.
Home -Based Cottage Food Operation
AP
6.
Home Occupation Business
P
7.
Joint Living/Working Quarters
M
8.
Model Homes
M
9.
Residential Health Care Facility
C
10.
Residential Service/Care Home
C
11.
Second Unit
P
12.
Supportive Housing
C
13.
Fransitional Housing
C
Commercial Use Types
• I L (Animal Sales and Services
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 25
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 26
•
C
L�
a. Day Care
M
b. Grooming and Pet Stores
P
c. Veterinary Clinic
M
d. Veterinary Hospital
M
2.
Banks and Financial Services
P
3.
Business Support Services
P
4.
Day Care Centers
M
5.
Eating and Drinking Establishments
a. Banquet Facilities
1) Without alcohol
p
2) With alcohol
C
b. Bars and Alcohol Drinking Establishments
C
c. Catering Establishment
P
d. Restaurants
1) Limited Service
P
- With alcohol
AP
2) Full Service
p
- With alcohol
AP
3) Take out/Delivery
P
e. Alcohol Production (on-site consumption)
M
6.
Lodging
M
7.
Medical Services
P
8.,
Nightclubs
M
9.
Personal Services
P
10.
Professional Offices
P
a. Call Center
M
11.
Recreation, Commercial
a. Indoor Entertainment
M
b. Indoor Sports and Recreation
M
c. Outdoor Entertainment
C
d. Recreation Facilities
C
e. Residential Recreation Facilities
P
12.
Retail Sales, General
P
13.
Retail Sales Specific
a. Department Stores
M
b. Discount Stores
P
c. Drugstores
P
d. Food Stores
P
e. Liquor Stores
C
f. Second Hand Stores
M
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 26
•
C
L�
E
•
•
Industrial Use Types
g. Vendors, Long Term
M
14.
Schools, Specialized
Studios, Recording
C
a. Vocational Schools
M
Museums, Private
b. Instructional Schools
M
15.
Self Storage
C
Industrial Use Types
1.
Light Manufacturing
C
2.
Studios, Recording
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Types
1.
Community Assembly
C
2.
Heliport/Helipad
C
3.
Museums, Private
M
4.
Parks, Public and Private
C
5.
Public Parking Facilities
P
6.
Public Services, General
P
7.
Public Services, Specific
a. Flood Control Facilities
P
b. Paramedic and Ambulance Dispatch
M
c. Park and Ride Lots
M
d. Preservation of Historic Landmarks
P
e. Utility Substations
C
8.
Schools, Public and Private
a. Private Primary and Secondary Schools
C
b. Public Primary and Secondary Schools
C
9.
Small Wind Energy System
P
10.
Wireless Communication Facilities
a. Above thirty-five feet
C
b. Up to thirty-five feet
M
c. Flush -mounted
M
d. Co -located
M
Agricultural Use Types
1.
Farmer's Market
M
2.
Riding Trails
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 27
Temporary Use Types
1.
Temporary Residence
a. Short Term
b. Long Term
T
M
2.
Temporary Real Estate Office
T
3.
Holiday Sales
T
4.
Temporary Uses in Accordance with this Code
T
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
1.
Accessory Structures
P
2.
Accessory Uses
P
3.
Incidental Services for Employees
P
4.
Live Entertainment
M
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
1.
Development Activity on Natural Slopes
a. Less than 10%
P
b. 10% to 15%
H
c. Greater than 15%
H
2.
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10%
a. 100 to 1,500 Cubic Yards
P
b. 10,000 to 100,000 cubic yards
H
3.
Cluster development in accordance with this Code
C
4.
Affordable housing density bonus in accordance with
P
this Code
5.
Amenities Density/FAR Bonus
C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 28
0
•
•
•
•
•
17.35.020 Mixed Use Neighborhood (MXN) Zone.
This zone is intended for mixed use development, which is encouraged in order to create
neighborhoods that integrate residential uses with complementary commercial services,
including retail and office uses. Mixed use neighborhoods should be designed in
consideration of surrounding development patterns, proximity to public transit, providing
roadway and trail linkages to adjacent development where appropriate. Non-residential
uses consistent with this district include those in the Neighborhood Commercial (CN) and
Community Commercial (CC) districts. The residential density range in mixed use
neighborhoods shall be a minimum of six (6) to a maximum of eighteen (18) dwelling
units per acre, and maximum floor area ratio for the non-residential portion of the
development shall be 0.5. Building heights shall not exceed 50 feet.
Q
Development Standards.
Property in the MXC zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
1.
Maximum Density units per gross acre)
18 _
2.
Minimum Density units er gross acre)
6
3.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) of non-residential
0.5
component
4.
Minimum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) of non-residential
_
0.2
component'
5.
Building setback from public right-of-way (major or
5
seconda highway) in feet
6.
Building setback from public right-of-way (not on a major or i
0
secondary highway) in feet
7.
Surface -level parking setback from major/secondary highway
10/5
_
(in feet)
S.
Structure setback from neighboring residential zones or uses
25
(in feet)
9.
Maximum height of building/structure in feet
50
Notes:
1 Floor area ratios less than the minimum required shall be subject to a minor use permit.
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
mixed use zones.
Permitted Uses.
The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears; a minor use
permit is required where the symbol "M" appears; a conditional use permit is
required where the symbol "C" appears; a temporary use permit is required where
a "T" appears; an administrative permit is required where the symbol "AP"
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 29
appears; and a hillside development review is required where an "H" appears.
Any use not listed is considered a prohibited use in this zone. The Director may
deem additional uses to be permitted based on a finding that the use is similar in
nature and operation to the permitted uses listed in this subsection, in accordance
with Chapter 17.04 (Interpretations). Land use descriptions are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Parking requirements
for mixed uses shall be subject to Section 17.55.050 (Parking Requirements).
Residential Use Types
1.
Caretaker's Residence
P
2.
Community Care Facility
C
3.
Dwelling
a. Single -Family
b. Two -Family
c. Multi -Family
P
P
P
4.
Family Day Care Homes
P
5.
Home -Based Cottage Food Operation
AP
6.
Home Occupation Business
P
7.
Joint Living/Working Quarters
M
8.
Model Homes
M
9.
Residential Health Care Facility
C
10.
Residential Service/Care Home
C
11.
Second Unit
P
12.
Supportive Housing
C
13.
Transitional Housing
C
Commercial Use Types
1.
Animal Sales and Services
a. Day Care
M
b. Grooming and Pet Stores
P
c. Veterinary Clinic
M
d. Veterinary Hospital
M
2.
Banks and Financial Services
P
3.
Business Support Services
P
4.
Day Care Centers
M
5.
Eating and Drinking Establishments
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 30
•
F_ -I
L J
•
•
•
Industrial Use Types
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 31
a. Banquet Facilities
1) Without alcohol
P
2) With alcohol
C
b. Bars and Alcohol Drinking Establishments
C
c. Catering Establishment
P
d. Restaurants
1) Limited Service
P
- With alcohol
AP
2) Full Service
P
- With alcohol
AP
3) Take out/Delivery
P
e. Alcohol Production (on-site consumption)
C
6.
Lodging
M
7.
Medical Services
P
8.
Nightclubs
C
9.
Personal Services
P
10.
Professional Offices
P
b. Call Center
M
1 I.
Recreation, Commercial
a. Indoor Entertainment
b. Indoor Sports and Recreation
M
c. Outdoor Entertainment
M
d. Recreation Facilities
C
e. Residential Recreation Facilities
C
P
12.
Retail Sales, General
P
13.
Retail Sales Specific
a. Department Stores
M
b. Discount Stores
M
c. Drugstores
P
d. Food Stores
P
e. Liquor Stores
C
f Second Hand Stores
M
g. Vendors, Long Term
M
14.
Schools, Specialized
a. Vocational Schools
M
b. Instructional Schools
M
15.
Self Storage
C
Industrial Use Types
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 31
1.
Light Manufacturing
C
2.
1 Studios, Recording
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Types
1.
Community Assembly
C
2.
Heliport/Helipad
C
3.
Museums, Private
M
4.
Parks, Public and Private
C
5.
Public Parking Facilities
P
6.
Public Services, General
P
7.
Public Services, Specific
a. Flood Control Facilities
P
b. Paramedic and Ambulance Dispatch
C
c. Park and Ride Lots
M
d. Preservation of Historic Landmarks
P
e. Utility Substations
C
8.
Schools, Public and Private
a. Private Primary and Secondary Schools
C
b. Public Primary and Secondary Schools
C
9.
Small Wind Energy System
P
10.
Wireless Communication Facilities
a. Above thirty-five feet
C
b. Up to thirty-five feet
M
c. Flush -mounted
M
d. Co -located
M
Agricultural Use Types
1.
Farmer's Market
M
2.
Riding Trails
P
Temporary Use Types
1.
Temporary Residence
a. Short Term
b. Long Term
T
M
2.
Temporary Real Estate Office
T
3.
Holiday Sales
T
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 32
•
•
E
•
•
4. Temporary Uses in Accordance with this Code T
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
1.
Accessory Structures
P
2.
Accessory Uses
P
3.
Incidental Services for Employees
P
4.
Live Entertainment
M
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
1.
Development Activity on Natural Slopes
a. Less than 10%
P
b. 10% to 15%
H
c. Greater than 15%
H
2.
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10%
a. 100 to 1,500 Cubic Yards
P
b. 10,000 to 100,000 cubic yards
H
3.
Cluster development in accordance with this code
C
4.
Affordable housing density bonus in accordance with
P
this code
5.
Amenities Density/FAR Bonus
C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17,39)
Page 33
17.35.030 Mixed Use Urban Village (MXUV) Zone.
This zone is intended for transit -oriented urban villages that are located in proximity to •
commuter rail and bus transfer stations, which is encouraged in order to promote
compact, connected environments for residents to live, work, shop, access needed
services, and recreate, without having to use their vehicles. Either vertical or horizontal
mixed uses are allowed, subject to the applicable requirements of the zoning ordinance.
Non-residential uses consistent with this district include those in the Neighborhood
Commercial (CN), Community Commercial (CC), and Regional Commercial (CR)
districts. Single -use residential or commercial projects which do not contain mixed uses
will be allowed in these districts only if such projects are designed to integrate with other
uses in the area so as to create interconnected, walkable neighborhoods, and do not
include incompatible uses or design features contrary to the intent of the district. The
residential density range in urban villages shall be a minimum of nineteen (19) to a
maximum of fifty (50) dwelling units per acre and the maximum floor area ratio (FAR)
for the non-residential portion of the development shall be 3.0.
A. Development Standards.
Property in the MXUV zone shall be subject to the following general
development standards:
1.
Maximum Densit units er gross acre)
50
2.
_
Minimum Density units per gross acre)'
19
3.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) of non-residential
3.0:1.0
component
4.
Minimum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) of non-residential
0.3:1.0
component]
5.
Building setback from public right-of-way (major or
5
secondary highway in feet)
6.
_ _—__.. --- .. -- --------
Building setback from public right-of-way (not on a major or
-.-._..-.-..-
0
secondary highway) (in
7.
Surface -level parking setback from major/secondary highway
10/5
in feet
8.
Structure setback from residential zones or uses (in feet)
25
9.
Maximum height of building/structure without a CUP (in feet) f
50
Notes:
I Floor area ratios less than the minimum required shall be subject to a minor use permit.
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50
(Development Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in
mixed use zones.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 34
•
C1
B. Permitted Uses.
• The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears; a minor use
permit is required where the symbol "M" appears; a conditional use permit is
required where the symbol "C" appears; a temporary use permit is required where
a "T" appears; an administrative permit is required where the symbol "AP"
appears; and a hillside development review is required where an "H" appears.
Any use not listed is considered a prohibited use in this zone. The Director may
deem additional uses to be permitted based on a finding that the use is similar in
nature and operation to the permitted uses listed in this subsection, in accordance
with Chapter 17.04 (Interpretations). Land use descriptions are contained in
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Parking requirements
for mixed uses shall be subject to Section 17.55.050 (Parking Requirements).
•
Residential Use Types
1.
Caretaker's Residence
P
2.
Community Care Facility
C
3.
Dwelling
a. Single -Family
b. Two -Family
c. Multi -Family
P
P
P
4.
Family Day Care Homes
P
5.
Home -Based Cottage Food Operation
AP
6.
Home Occupation Business
P
7.
Joint Living/Working Quarters
M
8.
Model Homes
M
9.
Residential Health Care Facility
C
10.
Residential Service/Care Home
C
11.
Second Unit
P
12.
Supportive Housing
C
13.
Transitional Housing
C
Commercial Use Types
1.
Animal Sales and Services
a. Day Care
M
b. Grooming and Pet Stores
P
c. Veterinary Clinic
M
d. Veterinary Hospital
M
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 35
2.
Banks and Financial Services
P
3.
Business Support Services
P
4.
Day Care Centers
M
5.
Eating and Drinking Establishments
a. Banquet Facilities
I) Without alcohol
P
2) With alcohol
C
b. Bars and Alcohol Drinking Establishments
C
c. Catering Establishment
P
d. Restaurants
1) Limited Service
P
- With alcohol
AP
2) Full Service
P
- With alcohol
AP
3) Take out/Delivery
P
e. Alcohol Production (on-site consumption)
M
6.
Lodging
M
7.
Medical Services
P
8.
Nightclubs
M
9.
Personal Services
P
10.
Professional Offices
P
a. Call Center
M
11.
Recreation, Commercial
a. Indoor Entertainment
M
b. Indoor Sports and Recreation
M
c. Outdoor Entertainment
C
d. Recreation Facilities
C
e. Residential Recreation Facilities
P
12.
Retail Sales, General
P
13.
Retail Sales Specific
a. Department Stores
M
b. Discount Stores
P
c. Drugstores
P
d. Food Stores
P
e. Liquor Stores
C
f Second Hand Stores
M
g. Vendors, Long Term
M
14.
Schools, Specialized
a. Vocational Schools
M
b. Instructional Schools
M
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 36
•
•
0
15. Self Storage C
Industrial Use Types
1.
Light Manufacturing
C
2.
1 Studios, Recording
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Types
1.
Community Assembly
C
2.
Heliport/Helipad
C
3.
Museums, Private
M
4.
Parks, Public and Private
C
5.
Public Parking Facilities
P
6.
Public Services, General
P
7.
Public Services, Specific
a. Flood Control Facilities
P
b. Paramedic and Ambulance Dispatch
M
c. Park and Ride Lots
M
d. Preservation of Historic Landmarks
P
e. Utility Substations
C
8.
Schools, Public and Private
a. Private Primary and Secondary Schools
C
b. Public Primary and Secondary Schools
C
9.
Small Wind Energy System
P
10.
Wireless Communication Facilities
a. Above thirty-five feet
C
b. Up to thirty-five feet
M
c. Flush -mounted
M
d. Co -located
M
Agricultural Use Types
1.
Farmer's Market
M
2.
Riding Trails
P
Temporary Use Types
1.
Temporary Residence
a. Short Term
T
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 37
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
b. Long Term
M
2.
Temporary Real Estate Office
T
3.
Holiday Sales
T
4.
Temporary Uses in Accordance with this Code
T
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
1.
Accessory Structures
P
2.
Accessory Uses
P
3.
Incidental Services for Employees
P
4.
Live Entertainment
M
Development Activities( Miscellaneous Use Types
1.
Development Activity on Natural Slopes
a. Less than 10%
P
b. 10% to 15%
H
c. Greater than 15%
H
2.
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10%
a. 100 to 1,500 Cubic Yards
P
b. 10,000 to 100,000 cubic yards
H
3.
Cluster development in accordance with this code
C
4.
Affordable housing density bonus in accordance with
P
this code
5.
Amenities Density/FAR Bonus
C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 38
•
•
•
E
Chapter 17.36 Open Space Zones
SECTIONS:
17.36.010 Open Space (OS) Zone.
17.36.020 Open Space — Agriculture (OS -A) Zone.
17.36.030 Open Space —National Forest (OS -NF) Zone.
17.36.040 Open Space — Bureau of Land Management (OS-BLM) Zone.
17.36.010 Open Space Zone (OS).
The Open Space (OS) zoning designation is intended to identify and reserve land for
passive, natural and active open space uses, including public and private parks,
conservancy lands, nature preserves, wildlife habitats, water bodies and adjacent riparian
habitat, wetlands areas dedicated to open space use, drainage easements, cemeteries, golf
courses, and other open space areas dedicated for public or private use. Typical uses
include recreation, trails, trailheads, paseos, horticulture, limited agriculture, animal
grazing, and habitat preservation.
A. Development Standards.
Property in the OS zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density Cunits per gross acre)
0.05
Minimum Density (units per acre)
N/A
Minimum Net Lot Area (in acres)
20
- - -
Lot Width (in feet)
-- .....
j 200
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width (in feet) M
40
Front yard setback (in feet)
20
Side yard setback, each side (in feet)
5/5
_..
Side yard setback, reverse corner lot (in feet)
-- - ... .........
; 20
Rear yard setback (in feet)
15
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (in feet)
35
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
35
height of the main structure without a CUP (in feet)
-- - -
Distance between main structures (in feet);
10
Distance between main and accessory structures (in feet _
6
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
25
pro2erty lines in feet
B. Permitted Uses.
The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears; a minor use
permit is required where the symbol "M" appears; a conditional use permit is
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 39
required where the symbol "C" appears; a temporary use permit is required where
the symbol "T" appears; an administrative permit where an "AP" appears; and a
hillside development review is required where the symbol "H" appears. Any use
not listed is considered a prohibited use in this zone. Land use descriptions and
parking requirements are contained in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and
Required Parking).
Residential Use Types
Caretakers Residence
P
Dwelling - Single Family
V
Home -Based Cottage Food Operation
AP
Home Occupation Business
P
Family Daycare Homes - Adult
P
Family Daycare Homes - Family
P
Residential Service /Care Home
P
Second Units
P
Supportive Housing
P
Transitional Housing
P
Commercial Use Types
Animal Sales and Services — Animal Menagerie
C
Animal Sales and Services — Animal Shelter
C
Animal Sales and Services - Riding Academies
C
Animal Sales and Services — Commercial Stables
C
Funeral Home
C
Recreation, Commercial - Outdoor Sports and
Recreation
C
Recreation, Commercial — Recreation Facilities
C
Recreation, Commercial — Residential Recreation
Facilities
C
RV Park/Campground
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Types
Heliport/Helipad C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 40
is
9
C
•
Agricultural Use Types
Museums, Private — Historic Site
P
Horticulture — Residential Use Only
Parks, Private
C
Horticulture — For Commercial Sale
Parks, Public
P
Horticulture — Within Public Utility Easements
Public Services, General
C
Farmers Markets
Public Services, Specific — Ambulance and Paramedic
Station
C
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 1 to 3 Beehives
Public Services, Specific - Cemeteries
C
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 4 or More Beehives
Public Services, Specific — Flood Control Facilities
P
Keeping of Animals — Large Animals
Public Services, Specific — Park and Ride Lots
C
Keeping of Animals — Small Animals
Public Services, Specific — Preservation of Historic
Landmarks
P
Public Services, Specific — Utility Substations
C
Public Primary or Secondary Schools
P
Small Wind Energy System
P
Wireless Communication Facilities — Above 35 Feet in
Height
C
Wireless Communication Facilities — Up to 35 Feet in
Height
P
Wireless Communication Facilities —Flush Mounted
C
Wireless Communication Facilities — Co -located
C
Zoos - Zoo
C
Zoo — Petting Zoo
C
Agricultural Use Types
Horticulture — Residential Use Only
P
Horticulture — For Commercial Sale
P
Horticulture — Within Public Utility Easements
P
Farmers Markets
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 1 to 3 Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 4 or More Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Large Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Small Animals
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 41
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
Keeping of Animals — Wild, Exotic or Non-domestic
Animals
P
Accessory Structures
Keeping of Animals for Educational Purposes — Large or
Small Animals
P
Accessory Uses
Riding Trials
P
Incidental Services for Employees
Wildlife Preserves/Sanctuaries
P
Live Entertainment
Holiday Sales
T
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - Greater Than 1,500
Cubic Yards
Temporary Uses In Accordance with this Code
T
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
Accessory Structures
P
Accessory Uses
P
Incidental Services for Employees
P
Live Entertainment
M
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Less than 10%
P
Development Activity on Natural Slopes 10% to 15%
H
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Greater than
15%
H
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - 100 to 1,500 Cubic
Yards
H
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - Greater Than 1,500
Cubic Yards
H
Transportation of Earth — Less Than 10,000 Cubic Yards
P
Transportation of Earth — 10,000 to 100,000 Cubic
Yards
M
Transportation of Earth — Greater Than 100,000 Cubic
Yards
C
Railroad Rights -of -Way — Operational Activities
=P
Railroad Rights -of -Way — Accessory Activities/Uses
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 42
.•
•
•
•
•
17.36.020 Open Space — Agriculture Zone (OS -A) Zone.
The Open Space —Agriculture (OS -A) zoning designation identifies privately owned
lands in the planning area within the National Forest. For privately held lands within the
National Forest (in -holdings), allowable uses in this designation include single-family
homes at a maximum density of one dwelling unit per five acres, agriculture, equestrian
uses, private recreation, privately owned commercial recreation with or without support
facilities such as lodging and dining, filming and public and institutional facilities serving
the local area in accordance with the goals set forth in the Angeles National Forest Land
Management Plan.
FA
1.1
Development Standards.
Property in the OS -A zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units per gross acre)
j 0.2
Minimum Density units per acre)
N/A _
Minimum Net Lot Area in acres)
5
Lot Width (in feet)
0 20
_
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width (in feet)
- --
40 _-.-.........
Front yard setback (in feetl
20
Rear yard setback (in feet) 15
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (m feet) 35
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the 35
height of the main structure without a CUP (in feet)
Distance between main structures (in feet) 10
Distance between main and accessory structures (in feet) 6
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential 25
property lines (in feet)
Permitted Uses.
The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears; a minor use
permit is required where the symbol "M" appears; a conditional use permit is
required where the symbol "C" appears; a temporary use permit is required where
the symbol "T" appears; an administrative permit where an "AP" appears; and a
hillside development permit is required where the symbol "H" appears. Any use
not listed is considered a prohibited use in this zone. Land use descriptions and
parking requirements are contained in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and
Required Parking).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 43
Residential Use Types
Caretakers Residence
P
Dwelling - Single Family
P
Home -Based Cottage Food Operation
AP
Home Occupation Business
P
Family Daycare Homes -Adult
P
Family Daycare - Family
P
Residential Service /Care Home
P
Second Units
P
Supportive Housing
P
Transitional Housing
P
Commercial Use Types
Animal Sales and Services - Riding Academies
C
Animal Sales and Services — Commercial Stables
C
Recreation, Commercial - Outdoor Sports and
Recreation
C
Recreation, Commercial — Recreation Facilities
C
Recreation, Commercial — Residential Recreation
Facilities
C
RV Park/Campground
C
Industrial Use Types
Studios, Recording - Movie
C
Studios, Recording - Music
C
Studios, Recording - Radio
C
Studios, Recording - Television
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Types
Heliport/Helipad
C
Museums, Private — Historic Site
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 44
•
•
•
E
•
•
Agricultural Use Types
Parks, Private
C
Horticulture — Residential Use Only
Parks, Public
P
Horticulture—For Commercial Sale
Public Services, General
C
Horticulture — Within Public Utility Easements
Public Services, Specific — Flood Control Facilities
P
Farmers Markets
Public Services, Specific — Preservation of Historic
Landmarks
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 1 to 3 Beehives
Public Services, Specific — Utility Substations
C
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 4 or More Beehives
Small Wind Energy System
P
Keeping of Animals — Large Animals
Wireless Communication Facilities — Above 35 Feet in
Height
C
Keeping of Animals — Small Animals
Wireless Communication Facilities — Up to 35 Feet in
Height
P
Keeping of Animals — Wild, Exotic or Non-domestic
Animals
Wireless Communication Facilities —Flush Mounted
C
Keeping of Animals for Educational Purposes — Large or
Small Animals
Wireless Communication Facilities — Co -located
C
Riding Trials
Zoos - Zoo
C
Wildlife Preserves/Sanctuaries
Zoo — Petting Zoo
C
Agricultural Use Types
Horticulture — Residential Use Only
P
Horticulture—For Commercial Sale
P
Horticulture — Within Public Utility Easements
P
Farmers Markets
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 1 to 3 Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 4 or More Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Large Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Small Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Wild, Exotic or Non-domestic
Animals
P
Keeping of Animals for Educational Purposes — Large or
Small Animals
P
Riding Trials
P
Wildlife Preserves/Sanctuaries
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 45
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
Accessory Structures
P
Accessory Uses
P
Incidental Services for Employees
P
Live Entertainment
M
Shared Water Well
C
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Less than 10%
P
Development Activity on Natural Slopes 10% to 15%
H
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Greater than
15%
H
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - 100 to 1,500 Cubic
Yards
H
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - Greater Than 1,500
Cubic Yards
H
Transportation of Earth — Less Than 10,000 Cubic Yards
P
Transportation of Earth — 10,000 to 100,000 Cubic
Yards
M
Transportation of Earth — Greater Than 100,000 Cubic
Yards
C
Railroad Rights -of -Way — Operational Activities
P
Railroad Rights -of -Way — Accessory Activities/Uses
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 46
•
•
•
•
•
•
17.36.030 Open Space - National Forest Zone (OS -NF).
The Open Space -National Forest (OS -NF) zoning designation identifies lands in the
planning area within the National Forest.
0
Development Standards.
Property in the OS -NF zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units per gross acre
Minimum Density(units per acre
0.05
N/A
Minimum Net Lot Area (in acres)
20
Lot Width (in feet)
200
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width (infect)
-- -- —
40_
Front yard setback in feet)
; 20
Side yard setback, each side (in feet)
5/5
Side yard setback reverse corner lot (in feet)
20
Rear yard setback (in feet)a
_- -.--
15 ---.._.
Maximum height o main structure without a CUP in feet
_
Maximum height of accessory structures (in feet)
_ _
35
Distance between main structures (in feet)
10
Distance between main and accessory structures not exceeding
6
the height of the main structure without a CUP (in feet)
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
25
propertylines in feet
Permitted Uses.
The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears; a minor use
permit is required where the symbol "M" appears; a conditional use permit is
required where the symbol "C" appears; a temporary use permit is required where
the symbol "T" appears; and a hillside development review is required where the
symbol "H" appears. Any use not listed is considered a prohibited use in this
zone. Land use descriptions and parking requirements are contained in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking).
Residential Use Types
Caretakers Residence
P
Dwelling - Single Family
P
Family Daycare Homes - Adult
P
Family Daycare Homes - Family
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 47
Commercial Use Types
Residential Service /Care Home
P
Animal Sales and Services - Riding Academies
Second Units
P
Animal Sales and Services — Commercial Stables
Supportive Housing
P
Recreation, Commercial - Outdoor Sports and
Recreation
Transitional Housing
P
Commercial Use Types
Animal Sales and Services - Riding Academies
C
Animal Sales and Services — Commercial Stables
C
Recreation, Commercial - Outdoor Sports and
Recreation
C
Recreation, Commercial — Recreation Facilities
C
Recreation, Commercial — Residential Recreation
Facilities
C
RV Park/Campground
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Types
Heliport/Helipad
C
Museums, Private — Historic Site
P
Parks, Private
C
Parks, Public
P
Public Services, General
C
Public Services, Specific — Flood Control Facilities
P
Public Services, Specific — Preservation of Historic
Landmarks
P
Public Services, Specific — Utility Substations
C
Small Wind Energy System
P
Wireless Communication Facilities — Above 35 Feet in
Height
C
Wireless Communication Facilities — Up to 35 Feet in
Height
P
Wireless Communication Facilities —Flush Mounted
C
Wireless Communication Facilities — Co -located
C
Zoos - Zoo
C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 48
i
•
i
•
Zoo — Petting Zoo C
Agricultural Use Types
Horticulture — Residential Use Only
P
Horticulture — For Commercial Sale
P
Horticulture — Within Public Utility Easements
P
Farmers Markets
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 1 to 3 Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 4 or More Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Large Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Small Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Wild, Exotic or Non-domestic
Animals
P
Keeping of Animals for Educational Purposes — Large or
Small Animals
P
Riding Trials
P
Wildlife Preserves/Sanctuaries
P
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
Accessory Structures
P
Accessory Uses
P
Incidental Services for Employees
P
Live Entertainment
M
Shared Water Well
C
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Less than 10%
P
Development Activity on Natural Slopes 10% to 15%
P
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Greater than
15%
P
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - 100 to 1,500 Cubic
Yards
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 49
CI
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 50
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
P
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - Greater Than 1,500
Cubic Yards
Transportation of Earth — Less Than 10,000 Cubic Yards
P
Transportation of Earth — 10,000 to 100,000 Cubic
M
Yards
Transportation of Earth — Greater Than 100,000 Cubic
C
Yards
Railroad Rights-of-Way — Operational Activities
P
Railroad Rights-of-Way — Accessory Activities/Uses
P
CI
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 50
17.36.040 Open Space - Bureau of Land Management Zone (OS-BLM).
® The Open Space - Bureau of Land Management (OS-BLM) zoning designation identifies
lands in the planning area owned by the United States Bureau of Land Management.
•
•
A. Development Standards.
Property in the OS-BLM zone shall be subject to the following general
development standards:
Maximum Density -(units per gross acre)
- -.
1 0.05 -.----.-...-..
Minimum Density units per acre
N/A
Minimum Net Lot Area (in acres)
20
Lot Width (in feet)
200
Cul-de sac/kn
Family Daycare Homes - Adult
--._...__
Front yard setback (in feet)
120
Side yard setback, each side (in feet)
5/5
Side yard setback, reverse corner lot (in feet)
: 20
Rear yard setback (m feet)
15
_.-
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (in feet)
..... ... .......... ..... ..
35
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
i 35
height of the main structure without a CUP (in feet)
Distance between main structures (in feet)
10
Distance between main and accessory structures (in feet)
6
..... ......
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
....
; 25
propeg lines in feet)
B. Permitted Uses.
The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears; a minor use
permit is required where the symbol "M" appears; a conditional use permit is
required where the symbol "C" appears; a temporary use permit is required where
the symbol "T" appears; and a hillside development review is required where the
symbol "H" appears. Any use not listed is considered a prohibited use in this
zone. Land use descriptions and parking requirements are contained in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking).
Residential Use Types
Caretakers Residence
P
Dwelling - Single Family
P
Family Daycare Homes - Adult
P
Family Daycare Homes - Family
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 51
Commercial Use Types
Residential Service /Care Home
P
Animal Sales and Services - Riding Academies
Second Units
P
Animal Sales and Services — Commercial Stables
Supportive Housing
P
Recreation, Commercial - Outdoor Sports and
Recreation
Transitional Housing
P
Commercial Use Types
Animal Sales and Services - Riding Academies
C
Animal Sales and Services — Commercial Stables
C
Recreation, Commercial - Outdoor Sports and
Recreation
C
Recreation, Commercial — Recreation Facilities
C
Recreation, Commercial — Residential Recreation
Facilities
C
RV Park/Campground
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Types
Heliport/Helipad
C
Museums, Private — Historic Site
P
Parks, Private
C
Parks, Public
P
Public Services, General
C
Public Services, Specific — Flood Control Facilities
P
Public Services, Specific — Preservation of Historic
Landmarks
P
Public Services, Specific — Utility Substations
C
Small Wind Energy System
P
Wireless Communication Facilities— Above 35 Feet in
Height
C
Wireless Communication Facilities — Up to 35 Feet in
Height
P.
Wireless Communication Facilities —Flush Mounted
C
Wireless Communication Facilities — Co -located
C
Zoos - Zoo
C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 52
•
•
•
•
•
Zoo — Petting Zoo C
Agricultural Use Types
Horticulture — Residential Use Only
P
Horticulture — For Commercial Sale
P
Horticulture — Within Public Utility Easements
P
Farmers Markets
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — I to 3 Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 4 or More Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Large Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Small Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Wild, Exotic or Non-domestic
Animals
P
Keeping of Animals for Educational Purposes — Large or
Small Animals
P
Riding Trials
P
Wildlife Preserves/Sanctuaries
P
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
Accessory Structures
P
Accessory Uses
P
Incidental Services for Employees
P
Live Entertainment
M
Shared Water Well
C
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Less than 10%
P
Development Activity on Natural Slopes 10% to 15%
H
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Greater than
15%
H
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - 100 to 1,500 Cubic
Yards
H
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 53
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30— Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 54
•
CI
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
H
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - Greater Than 1,500
Cubic Yards
Transportation of Earth — Less Than 10,000 Cubic Yards
P
Transportation of Earth — 10,000 to 100,000 Cubic
M
Yards
Transportation of Earth — Greater Than 100,000 Cubic
C
Yards
Railroad Rights -of -Way — Operational Activities
P
Railroad Rights -of -Way — Accessory Activities/Uses
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30— Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 54
•
CI
i
Chapter 17.37 Other Zones
SECTIONS:
17.37.010 Corridor Plan (CP) Zone.
17.37.020 Public/Institutional (PI) Zone.
17.37.030 Specific Plan (SP) Zone.
17.37.010 Corridor Plan Zone (CP).
The Corridor Plan (CP) zoning designation identifies lands in the planning area that are
governed by an adopted Corridor Plan. Specific allowable uses, maximum intensity
standards, and development standards shall be determined by the adopted Corridor Plan.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 55
17.37.020 Publie(Institutional Zone (PI).
The Public/Institutional (PI) zoning designation identifies lands that are used for various
types of public or/and community serving facilities owned and operated by public
agencies, special districts, non-profit organizations and other entities. Allowable uses
include civic and governmental offices, public works yards, public or private schools,
libraries, day care centers, hospitals, airports, hospitals and supporting medical facilities,
museums, fire stations, police stations, landfills, and prisons. Building height and
coverage wilt be determined by the lead agency for each project, based upon the type and
intensity of use.
A. Development Standards.
Property in the PI zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR)_
_
.50 to 1
Maximum height of building/structure without a CUP in feet
:- _-......... -.. -..----
35
Maximum height of an accessory buildings/structure (in feet)
35
Setback from public right of way (Major or Secondary Highway)
10
ATI feet)
Family Daycare Homes -Adult
Setback from public right of way (not on a Major or Secondary
5
----------- -..._.._........ _................. .....:.._._.—
P
Setbacks from residential propelines in feet)
25
B. Permitted Uses.
The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears; a minor use permit
is required where the symbol "M" appears; a conditional use permit is required where the
symbol "C" appears; a temporary use permit is required where the symbol "H" appears
and a hillside development review is required where the symbol "H" appears. Any use
not listed is considered a prohibited use in this zone. Land use descriptions and parking
requirements are contained in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking).
Residential Use Types
Caretakers Residence
P
Dwelling - Single Family
P
Family Daycare Homes -Adult
P
Family Daycare - Family
P
Fraternity/Sorority Houses
C
Residential Service /Care Home
P
Second Units
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 56
•
•
•
•
Supportive Housing P
Transitional Housing P
Commercial Use Types
Aircraft Services — Airport
C
Aircraft Services — Heliport
C
Animal Sales and Services - Kennels
M
Animal Sales and Services — Animal Shelter
M
Animal Sales and Services - Riding Academies
C
Animal Sales and Services — Commercial Stables
C
Day Care Centers
P
Medical Services
P
Recreation, Commercial — Indoor Entertainment
C
Recreation, Commercial — Indoor Sports and Recreation
C
Recreation, Commercial — Outdoor Entertainment
C
Recreation, Commercial — Outdoor Sports and
Recreation
C
Recreation, Commercial — Recreation Facilities
P
Recreation, Commercial - Residential Recreation
Facilities
C
Schools, Specialized — Vocational Schools
C
Schools, Specialized — Instructional Schools
C
Vehicle Sales and Services — Fuel Sales
M
Vehicle Sales and Services — Repair and/or Maintenance
M
Industrial Use Types
Landfill
C
Recycling — Materials Recovery Facility
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Types
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 57
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 58
•
Airports
C
Community Assembly — Churches, Temples,
Synagogues and Other Places of Worship
C
Community Assembly — Public and Private Nonprofit
Clubs, Lodges, Fraternal Organizations and Meeting
Halls
C
Community Assembly —Community Centers
P
Helipad
C
Homeless Shelters
P
Hospital Services
C
Museums, Private
M
Parks, Private
C
Parks, Public
P
Public Parking Facilities
P
Public Services, General
P
Public Services, Specific —Ambulance and Paramedic
Station
P
Public Services, Specific - Cemeteries
C
Public Services, Specific — Corporation Yards
P
Public Services, Specific — Flood Control Facilities
P
Public Services, Specific — Incarceration Facilities
C
Public Services, Specific — Park and Ride Lots
P
Public Services, Specific — Preservation of Historic
Landmarks
P
Public Services, Specific—Utility Substations
C
Rehabilitation Facility
M
Schools, Public or Private — College or University
C
Schools, Public or Private — Private Primary or
Secondary Schools
C
Schools, Public or Private — Public Primary or
Secondary Schools
P
Small Wind Energy System
P
Wireless Communication Facilities — Above 35 Feet in
C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 58
•
•
CJ
•
Agricultural Use Types
Height
Horticulture — Residential Use Only
Wireless Communication Facilities — Up to 35 Feet in
Height
P
Horticulture — For Commercial Sale
Wireless Communication Facilities —Flush Mounted
C
Horticulture — Within Public Utility Easements
Wireless Communication Facilities — Co -located
C
Farmers Markets
Zoos - Zoo
C
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — I to 3 Beehives
Zoo — Petting Zoo
C
Agricultural Use Types
Horticulture — Residential Use Only
P
Horticulture — For Commercial Sale
P
Horticulture — Within Public Utility Easements
P
Farmers Markets
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — I to 3 Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 4 or More Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Large Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Small Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Wild, Exotic or Non-domestic
Animals
P
Keeping of Animals for Educational Purposes — Large or
Small Animals
P
Riding Trials
P
Wildlife Preserves/Sanctuaries
P
Temporary Use Types
Holiday Sales T
Temporary Uses In Accordance with this Code T
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
Accessory Structures
P
Accessory Uses
P
Incidental Services for Employees
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 59
Live Entertainment M
Shared Water Well C
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Less than 10%
P
Development Activity on Natural Slopes 10% to 15%
H
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Greater than
15%
H
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - 100 to 1,500 Cubic
Yards
H
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - Greater Than 1,500
Cubic Yards
H
Transportation of Earth — Less Than 10,000 Cubic Yards
P
Transportation of Earth — 10,000 to 100,000 Cubic
Yards
M
Transportation of Earth — Greater Than 100,000 Cubic
Yards
C
Railroad Rights -of -Way — Operational Activities
P
Railroad Rights -of -Way — Accessory ActivitiesJUses
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 60
C�
•
•
Cl
LJ
17.37.030 Specific Plan Zone (SP).
The Specific Plan zoning designation identifies lands in the planning area that are
governed by an adopted Specific Plan. Specific allowable uses, maximum intensity
standards, and development standards shall be determined by the adopted Specific Plan.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 61
Chapter 17.38 Overlay Zones
SECTIONS:
17.38.010
HS—Homeless Shelter Overlay Zone,
17.38.020
MHP Mobilehome Park Overlay Zone.
17.38.030
MOCA—Mineral/Oil Conservation Area Overlay Zone.
17.38.040
MR—Movie Ranch Overlay Zone.
17.38.050
MU—Mixed Use Overlay Zone.
17.38.060
PD—Planned Development Overlay Zone.
17.38.070
RP—Ridgeline Preservation Overlay Zone.
17.38.080
SEA—Significant Ecological Area Overlay Zone.
17.38.090
VDS—Vehicle Dealer Sales Overlay Zone.
17.38.100
VS—Vehicle Services Overlay Zone.
17.38.010 HS—Homeless Shelter Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. In an effort to comply with the requirements of the State of California
Senate Bill 2 (S132), the homeless shelter (HS) overlay zone designates certain
areas within the City whereby the placement of a homeless shelter is permitted.
B. Applicability. The HS overlay zone applies to areas identified on the adopted map
on file in the Planning Division.
C. Permitted Uses. All uses, except for homeless shelters, shall follow the
requirements of the underlying zone. The following uses shall be permitted where
the symbol "P" appears.
1. Oomeless Shelter
D. Property Development Standards. The specific development standards for
homeless shelters as described in Section 17.66.070 (Homeless Shelters) of this
code shall apply to the use described above in addition to the requirements of the
underlying zone. Additional regulations may be specified as conditions of
approval as part of the permitting process. Any deviations from the property
development standards will require the approval of an adjustment or a variance as
described in Sections 17.25.120 (Variance) and 17.24.100 (Adjustment) of this
Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 62
C J
17.38.020 MHP—Mobilehome Park Overlay Zone.
• A. Purpose. The mobilehome park (MHP) overlay zone is intended to encourage the
creation of new mobilehome parks and the preservation of existing mobilehome
parks consistent with the City's goal of accommodating alternative and affordable
housing types at a standard consistent with the preservation of the public health,
safety and welfare. All mobilehome parks located in an MHP overlay zone shall
be developed in accordance with the provisions of this section. Although the
General Plan does not designate mobilehome parks as a separate land .use
designation, the MHP overlay zone is consistent with the urban residential, non-
urban, and commercial land use designations of the General Plan.
•
B. Permitted Uses. Permitted uses shall be in accordance with the underlying zone
for the parcel, as determined by this Code.
C. Property Development Standards. In addition to the following, mobilehome parks
shall comply with all State requirements for the. development of mobilehome
parks.
1. Lot Area. Each lot shall have a minimum of three (3) acres of buildable
area.
2. Mobilehome Space and Area.
a. Mobilehome Space. Each mobilehome space shall have a
minimum area of one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet.
b. Mobilehome Space Dimensions. Each mobilehome space shall be
not less than thirty (30) feet in width. There is no required depth.
3. Population Density. The following population density standards shall
apply to all mobilehome spaces in this overlay zone:
a. There shall be a minimum of three thousand (3,000) square feet of
area for each mobilehome space in a mobilehome park.
b. Such lot area shall include access, mobilehome parking,
automobile parking, outbuilding space, recreational areas and other
similar uses.
4. Building Height. No building or structure erected in this overlay zone shall
have a height greater than two (2) stories or twenty-five (25) feet.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 63
5. Yards. •
a. Front Yards. Each space which abuts a private street or drive shall
have a front yard of not less than five (5) feet.
b. Corner Side Yards. Each space shall have corner side yards of not
less than:
i. Ten (10) feet on a reversed corner lot; or
ii Five (5) feet on other corner lots.
C. Interior Side Yards. Each space shall have an interior side yard of
not less than five (5) feet or ten (10) feet between units.
d. Rear Yards. Each space shall have a rear yard of not less than five
(5) feet.
6. Access and Circulation.
a. Driveway Width and Layout. Driveways within mobilehome parks
shall be designed to conform to the minimum widths specified in
this Code or as determined by the City Engineer and the Fire
Department.
b. Access.
i. No site within the mobilehome park shall have direct
vehicular access to a public street.
ii At least two (2) access points to a public street or highway
shall be provided to the site when serving more than 150
units or the site is located in a Very High Severity Fire
Zone, as determined by the Fire Department.
7. Parking. Parking shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 17.42 (9)
(Mobilehome Park).
8. Screening. Mobilehome parks fronting on a public street shall be screened
to a height of not less than five (5) feet and not more than eight (8) feet
with either a decorative wall, fence, an opaque hedge, trees, or landscaped
berm. Such screening may be reduced to less than five (5) feet adjacent to
driveways as necessary for visibility. The location of the walls are subject
to the underlying zoning requirements.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 64
11
9. Signs.
• a. Mobilehome parks may display the following signs:
i. One wall -mounted sign not to exceed twenty (20) square
feet in area, or one freestanding sign not to exceed twenty
(20) square feet in sign area or fifty-four (54) square feet in
total area may be located at each entrance; and
ii. One freestanding sign, not to exceed thirty-two (32) square
feet in sign area and not to exceed six (6) feet in height,
may be used for advertising property for sale, lease or
indicating vacancy status, and may be located at each
entrance; and
iii. A directional or informational sign indicating the location
of each residence by number shall be _ located at each
principal entrance and other appropriate locations. The size,
location and number of such signs shall be to the
satisfaction of the Director.
b. No source of illumination for such signs shall be visible from
adjoining streets or residential property, and no such signs shall be
• erected within five (5) feet of any exterior property line.
CJ
10. Local Park Space Obligations. Local park space, which may be private,
shall be provided to serve the mobilehome park, or a fee shall be paid in
lieu thereof, as required by this Code. This obligation shall be in addition
to any requirement to participate in the funding of parks and/or park
improvements pursuant to any other provision of this Code.
11. Design Requirements. The following design requirements shall apply to
development of mobilehome spaces and to facilities within a mobilehome
park. Additional requirements may be specified as conditions of
development review.
a. Driveways shall be laid out in a manner to provide safe and
convenient access to residences.
b. Principle vehicular access points shall be designed to encourage
smooth traffic flow with controlled turning movements and
minimum hazards to vehicular or pedestrian traffic. Merging and
turnout lanes, traffic signals and/or traffic dividers shall be
required where existing or anticipated heavy flows indicate need.
In general, driveways shall be designed in such a way as to
discourage substantial amounts of through traffic.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 65
C. Walkways and Bikeways. If bikeways and pedestrian ways are
provided in mobilehome parks:
Walkways to be used by substantial numbers of children as
routes to school, bus stops or other destinations shall be so
located and safeguarded as to minimize contacts with
automotive traffic.
ii. If substantial bicycle traffic is anticipated and an internal
walkway system is provided away from driveways, bicycle
paths shall be incorporated in the walkway system.
iii Driveway crossings shall be held to a minimum, shall be
located and designed to provide safety, and shall be
appropriately marked and otherwise safeguarded.
iv. Walkways and bikeways may be combined with other
easements and used by emergency or maintenance vehicles,
but shall not be used by other automotive traffic.
12. Prohibitions.
a. A recreational vehicle shall not be occupied in a mobilehome park.
b. A mobilehome shall not support a building.
C. A mobilehome park shall have no conventionally constructed or
stud -framed residences other than one dwelling unit for the use of
a caretaker or a manager responsible for maintaining or managing
the property.
17.38.030 MOCA—Mineral/Oil Conservation Area Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. The mineral/oil conservation area (MOCA) overlay zone designates
areas which have a significant mineral aggregate resource and/or oil fields. The
purpose is to permit the continuation of the mineral/oil usage while providing
development of the area when certain environmental factors have been adequately
mitigated.
B. Permitted Uses. All uses shall be subject to the requirements of the underlying
zone, with the exception of mineral extraction and oil production which shall be
subject to the requirements of this section. The following uses shall be permitted
where the symbol "P" appears; subject to a conditional use permit where the
symbol "C" appears; subject to a minor use permit where the symbol "M"
appears; and prohibited where the symbol "X" appears.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 66
•
•
0
Extraction and Oil Production
MOCA
1.
Drilling for and/or production, handling, storage, extraction and removal of oil,
C
gas and other hydrocarbons, including but not limited to compressors and other
structures and buildings for oil field workers in connection with the operation.
2.
Drilling for and/or production, handling, storage, extraction and removal of oil,
P
gas and other hydrocarbons, including but not limited to compressors and other
structures and buildings for oil field workers in connection with the operation
on properties owned by a public utility and more than 500 feet from a public
right-of-way.
3.
Mining for and/or production handling, processing and removal of rock,
C
aggregate, precious metals, sand and other similar material, including but not
limited to structures and buildings in connection with the operation.
4.
Refineries, absorption plants or gasoline extraction plants.
X
C. Property Development Standards. The 4 following regulations shall apply to the
site of a mineral/oil conservation area in addition to the regulations of the
underlying zone. Additional regulations may be specified as conditions of
approval through the conditional use permit, minor use permit and development
review process.
• 1. General Requirements. The general requirements of the underlying zone
shall apply to any development within the mineral/oil conservation area
overlay zone.
2. Special Requirements. The following special requirements shall apply to
development in the mineral/oil conservation area overlay zone. Additional
requirements may be specified as conditions of approval of a conditional
use permit, minor use permit and/or development review.
a. A reclamation plan shall be required for all applications for
mineral/oil extraction. The plan shall indicate the expected time
frame for reclamation and the various phases. Annual progress
reports shall be submitted to the Director.
b. Screening and landscaping shall be required of all oil operations.
Oil pumping facilities shall be contained within a solid eight (8)
foot fence or wall with a securely locked gate to the satisfaction of
the Director.
C. Truck and service vehicles used in the operation of the facility
shall be permitted only on approved routes and shall only be
operated within approved hours of operation.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 67
d. Outdoor storage of materials shall be in accordance with outdoor
storage requirements in commercial and industrial zones. •
e. Oil well installation and use, including the installation and use of
equipment, structures and facilities necessary for all drilling and
producing operations customarily required or incidental to usual oil
field practice, the initial separation of oil, gas and water, and for
the storage, handling, recycling and transportation of oil,, gas and
water to and from the premises shall conform to the following
conditions. The Approving Authority may waive or modify any
one or more of these conditions if it finds that the waiver or
modification will not result in material detriment to the public
welfare or to the property of other persons located in the vicinity
thereof.
i. New wells shall not be located within three hundred (300)
feet of any existing residence, except the residence of the
owner of the land on which the well is located, and except a
residence located on land which, at the time of the drilling
of the well, is under lease to the person drilling the well.
New residential development shall not be located within
fifty (50) feet of an existing well, in accordance with the
fire code.
ii. If the drilling is within five hundred (500) feet of one or
more residences and except a residence located on land
which, at the time of the drilling of the well, is under lease
to the person drilling the well, that:
(a) All derricks used in connection with the drilling of
the well shall be enclosed with fire-resistant and
soundproofing material unless the occupants of all
residences within one thousand three hundred
twenty (1,320) feet (one-fourth mile) of the drilling
site, other than of a residence described .in
subsection (C)(2)(e)(ii) of this section, file a written
waiver with the Commission;
(b) All drilling and pumping equipment shall be
operated by muffled internal-combustion engines or
by electric motors;
(c) Materials, equipment, tools or pipe used for either
drilling or producing operations at the well hole
shall be delivered to or removed from the drilling
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 68
L
•
•
•
site only between the hours of eight a.m. and six
p.m. of any day, except in the case of emergency.
f. The derrick used pursuant to this section to drill any well hole or to
repair, clean out, deepen or re -drill any completed or drilling well,
shall be removed within ninety (90) calendar days after completion
or abandonment of any well.
g. Within ninety (90) calendar days after abandonment of any well,
earthen sumps used in drilling or production, or both, shall be
filled, and the drilling site restored as nearly as practicable to its
original condition.
h. Any unattended earthen sump located within one thousand three
hundred twenty (1,320) feet (one-fourth mile) of the nearest
highway, or within two thousand six hundred forty (2,640) feet
(one-half mile) of twenty (20) or more residences shall be enclosed
with a wall not less than eight (8) feet high.
When private roads to wells are constructed, that portion of such
roads lying within two hundred (200) feet of a public highway, or
of an existing residence, shall contain a surface that controls dust.
j. A well hole, derrick or tank shall not be placed within fifty (50)
feet of any public highway.
k. Except as provided in this code, a faithful performance bond in
amount determined by the Director, but not less than two thousand
dollars ($2,000), shall be filed with the City for each well for the
first five (5) wells. Where more than five (5) wells are drilled, ten
thousand dollars ($10,000) in bonds shall be the minimum total
required of all oil operators. Either such bond shall include as
obligees all persons who may be damaged or annoyed by such use,
or a policy of insurance shall be filed with the City having a
maximum amount of recovery not less than the amounts required
of a bond, directly insuring all persons who may be damaged or
annoyed by such use. Faithful performance bonds for mining
operations shall be determined by the Approving Authority as part
of the conditional use permit approval.
1. All drilling and producing operations shall conform to all
applicable grading, oak tree, fire and safety regulations.
in. Not more than two (2) production tanks, neither to exceed one
thousand (1,000) barrels capacity, shall remain on the premises
following completion of production tests at each well; provided,
January 2013 j DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 69
however, that this condition shall not restrict the maintenance of
additional tanks for storage and shipping as part of the conditional •
use permit approval.
n. Technological improvements in drilling, mining, and production
methods shall be adopted as they become, from time to time,
available if capable of reducing factors of nuisance and annoyance.
o. All drilling, mining and production operations shall be conducted
in such a manner as not to constitute a public nuisance.
P. Signs shall not be constructed, erected, maintained or placed on the
premises, or any part thereof, except those required by law or
ordinance to be displayed in connection with the drilling or
maintenance of the well.
q. Suitable and adequate sanitary toilet and washing facilities shall be
installed and maintained to a clean and sanitary condition at all
times.
r. For aggregate mining and processing activities, a minimum one -
mile distance and/or additional buffering shall be maintained from
residential uses or other sensitive receptors to mitigate for noise
and airborne emissions. •
S. After completion of mining activities, all lands shall be remediated
and restored to a condition that supports beneficial uses, which
may include but are not limited to recreational open space, habitat
enhancement, groundwater recharge, or urban development.
t. Mitigation of impacts from mining and processing of materials on
adjacent uses or on the community, including but not limited to air
and water pollution, traffic and circulation, noise, and land use
incompatibility.
U. Mineral extraction sites shall be maintained in a safe and secure
manner after cessation of extraction activities, which may include
the regulated decommissioning of wells, clean-up of any
contaminated soils or materials, closing of mine openings, or other
measures as deemed appropriate by the agencies having
jurisdiction including the City.
17.38.040 MR—Movie Ranch Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. In an effort to support the continuation of filmmaking and film
production, the movie ranch (MR) overlay zone designates certain areas within
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 70
•
40
is
the City whereby filming and related facilities are permitted by right. The
designation is intended as a modifier to an underlying zone and would permit
location filming and full service motion picture and television filming, including
studios and other facilities for production of feature films, television series,
commercials, telethons, videos, webisodes, other film/video formats not yet
conceived and all related facilities. The movie ranch overlay zone is applied to
areas appropriate for motion picture and television filming, including sound
stages, studios and related media support facilities consisting of a minimum of
fifty (50) contiguous acres. Where applied, the movie ranch overlay (MR) zone is
intended to allow for ongoing and/or location filming on-site, permitted by right,
subject to Film Office review.
B. Permitted Uses. All uses shall be subject to the requirements of the underlying
zone, with the exception of film production activities which shall be subject to the
requirements of this section. The following uses shall be permitted where the
symbol "P" appears; subject to a conditional use permit where the symbol "C"
appears; and prohibited where the symbol "X" appears.
1.
Full service motion picture and television studios including
P
facilities for production of feature films, television series,
commercials, telethons, videos, webisodes, other film/video
formats not yet conceived, and all related facilities for motion
picture and television studios. Filmmaking activities may take
place both indoors or outdoors within the Movie Ranch.
2.
Sound Stages and other related film making structures
P
3.
Office space and limited commercial retail sales, incidental to the
P
primary movie ranch use
4.
Temporary film sets
P
5.
Incidental temporary community activities and social events
P
6.
Parking lots
P
T
Accessory retail sales during filming operations
P
8.
Wireless communications facilities as provided in Chapter 17.69
C
Wireless Communication Facilities and Satellite Dish Antennas
C. Additional Uses. The following uses shall be permitted on the site of a movie
ranch in addition to the uses of the underlying zone.
I. Incidental Uses. Parking areas and temporary structures constructed as
part of a production set shall be permitted by right, provided that the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 71
structures comply with applicable building, fire and other life safety
regulations and do not interfere with required building setbacks. •
2. Permanent Sound Stage Structures. Up to two (2) new sound stages at a
combined maximum square footage of 40,000 square feet shall be
permitted by right. All permanent structures shall be subject to
development review process and must be set back a minimum of 100 feet
from off-site residential uses. All permanent structures must comply with
applicable building, fire and other life safety regulations. Any sound stage
structures proposed outside of these parameters will require a conditional
use permit.
3. Permanent Office Structures. Up to a maximum of 10,000 square footage
of office space shall be permitted by right. All permanent structures shall
be subject to development review process and must be set back a
minimum of 100 feet from off-site residential uses. All permanent
structures must comply with applicable building, fire and other life safety
regulations. Any office structures proposed outside of these parameters
will require a conditional use permit.
4. Special Events. Special events shall be permitted by right between the
hours of 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. Sunday through Thursday, and 7:00
a.m. to 12:00 a.m. on Friday and Saturday, subject to review of the site,
parking and traffic plan. Events outside of these parameters will require a •
temporary use permit, which may be approved at the discretion of the
Director.
5. Commercial Uses. Incidental commercial uses to filming operations and
the surrounding uses shall be permitted consistent with the requirements of
the Community Commercial zone where two highways identified in the
City's General Plan intersect, provided that the commercial use does not
exceed three (3) acres in size and are not within one (1) mile of another
commercial use.
D. Property Development Standards. The following regulations shall apply to the
site of a movie ranch in addition to the regulations of the underlying zone.
Additional regulations may be specified as conditions of approval through the
conditional use permit and/or development review process.
1. Minimum Lot Size. Fifty (50) contiguous acres.
2. Film Office Review. Filming activities are permitted by right in the movie
ranch overlay as described below, subject to review of Film Office and via
the Movie Ranch Filming Permit process. The Film Office will coordinate
review of each filming activity with Fire Department, Sheriffs
Department and other agencies as necessary.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30— Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 72
•
3. Setbacks from Residential. Uses for Primary Film Activity. Minimum of
500 feet between primary film activity and off-site residential uses shall be
maintained. Primary filming activities include filming, location of
generators, base camp, catering and other more intrusive activities.
Filming activities outside of these parameters may be subject to
neighborhood notificationllof adjacent property owners at the discretion of
the Film Office.
4. Setbacks from Residential Uses for Secondary Film Activity. Minimum
of 100 feet between secondary film activity and off-site residential uses
shall be maintained. Secondary filming activities include parking and
other non -intrusive activities. Filming activities outside of these
parameters may be subject to neighborhood notification of adjacent
property owners at the discretion of the Film Office.
5.
Hours of Filming. Filming indoors within sound stages and/or filming
more than 500 feet from off-site residential uses is permitted by right 24
hours a day. Filming less than 500 feet from off-site residential uses is
permitted by right between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. Filming
outside of these parameters may be subject to neighborhood notification of
adjacent property owners at the discretion of the Film Office.
• 6.
Height Limit. No permanent structure within the MR overlay zone shall
exceed a height of 56 feet without approval of a conditional use permit.
Temporary structures, such as film sets, shall be exempt from this height
limitation.
7.
Lighting. All permanent and temporary light sources shall be shielded
from streets or adjoining properties. Temporary lighting incidental to film
activity is permitted by right between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 10:00
p.m. Lighting outside of these parameters may be may be approved at the
discretion of the Film Office.
8.
Noise. Filming with special effects and/or excessive noise incidental to
film activity is permitted by right between hours of 7:00 a.m. and 10:00
p.m. Special effects and/ excessive noise, as determined by the Film
Office, outside of these parameters may be approved at the discretion of
the Film Office.
9.
Fencing. Permanent privacy fencing shall be exempt from height
limitations, subject to architectural design review and provided that the
structures comply with applicable building, fire and other life safety
regulations and may require screening with landscaping where visible
from the public right-of-way.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30'1 Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 73
10. Helicopters. Helicopter landings incidental to film activity are permitted
by right between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. provided that the
helicopter activity complies with applicable FAA, fire and other life safety
regulations. Helicopter landings outside of these parameters may be may
be approved at the discretion of the Film Office.
E. Pre -Existing Uses. A movie ranch use legally established as of the effective date
of this code under the provisions of either the City or the County of Los Angeles,
shall be deemed to be a pre-existing legal use and may be continued in perpetuity
or as otherwise specified in this section.
F. Expiration. Once a movie ranch use has been discontinued for a continuous
period of three hundred sixty-five (365) calendar days or more, the use shall not
be re-established unless the Director is notified in writing of the intent to resume
and has provided a schedule to resume movie ranch operations.
17.38.050 MU—Mixed Use Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. These regulations encourage a mix of residential, commercial,
employment and institutional opportunities within identified centers of activity
along identified transportation corridors. The mixed use (MU) overlay zone
provides a mechanism to revitalize older commercial corridors and specific
individual properties, increase opportunities for infill housing while transforming
and aesthetically improving transportation corridors into boulevards with mixed
use projects, encourage new housing and innovative retail that is less automobile
dependent, and help to create pedestrian -oriented neighborhoods where local
residents have services, shops, jobs and access to transit within walking distance
of their homes.
B. Application. The mixed use (MU) overlay zone applies to areas identified on the
Mixed Use Overlay Exhibit (L-3) in the General Plan and the approved zoning
map. A minor use permit is required for the development of a mixed use project
in the mixed use overlay zone. At the discretion of the Director, a project may be
referred to the Commission for review and approval. The application, fees, public
hearing and approval process for the minor use permit will apply as described in
Section 17.24.120 (Minor Use Permit).
C. Definition. Mixed use is characterized by development consisting of one or more
lots developed as a cohesive project and designed with a blend of various
compatible uses such as residential, office, retail, entertainment, and dining or
community facilities. There are two types of mixed use, one being "neighborhood
serving" and the other "destination -oriented."
1. Neighborhood Serving. The "neighborhood serving" residential provides
opportunities for the coordinated development of "urban villages" that
offer a diverse range of complimentary land uses in close proximity to one
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 74
U
•
• another. These mixed u!
horizontal integration of
with pedestrian linkages
•
•
2. Destination -Oriented. The
for intense, mixed use u
people to live, work, shop
the automobile. These mi;
tourism and entertainm
integration of compatible
uses share the same buildij
D. Incentives for Mixed Use L
below may be applied to the
1. Accelerated plan check
projects are characterized by either vertical or
es, with an emphasis on tying together the uses
tering to surrounding neighborhoods.
`destination -oriented" mixed use provides areas
)an environments that offer opportunities for
dine and recreate with minimal dependence on
;d use projects are more regional in focus with
nt opportunities, characterized by vertical
esidential and commercial uses, whereby such
a or lot.
ment. One or more of these incentives listed
use project.
2. Increased residential and commercial density opportunities;
3. Reduced parking requiremlents;
4. Increased building heights;)
5. Reduction in setbacks along public streets.
E. Permitted Uses. All uses shall be subject to the requirements of the underlying
zone, with the exception of mixe0se developments, which shall be subject to the
following. The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears; a
minor use permit is required where the symbol "M" appears; a conditional use
permit is required where the symbol "C" appears; a temporary use permit is
required where a "T" appears; an administrative permit is required where the
symbol "AP" appears; and a hillside development review is required where an
"H" appears. Any use not listed is considered a prohibited use in this zone. The
Director may deem additional uses to be permitted based on a finding that the use
is similar in nature and operation! to the permitted uses listed in this subsection.
Land use descriptions are contained in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and
Required Parking). Parking requirements shall be subject to subsection (F) (6) of
this section.
Residential Use Types
1.
Caretaker's Residence
P
2.
Community Care Facility
C
3.
Dwelling
a. Single -Family
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 75
Commercial Use Types
b. Two -Family
c. Multi -Family
P
P
4.
Family Day Care Homes
P
5.
Home -Based Cottage Food Operation
AP
6.
Home Occupation Business
P
7.
Joint Living/Working Quarters
M
8.
Model Homes
M
9.
Residential Health Care Facility
C
10.
Residential Service/Care Home
C
11.
Second Unit
P
12.
Supportive Housing
C
13.
Transitional Housing
C
Commercial Use Types
1.
Animal Sales and Services
a. Day Care
M
b. Grooming and Pet Stores
P
c. Veterinary Clinic
M
d. Veterinary Hospital
M
2.
Banks and Financial Services
P
3.
Business Support Services
P
4.
Day Care Centers
M
5.
Eating and Drinking Establishments
a. Banquet Facilities
1) Without alcohol
P
2) With alcohol
C
b. Bars and Alcohol Drinking Establishments
C
c. Catering Establishment
P.
d. Restaurants
1) Limited Service
P
- With alcohol
AP
2) Full Service
P
- With alcohol
AP
3) Take out/Delivery
P
e. Alcohol Production (on-site consumption)
C
6.
Lodging
M
7.
Medical Services
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 76
•
•
•
•
8.
Nightclubs
1.Light
C
9.
Personal Services
2.
P
10.
Professional Offices
P
a. Call Center
M
11.
Recreation, Commercial
a. Indoor Entertainment
M
b. Indoor Sports and Recreation
M
c. Outdoor Entertainment
C
d. Recreation Facilities
C
e. Residential Recreation
Facilities
P
12.
Retail Sales, General
P
13.
Retail Sales Specific
a. Department Stores
M
b. Discount Stores
M
c. Drugstores
P
d. Food Stores
P
e. Liquor Stores
C
f Second Hand Stores
M
g. Vendors, Long Term
M
14.
Schools, Specialized
a. Vocational Schools
M
b. Instructional Schools
M
15.
Self Storage
C
Industrial Use Types
1.Light
Manufacturing
C
2.
1 Studios, Recording
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Types
1. Community Assembly C
2. Heliport/Helipad C
3. Museums, Private M
4. Parks, Public and Private C
5. Public Parking Facilities P
6. Public Services, General P
7. Public Services, Specific
a. Ambulance and Paramedic Dispatch C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 77
I
Agricultural Use Types
b. Flood Control Facilities
P
Farmer's Market
c. Park and Ride Lots
M
Riding Trails
d. Preservation of Historic Landmarks
P
Holiday Sales
e. Utility Substations
C
8.
Schools, Public and Private
a. Private Primary and Secondary Schools
C
b. Public Primary and Secondary Schools
C
9.
j Small Wind Energy System
P
10.
Wireless Communication Facilities
a. Above thirty-five feet
C
b. Up to thirty-five feet
M
c. Flush -mounted
M
d. Co -located
M
Agricultural Use Types
1.
Farmer's Market
M
2.
Riding Trails
P
Temporary Use Types
1.
Temporary Residence
a. Short Term
b. Long Term
T
M
2.
Temporary Real Estate Office
T
3.
Holiday Sales
T
4.
Temporary Uses in Accordance with this Code
T
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
1.
Accessory Structures
P
2.
Accessory Uses
P
3.
Incidental Services for Employees
P
4.
Live Entertainment
M
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
1.
Development Activity on Natural Slopes
a. Less than 10%
P
b. 10% to 15%
H
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 78
•
•
•
F. Design Standards. Development shall strive to provide a mixed use project that
includes a residential component and a commercial component. The development
standards for the underlying commercial zones will apply; however, the following
guidelines shall be applied to mixed use projects.
1. Residential Density.
a. For mixed use development sites greater than five (5) acres in size,
the net developable acreage of the site shall have a minimum
density of twenty (20) units per acre.
• b. For mixed use development sites less than five (5) acres in size, the
net developable acreage of the site shall have a minimum density
of eleven (11) units per acre.
•
2. Commercial Density.
a. Commercial use shall incorporate a minimum range of twenty
percent (20%) to thirty percent (30%) of the allowable floor area
ratio in square footage, or to the satisfaction of the Director.
b. All ground level uses with street frontage shall be commercial
retail uses. Office uses that offer consumer services shall also be
permitted subject to the satisfaction of the Director.
3. Pedestrian Orientation Along Public Street Frontage and Setbacks for
Mixed Use Development Project.
a. Buildings shall be oriented along street frontage.
b. For vertical mixed use development, residential uses will not be
allowed on the first floor of a building fronting a primary roadway
commercial corridor. Residential uses may be located on the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 79
c. Greater than 15%
H
2.
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10%
a. 100 to 1,500 Cubic Yards
P
b. 10,000 to 100,000 cubic yards
H
3.
Cluster development in accordance with this Code
C
4.
Affordable housing density bonus in accordance with
P
this Code
5.
Amenities Density/FAR Bonus
C
F. Design Standards. Development shall strive to provide a mixed use project that
includes a residential component and a commercial component. The development
standards for the underlying commercial zones will apply; however, the following
guidelines shall be applied to mixed use projects.
1. Residential Density.
a. For mixed use development sites greater than five (5) acres in size,
the net developable acreage of the site shall have a minimum
density of twenty (20) units per acre.
• b. For mixed use development sites less than five (5) acres in size, the
net developable acreage of the site shall have a minimum density
of eleven (11) units per acre.
•
2. Commercial Density.
a. Commercial use shall incorporate a minimum range of twenty
percent (20%) to thirty percent (30%) of the allowable floor area
ratio in square footage, or to the satisfaction of the Director.
b. All ground level uses with street frontage shall be commercial
retail uses. Office uses that offer consumer services shall also be
permitted subject to the satisfaction of the Director.
3. Pedestrian Orientation Along Public Street Frontage and Setbacks for
Mixed Use Development Project.
a. Buildings shall be oriented along street frontage.
b. For vertical mixed use development, residential uses will not be
allowed on the first floor of a building fronting a primary roadway
commercial corridor. Residential uses may be located on the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 79
Ll
E
6.
ground floor of a building if the building fronts on a secondary
road or alley.
C. Ground -floor residential buildings in a mixed use development
shall be set back a minimum of five (5) feet and maximum of
fifteen (15) feet from the front property line.
d. Ground -floor retail/commercial buildings in a mixed use
development shall have a maximum setback of fifteen (15) feet to
provide landscaping and street furniture.
e. For visual interest at the pedestrian level, at least fifty percent
(50%) of the total ground floor building frontage of any new or
reconstructed building facing the public street shall have the
following: windows with clear untinted glass and recessed entries.
Alternative Transportation Amenities.
a. The proposed development shall provide connectivity to existing
and future trail systems.
b. Required bus turnouts/shelters shall be incorporated into the design
of the front setback/landscape/hardscape.
C. Pedestrian pathways shall be provided throughout the proposed
development.
Building Height.
a. Building heights may range from a minimum of thirty (30) feet,
unless modified by the Director, to a maximum of fifty-five (55)
feet for vertical mixed use developments, without obtaining a
conditional use permit.
b. The Approving Authority may grant height in excess of fifty-five
(55) feet with the approval of a conditional use permit.
Parking.
a. For mixed use developments with two (2) bedrooms or more,
parking shall be provided at a rate of two (2) spaces per residential
unit and 0.5 spaces for guest parking. Parking area shall be
designated and covered. Tandem parking may be permitted.
b. For mixed use developments with one bedroom units or studios,
parking shall be provided at a rate of one space per unit and 0.5
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 80
•
•
spaces for guest parking. Parking area shall be designated and
• covered. Tandem parking may be permitted.
C. For mixed use developments, parking for the commercial
component shall be provided at a rate of one space per two
hundred (200) square feet.
d. At the discretion of the Director, a parking plan may be required to
determine the total number of parking spaces needed for a mixed
use project. If changes to the uses occur at a future date, a new
parking plan will be required to reflect the new uses.
e. Residential guest parking at a rate of 0.5 spaces per unit may be
used to supplement the required parking spaces for the commercial
component of the mixed use development.
f Subterranean parking will not be defined or counted as a building
story or level and is encouraged in both vertical and horizontal
mixed use developments.
g. The Approving Authority may allow the integration of parking
alternatives for nonresidential uses in the form of valet and/or on -
street parking spaces, where permitted, with the approval of the
• project parking plan.
•
7. Open Space.
a. Active recreation and passive leisure space should be provided for
each residential -only or mixed use project containing residential
uses. The required minimum amount of open space for a mixed use
project is two hundred (200) square feet per unit, which may be
combined for a larger community open space area.
b. Open space should be provided in areas that are not required
setbacks, parking areas, driveways, services areas or unusable
slope area.
C. Exterior public spaces shall be provided throughout the proposed
development.
d. The applicant may provide off-site open space amenities or in -lieu
fees to satisfy the open space requirements.
8. Architecture.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 81
a. Development shall comply with the City's Community Character
and Design Guidelines. •
b. Buildings shall include three hundred sixty (360) degree
architectural elements.
9. Signs.
a. All proposed signage is subject to Section 17.51.080 (Sign
Regulations (Private Property)).
b. The sign size and location shall be incorporated into the design of
the building to provide visibility to public streets and orientation to
pedestrians.
C. Signs shall incorporate colors and materials that are conducive to
both commercial and residential uses.
10. Landscaping.
a. Landscaping shall be provided to accent ground floor uses, but not
impede the visibility to the street.
b. Landscaping shall be provided in open space and common areas •
throughout the mixed use development.
G. Site and Architectural Design Process. New development and major renovations
in the MU overlay zone are subject to the City's Community Character and
Design Guidelines and review by the City to encourage design creativity,
flexibility, and high quality that is sensitive to the surrounding context and unique
site conditions.
H. Criteria for Individual Properties Not in the Mixed Use Overlay Zone. The
project site shall meet all criteria listed below and in this chapter and it will
require a conditional use permit.
Minimum lot size of twenty-one thousand seven hundred eighty (21,780)
square feet (0.5 acre);
2. Minimum street frontage of one hundred (100) feet;
3. Property frontage on public street;
4. Property abuts similarly zoned commercial or mixed use property.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 82
i
17.38.060 PD—Planned Development Overlay Zone.
• A. Purpose. The Planned Development (PD) overlay zone regulations are intended to
provide additional discretion for previously vacant, or underutilized parcels, as
identified on the City's zoning map. All new development or redevelopment in
excess of 50 percent valuation of the existing structures, as determined by the
Building Official, whether permitted, minor, or conditionally permitted, shall be
subject to the approval of a conditional use permit.
17.38.070 RP—Ridgeline Preservation Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. In an effort to achieve the City's objective to preserve the ridgelines
within the City limits for the public health, safety and welfare for the long-term
benefit of the community, maintenance of the unique visual characteristics,
resources and ridgeline integrity, and to achieve a higher quality of life for its
residents, the ridgeline preservation (RP) zoning overlay classification was
established.
B. Applicability. Significant ridgelines are ridgelines which, are highly visible to the
community and dominate the landscape. The general locations of the City's
designated significant ridgelines are identified on the adopted ridgeline map on
file in the Planning Division. Any development including but not limited to
grading permits, building permits and land use entitlements, in the vicinity of a
• generally designated significant ridgeline, shall submit an exhibit prepared by a
licensed civil engineer utilizing site specific topographic mapping to precisely
locate the position vertical and horizontal position of the ridgeline in relation to
the proposed development. The precise ridgelines are defined as the line formed
by the meeting of the tops of sloping surfaces of land. The RP overlay zone shall
be established to protect the visual integrity of the area within 100 feet vertical
and 100 feet horizontal distance from the ridgeline.
C. Uses. All uses of the underlying zone shall follow the requirements and
restrictions associated with that zone with the approval of a ridgeline alteration
permit.
D. Property Development Standards. The following requirements shall apply to any
use, development or alteration of land on all properties located in the ridgeline
preservation overlay zone in addition to the requirements of the underlying zone.
Additional regulations may be specified as conditions of approval as part of the
permitting process. Any deviations from the property development standards will
require the approval of an adjustment or a variance as described in Section
17.24.100 (Adjustment) and Section 17.25.120 (Variance) of this Code.
1. No engineered slopes, structures, streets, utilities or other manmade
features shall be permitted in the RP overlay zone unless a ridgeline
• alteration permit is obtained. This requirement does not apply to Master
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 83
Planned Highways as indicated on the adopted General Plan and non -
motorized trails open to the public.
2. In order to further the overall community -wide benefit of a project, the
Council may require additional criteria be added when approving a
ridgeline alteration permit. Conditions may include, but are not limited to,
provisions for or limitations to the following:
a. Special location of structures on the project site;
b. Open spaces;
C. Buffers;
d. Fences;
e. Walls;
f. Height of buildings, walls or other structures;
g. Installation and maintenance of landscaping;
h. Street dedications, medians, and improvements;
i. Installation of basements as living space;
j. Installation of earthen berms;
k. Control of potential nuisances;
1. The prescription standards for perpetual maintenance of building
and grounds;
in. Limiting the life of the permit;
n. Use and accessory use restrictions; and
o. Such other conditions as the Council may deem necessary to
ensure compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and
uses and to preserve the public health, safety, and welfare and to
preserve natural landmarks and prominent natural features of
ridgelines.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 84
•
11
•
17.38.080 SEA—Significant Ecological Area Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. In an effort to achieve the City's objective to preserve the Significant
Ecological Areas (SEA) within the City limits for the public health, safety and welfare
for the long-term benefit of the community, maintenance of the unique visual
characteristics, resources and ridgeline integrity, and to achieve a higher quality of life
for its residents, the SEA zoning overlay zone classification was established. In general,
the purpose of the overlay zone shall be to minimize the intrusion and impacts of
development in these areas with sufficient controls to adequately protect the resources.
B. Applicability. The SEA overlay zone applies to areas identified on the adopted
SEA map on file in the City. Any development including, but not limited to
grading permits, building permits and land use entitlements, in an area as
indicated on the SEA map is subject to a SEA conformance review by the
Approving Authority.
C. Uses. All uses of the underlying zone shall follow the requirements and
restrictions associated with that zone with the approval of an SEA conformance
review. The conformance review may include specific development standards to
control the types of land use, density, building location and size, roadways and
other infrastructure, landscape, drainage, and other elements to assure the
protection of the critical and important plant and animal habitats of each SEA.
D. Conformance Review. A conformance review shall include the applicant
submitting a biological report and any other information deemed necessary by the
Director for the proposed project. Once submitted, the Director shall review the
information and prepare a report for the Approving Authority that includes any
conditions, restrictions, mitigation measures or project modifications that are
deemed necessary to address any adverse impacts of the proposed project.
17.38.090 VDS—Vehicle Dealer Sales Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. In an effort to reduce the proliferation of auto -related uses throughout
the City and to concentrate them in a central, regional serving location, the vehi-
cle dealer sales (VDS) overlay zone designates certain areas within the City
whereby the placement and concentration of vehicle dealer sales is allowed. The
purpose is to establish standards for the clustering of these uses in areas of the
City once all environmental factors have been properly mitigated.
B. Permitted Uses. All uses shall be subject to the requirements of the underlying
zone with the exception of vehicles dealer sales and services uses. The following
vehicle service uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears; a minor use
permit is required where the symbol "M" appears.
® h. (Vehicle Sales and Services
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 85
a.
Automobile and Light Truck Sales and Services
1)
Body Repair and Painting*
(2)
Commercial Storage
(3)
Gas Sales
(4)
Repair and/or Maintenance*
5)
Rentals
6)
Sales
b.
Boat and Camper/R.V. Sales and Services
(1) Commercial Storage
(2) Repair
(3) Sales and Rental
* Body repair, painting, and/or vehicle repair and maintenance shall be considered a
permitted (P) use when incidental to and/or on the same premises as a dealership selling new
vehicles.
C. Property Development Standards. The following requirements shall apply to the
uses described above in addition to the requirements of the underlying zone.
Additional regulations may be specified as conditions of approval as part of the
permitting process. Any deviations from the property development standards will
require the approval of an adjustment or a variance as described in Section •
17.24. 100 (Adjustment) and Section 17.25.120 (Variance).
1. General Requirements. The general requirements of the underlying zones
shall apply to any development within the VDS overlay zone.
a. All street setbacks shall be landscaped and maintained in
accordance with the underlying zone.
b. All signage, including banners, shall be in conformance with
Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private Property)).
C. All uses shall comply with the Municipal Code as it relates to
noise.
d. All modifications to the structure and uses proposed within shall
comply with all applicable building, stormwater and fire codes and
City ordinances and requirements.
e. There shall be no outdoor display or storage of vehicle parts and
supplies goods for sale.
2. Special Requirements. The following special requirements shall apply to
development in the VDS overlay zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 86
•
•
U
a. All operations must be conducted within an enclosed building.
b. The dismantling of vehicles for purposes other than repair is
prohibited.
C. No damaged or wrecked vehicles shall be stored for purposes other
than repair, unless the approval of a vehicle impound facility is
obtained.
d. All fencing shall be solid masonry of decorative nature to the
satisfaction of the Director with no metal panels, chain link, barbed
wire or razor fencing permitted.
e. All body repair and painting facilities shall meet the following
criteria:
i. All paint spray booths shall be within an enclosed building.
ii. All damaged or wrecked vehicles awaiting body repair
shall be within an area enclosed by a minimum seven (7)
foot high solid masonry wall as to not be visible from
residential uses or the public right-of-way.
17.38.100 VS—Vehicle Services Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. In an effort to reduce the proliferation of auto -related uses along
commercial corridors, the vehicle services (VS) overlay zone designates certain
areas within the City whereby the placement and concentration of vehicle services
is encouraged. The purpose is to establish standards for the clustering of these
uses in areas of the City once all environmental factors have been properly
mitigated.
B. Permitted Uses. All uses shall be subject to the requirements of the underlying
zone with the exception of vehicles services uses. The following vehicle service
uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears; a minor use permit is
required where the symbol "M" appears; uses are prohibited where the symbol
"X" appears.
1.
1 Vehicle Sales and Services
a.
Automobile and Light Truck Sales and Services
(1)
Body Repair and Painting
M
(2)
Commercial Storage
M
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 – Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 87
C. Property Development Standards. The following requirements shall apply to the
vehicle service uses described above in addition to the requirements of the
underlying zone. Additional regulations may be specified as conditions of
approval as part of the permitting process. Any deviations from the property
development standards will require the approval of an adjustment or a variance as
described in Section 17.24. 100 (Adjustment) and Section 17.25.120 (Variance).
1. General Requirements. The general requirements of the underlying zones
shall apply to any development within the VS overlay zone.
a. All street setbacks shall be landscaped and maintained in
accordance with the underlying zone.
b. All signage, including banners, shall be in conformance with
Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private Property)).
C. All uses shall comply with the Municipal Code as it relates to
noise.
d. All modifications to the structure and uses proposed within shall
comply with all applicable building, stormwater and fire codes and
City ordinances and requirements.
e. There shall be no outdoor display or storage of vehicle parts,
supplies, or goods for sale.
2. Special Requirements. The following special requirements shall apply to
development in the VS overlay zone.
a. All operations must be conducted within an enclosed building.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 88
•
(3)
Gas Sales
P
(4)
Repair and/or Maintenance
P
(5)
(A) Sales
(B) Rentals
X
P
b.
Boat and Camper/R.V. Sales and Services
(1)
Commercial Storage
M
(2)
Repair
P
(3)
Sales and Rental
P
c.
Motorcycle Sales and Services
P
C. Property Development Standards. The following requirements shall apply to the
vehicle service uses described above in addition to the requirements of the
underlying zone. Additional regulations may be specified as conditions of
approval as part of the permitting process. Any deviations from the property
development standards will require the approval of an adjustment or a variance as
described in Section 17.24. 100 (Adjustment) and Section 17.25.120 (Variance).
1. General Requirements. The general requirements of the underlying zones
shall apply to any development within the VS overlay zone.
a. All street setbacks shall be landscaped and maintained in
accordance with the underlying zone.
b. All signage, including banners, shall be in conformance with
Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private Property)).
C. All uses shall comply with the Municipal Code as it relates to
noise.
d. All modifications to the structure and uses proposed within shall
comply with all applicable building, stormwater and fire codes and
City ordinances and requirements.
e. There shall be no outdoor display or storage of vehicle parts,
supplies, or goods for sale.
2. Special Requirements. The following special requirements shall apply to
development in the VS overlay zone.
a. All operations must be conducted within an enclosed building.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 88
•
b. All repair activities as described in this section shall be confined to
• the hours of seven a.m. to ten p.m., Monday through Friday, and
eight a.m. to seven p.m. on Saturday and Sunday.
•
•
C. All parking for employees and customers, in addition to all
required circulation, shall be provided on-site and available during
all business hours.
d. The dismantling of vehicles for purposes other than repair is
prohibited.
e. No damaged or wrecked vehicles shall be stored for purposes other
than repair, unless the approval of a vehicle impound facility is
obtained. Any vehicle awaiting repair for more than thirty (30)
days shall be removed from the location or stored in an enclosed
building.
f All fencing shall be solid masonry of decorative nature to the
satisfaction of the Director with no metal panels, chain link, barbed
wire or razor fencing permitted.
g. All body repair and painting facilities shall meet the following
criteria:
(i) All paint spray booths shall be within an enclosed building.
(ii) All damaged or wrecked vehicles awaiting body repair
shall be within an area enclosed by a minimum seven (7)
foot high solid masonry wall as to not be visible from
residential uses or the public right-of-way.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 89
Chapter 17.39 Special Standards Districts •
SECTIONS:
17.39.010 Happy Valley Special Standards District.
17.39.020 Placenta Canyon Special Standards District.
17.39.030 Sand Canyon Special Standards District.
17.39.010 Happy Valley Special Standards District.
A. Purpose. The purpose of the special standards district is to maintain, preserve and
enhance the rustic California ranch character of the Happy Valley neighborhood.
Happy Valley is an area located in the Newhall community of the City of Santa
Clarita. Happy Valley is situated just north of Wildwood Canyon and local
mountain ranges containing large oak tree groves. Numerous streets within this
area are lined with large oak trees with no sidewalks or curbs, presenting a hybrid
of a rural and suburban community character.
The area has been historically comprised of single-family ranch homes, with a
variety of architectural styles reflecting a rustic character. There are a variety of
lot sizes and configurations throughout Happy Valley. Many of the homes located
within Happy Valley are on varying sized lots, providing a neighborhood layout
different from most areas of the City. These special characteristics make Happy
Valley a unique area of the City, which these special standards intend to preserve.
B. Community Character and Design Guidelines. Development of new single-family
homes shall utilize the concepts contained within the single-family residential
design guidelines section of the Community Character and Design Guidelines.
C. Property Development Standards. The following requirements shall apply in all
zones in the area identified as Happy Valley on the official zoning map and as
described in subsection (D) of this section:
1. Animal Keeping. Animals which are kept or maintained as pets shall be
permitted to continue when in accordance with the requirements of
Chapter 17.62 (Animal Keeping).
a. Large animals such as horses, cows and similar animals are
permitted pursuant to the requirements set forth in Section
17.62.020 (Keeping of Large Animals).
b. Small animals such as sheep, goats, dogs, rabbits, and birds and
similar animals are permitted pursuant to the requirements set forth
in Section 17.62.030 (Keeping of Small Animals).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 90
2. Oak Tree Preservation. The purpose of this subsection is to protect and
• preserve oak trees in the City of Santa Clarita in accordance with the
requirements of this section and Section 17.51.040 (Oak Tree
Preservation).
i
a. The removal of heritage oak trees shall be strongly discouraged
even if mitigation is offered as an alternative.
b. Pursuant to requirements set forth in Chapter 17.57 (Property
Development Standards: Residential), all new residential
development shall require the planting of one (1) twenty-four (24)
inch box tree in the required front yard area to the satisfaction of
the Director. This requirement may be waived or modified by the
Director where it is found to be impractical due to topographical
conditions, is not keeping with the neighborhood or otherwise will
not benefit the area. The planting of oak trees or other native trees
shall be encouraged for this requirement.
3. Street Development Standards. Any new development shall adhere to the
following standards or provide the following amenities:
a. Street lights, in accordance with City standards, shall be installed
only at road -to -road intersections.
b. Street curbs, gutters, and sidewalks shall not be required of new
development. In areas which currently have sidewalks, sidewalks
for new development shall be installed in order to provide
streetscape consistency, as appropriate.
C. Minimum City and Fire Department standards for all-weather
access shall be provided.
d. Fences and gates may remain legal nonconforming until
demolished or modified, after which time compliance with the
City's Code is required.
D. Legal Description of District Boundaries.
THE BOUNDARY OF THE HAPPY VALLEY SPECIAL STANDARDS
DISTRICT, LOCATED IN THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA, COUNTY OF
LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
BEGINNING AT THE INTERSECTION OF THE CENTERLINE OF VALLEY
STREET AS SHOWN ON F.M. 20959-3, SAID MAP ALSO FILED AS LOS
ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT RIGHT OF WAY MAP
364 -1222 -RW 3, AND THE WESTERLY PROLONGATION OF THE NORTH
TRACT BOUNDARY LINE OF TRACT MAP 35001 M.B. 946/43-44 THENCE
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 91
EASTERLY ALONG SAID NORTH TRACT BOUNDARY LINE TO A POINT
ON THE WESTERLY LINE OF PARCEL MAP 14563 M.B. 161/76-77, SAID
WESTERLY LINE SHOWN ON SAID PARCEL MAP AS NORTH 04°01'11"
WEST 350.89 FEET THENCE NORTH ALONG SAID WESTERLY LINE TO
THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF A 150.00 FOOT WIDE SOUTHERN
CALIFORNIA EDISON RIGHT OF WAY SHOWN ON THE LICENSED
SURVEYORS MAP L.S. 31/38-45 THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG
SAID SOUTHWESTERLY LINE TO A POINT ON THE SOUTHEAST LINE
OF LOT 122 OF TRACT MAP 1059 M.B. 17/94-95, SAID SOUTHEAST LINE
SHOWN ON SAID TRACT MAP AS SOUTH 25001' WEST 1065.38 FEET
THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG SAID SOUTHEAST LINE TO THE
NORTHEAST CORNER OF PARCEL MAP 6067 M.B. 116/92-93 THENCE
SOUTHERLY ALONG THE EAST PARCEL MAP BOUNDARY LINE TO
THE SOUTH PARCEL MAP BOUNDARY LINE OF SAID PARCEL MAP
THENCE WESTERLY ALONG SAID SOUTH PARCEL MAP BOUNDARY
LINE TO A POINT ON AN EASEMENT FOR DEBRIS BASIN TO THE LOS
ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT SHOWN. ON F.M.
20959-6, SAID MAP ALSO FILED AS LOS ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD
CONTROL DISTRICT RIGHT OF WAY MAP NO. 364 -1222 -RW 6 THENCE
ALONG THE PERIMETER OF SAID EASEMENT THE FOLLOWING
COURSES: NORTH 38°51'34" WEST 77.61 FEET, NORTH 33°51'41" WEST
30.00 FEET, SOUTH 56°08'19" WEST 60.00 FEET, SOUTH 33°51'41" EAST
45.64 FEET, HAPPY VALLEY SPECIAL STANDARDS DISTRICT, SOUTH
12055'45" EAST 157.06 FEET THENCE SOUTH 03055'45" EAST 345.00 FEET
TO THE NORTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF DAVEY AVENUE, 40.00 FEET
WIDE, AS DESCRIBED IN DEED 4604-26 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS OF THE
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, TO THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES FOR
ROAD EASEMENT PURPOSES AND SHOWN ON F.M. 20959-6, SAID MAP
ALSO FILED AS LOS ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT
RIGHT OF WAY MAP NO. 364 -1222 -RW 6 THENCE EASTERLY ALONG
SAID NORTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF DAVEY AVENUE TO THE
NORTHEASTERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF WILDWOOD CANYON
ROAD, 40.00 FEET WIDE, AS DESCRIBED IN DEED 8806-130 OF
OFFICIAL RECORDS OF THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, TO THE
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES FOR ROAD EASEMENT PURPOSES AND
SHOWN ON F.M. 20959-6, SAID MAP ALSO FILED AS RIGHT OF WAY
MAP NO. 364 -1222 -RW 6 THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID
NORTHEASTERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF WILDWOOD CANYON
ROAD TO THE SOUTH LINE OF PARCEL MAP 19950 M.B. 227/47-48
THENCE EASTERLY ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE 147.85 FEET TO THE
BEGINNING OF A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 125.00 FEET
EAST, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE EAST RIGHT OF WAY
LINE OF WILDWOOD CANYON ROAD, 40.00 FEET WIDE, SHOWN ON
THE LAST MENTIONED PARCEL MAP THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY
ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE 310.53 FEET TO A LINE
PERPENDICULAR TO THE LAST DESCRIBED COURSE THENCE
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 92
•
•
•
NORTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID PERPENDICULAR LINE 10.00 FEET TO
A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 135.00 FEET EAST, MEASURED
AT RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE EAST RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF
WILDWOOD CANYON ROAD, 40.00 FEET WIDE, AS DESCRIBED IN
DEED 8806-130 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS OF THE COUNTY OF LOS
ANGELES, TO THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES FOR ROAD EASEMENT
PURPOSES AND SHOWN ON THE LOS ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD
CONTROL DISTRICT RIGHT OF WAY MAP NO. 470 -9101 -RW 1 THENCE
SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE 120.00 FEET TO A
LINE PERPENDICULAR TO THE LAST DESCRIBED COURSE THENCE
NORTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID PERPENDICULAR LINE 75.00 FEET TO
A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 210.00 FEET EAST, MEASURED
AT RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE EAST RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF HAPPY
VALLEY SPECIAL STANDARDS DISTRICT. WILDWOOD CANYON
ROAD, 40.00 FEET WIDE, AS DESCRIBED IN DEED 8806-130 OF
OFFICIAL RECORDS OF THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, TO THE
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES FOR ROAD EASEMENT PURPOSES AND
SHOWN ON LOS ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT
RIGHT OF WAY MAP NO. 470 -9101 -RW I THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY
ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE TO A POINT ON NORTHERLY LINE OF
RECORD OF SURVEY 115/22, SAID NORTHERLY LINE SHOWN ON SAID
RECORD OF SURVEY AS NORTH 80045'00" EAST 465.55 FEET THENCE
EASTERLY ALONG SAID NORTHERLY LINE TO ITS NORTHEASTERLY
TERMINUS AND CONTINUING ALONG THE PERIMETER OF SAID
RECORD OF SURVEY THE FOLLOWING COURSES: SOUTH 57°01'10"
EAST 280.04 FEET, NORTH 78°55'20" EAST 319.66 FEET, SOUTH 20°44'20"
WEST 132.69 FEET, SOUTH 58°07'50" WEST 614.25 FEET THENCE
SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG THE PROLONGATION OF THE LAST
DESCRIBED COURSE TO THE CENTERLINE OF WILDWOOD CANYON
ROAD AS SHOWN ON THE LAST MENTIONED RECORD OF SURVEY
THENCE NORTHWESTERLY ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF WILDWOOD
CANYON ROAD TO THE NORTHEASTERLY PROLONGATION OF THE
NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF PARCEL MAP 26026 M.B. 329/41-42 THENCE
SOUTHWESTERLY FROM SAID INTERSECTION TO THE
SOUTHWESTERLY TERMINUS OF SAID NORTHWESTERLY LINE
THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG THE PROLONGATION OF SAID
NORTHWESTERLY LINE TO THE WESTERLY LINE OF LOT 56 OF
TRACT 2703 M.B. 28/20-27, SAID WESTERLY LINE SHOWN ON SAID
TRACT MAP AS NORTH 23016' WEST 931.60 FEET THENCE
NORTHWESTERLY ALONG SAID WEST LINE TO A 2 INCH IRON PIPE
TAGGED "RCE 21649" SHOWN AS THE SOUTHEASTERLY TERMINUS
OF A LINE SHOWN ON RECORD OF SURVEY 163/86 AS NORTH 36047'08"
WEST 363.11 FEET THENCE ALONG THE PERIMETER OF SAID RECORD
OF SURVEY THE FOLLOWING COURSES: NORTH 36°47'08" WEST 363.11
FEET, NORTH 16°52'40" EAST 153.93 FEET, NORTH 75°27'30" WEST 40.03
FEET, SOUTH 72°41'01" WEST 519.61 FEET, THENCE SOUTH 84°55'44"
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 93
WEST 133.80 FEET TO THE NORTHEAST TERMINUS OF A LINE ON THE
SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF PARCEL MAP 2293 M.B. 46/95 SHOWN AS
NORTH 30052'00" EAST 180.70 FEET THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG
THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF THE LAST MENTIONED PARCEL MAP
THE FOLLOWING COURSES: SOUTH 30°52'00" WEST 180.70 FEET,
SOUTH 60016'40" WEST 234.01 FEET TO THE SOUTHEAST TERMINUS OF
A LINE ON THE EASTERLY LINE OF LOT 69 OF TRACT MAP 38300 M.B.
1008/1-12 SHOWN AS NORTH 43002'28" WEST 151.00 FEET THENCE
ALONG THE TRACT BOUNDARY LINE OF THE LAST MENTIONED
TRACT MAP THE FOLLOWING COURSES: NORTH 43°02'28" WEST
151.00 FEET, NORTH 05°51'28" WEST 406.50 FEET, NORTH 37°03'00"
WEST 414.24 FEET, NORTH 23°1016" EAST 200.32 FEET, NORTH
66049'44" WEST 75.00 FEET, NORTH 59°29'43" EAST 126.61 FEET, NORTH
23010'16" EAST 40.84 FEET, SOUTH 85°33'26" WEST 660.00 FEET, NORTH
23010'16" EAST 338.31 FEET, SOUTH 85°33'26" WEST 29.65 FEET, SOUTH
85030'00" WEST 480.94 FEET, NORTH 04°32'00" WEST 208.70 FEET,
SOUTH 8.5030'00" WEST 208.70 FEET, NORTH 21051'51" WEST 69.47 FEET,
SOUTH 85030'00" WEST 139.31 FEET, THENCE NORTH 04°32'00" WEST
TO THE CENTERLINE OF MAPLE STREET, AS SHOWN ON THE LAST
MENTIONED TRACT MAP THENCE EASTERLY ALONG THE
CENTERLINE OF MAPLE STREET TO THE CENTERLINE INTERSECTION
OF MAPLE STREET AND APPLE STREET, SHOWN ON TRACT MAP 1437
M.B. 20/54-55 THENCE NORTH ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF APPLE
STREET TO THE EASTERLY PROLONGATION OF THE NORTH LINE OF
LOT 18 OF THE LAST MENTIONED TRACT MAP THENCE WESTERLY
ALONG SAID PROLONGATION OF SAID LOT 18 TO A LINE PARALLEL
WITH AND DISTANT 152 FEET WEST, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES,
OF THE CENTERLINE OF APPLE STREET THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG
SAID PARALLEL LINE 190 FEET TO A LINE PERPENDICULAR TO THE
NORTH LINE OF THE LAST MENTIONED LOT 18 THENCE EASTERLY
ALONG SAID PERPENDICULAR LINE TO THE WEST RIGHT OF WAY
LINE OF APPLE STREET, 40 FEET WIDE, AS SHOWN ON THE LAST
MENTIONED TRACT MAP THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG SAID WEST
LINE 40 FEET TO A LINE PERPENDICULAR TO SAID WEST RIGHT OF
WAY LINE THENCE WESTERLY ALONG SAID PERPENDICULAR LINE
TO A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 170 FEET WEST,
MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE CENTERLINE OF APPLE
STREET THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE 100 FEET
TO THE NORTH LINE OF LOT 17 OF THE LAST MENTIONED TRACT
MAP THENCE WESTERLY ALONG SAID NORTH LINE 217.98 FEET TO
THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF TRACT MAP 25339 M.B. 737/11-12
THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG THE EAST TRACT BOUNDARY LINE OF
SAID TRACT MAP TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF PARCEL 4 OF
PARCEL MAP 7400 M.B. 93/63-64 THENCE EASTERLY ALONG THE
NORTH LINE OF SAID PARCEL 4 AND ITS EASTERLY PROLONGATION
TO THE CENTERLINE OF APPLE STREET, 60 FEET WIDE AS SHOWN ON
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 94
•
•
•
•
•
•
THE LAST MENTIONED PARCEL MAP THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG
THE CENTERLINE OF APPLE STREET TO THE WESTERLY
PROLONGATION OF THE NORTHERLY PARCEL MAP BOUNDARY LINE
OF PARCEL MAP 14920 M.B. 187/61-62 THENCE EASTERLY ALONG
SAID NORTH PARCEL MAP BOUNDARY LINE TO THE EAST PARCEL
MAP BOUNDARY LINE OF SAID PARCEL MAP THENCE SOUTHERLY
ALONG SAID EAST PARCEL MAP BOUNDARY LINE TO A POINT ON
THE NORTH LINE OF LOT 4 OF TRACT MAP 1437 M.B. 20/54-55, SAID
POINT SHOWN AS THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF LOT 7 OF TRACT
MAP 25344 M.B. 694/57-58 THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG THE EAST
LINE OF SAID LOT 7 TO A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 50
FEET SOUTH, MEASURED ALONG THE EAST LINE OF SAID LOT 7, OF
THE NORTH LINE OF THE LAST MENTIONED LOT 4 THENCE
EASTERLY ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE TO THE EASTERLY SIDE
LINE OF A 17 FOOT WIDE EASEMENT SHOWN ON THE LOS ANGELES
COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT RIGHT OF WAY MAP 364 -1222 -
RW 2 THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID EASTERLY SIDE LINE
TO A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 150 FEET SOUTH,
MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE NORTH LINE OF THE LAST
MENTIONED LOT 4 THENCE EASTERLY ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE
TO A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 150 FEET WEST,
MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE WEST RIGHT OF WAY LINE
OF VALLEY STREET, 60 FEET WIDE, AS SHOWN ON THE LAST
MENTIONED FLOOD CONTROL RIGHT OF WAY MAP THENCE
SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE 100 FEET TO A LINE
PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 250 FEET SOUTH, MEASURED AT
RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE NORTH LINE OF THE LAST MENTIONED LOT
4 THENCE EASTERLY ALONG THE LAST MENTIONED PARALLEL LINE
30 FEET TO A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 120 FEET WEST,
MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE WEST RIGHT OF WAY LINE
OF VALLEY STREET, 60 FEET WIDE AS SHOWN ON THE LOS ANGELES
COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT RIGHT OF WAY MAP 364 -1222 -
RW 2 THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG THE LAST MENTIONED PARALLEL
LINE 80 FEET TO THE NORTH LINE OF LOT 5 OF TRACT MAP 1437 M.B.
20/24-55 THENCE WESTERLY ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID LOT 5
160 FEET TO THE SOUTHEAST TRACT BOUNDARY CORNER OF TRACT
MAP 25344 M.B. 694/57-58 THENCE SOUTHERLY FROM SAID
SOUTHEAST TRACT BOUNDARY CORNER TO A POINT ON THE NORTH
LINE OF LOT 6 OF TRACT MAP 1437 M.B. 20/54-55, SAID POINT BEING
DISTANT 280 FEET WEST, MEASURED ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF
SAID LOT 6, OF THE WEST RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF VALLEY STREET,
70 FEET WIDE, AS SHOWN ON THE LOS ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD
CONTROL DISTRICT RIGHT OF WAY MAP 364 -1222 -RW 2 THENCE
EASTERLY ALONG SAID NORTH LINE AND ITS EASTERLY
PROLONGATION TO THE CENTERLINE OF VALLEY STREET AS
SHOWN ON F.M. 20959-3, SAID MAP ALSO FILED AS RIGHT OF WAY
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 95
MAP 364 -1222 -RW 3 THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG THE CENTERLINE
OF VALLEY STREET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING BASIS OF
BEARINGS. THE DIRECTION OF ALL LINES MENTIONED IN THE
ABOVE DESCRIPTION ARE THE DIRECTIONS AS SHOWN ON THE
REFERENCED MAP THE ABOVE DESCRIBED LAND IS SHOWN ON
EXHIBIT `B" WHICH IS ATTACHED HERETO. THIS LEGAL
DESCRIPTION WAS PREPARED FOR AND FROM INFORMATION
PROVIDED BY THE PLANNING DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY
DEVELOPMENT OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA. SCRIVENER: C.G.
VANDREY, CHECKED BY: L.J. JORDAN, DATE: OCTOBER 14, 2009
17.39.020 Placerita Canyon Special Standards District.
A. Intent and Purpose. The purpose of the Placerita Canyon Special Standards
District (PCSSD) is to protect, maintain, preserve and enhance the secluded, rural
equestrian character of the community, to enhance the community's unique
appeal and to help mitigate the cumulative impacts of residential development.
Additionally, it is the purpose of these Special Standards to ensure that new and
expanded structures are compatible with the characteristics of surrounding single-
family residential neighborhoods, and protect the light, air, and privacy of existing
single-family residences from negative impacts. These standards are also intended
to ensure reasonable access to public riding and hiking trails, and to minimize the
need for installation of infrastructure such as sewers, streetlights, concrete
sidewalks and concrete flood control systems that would alter the community's
character, while providing for adequate drainage and other community safety
features.
B. Property Development Standards. The following requirements shall apply in all
zones in the area identified as Placerita Canyon on the official zoning map and as
described in subsection (G) of this section:
1. Animals which are kept or maintained as pets shall be permitted to
continue when in accordance with the following:
a. Two (2) horses or other similar animals which, in the opinion of
the Director, are neither obnoxious nor detrimental to the public
welfare may be kept on a lot or parcel of land which has a min-
imum area of five thousand (5,000) square feet, but less than
fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet.
b. The requirements of Chapter 17.62 (Animal Keeping) of this Code
with respect to animal keeping are met, with the exception of the
minimum lot area above.
2. Any new development shall adhere to the following standards or provide
the following amenities:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 96
ia. Trails.
•
•
i. Riding and hiking trails shall be provided as depicted on
the latest Placenta Canyon Backbone Trails exhibit on file
with Parks, Recreation and Community Services, to the
satisfaction of the Director of Parks, Recreation and
Community Services;
ii. Trails shall be fenced to the satisfaction of the Director of
Parks, Recreation and Community Services, with fences of
a rustic wood appearance;
iii. Trail access shall be provided at all river crossings;
iv. There shall be no obstructions including, but not limited to,
landscaping, trash receptacles, or other similar structures
within a designated trail;
V. Fencing shall not be permitted to cross riverbeds in such a
manner as to deny trail access;
vi. All new residential projects of greater than four (4)
dwelling units and all new commercial, industrial and
institutional projects (including expansion thereof), shall
provide trail easements, consistent with community goals
and the Placenta Canyon backbone trails exhibit, to the
satisfaction of the Director of Parks, Recreation and
Community Services;
vii. Unobstructed multipurpose pathways for both pedestrian
and equestrian uses shall be developed in each new
development to the satisfaction of both the Director of
Public Works and the Director of Parks, Recreation, and
Community Services. Although alignments that are not
adjacent to roadways will generally be preferred, road
easements may be used when the Department of Parks,
Recreation and Community Services determines that other
locations are inappropriate; and,
viii. Trail construction shall be completed and maintained in
accordance with the conditions set forth by the Department
of Parks, Recreation, and Community Services. All
information pertaining to trail requirements shall be shown
on the tentative parcel or tract map and on the final parcel
or tract map prior to the final map recordation.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 97
b. A property maintenance or homeowner maintenance association •
shall be established to maintain the private access route, private
roads and drives, trail easements and other specific project
amenities in all new residential projects of greater than four (4)
dwelling units and all new commercial, industrial and institutional
projects;
C. Street lights, in accordance with City standards, shall be installed
only at road -to -road intersections; exterior lighting shall be
designed to minimize off-site illumination, within the requirements
for public safety. Exterior lighting on residential parcels shall be of
top -shielded design to prevent direct off-site illumination; hoods
shall be used to direct light away from adjacent parcels. Exterior
lighting on nonresidential parcels shall be prohibited except where
necessary for the safety of pedestrian and vehicular traffic, as
determined by the City. To minimize off-site illumination where
lights are required, cut-off fixtures in keeping with a rural
equestrian architectural style will be specified;
d. River bottoms and sides shall not be improved with concrete.
Fencing shall not be permitted to cross riverbeds in such a manner
as to deny trail access;
e. Bridges shall be limited to those required for public safety and •
shall be designed to accommodate equestrian access;
f. All new residential projects of greater than four (4) dwelling units
and all new commercial, industrial and institutional projects
(including expansion thereof) shall connect to public sewer
systems. Utilities shall be undergrounded to the nearest off-site
connection; and
g. Existing and future drainage shall be accommodated to provide
adequate carrying capacity and erosion protection and shall not
create or extend detrimental hazards or consequences upstream.
C. Residential Zones.
Residential Areas.
a. Street paving, curbs, gutters and sidewalks shall not be required of
new development. Minimum City standards for all-weather access
shall be provided. An engineering analysis shall be required to
determine how all-weather access will be provided for emergency
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 98
•
•
•
•
vehicles. Surface material may consist of graded dirt, gravel, or .
asphaltic concrete to achieve the required standards.
b. On -street parking shall not be permitted in a designated trail.
C. Street trees shall not be required.
d. Fences. Non -view -obscuring fences, not to exceed five (5) feet in
height, shall be permitted to be located within the twenty (20) foot
front yard setback. Where a non -view -obscuring fence is
constructed within the twenty (20) foot front yard setback, and is
five (5) feet in height, the applicant shall be required to landscape
the frontage of their property along the property line that abuts the
adjacent right-of-way. View -obscuring walls or fences that are
higher than three (3) feet six (6) inches shall not be permitted to be
located within the twenty (20) foot front yard setback.
2. Melody Ranch. (Applicable only to the area bounded by Oak Orchard
Road on the north, Oak Creek Avenue on the east, Placenta Creek on the
south, and to a line approximately nine hundred ninety (990) feet from and
parallel to Oak Creek Avenue on the west.) Melody Ranch is a permitted
use in the NU5 zone, subject to the following: the primary land use shall
include full service motion picture and television studios including
facilities for production of feature films, television series, commercials,
telethons, videos and all related facilities and audience participation.
Incidental community activities and social events are permitted. Related
office space and limited commercial retail sales, incidental to the primary
use shall be permitted.
D. Commercial/Industrial Zones.
1. Landscaping Requirements.
a. Adequate buffering between residential and nonresidential areas
shall be provided, in accordance with the provisions of this Code;
b. Street trees shall be required;
C. Landscaped berms or other landscape treatment shall be used to
screen the view of parking areas from the street; and
d. Landscape plans shall incorporate twenty-four (24) inch box trees.
2. Lot Orientation. Properties fronting on Lyons Avenue shall be oriented
with their primary access on Lyons Avenue. Site orientation shall
discourage use of Placenta Canyon Road as a primary access.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30— Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 99
3. Noise Limits. Any loud music (live or recorded) shall comply with the •
noise limits as set forth in Section 11 A4.040 (Noise Limits) of the Santa
Clarita Municipal Code.
E. North Newhall Area. The following requirements shall apply to those properties
in the Placerita Canyon Special Standards District that are within the North
Newhall Area (NNA), as identified in the General Plan. The future uses and
development within this area require careful advance planning and consideration
of any potential projects shall be required to address each of the following subject
areas:
1. Public Participation/Outreach.
a. Be subject to public participation and outreach led by the
applicant(s) or the applicant's representative, at the onset of and
during conceptual planning and prior to formal submittal of a
proposed project to the City. Outreach would include, but is not
limited to the Placerita Canyon Property Owners Association.
2. Traffic Intrusion/Gateways.
a. Be internally and externally pedestrian -oriented, and have
equestrian and bicycle amenities and accommodations;
b. Understand and acknowledge that any development at these
locations will increase existing vehicular traffic and create new
vehicular traffic, and that there will be impacts to equestrian and
pedestrian circulation in the existing neighborhood, and therefore
to minimize those impacts, special attention must be given to
mitigate impacts caused by such identified access points;
C. Layout and orientation of any developments shall be designed to
discourage and where possible prevent additional trips into
Ptacerita Canyon caused by or resulting from such developments;
d. Include defined entry gateways or monuments into the Placerita
Canyon Special Standards District, at Railroad Avenue, complete
with landscaping and. architectural elements with signage expressly
stating there is no through traffic allowed; and
C. A traffic study shall be prepared for all new developments that are
projected to generate 250 or more new daily trips, within the areas
encompassed by the NNA. The traffic study shall analyze those
potentially impacted intersections within the NNA area and those
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 100
•
that lie within a one (1) mile radius of the subject development
• site.
3. Buffering and Transitions.
a. Preserve the existing rural equestrian community, generally known
as Placerita Canyon, and provide adequate buffers and graduated
transitional design to ensure existing neighborhood protection and
compatibility of character resulting from any proposed
development;
b. Incorporate the current Santa Clarita Valley Trails Advisory
Committee (SCVTAC) network of multi -use trails into adjacent
neighborhoods which shall have rural and equestrian
characteristics; and
C. Require use of the MWD right-of-way as a landscaped buffer
(subject to MWD approval) between the NNA within the PCSSD
and the rest of Placerita Canyon, which landscaping shall consist
of low water, low maintenance, landscape material.
4. Architecture.
a. Consist of 360 -degree architectural design with pedestrian -scaled
building massing and forms where adjacent to existing residences,
with the use of landscaping to visually soften hard edges of
buildings;
b. Structures shall have varied building heights and designs shall
create east/west sight lines. Building heights up to 35 feet may be
permitted. Additional height, not to exceed 50 feet, may be
permitted subject to the approval of a conditional use permit;
C. Have transitional densities, as described above, decreasing in
density and height in an easterly direction towards the MWD right-
of-way away from Railroad Avenue, to include the MWD right-of-
way as a landscaped buffer and detached single-family residences
adjacent to the MWD right-of-way; and
d. Building heights shall be subject to the same Unified Development
Code requirements that apply to all of Placerita Canyon.
5. Flood Control.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 101
a. Waterway bottoms and sides shall not be improved with concrete
or hard impervious surfaces and shall be maintained in a natural
appearance;
b. Fencing shall not be permitted to cross riverbeds or waterways in a
manner which denies or interferes with easy trail access; and
C. On-site flood control mitigation would provide assistance or relief
to other hydrology/drainage impacts within Placerita Canyon due
to changes of topography on NNA properties.
6. Housing Types.
a. It is not the City's intent to see affordable housing located on this
site; and
b. The desired housing type in the NNA will attract residents who
will assist in the economic revitalization of Downtown Newhall.
7. Economic Development.
a. Based on the area's proximity to the nearby Metrolink station and
Old Town Newhall, development in the NNA would be supportive
of revitalization efforts, with an appropriate mix of retail, office,
restaurant, and general commercial square footage combined with
neighboring and integrated housing types.
8. Recreation.
a. Include a site-specific and a community-based recreational
component.
F. Applicability. The preceding standards shall apply as appropriate to any land
division, land development, building permit for either a new structure or a
specified addition to an existing structure, or grading permit. Modifications to any
standards in this subsection are only available pursuant to the terms and
conditions of a conditional use permit, as provided for in Section 17.25.100
(Conditional Use Permit) of the Code.
G. Description of District Boundaries. Beginning at a point in the boundary of Tract
No. 1078, recorded in Book 18, Page 169, of Maps, said point being the northwest
corner of said Tract No. 1078; thence northeasterly, and easterly along the
northwesterly, and northerly boundary of Tract No. 1078 to a point in the
northerly boundary of Tract No. 1079, recorded in Book 18, Page 155, of Maps;
thence easterly along the northerly boundary of said Tract No. 1079 to a point,
said point being the northeasterly corner of said Tract No. 1079; thence northerly •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 102
along the northerly prolongation of the easterly boundary of said Tract No. 1079
. to a point in the northerly right-of-way boundary of the Los Angeles aqueduct;
thence southeasterly and southerly along the northerly, and easterly boundary of
said right-of-way to a point in the northerly boundary of Tract No. 10699,
recorded in Book 165, Pages 36-37 of Maps; thence easterly along the northerly
boundary of said Tract No. 10699 and, thence continuing along the easterly
prolongation of the northerly boundary of said Tract No. 10699 to a point in the
westerly right-of-way boundary of Sierra Highway; thence southwesterly along
the said westerly right-of-way to the intersection of a line parallel with and 215
feet northerly measured at right angles from the southwesterly boundary of Tract
No. 1274 recorded in Book 18 Pages 110-111 of Maps; thence northwesterly
along said parallel line to a point in southerly boundary of said Tract No. 1274;
thence northwesterly and westerly, along the southerly boundary of said Tract No.
1274 to a point, said point being the northeast corner of the parcel of land as
described in Document No. 5906 recorded December 10, 1964, as shown on
Record of Survey 95-78 thence southwesterly, westerly, and northwesterly along
the southeasterly, southerly, and southwesterly boundary of said Record of
Survey, to a point, said point being the westerly corner of said Record of Survey,
thence southwesterly along the southeasterly boundary of Lot 194 of said Tract
No. 1078 to the southwest corner of said tract; thence northwesterly along the
southwesterly boundary of said tract to the point of beginning.
Except: that portion that lies within the boundaries of Tract No. 44452 recorded in
• Book 1137 Pages 59-68, Tract No. 34143 recorded in Book 969 Pages 7-14, and
Tract No. 34144 recorded in Book 969 Pages 15-20, all of Maps.
17.39.030 Sand Canyon Special Standards District.
A. Purpose. The purpose of the special standards district is to maintain, preserve and
enhance the rural and equestrian character of Sand Canyon.
B. Property Development Standards. The following requirements shall apply in all
zones in the area identified as Sand Canyon and described in subsection (C) of
this section:
1. Animals which are kept or maintained as pets shall be permitted to
continue when in accordance with the following:
a. Two (2) horses or other similar animals which, in the opinion of
the Director, are neither obnoxious nor detrimental to the public
welfare may be kept on a lot or parcel of land which has a
minimum area of five thousand (5,000) square feet, but less than
fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet; and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 — Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 103
b. The requirements of Chapter 17.62 (Animal Keeping) this Code
with respect to animal keeping are met, with the exception of the
minimum lot area above.
2. Any new development shall adhere to the following standards or provide
the following amenities:
a. Trails.
Riding and hiking trails shall be provided as depicted on
the latest Sand Canyon Backbone Trails exhibit on file with
Parks, Recreation and Community Services to the
satisfaction of the Director of Parks, Recreation and
Community Services;
ii. Trails shall be fenced to the satisfaction of the Director of
Parks, Recreation and Community Services, with fences of
a rustic wood appearance;
iii. Trail access shall be provided at all river crossings;
iv. There shall be no obstruction including, but not limited to,
on -street parking, landscaping, trash receptacles, or other
similar structures within a designated trail; •
V. Fencing shall not be permitted to cross riverbeds, in such a
manner as to deny trail access;
vi. Private access routes to the Backbone Trails are encouraged
to be incorporated into new subdivisions to the satisfaction
of the Director of Parks, Recreation and Community
Services and the concurrence of the property owner;
b. River bottoms and sides shall not be improved with concrete;
C. Bridges shall be limited to those required for public safety and
shall be designed to accommodate equestrian access;
d. Street lights, in accordance with City standards, shall be installed
only at road -to -road intersections;
e. Sewer. All new residential projects of greater than four (4)
dwelling units and density greater than 0.5 units per acre shall
connect to public sewer systems. Utilities shall be undergrounded
to the nearest off-site connection;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 104
i�
f. Street paving, curbs, gutters and sidewalks shall not be required of
• new development. Minimum City standards for all weather access
shall be provided. An engineering analysis shall be required to
determine how all weather access will be provided for emergency
vehicles. Surface material may consist of graded dirt, gravel or
asphaltic concrete to achieve the required standards;
g. Drainage. Existing and future drainage shall be accommodated to
provide adequate carrying capacity and erosion protection;
h. Street trees shall not be required; however, the planting of oaks and
other mature trees shall be encouraged;
Gating of proposed or existing residential areas shall be subject to
the approval of a conditional use permit;
j. Clustering of residential projects shall be discouraged except
where deemed necessary to preserve and protect environmentally
sensitive areas. Where clustering is approved, the minimum lot
size shall not deviate more than ten (10) percent from the required
minimum lot size;
k. Screening of Dumpsters. New residential development shall
• provide for the screening and placement of dumpsters located
within the front yard;
Maintenance. A property maintenance or homeowner maintenance
association shall be established to maintain the trails, private roads
and drives and other specific project amenities;
M- Fences. Non -view -obscuring fences, not to exceed five (5) feet in
height, shall be permitted to be located within the twenty (20) foot
front yard setback. Where a non -view -obscuring fence is
constructed within the twenty (20) foot front yard setback, and is
five (5) feet in height, the applicant shall be required to landscape
the frontage of their property along the property line that abuts the
adjacent right-of-way. View -obscuring walls or fences that are
higher than three (3) feet six (6) inches shall not be permitted to be
located within the twenty (20) foot front yard setback;
n. Structures Within or Adjacent to Right -of -Way.
i. In instances where properties along Sand Canyon Road
have offered for dedication land that is in excess of current
right-of-way dedication requirements, structures shall be
• permitted to be constructed in such land subject to the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30—Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 105
current development requirements of the zone in which if is
located with the approval of an adjustment; •
ii. In instances where properties have frontage on Sand
Canyon Road where there exists a minimum of twenty (20)
feet between the edge of the right-of-way that is currently
required and the ultimate street pavement of Sand Canyon
Road, accessory structures may encroach into the street
yard setback with the approval of an adjustment.
C. Description of District Boundaries. That portion of the City of Santa Clarita lying
southerly of the Santa Clara River and within Sections 13, 14, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26,
27, 34, 35 and 36, in Township 4 North, Range 15 West, in the San Bernardino
Base and Meridian; also within Sections 1 and 2, Township 3 North, Range 15
West, in the San Bernardino Base and Meridian.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.30 —Zones (17.31-17.39)
Page 106
Division 17.40 Use Classifications and Required
Parking
Chapter 17.41
General
Chapter 17.42
Residential Use Types
Chapter 17.43
Commercial Use Types
Chapter 17.44
Industrial Use Types
Chapter 17.45
Public and Semi -Public Use Types
Chapter 17.46
Agricultural Use Types
Chapter 17.47
Temporary Use Types
Chapter 17.48
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
Chapter 17.49
Development Activities/Miscellaneous Use Types
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page I
•
11
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 2
Division 17.40 Use Classifications and Required
0 Parking
Chapter 17.41 General
A. This is not a complete list of uses for the City. The Director, or its designee, may
determine that a use not listed in this division is similar to a listed use and process the
proposal as the similar use would be processed in accordance with Chapter 17.04
(Interpretations).
B. The following uses shall be designated as follows:
1.
Prohibited where the symbol "X" appears;
2.
Permitted where the symbol "P" appears;
3.
Permitted subject to a Conditional Use Permit (CUP) where the symbol "C" appears;
4.
Permitted subject to a Minor Use Permit (MUP) where the symbol "M" appears;
5.
Permitted subject to a Temporary Use Permit (TUP) where the symbol "T" appears;
6.
Permitted subject to a Hillside Development Review (HR) were the symbol "H"
appears;
7.
Permitted subject to an Adult Business Use Permit where an "A" appears;
8.
Permitted subject to an Administrative Permit where an "AP" appears; and
9.
Permitted subject to a Ridgeline Alteration Permit where the symbol "R" appears.
C. Uses identified as a permitted use "P" may be subject to other entitlements identified in
this
Code.
D. Multiple
entitlements may apply to each project based on the proposal for development.
E. Environmental clearance must be obtained prior to the installation, operation, or
development of any use. All requirements for protection of significant ecological areas,
flood hazard areas, and other areas of environmental concern identified by the General
Plan and this Code shall be met.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 3
Chapter 17.42 Residential Use Types
I
1. Caretaker's Residence
Includes permanent or temporary housing that is secondary or accessory to theprimary
r2fit�llyenlosedf
nonresidential use on the same property. Caretaker's housing shall be used exclusively
spaces, spaces may,,bet'I
for occupancy by a caretaker for security or monitoring of the primary use. Caretakers
itandeul Q
residences shall comply with the parking standards for single-family residential uses.+
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 UR1 UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
2. Community Care Facility Il rkin °. y
Includes any residential facility which is planned, designed and managed to include0�5 spaces'(pec umtb a
facilities and common areas that maximize the residents' potential for independentIplus�guestiparkmg a6,l�'
living. The facility may be occupied by elderly or disabled persons or households asspacepet each8 u in ts:
defined in the Health and Safe Code. Direct services that may be provided include
Safety Y P
those relating to nutritional, social, recreational, housekeeping and personal needs of �8 N
the
residents.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 UR1 UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN BP
I
X X X X X X X C C C C C C X X
3. Dwelling 14P1AOOng Ix:
Includes a building or portion of a building with a single room or group of internally connected rooms that is
designed exclusively for the long-term habitation of a family and contains facilities for sleeping, eating,
sanitation and a kitchen.
a. Single -Family - a detached building designed exclusively for occupancy by a single
2 fully enclosedispac6s` ;
family.
A ; i �"5
k
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UR1
UR2
UR3
TUFFUR5
CR
CC
CN BP t
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
I P
I P
X
X
X X X
b. Two -Family - includes a duplex, or other building designed for occupancy by twoW11
2fully
ene5osed'sp`aces
(2) families living independently of each other, which may be owned individually or
per
R
unit$
by a single landlord.
H * k
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
P
P
P
X
X
X X X
c. Multifamily - includes a building designed and intended for occupancy by three (3)
nclos
a(1);
•
0
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40—Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 5
(4)GuesY°kaiking - `I µ
parkuig spat a per each
ttwo units (for
x fi
.; completes with more
�F
than 3 units
(3) F0 enior/age
s.
=restricted
_� €
developD ments, one
parking space per each
two units ;,plus
E
,,requiredgoes ty Arkin
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URl I UM I UR3 I UR41 UR51
CRI CC
I CN
I BP I I
X X X X X X I X I P P P I M I C I C I X I X
4. Family Day Care Homes ;Parkmg
Includes a private single-family dwelling where nonmedical care and protection are
2 -..fully enclosed spa est
provided to individuals for periods less than twenty-four (24) hours.
a. Adult - up to six (6) adults.
b. Family - up to fourteen (14) children. Family day care homes shall be licensed by
the State and consistent with Section 1597.30 of the Health and Safety Code.
NUI
NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 UR1 UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN
BP I.
P I P P P P P P P P P P P X X X
5. Fraternity and Sorority Houses IParloO
Includes buildings containing sleeping rooms, bathrooms, common rooms and acentral
0 75�spaces pei bed
kitchen and dining room maintained exclusively for fratemity/sorority members and
' , °
7
their uests or visitors and affiliated with an institution of higher leamin
` , `
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 7UR5 I CR CC
CN I BP I
X X X X X X X C C I C I X X X X X
6. Home -Based Cottage Food OperationFParkrng
Includes an enterprise, which produces and sells cottage food products in the home
No additional€parking
kitchen of a primary residential dwelling unit. A cottage food operation shall be
"required��;�
considered an accessory use and shall not operate as a food facility or wholesale food
�7t
manufacturer. Home-based cottage food operations shall be in accordance with
4 "'
Section 17.66.025 (Cottage Food Operations).
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URl I UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN
BP I
AP I AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP X X
7. Home Occupation Businesses
Parkmg
Includes office businesses which are incidental and accessory to a residential use and
No additional parking"
do not include the storage of materials of any kind or product manufacturing of any
required 5
kind. Home occupation business shall be in accordance with Chapter 17.65 (Home
a F . r .
Occupations).
4
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40—Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 5
NU1 NU2 I NU3 NU4
NU5
URI `UR2
UR3 UR4
UR5 CR
CC
CN BP I
P P P P P P I P P P P P P X X X
8. Joint Living and Working Quarters (Live/work Units) Padang
Includes a dwelling occupying a building designed for commercial or industrial x2tfullyeiclosed'
p ea esus
occupancy and includes adequate working space reserved for, and regularly used by
r s�
for residential use�and="
one or more persons residing therein. Joint living and working quarters shall be in
one parkmg space+for���%
accordance with Section 17.66.080 (Joint Living and Working Quarters).
2�S�O��gaze feet`s
ryv
ofrcoihmermalus ace
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X X X X X X X C C C M C C C C
9. Model Homes 'arking ' ,
���tr�S
Includes dwellings initially constructed for the purposes of displaying the differentpa
4--ps
housing
es per model
models offered for sale within a residential development.
NUI
NU2 NU3
NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN
BP
I
M I M M M M M M M M M M M
M
X
X
a
10. Mobilehome ParkParkrii
'
Includes sites containing spaces with the required improvements and utilities that are p2„spaces der umtN1,
°* 4 x`m” n i."`"�
leased for the long-term placement of mobile or manufactured homes and may include li spaces.may be tandem
services and facilities for residents. plus�Itspape pa2�.
;units<for guest parking
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
C C C C C C C C C C X C I X I X X
11. Residential Health Care FacilityParizing r
rc
Includes residential facilities usually occupied by the elderly that provide rooms, �0
meals, health
SS�spaces�for each � �^
�';
personal care and monitoring services under the supervision of a
unit and oribed
professional nurse or other professional health care provider and that may provide
r
other services, such as recreation, social and cultural activities, financial services and
a
transportation. Ty ical uses include convalescent homes.�`�3
NU1 NU2 NU3 I NU4 I NU51 URI UR2 UR3
UR4 UR51 CR CC CN
BP
I
X X X X X X X M M M C C C C X
12. Residential Service/Care Home 1'arlungr�i a
Includes a private single-family residence where twenty-four (24) hour care,
2"fully enclosed spaces?;
nonmedical services, supervision, treatment or assistance essential for sustaining the
activities of daily living to six (6) or fewer persons is provided. Residentialf;
yeT-j>
service/care home shall be consistent with Section 1500 et seq. of the Health and
i 1fi' Pr
Safety Code and any other ap licable State law.
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4 NUS URl
UR2 UR3 UR4
URS CR CC
CN BP I
P
P
P
P P P
P P P
P X X
X X X
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 6
C�
•
I�
E
13. Rooming House
Means a dwelling unit (other than a hotel or motel) where three (3) or more rooms are
fiilly nclosed stalls.
rented individually or separately to tenants under separate rental agreements where
plus one parking sta_Il '
tenants do not share common financial responsibility for use of the dwelling unit as a
for e clresident. I8
whole. Rent may be paid in money, goods, labor, or otherwise. Rental agreements may
years=or=older
be written or oral. Housing protected by Federal or State law, including housing for
persons protected under the Fair Housing Act (42 U.S.C. Section 3604(F)) and the
California Fair Housing Act (California Government Code Section 12920 et seq.), or
�a
housing otherwise subject to treatment as a single-family dwelling unit by the
ns of State law shall not constitute a rooming house.t
lvisi5o
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
URI UR2
UR3 UR4
URS
CR
CC CN BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X X
P* P*
P*
X
X X X
X
*Rooming houses are not permitted in neighborhoods that are comprised predominantly of single-family
detached residential units.
14. Second Unit,Parkiiig,
r.
Includes a detached or attached dwelling unit that provides complete independent Pl
spaceiper e ery 2
living facilities for one or more persons. It shall include permanent provisions for
A3 t-�
bedrooms or portion
living, eating, cooking (kitchen) and sanitation on the same parcel upon which a
ythereof "W'dildiuon t_o; '
primary dwelling is located. An attached second unit is not considered to be a two-
required parking for
family structure. Second units shall be in accordance with Chapter 17.57 (Property
tfiex'0pnm�ry„dwelling
Development Standards — Residential),
unifl<Space maybe
NUI I NU2 I NU3 NU4 NUS I UR1 UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN
BP I
AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP X X X X X
15. Supportive Commercial Uses Serving the Local Area
,h
Supportive commercial uses serving the local area, such as grocery stores, restaurants, .Parking
as tietermmed'
personal services, and retail sale of specialty goods, may be permitted in a proposed
by theDueotor
development project, new establishment, or conversion of a residence, provided that
the size, location, design, and use types are determined to be compatible with the
surrounding area. Such supportive commercial uses in the NU4 and NU5 zones shall
#
be in located in activity areas, must be at least one (1) mile from any commercial land
�<
use designation, and must not exceed five (5) acres in size. A change in use in an
%`TMS r4
established activity area shall be subject to the required entitlement for such use in the
CN zone. However, a permitted use in the CN zone shall require a MUP.
NUl NU2
NU3
NU4 NUS URl
I UR2 I
UR3
I UR4
I URS
I CR I CC I 3X ;(BPSvi
M M
M
M M M
M
M
M
M I
X I XX BI: IMN
16. Supportive Housing "Parkins.''`
Includes housing with no limits on length of stay that is linked to on-site or off-site
t space foi eachrstatf.
services that assist a resident in retaining housing, improving his/her health conditions ; "'member;plus
1 space
and maximizing his or her ability to live and, when possible, work in the community.
for each resideni using)
”
a motorwehicle.
NUl
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
URl
UR2
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC7CNI
BPI
I...
P
P I
P I
P I
P I
P
I P I
P
I FT
P
C I
C
I X I
X I
X
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 7
17. Transitional Housing
Includes buildings configured as a rental housing development but operated under
program requirements. Upon termination of assistance, the unit shall be recirculated as
an assisted unit to another eligible program recipient at some predetermined point in
time where length of stays shall be no less than six (6) months and no more than two
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI U112 UR3 U114 U115 CR CC CN BP I I
P P P P P P P P P P C C X X I X
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 8
•
•
•
•
Chapter 17.43 Commercial Use Types
1. Adult Businesses
parr) pg
Includes any business which, because minors are excluded by virtue of their age as a
Ea h specificuse type
prevailing business practice, is not customarily open to the general public, including,
shall be<calculated per
but not limited to an adult arcade, adult bookstore, adult theater, cabaret, love parlor,
sparking requirements
model studio, nude studio, sexual catharsis center, sexual encounter shop, sexual
1contained in this Code
novelty store or any other similar use wherein the preponderant business is the offering
;
of services, materials and/or products which have as their dominant theme the sexual
arousal, sexual gratification and/or sexual stimulation of a customer. Adult businesses
shall be in accordance with Chapter 17.61 (Adult Business Regulations). This
definition does not apply, nor shall be interpreted to apply, to any business conducted,
operated by, or employing licensed chiropractors, licensed physicians, licensed
physical therapists, licensed psychologists, licensed social workers, licensed massage
therapists, or licensed marriage and family counselors when performing functions
under or pursuant to the respective license held.
NUI NU21 NU3 I NU4 I NU5 URI UR2 UR
UR4 URS CR CC CN BP h
X
1616" X1 X X X X I X X X A X A X
2. Aircraft Services
gogInfAM
Includes an area of land for public, or private, aircraft trips as described below.
Paemgas deerternd;m
fhe
b'yD
a. Airport - An area of land used for commercial and general aviation aircraft take offs and landings of fixed
wing aircraft, including any appurtenant areas for airport buildings, airfield landing strips, aircraft operation, and
related facilities, including aprons and taxiways, control towers, passenger terminals, hangers, safety lights, and
structures. These may also include facilities for aircraft manufacturing, maintenance, repair, and reconditioning.
Public airports may include aircraft sales and other supportive retail and food services for the air -traveling public
and airport employees. All airports must comply with the regulations of the Federal Aviation Administration
and California Department of Transportation, Division of Aeronautics.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
C
C
C
C
X
X
X
X
X
C
C
X
C
C
b. Heliport - An area for the landing and takeoff of rotary wing aircraft, for embarking and disembarking
passengers and other purposes, with safety and navigation markings and facilities as required by the Federal
Aviation Administration and California Department of Transportation, Division of Aeronautics. This use may
also include accessory helicopter hanger and maintenance facilities. Heliports may be located on the ground or
on the top of a building. This use shall be for commercial/industrial uses and shall not preclude accessory public
and semi-public heli ads in accordance with Section 17.37.020 Public/Institutional Zone of this code.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 I CR I CC
I CN
BP
I
C C C C C X X X X X I C I C T X I C I C�
e}
3. Animal Sales and Services hTarkrngOlw,
Includes facilities primarily engaged in animal -related sales and services. The following are animal sale and
service use types:
FacdAnimal Crematory - includes a facility where deceased animals are burned and
1 space pe 250 quare:
reuced to ashes.feet.of
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 9
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4 I
NUS I
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X I
X I
X I
X I
X I
X I
X I
X I
CX
C
M
b. Animal Menagerie - a place where wild animals are kept or maintained for any
Parlung as deternaiiied
commercial purpose, including places where wild animals are boarded, trained, or kept
by the Director
for hire. This use does not include a Veterinary Clinic or a Veterinary Hospital.
Animal Menageries shall have a minimum lot size of two 2 acres.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
FKF5
URl
UM
I UR3
UR4
I UR51CRICCICNI
BPI
I
C
C
C
C I
C
X
X
X
X
I X
I X
I X I X IX
IX
c. Animal Shelter - includes establishments primarily engaged in providing shelter
Vspace p"ei 250 feet of
and adoption services for small animals and may include short- or long-term boarding
ear(eexcludmg area -
All boarding shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.66.090devotedeto
housing of
a
(Kennels).
imals)
NU1
I NU2
NU3 I
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN BP I
C
I C
C
I C
C
X
X
X
X
X
X
C X M M
d. Day Care -includes the keeping of animals for a brief period of time that does not
lsl space�per each535 x
include overnight.
antmals,flplus requtredc
�parinng® for additional
°sess°le
NUI
I NU2
NU31
NU4
I NUS
I URI
I UR2
UR3
I UR4
I URS
CR
CC CN
BP I
C
I C
C
I C
I C
I X
I X
X
I X
I X
M
M M
M M
e. Grooming and Pet Stores -includes the grooming and/or selling of dogs, cats, and
1 "space pei250 quareo,
similar small animals with limited indoor boarding of animals during the day.
feet x
�
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P
P M M M
f. Kennels -includes indoor or outdoor overnight and/or long-term boarding,
X11 space;per each'10
breeding, raising, or training of dogs, cats, and similar small animals over the age of
ammals; plus required a
four (4) months for a fee or for sale. Kennels shall be in accordance with the
parkifi g, for additiotiat�
provisions of Section 17.66.090 (Kennels).
iviY�4 aNr1
'uses<,onste s
NUI
NU2
NU
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP I
M
I M
M
M
C
X
X
X
X
X
X
M
X
X M
g. Riding Academies -includes establishments where horses are boarded and cared1
space spen3°ammalsQ
for and where instruction in riding, jumping, and showing is offered and where horses
• u
X.,
may be hired for ri ding.1,
Ili 3s
NUI
I NU21
NU3
I NU4
NUS
URI
I UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN BP I
M
I M
I M
I M
C
I C
I C
X
X
I X
X
X X C C
h. Stables, Commercial - includes stables for horses, mules, or ponies which are}l;space#pet
Sanimals""g
rented, used or boarded on a commercial basis for a fee.fss
�*
NU1
NU2
NU3
I NU4
NUS
I URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC I CN
BP I
M
M
I M
I M
C
I C
C
X
X
I X
X
X X
C C
i. Veterinary Clinic - includes a fully enclosed veterinary facility providing routine
al space per 250�squacez'
examinations and treatment of small animals (less than two hundred fifty (250)
feet of area (excluding;',
pounds), including vaccinations, and may include short-term boarding (not overnight)
�m uR
";area=devoted toy°YnH�-`-
and groomingservices for patients. Boardingshall be in accordance with the
�housin ;of ahiffid s)' :''
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 10
is
•
40
•
•
provisions of Section 17.66.090 (Kennels).;
' _
NUI
I NU2
I NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN
BP I
C
C
C
C
C
X
X
X
X
X
X
P M
X P
j. Veterinary Hospital - includes a veterinary facility where animals are given medical or surgical treatment and
may include long-term boarding (one or more night stay) and grooming services for patients. Boarding shall be
in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.66.090 (Kennels).
(1) Small Animals - a veterinary hospital for animals weighing less than two hundred
lspace perQfifty(250)pounds
feet.of area
bates devoteousing
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN
BP
I
C
C
C
C
C
X
X
X
X
X
X
M M
X
P
(2) Large Animals - a veterinary hospital providing medical care for animals
ls`pace per 250 feet of
exceeding two hundred fifty (250) pounds.
urea (excluding area
,�
devoted�tohousmg of`
q sr
14 h.
�antmals ;
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN BP
I
C C C
C C X X X X X X M X X P
tt ,.
4. Auction Facilities ,Parking fi
Includes facilities where objects of art, furniture, equipment, vehicles, and other goods are offered for sale to
people who bid on the object in competition with each other.
a. Auction House -indoor auction facilities.
�.,
"sp�ace,perteach3
occupants
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M
M
M
M
M
b. Auction Yard - outdoor auction facilities.As�determmed
by, thee
Director
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN
BP
I
X X X X X X X X I X I X I X X X C C
5. Banks and Financial Services Par'limg
Includes financial institutions including: banks, credit agencies, credit unions, fl'pace"per=250 square
investment companies, savings and loans, and similar financial services. feet$ts
a
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4
NU5 URI
UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN
BP I
X X X X X X X X X X P P P P P
6. Business Support ServicesP,arla g�
Includes establishments primarily engaged in rendering services to business 1 space per,25�0 square��
establishments on a fee or contract basis. Services include, but are not limited to:
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 11
a. Advertising;'
b. Blueprinting;
J
c. Computer related services;
d. Office equipment maintenance and repair;
e. Office equipment sale and rental;
f. Mailing/shipping;
xf
g. Photocopying.
f,
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 UR1
UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP I
X X X X X X X I X X I XF P P P P P
7. Day Care Centers spar B i
Includes facilities of any capacity other than family day care homes or residential
l space per employee
service/care homes in which less than twenty-four (24) hour per day nonmedical care
plus I��sp�ace�,pereach
and supervision is provided for children or adults in a group setting. Includes
liusmess=vehicle lus
preschools and adult day care.
x �p, .1
,' 1 space`,per each,5
children/adults or 1 '�'
��space per each,,l0
;chtldren/adultsitf �'��
a"G*xxnxT:*e,
dequate, drdr
offlpickup area is,a
NUI NU2 NU NU4 NU5
URl I UR2 UR31 UR4 I URS
I CR CC I CN
I BP I I
C C C C C
C C C I C I C
I M M I M
I M I M
8. Eating and Drinking Establishments 111Mrkin
Includes retail establishments primarily engaged in the retail sale of prepared food and/or beverages, but
excludes those uses classified under "nightclubs." The following are eating and drinking establishment use
types:
a. Banquet Facilities - includes facilities intended for small or large group functions
�1 space peieach 100
in which food, prepared either on- or off-site, is consumed. Includes meeting halls and
square,feet;¢plus 1
'
reception
p tion halls.
s ace "ec e'ach100 �"
square feet of outdoor
of wr i*
(1) Without Alcohol
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P
P
P
P
X
(2) With alcohol - such establishments shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.66.020 (Alcohol
Sales).
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
l
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
C
C
C
I X
b. Bars and Alcohol Drinking Establishments - Includes establishments used
1 space per each 100
primarily for sale or dispensing of alcoholic beverages for on-site consumption and
square feet, plus 1
that are not part of a restaurant. Such establishments may include food service which is
space per each 100
accessory and subordinate to the primary use. Such establishments shall be in
square feet of outdoor
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 12
•
•
•
•
•
accordance with the rovisions of Section 17.66.020 Alcohol ales). seatingarea
NUl
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UR1
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN BP
I
X
I X
I X
I X
X
X
X
I X
I X
X
C
C C C
X
e. Catering Establishments - includes establishments primarily engaged in thegf
space•pei4230 square
preparation of food for off-site consumption. No retail sale or food consumption
feet
occurs on-site.
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UR1
I UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
X
I X
I X
P
P M P
X
d. Restaurants - includes establishments primarily engaged in the preparation and retail sale of food and/or
beverages for immediate or semi -immediate consumption either on- or off-site. Restaurants are further classified
as:
(1) Drive -Through (no seating) - includes establishments primarily engaged in the
hspat space e"mployee
retail sale of pre -prepared or rapidly prepared food and/or beverages at a drive-through
window for consumption off-site. No seating or on-site consumption is provided.
Includes, but is a not limited to, coffee kiosks.
A
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UR1
UR2
1JR3
TR4j
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP I.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
M
M
C
M X
(2) Fast Food with Drive -Through - includes establishments primarily engaged in
square
the retail sale of pre -prepared or rapidly prepared food and/or beverages at a walk-up
f� Antk
counter or drive-through window for either on-site or off-site consumption and maye
x§
include seating.
NUI
NU21
NU3
I NU4
I NU5
URI
UR2
I UR3
I UR4
I UR5
I CR
I CC
CN BP I
X
X
I X
I X
I X
X
X
I X
I X
I X-1
M
11M1
C I M I M
(3) Limited Service - includes establishments primarily engaged in the retail sale of
"For uses tup to L00
pre -prepared or rapidly prepared food and/or beverages at a walk-up counter for eithersquare'feet
1 space per
on-site or off-site consumption and may include seating. Includes, but is not limited to
ea h,100 square feet,
beverage shops (coffee, health drinks), delicatessens, donut shops, ice cream parlors
upo#a maximum of 10'
`aces
and pizza parlors. Alcoholic beverage service and/or bars may be provided as an
P P S Y P
s lus 1 s ace
P, p, P
accessory or subordinate use in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.66.020
P'Nuach 100 square
(Alcohol Sales).
feet=ofoutdoor seating
areas; Focuses greater
^�Yk�
than 1,500 square feet:
ce
Fsp` pie each 100
square fee`t;aplus t u:
space pera h 100
square feet of outdoor
seatin
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
1JR2
UR3
1JR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P
P
P
P
X
With alcohol
NUI I
NU21
NU3 I
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X I
X I
X I
X
X
X
X
X I
X
X
AP
AP
AP
AP
X
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 13
(4) Full Service - includes establishments primarily engaged in the preparation and
For uses up to„1,500;
retail sale of food and beverages, where food is ordered and served at a table.
as.,a.
s squarere�feef,�l spac e Iper,„
Alcoholic beverage service and/or bars may be provided as an accessory or
each 100 square feet;' `s
subordinate use in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.66.020 (Alcohol
up t6,'a mazlmum of 10?
Sales).
spac-"s:”' Ius 1 space:
„per eaclil00squa e�;`„ s„
feet of outdoor' seating
areas, Focuses greater
than 1 SOO"square feet:
I space`per each] 00;,,
square feet plus 11,
space pef each100 `€
t
square feet'or outdoor
seatm aareas `»`
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UM
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P
P
P
P
X
- With alcohol
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
I X
I X
I X
X
X
I X
I X
I API
AP
AP
I AP
I X
(5) Take Out/Delivery - includes establishments primarily engaged in the retail sale
1 space`per elch 250; t _=
of food and/or beverages where all or a significant portion of the consumption takes
square' feet, plush {
place off-site, no on-site seating is provided.
space 1,per eachvehicle
used for busmess>
uoses.,'r = Fs A-
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P
I P
P
P
X
e. Alcohol Production/Storage - includes wineries, wine bars, beer gardens, and other similar establishments
where wine, beer, or other spirits are prepared, bottled, stored, and sold for on-, or off-site, consumption. Sales
can be either wholesale, or retail in nature subject to the Specific Development Requirements in Section
17.66.020 Alcohol Sales of this Code.
(1) No On-site Consumption - includes establishments primarily engaged in the
1 space:pei employ`ee; <-
preparation, bottling, and retail sale or wholesale of wine, beer, or other spirits. No
plus I space per ,
tasting rooms or other on-site consumption areas are provided on-site for public,
vehicle used for '
private, or club members to taste products for sale.
distribution
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
I X
I X
X
I X
I X
P
P
(2) On-site Consumption - includes establishments primarily engaged in the
1 space per employee,.
preparation, bottling, and retail sale or wholesale of wine, beer, or other spirits.
plus 1 'space per each.`°
Tasting rooms or seating areas may be provided on-site for public, private, or club
100 square feet of '
members to taste products for sale.
indoor or outdoor .-
customer service area
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN
BP I
X X X X X X X X X X M M C M M
9. Funeral Homes Parking,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 14
•
•
•
Includes facilities primarily engaged in the short-term storage, embalming and/or
1'''space per each 3
commemoration of human remains.
£xedseats, plus 1
"'s eeach 3
occupants in assembly
>'areas with non -fixed
:=seating
NUI, NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URl UR2
UR3 UR4
UR5
CR CC CN BP I
X I X I X X X X X X X X X P X P X
10. Gambling Uses xP.arkin
Includes any gambling use regulated by the laws of the State of California and Asa"determmeed by the '
regulated by the California Gambling Control Commission, as identified in Chapterrya Director
..
11.20 of the Municipal Code. Uses expressly permitted and for which State law
provides regulation and oversight may be permitted in the commercial and industrial
zones, upon the approval of a minor use permit. ua:
NUI I NU21 NU3 I NU4
NU5 URl UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CR CC CNry+ BP I
X I X I X I X I X I X I X X X X X X X X X
11. Hookah Bar/Cigar Club $arking
Includes establishments that are primarily engaged in the on-site recreational use of l 9pace,per 250 square
tobacco products. feet, _ N
NUI
NU2
NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2
UR3 UR4
UR5
CR CC CN
BP I
X X X X X X X X X X C C X X X
12. Lodging1?arkin
Includes establishments primarily engaged in the provision of commercial lodging on
a less than monthly basis to the general public. Typical lodging uses include:
lspa" a per e'ac'h guest
oom or suite plus
�k .
required>parking for
add ttonal uses on site
�a :. „
a. Bed and Breakfasts - a residential dwelling unit providing overnight accommodations and a morning meat to
guests for compensation.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
1
C
C
C
C
C
X
X
X
X I
X
C
C
I C
I C
X
b. Hotels - includes facilities offering transient lodging to the general public with the majority of all rooms
typically accessed through a main lobby and providing additional services intended for the convenience of
guests, such as restaurants, meeting rooms, limited retail sales, entertainment and recreational facilities.
c. Motels - includes establishments providing sleeping accommodations with the majority of all rooms having
direct access to the outside without the necessity of passing through the main lobby. Incidental services typically
include limited self -serve breakfast bars and similar services.
NUI NU2
NU3 NU4 NUS URl UR2 UR3
UR4 URS CR
CC CN
BPI
I
X X X X X X X X X X M M X M X
13. Medical Services parking -? "
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 15
Includes establishments primarily engaged in the provision of personal physical health
1 space per 200 square
services on an outpatient basis ranging from prevention, diagnosis, treatment or
feet
rehabilitation services provided by physicians, dentists, nurses and other health
personnel, as well as the provision of medical testing. Typical uses include, but are not
limited to, medical offices, urgent care facilities, substance abuse treatment clinics
weight management, physical therapy, chiropractic, optometry and acupuncture.
b Y� �6�*%i'1 k � t �•r
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN
BP
X X X X X I X I X X I X I X P P P P M
14. Medical Marijuana Dispensary
Pa"rking N
Shall mean any site, facility, location, use, cooperative or business, including vending
N/A< ,
machines, which distributes, sells, exchanges, processes, delivers, gives away, or
t
cultivates marijuana for medical purposes to qualified patients, health care providers'
patients' primary caregivers, or physicians. "Marijuana" shall also mean cannabis and
all parts of that plant.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN
BP
I
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
15. NightclubsPai�-
Includes establishments or places of entertainment within a building, open primarily at night, usually but not
necessarily serving alcohol, and providing a stage or floor show or amplified live or recorded music and space
for spectators either standing or sitting and/or dancing. Excludes uses classified elsewhere in this chapter.
Alcohol sales shall be in accordance with Section 17.66.020 (Alcohol Sales). Typical uses include dance clubs,
comedy clubs, karaoke clubs, and cabarets.
a. With Alcohol
1 space per each 3 I
occupants
_-
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M
M
C
C C
b. Without Alcohol
.1 space per each€3
;occupants<< s�� A
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN
I BP
I
X X X X X X X X X X M M C C C
16. Personal Services
Includes establishments primarily engaged in providing services involving the care or
1 space pei 250 square
appearance of a person or his/her personal goods and apparel, and similar nonbusiness
feet ai<" a` o>.
related or nonprofessional services, but excludes services classified elsewhere in thisv
chapter. Typical uses include, but are not limited to, barbershops, beauty parlors, day
spas, dry cleaning drop-off/pick-up, laundries (self-service), manicurists/pedicurists,
massage therapists, photography studios, tailors, tanning salons and independent
automated teller machines (ATMs). Massage therapy shall be consistent with Chapter
5.08 of the Munici al Code.
NUI
NU21
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
I X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P
P
P
P
X
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 16
0
•
17. Professional Offices PaYlang "
Includes professional offices including, but not limited to, administrative offices,
I spaceapei 2§0 square
advertising agencies, attorneys, counseling services, computer software designers,
Meet' -
engineering services, insurance agencies, real estate agencies, and travel agencies.
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P
P
P
P
M
a. Call Centers - a functional area within an organization or an outsourced, separate
�lspace per200 square
facility that exists solely to answer inbound or place outbound telephone calls; usually
feef
a voice operations center that provides a full range of high-volume, inbound or��
,
outbound call -handling services, including customer support, operator services,
M
directory assistance, multilingual customer support, credit card services, inbound and
outbound telemarketing, interactive voice response and web -based services.._
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN
BP I
X X X X I X Ii6X X X M M C I M I C
18. Recreation, Commercial MIarkingAti ,w
Includes establishments primarily engaged in the provision of entertainment or recreation for participants or
spectators. The following are commercial recreation use types:
a. Amusement Center - includes establishments open to the public in which video
IRspace per 200 square ,
games, computer terminals, or other electronic devices are predominantly operated for
feet 'r, f
amusement. Typical uses include arcades and computer cafes.
4
(1) Up to 3 Electronic Devices
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UR1
UR2
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P
P
P
P
X
(2) 4 to 1.5 Electronic Devices
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M
M
M
M
X
(3) Over 15 Electronic Devices
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
X
X
C
X
b. Amusement Park - includes an entertainment or amusement complex developed as
�Asdetermmeall, by the"
a regional visitor tourist attraction and organized around a central theme, such as
Director,, ,
amusement rides and attractions, tours or exhibitions, including all related accessory
uses, buildings and structures designed and operated for patron participation and
Leasure in conjunction therewith.
NUl
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP I
X I
X I
X I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
C
X
C X
c. Convention Center — includes a large civic building, or group of buildings,
As determined„by tite "�
designed for conventions, industrial shows, exhibitions, and the like, having large
Director
unobstructed exhibit areas and may include conference rooms, hotel accommodations
approved park,
restaurants, and other accessory facilities.
stud
NUI FNU2 I NU3 I NU4 I NU51 URI I UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP I
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 17
X I X I X I X 1, X I X I X I X I X I X I C C X
C
X
d. Indoor ntertainment - includes predominantly spectator uses conducted within
PiR"-=.NPN S S Jt. K"
�)lspace�per each 3���
an enclosed building, excluding uses classified under adult businesses. Typical uses
fixed seats; plus 1
include movie theaters and live theaters.
pace per eaeh451
,,'
square=feetof
seating
�`a
eas'wifh,noiifixed'�y
seaimg'�pliis l4spacea�°..
for each3occupants `iri
customerise
hrvic
omer ,i
N
xareas' z
NUI
NU2
I NU3
NU4
I NUS
URI
I UR2
UR3
I UR4
URS
I CR
CC
CN BP
I
X
X
I X
X
I X
I X
I X
X
I X
X
I M
M
C M
X
e. Indoor Sports and Recreation - includes predominantly participant sports and health activities conducted
within an enclosed building. Typical uses include billiard halls, bowling alleys, health and/or fitness clubs,
ice/roller skating rinks, indoor racquetball courts, paintball facilities, shooting ranges and indoor entertainment
play facilities.
(1) Billiard Halls
1°S spas per each ,"
1
brlhardFtable pluses
'�?s,r+ °t �" ri t�im� v'• , mai �9
quue par ng for 0
raddrtionaltusesxons tee
(2) Bowling Alleys
3 spacesfperabowhng' s
lane plus equiced
,parkmgfor-additional �`'
4 uSeis.on`site ��"M �.h^CX.. i{S.
(3) Health and Fitness Clubs
I spacelper, 150 square
feet of, s >p `
i
1 „1'v
,wetghtlegtiwpment <
roomyand pool spa 3 I.
urea pll'Kspace pe
ps r,
60tsqua
e f etf
aerobtclmartial art mkLnw
ifistrucs ctil ) �
on°area, plus�l„'
s *ce,ape
pace pr;250 square
feet ofbother�floor arIN ea
'"(courts locker rooms;N��”
etc) plus required'
;park�ng�fo ad'ditional}�
,uses on�'srte3y„ 5_x
(4) Paintball
..M.
l space perz300 squares
t
feeof gammg area, `? a
pace per each
;pluS,l)s10
Three fixedseats m ��ji'
YfYC Y.
l'*-
viewmg;area plus >n
s"paceper`each'2L " ....
n s ✓,a H�Yz.
s"quare feet of viewing =`.
urea without fixed �,,�`` '
seats pinsiregwred',`,n '
parkmg'fova dditional,,,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 18
•
F
L�
E
9
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 19
uses on site*'
„r
r� J
4r
�
(5) Racquetball/Tennis Courts
2 spa'cespec Con us
�<
required packing for
additional uses on site
(6) Skating Rinks
1�''space,pe100 square
nnk,atea, or 1
,�feet,of
'tspacepe 3 fixed seats;
,
plusrequired�parking
rfor additional uses on
Si
(7) Sports Arenas (soccer, basketball)
;25 spaces per field or
�.�
7�coti �, plus�l space pet
�3�fix�ed seaCs,of
spec�ta�tor area; plus 1
uspa�ce peter 2'1 square
feet'ofspeptator area r
-fixed
without seating;
.
plus required parking
f r addrtir'o al uses on
4 ,,
(8) Children's Indoor Play Facility1'space
per200 square
feet of recreational
#
actt
,wity area; plus 1
'sp c� per 250 square
feet ofofficerfloor
'aa, plus�reguired
re
,parkmgforaddihonal, .:
in S,19 site
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URl
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
I BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
M
M
C
M
C
f. Outdoor Entertainment - includes predominantly spectator uses conducted in the
As determined liy th"e "
open or partially enclosed or screened facilities. Typical uses include outdoor
Directorri� '
amphitheaters, concert halls and orts arenas,
na, ,, � ,•�
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
X
I X
I X
C
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 19
g. Outdoor Sports and Recreation—includes predominantly participant sports and
health activities conducted in the open or partially enclosed or screened facilities
�As�determmed�b tha
Y
Dire tc or"�imle s $
Typical uses include BMX tracks, batting cages, driving ranges, golf courses,
a
�
miniature golf, outdoor shooting range, skate parks, swimming pools and tennis courts.`
{specified�below �+;���
�k
(1) Driving Ranges1Stspa
espei tee In
parking fora ,
�mrequrred
addihonalsuses on site��'
(2) Golf Courses
.w.=.
,'10 spaces per hole,,��
,ph0required,parking
for -on
addrttonal," es s
(3) Miniature Golf
�2spaces
per�hole2pliis
a
mreSi' 4 y
iregd par arkmg3for
xaddtnonal•usesaon stte
(4) Swimming Pools
r1, space pei 500 s --jai a
gs cK � q
ifeet,ofgross'areagvv
(includes loeker ;,;
tin q-
+rooms chan m
'
urooms, pool deck) �
t sn
i k $✓L xFa"�,"w' �'F
plusll�spacePper,45
,�'��^
>square feet=of water.�a��
(5) Tennis/Racquet/Handball Courts-------------
pec court;jplus-
=rerg for- `?
,additional uses onfe
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
Ix
I X
I C
I C
I C
I C
I C
h. Recreation Facilities - includes predominantly participant sports and health
Alluses it IV c}%a
activities which are normally associated with a country club. Typical uses include
A
;facilili ty shall provide
count clubs, racquet clubs, swim clubs, and may
country q y include other accessory uses,
� ��
parkmgaas+con amedtin
including restaurants, ban uet facilities and retail sales.tlus
code /t"
NU1
NU2
NC
NU3 NU4
NUS
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
C
C
C
CI
C
I C
I C
C
C I
C
C
L C
I C
I C
i. Residential Recreation Facilities - includes predominantly participant sports and
?A11 uses, within, suuch a A
health activities which are normally associated with a private residential community or
f c s llpovidep
property/homeowner's association. Typical uses include swimming pools, tennis
nparking#asxontamed,in
courts and meeting facilities."
tom'r
this d
We'
co
co _*.
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS
URI UR2
UR3 UR4
UR5 CR
CO
BP
I
P P P P P P P P P P P P X I X X
19. Retail Sales, General Parking
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 - Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 20
E
•
E
•
•
Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale of goods and merchandise, but excludes those uses
classified under "Retail Sales, Specific" and other use classifications in this chapter. Typical retail uses include,
but are not limited to, apparel boutiques, appliance, antiques, auto parts, art supply, bakeries, butchers, bicycle,
book, electronics, florists, hardware, hobby, jewelry, magazine, music, pet supply, pharmacies, sporting goods,
stationary, toy, video rental, and vintage clothing stores.
a. Retail
ispace P11 250 square
b. Shopping Centers
(1) Up to 100,000 square feet
Eachspecific use type
s e calculated per
the parking
¢requirements contained°
.' n tli
d. Discount Stores -includes retail establishments primarily engaged in the sale of a
s esvu s mom. ewuq
1�space pee 250+square...,.
wide range of merchandise at discounted prices and includes membership stores
meet plusr�egntred �� g
Merchandise may include auto supplies, apparel, appliances, books and magazines,
parktngfor additional
cosmetics, electronics, furniture, garden supplies, hardware, home furnishings,
uses onzs�te
jewelry, kitchen products, packaged foods, pet supplies, sporting goods and toys
p� s
Accessory uses may include food service, pharmacies, optometry, and limited
automobile services. Typical uses are over forty thousand (40,000) square feet in size`'n"'''
and commonly referred to as "big box" retail stores. Alcohol sales shall be in
accordance with the rovisions of Section 17.66.020 (Alcohol Sales)
NUl
I NU21
NU31
NU4
I NU51
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN
BP
I
X
X
xi
X
I X
I X
X
X
X
X
P
P X
M
M
e. Drugstores - includes retail establishments primarily engaged in the filling of
spaceipen'250 square
medical prescriptions and the sale of medicines and drugs, medical devices and
.feet �plus,requ�red'��
supplies, nonprescription medicines and includes the sale of nonmedical related
" r'
�parkmg for-addtponaL
products, including, but not limited to alcohol, cosmetics, electronics, greeting cards,
u es on6srte
packaged food items, and stationary. Typical uses are less than forty thousand (40,000)
square feet. Alcohol sales shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section'
{
17.66.020 Alcohol Sales).
Q�
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URl
UR2
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC CN BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
I X
IX
X
P
P P P X
L Equipment Rental Yards - includes outdoor establishments primarily engaged in,ls`
sp ca e�pe X250 q are
the retail rental of small construction and/or home and garden equipment to the general
af--et lof building area;
public or contractors.
yphislspace per 1 000
bsguare feet�of outdoor
9stom
NUl
I NU2
I NU3
I NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
X P
g. Feed and Tack Stores - includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale of
-c-1
1°spaccee pe�250`square .
equestrian -related merchandise and feed.
feet9 .x
ll
+zsa',ex�utmU
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
URA
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
C
C
X M
It. Food Stores - The following are food store uses:
1 Supermarket/Grocery - a retail establishment, exceeding three thousand, five
* ra+^
�1�spacekpery250'square
hundred (3,500) square feet, primarily selling food as well as other convenience andfe,
et 'u
household goods and may include subordinate uses such as bakeries, delis, and take
)
out restaurants. Alcohol sales (beer, wine, or other spirits) shall be limited to less than
10% of the shelf space for the sale of goods and shall be in accordance with the
P g
provisions of Section 17.66.020 (Alcohol Sales).
5
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URl
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P
P
P
p
-T-
(2)
(2) Convenience Store -any retail establishment, up to three thousand five hundred
° 1 space per250 square'
(3,500) square feet in size, offering for sale pre-packaged food products, household
items, newspapers and/or magazines, sandwiches and other pre -prepared foods for off-
ff
site
site consumption. Beer and wine sales shall be in accordance with the provisions of�
Section 17.66.020 (Alcohol Sales).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 22
•
•
•
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P
P
P P X
i. Furniture Stores - includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale of home
gf sp10)pei 400 square ;
and/or office of furniture and may include incidental repair and upholstering.
rfe`et
NUIINU21NU31NU41NU51
URI
IUWIUR31UR41UR51
CR
I CC I CN I BP I I
X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I P
P I P P I P
j. Garden Supply Stores - includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale of
1 `space pei250 square
gardening supplies, including fertilizers, ground coverings, irrigation supplies,
feet VAI
mulches, pavers, andplant s and trees.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UR1
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P
P
M
M P
k. Gun Stores -includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale of firearms
l;sp c' e per`==250 squa eG,
t`fe�t��
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
I URI
I UR2
I UR3
UR4
URS
I CR
CC CN
BP I
X
X
X
X
X
I X
I X
I X.1
X
I X
I C
C X
C X
1. Liquor Stores - includes any establishment which sells beer, wine, and/or other
11
^l�space"per 250vsquare"
';
spirits (including liquor) for off-site consumption.feet��,
� r
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UR1
I UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
X
X
I X
C
C
C C X
in. Nurseries - includes establishments primarily engaged in the growing of plants, flowers, and/or trees, either
outside or within enclosed structures, for sale.
(1) Retail - nurseries selling directly to the public and contractors.
t=space per 2.50 square `
space
feet plusl per s
"1`;000 squO feet
_are of
�outdcorstorage area
"u ., a�.<
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UR1
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P
P
M
M P
(2) Wholesale - nurseries selling exclusively to contractors or to establishments which
250 square y
sell directly to the publicfeetplus
yl'spacefpe�
t lspaee per
squarerfeet
1'000 of.- _.
;;outdoor torage�area,f
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M
X
X
M
n. Pawnshops -includes establishments which lend money on the security of personal
A lspace perP250squaie
property which is kept at the premises.
feet
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UR1
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X I
X
X
C
X
C
X
o. Second Hand Stores - includes establishments selling pre -owned or used items,
lspace,pei•250 squaie"''
including, but not limited to, apparel, electronics, furniture and household goods, but
feet ,
does not include antique, coin, vintage clothing, or sporting goods/memorabilia stores.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3 I
UR4
UR5
CR I
CC I
CN
I BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X I
X I
X
M I
M I
M
I M I
X
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 23
p. Swap Meets and Flea Markets - an occasional or periodic market held in an open
kAs,detemuned$13 rth4 7�01
or enclosed structure where groups of individual sellers offer goods for sale to the
1)trector� d, `,3' 1
public.
3 A5 $ t}s'+
�f
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN BP 1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
X
X X C
q. Thrift Stores — includes a shop selling secondhand goods, such as clothes, often to
l space per 25Oasquare'r
benefit a charity; also called thrift shop. Thrift stores may, but are not required to
g Wpa Y n k
:feet; plus parktngdfor+"
have, merchandise donation facilities.
Rii&6handise donation :°
facilities, '*
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
I UR2
I UR3UR4
URS
I CR
CC
CN
BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I C
C
C
C X
r. Tobacco Paraphernalia Stores - includes establishments primarily engaged in the
1 s' ace ec25W uare,
9
sale of tobacco paraphernalia. See "tobacco paraphernalia business" in Section
feet 9%
17.11.020 (Definitions).
ti
NUI
NU2 I
NU3 I
NU4
NU51
URI I
UR2 I
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP I
X
X I
X I
X
X I
X I
X I
X I
X I
X
C
C
C
C C
s. Vendors, Long -Term - includes the accessory or secondary retail sale of food
;1sd`etermuiedib Ytie
Y
beverages, or merchandise from nonpermanent vendors operating in a single locationDirecto�
s
for an extended length of time. Typical uses include hot dog carts, coffee vendors and;
�zz
jewelry carts. Long-term vendors shall be in accordance with Section 17.66. 100
(Long -Term Vendors).
;
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI
UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC
CN
BP
I
X X X X X X X X X X I M M I M I M M
21. Retail Services1?arkmg'
r
Includes establishments primarily engaged in the provision of retail services. Thekla
space pe%250€ quare =;
following are specific retail service use types:
Nw
feet
a. Equipment Repair - includes the repair and maintenance of household equipment.
(1) Consumer Electronics - Televisions, VCRs, computers, appliances.
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P
P
P
P
M
(2) Small Engine/Equipment - Lawn mowers, house and garden tools.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2
UR3 UR4 I URS CR CC CN
BP I
X X X X X X X X X X M M M P P
22. RV Park/Campground
Parkin " w
Includes a site where one or more lots are used, or are intended to be used, by campers
cAs=determined by"the`
with recreational vehicles or tents for short-term use only. Recreational vehicle parks
Director;foi thea ,:
or campgrounds may include public restrooms, water, sewer, and electric hookups to
mdiuidual 'uses W
each lot. This use may include accessory uses including retail and a restaurant, where
proposed ' �'
they are clearly incidental and intended to serve patrons of the RV Park/Campground
_ e"
only. This use shall also include travel -trailer parks, but shall not be construed to
include mobile home parks.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 24
•
•
•
i
•
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2
UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN
I BP
I
C C C X X X X X X X X C i16" X
ter -
23. Schools, Specialized Parking�
Includes schools of specialized education and instruction, but does not include public and private elementary and
secondary schools and colleges and universities. The following are specialized school uses:
a. Vocational Schools -includes secondary or higher education uses and facilities
ii?. sH•p.; tS.zCk
'l�space per:classroom;
primarily teaching usable skills that prepare students for a job in a trade. Includes but
plul�space for each 3
is not limited to, schools teaching auto repair, computers, cosmetology, electronics,
fixed"`seats; lus 1
iP
management, medical/dental assistants and hygienists, and construction.
>p p
's ace< er`each 60
square,feet of
classroom area without'
fixed seats''•"+„„+plus 1 s
N, I ,for each 250
�sqother
ua feet of
floor area
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
I BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M
M
C
I M-
-C -b. Instructional Schools -includes specialized non -degree granting schools that
lspace per, 20Q,square
provide instructional classes in areas including, but not limited to, music, martial arts,feet
of=instructional
dance, gymnastics, language, and tutoring. Includes facilities that focus on the physical
r c
tar
and mental development of early childhood through the use of exercise equipment,
ac P bi .
aerobic/martzal arts
toys, music and other age-appropriate stimuli. This use type does not include health
m'structioh; classroom
clubs or similar uses where initial instruction is given and then members/participants
e .t,
acea�tetc.); plus 1 space.,
are free to participate and/or utilize the facility's equipment outside of an instructional
„per 25�,0� quate feet of
class.
office floor area; plus
reguiiedRparking for
,„ L
addrttonal uses.on site ,
NUI NU2 I NU3 I NU4 I NUS I URI I UR2 UR3 UR4 I URS
I CR I CC
I CN
I BP
I
X X I X I X Ix I X I X I X I X I X I M I M I M I M M
24. Storage, Self ?Parkin
E g
Includes a structure or group of structures containing generally small, individual
compartmentalized stalls or lockers rented as individual storage spaces. This use does
Ix"spaceper employee;
(imp
us ter'
plus space per 250
not include other use types listed in this chapter and excludes the outside storage of
ie fee of office `
lsquaVt
vehicles orequipment. Self -store a facilities shall be in accordance with Section
g
plus addihogalcparKin A
17.66.1 10 (Self -Storage Facilities).
ass ted by thea
NU1 I NU2 I NU3 NU4
NUS URI UR2 UR3
UR4 URS CR CC CN
BP I
X X X X
X X X X
X X X X X C C
25. Tattoo Parlors Parking M1
Includes establishments which provide permanent tattooing services. 1 space per250'squaren;
feet `gfM"
NUI I
NU2 I
NU3 I
NU4 I
NU5 I
URI I
UR2 I
UR3 I
UR4
URS I
CR
CC
CN I
BP
1
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 25
X X X X I X I X I X I X I X X I X C X I C X
26. Vehicle Sales and Services k, X, J
Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale, rental, and service of
automobiles, boats, heavy equipment, recreational vehicles and large trucks. This
�, "
x 3
includes retail, wholesale and used vehicle operations. The following are vehicle sales
"
and services use types for uses outside of the Vehicle Dealer Sales Overlay Zone
Section 17.38.090) or the Vehicle Services Overlay Zone (Section 17.38.100:
a. Automobile and Light Truck Sales and Services - includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale,
rental and service of automobiles and light trucks. The following are automobile sales and services use types:
(1) Body Repair and Painting - includes establishments primarily engaged in body
1 1, "I ereach ? 1
repair and painting of automobiles within an enclosed building. Auto body repair uses
squarejfeelu'ss' m"
shall be in accordance with Section 17.63.050 (Vehicle Repair Garages). Typical usesrequued
paring for "
include automobile painting shops and body repair shops.
r a
ot�'site��
�addtt�onal�uses
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
U
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN
BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
X
X
X
X
C X
C P
(2) Commercial Storage - Includes facilities providing overnight and/or long-term
AAs detemunedAby theme
storage of automobiles for a fee, but excludes impound yards. This is an independent
eir ctor
use type and does not include parking that is required for uses pursuant to this code.
Typical uses include commercial parking garages.
q.
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC
CN BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
X M P
(3) Fuel Sales -Includes establishments primarily engaged in the dispensing and retail
W ^A
°Ivlmimum�5�spaces, ' ��
sale of fuel and may include as an accessory and subordinate use the sale of oils,
plus requ reAd,parking '
lubricants and similar automobile related merchandise. Fuel sales shall be in
fit; Iry
for addinonal.uses oii
accordance with Section 17.63.030 (Fuel Sales).,Typical uses include fuel stations and
site
may include accessory retail stores offering beverages, prepackaged food, limited food
re oration services, and other associated convenience items for sale.
NUl
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
1JR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN
BPI
X
I X
I X I
X
I X
X
X
X
X
X
P
P M
M M
(4) Repair and/or Maintenance - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the
I "space per each400°
repair of automobiles within an enclosed building and may include the accessory and
P g y ry
square feetgplusa
'
-'re
subordinate sale of parts and related merchandise used to repair automobiles. Does not
include body repair and painting. Automobile repair and maintenance uses shall be in
!aditional�uses onsite
accordance with Section 17.63.050 (Vehicle Repair Garages). Typical uses include
but are not limited to, brake shops, general repair garages, auto glass shops, oil
change/lubricating shops, muffler shops, stereo and accessory installation, tire shops
transmission repair shops and tune -u shops.t��
x,„rrN
NU1
NU2
NW
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
C X
C
P
(5) Sales and Rentals - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale,
1. space per uehiele for''
brokerage, and/or rental of automobiles. Typical uses include automobile rental
sale/rentalpl�s�l"� ��
agencies and new and used automobile sales lots. Automobile Sales and Rentals shall
each 250
comply with the Vehicle Dealer Sales Overlay Zone in Section 17.38.090 (VDS-
�spacper
square feetof oFfic'e
Vehicle Dealer Sales Overlay Zone).
ace"; "� Mx•"
A Sales
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 26
•
0
U
•
E
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
1
X
X
X
X
I X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
B Rentals
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UFQ
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
X
X
X
C
C
C
M
M
(6) Wash - Includes the washing, polishing and detailing of automobiles. Typical uses include automobile
detailing services and car washes. Automobile washing uses shall be in accordance with Section 17.63.020 (Car
Washes):
(a) Manual/Automated self-service (no attendants) -Includes establishments that
st,,
�3�oar, stacking distance,
provide facilities for washing vehicles either by the customer, or an automated tunnel
rF•���
;;m,front'of4each
where no attendants are used to either wash, dry, detail, or otherwise clean a vehicle
bay/lanefor washing,
8rytng and vacuuming }
of cars pus adequate.
parking' -"1166t drying and
vacuumrng'of vehicles ,.
s i
cis o the'safaction of .-
Y
the Director; plus
u r .
`required parking for ;.
'?add'ti dnaluses on;ste'
NU1
I NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
I X
I X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M
M
M
P
P
(b) Full-service (provides attendants) -Includes establishments that provide full
000 square'!
service washing facilities where attendants are present at any time in the washing
�MmmumQ
foot queuing«area for ;
process to either wash, dry, detail, or otherwise clean a vehicle before returning it to
mcommgcars; plus a
the customer.
minimum#3;000 square,
'feet of areabeyond thea'
ing '«
ex
area plus,r q fired a
a
parking fo `additional'"'`
use on site; t y
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
C
C
C
M
b. Boat and Camper/Recreational Vehicle Sales and Services - Includes establishments primarily engaged in
the sale, rental, and service of boats and campers, fifth wheels, recreational vehicles, and similar vehicles. The
following are boat and camper/recreational vehicle use es:
(1) Commercial Storage - facilities providing overnight and/or long-term storage of
�<As deterrnin'ed byxthe: --
boats and/or campers/recreational vehicles, usually, but not always, for a fee.
Directo:: • spa, i
r
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M
P
(2) Repair - includes establishments primarily engaged in the repair of boats and/or
2 boat/camper spaces
campers/recreational vehicles and may include the accessory and subordinate sale of
per bay (size_ tojbe..
parts and related merchandise used in repair. All camper/recreational vehicle repair
determined by thee,
shall be in accordance with Section (17.63.050 (Vehicle Repair Garages).
Director);'plus 1 space,'
per each 500` square:;
feet plus; require
�d
parking for additional
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 27
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.40—Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 28
uses on°site'�2r �'�rw�
r
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X I
X I
X.1
X I
X I
X I
X I
X I
X I
X I
C
C
X
C
P
(3) Sales and Rental - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale and/or
1 space per each��3;000
rental of boats and/or campers/recreational vehicles. Typical uses include recreational
•""square feet of hdoor,"�1 •;
vehicle rental agencies and new and used camper/recreational vehicle sales lots.
and outdo�o d play4
area plusgrequired ".
parking forr addmnali
�uses'omsite a
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
I C
X
C
P
c. Heavy Equipment Sales and Services - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale, rental and
service of heavy equipment, such as aircraft, tractors, forklifts and heavy construction equipment. The following
are heavy equipment sales and service use types:
(1) Commercial Storage - facilities providing overnight and/or long-term storage of
'As determined by�the a
heavy equipment usually, but not always, for a fee. This use type does not include
Di�ector�" ,1n
contractor storage yards.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M
P
(2) Repair - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the repair of heavy
2 boat/c'aimper§pacesV
equipment and may include the accessory and subordinate sale of parts and relatedper
bay (size to be '
merchandise used in repair.
determmedtby
D�,r it'r) plus)1 space'
per each00 sq pare-1
us,�re dire
fr,addittonal"
parking q
itses'on stte
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
P
(3) Sales and Rental - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale and/or
4 space pern each" 00'
rental of heavy equipment. Typical uses include construction equipment rental and
square feet`of indoor.
sales lots.
and outdoor display-:-
area; plu's required
parking for additional .
'uses on site
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M
P
d. Motorcycle Sales and Services - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the
I space per each 400
sale, repair, rental and/or servicing of motorcycles, motorized bikes and personal
square Ifeet
watercraft.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.40—Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 28
i
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
C
C
M
M
e. Truck., Large, Sales and Services - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sales, rental, and repair
of large trucks, including tractor trailers, semi -trucks, and buses. The following are large truck sale and service
use es:
(1) Body Repair -Includes establishments primarily engaged in body repair and
2 targe truck spaces
painting of large trucks.
.per bay„(size=to�be
`d'ete"�rtnttied by the'
Dtiecioi)>plus 1 space `
aper eac)SOOasquare
feet`plus�eq r'ecl
parking for additional
.:,..
r `u`ses on site;
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
X
X
X
X C
M
(2) Commercial Storage -Facilities providing overnight and/or long-term storage of
to
rued by the '
large trucks, usually, but not always, for a fee.
O)ifecWrr,
awd^�
,
a
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X M
M
(3) Fuel Sales - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the dispensing and sale
«A"sdeterminediby the ;
of truck fuel and may include as an accessory and subordinate use the sale of oils,
Director ',
lubricants and similar truck -related merchandise. Fuel sales shall be in accordancexq�
with Section 17.63.030 Fuel Sales).
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
X C M
(4) Repair Services - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the repair of large
2,,large truelt spaces
trucks and may include the accessory and subordinate sale of parts and relatedper
bay ("'size o be
merchandise used to repair large trucks.
det mimedbyahe
Drecto) 7p1u1 space
.per a„,�ch�50�}0a"squate
feet�,plus-required
n
p�ar�kmgfotvaddthonal
k
$uses on sit
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
C
C
X
C M
(5) Sales and Rental -Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale and/or
.hoc ew xirok a er
l�yspace peuehtcle for
rental of large trucks.
" 1/$rentak(size to be
deteimtneT y the
Director)plusl space,,
e
tpereach 5 OOO�square,„
feet of tndooi 4iiaf <
outdoor dts�"la � er1 a �°`
plus required parrkmg�,,
for addtttonal uses ons
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2 I
UR3 I
UR4
URS I
CR
CC I
CN I
BP I I
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 29
X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I C I C I X I M M
(6) Truck Stops - Includes facilities which provide maintenance, service, storage,T1s deteiininedlliy the
parking, repair, and/or washing of large trucks, including the retail sale and dispensing �Dir�ector
of truck fuel, and may include the sale of oils, lubricants and similar truck -related
merchandise. A truck stop may also include overnight accommodations and restaurants
facilities primarily for the use of truck crews. a�
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UM UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
X X X X I X X X X X X X I X X C C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 30
11
CJ
•
•
Chapter 17.44 Industrial Use Types
1. Assembly
"41,,'.", ' I ' a king
Includes the assembly or treatment of articles or merchandise of previouslyT
space per 500 square
manufactured materials. No raw materials are used. Articles of assembly include, butfeet
of ssembly area
are not limited to cloth, electronics, fur, glass, leather, metals, paper, plastics, precious
for 1 space pertwo
or semi-precious stones or metals, textiles, tobacco or wood. Typical end products
employees of largest
include appliances, books, computers, cosmetics, electronic devices, furniture, medical
shift, whichever is
and dental instruments, motors, newspapers and televisions.
gceater;,plus ]space
xprierbusiness vehicle;
plus", Wred.parkmg
For additional uses on
'site
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
X X X X X X X X X X X X X P P
2. Bottling Plants
�a�, Z?arking
Includes facilities primarily engaged in the bottling and distribution of beverages.
1^spaceper 500 squaie
feetlof bottling area or ,
1=spaceper two
mpl'oyees oflargest
shiftwhtchever is
=ati scar'
;greater; plus 1 space
tpei�''business vehicle;
plus;iequired parking
for additional uses on
M=«
,'site
.h
#kw�S�J,Seti M
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CNvy
BP I
X X X X X X X X X X X X X P 160
3. Cleaning and Dyeing Plants
Paling
Includes facilities primarily engaged in industrial dry cleaning and/or the commercial
`As deferniined'by the
dyeing of apparel and fabrics and does not include drop-off or pick-up of apparel from
°Duecior
the public as a part of a dry cleaning use as classified under Personal Services in
a�
Section 17.43 16 of this Code.
N;"x
U5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
X X X X X X X
X P P
4. Crematory
Parkrng . L>
Includes a facility where cremation takes place. Cremation is the process of reducing
1'spacge 250 -s a
human remains to basic chemical compounds in the form of gases and bone fragments,
'f etof`office space,
accomplished through high temperatures and vaporization.
plus lspace
snquare feet of�floor� C
ar`ea'dedicated t �'.°-`
® January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40— Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 31
•
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 32
`c requit ton;'plus q
�rr
aequired=parkmgyfor)rP
ddthorialtuses,on, suer
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UM UR3 UR4 URS CR
CC
CN
BP I
X X X X X X X X X X X C X C C
5. Distribution
,IN' rkmg, m ar
Includes facilities primarily engaged in the receipt, storage, and distribution of goods,
"1 space p1;000
¢
products, cargo and materials, including transshipment by air, rail or motor vehicle, but
square feet of
ung;. r
excludes truck terminals.
�°dtstnbution floor,area
or l space per two% " n
o
,employees;of largest -TV
sh�ft„whichever is��,t
greater plus ] spaced
per business, vehicle4'
us4�require diparkmg=�
fox�addrtioual use on
M ,
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4
I NUS I URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN
BP
I
X X X X X X X X X X X X X I P T P
6. Distribution Showrooms
a ” Parlirng
Includes facilities that display goods that are stored and/or distributed at the site for
?] spacelper 250"sq a`re
wholesaling purposes but does not include retail sale.
=
•
NU1
NU2 NU31NU41NU51UR11UR21UR31UR41UR51CRICCICNI
BPI
I
X X X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X X I P I P
9. Laboratories
toIParking
Includes chemical, dental, electrical, optical, mechanical, and medical laboratories and
twa dete ninedlby the
includes facilities that provide research and investigation of the natural, physical or
Directoia
social sciences, which may include engineering and product develop ment.�A
au
7
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN
BP I
X X X X X X X X X X X X X P P
10. Landfill 4 Pa king
A facility for the disposal of solid waste that is not reused, recycled, or combusted for
1,lparkingisDace per
energy recovery.
X259 sq refeet oWINAf
officeispace;
b. Heavy -Includes manufacturing, processing or treating, or storage of products
Espace per 500 square
��
which may be obnoxious or offensive by reason of the emission of odor, dust, smoke,
I,
oftprocessmg areae
gas, noise or other causes. Typical uses include, but are not limited to, asphalt and
lfeet
total spacepertwo
cement batch plants, automobile dismantling yards, chrome plating, fat rendering
employeesoflargest a
plants, fireworks plants, foundries, glass plants, lumber mills, meat packing plants
shill, whicfiev�er is*
microchip plants, paper mills, petroleum refineries, rock and gravel processing plants,
greater, plus ]space'
scrap metal processing, smelters, storage of gunpowder in excess of seven hundred
.. perKbusrpess vehicle,g?
fifty (750) pounds, storage of any other explosive in excess of one hundred (100)
w
pluus,re�quire&parrkmg
pounds, storage of oil, gasoline or petroleum products in excess of two thousand five
for additional uses on ;
hundred (2,500) barrels, and waste disposal facilities.
S!tee e ----------, J
(1) Scrap Metal Processing3ispacesimmimum,ot'�i
�1 s ace er'7 000"
a
square f��of„yard��z
area or fraction thereof4
y, to the first 42 000:
Is
squaze feeY?plus l`�?
for 20,000
rospace each
square feet{orfrachon�
e ess of
(2) Automobile Dismantling
ere in cx
42`000 s care f`
q eet
(3) Salvage Yards
whichc,ernsreater
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN
BP
I
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X C
12. Moving and Storage Facilities Parlun g.
Include facilities engaged in the moving of residential and/or office furniture and
1 space per 2,000
similar items from one location to another and may include the short-term storage of
square feeof torage
such items. Moving and storage may also include the storage of large moving trucks
a, pls
requited
pking for additional .,
NUI I NU2 I NU3 I NU4 NUS I URI I UR2 I UR3
I UR41 URS
I CR I CC
I CN I BP
I
X X X X X X X X X X X X X M M
13. Outdoor Storage = Parkmg` ,'
Includes facilities engaged in the outdoor of vehicles, equipment, and materials subject to Chapter 17.53
(Property Development Standards — Commercial and Industrial). Typical uses include:
a. Building Material Yards — Includes the outdoor storage of building materialspace
El 000 3
peta
including, but not limited to, brick, stone, sand, gravel, rock, wood, concrete, or other
�,
`ss quare feetof storages
materials used in construction. Building material yards may include the accessory
rental of construction equipment. Stora e areas shall be enclosed with a wall or fence
g
'
at a minimum het ht of six 6) feet.
w :q
NUl
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
UR1
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CNBP
I
X
I X
I X
I X
IX
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X iM
M
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 34
0
•
•
0
b. Contractor Storage Yards — Includes an outdoor storage area used for the storage
space per+5;000
of the equipment, vehicles, or other materials when not in use. Contractor storage
square feet•of outdoor `
yards may include offices and other accessory uses directly related to the business on
�
sto,rrage area; plus 1
the property. Accessory storage of construction materials shall be permitted provided
space, e xach
that the storage is not detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare and does not
busmess''vehicle, plus
become the primary use of the property. Broken or non-operative vehicles and �require
as %$� ?
d?,parking for
equipment shall be properly disposed of within 90 days of becoming non-operative.
additional vses�on site
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M
P
c. General— Includes the outdoor storage of vehicles, materials, or equipment related
I. space p66,5) u 11
to the business on the property. This use shall not be construed to be the commercial
square feet ofoutd001
leasing of space for storage similar to a self storage facility, vehicle, or other
storage, areasplus 1
recreational vehicle storage facility.
space per,e�ach
busuiess a ecle pIW `
requiredipking
addtnonaluses oq site
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
X
M
P
d. Lumber Yards
(1) Retail —Includes the outdoor storage and retail sales of lumber and other r
space peal 000 1
associated material.
square feei'of storage,'
,,a
rea
(2) Wholesale — Includes the outdoor storage and sale of lumber and other associatedLspace
0e5 000
material for wholesale purposes.
square feett ofastorage
-area
�;:
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
X
M P
e. Salvage Yards — Includes outdoor storage of non-operative vehicles, equipment, or _
I space pezr 1;000 -'
material for salvage and/or re -use purposes. This use shall not include vehicle
square`feet=of storagenI
impound yards.
area {r
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU51
URI I
UR21
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
I X
I X I
X
I X
I X
I X I
X
X
X I
X I
C
f. Vehicle Impound Yards — Includes the storage of vehicles impounded by lawMimmum'of
5 spaces�'�
,
enforcement officials_
plus lspace per
Business yetiic p s
requiied`parkin f0 J,
a_ddnion_ alu'ses;on�site§.i
�BP
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4
NU5 URI UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN I
X X X X X X X X X X X X X M P
14. Recycling - The following are recycling types: Paiktng�� `
a. Vending Machines as an Accessory Use - Includes vending machines into which No additiogal parkim '
recyclables, such as aluminum cans, are inserted in return for monetary payment. -needed u>
NUI I
NU2 I
NU3 I
NU4 I
NUS I
URI I
UR2 I
UR3 I
UR4 I
URS I
CR I
CC
CN
BP
I
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 35
X X I
X I
X I
X I
X I
X I
X I
X I X I
P I
P I
P I P I
P
b. Collection of Trucks and/or Bins as an Accessory Use -Includes automobiles,
No add�tio al paitang�
trucks, trailers or vans, licensed by the Department of Motor Vehicles, which are usedeeded
for the collection of recyclable materials and includes the bins, boxes or containers
transported by trucks, vans or trailers, and used for the collection of recyclable
materials in return for monetaa payment.
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M
M M M
M
c. Recycling Center - Includes facilities which accept delivery of source -separated
As,determmed liythe
materials, including but not limited to glass, paper and plastics. Materials may be
Dtiector I
accepted for compensation or as donations, and are intended for transfer to a larger
a
facility for processing.
(1) Small - An area and/or structure less than three hundred (300) square feet and is intended for day-to-day
collection of materials and does not include power -driven processing equipment.
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
I NUTX
RI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
C
X
M
P
(2) Large - An area and/or structure over three hundred (300) square feet. A large collection facility may not
contain equipment for processing the materials collected.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
I UR2
I UR3
I UR41
UR5
I CR
CC
CN BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
I X
I X
I X
C
C
X C
P
d. Greenwaste - Includes facilities that accept, store, and load municipal greenwaste
As
determ`ifi& lthe'
for the purpose of recycling.
Director
gk, rya "4.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X C
M
e. Materials Recovery Facility - Includes facilities where mixed municipal solid
=Xs' &&rto fhe 6
waste is sorted and separated, by hand or through the use of machinery, for the purpose
VDtiector, 'k
of recovering recyclable materials. A materials recovery facility may incorporate a
bFxtm. °: rr.
solid waste transfer station as an accessory use.
3Y yynp
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN
BP I
X X X X X I X I X I X I X I X I X X X C C
15. Studios, Recording - The following are studio use types: ' Parkingv 5�
a. Movie - Includes facilities where motion pictures are produced including soundA°s�deterrnmed
by'the�
stages and backlots.
Director '-�w'';
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN
BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C I.X
I P I P
b. Music - Includes facilities for music recording/production.
As detertriine"d 6y,4h"e "
irecfor
Diie6
NUI
NU2
NU
NU4
NUS
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
X
P
P
c. Radio - Includes facilities for radio production.AAs
defermmed by the.,
Director,
Ts.
January 2013 j DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 36
C J
0
16. Truck Terminal ' r. Parking
Includes facilities where trucks load and unload cargo and freight and where the cargo AAs de't'er'
min'ed
and freight may be broken down or aggregated into smaller or larger loads for transfer Meeletill
to other vehicles or modes of transportation and may include the incidental "c"MR,
warehousing of goods and storage of trucks and trailere
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP I
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
I CC
CN
BP
I
for additional
uses;on�site
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
X
P
P
•X
d. Television - Includes facilities for television production including sound stages and
backlots.
'As dei mined by the
Director
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
UR1
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN
BP
I
X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
IX
X
C X
P
P
e. Studio/Film Rental Business - Includes facilities primarily engaged in the rental of
film trailers, wagons, and accessory filming equipment to the general public,
contractors, or movie production companies.
A��detemM rdtby the
director
3 t
NUI NU2 .NU3 NU4 NU5 URI Ulk UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN
BP
I
X X X X X X X I X I X I X X C X
P
P
0
16. Truck Terminal ' r. Parking
Includes facilities where trucks load and unload cargo and freight and where the cargo AAs de't'er'
min'ed
and freight may be broken down or aggregated into smaller or larger loads for transfer Meeletill
to other vehicles or modes of transportation and may include the incidental "c"MR,
warehousing of goods and storage of trucks and trailere
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP I
X X X X X X X X X X X X X M M
17. WarehousingmgzM
Includes facilities primarily engaged in the storage of goods and materials in a building
l space pe[ 1 000
and does not include the assembly or manufacture of goods and materials.
squa e feet of
warehouse area; plus I
space per business
vee i e?plus required'..
parking
for additional
uses;on�site
�
I NUI I NU2 I NU3 I NU4 I NU5 I URI I UR2 I UR3 I UR4 I UR5 I CR I CC I CN I BP I I I
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 37
Chapter 17.45 Public and Semi -Public Use Types
1. Community Assembly - Includes the activities typically performed by, or at, the
Narlangl
following institutions:
a. Churches, temples, synagogues and other places of worship.r
��„lspape per 4ed
24
seats (every orches,
of�bench sha]I�be���.��
�
considered -one seat)
"plus I�space=pier 28 -
�square'feet of
�ass�bly area-withopf k
fixed seats.
* .
b. Public and private nonprofit clubs, lodges, fraternal organizations and meeting
I space•per 4rfixed ,
halls.
a
(every 24 orches x
bench
x of shall�be
considered oneyseat),�„.:
plushspace p'er'�28
square feef.of w
assembly area withou
Ms fi✓ax3"�, ?
ixed seats;
c. Community Centers - Includes a building and related facilities used for
yl�pacetper 200 are
recreational, social, educational and cultural activities, open to the public ora`feef
designated the
of recr8ahonal, .
part of public, usually owned and operated by a public or nonprofit'cu
[nraso�oial nd/or'
group or agency.
otilhiralcTwity�area
Hplus�i`tspace per250
�squ�are feef�ofaoffce ry
floo rrea ,plus
required parkrngifor
w c<�Wts-. .N.
additionaliuses onsite
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4 NUS URl
UR2 I UR3
TUR4
UR5
CR CC
CN BP I
C C C I C I C I C C I C C C I M M C M M
2. Helipad�s �Parlungj
Includes the take -off and landing facilities for helicopters as an accessory use. These
facilities be
Parlang`as`iietermmea
may found, but are not limited to be, in conjunction with a hospital, firebthe
station,ublicutili
Direetoe�
p utility, or a sheriff station.
NUI
I NU2
NU3
NU4NUS
URl UR2
UR3 UR4 UR5 CR
CC
CN
BP
I
C C I C I C I C I C I C
I C C C C
C
C C
C
3. Homeless Shelter
'Parking
A facility which provides housing on a not-for-profit basis. Housing may include
{§,ri
1?space peri ,_
emergency shelters on a short-term basis or temporary until permanent housing is
employee/staff *�
found. These facilities generally provide referrals to other agencies, meals, counselinginembec;'
Iusrls ace,'
pati p1
and advocacy, see Section 17.38.010 (Homeless Shelter Overlay Zone) and Section
,,. , a a.•
per�5,temporary, �a',
:
17.66.070 Homeless Shelters) for Specific Development Requirements.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 38
E,
•
•
•
NUI
I NU2
NU3
I NU4 I NUS
I URl
I UR2
I UR3
UR4
URS
I CR
CC CN
BP I
X X X X X X X X X X X C X M M
4. Hospital Services $arlcing
Includes institutions providing primary health services and medical or surgical care to
2 spaces per each
persons, primarily on an in-patient basis, suffering from illness, injury and other
ensed tied; plus 1,
physical or mental conditions and may include associated facilities for out-patient and
space`per400 square -
emergency medical services, heliports, diagnostic facilities, laboratories, training,
feet of outpatient
research, administrations and services to patients, employees and visitors.
clinic, laboratories, ,:
;pharmacies
and
,established¢m
milar�=uses
i�copjunction
with the
�haspital. Asmiriimum '
�ofn2p cent of the
�parkmgtshalhbe
°des�gnatetd�for
„em
to e .'
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI I UR2 I UR3 I UR47 URS I CR CC CN
BP I
X X X X X C I C I X I C I C I C C C X X
5. Museums, Private parking
Includes permanent facilities generally of a noncommercial nature such as aquariums,
& V W44IWS+�IDY'
per 400 square
arboretums, botanical gardens, private libraries and museums, historic sites and
4%eet�
exhibits.
k ry
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 UR1 UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN
BP
I
X X X X X X X X X X P P C C X
6. Parks, Public and Private 1'Pa king �`.
Includes tracts of land designated and used by the public or members of a private organization for active and/or
passive recreation.
a. 50 acres or less
As det�errcmned bytl e i
Dsector
NUI
NU2
NU
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR41UR51CRICCICNI
BP I
C
C
C I
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
I C I C I C
b. More than 50 acres "As
determmed bhe V.
Director,,"`'r
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN
BP
I
C C C C C C I C I C C C C C C C C
7. Public Parking Facilities a tirParkmg
Includes parking services involving buildings or lots which are publicly owned or1A"s determined bye
operated. Director
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 39
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4
NU5 URI UR2 UR3
UR4 U115
CR CC
CN BP I
X X X X
X X X X
X X
P P
P P P
8. Public Services, General
Includes uses provided by public or semi-public agencies which are necessary toAAs
support the community's health, safety, and welfare. Typical general public services
include, but are not limited to: community water facilities (includes storage, wells, and
treatment facilities); administrative government facilities; libraries; museums; police'-
and fire stations; and post offices.
dee erin""inedby Uie
Director _?
tir
r���.
NU1 NU2 NU3
NU4
NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5
CR CC CN
BP I
M M M M M M M M M M P P P P P
9. Public Services, SpecificMI. king ,4 ,
Specific public services are those public services necessary to support the community's
health, safety and welfare, but whose operating characteristics are unique and require
specific permitting requirements which may be of a higher or lower level of review
than the general public service uses. Specific public service uses include the following.
?`Astdetermined liy the
Director
+
a. Cemeteries (including accessory uses such as funeral homes and mortuaries)
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
b. Corporation Yards - Including storage, repair, and processing of materials and equipment and vehicles
operated by government or public utility entities.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
C
C
C
M
c. Flood Control Facilities
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
d. Incarceration Facilities
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
C
e. Preservation of Historical Landmarks
NUI
NU2
I NU3
I NU4
I NUS
I URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
P
P
I P.1
P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P IP
P
f. Park and Ride Lots
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
C
C
M
M
C
M
M
g. Ambulance or Paramedic Dispatch
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
C
C
M
M
C
M
M
h. Utility Substations
NU1
I NU2
I NU3
I NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 —Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 40
Cl
C J
E
•
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
C
10. Rehabilitation Facility
Parking
Includes facilities licensed by the State Department of Health Services, the State
r;lxsp"'ace''' erre iBent;
Department of Social Welfare, or the County of Los Angeles, which provide bed and
s 2 spaces per each
ambulatory care for patients with post-operative convalescent, chronic illness or dietary4
mployee dwelling.
problems, and persons unable to care for themselves; but not including alcoholics drug
addicts or persons with mental or contagious diseases or afflictions.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
I UR5
CR
CC CN
BP I
X X X X X X X X C C C C C X X
11. Schools, Public and Private - The following are public and private school use
'Park`ing
types:
._ `
a. College and University -Includes community colleges, public or private colleges,
y�A's�detemmed by the
universities and professional schools granting associate arts degrees, certificates,
Director;
undergraduate and graduate degrees and generally requiring for admission at least a
high school diploma or equivalent academic training which may include on-site students
housin dormitory .
NUl
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UR1
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
I X
I X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
I X
I C
X
b. Private Primary and Secondary Schools - Includes private elementary, middle, junior high, and high
schools serving grades kindergarten through 12th. Does not include specialized school use types.
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
URS
CRI
CC
CN
BP
I
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
c. Public Primary and Secondary Schools - Includes public elementary, middle, junior high, and high schools
serving grades kindergarten through 12th.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC
CN I
BP I
C C C I C C I C C C C C C C C C C
12. Small Wind Energy System � ," ` 'Parking
Includes wind energy conversion systems consisting of a wind turbine, a tower, andAs
deteltnined by the
associated control or conversion electronics, which will be used primarily to reduce on-
n
site
site consumption of utility power and shall be consistent with Section 17.66.120 (Small'a
Wind Ener2v Systems).
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UR1 UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR I -CC
CN
TBP
I
P P I P P P P P P P P P P P I P P
13. Wireless Communication FacilitiesP`ark`mg�
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40—Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 41
Includes commercial and private electromagnetic and photoelectric transmissionAs"detemitned
by=the I
broadcast, repeater and receiving stations for radio, television, telegraph, telephone
Director
cellular telephone, microwave communications and data network communications'
including commercial earth stations for satellite-based communications. Includes
antennas (dish and satellite), telecommunication towers, monopoles and equipment
"
buildings. Wireless communication facilities shall be in accordance with Chapter 17.69
?�
(Wireless Communication Facilities and Satellite Dish Antennas). Does not include
accessory structures, including home television and radio receiving antennas, HAM
k '
radio antennas, residential satellite dishes in accordance with Chapter 17.69 (Wireless
Communication Facilities and Satellite Dish Antennas), and communications facilities
•<l
for community services provided by a public agency.
x
a. Above thirty-five feet in height
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CRCC
CN
BP
I
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
b. Up to thirty-five feet in height
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UR1
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
M
M
M
M
M
c. Flush-mounted
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
UR1
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
M
M
M
M
M
d. Co-located — Must be below the roofline of the building, camouflaged, and architecturally consistent with the
building or structure and similar to the other wireless facilities on the proiject site.
NUI
NU2 NU3 NU4
NUS
URI UR2
UR3 I UR4 I URS I CR
I CC
I CN
I BP
I
C C C C C C I C I C C C I M I M I M M M
14. Zoos "� Earking
a. Zoos - Includes places where animals are kept, often in a combination of indoor andAs�detemitnedby
the`
outdoor spaces, and are viewed by the public.
Director
,
v`Sm'V
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UR1
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
b. Petting Zoos - Includes an establishment designated to the keeping of domestic and
'`As determined bye
barnyard animals in a combination of indoor and/or outdoor spaces where visitors are
rDtrector'`F�
able to directly interact with the animals. Admission may be free or fee-based.5
4
�r �
NUI
NU2
NL
NU4
NUS
URl
UR2
UR3 I
URA I
URS
I CR
CC
CN
BP I
X
X
X
I X I
X I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X I X
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 42
•
•
•
Chapter 17.46 Agricultural Use Types
1. Horticulture
A.
Y ;, p gNM
Includes the growing of fruits, vegetables, flowers, or ornamental plants
Mdemnd t
treor
cte
a. Residential Use Only - includes the growing of fruits, vegetables, flowers, or ornamental plants on a
residential property for the sole use of the residents of that property and are not sold.
NUl
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
I URI
JUR2
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
I CC
CN
I BP
I I
P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P
I P
b. For Commercial Sale - includes the growing of fruits, vegetables, flowers, or ornamental plants for either
retail or wholesale u oses.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
C
I C
C
C
C
C
C
X
I X
X
M
M
M
P
P
c. Within Public Utility Easements - includes the growing of fruits, vegetables, flowers, or ornamental plants
within public utility easements and may include wholesaling.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 I URI I UR2 I UR31 UR4 I UR51 CR CC CN BP I
P p P P P P P P I P I P I P P P P P
2. Farmers Market
%, Parking
An occasional or periodic market held in an open or enclosed structure where groups of Asdetectnin`1ed by the
individual sellers offer fruits, vegetables, flowers, ornamental plants, honey, eggs, and Director
similar agricultural products, baked/cooked goods, beverages, and crafts for sale to the
public. -
a. Permanent
NUl
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
I URS
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
I C
I M
M
M
M
M
b. Temporary
NU1 NU2
NU3
NU4 NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4 i UR51
CR
I CC I CN I BP
I I
T T T T T T T T T T I T I T I T I T I T
3. Farm Worker Housing ,Warkrng,
Includes detached or attached, seasonal or permanent housing units for employees of a mtnyhe
commercial agricultural operation. or, eb,
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR ICCICNIBP
I I
X I X I X X X I X I X X I X I X I X I X
I X I X X
4. Keeping of Animals
% ' Earktng
Includes the keeping and raising of animals for either personal or commercial purposes.
The following are keeping of animals use types:
,As detetnnned bythe
Director
e,
a. Beehives - includes the keeping of containers for housing honeybees.
(1) 1 to 3 beehives
NUI
NU2
NU3 I
NU4 I
NU5 I
URI
UR2
UR3 I
UR4 I
UR5 I
CR I
CC
I CN I
BP I
I
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 43
P
I P
I P I M I M
I X
I X
I X
I X I X I X
X
X X
X
(2) 4 or more beehives
NUI
I NU2
I NU3
NU4
I NU5
I URl
UR2
I UR3
I UR4
I UR51
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
P
P
PI
C.1
C
I X
I X
I X
X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
X
b. Dairies - includes facilities in which cows (or other animals) are raised and kept for their milk production.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C
c. Feedlot, Livestock - includes facilities with confined area, structures, pens, or corrals in which livestock are
kept in order to feed and fatten the livestock prior to final shipment and not operated in conjunction with a bona
fide farm.
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URIUR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I C
d. Hog Ranches - includes facilities with confined areas, structures, pens, or corrals in which hogs are raised or
kept. Does not include other use types identified in this section.
NUI
NU2
NU3
I NU4
NUS
I URI
I URI
I UR3
IUR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
1X
X
X1
X
I X
I X
I C
e. Large Animals - includes the keeping of large animals including cows, horses, pigs, and similar animals
which, when fully grown, weigh over two hundred, fifty (250) pounds. Does not include other use types
identified in this section. The keeping of large animals shall be in accordance with Section 17.62.020 (Keeping
of Large Animals).
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
URS
I CR
CC
I CN
I BP
I
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
X
_X1
X
M
M
L Small Animals - includes the keeping of small animals, such as birds, cats, dogs, goats, rabbits, sheep, and
similar animals which, when fully grown, weigh less than two hundred, fifty (250) pounds. Does not include
other use types listed in this section. The keeping of small animals shall be in accordance with Section 17.62.030
(Keepingof Small Animals).
NUl
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
UR1
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
P
I P
I P
P
I P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
g. Wild, Exotic, or Educational Purposes - includes the keeping of wild, exotic, or non-domestic animals,
including antelopes, armadillos, badgers, beavers, camels, deer, emus, foxes, giraffes, kangaroos, koalas, minks,
ostriches, otters, peacocks, porcupines, prairie dogs, raccoons, seals, wallabies, zebras, or other similar animals
which, in the opinion of the Director, are neither more obnoxious, nor detrimental to the public welfare than the
animals listed.
NU1
NU2
NU3 I NU4 I NUS I URI I UR2 UR3 I
UR4 I
URS CR CC
CN
BP
I
M M M I M I M I C X I XI X Ix I X X X X X
5. Keeping of Animals for Educational Purposes `Pa`rkrng
Includes the keeping of large or small animals for educational purposes, including 4h �A„.s deterrninedrby the a
Head, Hand, Heart, and Health of FFA(Future Farmers of America). Director"`+ t,
a. Small Animals - includes the keeping of small animals, such as birds, cats, dogs, goats, rabbits, sheep, and
similar animals which, when fully grown, weigh less than three hundred (300) pounds. The keeping of small
animals shall be in accordance with Section 17.62.030 Kee ing of Small Animals).
NU1 I
NU2 I
NU3 I
NU4 I
NUS I
URI I
UR2 I
UR3 I
UR4 I
URS I
CR. I
CC
CN
BP
I
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 44
•
n
LJ
•
•
P
P
I P
I P I P
I P
I P
I M
I M
I M I X
I X I X
I X
I X
b. Large Animals - includes the keeping of large animals including cows, horses, pigs, and similar animals
which, when fully grown, weigh over three hundred (300) pounds. Does not include other use types identified in
this section. The keeping of large animals shall be in accordance with Section 17.62.020 (Keeping of Large
Animals).
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
UR1
UR2
I UR3
I 1JR4
UR51CRICCICNI
BPI
I
P P P P P P P I M M I M I X I X I X I X I X
6. Riding TrailsPa
king
Include trails intended for the riding of horses.Xs
dete mined by the T=
,FD�rector
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN
BP
I
P P P P P I P I P P P P P P P P P
7. Wildlife Preserves and Sanctuaries
-r
arm _
Includes land or area intended to protect and preserve wildlife and/or wildlife habitat.
fa: 4u.'f1:1W1Mtl
�As"`determuted by"�thei .
Director
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC
CN
BPHx'
P
P
P
P
P
P
C
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
January 2013 i DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 45
Chapter 17.47 Temporary Use Types
1. Temporary Residence
?P,arlung z
Includes the use of a mobile home as a temporary residence during construction of a
residence on the same site. Temporary residences shall be in accordance
12s6a6es'per umt `
permanent
with Chapter 17.67 (Temporary Uses).
�r� o d
a. Short Term - Up to twelve (12) months.
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
I UR3
UR4
I UR51
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
I T
T
I T
I T
T
T
T
T
b. Long Term - Over twelve (12) months.
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 I UR3 I UR4 I UR51 CR I CC CN BP I
M M M M M M M I M I M I M I M M M M M
Mi
2. Temporary Real Estate Offices
, 11s� rW09, ,
Includes offices for the sale of lots on the tract upon which the office is located for not
A-o-mRtifr 5' ` .ny -'
1 space,per 250xsquare
more than two (2) years. Temporary real estate offices shall be in accordance with
1111114, �_k dq
Meet of officesspace.' ¢
Chapter 17.67 (Temporary Uses).
NUI I NU2 INU3 INU41NU5
I URI JUR2 JUR3 JUR41UR51 CR CC
CN BP I
T I T I T I T I T I T I T I T I T I T I T T
T T T
3. Holiday Salesh
Parking ;
Includes any temporary event intended primarily for the sales and celebration of an
M,additionahparkmg
event or holiday in accordance with Chapter 17.67 (Temporary Uses). Such uses
tregmred for on an ids.'
include, but are not limited to, Christmas tree sales lots, Halloween pumpkin sales, and
existing�develope'fi
other holiday sales.
pa"reel,"a destgnated;
;parking area`kshall
Kprov�ded+totlie� �,�r�=fie
sahsfact on of Yhet
�Director�fortthe
itemporary use ofaan �.
rtd1ry K{`x `5Y`"1 S u3w � y A
undeveloped arcel��.:;
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR
CC
CN BP 1
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
4. Temporary Uses
Includes temporary uses prescribed in Chapter 17.67 (Temporary Uses) of this code. A"s detemimed byathe ,
Directd`r
NUI
NU2
NU3
I NU4
I NU5
URI
UR2
I UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC CN
BP
I
T
T
T
I T
I T
I T
T
I T
T
I T
I T
T T
T
I T
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40— Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 46
0
•
•
•
Chapter 17.48 Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
1. Accessory Structure
A building or structure detached from the main building, on the same lot, which is customarily incidental and
subordinate to the main building or to the main use of the property.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
2. Accessory Use
A use that is incidental, related, appropriate, and clearly subordinate to the main use of the lot or building, which
does not alter the principal use of such lot or building nor serve property other than the lot or parcel of land on
which the principal use is located.
NUl
NU2 I NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR
I CC
I CN I BP
I
P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
3. Carports
a. Carports used as required parking for multifamily or non-residential uses
NUl
I NU2
I NU3
I NU4
I NUS
I URI
I UR2
I UR3
UR4
I URS
I CR
I CC
I CN
I BP
I
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
b. Carports used as accessory to required parking for single family uses
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
c. Car orts for residential or non-residential uses with solar panels
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP
4. Incidental Services for Employees
Includes services offered to employees on a site occupied by a permitted or conditionally permitted use
including day care, recreational facilities, showers, and locker rooms.
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4 NU5 URI I UR2 UR3 I UR4 I UR5 I CR
I CC I CN I BP I
P P P P P P P P__1 P P I P I P I P I P I P
5. Live Entertainment
Includes any live show, performance, singing, dancing, or artistic interpretation provided for the amusement of
one or more persons but does not alter the nature and function of the primary use.
a. Indoor
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P
M
M
M
M
b. Outdoor
NUI NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2 UR3 UR4
UR5
CR CC CN BP I
X X
X
X
X
X
X X X
X
M M X X X
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 47
6. Shared Private Water Well
Shall be a private water well that is shared by more than one
parcel of land not under the same ownership.
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP
I
C C C C C X X X X X X X X X
7. Temporary Accessory Use of Publicly Owned Facilities
X
Includes any temporary use of a publicly owned or operated building which does not substantially alter the
facilit 's use.
NU1
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 48
•
•
Ll
•
Chapter 17.49 Development Activities/Miscellaneous Use Types
1. Development Activity on Protected Ridgelines
All development on a protected ridgeline shall be in accordance with Section 17.38.070 (RP — Ridgeline
Preservation Overlay Zone) and Section 17.51.020 Hillside Development) of this Code.
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR I CC CN I BP I
R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
2. Development Activity on Natural Slopes
Development activity on natural slopes on all or part of the developable portions of the property shall be in
accordance with Section 17.51.020 Hillside Development) of this Code.
a. Less than ten (10) percent average.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
b. Ten (10) percent to fifteen (15) percent average.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
U
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
H
H
H
H
H
H
I H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
c. Greater than fifteen (15) percent average.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 UR1 UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CNBP I
H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
3. Grading Cut and Fill of any Combination Thereof
a. Between one hundred (100) and one thousand, five hundred (1,500) cubic yards on natural slopes greater than
ten 10percent average.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
b. Greater than one thousand, five hundred (1,500) cubic yards on natural slopes greater than ten (10) percent
average.
NUI
NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 UR1 UR2
UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H
4. Off -Site Transportation of Earth
Includes the movement of earth either to or from a location off-site.
a. Less than ten thousand (10,000) cubic yards.
NUl
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
L
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
P
P
P
P
P
P I
P
I P I
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
b. Between ten thousand (10,000) and one hundred thousand (100,000) cubic yards.
NUl I
NU2 I
NU3 I
NU4 I
NUS I
L
UR2
UR3
UR4 I
URS
I CR I
CC
CN
BP
I
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
c. Greater than one hundred thousand (100,000) cubic yards.
NUl I
NU2 I
NU3 I
NU4 I
NUS I
URI I
UR2
I UR3 I
UR4 I
URS I
CR I
CC I
CN
I BP
I
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40—Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 49
C C C I C I C C C C C C C C C C C
5. Cluster Development
Cluster development shall be in accordance with Section 17.68.020 (Cluster Developments) of this Code.
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU41 NUS
URlUR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
C C C C C C C C C C X X X X X
6. Affordable Housing
Affordable housing density bonus shall be in accordance with Section 17.68.030 (Density Bonus Requirements)
of this Code.
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR I CC I CN I BP I
X X X X X X X P P P X X X X X
7. Amenities Density or FAR Bonus
Amenities density and FAR bonuses shall be in accordance with Section 17.68.030 (Density Bonus
Requirements) of this Code.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
C C C C C C C C C C I C C C X X
8. Railroad Rights -of -Way
Includes the following uses within railroad rights-of-way
a. Operational Activities - Includes activities related to the operation of the railroad, including, but not limited
to, stations, transit stops, and park and ride facilities.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NU5
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I X
b. Accessory Activities/Uses - Includes trails, bike paths, sidewalks, picnic areas, passive park activities, and
landscain .
NU1
NU2
I NU3
NU4
NUS
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
I X
I X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
c. Storage - Includes the storage of any materials, vehicles, goods, and supplies not related to subsection (8) (a)
of this section.
NUl
NU2
NU3
I NU4
I NU51
URI
I UR2
I UR3
I UR4
UR5
I CR
I CC
I CN
I BP
I I
X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
X
I X
I X
I X
IX
I X
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.40 — Use Classifications and Required Parking (17.41-17.49)
Page 50
0
E
E
0
Ile
Division 17.50 Development Standards
Chapter 17.51 Property Development Standards — All Zones
Chapter 17.53 Property Development Standards — Commercial and Industrial
Chapter 17.55 Property Development Standards — Mixed Use
Chapter 17.57 Property Development Standards — Residential
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 1
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 2
0
i
•
•
Chapter 17.51
SECTIONS:
Property Development Standards: All Zones.
17.51.010
Development Impact Fees.
17.51.020
Hillside Development.
17.51.030
Landscaping and Irrigation Standards.
17.51.035
Noise Standards.
17.51.040
Oak Tree Preservation.
17.51.050
Outdoor Lighting Standards.
17.51.060
Parking Standards.
17.51.070
Road Dedication, Improvements and Other Requirements.
17.51.080
Sign Regulations (Private Property).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 3
17.51.010 Development Impact Fees.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Jurisdictional Pass -Through Fees.
B. Law Enforcement Facilities Fee.
C. Library Facilities and Technology Mitigation Fee
D. Major Bridge and Thoroughfare Fees.
E. Parkland Mitigation or In -Lieu Fee.
F. Transit Facilities Mitigation Fee.
A. Jurisdictional Pass -Through Fees.
The purpose of this subsection is to establish that from time to time the Council will adopt resolutions
that will enable the City to collect mitigation fees for non -City agencies to implement goals and policies
of the General Plan which includes goals and policies to promote an equitable distribution of the costs
and benefits of governmental actions; promote a distribution of population consistent with service
system capacity and resource availability; seek to maintain a balance between increased intensity of
development and the capacity of needed public facilities; and give priority to upgrading existing public
facilities in areas lacking adequate facilities. The Los Angeles County Fire Facilities Mitigation Fee is
an example of a pass-through fee.
B. Law Enforcement Facilities Fee.
Purpose. The purpose of this subsection is:
a. To implement goals and policies of the General Plan which includes goals and
policies promote an equitable distribution of the costs and benefits of
governmental actions; promote a distribution of population consistent with service
system capacity and resource availability; seek to maintain a balance between the
need for public facilities; and give priority to upgrading existing public facilities
in areas lacking adequate facilities;
b. To mitigate adverse impacts due to the inadequacy of law enforcement facilities
that might otherwise occur due to new development; and
C. To comply with the procedures for adoption of developer fees contained in the
Mitigation Fee Act, (Section 66000, et seq. of the State Government Code).
2. Establishment of Law Enforcement Facilities Mitigation Fee.
a. This subsection establishes a law enforcement facilities mitigation fee. The
amount of the fee to be imposed on a new residential, commercial, office, and/or
industrial development and shall not exceed the estimated reasonable cost of
providing law enforcement. facilities for such residential, commercial, office,
and/or industrial development projects.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 4
E
is
b. The law enforcement facilities mitigation fee shall be a uniform fee within the
City based on the estimated cost of providing the projected law enforcement
• facility needs.
3. Annual Review of Fee.
a. The amount of the fees established by subsection (2), above, shall be reviewed
annually by the Council, in consultation with the Sheriff. Each year, the law
enforcement facilities fee shall be adjusted based on the Consumer Price Index
(CPI) as determined by the Council and the fee shall adjust by said percentage
amount and round to the nearest dollar. No adjustment shall result in a fee that is
greater than the amount necessary to recover the cost of providing the applicable
law enforcement facilities.
b. If it is determined that the reasonable amount necessary to recover the cost of
providing the law enforcement facilities exceeds the fee as adjusted by subsection
(3) (a), above, an alternative fee proposal may be presented to the Council for
consideration. Such alternative fee proposal may reflect changes in the actual cost
of completed law enforcement facilities projects or, if such projects have not been
completed, then the estimated cost of the proposed law enforcement facilities. The
proposal may also reflect changes in the law enforcement facilities proposed as
well as the availability or lack of other funds with which to provide such facilities.
C. An alternative fee proposal may be presented to the Council for approval as may
be necessary to insure that the law enforcement facilities mitigation fee is a fair
and equitable method of distributing the costs of the law enforcement facilities
necessary to accommodate the law enforcement needs generated by the
development of land in the City.
4. Applicability.
a. The provisions of this subsection shall apply to new development projects
including any new tract map, parcel map, discretionary permit, building permit,
other land use permit, or other entitlement for a new development which requires
approval by the City resulting in the issuance of grading, building, plumbing,
mechanical or electrical permits, or certificates of occupancy to construct or
change the use of a building, or property for residential, commercial, office,
and/or industrial use shall be approved unless payment of the law enforcement
facilities mitigation fee is made a condition of approval for any such entitlement.
b. Additionally, the fees provided for in this subsection shall be imposed upon a lot
which has been previously improved with a building unit whenever a building
permit is issued for a new building unit on an adjoining lot under common
ownership and which new unit constitutes, in effect, an addition of 1,000 square
feet, or more, when constructed, or an expansion of use of the previously
improved parcel. Such fee shall be calculated upon the total square footage of new
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 5.
construction and paid by every person or entity for which a building permit is
issued.
5. Time of Payment of Fee.
a. No building or similar permit for any new development project shall be issued
until the applicant has paid the applicable law enforcement facilities mitigation
fee to the City. In the event that an applicant desires to proceed only with
development of a portion of the development project, the applicant may obtain
building permits for that portion of the project after paying a proportional share of
the total law enforcement facilities mitigation fee for the project to the satisfaction
of the City.
b. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (5) (a), above, payment of the law
enforcement facilities mitigation fee for projects for occupancy by lower income
households meeting the criteria set forth in Section 66007(b)(2)(A) of the State
Government Code shall not be required prior to the date of the final inspection or
the date the certificate of occupancy is issued for the first unit in the development,
whichever occurs first. Where payment of the fees may only be collected on the
date of final inspection or the date the certificate of occupancy is issued as
provided in this subsection, execution of an agreement to pay the required fee or
applicable portion thereof within the time specified herein shall be a condition of
issuance of the applicable building or similar permit. Such agreement shall
constitute a lien for the payment of the fee and shall be enforceable as provided in
Section 66007 of the State Government Code. •
6. Exemptions from Fee. The following shall be exempt from the provisions of this
subsection:
a. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (4) (a), above, additions to
residential structures that are less than 2,000 square feet in size shall not be
subject to the fees otherwise required by this section.
b. No fee imposed by this subsection shall be imposed upon the issuance of building
permit for the restoration of existing buildings, or buildings damaged by fire, or
natural disasters such as earthquake, wind, or flood, where the replaced building,
or portion thereof, does not exceed the original gross floor area. For purposes of
this subsection, "gross floor area" shall be determined by the City Engineer, or his
designee and excludes accessory structures such as decks, patios, barns, sheds,
and kiosks.
7. Deposit and Use of Fees Collected. All law enforcement facilities mitigation fees
received by the City shall be deposited in a special law enforcement capital facilities fund
and expended solely for the purposes for which the fee was collected. A separate law
enforcement capital facilities fund account shall be established for each of the three law
enforcement facilities fee zones. All funds from the imposition of fees provided herein
shall be deposited into such accounts to be used exclusively for the purpose of land
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 6
acquisition, engineering, construction, installation, purchasing, or any other direct cost of
providing law enforcement facilities and for no other purpose. All interest income earned
is
shall be credited to each account, and shall be used solely for the purposes for which the
fee was collected.
8. Consideration in Lieu of Fee.
a. The City may accept substitute consideration in lieu of the law enforcement
facilities mitigation fee required pursuant to this section, provided the City finds
that the proposed substitute consideration:
i. Has a value equal to or greater than the applicable law enforcement
facilities mitigation fee otherwise due;
ii. Is in a form acceptable to the City; and
iii. Is within the scope of the applicable law enforcement facilities project.
b. The City may accept substitute consideration in lieu of a portion of the law
enforcement facilities mitigation fee required pursuant to this section where they
find that the substitute consideration proposed is less than the value of the
required fee but is in a form acceptable to the City and is within the scope of the
applicable law enforcement facilities project. Such substitute consideration may
be accepted by the City only after payment of an amount equal to the difference
• between the value of the substitute consideration, as solely determined by the
City, and the amount of the otherwise required fee.
9. Reimbursement. The provisions of subsection (8), above, shall not prevent the execution
of a reimbursement agreement between the City and a developer for that portion of the
cost of law enforcement facilities paid by the developer which exceeds the need for the
law enforcement facilities attributable to and reasonably related to the development.
10. Alternative Method. This subsection is intended to establish an alternative method for the
financing of public law enforcement facilities, the need for which is generated directly or
indirectly by new development projects. The provisions of this subsection shall not be
construed to limit the power of the City to utilize any other method for accomplishing
this purpose, but shall be in addition to any other fees, or requirements which the Council
is authorized to impose as a condition to approving new development pursuant to state
and local laws.
C. Library Facilities and Technology Mitigation Fee.
No land use permit or entitlement for a residential use shall be approved unless payment
of the library facilities and technology mitigation fee is made a condition of approval for
any such entitlement.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 7
2. The library facilities and technology mitigation fee is established by separate resolution
of the Council.
3. The amount of the fee established shall be reviewed annually by the City. No adjustment
shall increase or decrease the fee to an amount more or less than the amount necessary to
recover the cost of providing the applicable library facilities.
4. No building or similar permit for residential use shall be issued and no new residential
use of an existing building shall occur until the applicant has paid the applicable library
facilities and technology mitigation fee to the Building and Safety Division of the City. In
the event that an applicant desires to proceed with development of a portion of the
residential development project, the applicant may obtain building permits for that
portion of the project after paying a proportional share of the total library facilities and
technology fee for the project to the satisfaction of the Director.
5. The provisions above shall apply to payment of the library facilities and technology
mitigation fee for a residential development project if the fee will reimburse the City for
expenditures already made, or if the City of subsection (4) of this section has previously
adopted a capital improvement plan or proposed construction schedule and has
established an account and appropriated funds for the library facilities to be financed by
the fee. In all other cases, notwithstanding the provisions of this section, payment of the
fee for a residential development project shall not be required prior to the date of the final
inspection or the date the certificate of occupancy is issued for the first dwelling in the
development, whichever occurs first. In such cases, execution of an agreement to pay the
required fee or applicable portion thereof within the time specified herein shall be a
condition of issuance of the applicable building or similar permit. Such agreement shall
constitute a lien for the payment of the fee and shall be enforceable as provided in
Government Code Section 66007.
6. Additions or modifications to existing residential units; provided, that such additions or
modifications do not increase the number of households that can be housed in such
residential units. shall be exempt from the provisions of this section:
7. All library facilities and technology fees received by the City shall be deposited in a
special library capital facilities fund and expended solely for the purposes for which the
fee was collected. A separate library capital facilities fund account shall be established by
the City. All interest income earned shall be credited to the account and shall be used
solely for the purposes for which the fee was collected.
8. The City Manager or designee may accept substitute consideration in lieu of the library
facilities fee required pursuant to this section, provided the City Manager or his or her
designee finds that the proposed substitute consideration:
a. Has a value equal to or greater than the applicable library facilities fee otherwise
due;
b. Is in a form acceptable to the City Manager or designee; and •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 8
C. Is within the scope of the applicable library facilities project.
• 9. The City Manager or designee may accept substitute consideration in lieu of a portion of
the library facilities mitigation fee required pursuant to this section where the City
Manager or designee finds that the substitute consideration proposed is less than the
value of the required fee but is in a form acceptable to the City and is within the scope of
the applicable library facilities project. Such substitute consideration may be accepted by
the City only after payment of an amount equal to the difference between the value of the
substitute consideration, as solely determined by the City Manager or designee, and the
amount of the otherwise required fee.
10. The provision referenced in subsection (9) of this section shall not prevent the execution
of a reimbursement agreement between the City and a developer for that portion of the
cost of library facilities paid by the developer which exceeds the need for the library
facilities attributable to and reasonably related to the development.
11. This section is intended to establish an alternative method for the financing of public
library facilities, the need for which is generated directly or indirectly by a residential
development project or projects. The provisions of this section shall not be construed to
limit the power of the City to utilize any other method for accomplishing this purpose but
shall be in addition to any other fees or requirements that the City is authorized to impose
as a condition to approving new development pursuant to State and local laws.
• D. Major Bridge and Thoroughfare Fees.
1. A subdivider, as a condition of approval of a final map for property within an area of
benefit, or a building permit applicant, as a condition of issuance of a building permit for
property within an area of benefit, shall pay a fee as hereinafter established to defray the
costs of constructing bridges over waterways, railways, freeways, and canyons, and/or
constructing major thoroughfares.
2. The provisions herein for payment of a fee shall apply only if the bridge and/or major
thoroughfare has been included in an element of the General Plan adopted by the Council
at least thirty (30) days prior to the filing of a map or application for a building permit on
land located within the boundaries of the area of benefit.
3. Payment of fees shall not be required unless any major thoroughfares are in addition to or
a widening or reconstruction of any existing major thoroughfares serving the area at the
time of the adoption of the boundaries of the area of benefit.
4. Payment of fees shall not be required unless any planned bridge facility is a new bridge
serving the area or an addition to an existing bridge facility serving the area at the time of
the adoption of the boundaries of the area of benefit.
5. Establishing a new area of benefit.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50— Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 9
a. Action to establish an area of benefit may be initiated by the Council upon its own
motion or upon the recommendation of the City Engineer.
b. The Council will set a public hearing for each proposed area benefitted. Notice A
the time and place of said hearing, including preliminary information related to
the boundaries of the area of benefit, estimated costs and the method of fee
apportionment shall be given pursuant to Section 65905 of the Government Code.
6. Process for a new area of benefit.
a. At the public hearing, the Council will consider the testimony, written protests
and other evidence. At the conclusion of the public hearing, the Council may,
unless a majority written protest is filed and not withdrawn, determine to establish
an area of benefit. If established, the City Council shall adopt a resolution
describing the boundaries of the area of benefit, setting forth the cost, whether
actual or estimated, and the method of fee apportionment. A certified copy of
such resolution shall be recorded with the County Recorder.
b. Such apportioned fees shall be applicable to all property within the area of
benefit, and shall be payable as a condition of approval of a final map or as a
condition of issuing a building permit for such property or portions thereof.
Where the area of benefit includes lands not subject to the payment of fees
pursuant to this section, the Council shall make provision for payment of the share
of improvement cost apportioned to such lands from other sources.
C. Any written protest will be received by the City Clerk at any time prior to the
close of the public hearing. If written protests are filed by the owners of more than
one-half of the area of the property to be benefited by the improvement, and
sufficient protests are not withdrawn so as to reduce the area represented by the
protests to less than one-half of the area to be benefited, then the proposed
proceedings shall be abandoned and the Council shall not, for one year from the
filing of said written protests, commence or carry on any proceedings for the same
improvement under the provisions of this section. Any protest may be withdrawn
by the owner making the same, in writing, at any time prior to the close of the
public hearing.
d. If any majority protest is directed against only a portion of the improvement, then
all further proceedings under the provisions of this section to construct that
portion of the improvement so protested against shall be barred for a period of one
year, but the Council shall not be barred from commencing new proceedings not
including any part of the improvement so protested against. Such proceedings
shall be commenced by a new notice and public hearing as set forth in subsection
(5) of this section.
C. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the Council, which in such one-year period,
from commencing and carrying on new proceedings for the construction of an
improvement or portion of the improvement so protested against if it finds, by the •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 10
affirmative vote of four-fifths of its members, that the owners of more than one-
half of the area of the property to be benefited are in favor of going forward with
• such improvements or portion thereof.
7. Fees paid pursuant to this section shall be deposited in a planned bridge facility and/or
major thoroughfare fund. A fund shall be established for each planned bridge facility
project and/or each planned major thoroughfare project. If the benefit area is one in
which more than one bridge and/or major thoroughfare is required to be constructed, a
separate fund may be established covering all of the bridge projects and/or major
thoroughfares in the benefit area. Moneys in such fund shall be expended solely for the
construction or reimbursement for construction of the improvement serving the area to be
benefited and from which the fees comprising the fund were collected, or to reimburse
the City for the costs of constructing the improvement.
8. The Council may approve the acceptance of considerations in lieu of the payment of fees
established herein.
9. The Council may approve the advancement of money from the general fund or road fund
to pay the costs of constructing the improvements covered herein and may reimburse the
general fund or road fund for such advances from planned bridge facility and/or major
thoroughfare funds established pursuant to this section.
10. if a subdivider, as a condition of approval of a subdivision, is required or desires to
construct a bridge and/or major thoroughfare, the Council may enter into a
reimbursement agreement with the subdivider. Such agreement may provide for
payments to the subdivider from the bridge facility and/or major thoroughfare fund
covering that specific project to reimburse the subdivider for costs not allocated to the
subdivider's property in the resolution establishing the area of benefit. If the bridge
and/or major thoroughfare funds covers more than one project, reimbursements shall be
made on a pro rata basis, reflecting the actual or estimated costs of the projects covered
by the fund.
11. Except as otherwise provided in this document, a building or structure shall not be used
on any lot or parcel of land, any portion of which is located within a major bridge or
thoroughfare district established by the City, unless the required district fee has been paid
as a condition of issuing a building permit.
12. This fee does not apply to the use, alteration or enlargement of an existing building or
structure or the erection of one or more buildings or structures accessory thereto, or both,
on the same lot or parcel land, if the total value of such alteration, enlargement or
construction does not exceed one-half of the current market value of existing buildings or
structures on such lot or parcel of land.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page I I
E. Parkland Dedication or In -Lieu Fee.
Applicability. The provisions of this section shall govern: •
a. At the time of approval of a subdivision for a tentative tract map, tentative parcel
map, or vesting map, the Approving Authority shall determine, pursuant to
subsection (5) below, the land required for dedication, in -lieu fee payment, or
combination of both. As a condition of approval of a final map, the developer
shall dedicate land, pay a fee in lieu thereof, or both, at the option of the City, for
neighborhood and community park or recreational purposes in accordance with
the standards herein, the General Plan, and the formulas contained in this section.
However, only the payment of fees shall be required in subdivisions of fifty (50)
or fewer parcels, except that when a condominium project, stock cooperative or a
community apartment project exceeds fifty (50) dwelling units, dedication of land
may be required notwithstanding that the number of parcels may be less than fifty
(50);
b. Any application for a building permit to construct or install one or more multiple -
family dwelling units on one or more contiguous parcels of land;
C. Any application for a land development permit to construct or install residential
units in a mobilehome park or similar development on one or more contiguous
parcels of land.
2. General Standard. It is found and determined that the public interest, convenience,
health, welfare, and safety require that a minimum of three (3) acres of property for each
one thousand (1,000) persons residing within this City be devoted to neighborhood and
community park recreational purposes. The General Plan does state that a goal of five (5)
acres of property for each one thousand (1,000) persons residing within this City be
devoted to neighborhood and community park recreational purposes.
3. General Procedural Requirements. Land dedicated shall be conveyed by grant deed in
fee simple absolute to the City free and clear of all encumbrances, except those that do
not interfere with the use of the property for park or recreational purposes. The developer
shall provide all fees and instruments necessary to convey the land plus a preliminary title
report and title insurance in favor of the City prior to approval of the parcel or final map.
When fees are required, they shall be deposited with the City prior to the approval of the
parcel or final map and shall be disposed of pursuant to subsection (J) below.
4. Determination of Land or Fee. Whether the City accepts land dedication or elects to
require payment of a fee in lieu thereof, or a combination of both, the determination shall
consider the following:
The natural features, access, and location of land in the subdivision available for
dedication;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 12
2. The size and shape of the subdivision and land available for dedication;
• 3. The feasibility of dedication;
4. The compatibility of dedication with the General Plan; and,
•
•
5. The location of existing and proposed park sites and trails. Nothing in this
subsection shall be interpreted to prohibit, or limit in any manner, the City from
determining the location and configuration of land to be dedicated.
The determination of the Council as to whether land shall be dedicated, or whether a fee
shall be charged, or a combination thereof, shall be final and conclusive.
5. Formula for Dedication of Land. Where a park or recreation facility has been designated
in the General Plan, and is to be located in whole or in part within the proposed
subdivision or other project site to serve the immediate and future needs of the residents
of the subdivision and/or project, the developer shall dedicate land for a local park
sufficient in size and topography that bears a reasonable relationship to serve the present
and future needs of the residents of the subdivision. The amount of land to be provided
shall be determined pursuant to the following formula:
Average number of
3 acres per
Number of
= minimum acreage
persons/unit*
1,000 persons
dwelling units
dedication
X
(5 acres per 1,000 persons
is encouraged)
X
* Persons per dwelling unit: The average number of persons per unit shall be as
determined by the latest State Department of Finance (DOF) population and
housing estimates for the planning area.
The developer shall, in addition to the dedicated land required by this section, and to the
satisfaction of the Director of Parks, Recreation and Community Services, provide the
following non -park and residential improvements as may be required by the conditions of
approval for the project:
a. Full street improvements and utility connections including, but not limited to,
curbs, gutters, grading, walkways and walkway lighting, street paving, traffic
control devices, street trees, and sidewalks to land which is dedicated pursuant to
this subsection;
b. Fencing or walls, subject to the approval of the Director of Parks, Recreation and
Community Services, along the property line of that portion of the subdivision
contiguous to the dedicated land; and
C. Improved drainage throughout the site.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 13
The land to be dedicated and the improvements to be made pursuant to this section shall
be subject to the satisfaction of the Director of Parks, Recreation and Community
Services and shall conform to the City's guidelines for park dedications. •
The developer may provide, subject to City approval, park and recreational amenities
such as automatic irrigation systems, lawns, and/or play equipment as long as a credit is
provided to the developer consistent with subsection (12) below.
6. Criteria For Requiring Both Dedication and Fee. In subdivisions of more than fifty (50)
parcels, or the construction of 50 new multifamily units or the placement of 50 additional
mobilehomes, the developer may be required by the City to satisfy the park requirement
through a combination of both land dedication and payment of a fee in accordance with
the following formula:
a. When only a portion of the land to be subdivided is proposed on the General Plan,
as the site for a local park, such portion shall be dedicated for local park purposes
and a fee computed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (8) below, hereof
shall be paid for the value of any additional land reasonably required to provide
park or recreational facilities to serve the subdivision, plus twenty (20) percent
toward costs of off-site improvements that would have been required to be
dedicated pursuant to subsection (5) above.
b. When a major part of the local park or recreation site has already been acquired
by the City and only a small portion of land is needed from the subdivision to
complete the site, the remaining portion shall be dedicated and a fee computed
•
pursuant to the provisions of subsection (8) below. The fee shall be paid in an
amount equal to the value of the land which would have otherwise been required
to be dedicated pursuant to subsection (5), above, plus twenty (20) percent toward
the cost of off-site improvements, which would have otherwise been required to
be dedicated pursuant to Section 17.51.010 (E) (12) (Developer Provided Park
and Recreation Improvements). The fees shall be used for the improvement of the
existing park and recreation facility or for the improvement of other local parks
and recreation facilities in the planning area serving the subdivision.
7. Amount of Fee in Lieu of Land Dedication. When a fee is to be paid in lieu of land
dedication, the value of the amount of such fee shall be based upon the fair market value
of the amount of land which would otherwise be required for dedication pursuant to
subsection (5) above plus twenty (20) percent toward the cost of off-site improvements,
such as extension of utility lines. The fee shall be determined by the following formula:
U x Population x 3 acres x FMV = subtotal x 6/5 = in lieu fee
Per DU 1,000 people Buildable
(5 acres per acres
1,000 persons
is encouraged)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 14
DU = the number of new dwelling units based upon the number of residential units
indicated on the final map or development plan when it is recorded and when in an area
• zoned for one dwelling unit per parcel. When all or part of the subdivision is located in an
area zoned for more than one dwelling unit per parcel, the number of proposed dwelling
units in the area so zoned shall equal the maximum allowed under that zone. In the case
of a condominium project, the number of new dwelling units shall be the number of
condominium units. In the case of a residential development without a subdivision, the
number of dwelling units shall be that number of new dwelling units that is approved
with the project approval. The term "new dwelling unit" does not include dwelling units
lawfully in place prior to the date on which the parcel or final map or development plan is
filed.
Population = Population per dwelling unit
FMV = Fair market value, as determined by subsection (8) below.
Buildable acres = A typical acre of the project site, with a slope less than three (3)
percent, and located in an area where building is not excluded because of flooding,
easements, or other restrictions.
8. Determination of Fair Market Value.
a. If it is determined by the City that a fee is to be paid in lieu of dedication of land,
the amount of the fee shall be based on the fair market value of the amount of
• land which would otherwise be required to be dedicated. The amount shall be
determined in accordance with the following formula: number of acres of land
that would otherwise be required to be dedicated multiplied by the average fair
market value of an acre of land within the residential development.
b. Computation of the average fair market value of an acre of land within the
residential development shall be consistent with the zoning of the property at the
time the application for a building permit is approved by the City, and shall be
based on the following procedure:
i. The City and the developer may negotiate and thereafter agree as to the
average fair market value;
ii. If agreement cannot be reached, a developer may, at its own expense,
obtain an appraisal of the land by a certified Member of Appraisal Institute
(MAI) real estate appraiser, which appraisal may be accepted by the City
if found to be reasonable; or
iii. If the City is not satisfied with the developer's appraisal, it may cause an
appraisal to be made of the land by an MAI appraiser, for which the
developer pays, which appraisal shall utilize generally accepted and
recognized methods of real estate appraisal.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 15
C. Unless a developer retains its own appraiser, the City's initial determination of
average fair market value, as provided for in subsection (2) (a) of this section,
shall be final and conclusive. If the City does not accept a developer's appraisal 0
its subsequent appraisal, pursuant to subsection (b) (iii) of this subsection, shall be
final and conclusive.
9. Credit for Private Open Space. Credit shall not be given for private open space in the
subdivision or project site except as hereinafter provided. Where private open space
usable for active recreational purposes is provided in a proposed planned development,
real estate development, stock cooperative, community apartment project, or
condominium project as defined in Section 11003 et. seq. of the Business and Professions
Code, partial credit, not to exceed thirty (30) percent, shall be given against the
requirement of land dedication or payment of fees in lieu thereof. Credit shall only be
given when the Approving Authority finds that it is in the public interest to do so and that
all the following standards are met:
a. Yards, court areas, setbacks, and other open areas required by the zoning and
building ordinances and regulations shall not be included in the computation of
such private open space;
b. The private open land and private park and recreation facilities thereon shall be
owned by the developer or a homeowners' association composed of all property
owners in the subdivision and incorporated as a nonprofit mutual benefit
organization under State law, operated under recorded land agreements through
which each lot owner in the neighborhood is automatically a member, and each
•
lot is subject to a charge for a proportionate share of expenses for maintaining the
facilities;
C. Use of the private open space is restricted for park and recreation purposes by
recorded covenants which run with the land in favor of the future owners of the
property and which cannot be defeated or eliminated without the consent of the
City or its successor and which are submitted to the City prior to the approval of
the parcel or final map or building permit;
d. The proposed private open space is reasonably adaptable for use for park and
recreation purposes, taking into consideration such factors as size, shape,
topography, geology, access, and location;
e. Facilities proposed for the open space are in substantial accordance with the
provisions of the General Plan; and
f The amount of the credit may be based on the commitment of the developer to
install on the private open space any of the local park basic elements listed below,
or a combination of such and other recreation improvements that will meet the
specific recreation needs of future residents of the area:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 16
•
i. Recreational open spaces, which are generally defined as parks areas for
active recreation pursuits, such as soccer, golf, baseball, softball, and
is
football, and have at least three acres of maintained turf with less than
three (3) percent slope.
ii. Recreation buildings and facilities designed and primarily used for the
recreational needs of residents of the development.
iii. Court areas, which are generally, defined as tennis courts, badminton
courts, shuffleboard courts, or similar hard -surfaced areas especially
designed and exclusively used for court games.
iv. Recreational swimming areas, which are defined generally as fenced areas
devoted primarily to swimming, diving, or both. They must also include
decks, turfed area, bathhouses, or other facilities developed and used
exclusively for swimming and diving and consisting of not less than
fifteen (15) square feet of water surface area for each three (3) percent of
the population of the development with a minimum of eight hundred (800)
square feet of water surface area per pool together with an adjacent deck
and/or lawn area twice that of the pool.
10. Disposition of Fees. Fees determined pursuant to subsection (7) above shall be paid to
the City and deposited into the account for the purchase or development of parklands or
its successor. Money in said account, including accrued interest, shall be expended solely
• for the acquisition or development of park land, or improvements related thereto or
rehabilitating existing park or recreational facilities within the planning area. If the
development project is rejected or withdrawn, the fees shall be returned without interest
to the applicant.
The City shall use the collected fees for park or recreational purposes to serve residents
of the project site and planning area within five (5) years upon receipt of payment or
within five (5) years after the issuance of building permits on one-half of the units created
by the subdivision, whichever occurs later. If the fees are not so committed, they shall be
distributed and paid to the then record owners of the subdivision or the project site in the
same proportion that the size of their parcel bears to the total area of all parcels in the
project.
The Director of Administrative Services shall report to the Council at least annually on
income, expenditures, and status of the parkland trust fund.
11. Exemptions. Subdivisions containing less than five (5) parcels and not used for
residential purpose shall be exempted from the requirements of this section; provided,
however, that a condition shall be placed on the approval of a tentative parcel map that if
a building permit is requested for construction of a residential structure or structures on
one or more of the parcels within four (4) years after the map is approved, a fee may be
required to be paid by the owner of each parcel as a condition to the issuance of such
® building permit.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 17
The provisions of the section do not apply to commercial or industrial subdivisions; nor
do they apply to condominium projects or stock cooperatives, which consist of the
•
subdivision of airspace in an existing apartment building which is more than five (5)
years old when no new dwelling units are added.
12. Developer Provided Park and Recreation Improvements. The value of any park
improvements together with any equipment provided by the developer to the dedicated
land, with the exception of those non -park and recreational improvements required as
conditions of approval shall be credited against the fees or dedication of land required by
this section. The Approving Authority reserves the right to approve the park and
recreation improvements and equipment prior to agreeing to accept the dedication of land
and to require in -lieu -fee payments should the land and improvements be unacceptable.
13. City to Accept Land and Fees. Land or fees required under this section shall be conveyed
or paid directly to the City. The City shall develop and make available for public
inspection a schedule specifying how, when and where it will use the land or fees, or
both, to develop park or recreational facilities to serve residents of the project site and
planning area.
14. Access. All land offered for dedication to local park or recreational purposes shall have
access to at least one existing or proposed public street. The Approving Authority may
waive this requirement if it determines that public street access is unnecessary for the
maintenance of the park area or use thereof by residents.
15. Sale of Dedicated Land. If, during the ensuing time between dedication of land for park •
purposes and commencement of first -stage development, circumstances arise which
indicate that another site would be more suitable for local park or recreational purposes
serving the project site and the neighborhood (such as receipt of a gift of additional park
land or a change in school location), the land may be sold or exchanged upon the
approval of the Council with the resultant proceeds from the sale, if applicable, being
used for purchase of the more suitable site.
F. Transit Facilities Mitigation Fee.
1. Purpose. The purpose of this section is:
a. To implement goals and policies of the General Plan which includes goals and
policies promote an equitable distribution of the costs and benefits of
governmental actions; promote a distribution of population consistent with service
system capacity and resource availability; seek to maintain a balance between
increased intensity of development and the capacity of needed public facilities;
and give priority to upgrading existing public facilities in areas lacking adequate
facilities;
b. To mitigate adverse impacts due to the inadequacy of transit facilities that might
otherwise occur due to new residential development; and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 18
•
•
C. To comply with the procedures for adoption of developer fees contained in the
Mitigation Fee Act, (Section 66000, et seq. of the State Government Code).
2. Establishment of Transit Facilities Mitigation Fee.
a. This section establishes a transit facilities mitigation fee. The amount of the fee to
be imposed on a new residential development and shall not exceed the estimated
reasonable cost of providing transit facilities for such residential development
projects.
b. The transit facilities mitigation fee shall be a uniform fee within the City zone
based on the estimated cost of providing the projected transit facility needs.
3. Annual Review of Fee.
a. The amount of the fees established by subsection (B), above, shall be reviewed
annually by the Council. Each year, the transit facilities fee shall be adjusted
based on the Consumer Price Index (CPI) as determined by the Council and the
fee shall adjust by said percentage amount and round to the nearest dollar. No
adjustment shall result in a fee that is greater than the amount necessary to recover
the cost of providing the applicable transit facilities.
b. If it is determined that the reasonable amount necessary to recover the cost of
providing the transit facilities exceeds the fee as adjusted by subsection (C) (1),
above, an alternative fee proposal may be presented to the Council for
consideration. Such alternative fee proposal may reflect changes in the actual cost
of completed transit facilities projects or, if such projects have not been
completed, then the estimated cost of the proposed transit facilities. The proposal
may also reflect changes in the transit facilities proposed as well as the
availability or lack of other funds with which to provide such facilities.
C. An alternative fee proposal may be presented to the Council for approval as may
be necessary to insure that the transit facilities mitigation fee is a fair and
equitable method of distributing the costs of the transit facilities necessary to
accommodate the transit needs generated by the development of land in the City.
4. Applicability.
a. The provisions of this section shall apply to new residential development projects
including any new tract map, parcel map, discretionary permit, building permit,
other land use permit, or other entitlement for a new development which requires
approval by the City resulting in the issuance of grading, building, plumbing,
mechanical or electrical permits, or certificates of occupancy to construct or
change the use of a building, or property for residential, commercial, office,
and/or industrial use shall be approved unless payment of the transit facilities
mitigation fee is made a condition of approval for any such entitlement.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 19
b. Additionally, the fees provided for in this section shall be imposed upon a lot
which has been previously improved with a building unit whenever a building®
permit is issued for a new building unit on an adjoining lot under common
ownership and which new unit constitutes, in effect, an addition of 2,000 square
feet, or more, when constructed, or an expansion of use of the previously
improved parcel. Such fee shall be calculated upon the total square footage of new
construction and paid by every person or entity for which a building permit is
issued.
5. Time of Payment of Fee.
a. No building or similar permit for any new residential development project shall be
issued until the applicant has paid the applicable transit facilities mitigation fee to
the City. In the event that an applicant desires to proceed only with development
of a portion of the development project, the applicant may obtain building permits
for that portion of the project after paying a proportional share of the total transit
facilities mitigation fee for the project to the satisfaction of the City.
b. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (5) (a), above, payment of the
transit facilities mitigation fee for projects for occupancy by lower income
households meeting the criteria set forth in Section 66007(b) (2) (A) of the State
Government Code shall not be required prior to the date of the final inspection or
the date the certificate of occupancy is issued for the first unit in the development,
whichever occurs first. Where payment of the fees may only be collected on the
date of final inspection or the date the certificate of occupancy is issued as
provided in this subsection, execution of an agreement to pay the required fee or
applicable portion thereof within the time specified herein shall be a condition of
issuance of the applicable building or similar permit. Such agreement shall
constitute a lien for the payment of the fee and shall be enforceable as provided in
Section 660007 of the State Government Code.
6. Exemptions from Fee. The following shall be exempt from the provisions of this
subsection:
a. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (4) (a), above, additions to
residential structures that are less than 2,000 square feet in size shall not be
subject to the fees otherwise required by this section.
b. No fee imposed by this Section shall be imposed upon the issuance of building
permit for the restoration of existing buildings, or buildings damaged by fire, or
natural disasters such as earthquake, wind, or flood, where the replaced building,
or portion thereof, does not exceed the original gross floor area. For purposes of
this subsection, "gross floor area" shall be determined by the City Engineer, or his
designee and excludes accessory structures such as decks, patios, barns, sheds,
and kiosks.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 20
7. Deposit and Use of Fees Collected. All transit facilities mitigation fees received by the
City shall be deposited in a special transit capital facilities fund and expended solely for
• the purposes for which the fee was collected. A separate transit capital facilities fund
account shall be established for each of the three transit facilities fee zones. All funds
from the imposition of fees provided herein shall be deposited into such accounts to be
used exclusively for the purpose of land acquisition, engineering, construction,
installation, purchasing, or any other direct cost of providing transit facilities and for no
other purpose. All interest income earned shall be credited to each account, and shall be
used solely for the purposes for which the fee was collected.
8. Consideration in Lieu of Fee.
a. The City may accept substitute consideration in lieu of the transit facilities
mitigation fee required pursuant to this subsection, provided the City finds that
the proposed substitute consideration:
i. Has a value equal to or greater than the applicable transit facilities
mitigation fee otherwise due;
ii. Is in a form acceptable to the City; and
iii. is within the scope of the applicable transit facilities project.
b. The City may accept substitute consideration in lieu of a portion of the transit
facilities mitigation fee required pursuant to this section where they find that the
substitute consideration proposed is less than the value of the required fee but is in
a form acceptable to the City and is within the scope of the applicable transit
facilities project. Such substitute consideration may be accepted by the City only
after payment of an amount equal to the difference between the value of the
substitute consideration, as solely determined by the City, and the amount of the
otherwise required fee.
9. Reimbursement. The provisions of subsection (8), above, shall not prevent the execution
of a reimbursement agreement between the City and a developer for that portion of the
cost of transit facilities paid by the developer which exceeds the need for the transit
facilities attributable to and reasonably related to the development.
10. Alternative Method. This subsection is intended to establish an alternative method for the
financing of public transit facilities, the need for which is generated directly, or indirectly
by new development projects. The provisions of this subsection shall not be construed to
limit the power of the City to utilize any other method for accomplishing this purpose,
but shall be in addition to any other fees, or requirements which the Council is authorized
to impose as a condition to approving new development pursuant to state and local laws.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 21
17.51.020 Hillside Development.
SUBSECTIONS: is
A. Purpose.
B. Maximum Density.
C. Development Standards for Hillside Development Review.
D. Plan Certification.
A. Purpose.
The provisions of this section are intended to implement and define the goals and policies of the
General Plan in relation to land use, densities, open space and community image. It is the intent
of this section to regulate the development and alteration of hillside areas, to minimize the
adverse effects of hillside development and to provide for the safety and welfare of the citizens
of the City of Santa Clarita while allowing for the reasonable development of hillside areas
through the following methods:
I. Provide hillside development standards to maximize the positive impacts of site design,
grading, landscape architecture and building architecture, and provide development
consistent with the goals and policies of the General Plan.
2. Maintain the essential natural characteristics of the area such as major landforms,
vegetation and wildlife communities, hydrologic features, scenic qualities and open space®
that contribute to a sense of place.
3. Retain the integrity of predominant off-site and on-site views in hillside areas in order to
maintain the identity, image and environmental quality of the City.
B. Maximum Density.
For each of the slope categories identified, there shall be a corresponding maximum allowable
density. The following chart, Figure 17.51-1 (Density and Ratio Change with Percentage of
Slope Density), identifies density categories for Urban Residential and Mixed Use zones. The
necessary reduction in density to maintain a similar pad and product type as the slope increases
has been shown on the chart. The densities identified in Figure 17.51-1 (Density and Ratio
Change with Percentage of Slope Density) are the maximum allowable and conform to all other
standards and criteria of this section.
Ave.
Slope
UR5 /
UR4 /
UR3
UR2
URI
MXC
MXN
10%
30.00
18.00
11.00
5.00
2.00
11%
29.40
17.64
10.73
4.88
1.96
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 22
•
•
•
•
Ave.
Slope
UR5 /
MXC
UR4 /
MXN
UR3
UR2
URI
12%
28.50
17.10
10.45
4.75
1.90
13%
27.90
16.74
10.18
4.63
1.86
14%
27.00
16.20
9.90
4.50
1.80
15%
26.40
15.84
9.63
4.38
1.76
16%
25.50
15.30
9.35
4.25
1.70
17%
24.90
14.94
9.08
1 4.13
1.66
18%
24.00
14.40
8.80
4.00
1.60
19%
23.40
14.04
8.53
3.88
1.56
20%
22.50
13.50
8.25
3.75
1.50
21%
21.90
13.14
7.98
3.63
1.46
22%
21.00
12.60
7.70
3.50
1.40
23%
20.40
12.24
7.43
3.38
1.36
24%
19.50
11.70
7.15
3.25
1.30
25%
18.90
11.34
6.88
3.13
1.26
26%
18.00
10.80
6.60
3.00
1.20
27%
17.40
10.44
6.33
2.88
1.16
28%
16.50
9.90
6.05
2.75
1.10
29%
15.90
9.54
5.78
2.63
1.06
30%
15.00
9.00
5.50
2.50
1.00
31%
14.40
8.64
5.23
2.38
0.96
32%
13.50
8.10
4.95
2.25
0.90
33%
12.90
7.74
4.68
2.13
0.86
34%
12.00
7.20
4.40
2.00
0.80
35%
11.40
6.84
4.13
1.88
0.76
36%
10.50
6.30
3.85
1.75
0.70
37%
9.90
5.94
3.58
1.63
0.66
38%
9.00
5.40
3.30
1.50
0.60
39%
8.40
5.04
3.03
1.38
7.50
4.50
..25
JO540%
41%
6.90
4.14
2.48
1.13
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 -Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 23
Ave.
Slope
UR5 /
MXC
UR4 /
MXN
U113
UR2
UR1
42%
6.00
3.60
2.20
1.00
0.40
43%
5.40
3.24
1.93
0.88
0.36
44%
4.50
2.70
1.65
0.75
0.30
45%
3.90
2.34
1.38
0.63
0.26
46%
3.00
1.80
1.10
0.50
0.20
47%
2.40
1.40
0.83
0.38
0.16
48%
1.50
0.90
0.55
0.25
0.10
49%
0.90
0.45
0.28
0.130.06
50%+
0.60
0.36
0.25
0.10
0.04
Figure 17.51 - 1
Density and Ratio Change With Percentage of Slope Density
(In dwelling units/acre)
Density Criteria for Hillside Development Applications. Notwithstanding the density
provisions of this section, all of the following conditions shall be met:
C�
a. The hillside development plan shall be in substantial compliance with all •
applicable provisions of this section and the Hillside Development Guidelines.
b. The site plan shall be designed to locate or cluster development in slope areas of
twenty-five (25) percent or less; however, clustering of development in slope
areas of twenty-five (25) percent to fifty (50) percent may be considered in
limited locations and shall be in conformance with Section 17.68.020 (Cluster
Development).
C. In no event shall the overall density exceed the density of the General Plan and
zoning or the density provided in Figure 17.51-1(Density and Ratio Change with
Percentage of Slope Density), whichever is greater.
d. The development shall not be located in an area containing the ridgeline
preservation (RP) overlay zoning classification unless the project is in
conformance with Section 17.38.070 (Ridgeline Preservation Overlay Zone).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 - Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 24
•
•
11
2. Average Slope Calculation. Average slope shall be calculated by utilizing the following
formula:
Average Cross Slope = I x L x 0.0023
A
= Contour Interval
= Contour Length
0.0023 = Constant to Convert Square Feet to Acres and Slope t
Percent
Acres in Site
The average slope shall be calculated as shown on the development plans certified by a
California licensed engineer.
3. Division of Area. Where there exists a dramatically different landform character in the
topography of any one site, the site may be divided into several distinct areas for
purposes of slope determinations. An average density may be calculated separately for
unique areas on site upon approval of the Director. For example, each of the areas shown
in Figure 17.51-2 (Division of Area) (A, B and C) may calculate density requirements
separately.
Figure 17.51 — 2
Division of Area
C. Development Standards for Hillside Development Review.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 25
The development standards shall apply to any use, development or alteration of land included in
these regulations.
1. Hillside Classifications. Hillside categories have been identified by percentage of average
slope in the following categories:
a. Average slopes under ten (10) percent are considered relatively flat and would not
cause any conditions necessary for the implementation of this section.
b. Projects with slopes which average ten (10) percent or greater qualify for hillside
plan review and.shall be reviewed under the provisions of this section.
2. Grading Design.
a. No graded or cut embankment with a slope greater than two (2) feet horizontal to
one foot vertical shall be located adjacent to a publicly maintained right-of-way.
The applicant shall provide suitable guarantees satisfactory to the Review
Authority for landscaping and perpetual maintenance, at no cost to the City, of all
slopes outside of the public right-of-way. Major public roads, such as those
identified in the General Plan Circulation Element, may require slopes steeper
than two to one (2:1). In such an event, slopes steeper than two to one (2:1) may
be allowed; provided, that a geotechnical study is prepared verifying the
feasibility of such slopes and approval of the City Engineer.
b. The overall slope, height or grade of any cut or fill slope shall be developed to®
appear similar to the existing natural contours in scale with the natural terrain of
the subject site.
i. Building pads created in hillside areas should maintain rounded corners
and conform to landforms within the site.
ii. The shaping of building pads to conform to the landform or character of
the topography is encouraged. Where grading is required, it should blend
in with smooth transitioning, avoiding harsh or abrupt changes in
topography, character, or type. Slopes should be rounded and contoured to
blend with the natural topography unless this effort would diminish open
space or significant natural features of the site.
iii. Building pads in hillside areas are recommended to maintain a minimum
pad frontage of forty (40) feet for single-family detached units as
measured at the building setback. Greater pad depths may be required to
be consistent with the characteristics of the subject property zone, the
configuration of surrounding properties, and topographical constraints.
Building pad width shall be measured at the building setback line.
C, Where any cut or fill slope exceeds ten (10) feet in horizontal length, January 2013 2013 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 26
horizontal contours of the slope shall be developed to appear similar to the
existing natural contours.
d. Grading shall be balanced on site whenever possible to avoid excessive cut and
fill and to avoid import or export.
e. Grading shall be phased so that prompt revegetation or construction will control
erosion. Where possible, only those areas which will be immediately developed,
resurfaced or landscaped shall be disturbed.
f. No excavation or other earth disturbance shall be permitted on any hillside area
prior to the issuance of a grading permit, with the exception of drill holes and
exploratory trenches for the collection of geologic and soil data. These trenches
are to be properly backfilled and, in addition, erosion treatment shall be provided
where slopes exceed twenty (20) percent.
3. Architectural Standards. The purpose of establishing architectural design standards is to
ensure quality development. that blends with the hillside environment and to create
neighborhoods that display harmonious and complementary architectural styles. To
achieve hillside compatible development, the City recognizes the importance of having
architectural design that incorporates rooflines and other building elements, which reflect
the naturally occurring ridgeline silhouettes and topographical variations.
a. Building Setbacks and Height. A variety of building and lot orientations shall be
provided in order to encourage development suitable with the hillside character of
the site.
b. Top of Slope Setback. A minimum rear yard setback of fifteen (15) feet from top
of slope and/or an average setback of fifteen (15) feet shall be provided from the
edge of the pad where the structure is within public view. Setbacks and building
heights shall be varied from the top of slopes as shown in Figure 17.51-3 (Top of
Slope Setback).
P�:bllc View
Figure 17.51 — 3
Top of Slope Setback
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 27
C. Building Height for New Subdivisions. A minimum of twenty-five percent (25%)
of the units should be single story when situated in the public view from
freeways, arterial roads and major public spaces. Where two (2) story units are
utilized, the units shall be architecturally designed to provide varied vertical
articulation and building massing.
Structures shall be designed so the slope angle of the roof pitch is
generally at or below the angle of the natural hillside or manufactured
slope
ii. Views of significant visual features from public vistas such as ridges, as
viewed from within and outside the hillside development, should be
preserved. Buildings should be oriented to allow view opportunities. All
significant public vistas or view corridors as seen from General Plan
Highways should be protected.
d. Building Style. The use of hillside adaptive architecture shall be incorporated into
the design of individual custom lots.
i. Step building foundations may be required to minimize grading.
ii. Grading shall be limited to driveway and footprint area of building.
iii. Lot development should be sited on the least sensitive portions of the site
to preserve landforms, vegetation and geotechnical features.
iv. An architectural style shall be compatible with the hillside character,
topography, and theme of the community.
v A variety of roof orientations and types which emphasize roof pitches
reflecting the overall slope of the hillside shall be incorporated into the
design of the development.
vi Enhanced architectural elevations where the front, rear or side of units
face public view is required. The hilltop architecture of units will be
restricted to avoid massive wall and monotonous patterns of building
silhouettes.
vii The dimensions of a building parallel to the direction of the slope should
be maximized in order to limit the amount of cut and fill and to better
incorporate the residence to the natural terrain.
viii Terraced decks shall be identified and included with the application
submittal requirements for plan approval. Terraced decks cannot be built
outside of privacy walls or on slopes, which are a part of homeowners
association's common area unless such a deck is constructed as a common -
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 28
0
•
HOA amenity.
ix Buildings may be clustered to respect and adapt to the existing
topography. Flexible siting techniques including varying the position of
the structures and varying the sizes of lots should be utilized.
e. Architectural Treatments. Architectural treatments on all exterior walls of any
building shall be designed to avoid a monotonous or continuous facade of the
exterior wall. One continuous vertical or horizontal plane on the front and rear
facade of any building is not permitted. Architectural features and details shall be
located on all exteriors walls of the building, including the rear and sides of the
building. Buildings shall utilize wall articulation (i.e., insets, pop -outs, etc.) and
roof orientation as a means to prevent massing.
f. Finish Materials and Color. Building materials and colors shall be compatible
with the natural setting. Exterior colors shall be limited to earth tones and
indigenous materials to be incorporated into the design of the structures. The
color, material and texture palette shall be reinforced with compatible
landscaping.
g. Fencing and Privacy Walls. Location and alignment of fences should conform to
the natural topography of the area and be enhanced with landscaping.
1. All fences and privacy walls adjacent to or visible from public roads or
major public spaces shall be of decorative masonry or other approved
materials which have a natural appearance and shall be a color that blends
with the surrounding environment and complementary to the landscape.
The applicant shall present illustrations and descriptions of fencing and
wall materials as required by this section.
4. Landscape Design.
a. Landscape coverage and stabilization of graded slopes shall be selected and
designed to be compatible with surrounding natural vegetation. All landscaping
shall be subject to the requirements of the Los Angeles County Fire Department
in areas designated as a Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zone.
i. Plant material shall be selected according to compatible climatic, soil and
ecological characteristics of the region.
ii. All City -approved irrigation systems shall conform to Section 17.51.030
(Landscaping and Irrigation Standards) and be utilized for all landscaped
slope areas and other impacted or planting areas.
iii. Plant materials that require excessive water after becoming established
shall be avoided. Native plant material or compatible, nonnative plant
material shall be selected.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 29
b. The location of all existing trees of a six (6) inch circumference or greater, as
measured four and one-half (4.5) feet from the ground, shall be shown on plans
submitted for approval. The Review Authority shall designate all trees to be saved
or removed. Oak trees are subject to Section 17.51.040 (Oak Tree Preservation).
C. All cut and fill slopes shall be planted and irrigated with an automatic irrigation
system to prevent erosion. All cut or fill slopes exceeding five (5) feet vertical
height shall be planted with adequate plant material to protect the slope against
erosion. Planting shall be in the ratio of at least one shrub per one hundred (100)
square feet of natural slope area and one tree per one hundred fifty (150) square
feet of actual slope area, with ground cover to completely cover the slope within
six (6) months from planting. All plants shall be drought -resistant and shrubs shall
be a minimum one gallon size, unless hydroseeded. All trees shall be minimum
five (5) gallon size. Slopes less than five (5) feet in height shall be planted in the
ratio of at least one shrub per one hundred fifty (150) square feet of natural slope
area and one tree per two hundred (200) square feet of actual slope area, with
ground cover to cover the slopes completely within six (6) months of planting.
However, the Director may require larger trees on a case by case basis. In
addition, the Director may modify these requirements based upon the
requirements of the Los Angeles County Fire Department.
d. Access easement areas a minimum of five (5) feet wide shall be provided for
uphill and downhill slope maintenance areas and should be located no more than
one thousand (1,000) feet apart. •
e. Slope and Landscape Maintenance. Hillside subdivisions shall be designed so that
the maximum slope maintenance responsibility for an individual residential
homeowner shall not exceed 30 feet vertical or 60 feet of horizontal slope within
each yard area. Any remaining slope area shall be incorporated into either an
HOA or landscape maintenance district (LMD) common area parcels as
appropriate, along with any necessary access easements as described in subsection
(4) above. All common area landscaped slopes not included within a LMD shall
be maintained by an HOA or a property owners' association (POA) for the
permanent maintenance of slopes and other areas. An HOA/POA should be
required to establish a maintenance district with responsibility for landscape
maintenance should the HOA disband. The City should retain development rights
in such a maintenance district.
f A fuel modification plan shall be required by the Director and approved by the
Los Angeles County Fire Department for all hillside plans within an area
designated as a Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zone. The Fire Department may
require modifications to the landscaping requirements contained within this
subsection.
g. The project shall be designed to incorporate fire prevention and safety measures
pursuant to the provisions of the Los Angeles County Fire Department and the •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 30
Hillside Development Guidelines.
5. Retaining Walls. The purpose and intent of establishing development standards for
retaining walls in this section is to ensure that the application of retaining walls is
aesthetically pleasing to the subject property and limited in quantity throughout a
development.
a. General Standards.
i. The maximum length of any continuous retaining wall shall not be more
than one hundred (100) linear feet.
ii. Retaining walls may be used for the purpose of supporting cut slopes or
containing fill material or for minimizing cut or fill slopes.
iii. Slopes requiring retaining walls at heights greater than the maximum
allowable shall be terraced to allow for landscaped areas. Such planting
areas shall have a minimum horizontal width of four (4) feet of separation
and permanently landscaped.
b. Height Standards.
i. The height of the retaining wall shall be measured at the highest average
ground level. In order to allow for variation in topography, the height of a
• required wall may vary in amount not to exceed the height of six (6)
inches or one (1) course of block. All walls shall conform to the height
limits of the underlying zone.
CJ
ii. Retaining walls may be constructed at varying heights throughout a
development.
(a) Retaining walls constructed in the side yard area of a lot shall
maintain a maximum retaining wall height of six (6) feet when
viewed from adjacent right-of-way or properties; provided, that
such wall does not extend into a required yard adjacent to a street
as shown in in Figure 17.51-4 (Retaining Wall Height) .
(b) Retaining walls constructed in the rear yard area of a lot shall
maintain a maximum retaining wall height of eight (8) feet when
viewed from adjacent right-of-way or properties.
(c) If a greater wall height is desired than prescribed above, two (2)
retaining walls at a maximum height of four (4) feet each shall be
terraced with a minimum horizontal width of five (5) feet of
separation as shown in Figure 17.51-5 (Terraced Retaining Walls).
This landscape area shall contain appropriate vegetation to soften
the visual impact of the combined walls. No more than two (2) ter -
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 31
races of retaining walls shall be permitted on one manufactured
slope.
(d) Where a retaining wall contains a fill above the natural grade ands
is located within a required yard, the height of the retaining wall
shall be considered as contributing to the permissible height of a
fence or wall at that location. A non -view -obscuring fence up to
three and one-half (3.5) feet in height may be erected at the top of
the retaining wall for safety.
Figure 17.51 - 4
Retaining Wall Height
-13L O.,
•
Figure 17.5 t - 5
Terraced Retaining Walls
iii. Walls and fences not exceeding six (6) feet in height and not in a required •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 - Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 32
E
is
front or street adjacent side yard, are permitted adjacent to structures in
order to provide a private outdoor area. A minimum flat area from top or
toe of slope of three (3) feet shall be maintained to face of wall on
common area maintenance slopes with slope heights of thirty (30) feet or
greater. All fences which are adjacent to or visible from public roads or
major public spaces shall be of decorative materials as identified or other
approved materials with minimum five (5) foot landscape area on the
street side of the wall or fence as shown in Figure 17.51-6 (Top of Slope
Wall) and Figure 17.51-7 (Bottom of Slope Wall).
Figure 17.51 — 6
Top of Slope Wall
Figure 17.51 — 7
Bottom of Slope Wall
C. Walls Exceeding Six (6) Feet in Height. The use of crib walls, Loffelstein walls,
and other similar living wall systems that allow for landscaping opportunities with
planting pockets and stepped designs is acceptable. Loffelstein walls and similar
living wall systems retain large amounts of earth while providing planting pockets
for landscaping. Once landscaping matures, the wall will be masked and have a
softer appearance than a hardscape wall surface. Such wall shall be subject to the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division I7.50— Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 33
following development standards.
i. Such walls shall utilize a curvilinear slope pattern consistent with the
appearance of the natural hillside terrain.
ii. Such walls shall be planted with landscape material suitable for the
climate and wall exposure relative to the sun.
iii. The landscape aesthetic effect to be achieved by the overall development
shall be emphasized and considered.
iv. The color palette and materials selected for the retaining wall shall blend
in with the adjacent hillsides and landscape plant palette.
d. Contour Construction and Wall Materials.
i. Retaining walls shall follow the natural contours of the slope.
ii. All materials used to construct the retaining wall(s) shall consist of native
stone, poured -in-place concrete, precast concrete block, color treated,
textured or veneered to blend in with the surrounding natural colors and
textures of the existing landscape and native plant materials.
6. Corrective Work. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the Director from authorizing
grading deemed necessary to correct natural, hazardous conditions that are brought to the
City's attention, in which case the applicant will investigate possible alternatives with*
subsequent review by the Director, Commission or Council.
D. Plan Certification.
1. Grading Plan Certification. Upon completion of rough grading work and prior to any
excavation for foundations or structures, an as -graded plan prepared and certified by the
licensed civil engineer who prepared the approved grading plans shall be submitted to the
Community Development and Public Works Departments for review and approval. The
as -graded plans shall include original ground surface elevations, as -graded surface
elevations and all other features that were a part of the approved grading plan. The
engineer shall provide certification on the as -graded plan that the work was done in
accordance with the approved grading plan and the City's grading requirements.
2. Landscape Plan Certification. Landscape and irrigation plans shall be prepared by a
licensed landscape architect and shall be submitted to and approved by the Director. A
licensed landscape architect shall certify that the planting plans comply with Section
17.51.030 (Landscaping and Irrigation Standards).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 34
17.51.030 Landscaping and Irrigation Standards.
• SUBSECTIONS:
A.
Purpose.
B.
Applicability.
C.
Landscape Standards.
D.
Tree Retention.
E.
Water Efficient Landscaping.
F.
Maintenance of Landscaping.
A. Purpose
The specific purpose of this section is to:
1. Encourage quality landscape designs;
2. Enhance the appearance of all development by requiring the design, installation, and
proper maintenance of landscaping and by providing standards relating to the quality,
quantity, and functional aspects of landscaping and landscape screening;
3. Conserve energy by the provision of shade trees over streets, sidewalks, parking areas
and other paving;
4. Ensure that new landscaping would be consistent with any applicable design guidelines
and that important resources (e.g., specimen trees and oak trees) are retained;
5. Protect public health, safety, and welfare by minimizing the impact of various forms of
physical and visual pollution, controlling soil erosion, screening incompatible land uses,
preserving the integrity of existing residential neighborhoods, and enhancing pedestrian
and vehicular traffic and safety;
6. Encourage the protection of landmark, native, and specimen trees;
7. Encourage the efficient use of water through appropriate low -water -using plant materials,
water conserving irrigation design, and regular maintenance of landscaped areas;
8. Encourage the appropriate design, installation, maintenance, and management of
landscapes so that water demand can be decreased, runoff can be retained, and flooding
can be reduced without a decline in the quality or quantity of landscapes;
9. Promote the conservation of potable water by maximizing the use of recycled water and
other water conserving technology for appropriate applications; and
10. Conform to the state mandated water efficient landscape ordinance as pursuant to
Government Code § 65595;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 35
B. Applicability.
1. All projects that require approval of either an administrative land use permit or a�
discretionary land use permit shall provide and maintain landscape in compliance with
the provisions of this section. Applicants for such projects shall submit landscape and
irrigation plans per Section 17.23.150 (Landscape Plan Review).
2. In addition, the water efficient landscape requirements shall apply to the following:
a. New construction and rehabilitated landscapes for projects with a landscape area
equal to or greater than 2,500 square feet that require a building permit, a
landscape plan review or a land use entitlement.
b. New construction and rehabilitation of landscapes for residential projects by
developers with a total project net landscape area equal to or greater than 2,500
square feet that require a building permit, a landscape plan review or a land use
entitlement.
C. New construction landscapes for residential projects by individual homeowners
with a total project landscape area equal to or greater than 5,000 square feet a
building permit, a landscape plan review or a land use entitlement.
d. Existing landscapes equal to or greater than one acre, with a dedicated or mixed
use water meter. Such landscapes are limited to preparing a water efficient
landscape worksheet according to the specifications for existing landscapes in the
landscape documentation package.
e. New and rehabilitated cemeteries shall require the preparation of a water efficient
landscape worksheet, an irrigation maintenance schedule, and an irrigation audit,
survey and water use analysis. Existing cemeteries are limited to preparing a
water efficient landscape worksheet according to the specifications of existing
landscapes in the landscape documentation package.
C. Landscape Standards.
Landscape areas and materials for commercial, industrial, hillside, mixed use and multifamily
projects shall be designed, installed, and properly maintained in compliance with the following
requirements:
1. General Design Standards. The following features shall be incorporated into the design of
the proposed landscape and shown on the required landscape plans.
a. Landscaping shall be planned as an integral part of the overall project.
b. Pedestrian access to sidewalks and structures shall be considered in the design of
all landscaped areas.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 36
C. Landscaped areas shall not be less than five feet in width.
• d. For nonresidential projects, landscape adjacent to driveways and parking areas
shall be protected from vehicle damage through the provision of a minimum six-
inch high and six-inch wide concrete curb or other suitable type of barrier as
approved by the Director.
•
•
e. Shade trees shall be incorporated in areas around buildings and within parking
lots to reduce the heat island effect.
2. Plant Materials. Plant materials shall be selected and installed to comply with the
following requirements:
a. An appropriate mix of plant sizes and materials shall be provided.
b. Plant materials shall emphasize drought -tolerant and/or native species.
C. The use of eucalyptus, pepper or palm trees is discouraged, unless compatible
with the existing adjacent environment, as determined by the Director. Palm trees
shall be limited for use within a community pool or recreation facility, unless
otherwise approved by the Director.
d. The plant palette shall not include any plants listed as invasive exotic pest plants
by the California Invasive Plant Council, or other plants determined to be invasive
by a qualified botanist or biologist.
e. Trees shall be planted in areas of public view. The clustering of trees is
encouraged.
i. Mature specimen trees (e.g., 24-, 36-, 48 -inch, and 60 -inch box as
determined by the Director) shall be provided to ensure variety and
emphasis at main focal areas.
ii. All trees shall be staked or guyed (on a case-by-case basis), subject to the
approval of the Director.
iii. All newly planted trees must meet the California State Department of
Forestry and Fire Protection Specification Guidelines for container grown
landscape trees.
f Performance standards. The trees and shrubs shall be carefully selected and
properly planted and maintained so that they:
i. Do not interfere with service lines and traffic safety sight areas;
ii. Protect the basic rights of adjacent property owners, particularly the right
to solar access; and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 37
iii. Prevent physical damage to the adjoining public improvements.
g. Ground cover shall be of live plant material. Limited quantities of bark, colored -
rock, gravel, and similar materials may be used in combination with a living
ground cover.
h. Mulch.
i. A minimum two-inch layer of mulch shall be applied on all exposed soil
surfaces of planting areas except in turf areas, creeping or rooting
groundcovers or direct seeing applications where mulch is contraindicated.
ii. Stabilizing mulch shall be planted on slopes.
The Director may modify the requirements within this section in order to
accommodate existing trees located on site or within the public rights-of-way.
j. All new cut and fill slopes shall be planted and irrigated to prevent erosion. Cut
and fill slopes shall have jute -netting or similar material, as approved by the
Director, placed on exposed slope soil, until plant materials become established.
i. For slopes exceeding five (5) feet in vertical height shall be planted in the
ratio of at least one shrub per two -hundred twenty-five (225) square feet of
slope area and one tree per two hundred twenty-five square (225) feet of •
slope area, with ground cover to completely cover the slope within six (6)
months from planting.
ii. Slopes less than five (5) feet in height shall be planted with ground cover
to cover the slopes completely within six (6) months of planting.
3. Artificial or Synthetic Turf. Any use of artificial or synthetic turf is permitted to replace
living sod; however, it must be reviewed and approved by the Director prior to
installation. The use of artificial and synthetic turf may count towards required
landscaping as long as it does not exceed 50 percent of the required landscaping. The
installation and type of requirements shall meet the requirements as listed in this section,
unless otherwise approved by the Director.
a. Prior to approval of any artificial or synthetic turf, the applicant shall submit all
required materials for review per the requirements on file with the City.
b. The primary layer on native soil shall be non -woven, highly -permeable soil
stabilizing fabric for the soil type and conditions of the installation. Fabrics must
be porous and not impede infiltration of normal watershed to the appropriate
drainage.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 38
•
•
C. Minimum three to five inches of appropriate compactable aggregate base with
subsequent or additional imported base materials and fabric layers is required.
d. Acceptable artificial turf surface fibers include: Polyethylene (PE), Polypropylene
(PP), Nylon with a minimum 6 year (Nylon (PA)) and 8 year (PE & PP)
manufacturer warranty against ultra violet light degradation (fading and
discoloration) and the style and color selection must compliment other adjacent
natural lawn and landscaped grass within the community; must meet or exceed
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards.
i. Acceptable backing materials include perforated, vertically draining, latex
or polyurethane coated materials to provide optimum tuft bind and
maximum permeability. Horizontally draining backings must not be
infilled; infill materials are prone to migrate into drainage systems.
ii. Acceptable infill materials will include but are not limited to: recycled
rubber crumb, acrylic coated silica, sand, recycled PET bead lets, thermo-
plastic elastomer coated silica sand, semi -round silica sand, or other as
approved by the Director. Sub -angular silica sand may not be used as infill
materials.
iii. All materials submitted for approval must be accompanied by test
documentation which declares that the artificial turf yarn and backing
materials are disposable under normal conditions, at any US landfill
station (Total Content Leach Protocol (TCLP) test).
e. Infill materials, type and amount, per square foot, installed, as suggested by the
turf manufacturer or based upon standard industry guidelines.
f Surfaces must, appear seamless and edges must appear natural, and well groomed.
g. Total surface installation must be water permeable with minimum 25 inch/Hour
Permeability Rating.
h. All job materials used for surfaces must pass applicable fire retardant ratings
including pill bum test.
Minimum pile height (individual turf blade height) is an average of one and one-
half inches; classic slit film, monofilament or a combination of blade styles;
including textured and knit de knit materials used for thatch are allowed.
j. Any approved artificial or synthetic turf installation is required to be maintained
(including repair or replacement) to appear natural at all times. No fading,
exposed seams or corners are permitted.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 39
4. Flood Control Basins. Privately maintained flood control basins are required to be
landscaped to the extent possible with groundcover, shrubs and trees, unless otherwise
approved by the Director. i
5. Fire Fuel Modification Requirements. Additional design requirements may be required
by the Fire Department for any project that is located within a fire sensitive area. The Fire
Department can require modifications to the landscaping requirements contained within
this section. All Fire Department -approved landscape plans must also receive the
approval of the Director prior to issuance of building permits.
6. Standards for Single -Family Residential Development. Each single-family residential
project shall be landscaped, irrigated, and maintained in compliance with the
requirements of this section.
a. Single-family development.
i. All new residential development shall have one twenty-four (24) inch box
tree planted in the required front yard, to the satisfaction of the Director.
This requirement may be waived or modified by the Director where it is
found to be impractical due to topographical conditions, where it is not
keeping with the neighborhood, or where it otherwise will not benefit the
area.
ii. Landscape parkways shall be installed in all new residential development.
These parkways shall be installed between the curb and sidewalk and shall •
be five feet in width. Parkways shall not be separated by sidewalk.
iii. For single-family homes located adjacent to a parkway, either public or
private right-of-way, the homeowner has the responsibility to plant,
irrigate and maintain the parkway in a healthy and thriving condition,
unless the parkway is maintained by the homeowner's association or other
entity. The parkway shall be planted with City -approved street trees and
landscaping that is consistent with other parkways within the community
the property is located within.
iv. The landscape plan shall include all areas located within the front yard and
all side yard areas exposed to the street view.
V. The preferred plant palette shall include drought tolerant and low-water
use landscaping. Low-water usage turf or warm -season turf is
recommended.
vi Turf shall be limited to a maximum of 50 percent of the total landscaped
area. Turf shall be excluded from areas difficult to irrigate (e.g., narrow
pathways, parkways less than five feet in width, sidewalk strips, slopes,
etc.)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 40
vii. Second Unit. If a second unit is located along a street frontage, one
twenty-four (24) inch box tree shall be planted in the front or corner yard
setback of the unit. If the new unit is located off of a street frontage, this
40 requirement shall be waived at the discretion of the Director.
b. Front yard landscape requirements.
i. For single-family residential areas, a minimum of 50 percent of the square
footage of the front yard area between the principal dwelling unit and the
front public or private street curb, and between the side property lines,
must be landscaped with natural plants such as lawns, groundcover,
succulents, shrubs, and trees.
it. No more than one-half of the landscaped area may consist of decorative
features such as boulders, river and lava rock, fountains, ponds, rock
riverbeds, pedestrian bridges or other features, as determined by the
Director that are consistent with this section.
iii. Mulch may be used as an integral part of the natural plantings.
iv. The public sidewalk and driveway aprons are excluded from the landscape
percentage calculation.
7. Standards for Multifamily Residential Development. In addition to the standards for
single-family residential development, the following additional requirements apply to
multifamily developments and shall be landscaped, irrigated, and maintained in
compliance with the requirements of this section.
a. For all new multifamily residential developments, a minimum of ten percent of
the total site area is required to be landscaped.
b. The total area of any project not devoted to lot coverage and paving shall be
landscaped, irrigated, and maintained in compliance with the requirements of this
Code, unless modified by the Approving Authority.
C. Preferred ground covers in the main landscape area and the front setback areas are
ones that can be walked on and that utilize water -conserving plant materials.
d. Turf shall be limited to a maximum of 20 percent of the total landscaped area.
Low-water usage turf or warm -season turf is recommended.
e. Turf shall be excluded from areas difficult to irrigate (e.g., narrow pathways,
parkways less than five feet in width, sidewalk strips, slopes, etc.).
f The incorporation of fountains, pools, and other water elements within the project
is encouraged as are other decorative elements (e.g., the and iron work). Water
elements shall be designed to conserve water.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 41
g. Substantial trees (36 -inch box and larger) are strongly encouraged in front and
side yard setback areas, to the satisfaction of the Director.
h. In cases where the front setback is located over fully subterranean parking, tree
wells with an inside diameter of at least six feet shall be provided.
i. The minimum tree size at planting shall be twenty-four (24) inch box, unless
otherwise approved by the Director.
j. New multifamily residential development is required to provide a minimum of
thirty (30) trees per overall gross acreage of the project site with a minimum of
fifteen (15) percent required to be forty-eight (48) inch box size or larger and
twenty (20) percent required to be thirty-six (36) inch box size or larger.
k. Parking areas within multifamily projects are subject to all the landscaping
requirements of non-residential projects.
8. Commercial, Industrial and Mixed Use Standards. For projects utilizing commercial,
industrial or mixed use development project shall be landscaped, irrigated, and
maintained in compliance with the requirements of this section.
a. For all new commercial, industrial, and mixed use developments, a minimum of
ten (10) percent of the total site area shall be landscaped.
b. The total area of any project not devoted to lot coverage and paving shall be
landscaped, irrigated, and maintained in compliance with the requirements of this
section.
C. Landscape parkways shall be installed in all new development. These parkways
shall be installed between the curb and sidewalk and shall be five feet in width.
Parkways shall not be separated by sidewalk. In addition, the adjacent property
owners shall be responsible for the maintenance and upkeep of these parkways.
d. Where a six (6) foot high masonry wall is required along common lot lines
separating residential uses from commercial uses, fifteen (15) gallon trees shall be
installed and maintained along the inside of the wall in a minimum five (5) foot
wide planter. The trees shall be located a maximum of twenty (20) feet apart for
the length of the common lot line or to the satisfaction of the Director.
C. Landscape Setbacks.
i. All setbacks, required by this Code shall be landscaped, except where a
required setback is occupied by a sidewalk or driveway, or where a
required setback is screened from public view and it is determined by the
Director that landscaping is not necessary to fulfill the purposes of this
Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 42
ii. Modification by Director. The Director may modify this requirement to
landscape all setback and open space areas. The modification may only be
approved if the Director finds that the project provides: a higher overall
quality of landscape design than would normally be expected for a similar
development project; a superior landscape maintenance plan; and for
outdoor dining activities, special paving or other examples of exceptional
architectural quality in the project's design.
All areas of a project site not intended for a specific use, including pad sites held
for future development, shall be landscaped, unless it is determined by the
Director that landscaping is not necessary to fulfill the purposes of this section.
g. The Director shall determine the level or intensity of landscaping to be provided
for vacant pad sites based on an approved phasing plan.
9. Landscape Standards for Parking Structures. Projects that include the construction of an
above -ground parking structure are subject to the following landscape requirements:
a. The exterior elevations of parking structures shall be designed to minimize the use
of blank concrete facades. This can be accomplished through the use of textured
concrete, planters, trellises, or other architectural treatments.
b. The perimeter of the parking structure shall be landscaped at ground level with a
• minimum of one thirty-six (36) inch box tree every fifteen (15) linear feet of
structure face in addition to any required streetscape or boundary landscaping.
Additional landscaping may be required at the discretion of the Director.
•
C. Parking lot landscaping shall not be required for parking spaces located in parking
structures.
d. All multi-level parking structures shall be designed to include landscape planters.
10. Parking Lot Landscaping Requirements for Commercial, Industrial or Mixed Use
Developments. Parking lot landscaping shall be provided in accordance with the
following and as shown in Figure 17.51-8 (Parking Lot Landscaping).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 43
361im 1m Im 3 ft, hwiirtnim landsrnpe,orea
�P[o�att�Lmc i .�_ ' I '
•/� 't�'pleid I'mPjCI I$IJlld.
V Cmcry IS yiacc9 Pm ptantrr widibaimr4r S Il.)
I � � 361n, baa IMO at the 2 n bue Ilco
aid urddve wiz
3
In Wraran majar nr L�
sceanAary highway Q '4Pjml4 R: by9 R. ..
I - Ircdud4
fl t�
;.24m.bo Me
\ { t
landscape sctbicl. ,± II 1
unriy3tt-uP-was t/I __ — v77
(na a major of 01 � rsf. Typecal landscapx.
amndary hir,4.q'1 plame sinp
%tJ CI Me every 6 spate's)
F Z.�
-t
P q "�� nGadhrhth<dg<.
�— urblak xall
Figure 17.51 — 8
Parking Lot Landscaping
a. General Requirements.
i. At least five (5) percent of the gross area of the parking lot shall be
landscaped.
ii. A wall, earthen berm,or headlight hedge, measuring 36 inches in height,
shall be installed where vehicle lights on the property are directed towards
public streets or residential properties. The headlight hedge must be a
dense growing evergreen shrub, measuring a minimum of 36 inches in
height and touching leaf to leaf at the time of landscape inspection.
iii. Areas not used for parking, maneuvering, or the movement of vehicles,
shall be landscaped on a lot or parcel of land with more than ten (10)
automobile parking spaces.
iv. Parking spaces shall be allowed to overhang into a landscaped area a
maximum of (2) two feet. The two -foot overhang shall not be counted as
required landscaped area or setback.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 44
•
•
V. All landscaped areas within the parking lot shall be bordered by a concrete
• curb adjacent to the parking surface.
vi. Wheel stops should not be used in lieu of curbing to protect landscaping,
signage, structures and walls.
vii. Continuous concrete curbing shall be provided at least three (3) feet from
any wall, fence, property line, walkway or structure (excluding special cir-
cumstances such as reciprocal access points, etc.) where parking and/or
drive aisles are located adjacent thereto. Curbing may be left out at
structure access points. The space between the curb and wall, fence,
property line, walkway or structure shall be landscaped, except as allowed
by the Director.
b. Street setback areas adjacent to parking facilities shall be landscaped and
permanently maintained with trees, shrubs and groundcover, and shall incorporate
earthen berms to the satisfaction of the Director.
i. Where parking facilities are adjacent to a major or secondary highway or
when the parking facility has over 150 feet of street frontage, a minimum
ten -foot wide landscaped area shall be provided adjacent to such right-of-
way line, except at driveways and walkways.
® ii. Where parking facilities are adjacent to a street right-of-way line not
considered a major or secondary highway and less than 150 of street
frontage for the parking facility, a minimum five-foot wide landscaped
area shall be provided adjacent to such right-of-way line, except at
driveways and walkways.
C. Required parking lot trees shall be distributed throughout the parking lot so as to
maximize the aesthetic effect and compatibility with adjoining uses. This shall not
apply to parking areas on the roofs of buildings, to parking areas within a
building, or parking structures.
i. At a minimum, twenty-four (24) inch box trees are required for parking lot
landscaping. The Director may require thirty-six (36) inch or larger box
trees on a case-by-case basis.
ii. Thirty-six (36) inch box trees are required at the end of drive aisles, unless
otherwise determined by the Director.
iii. Parking lot trees shall be provided at the ratio of one tree for every four (4)
parking spaces.
iv. In areas where parking spaces meet head to head, a landscape planter strip
• a minimum of six (6) feet in width, not including hardscape that runs the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 45
length of the parking aisle, shall be installed. Within this landscape planter
area, a minimum requirement of one tree per six (6) parking spaces will be
required. 40
V. Where parking lot configuration makes six (6) foot landscape planter areas
infeasible, tree wells shall be provided. Tree wells are required to be four
(4) feet by nine (9) feet (including a six-inch curb) and provided at
intervals of every three spaces, on an average, within each double loaded
row.
vi. Landscape islands shall be a minimum of seven (7) feet wide including the
six-inch curb. An island shall be provided at the end of each parking row
and at intervals of every 15 parking spaces, on an average in a row, unless
a planter strip is provided.
vii. An appropriate mixture of evergreen and deciduous species shall be
provided within the parking lot area.
viii. Tree species selected shall achieve a parking lot coverage canopy to the
satisfaction of the Director. It is the responsibility of the applicant to
provide information to the Director, demonstrating the parking lot canopy
will be achieved in a reasonable amount of time.
It. Landscape for Projects Subject to Section 17.51.020 (Hillside Development).
Landscaping and landscape design for hillside development projects shall comply with
the requirements of Section 17.51.020 (Hillside Development) and the following:
a. Landscape design.
i. Landscape coverage and stabilization of graded slopes shall be selected
and designed to be compatible with surrounding natural vegetation.
ii. Plant materials that require excessive water after becoming established
shall be avoided. Native plant material or compatible, nonnative plant
material shall be selected.
iii. All plants shall be drought -resistant and shrubs shall be a minimum one
gallon size, unless otherwise approved by the Director.
iv. All trees shall be minimum twenty-four (24) inch box, however, the
Director may allow fifteen gallon on a case by case basis.
b. Access easement areas a minimum of five (5) feet wide shall be provided for
uphill and downhill slope maintenance areas and should be located no more than
one thousand (1,000) feet apart.
D. Tree Retention.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 46
E
•
•
1. Where healthy trees exist on a site, maximum effort shall be given for their retention.
2. The type and location of all existing trees of four (4) inch caliper or greater, as measured
four and one-half (4.5) feet from the ground, shall be shown on plans submitted for
approval. Any proposed removals shall be clearly indicated. Oak trees are subject to
Section 17.51.040 (Oak Tree Preservation).
3. To ensure that the tree retention is successful, the following requirements shall be met:
a. All grading around existing trees shall be done by hand, unless otherwise
approved by the Director.
b. Cutting through woody roots shall not be allowed.
C. All foundations shall step over major roots.
4. No difference in grade shall be allowed at the base of the trees.
5. No construction resulting in injury or removal of trees. No construction shall be allowed
that results in the injury or removal of native or specimen tree unless approved by the
Director.
E. Water Efficient Landscape.
For new landscape or landscape rehabilitation projects subject to this section, the Estimated
Applied Water Use (EAWU) allowed for the landscape area may not exceed the Maximum
Applied Water Allowed (MAWA) calculated using an Evapotranspiration Adjustment Factor
(ETAF) of 0.7, except for the portion of the MAWA applicable to any special landscaped areas
within the landscape project, which may be calculated using an ETAF of 1.0. Where the design
of the landscape area can be otherwise shown to be equivalently water efficient, the applicant
may submit alternative or abbreviated information supporting the demonstration that the annual
EAWU is less than the MAWA, subject to the review and approval of the Director.
F. Maintenance of Landscaping.
1. Maintenance Required.
a. Where a landscape plan is required, all installed landscaping shall be permanently
maintained in compliance with this section.
b. Once installed, no landscaping shall be removed, unless it is replaced with
landscaping of a similar design, character, and coverage at maturity, to the
satisfaction of the Director.
C. Once installed, no landscaping shall be allowed to die; replacement shall occur in
a timely manner.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 47
d. Once installed in a parking area or adjacent to a commercial building, all tree
pruning activities shall meet the International Society of Arboriculture (ISA)
pruning standards. In addition, the property owner shall prune vegetation to
maintain vehicle and pedestrian clearance. No trees shall be pruned to improve
visibility of adjacent buildings or signage.
2. Homeowners' associations (HOAs) and assessment districts or other acceptable legal
entities are required in Santa Clarita. All landscaped slopes not included within a
landscape maintenance district (LMD) shall be maintained by an HOA or a property
owners' association (POA) for the permanent maintenance of slopes and other areas. An
HOA/POA should be required to establish a maintenance district with responsibility for
landscape maintenance, should the HOA disband. The City should retain development
rights in such a maintenance district.
3. Maintenance shall consist of regular fertilizing, clearing of debris, trash and weeds,
monitoring for pests and disease, mowing, pruning, the removal and timely replacement
of dead or dying plants, spraying, treating for disease or injury, watering, the repair and
timely replacement of irrigation systems and integrated architectural features, or any
other similar act(s) which promotes growth, health, beauty, and the life of plants, shrubs,
trees, or turf.
4. With the exception of single-family residential units. If a tree is pruned to the extent that
is detrimental to the life and health of the tree, as determined by the City arborist, the
property owner is responsible to replace the tree with a similar and comparable tree.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 48
L
17.51.035 Noise Standards.
• SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability and Standards.
A. Purpose.
It is the purpose of this section to provide standards for noise to all properties and structures permitted
within the City. The following property development standards apply to all new development in
residential, commercial, industrial, and mixed use areas. The noise levels shown are the maximum
allowed, and distances are minimums unless otherwise stated.
B. Applicability and Standards.
The following shall be in addition to all requirements of Section 11.44.040 (Noise Limits):
Any new noise generators in residential zones shall be enclosed, insulated, or utilize other
methods to contain, reduce, or eliminate noise, so as not to increase the previous level of
ambient noise.
2. New single-family and multifamily residential units in areas where the ambient noise
levels exceed 60 CNEL shall provide mitigation measures for the new residences to
• reduce interior noise levels to 45 CNEL, based on future traffic and railroad noise levels.
3. New single-family and multifamily residential units in areas where the projected noise
levels exceed 65 CNEL shall provide mitigation measures (which may include noise
barriers, setbacks, and site design) for new residences to reduce outdoor noise levels to 65
CNEL, based on future traffic conditions. This requirement applies to rear yard areas for
single-family developments, and to private open space and common recreational and
open space areas for multifamily developments.
4. The buyer and renter notification program for new residential units shall be required,
where appropriate, to educate and inform potential buyers and renters of the sources of
noise in the area and/or new sources of noise that may occur in the future. As determined
by the Review Authority, notification may be appropriate in the following areas:
a. Within one mile of Six Flags Magic Mountain theme park, potential buyers and
renters should receive notice that noise may occasionally be generated from this
facility and that the frequency and loudness of noise events may change over
time.
b. Within 1,000 feet of the railroad, potential buyers and renters should receive
notice that noise may occasionally be generated from this facility and that the
frequency and loudness of noise events may change over time.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 49
C. Within 200 feet of commercial uses in mixed use developments, potential buyers
and renters should receive notice that the commercial uses within the mixed use
developments may generate noise in excess of levels typically found in residential •
areas, that the commercial uses may change over time, and the associated noise
levels and frequency of noise events may change along with the use.
d. Within 1,000 feet of the Saugus Speedway, in the event speedway operations are
resumed in the future.
5. Private schools, childcare centers, senior housing, and other noise sensitive uses in areas
where the ambient noise level exceeds 65 dBA (day), shall provide mitigation measures
to reduce interior noise to acceptable levels.
6. Appropriate noise buffering between commercial or industrial uses and residential
neighborhoods and other sensitive uses shall be installed as required by the Review
Authority.
7. The Review Authority may require adequate setbacks from major and secondary
highways for sensitive receptors and sensitive uses, so as to minimize impacts on these
individuals and uses from noise and air pollution caused by truck traffic.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 50
17.51.040 Oak Tree Preservation.
• SUBSECTIONS
A.
Purpose.
B.
Oak Tree Permit.
C.
Use of Explosives.
D.
Reimbursement.
E.
Enforcement.
F.
Additional Permit.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to protect and preserve oak trees in the City and to
provide regulatory measures designed to accomplish this purpose.
The City lies in the Santa Clarita Valley, the beauty and natural setting of which is greatly
enhanced by the presence of large numbers of majestic oak trees. It shall be the policy of the City
to require the preservation of all healthy oak trees unless compelling reasons justify the removal
of such trees. This policy shall apply to the removal, pruning, cutting and/or encroachment into
the protected zone of oak trees. The Director, in conjunction with the City's oak tree arborist as
necessary, shall have the primary and overall responsibility to administer, evaluate and monitor
this policy to assure strict compliance. Additional policy and standards shall be as set forth in the
City's Oak Tree Preservation and Protection Guidelines following adoption by the Council. Any
person who owns, controls, has custody or possession of any real property within the City shall
make a reasonable effort to maintain all oak tree(s) located thereon in a state of good health.
Failure to do so will constitute a violation of this section.
B. Oak Tree Permit. No person shall cut, prune, remove, relocate, endanger, damage or encroach
into the protected zone of any oak tree on any public or private property within the City except in
accordance with the conditions of a valid oak tree permit issued by the City, in conformance with
Section 17.23.170 (Oak Tree Permit).
Oak Tree Permit Submittal Requirements. The applicant shall be required to furnish all
necessary information as determined by the Director together with the appropriate fee as
established by Council resolution. Application materials shall include, but not be limited
to, an oak tree report conforming to the Director's specifications, a survey of the tree, its
dripline and protected zone location, and illustrations and justifications of the proposal
and tree tagging unless waived by the Director.
2. Exemptions. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Code, a permit is not required under
the following circumstances:
a. For trees that do not exceed six (6) inches in circumference when measured at a
point four and one-half (4.5) feet above the tree's natural grade or for those trees
on properties occupied by a single-family residence that do not exceed twelve and
one-half (12.5) inches in circumference when measured at a point four and one-
half (4.5) feet above the tree's natural grade.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 51
b. In cases of emergency, including, but not limited to, thunderstorms, windstorms,
floods, earthquakes, fires or other natural disasters or potential safety hazards, the
City's oak tree arborist, authorized City official, or any member of law
•
enforcement or law enforcement agency, forester, fireman, civil defense official
or Community Preservation Officer in their official capacity may order or allow
the removal of part or all of a protected tree if, upon visual inspection, such tree is
determined to be in a hazardous or dangerous condition. If possible, prior notice
to the Director shall be provided. Subsequent to the emergency action, written
notification shall be provided to the Director describing the nature of the
emergency and action taken.
C. For trees planted, grown and/or held for sale as a part of a licensed nursery
business.
d. Pruning by a public service or utility necessary to protect or maintain overhead
clearance for vehicles, existing electric power or communication lines, or public
rights-of-way, subject to prior notice to the Director in nonemergency situations.
All pruning work shall follow proper arboricultural practices as approved by the
Director and/or the City's oak tree arborist.
e. Pruning of limbs or deadwood provided such live limbs do not exceed six (6)
inches in circumference at the location of the cut. All pruning work shall follow
proper arboricultural practices as approved by the Director and/or the City's oak
tree arborist and shall not be excessive to the extent that the life of the tree is
endangered or its aesthetic value is diminished. •
f When the property owner has received written permission from the Director for
the removal of a maximum of three (3) scrub oaks (Quercus dumosa and Quercus
tuckerii).
g. Routine maintenance as defined herein.
h. Pruning of limbs of an oak tree(s) on the properties occupied by a single-family
residence; provided, that such pruning is undertaken under the supervision of an
arborist retained by the owner and approved by the Director.
Minor encroachments as defined herein.
j. For those trees that are purchased and/or planted for non -mitigation purposes by
the property owner of a single-family residence on the same property occupied by
the residence. The owner shall not remove oaks owned and maintained by the
City.
3. Conditions. Conditions may be imposed on the permit at the discretion of the Approving
Authority, including, but not limited to, any of the following:
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 52
a. A condition requiring the replacement or placement of additional trees on the
subject property to offset the impacts associated with the loss of a tree, limbs or
• encroachment into the protected zone of an oak tree.
b. The relocating of trees on site or off site, or the planting of new trees on site or off
site to offset the loss of a tree. The applicant shall be responsible for periodic
submission of affidavits by a qualified oak tree expert at the conclusion of grading
and construction for a minimum of one (1) year after the planting of replacement
or relocated trees and a minimum of two (2) years after the planting of
replacement or relocated trees for on-site trees only. Such affidavit shall certify
compliance with all conditions of the permit and the health of all replacement or
relocated trees. This requirement shall be supplemented by random inspections by
the City. The applicant's acceptance of an approved permit and the exercise of
rights thereunder shall be deemed consent to allowing City officials reasonable
access to the property for the purpose of conducting such inspections.
C. A condition requiring an objectively observable maintenance and care program to
be initiated to ensure the continued health and care of oak trees on the property.
d. Payment of a fee or donation of boxed trees to the City or other approved public
agency to be used elsewhere in the City. Such fee or boxed trees shall be of
equivalent value to any and all oak trees removed from the property as defined by
the current edition of the "Guide for Plant Appraisal," published by the
International Society of Arboriculture (ISA), a copy of which shall be kept on file
• in the City's Planning and/or Urban Forestry Division. The applicant shall be
credited with the value of any replacement oak trees which may be required. Such
fees shall be utilized for the purpose of furthering the preservation and
regeneration of oak trees, the identification and official designation of heritage
oak trees, the purchase, monitoring and ongoing maintenance of oak trees,
landscaping and other habitat refurbishment and for educational and informational
programs related to oak trees and their preservation. As an alternative to the
payment of all or a portion of the fees described above, an applicant may also be
credited with the value of any accepted dedications of property within the City
which are suitable for the planting and survival of oak trees. Fees imposed under
this section may be reduced as mitigated by specific circumstances and corrective
measures undetected by the property owner.
•
e. For mitigation of oaks due to removal, and/or major encroachment of non -
heritage oak trees on a property occupied by a single-family residence, any
required tree replacements shall be based on a six (6) inch increment as follows:
i. 8" to 12" = Two (2) 24 -inch box native oaks.
ii. 12" to 18" = Three (3) 24 -inch box native oaks.
iii. 18" to 24" = Four (4) 24 -inch box native oaks.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 53
iv. 24" to 30" = Five (5) 24 -inch box native oaks.
V. 30" to 36" = Six (6) 24 -inch box native oaks. •
vi. One additional 24 -inch box native oak per incremental increase of six (6)
inches.
Replacement trees shall be planted on the same property from which they were
removed unless there is no appropriate place for planting. If an appropriate on-site
location for replanting does not exist, mitigation trees may be donated to the City
following the replacement schedule above or their monetary value may be paid to
the City to the satisfaction of the Director.
C. Use of Explosives. The use of explosives in connection with the trimming, cutting down or
removal of any oak tree is prohibited.
D. Reimbursement. The City's oak tree arborist or the Director's designee shall review the
information submitted with the oak tree permit request and make appropriate recommendations
and site inspections. All arborist and/or staff time costs expended in connection with such
review, including, but not limited to, review of submitted reports, plans, meetings, site
inspections and monitoring shall be billed on an hourly basis and reimbursed by the applicant
when the cost of services exceeds the cost covered by the permit fee. Nothing in this Code or
within the Oak Tree Preservation and Protection Guidelines shall be deemed to impose any
liability for damages or a duty of care and maintenance upon the City or upon any of its officers
or employees. The person in possession of any public property or the owner of any private®
property shall have a duty to keep the oak trees upon the property and under their control in a
safe, healthy condition. Except as provided in this code, any person who feels a tree located on
property possessed, owned or controlled by them is a danger to the safety of themselves, others
or structural improvements on site or off site shall have an obligation to secure the area around
the tree or support the tree, as appropriate to safeguard both persons and improvements from
harm.
E. Enforcement.
Any person who owns and/or cuts, damages, moves or removes any oak tree within the
City, unlawfully encroaches into the protected zone of an oak tree or who fails to comply
with conditions of approval or pay required fees or does any other act in violation of this
section or a permit issued pursuant hereto shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.
2. In addition to the penalty described in subsection (E)(1) of this section, the Director may
suspend an oak tree permit or building permit if he determines that the permittee or
owner of the real property which is the subject of the permit, or one or more of their
agents, has violated a condition of approval of an oak tree permit issued pursuant hereto
or has violated any provision of this section. The Director's determination to suspend a
permit shall be subject to appeal as provided in this Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 54
3. In addition to the penalties described in subsections (E)(1) and (2) of this section, any
person who violates this section is responsible for proper restitution and may be required
• to replace the oak tree(s) so removed or damaged, by the donation of or by replanting one
(1) or more oak trees of reasonable equivalent size and value to the tree(s) damaged or
removed. The number, size and location of said equivalent replacement oak tree(s) shall
be to the satisfaction of the Director.
F. Additional Permit. Notwithstanding any action taken pursuant to this Code, whenever the
Director determines that any person has without a permit conducted activities prohibited by this
section, the Director may require such person to obtain an oak tree permit pursuant to this Code.
•
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 55
17.51.050 Outdoor Lighting Standards.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Exemptions.
D. Lighting Standards.
A. Purpose. These regulations are intended to
Permit reasonable uses of outdoor lighting for night-time safety, utility, security,
productivity, enjoyment, and commerce.
2. Conserve energy and resources to the greatest extent possible.
3. Minimize adverse off-site light trespass and/or obtrusive light.
4. Reduce light pollution and preserve the nighttime environment.
5. Protect the natural environment and the general public health, safety and welfare from the
adverse effects of excessive night lighting from electric sources.
•
B. Applicability.
1. New Lighting. Unless otherwise expressly stated, this section shall apply to all new*
outdoor lighting. Outdoor lighting includes, but is not limited to all lighting fixtures
attached to buildings, structures, poles, or self-supporting structures and may be found on
parking lots, walkways, building entrances, outdoor or exterior sales areas, landscaping,
recreational fields, and building facades.
2. Replacement Lighting. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the standards of this section
apply whenever additions or replacements to existing outdoor lighting are installed,
including upgrades and/or replacements to damaged or destroyed fixtures.
C. Exemptions. The following lighting fixtures and systems shall be exempt from the requirements
of this section:
1. Lighting fixtures within the public right of way.
2. Lighting required by a health or life safety statute, ordinance, or regulation, including but
not limited to, emergency lighting required by the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration.
3. Temporary lighting used by law enforcement or emergency services personnel to protect
life or property.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 56
i
4. Temporary lighting used for the construction or repair of roadways, utilities, and other
public infrastructure.
5. Lighting used in, or for the purpose of, lighting swimming pools, hot tubs, decorative
fountains, and other water features, subject to Article 680 of the California Electrical
Code.
6. Temporary lighting for activities permitted by a temporary use permit.
7. Sign lighting (Refer to Section 17.5 1.080 (Sign Regulations)).
8. All outdoor light fixtures producing light directly by combustion of fossil fuels, such as
kerosene lanterns, tiki torches, or gas lamps.
9. Spotlights and flood lighting is permitted for the purpose of emphasizing architectural
accents or details on buildings, sculptures, or landscaping, as long as such lighting does
not create light trespass or obtrusive light. Such lighting shall be prohibited between the
hours of midnight and sunrise if projected above the horizon.
10. Lighting for public and/or private facilities including but not limited to prisons, airports,
sports fields/ playfields, helipads/heliports, and hospitals.
D. Lighting Standards.
General Requirements.
a. Shielding. All lighting shall be directed downward and be of a cut-off design so
the luminary and/or lens do not protrude below the luminary housing and is not
visible from a public right of way.
b. Light Trespass. Lighting may not illuminate other properties and shall be directed
downward to prevent off-site glare.
c. Appurtenances. Lighting shall be operated so that they do not disturb the peace,
quiet, and comfort of adjacent, neighboring uses, and shall be screened and/or
shielded from surrounding properties and streets.
d. Lighting Plan. Except for new and additions to single-family residences,
applications for new buildings and building additions, and proposed modifications
shall include the location, fixture type, fixture height, and photometric
information of all outdoor lighting and information about shut-off timers and
hours of operation for outdoor lighting where required by this section for review
and approval by the Director.
2. Requirements for Commercial, Industrial, and Mixed Uses. All lighting shall comply
with the following:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 57
a. Building Entrance Lighting. All building entrances shall install light fixtures that
provide accurate color rendition so that persons entering or exiting the*
establishment can be easily recognized. Building entrance lighting shall be used
between sundown and 10 p.m. or one hour past the close of the business,
whichever is later.
b. Hours of Operation.
i. Outdoor lighting shall be turned off between the hours of 10 p.m. and
sunrise, except where uses operate past 10 p.m., lighting shall be turned
off one hour after the close of business or use dimmers per subsection (2)
(C), below.
ii. All outdoor lighting systems shall install one or more of the following:
(a) Automatic time switch controls used to turn lighting off after 10
p.m.;
(b) Motion sensors used to turn on lighting after 10 p.m. when activity
is detected. Such lighting shall remain on no longer than 10
minutes after being activated; or
(c) In lieu of turning lighting off, automatic dimmers used to reduce
light levels by a minimum of 50 percent after 10 p.m. •
iii. Exemptions.
(a) Code required lighting for steps, stairs, walkways, and points of
ingress and egress to building and other facilities.
(b) Lighting governed by a discretionary use permit in which times of
operation are specifically identified.
3. Requirements for Residential Sports Courts.
a. Outdoor lighting for residential sports courts shall comply with the standards as
set forth in Section 17.57.040 (Accessory Buildings and Structures).
4. Prohibitions. The following lighting fixtures and systems shall be prohibited:
a. Drop down lenses;
b. Mercury vapor lamps;
C. Searchlights, laser lights, or any other lighting that flashes, blinks, alternates, or
moves.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 58
•
5. Maintenance. Outdoor lighting fixtures and lamps shall be maintained in good working
• order.
6. Modifications. Modifications to the standards in this section shall be approved through
Section 17.24.120 (Minor Use Permit).
is
11
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 59
17.51.060 Parking Standards.
SUBSECTIONS: •
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Permanent Maintenance Required.
D. Ownership of Required Space,
E. Specifications for Development of Parking Facilities.
F. Parking Structure and Covered Parking Requirements.
G. Parking for Disabled Persons.
H. Parallel and Tandem Automobile Parking Spaces.
I. On -Site Bicycle Parking Requirement.
J. On -Site Parking Requirement.
K. Fuel-efficient, Low -emitting, and Carpool/Van Pool Vehicles.
L. Loading Areas.
M. Schedule of Off -Street Parking Requirements.
N. Modification of Off -Street Parking Requirements.
O. Commercial Vehicle Prohibition.
A. Purpose. It is the purpose of this section to establish comprehensive parking provisions to
effectively regulate the design of parking facilities and equitably establish the number of parking
spaces required for various uses. The standards for parking facilities are intended to promote
vehicular and pedestrian safety and efficient land use. They are also intended to promote
compatibility between parking facilities and surrounding neighborhoods and to protect property •
values by providing such amenities as landscaping, walls and setbacks. Parking requirements are
established to assure that an adequate number of spaces is available to accommodate anticipated
demand in order to lessen traffic congestion and adverse impacts on surrounding properties.
B. Applicability.
The provisions of this section shall apply at the time a building or structure is erected,
altered, or enlarged, or when the use and/or occupant load of a building or structure is
changed. Alterations, enlargements, increases, additions, modifications or any similar
changes to uses, buildings, or structures nonconforming due to parking shall comply with
Chapter 17.05 (Legal Nonconforming Uses, Lots, and Structures).
2. In the case of mixed uses, the total number of parking spaces required shall be the sum of
the requirements for the various uses computed separately. Required parking spaces for
one use shall not be considered required parking spaces for any other use unless allowed
by a minor use permit in accordance with Section 17.24.120 (Minor Use Permit).
3. Parking spaces established by this section shall be improved as required by this section
prior to occupancy of new buildings or structures, or occupancy of a new use in the case
of an existing building or structure which has been altered or enlarged in accordance with
subsection (1) of this section.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 60
0
•
4. The provisions of this section shall not apply to temporary parking facilities authorized
by an approved temporary use permit, except where specifically required by the Director.
5. The provisions of this section in effect at the time of final approval of applications for
conditional use permits, minor use permits, development review, and other similar zoning
cases shall apply, unless new uses are proposed.
C. Permanent Maintenance Required. Parking facilities required by this section shall be
conveniently accessible and permanently maintained to remain clear and legible to the
satisfaction of the Director unless the use for which the parking was required ceases to exist. If a
required garage or parking structure is destroyed, it shall be reconstructed within one year, unless
additional time is permitted by the Director.
D. Ownership of Required Space.
Except as provided in subsection (2) of this section, space required by this section for
parking shall either be the property of the owner of the premises, or the owner of the
premises shall have the right to use such space for parking by virtue of a recorded lease.
The lease shall require that upon expiration or cancellation, the party using the parking
spaces provided by the lease, prior to the effective date of such expiration or cancellation,
shall notify the Director of such event. If the lease is canceled, expires, or is otherwise
voided, other parking shall be provided in accordance with this section. If the required
parking is not provided for any use covered by the former lease, such use shall be
immediately terminated.
2. Ownership, or a recorded lease of required parking space, is not necessary if another
alternative is specifically allowed by a minor use permit approved in accordance with
Section 17.24.120 (Minor Use Permit).
E. Specifications for Development of Parking Facilities. All land used for parking, other than a lot
or parcel of land having a gross area of one acre or more per dwelling unit used, designed or
intended to be used for residential purposes, shall be developed and used as follows:
1. Paving. Where access to a parking space or spaces is from a highway, street or alley
which is paved with asphaltic or concrete surfacing, such parking areas, as well as the
maneuvering areas and driveways used for access thereto, shall be paved with:
a. Concrete surfacing to a minimum thickness of three and one-half (3.5) inches,
with expansion joints as necessary; or
b. Asphalt surfacing, rolled to a smooth, hard surface having a minimum thickness
of one and one-half (1.5) inches after compaction, and laid over a base of crushed
rock, gravel or other similar material compacted to a minimum thickness of four
(4) inches. The requirement for said base may be modified if:
i A qualified engineer, retained to furnish a job -site soil analysis, finds that
said base is unnecessary to ensure a firm and unyielding subgrade, equal
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 61
from the standpoint of the service, life and appearance of the asphaltic
surfacing to that provided if said base were required, and so states in
writing, together with a copy of his findings and certification to such
•
effect; or
ii Other available information provides similar evidence.
C. Other alternative material that will provide at least the equivalent in service, life
and appearance of the materials and standards which would be employed for
development pursuant to subsection (1)(a) or (1)(b) of this section.
d. The City Engineer, at the request of the Director, shall review and report on the
adequacy of paving where modification of base is proposed under subsection
(1)(b) of this section, or where alternative materials are proposed under subsection
(1)(c) of this section. The City Engineer may approve such modification or such
alternative materials if, in his opinion, the evidence indicates compliance with
subsections (1)(b) or (1)(c) of this section as the case may be.
2. Marking of Spaces.
a. Each parking space shall be clearly marked with white paint or other similar
distinguishable material, except spaces established in a garage or carport having
not more than three (3) spaces.
b. Striping for parking spaces may be modified by the Director where there is a dual is
use of the parking facility or where an alternate paving material as described in
subsection (1)(c) of this section is used. In approving such modification by site
plan the Director shall require suitable alternate means of marking the space to
ensure the required number of spaces is provided.
3. Wheel Stops. Wheel stops shall be provided for parking lots with a slope of more than
three (3) percent, except that the installation of wheel stops is optional for parking stalls
oriented at right angles to the direction of slope.
4. Slope. Parking lots shall not have a slope exceeding five (5) percent, except for access
ramps or driveways which shall not exceed a slope of fifteen (15) percent.
5. Design.
a. Parking spaces shall have the following minimum dimensions:
i For single-family and two-family residential uses, each parking space shall
be fully enclosed and have minimum dimensions of ten (10) feet by
twenty (20) feet. Parking spaces shall be designed to remain free and clear
of all obstructions, including, but not limited to, washer/dryer units, water
heaters, etc. All required garages shall maintain a minimum opening of
January 2013 j DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 62
•
eight (8) feet in width by seven (7) feet in height for each parking stall or
sixteen (16) feet in width by seven (7) feet in height for double stalls.
b. Parking lots shall be designed so as to preclude the backing of vehicles over a
sidewalk, drive-through lane, public street, alley or highway. Parked vehicles
shall not encroach on nor extend over any sidewalk. Parking spaces and drive
aisles shall be designed and striped as shown in Figure 17.51 — 9 (Minimum
Dimensions for Standard Parking Stalls) below:
Direction
(a) Angle in degrees
(b) Stall
(c) Aisle
(d) Overall
Width
(e) Curb Length
One-way*
30
16'10"
15'10"
49'2"
18'
45
19'1"
16'6"
54'8"
12' 8"
60
20'1"
1954"
59'6"
10'5"
Two-way
90
18'
26'
62'
9'
*Angled parking with two-way traffic shall have a minimum drive aisle width of 26 feet.
Figure 17.51 — 9
Minimum Dimensions for Standard Parking Stalls
Modifications to the designs shown above may be approved by the Director; provided,
that such modifications are compatible with the design criteria contained above.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 63
C. No dead-end drive aisles shall be permitted to be any longer than ten (10) parking
stalls or one hundred (100) feet in length, whichever is more restrictive, unless
adequate turnaround space is provided to the satisfaction of the Director.
6. Site Plans. A site plan shall be submitted to the Director to ensure that said use will
properly comply with the provisions of this Code.
F. Parking Structure and Covered Parking Requirements. Parking structures and covered parking
shall be designed to meet the following design requirements.
1. Parking Structures.
a. Parking Structure Setback. The setbacks for the exterior walls of any above-
ground or underground parking structure shall not encroach into the minimum
above -grade building/structure setbacks.
b. Vertical Clearance. The minimum height from the floor to the lowest ceiling
structure, support beam, or overhead fixture, such as a conduit, pipeline, lighting,
signage, or any obstruction mounted on the ceiling shall be as follows:
i. Eight (8) feet two (2) inches for parking areas, including areas providing
accessibility to parking spaces for the disabled;
ii. Fourteen (14) feet for areas providing access to loading areas.
C. Parking Stall Width. When the side of a parking stall abuts a building, fence, wall, •
support column or otherobstruction which would interfere with access to a motor
vehicle, the width of such required stall shall be increased by one foot to the
parking stall requirement.
d. Dead-end Drive Aisles. No dead-end drive aisles shall be permitted to be any
longer than ten (10) parking stalls or one hundred (100) feet in length, whichever
is more restrictive, unless adequate turnaround space is provided to the
satisfaction of the Director.
e. Parking Structure Ramps.
Ramps with adjacent parking. The maximum grade of ramp slopes and
adjacent parking areas shall not exceed five (5) percent. The minimum
ramp width shall be 26 feet.
ii. Ramps with no adjacent parking. The maximum grade of ramp slopes with
no adjacent parking shall not exceed 15 percent. The minimum ramp
width shall be 26 feet.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 64
•
•
•
iii. Circular ramps. The maximum grade of a circular ramp shall not exceed
twelve (12) percent, as measured at the outside ramp wall. The minimum
ramp width shall be 36 feet.
iv. Ramp Transitions. All ramps shall be provided with transition zones at the
top and bottom of the ramps so that vehicles will be able to pass over such
change in slope without interference with their undercarriages. The grade
of a transition zone shall not exceed fifty (50) percent of the grade of the
ramp itself. Ramp transition zones shall be a minimum of twelve (12) feet
in length. Vertical clearance shall be provided at transition zones in
addition to the minimum required in subsection (1) (b) above, to
accommodate vehicles entering and exiting the parking structure.
f. Stairwells. All stairwells shall be designed to be an integral part of the structure.
g. Mirrors. Viewing mirrors shall be installed in order to provide adequate sight
distance, to the satisfaction of the Director.
h. Architectural Design Standards. Parking structures shall be designed in
compliance with the City's Community Character and Design Guidelines with
articulated elevations and architectural elements added that give the structure
proportions that reflect a regular building.
2. Carports for Required Parking. All carports shall be subject to the following criteria:
a. Vehicles parked in such carports are completely or predominately screened from
view of the public street by means of landscaping, grade differentials, walls,
structures or other means.
b. The carports are enhanced by landscaping and/or other decorative design
materials.
C. The layout of carport areas incorporates design variations to avoid a long, linear
and monotonous appearance.
d. The exterior building materials of such carports are of similar quality and
architectural style to that of the main building on-site.
e. Roof pitches are generally consistent or compatible with those of the main
buildings on-site.
G. Parking for Disabled Persons.
1. Accessibility Requirements. Parking facilities shall be properly designed, constructed,
and maintained to provide for access by the physically disabled from public rights-of-
way, across intervening parking spaces, and into structures, including parking spaces
specifically designed and located for the use of the disabled/handicapped. Standards for
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 65
the facilities shall be based on the standards of the California Building Code (CBC) and
other applicable guidelines.
2. Number, location of, and access to spaces required. Parking spaces for the disabled shall
be provided in compliance with the California Building Code (CBC) and with the sign
requirements of the California Vehicle Code, as applicable. Parking spaces required for
the disabled shall count toward compliance with the number of off-street parking spaces
required in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking).
H. Parallel and Tandem Automobile Parking Spaces.
Parallel Parking Spaces. For commercial uses, parallel parking spaces shall not be
permitted as required parking. For industrial and office uses, no more than twenty (20)
percent of the required number of parking spaces may be parallel parking spaces, with the
approval of the Director. For multifamily residential uses parallel parking spaces shall be
permitted. Where permitted, these parallel spaces shall have a minimum dimension of ten
(10) feet by twenty (20) feet. Where an industrial or office use ceases to exist, the parallel
spaces shall not be included in required parking.
2. Tandem Parking Spaces. With the exception of mobilehome parks, caretaker's residence,
and second residential units, tandem parking spaces shall not be permitted as required
parking areas. With the approval of a minor use permit, multifamily residential units are
permitted to have tandem parking spaces in a twelve (12) foot by forty (40) foot enclosed
garage with direct access to the residential units for which the parking is designated.
I. On -Site Bicycle Parking Requirement. Except as otherwise provided in this section, every use*
shall provide on-site bicycle parking facilities to accommodate the required number of bicycle
parking spaces. All bicycle parking shall be conveniently located near the street or entrance to
the building, to the satisfaction of the Director.
Number of Bicycle Spaces Required. Every use shall provide on-site bicycle parking
spaces in accordance with the following ratios:
Retail/Commercial Uses
1 space per each 25 vehicle parking stalls
Office Uses
1 space per each 30 vehicle parking stalls
Industrial Uses
1 space per each 40 vehicle parking stalls
Multifamily Residential Uses
1 space per each 5 residential units
Mixed Uses
Subject to the review and approval of the Director
2. Bicycle Parking Facilities. Parking facilities shall be conveniently located and may
include the following:
a. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 66
•
•
b. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; and
C. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers.
J. On -Site Parking Requirement. Except as otherwise provided in this section, or unless expressly
allowed by a minor use permit for a shared parking agreement or parking reduction, pursuant to
subsection (N) (Modification of Off -Street Parking Requirements), every use shall provide the
required number of parking spaces on the same lot or parcel of land on which the use is located.
For the purposes of this section, transitional parking spaces separated only by an alley from the
use shall be considered to be located on the same lot or parcel.
K. Fuel-efficient, Low -emitting, and Carpool/Van Pool Vehicles. Except as otherwise provided in
this section, every use shall provide the required number of designated parking for any
combination of fuel-efficient, low -emitting, and carpool/van pool vehicles as follows:
Number of Spaces Reauired.
Total Number of Parking Spaces
Number of Required Spaces
0-9
0
10-25
1
26-50
3
51-75
6
76-100
8
101-150
11
151-200
16
201 and over
At least 8 percent of total
L. Loading Areas.
1. General Provisions.
a. Required loading facilities shall be located on the same site as the use requiring
such facilities;
b. No required loading facilities shall be located in any required setback areas;
C. Whenever possible, loading areas and docks shall be permitted only in rear and
side lot areas and; if facing a public street, shall be screened from view of such
street;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 67
d. Sufficient space for turning and maneuvering loading vehicles shall be provided
on the site. Turning radii shall be consistent with California Department of
Transportation standards;
e. Loading spaces shall be located and designed so that trucks shall not back into a
public street;
f Adequate treatment such as walls and landscaping shall be required to the
satisfaction of the Director as necessary to screen and buffer the loading area from
nearby residences, and;
g. Loading areas shall be used for the purposes of temporary loading or unloading
only and shall not be used for parking.
2. Dimensional Requirements.
Type of Space
Width
Length
Height
Delivery van space
12'
20'
14'
Semi -truck space
12'
50'
14'
3. Number. Every nonresidential use shall provide sufficient on-site loading and unloading
space as follows (required loading and unloading spaces for uses not specified below
shall be determined by the Director):
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 68
•
•
a. Commercial Uses.
Use
Floor Area in Square Feet
No. of Spaces Required
Office (medical and
professional)
0-25,000
1 delivery van space
manufacturing
Over 25,000
2 delivery van spaces
Retail and services
0-25,000
1 delivery van space
25,001-50,000
2 delivery van spaces
Over 50,000
1 semi -truck space
Retail (single occupancy)
Over 30,000
1 semi -truck space
Retail (retail center)
N/A
Determined by Director
Hospitals
Less than 50,000
1 delivery van space
50,001-100,000
1 semi -truck space
Over 100,000
2 semi -truck spaces
Restaurants, hotels and motels
N/A
1 delivery van space
b. Industrial Uses.
Use
Floor Area in Square Feet
No. of Spaces Required
Warehouses and
015,000
1 delivery van space
manufacturing
15,001--40,000
1 semi -truck space
40,001-100,000
2 semi -truck spaces
Over 100,000
2 semi -truck spaces + 1 semi -truck
space for each additional 50,000
sq. ft. to a maximum of 6 loading
spaces
Multi -tenant industrial
N/A
Determined by Director
M. Schedule of Off -Street Parking Requirements.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 69
I . Purpose. Off-street parking requirements are established to identify minimum parking
requirements for specific use types. Additional parking may be required if deemed®
necessary by the Director.
2. Uses Not Specified. Where parking requirements for any uses are not specified, parking
shall be provided in an amount which the Director finds adequate. to prevent traffic
congestion and excessive on -street parking. Whenever practical, such determination shall
be based upon the requirements for the most comparable use specified in Division 17.40
(Use Classifications and Required Parking).
3. Access to Parking Spaces for Nonresidential Uses. Parking spaces in multi -tenant
commercial centers, office centers, industrial centers, and in all nonresidential
developments, shall not be assigned to specific businesses or tenants and shall remain
available to all tenants within the center, unless otherwise permitted by the Director. The
use of time limits for such parking spaces may be permitted.
4. Schedule of Off -Street Parking Requirements by Use Type. Specific use types shall
provide the minimum number of parking spaces as indicated in Division 17.40 (Use
Classifications and Required Parking), Chapter 17.38 (Overlay Zones), and Chapter
17.55 (Property Development Standards — Mixed Use).
N. Modification of Off -Street Parking Requirements.
1. Shared Parking. Shared parking shall be allowed with approval of a minor use permit for
shared parking agreements, pursuant to Section 17.24.120 (Minor Use Permit) of this
Code.
a. Parking facilities may be jointly used with parking facilities for other uses when
operations are not normally conducted during the same hours, or when hours of
peak use vary. Requests for shared parking are subject to the following
conditions:
i. A parking analysis and survey data conducted by a licensed traffic
engineer or other traffic professional acceptable to the Director, shall be
submitted and demonstrate that substantial conflict will not exist in the
principal hours or periods of peak demand for the uses which the joint use
is proposed.
ii. The peak hours of parking demand from all uses shall not coincide so that
peak demand is greater than the parking provided.
iii. The number of parking spaces which may be credited against the
requirements for the structures involved shall not exceed the number of
parking spaces reasonably anticipated to be available during differing
hours of operation.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 70
CJ
•
iv. A written agreement shall be to the satisfaction of the City Attorney and
executed by all parties concerned assuring the continued availability of the
number of spaces designated for the joint use.
2. Reduction of Parking. Reduction in the number of parking spaces required by this Code
may be permitted by up to 20 percent with approval of a minor use permit. Parking
reductions greater than 20 percent may be permitted subject to the approval of a minor
use permit by the Commission. A request for a reduction of parking may be granted if the
Approving Authority makes the findings pursuant to Section 17.24.120 (Minor Use
Permit). The Approving Authority may also impose the following conditions of
approval:
a. Conditions of Approval.
Parking demand study conducted by a licensed traffic engineer or other traffic
professional acceptable to the Director shall be provided with each request for a
reduction of parking.
The Approving Authority may impose conditions relative to the duration of the
permit, operation of the land use, regulation of hours of operation, or such other
conditions that the Approving Authority may deem necessary to ensure the
compatibility of the use with surrounding uses, and to preserve the public health,
safety, or welfare.
b. Permit Does Not Run with the Land.
A request for a reduction of parking is valid as long as the specific land use(s)
remains the same as at the time of permit issuance, including but not limited to,
tenancy, hours of operation, services or goods offered and a mix activities within
the use. The permit does not run with the land, therefore is null and void if
circumstances warranting the parking reduction change.
3. Transitional Parking. Transitional parking on property that is zoned residential or open
space may be permitted with the approval of a minor use permit, pursuant to Section
17.24.120 (Minor Use Permit) of this Code. Transitional parking shall be subject to the
following:
a. For the purposes of this section, transitional parking spaces separated only by an
alley from the use shall be considered to be located on the same lot or parcel;
b. Transitional parking shall not be considered shared parking, unless a shared
parking agreement is approved;
C. If transitional parking is located on an adjacent parcel to the use, then both parcels
shall be under the same ownership; and
d. If transitional parking is located on an adjacent parcel to the use, then a covenant
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 71
or other agreement shall be executed to the satisfaction of the Director and shall
be recorded in the County Recorder's Office to ensure the continued availability
of the parking spaces.
O. Commercial Vehicle Prohibition.
The parking of any commercial vehicle, as defined in the Vehicle Code, having a gross
vehicle weight (GVW) of greater than twelve thousand (12,000) pounds, on any property
zoned for residential uses, is prohibited, with the exception of the following:
a. Vehicles while in the act of loading or unloading passengers, materials, or
merchandise;
b. Vehicles engaged in performing a service activity on the adjacent lot or parcel of
land; and
C. Vehicles when necessarily in use for construction work being performed in the
immediate vicinity.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 72
17.51.070 Road Dedication, Improvements and Other Requirements.
® SUBSECTIONS
A. Bonds and Insurance.
B. Legislative Provisions.
C. Road Dedications and Improvements.
A. Bonds and Insurance.
Bond or Assignment of Savings and Loan Certificates or Shares Required When. When
one or more conditions are attached to any grant, modification or appeal of a zone
change, permit, variance or other use or structure review, the Review Authority may
require the owners of the property to which such approval applies, to file a surety bond or
corporate surety bond, or to deposit money, savings and loan certificates or shares with
the Council in a prescribed amount for the purpose of guaranteeing the faithful
performance of conditions placed on the approval.
2. Procedure for Assignment of Savings and Loan Certificates or Shares. Where savings and
loan certificates or shares are deposited, they shall be assigned to the City subject to all
provisions of the Municipal Code.
3. Insurance Required When—Exceptions. The Review Authority may also require the
owners of the property to which such approval applies to file a policy of insurance equal
• in amount to the amount of the required bond or deposit, insuring all persons against any
injury or annoyance arising from the breach of such conditions unless:
a. If the bond is filed, it includes as obliges all such persons; or
b. If money, savings and loan certificates or shares are deposited, such owners also
file an agreement in writing with the City Clerk that the City may satisfy in whole
or in part from such deposit any final judgment, the payment of which would have
been guaranteed by such bond or policy of insurance.
B. Legislative Provisions.
1. Continuation of Existing Law. The provisions of this Code, as long as they are
substantially the same as the provisions of any ordinance, or portions of any ordinance
repealed by provisions codified in this section, shall be construed as restatements and
continuations of these ordinances, and not as new enactments.
2. Zone Exception—Deemed Variance When. Where a zone exception granted by action of
the Los Angeles County prior to November 5, 1971, may be granted as a variance under
the present provisions of this Ordinance, it shall be deemed a variance.
3. Zone Exception—Considered Nonconforming Use When. In all cases other than as
provided in subsection (4) below, where a zone exception was granted by action of the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 73
Review Authority prior to November 5, 1971, such use shall be considered a
nonconforming use under the provisions of this Code, provided:
a. That such uses shall remain in compliance with and subject to all limitations and*
conditions imposed by such grant; and
b. That all provisions governing nonconforming uses not in conflict with the
limitations and conditions of such grant shall apply.
4. Zone Exception Considered Conditional Use. Notwithstanding the provisions of
subsection (C), above, where a zone exception, granted by action of Los Angeles County
prior to November 5, 1971, may be granted as a Class IV application under the present
provisions of Code, it shall be deemed a Class IV permit.
5. Rights Under Existing Approval Not Affected. No rights given by any permit, license or
other approval under any ordinance repealed by the provisions of this section are affected
by such repeal, but such rights shall hereafter be exercised according to the provisions of
this Code.
6. Convictions for Crimes. Any conviction for a crime under any ordinance which is
repealed by this section, which crime is continued as a public offense by this Code,
constitutes a conviction under this Code for any purpose for which it constituted a
conviction under such repealed ordinance.
7. Repeal Does Not Revive Any Ordinance. The repeal of any ordinance amending this •
Code shall not revive any amendment adopted prior to the repealed ordinance
amendment.
C. Road Dedications and Improvements.
1. Purpose. Except as otherwise provided in this Code, a building or structure shall not be
used on any lot or parcel of land any portion of which abuts upon an alley, street or
highway unless the one-half (1/2) of the alley, street or highway which is located on the
same side of the centerline as such lot or parcel of land has been dedicated and improved
as provided in this section.
2. Exemptions Existing Buildings and Structures. This section shall not apply to the use,
alteration or enlargement of an existing building or structure, or the erection of one or
more buildings or structures accessory thereto, or both, on the same lot or parcel of land,
if the total value of such alteration, enlargement, or construction does not exceed one-half
(1/2) of the current market value of all existing buildings or structures on such lot or
parcel of land as determined by the Building Official.
3. Exceptions—Proposed Buildings or Structures. This section shall not apply to the
following buildings or structures:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 74
0
•
a. Accessory agricultural buildings where used primarily for agricultural purposes,
including but not limited to: barns and stables.
b. Temporary uses as prescribed by this Code.
C. Other similar uses which, in the opinion of the Director, will not generate a
greater volume of traffic than the uses enumerated in this subsection.
4. Major Bridge and Thoroughfare Fees. Except as otherwise provided in subsection (2) of
this section, a building or structure shall not be used on any lot or parcel of land, any
portion of which is located within a bridge or major thoroughfare district established
pursuant to Section 17.51.010 (D) (Major Thoroughfare and Bridge Fees) unless the
required district fee has been paid as a condition of issuing a building permit.
5. Dedication Standards. Alleys, streets and highways shall be dedicated to the width from
the centerline specified in this Code, and including corner cutoffs specified in Section
16.11.030 (Right of Way) except that dedication in any case shall not be required to such
an extent as to reduce the area or width of any lot or parcel of land to less than that
specified in this Code unless approved by Section 17.24.100 (Adjustment) or Section
17.25.120 (Variance).
6. Improvements. Before a structure subject to the provisions of this section may be used,
curbs, gutters, sidewalks, base, pavement, street lights, street trees and drainage
structures, where required, shall be constructed at the grade and at the location specified
by the City Engineer, unless there already exists within the present right-of-way, or on
property the owner has agreed to dedicate, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, base, pavement,
street lights, street trees or drainage structures which are adequate, and the City Engineer
so finds. Sidewalks shall be not less than four (4) feet in width unless the available
portion of the highway or street is less, in which case they shall be the width specified by
the City Engineer. Curbs, gutters, drainage structures, base, pavement, street lights, street
trees and sidewalks shall comply with the standards of the City Engineer. All
construction within the existing or proposed road right-of-way shall be done under
provisions of Title 13 of the Municipal Code.
a. Undergrounding of Utilities. All new and existing utilities shall be located
underground, including along project street frontage. When locating utilities
underground is not possible, they shall be screened from view to the satisfaction
of the City Engineer.
7. Agreement to Dedicate. In lieu of dedication, the City Engineer may accept an agreement
to dedicate signed by all persons having any right, title or interest in the property, or any
portion thereof, to be dedicated. The signatures on such agreement shall be
acknowledged, and the City Engineer shall record such agreement with the County
Recorder.
8. Agreement to Improve—Contents—Completion of Work by City Authorized When—
Costs:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 -Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 75
a. In lieu of the required improvements, the City Engineer may, at their discretion,
accept from any responsible person a contract to make such improvements. Said
improvements shall be completed within the time specified in the agreement to
improve, except that the City Engineer may grant such additional time as he
deems necessary if, in the opinion of said City Engineer, a good and sufficient
reason exists for the delay.
b. Such contract shall be accompanied by a deposit with the City of a sum of money.
The owners thereof shall assign such certificates or shares to the City of Santa
Clarita, and such deposit and assignment shall be subject to all the provisions and
conditions of this Code.
C. If the estimated cost of the improvements equals or exceeds one thousand dollars
($1,000), in lieu of such deposit the applicant may file with the City a corporate
surety bond guaranteeing the adequate completion of all of the improvements, in a
penal sum equal to such estimated cost.
d. Upon the failure of said responsible person to complete any improvement within
the time specified in an agreement, the City may, upon notice in writing of not
less than ten (10) days served upon the person, firm or corporation signing such
contract, or upon notice in writing of not less than twenty (20) days served by
registered mail addressed to the last known address of the person, firm or
corporation signing such contact, determine that said improvement work or any
part thereof is incomplete, and may cause to be forfeited to the City such portion
of deposits given for the faithful performance of said work, or may cash any
instrument of credit so deposited in such amount as may be necessary to complete
the improvement work.
9. Modifications.
a. The City Engineer may grant a modification to the provisions of this section and
relieve the applicant either from compliance with all or a portion of the provisions
thereof if they find:
i. Property adjoining on both sides of the subject property is developed with
lawfully existing buildings or structures which, were they not already
existing, would be subject to the provisions of this section, and the
requirement to dedicate, pave, or improve would require a greater width
than is the alley street or highway abutting the existing buildings or
structures on the adjoining properties; or
ii. The lot or parcel of land adjoins an alley, street, or highway for a distance
of one hundred (100) feet or more, and only a portion of said lot or parcel
of land is to be used for such building or structure or occupied by such
use.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 76
b. The City Engineer may grant a modification to the provisions of this section and
relieve the applicant either from compliance with all or a portion of the provisions
• thereof if they find:
i. There is in existence or under negotiation a contract between the City and
a contractor to install the required improvements; or
ii. The City Engineer is unable to furnish grades within a reasonable time; or
iii. The required construction would create a drainage or traffic problem; or
iv. The construction will be isolated from a continuous roadway which may
not be improved for many years; or
V. There are in existence partial improvements satisfactory to the City
Engineer, and they deem the construction of additional improvements to
be unnecessary or to constitute an unreasonable hardship.
10. Intersection Improvements. All major to major highway intersections and major to
secondary highway intersections impacted by development shall be augmented to provide
additional capacity as required by the City Engineer.
11. Where private streets are included as part of new commercial, industrial, or multifamily
residential development, the private streets shall be constructed to the same standards as
• public streets, except as otherwise approved by the Review Authority.
E
12. A developer, as a condition of issuance of a building occupancy permit, shall update the
traffic signal timing at all signalized locations determined by the City Engineer to
experience significant changes in vehicular volumes and/or travel patterns due to said
project. At the discretion of the City Engineer, in lieu of updating the traffic signal
timing, the developer shall pay a fee in accordance with the City's current fee schedule
established by Council. Such fee shall be separate and apart from any other fee collected
or imposed by any other City ordinance or regulation.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 77
17.51.080 Sign Regulations (Private Property).
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. General Provisions.
D. Administration.
E. General Location, Height and Area Standards.
F. Design, Material, Construction and Maintenance Standards.
G. Commercial Signs in General.
H. Building Identification Signs.
I. Construction Signs.
J. Directional and Informational Signs.
K. Incidental Business Signs.
L. Monument Signs.
M. Off -Site Signs.
N. Pylon Signs.
O. Real Estate Signs.
P. Special -Purpose Signs.
Q. Subdivision Identification, Sales, Entry and Special -Feature Signs.
R. Temporary Freestanding Signs.
S. Wall Signs.
T. Window Signs.
U. Prohibited Signs.
V. Removal of Signs.
W. Appeals.
X. Sign Regulations Matrix.
Y. Illustration of Sign Types.
A. Purpose. The purposes and intent of these sign regulations include to:
1. Regulate signs located on private property within the City and on property owned by
public agencies other than the City and over which the City has zoning and land use
regulatory power.
2. Implement the City's community design and safety standards as set forth in the City's
General Plan, specific plans, special standards districts, City Beautification Master Plan,
City Community Character and Design Guidelines and Municipal Code.
3. Maintain and enhance the City's appearance by regulating the design, character, location,
number, type, quality of materials, size, illumination and maintenance of signs.
4. Serve the City's interests in maintaining and enhancing its visual appeal for residents,
tourists and other visitors by preventing the degradation of visual quality which can result
from excessive and poorly designed, located or maintained signage.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (I T51-17.57)
Page 78
•
5. Generally limit commercial signage to on-site locations in order to protect the aesthetic
environment from the visual clutter associated with the unrestricted proliferation of signs,
while providing channels of communication to the public.
6. Limit the size and number of signs to levels that reasonably allow for the identification of
a residential, public or commercial location and the nature of any such commercial
business.
7. Encourage signs that are appropriate to the zoning district in which they are located and
consistent with the permitted uses of the subject property.
8. Establish sign sizes in relationship to the scale of the lot and building on which the sign is
to be placed or to which it pertains.
9. Minimize the possible adverse effects of signs on nearby public and private property,
including streets, roads and highways.
10. Protect the investments in property and lifestyle quality made by persons who choose to
live, work or do business in the City.
11. Protect and improve pedestrian and vehicular traffic safety by balancing the need for
signs that facilitate the safe and smooth flow of traffic (e.g., directional signs and on-site
signs) without an excess of signage which may distract drivers or overload their capacity
to quickly receive information.
• 12. Reduce hazardous situations, confusion and visual clutter caused by the proliferation,
placement, illumination, animation and excessive height, area and bulk of signs which
compete for the attention of pedestrian and vehicular traffic.
13. Regulate signs in a manner so as to not physically interfere with or obstruct the vision of
pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
14. Avoid unnecessary and time-consuming approval requirements for certain minor or
temporary signs that do not require review for compliance with the City's building and
electrical codes while limiting the size and number of such signs so as to minimize visual
clutter.
15. Respect and protect the right of free speech by sign display, while reasonably regulating
the structural, locational and other noncommunicative aspects of signs, generally for the
public health, safety, welfare and specifically to serve the public interests in community
aesthetics and traffic and pedestrian safety.
16. Enable the fair, consistent and efficient enforcement of the sign regulations of the City.
17. Regulate signs in a constitutional manner, which is content -neutral as to noncommercial
signs and viewpoint -neutral as to commercial signs. All administrative interpretations and
® January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 79
discretion is to be exercised in light of this policy and consistent with the purposes and
intent stated in this section.
B. Applicability. This section regulates signs located on private property within all zoning districts
of the City and on property owned by public agencies other than the City and over which the
City has zoning and land use regulatory power. Except where otherwise expressly provided in
this section, all signs located in such areas of the City shall be erected and maintained in
conformity with this section. The standards regarding the number and size of signs regulated by
this section are maximum standards, unless otherwise stated.
C. General Provisions.
I. Sign Approval Required. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this section, it is
unlawful for any person to place, erect, structurally or electrically alter (not including a
change in sign copy or sign face), move or display any temporary or permanent sign
without first obtaining a sign approval from the Planning Division in accordance with the
provisions of this section. No sign approval is required for cleaning or other normal
maintenance of a properly approved sign, unless a structural or electrical change is made.
The following signs do not require sign approval, provided, however, that each such sign
shall comply with all applicable requirements of this section:
a. Construction signs;
b. Incidental business signs;
C. Real estate signs;
d. Temporary freestanding signs permitted by subsection (R) (Temporary
Freestanding Signs); and
e. Window signs.
2. Owner's Consent Required. The consent of the property owner or person in control or
possession of the property is required before any sign may be erected on any private
property within the City.
3. Noncommercial Signs. Noncommercial signs are allowed wherever commercial signage
is permitted and are subject to the same standards and total maximum allowances per site
or building of each sign type specified in this section. An approval is required for a
permanent noncommercial sign only when a permanent commercial sign has not been
previously approved. For purposes of this section, all noncommercial speech messages
are deemed to be "on-site," regardless of location.
4. Substitution of Noncommercial Message. Subject to the consent of the property owner or
person in control or possession of the property, a noncommercial message of any type
may be substituted for all or part of the commercial or noncommercial message on any
sign allowed under this section. No special or additional approval is required to substitute in
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 80
a noncommercial message for any other message on an allowable sign, provided the sign
structure is already approved or exempt from the approval requirement and no structural
or electrical change is made. When a noncommercial message is substituted for any other
message, however, the sign is still subject to the same design, locational and structural
regulations (e.g., color, materials, size, height, illumination, maintenance, duration of
display, etc.), as well as all building and electrical code requirements, as would apply if
the sign were used to display a commercial message. In the event of any perceived or
actual conflict between the general provisions of this subsection and any other specific
provisions in this section, the provisions of this subsection shall prevail.
5. Substitution of Commercial Messages. The substitution of one commercial message for
another commercial message is not automatically allowed, nor is the free substitution of a
commercial message in a place where only a noncommercial message is allowed. In
addition, no off-site commercial messages may be substituted for on-site commercial
messages.
6. Legal Nature of Sign Rights and Duties. All rights, duties and responsibilities related to
permanent signs attach to the land on which the sign is erected or displayed and run with
the land or personal property. The City may demand compliance with this section and
with the terms of any sign permit from the permit holder, the owner of the sign, the
property owner or person in control or possession of the property, or the person erecting
the sign.
7. Outdoor Advertising Act. With respect to any proposed sign that constitutes an
• "advertising display" as defined by California Business and Professions Code Section
5202, and is intended to be placed or maintained within six hundred sixty (660) feet from
the edge of the right-of-way of any interstate or primary highway and the copy of which
shall be visible from such interstate or primary highway, the applicant must submit
reasonable evidence demonstrating compliance with or exemption from the regulations of
the Outdoor Advertising Act (California Business and Professions Code Sections 5200 et
seq.).
i
D. Administration.
1. Purpose. The purpose of a sign permit is to help ensure compliance with the provisions of
this title and section, in particular, the provisions regulating the design, illumination,
location, materials, number, size and type of sign.
2. General Sign Approval Process. Where specifically required by this section, the
application for a sign approval must be made in writing to the Planning Division. The
application must contain the following information and items:
a. A drawing to scale showing the design of the sign, including dimensions, sign
size, colors, materials, method of attachment, source of illumination and showing
the relationship to any building or structure to which it is proposed to be installed
or affixed or to which it relates.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 81
b. A site plan, including all dimensions, drawn to scale indicating the location of the
sign relative to the property line, rights-of-way, streets, sidewalks, vehicular
access points and existing buildings or structures and off-street parking areas
located on the premises.
C. The number, size, type and location of all existing signs on the same building, site
or premises.
d. Such other information as the Director may reasonably request in order to
establish that the proposed application is in full compliance with the provisions of
this section and code and any other applicable law.
3. Sign Review—Enhanced Signage. In addition to the standard signage permitted on all
properties in accordance with the zoning and use of such property, applicants seeking
sign permits for uses such as shopping centers, multi -tenant buildings and other structures
or properties with additional signage needs including, but not limited to, properties that
are irregularly shaped, large or have poor street visibility, may apply for the approval of
signage not otherwise permitted under this section or which exceeds the standard
regulations for signs set forth elsewhere in this section.
4. Master Sign Plans. Shopping centers containing five (5) tenants or more shall prepare a
master sign plan for a unified design theme for the center that furthers the architectural
theme for the center. This plan is subject to sign review for enhanced signage for
conformance with this section and the Code. All signs in the center shall thereafter
conform to such master sign plan or any master sign plan modification subsequently
approved by the Director, provided such signage otherwise complies with this section.
5. Display of Sign Permit Number Required. The sign permit number must be affixed to
each approved sign so that the approval of the sign can be verified by field inspection.
The permit number must be easily readable from ground level but does not have to be
part of the sign face.
6. Revocation of a Sign Permit. Subject to subsection (W) (Appeals), the Director may
revoke any permit approval upon refusal of the permit holder to comply with the
provisions of this section after written notice of noncompliance and at least fifteen (15)
days' opportunity to cure.
E. General Location, Height and Area Standards.
Location Standards.
a. Except as specifically provided in this section, no sign shall be located upon or
project over a public right-of-way.
b. No sign shall extend above the eave line or parapet or the lowest point on the
sloping roof of the building on which it is located.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 82
C. Signs shall be designed and located so as not to interfere with the unobstructed
clear view of another sign located on an adjacent property, the public right-of-
way, and nearby traffic regulatory signs or any pedestrian, bicyclist or motor
vehicle driver.
d. No sign shall be located so as to have a negative impact on the visibility or
aesthetic appearance of any adjacent property.
e. Except as specifically permitted in this section, all signs shall be considered on-
site signs, which direct attention to a commercial or industrial occupancy,
business, commodity, good, product,service or other commercial or industrial
activity conducted, sold or offered upon the site where the sign is maintained.
2. Sign Height. For freestanding signs, height shall be measured using the greatest vertical
measurement from grade level along the base of the sign structure to the highest point of
the sign. Sign height shall be measured from the elevation of the top of the curb fronting
such sign when within ten (10) feet of a street property line. When a sign is set back from
a property line more than ten (10) feet, sign height shall be measured from the elevation
of the ground level surrounding the base of the sign.
3. Sign Area. The surface area of any sign face shall be computed from the smallest
rectangles, circles or triangles which will enclose all words, letters, figures, symbols,
designs and pictures, together with all framing, background material, colored or
illuminated areas, and attention -attracting devices forming an integral part of the overall
• display, but excluding all support structures, except that:
a. Superficial ornamentation or symbol -type appendages of a nonmessage-bearing
character which do not exceed five (5) percent of the surface area shall be
exempted from computation.
•
b. Wall signs affixed directly to a building wall, facade or roof, and having no
discernible boundary shall have the areas between letters, words intended to be
read together, and any device intended to draw attention to the sign message
included in any computation of surface area.
C. Signs placed in such a manner, or bearing a text, as to require dependence upon
each other in order to convey meaning shall be considered one sign and the
intervening areas between signs included in any computation of surface area.
d. Spherical, cylindrical or other three-dimensional signs not having conventional
sign faces shall be computed from the smallest three-dimensional geometrical
shape or shapes which will best approximate the actual surface area of such faces.
e. Logos, sign bands and graphics shall be included as part of the calculation of sign
area.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 83
F. Design, Material, Construction and Maintenance Standards. Each permanent approved sign
shall comply with the following standards:
1. Materials and Colors. All permanent signs shall be constructed of durable materials that
are compatible in appearance to the building supporting or identified by the sign. Such
materials may include, but are not limited to: ceramic tile; sandblasted, hand -carved or
routed wood; channel lettering; or concrete, stucco or stone monument signs with
recessed or raised lettering. Sign colors and materials should be selected to be compatible
with the existing building designs and should contribute to legibility and design integrity.
2. Relationship to Buildings. Each permanent sign located upon a site with more than one
main building, such as a commercial, mixed use, office or industrial project, shall be
designed to incorporate the materials common or similar to all buildings.
3. Relationship to Other Signs. Where there is more than one sign on a site or building, all
permanent signs shall have designs that similarly treat or incorporate the following design
elements:
a. Type of construction materials;
b. Sign/letter color and style of copy;
C. Method used for supporting sign (i.e., wall or ground base);
d. Sign cabinet or other configuration of sign area; •
C. Illumination; and
f Location.
4. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the Commission, after public hearing and
notice pursuant to the provisions of this code, has the authority to establish special
signage districts with specific design standards to enable reasonable flexibility for unique
circumstances and special design themes.
5. Sign Illumination. Illumination from or upon any sign shall be shaded, shielded, directed
or reduced so as to minimize light spillage onto the public right-of-way or adjacent
properties, and in no event shall illumination be permitted to cause such excessive glare
as to constitute a potential hazard to traffic safety. Externally illuminated signs shall be
lighted by screened or hidden light sources.
6. Construction. Every sign, and all parts, portions and materials thereof, shall be
manufactured, assembled and erected in compliance with all applicable State, federal and
City regulations including the City's building code and electrical code.
7. Maintenance. Every sign and all parts, portions and materials shall be maintained in good
repair. The display surface of all signs shall be kept clean, neatly painted and free from An
January 2013 1 DRAFT MW
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 84
•
•
•
rust, cracking, peeling, corrosion or other states of disrepair. The exposed back of any
sign must be suitably covered.
8. Restoration of Building or Property. Within thirty (30) days of the removal of a sign from
a building wall or from the grounds of the premises if a freestanding sign, the wall of the
building or the grounds of the premises shall be repaired and restored to remove any
visible damage or blemish left by the removal of the sign.
G. Commercial Signs in General. Commercial signs are permitted in all zones wherever commercial
or other nonresidential uses are permitted subject to the regulations contained in subsections (G)
(Commercial Signs in General) through (R) (Temporary Freestanding Signs).
H. Building Identification Signs. Building identification signs are permitted in all zones subject to
the following regulations:
Number and Area.
a. In NU zones, URI, UR2 and OS zones, one wall -mounted sign, not to exceed one
square foot in sign area, shall be permitted per principal use.
b. In UR3, UR4, and UR5zones, one wall -mounted sign, not to exceed six (6) square
feet in sign area, shall be permitted per principal use.
C. In C, MX, Pl, and I zones, one wall -mounted sign shall be permitted per principal
use, provided:
i. The sign does not exceed six (6) square feet in sign area where located less
than thirty (30) feet above ground level, measured at the base of the
building below such sign; or
ii. The sign does not exceed two (2) percent of the exterior wall area of the
building wall on which it is mounted, excluding penthouse walls, where
located more than thirty (30) feet above ground level, measured at the base
of the building below such sign.
d. This provision shall not be interpreted to prohibit the use of similar signs of a
larger size or in greater number where otherwise permitted by this code and
computed as part of the sign area permitted for commercial signs as provided in
subsections (G) (Commercial Signs in General) through (R) (Temporary
Freestanding Signs) of this section.
2. Lighting. Building identification signs may be internally or externally lighted, subject to
the following:
a. In R zones, no exposed incandescent lamp used shall exceed a rated wattage of
twenty-five (25) watts; and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 85
b. In the OS zone, exposed lamps or light bulbs are prohibited.
3. Sign Copy. Only individual letters of a business name or individual letters and adjacent®
logo may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and
other information which makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
I. Construction Signs. Construction signs are permitted in all zones, subject to the following
regulations:
1. Number and Area.
a. In R and OS zones, one wall -mounted or freestanding construction sign shall be
permitted for each street or highway frontage, provided:
The sign does not exceed twelve (12) square feet in sign area on any lot
with street or highway frontage of one hundred (100) feet or less; or
ii. The sign does not exceed sixty-four (64) square feet in sign area on any lot
with street or highway frontage greater than one hundred (100) feet.
b. In C, MX, PI, and I zones, one wall -mounted or freestanding construction sign
shall be permitted for each street or highway frontage, provided:
i. The sign does not exceed ninety-six (96) square feet in sign area on any lot
with street or highway frontage of one hundred (100) feet or less; or •
ii. The sign does not exceed one hundred forty-four (144) square feet in sign
area on any lot with street or highway frontage greater than one hundred
(100) feet.
2. Height. Freestanding construction signs shall not exceed the following heights:
a. In the R and OS zones—eight (8) feet; and
b. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones—sixteen (16) feet.
3. Location. Construction signs shall be maintained only upon the site of the building or
structure under construction, alteration or in process of removal.
4. Lighting.
a. Construction signs in the R and OS zones shall be unlighted.
b. Construction signs in C, MX, PI, and I zones may be internally or externally
lighted.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50— Development Standards (17.51-17,57)
Page 86
•
5. Time Limit. All construction signs shall be removed from the premises within thirty (30)
days after the completion of construction, alteration or removal of the structure.
• 6. Sign Copy. Names of owners, lenders, contractors, architects, engineers, future tenants
and others associated with a construction project may be permitted. No other advertising
matter may be permitted.
J. Directional and Informational Signs. Freestanding or wall -mounted directional and
informational signs are permitted in the C, MX, PI, and I zones and for commercial and other
nonresidential uses in the R and OS zones subject to the following regulations:
Sign Review for Enhanced Signage. In the R and OS zones, an application for a sign
review for enhanced signage must be submitted and approved prior to the placement of
any directional or informational signs. In addition to the findings generally required for
sign review for enhanced signage, approval of such signs shall be contingent upon the
additional finding that the geographic location of or access route to the use identified
creates a need for any directional or informational signs not satisfied by other signs
permitted by this section. .
2. Area.
a. In all permitted zones, a maximum area of six (6) square feet per wall -mounted
sign or freestanding sign face, including the base, shall be permitted.
® b. In all permitted zones, for properties where visibility constraints justify larger
signing, a maximum area of twelve (12) square feet per wall -mounted sign or
freestanding sign face, including the base, shall be permitted, pursuant to a review
for enhanced signing.
C. In all permitted zones, freestanding signs shall have no more than two (2) sign
faces.
3. Height.
a. In all permitted zones, freestanding signs shall not exceed a height of six (6) feet.
b. In all permitted zones, for properties where visibility constraints justify higher
signing, freestanding signs shall not exceed a height of eight (8) feet, pursuant to a
sign review for enhanced signing.
C. In all permitted zones, wall -mounted signs shall not exceed a height of three (3)
feet.
4. Location.
a. In the C, MX, PI, and 1 zones, freestanding signs shall be located on-site and shall
be set back a minimum one foot from any street or public right-of-way.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 87
b. In the OS zone, freestanding signs may be located on-site and off-site and shall be
•set back a minimum five (5) feet from any street or public right-of-way.
C. In the R zone, freestanding signs shall be located on-site and shall be set back a
minimum five (5) feet from any street or public right-of-way.
d. In all permitted zones, freestanding signs shall be incorporated within a landscape
planter unless permitted otherwise by the Director.
e. In all permitted zones, freestanding signs shall be set back a minimum twenty-five
(25) feet from any adjacent R or OS zoned property.
5. Lighting.
a. In the C, MX, PI, and 1 zones, signs may be internally or externally lighted.
b. In the R and OS zones, signs may be internally or externally lighted; provided,
that no exposed incandescent lamp used shall exceed a rated wattage of twenty-
five (25) watts.
6. Sign Copy. Name of business, organization, service and information providing direction
may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other
information which makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
K. Incidental Business Signs. Incidental business signs are permitted in the C, MX, PI, and I zones •
and for commercial and other nonresidential uses in the R and OS zones subject to the following
regulations:
1. Each business establishment may be permitted an incidental business sign provided:
a. The sign is a wall -mounted sign; and
b. The sign does not exceed two (2) square feet in sign area.
2.. This provision shall not be interpreted to prohibit the use of similar signs of a larger size
or in greater numbers where otherwise permitted by this code or computed as part of the
sign area permitted for commercial signs provided in this section.
3. Sign Copy. Name of incidental businesses indicating credit cards accepted, trading
stamps offered, trade affiliations, and similar matter may be permitted.
L. Monument Signs. Monument signs are permitted in the C, MX, PI, and I zones and for
commercial and other nonresidential uses in the R and OS zones subject to the following
regulations:
1. Number.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 88
a. In all permitted zones, only one monument sign may be permitted on any lot or
• parcel of land having a minimum of one hundred (100) feet of continuous street or
highway frontage. For the purposes of calculating frontage on a corner lot or
commercial center, frontage shall include the total linear distance of such lot(s) on
each of the streets.
b. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, notwithstanding subsection (1)(a) of this section, in
the event of any commercial center, lot or parcel of land having continuous street
or highway frontage exceeding one hundred (100) feet, one additional monument
sign shall be permitted for each additional four hundred (400) feet of continuous
frontage. In no event, however, shall a monument sign be located closer than two
hundred fifty (250) feet from any other monument or freestanding sign on the
same property or center.
C. In order to reduce the number of nonconforming signs within the City, no parcel
of land whereon there exists any legal nonconforming pylon sign shall be allowed
a monument sign unless at least one existing legal nonconforming pylon sign or
billboard of equal or greater sign area is first removed.
2. Area.
a. In all permitted zones, a maximum area of fifty-four (54) square feet per sign
face, including the base, shall be permitted.
b. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, for larger centers of three (3) or more acres or
where visibility constraints justify a monument sign as opposed to a pylon sign,
the sign may have an area exceeding fifty-four (54) square feet per sign face,
including the base, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing.
C. In all permitted zones, a monument sign shall have no more than two (2) sign
faces that are back-to-back and facing in opposite directions.
3. Height.
a. In all permitted zones, a maximum height of six (6) feet shall be permitted.
b. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, for larger centers of three (3) or more acres or
where visibility constraints justify a monument sign as opposed to a pylon sign, a
maximum height of up to eight (8) feet may be permitted, pursuant to a sign
review for enhanced signing.
4. Location.
a. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, monument signs shall be set back a minimum one
foot from any street or public right-of-way.
is January 2013 J DRAFT
Division 17.50— Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 89
b. In the R and OS zones, monument signs shall be set back a minimum five (5) feet
from any street or public right-of-way.
C. In all permitted zones, monument signs shall be incorporated within a landscape•
planter unless permitted otherwise by the Director.
d. In all permitted zones, signs shall be placed outside of a clear sight line setback
zone defined as eight (8) feet from curb line at the centerline of the driveway,
diminishing to the curb line measured fifty (50) feet from the centerline of the
driveway in both directions.
e. In all permitted zones, monument signs shall be set back a minimum twenty-five
(25) feet from any adjacent R zoned property.
5. Lighting.
a. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, monument signs may be internally or externally
lighted.
b. In the R and OS zones, signs may be internally or externally lighted; provided,
that no exposed incandescent lamp used shall exceed a rated wattage of twenty-
five (25) watts.
6. Multiple -Tenant Signs. Monument signs displaying five (5) or more tenants per sign face
are permitted pursuant to a master sign plan. •
7. Address. Monument signs shall clearly show the property address with letter sizes not to
exceed eight (8) inches in height.
8. Sign Copy. Only the name and/or symbol of the development (or name of retail/office
center and on-site businesses or organizations) and addresses may be permitted. Products
for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which makes
the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
M. Off -Site Signs. Notwithstanding any other provision of this section or code, any off -.site sign
(including any billboard) that was lawfully erected prior to the effective date of the ordinance
codified in this section may be maintained and repaired in accordance with the applicable
regulations of this section as a legal nonconforming use; provided, however, that in no event
shall such legal nonconforming use be expanded.
N. Pylon Signs. In lieu of a monument sign as permitted in subsection (L) (Monument Signs), pylon
signs are permitted in the C, MX, PI, and I zones and for commercial uses in the OS zones
subject to the following regulations:
1. Number.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 90
a. In all permitted zones, a maximum of one pylon sign per parcel of land or
commercial center containing a minimum of three (3) acres and five hundred
• (500) feet of street frontage shall be permitted. For the purposes of calculating
frontage on a comer lot, frontage shall include the total linear distance of such lot
along each of the streets.
b. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, notwithstanding subsection (1)(a) of this section, in
the event any commercial center, lot or parcel of land having continuous street or
highway frontage exceeding five hundred (500) feet, one additional pylon or
monument sign may be permitted for larger centers with more than one thousand
(1,000) feet of street frontage, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing. In
no event shall a pylon or monument sign be located closer than two hundred fifty
(250) feet from any other pylon or monument sign on the same property or center.
C. In order to reduce the number of nonconforming signs within the City, no parcel
of and whereon there exists any legal nonconforming pylon signs shall be allowed
another pylon sign unless all existing legal nonconforming pylon signs or
billboards are first removed.
2. Area.
a. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, a maximum area of forty (40) square feet per sign
face shall be permitted.
• b. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, for larger centers with more than one thousand
(1,000) feet of street frontage, signs may have a maximum area up to one hundred
sixty (160) square feet pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing.
C. In the OS zone, a maximum area of twenty-four (24) square feet per sign face
shall be permitted.
d. In all permitted zones, a pylon sign shall have no more than two (2) sign faces
that are back-to-back and facing in opposite directions.
3. Height.
a. In all permitted zones, a maximum height of fifteen (15) feet shall be permitted.
b. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, for larger centers with more than one thousand
(1,000) feet of street frontage, a maximum height of up to twenty (20) feet may be
permitted, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing.
4. Location.
a. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, pylon signs shall be set back a minimum of three
(3) feet from any street or public right-of-way.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 91
b. In the OS zone, pylon signs shall be set back a minimum of five (5) feet from any
street or public right-of-way.
C. In all permitted zones, pylon signs shall be incorporated within a landscape is
planter unless permitted otherwise by the Director.
d. In all permitted zones, pylon signs shall be set back a minimum twenty-five (25)
feet from any R zoned property.
5. Lighting.
a. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, pylon signs may be internally or externally lighted.
b. In the OS zone, pylon signs may be internally or externally lighted; provided, that
no exposed incandescent lamp used shall exceed a rated wattage of twenty-five
(25) watts.
6. Multiple -Tenant Signs. Signs displaying five (5) or more tenants per sign face are
permitted pursuant to a master sign plan.
7. Sign Copy. Only the name and/or symbol of the development (or name of retail/office
center and on-site businesses or organizations) and addresses may be permitted. Products
for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which makes
the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
O. Real Estate Signs. Real estate signs are permitted in all zones subject to the following•
restrictions:
Number and Area.
a. In NU zones, URI, UR2, and OS zones, one wall -mounted or freestanding real
estate sign shall be permitted for each street or highway frontage, provided:
i. The sign does not exceed six (6) square feet in sign area or twelve (12)
square feet in sign area, if two-sided, on any lot having a street or highway
frontage of one hundred (100) feet or less; or
ii. The sign does not exceed thirty-two (32) square feet in sign area or sixty-
four (64) square feet in sign area, if two-sided, on any lot having a street
or highway frontage greater than one hundred (100) feet.
b. In UR3, UR4, and UR5 zones, one wall -mounted or freestanding real estate sign
shall be permitted for each street or highway frontage, provided:
1. The sign does not exceed twelve (12) square feet in sign area or twenty-
four (24) square feet in sign area, if two-sided, on any frontage of one
hundred (100) Feet or less; or
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 92
ii. The sign does not exceed thirty-two (32) square feet in sign area or sixty-
four (64) square feet in sign area, if two-sided, on any lot or parcel of land
having a street or highway frontage greater than one hundred (100) feet.
C. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, one wall -mounted or freestanding real estate sign
shall be permitted for each street or highway frontage, provided:
i. The sign does not exceed thirty-two (32) square feet in sign area or sixty-
four (64) square feet in sign area, if two-sided, on any frontage of one
hundred (100) feet or less; or
ii. The sign does not exceed forty-eight (48) square feet in sign area or
ninety-six (96) square feet, if two-sided, on any frontage in excess of one
hundred (100) feet.
2. Height. Freestanding real estate signs shall not exceed the following heights:
a. In the R and OS zones—six (6) feet; and
b. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones—eight (8) feet.
3. Location.
• a. Freestanding real estate signs may be placed in front yard setback areas, provided
such signs are located not less than ten (10) feet from any adjacent street or
highway; and
•
b. Freestanding real estate signs shall not be placed nearer to any lot line than ten
(10) feet.
4. Lighting.
a. Real estate signs in the R and OS zones shall not be lighted; and
b. Real estate signs in C, MX, PI, and I zones may be internally or externally
lighted.
5. Time Limit. All real estate signs shall be removed from the premises within thirty (30)
days after the property has been rented, leased or sold.
6. Sign Copy. "For Sale," For Lease," or "Available" and name of broker, property
manager, telephone number, and website address may be permitted. Price information
and other information which makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
P. Special -Purpose Signs. The following special-purpose signs are permitted as provided in this
subsection:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 93
Automobile Dealership Identification Placard Signs. On-site automobile identification
placards for approved franchised vehicle sales facilities are permitted on street frontage •
parking lot light standards pursuant to sign review for enhanced signing and the
following regulations:
a. Area. A maximum area of eight (8) square feet per placard shall be permitted.
b. Number. A maximum two (2) placards on each side of a light standard shall be
permitted for a total maximum of four (4) signs per light standard.
C. Lighting. Signs shall not be lighted.
d. Sign Copy. Name and/or logo of auto dealer and/or make of vehicle sold on site
may be permitted. Telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other
information which makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
2. Automotive -Oriented Pylon Signs. Automotive -oriented pylon signs are permitted in the
VDS Overlay Zone, for businesses primarily devoted to automotive sales or service,
pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing and the following regulations:
a. Number. A maximum of one (1) sign is permitted on a lot or parcel of land.
b. Area. A maximum area of two hundred (200) square feet per sign face shall be
permitted. •
C. Height. A maximum height of thirty-five (35) feet shall be permitted.
d. Lighting. Signs may be internally or externally lighted. No exposed neon or
incandescent lamp shall be utilized.
C. All other applicable code provisions for pylon signs shall apply.
f. Sign Copy. Name and/or logo of auto dealer and/or make of vehicle sold on site
and addresses may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone numbers, web
addresses, prices and other information which makes the sign appear to be
advertisement is prohibited.
3. Awning Sign. Awning signs are permitted in the C, MX, and I zones subject to the
following regulations.
a. Number. A maximum of one (1) sign per permitted awning shall be allowed.
b. Height. A maximum height of one (1) foot shall be permitted.
C. Width. A maximum width of 50 percent of the awning fascia shall be permitted.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 94
d. Location. Awning signs shall be located on the face of the awning only.
• e. Lighting. Awning signs may be externally lit (i.e. gooseneck lighting).
f Sign Copy. Only the name of the business or and/or logo may be permitted.
g. Any requests exceeding the requirements for awning signs shall be subject to a
sign review for enhanced signage.
4. Banner Signs. Banner signs include grand opening banner signs and special event banner
signs and are permitted in the C, I, MX, and PI zones subject to the following regulations.
a. Grand Opening Banner Signs. Grand opening banner signs are permitted for new
businesses in the C, I, MX, and PI zones subject to the following regulations:
i. Number. In all permitted zones, a maximum of one (t) grand opening
banner shall be permitted per establishment.
ii. Time Limits. Signs shall be limited to one thirty (30) consecutive day
period for each establishment.
iii. Height and Area. Signs shall be limited to three (3) feet in height and sixty
(60) square feet in area and may not include prices, telephone numbers,
leasing information, name brands, or specific items for sale. Signs may
• read "Grand Opening" or "Coming Soon" and may include the business
name and logo.
iv. Location. Signs shall be affixed wholly to the structure associated with the
special event, shall not extend above the roofline and shall not encroach
into the public right-of-way.
V. Sign Copy. Name of business, "Grand Opening," "Coming Soon," and/or
similar words describing the opening of business may be permitted.
Products for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other
information, which makes the sign appear to be advertisement, are
prohibited.
b. Special Event Banner Signs. Special event banner signs are permitted in the C, I,
MX, and PI zones subject to the following regulations.
i. Number. In all permitted zones, a maximum of one (1) special event
banner shall be permitted per establishment.
ii. Time Limits.
(a) The use of a special event banner for each establishment shall be
limited to no more than thirty (30) days within the period
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 95
beginning January 1 and ending June 30, and an additional thirty
(30) days within the period of July 1 and ending December 31. The
number of events within each six month period may not exceed
•
three (3) and no single event shall exceed thirty (30) consecutive
days.
(b) A business located within a commercial center, undergoing
construction, with an active building permit, may be permitted one
(1) temporary banner in lieu of a wall sign, during the period of
construction.
iii. Height and Area. Signs shall be limited to three (3) feet in height and sixty
(60) square feet in area and may not include prices, telephone numbers,
leasing information, name brands or specific items for sale.
iv. Location. Signs shall be affixed wholly to the structure associated with the
special event, shall not extend above the roofline and shall not encroach
into the public right-of-way.
V. Sign Copy. Name of business and/or a unique event, happening, action, or
occasion permitted to occur onsite may be permitted. Products for sale,
telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which
makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
5. Changeable Copy Signs. In lieu of a regular monument, pylon or wall sign otherwise
•
permitted under this section, one changeable copy sign may be permitted on each lot or
parcel of land in any zone if the premises are (i) approved for a use allowing the
assembly of one hundred (100) or more persons for meetings or other events and (ii) such
meetings or other events occur on a regular basis, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced
signing and the following regulations:
a. Area. In no event shall a sign exceed one hundred (100) square feet in sign area.
b. All other applicable code provisions pertaining to monument, pylon or wall signs
shall apply.
C. Sign Copy. Changeable copy, letters, symbols, or numerals providing n related to
meetings or other events may be permitted. Other information which makes the
sign appear to be advertisement is prohibited.
6. Community identification Signs. Freestanding community identification signs are
permitted in any zone at or near the entrance to Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus,
Valencia, Sand Canyon, Placenta Canyon or other recognized community pursuant to a
sign review for enhanced signing and the following regulations:
a. Area. Signs shall not exceed ninety-six (96) square feet in sign area or one
hundred ninety-two (192) square feet in sign area, if two-sided.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 96
•
•
•
b. Height. Signs shall not exceed fifteen (15) feet in height.
C. Lighting. Such signs may be internally or externally lighted.
d. Design. Signs shall be architecturally related to the community area in which they
are located and shall be constructed with decorative materials that are compatible
with the location and the community.
e. All other applicable code provisions for monument or pylon signs shall apply.
f. Sign Copy. Name of a recognized community (e.g. Canyon Country, Newhall,
Saugus, or Valencia) or the City may be permitted. No advertising matter is
permitted.
7. Corporate Flags. Corporate flags are permitted in the C, I, MX, and PI zones subject
to the following regulations:
a. Number. A single corporate flag may be flown provided that it is flown in
conjunction with, and in similar fashion as, a federal and/or state flag. In no
circumstance shall more than three (3) flags be flown, including the single
allowable corporate flag.
b. Area. A maximum of twenty-four (24) square feet in area shall be permitted per
flag.
C. Sign Copy. Only the name and/or logo of the retail/office center (or name of
retail/office center and on-site businesses or organizations) may be permitted.
8. Electronic Readerboard Signs. In lieu of a regular monument, pylon, freeway -oriented or
freeway commercial center sign otherwise permitted in this section, one electronic
readerboard sign may be permitted on each lot or parcel of land in the C, MX, and I zones
subject to approval of a conditional use permit and the following regulations:
a. Number. A maximum one sign shall be permitted for each lot or parcel of land
containing a minimum area of twenty five (25) acres.
b. Lighting.
i. The proposed display illumination shall not have continuous motion or
appear to be in continuous motion.
ii. The message rate shall not change at a rate faster than one message every
four (4) seconds.
iii. The interval between messages shall be a minimum one second.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 97
iv. The intensity of the illumination does not change.
C. Location. Signs shall be set back a minimum one hundred (100) feet from any R•
zone.
d. All other applicable code provisions for monument, pylon, freeway -oriented or
freeway commercial center signs shall apply.
e. Sign Copy. Only the name and/or symbol of the development (or name of
retail/office center and on-site businesses or organizations) and addresses may be
permitted. All other sign copy information shall be subject to the requirements of
a conditional use permit.
9. Freeway Commercial Center Signs. Freeway commercial center,signs are permitted in the
C, MX, and I zones for signs to be viewed primarily from an adjacent freeway subject to
approval of a conditional use permit and the following regulations:
a. Number.
i. A maximum one on-site or off-site sign shall be permitted for each lot or
parcel of land along a freeway containing a minimum land area of fifty
(50) acres.
ii. Additional freeway commercial center signs may be permitted provided
they are separated a minimum two thousand' feet (2,000) feet from any •
other freeway commercial center sign and five hundred (500) feet from
any other freestanding sign.
b. Area. A maximum of nine hundred (900) square feet in sign area per face,
including the base, shall be permitted.
C. Height. A maximum height of twenty-five (25) feet shall be permitted.
d. Lighting. Signs may be internally or externally lighted.
e. Design. Signs shall be architecturally related to the area in which they are located,
or if located in areas without development, shall be in keeping with the natural
surroundings.
f All other applicable code provisions for pylon signs shall apply.
g. Sign Copy. Only name and/or symbol of the development (or name of retail/office
center and on-site businesses or organizations) may be permitted. All other sign
copy information shall be subject to the requirements of a conditional use permit.
Products for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information
which makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 98
10. Freeway -Oriented Pylon Signs. Freeway -oriented pylon signs are permitted in the C,
MX, PI and I zones for food, lodging or motor vehicle fuel businesses to be viewed
• primarily from an adjacent freeway, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing and
the following regulations:
a. Number. A maximum of one sign is permitted on a lot or a parcel of land.
b. Area. A maximum area of two hundred (200) square feet per sign face shall be
permitted.
C. Height. A maximum height of thirty-five (35) feet shall be permitted, unless a
conditional use permit is approved.
d. Lighting. Signs may be internally or externally lighted. No exposed neon or
incandescent lamp shall be utilized.
e. All other applicable code provisions for pylon signs shall apply.
f. Sign Copy. Only the name and/or logo of food, lodging, or motor vehicle fuel
businesses may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone numbers, web
addresses, prices and other information which makes the sign appear to be
advertisement are prohibited.
11. Fuel Pricing Signs. Fuel pricing signs are permitted in the C, MX, PI, and I zones for
• businesses offering gasoline or other motor vehicle fuel for sale, subject to the following
regulations:
a. Types. Signs shall be separate freestanding signs, panels mounted to freestanding
sign structures, or combined freestanding commercial and fuel pricing signs.
b. Number and Area.
i. One sign, not to exceed sixty (60) square feet in sign area, including the
base, shall be permitted for each street or highway frontage.
ii. If a business is located on a street corner, one pylon sign, not to exceed
one hundred (100) square feet in sign area, may be permitted at the comer
in lieu of separate signs on each of the intersecting frontages, pursuant to a
sign review for enhanced signing.
C. Height.
i. A maximum height of six (6) feet shall be permitted.
ii. For signs located on a street corner, a pylon sign with a maximum height
of fifteen (15) feet may be permitted, pursuant to a sign review for
• enhanced signing.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 99
d. Location. Freestanding signs shall be set back a minimum twenty-five (25) feet
from an existing freestanding sign or to a lot line other than one adjoining a street •
or highway.
e. All other applicable code provisions for monument or pylon signs shall apply.
f. Sign Copy. Fuel prices, oil company name, brand or trade name, foodmart name,
carwash name, grade designation, and such other information as may be required
by law may be permitted. Electronic display for fuel pricing may be permitted.
Products for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information
which makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
12. Gas Sales Canopy Signs. Gas sales canopy signs are permitted in the C, MX, PI, and I
zones for businesses offering gasoline or other motor vehicle fuel for sale, subject to the
following regulations:
a. Number. A maximum of four signs, not to exceed one sign per canopy facscia
shall be permitted.
b. Height. A maximum height of 50 percent of the height of the canopy fascia or two
feet, whichever is less, shall be permitted. Sign shall not extend above or below
the canopy fascia.
C. Width. A maximum width of 50 percent of the width of the canopy fascia to •
which the sign is attached, shall be permitted.
d. Location. Signs shall be located on a permitted gas station canopy, set back a
minimum of 25 feet from any residential zone.
e. Lighting. Signs may be internally or externally lit.
f Sign Copy. Only individual letters of a business name or individual letters and
adjacent logo may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone numbers, web
addresses, prices and other information which makes the sign appear to be
advertisement are prohibited.
g. Any requests exceeding the requirements for gas sales canopy signs shall be
subject to a sign review for enhanced signage.
13. Marquee Signs. Marquee signs for approved movie and live performance/theater uses are
permitted in any C, MX, PI, zone subject to the approval of a sign review for enhanced
signage and the following regulations:
a. Area. Signs shall be proportional in sign area to the structure on which they are
located.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 100
•
•
b. Height. Signs shall not exceed fifteen (15) feet in height.
C. Lighting. Signs may be internally or externally lighted.
d. Sign Copy. Name of movie or live performance theater may be permitted.
Products for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information
which makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
14. Menu Board Signs. Menu board signs are permitted in C, MX, PI, and I zones in
conjunction with drive-through restaurants, subject to the following regulations:
a. Number. A maximum of one sign per service lane where customers view the
menu while ordering food from their vehicles shall be permitted.
b. Height. A maximum height of six (6) feet shall be permitted.
C. Area. A maximum area of 45 square feet shall be permitted.
d. Location. Menu board signs shall be placed where it or a customer's vehicle will
not interfere with traffic flow and located in conformance with stacking
requirements as identified in Section 17.66.030 (Drive -Through Uses).
e. Sign Copy. Name of business, a menu display and items offered on the menu may
be permitted.
f Any requests exceeding the requirements for menu board signs shall be subject to
a sign review for enhanced signage.
15. Preview Board Signs. Preview board signs are permitted in C, MX, PI, and I zones in
conjunction with drive-through restaurants, subject to the following regulations:
a. Number. A maximum of one sign per service lane where customers preview the
menu from their vehicles shall be permitted.
b. Height. A maximum height of six (6) feet shall be permitted.
C. Area. A maximum area of twenty (20) square feet shall be permitted.
d. Location. Order board signs shall be placed where it or a customer's vehicle will
not interfere with traffic flow and located in conformance with stacking
requirements as identified in Section 17.66.030 (Drive -Through Uses).
e. Sign Copy. Name of business, a menu display and items offered on the menu may
be permitted.
f. Any requests exceeding the requirements for preview board signs shall be subject
to a sign review for enhanced signage.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50— Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 101
16. Projecting Signs. Projecting signs are permitted in the CR zone, pursuant to a sign review
•for enhanced signage and the following regulations:
a. Number. A maximum of one (1) sign shall be allowed per ground -floor business.
b. Height. A maximum height of six (6) feet may be permitted.
C. Area. A maximum area of twelve (12) square feet shall be permitted.
d. Location. Projecting signs shall be located along the main elevation with a
primary entrance, facing a street, interior mall, or on-site parking area. The
bottom of such sign shall be no closer than eight (8) feet from the ground below.
e. Projection. Projecting signs shall not project more than four (4) feet from the face
of the wall to which it is attached, including all support structures. No portion of
the projecting sign shall be located over the public right-of-way.
f Lighting. Projecting signs may be internally or externally lighted.
g. Sign Copy. Only a business name and/or logo may be permitted. Products for
sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which
makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
17. Under -Canopy Signs. Under -canopy signs are permitted in the C, MX, and I zones •
subject to the following regulations.
a. Number. A maximum of one (1) sign shall be allowed per business.
b. Height. A maximum height of one and one-half (1-1/2) feet shall be permitted.
C. Area. A maximum area of four and one-half (4-1/2) square feet shall be permitted.
d. Location. Under -canopy signs shall be located on the underside of a projecting
canopy protruding over a private sidewalk and have the required ground
clearance.
e. Lighting. Awning signs may be externally lit (i.e. gooseneck lighting).
f Sign Copy. Only the name of the business or and/or logo may be permitted.
Q. Subdivision Identscation, Sales, Entry and Special -Feature Signs. Subdivision sales,
identification and related entry and special -feature signs are permitted in all zones subject to the
following regulations:
1. Subdivision identification signs, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing. Includes
on-site signs that identify a subdivision, but which contain no other advertising matter. •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 102
a. Area. Signs shall not exceed fifty-four (54) square feet in sign area.
b. Height. Signs shall not exceed six (6) feet in height.
C. Lighting. Signs may be externally lighted or backlit (halo lighting).
d. Sign Copy. Name of an on-site subdivision and address may be permitted.
Telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which makes the
sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
2. Subdivision Sales Signs. Includes temporary signs that contain the names of and the
information relating to a subdivision being offered for sale or lease for the first time, but
contain no other advertising matter.
a. Number and Area. One freestanding subdivision sales sign shall be permitted for
each street or highway frontage bordering the tract, provided:
i. Signs shall not exceed sixty-four (64) square feet in sign area where such
tract contains ten (10) lots or less;
ii. Signs shall not exceed one hundred and twenty-eight (128) square feet in
area where such tract contains eleven (11) to nineteen (19) lots; and
• iii. Signs shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) square feet in area where
such tract contains more than twenty (20) lots.
E
b. Height.
i. Subdivision sales signs shall not exceed the following heights:
(a) Eight (8) feet where such sign has a sign area of sixty-four (64)
square feet or less; and
(b) Sixteen (16) feet where such sign is sixty-five (65) square feet or
greater in sign area.
ii. Where a wall is required as a condition of approval along the street or
highway frontage for which such sign is permitted, the Director may
modify this height regulation as may be necessary to allow for the
visibility of the sign.
C. Location. All subdivision sales signs shall be located on the subdivision and shall
be oriented to read from the street or highway for which such sign is permitted.
d. Lighting. Subdivision sales signs may be internally or externally lighted.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 103
e. Time Limit. Subdivision sales signs shall be maintained only until all the property
is disposed of, or for a period of three (3) years from the date of issuance of the
first building permit for the subdivision, whichever should occur first. Any
structure used for such purpose shall, at the end of such three (3) year period, be
either removed or restored for a use permitted in the zone where located, except
that the Director may, upon showing of need by the owner of the property, extend
the permitted time beyond three (3) years.
f Sign Copy. Name of an on-site subdivision and information relating to a
subdivision being offered for sale or lease for the first time may be permitted.
Other advertising matter is prohibited.
3. Subdivision Entry and Special -Feature Signs. Includes temporary signs that provide
necessary travel directions to and within a subdivision offering properties for sale or lease
for the first time, but which contains no other advertising matter.
a. Sign Review for Enhanced Signage. Subject to the approval of a sign review for
enhanced signage, the following related signs may be permitted in any
subdivision qualifying for subdivision sales signs:
i. Subdivision entry signs as are necessary to facilitate entry into and
movement within the subdivision; and
ii. Subdivision special -feature signs located in the immediate vicinity of an
approved model home and temporary real estate tract office. is
b. Area.
i. Subdivision entry signs shall not exceed twenty-four (24) square feet in
sign area.
ii. Subdivision special -feature signs shall not exceed twelve (12) square feet
in sign area.
C. Height. Subdivision entry and special -feature signs shall not exceed eight (8) feet
in height.
d. Lighting. Subdivision entry and special -feature signs shall be unlighted.
e. Location. Subdivision entry and special -feature signs shall be located within the
subdivision.
f Time Limit. Subdivision entry and special -feature signs shall have the same time
limit as subdivision sales signs approved for the same tract and shall be removed
at the end of such period.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 104
g. Sign Copy. Name of an on-site subdivision and necessary travel directions may be
permitted. Telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information
which makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
4. Subdivision Directional Signs. Includes temporary on or off-site signs that provide
necessary travel directions to a subdivision, located within the city, offering properties for
sale for the first time, but which contains no other advertising matter.
a. Sign Review for Enhanced Signage. Subject to the approval of a sign review for
enhanced signage, subdivision directional signs, located on or off-site, providing
necessary travel directions to a new subdivision, may be permitted.
b. Number. The total number of subdivision directional signs shall not exceed three
(3).
C. Area. Subdivision directional signs shall not exceed four (4) square feet.
d. Height. Subdivision directional signs shall not exceed three (3) feet.
C. Lighting. Subdivision directional signs shall be unlighted.
f Location. Subdivision directional signs shall be located within one (1) mile of the
subject subdivision and shall not be located in the public right-of-way.
• g. Time Limit. Subdivision directional signs shall be permitted for weekend events
only, from 4 PM Friday to 10 AM Monday. Subdivision directional signs shall
have the same time limit as subdivision sales signs.
h. Sign Copy. Name of the subdivision and necessary travel directions that relate
exclusively to the subdivision being offered for sale may be permitted. Telephone
numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which makes the sign
appear to be advertisement is prohibited.
R. Temporary Freestanding Signs. Temporary freestanding signs are permitted in all zones subject
to the following regulations:
Number and Time Limits.
a. In the C, MX, PI, I and OS Zones. No temporary freestanding commercial signs
permitted at any time.
b. In the R Zone. No temporary freestanding commercial signs permitted at any
time.
2. Area.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 105
a. In the C, MX, PI, I and OS Zones. A maximum area for each temporary
freestanding noncommercial sign of thirty-two (32) square feet and a maximum
aggregate area for all temporary freestanding noncommercial signs on a
individual parcel or within a commercial center of two hundred (200) square fee*t
is permitted.
b. In the R Zone. A maximum area for each temporary freestanding noncommercial
sign of thirty-two (32) square feet and a maximum aggregate area for all
temporary freestanding noncommercial signs on an individual parcel of land of
one hundred (100) square feet is permitted.
3. Location. Signs may be placed in the front yard or side yard of any property; provided,
that the signs do not encroach into any public right-of-way. Unless otherwise authorized
in this section, temporary signs shall not extend over or into any public right-of-way,
street, alley, sidewalk or other public thoroughfare.
4. Lighting. Signs shall not be lighted.
5. Removal. All temporary freestanding signs must be removed within ten (10) days after
the event for which they are intended.
6. Sign Copy. Information related to noncommercial use that is advertising a temporary
event may be permitted. Telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other
information which makes the sign appear to be advertisement for a commercial use or
purpose are prohibited. •
S. Wall Signs. Wall signs are permitted in the C, MX, PI, and I zones and for commercial and other
nonresidential uses in the R and OS zones subject to the following regulations:
1. Number and Area.
a. Ground -Floor Establishments.
In all permitted zones, each ground -floor establishment with a separate
entrance shall be permitted one primary wall sign along the main elevation
with a primary entrance, facing a street or on-site parking area. A
maximum of one and one-half (1.5) square feet of wall sign area for each
one linear foot of building or tenant frontage shall be permitted.
ii. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, each ground -floor establishment with a
separate entrance shall be permitted secondary wall signs along up to two
(2) other elevations (including the rear) with a secondary entrance, facing
a street or on-site parking area. A maximum of one-half (1/2) the
allowable area of the primary wall sign shall be permitted.
iii. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, a ground -floor retail establishment with two
(2) entrances along the main elevation may be permitted two (2) primary
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 106
wall signs along the main elevation, pursuant to a sign review for
enhanced signing and the following regulations:
• (a) The main elevation shall have a minimum building or tenant
frontage of one hundred and fifty (150) feet, and a minimum gross
floor area of ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
(b) The combined area of all signing along the main elevation shall not
exceed one and one-half (1.5) square feet of wall area for each one
linear foot of building or tenant frontage.
(c) The wall signs shall have the same design and shall be located
adjacent to or above the building entrances.
iv. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, larger ground -floor retail establishments
may be permitted up to four (4) supplemental wall signs along the main
elevation to advertise services provided or sub -tenants, pursuant to a sign
review for enhanced signing and the following regulations:
(a) The main elevation shall have a minimum building or tenant
frontage of one hundred and fifty (150) feet, and a minimum gross
floor area of ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
(b) The combined area of all signing along the main elevation shall not
• exceed one and one-half (1.5) square feet of wall area for each one
linear foot of building or tenant frontage.
(c) The combined area of all supplemental signs shall not exceed
twenty-five (25) percent of the area of all signing along the main
elevation.
b. Shared Entrances.
In all permitted zones, any building containing establishments that front
only an interior mall having a limited number of entrances shall be
considered a single establishment for the purpose of computing the
number and area of wall signs permitted on the exterior walls of such
building.
ii. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, each first- and second -floor establishment
that does not have a separate entrance or does not front a street or on-site
parking area shall be permitted a maximum sign area of two (2) square
feet oriented facing the street, entrance or on-site parking area.
C. Second Floor Establishments. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, for each second floor
establishment with a separate entrance facing a street or on-site parking area, one
• wall sign with a maximum area of ten (10) square feet shall be permitted. A
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50— Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 107
maximum area of up to twenty (20) square feet may be permitted, pursuant to a
sign review for enhanced signing.
•
d. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, a maximum three (3) wall signs shall be permitted
per ground floor establishment with a separate entrance and a maximum one wall
sign shall be permitted per elevation of each ground -floor establishment, except as
permitted in subsections (1)(a)(3) and (1)(a)(4) of this section.
2. Height.
a. In all permitted zones, a maximum height of up to two (2) feet and two vertical
lines of text shall be permitted. For initial capital letters or logos, a maximum
height of up to two and one-half (2-1/2) feet shall be permitted.
b. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, a maximum height of up to eight (8) feet and three
(3) or more vertical lines of text may be permitted, pursuant to a sign review for
enhanced signing.
3. Width. In all permitted zones, the maximum width of seventy-five (75) percent of the
building or tenant frontage shall be permitted.
4. Location.
a. In all permitted zones, wall signs shall not extend above eave line or parapet on
the lowest point on the sloping roof of the building on which it is located. •
b. In all permitted zones, that portion or any actual or false roof varying forty-five
(45) degrees or less from a vertical plane may be considered an extension of the
building wall for the purpose of wall sign placement.
C. In all permitted zones, wall signs shall be located approximately parallel to the
plane of the building and shall not project more than eighteen (18) inches from the
building face.
5. Lighting.
a. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, monument signs may be internally or externally
lighted.
b. In the R and OS zones, signs may be internally or externally lighted; provided,
that no exposed incandescent lamp used shall exceed a rated wattage of twenty-
five (25) watts.
6. Sign Copy. Only individual letters of a business name or individual letters and adjacent
logo may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and
other information which makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 108
•
E
C
Supplemental wall signs along the main elevation, advertising services provided or sub-
tenants, may be permitted, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing.
T. Window Signs. Window signs are permitted in all zones; provided, that such signs do not exceed
twenty-five (25) percent of the area of any single window or of adjoining windows on the same
frontage. This provision is not intended to restrict signs utilized as part of a window display of
merchandise when such signs are incorporated within such display.
1. Sign Copy. Business name, business logos, and services incidental to the business may be
permitted.
U. Prohibited Signs. The following signs shall be prohibited in all zones:
1. Signs which contain or utilize any of the following:
a. Any exposed incandescent lamp with a rated wattage in excess of forty (40) watts;
b. Any exposed incandescent lamp with an external metallic reflector;
C. Any revolving beacon light;
d. Any continuous or sequential flashing operation;
2. Revolving signs.
3. Signs advertising or displaying any unlawful act, business or purpose.
4. Signs emitting audible sounds, odors or particulate matter.
5. Any strings of pennants, or streamers, clusters of flags, strings of twirlers or propellers,
flares, balloons and similar attention -getting devices, with the exception of any national,
State, local governmental, institutional or corporate flags, properly displayed per
subsection (P)(7) (Corporate Flags).
6. Devices projecting or otherwise reproducing the image of a sign or message on any
surface or object.
7. Portable signs (including A -frame signs). Portable real estate signs may be permitted.
8. Temporary signs, except as otherwise specifically permitted by this section.
9. Roof signs, unless deemed historic under Section 17.24.110 (Administrative Sign
Variance and Historic Sign Designation).
10. Painted signs, except if deemed historic per Section 17.24.110 (Administrative Sign
Variance and Historic Sign Designation).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 109
11. Signs located in such a manner to constitute a potential traffic hazard or obstruct the view
of any authorized traffic sign or signal device, or designed to resemble or conflict ffiwith
•any authorized traffic control sign.
12. Off-site signs, except as provided in subsections (M) (Off -Site Signs), (P)(9) (Freeway
Commercial Center Signs), and (Q) (4) (Subdivision Directional Signs).
13. Commercial hand-held signs located upon property in all zones.
14. Mobile Signs.
V. Removal of Signs.
1. Unsafe Signs. Any unsafe sign may be removed by the City without prior notice.
Alternatively, the Director may issue a notice of violation and give the permit holder,
property owner or person in possession and control of the property fifteen (15) days to
cure the violation. In the case of an unsafe sign removed by the City, the costs of such
removal and storage shall be borne by the permit holder, property owner, or person in
possession and control of the property, as applicable, and may be collected by the City in
the same manner as it collects any other debt or obligation. No unsafe sign that has been
removed and stored by the City shall be released until the costs of removal and storage
have been paid. If an unsafe sign remains unclaimed for a period of thirty (30) days after
notice of removal is sent to the approval holder, property owner, or person in possession
and control of the property, it shall be deemed to be unclaimed personal property and
disposed of in accordance with the law. •
2. Illegal Signs. Any illegal sign shall be removed or brought into conformity by the
approval holder, property owner, or person in possession and control of the property
following written notice from the Director. Such notice shall specify the nature of the
violation, order the cessation thereof and require either the removal of the sign or the
execution of remedial work in the time and in the manner specified by the notice. The
time for removal or repair shall not be less than fifteen (15) days from the date of mailing
the notice. The Director's order may be appealed to the Planning Commission in the
manner provided in subsection (W) (Appeals). In the event that such order is appealed to
the Commission, which, following a hearing, upholds the order of the Director, the City
need not comply with the provisions of subsections (4)(a) through (e) of this section in
order to abate the sign.
3. Legal Nonconforming Signs—Special Circumstances. No legal nonconforming sign shall
be required to be removed on the sole basis of its height or size if special topographic
circumstances would result in a material impairment of visibility of the sign or the
owner's or user's ability to adequately and effectively continue to communicate to the
public through the use of the sign. The owner or user may maintain the sign at the
business premises and at a location necessary for continued public visibility at the height
or size at which the sign was previously erected pursuant to all applicable codes,
regulations and permits. Such signs shall be deemed to be in conformance with this
section. •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 110
4. Abatement of Signs. Whenever the permit holder, property owner, or person in
• possession or control of the property fails to comply with an order of the Director
requiring compliance with this section, in addition to any other remedies provided in this
code or by law for the abatement of illegal signs or other public nuisances, the City may
abate any such sign in the following manner:
•
a. Declaration of Nuisance. The Council may declare, by resolution, as public
nuisances and abate all illegal signs within its jurisdiction. The resolution shall
describe the property upon which or in front of which the nuisance exists by
stating the lot and block number according to the County Assessor's map and
street address, if known. Any number of parcels of private property may be
included in one resolution.
b. Notice of Hearing. Prior to the adoption of the resolution by the Council, the City
Clerk shall send not less than ten (10) days' written notice to all persons owning
the property described in the proposed resolution as determined by the last
equalized assessment roll available on the date the notice is prepared. In addition,
the notice shall be sent to all known persons, if any, in possession or control of
such property if their names are different from those appearing on the assessment
roll, and to the approval holder, if any. The notice shall state the date, time and
place of the hearing and generally describe the purpose of the hearing and the
nature of the illegal sign.
C. Posting of Notice.
After adoption of the resolution, the enforcement officer shall cause
notices to be conspicuously posted on or in front of the property on or in
front of which the illegal sign exists.
ii. Notice shall be substantially in the following form:
NOTICE TO REMOVE ILLEGAL SIGN
Notice is hereby given that on the day of 20_, the City Council of the City of
Santa Clarita adopted a resolution declaring that an illegal sign is located on or in front of this property
which constitutes a public nuisance and must be abated by the removal of the illegal sign. Otherwise, it
will be removed, and the nuisance abated by the City. The cost of removal will be assessed upon the
property from or in front of which the sign is removed and will constitute a lien upon the property until
paid. Reference is hereby made to the resolution for further particulars. A copy of this resolution is on
file in the office of the City Clerk.
All property owners having any objection to the proposed removal of the sign are hereby notified to
attend a meeting of the City Council of the City of Santa Clarita to be held on at
a.m./p.m. at ( location ), when their objections will be heard and given due consideration.
Dated this day of 20.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 111
City Clerk •
City of Santa Clarita
iii. This notice shall be posted at least ten (10) days prior to the time for
hearing objections by the City Council.
d. Written Notice of Proposed Abatement.
i. In addition to posting notice of the resolution and notice of the meeting
when objections will be heard, the Council shall direct the City Clerk to
mail written notice of the proposed abatement to all the persons owning
the property described in the resolution. The City Clerk shall cause the
written notice to be mailed to each person on whom the described property
is assessed in the last equalized assessment roll available on the date the
resolution was adopted by the Council.
ii. The City Clerk shall confirm with the County Assessor the names and
addresses of all the persons owning the property described in the
resolution. The address of a property owner shown on the assessment roll
is conclusively deemed to be the proper address for the purpose of mailing
the notice. If the County of Los Angeles poses any charges upon the City
for the actual costs of famishing the list, the City shall reimburse the
County, and such costs shall be a part of the cost of abatement assessed •
against the property owner.
iii. The notices mailed by the City Clerk shall be mailed at least ten (10) days
prior to the time for hearing objections by the Council. The notices mailed
by the clerk shall be substantially in the form of notice set forth
hereinabove.
e. Hearing—Continuances—Objections—Finality of Decision—Order to Abate.
i. At the time stated in the notices, the Council shall hear and consider all
objections to the proposed removal of the sign. It may continue the
hearing from time to time. By motion or resolution at the conclusion of the
hearing, the Council shall allow or overrule any objections. At that time,
the City acquires jurisdiction to proceed and perform the work of removal.
ii. The decision of the Council is final. If objections have not been made, or
after the Council has disposed of those made, the Council shall order the
enforcement officer to abate the nuisance by having the sign removed. The
order shall be made by motion or resolution.
f Entry Upon Private Property. The Enforcement Officer or City contractor may
enter private property to abate the nuisance.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 112
•
g. Removal by Owner—Special Assessment and Lien for Costs. Before the
• enforcement officer takes action, the property owner or person in possession or
control of the property may remove the illegal sign at the owner's own cost and
expense. Notwithstanding such action, in any matter in which an order to abate
has been issued, the Council may, by motion or resolution, further order that a
special assessment and lien shall be limited to the costs incurred by the City in
enforcing abatement upon the property, including investigation, boundary
determination, measurement, clerical, legal and other related costs.
h. Cost of Abatement—Itemization.
The enforcement officer shall keep an account of the cost of abatement of
an illegal sign. Such officer shall submit to the Council, for confirmation,
an itemized written report showing that cost.
ii. A copy of the report shall be posted at least three (3) days prior to its
submission to the Council, on or near the Council chambers door, with
notice of the time of submission.
iii. At the time fixed for receiving and considering the report, the Council
shall hear it with any objections of the property owners liable to be
assessed for the abatement. The Council may modify the report if it is
deemed necessary. The Council shall then confirm the report by motion or
• resolution.
1. Abatement by Contract. The nuisance may, in the sole discretion of the Council,
be abated by performance on a contract awarded by the Council on the basis of
competitive bids let to the lowest responsible bidder. The contractor performing
the contract shall keep an itemized account and submit such itemized written
report for each separate parcel of property required by subsection (4)(g) of this
section.
•
j. Special Assessment and Lien.
The costs incurred by the City in enforcing abatement upon the parcel or
parcels, including investigation, boundary determination, measurement,
clerical, legal or other related costs, are a special assessment against that
parcel. After the assessment is made and confirmed, a lien attaches on the
parcel upon recordation of the order confirming the assessment in the
office of the Los Angeles County Recorder. In the event any real property
to which a lien would attach has been transferred or conveyed to a bona
fide purchaser for value, or if the lien of a bona fide encumbrancer for
value has been created and attaches thereon, prior to the date on which the
first installment of the assessment would become delinquent, the lien
which would otherwise be imposed by this section shall not attach to the
real property and the costs of abatement and the costs of enforcing
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 113
abatement, as confirmed, relating to the property shall be transferred to the
unsecured roll for collection.
ii. Upon confirmation of the report, a copy shall be given to the County
Assessor and Tax Collector, who shall add the amount of the assessment
to the next regular tax bill levied against the parcel for municipal
purposes.
iii. The City shall file a certified copy of the report with the County Assessor,
Tax Collector and County Auditor on or before August 10th of each
calendar year. The description of the parcels reported shall be those used
for the same parcels on the Los Angeles County Assessor's map books for
the current year.
iv. The City shall request the County Auditor to enter each assessment on the
County tax roll opposite the parcel of land.
V. The City shall further request the County Auditor to collect the amount of
the assessment at the time and in the manner of ordinary municipal taxes.
Any delinquencies in the amount due are subject to the same penalties and
procedures of foreclosure provided for ordinary municipal taxes.
vi. The City acknowledges that the County Tax Collector, at his or her own
discretion, may collect assessments without reference to the general taxes
by issuing separate bills and receipts for the assessments. It is further
•
acknowledged that the lien of assessment has the priority of the taxes with
which it is collected, and further, that all laws relating to levy, collection
and enforcement of County taxes apply to these special assessments.
k. Issuance of Receipts for Abatement Costs. The Enforcement Officer may receive
the amount due on the abatement costs and issue receipts at any time after the
confirmation of the report and until ten (10) days before a copy is given to the
Assessor and Tax Collector or, where a certified copy is filed with the County
Auditor, until August 1st following the confirmation of the report.
1. Refund of Assessments. The Council may order a refund of all or part of an
assessment pursuant to this section if it finds that all or part of the assessment has
been erroneously levied. An assessment, or part thereof, shall not be refunded
unless a claim is filed with the City Clerk on or before November 1 st after the
assessment has become due and payable. The claim shall be verified by the person
who paid the assessment or by the person's guardian, conservator, executor or
administrator.
W. Appeals.
I. Any person seeking to appeal a decision of the Director granting or denying an
application for issuance of a sign permit, revoking a permit or ordering the remediation or -
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 114
removal of a sign may appeal such action first to the Commission, and, if dissatisfied
with the decision of the Commission, then to the Council in the manner provided by
• Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Review) of this Code. The City shall
expeditiously schedule a hearing before the Commission or Council, as applicable, not
later than thirty (30) days after the notice of appeal is received by the City; provided,
however, the hearing may be held after such thirty (30) day period upon the request or
concurrence of the appellant. Action on the appeal shall be taken at the time of the
hearing by the Commission or Council, as applicable, unless the appellant requests a
continuance. The time for compliance of any original order shall be stayed during the
pendency of any hearing before the Commission or Council. The appellant shall be
notified in writing of the Commission or Council's decision, no later than fifteen (15)
days after action has been taken.
11
2. Any person dissatisfied with the final action taken by the Council may seek prompt
judicial review of such decision pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section
1094.8.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 115
X. Sign Regulations Matrix.
Ti'pr
-.,PERMIT
J
NUMBER-,
'Vt� 'rY
f z p
WIDTH0"
AREA p
HEIGHT"
SE TBACK -4,
REQUIRED'
Y
Automobile
Sign Review
C and 1.
2 on each side of a
8 sf. per
Dealership ID
light standard for a
placard.
Placard Signs
maximum of 4 per
light standard.
Automotive-
Sign Review
VDS Overlay,
One.
200 sf.
35 fl.
3 R. from PL.
oriented Pylon
Sign shall comply with
Signs
all other pylon sign
Code sections.
Awning Signs
Silm Approval
C,1, MX.
One per awning, on
--
I ft.
50% of
or Sign
the flat fascia
the
Review
panion of awning.
awning
Banner Signs—
Sign Approval
C, 1, MX, PI.
One
60 sf
3 R.
Grand Opening
Banners
Banner Signs —
Sign Approval
C, 1, MX, Pl.
One
60 sf.
3 ft.
Special Event
Banners
Building ID
Sign Approval
C, 1, NIX, PI
One
6 sf. if less
Signs
than 30 O.
above ground.
2% of wall
area if above
30 ft.
Building ID
Sign Approval
Multifamily
One
6 sf.
Signs
residential.
Building ID
Sign Approval
OS and other
One
I sf.
Signs
residential.
Changeable
Sign Review
In lieu of a
One. For assembly
In no event
Signs shall
Signs shall comply with
Signs shall
Copy Signs
regular
uses of 100 or more
shall the sign
comply with
all other monument,
comply
monument,
persons. In lieu of a
exceed 100 sf.
all other
pylon or wall sign Code
with all
pylon or wall
regular freestanding o
monument,
sections.
other
sign otherwise
wall mounted sign.
pylon or wall
monument
permitted.
sign Code
pylon or
sections.
wall sign
Code
sections.
Community ID
Sign Review
All zones.
96 sf.
15 R.
Signs shall comply with
--
Signs
all other monument and
pylon sign standards,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 116
is
is
0
0
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 117
PERMIT
-AREQUIREI)i�
A, �' "V
k vNWf ="e'
Construction
C, 1, MX, Pl.
One per street
96 sf. with a
16 ft.
Signs
frontage.
lot frontage
less than 100
ft. 144 sf. with
a lot frontage
greater than
100 ft.
Construction
R and US.
One per street
12 sf. with a
8 ft.
Signs
frontage.
lot frontage
less than 100
ft. 64 sf. with
a lot frontage
greater than
100 ft.
Directional
Sign Approval
C, 1, MX, Pl.
Number not
6 sf. Up to 12
Freestanding
I ft. from PL for
Signs
or Sign
specified.
sf. with
:6ft. Up to
freestanding signs.
gns.
Review
Enhanced
8 ft. with
Shall be within a plante
Signing.
Enhanced
area and outside clear
Signing.
site line setback area.
Wall
Shall be setback
mounted:
minimum 25 ft. to any
up to 3 ft.
adjacent R zone.
Directional
Sign Review
OS and
Number not
6sf Upto12
Freestanding
5 ft. from PL for
Signs
commercial
specified.
St. with
: 6 ft, Up to
freestanding signs
uses in the
Enhanced
8 ft. with
within planter area and
residential
Signing.
Enhanced
outside clear site line
zone.
Signing.
setback area. Set back
Wall
minimum 25 ft to any
mounted:
adjacent R zone.
up to 3 ft.
Electronic
Conditional
In lieu of a
One. For properties
Signs shall
Signs shall
100 ft to any
Readerboard
Use Permit
regular
25 acres or larger.
comply with
comply with
residential PL. Signs
Signs
monument,
all other
all other
shall comply with all
pylon,
monument or
monument or
other monument or
freeway
pylon sign
pylon sign
pylon sign Code
oriented sign
Code sections.
Code
sections.
otherwise
sections.
permitted in
C, 1, Mx
zones.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 117
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 118
0
0
PERMITRIA,A,
w
-;(:, q
4NUMBEWJ,
T7ew�',
, , 2 W,&
'HEIGHT,'?
�T,11�7z �,
N&txC N
WWEDTH
fl3z"!
'qz;m.�
A
IBEQUIRED
24
10-01
w
Ml Y,
L
Freeway
Conditional
Commercial
One shall be permitter
900 sf.
25 ft.
Min 2,000 ft. from
Commercial
Use permit
and industrial
for each lot of parcel
another Freeway
Center Signs
properties 50
of land along SR -14 o
Commercial Center
acres or larger
1-5 of 50 acres or
Sign. No sign shall be
along SR -14
greater.
less than 500 ft. to
and 1-5
another freestanding
freeways in C,
sign. Shall comply with
1, MX zones.
all other pylon sign
code sections.
Freeway-
Sign Review
C, I, MX, Pl.
One limited to food,
200 sf.
35 ft.
3 ft. from PL. Signs
Oriented Pylon
fuel or lodging uses.
shall comply with all
Signs
other pylon sign Code
sections.
Fuel Pricing
Sign Approval
C, 1, MX, Pl.
One monument sign
60 sf. Up to
6 ft. Up to 15
1 ft from PL. 3 ft
Signs
or Sign
per street frontage,
100 sf for
ft. for signs
from PL for signs at
Review
or one pylon sign at
signs at street
at street
street comer. Shall
street comer.
comer with
comer, with
comply with all other
enhanced
enhanced
monument or pylon
signing.
signing.
sign Code sections.
Gas Sales
Sign Approval
C, 1, MX, Pl.
One per canopy
2 ft. or 50%
25 ft. from any
50% of
Canopy Signs
fascia.
of the height
residential zone.
the width
ofthe
ofthe
canopy
canopy
fascia,
fascia.
whichever is
less.
Incidental
C, 1, MX, Pl.
One per business.
2 sf. per
Business Signs
business.
Marquee Signs
Sign Review
For movie or
One.
Shall be in
15 ft.
live (heater
proportion to
uses only.
the structure.
Menu Board
Sign Approval
C, 1, MX.
One per restaurant
45 sf.
6 ft.
Vehicle stacking
Signs
or Sign
drive-thru service
setbacks per
Review
lane-
17.66.030.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 118
0
0
0
0
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 119
:NUMBER`,,,,
Xli I � 11
ITEIGHTk
SETBACK f�
7777
kWIIYFH
kiw -Q
rk A
P
Monument
Sign Approval
C,1, MX, Pl.
One with minimum
54 sf.
6 ft. Up tog
I ft from PL. Shall be
Signs
or Sign
100 fl. of lot frontage.
including base.
ft. with
within a planter area
Review
One additional sign
Shall also
Enhanced
and outside clear site
per 400 ft. of lot
include
Signing for
line setback area. Shall
frontage provided
address in 8 in.
larger
be setback minimum 25
signs are separated by
high letters.
centers of 3
ft. to any adjacent R
25011. Comer lots
Additional
or more
zone.
may combine frontage
area permitted
acres or ones
of both streets. Five
with Enhanced
with
or more tenants
Signing for
visibility
require a Master Sign
larger centers.
constraints.
Program.
Monument
Sign Approval
OS and
One with minimum
54 sf including
6 B.
5 ft from PL. Shall be
Signs
commercial
100 ft. of lot
base. Shall
within a planter area
uses in the
frontage. Comer
also include
and outside clear site
residential
lots may combine
address in 8 in.
line setback area.
zone.
frontage of both
high letters.
Shall be setback
streets.
minimum 25 B. to any
adjacent R zone.
Preview Board
Sign Approval
C, 1, MX.
One per restaurant
20 sf.
6 ft.
Vehicle stacking
Signs
or Sign
drive-thru service
setbacks per
Review
lane.
17.66.030.
Projecting Signs
Sign Review
CR zone.
One per ground-
8 sf
4 ft.
Shall not be located
floor business,
over the public right -
alongside of the
of -way.
main/primary
elevation.
Pylon Signs
Sign Approval
C, 1, MX, PL
One with minimum
40 sf. Up to
15 ft. Up to
3 ft from PL. Shall be
or Sign
500 ft. of lot
160 sf. with
20 ft with
within a planter area.
Review
frontage and 3 acres
Enhanced
Enhanced
Shall be setback
of land area. One
Signing for
Signing for
minimum 25 ft. to any
additional sign with
centers with
centers with
adjacent R zone.
Enhanced Signing
1,000 ft. of lot
1,000 ft. of
for centers with
frontage,
lot frontage.
1,000 ft. of lot
frontage. Corner
lots may combine
frontage of both
streets. Five or
more tenants require
a Master Sign
Program.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 119
A
`Mi7, R
T�Y,
U0, ?A_M:V
,�NUMBERi�
1"AREV��A Iel
FIG ,
"MMWIDTAz
IN
NW,
IM
tir
�';RFQUIREDZWO?
W�
Pylon Signs
Sign Approval
OS.
One with minimum
24 sf
15 ft.
5 ft from street PL.
500 ft. of lot frontage.
Shall be within a plantaa
area. Shall be setback
minimum 25 ft. to any
adjacent R zone.
Real Estate
C, 1, MX, Pl.
One wall or
32 sf with a
8 ft.
10 ft. from PL for
Signs
freestanding per
lot frontage
freestanding signs.
street frontage.
less than 100
Shall be within planter
ft. 48 sf with a
area.
lot frontage
greater than
100 ft.
Real Estate
Multifamily
One wall or
12 sf. with a
6 ft.
10 ft. from PL for
Signs
residential.
freestanding per
lot frontage
freestanding signs.
street frontage.
less than 100
Shall be within planter
Fl. 32 sf with
area.
a lot frontage
greater than
100 ft.
Real Estate
OS and other
One wall or
6 sf. with a lot
8 ft.
10 ft. from PL for
Signs
residential.
freestanding per
frontage less
freestanding signs.
street frontage.
than 100 ft. 32
Shall be within planter
sf with a lot
area.
frontage
greater than
100 n.
Subdivision
Sign Review
All zones.
Number not
24 sf.
8 sf
I ft. from street PL.
Ent" Signs
specified. Shall be
Shall be within a
for a maximum 3
planter area and
years from building
outside clear site line
permit issuance.
setback area.
Subdivision
Sign Review
All zones,
Number not
12 sf.
8 ft.
I ft. from street PL.
Special Feature
specified. Shall be
Shall be within a
Signs
for a maximum 3
planter area and
years from building
outside clear site line
permit issuance.
setback area.
Subdivision to
Sign Review
All zones.
Number not
54 sf.
6 ft
I ft. from PL for
Signs
specified.
freestanding. Shall be
within a planter area
and outside clear site
line setback area.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 120
0
0
I*
•
•
•
TYPE r'
PERMIT
ZONES -.
NUMBER'
AREA - ','.
�HEICHT ',�-.t
'SETBACK'
WIDTH
'
REQUIREDQ
-
Subdivision
Sign Approval
All zones.
One per street
64 sf if 10 or
8 ft for signs
I ft. from PL for signs
--
Sales Signs for
frontage. Shall be for
less lots. 128
64 sf. or less.
less than 8 R high. 3 ft.
new
a maximum 3 years
sf if I I-19 lots.
16 ft for
from PL for signs
subdivisions
from building permit
180 sf if 20 or
signs greater
greater than 8 ft. high.
issuance.
more lots.
than 64sf.
Shall be within a plante
area and outside clear
site line setback area.
Subdivision
Sign Review
All zones.
Three within I mile
4 sf.
3 A.
1 ft, from street PL.
--
Directional Sign
of the subject
Shall be within a
subdivision. Shall be
planter area and
permitted for
outside clear site line
weekend events
setback area.
only. Shall be for a
maximum 3 years
from building permit
issuance.
Temporary
-
C, I, MX, PI
Not specified. Total
32 sf for each
--
Signs may be placed
--
Freestanding
and OS.
aggregate area of
sign. Total
in the front or side
Signs
Only
signs not to exceed
aggregate area
yard areas, but may
noncommer-
200 sf
not to exceed
not encroach into any
tial signs
200 sf.
public right of way.
permitted.
Temporary
--
R. Only
Not specified. Total
32 sf for each
--
Signs may be placed
-
Freestanding
noncommer-
aggregate area of
sign. Total
in the front or side
Signs
tial signs
signs not to exceed
aggregate area
yard areas, but may
permitted.
100sf.
not to exceed
not encroach into any
100 sf
public right of way.
Under -Canopy
Sign Approval
C, 1, MX.
One per business.
4'h sf.
11A ft.
--
3 ft.
Signs
Wall Signs -
Sign Approval
C, 1, MX, Pl.
One alongside of the
1.5 sf of wall
2 ft. and 2
--
75% of
Primary Wall
or Sign
main/primary
sign area per
lines of text
tenant
Signs for Multi-
Review
elevation of each
foot of tenant
and tip to 2.5
frontage.
Tenant Centers
tenant as pan of 360
frontage.
ft. for initial
deg. architecture.
capital letters
Five or more tenants
and logos.
require a Master
Up to 8 ft.
Sign Program.
and/or stack-
ed text with
Enhanced
Signing.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 121
TWE °} a
PERMIT
'ZONES
NUMBER <
-AREA`.
HEIGHT.,`-
,SETBACK
WtD rH
REUIRF.D `«
? �';:i.,
i t� „
t �
n
d`,
Wall Signs -
Sign Approval
C, I, MX, PI.
One alongside of each
Half the
2 ft. and 2
-
75% of
Secondary Wall
or Sign
end tenant and one
allowable area
lines of text
tenant
Signs for Multi-
Review
along rear of each
of the primary
and up to 2.5
frontage.
Tenant Centers
tenant as part of 360
wall sign for
ft, for initial
deg. architecture. Fiv
each tenant.
capital letters
or more tenants
and logos.
require a Master Sign
Up to 8 ft.
Program.
and/or stack-
ed text with
Enhanced
Signing.
Wall Signs -
Sign Approval
C, I, MX, PI.
One per tenant with
10 sf
2 ft. and 2
--
75% of
Second Floor
or Sign
separate entrance.
Up to 20 sf
lines of text
tenant
Wall Sign for
Review
with Enhanced
and up to 2.5
frontage.
Tenants with
Signing.
ft. for initial
Separate
capital letters
Entrance
and logos.
Up to 8 ft.
and/or
stacked text
with
Enhanced
Wall Signs - For
Sign Review
C, I, MX, Pl.
Two primary wall
Combined area
2 ft. and 2
-
75% of
large retail
signs along the main
of all signs not
lines of text
tenant
tenants with
elevation, with each
to exceed 1.5 x
and up to 2.5
frontage.
Enhanced
sign situated at or
tenant
ft for initial
Signing
near an entrance.
frontage.
capital letters
and logos.
Up to 8 ft.
and/or
stacked text
with
Enhanced
Si nin �.
Wall Signs -
Sign Review
C, 1, MX, PI.
Up to four
Combined area
2 ft. and 2
-
--
Supplemental
supplemental text
of all signs
lines of text
text for large
signs along the main
along main
and up to 2.5
retail tenants
elevation to
elevation not
ft. for initial
with Enhanced
advertise services
to exceed 1.5 x
capital letters
Signing
provided or sub-
tenant
and logos.
tenants.
frontage.
,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 122
is
•
•
0
0
AV
TYPE1 on,
Pyp�
4R
."NOMMY
PERMITy Z4
- -
0NFs,".4'
A,
P , , I �,
a;
, �, J "
'NUMBE 7 I
�f ML* 1 -VP '9
AREA',��:
11�, 517'A
HEIGIFF �-v
V
u f M —'471cQ40,
"SFTBAck� i
JWiDTH,§,
Wall signs - In
Sign Approval
Open space
One.
1.5 x building
2 ft. and 2
75% of
open space and
and
frontage.
lines of text
building
residential zones
commercial
and up to 2.5
frontage.
uses in the
ft. for initial
residential
capital letters
zone.
and loeos.
Window signs
--
C, 1, MX, Pl.
--
25% of any
single window
or of adjoining
windows.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 123
Y. Illustration of Sign Types.
DEALF.RSHTP ID
SIGN
AWNING SIGN
BURDWO M. SIG14S
11F]
❑0
F1
0
❑
0
111:1
11
F1
BUILDING ID SIGN
AUTOMOTIVE -ORIENTED
PYLON SIGN
BANNER SIGN
CHANGEABLE COPY SIGN
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 124
E
•
11
COMMUNITY ID SIGN
CORPORATE FLAG
LOGO OR TETLIE
ELECTRONIC READERBOARD SIGN
aw�
(123)456-7890
CONSTRUCTION SIGN
DIRECTIONAL SIGN
M
FREEWAY COMMERCIAL
CENTER SIGN
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 125
GAS
FOOD' ;
HOTEL
FREEWAY -ORIENTED PYLON SIGN
I OAS VJ.ffi WtOn WOM
GAS SALES CANOPY SIGN
MARQUEE SIGN
FUEL PRICING SIGN
INCIDENTAL BUSINESS SIGN
70-10
MENU BOARD/PREVIEW BOARD SIGN
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 126
•
•
MENU BOARD/PREVIEW BOARD SIGN
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 126
•
•
0
•
•
MONUMENT SIGN
PYLON SIGN
SUBDIVISION ENTRY SIGN
PROJECTING SIGN
SwYAry�
�W
REAL ESTATE SIGN
SUBDIVISION IDENTIFICATION SIGN
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 127
=[S��f1,
��,�
5
PYLON SIGN
SUBDIVISION ENTRY SIGN
PROJECTING SIGN
SwYAry�
�W
REAL ESTATE SIGN
SUBDIVISION IDENTIFICATION SIGN
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 127
Su6drv�soe.
SubdivWm
9.bdiidon
sums.
SUBDIVISION SALES SIGN
UNDER -CANOPY SIGN
WINDOW SIGN
Iwo
Wall sign
WALL SIGN
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 128
0
•
o�rxe squa�
I-$ -I231-4567
r — --
,s
WINDOW SIGN
Iwo
Wall sign
WALL SIGN
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 128
0
•
0
E
L�
Chapter 17.53 Property Development
Commercial and Industrial
SECTIONS:
17.53.010
Purpose.
17.53.020
Commercial and Industrial Development Standards.
17.53.030
Accessory Structures.
17.53.040
Setbacks.
17.53.050
Walls and Fences.
17.53.010 Purpose.
Standards
It is the purpose of this chapter to provide development standards to all properties and structures
permitted within commercial and industrial zones. The following property development standards apply
to all commercial and industrial property and structures. The dimensions shown are the minimum
required, unless otherwise stated.
17.53.020 Commercial and Industrial Development Standards.
A. Architecture. Commercial and industrial buildings shall conform to the architectural styles,
guidelines, and requirements set forth in the latest revision of the City of Santa Clarita
Community Character and Design Guidelines. Buildings shall be designed in accordance with
the style of the particular community in which they are located, and shall be designed with
articulation and styling on all sides (360° architecture). Building materials shall be high quality,
durable, and natural -appearing. Special consideration shall be given to the design of corners,
building entrances, and the elevations that front public street or other prominent view corridors.
B. Height. Buildings and structures exceeding thirty-five (35) feet in height shall require approval
of a conditional use permit. At the discretion of the Director, architectural treatments may exceed
thirty-five (35) feet in height without a conditional use permit; provided, that (1) the addition
does not exceed ten (10) feet in height (for a maximum height of forty-five (45) feet); (2) that the
allowance would be compatible with the architectural design; and (3) that the allowance would
provide additional articulation that could otherwise not be achieved within thirty-five (35) feet.
C. Electrical vehicle charging stations may be required for new commercial/industrial developments
at the discretion of the Director and in compliance with state law.
D. Childcare fees may be required for new commercial/industrial developments at the discretion of
the Director.
E. Employee break areas, which may include facilities for shade, seating, eating, and trash disposal,
shall be provided to the satisfaction of the.
F. All development adjacent to rail lines throughout the City shall be designed to be sensitive to the
rail lines.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 129
G. Reciprocal ingress and egress, circulation, and parking arrangements shall be required where
feasible to facilitate the ease of vehicular movement between adjoining properties, to limit
•
unnecessary driveways, and to create more cohesive, community -oriented development.
H. Driveway access for commercial and industrial uses shall be located no closer than one hundred
fifty (150) feet (lot size permitting) from the beginning of a curve of a street corner.
I. Driveways shall be shared between adjacent commercial and/or industrial properties unless
otherwise specified by the City Traffic Engineer.
J. All driveways shall have a minimum stacking distance of:
1. Twenty (20) feet from the face of curb off of residential local collectors;
2. Forty (40) feet from the face of curb off of secondary or major highways;
3. One hundred (100) feet from the face of curb off of secondary or major highways that
have the potential for a future traffic signal;
4. The length of the longest anticipated delivery vehicle for all warehousing and distribution
uses, if the longest anticipated delivery vehicle exceeds the minimum stacking distances
referenced in this section.
K. Commercial driveways on major, secondary, collector, and other streets as determined by the
•
City Engineer shall be designed using a modified APWA 110-1, Type C commercial driveway
design that will provide a street/drive approach transition with a maximum algebraic grade
difference of seven percent (7%).
L. Any new commercial development, tract map, and/or parcel map that is located within 500' from
the edge of right-of-way from Interstate 5 and/or State Route 14, shall require a health risk
assessment to determine air quality impacts on sensitive uses.
M. Trash enclosure location(s) and access shall be designed to the satisfaction of the Director.
Enclosures shall be.conveniently located and designed to allow collection vehicles to service the
trash/recycling bins without backing up, where feasible. The enclosure(s) shall also be designed
in a manner to reduce or eliminate the potential for collection vehicles to block required parking
spaces as part of regular trash or recycling pick-up.The number of trash and recycling containers
required shall be determined by the City. Trash enclosures shall be designed with a solid roof,
subject to the approval of the City.
N. Pedestrian Circulation. New commercial and industrial developments shall provide walkway
connections to public sidewalks and transit stops, where available. Where pedestrian paths cross
parking areas, driveways, or driveways, decorative paving shall be used to delineate the path -of -
travel. All paving materials/elements shall be approved by the Director.
O. Outdoor Display of Merchandise.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 130
I . No merchandise, or any portion thereof, shall be displayed on public property; however,
• merchandise may be displayed within the public right-of-way if an encroachment permit
has first been obtained from the City.
2. Merchandise, except for vehicles, shall not project more than four (4) feet beyond the
store front.
3. Except for vehicles, outside display of merchandise shall only be permitted during
business hours.
4. The aggregate display area shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the linear frontage of
the store front or six (6) linear feet, whichever is greater.
5. Merchandise shall not be displayed in such a manner as to present a hazard to safety,
impede convenient vehicular and/or pedestrian access to the building or business, or
create a display that is detrimental to the appearance of the premises and surrounding
property; or is in any other manner detrimental to the public health, safety, welfare, or
causes a public nuisance.
6. Required parking spaces shall not be used for display.
P. Shopping Cart Returns.
• 1. Cart return facilities shall be consistent with the design of the project and building
architecture. Similar or the same materials should be used on the returns as on the
buildings.
0
2. Cart return areas adjacent to the building should be integrally designed as part of the
building.
3. Cart returns shall not block or restrict access to fire lanes or required parking areas.
Q. For any use with more than fifty (50) full time employees, a transportation demand management
(TDM) program shall be submitted to, and approved by, the Director of Community
Development and/or the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD). Programs
should include but are not limited to carpooling, vanpooling, public and/or private transit,
alternative work hours, walk to work incentives, telecommuting, and other strategies that have
the potential to reduce traffic and automobile trips. Projects are encouraged to provide on-site
child care services, wellness facilities, and other amenities that will attract valuable, creative,
tenants and employees.
R. Electrical Disturbance, Heat and Cold, Glare. No use except a temporary construction operation
shall be permitted which creates changes in temperature or direct glare. No use shall be permitted
which creates electrical disturbances that affect the operation of any equipment beyond the
boundaries of the site.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 131
S. Odor. No use shall be permitted which creates odor in such quantities as to be readily detectable
beyond the boundaries of the site.
T. Vibration. No use, except a temporary construction operation, shall be permitted which generates
inherent and recurrent ground vibration perceptible without instruments at the boundary of the
lot on which the use is located.
U. Uses with primarily outdoor storage of merchandise shall provide landscaping to include trees
and shrubs to the satisfaction of the Director with the exception of vehicle sales.
V. Commission Review. Commercial developments one hundred thousand (100,000) square feet or
more in gross floor area adjacent to freeways, along major highways, or at key intersections
identified in the circulation element of the General Plan shall be subject to a public hearing and
Commission review and approval.
W. Unless otherwise stated in Chapter 17.47 (Temporary Use Types) of this Code, the occupancy of
vehicles, including recreational vehicles, trailers, or vessels, as a residence, temporary or
permanent, is prohibited in all zones.
17.53.030 Accessory Structures.
A. All ground -mounted mechanical equipment, trash areas, and recycling bins shall be completely
screened from surrounding properties by use of a parapet, wall or fence, or shall be enclosed
within a building. Exposed gutters, downspouts, vents, louvers and other similar elements shall
be painted to match the surface to which they are attached unless they are used as part of the
design theme.
B. Air conditioners, antennas, heating, cooling, ventilating equipment, and all other mechanical,
lighting or electrical devices shall be operated so that they do not disturb the peace, quiet and
comfort of adjacent and neighboring occupants. Such equipment shall be screened, shielded,
and/or sound buffered from surrounding properties and streets. All equipment shall be installed
and operated in accordance with all other applicable ordinances. Said equipment, excluding
antennas, shall not exceed the maximum height of the underlying zone.
C. All utility connections shall be designed to coordinate with the architectural elements of the
building(s) and/or site so as not to be exposed except where necessary. Pad -mounted
transformers and/or meter box locations shall be included in the site plan with any appropriate
screening treatment. Power lines and overhead cables less than thirty-four (34) KV shall be
installed underground.
D. Above -ground utilities boxes, telephone boxes, water lines, backflow preventers, cable boxes or
similar structures within public view shall be screened to the satisfaction of the Director.
E. The use of metal storage containers shall be subject to Section 17.23.190 (Temporary Use
Permits) of this Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 132
11
F. Outdoor storage areas shall be entirely enclosed by solid masonry walls or other material subject
to the Director's approval, shall not be less than six (6) feet in height, and shall not be located
within the required street setback. The maximum stacking height for outdoor storage shall be
40 determined by the Director.
r�
LJ
17.53.040 Setbacks.
All setbacks shall meet the requirements of the underlying zone and as shown below in Figure 17.53 — I
semacxsl, umess spectncany anowea in tins section.
Residential 76ha, Commercial or 1ndu4riM Zone
Figure 17.53 — 1
Commercial/Industrial Setbacks
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 133
A. A minimum five (5) foot wide landscaped setback shall be required where structures are located •
adjacent to a right-of-way, except where they are located adjacent to a major or secondary
highway where the minimum setback shall be increased to ten (10) feet.
B. Parking areas shall not be permitted within the required front setback.
C. Corner Setbacks. For commercial and industrial uses, no miscellaneous items, products,
equipment, vehicles or signs shall be permitted on any comer formed by intersecting streets
within a triangular area between the property line adjacent to the public right-of-way and a
diagonal line joining points on said property lines twenty-five (25) feet from their point of
intersection or, in the case of rounded corners, the areas between the tangent to the curve and a
diagonal line adjoining points on such tangents twenty-five (25) feet from the point of
intersection.
17.53.050 Walls and Fences.
A. Commercial and industrial uses adjacent to or across a street or alley from residentially zoned
property or property developed with a residential use, shall provide a minimum six (6) foot high
masonry wall along all common lot lines (with the exception of those lot lines with the required
front setback of the commercial or industrial property where the wall shall be not less than thirty
(30) inches nor greater than forty-two (42) inches). All walls shall be consistent with the site's
architecture and in instances where visible from the public right-of-way, shall be constructed
with decorative materials.
B. Access. A wall or fence shall not be constructed in such a manner so as to block or restrict •
vehicular access to a dedicated or implied dedicated alley, access, or way.
C. Prohibited Materials. Fiberglass sheeting, bamboo sheeting, chain link, black or green fabric,
barbed wire, razor ribbon, or other similar temporary material shall not be permitted as a fencing
material. In the case of temporary construction fencing for properties with an active building
permit in good standing, black, green or other colored fabric may be installed to the satisfaction
of the Director.
D. Vacant property and property under construction may be fenced with a maximum six (6) foot
high, non -view -obscuring fence.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 134
•
E
•
Chapter 17.55
SECTIONS:
Property Development Standards — Mixed Use
17.55.010
Purpose.
17.55.020
Mixed Use Development Standards.
17.55.030
Accessory Buildings and Structures.
17.55.040
Architectural and Design Standards.
17.55.050
Parking Standards.
17.55.060
Setbacks.
17.55.070
Walls and Fences.
17.55.010 Purpose.
It is the purpose of this chapter to provide property development standards to all properties and
structures permitted within mixed use zones. These regulations encourage a mix of complementary
residential and nonresidential uses in a manner that promotes healthy and walkable communities.
17.55.020 Mixed Use Development Standards.
The following general property development standards shall apply to all properties and structures
permitted in mixed use zones.
A. General.
1. Building Height.
a. MXN Zone. Buildings and structures in the MXN zone may be permitted and
shall not exceed a height of fifty (50) feet.
b. MXC and MXUV Zones. Buildings and structures in the MXC and MXUV zones,
may be permitted a height of up to fifty (50) feet. Buildings and structures
exceeding fifty (50) feet in height shall require approval of a conditional use
permit.
2. Density (Maximum and Minimum). As determined by Chapter 17.35 (Mixed Use Zones).
3. Floor Area Ratio (Maximum and Minimum). As determined by Chapter 17.35 (Mixed
Use Zones).
4. Daylight Plane Requirement. Buildings and structures shall not intercept a 45 -degree
daylight plane inclined inward at an adjacent residential property line. The 45 -degree
daylight plane shall be measured from a height of six (6) feet above existing grade at the
residential property line, as illustrated in Figure 17.55-1 (Daylight Plane Requirement).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 135
5
Figure 17.55 — 1
Daylight Plane Requirement
Driveways and Circulation.
•
a. Driveway access shall be located no closer than one hundred fifty (150) feet from
the beginning of the curve of a street corner.
b. Driveways on major highway, secondary highway, collector, and other streets as*
determined by the City Engineer, shall be designed using a modified APWA 110-
1, Type C commercial driveway design that will provide a street/drive approach
transition with a maximum algebraic grade difference of seven percent (7%).
C. All driveways shall have a minimum stacking distance of.
i. Twenty (20) feet from the face of the curb, adjacent to a residential local
collector.
ii. Forty (40) feet from the face of the curb, adjacent to a secondary or major
highway.
iii. One hundred (100) feet from the face of the curb, adjacent to a secondary
or major highway that has the potential for a future traffic signal.
iv. The length of the longest anticipated delivery vehicle, if the longest
anticipated delivery vehicle exceeds the minimum stacking distances
referenced in this section.
d. Reciprocal ingress and egress, circulation, and parking arrangements shall be
required where feasible to facilitate the ease of vehicular movement between
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 136
adjoining properties, to limit unnecessary driveways, and to create more cohesive,
community -oriented development.
• e. All parcels shall be limited for access onto and off of the property. Driveways
shall be shared between adjacent properties unless otherwise specified by the City
Engineer.
6. Trash Enclosure. Trash enclosure location(s) and access shall be designed to the
satisfaction of the Director. Enclosures shall be conveniently located and designed to
allow collection vehicles to service the trash/recycling bins without backing up, where
feasible. The enclosure(s) shall also be designed in a manner to reduce or eliminate the
potential for collection vehicles to block required parking spaces as part of regular trash
or recycling pick-up. The number of trash and recycling containers required shall be
determined by the City. Trash enclosures shall be designed with a solid roof, subject to
the approval of the City.
7. For any mixed use development with a nonresidential use, or combination of
nonresidential uses, with more than fifty (50) full time employees, a transportation
demand management (TDM) program shall be submitted to and approved by the Director
and/or the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD). Programs should
include but are not limited to carpooling, vanpooling, public and/or private transit,
alternative work hours, walk to work and telecommuting.
8. Employee break areas, which may include facilities for shade, seating, eating and trash
• disposal, shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Director.
9. Electrical vehicle charging stations may be required for new developments at the
discretion of the Director.
10. All development adjacent to rail lines throughout the City shall be designed to be
sensitive to the rail lines.
11. Unless otherwise stated in Section 17.23.190 (Temporary Use Permit) of this Code, the
occupancy of vehicles, including recreational vehicles, as a residence, temporary or
permanent, is prohibited in all mixed use zones.
12. Commission Review. Mixed use developments that are one hundred thousand (100,000)
square feet or more in gross floor area, along major highways or at key intersections
identified in the circulation element of the General Plan shall be subject to a public
hearing and Commission review and approval.
B. Performance Standards.
1. Electrical Disturbance, Heat and Cold, Glare. No use, except a temporary construction
operation, shall be permitted which creates changes in temperature or direct glare. No use
shall be permitted which creates electrical disturbances that affect the operation of any
• equipment beyond the boundaries of the site.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 137
2. Noise. Each residential unit shall be designed and constructed to minimize adverse
impacts from nonresidential project noise, in compliance with the City's noise ordinance. •
3. Odor. No use shall be permitted which creates odor in such quantities as to be readily
detectable beyond the boundaries of the site.
4. . Vibration. No use, except a temporary construction operation, shall be permitted which
generates inherent and recurrent ground vibration perceptible without instruments at the
boundary of the lot on which the use is located.
C. Open Space.
Active recreation and passive leisure space should be provided for each residential -only
or mixed use project containing residential uses. The required minimum amount of open
space for a mixed use project is two hundred (200) square feet per unit, which may be
combined for a larger community open space area.
2. Public spaces shall be required and may include, but is not limited to, outdoor areas such
as plazas, outdoor dining areas, rooftop gardens, and landscaped areas designed for active
or passive use.
3. Open space shall be provided in areas that are not required setbacks, parking areas,
driveways, services areas or unusable slope area.
4. Exterior public spaces shall be provided throughout the proposed development.
5. The applicant may provide off-site open space amenities or in -lieu fees to satisfy the open
space requirements.
6. Landscaping shall be provided in open space and common areas throughout the mixed
use development.
D. Outdoor Display of Merchandise.
1. No merchandise, or any portion thereof, shall be displayed on public property; however,
merchandise may be displayed within the public right-of-way if an encroachment permit
has first been obtained from the City.
2. Merchandise, except for vehicles, shall not project more than four (4) feet beyond the
store front.
3. Except for vehicles, merchandise shall be displayed outside only during business hours.
4. The aggregate display area shall not exceed fifty (50) percent of the linear frontage of the
store front or six (6) linear feet, whichever is greater.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 138
5. Outdoor dining is encouraged where appropriate.
• 6. Merchandise shall not be displayed in such a manner as to present a hazard to safety,
impede convenient vehicular and/or pedestrian access to the building or business, or
create a display that is detrimental to the appearance of the premises and surrounding
property; or is in any other manner detrimental to the public health, safety, welfare, or
causes a public nuisance.
7. Required parking spaces shall not be used for display.
E. Expansions and Modifications of Developed Commercial Properties. All expansions or
modifications of permitted structures, including accessory structures, are subject to the
following;
1. A cumulative expansion of twenty (20) percent or less of approved building area for
developed commercial properties may be permitted, subject to review and approval of the
Director. Such expansions require a determination by the Director that such request is in
substantial conformance with the legally established use. Expansions may be subject to
development review to the satisfaction of the Director.
2. A cumulative expansion of twenty (20) percent to fifty (50) percent of approved building
area for developed commercial properties may be permitted with approval of a minor use
permit. Such expansions require a determination by the Review Authority that such
request is in substantial conformance with the legally established use.
• 3. A cumulative expansion greater than fifty (50) percent of approved building area for
developed commercial properties may be permitted, subject to the applicable
entitlement(s), as determined by the Director. Such expansions shall be subject to the
development standards of the underlying mixed use zone.
17.55.030 Accessory Buildings and Structures.
A. All ground -mounted mechanical equipment, trash areas, and recycling bins shall be completely
screened from surrounding properties by use of a parapet, wall, or fence, or shall be enclosed
within a building. Exposed gutters, downspouts, vents, louvers, and other similar elements shall
be painted to match the surface to which they are attached unless they are used as part of the
design theme.
B. Air conditioners, antennas, heating, cooling, ventilating equipment, and all other mechanical,
lighting or electrical devices shall be operated so that they do not disturb the peace, quiet and
comfort of adjacent and neighboring occupants, and shall be screened, shielded, and/or sound
buffered from surrounding properties and streets. All equipment shall be installed and operated
in accordance with all other applicable ordinances. Said equipment, excluding antennas, shall not
exceed the maximum height of the zone in which it is located.
C. All utility connections shall be designed to coordinate with the architectural elements of the
• building(s) and/or site so as not to be exposed except where necessary. Pad -mounted
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 139
transformers and/or meter box locations shall be included in the site plan with any appropriate
screening treatment. Power lines and overhead cables less than thirty-four (34) KV shall be
�installed underground.
D. Above -ground utilities boxes, telephone boxes, water lines, backflow preventers, cable boxes, or
similar structures within public view shall be screened to the satisfaction of the Director.
E. The use of metal storage containers shall be subject to Section 17.23.190 (Temporary Use
Permit) of this Code.
17.55.040 Architectural and Design Standards.
A. Architectural Standards.
Development shall comply with the City's Community Character and Design Guidelines.
2. Buildings shall include three hundred sixty (360) degree architectural elements.
3. Building materials shall be high quality, durable, and natural -appearing.
4. Buildings shall be oriented along street frontage.
5. The vertical plane of the building fagade shall be broken up with a high level of
articulation (e.g., projecting entry or window features, recessed elements, transparent
storefronts, identifiable retail spaces, and awning entrance canopies), especially at ground
level.
6. For vertical mixed use development, residential uses will not be allowed on the first floor
of a building fronting a primary roadway commercial corridor. Residential uses may be
located on the ground floor of a building if the building fronts on a secondary road or
alley.
7. Where multiple buildings are planned in a mixed use development, the structures should
be of varying heights to create visual interest from the street. The ground level fagade for
a multi-level structure should have a distinct look from the fagade or the floor levels
above.
8. For mixed use projects that are over two stories in height, portions of the upper stories
should be recessed from the front fagade to reduce the overall massing of the building
and to create varied building heights and sight lines.
9. Building scale and architectural massing of new projects should incorporate elements for
a reasonable transition to adjacent existing, or future, developments.
B. Pedestrian Standards and Alternative Transportation Amenities.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 140
•
I . Proposed mixed use developments shall provide connectivity to existing and future trail
systems.
® 2. Pedestrian pathways shall be provided throughout the proposed development and should
promote a design that will provide a direct and safe access to adjacent land uses.
3. Walkway connections to public sidewalks and transit stops (where available) shall be
provided. Decorative paving shall be used to delineate pedestrian paths that cross
parking areas and driveways, to the satisfaction of the Director.
4. Required bus turnouts/shelters shall be incorporated into the design of the front
setback/landscape area.
17.55.050 Parking Requirements.
Parking for mixed use developments shall be provided in the amount as indicated below, unless a minor
use permit for a shared parking agreement is approved:
A. For mixed use developments with two (2) bedrooms or more, parking shall be provided at a rate
of two (2) spaces per residential unit and 0.5 spaces for guest parking. Parking area shall be des-
ignated and covered. Tandem parking may be permitted.
B. For mixed use developments with one bedroom units or studios, parking shall be provided at a
rate of one space per unit and 0.5 spaces for guest parking. Parking area shall be designated and
• covered. Tandem parking may be permitted.
C. For mixed use developments, parking for the nonresidential component shall be provided at a
rate of one space per two hundred (200) square feet.
D. A parking analysis shall be required to determine the total number of parking spaces needed for a
mixed use project. If changes to the uses occur at a future date, a new parking analysis will be
required to reflect the new uses.
E. Residential guest parking at a rate of 0.5 spaces per unit may be used to supplement the required
parking spaces for the commercial component of the mixed use development.
F. Subterranean parking will not be defined or counted as a building story or level and is encour-
aged in both vertical and horizontal mixed use developments.
G. The Approving Authority may allow the integration of parking alternatives for nonresidential
uses in the form of valet and/or on -street parking spaces, where permitted, with the approval of
the project parking analysis.
17.55.060 Setbacks.
® January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 141
A. Parking Setback. A minimum five (5) foot wide landscaped setback shall be required where
parking areas are located adjacent to right-of-way, except where they are located adjacent to a •
major or secondary highway, where the minimum setback shall be increased to ten (10) feet.
B. Building Setback. A minimum five (5) foot wide landscaped setback shall be required where
buildings are located adjacent to a major highway, secondary highway, collector, and other
streets.
C. Structure Setback to Residences. A minimum twenty-five (25) foot structure setback shall be
required where structures are located adjacent to residential zones or uses.
D. Patios and seating areas can be included in the street setback areas.
E. Parking areas shall not be permitted within the required front setback.
17.55.070 Walls and Fences.
A. Mixed uses adjacent to, or across a street or alley from, residentially zoned property or property
developed with a residential use, shall provide a minimum six (6) foot high masonry wall along
all common lot lines (with the exception of those lot lines with the required front setback of the
mixed use property where the wall shall be not less than thirty (30) inches nor greater than forty-
two (42) inches) which blends in with the site's architecture. In instances where visible the
public right-of-way, the wall shall be constructed with decorative materials.
B. Access. A wall or fence shall not be constructed in such a manner so as to block or restrict
vehicular access to a dedicated or implied dedicated alley, access or way.
C. Prohibited Materials. Fiberglass sheeting, bamboo sheeting, chain link, black or green fabric,
barbed wire, razor ribbon, or other similar temporary material shall not be permitted as a fencing
material. In the case of temporary construction fencing for properties with an active building
permit in good standing, black, green, or other colored fabric may be installed to the satisfaction
of the Director.
D. Construction Fence. Vacant property and property under construction may be fenced with a
maximum six (6) foot high, non -view -obscuring fence.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 142
•
Chapter 17.57 Property Development
• Residential
SECTIONS:
17.57.010
Purpose.
17.57.020
Residential Development Standards.
17.57.030
Multifamily Residential Development Standards.
17.57.040
Accessory Buildings and Structures.
17.57.050
Distance Between Buildings.
17.57.060
Setbacks.
17.57.070
Walls and Fences.
17.57.010 Purpose.
Standards
It is the purpose of this chapter to provide development standards to all properties and structures
permitted within residential zones. The following property development standards apply to all
residential property and structures. The dimensions shown are the minimum required, unless otherwise
stated.
17.57.020 Residential Development Standards.
A. Architecture. All new single-family homes shall be designed with architectural treatments and
• articulation on all sides (360° architecture). Building materials shall be high quality, durable, and
natural -appearing. Homes on corner lots or view corridors that are more visible to the public
shall require a higher level of design on the more prominent elevations.
B. Rear Yard Coverage. Not more than fifty (50) percent of the required rear yard shall be covered
by buildings or other roofed structures.
C. Buildings and structures exceeding two (2) stories or thirty-five (35) feet in height, whichever is
more restrictive, shall require approval of a conditional use permit.
D. Covered patios which are enclosed on more than two (2) sides with any material including
detachable screens, glass or plexiglass panels shall be considered an enclosed patio and, at the
discretion of the Director, shall meet all Code requirements for new construction. Proposals may
be subject to conditions of approval. Consideration shall be given to whether the proposed
structure will be visible from the street or from adjacent and neighboring lots. At the discretion
of the Director, compatibility with existing structures shall be maintained including roof style,
finishes, colors, trims and architectural themes.
E. Air conditioners, antennas, heating, cooling and ventilating equipment and all other mechanical,
lighting or electrical devices shall be operated so that they do not disturb the peace, quiet and
comfort of adjacent and neighboring occupants, and shall be screened, shielded and/or sound
buffered from surrounding properties and streets. All equipment shall be installed and operated
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 143
in accordance with all other applicable ordinances. Heights of said equipment, excluding
antennas, shall not exceed the required height of the underlying zone. is
F. Metal Siding. Siding for new single-family homes shall reflect the character of surrounding
homes and residential uses and shall not be composed primarily of metal.
G. Sloped Roof. The primary roof of new single-family dwellings shall be sloped with a minimum
incline of 2:12 feet. New additions which change the roofline of existing single-family
residences shall have sloped roofs where consistent with the existing design of the house and
surrounding neighborhood. This sloped roof requirement does not apply to open patio covers. An
adjustment shall be obtained in accordance with Section 17.24. 100 (Adjustments) for residential
roof slopes of less than 2:12.
H. Modifications of Garages. Conversions of existing required garages into habitable space is
permitted only following the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for a new garage consistent
with the residential parking requirements. Modifications shall not be permitted which reduce the
interior dimensions to less than twenty (20) feet by twenty (20) feet for two car garages, or two
(2) ten (10) foot by twenty (20) foot garages in the case of single car garages. Clear entry shall be
provided for all garages at a minimum of sixteen (16) feet for two (2) car garages and eight (8)
feet for single car garages.
I. Any new residential development, tract map, and/or parcel map that is located within 500 feet
from the edge of right-of-way from Interstate 5 and/or State Route 14, shall require a health risk
assessment to determine air quality impacts on sensitive uses.
J. Flag Lots. The flag portion of a flag lot, if permitted, shall not be counted toward the minimum •
lot area requirement. Flag strips shall have a minimum width of twenty (20) feet except where
they form a common driveway with other such access strips. Maximum singular or shared
driveways do not need to exceed the roadway width for fire truck access as established by the
Fire Department.
K. Roof -mounted or installed air conditioners shall be prohibited on residential development. This
however shall not preclude the replacement of existing legal roof -mounted air conditioners with
new units which are the same general dimensions of the original unit.
L. All development adjacent to rail lines throughout the City shall be designed to be sensitive to the
rail lines.
M. All light sources shall be directed downward and shielded from streets or adjoining properties.
Illuminators should be integrated within the architecture of the building.
N. Residential Lots Shall Be Kept Free of Vehicles. With the exception of the driveway, a person
shall not keep, store, park, maintain or otherwise allow any vehicle or any vehicle part in the
following:
Required front yard; and
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 144
2. Any additional area of a residential lot that is not predominantly screened from a public
or private street by solid fencing, walls or vegetation. This shall not apply to residential
® lots that are over a gross quarter acre (10,890 square feet) or in the Special Standard
Districts of Placerita Canyon, Happy Valley and Sand Canyon, as shown in Figure 17.57
— 1 (Residential Parking Areas).
•
•
LOTS M)EX A QVATTRACREAND 0 rSIDE OFTIM
PLACERTTA CANYON: NAPPY VALLEY, AND SAND CANYON
S'LANDAPODISTMCTS
Suctl�ing
Sure
Snback
ANY LOT OVBRA QVARTPR AMA2LD LOTS N PLACP.RITA CANMN. NAPPY
VM I". AM SAND CANYON STAA'WRD DISTRICTS — — — — —
Pnfking
---------------
NO Patting
Paiking I
NhmW
i
PaA ing i
ARm+wl ( Sircet
No Perking !
i
Figure 17.57 — 1
Residential Parking Areas
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 145
O. Front Yard Landscaping. The following shall serve as a guideline for exemptions to the front
yard landscape requirement, as shown in Figure 17.57 — 2 (Driveway Paving), subject to the
approval of the Director: •
1. Paving or other similar types of hardscape intended for vehicular use shall be permitted to
extend a maximum of ten (10) feet into the adjacent side yard from the driveway past the
width of the garage into that portion of the required front yard that is on the opposite side
of the garage as the front door of the residence.
2. All proposals for paving or hardscape intended for vehicular use to extend beyond the ten
(10) feet as permitted above shall be subject to review by the Director. The proposal
shall be reviewed on the basis of compatibility with the surrounding neighborhood and
with the intent of the Code.
3. The approval of the City shall not supersede the approval of any other affected agency
including, but not limited to Homeowners Associations (HOA's) or similar entity.
Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (CC&R's) may apply to the property in question.
4. In cases of side-loaded/side-entry garages, paving for vehicular use shall be permitted in
the required yard that is on the same side as the front door, subject to review by the
Director. Landscaping shall be provided in the required front yard that is not approved for
driveway paving.
5. No vehicles shall be permitted to traverse any area designated as landscaping in the
required front yard.
6. Only in cases of unique lot shapes, and where no other alternative is available, shall
paving or other similar types of hardscape intended for vehicular use extend from the
driveway past the width of the garage into that portion of the required front yard that is
on the same side of the garage as the front door of the residence. Any such request shall
be subject to approval of an adjustment, pursuant to Section 17.24. 100 (Adjustment).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 146
n
U
Figure 17.57 — 2
Driveway Paving
P. Width, Paving and Slope of Driveways. Access to parking spaces required by this Code shall be
• developed in accordance with the following:
1. Driveways shall be not less than ten (10) feet wide.
2. Where this section requires that such access be paved, the pavement shall be not less than
ten (10) feet in width throughout, except that a center strip over which the wheels of a
vehicle will not pass in normal use need not be paved.
Unless modified by the City Engineer and approved by the Fire Department because of
impacts to oak trees or topographical or other conditions:
a. No portion of a driveway providing access to parking areas shall exceed a slope of
twenty percent (20%). Where there is a change in the slope of driveway providing
such access, it must be demonstrated that vehicles will be able to pass over such
change in slope without interference with their undercarriages.
b. Changes in slope along the run of a driveway must be at a maximum algebraic
grade difference of ten percent (10%) per grade break for a minimum of ten (10)
feet per grade break. This profile shall be measured along the maximum slope of
the driveway. All grade breaks shall be rounded with a five (5) foot long vertical
curve. (An exception is driveway approaches per APWA standards.)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 147
4. All parcels less than one (1) acre in size shall have a solid/secure surface driveway
(concrete, asphalt or other surface) that complies with the driveway standards to the
satisfaction of the Director.
5. Where driveways are not perpendicular to the street, sufficient back-up room shall be
provided to the satisfaction of the Director.
6. Circular driveways are not permitted for lots having less than ten thousand nine hundred
eighty (10,980) square feet.
Q. Mobilehomes/Manufactured Homes on Residential Lots. Mobilehomes and manufactured homes
as provided for in Chapter 17.42 (Residential Use Types) shall meet the following requirements:
The mobilehome or manufactured home shall be certified under the National
Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C.
Section 5401 et seq.).
2. The mobilehome or manufactured home shall have been constructed less than ten (10)
years prior to the date of the application for the issuance of permits to install such
mobilehomes or manufactured homes.
3. The mobilehome or manufactured home shall.be installed on permanent foundations on
individual lots.
4. The mobilehome or manufactured home shall be installed in places which are not •
exempted pursuant to Government Code Section 65852.1(b) as having a special character
or special historic interest.
5. All mobilehomes or manufactured homes shall possess roof eaves with overhangs of at
least sixteen (16) inches.
6. All mobilehomes or manufactured homes shall possess a sloped roof with a minimum
incline of 2:12 feet.
7. The exterior walls or siding shall reflect the character of surrounding residential uses and
shall not be composed primarily of metal.
R. Mobilehomes as Temporary Residences. A mobilehome may be used as a temporary residence
during the construction of a permanent single-family residence as follows:
1. It shall be occupied only by the owner of such residence and their family.
2. It shall be occupied only while a building permit for the construction of such residence is
in full force and effect.
3. It shall be in conformance with Section 17.23.190 (Temporary Use Permit).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 148
4. Unless otherwise stated in Section 17.23.190 (Temporary Use Permit), the occupancy of
vehicles, including recreational vehicles, trailers, or vessels, as a residence, temporary or
• permanent, is prohibited in all zones.
S. Residential units shall be limited to one electric service meter per residential unit. A second unit
or guest house shall not be considered a residential unit for this section.
17.57.030 Multifamily Residential Development Standards.
A. Required front and street side yards shall be landscaped. All plant material shall be irrigated by
automatic sprinklers or drip irrigation systems. Patios, seating areas, parking and circulation
spaces can be included in the setback areas to help buffer adjoining parcels from one another.
However, parking areas shall not be permitted within the required front setback.
B. Multifamily residential buildings and communities shall be designed in a manner to reduce the
potential for criminal activity. Elements such as a clear delineation between private and public
spaces, ample visibility of both indoor and outdoor common areas, proper lighting, shall be
incorporated into multifamily projects. Dead-end drive aisles, alleyways, or pedestrian paths
shall be avoided. Paths, alleyways, and drive aisles shall be designed for through
traffic/pedestrian movements and shall be highly visible and well lit. Other practices and
methods related to Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) are also
encouraged.
C. Masonry walls six (6) feet in height, from the highest finished grade, shall be required on the rear
• and side property lines. No walls are required on street side yards unless needed for noise
attenuation and/or privacy, as determined by the Director of Community Development.
D. Where a lot fronts on more than one street it shall be considered to have multiple frontages and
be required to meet the front yard setback requirement on all street frontages.
E. Open Space. Open space shall be provided for each residential unit as follows:
Studio units—two hundred (200) square feet;
2. One bedroom units—three hundred (300) square feet;
3. Two (or more) bedroom units—four hundred (400) square feet;
4. Single-family detached/townhome units—six hundred fifty (650) square feet..
Open space shall be split into required yard space and recreational facilities throughout the
common areas of the development as prescribed in this section. A minimum of fifty percent
(50%) of the open space shall be dedicated to the required yard for each residential unit. The
remaining space may be used to fulfill additional recreational facilities as prescribed in this
section, and/or may be applied to the required yard areas to the satisfaction of the Director of
Community Development. Land required for setbacks or occupied by buildings, streets,
. driveways or parking spaces may not be counted in satisfying this open space requirement;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 149
however, land occupied by any recreational buildings and structures may be counted as required
open space.
F. Storage Space. If a fully enclosed garage is not provided, a minimum of two hundred fifty (250)0
cubic feet of lockable, enclosed storage per unit shall be provided in the garage or carport area;
substitutions may be approved by the Director.
G. Recreation Facilities. The following recreation facilities shall be provided at a minimum unless
waived by the Director:
1. Landscaped park -like quiet area;
2. Children's play area;
3. Family picnic area; and
4. Swimming pool with cabana or patio cover.
H. Recreation vehicle parking areas shall be provided, fully screened from public view, or the
development shall prohibit all parking of recreation vehicles.
I. Trash Collection Areas. The following requirements shall be met for all trash collection areas for
multifamily residential development:
1. Trash areas shall be provided for each multifamily residential building. All trash areas not
•
located inside a building shall be paved and located in the rear yard. Such area shall have
minimum inside dimensions of eight (8) feet by five (5) feet, shall accommodate source
separation of recyclable materials in accordance with State requirements, and shall be
screened from view by a five (5) foot high masonry wall, solid gates, and a solid roof.
One trash area shall be provided for the first ten (10) residential units, and one trash area
for each additional ten (10) units, or major fraction thereof.
2. Multifamily residential developments that require individual waste collection for each
unit shall provide space for all required waste bins to be screened from public view.
J. The conversion of any project to condominium ownership shall meet all requirements of this
Code to the maximum extent possible within the constraints of the existing development. In no
case shall the requirements of the fire code, sign ordinance, outdoor storage/sales, or screening
standards be waived. A specific Commission waiver shall be required where the multifamily
residential requirements cannot be reasonably met.
K. Metal Siding. New multifamily dwellings and required parking structures shall not possess on the
.surface of the exposed exterior walls siding composed primarily of metal.
17.57.040 Accessory Buildings and Structures.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 150
A. Such buildings and structures shall not exceed twenty (20) feet in height or exceed the height of
the primary residence, whichever is less, in the UR2, UR3, UR4, and UR5 zones.
• B. Such buildings and structures, including freestanding shade awnings, sheds, pergolas, garages
and other attached, semi -attached and outbuildings shall be consistent and compatible with the
primary dwelling unit in terms of architecture, finish materials, and color.
C. The use of metal storage containers is prohibited in residential zones, unless they meet the design
standards of this Code.
D. Modular Building for Nonresidential Uses. Modular buildings for nonresidential uses in
residential zones shall be subject to the following additional requirements:
Must be set back twenty-five (25) feet from property lines of properties developed with
residential uses;
2. Shall be subject to the approval of a minor use permit in accordance with Section
17.24.120 (Minor Use Permit);
3. Shall be subject to the approval of a landscape plan review, in accordance with Section
17.23.150 (Landscape Plan Review), to ensure that the buildings are adequately screened
from public views and from adjacent residences;
4. The applicant shall submit plans identifying changes to parking and lighting to ensure
• that there are no adverse impacts to adjacent residences.
E. Mobile or portable canopies are not permitted in the front yard or side yard setback areas,
whether proposed to be located on a driveway or otherwise.
•
F. Above -ground utility boxes, telephone boxes, water lines, backflow preventers, cable boxes or
similar structures within public view shall be screened to the satisfaction of the Director of
Community Development.
G. All legal residential parcels shall be permitted to have one driveway point, unless otherwise
specified by the City Engineer.
H. All ground -mounted mechanical equipment shall be completely screened from surrounding
properties by use of a parapet, wall or fence, or shall be enclosed within a building. Exposed
gutters, downspouts, vents, louvers and other similar elements shall be painted to match the
surface to which they are attached unless they are used as part of the design theme.
1. All utility connections shall be designed to coordinate with the architectural elements of the
building(s) and/or site so as not to be exposed except where necessary. Pad -mounted
transformers and/or meter box locations shall be included in the site plan with any appropriate
screening treatment. Power lines and overhead cables less than thirty-four (34) KV shall be
installed underground.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50— Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 151
J. Residential Sport Courts. Residential sport courts shall be subject to the following standards:
Existing single-family residences within a residential zone may have up to one (l) sport
•
court (including applicable walls and/or fences) consisting of a single sport area.
Additional residential sport courts or sport areas may be permitted subject to the approval
of a minor use permit.
2. A residential sport court, requiring an enclosure, wall, structure or fence that surrounds or
is an integral part of such court, shall be designed so as to reasonably reduce or eliminate
light, noise, and other impacts on surrounding homes and properties. Where appropriate
and feasible, landscaping shall be used to screen the sports court from neighboring
properties. Additional noise attenuation may also be required by the Director. The
required setback for all sport courts with an enclosure, wall, or fence shall be 15 feet from
all side and rear property lines. No enclosures shall be within any front or reverse -comer
yard setbacks.
3. All lighting associated with a residential sport court shall be completely screened.
Spillover prevention may require substantial shielding of both the fixture and pole. In no
event shall light fixtures with the bulb fully enclosed within the fixture. Lights shall be
focused downward and shall not wash or extend more than 15 feet above the grade of the
sport court. Light fixtures shall be of full cut-off design, spill onto adjacent properties.
Lighting fixtures are prohibited within 15 feet from any rear or side property line. They
are also prohibited within any front or reverse -corner yard setbacks.
4. Lighting for exterior sport courts and/or areas shall not be used between the hours of 9:00 •
p.m. and 8:00 a.m.
K. Guesthouses. A guesthouse is a detached accessory building located on the same property as a
legal single-family dwelling unit, providing temporary living quarters for the temporary use by
occupants of the main residence or temporary guests of the occupants of the primary dwelling
unit. Such quarters may have bath and toilet facilities but no cooking facilities specifically
defined as a cook -top, stove, or range. Food preparation areas intended for entertainment
purposes, along with other facilities or appliances related to overnight guests, are permitted.
This may include, but is not limited to, warming ovens, sinks, wet bars, refrigeration, and
laundry facilities. Guest houses may not include electrical and/or plumbing connections that
could be used to support permanent cooking facilities (cook -top, stove, or range).
Locations. A guesthouse may be permitted only on parcels that meet the following
criteria:
a. The parcel shall be zoned any of the following zones (NUI, NU2, NU3, NU4,
NUS, URI, UR2, UR3, UR4, URS, or OS -A).
b. The parcel shall contain a legal single-family dwelling as the primary use
(primary dwelling unit).
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 152
C. Only one guesthouse shall be permitted per parcel unless an approved minor use
permit is obtained.
• 2. Development Standards. A guesthouse shall be subject to all the development
requirements of the underlying zone, with the exception of the following:
a. Where guesthouses or similar facilities are attached to the primary dwelling unit,
they shall be considered to be an addition to a residential structure and shall be
subject to the required setbacks and development standards for the underlying
zone.
b. The guesthouse shall meet the setbacks applicable to accessory structures.
C. The guesthouse, or the structure that contains the guesthouse, shall not exceed the
height (floor to peak) of the primary dwelling unit and is subject to the height
standards listed in subsection (A) of this section.
d. The architecture, construction materials and color of the guesthouse shall be
consistent and compatible with that of the primary dwelling unit.
3. Services. All services, including water, electric, and sewer shall be provided from the
primary dwelling. Separate, independent services for the guesthouse shall not be allowed.
4. Other. Guesthouses are for temporary occupancy and may not be rented or otherwise
• used as a separate dwelling.
L. Second Units. The purpose of this subsection is to provide for the creation of second units,
pursuant to Section 65852.2 of the Government Code. A second unit is a residential use that is
consistent with the residential zone designations.
A second unit is either a detached or attached dwelling unit, other than the primary unit, that
provides complete independent living facilities for one or more persons. It shall include
permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking (kitchen) and sanitation on the same
parcel on which a primary dwelling unit is situated. A second unit shall be subject to the issuance
of an administrative permit per Section 17.23. 100 (Administrative Permit).
Locations. A single second unit may be permitted only on parcels that meet the following
criteria:
a. The parcel shall be zoned any of the following categories: NU 1, NU2, NU3, NU4,
NUS, URI, UR2, UR3, UR4, URS, or OS -A.
b. The parcel shall contain a legal single-family dwelling as the primary use
(primary dwelling unit).
C. The second unit shall not be sold separately from the primary unit.
is January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 153
d. If located in an area restricted to a single route of access, the second unit shall
comply with the restricted residential access standards identified in Section
16.07.020 (Restricted Residential Access) of this Code.
2. Development Standards. A second unit shall be subject to all the development
requirements of the underlying zone, with the exception of the following:
a. Size. The gross living area of the second unit shall not exceed fifty (50) percent of
that of the primary dwelling unit.
b. Density. A second unit is permitted on any legal parcel that meets the minimum
lot size for the zone in which it is located.
C. For residential parcels measuring less than 5,000 square feet, the second shall be
attached to the single-family residence. For parcels greater than 5,000 square
feet, the second unit may either be attached or unattached.
d. Setbacks. Second units shall be subject to the same setback standards that are
applicable to the primary dwelling unit.
e. Bedroom Requirement. In no case shall a second unit contain more than two (2)
bedrooms.
£ Height. A detached second unit shall not exceed the height (floor to peak) of the
primary dwelling unit, subject to the height standards listed in subsection (A) of
this section.
g. Parking. The second unit shall be provided one standard parking space (9' x 18').
The required parking space shall be located on the parcel upon which the second
unit is located and shall not be located in the required front setback that is
applicable to the primary dwelling unit of the property. The parking space may be
a tandem space and may be uncovered. Said parking space shall be surfaced and
accessed pursuant to subsection (E) of Section 17.51.060 (Parking Standards) of
this Code.
It. Architecture. Architecture of the second unit shall be compatible with that of the
primary dwelling unit.
i. Entrance/Exit. Attached second units shall be provided with an independent
entry/exit to the exterior of the unit. No entrance to the attached second unit shall
be located on the same building elevation as the entrance to the primary dwelling
unit. The appearance of a "duplex" shall be avoided.
j. Attached Second Units. Attached second units shall share a common wall with
the single-family dwelling or shall share an integral roof structure having the
same framing system and roof covering as the primary dwelling unit. The
maximum separation between the primary single-family residence and the -
January 2013 1 DRAFT NW
Division 17.50–Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 154
attached second unit shall not exceed twenty (20) feet at any given point. The
second unit may be situated over attached garages.
k. Detached Second Units. Detached second units shall be located behind the
single-family dwelling unit and shall be located at least six (6) feet away from the
exterior wall of the primary unit, and may be situated over a detached garage. In
cases within the UR2, UR3, UR4, and UR5 zones where the second unit is
connected to a detached garage, the maximum height of the combined structure
shall not exceed 20 feet or the maximum height of the primary unit, whichever is
less, subject to the height standards listed in subsection (A) of this section.
1. Construction Materials. Construction materials and colors of the second unit shall
be compatible with those of the primary dwelling unit.
17.57.050 Distance Between Buildings.
A. Distance Between Main Buildings. A minimum distance of ten (10) feet shall be required
between all main residential buildings.
B. Distance Between Main and Accessory Buildings. Except where a greater distance is required by
this Code, a minimum distance of six (6) feet shall be required between any main residential
building and an accessory building.
C. Projections Permitted Between Buildings. The following projections are permitted within the
• required distance between buildings, provided they are developed subject to the same standards
as and not closer to a line midway between such buildings than is permitted in relation to a side
lot line within a required interior side yard:
1. Eaves and cantilevered roofs;
2. Fireplace structures, buttresses and wing walls;
3. Rain conductors and spouts, water tables, sills, capitals, cornices and belt courses;
4. Awnings and canopies;
5. Water heaters, water softeners, gas or electric meters, including service conductors and
pipes;
6. Stairways and balconies above the level of the first floor.
D. Uncovered porches, platforms, landings and decks, including access stairs thereto, which do not
extend above the first floor are permitted within the required distance between buildings without
distance restriction.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 155
17.57.060 Setbacks.
All setbacks shall meet the requirements of the underlying zone and as shown below in Figure 17.57 — 3•
(Residential Setbacks), unless specifically allowed in this section.
std
Key Lot
®
Guesthouse
4i3
Reversed' Comer Loi*
@
_SecondUriit
Comer Lot
ID
:Covcre$-Patio.
{9
Flap L-ot
Q.
Detached Garage
@
ndulti-firmly Residence
0
Pool ^ I Wor 20'dependingupon zone
Figure 17.57 — 3
Residential Setbacks
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 156
A. Flag lots shall maintain either a ten (10) foot front, side and rear yard setback, or shall conform
to the setbacks of the underlying zone, not including the flag portion of the lot.
• B. Garages shall be set back twenty (20) feet from all public and private rights-of-way, excluding
alleys. Garages can be set back five (5) feet away from the property line if no access is taken
from that elevation and does not front a street.
C. Street setbacks shall be measured from the ultimate street right-of-way or from the maximum
required street width if said street or proposed street is to be private. In residential zones where
the sidewalk is located adjacent to the curb, the building setback shall be measured from six (6)
feet from the back of curb, as shown on Figure 17.57 - 4 (Street Setback Cross Section). This
allowance does not permit any encroachment within any portion of such street by the underlying
fee owner.
-T&al.Right-Of-Way WidOt
.I 'Stieet SMbacks 'Stcet. Setbavks
I I I
�I I I I Ixeverse I
Sidewalk�Palk�ayl ISid^ ewalkl N,kway.
p q
S, miv. Yvurt fT wv. 16'min.
Figure 17.57 — 4
Street Setback Cross Sections
D. Patio Covers that are permanently unenclosed and are attached to the main dwelling unit may
project into the rear yard as long as they are no closer than five (5) feet from the rear property
line.
E. Platforms, landings, decks, pools and access stairs exceeding an average height of one foot
which do not extend above the level of the first floor, may extend into a required side and rear
yard provided:
That such structures shall not be located closer than five (5) feet to any lot line; and
2. That such structures shall remain unenclosed on at least two (2) sides. This provision,
however, shall not preclude the placement of detachable screens.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50—Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 157
F. Other structures shall be permitted in required yards as follows:
1. Fireplace structures (attached to dwellings), buttresses, wingwalls, eaves, cantilevered
roofs, awnings, canopies, water heaters, water softeners and gas or electric meters may be
located in required interior side and rear yards; provided, that they are located no closer
than two and one-half (2.5) feet to any lot line.
2. Ground -mounted air conditioners, swimming pool pumps, waterfalls (not exceeding six
(6) feet in height), heaters, filters and fans may be located in required rear yards;
provided, that they are located not closer than two and one-half (2.5) feet to any lot line.
These items, as well as other similar appurtenances, are not permitted in the side yard.
3. Unenclosed stairways and balconies above the level of the finished elevation of the first
floor attached to the primary structure may project a maximum of five (5) feet into a
required rear yard; provided, however, that an open work railing not to exceed three and
one-half (3.5) feet in height may be installed.
4. Swimming pools and spas are permitted in required rear yards; provided, that they are
located not closer than five (5) feet from any property line. The setback shall be measured
from the water line of a sunken pool or spa or from the structure of an above -ground pool
or spa.
5. Structures not exceeding one foot above ground level may be used in any required yard.
6. Built-in barbeques, fire pits, detached fireplaces and built-in entertainment centers shall •
be five (5) feet away from property lines and less than ten (10) feet in height, including
smoke stacks and chimneys.
7. Except as described elsewhere in this Code, accessory buildings and structures may be
located within a required rear yard; provided, that they are not closer than five (5) feet to
any lot line.
17.57.070 Walls and Fences.
Setbacks shown are the minimum required. Fence and wall heights, as shown in Figure 17.57 — 5 (Fence
and Wall Heights) are the maximum permitted, unless modified by an adjustment or variance.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 158
U
•
•
6' Mar,
J:5' Max!
fit
/
i
7yl
i,/
KEY LOT
6' Mu.
CORNER LOT
6' Max.
\
i
N
"(a' Mae. AII..W Fm
REVERSED CORNER LOT
Non.vimOh9c irrgrendne')
Figure 17.57 — 5
Fence and Wall Heights
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 159
A. Walls in Interior Side and Rear Yards. A garden wall or fence not more than six (6) feet in height
may be maintained along the interior side or rear lot lines; provided, that such wall or fence does
not extend into a required front yard or side yard adjacent to a street except as herein provided.
•
Fences or garden walls in excess of six (6) feet in height, but not more than 15 feet in height,
may be permitted in a required rear yard subject to the issuance of an adjustment per Section
17.24.100 (Adjustments), provided that such a fence or garden wall is not located any closer than
five (5) feet to an interior side yard or rear yard line.
B. in any required yard adjacent to a street or a driveway providing vehicular access to an abutting
lot, a wall, fence, or view -obscuring vegetation shall not exceed forty-two (42) inches in height,
except as herein provided. The height may be increased to forty-eight (48) inches for non -view -
obscuring pipe or rail fencing.
C. All walls and fences outside of any required yard in excess of six (6) feet, but less than 15 feet in
height, shall be subject to the approval of the Director. Walls and fences in excess of 15 feet
located outside of any required yard and not exceeding the maximum height for an accessory use
in the underlying zone shall be subject to the issuance of an adjustment per Section 17.24.100
(Adjustments).
D. Access. A wall or fence shall not be constructed in such a manner so as to block or restrict
vehicular access to a dedicated or implied dedicated alley, access, or way.
E. Prohibited Materials. Fiberglass sheeting, bamboo sheeting, barbed wire, razor ribbon or other
similar temporary material shall not be permitted as a fencing material. Chain link fencing shall
not be permitted in a required front yard and shall not be visible from any public right-of-way •
unless otherwise approved by the Director.
F. Vacant property and property under construction may be fenced with a maximum six (6) foot
high, non -view -obscuring fence for a period not to exceed one year.
G. Retaining walls proposed on land with an average slope of less than ten (10) percent shall be
subject to the following provisions, as shown in Figure 17.57 — 6 (Retaining Walls). Retaining
walls proposed on land with an average slope of ten (10) percent or greater shall be subject to
Section 17.51.020 (Hillside Development).
1. Where a retaining wall protects a cut below the natural grade and is located within a
required yard, such retaining wall may be topped by a fence or garden wall. The fence or
garden wall may be the same height that would otherwise be permitted at that location if
no retaining wall existed; provided, that the subject property is on the lower side. In all
other locations, the maximum height of the retaining wall and fence or screening wall
combined shall not exceed the maximum heights established in this Code or at the
discretion of the Director.
2. Where a retaining wall contains a fill above the natural grade and is located within a
required fence or wall at that location. A non -view -obscuring fence up to three and one-
half (3.5) feet in height may be erected at the top of the retaining wall for safety.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.50 — Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 160
3. Where a wall or fence is located in a required yard adjacent to a retaining wall containing
a fill, such garden wall or fence shall be set back from the retaining wall a distance of one
• foot for each one foot in height of such wall or fence. The area between the wall or fence
and the retaining wall shall be landscaped and continuously maintained.
•
C
4. Where a retaining wall is constructed to exceed six (6) feet in height measured from a
neighboring parcel, an adjustment shall be obtained in accordance with Section 17.24. 100
(Adjustments).
'hfax.l5'on area ultiad: and
sari iapiired rear mNside yaid:
�agrc tarn an i capon
A.
���. `(amgM x3:5' grrnashr
fmw u P mnud mi 6'rill
} fE]NIIIp^HAII Im SIPf(Y�
6'. l9mr area emind; end
6'on R±C'vcd rcaz snA sac
B.
" g{: +w' i. f2 ,s. 'i% yard.depmdagmlocarimr.
• ' k rhall nmu"W C
irpd limits Pemm
I �
1
I x�
d' +�'i/rill �
x .,"� i.
C.
Figure 17.57 — 6
Retaining Walls
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 161
H. Measurement of Fence and Wall Height. The height of a fence or wall shall be measured at the
highest average ground level within three (3) feet of either side of said wall or fence. In order to
allow for variation in topography, the height of a required fence or wall may vary an amount not
to exceed six (6) inches; provided however, that in no event shall the average height of such wall
or fence exceed the maximum height permitted for that location.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.50 —Development Standards (17.51-17.57)
Page 162
Division 17.60 Specific Development Standards
40
Chapter 17.61 Adult Business Regulations
Chapter 17.62 Animal Keeping
Chapter 17.63 Automotive Uses
Chapter 17.64 Historic Preservation
Chapter 17.65
Home Occupations
Chapter 17.66
Other Specific Development Requirements
Chapter 17.67
Temporary Uses
Chapter 17.68
Transfer of Development Rights, Density Bonus, and Cluster
Developments
Chapter 17.69 Wireless Communication Facilities and Satellite Dish Antennas
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 1
CI
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 2
Chapter 17.61 Adult Business Regulations
• SECTIONS:
17.61.010 Purpose.
17.61.020 Applicability.
17.61.030 Legal Nonconforming Use.
17.61.040 Locational and Distance Requirements.
17.61.050 Adult Business Use Permit Application.
17.61.060 Timeline for Land Use Review and Decisions Concerning Adult Business Use
Permit.
17.61.070 Findings Requiring Application Approval.
17.61.080 Appeals to the Council.
17.61.090 Performance/Development Standards.
17.61.100 Couch Dancing/Straddle Dancing and Other Sexual and Related Activities are
Prohibited.
17.61.110 Inspection.
17.61.120 Suspension of Permit.
17.61.130 Revocation of Permit.
17.61.140 Annual Compliance Letter.
17.61.010 Purpose.
• It is the purpose and intent of this chapter to regulate adult businesses in order to promote the
health, safety, morals and general welfare of the citizens of the City and to establish reasonable
and uniform regulations to prevent any deleterious location and concentration of adult businesses
within the City, thereby reducing or eliminating the adverse secondary effects from such adult
businesses. The provisions of the section have neither the purpose nor effect of imposing a
limitation or restriction on the content of any communication materials, including sexually
oriented materials. Similarly, it is not the intent nor effect of this chapter to restrict or deny access
by adults to sexually oriented materials protected by the First Amendment, or to deny access by
the distributors and exhibitors of sexually oriented entertainment to their intended market. Neither
is it the intent nor effect of the chapter to condone or legitimize the distribution of obscene
material or material harmful to minors.
•
17.61.020 Applicability.
A. Adult businesses shall only be permitted to be operate in the Community Commercial
(CC) zone or Business Park (BP) zone, and shall be subject to all the regulations and
provisions in this Code. The provisions of adult businesses shall be applied to the
following:
1. Adult motion picture arcade;
2. Adult bookstore;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 3
3. Adult novelty store;
4. Figure modeling studio; •
5. Adult cabaret;
6. Adult motel;
7. Adult tanning salon;
8. Adult motion picture theater;
9. Sexual encounter establishment;
10. Escort agency;
11. Semi-nude model studio;
12. Juice bar.
17.61.030 Legal Nonconforming Use.
A. All design and performance standards set forth in Section 17.61.090
(Performance/Development Standards) and locational and distance requirements set forth •
in Section 17.61.040 (Locational and Distance Requirements) are deemed to be necessary
for the protection of the public health, safety and welfare and shall be applicable and
govem all existing and proposed adult businesses and shall immediately apply to any
proposed adult business upon adoption and passage of the ordinance codified in this
chapter.
B. In the event that there is any adult business lawfully in existence prior to the adoption of
the ordinance codified in this chapter that is not in compliance with the design and
performance standards of Section 17.61.090 (Performance/Development Standards), any
such adult business shall be considered a legal nonconforming use and shall conform to all
design and performance standards within two (2) years of the effective date of said
ordinance.
C. In the event that there is any adult business lawfully in existence prior to the adoption of
the ordinance codified in this chapter that is not in compliance with the locational and
distance requirements of Section 17.61.040 (Locational and Distance Requirements), any
such adult business shall be considered a legal nonconforming use and shall conform to all
standards within five (5) years of the effective date of said ordinance.
D. Any adult business which was a legal use at the time of annexation of the property into the
City but which is a nonconforming use after annexation shall be subject to the same time
requirements as indicated in subsections (B) and (C) of this section, starting from the date
of annexation.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 4
•
E. Any discontinuance or abandonment of the use of any lot or structure as an adult business
® shall result in a loss of legal nonconforming status. Any nonconforming use lawfully in
existence prior to the adoption of the ordinance codified in this chapter may be continued,
except as provided in this chapter; provided, that the use shall not be increased, enlarged,
extended, or altered. Upon the conclusion of the amortization period, any adult business
which is a nonconforming use shall cease all business operations and all signs, advertising
and displays relating to said business shall be removed within thirty (30) days.
F. An application for extension of the amortization period for an adult business which is a
nonconforming use shall be made as provided herein.
1. The owner of the property on which an adult business is located or the owner of the
adult business who desires to extend the applicable amortization period must apply
for approval of an extension not later than six (6) months prior to expiration of the
amortization period, unless the City Manager or designee determines that good
cause is shown for late filing of the application. Such application shall be made in
writing on a form as prescribed by the City and shall be accompanied by the
required fee as established by resolution of the Council. The party requesting the
extension of the amortization period shall bear the burden of proof in establishing
that the amortization period is unreasonable and that the requested extension is a
reasonable amortization period for the owner to receive a fair rate of return on the
investment in the business. The party applying for the extension shall furthermore
be required in order to meet its burden of proof to submit the documentation set
forth in this chapter.
• 2. Not later than thirty (30) days after submittal of an application to extend the
amortization period, the City Manager or designee shall notify the applicant, in
writing, if the application is not complete. A complete application shall include:
a. The applicant's signature;
b. A written request for an extension of the amortization period which shall
include information relevant to the factors listed in subsection (H) of this
section below and shall identify the term of the requested extension;
C. The required fees;
•
d. A mailing list and a set of gummed labels attached to envelopes with first-
class postage fully paid thereon with the names, addresses and tax
assessor's parcel numbers of all owners of real property within a radius of
one thousand (1,000) feet from the external boundaries of the property on
which the adult business is located; and
e. A tax assessor's parcel map identifying the properties to be notified within
the one thousand (1,000) foot radius.
If the application is not complete, the City Manager shall specify in writing those
parts which are incomplete and shall identify the manner by which the application
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60— Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 5
can be made complete. If a written determination is not provided to the applicant
within (30) calendar days after it is submitted, the application shall be deemed
complete.
G. The Commission shall hold a noticed public hearing on the request for an extension
H. Criteria and Findings. In determining whether to grant an extension of the amortization
period for an adult-oriented business which is a nonconforming use, and in determining the
appropriate length of such an extension, the Commission shall consider the amount of
investment in the business, the opportunities for relocation to a legally permissible site, the
costs of relocation, the effects of the business on the surrounding area and the following
additional factors:
1. The present actual and depreciated value of business improvements;
2. The applicable Internal Revenue Service depreciation schedule or functional non -
confidential equivalents;
3. The remaining useful life of the business improvements;
4. The remaining lease term;
5. The ability of the business and/or land owner to change the use to a conforming
use; and
6. The date upon which the property owner and/or business operator received notice
of the nonconforming status of the adult business and the amortization •
requirements.
I. The Commission, or the Council on appeal, shall receive and consider evidence presented
by the applicant and any other persons, and shall make findings that the amortization
period it establishes is reasonable in view of the evidence and the criteria set forth above.
J. An adult business lawfully operating as a conforming use is not rendered a nonconforming
use by the location, subsequent to the grant or renewal of an adult business use permit
and/or an adult business license, of a church, school, public park, public building,
residential zone, or residential lot within one thousand (1,000) feet of the adult business.
This provision applies only to the renewal of a valid permit and license and does not apply
when an application for a permit and license is submitted after a permit and license has
expired or has been revoked.
17.61.040 Locational and Distance Requirements.
A. No person shall cause or permit the operation of any adult business within one thousand
(1,000) feet of another adult business, within one thousand (1,000) feet of any religious
institution, school, public park, public building, or within one thousand (1,000) feet of any
property zoned or approved for residential use or used for residential purposes.
B. Distance between any two (2) adult businesses shall be measured in a straight line, without
regard to intervening structures, from the nearest property line to the nearest property line •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60— Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 6
of each business. The distance between any adult business and any religious institution,
• school, public park, public building or any properties zoned for residential use or used for
residential purposes shall also be measured in a straight line, without regard to intervening
structures or objects from the nearest property line of the premises where the adult
business is conducted, to the nearest property line of the premises of a religious institution,
school or public park or public building or the nearest boundary of an affected residential
zone or residential lot.
17.61.050 Adult Business Use Permit Application.
A. In order to operate an adult business within the City, the applicant or proprietor of the
business must obtain the adult business license required by this chapter and an adult
business use permit as required herein. It shall be unlawful and a misdemeanor, subject to
punishment in accordance with this chapter, for an owner, operator, manager, employee, or
independent contractor to operate an adult business without possessing an adult business
use permit required by this Code. In order for the application to be deemed or determined
complete, the applicant shall pay the filing fee for an adult business use permit. All
applicants for such a permit, in addition to any application or documents required to be
filed pursuant to the provisions of this chapter, shall file a written, signed and verified
application on a form provided by the City. The completed application shall contain the
following information and shall be accompanied by the following documents:
If the applicant is
• a. An individual, the individual shall state his/her legal name and any aliases
and submit satisfactory proof that he/she is eighteen (18) years of age.
b. A partnership, the partnership shall state its complete name and the names
of all partners, whether the partnership is general or limited, and a copy of
the partnership agreement, if any.
U
C. A corporation, the corporation shall state its complete name, the date of its
incorporation, evidence that the corporation is in good standing under the
laws of California, the names and capacity of all officers, directors and
principal stockholders and the name of the registered corporate agent and
the address of the registered office for service of process.
2. The applicant's mailing addresses and residential address.
3. Location and address including legal description of the proposed adult business.
4. A recent photograph of the applicant(s).
5. The applicant's driver's license number, social security number and/or his/her State
or federally issued tax identification number.
6. Ten (10) legible blueline (folded to approximately eight (8) inches by twelve (12)
inches) copies (using an engineer's scale of one inch equals twenty (20) feet) of the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 7
floor plan showing the configuration of the premises, including a statement of total •
floor space occupied by the business.
7. Twenty (20) straight-line, legible blueline (folded to approximately eight (8) inches
by twelve (12) inches) copies of the site plan prepared within thirty (30) days prior
to application by a California registered land surveyor depicting the property lines
and the structures containing any established existing uses regulated by this chapter
within one thousand (1,000) feet of the property to be certified; the property lines
of any established religious institution, school, or public park or recreation area
within one thousand (1,000) feet of the property to be certified; and the property
lines of any residentially zoned area or residential property within one thousand
(1,000) feet of the property to be certified. For purposes of this section, a use shall
be considered existing or established if it is in existence at the time an application
is submitted.
8. Two (2) copies of each of the following:
a. Land use map (one thousand (1,000) foot radius).
i. Draw at a scale of one (1) inch to one hundred (100) feet;
ii. Indicate the applicant's property (with dimension); all surrounding
property within the radius (measured from the exterior boundaries
of the subject property); all streets, highways, alley, rights-of-way,
current lot lines; and all tract lot and house numbers;
iii. Indicate existing uses (house, apartment, store, vacant, etc.) on all
lots, parcels and portions thereof within the radius; and
iv. Distinguish the applicant's property from surrounding property.
b. Property ownership map (one thousand (1,000) foot radius).
i. Draw at a scale of one inch to two hundred (200) feet;
ii. Indicate the applicant's property (with dimension); all surrounding
property within the radius (measured from the exterior boundaries
of the subject property); all streets, highways, alleys, rights-of-way,
current lot lines; and all tract lot and house numbers;
iii. Indicate ownership of property within the radius (number lots to
correspond to the property owners list described below); and
iv. Distinguish the applicant's property from surrounding property.
C. Property proximity map (eight and one-half (8.5) inches by eleven (ll)
inches) indicating surrounding property within a radius of three hundred
(300) feet and two thousand five hundred (2,500) feet from the exterior
boundaries of the subject property.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 8
•
E
9. Prepare a complete list of names and mailing addresses of the current owners of
• each parcel or lot within, or partially within, a one thousand (1,000) foot radius of
the subject property. This information must be as it appears on the latest available
assessment roll of the L.A. County Assessor, and shall be certified as true and
correct. Each name shall be assigned a number on the list indicating corresponding
numbers on the parcels or lots on the ownership map. In addition a certified
property owners list affidavit shall be submitted to verify completeness and
accuracy of the names and addresses. An inaccurate or incomplete list shall
constitute cause for removal of the case from the agenda or necessitate a rehearing
of the case after proper noticing of affected property owners.
10. One complete set of mailing labels for all of the property owners within a one
thousand (1,000) foot radius of the exterior boundaries of the subject property,
including the following:
C�
a. Name and address of the property owner(s);
b. Name and address of the manager of any mobilehome park, or portion
thereof, within a one thousand (1,000) foot radius of the property. Such
label shall include the letters "MHP" apart from the address so that such
notices contain a request to post the notice in a public area or within the
park; and
C. One set of blank envelopes, with the correct amount of postage on each
envelope, sufficient to complete one mailing of notices. Notices will be
mailed by the Community Development Department.
i 1. A detailed description of the manner of providing proposed entertainment,
including type of entertainment and the number of persons engaged in the
entertainment.
12. Proposed hours of operation
13. The name or names of the person or persons having responsibility for the
management or supervision of the applicant's business and of any entertainment.
14. Whether the applicant or any other individual listed pursuant to this chapter holds
any other permits and/or licenses under this chapter or other similar adult business
ordinance from another city or county and, if so, the names and locations of such
other permitted businesses.
15. Whether the applicant or any of the other individuals listed pursuant to this chapter
has had a previous permit under this chapter or other similar ordinances from
another city or county denied, suspended or revoked, including the name and
location of the adult business for which the permit was denied, suspended or
revoked, as well as the date of the denial, suspension or revocation, and whether
the applicant or any other individuals listed pursuant to this chapter has been a
partner in a partnership or an officer, director or principal stockholder of a
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 9
corporation that is permitted under this chapter whose permit has previously been
denied, suspended or revoked, including the name and location of the adult
business for which the permit was denied, suspended or revoked as well as the date
of denial, suspension or revocation.
16. Whether the applicant or any of the other individuals listed on the application has
within the last five (5) years, immediately preceding the date of the application,
been convicted of a specified criminal act or tax violation, and, if so, the specified
criminal act or tax violation involved, the date of conviction and the place of
conviction.
17. The applicant shall be required to pay a nonrefundable application fee as specified
in the schedule of fees at the time of filing an application under this chapter.
18. One official set of the applicant(s) fingerprints (obtained from Los Angeles County
Sheriff's office). The City shall submit/send the fingerprints to the State
Department of Justice for a Criminal History Background Check within seventy-
two (72) hours of receiving the fingerprints from the applicant(s). The application
shall not be deemed complete until the City has received fingerprints from the
applicant. If the City does not receive the background check from the Justice
Department within sixty (60) days, this requirement will be waived, but does not
exempt the applicant from subsequent revocation or suspension if all requirements
are not met.
19. The applicant shall be required to display an on-site sign containing information
about the proposed project and the public hearing. Signage requirements can be
obtained in the Planning Division. The on-site sign must be posted twenty-one (21)
days prior to the public hearing.
B. Applicants for a permit under this chapter shall have a continuing duty to promptly
supplement application information required by this chapter in the event that said
information changes in any way from what is stated on the application. The failure to
comply with said continuing duty within thirty (30) days from the date of such change, by
supplementing the application on file with the Director shall be grounds for suspension of
a permit.
C. In the event that the Director determines or teams at any time that the applicant has
improperly completed the application for a proposed adult business, they shall notify the
applicant of such fact within thirty (30) days and allow the applicant ten (10) days to
properly complete the application. (The time period for granting or denying a permit shall
be stayed during the period in which the applicant is allowed an opportunity to properly
complete the application.)
D. Prior to obtaining any permit to operate any adult business defined in this chapter, and as
part of any application for a permit under this chapter, the applicant shall obtain a written
letter signed by the Director that the proposed location of such business complies with the
locational requirements of this chapter.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.60—Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 10
E. By applying for a permit under this chapter, the applicant shall be deemed to have
• consented to the provisions of this chapter of the Code, and to the Los Angeles County
Sheriffs office and all other City agencies charged with enforcing the laws, ordinances
and Code applicable in the City of their respective responsibilities.
F. The applicant(s) shall receive a dated, signed and written letter from the Director when the
application is deemed complete.
17.61.060 Timeline for Land Use Review and Decisions Concerning Adult Business Use
Permit.
A. The Commission shall approve or disapprove the completed adult business use permit
application within sixty (60) days of its acceptance as complete by the Director, unless
extended upon the written consent of the Director and the applicant.
B. Within sixty (60) days of receipt of the completed application by the Director, the
Commission shall conduct a noticed hearing on the application for an adult business use
permit and shall approve the application if the application meets the requirements of this
Code and shall deny the application if any of the findings set forth in this Code cannot be
fulfilled. The Commission shall issue its decision during the public hearing. If the
Commission fails to approve or deny the application within the sixty (60) days, or any
extension thereof, of the receipt of the completed application, the application shall be
deemed approved by the Commission entitling the applicant to engage in the proposed use,
subject to the remaining provisions of this Code.
C. In the event the information requested pursuant to the Code is not available prior to the
granting of the permit, the Commission shall, if the application otherwise meets the
requirements of this Code, issue the permit. Should information later obtained pursuant to
this Code materially vary from that contained in the application, such variance shall be
cause to revoke the permit. Any permit issued prior to the City receiving the information
required shall state clearly on its face that the adult business use permit is subject to
suspension or revocation pursuant to the provisions of this Code and all other applicable
laws and ordinances, including revocation and suspension provisions hereof.
17.61.070 Findings Requiring Application Approval.
A. The Commission, or Council on appeal, shall approve the application for an adult business
use permit unless it is unable to make one or more of the following findings:
1. That all applicable fees have been paid.
2. That the applicant or the applicant's spouse is not overdue in payment to the City
of any fees, fines or penalties assessed against or imposed in relation to an existing
or former adult business.
3. That the building, structure, equipment and location used by the business for which
an adult business use permit is required complies with the requirements and
standards of the health, building, zoning, fire and safety laws of the State of
• California, the Los Angeles County Fire Department and the City.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 1 I
4. That the conduct of the adult business as proposed by the applicant, if permitted,
will comply with all applicable laws, including, but not limited to, the City's •
building, zoning, fire and health and safety regulations.
5. That the applicant is eighteen (18) years of age or older.
6. That the use is permitted in the zone, district, or area in which it is proposed to be
located and is in conformity with the applicable development standards of that
zone, district or area, including the provision of required parking.
7. That the use is in conformity with the locational criteria set forth in this Code.
8. That the design of the site and the proposed improvements are in compliance with
all applicable design provisions of this Code.
9. That the proposed conduct of the adult business is in compliance with all
applicable performance standards of this Code.
10. That the applicant, partnership, or corporation has not knowingly made any false,
misleading or fraudulent statement of material fact in the application for an adult
business use permit, or in any report or record required to be filed with the City or
County.
11. That on the date that the business for which a permit is required herein commences,
or thereafter, there will be a responsible person on the premises to act as manager
at all times during which the adult business is open. i
12. That an applicant has not been convicted of a specified criminal act for which:
a. Less than two (2) years have elapsed since the date of conviction or the date
of release from confinement, whichever is the later date, if the conviction is
of a misdemeanor offense for the specified criminal acts which are sexual
crimes against children; sexual abuse; rape; or crimes connected with
another adult business including, but not limited to, distribution of
obscenity; distribution, display or sale of material harmful to minors;
prostitution; or pandering.
b. Less than five (5) years have elapsed since the date of conviction or the date
of release from confinement, whichever is the later date, if the conviction is
of a felony offense; for the specified criminal acts which are sexual crimes
against children; sexual abuse; rape; or crimes connected with another adult
business including, but not limited to, distribution of obscenity; distribution,
display, or sale of material harmful to minors; prostitution; or pandering.
C. Less than five (5) years have elapsed since the date of conviction or the date
of release from confinement, whichever is the later date, if the convictions
are of two (2) or more misdemeanors for the specified criminal acts which
are sexual crimes against children; sexual abuse; rape; or crimes connected
with another adult business including, but not limited to, distribution of
January 201 IDRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 12
obscenity; distribution, display, or sale of material harmful to minors;
• prostitution; pandering; or conviction of any such offense occurring within
twenty-four (24) months prior to application.
d. The fact that a conviction is being appealed shall have no effect on
disqualification of the applicant.
e. An applicant who has been convicted of any of the above described
specified criminal acts may qualify to own, operate or manage an adult
business only when the required time period has elapsed.
B. In the event the Commission, or the Council on appeal, denies an adult business use permit
application, the business, if operating, shall cease its operations as an adult business use
permit and no further activities regulated by this Code shall be conducted on the premises
unless and until an adult business use permit and a required adult business license is
obtained.
17.61.080 Appeals to the Council.
If an adult business use permit is denied by the Commission, the applicant shall have fifteen (15)
days from the date of the hearing in which to appeal the decision to the Council. An appeal shall
be requested by a typed letter and required appeal fee to the City Clerk. If appealed, notice of the
hearing before the Council shall be mailed (envelopes, stamps, mailing labels of all property
owners within a one thousand (1,000) foot radius of the subject property shall be supplied by the
applicant) and published in the City's official newspaper and the hearing shall be held at the
• earliest possible date authorized by law, but in no event later than sixty (60) days from the date of
the Commission's action to deny the application. The Council shall act on the appeal during the
Council public hearing. If the Council does not act on the appeal within the sixty (60) days, the
application shall be deemed approved and the applicant shall be entitled to engage in the proposed
use subject to the remaining provisions of the Code and all other applicable laws and City
ordinances or regulations.
r1
17.61.090 Performance/Development Standards.
The establishment of an adult business shall comply with the applicable site development
standards of the Code including the following:
A. The building entrance shall be clearly and legibly posted with a notice indicating that
minors are precluded from entering the premises.
B. A manager shall be on -duty at all times during operating hours.
C. No exterior doors or windows on the premises shall be open at any time and any exterior
windows shall be covered with opaque covering.
D. If the adult business is the sole use on the lot no landscaping shall exceed thirty (30) inches
in height, except trees with foliage not less than six (6) feet above the ground.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60— Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 13
E. The exterior grounds, including the parking lot, shall be sufficiently lighted to the
satisfaction of the Director during all hours of operation to allow all areas to be visible at •
all times. In addition all exterior lighting shall remain on for at least thirty (30) minutes
after the closing time of the adult business to promote safety for employees thereof. All
exterior grounds shall be maintained in a clean and orderly manner free of trash, debris and
weeds.
F. No advertising sign, billboard, or structure, advertisement, display, or other promotional
material depicting specified anatomical areas or specified sexual activities or displaying
instruments, devices, or paraphernalia designed for use in connection with specified sexual
activities, shall be shown or exhibited so as to be visible from any exterior area.
G. No special events, promotions, concerts, or similar activities which are likely to increase
parking demand shall be permitted.
H. All areas of the adult business shall be illuminated at a minimum of the following
footcandles, normally maintained and evenly distributed at ground level:
Area
Footcandles
Adult bookstores
20
Adult theaters and cabarets
5 (except during performances, at which times
lighting shall be at least 1.25 footcandles)
Adult arcades
10
Adult motels/hotels
20 (in public areas)
Modeling studios
20
Other adult businesses
20
1. The adult business use permit and adult business license required by this chapter shall be
posted at the front interior entrance and shall be kept valid/current at all times.
J. The proposed site is adequate in size and shape to accommodate the required yards, fences,
walls, parking and loading facilities, landscaping and other development features
prescribed within the Code.
K. No partitions between subdivisions of a room, portion or part of a building, structure or
premises, including restrooms, may have an aperture, hole, slit or other opening or gap
which is designed or otherwise constructed to encourage, permit or allow sexual activity
between persons on either side of the partition.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 14
CI
L. The maximum occupancy load, fire exits, fire lanes and fire suppression equipment shall
• be regulated, designed and provided in accordance with the regulations and standards of
the Los Angeles County Fire Department and the City's Building and Safety Division.
M. Any adult business in which live entertainment is performed shall have such performances
only conducted on a stage or on a platform that is raised eighteen (18) inches and which
has a rail which does not allow patrons to be any closer to the performers than six (6) feet.
Said rail shall be at least forty-two (42) inches in height above the stage or platform and
shall be installed around the perimeter of the stage or platform.
N. Any viewing room shall be directly visible from the manager's station of the adult
business, and visibility of the entire viewing room from the manager's station shall be
neither obscured nor obstructed by any curtain, door, wall or other structure.
O. No adult business, excepting an adult motel, shall operate between the hours of eleven
p.m. and ten a.m. No owner, operator, manager, employee or independent contractor of an
adult business, except an adult motel, regardless of whether or not a permit has been issued
for said business under the provisions of this Code, shall allow such business to remain
open for business, or no owner, operator, manager or employee of an adult business shall
permit any employee or independent contractor to engage in a performance, solicit a
performance, make a sale, solicit a sale, provide a service or solicit a service between the
hours of eleven p.m. and ten a.m.
P. Off-street parking shall be provided for the adult business on-site and as specified in the
Code and as follows:
Is 1. Adult Theater, Adult Cabaret, Adult Motion Theater or Adult Arcade. One parking
space shall be provided for every two (2) seats in a viewing room, or one parking
space shall be provided for every two (2) occupants per the allowable occupant
load as established by the City's Building Official and/or Fire Department,
whichever standard is greater. In addition, one parking space shall be provided for
each employee or independent contractor on the maximum shift.
•
Q. Any person who operates or causes to be operated an adult business, other than an adult
motel, which exhibits on the premises in a private viewing area or individual viewing area
of less than one hundred fifty (150) square feet of floor space, a film, video cassette or
other video reproduction which depicts specified sexual activities or specified anatomical
areas, shall comply with the following requirements:
Upon application for an adult business use permit, the application shall be
accompanied by a diagram of the premises showing a plan thereof specifying the
location of one or more manager's stations, the location of all overhead lighting
fixtures, and designating any portion of the premises in which patrons shall not be
permitted. A manager's station(s) shall not exceed thirty-two (32) feet of floor area.
2. No alteration in the configuration or location of a manager's station shall be made
without the prior written approval of the Director.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 15
3. It is the duty of the permit holder to ensure that at least one employee is on duty
and situated at each manager's station at all times that any patron is present inside •
the premises.
4. The interior of the premises shall be configured in such a manner that there is an
unobstructed view from a manager's station of every area of the premises to which
any patron is permitted access for any purpose, excluding restrooms. Restrooms
shall not contain video reproduction and/or monitoring equipment. If the premises
has two (2) or more manager's stations designed, then the interior of the premises
shall be configured in such a manner that there is an unobstructed view of each
area of the premises to which any patron is permitted access for any purpose from
at least one of the manager's stations. The view required in this section shall be by
direct line of sight from the manager's station.
5. It shall be the duty of the permit holder and any employees or independent
contractors present on the premises to ensure that the view area specified in
subsection (Q)(4) of this section remains unobstructed by any doors, walls,
merchandise, display racks or other materials at all times and to ensure that no
patron is permitted access to any area of the premises which has been designed as
an area in which patrons shall not be permitted in the application filed pursuant to
this chapter.
R. For adult businesses which exceed an occupant load of one hundred twenty-five (125)
persons or five thousand (5,000) square feet, the provision of on-site security personnel
shall be required during all business hours pursuant to a plan to be reviewed and approved
for adequacy by the Approving Authority and designated head of the law enforcement
entity providing law enforcement services to the City. Security personnel shall be licensed
in accordance with the California Business and Professions Code, to the satisfaction of the
designated head of the entity providing law enforcement services to the City.
S. Adult Motion Picture Theater/Adult Arcade.
I. A manager's station shall be located near the main entrance and the station shall be
provided with an unobstructed view of all motion picture or arcade viewing areas.
2. No adult motion picture theater or adult arcade shall be maintained or operated
unless the complete interior of the adult motion picture theater or adult arcade is
visible upon entrance to such premises. No partially or fully enclosed booths shall
be maintained.
3. Maximum Number of Devices. No person shall operate an adult motion picture
theater or adult arcade in which the number of image producing devices exceeds
the maximum occupancy load permitted in any room or partitioned portion of a
room in which an image producing device is located.
T. Adult Hotel/Motel.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60— Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 16
•
I . Evidence that a sleeping room in a hotel, motel, or a similar commercial
• establishment has been rented or subrented and vacated two (2) or more times in a
period of time that is less than ten (10) hours within a twenty-four (24) hour period
on a recurring basis creates a rebuttable presumption that the establishment is an
adult hotel/motel as that term is defined in this chapter.
2. A person is in violation of the provision of this Code if such person rents or
subrents a sleeping room at a location without an adult business license and an
adult business use permit to a person or persons and within ten (10) hours
thereafter rents or subrents the same room to another person(s), or subrents the
same room to the prior renter.
U. No loud speaker or sound equipment audible to persons in any public exterior area shall be
used in connection with an adult business, and the business shall be so conducted that
sounds associated with the business are not emitted into any public area. All adult
businesses shall be subject to providing sufficient sound -absorbing insulation if required
by the Approving Authority.
V. No person shall display in any public newsrack, vending machine, or other display device
any material which is defined by California Penal Code 313 as harmful to minors,
including but not limited to material displaying to the public view photographs or pictorial
representations of the commission of any of the following acts: sodomy, oral copulation,
sexual intercourse, masturbation, bestiality or an exposed penis in an erect and turgid state,
unless such material is:
• 1. Displayed in an area from which minors are excluded; or
2. Distributed from a machine only accessible through tokens that may be obtained
after reasonable measures to ascertain that the person is eighteen (18) years or
older.
W. No person shall operate more than one adult business under a single roof.
X. I.D. will be checked for appropriate age (eighteen (18) years or older) before any customer
is allowed in the adult business.
17.61.100 Couch Dancing/Straddle Dancing and Other Sexual and Related Activities are
Prohibited.
For purposes of this chapter, "couch dancing" or "straddle dancing" shall be defined as an
employee or independent contractor of the adult business intentionally touching any patron or
coming within six (6) feet of any patron while engaged in the display or exposure of any specified
anatomical area, or while simulating any specified sexual activity.
A. No person shall operate or cause to be operated an adult business, regardless of whether or
not a permit has been issued under this Code, knowingly, or with reason to know,
permitting, suffering, or allowing any employee or independent contractor:
1. To engage in a couch dance or straddle dance with a patron at the business;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 17
2. To contract or otherwise agree with a patron to engage in a couch dance or straddle
dance with a person at the business;
3. To intentionally touch any patron at an adult business while engaged in the display
or exposure of any specified anatomical area or engaged in or simulating a
specified sexual activity;
4. To voluntarily be within six (6) feet of any patron while engaged in the display or
exposure of any specified anatomical area or engaged in or simulating a specified
sexual activity;
5. To violate any provision of this chapter.
B. No employee or independent contractor of an adult business, regardless of whether or not a
permit has been issued for said business under this chapter of the Code, shall:
1. Engage in a couch dance or straddle dance with a patron at the business.
2. Contract or otherwise agree to engage in a couch dance or straddle dance with a
patron at the business.
3. Engage in the display or exposure of any specified anatomical area or engage in or
simulate a specified sexual activity while intentionally touching a patron at the
adult business.
4. Engage in the display or exposure of any specified anatomical area or engage in or •
simulate a specified sexual activity closer than six (6) feet from any patron.
5. Engage in a performance, solicit a performance, make a sale, solicit a sale, provide
a service, or solicit a service between the hours of eleven p.m. and ten a.m.
6. Violate any provision of this chapter.
C. No person at any adult business, regardless of whether or not said business is permitted
under this Code, shall intentionally touch an employee or independent contractor who is
displaying or exposing any specified anatomical area or engaging in or simulating a
specified sexual activity at the adult business.
D. No person at any adult business, regardless of whether or not said business is permitted
under this Code, shall engage in a couch dance or straddle dance with an employee or
independent contractor at the business who is displaying or exposing any specified
anatomical area or engaging in or simulating a specified sexual activity.
E. No waiter(s) or waitress(es) at an adult business, regardless of whether or not a permit has
been issued for said business under this section, shall appear on the premises in the nude,
semi-nude or display or expose specified anatomical areas.
17.61.110 Inspection.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 18
An applicant or permittee shall permit representatives of the City , the Los Angeles County Health
• Department and the Fire Department to inspect the premises of an adult business for the purpose
of ensuring compliance with the law, at any time it is occupied or open for business.
17.61.120 Suspension of Permit.
A. The Director shall suspend a permit for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days if they
determine that a permittee, or an employee of a permittee, has:
1. Violated or is not in compliance with any section of this Code; or
2. Engaged in the excessive use of alcoholic beverages while on the adult business
premises; or
3. Refused to allow an inspection of an adult business premises as authorized by this
Code; or
4. Operated the adult business in violation of a building, fire health, or zoning statute,
Code ordinance or regulation, whether federal, State or local, said determination
being based on investigation by the division, department or agency charged with
enforcing said rules or laws. In the event of such statute, Code, ordinance or
regulation violation, the City shall promptly notify the permittee of the violation
and shall allow the permittee a seven (7) day period in which to correct the
violation. If the permittee fails to correct the violation before the expiration of the
seven (7) day period, the City shall forthwith suspend the permit and shall notify
• the permittee of the suspension; or
5. Operated the adult business in violation of the hours of operation as permitted by
this chapter; or
6. Allowed minors (under eighteen (18) years old) to enter the adult business.
B. The suspension shall remain in effect until the violation of the statute, Code, ordinance or
regulation in question has been corrected.
17.61.130 Revocation of Permit.
A. The Director shall revoke a permit if a cause of suspension in this Code occurs two (2) or
more times within a twelve (12) month period.
B. The Director shall revoke a permit upon determining that:
1. A permittee gave false or misleading information in the material submitted during
the application process that tended to enhance the applicant's opportunity for
obtaining a permit; or
2. A permittee or an employee has knowingly allowed possession, use or sale of
controlled substances on the premises; or
• 3. A permittee or an employee has knowingly allowed prostitution on the premises; or
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 19
4. A permittee or an employee knowingly operated the adult business during a period •
of time when the permittee's permit was suspended; or
5. A permittee has been convicted of a specified criminal act for which the time
period required in this chapter has not elapsed; or
6. On two (2) or more occasions within a twelve (12) month period, a person or
persons committed an offense, occurring in or on the permitted premises,
constituting a specified criminal act for which a conviction has been obtained, and
the person or persons were employees of the adult business at the time the offenses
were committed. The fact that a conviction is being appealed shall have no effect
on the revocation of the permit; or
7. A permittee is convicted of tax violations related to an adult business; or
8. A permittee or an employee has knowingly allowed any act of sexual intercourse,
sodomy, oral copulation, masturbation, or any other specified sexual activities to
occur in or on the permitted premises; or
9. Operating more than one adult business under a single roof, or
10. A permittee does not comply with any applicable requirements of this Code; or
11. Knowingly permitted gambling by any person on the adult business premises.
C. When the Director revokes a permit, the revocation shall continue for one year and the •
permittee shall not be issued an adult business use permit for one year from the date
revocation became effective. If, subsequent to revocation, the Director finds that the basis
for revocation under this Code has been corrected, the applicant shall be granted a permit
if at least ninety (90) days have elapsed since the date revocation became effective. If the
permit was revoked under this Code, an applicant may not be granted another permit until
the number of years required under this Code has elapsed.
17.61.140 Annual Compliance Letter.
The permittee shall submit an annual compliance letter (stating that adult business is in
compliance with all applicable codes) to the Planning Division no less than thirty (30) days prior
to the original approval date.
A. If the permittee does not submit an annual compliance letter before the required thirty (30)
days, the adult business shall cease occupancy until the compliance letter is submitted to
the Planning Division.
B. The Director shall respond to the annual compliance letter within ten (10) days of
receiving the letter.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 20
•
Chapter 17.62 Animal Keeping
is
SECTIONS:
17.62.010
Purpose.
17.62.020
Keeping of Large Animals.
17.62.030
Keeping of Small Animals.
17.62.040
Keeping of Wild Animals.
LJ
17.62.010 Purpose.
It is the purpose of this chapter to establish regulations for the keeping large animals, small.
animals, and wild animals, which have characteristics and performance requirements that are not
covered by the property development requirements of the zones. These standards are in addition to
the property development standards of this Code.
17.62.020 Keeping of Large Animals.
A. Applicability. The keeping of large animals, such as horses, cows, pigs, and similar
animals as described in Chapter 8.08 of the Municipal Code, is permitted as follows
(except as provided in Sections 17.39.020 (Placenta Canyon Special Standards District)
and 17.39.030 (Sand Canyon Special Standards District) of this Code). Unless indicated by
a ratio, the number of animals permitted shall be a maximum number for each category of
animals as shown below.
Minimum Lot Square Footage Pigs Other Large Animals
15,000-20,000 0 3
20,001-25,000 0 4
25,001-30,000 0 5
30,001-35,000 0 6
35,001-1 acre 0 7
Greater than 1 acre 1 per acre 8 per acre
1. Pigs are permitted as follows:
a. They shall be located not less than one hundred fifty (150) feet from any
highway and not less than fifty (50) feet from the side or rear lot lines of
any lot or parcel of land.
b. They shall not be fed any market refuse or anything other than table refuse
from meals consumed on the same lot or parcel of land, or grain.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 21
2. Young animals born to a permitted animal kept on the site may be kept until such
animals are weaned.
3. Members of FFA (Future Farmers of America) and 4-H (Head, Hand, Heart and
Health) may have the permitted and one additional animal of the type used for such
purposes. A temporary use permit shall be required for any additional animals or
for the inability to meet minimum development standards.
B. A minor use permit is required for the keeping of large animals in excess of the numbers
permitted by this section.
C. Standards
Enclosure. All animals shall be properly caged or housed, and must be kept in their corrals,
barns, pens or other enclosures. All such structures shall be fenced or otherwise enclosed
to adequately confine the animals. In addition, all such structures or other enclosures shall
be classified as an accessory structure and are subject to the development standards of the
underlying zone in which it is located.
Maintenance. All buildings used in conjunction with the keeping of large animals
including animal enclosures and all other animal keeping areas, shall be maintained free
from litter, garbage and the accumulation of animal excrement. All excrement produced by
said large animals shall be disposed of on a regular basis so as to control flies and odor.
In addition to Los Angeles County Health Department requirements, all buildings or
structures, including, but not limited to, barns, corrals, training arenas, etc., used in •
conjunction with the keeping of large animals shall be located a minimum of fifty (50) feet
from any street or highway or any building used for human habitation.
Failure to meet the requirements of this section shall result in the City initiating
enforcement proceedings in compliance with Title 23 of the Municipal Code.
17.62.030 Keeping of Small Animals.
A. Applicability. The keeping of small animals, such as sheep, goats, dogs, rabbits, birds and
similar animals as defined in Chapter 8.08 of the Municipal Code, is permitted as follows.
Unless otherwise stated, the number of animals permitted shall be a maximum number for
each category as shown below:
Minimum Lot Square
Birds (Excluding
Dos
g
' Other Small
Cats
Footage
Poultry) and Rodents
AnimaIS2
Up to 15,000
3
3
6 1
15,000-20,000
9
3
6 3
20,001-25,000
12
3
6 4
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 22
•
i
25,001-30,000 15 3 6 5
30,001-35,000 18 3 6 6
35,001-1 acre 21 3 6 7
Greater than I acre 24 per acre 4 10 8 per acre
All dogs and cats shall be kept in compliance with the requirements of Title
8 of the Municipal Code.
2 Goats, sheep, miniature horses, potbellied pigs, poultry (excluding roosters)
and other similar animals. Roosters shall be permitted on lots or parcels of
land greater than one acre in area, at a ratio of one rooster per acre.
1. Young animals born to a permitted animal kept on the site may be kept until such
animals are weaned (dogs—four (4) months).
2. Members of FFA (Future Farmers of America) and 4-H (Head, Hand, Heart and
Health) may have the above permitted and one additional small animal. A
temporary use permit shall be required for any additional animals or for the
inability to meet minimum development standards.
3. Sale of eggs, honey or similar products shall be permitted on lots or parcels of land
where the keeping of such animals is permitted.
B. A minor use permit is required for the keeping of small animals in excess of the numbers
permitted by this section.
C. Standards.
Enclosure. All animals shall be properly caged or housed, and must be kept in their corrals,
barns, pens or other enclosures. All such structures shall be fenced or otherwise enclosed
to adequately confine the animals. In addition, all such structures or other enclosures shall
be classified as an accessory structure and are subject to the development standards of the
underlying zone in which it is located.
Maintenance. All buildings used in conjunction with the keeping of small animals
including animal enclosures and all other animal keeping areas, shall be maintained free
from litter, garbage and the accumulation of animal excrement. All excrement produced by
said small animals shall be disposed of on a regular basis so as to control flies and odor,
In addition to Los Angeles County Health Department requirements, all buildings or
structures, including, but not limited to, barns, corrals, training arenas, etc., used in
conjunction with the keeping of small animals shall be located a minimum of fifty (50)
feet from any street or highway or any building used for human habitation.
All noise shall be sound attenuated so that the noise level measured at the property line is
within the ambient level for the zone in which the site is located.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 23
Failure to meet the requirements of this section shall result in the City initiating
enforcement proceedings in compliance with Title 23 of the Municipal Code. •
17.62.040 Keeping of Wild Animals.
A. Applicability. The keeping of the following wild animals, as defined in Chapter 8.08 of the
Municipal Code, is permitted in accordance with this section:
1. Antelopes, Armadillos, Badgers, Beavers, Camels, Deer, Foxes, Giraffes,
Kangaroos, Koalas, Minks, Ostriches, Otters, Peacocks, Porcupines, Prairie Dogs,
Raccoons, Seals, Wallabies, Zebras
2. Other similar animals or wild animal hybrids which, in the opinion of the Director,
are neither more obnoxious nor detrimental to the public welfare than the animals
listed above. Animals prohibited by the State of California shall not be allowed to
be kept within the City (California Code of Regulations, Title 14, Section 671).
3. The number of animals permitted to be kept shall be determined by the Director
based on the minimum square footage requirements for similar permitted animals.
B. Standards.
1. All structures used in conjunction with the keeping of wild animals shall be located
a minimum of fifty (50) feet from any street or highway or any building used for
human habitation.
2. All excrement produced by said wild animals shall be disposed of on a regular
basis so as to control flies and odor.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 24
Chapter 17.63 Automotive Uses
0 SECTIONS
17.63.010
Purpose.
17.63.020
Car Washes.
17.63.030
Fuel Sales.
17.63.040
Tire Stores.
17.63.050
Vehicle Repair Garages.
17.63.010 Purpose.
It is the purpose of this chapter to establish regulations for certain automotive uses within the City
which have characteristics and performance requirements which are not covered by the property
development requirements of the zones. These standards are in addition to the property
development standards of this Code.
17.63.020 Car Washes.
All manual, automated self-service, and full- service car washes shall conform to the following
requirements:
A.
The wash rack and any other enclosed work space shall be constructed and arranged so
that entrances, exits and openings therein shall not face any property in a residential zone,
shall be adequately screened and noise buffered from the residential zone(s), and shall be
•
screened from view from the public right-of-way, to the satisfaction of the Director.
B.
There shall be no more than one driveway to any one street for each development site
unless modified by the Director.
C.
Except for manual car washes, a queue waiting area for incoming cars of not less than two
thousand (2,000) square feet shall be provided. An area beyond the exit end of the washing
equipment of not less than three thousand (3,000) square feet shall be provided for the
hand finishing of the washing process.
D.
Automated self-service car washes shall have queuing/stacking space before the entrance
or keypad of at least 60 feet in order to accommodate a minimum of three cars. These
requirements may be modified subject to the approval and satisfaction of the Director.
E.
Servicing of motor vehicles, other than cleaning, polishing and the dispensing of fuel and
oil shall not be allowed unless the facility also meets all requirements for a vehicle repair
garage.
F. Wash and rinse water shall be fully reclaimed and recirculated at full service car washes.
Additional non -reclaimed water required to account for losses due to evaporation, or
ancillary/unavoidable water loss, is permitted. The reclamation and recirculation system
shall be designed by a professional engineer registered in the State of California to practice
in the field of mechanical engineering.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 25
G. Water from washing activities shall not flow over any public sidewalk and shall be
retained on site.
H. Self-service automated car washes shall be permitted as accessory uses to automobile
service stations and shall be located no closer than fifty (50) feet from a residential zone
unless modified by the Director.
I. Public restrooms shall be provided.
17.63.030 Fuel Sales.
All facilities that sell gas, fuel, and/or that combine such sales with self-service automated car
washes in a single location, shall conform to the following requirements:
A. Buildings shall be located close to the street and, to the extent possible, shall shield pump
islands and uses on the site. Where buildings cannot shield pump islands or self-service
automated car washes, landscaping and earthen berms shall be used to create a visual
buffer between the fueling station and the public right-of-way, as well as adjacent
properties and uses.
B. Sale of merchandise, clearly incidental to the automotive industry shall be permitted only
within an enclosed building.
C. Parking area shall not be permitted to block ingress to or egress from pump islands.
D. There shall be no more than one driveway to any one street for each development site,
unless modified by the Director.
E. The outer radius of any turning area to all pump islands shall be a minimum of twenty-five
(25) feet.
F. Public restrooms shall be provided.
G. Propane tanks are allowed as an accessory use to a fuel sales facility. The tanks shall be
screened or landscaped, and set back from any right-of-way in a location that is
satisfactory to the Director. Propane tanks shall be painted to match the primary
building(s) on site or integrated into the surrounding landscaping. Corporate signs or color
branding shall not be permitted on the tank(s).
H. State -mandated vapor recovery equipment shall be screened from public view, landscaped,
and set back from the public right-of-way, subject to the approval of the Director. The
equipment shall be painted to match the primary building(s) on site or to match
surrounding landscaping. Corporate signs or color branding shall not be permitted on the
vapor recovery equipment.
I. All light generated by canopy lights, parking lot lights, or other sources on site, shall be
focused downward to reduce glare and shall be shielded so as to prevent spillover onto
adjacent properties.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 26
J. Drive-through lanes shall comply with the development standards and regulations set forth
• both in the Community Character and Design Guidelines as well as Section 17.66.030
(Drive-through Uses) of the Code.
K. Each new gas station/fueling facility shall be designed to accommodate fuel delivery
trucks onsite. In no circumstance shall fuel delivery trucks block required driveways,
drive aisles, or the public right-of-way in the course of routine fuel delivery.
17.63.040 Tire Stores.
All tire stores shall conform to the following requirements:
A. All repair activities must be conducted within an enclosed building. All goods and
equipment shall be stored, and activities maintained or carried on inside a building. There
shall be no hoists or wheel alignment racks outside.
B. Used tires not for sale to the general public shall be stored inside the building or shall be
stored outside within a six (6) foot high masonry wall enclosure. No tires or other material
shall be stacked higher than the enclosure. The enclosure shall be located in the rear
portion of the property.
17.63.050 Vehicle Repair Garages.
All vehicle repair garages shall conform to the following requirements:
A. All activities shall be conducted within an enclosed building. All goods and equipment
• shall be stored inside a building. No hoists, wheel alignment racks, or other equipment
shall be located outside of a building.
B. Work stations used for the repair of vehicles may not be counted toward meeting the off-
street parking requirement.
C. All hazardous waste must be stored within an enclosed building or underground tank.
D. Service bays shall not open toward residentially zoned property or the public right-of-way
unless adequately screened to the satisfaction of the Director.
E. Each lube station is required to provide a minimum three (3) car stacking area. This
stacking area shall be screened from the public right-of-way to the satisfaction of the
Director.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60— Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 27
Chapter 17.64 Historic Preservation
SECTIONS:
17.64.010 Purpose.
17.64.020 Self -Designation of Historic Resources (Opt -in Clause).
17.64.030 Commission Resolution Findings for Designating a Historic Resource.
17.64.040 Permit Requirements for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource.
17.64.050 Actions by the Director for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource.
17.64.060 Findings by the Director for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource.
17.64.070 Exceptions to Permit Requirements for the Renovation or Alteration of a
HistoricResource.
17.64.080 Permit Requirements for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic Resource.
17.64.090 Actions by the Council for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic Resource.
17.64.100 Findings by the Council for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic Resource.
17.64.1 10 Penalty for Demolition or Irreversible Alteration.
17.64.120 Expiration and Extension.
17.64.130 Final Action.
17.64.140 State and County Owned Property.
17.64.150 Incentives.
17.64.010 Purpose.
•
The purpose of this chapter is to promote the economic and general welfare of the City of Santa
Clarita by preserving and protecting public and private historic, cultural, and natural resources
which are of special historic or aesthetic character or interest, or relocating such resources where
necessary for their preservation and for their use, education, and view by the general public.
17.64.020 Self -Designation of Historic Resources (Opt -in Clause).
The nomination of a historic resource shall be initiated by the owner of the property or structure
that is proposed for designation. The owner of the property or structure shall provide the Director
with written notice of the intent to be nominated. The Director shall schedule a public hearing
before the Commission within sixty days of the receipt of the letter as described in Section
17.06.110 (Type 11 Public Noticing (Public Hearing)) and 17.06. 10 (Public Hearing Procedure) at
which the Commission shall be asked to make the findings set forth in Section 17.64.030
(Commission Resolution Findings for Designating a Historic Resource).
Once a property or structure has received a designation, the owner of the property or structure
may apply for removal of the designation and the City may remove the designation subject to the
Commission making the following findings by resolution:
A. There is sufficient evidence, including evidence provided by the applicant, that the
property retains no reasonable economic use, taking into account the condition of the
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.60—Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 28
structure, its location, the current market value, and the costs of rehabilitation to meet the
• requirements of the building code or other City, State, or Federal law.
The Commission shall designate a date up to one year from the public hearing date as the date on
which the designation shall be removed. The owner of the property shall reimburse the City for
any financial incentives received during the entirety of the period in which their property was
designated as a Historic Resource prior to the removal of the designation.
17.64.030 Commission Resolution Findings for Designating a Historic Resource.
A building, structure, or object may be designated by the Commission as a historic resource if it
possesses sufficient character -defining features and integrity, and meets at least one of the
following criteria:
A. Is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to the historical,
archaeological, cultural, social, economic, aesthetic, engineering, or architectural
development of the City, State or Nation; or
B. Is associated with persons significant in the history of the City, State or Nation; or
C. Embodies distinctive characteristics of a style, type, period, or method of construction, or
is a valuable example of the use of indigenous materials or craftsmanship; or
• D. Has a unique location, singular physical characteristic(s), or is a landscape, view or vista
representing an established and familiar visual feature of a neighborhood, community, or
the City; or
E. Has yielded, or has the potential to yield, information important to the history or prehistory
of the City, State, or nation.
17.64.040 Permit Requirements for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource.
The requirements of this chapter shall apply to the renovation or alteration of historic resources
within the boundaries of the City of Santa Clarita. A minor use permit is required for any
proposed renovation or alteration of a historic resource with the exception of those items listed in
Section 17.64.070 (Exceptions to Permit Requirements for the Renovation or Alteration of a
Historic Resource). The application, public hearing and approval process for the minor use permit
shall be as described in Sections 17.06.110 (Type I Public Noticing) or 17.06.110 (Type II Public
Noticing (Public Hearing)), whichever is applicable per Section 17.64.050 (Actions by the
Director for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource), and in Section 17.24.120
(Minor Use Permit); provided further, however, that the Council shall receive a copy of any
application for such renovation or alteration at the time such application is deemed complete.
There shall be no entitlement fee for the review of any proposed renovation and alteration to
historic resources.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 29
17.64.050 Actions by the Director for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic
Resource.
The Director has the discretion to approve, approve with modifications and/or conditions, refer the
matter to the Commission or deny the minor use permit for renovation or alteration to a historic
resource. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the minor use permit shall instead be acted upon by the
Council if any member of the Council so requests prior to any action being taken on the minor use
permit application by the Director or Commission.
17.64.060 Findings by the Director for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic
Resource.
The Director may approve a minor use permit, pursuant to this chapter, if it is determined that the
following findings can be made with regard to the proposed project:
A. Findings for Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource:
The proposed renovation or alteration will not adversely affect any significant
historical, cultural, architectural, or aesthetic feature of the subject property or of the
history of the neighborhood in which it is located;
2. The proposed change is consistent with the architectural style of the building;
3. The scale, massing, proportions, materials, colors, textures, fenestration, decorative
features and details proposed are consistent with the period and/or compatible with
adjacent structures.
17.64.070 Exceptions to Permit Requirements for the Renovation or Alteration of a
Historic Resource.
The Director may exempt a designated property from obtaining a minor use permit if the
following actions will not affect the historic integrity of the historic resource:
A. Routine maintenance and minor repairs;
B. Exterior painting;
C. Replacing deteriorated roofing materials with the same type of material already in use;
D. Replacing damaged chimneys with the same type already in use;
E. Addition or removal of screens, awnings, canopies and similar incidental appurtenances;
F. Addition or removal of exterior walls and fences;
G. Addition or removal of exterior lighting; •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 30
® H. Addition or removal of landscaping;
I. Addition or removal of driveways and walkways;
J. Interior alterations, including the addition or removal of fixed or movable cases, shelving
and partitions not exceeding eight feet in height; carpeting, hardwood or tile flooring,
counters of countertops and similar finish work;
K. Temporary motion picture, television and theatre stage sets and scenery;
L. Relocation of a privately owned, historically designated structure from a property owned
by the State of California or the County of Los Angeles to another site within the City of
Santa Clarita.
17.64.080 Permit Requirements for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic Resource.
The requirements of this chapter shall apply to the relocation or demolition of historic resources
within the boundaries of the City of Santa Clarita. A minor use permit is required for any
relocation or demolition of a historic resource within the City of Santa Clarita. The application,
fees, public hearing and approval process for the minor use permit shall be as described in
Sections 17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)) and 17.24.120 (Minor Use Permit)
with the exception that approval of the minor use permit shall be subject to both a public hearing
• before the Commission at which the Commission will recommend for or against the application,
and a public hearing before the Council at which the Council will grant or deny the application.
There shall be no entitlement fee for the relocation of any historic resource.
•
17.64.090 Actions by the Council for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic
Resource.
The Council of the City of Santa Clarita has the discretion to approve, approve with modifications
and/or conditions, or deny the minor use permit for relocation or demolition of a historic resource.
17.64.100 Findings by the Council for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic
Resource.
A property or structure that has been designated a historic resource shall be relocated with the
approval of the Council, after a recommendation from the Commission, based on the Council
making one or more of the following findings:
A. That the owner of the property wishes to develop or redevelop their property in such a way
that would otherwise require the demolition of the designated historic structure and that
the designated structure may be moved without destroying its historic or architectural
integrity and importance as demonstrated by a report prepared by an expert in historic
preservation/building relocation.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 31
B. That the relocation of the structure is necessary to proceed with a project consistent with
and supportive of identified goals and objectives of the General Plan, and the relocation of
the structure will not have a significant effect on the achievement of the purposes of this
Code or the potential effect is outweighed by the benefits of the new project and that the
structure may be moved without destroying its historic or architectural integrity and
importance as demonstrated by a report prepared by an expert in historic
preservation/building relocation.
Upon making either finding, the Council shall direct the property owner to relocate the designated
historic structure to a site within the City of Santa Clarita and approved by the Council. Such
relocation may include the assistance of the developer, the City of Santa Clarita, the Santa Clarita
Valley Historical Society, or other entity as appropriate. Alternatively, upon completion of
appropriate environmental review, if any, and upon making the determination that relocation is
infeasible and there are no feasible alternatives to demolition, the Council may direct the Building
Official to issue the permit for demolition.
17.64.110 Penalty for Demolition or Irreversible Alteration.
If a historic resource is demolished without a minor use permit as required by this chapter, no
building or construction -related permits shall be issued, and no permits or use of the property shall
be allowed, from the date of demolition for a period not to exceed five (5) years.
17.64.120 Expiration and Extension.
The expiration period and the extension process of a minor use permit will apply as described in •
Section 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions).
17.64.130 Final Action.
The decision of the Approving Authority is final and effective within fifteen (15) calendar days
unless an appeal is filed, in writing, in accordance with Sections 17.06.150 (Decision after
Administrative Hearing or Public Hearing) and 17.06.170 (Effective Date of Decision).
17.64.140 State and County Owned Property.
The Ordinance shall not apply to properties owned by the County of Los Angeles or the State of
California. The owners of specific structures on properties owned by the County of Los Angeles
or the State of California may nominate their structures, or otherwise have their structures
nominated as historic resources. Any resulting designation will apply only to the structure,
building or object and not the underlying property.
17.64.150 Incentives.
In addition to any other incentive of Federal or State law, the owner of a historic resource may
apply for the following incentives, subject to the discretion of the Director:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 32
A. Use of the California Historic Building Code. Whenever applicable, the Owner may elect
• to use the California Historic Building Code for alterations, restorations, new construction,
removal, relocation, or demolition of a historic resource, in any case which the building
official determines that such use of the Code does not endanger the public health or safety,
and such action is necessary for the continued preservation of the resource. Such use of the
Historic Building Code is subject to construction work undertaken for resources pursuant
to the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties, and
that has already been reviewed and approved by the Director or Commission in
conjunction with a minor use permit.
B. Mills Act Tax Relief. The Mills Act can provide relief to the property taxes associated
with properties designated as historic resources. This paragraph will implement State law
(Government Code 50280-50290), allowing the approval of Historic Property Contracts by
establishing a uniform procedure for the owners of qualified historic properties within the
City to enter into contracts with the City.
C. Waiver of Fees for Renovation and Alteration of Historic Resources. There shall be no
entitlement fee for the renovation or alteration of historic resources.
D. Technical Assistance. The Community Development Department shall provide technical
assistance to the owner of a historic resource regarding any proposed improvements that
are not exempt under Section 17.64.070 (Exceptions to Permit Requirements for the
Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource); and/or
• E. Streamlined Permitting. The Community Development Department shall provide the
owner of a historic resource with priority entitlement review for proposed improvements
that are not exempt under Section 17.64.070 (Exceptions to Permit Requirements for the
Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource).
E
F. City of Santa Clarita Historic Structure Grant: When funds are available, owners of
structures with a historic designation under this Ordinance may apply to receive grant
assistance from the City.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 33
Chapter 17.65 Home Occupations •
SECTIONS:
17.65.010 Purpose.
17.65.020 Applicability.
17.65.030 Prohibited Uses.
17.65.040 Regulations.
17.65.010 Purpose.
It is the purpose of this chapter to establish standards for businesses that are operated out of a
home, which have characteristics and performance requirements that are not covered by the
property development requirements of the zones. All home occupations shall be subject to
approval of a home occupation permit and shall comply with the provisions of this chapter.
17.65.020 Applicability.
The following is a list of uses subject to the approval of a home occupation permit within the City:
A. Telecommuting.
B. Business and professional offices, excluding medical, dental, and similar uses that involve
regular patient visits to the site; provided, that no retail sales transactions are made on the
premises and that no employees, customers, or clients visit the site except as specifically
allowed by this section. Typical examples of such general business office activities include
research, report writing, bookkeeping, sending and receiving of mail, telephone calls,
electronic facsimile communications and electronic communications by computer.
C. Instruction in academia, music, voice, art, dance, or other similar activities with no more
than one (1) pupil receiving instruction at any given time.
D. Activities associated with the work of artists, sculptors, authors and composers.
E. Activities associated with the work of dressmakers, seamstresses, and tailors.
F. Home crafts, such as model making, rug weaving, quilting and needlework, and wood
working, limited to the uses of tools and equipment commonly available for personal
residential use, but specifically excluding cabinet making.
I
G. Home-based direct sales distributions businesses in which sales, merchandise distribution,
and product demonstrations are conducted either off site or by telephone, mail, or other
electronic communication.
H. Other uses as determined by the Director.
17.65.030 Prohibited Uses.
The following businesses shall not be operated out of a home and shall not be permitted by home
occupation permits: alcohol sales, food preparation (not including home-based cottage food •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60— Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 34
operations), firearm and ammunition sales and services, on-site massage therapists, hairdressers,
. retail sales, vehicle storage, vehicle sales. and vehicle repair, commercial kennels, commercial
stables, breeding facilities and forensic testing.
17.65.040 Regulations.
Subject to approval of a home occupation permit, all home occupation businesses shall conform to
the following requirements:
A. There shall be no exterior storage of materials in the conduct of a home occupation.
B. A home occupation shall be conducted entirely within a dwelling. Materials and goods
incidental to the home occupation shall not be stored, and no permanent work area, work
bench or structure shall be built, within either required ten (10) foot by twenty (20) foot
garage parking area.
C. No exterior alterations of the dwellings shall be made which would change the residential
character of the home to accommodate the home occupation.
D. Electrical or mechanical equipment which creates visible or audible interference in radio
or television receivers or causes fluctuations in line voltage outside the dwelling unit shall
be prohibited.
E. Only the residents of the dwelling unit may be engaged in the home occupation.
F. There shall be no sale of goods on the premises.
• G. The establishment and conduct of a home occupation shall not change the principal
character or use of the dwelling unit involved.
H. No signs shall be permitted for home-based businesses.
I. The required residential off-street parking shall be maintained.
J. A home occupation shall not create vehicular or pedestrian traffic in excess of that which
is normal for the zone in which it is located.
K. No vehicles or trailers (including pick-up trucks and vans) or construction or other
equipment, except those normally incidental to residential use, shall be kept on the site.
L. Vehicle or engine repair shall not be permitted as a home occupation.
M. Visitation and deliveries incidental to the home occupation shall be limited to the hours of
seven a.m. to seven p.m. Monday through Friday, eight a.m. to six p.m. Saturdays and
Sundays, and shall not be permitted on holidays.
N. Businesses that incorporate food preparation, firearm sales and alcohol sales are not
permitted in residential zones and are not permitted by home occupation permits.
O. The home-based business shall cease, and the home occupation permit shall become null
• and void, when the use becomes detrimental to the public health, safety and welfare, or
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 35
constitutes a nuisance, or when the use is in violation of any statute, ordinance, law or
regulation. •
P. Additional conditions may be applied as deemed necessary by the Director.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 36
Chapter 17.66 Other Specific Development Requirements
• SECTIONS:
17.66.010
Purpose.
17.66.020
Alcohol Sales.
17.66.025
Cottage Food Operations.
17.66.030
Drive -Through Uses.
17.66.040
Electrical and Cogeneration Facilities.
17.66.050
Gating of Access and Roadways.
17.66.060
Hazardous Waste Facilities.
17.66.070
Homeless Shelters.
17.66.080
Joint Living and Working Quarters.
17.66.090
Kennels.
17.66.100
Long -Term Vendors.
17.66.110
Self -Storage Facilities.
17.66.120
Small Wind Energy Systems.
17.66.130
Solar Panels.
17.66.010 Purpose.
The purpose of this chapter is to detail specific development requirements for certain uses within
the City which have characteristics and performance requirements which are not covered by the
Is
property development requirements of the zones. These standards are in addition to the property
development requirements of this Code.
17.66.020 Alcohol Sales.
A. Applicability.
All new alcohol sales uses which offer for sale alcoholic beverages for on-site or
off-site consumption shall be required to obtain a minor use permit or conditional
use permit in accordance with Chapter 17.43 (Commercial Use Types) of this code,
unless otherwise stated in this section, and shall comply with the provisions of
subsection (B) of this section. The provisions of alcohol sales uses shall be applied
to the following:
a. Alcoholic Drinking Establishments;
b. Alcohol Production/Storage (on-site consumption);
C. Banquet Facilities;
d. Bars;
e. Liquor Stores;
f Nightclubs; and
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 37
g. Supermarket/Grocery Store (on-site consumption).
2. The following alcohol sales uses are not subject to a minor use permit or •
conditional use permit, however, shall comply with the provisions of subsection
(B) of this section:
a. Alcohol Production Storage (no on-site consumption);
b. Convenience Store;
C. Discount Store;
d. Drug Store;
C. Restaurants;
f Supermarket/Grocery Store (no on-site consumption); and
g. Supermarket/Grocery Store and Discount Stores offering on-site tasting
events of alcoholic beverages, pursuant to the requirements of the
California Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control.
B. Development Standards. The Director may impose conditions consistent with this Code
and shall require conformance with the following:
1. The proposed use shall comply with all provisions of the requirements of the •
California Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control;
2. The proposed use shall comply with all of the applicable Los Angeles County
Health Department requirements;
3. For restaurants, coffee shops, delicatessens, snack bars and similar uses which
propose to sell alcoholic beverages for on-site consumption, full -menu food service
shall be available at all times that alcoholic beverages are offered for sale; and
4. Other conditions as the City deems necessary for the safe, quiet, compatible, and
nuisance -free operation of the use or establishment in relation to sensitive land
uses, including but not limited to, any church, hospital, school, public playground,
youth facility or residence. Other conditions may include, but are not limited to,
hours of operation, noise reduction, location of outdoor seating, prohibition of
customer loitering, and any additional requirements of the Sheriff's Department.
17.66.025 Cottage Food Operations.
All cottage food operations shall be required to obtain approval of an administrative permit and
shall conform to the following requirements:
A. All cottage food operations shall comply with the requirements of the Los Angeles County
Department of Public Health and the California Department of Public Health.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 38
•
B. Permitted food products that can be produced at the dwelling unit as part of the cottage
• food operation shall be limited to those cottage food products listed by the California
Department of Public Health.
C. Only cottage food products produced at the cottage food operation may be sold at the
dwelling unit involved.
D. Any and all equipment, utensils, food, drinks, ingredients, and items used for the cottage
food operation shall be stored and used within the dwelling unit involved. No cottage food
functions including storage, preparation, mixing, assembling, packaging, and/or labeling
may occur in any location outside the registered/permitted area. Examples of areas that
may not be used include but are not limited to yards, accessory structures of any kind,
vehicles, or any other location that is not inside the living space of the home or otherwise
permitted for use or storage by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health or
the California Department of Public Health.
E. Residents of the dwelling unit and a maximum of one (1) full-time equivalent cottage food
employee, not including a family or household member, may be permitted in a cottage
food operation.
F. The establishment of the cottage food operation shall not change the principal character or
use of the dwelling unit involved.
• G. No exterior alterations of the dwelling unit involved shall be made which would change
the residential character of the home to accommodate the cottage food operation.
•
H. No signs shall be permitted for cottage food operations, except those required by
government agencies.
I. No vehicles, trailers (including pick-up trucks and vans) or other equipment, except those
normally incidental to the residential use, shall be kept on the site.
J. Visitation and deliveries incidental to the cottage food operation shall be limited to the
hours of seven a.m. to seven p.m., Monday through Friday, eight a.m. to six p.m.
Saturdays and Sundays, and shall not be permitted on holidays.
K. The cottage food operation shall comply with all applicable inspection requirements.
L. The cottage food operation shall cease, and the permit for the cottage food operation shall
become null and void, when the use becomes detrimental to the public health, safety and
welfare, or constitutes a nuisance, or when the use is in violation of any statute, law, or
regulation.
M. Additional conditions may be applied as deemed necessary by the Director.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60—Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 39
17.66.030 Drive -Through Uses.
Drive-through facilities shall adhere to the following requirements:
A. Each drive-through lane shall be separated from the circulation routes necessary for
ingress or egress from the property, or access to any parking space.
B. Each drive-through lane shall be striped, marked, or otherwise distinctly delineated.
C. The principal pedestrian access to the entrance of the drive-through facility shall not cross
the drive-through lane.
D. The vehicle stacking capacity for uses containing drive-through facilities shall be as
follows:
Use
Stacking Requirements
Restaurant Drive -Through (with or
Stacking for four (4) cars between the order board
without seating)
and the pick-up window and stacking for six (6)
cars behind the order board. In no event shall a total
queuing length of less than two hundred (200) feet
be maintained.
Bank Drive -Through
Stacking for five (5) cars for each window or
automated teller machine.
Drug Store Drive -Through
Stacking for three (3) cars for each window.
Auto uses, such as oil change
Stacking for three (3) cars free and clear of the drive
facilities and similar uses
aisles and parking areas.
17.66.040 Electrical and Cogeneration Facilities.
A. Purpose. It is the purpose and intent of this section to regulate any electrical or
cogeneration facilities in order to promote the health, safety and general welfare of the
citizens of the City and to establish reasonable and uniform regulations to properly review
the installation of new facilities or alteration of existing facilities. In addition, the intent is
to regulate the appearance of such facilities to minimize any negative impacts to the
community and neighboring properties.
B. Development Standards. The Commission shall not approve an application for a
conditional use permit for electric distribution substations, electric transmission
substations, electric generating facilities or steam and electric cogeneration facilities unless
the information submitted by the applicant and/or presented at the public hearing on the
application complies with the following:
1. The use shall utilize the best available control technology to reduce air pollution;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60— Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 40
CJ
•
•
2. The use shall not produce any emissions which exceed the standards established by
• the South Coast Air Quality Management District or has provided equivalent
offsets in the Santa Clarita Valley;
3. The use shall not operate during periods of "unhealthy" air quality in the Santa
Clarita Valley, as defined by the South Coast Air Quality Management District;
4. Noise levels from the use shall not exceed the ambient noise levels at the boundary
of the proposed site;
5. Water vapor emissions from the use shall be reduced by utilization of the best
available control technology and will not significantly increase humidity at the
proposed site;
6. The use shall not emit odors which can be detected at the boundary of the proposed
site;
7. The use shall be reasonably protected from geologic hazards;
8. The use shall not contribute to the degradation of the underlying aquifers or surface
runoff;
9. Lighting proposed for the use shall not have an adverse impact on adjacent
properties;
10. The use shall be adequately screened from surrounding properties. Any property
• containing a electrical or cogeneration facility shall have any associated equipment
screened from view with the installation of decorative screening walls, landscaping
and/or other methods as determined by the Director; and
11. The use shall not utilize or produce hazardous materials that are not adequately
protected against accidental spillage, discharge or release at or from the proposed
site.
i�
17.66.050 Gating of Access and Roadways.
All proposed permanent gates in residential areas shall be subject to the following requirements.
Temporary barriers erected for emergency response, repair or special event purposes are not
subject to these requirements. Driveways, public or private roadways, or other accesses are
considered roadways for the purpose of these gating requirements. Gating requirements for the
Sand Canyon Special Standards District is provided in Section 17.39.030 (Sand Canyon Special
Standards District) of this Code.
A. Public Roadways. Gating of public roadways is prohibited.
B. Private Roadways Serving One Single -Family Residence. Gating for this use is permitted
subject to an administrative approval by the Director, subject to the residential
development standards as defined in Chapter 17.57 (Property Development Standards —
Residential).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 41
C. Private Roadways Serving Two (2) to Five (5) Single -Family Residential Units or Fifteen
(15) Multi family Units or Less. Gating for these uses is subject to a minor use permit and •
the Residential and Commercial Gating Standards outlined within this section.
D. Private Roadways Serving More Than Five (5) Single -Family Units or More Than Fifteen
(15) Multifamily Units. Gating for these uses is subject to a conditional use permit and the
Residential Gating Standards listed within this section.
E. Commercial Property Gating. Commercial property gating may be approved, subject to
approval of a minor use permit. All commercial gates shall meet the Residential and
Commercial Gating Standards as outlined within this section. Where commercial property
may be affected by a proposed gate subject to a minor use permit or a conditional use
permit, the applicant(s) shall submit an economic analysis as part of the application
submittal to address the economic impacts of the gate upon affected commercial
properties.
F. Residential and Commercial Gating Standards. Any gating proposed for two or more
residential units, any multi -family units, mixed use developments, or
commercial/industrial property must meet the following criteria:
1. The gate shall not block area -wide through routes or block access for roadways to
serve future development.
2. All property owners within the area to be gated shall agree to be part of the
application unless all property owners within the area to be gated are members of
an operative homeowners' association (HOA) or property owners' association
(POA), in which case the application shall be made by the HOA or POA.
3. Adequate stacking distance, turnaround areas, public safety elements and signing
shall be included in the gate design. All gates shall meet Fire Department
requirements and provide passage with unobstructed vertical clearance.
4. Access shall be provided at all times for law enforcement, fire, city inspection,
public transit, utility, landscape maintenance district, and other health and safety-
related vehicles.
5. An HOA, POA, and/or other appropriate entity shall provide for ongoing, private
maintenance of internal streets, gate equipment, walls and landscaping.
6. The gate design and implementation shall be such that it does not pose a threat to
public health, safety or welfare.
7. Gating of any property shall be consistent with the General Plan.
8. In no instance shall a gate be less than twenty (20) feet from the public right-of-
way for any major and secondary highway and residential collectors.
17.66.060 Hazardous Waste Facilities.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60— Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 42
•
A. Purpose. Hazardous waste facilities shall be subject to the provisions of this section to
• assure adequate protection of public health and the environment without imposing undue
restrictions on hazardous waste facility projects. These regulations are in addition to State
and federal regulations; in the event that a conflict with these regulations exists, State and
federal regulations shall prevail.
•
B. Regulations
General Definitions. Unless otherwise provided, the words and phrases used in this
section shall have the meanings set forth in Division 20, Chapter 6.5, Article 2 of
the California Health and Safety Code (commencing with Section 25110) and
Section 25199.1 of the California Health and Safety Code, and as such provisions
are amended from time to time.
a. Residuals Repository. "Residuals repository" is defined pursuant to the
definition contained in the Los Angeles County Hazardous Waste
Management Plan.
2. Procedures for Applications for Land Use Decisions. In addition to the procedures
specified in this chapter, applications for hazardous waste facilities shall be
processed in a manner consistent with the provisions of Division 20, Chapter 6.5,
Article 8.7 of the California Health and Safety Code (commencing with Section
25199) and as such provisions may be amended from time to time.
a. Criteria. All hazardous waste facility projects must meet the criteria listed
herein unless the Council determines that one or more criteria should be
relaxed to meet an overriding public need identified by the Council.
b. Public Notice. Not later than one month prior to any public hearing
scheduled either by the City or the Governor's Office of Permit Assistance,
the applicant shall provide three (3) sets of mailing labels indicating all
owners of record as shown on the latest County Equalized Assessment Roll
that lie within a two thousand (2,000) foot radius of the boundary or land
owned by the project applicant and three (3) sets of mailing labels
indicating all residents, tenants and businesses within a two thousand
(2,000) foot radius of the boundary or land owned by the project applicant.
3. Contents of Application. Every application for a hazardous waste facility project
shall be made in writing to the Director on the forms provided by the Director, and
accompanied by a filing fee as established by the Council by resolution.
4. Standards and Criteria.
a. Consistency with Siting Policies. All hazardous waste facility projects in
the City of Santa Clarita shall be consistent with the goals and policies of
the General Plan and the provisions of this section.
b. Consistency with the General Plan. The proposed facility shall be consistent
with all general plan requirements, zoning ordinances and other planning
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 43
actions or policies that were in place at the time the application was deemed
complete. •
C. Changes in Real Property Values. The applicant shall fund an independent
study of the effects of the facility on real property values within the City.
While the proponent shall fund the study, in advance, the City shall hire and
control the work of the consultant conducting said study. Said study shall
be completed prior to action on the application by the local assessment
committee so that the information contained in the study may be considered
by the local assessment committee.
d. Direct Revenue to Local Jurisdictions. The Council may, at its discretion,
explore, review and impose appropriate taxes, user fees and other revenue
or compensation options.
e. Changes in Employment. The applicant proponent shall fund an
independent study of changes in employment anticipated if the facility is
approved. While the proponent shall fund the study in advance, the City
shall hire and control the work of the consultant conducting said study. Said
study shall be completed prior to action on the application by the local
assessment committee so that the information contained in the study may be
considered by the local assessment committee.
f Excess Volume. No hazardous waste facility shall be sited if such facility
will manage a volume or type of hazardous waste in excess of that •
generated within the City of Santa Clarita and not currently being managed
by a facility located in Santa Clarita unless satisfactory compensation is
made to the City or a joint powers agreement or intergovernmental
agreement provides otherwise.
g. Compatibility with County Hazardous Waste Management Plan. Any
application shall clearly demonstrate compatibility with the portions of the
County of Los Angeles Hazardous Waste Management Plan that identify
siting criteria for hazardous waste facilities.
h. Land Use Compatibility. The application shall demonstrate that the
hazardous waste facility is highly compatible with land uses in the vicinity
of the proposed facility. For a residual repository, the distance from the
active portion of the facility to the nearest residence shall be a minimum of
two thousand (2,000) feet.
i. Compatibility of Emergency Services. All facilities shall locate in areas
where fire departments are able to immediately respond to hazardous
materials accidents, where mutual aid and immediate aid agreements are
well established, and where demonstrated emergency response times are the
same or better than those recommended by the National Fire Preservation
Association. In addition, hazardous materials accident response services at
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 44
•
•
•
the facility may be required based on the type of wastes handled on the
location of the facility.
j. Flood Hazard Areas. Residuals repositories are prohibited in areas subject
to inundation by floods with a one hundred (100) year return frequency, and
shall not be located in areas subject to flash floods and debris flows. All
other facilities shall avoid locating in flood plains or areas subject to flash
floods and debris flows unless they are designed, constructed, operated and
maintained to prevent release or migration of hazardous wastes in the event
of inundation.
k. Proximity to Active or Potentially Active Faults. All facilities are required
to have a minimum two hundred (200) foot setback from a known active
earthquake fault.
1. Slope Stability. Residuals repositories are prohibited in areas of potential
rapid geological change. All other facilities shall avoid locating in areas of
potential rapid geological change such as fault areas, areas subject to
liquefaction, subsidence and/or landslide areas unless containment
structures are designed, constructed and maintained to preclude failure as a
result of such changes.
M. Dam Failure Inundation Areas. All hazardous waste management facilities
shall locate outside a dam failure inundation area.
n. Aqueducts and Reservoirs. All facilities shall locate in areas posing
minimal threats to the contamination of drinking water supplies.
o. Discharge of Treated Effluent. Facilities generating wastewaters shall be
located in areas with adequate sewer capacity to accommodate the expected
wastewater discharge. Such discharge shall be pre-treated as necessary prior
to discharge into the sanitary sewer system. If sewers are not available, the
site should be evaluated for ease of connecting to a sewer or for the
feasibility of treatment and surface discharge.
p. Proximity to Water Supply Wells and Well Fields. A residuals repository
shall locate away from the cone of depression created by pumping a well or
well field. Location is preferred where the saturated zone predominantly
discharges to nonpotable water without any immediate withdrawals for
public water supply. All other hazardous waste facilities shall locate outside
the cone of depression created by pumping a well field unless an effective
hydrogeologic barrier to vertical flow exists.
q. Depth to Groundwater. Residuals repositories and facilities with subsurface
storage and/or treatment are prohibited in areas where the highest
anticipated seasonal high elevation of underlying groundwater is ten (10)
feet or less from the lowest subsurface point of the facility. At all facilities,
the foundation of all containment structures at the facility must be capable
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60—Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 45
of withstanding hydraulic pressure gradients to prevent failure due to
settlement, compression, or uplift as certified by a California Registered
Civil Engineering Geologist. Facilities which handle liquids should be
located where groundwater flow is in one direction with no vertical
interformational transfer of water.
r. Proximity to Habitats of Threatened Endangered Species. Facilities are
prohibited in habitats of threatened or endangered species unless the
applicant can demonstrate that the habitat will not be disturbed and the
survival of the species will not be threatened.
S. Recreation, Cultural, or Aesthetic Areas. All facilities shall be prohibited in
areas of recreation, cultural or aesthetic value.
t. Areas of Potential Mineral Deposits. Residual repositories shall not be
located on or near lands classified as containing mineral deposits of
significance by California's Mineral Land Class Maps and Reports. All
other facilities shall avoid locating on or near lands classified as containing
mineral deposits of significance if the use or preservation of the mineral
deposit would be restricted or prevented.
U. Distance from Major Transportation Routes. Distance traveled on minor
roads shall be kept to a minimum. Facility proponents shall be required to
pay user fees to ensure proper road construction and maintenance necessary
to accommodate the anticipated increase in traffic due to the facility. •
V. Structures Fronting Truck and Transportation Routes. Facilities shall be
located such that any truck or transportation route to and from State or
interstate divided highways or rail lines contain a minimum number of
nonindustrial structures and sensitive uses (homes, hospitals, schools, etc.).
W. Closure and Post -Closure Plan. The applicant shall submit to the Director a
written closure plan and post -closure plan approved by the Department of
Health Services. All revisions to such closure plan shall also be submitted
to the Director.
X. Financial Responsibility. Prior to issuance of a permit to begin the use
identified in the land use decision, the applicant shall submit to the City
Manager proof that it has met all of the financial responsibility
requirements imposed by the Department of Health Services and any other
federal or State agency.
Y. Indemnification. The applicant agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and
render harmless the City of Santa Clarita and its Council, City Manager and
all officers, employees and agents of the City against and from all claims,
actions or liabilities relating to the land use decision or arising out of its
implementation at the site.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 46
Z. General Conditions. The City may impose, as necessary, conditions and
vi. Monitoring. Upon reasonable notice, and for the purpose of
ensuring compliance with all standards, conditions and other
requirements which the City of Santa Clarita is authorized to
enforce under its police power, City officials or their designated
representatives may enter the premises on which a hazardous waste
facility permit has been granted.
vii. Complaints: Forwarding. The owner or operator of a hazardous
waste facility shall immediately send copies of all complaints as to
facility operations and copies of all inspection reports made by other
local, regional, State or federal agencies to the Director.
viii. Emergency Response Plan. An emergency response plan shall be
prepared and updated annually, signed by all management personnel
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 47
standards other than those presented in this subsection and in the General
•
Plan, in order to achieve the purposes of this chapter and to protect the
health, safety, or general welfare of the community.
aa. Mandatory Conditions.
i. Safety and Security. The owner or operator shall prevent the
unknowing entry, and minimize the possibility for the unauthorized
entry of persons, livestock or wild animals onto any portion of the
facility.
ii. Surveillance. The operator shall provide a twenty-four (24) hour
surveillance system which continuously monitors and controls entry
onto the facility.
iii. Fencing. Perimeter fencing shall be constructed to the satisfaction of
the Director.
iv. Signage. If not inconsistent with the requirements of other laws,
signs with the legend "DANGER — HAZARDOUS WASTE
AREA — UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL KEEP OUT," shall be
posted at each entrance to the facility and at other appropriate
locations. The legend shall be written in English and Spanish and
shall be legible from a distance of at least twenty-five (25) feet.
•V.
Reports. The owner or operator of a facility shall report quarterly to
the City Engineer the amount, type and disposition of all wastes
processed by the facility. Included in the report shall be copies of all
manifests showing the delivery and types of hazardous wastes and
include a map showing the exact location of quantifies and types of
materials placed in repositories or otherwise stored or disposed of
on-site.
vi. Monitoring. Upon reasonable notice, and for the purpose of
ensuring compliance with all standards, conditions and other
requirements which the City of Santa Clarita is authorized to
enforce under its police power, City officials or their designated
representatives may enter the premises on which a hazardous waste
facility permit has been granted.
vii. Complaints: Forwarding. The owner or operator of a hazardous
waste facility shall immediately send copies of all complaints as to
facility operations and copies of all inspection reports made by other
local, regional, State or federal agencies to the Director.
viii. Emergency Response Plan. An emergency response plan shall be
prepared and updated annually, signed by all management personnel
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 47
and by each person at the facility who has emergency response
responsibility, and distributed to all local emergency response •
agencies, the City Engineer and the Director. The emergency
response plan and the annual updates shall detail specific procedures
to be undertaken in the event of an emergency.
ix. Modifications. Any modifications of the types and quantities of
hazardous waste to be managed at the approved site must be
approved by the City through an amendment to the Conditional Use
Permit before such modifications occur at the facility.
X. Contingency Operation Plan. Every hazardous waste facility project
must have a contingency operation plan approved by the California
Department of Health Services (DHS). A copy of the contingency
operation plan, including emergency heliport capability if necessary,
approved by DHS shall be maintained at the facility. The facility
owner or operator shall provide_a current copy of the contingency
plan to the City Manager, Director, Sheriff, the Fire Chief, each
hospital within twenty (20) miles and the Los Angeles County
Department of Health.
xi. Environmental Monitoring Report. Owners/operators of all facilities
shall submit an annual air, soil and groundwater monitoring report
to the Director.
xii. Release Response Costs. The facility owner/operator shall be •
responsible for all costs incurred by the City of Santa Clarita and its
officers, agents, employees or contractors, or other agencies
responding in accordance with mutual aid agreements, for
responding to a release of hazardous wastes at or en route to or from
the facility.
xiii. Extremely Hazardous Wastes. Any storage, treatment, disposal or
transportation of "extremely hazardous waste" as defined in Section
25115 of the Health and Safety Code, by the facility owner/operator
shall be reported to the Director at least forty-eight (48) hours prior
to such storage, treatment, disposal, or transportation.
xiv. Duration of Land Use Decision. The life of the land use decision
shall be determined at the time of approval and shall not exceed ten
(10) years. The project proponent shall commence substantial
construction of the facility within two (2) years of the land use
decision and such construction must be pursued diligently to
completion.
xv. Compliance Costs. All costs of compliance with this chapter shall
be borne by the facility owner/operator.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 48
r�
U
•
xvi Enforcement. The City of Santa Clarita may employ any and all
methods permitted by law to enforce this chapter.
17.66.070 Homeless Shelters.
The following standards apply to all homeless shelters:
A. Homeless shelters shall maintain a maximum occupancy not to exceed sixty (60)
individuals.
B. Homeless shelters shall provide on-site waiting and intake areas screened from public
view.
C. The homeless shelter shall provide on-site management with security during operational
hours.
D. Parking areas shall be paved to the satisfaction of the Fire Department and City Engineer.
E. The homeless shelter shall be well lit during operational hours and be in conformance with
Section 17.51.050 (Outdoor Lighting Standards).
F. Homeless shelters shall be allowed to have intake between the hours of five p.m. to eight
p.m. or at dusk, whichever is sooner, and may discharge patrons from eight a.m. to ten
a.m. the following day.
G. Homeless shelters shall abide by all applicable development standards as set forth in this
Code.
H. A homeless shelter shall not be located within 300 feet of a private or public primary or
secondary school, public or private parks and community centers.
17.66.080 Joint Living and Working Quarters.
The following regulations are for the establishment of joint living and working quarters.
A. Design Standards.
1. Floor Area Requirement.
a. A live/work unit shall have a minimum floor area deemed to be appropriate
by the Director.
b. The commercial portion of the live/work unit shall constitute between 25
percent to 45 percent of the total floor area, unless otherwise approved by
the Director.
C. A ground -level live/work unit with street frontage shall devote the street
frontage of the building to commercial space.
2. Unit Access. Separate access shall be provided for the living space and the
commercial space.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 49
3. Access Between the Live/Work Space.
a. There shall be direct access between the working and living spaces within
the live/work unit.
b. All units shall comply with applicable handicapped accessibility
requirements.
C. On parcels where the live/work space constitutes a front and back structure,
the commercial use shall occupy the front structure on the street.
d. The work space shall not be leased separately from the living space;
conversely, the living space shall not be leased separately from the working
space.
4. Occupancy and Employees.
a. At least one full-time employee of the business activity occupying the
live/work unit shall also reside in the unit; conversely at least one of the
persons living in the "live" portion shall work in the "work" portion.
b. The business activity occupying the live/work unit may utilize nonresident
employees as necessary.
5. Land Use. Uses shall be permitted based on the underlying zoning designation or
consistent with uses traditionally found in a neighborhood commercial land use •
designation.
17.66.090 Kennels.
All new kennels shall conform to the following requirements:
A. All excrement produced by said kenneled animals shall be disposed of on a regular basis
so as to control flies and odor;
B. All noise shall be sound attenuated so that the noise level measured at the property line is
within the ambient level for the zone in which the site is located;
C. No animal runs, exercise areas or keeping of the kenneled animals shall be located within
the required front, street side or side yards of the zone in which the site is located or within
one hundred (100) feet of adjoining residences;
D. The minimum lot size shall be two (2) acres in residential zones.
17.66.100 Long -Term Vendors.
All new long-term vendors shall be required to obtain approval of a minor use permit. The
Director may impose conditions of approval and shall not approve an application for a minor use
permit unless the information submitted by the applicant substantiates each of the following
requirements:
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 50
A. If selling food, the applicant shall comply with all Los Angeles County Health Department
• requirements.
B. A maximum of one long-term vendor is permitted per shopping center containing a
minimum of three (3) acres and five hundred (500) feet of street frontage.
C. No long-term vendor shall be located closer than three hundred (300) feet from any public
right-of-way.
D. Long-term vendors shall only be permitted in front of anchor tenants of the shopping
center in which it operates, as determined by the Director.
E. Long-term vendors shall not be located further than ten (10) feet from the storefront facade
of the anchor tenant.
F. At the minimum, long-term vendors shall provide a five (5) gallon trash can.
G. All equipment used for operating shall be completely removed from the premises daily. No
permanent structures are permitted.
H. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (C) (General Provisions) of Section
17.51.080 of the Code, no temporary or permanent signage is permitted.
L Long-term vendors shall not be placed in fire lanes, parking spaces, required setbacks or
interfere with the circulation of shopping center in which it is located.
• 17.66.110 Self -Storage Facilities.
A. Purpose. The City's intent is to limit the visibility and/or adequately design self -storage
facilities along major and secondary highways to appear as a structure, or use, anticipated
for the surrounding land uses.
B. Development Standards. All new self -storage facilities shall conform to the following
requirements:
Self -storage facilities shall be designed and developed in a manner compatible with
and complementary to existing and potential development within the immediate
vicinity of the project site.
2. Unless otherwise designed to be consistent with another building type, self -storage
facilities shall be entirely enclosed by split faced or decorative, solid masonry
walls, or other material as approved by the Approving Authority, at a minimum of
six (6) feet in height.
3. Building height shall not exceed two (2) stories and/orthirty-five (35) feet, unless it
is an architectural feature having no storage capacity. Building height proposed
beyond the above requirements is subject to the approval of a conditional use
permit.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 51
4. Driveways shall have a minimum width of twenty-six (26) feet for the facility entry
and fire lanes, unless additional width is required by the Fire Department.
Secondary driveways shall have a minimum width of ten (10) feet.
5. Buildings shall be designed, located and/or screened so that views of overhead
doors and/or interior driveways within such facilities are not readily visible from
adjacent roads.
6. One caretaker's residence shall be permitted, subject to single-family residential
development standards.
7. The applicant shall provide before and after photo simulations of the facility.
8. Landscaping shall be incorporated into the project to screen the facility from public
view to the greatest extent possible. Maintenance of the approved irrigation and
landscaping shall be maintained in perpetuity.
17.66.120 Small Wind Energy Systems.
All small wind energy systems shall conform to the following requirements:
A. Small wind energy systems shall not be permitted on parcels of less than one (1) acre in
size.
B. Tower heights of not more than sixty-five (65) feet shall be allowed on parcels between
one (1) and five (5) acres and tower heights of not more than eighty (80) feet shall be
allowed on parcels of five (5) acres or more; provided, that the application includes
evidence that the proposed height does not exceed the height recommended by the
manufacturer or distributor of the system.
C. System towers must be set back from the property line equal to the height of the proposed
system tower; provided, that it also complies with any applicable fire setback
requirements.
D. Decibel levels for the system shall not exceed the noise standards of the municipal code.
E. The system's turbine must have been approved by the California Energy Commission as
qualifying under the Emerging Renewables Fund of the Commission's Renewables
Investment Plan or certified by a national program recognized and approved by the Energy
Commission.
17.66.130 Solar Panels.
Solar energy systems shall conform to the following requirements:
A. Regulation and permitting of solar energy systems is a Class I approval in accordance with
the State requirements.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 52
B. Review of the application to install a solar energy system shall be limited to the Building
• Official's review of whether it meets all health and safety requirements of local, state, and
federal law.
C. The requirements of local law shall be limited to those standards and regulations necessary
to ensure that the solar energy system will not have a specific, adverse impact upon the
public health or safety.
D. The City reserves the right to require a minor use permit if the Building Official of the
City has a good -faith belief that the solar energy system could have a specific, adverse
impact upon the public health and safety. A minor use permit is required at the discretion
of the Director.
E. The City shall not deny an application for a minor use permit to install a solar energy
system unless it makes written findings based upon substantial evidence in the record that
the proposed installation would have a specific, adverse impact upon the public health or
safety, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific,
adverse impact, meaning a significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based
on objective, identified, and written public health or safety standards, policies, or
conditions as they existed on the date the application was deemed complete.
F. The findings shall include the basis for the rejection of potential feasible alternatives of
preventing the adverse impact.
G. The decision of the Building Official pursuant to requirement of a minor use permit or the
• denial of a minor use permit may be appealed to the Commission.
H. Any conditions imposed on an application to install a solar energy system shall be
designed to mitigate the specific, adverse impact upon the public health and safety at the
lowest cost possible including, but not limited to, the screening of exposed conduit or other
mechanical or electrical equipment.
I. A solar energy system shall meet applicable health and safety standards and requirements
imposed by state and local permitting authorities.
J. A solar energy system for heating water shall be certified by the Solar Rating Certification
Corporation (SRCC) or other nationally recognized certification agency. SRCC is a
nonprofit third party supported by the United States Department of Energy. The
certification shall be for the entire solar energy system and installation.
K. A solar energy system for producing electricity shall meet all applicable safety and
performance standards established by the National Electrical Code, the Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers, and accredited testing laboratories such as
Underwriters Laboratories and, where applicable, rules of the Public Utilities Commission
regarding safety and reliability.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 53
Chapter 17.67
SECTIONS:
17.67.010
Purpose.
17.67.020
Applicability.
17.67.030
Regulations.
17.67.010 Purpose.
Temporary Uses
It is the purpose of this chapter to establish standards for temporary uses, which have
characteristics and performance requirements that are not covered by the property development
requirements of the zones. All temporary uses shall comply with the provisions of this chapter.
17.67.020 Applicability.
•
Temporary uses may be allowed for permitted or conditionally permitted uses, subject to approval
of a temporary use permit or conditional use permit. Temporary uses may include short-term and
extended -term special events, as established in Section 17.23.200 (Temporary Use Permit).
17.67.030 Regulations.
Subject to approval of a temporary use permit, the following temporary uses are permitted and
shall conform to the following requirements:
A. Circuses, carnivals, rodeos, parades or similar outdoor entertainment or enterprises, subject •
to not more than five (5) calendar days of operation in any calendar year.
B. Christmas tree sales lots, Halloween pumpkin sales, and other holiday sales operations,
shall be allowed with a temporary use permit, subject to the following requirements:
1. Hours of operation shall be limited to eight a.m. to ten p.m., unless modified by the
Director;
2. Operators shall obtain all applicable permits. This includes, but is not limited to, all
City departments such as Building and Safety; and all other governing agencies
such as Los Angeles County Fire, Health and Safety and Business Licensing
Departments;
3. Operation shall comply with the City's noise ordinance;
4. Operator shall remove all debris within fifteen (15) days after the end of the
holiday;
5. No permanent signage shall be approved, constructed or installed;
6. All temporary lighting shall be directed downwards and away from neighboring
properties;
January 2013 1 DRAFT r
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 54
7. No permanent structures shall be erected as part of a holiday sales operation.
• 8. Operation of a Christmas tree or pumpkin sale lot is limited to a length of forty-five
(45) days per event with a maximum of two events per calendar year;
9. Parking shall be provided at the rate of I space for every 2,000 square feet of lot
area used for seasonal merchandise;
10. All green waste from the holiday sales operations, including pumpkins, wreaths,
Christmas trees and tree cuttings, shall be composted or disposed through the
City's trash hauler using green waste containers. Any additional waste shall be
disposed of in a City -approved manner;
11. Any temporary signage must be approved by the Director prior to installation; and
12. One (1) full time on-site caretaker in a recreational vehicle is permitted during the
operation of a Christmas tree or pumpkin sales lot.
C. Subdivision sales offices and model home complexes located within the subdivision, may
be allowed with a temporary use permit, subject to the following minimum requirements:
1. Offices shall be no closer than one vacant lot to an existing dwelling unit not part
of the subdivision, trailers may be used for no more than ninety (90) calendar days
or until such time as the subdivision sales offices have been completed whichever
is less;
• 2. A paved parking lot with surrounding landscaping shall provide sufficient parking
spaces to accommodate said use;
3. Offices shall be allowed for a maximum of two (2) years or until ninety (90)
percent of the homes within the subdivision are sold, whichever is less;
4. Faithful performance bonding in an amount appropriate to guarantee removal
and/or conversion of the sales office and attendant facilities shall be required; and
5. Other conditions that the Director deems necessary to assure that the sales office
will not constitute a nuisance or be objectionable to the residential uses in the
neighborhood.
D. Religious, patriotic, historic, or similar displays or exhibits within yards, parking areas, or
landscaped areas, subject to not more than eight (8) calendar days of display in any
calendar year. Such displays are permitted in residential yards without Director approval.
E. Outdoor art and craft shows and exhibits, subject to not more than three (3) calendar days
of operation or exhibition in any sixty (60) calendar day period.
F. Contractors' offices and storage yards on the site of an active construction project.
G. Mobilehome residences for security purposes on the site of an active construction project.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 55
H. Outside display or sales of goods, equipment, merchandise, or exhibits, in a commercial,
mixed use, or industrial zone, provided that:
1. The display or sales shall not be conducted more than once during any 30 -day
period nor more than four times during any 12 -month period;
2. Each occurrence of display or sale shall not exceed one weekend or three
consecutive calendar days;
3. All goods, equipment and merchandise shall be the same as those sold, or held for
sale, within the business on the lot where the outside display and sales are
proposed;
4. Not more than 20 percent of the area designated for parking, as required by this
Code for the established business, shall be used in connection with the outside
display or sales; and
5. This provision shall not permit the outside storage of goods, equipment,
merchandise, or exhibits except as otherwise may be provided by this Code.
I. Seasonal retail sale of agricultural products (fruit and vegetable stands) for periods of less
than ninety (90) days.
J. Temporary use of properly designed mobile trailer units for classrooms, offices, bands,
etc., for periods not to exceed ninety (90) days subject to approval of the Director. is
Requests for such uses of more than ninety (90) days in duration shall require the approval
of a minor use permit by the Approving Authority.
K. Charitable or school sponsored drop-off bins for recycling of cans, newspapers, or similar
items, for drop-off of clothes and small items. Bins shall be located in the parking lots of
businesses within the C and/or I zones or other public or semi-public property on a
temporary basis when written permission is granted by the property owner or business
owner. Said bins shall be kept in a neat and orderly manner, shall not take up any required
landscaping area or parking spaces, and shall not be visible from a public right-of-way.
L. Carnivals, exhibitions, fairs, farmers markets, private party vehicle sales, religious
services, festivals, pageants, and religious observances on property owned by or held
under the control of the City or other government agency shall not require a temporary use
permit. The City department or other government jurisdiction, which owns or controls the
property may assume jurisdiction and approve the special event subject to limitations and
conditions as are deemed appropriate by said City department or governmental
jurisdiction.
M. Garage and yard sales shall not require a temporary use permit, but shall be subject to the
following:
1. All materials or goods sold must be the personal property of one of the persons
conducting the sale; •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 56
2. They shall be conducted only on residential premises occupied by one of the
persons conducting the sale;
3. No more than three (3) garage or yard sales shall be permitted at one residential
location in any calendar year. Each garage or yard sale shall not exceed three (3)
consecutive days;
4. Such sales shall not be conducted before eight a.m. or after six p.m.; and
5. Garage and yard sale signage shall be subject to the provisions of Section
17.51.080 (Sign Regulations) of this Code.
N. The temporary, seasonal use of portable, metal storage containers shall be permitted for a
period of time not to exceed ninety (90) days. Requests for such uses of more than ninety
(90) days in duration shall require the approval of a minor use permit.
O. Short-term events sponsored by a public agency or a religious, fraternal, educational or
service organization directly engaged in civic, charitable, or public service endeavors. This
provision shall not include outdoor festivals and tent revival meetings.
P. Short-term special events shall not be conducted for more than six weekends or seven days
during any 12 -month period, except where an extended time period is approved pursuant
to Section 17.23.200 (B) (2) (Extended -Term Temporary Use Permit).
Q. "Weekend" in this chapter means Saturday and Sunday; national holidays observed on a
• Friday or Monday may be included.
R. Other temporary uses as determined by the Director that do not exceed one year in
duration and do not require the construction of any permanent structures.
S. Temporary uses in excess of one (1) year, but less than five (5) years, will be subject to a
Class N extended -term temporary use permit, pursuant to Section 17.23.200 (B) (2)
(Extended -Term Temporary Use Permit).
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60—Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 57
Chapter 17.68 Transfer Development Rights, Density •
Bonus, and Cluster Developments
SECTIONS:
17.68.010 Purpose.
17.68.020 Cluster Developments.
17.68.030 Density Bonus Requirements.
17.68.040 Transfer Development Rights Program.
17.68.010 Purpose.
It is the purpose of this chapter to establish regulations for applications for cluster developments,
density bonuses, and transfer development rights. These standards are in addition to the property
development standards of this Code unless, where applicable, are superseded by those standards to
provide for these types of development.
17.68.020 Cluster Developments.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to minimize the disruption of natural resources and
major physiographic features and preserve land as permanent open space by encouraging
innovative development alternatives.
B. Conditions. In conjunction with the submittal of an application for a tentative map, an •
applicant may submit an application for a conditional use permit to allow for a cluster
development. In approving a conditional use permit for a cluster development, the
Approving Authority shall impose conditions pertaining to the following:
1. Preservation of Commonly Owned Areas.
a. The Approving Authority shall require the permanent reservation of all
commonly owned areas. Such reservation shall be by establishment of a
homeowners' association, maintenance district or other appropriate means
or methods to ensure to the satisfaction of the Approving Authority the
permanent reservation and continued perpetual maintenance of required
commonly owned areas.
b. As a means to further ensure the reservation of commonly owned areas, the
Approving Authority shall also require that where lots or parcels of land are
sold or are otherwise separated in ownership, no dwelling unit shall be sold,
conveyed or otherwise alienated or encumbered separately from an
undivided interest in any commonly owned areas comprising a part of such
development. Such undivided interest shall include either:
i. An undivided interest in the commonly owned areas; or
ii. A share in the corporation or voting membership in an association
owning the commonly owned area.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 58
11
2. Dwelling Unit Type. The Approving Authority shall require that all dwelling units
• be single-family residences unless a multifamily development is requested and
approved.
3. Location, Separation and Height of Buildings. The Approving Authority shall
impose conditions as it deems necessary to govern the location, separation and
height of buildings to ensure compatible placement on the proposed site and with
relationship to the surrounding area.
C. Additional Conditions. In addition to the conditions listed above, the approval authority
may impose conditions pertaining to the following:
1. Location of Automobile Parking Facilities. Where the approval authority
determines that the proposed development will contain design features offering
amenities equal to or better than a development plan incorporating required
automobile parking facilities on the same lot or parcel of land, such automobile
parking may be located on a separate lot or parcel, provided that such parking
facility is:
a. In full compliance with all other provisions of Section 17.51.060 (Parking
Standards) of this Code; and
b. Located on a separate lot or parcel of land under common ownership; and
C. Conveniently located and easily accessible to the dwelling it is intended to
• serve; and
d. No greater than two hundred (200) feet from the residence it is intended to
serve.
2. Architecture. The Approving Authority may impose conditions governing the
suitability of architecture as necessary to integrate the proposed development
project within the proposed site and the surrounding area, including appearance of
the proposed development from surrounding property.
3. Yards/Lot Size. The Approving Authority may modify any or all yard and lot size
requirements of the basic zone wherein a cluster development is proposed. In
reaching its determination to modify these requirements and to what extent, the
Approving Authority shall base its decision on whether such modification will:
a. Encourage design features promoting amenities equal to or better than a
development plan incorporating required yards and minimum lot size; and
b. Assist in integrating the proposed development in relation to its location on
the site and its relationship to the surrounding area.
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to prohibit imposition of yards and lot
sizes exceeding the minimum provided in the zone.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 59
4. Landscaping. The Approving Authority may require a plan for the landscaping of
any or all parts of the development submitted to and approved by the Approving
Authority in order to ensure that the development will be complementary to and is
compatible with the uses in the surrounding area.
5. Utilities. The Approving Authority may require the applicant to submit and be
made a condition of approval for a cluster development, satisfactory evidence that
the applicant has made arrangements with the serving utilities to install
underground all new facilities necessary to furnish service in the development.
17.68.030 Density Bonus Requirements.
A. A density bonus shall be available consistent with the requirements of Government Code
Section 65915 and sections amendatory or supplementary thereto. Any applicant for a
density bonus shall make such application on a form approved by the Director at the time
of submitting any entitlement application for the development for which a density bonus is
requested. The application shall include, at a minimum, the following information:
A description of how the proposed project meets the criteria for a density bonus
under Section 65915;
2. What concession(s), if any, are requested by the applicant;
3. An explanation of how the requested concession(s) are necessary to provide for
affordable housing costs;
4. Whether a parking reduction is requested; Is
5. A depiction of the intended use or location of the density bonus housing within the
proposed development.
B. As required by Section 65915 and sections amendatory or supplementary thereto, the
Director shall require an instrument recorded against title, enforceable by the Director, to
ensure the continued affordability of the affordable units within a project receiving a
density bonus. Such instrument may include, but is not limited to, an equity sharing
agreement, an affordability covenant, a deed of trust, a development agreement, or some
combination thereof at the discretion of the Director; provided, that such instrument(s)
does not unreasonably restrict title of any of the units and/or does not make the project
economically infeasible.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Division 17.60 — Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 60
17.68.040 Transfer Development Rights Program.
• A. Purpose. The purpose of the Transfer Development Rights (TDR) Program is to transfer
development rights from an appropriate sending site to an appropriate receiving site within
the General Plan area, on a voluntary basis. These provisions are intended to supplement
land use regulations, resource protection, open space acquisition, and to encourage
increased residential and commercial land use densities in areas where infrastructure,
especially public transportation, is readily available, subject to the issuance of a
conditional use permit per Section 17.25.100 (Conditional Use Permit). Final action by
the Council will be required for the approval of a TDR request.
B. Requirements. A TDR Program shall include a sending site which is a parcel, or parcels
for which land use densities are relinquished, and transferred, to a receiving site which can
accept the relinquished density.
1. Sending Site Criteria. The sending site can be located in either the City or
unincorporated Los Angeles County that is designated as Open Space, Open Space
— National Forest, Open Space — Bureau of Land Management, or any Non -Urban
designated land within a Significant Ecological Area (SEA) on the City's General
Plan Land Use Map. In addition, any area that is considered an agricultural
resource or other site acceptable to the Approving Authority can be considered.
2. Receiving Site Criteria. The receiving site shall be located in the City and
designated as Mixed Use, Community Commercial, or Regional Commercial land
• on the City's General Plan Land Use Map. In addition, any area that is considered
a Transit Oriented Development, an underutilized infill site or other site acceptable
to the Approving Authority. The Receiving Site shall not be a site subject to
Sections 17.23.130 (Hillside Development Review).
C. Findings. In addition to the findings required under in Section 17.25. 100 (Conditional Use
Permit), the following findings shall also be met:
1. The sending site contains unique natural or cultural features, allows for a higher-
level resource management, the preservation of agricultural or allows the
acquisition of open space.
2. The receiving site shall be located with access to, or in close proximity of, all the
needed infrastructure including, but not limited to, public transportation, schools
and commercial services.
•
D. Conditions. In addition to the conditions required under in Section 17.25. 100 (Conditional
Use Permit), the following condition shall also be required:
1. The development rights of the sending site shall be transferred to the City either
through dedication of the site, a public use and access easement or other method
acceptable to the Council to ensure that the site remains open space. In the case of
an agricultural sending site, the easement shall allow for the continuation of
agricultural operations.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 61
Chapter 17.69 Wireless Communications Facilities and •
Satellite Dish Antennas
SECTIONS:
17.69.010
Purpose.
17.69.020
Exemptions.
17.69.030
Development Standards.
17.69.040
Abandonment.
17.69.050
Additional Submittal Requirements.
17.69.060
Satellite Dish Antennas.
17.69.010 Purpose.
It is the purpose and intent of this chapter to regulate wireless communication facilities in order to
promote the health, safety and general welfare of the citizens of the City and to establish
reasonable and unifiim regulations to properly review and construct public wireless
communications facilities in the City, thereby reducing or eliminating any adverse effects from
such facilities. The provisions of the chapter have neither the purpose nor effect of imposing a
limitation or restriction on the activity nor the operation of such facilities. However, regulating the
aesthetics of wireless communication facilities is a core objective.
17.69.020 Exemptions.
A. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this chapter, the following uses shall be exempt •
from the provisions of this chapter until such time as federal regulations are repealed or
amended to eliminate the necessity of the exemption:
1. Any antenna structure that is one meter (39.37 inches) or less in diameter and is
designed to receive direct broadcast satellite service, including direct -to -home
satellite service, as defined by Section 207 of the Telecommunications Act of 1996,
Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations, and any interpretive decisions thereof
issued by the Federal Communications Commission; and
2. Any antenna structure that is two (2) meters (78.74 inches) or less in diameter, is
designed to transmit or receive radio communication by satellite antenna, and is
located in commercial or industrial zones within the City; and
3. Any antenna structure that is one meter (39.37 inches) or less in diameter or
diagonal measurement and is designed to receive multipoint distribution service, as
defined by Section 207 of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 and Section 1.400
of Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations; provided, that no part of the
antenna structure extends more than twelve (12) feet above the principal building
on the same lot.
B. The following uses shall be exempt from the provisions of this chapter at all times,
provided that structures meet the setback requirements of the underlying zone: •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 62
•
•
1. Any antenna structure that is designed to receive over -the -air UHF and/or VHF
television broadcast transmission.
2. Any antenna structure that is designed to receive over -the -air AM and/or FM radio
broadcast transmission.
3. Any antenna structure that is used by authorized amateur radio stations licensed by
the Federal Communications Commission.
17.69.030 Development Standards.
All wireless communication facilities which are installed, erected, or modified following the
effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter (besides those exempted in Section
17.69.020 (Exemptions)) shall conform to the following requirements:
A. General Wireless Communications Facilities Standards.
1. Wireless communication facilities shall not bear any signs or advertising devices
other than certification, warning, or other required seals or required signage.
2. No permittee shall unreasonably restrict access to an existing antenna location if
required to co -locate by the City, and if feasible to do so.
3. All antennas shall be designed to prevent unauthorized climbing.
B. Aesthetic and Screening Standards.
1. All facilities shall be screened from public view by landscaping to the extent
possible.
2. Public wireless communications facilities shall be located where the existing
topography, vegetation, building, or other structures provide the greatest amount of
screening.
3. All building and roof -mounted wireless telecommunications facilities and antennas
shall be designed to appear as an integral part of the structure and located to
minimize visual impacts.
4. All antennas and support structures shall be painted and/or textured to achieve
architectural compatibility with the structures for which they are attached and/or
located. If ground -mounted, the antenna and support structure shall be painted,
textured, landscaped or otherwise camouflaged as much as possible to integrate the
structure into the environment.
5. All accessory equipment associated with the operation of the public wireless
communication facility shall be located within a building, enclosure or
underground vault that complies with the development standards of the zoning
district in which the accessory equipment is located. if the equipment is to be
located above ground, it shall be visually compatible with the surrounding
buildings and include sufficient landscaping to screen the structure from view.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60— Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 63
6. Wireless communication facilities shall have subdued colors and nonreflective
materials which blend with surrounding materials and colors. •
7. All screening for building -mounted facilities shall be compatible with the existing
architecture, color, texture and/or materials of the building.
8. All electrical support equipment located within cabinets, shelters or similar
structures shall be screened from public view with lattice, vegetation, grading or
other appropriate screening. Roof -mounted electrical support equipment shall be
concealed.
9. The placement of new antennas and facilities shall not be physically obstructive or
visually intrusive.
10. All ground -mounted facilities shall be designed to be consistent with the design,
color and environmental aesthetics in the area where they are located to mitigate
visual impacts.
C. Siting Standards.
1. Antennas may be located on existing utility poles provided the antennas do not
exceed the height of the utility pole.
2. All antennas shall meet the minimum siting distances to habitable structures
required for compliance with Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
regulations and standards governing the environmental effects of radio frequency •
emissions.
D. Noise Standards.
1. Within residential zones, sound proofing measures shall be used to reduce noise
caused by the operation of wireless facilities and all accessory equipment to a level
which would have a no -net increase in ambient noise level.
2. All wireless communications facilities and accessory wireless facility equipment
shall comply with the applicable provisions of the City's noise ordinance.
E. Development Guidelines. Public wireless communication facilities should conform to the .
following development guidelines unless the Approving Authority determines, in its
discretion, that sufficient justification exists to the contrary:
1. Co -located with other public wireless communication facilities;
2. On existing structures such as buildings, communication towers, church steeples
and utility facilities;
3. Stealth facilities, flush -mounted and concealed antennas should be used whenever
possible;
4. In industrial/business park zoning districts;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60— Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 64
E
5. In commercial zoning districts;
• 6. No antenna or facility should be located within five hundred (500) feet from a lot
containing a residential structure or a lot zoned for residential use unless a
conditional use permit is approved. Co -located facilities shall be subject to a minor
use permit;
7. Ground -mounted facilities should be located only in close proximity to existing
above -ground utilities, such as electrical tower or utility poles (which are not
scheduled for removal or undergrounding in the next eighteen (18) months), light
poles, trees of comparable heights, water tanks and in areas where they will not
detract from the image of the City;
8. Major public wireless communication facilities are encouraged to locate beyond
five hundred (500) feet of any existing, legally established major public or private
wireless communication facility except when co -located on the same building or
structure;
9. Applicants proposing new wireless telecommunication facilities must demonstrate
that reasonable efforts have been made to locate on existing facilities. The
applicant must provide written documentation of all efforts to co -locate the
proposed facility on an existing facility, or antenna -mounting structure, including
copies of letters or other correspondence sent to other carriers or tower owners
requesting such location and any responses received. This should include
information on lack of existing towers in the area, topography, frequency or signal
• interference, line of site problems and available land zoning restrictions as
applicable;
10. All new wireless communication facilities shall be designed to accommodate co -
location, when feasible.
a. Co -location shall occur in a competitively neutral and nondiscriminatory
manner.
b. No more than three (3) wireless communication facilities may co -locate at a
single site unless the Approving Authority finds:
i. The net visual effect of locating an additional facility at a co -
location site will be less than establishing a new location; or
ii. Based on evidence submitted by the applicant, there is no available
feasible alternate location for a proposed new facility;
11. In order to encourage co -location of wireless telecommunication facilities and
maintain community aesthetics, applicants for conditional use permit or install a
tower or antenna mounting structure at the time of original application submittal,
may request subsequent applicants to be co -located on the same facility. Should the
applicant make such a request, the following shall be provided:
'January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 65
a. Documentation identifying the total capacity of the structure, including the
number and type of antennas that can be accommodated over the life of the •
project,
b. Written statement of willingness to lease space on proposed support
structure to other uses,
C. Reciprocal access agreement for accessory facilities, including but not
limited to, poles towers, parking areas, access roads, utilities and equipment
buildings.
Upon approval of a conditional use permit by the Approving Authority, the
Director may approve a subsequent request to co -locate on the same facility as a
minor use permit where no increase in height is proposed. Unless the facility is
located in a residential zone or within five hundred (500) feet of a lot containing a
residential structure or use, which shall require a conditional use permit;
12. Facilities that mimic building architecture (church steeples, clock towers, tented
windows, building treatments) in its immediate vicinity are encouraged;
13. Monopoles, monopalms, monopines and similar facilities are discouraged.
17.69.040 Abandonment.
Lawfully erected public wireless communication facilities that are no longer being used shall be
removed from the premises no later than ninety (90) days after the discontinuation of use. A •
public wireless communication facility is considered abandoned if it no longer provides wireless
communication service. Such removal shall be in accordance with proper health and safety
requirements.
A. A written notice of the determination of abandonment shall be sent or delivered to the
operator of the public wireless communication facility and the property owner. The
operator shall have thirty (30) days, from the date of the notice, to remove the facility or
provide the Director with evidence that the use has not been discontinued.
B. All facilities determined to be abandoned and not removed within the required thirty (30)
day period from the date of notice shall be in violation of the Code, and operators of the
facility and the owners of the property shall be subject to penalties for violations under the
enforcement and penalties provisions of the Code.
17.69.050 Additional Submittal Requirements.
A. As part of the application process, applicants for wireless communication facilities shall be
required to provide a master plan that identifies the location of the proposed facility and all
existing and potential facilities maintained by the applicant within the City of Santa
Clarita.
1. The master plan shall reflect all potential locations that are anticipated for system
build -out with a minimum of one year with application submittal. •
January 2013 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 66
2. Applicants shall update master plans with every application while wireless
telecommunications facilities are owned or operated within the City of Santa
Clarita.
B. Under the California Environmental Quality Act, to determine cumulative environmental
impacts, the applicant shall submit an annual report which provides cumulative field
measurements of radio frequency (EMF) power densities on all of their antennas owned or
maintained within the City of Santa Clarita. The report shall quantify the EMF emissions
and compare the results with the current applicable Federal Communications Commission
regulations and standards. The applicant shall ensure continuous compliance with federal
and State requirements regarding EMF emissions.
C. As part of the application submittal, applicants for a wireless communications facility shall
be required to submit a minimum of three (3) photo simulations from various locations in
the proposed project's vicinity, depicting the existing view and proposed changes to the
visual environment.
D. As part of the application submittal, applicants for a wireless communications facility shall
be required to submit propagation maps, depicting the existing and proposed cellular
reception coverage at and around the project site.
E. As part of the application process, applicants for public wireless communication facilities
shall be required to provide written documentation demonstrating a good faith effort to
locate facilities in accordance with the development guidelines (subsection (E) of Section
• 17.69.030 (Development Standards)).
17.69.060 Satellite Dish Antennas.
Satellite dish antennas shall conform to the following requirements:
A. The height of dish antennas shall be measured from the highest point of the finished grade
adjacent to the structure if ground -mounted or from the point of mounting if roof -mounted.
B. All dish antennas shall be treated as accessory structures and shall meet the height and
setback requirements of the respective zone.
C. Architectural review shall be required for all dish antennas in excess of six (6) feet in
diameter and/or height.
D. In commercial, industrial and business zones dish antennas may be roof -mounted or
ground -mounted. In either case, all dish antennas located within these zones, regardless of
height or diameter, shall be screened from (i) on-site parking areas, (ii) adjacent public
streets and (iii) adjacent residentially zoned property. Roof -mounted dish antennas shall be
screened architecturally, while ground -mounted dish antennas shall be screened
architecturally or with landscaping.
® January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.60 —Specific Development Standards (17.61-17.69)
Page 67
Division 17.70 Reserved
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.70 — Reserved
Page 1
•
•
•
Division 17.80
Chapter 17.80
Chapter 17.81
Chapter 17.82
Chapter 17.83
Chapter 17.84
Chapter 17.85
Chapter 17.86
Chapter 17.87
Chapter 17.88
Chapter 17.89
Chapter 17.90
Chapter 17.95
Grading
Scope and Administration
Permits
Existing Grading
Permit Application
Security
Precautions
Import, Export, Evacuations, and Fills
Drainage and Terracing
Grading Designation and Location
Dust Prevention and Control
National Pollutant Elimination Systems (NPDES) Compliance
Standard Urban Stormwater Mitigation Plan Implementation
January 2013 j DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 1
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 2
CJ
•
•
•
•
Chapter 17.80 Scope and Administration
SECTIONS:
17.80.010 Scope.
17.80.020 Grading Permit Administration
17.80.030 Responsibility of Permittee
17.80.010 Scope.
A. This chapter sets forth rules and regulations for the control of excavation, grading
and earthwork construction, including fills or embankments and the control of
runoff from graded sites, including erosion sediments and construction related
pollutants.
B. These rules and regulations establish minimum standards and are not intended to
prevent the use of alternative materials, methods or means of conforming to such
standards, provided such alternative has been approved.
C. The City Engineer shall approve such an alternate, provided he finds that the
alternate is for the purpose intended, at least the equivalent of that prescribed in
this Code in quality, strength, effectiveness, durability and safety.
D. The City Engineer shall require that sufficient evidence or proof be submitted to
substantiate any claims regarding the alternate.
E. These rules and regulations establish the administrative procedures for issuance of
permits, and provide for approval of plans and inspection of grading construction,
17.80.020 Grading Permit Administration.
A. Purpose. In order to implement the General Plan, protect ridgelines, promote
sensitive hillside development, and ensure appropriate and reasonable grading in
accordance with sound engineering and design standards, the City hereby
establishes grading plans and permits. The purpose of this section is to
supplement the grading provisions of the Uniform Building Code.
B. Applicability. A grading permit shall be obtained for any grading performed
within the City, unless the type/quantity of grading is included in the exceptions
identified in Section 17.81.010 (Permits).
C. Approvals and Extensions. Any approval of a grading permit application or
grading permit shall expire within six (6) calendar months from the date of
approval or issuance, except where grading construction, in reliance on an
approved permit, has commenced prior to its expiration.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 3
If at any time during the grading construction significant progress towards •
completion is halted, as determined by the City Engineer for six (6) months or
longer, the City Engineer may provide written notification to the permittee that
expires the grading permit.
The expiration date of the grading permit may be extended by the City Engineer
for an additional six (6) months, if such a request is received by the City Engineer
within thirty (30) days prior to the permit's original expiration date. Only one (1)
six (6) month extension to the expiration date of the grading permit may be
granted by the City Engineer.
D. Permit Authorization. The issuance of a grading permit shall constitute an
authorization to do only that work which is described or illustrated on the
application for the permit, or on the plans and specifications approved by the City
Engineer and the work shall be done in accordance with any conditions imposed
by the City Engineer and in accordance with the requirements of this section.
E. Work Commencing Before Permit Issuance. Any person who commences any
work for which a grading permit is required by this Code, before having obtained
the necessary grading permits, shall be subject to an investigation fee, whether or
not a permit is issued at that time, or subsequently. The investigation fee shall be
equal to twice the amount of the permit fee. Payment of such fee shall not exempt
any person from compliance with all other provisions of this code or from any
other penalty prescribed by law.
F. Other Permits May Be Required. Permits issued pursuant to this section shall not
relieve the owner of responsibility for securing required permits for work to be
done which is regulated by any other provision of this Code or by any other
person, body, or agency.
G. Right of Entry—Indemnification. As a condition of issuance of any grading
permit, the owner of the site to be graded and the contractor, if any, shall grant to
the City a right of entry on the site for the purposes of inspection and for purposes
of correction of grading not performed in compliance with the terms and
conditions of the permit. The owner and the contractor shall agree to indemnify
the City for any claims or damages which may result from the City's entry onto
the property including any corrective action taken pursuant to such right of entry.
The right of entry and indemnification agreement shall be on a form approved by
the City Attorney.
H. Liability.
1. Neither the issuance of a permit under the provisions of this chapter, nor
the compliance with the provisions of this development code or with any
conditions imposed by any City official under this section, shall relieve
any person from any responsibility for damage to persons or property
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 4
E
otherwise imposed by law, nor impose any liability upon the City for
• damage to persons or property.
2. The City Engineer or any employee charged with the enforcement of this
section, acting in good faith and without malice for the City in the
discharge of their duties, shall not thereby render themselves liable
personally and they are hereby relieved from all personal liability for any
damage that may accrue to persons or property as a result of any act
required or by reason of any act or omission in the discharge of their
duties. Any suit brought against the City Engineer or employee, because
of such act or omission performed by them in the enforcement of any
provisions of this section, shall be defended by the legal department of the
City until final termination of the proceedings.
I. Temporary Suspension of Permit. The City Engineer shall have the authority to
temporarily suspend all work on a grading project and suspend the permit if the
City Engineer determines any one of the following:
That field conditions present an immediate hazard or danger to life or
property;
2. The permittee fails to or refuses to correct a deficiency or hazard;
• 3. The work being done is contrary to the approved plans or conditions
thereof;
4. There is lack of supervision of the grading operation, lack of engineering
control, soil engineering control is not being adequately provided;
5. Any condition which in the City Engineer's opinion, presents a threat to
the public safety or welfare immediately, or in the future which may cause
unstable earth until the hazard or condition is removed to the satisfaction
of the City Engineer; or
6. There is a violation of the Santa Clarita Municipal Code.
Revocation of the grading permit shall follow the procedures set forth in Chapter
17.08 (Revocations and Revisions).
J. Time of Grading Operations. Grading and equipment operations within three
hundred (300) feet of a structure for human occupancy shall not be conducted
between the hours of seven p.m. and seven a.m. on weekdays and six p.m. to eight
a.m. on Saturday. Further, no work shall be performed on Sundays and the
following public holidays: New Year's Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving
Day, Christmas Day, Memorial Day and Labor Day. The City Engineer may,
• however, permit grading or equipment operations before seven a.m. or after seven
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 5
p.m. on weekdays, and on Saturday, Sunday and holidays, if it is determined that •
such operations are not detrimental to the health, safety or welfare of the
inhabitants of such a structure. Permitted hours of operations may be shortened by
the City Engineer's finding of a previously unforeseen effect on the health, safety,
or welfare of the surrounding community.
17.80.030 Responsibility of Permittee.
A. Compliance with Plans and Code. The Permittee or his agent shall carry out the
proposed work in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and in
compliance with all the requirements of this Code.
B. Contents oj' Permit. It shall be the responsibility of the Permittee to be
knowledgeable of the conditions and/or restrictions as placed on the grading
permit, as outlined in applicable sections of this code, as contained on the
approved grading plans, and as noted in the approved Geotechnical Report(s). The
Permittee shall also be responsible to maintain, in an obvious and accessible
location on the site, a copy of the permit and grading plans bearing the approval
of the City Engineer.
C. Coordinator. The Permittee shall act as the coordinator between the Project
Consultants, Contractor, and City Engineer. The Permittee shall present to the
City Engineer the names of all Project Consultants prior to obtaining a grading
permit. In the event of changed conditions, the Permittee shall be responsible for •
informing the City Engineer of such change and shall provide revised plans and
reports for approval.
D. Inspections. It shall be the responsibility of the Permittee to notify the City
Engineer when the work is ready for inspection, as required by Section 17.89.010
(Grading Inspection). The notification shall be at least one working day in
advance of the inspection.
E. Protection of Utilities. The Permittee and the Owner of the property upon which
the grading is being performed shall be responsible for the prevention of damage
to any public utilities or services. This responsibility applies not only to within the
limits of grading, but also along any routes of travel of equipment.
F. Protection of Adjacent Property. The Permittee and the Owner of the property
upon which the grading is being performed shall be responsible for the prevention
of damage to adjacent property. Additionally, no person shall excavate on land
sufficiently close to the property line, if doing so may endanger any adjoining
public street, sidewalk, alley, or other public or private property, without taking
adequate measures to support and protect such property from settling, cracking, or
other damage that might result from the grading operation. Any person
performing any grading that involves imported or exported materials shall take
special precautions, as approved by the City Engineer, to prevent such materials
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 6
•
from being deposited on adjacent public way and/or drainage courses. Grading
• designs that serve to avoid disruption to adjacent property shall be utilized as
governed by Section 17.51.020 (Hillside Development).
G. Stormwater Control Measures. The Permittee and the Owner of the property upon
which the grading is being performed shall put into effect and maintain all
precautionary measures necessary to protect adjacent watercourses and public or
private property from damage by erosion, flooding, and deposition of mud, debris,
and construction -related pollutants, which originate from the site during grading
and related construction activities.
H. Termination of Consultants. The Permittee and the Owner of the property upon
which the grading is being performed shall notify the City Engineer in writing,
within forty-eight (48) hours, if any Project Consultant resigns or is terminated.
I. Ownership Change. The Permittee and the Owner of the property upon which the
grading is being performed shall notify the City Engineer in writing, within forty-
eight (48) hours, if an ownership change occurs. The new Owner and the
Permittee shall together apply for a grading permit in their names within forty-
eight (48) hours of such a change. The grading permit may be terminated by the
City Engineer for violation of this section of the Code.
J. Best Management Practices. The Permittee and the Owner of the property upon
• which the grading is being performed shall maintain the site in such a manner as
to minimize the impacts of stormwater and construction -related pollutants due to
the grading and related construction activities on adjacent public and private
property and drainage courses. The required best management practices shall
include, but not be limited to, those identified in the following section:
•
1. All equipment used for grading and related activities shall be stored,
serviced, and refueled in a designated area specifically designed to prevent
waste oils, fuels, solvents, and other pollutants from contaminating the soil
or being conveyed by stormwater;
2. All fuels, solvents, oil, and other foreign substances, and their containers,
shall be stored in accordance with their listing and protected from the
weather in such a manner as to prevent them from contaminating the soil
or being conveyed by stormwater;
3. A covered receptacle shall be available on-site for collection of trash and
debris to be disposed of off-site. The site shall be maintained in such a
manner as to prevent the deposition of trash and debris onto adjacent
public and private property; and
4. All vehicles or equipment shall be free of mud and debris before leaving
the site, so as not to track or deposit such material onto the public way
when accidental depositions occur.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 7
K. Project Site Maintenance. is
Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction,
including suspension of waste and until final certification, the Permittee
shall keep the site free from rubbish and debris. The Permittee shall also
abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping, and sprinkling water, or other
means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets
will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. Care
shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall
be removed immediately and the area cleaned.
2. Vermin Control. At the time of official certification, the area graded under
the permit shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary
extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Permittee. The
Permittee shall be responsible for the elimination of offensive odors
resulting from extermination operations.
3. Sanitation. The Permittee shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for
the use of employees engaged in the grading operation. These
accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition.
They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and
regulations pertaining to public health.
L. Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements. The Permittee shall be •
responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the site
and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property.
M. Public Convenience and Safety.
Traffic and Access. The Permittee's operations shall not cause an
unnecessary inconvenience. The access rights of the public shall be
considered and maintained at all times.
2. Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. All applicable right-
of-way permits shall be obtained with Section 13.06 (General
Requirements) of the Municipal Code for all equipment and materials in a
public street or right-of-way. Construction equipment shall not be stored
at the worksite for more than five (5) days after it is no longer needed.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 8
• Chapter 17.81 Permits
SECTIONS:
17.81.010 Permits.
17.81.020 Availability of Permit and Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan at Site.
17.81.030 Unpermitted Grading.
17.81.060 Notification to Start Grading.
17.81.010 Permits.
A. Permits Required. A person shall not perform any grading without first obtaining
a grading permit to do so from the City Engineer. A grading permit does not
include construction of retaining walls or other structures. A separate permit shall
be obtained for each site and may cover both excavations and fills. Any
Engineered Grading as described in this Code shall be performed by a contractor
licensed to perform the work described hereon. Regular Grading of less than five
thousand (5,000) cubic yards may require a licensed contractor if the City
Engineer determines that special conditions or hazards exist.
B. Exceptions. Exemption from the permit requirements of this section shall not be
deemed to grant authorization for any work to be done in any manner in violation
of the provisions of this chapter or any other laws or ordinances of the City.
• Approvals from other agencies may be required. A grading permit shall not be
required for the following:
r 1
An excavation that does not exceed fifty (50) cubic yards and complies
with one of the following conditions as shown in Figure 17.81-1 (Permit
Exception Details):
a. Excavation is less than two (2) feet in depth; or
b. Excavation does not create a cut slope greater than five (5) feet in
height measured vertically upward from the cut surface to the
surface of the natural grade and steeper than two (2) units
horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (fifty percent (50%) slope).
2. A fill not intended to support structures which does not obstruct a drainage
course and which complies with one of the following condition as shown
in Figure 17.8 1.1 (Permit Exception Details)s:
a. Fill is less than one (1) foot in depth and is placed on natural
terrain with a slope flatter than five (5) units horizontal to one (1)
unit vertical (fifty percent (50%) slope); or.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 9
b. Fill is less than three (3) feet in depth at its deepest point when
measured vertically upward from natural grade to the surface of the
fill, does not exceed fifty (50) cubic yards, and creates a fill slope
no steeper than two (2) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical
(fifty percent (50%) slope); or.
C. Fill is less than five (5) feet in depth at its deepest point when
measured vertically upward from natural grade to the surface of the
fill, does not exceed twenty (20) cubic yards, and creates a fill
slope no steeper than two (2) units horizontal to one (1) unit
vertical (fifty percent (50%) slope);
Figure 17.81-1
Permit Exception Details
3. An excavation below finish grade for basements and footings of a
building, retaining wall, or other structure authorized by a valid building
permit or trench excavations for the purpose of installing underground
utilities. This shall not exempt any fill made with the material from such
excavation or exempt any excavation having an unsupported height
greater than five (5) feet after the completion of the structure;
4. Grading within property dedicated or used for cemetery purposes where
such grading is more than one hundred (100) feet from the property line
and is not intended to support structures. No permit shall be required for
the excavation or filling of graves at any location within such property;
5. Mining, quarrying, excavating, processing and stockpiling of rock, sand,
gravel, aggregate, or clay, where controlled by other regulations;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 10
•
•
EXCAVATIONS
FILLS
. NOT
DITENDED TO SUPPORT STRUCTtR'S
-DO NOT OBSTRUCT A DRAINAGE COURSE'
ML PLACED ON
�-
NATtIRAL GRADE
0<tFf
'NI EXCAVATION
%1XHBESS
Ft'
FIATUPAl GRADE
r,
—(�
WT STEEPER
NA9S1MAD
IN
LESS TH.AN.IFT
=s,J 1
-
DEPTHNAD
/
N'2n
DEEP
:S
NA7tR4tL GRACE
DOES NOTi
EXCEED WCY
!WCT
FU LESS THAN
"=W CY
3FT DEEP ATM
DEEPEST POWT
THAT DOES NOT
.1
DM ii
EXCAVATOJ
AN EA(WvAT1ceA
EXCEED 5DCY
-.�
.IN
i
NATURAL GRADE
A CUT SLOPE.
tKTURAL GRADE
..
Cy
NOT GREATEfl ,.
.; �"' „�• I
THANSFTW
HEIGW. "
i
1 ��
.
RLLLESS
i1
`iT DEEP AT RS.
v N1DDOES.
DEEPEST POWWST'T
. 1 r .
NOT EXCEED
SSOCY
-
THATDOESNOT
EXCEED:VCY
..^
�,
1.i.
NATURALGRACE'
Figure 17.81-1
Permit Exception Details
3. An excavation below finish grade for basements and footings of a
building, retaining wall, or other structure authorized by a valid building
permit or trench excavations for the purpose of installing underground
utilities. This shall not exempt any fill made with the material from such
excavation or exempt any excavation having an unsupported height
greater than five (5) feet after the completion of the structure;
4. Grading within property dedicated or used for cemetery purposes where
such grading is more than one hundred (100) feet from the property line
and is not intended to support structures. No permit shall be required for
the excavation or filling of graves at any location within such property;
5. Mining, quarrying, excavating, processing and stockpiling of rock, sand,
gravel, aggregate, or clay, where controlled by other regulations;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 10
•
•
provided, such operations do not affect the lateral support of, or increase
the stresses in, or pressure upon, any adjacent or contiguous property;
6. With prior approval in writing by the City Engineer, grading in an
isolated, self-contained area, provided there is no danger to the public and
that such grading will not adversely affect adjoining properties;
7. Refuse disposal sites controlled by other regulations;
8. Excavations for wells, or trenches for utilities;
9. An excavation or fill in connection with the making of an earth fill dam,
reservoir or levee when the quality of such work is regulated by other
laws, statutes or ordinances;
10. An excavation, fill and/or measures approved by the Soil Conservation
District or cooperative agency of the US Department of Agriculture;
11. An excavation or fill for a road or slope purposes and shown on plans that
are approved by the City Engineer as being necessary for the support,
construction or maintenance of a public road;
12. Exploratory excavations under the direction of a Geotechnical Engineer or
• Engineering Geologist. This shall not exempt grading of access roads or
pads created for exploratory excavations. Exploratory excavations must
not create a hazardous condition to adjacent properties or the public in
accordance with this code. Exploratory excavations must be restored to
existing conditions, unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer.; and
13. Grading for an oil and/or gas drilling site which is located in an existing
oil field as designated by the State Division of Oil and Gas and is one
thousand (1,000) feet from a public highway and five hundred (500) feet
from the nearest residence. The proposed grading must not result in the
deposition of silt and debris onto downstream property or storm drain
facilities. Permits will not be issued for parcels of land with an average
slope of ten percent (10%) or greater unless the proposed grading
complies with the provisions of Section 17.51.020 (Hillside
Development). (Permits for less than one hundred (100) cubic yards are
exempt from this requirement.)
Exemption from the permit requirements of this chapter shall not be deemed to
grant authorization for any work to be done in any manner that violates the
provisions of this Code or any other laws or ordinances of the City.
17.81.020 Availability of Permit and Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan at
• Site.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 11
No person shall perform any grading for which a permit is required under this chapter
unless a copy of the grading permit and approved grading plan with a stormwater •
pollution prevention plan (SWPPP), as applicable, is in the possession of a responsible
person and available at the site.
17.81.030 Unpermitted Grading.
A person shall not use, occupy, or maintain any site containing unpermitted grading. For
the purposes of this code, unpermitted grading shall be defined as either of the following:
(1) grading that was performed, at any point in time, without the required permit(s)
having first been obtained from the City Engineer, pursuant to this code; or (2) grading
for which a permit was obtained pursuant to this code, but which was not completed,
pursuant to Section 17.89 (Grading Designation and Location), prior to the expiration of
the permit, pursuant to Section 17.80.020(C) (Grading Permit Administration).
17.81.060 Notification to Start Grading.
Grading work cannot start until the City has been officially notified of the pregrading
meeting at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance_
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 12
CJ
• Chapter 17.82 Existing Grading
SECTIONS:
17.82.010 Application to Existing Grading.
17.82.010 Application to Existing Grading.
A. Hazardous Conditions. Whenever the City Engineer determines that any existing
excavation, embankment or fill on private property has become a hazard to life
and limb, or endangers structures, or adversely affects the safety, use or stability
of a public way or drainage channel, the owner of the property upon which the
excavation, embankment, or fill is located, or other person or agent in control of
said property, upon receipt of notice in writing from the City Engineer shall
within the period specified therein repair, reconstruct or remove such excavation,
embankment, or fill so as to eliminate the hazard, in conformance with the
requirements of this Code.
B. Maintenance of Protective Devices and Rodent Control. The owner of any
property on which grading has been performed pursuant to a permit issued under
the provisions of this code, or any other person or agent in control of such
property, shall maintain in good condition and repair all drainage structures and
• other protective devices including dust prevention and control and burrowing
rodent control when shown on the grading plans filed with the application for
grading permit and approved as a condition precedent to the issuance of such
permit.
C. Correlation With Other Sections. The provisions of this section are independent
of the provisions of the City Building Code relating to building and property
rehabilitation. This section may be invoked even though the same facts have been
the reason for a determination that there is substandard property subject to the
provisions of the City Building Code.
January 2013 I DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 13
Chapter 17.83 Permit Application
SECTIONS:
17.83.010 Grading Application and Permit Requirements.
17.83.020 Permit Limitations and Conditions.
17.83.030 Denial of Permit.
17.83.010 Grading Application and Permit Requirements.
A. Application. To obtain a grading permit, the applicant shall first file an application
in writing on a form furnished for that purpose. Every such application shall:
Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be performed by lot,
block, tract and by a street address or by similar description sufficient to
readily identify and definitely locate the site;
2. State the name and address of: the owner of said land; the person who is to
perform the work; and, the field engineer if such work is to be performed
as engineered grading;
3. Be accompanied by plans, specifications and calculations as may be
required by subsection (B) of this section;
4. State the volume of the material to be handled;
5. Be signed by the applicant or his authorized agent, who may be required to
submit evidence of such authority; and
6. Give such other information as reasonably may be required by the City
Engineer.
B. Grading Designation. Grading which is intended to support structures, or in
excess of five thousand (5,000) cubic yards of material, or grading the City
Engineer determines exhibits special conditions or unusual hazards, shall be
designated as "Engineered Grading" and shall conform with subsection (D) of this
Section, entitled "Engineered Grading Requirements." All Engineered Grading
shall be performed in accordance with an approved grading plan and
specifications prepared by a Civil Engineer unless otherwise required by the City
Engineer.
Grading other than "Engineered Grading" shall be designated "Regular Grading"
and shall conform with subsection (C) of this Section, entitled "Regular Grading
Requirements."
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 14
CJ
•
C. Regular Grading Requirements. An application for a Regular Grading permit
• shall be accompanied by two (2) sets of plans with sufficient clarity to indicate the
nature and extent of the work. The plans shall include the location of the work,
the name of the owner, and the name of the person who prepared the plan. The
plan shall also include the following information:
•
1. General vicinity of the proposed site;
2. Limits and depth of cut and fill;
3. Locations of any buildings or structures where work is to be performed
and the location of any buildings or structures within fifteen (15) feet of
the proposed grading;
4. Contours, flow areas, elevations, or slopes, which define existing and
proposed drainage patterns;
5. Storm water provisions as required by this Code;
6. Location of all existing and proposed utilities, drainage facilities, and
recorded public and private easements and restricted use areas; and
7. Location of all Special Flood Hazard Areas as designated and adopted by
Municipal Code Section 10.06 (Floodplain Management).
D. Engineered Grading Requirements. An application for a permit for Engineered
Grading shall be accompanied by two (2) sets of plans and specifications, and
supporting data consisting of a Geotechnical Report and Engineering Geology
Report.
Specifications shall contain information covering the construction and material
requirements. Plans shall be drawn to scale upon paper or cloth and shall be of
sufficient clarity to indicate the nature and extent of the work proposed and shall
show in detail that the proposed work will conform to the provisions of this code
and all relevant laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations. The first sheet of the plan
shall depict the location of the proposed work, the name and address of the owner,
and the person who prepared the plans.
The plans shall include, or be accompanied, by the following information:
1. General vicinity of the proposed site;
2. Property limits and accurate contours of the existing ground and details of
terrain and area drainage;
3. Each lot or parcel of land into which the site is proposed to be divided;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 15
4. Limiting dimensions, elevations, or finish contours to be achieved by the •
grading, proposed drainage channels, and related construction;
5. All of the proposed uses of the site, and if the site is to be divided, the
proposed use of each lot or parcel of land;
6. Location of any existing buildings or structures on the property where the
work is to be performed, and the location of any buildings or structures on
adjacent land which are within forty (40) feet of the property line or that
may be affected by the proposed grading operations;
7. Recommendations in the Geotechnical Report and the Engineering
Geology Report shall be incorporated into the grading plans or
specifications. When approved by the City Engineer, specific
recommendations contained in the Geotechnical Report and the
Engineering Geology Report, that are applicable to the grading, may be
included by reference;
8. The dates of the Geotechnical and Engineering Geology Reports together
with the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the firms or
individuals who prepared the reports;
9. Elevations, location, proposed pads, extent and slope of all proposed •
grading shown by contours, cross sections or other means and location of
any rock disposal areas, buttress fills or other special features, if such are
proposed to be included in the work;
10. A statement of the quantities of material to be excavated and/or filled.
Earthwork quantities shall include quantities for geotechnical and
geological remediation. In addition, a statement of the quantities of
material to be imported or exported from the site;
11. A statement of the estimated starting and completion dates for work
covered by the permit;
12. A statement signed by the owner acknowledging that a Field Engineer,
Geotechnical Engineer and Engineering Geologist, when appropriate, will
be employed to perform the services required by this code, when the City
Engineer requires that such a professional persons be so employed. These
acknowledgments shall be on a form furnished by the City Engineer;
13. Detailed plans of all drainage devices, walls, cribbing or other protective
devices to be constructed in connection with, or as a part of, the proposed
work, together with a map showing the drainage area and estimated runoff
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 16
•
•
•
•
of the area served by any drains. Suitable access shall be provided to
permit proper cleaning and maintenance;
14. Plans, pad dimensions, maximum horizontal straight slope dimensions and
slope heights must comply with Section 17.51.020 (Hillside
Development), where applicable. All necessary Commission, Council or
staff reviews pursuant to this chapter must be obtained prior to issuance of
permit;
15. A drainage plan for those portions of property to be utilized as a building
site (building pad) including elevations of floors with respect to finish site
grade and locations of proposed stoops, slabs and fences that may affect
drainage;
16. Storm water provisions required by this Code;
17. Location and type of any private disposal sewage disposal system,
including the location of the expansion area;
18. Location of existing and proposed utilities, drainage facilities, and
recorded public and private easements;
19. Location of all Special Flood Hazard Areas as designated and adopted by
Municipal Code Section 10.06 (Floodplain Management);
20. The location of any oak trees or other protected trees or shrubs;
21. A landscape and irrigation plan subject to approval by the Landscape
Maintenance District, and/or Planning Division shall be incorporated into
the plan for all slopes requiring landscaping; and
22. Any additional plans, drawings or calculations deemed necessary by the
City Engineer to show conformance of the proposed work with the
requirements of this code or related ordinances.
E. Fees. Grading permit and plan -checking fees shall be in accordance with the
current fee schedule approved by the Council.
F. Geotechnical and Engineering Geology Reports. The Geotechnical Report
required by subsection (D) of this Section shall include data regarding the nature,
distribution, and strength of existing soils; conclusions and recommendations for
grading procedures and design criteria for corrective measures, including buttress
fills, when necessary; and an opinion of the adequacy for the intended use of sites
to be developed by the proposed grading, as affected by geotechnical factors,
including the stability of slopes. All reports shall conform with the requirements
of the City Building Code and shall be subject to review by the City Engineer.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 17
Supplemental reports and data may be required as the City Engineer may deem •
necessary. Recommendations included in the reports and approved by the City
Engineer shall be incorporated into the grading plan or specifications.
The Engineering Geology Report required by subsection (D) of this Section shall
include an adequate description of the geology of the site, conclusions and
recommendations regarding the effect of geologic conditions on the proposed
development, and an opinion on the adequacy for the intended use of the sites to
be developed by the proposed grading, as affected by geologic factors. The
Engineering Geology Report shall include a geologic map and cross sections and
utilize the most recent grading plan as a base. All reports shall conform with the
requirements of the City Building Code and shall be subject to review by the City
Engineer. Supplemental reports and data may be required as the City Engineer
may deem necessary. Recommendations included in the reports and approved by
the City Engineer shall be incorporated into the grading plan or specifications.
Exception: A Geotechnical or Engineering Geology Report is not required if the
City Engineer determines that the nature of the work applied for is such that a
report is not necessary.
G. Liquefaction Study. For sites with a mapped maximum considered earthquake
spectral response accelerations at short periods (Ss) greater than 0.5g as
determined by the City Building Code, a study for liquefaction potential of the
site shall be provided, and the recommendations incorporated in the plans. A •
liquefaction study will be required when the proposed work is a "Project' as
defined in California Public Resources Code Section 2693, and.is located in an
area designated as a "Seismic Hazard Zone," as defined in Title 14 of the
California Code of Regulations Section 3722 on Seismic Hazard Zone Maps
issued by the State Geologist under Public Resources Code Section 2696.
Exception: A liquefaction study is not required if the City Engineer determines
from established local data that the liquefaction potential at the grading location is
low.
H. Pre -Plan Check Site Inspection. When the City Engineer finds that a visual
inspection of the site is necessary to establish drainage requirements for the
protection of property, existing buildings or the proposed construction, a site
inspection shall be made prior to plan check of grading plans. The fee for such
inspection shall in accordance with the current fee schedule approved by Council.
1. Hydrology and Hydraulic Study. A hydrology and hydraulic study may be
required. if required, the study shall conform to the design requirements of the
Los Angeles County Flood Control District and shall show all charts, formulas
and data used for the preparation of the study. The report shall be prepared under
the supervision of a licensed civil engineer whose seal shall be stamped on the
title sheet of the report. •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 18
• J. Additional plan check fees may be assessed as outlined in the current fee schedule
approved by the Council.
17.83.020 Permit Limitations and Conditions.
A. General Conditions. The issuance of a grading permit shall constitute an
authorization to do only that work which is described or illustrated on the
application for the permit, or on the grading plans and specifications approved by
the City Engineer. Grading plan approval shall only be valid for six (6) months
from the date of approval.
B. Jurisdictions of Other Agencies. Permits issued under the provision of this Code
shall not relieve the owner of the responsibility for securing permits or licenses
that may be required from other departments or divisions of the City and other
government agencies.
C. Conditions of Approval. In granting any permit under this code, the City Engineer
may attach such conditions as may be reasonably necessary to prevent creation of
a nuisance or hazard to public or private property. Such conditions may include,
but shall not be limited to:
1. Improvement of any existing grading to bring it up to the standards of this
• Code;
2. Requirements for fencing of excavations or fills which would otherwise be
hazardous.
•
D. Modification of Approved Plans. Any modifications of, or changes in, the
approved grading plan must be approved by the City Engineer prior to
implementation in the field. Modifications which affect basic tract design or land
use must have the approval of the appropriate control agency.
E. Special Permits, Agricultural or Road Grading. Where the grading proposed is
solely for the purpose of preparing land for agricultural purposes or for the
construction of a roadway to be used as access for maintaining the use of the land
at the time of the permit, the City Engineer may issue a special permit therefore,
and modify the requirements of this chapter when they finds:
1. The site of the proposed work has an area of not less than ten (10) acres;
2. The work will be reasonably safe for the intended use and will not result in
a hazard to adjoining property or existing structures; and
3. Adequate provision will be made for drainage and erosion control.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 19
17.83.030 Denial of Permit.
A. Hazards. The City Engineer shall not issue a grading permit in any case where he •
finds that the work, as proposed by the applicant, is likely to adversely affect the
stability of adjoining property or result in the deposition of debris on any public
way or interfere with any existing drainage course, or be in an area determined to
be subject to geological hazard under the provisions of the City Building Code.
If it can be shown to the satisfaction of the City Engineer that the hazard can be
essentially eliminated by the construction of retaining structures, buttress fills,
drainage devices or by other means, the City Engineer may issue the permit with
the condition that such work be performed.
B. Land Use. The City Engineer shall not issue a grading permit for work on the site
unless the proposed uses shown on the grading plan for the site will comply with
the provisions of this Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 20
•
• Chapter 17.84
SECTIONS:
17.84.010 Security.
17.84.010 Security.
Security
A. Scope and Purpose. The City Engineer may require the Permittee or Owner(s) of
the property upon which the grading is proposed to occur to provide security as a
condition of the issuance of a grading permit for any grading involving more than
one thousand (1,000) cubic yards. Where unusual conditions or special hazards
exist, the City Engineer may require security for grading involving less than one
thousand (1,000) cubic yards. The purpose of the security shall be to guarantee
the permittee's obligation to mitigate any hazardous conditions, including flood
and geotechnical hazards, that may be created if the grading is not completed in
accordance with the approved plans and specifications, and to complete any work
that the City Engineer determines necessary to bring the property into compliance
with this Code.
Security required by this Section may include incidental off-site grading on
property contiguous with the site to be developed, provided written consent of the
owner of such contiguous property is filed with the City Engineer.
•
The City Engineer may waive the requirements for a security for any of the
following:
1. Grading being done in or for a governmental agency; or
2. Grading necessary to remove a geological hazard, where such work is
covered by an agreement and security posted pursuant to the provisions of
this Code; or
3. Grading on a site, not exceeding a slope of three (3) horizontal to one (1)
vertical, provided such grading as determined by the City Engineer will
not affect drainage from or to adjacent properties; or
4. Filling of holes or depressions, provided such grading as determined by
the City Engineer will not affect the drainage from or to adjacent
properties.
B. Form of Security. The security referred to in Section 17.24.010 (A) (Scope and
Purpose) shall be in the following form:
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 21
I . A bond furnished by a corporate surety authorized to do business in this
State; 0
2. Other forms of security may be approved with prior written approval of
the City Engineer: and
3. The City Engineer may require that up to ten percent (10%) of any
security be submitted in the form of a cash deposit. The cash deposit may
be utilized by the City to ensure that adequate safeguards for the
prevention of erosion, dust control and sedimentation are in place when
needed.
C. Amount of Security. The amount of security shall be based upon the number of
cubic yards of material in either excavation or fill, whichever is greater, plus the
cost of all drainage or other protective devices, retaining walls or work necessary
to eliminate geotechnical hazards. That portion of the security valuation based on
the volume of material in either excavation or fill shall be computed as follows:
One hundred thousand
(100,000) cubic yards or less
One dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) per cubic yard
Over one hundred thousand
One dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) per cubic yard
(100,000) cubic yards
for the first one hundred thousand (100,000)
cubic yards plus seventy-five cents ($0.75) per
cubic yard for that portion in excess of one
hundred thousand (100,000) cubic yards
When the rough grading has been completed in conformance with the
requirements of this code, the City Engineer may at his discretion consent to a
proportionate reduction of the security to an amount estimated to be adequate to
ensure completion of the grading work, site development or planting remaining to
be performed. The costs referred to in this section shall be as estimated by the
City Engineer.
D. Conditions. All security shall include the conditions that the principal shall:
1. Comply with all provisions of this Code, applicable laws and ordinances;
2. Comply with all of the terms and conditions of the grading permit; and
3. Complete all of the work authorized by the permit.
E. Term of Security. The term of each security shall begin upon the filing thereof
with the City Engineer and the security shall remain in effect until the work
authorized by the grading permit is completed and approved by the City Engineer.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 22
0
is
F. Default Procedures. In the event any grading for which a permit has been issued
• is not completed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications for said
work, or with all terms and conditions of the grading permit, the City Engineer
may declare that a default has occurred. The City Engineer shall give notice
thereof to the principal and security on the grading permit security, and may order
the work required to complete the grading in conformance with the requirements
of this Code be performed. The surety executing the security shall continue to be
firmly bound under an obligation up to the full amount of the security, for the
payment of all necessary costs and expenses that may be incurred by the City
Engineer in causing any and all such required work to be done.
G. Right of Entry. The City Engineer or the authorized representative of the surety
company or financial institution shall have access to the premises described in the
permit for the purpose of inspecting the work.
In the event of default in the performance of any term or condition of the permit,
the surety or financial institution or the City Engineer or any person employed or,
engaged in the behalf of any of these parties, shall have the right to go upon the
premises to perform the required work.
The owner or any other person who interferes with or obstructs the ingress to or
egress from any such premises of any authorized representative of the surety or
financial institution or of the City engaged in the correction or completion of the
• work for which a grading permit has been issued, after a default has occurred in
the performance of the terms or conditions thereof, is guilty of a misdemeanor.
•
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a default under this section shall be deemed a
nuisance pursuant to Title 23 (Neighborhood Preservation) subject to abetment of
Title 23 (Neighborhood Preservation) of the Municipal Code. The City reserves
the right to recover costs for such abetment as set forth in Title 23 (Neighborhood
Preservation).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 23
Chapter 17.85 Precautions •
SECTIONS:
17.85.010 Safety Precautions.
17.85.020 Removal of Brush and Vegetation.
17.85.010 Safety Precautions.
If at any stage of the work the City Engineer determines by inspection that further
grading as authorized is likely to endanger any public or private property or result in the
deposition of debris on any public way or interfere with any existing drainage course, the
City Engineer may order the work stopped by notice in writing served on any persons
engaged in doing or causing such work to be done, and any such person shall forthwith
stop such work. The City Engineer may authorized the work to proceed if they find
adequate safety precautions can be taken or corrective measures incorporated in the work
to avoid likelihood of such danger, deposition or interference.
If the grading work as done has created or resulted in a hazardous condition, the City
Engineer shall give written notice requiring correction thereof as specified in this Code.
If the City Engineer finds any existing conditions not as stated in the grading permit or
not as shown on the grading plan, they may order the work stopped until a revised •
grading plan has been submitted and approved which includes provisions for such
existing conditions.
17.85.020 Removal of Brush and Vegetation.
A_ Removal or Destruction of Natural Vegetation Prohibited—Exception. No person
shall remove or destroy or cause the removal or destruction of natural vegetation
on sloping terrain within the City without first obtaining written approval from the
City Engineer.
B. Exceptions to Chapter Applicability. The provisions of this chapter shall not apply
to, and written approval from the City Engineer is not required for, the following:
The removal or destruction of vegetation within one hundred fifty (150)
feet of a building or structure whose construction would require a permit
under provisions of the building code;
2. The removal or destruction of vegetation by public utilities on rights-of-
way or property owned by such utility, or on land providing access to such
rights-of-way or property;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 24
•
3. The removal or destruction of vegetation on publicly owned rights-of-way
• for roads, highways, flood -control projects or other similar or related uses
by authorized agents;
4. The removal or destruction by or for a public agency of vegetation from
firebreaks used to control the spread of fire;
5. The removal or reduction of vegetation by the Fire Department, or by a
person acting in compliance with a specific order of that department; and
6. Work performed under a grading permit issued under the provisions of the
building code when the work includes precautionary measures to control
erosion and flood hazards during the execution of such work.
C. Approval to Perform Work—Fee Schedule. At the time of submitting the written
request for approval, the applicant shall pay to the City Engineer a fee based on
the area of land to be cleared of vegetation as follows:
Area
Fee
Not exceeding 10 acres
$10.00
More than 10 but not more than 50
acres
$25.00
More than 50 but not more than 100
acres
$50.00
More than 100 acres
$50.00 plus $2.50 for each 10 acres or
fraction thereof over 100 acres
D. Approval to Perform Work Issuance Conditions. The City Engineer shall issue a
written approval for all or a portion of the proposed work when they are satisfied
that the performance of such work will not result in a flood or erosion hazard to
this or other properties, the required fee has been paid and the proposed work
conforms with the requirements of other laws or ordinances. In granting any
approval under this chapter, the City Engineer may attach such conditions
reasonably necessary to prevent a flood or erosion hazard. These conditions may
include, but shall not be limited to:
1. A limitation on the time of year when the removal or destruction of
vegetation is performed;
2. A requirement that certain protective structures or devices be installed in
or adjacent to drainage courses to control downstream transportation of silt
® or debris;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 – Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 25
3. The method to be used in the removal or destruction of vegetation and the
sequence of such operation; and
4. A requirement that the area cleared be replanted with approved plants to
provide protection against erosion damage.
E. Violation—Penalty. Any person violating any of the provisions of this Chapter
shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and each such person shall be deemed
guilty of a separate offense for each and every day or portion thereof during
which any violation of any of the provisions of this chapter is committed,
continued or permitted, and upon conviction of any such violation such person
shall be punishable by a fine of not more than five hundred dollars ($500.00) or
by imprisonment for not more than six (6) months, or by both such fine and
imprisonment.
F. Severability—Elimination of Exceptions.
1. If any portion of the ordinance codified in this Chapter or the application
thereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, the remainder of the
ordinance and the application of such provision to other persons or
circumstances shall not be affected thereby.
2. Should any exception to the provisions of the ordinance codified in this
chapter be held invalid, such exception shall be eliminated from the
ordinance.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80— Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 26
L
Chapter 17.86 Import, Export, Excavations and
0 Fills
•
SECTIONS:
17.86.010
Import and Export of Earth Materials.
17.86.020
Excavations.
17.86.030
Fills.
17.86.040
Ridgeline Preservation and Hillside Development.
17.86.050
Slope Setbacks.
17.86.060
Slopes Subject to Hillside Development.
17.86.010 Import and Export of Earth Materials.
Grading shall be balanced on site whenever possible. Import and export of earth materials
shall be subject to all of the following:
A. The point or points of access to the public street or streets for export or import
shall be shown on the grading plan and shall be located as approved by the City
Engineer;
B. The haul route for export or import shall be approved by the City Engineer prior
to commencement of any export or import of material to or from the site;
C. The last fifty (50) feet of the outhaul road immediately adjoining the street if
downgrade to the street has a grade no steeper than three percent, (3%);
D. An unobstructed sight distance of not less than three hundred (300) feet in each
direction up and down the public street. and
E. Security for import or export may be required by the City Engineer.
17.86.020 Excavations.
A. Maximum Cut Slope. Cuts shall not be steeper in slope than two (2) horizontal to
one (I) vertical. The City Engineer may allow a slope greater than two to one
(2: 1) for special circumstances or site conditions. In this case the owner must
furnish a geotechnical engineering or an engineering geology report, or both,
conforming with the requirements of the City Building Code, stating that the site
has been investigated and giving an opinion that a cut at a steeper slope will be
stable and not create a hazard to public or private property. Substantiating
calculations and supporting data may be required where the City Engineer
determines that such information is necessary to verify the stability and safety of
the proposed slope.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 27
B. Slope Surface Protection. All slopes must be stabilized against surface erosion.
Stabilization may be accomplished through the application of erosion control
blankets, soil stabilizers or other means as approved by the City Engineer.
C. Drainage. Drainage, including drainage terraces and overflow protection, shall be
provided as required by Chapter 17.88 (Drainage and Terracing).
17.86.030 Fills.
A. General. Unless otherwise recommended in the geotechnical report, fills shall
conform to provisions of this section.
B. Preparation of Ground. Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes
steeper than two (2) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (50 percent (50%)
slope). The ground surface shall be prepared to receive fill by removing
vegetation, topsoil, and other unsuitable materials (including any existing fill that
does not meet the requirements of this code), and scarifying the ground to provide
a bond with the fill material.
Subdrains shall be provided under all fills placed in natural drainage courses and
in other locations where seepage is evident except where the Geotechnical
Engineer or Engineering Geologist recommends otherwise. Such sub -drainage
systems shall be of a material and design approved by the Geotechnical Engineer
and acceptable to the City Engineer. The Geotechnical Engineer shall provide
continuous inspection during the process of subdrain installation. The location of
the subdrains shall be shown on a plan prepared by the Geotechnical Engineer.
Excavations for the subdrains shall be inspected by the Engineering Geologist
when such subdrains are included in the recommendations of the Engineering
Geology Report.
C. Benching. Where existing grade is at a slope steeper than five (5) units horizontal
to one (1) unit vertical (20 percent (20%) slope) and the depth of the fill exceeds
five (5) feet, benching shall be provided into sound bedrock or other competent
material as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer. The ground preparation
shall be in accordance with Figure 17.86-1 (Benching Details) or as determined
by the Geotechnical Engineer. When fill is placed over a cut, a key shall be
provided which is at least ten (10) feet in width and 2 feet in depth. The area
beyond the toe of the fill shall be sloped for sheet overflow or a paved drain shall
be constructed at thereon. The Geotechnical Engineer or Engineering Geologist,
or both, shall inspect and approve the key as being suitable for the foundation and
placement of fill material before any fill material is placed on the excavation.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 28
LI
0
T 5R:I)IOR4
GREAT
— '2 FT.,10,61 j'
MINIMUM
-10 FT. 13.0 m) MINIMUM
Figure 17.86-1
Benching Details
NATURALSLOPE:
'r
REMOVE UNSUITABLE
MATERIAL
D. Fill Material. Fill shall not include organic, frozen, or other deleterious materials.
Except as permitted by the City Engineer, no rock or similar irreducible materials
with a maximum dimension greater than twelve (12) inches in any dimension
shall be included in fills.
Exception: The City Engineer may permit the placement of larger rock when the
Geotechnical Engineer properly devises and recommends a method of placement
and continuously inspects its placement and approves the fill stability. All of the
following shall also apply:
1. Prior to issuance of the grading permit, potential rock disposal areas shall
be delineated on the grading plan;
2. Rock sizes greater than twelve (12) inches in maximum dimension shall
be ten (10) feet or more below grade, as measured vertically;
3. Rocks shall be placed so as to assure the filling of voids with well -graded
soil;
4. The reports submitted by the Geotechnical Engineer shall acknowledge
the placement of the oversized material and whether the work was
performed in accordance with the Engineer's recommendations and the
approved plans; and
January 2013 ( DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 29
5. The locations of oversized rock dispersal areas shall be shown on the as -
built plan.
E. Compaction. All fill shall be compacted to a minimum compaction of ninety
percent (90%) of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557,
Modified Proctor, in lifts not exceeding twelve (12) inches in depth, within forty
(40) feet below finished grade and ninety-three percent (93%) of maximum dry
density, deeper than forty (40) feet below finished grade, unless a lower relative
compaction (not less than ninety percent (90%) of maximum dry density) is
justified by the Geotechnical Engineer and approved by the City Engineer. Where
ASTM D1557, Modified Proctor, is not applicable, a test acceptable to the City
Engineer shall be used.
Fills used to elevate structures in compliance with Chapter 10.06 (Floodplain
Management) of the Municipal Code shall be compacted to ninety-five percent
(95%) of maximum dry density.
Field density shall be determined by a method acceptable to the City Engineer.
However, not less than ten percent (10%) of the required density tests shall be
obtained by the Sand Cone Method (ASTM D1556). The required ten percent
(10%) by the Sand Cone Method shall be uniformly distributed throughout the
depths and limits of the fill.
Fill slopes steeper than, or equal to, two (2) units horizontal to one (1) unit •
vertical (50 percent (50%) slope) shall be constructed by the placement of soil a
sufficient distance beyond the proposed finish slope to allow compaction
equipment to operate at the outer surface limits of the final slope surface. The
excess fill is to be removed prior to completion or rough grading. Other
construction procedures may be utilized when it is first shown to the satisfaction
of the City Engineer that the angle of slope, construction method and other factors
will accomplish the intent of this section.
F. Maximum Fill Slope. The slope of fill surfaces shall be no steeper than is safe for
the intended use. The City Engineer may allow a slope of steeper than two (2)
units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (50 percent (50%) slope) for special
circumstances or site conditions. The steepness of fill slopes shall be determined
by a Geotechnical Engineering Report conforming with the requirements of the
City Building Code and containing a statement by the Geotechnical Engineer that
the site has been investigated, with an opinion that a steeper fill slope will be
stable and will not create a hazard to public or private property. Substantiating
calculations and supporting data may be required where the City Engineer
determines that such information is necessary to verify the stability and safety of
the proposed slope. The City Engineer may require the fill slope to be constructed
with a face flatter than two (2) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (50 percent
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 30
(50%) slope) if the City Engineer finds it necessary for stability and safety of the
• slope.
G. Slopes to Receive Fill. Where fill is to be placed above the top of an existing slope
steeper than three (3) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (33 percent (33%)
slope), the toe of the fill shall be set back from the top edge of the existing slope a
minimum distance of six (6) feet measured horizontally or such other distance as
may be specifically recommended by a Geotechnical Engineer or Engineering
Geologist and is approved by the City Engineer.
H. Inspection of Fill. For Engineered Grading, the Geotechnical Engineer shall
provide sufficient inspections during the preparation of the natural ground and the
placement and compaction of the fill to ensure that the work is being performed in
accordance with the conditions of plan approval and the appropriate requirements
of this chapter. In addition to the above, the Geotechnical Engineer shall provide
continuous inspection during the entire fill placement and compaction of fills that
will exceed a vertical height or depth of thirty (30) feet or result in a slope surface
steeper than two (2) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (50 percent (50%)
slope).
1. Testing of Fills. Sufficient tests of the fill soils shall be made to determine the
density thereof and to verify compliance of the soil properties with the design
requirements, including soil types and shear strengths in accordance with the
® standards established by the City Engineer. The results of such testing shall be
included in the report required by this chapter.
J. Drainage. Drainage, including drainage terraces and overflow protection, shall
be provided as required by Chapter 17.87 (Drainage and Terracing).
17.86.040 Ridgeline Preservation and Hillside Development.
Grading where average slopes are greater than ten (10) percent and involving more than
one hundred (100) cubic yards is subject to Section 17.51.020 (Hillside Development).
For specific requirements involving view corridors, scenic vistas, ridgelines, grading on
slopes exceeding fifty (50) percent, and maximum slope heights, refer to Section
17.38.070 (Ridgeline Preservation Overlay Zone) and Section 17.51.020 (Hillside
Development).
17.86.050 Slope Setbacks.
A. General. Cut and fill slopes shall be set back from property lines in accordance
with this section. Setback dimensions shall be horizontal distances measured
perpendicular to the property line and shall be as shown in Figure 17.86-2
(Setback Dimensions), unless substantiating data is submitted justifying reduced
setbacks and reduced setbacks are recommended in a Geotechnical Engineering
• and Engineering Geology Report that has been approved by the City Engineer.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 31
fits BUT 2.FT(0.6 m)
MINIMUM AND NEED.
NOT EXCEED'10 FT..
(310m1 MAW6V -
PROPERTY
LINE
Figure 17.86-2
Setback Dimensions
-PROPERTY
-
LINE
I
DF
>E
INTERCEPTOR DRAIN
tiFREQUIREDj- -
B. Top of Cut Slope. The setback at the top of a cut slope shall not be less than that
shown in Figure 17.86-2 (Setback Dimensions), or less than is required to
accommodate any required interceptor drains, whichever is greater. For graded
slopes, the property line between adjacent lots shall be at the apex of the berm at
the top of the slope. Property lines between adjacent lots shall not be located on a
graded slope steeper than five (5) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (20
percent (20%) slope).
C. Toe of Fill Slope. The setback from the toe of a fill slope shall not be less than
that shown by Figure 17.86-2 (Setback Dimensions). Where required to protect
adjacent properties at the toe of a slope from adverse effects of the grading,
additional protection, as approved by the City Engineer, shall be included. Such
protection may include but shall not be limited to:
1. Setbacks greater than those required by Figure 17.86-2 (Setback
Dimensions);
2. Provision for retaining walls or similar construction;
3. Erosion protection of the fill slopes; and/or
4. Provisions for the control of surface waters.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 32
•
E
E
D. Alternate Setbacks. The City Engineer may approve alternate setbacks if he or she
• determines that no hazard to life or property will be created or increased. The City
Engineer may require an investigation and recommendation by a qualified
Engineer or Engineering Geologist to justify any proposed alternate setback.
•
is
17.86.060 Slopes Subject to the Hillside Development.
Grading where slopes are greater than ten percent (10%) and involving more than one
hundred (100) cubic yards is subject to Section 17.51.020 (Hillside Development). For
specific requirements for grading involving slopes greater than 2:1 adjacent to public
rights-of-way and fill slopes exceeding one hundred (100) feet in horizontal length, refer
to the Hillside Development Guidelines.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 33
Chapter 17.87 Drainage and Terracing
SECTIONS:
17.87.010 Drainage and Terracing Provisions.
17.87.020 Slope Planting and Erosion Control.
17.87.010 Drainage and Terracing Provisions.
A. General. Unless otherwise recommended by a Civil Engineer and approved by the
City Engineer, drainage facilities and terracing shall be provided in accordance
with the requirements of subsection B of this section for all cut and fill slopes
three (3) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (33 percent (33%) slope) and
steeper.
For slopes flatter than three (3) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (33 percent
(33%) slope), but steeper than five (5) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (20
percent (20%) slope), a paved swale or ditch shall be installed at thirty (30) foot
vertical intervals to control surface drainage and debris. Swales shall be sized
based on contributory area and shall have adequate capacity to convey intercepted
waters to the point of disposal as defined in subsection (D) of this section. Swales
must be paved with reinforced concrete measuring not less than three (3) inches in
thickness, reinforced with six-inch (6) by six-inch (6), No. 10 by No. 10 welded
wire fabric or equivalent, as approved by the City Engineer. Swales must have a
minimum flow line depth of one (1) foot and a minimum paved width of eighteen
(18) inches. Swales shall have a minimum grade of not less than five percent
(5%). There shall be no reduction in grade along the direction of flow unless the
velocity of flow is such that slope debris will remain in suspension on the reduced
grade.
B. Drainage Terraces. Drainage terraces at least eight (8) feet in width (measured
horizontally from the outside edge) shall be established at not more than twenty-
five (25) foot vertical intervals on all cut or fill slopes more than thirty (30) feet in
height to control surface drainage and debris. When only one terrace is required,
it shall be at mid -height. For cut or fill slopes greater than one hundred (100) feet
and up to one hundred and twenty (120) feet in vertical height, one (1) terrace at
approximately mid -height shall be twenty (20) feet in width. Terrace widths and
spacing for cut and fill slopes greater than one hundred and twenty (120) feet in
height shall be designed by the Civil Engineer and approved by the City Engineer.
Suitable access shall be provided to permit proper cleaning and maintenance.
Drainage swales on terraces shall have a longitudinal grade of no less than five
percent (5%) and no more than twelve percent(12%) and a minimum depth of one
(1) foot at a flow line. There shall be no reduction in grade along the direction of
flow unless the velocity of flow is such that the slope debris will remain in
January 2013 j DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 34
•
•
suspension on the reduced grade. Drainage swales must be paved with concrete
• not less than three (3) inches thick reinforced with six inch (6) by six inch, (6) No.
10 by No. 10 welded wire fabric or equivalent reinforcing centered in the concrete
slab or an approved equal paving. Drainage terraces exceeding eight (8) feet in
width need only be so paved for a width of eight (8) feet provided such pavement
provides a paved swale of at least one (1) foot in depth. Downdrains or drainage
outlets shall be provided at approximately three hundred (300) foot intervals
along the drainage terrace or at equivalent locations. Downdrains and drainage
outlets shall be of approved materials and of adequate capacity to convey the
intercepted waters to the point of disposal as defined in subsection (D) of this
section.
Subgrade shall be approved in writing for line and grade by the Civil Engineer
and approved in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer stating that the subgrade is
firm and un -yielding and void of expansive materials prior to concrete placement.
C. Interceptor Drains and Overflow Protection. Berms, interceptor drains, swales, or
other devices shall be provided at the top of cut or fill slopes to prevent surface
waters from overflowing onto the damaging face of the slope. Berms used for
slope protection shall not be less than twelve (12) inches above the level of the
pad and shall slope back at least four (4) feet from the top of the slope.
Interceptor drains shall be installed along the top of all graded slopes where the
• height of the cut is greater than five (5) feet in height, measured vertically,
receiving drainage from a slope with a tributary width of greater than thirty (30)
feet, measured horizontally. They shall have a minimum depth of one (1) foot and
a minimum width of three (3) feet. The slope shall be approved by the City
Engineer, but shall not measure less than two percent (2%). Interceptor drains
shall be paved with a minimum of three (3) inches of concrete or other materials
as approved by the City Engineer and reinforced as required for drainage terraces.
Gutters or other special drainage controls shall be provided where the proximity
of runoff from buildings or other structures is such as to pose a potential hazard to
slope integrity.
D. Disposal. All drainage facilities shall be designed to carry surface waters to the
nearest practical street, storm drain, or natural watercourse, or drainage way
approved by the City Engineer or other appropriate governmental agency
provided that the discharge of such waters at that location will not create or
increase a hazard to life or property. Erosion of the ground in the area of
discharge shall be prevented by installation of non-erosive down drains and or
other devices. Desilting basins, filter barriers or other methods, as approved by
the City Engineer, shall be utilized to remove sediments from surface waters
before such waters are allowed to enter streets, storm drains or natural
watercourses. If the drainage device discharges onto natural ground, riprap or a
• similar energy dissipaters may be required.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 35
Graded building sites (building pads) shall have a minimum slope of two percent •
(2%) toward a public street or drainage structure approved to receive stormwaters
unless otherwise directed by the City Engineer. A lesser slope may be approved
by the City Engineer for sites graded in relatively flat terrain, or where special
drainage provisions are made, when the City Engineer finds such modification
will not result in hazard to life or property. The grading shall provide for drainage
around proposed buildings and their appurtenances.
E. Subsurface Drainage. Cut and fill slopes shall be provided with subsurface
drainage as necessary for stability as required by the Geotechnical Engineering
Report. Any required subsurface drainage facilities will be passive in design and
require no ongoing monitoring to ensure site stability.
F. Drainage Guidelines. All drainage devices which collect from the slopes shall be
screened by means of underground pipes, diagonal curvilinear drains, rock -lining,
colored concrete or other approved materials to blend with the natural topography
in character, color or design. Downdrains shall be noncentralized to avoid a
repetitive pattern. Where feasible, underground drains shall be utilized. On
hillside projects, all drainage devices shall be consistent with the City's Hillside
Development Guidelines unless special circumstances are established to the
satisfaction of the City Engineer.
G. Drainage Across Property Lines. Drainage across property lines shall not exceed
that which existed prior to grading. Excess or concentrated drainage shall be is
contained on-site or directed to an approved drainage facility. Erosion of the
ground in the area of discharge shall be prevented by installation of non-erosive
down drains or other devices.
H. Cross Lot Drainage Device Maintenance. All cross lot drainage devices not
eligible for transfer to Los Angeles County Flood District should be maintained
by an entity such as a homeowners' association.
17.87.020 Slope Planting and Erosion Control.
A. Slopes. The faces of cut and fill slopes shall be prepared and maintained to control
erosion. This control shall consist of jute netting, effective planting, erosion
control blankets, soil stabilizers, or other means, as approved by the City
Engineer. Erosion control for slopes shall be installed as soon as practicable and
prior to calling for final inspection.
Exception: Erosion control measures need not be provided on cut slopes not
subject to erosion due to the erosion -resistant character of the materials, as
approved by the Project Consultants, to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80—Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 36
•
B. Other Devices. Where necessary, check dams, cribbing, riprap, or other devices or
• methods shall be employed to control any erosion. Also, jute netting shall be
immediately installed on any slopes having a vertical height of seven (7) feet or
more and steeper than three to one (3:1) horizontal -to -vertical ratio (H:V) to
minimize or control erosion problems.
r 1
LJ
C. Erosion Control (Slopes Subject to Section 17.51.020). Erosion control for
grading where average slopes are greater than ten percent (10%) and involving
more than one hundred (100) cubic yards is subject to Section 17.51.020 (Hillside
Development). For specific recommendations for phasing the project to promote
prompt revegetation, leaving undeveloped pads longer than thirty (30) to ninety
(90) days and clearing of brush or vegetation, refer to the Hillside Development
Guidelines.
D. Planting (Areas Not Subject to the Section 17.51.020). The surface of all cut
slopes more than five (5) feet in height and fill slopes more than three (3) feet in
height shall be protected against damage by erosion by planting with grass or
ground cover plants. Slopes exceeding five (5) feet in vertical height shall also be
planted with one gallon minimum sized shrubs, spaces at not to exceed ten (10)
feet on centers; and fifteen (15) gallon minimum sized trees, spaced not to exceed
twenty (20) feet on centers; or a combination of shrubs and trees at equivalent
spacings, in addition to the grass or groundcover plants to the satisfaction of the
Director. The plants selected and planting methods used shall be suitable for the
soil and climatic conditions of the site.
Plant material shall be selected which will produce a coverage of permanent
planting to effectively control erosion. Consideration shall be given to
deep-rooted plant material needing limited watering, maintenance, high root to
shoot ratio, wind susceptibility, and fire -retardant characteristics. All plant
materials must be approved by the Director.
Planting may be modified for the site if specific recommendations are provided by
both the Geotechnical Engineer and a Landscape Architect. Specific
recommendations must consider soils and climatic conditions, irrigation
requirements, planting methods, fire -retardant characteristics, water efficiency,
maintenance needs, and other regulatory requirements. Recommendations must
include a finding that the alternative planting will provide a permanent and
effective method of erosion control. Modifications to planting must be approved
by the Director prior to installation.
E. Irrigation. Slopes required to be planted by subsection (D) of this section shall be
provided with an approved system of irrigation that is designed to cover all
portions of the slope. Irrigation system plans shall be submitted to and approved
by the Director prior to installation. A functional test of the system may be
required.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 37
For slopes less than twenty (20) feet in vertical height, hose bibs to permit hand
watering will be acceptable if such hose bibs are installed at conveniently
accessible locations where a hose no longer than fifty (50) feet is necessary for
irrigation.
Irrigation requirements may be modified for the site if specific recommendations
are provided by both the Geotechnical Engineer and a Landscape Architect.
Specific recommendations must consider soils and climatic conditions, irrigation
requirements, planting types, planting methods, fire -retardant characteristics,
water efficiency, maintenance needs, and other regulatory requirements.
Recommendations must include a finding that the alternative irrigation method
will sustain the proposed planting and provide a permanent and effective method
of erosion control. Modifications for irrigation systems must be approved by the
Director prior to installation.
F. Planting and Irrigation (Areas Subject to Section 17.51.020). Requirements for
planting and irrigation in areas subject to Chapter 17.51.020 (Hillside
Development) are governed by that ordinance. Recommendation for these areas
are also included in the Hillside Development Guidelines.
Plant material shall be selected which will produce a coverage of permanent
planting effectively controlling erosion. Consideration shall be given to deep-
rooted plant material needing limited watering, to low maintenance during the
lifetime of the project, to high root to shoot ratio (weight of above -ground parts
versus root system), wind susceptibility and fire -retardant characteristics.
G. Plans and Specifications. Planting and irrigation plans shall be submitted for
slopes required to be planted and irrigated by subsections (D) and (E) of this
section. Except as waived by the City Engineer for minor grading, the plans for
slopes twenty (20) feet or more in vertical height shall be prepared and signed by
a civil engineer or landscape architect. These plans must be approved by the City
prior to issuance of the grading permit unless other provisions are made to the
satisfaction of the City Engineer. The responsibility of maintenance of drainage
terrace shall be clearly stated on the grading plan to the satisfaction of the City
Engineer.
H. Rodent Control. Fill slopes shall be protected from potential slope damage by a
preventative program of rodent control.
I. Release oj'Security. The planting and irrigation systems required by this section
shall be installed as soon as practical after rough grading. Prior to final approval
of grading and before the release of the grading security, the planting shall be well
established and growing on the slopes and there shall be evidence of an effective
rodent control program.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 38
J. Graded and/or landscaped areas within a landscape maintenance district are to be
• maintained in accordance with the original landscape plans and design concept
per the originally approved subdivision or development plans. Any alteration of
landscape plans or of areas within a landscape maintenance district must be
approved by the Director of Administrative Services per the regular provisions of
the grading code. Homeowner encroachments such as fences, block walls,
structures, unauthorized plantings, alterations to the irrigation, grading or drainage
are not allowed. Any approved alterations must be done by City -authorized crews
through an approved City permit. Failure to comply with this section shall
constitute a use of land contrary to the provisions of this title and shall be deemed
a public nuisance under Title 23 of the Municipal Code.
•
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 39
Chapter 17.88 Grading Designation and Location
SECTIONS:
17.88.010 Inspection.
17.88.020 Appropriate Certifications.
17.88.010 Inspection.
A. General. Grading Operations for which a permit is required shall be subject to
inspection by the City Engineer. In addition, professional inspection of grading
operations shall be performed by the Field Engineer, Geotechnical Engineer, and
the Engineering Geologist retained to provide such services in accordance with
this section for Engineered Grading and as required by the City Engineer for
Regular Grading.
B. Special and Supplemental Inspections. In addition to the called inspections in
subsection G of this section, the City Engineer may make such other inspections,
as may be deemed necessary, to determine that the work is being performed in
conformance with the requirements of this code. The City Engineer may require
investigations and reports by an approved soil testing agency, Geotechnical
Engineer and/or Engineering Geologist, and Field Engineer. Inspection reports
shall be provided when requested in writing by the City Engineer.
The City Engineer may require continuous inspection of drainage devices by the
Field Engineer in accordance with this section when the City Engineer determines
that the drainage devices are necessary for the protection of the structures in
accordance with the City Building Code.
C. Field Engineer. The Field Engineer shall provide professional inspection of those
parts of the grading project within such Engineer's area of technical specialty,
oversee and coordinate all field surveys, set grade stakes, and provide site
inspections during grading operations to ensure the site is graded in accordance
with the approved grading plan and the appropriate requirements of this code.
During site grading, and at the completion of both rough and final grading, the
Field Engineer shall submit statements and reports as required by subsections K
and L of this section. If revised grading plans are required during the course of the
work, they shall be prepared by a Civil Engineer and approved by the City
Engineer.
D. Geotechnical Engineer. The Geotechnical Engineer shall provide professional
inspection of those parts of the grading project within such Engineer's area of
technical specialty, which shall include observation during grading and testing for
required compaction. The Geotechnical Engineer shall provide sufficient
observation during the preparation of the natural ground and placement and
January 2013 J DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 40
•
•
compaction of the fill to verify that such work is being performed in accordance
• with the conditions of the approved plan and the appropriate requirements of this
code. If conditions differing from the approved Geotechnical Engineering and
Engineering Geology Reports are encountered during grading, the Geotechnical
Engineer shall provide revised recommendations to the permittee, the City
Engineer, and the Field Engineer.
E. Engineering Geologist. The Engineering Geologist shall provide professional
inspection of those parts of the grading project within such Engineer's area of
technical specialty, which shall include professional inspection of the bedrock
excavation to determine if conditions encountered are in conformance with the
approved report. If conditions differing from the approved Engineering Geology
Report are encountered, the Engineering Geologist shall provide revised
recommendations to the Geotechnical Engineer.
F. Permittee. The Permittee shall be responsible for ensuring that the grading is
performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and in
conformance with the provisions of this code. The Permittee shall engage project
consultants, if required under the provisions of this code, to provide professional
inspections on a timely basis. The Permittee shall act as a coordinator between the
Project Consultants, the Contractor, and the City Engineer. In the event of
changed conditions, the Permittee shall be responsible for informing the City
Engineer of such change and shall provide revised plans for approval.
• G. Required Inspections. The Permittee shall call for an inspection by the City
Engineer at the following various stages of work and shall obtain written approval
from the City Engineer prior to proceeding to the next stage of the work:
•
Pre -Grade. Before any construction or grading activities occur at the site,
the Permittee shall schedule a pre -grade inspection with the City Engineer.
The Permittee shall ensure that all the Project Consultants are present at
the pre -grade inspection;
2. Initial. The Permittee shall schedule the initial inspection when the site has
been cleared of vegetation and unapproved fill and it has been scarified,
benched, or otherwise prepared for fill. No fill shall have been placed prior
to this inspection;
3. Rough. The Permittee shall schedule rough grade inspection when
approximate final elevations have been established; drainage terraces,
swales and other drainage devices necessary for the protection of the
building sites from flooding have been installed; berms have been installed
at the top of the slopes; and the statements required by subsection L of this
Section have been received; and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 41
4. Final. The Permittee shall schedule the final grading inspection when
grading has been completed, all drainage devices necessary to drain the
building pad have been installed, slope planting has been established,
irrigation systems have been installed, and the as -built plans and required
statements and reports have been submitted.
H. Notification of Noncompliance. If, in the course of fulfilling their respective
duties under this chapter, the Field Engineer, Geotechnical Engineer, or the
Engineering Geologist determines that the work is not being done in conformance
with this chapter or with the approved grading plans, or in accordance with good
accepted practices, the Field Engineer, Geotechnical Engineer, or the Engineering
Geologist shalt immediately notify, in writing, the discrepancies and . the
recommended corrective measures to the Permittee and the City Engineer.
I. Transfer of Responsibility. If the Field Engineer, the Geotechnical Engineer, or
the Engineering Geologist of Record is changed at any time after the required
grading plans have been approved by the City Engineer, the Permittee shall
immediately provide written notice of such change to the City Engineer. The City
Engineer may stop the grading from commencing or continuing until the
Permittee has identified a replacement Project Consultant and the replacement
Project Consultant has agreed in writing to assume responsibility for those parts
of the grading project that are within the replacement Project Consultant's area of
technical competence.
J. Non -inspected Grading. No person shall own, use, occupy, or maintain any non- •
inspected graded property. For the purposes of this code, non -inspected grading
shall be defined as any grading for which a grading permit was first obtained, but
which has progressed beyond any point requiring inspection and approval by the
City Engineer without such inspection and approval having been obtained.
K. Routine Field Inspections and Reports. Unless otherwise directed by the City
Engineer, the Field Engineer shall prepare routine inspection reports and shall file
these reports with the City Engineer for all Engineered Grading Projects as
follows:
Bi -weekly during all times when grading of 400 cubic yards or more per
week is occurring on the site;
2. Monthly, at all other times; and
3. At any time when requested in writing by the City Engineer.
Such reports shall certify to the City Engineer that the Field Engineer has
inspected the grading site and related activities and has found them in compliance
with the approved grading plans and specifications, the City Building Code, all
grading permit conditions, and all other applicable ordinances and requirements.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 42
•
® L. Completion of Work. Upon completion of the rough grading work and at the final
completion of the work, the following reports, drawings, and supplements thereto
are required for engineered grading or when professional inspection is otherwise
required by the City Engineer:
An "As -Built" grading plan shall be prepared by the Field Engineer, who
is retained to provide such services, that shows all plan revisions as
approved by the City Engineer. This as -built grading plan shall include
original ground surface elevations, as -built ground surface elevations, lot
drainage patterns, and the locations and elevations of surface drainage
facilities and the outlets of subsurface drains. As -built locations,
elevations, and details of subsurface drains shall be shown as reported by
the Geotechnical Engineer.
The As -built grading plan shall be accompanied by a certification by the
Field Engineer that to the best of his or her knowledge, the work within
the Field Engineer's area of responsibility was done in accordance with
the final approved grading plan;
2. A report shall be prepared by the Geotechnical Engineer retained to
provide such services, including locations and elevations of field density
tests, summary of field and laboratory tests, other substantiating data, and
® comments on any changes made during grading and their effect on the
recommendations made in the approved Geotechnical Investigation
Report. The report shall include a certification by the Geotechnical
Engineer that, to the best of his or her knowledge, the work within the
Geotechnical Engineer's area of responsibility is in accordance with the
approved Geotechnical Engineering Report and applicable provisions of
this code. The report shall contain a finding regarding the safety of the
completed grading and any proposed structures against hazard from
landslide, settlement, or slippage;
3. A report shall be prepared by the Engineering Geologist retained to
provide such services, including a final description of the geology of the
site and any new information disclosed during the grading and the effect
of such new information, if any, on the recommendations incorporated in
the approved grading plan. The report shall include a certification by the
Engineering Geologist that, to the best of his or her knowledge, the work
within the Engineering Geologist's area of responsibility is in accordance
with the approved Engineering Geology Report and applicable provisions
of this code. The report shall contain a finding regarding the safety of the
completed grading and any proposed structures against hazard from
landslide, settlement, or slippage. The report shall contain a final as -built
geologic map and cross-sections depicting all the information collected
• prior to and during grading;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 43
4. When planting and irrigation is required by Section 17.87.020 (Slope •
Planting and Erosion Control), at completion of Final Grading, and prior
to final approval of the grading by the City Engineer, the Landscape
Architect or Field Engineer shall submit a statement that the slope planting
has been established and the irrigation system has been installed in
conformance with the approved plans; and
5. The Grading Contractor shall certify in writing that the grading conforms
to said as -built plan and the approved specifications.
M. Notification of Completion. The Permittee shall notify the City Engineer when
the grading operation is ready for final inspection. Final approval shall not be
given until all work, including installation of all drainage facilities and their
protective devices and all erosion -control measures, have been completed in
accordance with the final approved grading plan and that all required reports have
been submitted and approved.
N. Change of Ownership. Unless otherwise required by the City Engineer, when a
grading permit has been issued on a site and the Owner sells the property prior to
final grading approval, the new owner shall be required to obtain a new grading
permit.
O. Violation. It is a violation of this code for any person to verify to the satisfactory
completion of work as required by this chapter if such work is subsequently found •
by the City Engineer to have been in substantial noncompliance with the approved
design or code requirement at the time of verification.
17.88.020 Appropriate Certifications.
Any project subject to Section 17.51.020 (Hillside Development) and involving less than
five thousand (5,000) cubic yards of earth may also require the reports, statements, or
certifications set forth by this code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 44
•
• Chapter 17.89 Dust Prevention and Control
SECTIONS:
17.89.010 Dust Prevention and Control Provisions.
17.89.020 Dust Prevention and Control Plan.
17.89.030 Inadequate Dust Prevention and Control Measures.
17.89.040 Compliance with NPDES Stormwater Regulations.
17.89.010 Dust Prevention and Control Provisions.
To protect the health, safety and general welfare, all construction sites must make all
reasonable efforts to prevent or control blowing dust and debris. Property owners shall be
responsible for maintaining their property in such a manner that dust and other wind-
borne debris transported to adjacent properties are kept to reasonable minimal levels. In
the case of site grading and other construction operations, it will also be the responsibility
of the permittee to make all reasonable efforts to control blowing dust and debris onto
adjacent properties. When grading operations involve the hauling of dirt from one site to
another, it is also the permittee's responsibility to maintain the public streets in a clean
condition and limit any spillage which would generate dust or other blowing debris.
17.89.020 Dust Prevention and Control Plan.
A. Required. A dust prevention and control plan shall be submitted in conjunction
with a grading plan or other plan involving the movement of dirt. The City
Engineer may also require the submittal of a dust prevention and control plan for
other development deemed necessary.
B. Plan. The plan shall demonstrate that the discharge of dust from the construction
site will not occur or can be controlled to an acceptable level depending on the
particular site conditions and circumstances. The plan shall address site conditions
during construction operations, after normal working hours and during various
phases of construction. The plan shall include the name and the twenty-four (24)
hour phone number of a responsible party in case of emergency. If the importing
or exporting of dirt is necessary as demonstrated by the cut and fill quantities on
the grading plan, the plan shall also include the procedures necessary to keep the
public streets and private properties along the haul route free of dirt, dust and
other debris. When an entire project is to be graded and the subsequent
construction on the site is to be completed in phases, the portion of the site not
under construction shall be treated with dust preventive substance or plant
materials and an irrigation system. All phased projects shall submit a plan
demonstrating that dust will not be generated from future phase areas.
C. Plan Review. The City Engineer shall be responsible for the review and approval
of the dust prevention and control plan. This plan shall be incorporated into the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 45
grading plan and constructive notice shall be placed on the grading plan to notify
the owner and contractors of the need to comply with the dust prevention and •
control plan.
D. Dust Control Compliance Statement. A dust control compliance statement form
must be completed and signed by the property owner.
17.89.030 Inadequate Dust Prevention and Control Measures.
A. Site Investigation. If an investigation of the project site indicates that dust
prevention and control measures are inadequate, the City Engineer or his
authorized representative may limit or halt all activities on the site until adequate
dust prevention and control measures are achieved. The City Engineer may charge
the property owner and/or contractor for reasonable costs related to providing the
necessary site inspections to determine the adequacy of the dust control plan.
B. Notice of Inadequate Prevention and Control Measures. If it is determined that a
property is in violation of Section 17.89.010 (Dust Prevention and Control
Provisions), the property owner and/or contractor will have two (2) hours to bring
the site into compliance. If after two (2) hours, the site is not brought into
compliance or an extension of time has not been granted by the City Engineer, the
Building Official may, at any time thereafter, determine the site to be substandard
property and give written notice of said violation. As substandard property, the
site will be subject to all the provisions Building Code and Municipal Code as
adopted by the City. Thereupon, the City Engineer may enter the property for the •
purposes of installing, by City forces or by other means, adequate dust prevention
and control measures (the cost of which shall be borne by the property owner), or
the City Engineer may cause the owner of the site to be prosecuted as a violator of
this code, or the City Engineer may take both actions.
C. Responsibility for Adequate Dust Prevention and Control. The approval of a dust
prevention and control plan does not relieve the owner or contractors of the
responsibility to implement whatever additional measures may be required to
properly prevent and control dust as outlined in Section 17.89.010 (Dust
Prevention and. Control Provisions) herein.
17.89.040 Compliance with NPDES Stormwater Regulations.
The dust prevention and control plan and any additional measures that may be necessary
for the adequate prevention and control of dust shall not be in violation of the NPDES
stormwater regulations as adopted by the City.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 46
CJ
0
i
•
Chapter 17.90 National Pollutant Elimination
System (NPDES) Compliance
SECTIONS:
17.90.010
General.
17.90.020
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
17.90.030
Wet Weather Erosion Control Plans (WWECP).
17.90.040
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, Effect of Non-compliance.
17.90.050
Non-compliance Penalties.
17.90.010 General.
All grading plans and permits and the owner of any property on which such grading is
performed shall comply with the provisions of this section for NPDES compliance.
All best management practices shall be installed before grading begins or as instructed in
writing by the City Engineer for unpermitted grading as defined by Section 17.81.030
(Unpermitted Grading). As grading progresses, all best management practices shall be
updated as necessary to prevent erosion and to control construction related pollutants
from discharging from the site. All best management practices shall be maintained in
good working order to the satisfaction of the City Engineer and all permanent drainage
and erosion control systems, if required, are in place. Failure to comply with this section
is subject to "Noncompliance Penalties" pursuant to Section 17.95.050 (Non -Compliance
Penalties). Payment of a penalty shall not relieve any persons from fully complying with
the requirements of this Code in the execution of the work.
17.90.020 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
The City Engineer may require a SWPPP. The SWPPP shall contain details of best
management practices, including desilting basins or other temporary drainage or control
measures, or both, as may be necessary to control construction -related pollutants which
originate from the site as a result of construction -related activities. When the City
Engineer requires a SWPPP, no grading permit shall be issued until the SWPPP has been
submitted to, and approved by, the City Engineer.
For unpermited grading, as defined by Section 17.81.030 (Unpermitted Grading), upon
written request a SWPPP in compliance with the provisions of this Section and Section
10.04.070 (Construction Activities Stormwater Measures) for NPDES compliance shall
be submitted to the City Engineer. Failure to comply with this Section is subject to
"Non-compliance Penalties" pursuant to Section 17.90.050 (Non -Compliance Penalties).
Payment of a penalty shall not relieve any persons from fully complying with the
requirements of this Code in the execution of the work.
17.90.030 Wet Weather Erosion Control Plans (WWECP).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 47
When a grading permit is issued and the City Engineer determines that the grading will
not be completed prior to November 1, the owner of the site upon which the grading is 10
being performed shall, on or before October 1, file or cause to be filed a WWECP with
the City Engineer. The WWECP shall include specific best management practices to
minimize the transport of sediment and protect public or private property from the effects
of erosion, flooding, or the deposition of mud, debris, or construction -related pollutants.
The best management practices shown on the WWECP shall be installed on, or before,
October 15. The plans shall be revised annually or as required by the City Engineer to
reflect the current site conditions.
The WWECP shall be accompanied by an application for plan check services and plan
check fees in an amount to be determined by the City Engineer, up to, but not exceeding,
ten percent (l0%) of the original grading plan check fee. The fee shall be in accordance
with the City's current fee schedule established by the Council.
Failure to comply with this section is subject to "Non-compliance Penalties" pursuant to
Section 17.95.050 (Non -Compliance Penalties). Payment of a penalty shall not relieve
any persons from fully complying with the requirements of this Code in the execution of
the work.
17.90.040 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, Effect of Non-compliance.
Should the owner fail to submit the SWPPP or WWECP, or fails to install the best
management practices, it shall be deemed that a default has occurred under the conditions
of the grading permit security. The City Engineer may thereafter enter the property for
the purpose of installing, by City forces or by other means, the drainage, erosion control,
and other devices shown on the approved plans, or if there are no approved plans, as the
City Engineer may deem necessary to protect adjoining property from the effects of
erosion, flooding, or the deposition of mud, debris, or construction -related pollutants.
The City Engineer may cause the owner of the site to be prosecuted as a violator of this
code, or he or she may take both actions. The City Engineer shall have the authority to
collect the penalties imposed on the Permittee according to Section 17.95.050(Non-
Compliance Penalties). upon determining that the requirements of this section have not
been complied with. Payment of a penalty shall not relieve any persons from fully
complying with the requirements of this Code in the execution of the work.
17.90.050 Non-compliance Penalties.
If a SWPPP or WWECP is not submitted as prescribed in Sections 17.95.020 (Storm
Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and 17.90.030 (Wet Weather Erosion Control
Plans (WWECP) the following penalties will apply:
IGrading Permit Volume IPenalty
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 48
LJ
One (1) — ten thousand (10,000) cubic yards'
Fifty dollars ($50) per day
Ten thousand and one (10,001) —
one hundred thousand (100,000) cubic yards
Two hundred and fifty dollars
($250) per day
More than one hundred thousand (100,000) cubic yards
Five hundred ($500) per day
If the best management practices for Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Wet Weather
Erosion Control, as approved by the City Engineer, are not installed as prescribed in
Section 17.95.010 (General) the following penalties will apply:
Grading Permit Volume
Penalty
One (1) — ten thousand (10,000) cubic yards
One hundred dollars ($100)
per day
Ten thousand and one (10,001) —
one hundred thousand (100,000) cubic yards
Two hundred and fifty ($250)
per day
More than one hundred thousand (100,000) cubic yards
Five hundred ($500) per day
A. Costs and Penalties. The penalties imposed by this section, if not paid within
thirty (30) days from the date of the notice, shall become a special assessment
against the property.
• B. Notice of Violation.
General. The City Engineer may record a Notice of Violation with the Los
Angeles County Recorder's Office when a property is in violation of
Section 17.90.010 (General). Recordation of such notice shall be subject
to the provisions of subsections (13)(2) and (3) of this section. The remedy
provided by this section is cumulative to any other enforcement action
permitted by this Code.
2. Recordation. If (1) the City Engineer determines that any property is in
violation of this section; and if (2) the City Engineer gives written notice
as specified below of said violation; and if (3) within 30 days of said
notice, the property is not brought into compliance with this code, the City
Engineer may, at their sole discretion, at any time thereafter, record with
the County Recorder's Office a notice that the property is in violation of
this Code.
3. Contents of Notice. The written notice given pursuant to this section shall
indicate:
a. The nature of the violation(s);
® January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 –Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 49
b. Acknowledgement that if the violation is not remedied to the
satisfaction of the City Engineer within thirty (30) days, the City
Engineer may, at any time thereafter, record with the County
Recorder's Office a notice that the property is in violation of this
code. The notice shall be posted on the property and shall be
mailed to the Owner of the property as indicated on the last
equalized Los Angeles County assessment roll. The mailed notice
may be registered, certified, or first class mail. The thirty (30) day
period for achieving compliance with this code shall run from the
date the property is posted or from the date of the mailing of the
notice, whichever is later.
C. Rescission. Any person who desires to have recorded a notice
rescinding the Notice of Violation may present evidence of
compliance and payment of penalty fees and costs to the City
Engineer. The costs incurred by the City Engineer in the
investigation of such violations and the processing of the notice
and notification of concerned parties shall be determined by the
City Engineer. If the City Engineer determines that such fees have
been paid and such costs have been recovered by the City, or that
such fees and costs have been placed on the tax rolls as a special
assessment, pursuant to Section 25845 of the Government Code,
the City Engineer shall record a notice rescinding the prior Notice
of Violation.)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 50
•
Chapter 17.95 STANDARD URBAN
STORMWATER MITIGATION
PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
SECTIONS:
17.95.010
Limits of Chapter.
17.95.020
Scope of Chapter.
17.95.030
Definitions.
17.95.040
Rate of Discharge.
17.95.050
Subdivision Design.
17.95.060
Best Management Practices (BMPs).
17.95.070
Control of Erosion of Slopes and Channels.
17.95.080
Signage of Storm Drains.
17.95.090
Outdoor Storage of Materials.
17.95.100
Outdoor Trash Storage Areas.
17.95.110
Maintenance of Best Management Practices.
17.95.120
Design Standards for Best Management Practices.
17.95.130
Loading Docks.
17.95.140
Repair and Maintenance Bays.
17.95.150
Wash Areas.
17.95.160
Restaurants.
17.95.170
Retail Gasoline Outlets.
17.95.180
Parking Lots.
17.95.190
Violations.
17.95.200
Inspections.
17.95.210
Fees.
17.95.220
Waiver.
17.95.010
Limits of Chapter.
Nothing in this chapter shall be interpreted to:
A. Infringe any right or power guaranteed by the California Constitution, including
any vested property right; or
B. Require any action inconsistent with any applicable and lawfully adopted general
plan, specific plan, plan amendment, or building code that conforms to the laws of
California and the requirements of this chapter; or
C. Restrict otherwise lawful land use except as authorized by the laws of California,
subject to the limitations of this chapter.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 51
17.95.020 Scope of Chapter.
This chapter shall take effect on February 15, 2001, and shall apply only to approval of
discretionary (within the meaning of the California Environmental Quality Act, Public
Resources Code Section 21000 et seq.) new development or redevelopment projects (as
those terms are defined this chapter):
A. Single-family residences on graded hillside sites;
B. Industrial/commercial developments that disturb one acre or more of surface area;
C. Automotive repair shops (SIC codes 5013, 5014, 5541, 7532-7534, 7536-7539);
D. Retail gasoline outlets;
E. Restaurants (SIC code 5812);
F. Home subdivisions of ten (10) or more dwelling units;
G. Parking lots five thousand (5,000) feet or more or with twenty-five (25) or more
parking spaces and potentially exposed to stormwater runoff, as defined in this
chapter.
17.95.030 Definitions. •
For the purposes of this chapter, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings
respectively ascribed to them by this chapter, unless clearly inapplicable. Words and
phrases not ascribed a meaning by this chapter shall have the meanings ascribed by the
"Standard Urban Stormwater Mitigation Plan for Los Angeles County and Cities in Los
Angeles County" approved by the Executive Officer of the California Regional Water
Quality Control Board for the Los Angeles Region, on March 8, 2000, as modified by the
State Water Resources Control Board in Order WQ 2000-11, if defined therein, and if
not, by the regulations implementing the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System, Clean Water Act Section 402, and Division 7 of the California Water Code, as
they may be amended from time to time, if defined therein, and if not, to the definitions
in an applicable permit issued by the California Regional Water Quality Control Board—
Los Angeles, as such permits may be amended from time to time.
"Automotive repair shop" means a facility that is categorized in any one of the
following Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes: 5013, 5014, 5541, 7532-7534 or
7536-7539.
"Best management practice" or "BMP" means any schedule of activities, prohibition
of practices, maintenance procedure, program, technology, process, siting criteria,
operational methods of measures, or other management practices or engineered systems,
which when implemented prevent, control, remove, or reduce pollution.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 52
L_J
C1
•
"Commercial development" means any development on private land that is not
residential or a site of an industrial activity, as defined in 40 C.F.R. Section
122.26(b)(14). "Commercial development' includes, but is not limited to, hospitals,
laboratories and other medical facilities, educational institutions, recreational facilities,
plant nurseries, multi -apartment buildings, car wash facilities, mini -malls and other
business complexes, shopping malls, hotels, office buildings, public warehouses and
other light industrial complexes not within the scope of 40 C.F.R. Section 122.26(b)(14).
"Directly connected impervious area" ("DCIA") means a land area made
impermeable to water from which runoff may enter a storm drainage system without first
flowing across a permeable land area.
"Greater than nine (9) unit home subdivision" means any subdivision where at least
ten (10) single-family or multifamily dwelling units are to be developed.
"Hillside" means a parcel in an area with known erosive soil conditions, where the
development will require grading on any natural slope which is twenty-five (25) percent
or greater.
"Industrial/commercial developments that disturb one acre or more of surface area"
means any development on private land that is not residential that disturbs one acre or
more of surface area, including, but not limited to, parking areas (see "Commercial
development').
"New development" means the subdivision of land, or the construction of structures
or other impervious surfaces, or both.
"Parking lot" means an area or facility for the temporary parking or storage of motor
vehicles used personally or for business or commerce, which contains five thousand
(5,000) square feet or more, or twenty-five (25) or more parking spaces, and which is
exposed to stormwater.
"Redevelopment" means, on an already developed site, the creation or addition of at
least five thousand (5,000) square feet of impervious surfaces. Redevelopment includes,
but is not limited to: the expansion of a building footprint or addition or replacement of a
structure; structural development including an increase in gross floor area and/or exterior
construction or remodeling; replacement of impervious surface that is not part of a
routine maintenance activity; and land -disturbing activities related with structural or
impervious surfaces. Where redevelopment results in an increase of less than fifty (50)
percent of the impervious surfaces of a previously existing development, and the existing
development was not subject to these SUSMPs, the design standards apply only to the
addition, and not to the entire development.
"Restaurant" means a stand-alone facility where prepared food and drinks are sold
for consumption, including stationary lunch counters and refreshments stands selling
prepared food and drinks for immediate consumption. (See SIC Code 5812).
"Restaurant" does not include co -located stalls or food counters in general purpose
establishments such as markets and grocery stores.
"Retail gasoline outlet" means any facility where gasoline and lubricating oils are
sold.
"Source control BMP" means any schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices,
maintenance procedures, managerial practices or operational practices that aim to prevent
stormwater pollution by reducing the potential for contamination at the source of
pollution.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 53
"Storm event" means a rainfall event that produces more than 0.1 inch of •
precipitation separated from the previous storm event by at least seventy-two (72) hours
of dry weather.
"Structural control BMP" means any structural facility designed and constructed to
mitigate the adverse impacts of urban runoff pollution (e.g., a canopy, structural
enclosure). This category may include both treatment control BMPs and source control
BMPs.
"Treatment" means the use of physical, chemical, or biological processes to remove
pollutants. Such processes include, but are not limited to, filtration, gravity settling,
media absorption, biodegradation, biological uptake, chemical oxidation and UV
radiation.
"Treatment control BMP" means any engineered system designed to remove
pollutants by simple gravity setting of particulate pollutants, filtration, biological uptake,
media adsorption or any other physical, biological, or chemical process.
17.95.040 Rate of Discharge.
No new development shall increase the peak rate of discharge of stormwater from the
developed site if this increase would make downstream erosion more probable.
17.95.050 Subdivision Design.
Unless inconsistent with vested rights, the site design for all subdivisions subject to this
chapter, to the maximum extent practicable, shall: i
A. Concentrate or cluster new development on portions of the site while leaving the
remaining land in a natural undisturbed condition;
B. Limit clearing and grading of native vegetation to the minimum extent
practicable, consistent with the construction of lots, and to allow access and
provide fire protection;
C. Preserve riparian areas and wetlands.
17.95.060 Best Management Practices (BMPs).
A. On the date the ordinance codified in this chapter takes effect, those best
management practices which are listed in Tables 1 and 2 of the "Standard Urban
Stormwater Mitigation Plan for Los Angeles County and Cities in Los Angeles
County" approved by the Executive Officer of the California Regional Water
Quality Control Board for the Los Angeles Region, on March 8, 2000, as
modified by the State Water Resources Control Board in Order WQ 2000-11,
shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference and adopted by this City and
shall remain in effect until the City Council shall adopt by resolution a guidebook
prepared or recommended by the City Engineer, categorizing development and
best management practices for each category. •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 54
0B. The City Engineer may from time to time revise the guidebook, and the City
Council may adopt these revisions by resolution.
C. No best management practice other than a structural or treatment control best
management practice shall be used in any development regulated under this
chapter, unless the guidebook recommends that practice.
D. No structural or treatment control best management practice may be used in any
development regulated under this chapter unless the guidebook recommends that
practice.
17.95.070 Control of Erosion of Slopes and Channels.
Best management practices used on slopes or channels in new development or
redevelopment subject to this chapter shall:
A. Convey runoff from tops of slopes;
B. Eliminate or reduce flow to natural drainage systems, and for flows which cannot
be eliminated, utilize natural drainage systems, rather than artificial drainage
systems, to the maximum extent practicable;
C. Stabilize soil at permanent channel crossings;
•
D. Vegetate slopes with native or drought -tolerant species known to control erosion;
and
E. Dissipate concentrated flows before they enter unlined channels
17.95.080 Signage of Storm Drains.
In the project area of new development or redevelopment subject to this chapter, a notice
that dumping in storm drains and catch basins is illegal shall be:
A. Stenciled in paint or other permanent means at all storm drain inlets and catch
basins within the project area;
B. Posted at all known public accesses to natural or artificial drainage channels
within the project area; and
C. Maintained to preserve the sign.
17.95.090 Outdoor Storage of Materials.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 55
A. All materials stored outdoors in new development or redevelopment subject to
this chapter which, if exposed to stormwater, may reasonably be expected to add ®.
pollutants to it, shall be thoroughly isolated from contact:
1. With stormwater, by enclosure in a structure; or
2. With stormwater, by a surrounding curb or other containment structure.
B. The storage area must be completely covered:
1. By impermeable paving; and
2. Any structure by an overhead covering that adequately diverts
precipitation away from the ground between the material and the
surrounding containment structure.
17.95.100 Outdoor Trash Storage Areas.
Except where they serve only single-family residences, solid waste containers in new
development or redevelopment subject to this chapter shall be stored in areas that:
A. Are isolated from contact with stormwater originating outside the storage area;
and
B. Are surrounded with a barrier sufficient to prevent all trash from being •
transported out of the storage area, except during collection.
17.95.110 Maintenance of Best Management Practices.
A. Every person applying to the City for discretionary approval of any new
development or redevelopment subject to this chapter, as part of that application,
in a signed writing, shall agree to maintain any structural or treatment control best
management practice to be implemented in that development through means such
as a covenant running with the land (such as covenants, conditions and restriction,
commonly known as CC&Rs), CEQA mitigation measures, conditional use
permit or other legal agreement (collectively "agreement').
B. The agreement described in subsection (A) of this section shall remain in force
until ownership of the developed property has been entirely transferred, and upon
transfer, shall be binding on the new owner(s).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 56
•
17.95.120 Design Standards for Best Management Practices.
Except as this chapter may specifically exempt, every structural or treatment control best
management practice implemented pursuant to this chapter in new development or
redevelopment subject to this chapter, for the area contributing to that practice:
A. Shall be adequate to protect from flooding those parts of the contributing area
adjacent to drainage channels, according to design criteria the City Engineer may
establish;
B. Shall be adequate:
1. For the volume of stormwater that, as determined by the formula
recommended in "ASCE Manual of Practice No. 87 (1998)," may be
collected from the contributing area during a twenty-four (24) hour period
in which the total stormwater runoff exceeds eighty-five (85) percent of all
runoff volumes that have been measured for twenty-four (24) hour periods
for that same area; or
2. To treat, by the method recommended in "California Stormwater Best
Management Practices Handbook—Industrial/Commercial (1993)," and as
determined there, eighty (80) percent or more volume treatment of the
annual volume of stormwater runoff from the contributing area; or
® 3. For the volume of stormwater runoff from the contributing area produced
by a storm event of 0.75 inches.
r-1
LJ
C. Subsection (B) of this section shall not apply to any land area of less than five
thousand (5,000) square feet being developed or redeveloped for use by any
restaurant, or any retail gasoline outlet.
D. Where redevelopment results in an increase of less than fifty (50) percent of the
impervious surfaces of a previously existing development, and the existing
development was not subject to these SUSMPs, the design standards apply only to
the addition, and not to the entire development. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.95.130 Loading Docks.
In any industrial/commercial development that disturbs one acre or more of surface area
or in any automotive repair shop, the design of any outdoor loading dock area in new
development or redevelopment subject to this chapter shall:
A. Use an overhead covering that prevents the entry of stormwater; or
B. Prevent the entry of stormwater by diverting it away; and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 — Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 57
C. Not conduct stormwater from any truck well directly into a storm drain system. •
17.95.140 Repair and Maintenance Bays.
In any industrial/commercial development that disturbs one acre or more of surface area
or in any automotive repair shop, in new development or redevelopment subject to this
chapter the design of any repair or maintenance bay shall:
A. Prevent the entry of stormwater by diverting it away or by locating such bays
indoors; and
B. Use a drainage system that collects all water from washing and from leaks or
spills and stores it in a sump for disposal; and
C. Does not conduct stormwater from the bay directly to a storm drain system.
17.95.150 Wash Areas.
The design of any wash area for motor vehicles or equipment in new development or
redevelopment subject to this chapter shall use:
A. An adequate overhead covering; and
B. A device that clarifies or otherwise pretreats all wash water; and •
C. A drain conducting all treated wash water to a sanitary sewer.
17.95.160 Restaurants.
The design of any restaurant subject to this chapter shall include an area for the washing
or cleaning of equipment, which:
A. If indoors, shall:
1. Be self-contained;
2. Use a grease trap; and
3.. Use a drain conducting all wastewater to a sanitary sewer; and
B. If outdoors, shall:
Use an overhead covering adequate to prevent contact with stormwater;
2. Be covered with impermeable paving;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 58
•
3. Be surrounded by a curb or other containment; and
• 4. Use a drain conducting all wastewater to a sanitary sewer
17.95.170 Retail Gasoline Outlets.
All fuel dispensing areas in any retail gasoline outlet subject to this chapter shall:
A. Be covered by a structure that:
Extends outward at least as far as the grade break at all points, and
2. Diverts all stormwater away from the fueling area;
B. Be paved with a material, other than asphaltic concrete, that is impermeable to
water and has a smooth surface with a slope of not less than two (2) percent but
not more than four (4) percent;
C. Be separated from the rest of the site by a grade break that, to the maximum
extent practical, prevents stormwater from entering the fueling area;
D. Extend outward at least six and one-half (6.5) feet from the outermost corner of
any fuel dispenser, or a distance one foot greater than the combined length of the
• dispensing hose and nozzle, whichever distance is less.
17.95.180 Parking Lots.
•
To the maximum extent practical, all parking lots subject to this chapter shall minimize
off-site transport of pollutants by using the following design criteria and BMPs:
A. Minimizing impervious land coverage;
B. Providing for effective treatment or infiltration of stormwater before it is
discharged into storm drains; and
C. Use of operational and maintenance measures to remove heavy metals, oil and
grease and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons.
17.95.190 Violations.
A. Violation of any provision of this chapter shall be both a misdemeanor and a
public nuisance.
B. The remedies specified in this chapter shall not exclude any other legal remedy
that may be available to the city.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 59
17.95.200 Inspections.
A. The City Engineer and such officers as the City Engineer may designate shall
enforce the provisions of this chapter.
B. As necessary, these officers may, at a reasonable time and in a manner authorized
by the laws of California, enter and make inspections on any property regulated
under this chapter.
17.95.210 Fees.
The City Council may establish and fix the amount of fees for services provided under
this chapter, as authorized under Sections 66016 and 66018 of the California Government
Code.
17.95.220 Waiver.
A. Any person required under this chapter to implement a structural or treatment
control best management practice may petition to the City Council to waive that
requirement as impractical, provided the petitioner has in good faith considered
and rejected as not feasible all such practices available.
B. The City Council may waive a structural or treatment control best management
practice as impractical if:
Inadequate space for treatment exists on a redevelopment project; or
2. Soil conditions strongly disfavor the use of infiltration; or
3. The natural land surface where the BMP would be located lies:
a. Above a known unconfined aquifer, or
b. Less than ten (10) feet above an existing or potential source of
drinking water.
C. Any petition for waiver not falling within the foregoing categories shall be forwarded.
to the Regional Board for consideration.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Division 17.80 —Grading (17.80-17.95)
Page 60
11
•
•
EXHIBIT B
OF ORDINANCE NO. 13 -
ZONING MAP
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
htta://www.santa-clarita.com/m odu les/showdocu ment.asox?docu mentid=7174
mqP
EXHIBIT C
OF ORDINANCE NO. 13 -
OVERLAY MAP
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
http://www.santa-clarita.com/modules/showdocument.aspx?documentid=7176
if laP
C
V
U
F
U
U
U N
U
V
U � �
b d
y .d y' w
p
G
F
y
W
G
.0
V> y F "F. -s
.F O y N y w CN d T
•y 3 a...
•q
.[
.0
O
a N
.0
F 27
p
q�
y •p 7 .O .� 'o > p
O
O
O
cod W q
O
•�+ V Q' q a FQVo
F
�Oy
,� m
G d O
C°
N
i,,,
F
O+ J N U
bq w iL•C� m p C
c
° V
C
7
.0
3 oma > A�a
'4
o
F
cVi
CI a
3a�°p
y
°_c
"y
wa
ca
p
°
7
O
70
Vy
4.w
C
OO-
Ot y N U>
0.
•�
od cd U
_
.F
6p F p V O
O. N VopU d Q F
fW td .d W o
p
V
V Vp
w•' .
F
N
v�1
.. d
w � Ip
F
y
:02
b
b
p
b
-i
7�
N 7�
N L w O O 3 y �•+ N yOl) t�
W
y
O
p
N
Q
to
U
' 7
`A
03
cd ••U
y
a o y 4 0c y 3
«'�
�
•O
v
5
�
•r7
5
w
N o N y p t).
b
. d
b
Fu
• d
;b
c�
T.� F >o ti •-� •�
iC
d u k
„'O,
N
y,
N V
w.d
M
V
V
V
b0
F V y v RNR •� y.0
.a
.aid
R.Sb�
'°id
'
i""
O V
?�0O�
0R .N
a3
u.
�
° cd «N V FF�
UNVtN>y
��N
.
ww«Uds
w�.
w
w1°
dq ow—
b p
_°NQ4.
4
a
wN�
O0c,0 G
o 3
2
� O
�
F
CC
ca
° Jw>
cd
w
7O
^N
V
�2
y.pO
w
id
�
a E<J9
<
91
Uall
W W FN 'd s
"6
n
00
�O
.D p
r�
00
F
to
zrA"r�
b11
a
V
y
O
c�a
U
O
Ftl
U
O
N
U
U O
N o ..tii v
C Al 9
U3n
O
o Tyb a
>°RUo
h
oo°oma
•d �, •q y �
..y. O
y �2 .4
ti •�
) O
a a
°
U•�bTeoo.�
O .ti d a O
by O
w •O '�
^ pp
.4W
Vw
V
I•u° -ii
�
q>
y :+
U . y
W
o• 3
°
0 9
°
C c°
b❑ 0
YO C
o O O O
•v7 O
rz
y 1-i W p
O�. O y
•3
pp
° � �
Q O
§ eCYC Q .2 C
I
W .G
aw-a >
O>
c
°)
o
Cd
cd
...
N N
O R. cdU 't'.
.0
°
w) a 0, c
40.
_o �d
� '�
c
ou �
•3 �
.ti
°.> 2
b q
Nib
m
Vl
M
rn
a
U
o
a
a�
V
i°i
A
m
O
l�
U
O
U
•g
a a
U•�bTeoo.�
.4W
�
. 0
r
o• 3
°
YO C
N
Ap
•3
pp
° � �
U
y
c
cd
...
N N
O c�1 •.�".
� '�
c
ou �
•3 �
.ti
V
i°i
,C• r
� 0 .�
>
y�
F�l.��mb�loo
'o a
g��.
.
!�O
a U
08
00 c
U
ti
O
V
U
O
U
U
O
V
U
V a p
U
p
`) w
w
�;�
00 0
s
' V U 4r ° p •'� oo� O
O
p
p,
p
b
O
.O
b b
o
y Z G�' p
5
O° x
rx. o 5 000
y
a
0 p
ce y
a >°' t7
C's
o .� abi
a.
°
0 >
y.�
y V
U N
C$apo
°
'"
a
to
°
O
v a" 3 N b ti d
dp°
yC
p
,y
ba q° 0 o V b .81
°
yyp .�
v a0i
�•rn.0
m b 60y W U
}A9w
°
a Y v+
N
qCd
9
0� v�
@wU
3°
cn
°b
61
� ro ���a N 0.0
��f
c°e
}qua
y ti 9 a F [-' p w
O
o U
y
M
0.1
r -Z
"o a
°
W
u
U
Z° V]
fn
�
M N
�
N
y
to
O
Nr
O N
..
O Nu
-.. _
O N
to
2
O
U
U
O
U
U
v 'CI G1 b
o
as
q
a�
t G
.O 0.
WO 'j y
to
y
b U
A 'C1 bo
U
C7U
0U
U U «S o
vi
b
O .N a °
ba y
ba ca
,d b ca
O
C y
y
c o
.a
U U
10 gu,O
O
to
F y
a
vi
o
-00
•E
y
0 w
.�
n
W W
� ° a
Q
� O
O
y 06
DD
p
a\
o
as
•�
a�
a�
0U
U
C7U
0U
vi
b
,d b ca
O
p
00
.y
°
02
b ggWb
i � 3
°
e
•s
°
w
d
o ayi
,s
N
O
••�
W
y
q •y O ca
O
y
O PC
.b Q � y
�
�
,q !�
MOI
ttl
�
�
� •� y � �+
boy
y
�
.GCL
.�
OCal
q
N
b b yi ai
y q
$
Aca
d TO
aAca
4CD
�
72
�,�,a,�q
a
�vokn
° b °
U M M
W
b A
O
d'UConQ�
O
O
O
CD
O
•�•�
N O
to
bo
a. U
can
a\
0
w
U
0
w
U
U
0
w
U
0
w
U
U
Q
H �
P:
d Ca
U
N
y
U
O y 'C7 y N
U o
r7
a 0
ryDC'
y off^ ami
U �
d t+ w h O
r
TSh b
0
4Wi
N
�
>S
b
ce •
O
�
a>i
.
w�z
N
nn�wv a
NI
bA Q
q
Q
�a
,N
a0i
d00
In
a
qv
o
U
V
w�
o
t�
q O
w
p�
N
U
acv
o_,
I
O
O
«O
ti Q
b q
a
O
oz
��"
O
'
d N
bA 0
M
�d
QaUo;�
Lam'
W C
T)
a00i
�
a
—Cd
0
z
N
y
P.
'0
.�...
'D
m
N�'
y
z
ti
a
U
d
o
a
0
N N
E>
cE
a»
O
��
o
�
ro
a
�
o
a aooa�
�o
E
Q�b
iscl1Nr
N
>
4
O
Y
M
Q
n
< ¢ Q
`1
O
O O
N O
M
O O O
h O
y
�M
tf�
wi�
Mm
�M
N
b
toM
^
,
as
O
U
U
Q
H �
P:
d Ca
U
c.
c U m G
U
O y 'C7 y N
U o
r7
a 0
ryDC'
y off^ ami
U �
d t+ w h O
r
TSh b
N
�
>S
O
U
w�z
nn�wv a
U
ozX
a
d00
In
a
qv
A
d
V
o
w
U
I
O
b q
O
oz
��"
O
'
d N
bA 0
M
�d
QaUo;�
as
P
Q
H �
P:
d Ca
U
c.
c U m G
U
O y 'C7 y N
U o
r7
a 0
ryDC'
y off^ ami
U �
d t+ w h O
r
TSh b
N
�
>S
w�z
nn�wv a
ozX
as
WIN
w
y U
m V
U
U 3�U
U
3�
'�
a
U
a a q '^ v
z
U�
o
�
zxl
U
q.
.•
O. w
�
U
U
U
U
Vi
L L,
bD
O
v
.l
.o
a
a
xl
9b d Vii
9� �N
c
e
a
�
too�
�•C
�
'1�
�
A N � N
�
.D O Y � �
�
�
m
X
�3 fir.
F3 Sp li
8
z
z°�
ai'a�aQ'6
0 VO o
O .. U. N
7p
a
W
o^
O
yoa�oocp�
�q�o��
'y
Z
N
p F 0 •�
b NM
zkI
z
•ley a�
z
S�
,+� 27 aJ
yN❑7 NyJ vi vNwr •� W U
�
N
L
Y
F V�
S O N N rn
y❑N M
G
•a 0.p 7 00 y �
�
:C
p
�
a � .� v y :O
�
�
°0
�
ti
0'�^{,I
V y V
z
U
p y
w
O
,C
v
O p
T �
x '
ya� �o
F
N
x
U
F y
O N
a�
Pi
D
xI
g
U
y
q
„
y
W
N O
o4
X
v
x
w �bp�•n
X
Moo
xl
ttl h
z
d
M1
N W etl .--� W
U
N1
W
�--�
n
n
r--.
N
M
Ch
t}
CC I�
t0 l�
tC
WIN
G�
y
U
q
O
�q
7
U
R
U
aqi
U R A
U
°
y
E z�g3y
g �°
°
to R O
N
boo.o�U�
o
am
q •y
�
ON
wp
MI
o >
y ~
cd
y
Ubp .d W
C w
d
>I�
d
O
O
O
y
OQ
O
\v
O+
OJqU
N?4�
q
�i
w 2.-o�
�
b
� .� •���
q �
AC°gq°
zl
of
� �&
of
of
V1�
Y
itl O i U A
U �
N
�
oil
00
M
M
-- a
z�
��
0
��
0
�1
0
U
>I
°w
b
_°
.ti O
R
to
.q
l-: a
a
O
01
O
O
R 4.
b 0_9 d
raN
-4
C
O
'm y
40.
v
OW
en
8v O
g
U
U q O •.�
•ti bc. •�
c;
tl�tl
�A
C
Cto
O O
.gp
U w q m
U b R b„C4
7 y�y
O
7
M
° CL
R•°
ed
0
0
m
w O o o •k
c0iv
° °
aRi
cW
CL
e
o
a
00
0
+
Q O •C�. U
O
.i7 to U� W.b
.°q
by q to �
°
g
N
CD
r, O w .G Q ��' 4 �
>
N
�
�
� -•MMI '� �
p p
mw °
a
C1
d o m°
W y
'O q
G NN
Z un
O
N
d
C4
aU
000 D V1
4) vi
tooh
�
Rte^
cw
R[�
a�
00(�33•YY
O O p
FU.aU
itl
U
�
U
'c�~d
U
Q
O
y
U
a
O
'i'
U
s
°
U 4
o ❑
t=boo
„ �
U o
a a
�to
10,N�
�,•��qq
OU"..'
d
N
U
r. V
O N m O by00
U W
"
�.�SaTy
?.0
c
Ow
a'
p
N
�
NO
a
'g
w
GC U" y
'd W
y
F•' O
°
0 P
U
�.�
o
t�' N
C bo m
t
U
p
O tl
a G 2 .= 0 O�
� N O
o �
�jO• m
.-.
O itf
y b m 'd b' W V p
b0 o U
p
a
0
;03. q
U y
caA
N
U
�i
is
L� .O
F
ctl
,� �
•�
,O OD .+�
O
o y aAi N p �pp T
p 'q 'd
�gj�'O
° c
p
o
q4
o 0
0 o
° w a
w
wGs
0. .: p T
of w.
api
�oUyo
;b .8 C
yaCi Ga
b R�'C p N �j m
a 7
•��p
W
ctl
«o
Uy�
�c� jD
>�R�a9�
&'�
y cd c cq Qro
oo°'
i
O, ,
D
w w
° O
Oq U O
0
O C O
•am ,'�
O
y ami
U°
IS
p
L� m
O
O N
O
R:°
F°aUov
Oc°��°:�Ud°co
z
w°
rz
ZC%
N N N N
N'nt—�en
enO
M
Oon
kn
ryO
�
h
M
y
U q
U
o�A � o
U 3A U
U
U 3 U
O
U
N
T a
U 3w'
3'°
' a
y O A
WO
y O
�yyy� yp
00
�p
p
N'
m
VO
m
L
ro (±
C/) �N�-Ni
vii a{•V.+�00
❑QC
�
�"''.
y
en
OA N0.
�
a+
a
O 'b
❑�E
N
V
y� y ..+
ro 0
W
q
a -a
bD U ro
u
y
� U
V]
U
U
ami' a •cy
V V
y
p
M
o
'.r'!
a
3
�,..,�j-
Cd
y
b.
0
V yam,
ro
y Oto
cd 00
°.°
P6
0
a
U
c
c°)
p
a
y a
o p
'q
W U
3
0.O
84
N°
o
0. ro N
V a
C
a
°.�°'�
X
ro
o
add
.+
aroV
04-0
A
V
'�
� a� y y
�
C
.y m
U
O
y
Y+C
p
•^
`„
V
O V
�
0
ro
V
�" ti
ro
°
p V
m
y •y
+'c
a .�
s °o
'.
b
° U
ar'i
ro
ti
V
ti
p
aw
U
b
cc O Lai '�
�
w
N
ro
•Q
on.
p
„ a
a� C4:1
�.
b�
�
V
b
N
V y
d y ro N
O
•.;, v
d
U
�
U
v q
Q
U
x
zono
y
NO
0
�O
NN
0
�O
0
cn
OVq'dNN
a U
00°
nup
NN
eoo°
in
aoR
°
0
a
U
A
U
0
*C�
U
U
0
W�
U
C
a
w
U
z
z
0
y
y
0
O
O
V
yi
O
C
b
"e
'e
z
a
�
w
w
o
d
v
U
y
R
a1
�i
t
h
H
V
A
A
c
a
Cd
7
7
u
0 u
0. O
O
°e
°e
a
�
r
d
�
Y
Y
cc
eq
U
U
p
tl '°
H
�
lz�
°
aU
O �
m.
OD
a F
m.
w F U
0
N
0
U
0
U
0
U
C
U
0
0
0
I�.I}yTo
W
b
z
ca
Qb
o
0
o: U
m
Ca
�)l
/
/
)
)
(/]
\ §
\
k k}f
\Q !/
o;
§§mo®■e•§
0ee»2««)
u0Z6
zE=
,<
� y ¥
ry
f
`}
t
%
�
§
u
$
§.2
\§
'
e
aam
\
0
®°
\/
!»
)|
&)
±_
/e
a
5
5
/
w�
_M
/\
e
�
)
8
!
|
7
| !wi
§
)2�|!��\
>
-
\
§■§ZD§2z2�kkkkk
�«3&,&gym=«■!
$6
k■■���&
U
/
q§
2
KJn§
�.
855
&_\\
i
/
long
on■�
§§
k/
±
�)
§!
�j6}}j32\k\}}
«
]�a!'§_§§_§�Ekkkk
|
�
�!■■■��A�
I■!�
!
1111,■o■!
�e!!2&_
■
_M
L
Kil
R
OEM
f
-
i
Null,
Kil
R
R
o
b
gyyu
b
g�u
b
a
t6 '� O
y
O C ttl N
N q W
Vim..
0 VOW•a~
Eo�F+N
m'Q w
•�pU
>
O•d
Wai 3
•��r
�i
� � � V
td .� �
�
�
O
v
w
°
o Pto
°>
bppp0°.
.5
tL
'� w tSw
❑
b
p.�
'ti
•�
U
'C7
z a� �
V •1=
c
�
bA
N w
A N N •r
a o
v�J �
Ia.��
y
w
V
N
y
°'
d •�
�
�
d � N'b
� v cd
�
ai
o
m
a a o
O❑�❑
aoi 0°
b
N
o
N N
.«
° U q y
.N... A.4
0 0b W
w•� bw
t0.
cd•°
ro°
gj
m
'A b cud
a a v
a>C)
3 m
° .O.�—
.°;
ons $
v
°
o
y.5 o row°
p i V
�
V �
0 0.
•t�tl •O LI. f�'
J.��i' O
�
V
y •�+
209
a1
4.
V �.�.3
�
N ° ❑ �wF'
°.. x
q
�
jq
wv
°moi
IIA
oad
ro
0
I
v
V
G N
A
`U-�
Ell
mND
CD
CD
..W)
0
spZo
V00
M
d M
V M
SO
13,
31
C
O
.M
b
p
o�
x�
Y O y
N
•R7
UN�•++
R
�'
�
a•Ci
°' ,Y o °' � C
o
w U
=
Cd
° C.1 T
U
U
aCi
T
T'O o
O
to
y �0 �" U aO.
NN•�
a
0.x3 > aw~
Q
10
m
U> 2 3 O
o.n
b
.
° 0 M L
w.
Y
w y ,d b
w
ro
a
G
O
N .d k C .b U
cE
U
b
�
c
avoM
U
G tea° � �•�
o
Say•
2
0
c � ° •o
�
p. OL
r
'fl O
v,
m
'8 3 •°
tm
O
on ❑ o
cur to O
.F
q �
R
O
z
3
o
p 4
0
E
o
H o
a,rx 3Aw 8,
r
e
'O
N
a+
C
O
.M
0
b
p
o�
x�
N
w U
U
U
Q
N
° 0 M L
ai
Y
w y ,d b
U
❑
�
y
U .d G
c � ° •o
�
>C
r
'fl O
v,
m
'8 3 •°
tm
O
on ❑ o
cur to O
.F
q �
R
z
3
o
p 4
0
O A
z
>C
e
'O
N
a+
y q Cy
8 0
z
be
• U
O N
^
�
W
W �
P, U
p
0
o > ca o dJ.. co .4 * a s 0 o b = g b~
°op c O
�am0
°~ryo«N q� m° o
m° U O° o o
i our
b pyo«o���'c i
p°
y���
c 3°v.�U°•�� °
4L m o
cn o �•� �' mb U> tl'�p a v 0O a
ow cd ,S a� a
« o o
r.
cc
° m.14
ca
'o«om�mai>oOcnin.^.[ «C0ubai o3 Uro�y
ai y goa>, ~b^b`�
«z'
m ° ° ° °
:°w
w °�yw w o
ya° o > o
°
y 0 d p O N 3 ^. O
0.Y Tvbco .0 pd UQ � « G[-' A.o w °a `°co
> Q
� r� �°., •�' c°pi � m m .9 c°ppi � a y_ a� p p>p `a a' �yi� ate' b • � .d>, . � �_ � .�
C O ;O ai
�
,� � � p7 O y� U U p N p �
8 c° b s b U« b 3 v 0. v O °° Q ro
CL
as I N
d
a
to
pz�
•>aU eo"
A a�
33
3q
w
U>
C
ti
EO
E
y
b
��
�
U
b
c
o
b
�°
`�
�
A
•�
y
o
Z
°
i
q
o
w
C
o
o
w
C
O
y
iG
�'
O
w U
C
W
G
G
O
°
�'
k
C
027
N
°°
C
b
a�
°
o
°' S
a
O
D
U
o
U
w
Uy
>
O
aO
'mow' Cl
O
U
r.,
.JG
>
C
a.�
o
b
b
°.'.5
C
b
0
Fa
r
�•+
O
ai
'4
'"
a
O
U
�
O
'�
•`
C
o4
N
O
U
O
>
C
C
O
N
C
td
F.
O •-1
U
'
U
y
U
C
U
cdd
O°
°�
ai
oj
iC
C
w o
°
o
v
O U
C
y❑
C
4
° 5
0.5
�
aii
tip
'
,yo
bmc
.�..�.5itl�u
bg°
b
o ..•o•G`�
b
C
C
atC
U
•o O
b
U O
o
.c
v
'" O'
o
O
o
sa O
.[
E
.o
ti
ti
ci
w
3q
a? abi O C
0 O •p ° a0i O
lb 0
N 01
E° �.N�O ° a�4) o O.E.Eo
y 0 o
A N
•a °
W 0 *
V V y C V W
t3 U cd _ 'jbj
C b N V
ti O ,� idi� C �" aF,i O V •'��n V r'�n a •O ,0 ,ca ctl
01wco
Q E
O b w O V O O G O v
a� O ai C N cd > O O] O C
V V O O V U, O "O y b C wbi,'n
ti V O .A `" `° V C ns .7p V cCd' ""' .V 0 C
•d U FO a avVO °W O
,aV
GO
W
YE.E° a
,-•C ROO> w -6-Y A EO cO Ny
C
V 0 001
.n > ° 7
N � B0 V u
.b O V V
E .E O cAtl N .� ka O m Y 0 �7 .� C C E
U L7 -i > b y a y U .2�' 4N .L' C C m V V
w 4. •" m V .b ° .V+ w.
o °'a ° b w G d 3 O. o c O
~ ,r7 q o o `° o N• E ° c� w
7 O b o V w y CO ti y A u -S .0 3 r N > C V U Oo
OE cd X��� .� �� ayi O •� � E U '� 'O C d C O ti A tNt,�
a),o ° ai
ai !� 'E cd ° C o b C aCi .E
"o' w� ° U O E U. 2 0 a
Cd O V y k O c -w a) V 4y ,SE O V O •..
O E JO �.c ° O� � O 3 2 .0 -Sd O
- .•
m
n
r
n
v
000
M O
r
o
b
�
g� U
b
�
PC U
to
to
tl•ybj
N
0mot
A
O
abi 0 Sw
C
U tC y
7
7
d 0
.m
U
0 Oq
d o �
b
ELU
y
Oto
•�
O
m
H y V
0
y
b
O O
pq
❑
p '�
y V y
V
tC iG+
N
•>.�
d� q --, ctl�
q
cq N
y
y? O V p
V
.G
ca
.
FVi
d
b
0.
rr�
q V
Q' q V
N
q O
w o
co
b q
ter..
U
U
z�
p
o
e O
ai
c
y
y v
a U
tV
'IR
a
a r -
c
EXHIBIT F
OF ORDINANCE NO.13-
MUNICIPAL CODE AMENDMENTS FOR TITLE 17 REFERENCES
Chapter 8.20 - Dogs
8.20.215 Spaying or Neutering - Number Allowed When.
In the event that all dogs are spayed or neutered, up to four (4) dogs may be kept pursuant to
Section 1:7.17.02017.62.030 (Keeping of Small Animals).
Chapter 8.24 - Cats
8.24.080 Spaying or Neutering - Number Allowed When.
In the event that all cats are spayed or neutered, up to ten (10) cats may be kept pursuant to Section
".'017.62.030 (Keeping of Small Animals).
Chapter 11.12 - Interference With City Property or Notices
11.12.080 Alternative Penalty—Noncommercial Signage
A. Notwithstanding section 11.12.070, any noncommercial sign (as defined in Section
'''.'r,-.9��17.11.020 (Definitions)) placed or maintained in violation of Section 11.12.020 or
11. 12.030 and removed pursuant to this chapter, except any sign of de minimis value, will be held
by the City in storage and the owner or other person in control of the illegally placed or maintained
sign must be given written notice to a) reclaim such sign within ten (10) days, subject to the citation
and imposition of fines contemplated by section 11.12.070, or b) avoid the issuance of a citation,
thereby foregoing any appeal right, and instead elect the alternative penalty set forth pursuant to
subsection (B) of this Section within ten (10) days of the notice. In the event the City, after making
reasonable efforts, is unable to identify the owner or person in control of the illegally placed or
maintained sign, no notice is required and the sign may be destroyed by the City.
Chapter 13.24 - Newsracks
13.24.110 - Special Standards Districts.
A. The City Council finds that those areas in the City which have been designated "special
standards districts" ("districts") pursuant to the City's municipal code at Sections 17.39.010 (Happy
Valley Special Standards District).1.88017.39.020 (Placenta Canyon Special Standards
District 1:7.16.090and 17.39.030 (Sand Canyon Special Standards District) and '� 17.16-r00, and as
may be added to the City code by amendment process, due to their unique characteristics require a
different set of standards for newsracks as provided below.
EXHIBIT G
OF ORDINANCE NO. 13 -
NEGATIVE DECLARATION / INITIAL STUDY
CITY OF SANTA CLARITA
NEGATIVE DECLARATION
[X] Proposed [] Final
MASTER CASE NO:
Master Case 13-009
PERMIT/PROJECT
NAME:
Unified Development Code Amendment 13-001 and Zone Change 13-001
APPLICANT:
City of Santa Clarita
23920 Valencia Boulevard, Suite 302
Valencia, CA 91355
LOCATION OF THE
PROJECT:
Citywide
DESCRIPTION OF
T14E PROJECT: The proposed update to the UDC is a comprehensive update of the entire Code
document, preserving the character of the City of Santa Clarita, while bringing the regulating Code up to the standards of the
new General Plan. The new General Plan was based on the principles of the New Urbanism to create a mix of uses throughout
the City, facilitate the pedestrian connectivity in the City, along with achieving a ratio of two (2) jobs to each housing unit in
the City. This would enable residential developments to create pockets of commercial services in close proximity, while
enabling commercial development to incorporate residential uses where appropriate. The synergy created by mixing uses
serves to shorten vehicle trips, reducing vehicle miles traveled, encouraging alternative transportation modes, and thus
reducing greenhouse gas emissions in the City. The UDC weaves these strategies into the implementing Code language in
accordance with the goals and objectives of the General Plan.
Based on the information contained in the Initial Study prepared for this project, and pursuant to the requirements of Section
15070 of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), the City of Santa Clarita
[X] City Council [ ] Planning Commission [ ] Director of Planning and Building Services
finds that the project as proposed or revised will have no significant effect upon the environment, and that a Negative
Declaration shall be adopted pursuant to Section 15070 of CEQA.
Mitigation measures for this project
[X] Are Not Required [ ] Are Attached [ ] Are Not Attached
Jeff W. Hogan, AICP
PLANNING MANAGER
Prepared by: Patrick Leciair, Associate Planner
(Signature) (Name/Title)
Approved by: Jeff Hogan, AICP, Planning Manager
(Signature) (Name/Title)
Public Review Period From March 5, 2013 To And] 4, 2013
Public Notice Given On February 26. 2013
[X] Legal Advertisement [ ] Posting of Properties [ ] Written Notice
CERTIFICATION DATE:
5:\CD\UDC Update\EmimmmnUa ft-UDC.doc
M
INITIAL STUDY
CITY OF SANTA CLARITA
Project Title/Master Case Number: Master Case 13-009
Unified Development Code Amendment (UDC 13-001)
Zone Change (ZC 13-001)
Lead Agency name and address: City of Santa Clarita
23920 Valencia Blvd., Suite 302
Santa Clarita, CA 91355
Contact person and phone number: James Chow
Associate Planner
(661)255-4330
Project location: Citywide
Applicant's name and address: City of Santa Clarita
23920 Valencia Blvd., Suite 302
Santa Clarita, CA 91355
General Plan designation: N/A
Zoning: N/A
Description of project and setting: The City of Santa Clarita is updating the Unified
Development Code (UDC or Code) to ensure
consistency with the General Plan, adopted on June 14,
2011. This initial study shall serve as the environmental
analysis in accordance with the California
Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) for the update to
the City's UDC and zoning map. A Program
Environmental Impact Report (EIR) was certified for
the City's General Plan on June 14, 2011. In addition,
the City adopted its Climate Action Plan (CAP) and
CAP Initial Study/Negative Declaration on August 28,
2012. This Initial Study shall tier off of the findings of
the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and shall further
be in compliance with the City's Climate Action Plan to
ensure that the City's greenhouse gas emissions are
reduced in accordance with State Law.
General Plan EIR
This initial study is a tiered document in accordance
with Section 15152(b) of CEQA. In accordance with
this Section, agencies are "encouraged to tier the
environmental analyses which they prepare for separate
but related projects including general plans, zoning
changes, and development projects" in an effort to
avoid "repetitive discussions on the same issues and
focus the later EIR or negative declaration on the actual
issues ripe for decision at each level of environmental
review." The approval of the update to the UDC is
implementing the General Plan by adopting a new Code
and zoning map, consistent with the goals, policies, and
objectives outlined in the General Plan. After a
comprehensive General Plan update, cities are required
to conform their zoning codes to the updated General
Plan in accordance with the State Government Code
Section 65860. Potential environmental impacts were
analyzed by the EIR prepared for the General Plan and
Initial Study/Negative Declaration prepared for the
CAP. The UDC update is consistent with the General
Plan, as required by State law, therefore, the UDC
update will not cause environmental impacts other than
those identified and mitigated by the General Plan EIR
and CAP Initial Study/Negative Declaration. As set
forth in the balance of this document, the proposed
UDC revisions do not result in any environmental
impacts not previously identified and discussed in the
General Plan EIR and CAP Negative Declaration
documents. Further, the incremental effects of this
UDC update do not result in any new significant
cumulative effects on the environment. A copy of the
EIR certified for the General Plan and the Initial
Study/Negative Declaration certified for the CAP is
available for review at the City of Santa Clarita Permit
Center at 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Suite 140, Santa
Clarita, CA 91355.
Proposed Project
The proposed update to the UDC is a comprehensive
update of the entire Code document, preserving the
character of the City of Santa Clarita, while bringing
the regulating Code up to the standards of the new
General Plan. The new General Plan was based on the
principles of the New Urbanism to create a mix of uses
throughout the City, facilitate the pedestrian
connectivity in the City, along with achieving a ratio of
two (2) jobs to each housing unit in the City. This
qO
would enable residential developments to create
pockets of commercial services in close proximity,
while enabling commercial development to incorporate
residential uses where appropriate. The synergy created
by mixing uses serves to shorten vehicle trips, reducing
vehicle miles traveled, encouraging alternative
transportation modes, and thus reducing greenhouse gas
emissions in the City. The UDC weaves these strategies
into the implementing Code language in accordance
with the goals and objectives of the General Plan. The
proposed changes to the Code document are too
extensive to include in this project description, however
a summary of the major changes has been provided to
summarize the changes proposed at this time:
• Updates to the zoning map and updated overlay
zone map to ensure consistency with the
General Plan. The City's General Plan created
new land use designations for both residential
uses, commercial/industrial uses, open space
uses, and for the first time, a mixed use
designation was introduced in the City. This
update will incorporate these changes to the
zoning map, and will further include overlay
zones including the Vehicle Services, Vehicle
Dealer Sales, Movie Ranch, Mobile Home Park,
Mixed Use, and Ridgeline Preservation overlay
zones;
• Amended standards and regulations to
implement the General Plan goals and policies.
The City's General Plan includes new, revised,
and updated goals and policies to ensure the
implementation of the General Plan. The
proposed UDC updates have considered each of
these goals and policies and has incorporated
them to the amended Code language where
applicable;
• A comprehensive update to the Administration
and General Procedures sections of the UDC.
Over the 25 years of the City's UDC, staff has
created new, expanded existing, and deleted
processes and procedures. Some of these
procedures are not as clearly defined and require
clarification. As such, staff has updated the
Administration and General Procedures sections
of the UDC to clarify procedures for obtaining
�I
land use approvals in the City;
• The creation of a new classification system for
Permits and Applications. The current UDC
creates processes for each entitlement, often
duplicating the same process in multiple
entitlements. Staff is proposing to create a
classification system for all entitlement
applications. The proposed classification system
would create seven (7) classes of permits that fit
each of the procedures for the entitlements
outlined in the UDC;
• New numbering and formatting of the UDC.
Based on the reorganization of the UDC, a new
numbering format has been created to clearly
lay out the Divisions, Sections, and Subsections
of the new document;
• Updated residential, commercial/industrial, and
mixed use standards. In the City's 25 years, it
has seen various trends in development, along
with various technological advancements in the
construction industry. The proposed UDC
incorporates these changes into the new Code to
allow for the development of the City into the
future;
• Improvements to make the document more user-
friendly. The UDC has been reviewed for its
ease of use and accessibility for the community
and developers alike. Staff is proposing various
improvements including updated graphics to the
Code that will make it more user-friendly. The
most significant of these improvements includes
the reorganization of the UDC to incorporate the
list of use types, definitions, and parking
standards into one Code section. This will make
it easier for users to identify what land use type
their business is considered, what zone their
business would be allowed to be located in,
what type of entitlement may be required, and
what parking would be required for their
business. Currently, users have to flip back and
forth between three different sections of the
UDC to determine these basic steps of the
development process; and
• New section of the UDC to establish the
creation of corridor plans within the City. In an
21
effort to target various locations in the City that
might benefit from focused planning, or may
benefit from specific or redevelopment
guidelines, staff is proposing to create Corridor
Plans. Each of these plans would comply with
the General Plan and zoning code, but would
have specific development standards that will
guide projects within each of these designated
corridor planning areas. The Lyons Avenue
Corridor is the first planning area that was
identified for the creation of a corridor plan. The
Lyons Corridor Plan is being prepared as part of
Master Case 10-103 and will be evaluated by
separate document under CEQA.
Surrounding land uses: N/A
Other public agencies whose N/A
approval is required:
B
A. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS POTENTIALLY AFFECTED:
The environmental factors checked below would be potentially affected by this project,
involving at least one impact that is a "Potentially Significant Impact' or a "Less than
Significant with Mitigation' as indicated by the checklist on the following napes.
[ ] Aesthetics [
] Agriculture Resources [ ]
Air Quality
[ ] Biological Resources [
] Cultural Resources [ ]
Geology / Soils
[ ] Greenhouse Gas [
] Hazards & Hazardous [ ]
Hydrology / Water
Emissions
Materials
Quality
[ ] Land Use / Planning [
] Mineral Resources [ ]
Noise
[ ] Population / Housing [
] Public Services [ ]
Recreation
Mandatory Findings of
Transportation / Traffic
Utilities / Service Systems
Significance
B. DETERMINATION:
On the basis of this initial evaluation:
[X] I find that the proposed project COULD NOT have a significant effect on the
environment, and a NEGATIVE DECLARATION will be prepared.
[ ] I find that although the proposed project could have a significant effect on the
environment, there will not be a significant effect in this case because revisions in the
project have been made by or agreed to by the project proponent. A MITIGATED
NEGATIVE DECLARATION will be prepared.
[ ] I find that the proposed project MAY have a significant effect on the environment, and an
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT is required.
[ ] I find that the proposed project MAY have a "potentially significant impact' or
"potentially significant unless mitigated" impact on the environment, but at least one
effect 1) has been adequately analyzed in an earlier document pursuant to applicable legal
standards, and 2) has been addressed by mitigation measures based on the earlier analysis
as described on attached sheets. An ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT is required,
but it must analyze only the effects that remain to be addressed.
yq
[ ] I find that although the proposed project could have a significant effect on the
environment, because all potentially significant effects (a) have been analyzed adequately
in an earlier EIR or NEGATIVE DECLARATION pursuant to applicable standards, and
(b) have been avoided or mitigated pursuant to that earlier EIR or NEGATIVE
DECLARATION, including revisions or mitigation measures that are imposed upon the
proposed project, nothing further is required.
Patrick Leclair, Associate Planner Date
Jeff W. Hogan, AICP, Planning Manager Date
X15
C. EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS:
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
I. AESTHETICS - Would the project:
a) Have a substantial adverse effect on a scenic vista? [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
b) Substantially damage scenic resources, including, but [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
not limited to, primary/secondary ridgelines, trees,
rock outcroppings, and historic buildings within a
state scenic highway?
c) Substantially degrade the existing visual character or [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
quality of the site and its surroundings?
d) Create a new source of substantial light or glare that [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
would adversely affect day or nighttime views in the
area?
e) Other [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ]
II. AGRICULTURE AND FOREST RESOURCES — In determining whether impacts to
agricultural resources are significant environmental effects, lead agencies may refer to
the California Agricultural Land Evaluation and Site Assessment Model (1997) prepared
by the California Dept. of Conservation as an optional model to use in assessing impacts
on agriculture and farmland. In determining whether impacts to forest resources,
including timberland, are significant environmental effects, lead agencies may refer to
information compiled by the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection
regarding the state's inventory of forest land, including the Forest and Range Assessment
Project and the Forest Legacy Assessment project; and forest carbon measurement
methodology provided in Forest Protocols adopted by the California Air Resources
Board. Would the project:
a) Convert Prime Farmland, Unique Farmland, or [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
Farmland of Statewide Importance (Farmland), as
shown on the maps prepared pursuant to the
Farmland Mapping and Monitoring Program of the
California Resources Agency, to non-agricultural
use?
I�
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
b) Conflict with existing zoning for agricultural use, or [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
a Williamson Act contract?
c) Conflict with existing zoning for, or cause rezoning
of, forest land (as defined in Public Resources Code
section 12220 (g)), timberland (as defined by Public [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
Resources Code section 4526), or timberland zoned
Timberland Production (as defined by Government
Code section 51104(g))?
d) Result in the loss of forest land or conversion of [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
forest land to non -forest use?
e) Involve other changes in the existing environment [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
which, due to their location or nature, could result in
conversion of Farmland, to non-agricultural use?
III. AIR QUALITY - Where available, the significance criteria established by the applicable
air quality management or air pollution control district may be relied upon to make the
following determinations. Would the project:
a) Conflict with or obstruct implementation of the [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
applicable air quality plan?
b) Violate any air quality standard or contribute [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
substantially to an existing or projected air quality
violation?
c) Result in a cumulatively considerable net increase of [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
any criteria pollutant for
which the project region is non -attainment under an
applicable federal or state ambient air quality
standard (including releasing emissions that exceed
quantitative thresholds for ozone precursors)?
d) Expose sensitive receptors to substantial pollutant [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
concentrations?
e) Create objectionable odors affecting a substantial [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
number of people?
11
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
f) Other [ ]
IV. BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES — Would the
project:
a) Have a substantial adverse effect, either directly or [ ]
through habitat modifications, on any species
identified as a candidate, sensitive, or special status
species in local or regional plans, policies, or
regulations, or by the California Department of Fish
and Game or U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service?
b) Have a substantial adverse effect on any riparian [ ]
habitat or other sensitive natural community
identified in local or regional plans, policies,
regulations or by the California Department of Fish
and Game or US Fish and Wildlife Service?
c) Have a substantial adverse effect on federally [ ]
protected wetlands as defined by Section 404 of the
Clean Water Act (including, but not limited to,
marsh, vernal pool, coastal, etc.) through direct
removal, filling, hydrological interruption, or other
means?
d) Interfere substantially with the movement of any [ ]
native resident or migratory fish or wildlife species
or with established native resident or migratory
wildlife corridors, or impede the use of native
wildlife nursery sites?
e) Conflict with any local policies or ordinances [ ]
protecting biological resources, such as a tree
preservation policy or ordinance? Oak trees?
f) Conflict with the provisions of an adopted Habitat [ ]
Conservation Plan, Natural Community
Conservation Plan, or other approved local, regional,
or state habitat conservation plan?
[X]
[X]
[X]
[X]
[X]
[X]
TH
g) Affect a Significant Ecological Area (SEA) or
Significant Natural Area (SNA) as identified on the
City of Santa Clarita ESA Delineation Map?
h) Other
V. CULTURAL RESOURCES - Would the project:
a) Cause a substantial adverse change in the
significance of a historical resource as defined in
'15064.5?
b) Cause a substantial adverse change in the
significance of an archaeological resource pursuant
to 115064.5?
c) Directly or indirectly destroy or impact a unique
paleontological resource or site or unique geologic
feature?
d) Disturb any human remains, including those interred
outside of formal cemeteries?
e) Other
VI. GEOLOGY AND SOILS - Would the project:
a) Expose people or structures to potential substantial
adverse effects, including the risk of loss, injury, or
death involving:
i) Rupture of a known earthquake fault, as
delineated on the most recent Alquist-Priolo
Earthquake Fault Zoning Map issued by the
State Geologist for the area or based on other
substantial evidence of a known fault? Refer to
Division of Mines and Geology Special
Publication 42.
ii) Strong seismic ground shaking?
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
[] Cl [j [Xj
[j 11 [] [X]
[] [] 11 [Xl
[] [j [j [X]
H [] H [Xj
[] [j [] [Xj
[j [j U [Xj
V4
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
iii) Seismic -related ground failure, including [ j [] [] [X]
liquefaction?
iv) Landslides?
b) Result in substantial wind or water soil erosion or the
loss of topsoil, either on or off site?
c) Be located on a geologic unit or soil that is unstable,
or that would become unstable as a result of the
project, and potentially result in on- or off-site
landslide, lateral spreading, subsidence, liquefaction
or collapse?
d) Be located on expansive soil, as defined in Table 18-
1-13 of the Uniform Building Code (1997), creating
substantial risks to life or property?
e) Have soils incapable of adequately supporting the
use of septic tanks or alternative wastewater disposal
systems where sewers are not available for the
disposal of wastewater?
f) Change in topography or ground surface relief
features?
g) Earth movement (cut and/or fill) of 10,000 cubic
yards or more?
h) Development and/or grading on a slope greater than
10% natural grade?
i) The destruction, covering or modification of any
unique geologic or physical feature?
j) Other
[l [j H [Xl
[] H [j [Xj
[] [l [] [X]
VII. GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS- Would the project:
[Xj
[Xj
50
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
a) Generate greenhouse gas emissions, either directly
or indirectly, that may have a significant impact on [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
the environment?
b) Conflict with an applicable plan, policy or
regulation adopted for the purpose of reducing the [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
emissions of greenhouse gasses?
VIII. HAZARDS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS - Would the project:
a) Create a significant hazard to the public or the [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
environment through the routine transport, use, or
disposal of hazardous materials?
b) Create a significant hazard to the public or the [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
environment through reasonably foreseeable upset
and accident conditions involving explosion or the
release of hazardous materials into the environment
(including, but not limited to oil, pesticides,
chemicals, fuels, or radiation)?
c) Emit hazardous emissions or handle hazardous or [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
acutely hazardous materials, substances, or waste
within one-quarter mile of an existing or proposed
school?
d) Be located on a site which is included on a list of [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
hazardous materials sites compiled pursuant to
Government Code Section 65962.5 and, as a result,
would it create a significant hazard to the public or
the environment?
e) For a project located within an airport land use plan [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
or, where such a plan has not been adopted, within
two miles of a public airport or public use airport,
would the project result in a safety hazard for people
residing or working in the project area?
f) For a project within the vicinity of a private airstrip, [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
would the project result in a safety hazard for people
residing or working in the project area?
51
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
g) Impair implementation of or physically interfere with [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
an adopted emergency response plan or emergency
evacuation plan?
h) Expose people or structures to a significant risk of [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
loss, injury or death involving wildland fires,
including where wildlands are adjacent to urbanized
areas or where residences are intermixed with
wildlands?
i) Exposure of people to existing sources of potential [ ] [ ] [ ] IN
health hazards (e.g. electrical transmission lines, gas
lines, oil pipelines)?
j)Other I I I I
IX. HYDROLOGY AND WATER QUALITY - Would the project:
a) Violate any water quality standards or waste [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
discharge requirements?
b) Substantially deplete groundwater supplies or [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
interfere substantially with groundwater recharge
such that there would be a net deficit in aquifer
volume or a lowering of the local groundwater table
level (e.g., the production rate of pre-existing nearby
wells would drop to a level which would not support
existing land uses or planned uses for which permits
have been granted)?
c) Substantially alter the existing drainage pattern of the [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
site or area, including through the alteration of the
course of a stream or river, in a manner which would
result in substantial erosion or siltation on- or off-
site?
52_
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
d) Substantially alter the existing drainage pattern of the [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
site or area, including through the alteration of the
course of a stream or river, or substantially increase
the rate or amount of surface runoff in a manner
which would result in flooding on- or off-site?
e) Create or contribute runoff water which would [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
exceed the capacity of existing or planned
stormwater drainage systems or provide substantial
additional sources of polluted runoff?
f) Otherwise substantially degrade water quality? [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
g) Place housing within a 100 -year flood hazard area as [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
mapped on a federal Flood Hazard Boundary or
Flood Insurance Rate Map or other flood hazard
delineation map?
h) Place within a 100 -year flood hazard area structures [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
which would impede or redirect flood flows?
i) Expose people or structures to a significant risk of [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
loss, injury or death involving flooding, including
flooding as a result of the failure of a levee or dam?
j) Inundation by seiche, tsunami, or mudflow? [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
k) Changes in the rate of flow, currents, or the course [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
and direction of surface water and/or groundwater?
1) Other modification of a wash, channel creek or river? [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
1) Impact Stormwater Management in any of the
following ways:
i) Potential impact of project construction and [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
project post -construction activity on storm water
runoff?
53
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
ii) Potential discharges from areas for materials [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
storage, vehicle or equipment fueling, vehicle or
equipment maintenance (including washing), waste
handling, hazardous materials handling or storage,
delivery areas or loading docks, or other outdoor
work areas?
iii) Significant environmentally harmful increase in [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
the flow velocity or volume of storm water runoff?
iv) Significant and environmentally harmful [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
increases in erosion of the project site or
surrounding areas?
v) Storm water discharges that would significantly [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
impair or contribute to the impairment of the
beneficial uses of receiving waters or areas that
provide water quality benefits (e.g. riparian
corridors, wetlands, etc.)
A Cause harm to the biological integrity of drainage [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
systems, watersheds, and/or water bodies?
vii) Does the proposed project include provisions [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
for the separation, recycling, and reuse of materials
both during construction and after project
occupancy?
X. LAND USE AND PLANNING - Would the
project:
a) Disrupt or physically divide an established [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
community (including a low-income or minority
community)?
5�
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
b) Conflict with any applicable land use plan, policy, or [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
regulation of an agency with jurisdiction over the
project (including, but not limited to the general
plan, specific plan, local coastal program, or zoning
ordinance) adopted for the purpose of avoiding or
mitigating an environmental effect?
c) Conflict with any applicable habitat conservation [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
plan, natural community conservation plan, and/or
policies by agencies with jurisdiction over the
project?
XI. NUNERAL AND ENERGY RESOURCES - Would the
project:
a) Result in the loss of availability of a known mineral [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
resource that would be of value to the region and the
residents of the state?
b) Result in the loss of availability of a locally [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
important mineral resource recovery site delineated
on a local general plan, specific plan or other land
use plan?
c) Use nonrenewable resources in a wasteful and [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
inefficient manner?
XII. NOISE - Would the project result in:
a) Exposure of persons to or generation of noise levels [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
in excess of standards established in the local general
plan or noise ordinance, or applicable standards of
other agencies?
b) Exposure of persons to or generation of excessive [] [] I [X]
groundborne vibration or groundbome noise levels?
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
c) A substantial permanent increase in ambient noise [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
levels in the project vicinity above levels existing
without the project?
d) A substantial temporary or periodic increase in [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
ambient noise levels in the project vicinity above
levels existing without the project?
e) For a project located within an airport land use plan [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
or, where such a plan has not been adopted, within
two miles of a public airport or public use airport,
would the project expose people residing or working
in the project area to excessive noise levels?
f) For a project within the vicinity of a private airstrip, [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
would the project expose people residing or working
in the project area to excessive noise levels?
XIII. POPULATION AND HOUSING - Would the project:
a) Induce substantial population growth in an area, [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
either directly (for example, by proposing new
homes and businesses) or indirectly (for example,
through extension of roads or other infrastructure)?
b) Displace substantial numbers of existing housing, [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
necessitating the construction of replacement
housing elsewhere (especially affordable housing)?
c) Displace substantial numbers of people, necessitating [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
the construction of replacement housing elsewhere?
XIV. PUBLIC SERVICES - Would the project
result in:
5l0
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
a) Substantial adverse physical impacts associated with
the provision of new or physically altered
governmental facilities, need for new or physically
altered governmental facilities, the construction of
which could cause significant environmental
impacts, in order to maintain acceptable service
ratios, response times or other performance
objectives for any of the public services:
i) Fire protection? [ ]
ii) Police protection? [ ]
iii) Schools? [ ]
iv) Parks? [ ]
XV. RECREATION - Would the project:
a) Increase the use of existing neighborhood and [ ]
regional parks or other recreational facilities such
that substantial physical deterioration of the facility
would occur or be accelerated?
b) Include recreational facilities or require the [ ]
construction or expansion of recreational facilities
which might have an adverse physical effect on the
environment?
XVI. TRANSPORTATION/TRAFFIC - Would the project:
0
[tal
5`l
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
a) Conflict with an applicable pian, ordinance or policy [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
establishing measures of effectiveness for the
performance of the circulation system, taking into
account all modes of transportation including mass
transit and non -motorized travel and relevant
components of the circulation system, including but
not limited to intersections, streets, highways and
freeways, pedestrian and bicycle paths, and mass
transit?
b) Conflict with an applicable congestion management [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
program, including, but not limited to level of
service standard and travel demand measures, or
other standards established by the county congestion
management agency for designated roads or
highways?
c) Result in a change in air traffic patterns, including [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
either an increase in traffic levels or a change in
location that results in substantial safety risks?
d) Substantially increase hazards due to a design feature [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
(e.g., sharp curves or dangerous intersections) or
incompatible uses (e.g., farm equipment)?
e) Result in inadequate emergency access? [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
f) Conflict with adopted policies, plans, or programs [ ] [ ] [ ] IN
regarding public transit, bicycle, or pedestrian
facilities, or otherwise decrease the performance or
safety of such facilities?
g) Hazards or barriers for pedestrians or bicyclists? [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
XVI. UTILITIES AND SERVICE SYSTEMS - Would the project:
a) Exceed wastewater treatment requirements of the [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
applicable Regional Water Quality Control Board?
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
b) Require or result in the construction of new water or [ ]
wastewater treatment facilities or expansion of
existing facilities, the construction of which could
cause significant environmental effects?
c) Require or result in the construction of new storm [ ]
water drainage facilities or expansion of existing
facilities, the construction of which could cause
significant environmental effects?
d) Have sufficient water supplies available to serve the [ ]
project from existing entitlements and resources, or
are new or expanded entitlements needed?
e) Result in a determination by the wastewater [ ]
treatment provider which serves or may serve the
project that it has adequate capacity to serve the
project's projected demand in addition to the
provider's existing commitments?
f) Be served by a landfill with sufficient permitted [ ]
capacity to accommodate the project's solid waste
disposal needs?
g) Comply with federal, state, and local statutes and
regulations related to solid waste?
XVII. MANDATORY FINDINGS OF SIGNIFICANCE:
a) Does the project have the potential to degrade the
quality of the environment, substantially reduce the
habitat of a fish or wildlife species, cause a fish or
wildlife population to drop below self-sustaining
levels, threaten to eliminate a plant or animal
community, reduce the number or restrict the range
of a rare or endangered plant or animal or eliminate
important examples of the major periods of
California history or prehistory?
[] [] [X]
[] [] [X]
M
Potentially Less Than Less Than No
Significant Significant Significant Impact
Impact with Impact
Mitigation
b) Does the project have impacts that are individually [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
limited, but cumulatively considerable?
("Cumulatively
considerable" means that the incremental effects of a
project are considerable when viewed in connection
with the effects of past projects, the effects of other
current projects, and the effects of probable future
projects)?
c) Does the project have environmental effects which [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
will cause substantial adverse effects on human
beings, either directly or indirectly?
XVII. DEPARTMENT OF FISH AND GAME`DE MINIMUS' FINDING
a) Will the project have an adverse effect either [ ] [ ] [ ] [X]
individually or cumulatively, on fish and wildlife
resources? Wildlife shall be defined for the purpose
of this question as "all wild animals, birds, plants,
fish, amphibians, and related ecological
communities, including the habitat upon which the
wildlife depends for it's continued viability."
/I
D. DISCUSSION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND/OR EARLIER ANALYSIS:
Section and Subsections I Evaluation of Impacts
I. AESTHETICS a. -d.) No Impact: The City of Santa Clarita is located within
Southern California's Santa Clarita Valley, which is bound by the
San Gabriel Mountains to the south and east, the Santa Susana
Mountains to the southwest, and the mountains of the Los Padres and
Angeles National Forests to the north. The surrounding natural
mountains and ridgelines, some of which extend into the City,
provide a visual backdrop for much of the City. Other scenic
resources within or visible from the City include the Santa Clara
River corridor, forested/vegetated land, and a variety of canyons and
natural drainages in portions of the City.
The City's General Plan was adopted in June 14, 2011, and included
the certification of an Environmental Impact Report (EIR) addressing
the possible environmental impacts associated with the
implementation of the General Plan. This Initial Study is for the
amendments to the UDC to bring the Code into compliance with the
adopted General Plan. Section 3.6 of the General Plan analyzed the
potential impacts to aesthetics. The EIR determined that all impacts
relating to aesthetics were anticipated to be less than significant with
the buildout of the General Plan and no mitigation measures were
required for aesthetics. The proposed changes to the Code have been
prepared to implement the goals and policies of the General Plan, and
further designed to limit any impacts to aesthetics in the City. As
discussed, the proposed changes include a reorganization of the Code
to make the Code more user-friendly, updates to clarify the
application processes and procedures for land use entitlements, as
well as updates to the residential, commercial/industrial, and mixed
use development standards to keep up with the trends in planning as
well as to keep consistent with the General Plan.
Ridgeline and Oak Trees
The proposed changes to the UDC do not impact scenic resources in
the City including oak trees and protected ridgelines. The oak and
ridgeline/hillside sections remain substantially in tact with minor
alterations to address procedural clarifications and minor consistency
changes in these sections to address the formatting changes of the
new Code. The City's General Plan Policies LU 6.1.1 and CO 2.2.3
seek to preserve designated ridgelines stated in both the Land Use
and Conservation Elements to "Preserve designated natural ridgelines
from development by ensuring a minimum distance for grading and
development from these ridgelines of 50 feet or more if determined
W
appropriate by the reviewing authority based on site conditions, to
maintain the Santa Clarita Valley's distinctive community character
and preserve the scenic setting." To implement this policy, staff is
recommending that the RPO be redefined as the top 100 feet of any
General Plan -designated ridgeline measured both vertically from the
peak, as well as horizontally from the peak. Any proposed
development within either of these measurements will be subject to a
Ridgeline Alteration Permit, subject to the approval of the City
Council. All future projects impacting a ridgeline will therefore be
required to conduct additional environmental review to determine the
impacts, if any, to the environment as a result of the proposed
development. This modification to the Code will implement the
General Plan and will further ensure that there will be no significant
impact to ridgelines in the City.
Landscape and Lighting
New Code sections are proposed with respect to landscape and
lighting. The existing UDC contains code language dispersed
throughout the UDC that address landscape and lighting
requirements. The proposed Code consolidates each of the lighting
and landscape requirements in their own sections of the Code. In
addition, the City's standard practices/guidelines have been
incorporated into these sections. The landscape section of the
proposed UDC has been further updated to include language to
reduce the use of water for landscape areas in accordance with the
California Assembly Bill AB 1881.
As identified in the General Plan EIR, implementation of the General
Plan would introduce new sources of light and glare in the City that
could have a significant impact if not addressed. The General Plan
includes Policies CO 3.6.1, 8.2.4 and 8.3.9 of the Conservation and
Open Space Element to address lighting.
As stated above, the proposed changes to the UDC consolidate the
lighting standards in one section of the Code. The UDC currently
requires that lighting be directed down and shielded from
neighboring properties. However, the proposed lighting section of the
UDC now incorporates additional parameters for the use of outdoor
lighting, limiting the use of lighting other than security lighting after
10:00 p.m. The introduction of these standards will implement the
Policies of the General Plan ensuring that there will be no further
impact to lighting as a result of the proposed amendments to the
UDC.
The proposed Code changes include a reorganization of the Code
document to make it more user-friendly, with additional changes to
�3
implement the General Plan. Based on the amendments proposed to
the UDC that address aesthetics and scenic resources, impacts as a
result of the Code changes are consistent with the General Plan and
are not anticipated to have any further impact to the environment than
what has been previously considered under CEQA. At the time future
development projects are submitted to the City, they would be
required to comply with CEQA and prepare an analysis of the
projects potential impacts relating to aesthetics and the City's UDC
and General Plan in place at that time.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
changes proposed to the UDC at this time, no impact to aesthetics is
anticipated and no further analysis is required.
II. AGRICULTURE
a.-e.) No Impact — The proposed amendments to the UDC will not
RESOURCES
affect any farmland identified by the California Resources Agency,
farmland designated under a Williamson Act Contract, and will not
convert any farmland to non-agricultural use. Further, the
amendments will not impact any forest lands, or any timberland
zoned Timberland Production by the Government Code Section
51104(g). The EIR prepared for the General Plan analyzes the
potential impacts to agriculture resources in Section 3.5 of the EIR.
The EIR identifies there would be a significant impact to Important
Farmlands due to areas in the City's Sphere of Influence being
converted to Urban Land Use designations. No mitigation measures
were required and a Statement of Overriding Considerations (SOC)
was adopted for agriculture resources. However, none of the
Important Farmland areas identified in the EIR are located within the
City's boundary, or its recently annexed areas, and will therefore not
be subject to the proposed Code. Should any important farmland
areas be annexed to the City and considered for development, further
analysis under CEQA would need to be completed. However, no
resources are located within the City's jurisdiction and will therefore
be no impacts to agriculture resources.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
changes proposed to the UDC at this time, no impact to agricultural,
farmland, or forest resources is anticipated and no further analysis is
required.
III. AIR QUALITY
a.-e.) No Impact: The City of Santa Clarita is within the South
Coast Air Basin (SCAB), which is bounded by the San Gabriel, San
Bernardino, and San Jacinto Mountains to the north and east, and the
Pacific Ocean to the south and west. The air quality in the SCAB is
managed by the South Coast Air Quality Management District
SCAQMD .
�3
The SCAB has a history of recorded air quality violations and is an
area where both state and federal ambient air quality standards are
exceeded. Because of the violations of the California Ambient Air
Quality Standards (CAAQS), the California Clean Air Act requires
triennial preparation of an Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP).
The AQMP analyzes air quality on a regional level and identifies
region -wide attenuation methods to achieve the air quality standards.
These region -wide attenuation methods include regulations for
stationary -source polluters; facilitation of new transportation
technologies, such as low -emission vehicles; and capital
improvements, such as park-and-ride facilities and public transit
improvements.
The most recently adopted plan is the 2007 AQMP, adopted on June
1, 2007. This plan is the South Coast Air Basin's portion of the State
Implementation Plan (SIP). This plan is designed to implement the
California Clean Air Act an in turn implement the Federal Clean Air
Act administered by the EPA. The AQMP accommodates population
growth and transportation projections based on the predictions made
by the Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG).
Thus, projects that are consistent with employment and population
forecasts are consistent with the AQMD.
The proposed amendments to the UDC will not alter any of the
aforementioned measures directly in that the proposed amendments
will address the implementation of the General Plan. Modifications to
the Code are proposed that would reformat the text of the Code to
make it more user-friendly, as well as creating new sections of the
Code to address land uses to provide for a mix of uses throughout the
City, reducing the number and length of vehicle trips in the City. The
EIR prepared for the General Plan discusses air quality impacts in
Section 3.3 of the EIR. The EIR identifies that there would be
impacts to air quality that require mitigation for both construction -
related and operations -related air quality. The EIR proposes the
implementation of mitigation measures 3.3-1 to 3.3-9 to mitigate any
potential air quality impacts associated with the implementation of
the General Plan. Impacts included both construction -related and
operations -related impacts a result of possible grading, odors, and
emissions related to residential and commercial operations. The
General Plan EIR determined that with the implementation of these
mitigation measures, the impacts to air quality will likely be
significant and unavoidable and an SOC was adopted for air quality.
However, since the proposed amendments to the UDC are
implementing the General Plan, no further mitigation would be
required for the proposed amendments to the UDC. Future projects
0
developed under the proposed Code amendments would be subject to
appropriate CEQA analysis to determine impacts, if any, to air
quality to ensure compliance with the General Plan and the required
mitigation measures established in the General Plan EIR.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
proposed amendments to the UDC, no further impact to air quality is
anticipated with the proposed amendments and no further analysis is
required.
IV. BIOLOGICAL a. -g.) No Impact — The proposed amendments to the UDC, in and of
RESOURCES themselves do not include the modification of any habitat and would
not otherwise affect any candidate, sensitive or special status species
identified by the Department of Fish and Game or the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service. Further, the proposed UDC amendments will not
have any direct adverse impact on any riparian habitat, wetlands as
defined by Section 404 of the Clean Water Act. The proposed UDC
amendments are being established to implement the General Plan,
including a number of changes addressing formatting of the
document itself, changes to make the document more user-friendly,
and further amendments to codify processes and procedures that are
either new, or unclear. The implementation of projects within the
General Plan area, or associated with the implementation of the
zoning map or the Code itself, have the potential to impact biological
species on a project by project basis. Further, the amendments to the
UDC include an update to the Significant Ecological Area (SEA)
overlay map to reflect the SEA areas identified in the General Plan.
The Code will further include language that will require additional
biological studies for all development within an SEA.
The EIR prepared for the General Plan analyzes the potential impacts
to biological resources in section 3.7 of the EIR. The EIR identifies
that potential impacts related to biological resources would exist as a
result of the implementation of the General Plan including impacts to
special status species of flora and fauna, impacts to possible
"blueline" streams, and possible impacts to conservation plans in the
City. However, the extent of these potential impacts cannot be
identified at this time and will require further analysis on a project by
project basis. The General Plan incorporated mitigation measures
MM 3.7-1 to MM 3.7-3 to address the possible impacts to biological
resources. However, these mitigation measures are not anticipated to
address the potential impacts to biological resources and an SOC was
adopted for biological resources.
The changes proposed at this time are regulatory in nature and are not
development specific. The mitigation measures identified in the
6-5
General Plan will address project specific impacts requiring
additional studies at the time development is proposed in the City.
However, the proposed changes to the UDC at this time reorganize
the UDC to make it more user-friendly and further implement the
General Plan.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, the
proposed UDC amendments are not anticipated to have an impact to
biological resources and no further analysis is required.
V. CULTURAL a. -d.) No Impact — The General Plan identifies resources of historic
RESOURCES significance to the City of Santa Clarita, as well as resources that
have historical significance to the State of California. To further
protect these resources, as well as provide for regulations for the
treatment of historical structures in the City, the City Council has
adopted a Historic Preservation Ordinance on January 8, 2013. The
proposed amendments to the UDC will include this recently adopted
ordinance, as approved by the City Council. Further impacts
associated with historical resources have been considered in the EIR
prepared for the General Plan. As the implementing document of the
General Plan, the proposed UDC amendments must comply with the
recommendations of the EIR prepared for the General Plan.
The proposed amendments to the UDC will not have any further
impact on cultural resources in the City of Santa Clarita as they will
not alter any unique geological feature, paleontological resource, any
human remains or affect any historical or archeological resource. The
EIR prepared for the General Plan analyzed potential impacts to
cultural resources in Section 3.8 of the EIR. The EIR determined that
mitigation measures MM 3.8-1 to 3.8-7 would be necessary to
address any possible impacts to cultural resources. These measures
require further studies on a project specific basis will be required to
determine if any possible cultural resources or unique paleontological
resources exist on a.project site. Should any resources be identified in
any future studies or found during any construction activities, the
proper authorities would be notified to ensure that the proper
measures are taken to preserve all identified resources. With the
incorporation of the above mitigation measures, the General Plan EIR
determined that all impacts would be reduced to a less than
significant level.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
proposed amendments to the UDC, no further impact to
archeological, historical, or cultural resource would be caused by the
proposed UDC amendments and no further analysis is required.
VI. GEOLOGY AND a. -i.) No Impact — Southern California has numerous active and
SOILS potentially active faults that could affect the City. As stated in the
City's General Plan, the City is susceptible to geologic hazards in the
event of a major earthquake (magnitude 8.3) along the San Andreas
Fault. This could result in ground failure and liquefaction. However,
the proposed amendments to the UDC would not change the
requirements of future development to follow all state and City
building codes/regulations. The proposed amendments will
implement the General Plan by establishing a zoning code to guide
future development in the City. Although no construction is proposed
at this time, any future construction would be required to address the
geologic and/or soils conditions on their project site prior to the
issuance of any permits on the project site. The changes to the UDC
proposed at this time are regulatory in nature to reorganize the Code
to make it more user-friendly and to further implement the General
Plan. The EIR prepared for the General Plan analyzed the possible
impacts to geology and soils in Section 3.9 of the EIR. Mitigation
measures MM 3.9-1 to MM 3.9-9 were identified and are anticipated
to reduce any impacts associated with future development to less than
significant impacts.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
proposed amendments to the UDC, no further impact related to
geology and soils is anticipated and no further analysis is required.
VII. GREENHOUSE a. -b.) No Impact — "Greenhouse gases" (so called because of their
GAS EMISSIONS role in trapping heat near the surface of the earth) emitted by human
activity are implicated in global climate change, commonly referred
to as "global warming." These greenhouse gases contribute to an
increase in the temperature of the earth's atmosphere. The principal
greenhouse gases (GHGs) include carbon dioxide (CO2), methane,
and nitrous oxide. Collectively GHGs are measured as carbon
dioxide equivalent (CO2e).
Fossil fuel consumption in the transportation sector (on -road motor
vehicles, off-highway mobile sources, and aircraft) is the single
largest source of GHG emissions, accounting for approximately half
of GHG emissions globally. Industrial and commercial sources are
the second largest contributors of GHG emissions with about one-
fourth of total emissions.
California has passed several bills and the Governor has signed at
least three executive orders regarding greenhouse gases. GHG
statues and executive orders (EO) include Assembly Bill (AB) 32,
Senate Bill (SB) 1368, Executive Order (EO) S-03-05, EO S-20-06
and EO S-01-07.
0
AB 32, the California Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006, is one
of the most significant pieces of environmental legislation that
California has adopted. Among other things, it is designed to
maintain California's reputation as a "national and international
leader on energy conservation and environmental stewardship."
Most notably AB 32 mandates that by 2020, California's GHG
emissions be reduced to 1990 levels.
The EIR prepared for the General Plan analyzed the impacts related
to global climate change in Section 3.4 of the General Plan EIR. The
analysis in the General Plan EIR determined that mitigation measures
MM 3.4-1 to MM 3.4-16 were required to reduce impacts to global
climate change. With these mitigation measures, the impacts to
global climate change were considered to be significant and a
Statement of Overriding Considerations was adopted related to global
climate change. However, Policy C08.1.1 of the Conservation
Element of the General Plan required that a Climate action Plan
(CAP) be adopted within 18 months of the certification of the City's
General Plan to ensure that the City will be able to achieve
California's State -mandated targets to reduce greenhouse gas
emissions to 1990 levels by 2020. On August 28, 2012, the City of
Santa Clarita adopted a Climate Action Plan (CAP) in compliance
with the General Plan policy. The CAP used the baseline year of
2005 in comparison to the impacts associated with the General Plan
land use designations to establish the mitigation measures required to
reduce the greenhouse gas emissions. The CAP determined that
projects in compliance with the General Plan are consistent with the
CAP. The proposed UDC amendments would bring the Code into
compliance with the General Plan and therefore would be in
compliance with the CAP.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, the CAP
prepared for the City, and the proposed amendments, no further
impact related to greenhouse gas emissions is anticipated and no
further analysis is required.
VIII. HAZARDS AND a. -i.) No Impact — The proposed amendments to the UDC would not
HAZARDOUS directly expose people to health hazards or hazardous materials,
MATERIALS interfere with any emergency response plans, or any land use within
2 miles of an airport, airfield, or otherwise impact any airport land
use plan. The proposed amendments to the Unified Development
Code will reorganize the Code document to make it more user-
friendly and will further implement the goals and policies of the
General Plan. The General Plan EIR analyzed the impacts to hazards
and hazardous material in Section 3.11 of the EIR, finding that no
E
mitigation measures related to hazards or hazardous materials were
required.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
proposed amendments to the UDC, no further impact related to
hazards and hazardous materials is anticipated and no finther analysis
is required.
IX. HYDROLOGY a.-1.) No Impact — The City of Santa Clarita has an interconnected
AND WATER system of waterways that lead to the Santa Clara River. Development
QUALITY in the City is required to reduce the alteration of flows, impeding
flows, and further changing flows of water that would impact
properties and resources both up and/or down -stream. Prior to the
installation of any improvements, developers must demonstrate that
the improvements will not have an impact on the path or velocity of
water flow off of the site. Further, development in the City must
comply with the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES) having the responsibility to ensure that water is properly
treated prior to leaving a project site and discharging into any
stormwater drainage facility. The proposed amendments to the UDC
are not changing any development standards that would impact these
requirements.
The EIR for the General Plan evaluated the potential impacts to
hydrology and water quality in Section 3.12 of the EIR. The EIR
determined that there could be impacts associated with hydrology and
water quality, and required that mitigation measures MM 3.12-1 to
MM 3.12-5 be incorporated to mitigate all potential impacts. With
these mitigation measures, all impacts would be reduced to less than
significant levels, requiring all development to demonstrate
compliance with the NPDES standards prior to the issuance of any
permits for development on a project site. Further, prior to any
permits, development would also be required to demonstrate that
there would be no impact to any floodway, water way, or other
drainage course as a result of the proposed project.
The proposed amendments are regulatory in nature and are not
anticipated to change any of these standards as they currently exist in
the UDC or in the Municipal Code of the City of Santa Clarita. The
amendments will not result in direct impacts on hydrology and water
quality. Further, the proposed amendments are not anticipated to
impact any 100 -year flood hazard area, tsunami, drainage pattern, or
runoff of Stormwater Management systems. Any construction related
activity within the City would comply with the zoning codes in place
at the time that revisions are requested, including any additional
CEQA review if required.
p
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
proposed amendments to the UDC, no further impact to hydrology
and water quality is anticipated and no further analysis is required.
X. LAND USE AND
a.-c.) No Impact — No established community would be disrupted or
PLANNING
physically divided due to the proposed amendments, and therefore,
no impact is anticipated.
The proposed amendments to the UDC are to implement the
implement the General Plan adopted by the City on June 14, 2011. As
described above, the proposed changes will include a number of
modifications including reformatting the Code to be more user-
friendly, clearly identifying application procedures for entitlement
applications, updating the zoning map to be consistent with the new
General Plan designations, as well as updates to the Code to
implement the General Plan Goals and Policies. The General Plan
seeks to maintain the existing character of developed neighborhoods,
villages, and communities, while encouraging infill development and
maintaining a jobs to housing balance of 2:1. This Code is the
implementing tool to achieve the objectives of the General Plan as it
will serve as the regulatory framework for future development in the
City. The EIR prepared for the General Plan comprehensively
analyzes the Goals and Policies of the Land Use Element of the
General Plan in section 3.1 of the EIR. Implementation of the Goals
and Policies of the General Plan were identified as the mitigation
measures associated with Land Use and Planning. With the
implementation of the Goals and Policies of the General Plan all
potential impacts related to land use and planning would be reduced
to less than significant levels.
The proposed amendments do not affect current City standards
regarding habitat conservation plans, natural community preservation
plans, and/ or the policies of agencies with jurisdiction over resources
and resource areas within the City since no development is proposed
at this time. All future development would be subject to the
standards and regulations established by the City at the time
development is proposed.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
proposed amendments to the UDC, no further impact to land use and
planning is anticipated and no further analysis is required.
XI. MINERAL AND
a.-c.) No Impact — Gold mining and oil production historically have
ENERGY
been the principal mineral extraction activities in and around the
RESOURCES
Santa Clarita Valley. Other minerals found in the planning area
include construction aggregate, titanium, and tuff. Mineral resources
and extraction areas are shown in Exhibit CO -2 of the City's General
Plan. The proposed UDC amendment is not expected to affect
mineral resources in the City as the proposed amendments include
the Mineral Oil Conservation Area (MOCA) overlay zone. One area
is proposed for expansion of the MOCA overlay zone for the
property controlled by The Gas Company at the northwest corner of
Newhall Ranch Road and Aurora Drive. The Gas Company has
historically extracted oil in this area as a part of operations and
anticipates that this would continue into the future. Allowing the
MOCA overlay in this area will provide a permit process for the
expansion of new wells in this area. However, this expansion will not
permit any additional wells or extraction at this time. Should any oil
extraction be expanded or introduced in this area beyond the existing
operations, additional review under CEQA will be required to
determine if any project specific impacts exist. The EIR prepared for
the General Plan evaluates the impacts to mineral and energy
resources in Section 3.10 of the EIR. The EIR did not identify the
need for any mitigation measures as all impacts were anticipated to
be less than significant relating to mineral and energy resources.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
proposed amendments to the UDC, no further impact to mineral and
energy resources is anticipated and no further analysis is required.
XII. NOISE a. -i) No Impact — The proposed amendments to the UDC will not
expose persons to the generation of a significant increase in noise
levels, groundborne vibration, or increase ambient noise The
proposed amendments to the Unified Development Code address
various clean-up items, the reorganization of the Code into a user-
friendly document, and implementation of the General Plan as
approved by the City Council. The UDC amendment, does not
propose any development and therefore, there would not be a direct
impact to noise levels in the city. The proposed amendments do not
remove any noise -related regulations and would not foreseeably lead
to a change in the generation of noise at this time. The EIR prepared
for the General Plan determined that the impacts associated with
construction and operational related noise impacts will be significant
an unavoidable, even with the mitigation proposed under 3.18-1 to
limit the use of pile driving activities during construction. Since the
proposed Code amendments are implementing the General Plan and
are not proposing any alterations to 11.44 of the Municipal Code
regarding noise standards in the City. The proposed amendments are
consistent with the General Plan and will not require any further
analysis under CEQA. However, all future development will be
sub'ect to CEQA and would be required to analyze possible project
T
lc -,a-
specific noise impacts and incorporate all feasible mitigation
measures to reduce any identified impacts.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
proposed amendments to the UDC, no further impact to noise is
anticipated and no further analysis is required.
XIII. POPULATION
a. -c.) No Impact - The proposed amendments to the UDC would not
AND HOUSING
induce substantial population growth in the Santa Clarita Valley
beyond what was considered in the General Plan. The proposed
amendments to the Code include various clean-up items, a
reorganization of the Code to make it user-friendly, and the
implementation of the General Plan. Further, the proposed
amendments include updates to the property development standards
in the UDC to be consistent with, and implement, the goals and
policies of the General Plan. The UDC updated will further
implement the applicable housing element policies outlined in the
General Plan. The EIR prepared for the General Plan analyzed the
potential impacts to population and housing in section 3.19 of the
EIR, determining that there would be no impacts related to
population and housing. No mitigation measures relating to
population and housing were required. The proposed amendments are
predominantly a regulatory adjustment and do not include any
development activity. The proposed UDC amendments would not
alter the City's population projections and would be consistent with
the City's General Plan.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
proposed amendments to the UDC, no further impact to population
and housing is anticipated and no further analysis is required.
XIV. PUBLIC
a)i.-iv No Impact - The proposed amendments will not directly
SERVICES
increase the need for additional fire, police, schools, or libraries.
However, any future development would be subject to any applicable
development fees, which are established to compensate for growth.
Since, the proposed UDC amendments are not anticipated to have a
direct impact on fire protection services, and future development
would remain subject to development fees, the amendments would
have no impact to services in the City. The proposed amendments
include various clean-up items, a reorganization of the Code to make
it user-friendly, and the implementation of the General Plan. Further,
the EIR prepared for the General Plan analyzed the potential impacts
associated with public services in Section 3.15 of the EIR. The EIR
found that three mitigation measures including mitigation measures
MM 3.15-1 to MM 3.15-4 which require individual development
a lications topay the applicable development impact fees
lc -,a-
13
associated with their development prior to the applicable timeline
established by the jurisdiction responsible for the regulatory fee.
With the payment of the applicable development impact fees impacts
to public services would be mitigated to less than significant levels.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
proposed amendments to the UDC, no further impact to public
services is anticipated and no further analysis is required.
XV. RECREATION
a. -b.) No Impact — The proposed amendments to the UDC will not
have any impact on recreational amenities within the City of Santa
Clarita. The proposed amendments to the Code include various
clean-up items, a reorganization of the Code to make it user-friendly,
and the implementation of the General Plan. The General Plan EIR
evaluated the impacts associated with recreation in Section 3.16 of
the EIR. The EIR determined that there would be no impact to
recreation facilities and no mitigation measures were required for
recreational facilities. The proposed project does not include any
development activities at this time and all subsequent approvals
would be required to comply with the Open Space and Conservation
Element in the City's General Plan and would be subject to the City's
park impact fees.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
proposed amendments to the UDC, no further impact to recreation is
anticipated and no further analysis is required.
XVI.
a. -g.) No Impact — The proposed amendments to the UDC are
TRANSPORTATION /
regulatory in nature and are not anticipated to have direct
TRAFFIC
developmental impacts that alter traffic load or capacity on street
systems. The proposed amendments to the Code include various
clean-up items, a reorganization of the Code to make it user-friendly,
and the implementation of the General Plan. The UDC update is
consistent with the General Plan, as required by State law, therefore,
the UDC update will not cause environmental impacts other than
those identified and mitigated by the General Plan EIR. Any
subsequent development would be regulated by the City's UDC,
General Plan, and transportation policies and would be subject to
additional CEQA review to determine the specific project -related
impacts. The EIR prepared for the General Plan analyzed the
potential impacts related to traffic and transportation in Section 3.2 of
the EIR. The EIR determined that all impacts related to transportation
and traffic in the City would be less than significant with the
incorporation of three mitigation measures including MM 3.2-1 to
MM 3.2-3. These measures will require the City to work with
CalTrans as additional infrastructure is required on the regional
13
highways neighboring the City, and to constantly monitor traffic
impacts on a project -by -project basis. Since no new development is
proposed at this time, no further study is required regarding traffic
and transportation.
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
proposed amendments to the UDC, no further impact to traffic and
transportation is anticipated and no further analysis is required.
XVII. UTILITIES a. -g.) No Impact — The proposed amendments to the City's Unified
AND SERVICE Development Code do not include any new development at this time.
SYSTEMS The proposed amendments to the Code include various clean-up
items, a reorganization of the Code to make it user-friendly, and the
implementation of the General Plan. Therefore, the project would not
result in the construction of new water facilities, expansion of
existing electric or natural gas facilities, affect drainage patterns,
water treatment services, and furthermore, no impacts to landfill
capacity would occur beyond what was analyzed in the General Plan
EIR. The EIR prepared for the General Plan evaluated the impacts to
utilities and service systems in Section 3.17 of the EIR. The EIR
determined that and SOC was required for solid waste since there
would be significant and unavoidable impacts related to solid waste
even with the incorporation of mitigation measures MM 3.17-1 to
MM 3.17-8. These mitigation measures require that future
development be required to provide the appropriate facilities at the
time they are developed, in coordination with the applicable
City/County agency.
Water availability was extensively analyzed in the General Plan EIR
in Section 3.13. Water facilities, including adequacy of water
supplies, groundwater recharge, and perchlorate contamination, will
be adequate for areas within the Castaic Lake Water Agency
(CLWA) service area and the east subbasin. However, water
facilities for areas outside the CLWA service area and east subbasin
would be unavoidably significant even with the mitigation measures
MM 3.13-1 to MM 3.13-46 identified in the EIR for the General
Plan. An SOC was adopted for water facilities that are currently
located outside the CLWA service area and the east subbasin.
Any subsequent development would be required to comply with the
City's General Plan and the requirements of the Regional Water
Quality Control Board and all applicable utility purveyors.
Compliance with these requirements would ensure all federal, state
and local statutes and imposed regulations are met. Since the
proposed amendments to the UDC are implementing the General
Plan, no further impact to utilities and services are anticipated.
9 1
q
Therefore, based on the EIR prepared for the General Plan, and the
proposed amendments to the UDC, no further impact to utilities and
service systems is anticipated and no further analysis is required.
XVIII. MANDATORY
a. -c.) No Impact — The proposed amendments to the UDC will not
FINDINGS OF
have a significant impact on the environment that would lead to a
SIGNIFICANCE
substantial reduction in habitat of a fish or wildlife species, or reduce
or restrict the number of rare, threatened or endangered species. The
proposed amendments to the Unified Development Code include
various clean-up items, a reorganization of the Code to make it user-
friendly, and further implement the General Plan. Since the
amendments being considered at this time are implementing the
General Plan, no further impacts beyond those considered under the
EIR prepared for the General Plan are anticipated.
XIX, DEPARTMENT
a.) No Impact — The legislative intent of the Department of Fish and
OF FISH AND GAME
Game `De Minimus' Finding is "to extend the current user -based
`DE MINIMUS'
funding system by allocating the transactional costs of wildlife
FINDING
protection and management to those who would consume those
resources through urbanization and development..." (AB 3158,
Chapter 1706, Statutes of 1990, effective January 1, 1991, Section
1(c)). However, the proposed UDC amendments would not entitle
any new development; and any future development proposal seeking
discretionary approval would remain subject to CEQA and the CDFG
Code. Since, the proposed amendments are implementing the
General Plan, no further impacts beyond those considered under the
EIR prepared for the General Plan are anticipated and no significant
adverse effect either individually or cumulatively are anticipated to
fish and wildlife resources. Therefore, the project's impacts on fish
and wildlife are de minimus.
q
•
11
i
LEGEND FOR TRACK CHANGES
SYMBOL
Existing word
Underline
S
Highlight and underline
DENOTATION
Denotes no change and no relocation of word,
phrase, or sentence.
Denotes a new word, phrase, or sentence.
Denotes a deleted word, phrase, or sentence.
Denotes existing code language from elsewhere in
the UDC that has been moved to this location.
Denotes existing code language that has been
Highlight and skiketiffeugh removed from this location and moved elsewhere
in the UDC.
Comet [GP1It General Wan impl v tation
Comment [fl]: ILis section basbeea apaoded
andreloated to Seetion I7.01.010Critk}
4�w�w'�4Yw
rgr,4��Ya4rw��w�y JV1�f�.laYai
1��4
4��f0
�Wm
VPI'W1 S,4 \I-IML.11t \U.Ip I1M fa' R 1
e e I r P I: V V� i� Y �..•
Denotes a proposed change to the UDC that
implements the General Plan.
For the purposes of Chapters 17.01
(Administration) and 17.03 (Permits and
Applications), comment balloons have been used
to describe how sections have been changed and
where they have been relocated.
For the purposes of Chapter 17.12 (Use Type
Classifications), 17.13 (Permitted Use Charts), and
Section 17.18.130 (Schedule of Off -Street Parking
Requirements), a new matrix combines these three
sections into one, and changes are made therefrom.
L
Title 16
SUBDIVISIONS
Chapters:
16.01
General Provisions
16.03
General Requirements
16.05
Surveys
16.07
Design Standards
16.09
Highways
16.11
Local Streets and Ways
16.13
Lots
16.17
Special Requirements
16.19
Dedications
16.20
Covenants of Easement
16.21
Subdivision Improvements
16.23
Fees, Bonds and Deposits
16.25
Tentative Tract and Parcel Maps
16.27
Vesting Tentative Maps
• 16.29
Final Maps and Parcel Maps
16.31
Mapping Specifications
16.33
Modifications to Tentative and Recorded Maps
16.35
Certificates of Compliance—Notices of Violation
16.37
Waiver Conditions
16.39
Parcel Mergers
16.41
Recordino of Lot Line Adjustments
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title I6—Subdivisions
Page 1
E
0
Chapter 16.01
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Sections:
16.01.010 Applicability of SubdivisionTiNe46 Provisions—Statutory Authority.
16.01.020 Lease Projects, Condominiums and Community Apartment Projects—Provisions
Applicable.
16.01.030 Violation—Penalty.
16.01.040 Severability.
16.Ot.050 Condition of Subdivision' val-Use Approval.
16.01.060 Conformitv With Title 17
16.01.070 Title
16.01.010 Applicability of SubdivisionTkle-46 Provisions—Statutory Authority.
Subject eupsu ,u to the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act, and in addition to any other regulations
provided by law, the regulations hereinafter in this CodeTitir-Fbcentajaed shall apply to all subdivisions or
parts of subdivisions hereafter made, of Iand+vheNy-ee-partieFly within the City of Santa Clarks, and to the
preparation of subdivision maps thereof, and to other maps provided for by the Subdivision Map Act, for
approval; and each such subdivision and eaeh pan thefeef `y at -within the City of Santa Clarita shall be
made, and each such map shall be prepared and presented for approval, as hereinafter provided for and
required in this Codende.
16.01.020 Lease Projects, Condominiums and Community Apartment Projects—Provisions •
Applicable.
Provisions of this Codc''0-.,.;-lo which exeept a exempt a subdivider from complying with a design,
improvement, dedication or fee requirement, or which provide for the waiver of such a requirement because
of the size of parcels resulting from a subdivision, shall not be construed to apply to lease projects,
condominiums, or community apartment projects subject to the provisions of the Subdivision Mao Act
16.01.030 Violation—Penalty.
A violation of this CodeTk4e46 which is not also prohibited by the Subdivision Map Act or by any
other Sstate statute is subiect to the penalties as set forth in Title 23 of the Municipal Cndee-misdameeae ,
punishable b� 0 fine OfflOt ffiffe than like 11UHLiFeEl deilars(S500.00), efby ifflispissame"! inthe Cetmty4ail
16.01.040 Severability.
If any provision of --a --�--"`"' this C 44le-I6„ or the application thereof to any person
or circumstances is held to be invalid, the remainder of the Codeefdinsaermnd the application of such
provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.
16.01.050 Condition of SubdivisionhaadL+se Approval.
As a condition of the approval of a subdivision, the subdivider shall agree to reimburse the City for any
court and attorney's fees which the City may be required by a court to pay asa-fesakbecause of any claim or
action brought against the City because of such approval pursuant to Government Code Section 66499.37.
Although the subdivider is the real party in interest in such an action, the City may, at its sole discretion,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 2
participate at its own expense in the defense of the action, but such participation shall not relieve the
subdivider of its obligations under this condition.
16.01.060 Conformity With Title 17
Unless spcCifically modified by Title 16. all subdivisions are subiect the reauirements of Title 17
including, but not limited to, die following:
A Administration
B. Pennits�
C. Ma or Bridge and Thoroughfare Fees;
D. Parkland Dedication and In -Lieu Fees
E. Property Frontage Improvements;
F. Road Dedications;
G. Libmry Facilities and Technology Mitigation Fee: and.
H. Law Enforcement Mitigation Fee.
16.01.070 Title
Title 16 of the Municipal Code shall be known and cited as "Title 16." the "Subdivision Code:'
"this Title." When the teen "this Code' is used, the term shall include both Title 16 and 17, which
toftether are considered the Unified Development Code Whenever reference is made to any
Portion of the Code set out in this Title 16 and/or 17, or of any other law or ordinance, the reference
applies to all amendments and additions hereafter made to this Code.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 3
•
Chapter 16.03
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Sections:
16.03.010
Final and Final Parcel Maps Required—Exceptions.
16.03.020
Exceptions to Final parcel Map Requirements.
16.03.030
Approval of Final Parcel Map—City Engineer Authority.
16.03.040
Lot Line Adjustment.
16.03.010 Final and Final Parcel Maps Required—Exceptions.
A. A final map is required for all subdivisions, except where:
1. The land before division contains less than five (5) acres, each parcel created by the division abuts
upon a maintained public street or highway, and no dedications or improvements are required; or
2. Each parcel created by the division has a gross area of twenty (20) acres or more and has an
approved access to a maintained public street or highway; or
3. The land consists of a parcel or parcels of land having approved access to a public street or
highway which comprises part of a tract of land zoned for industrial or commercial development;
or
4. Each parcel created by the division has a gross area of not less than forty (40) acres or is not less
than a quarter of a quarter section
B. A final paroel map is required for all subdivisions for which a final map is not required.
C. No person shall offer to sell, lease, finance or transfer title to; contract to sell, lease, finance or transfer
title to; sell, lease, finance or transfer title to; commence construction of any building other than a
model home; or permit the occupancy other than for model -home purposes of any building on any real
property for which a final map or final parcel map is required, until the required map has been filed for
record by the Recorder of Los Angeles" County. These prohibitions shall not apply in the case of
final pancel map requirements where a waiver has been approved pursuant to Section 16.39.020
LRew irunents for the Merging of Substandard Parcalsl, and to minor lot line adjustments approved
pursuant to Section 16.03.040 (Lot Line Adius[mentl, or in any instance where a certificate of
compliance has been issued and any required conditions have been fulfilled as provided in the
Subdivision Map Act. Nor do the provisions of this section apply to any parcel or parcels of a
subdivision offered for sale, lease, financing or transfer, or sold, leased, financed or transferred in
compliance with or exempt from any law, including this C2444" or any other ordinance of thus
City, regulating the design and improvement of subdivisions, in effect at the time the subdivision was
established.
16.03.020 Exceptions to Final Parcel Map Requirements.
Final mel maps are not required for subdivisions created by short-term leases (terminable by either
parry on not more than thirty (30) days' notice in writing) of a portion of the operating right-of-way of a
milroad corporation defined as such by Section 230 of the Public Utilities Code, or for land conveyed to or
from a governmental agency, public entity or public utility, or to a subsidiary of a public utility for
conveyance to such public utility for rights-of-way or facilities, unless a showing is made in individual
cases, upon substantial evidence, that public policy necessitates such a parcel map.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions
Page 4
0
•
0
0
16.03.030 Approval of Final Parcel Map—City Engineer Authority.
A final parcel map shall be submitted to the City Engineer for examination and approval. The City
Engineer shall, upon completion of his examination of the final parcel map and receipt of the reports from
City officers and departments required pursuant to Section 16.25.040 (Contents and Submittal
Requirements), approve the map if it conforms to the tentative map, as approved, and the conditions of
approval of the tentative map and all applicable requirements of this Title 16 and of the Subdivision Map
Act have been complied with.
16.03.040 Lot Line Adjustment.
The adjustment of lot lines between two eF-mercto four existing adjacent parcels shall be done in
accordance with the provisions of this Code.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 5
0
16.05.010 Standards for Survey Work.
A. The procedure and practice of all survey work done on any division of land, whether for preparation of
a final map or final parcel map, shall conform to the standards and details set forth in Chapter 15,
Division 3, of the Business and Professions Code, and Land Surveyor's Act. The allowable error of
closure on any portion of a final map or parcel map shall not exceed 1/10,000.
B. In the event that the City Engineer, State Highway Engineer, County Engineer or any engineer shall
have established the centerline of any street or alley in or adjoining a division of land, the final map or
final oriel map shall show such centerline, together with reference to a field book or map showing
such centerline and the monuments which determine its position. If determined by ties, that fact shall be
stated upon the final map or final parcel map.
16.05.020 Boundary Monuments—Location and Materials.
Each final map or final parcel map shall show durable monuments found or set at or near each boundary
comer and at intermediate points, approximately one thousand (1,000) feet apart, or at such lesser distances
as may be made necessary by topography or culture to ensure accuracy in the reestablishment of any point or
line without unreasonable difficulty. The precise position and the character of each such monument shall be
shown on such map. Such durable monument shall be not less substantial than an iron pipe of a two (2) inch
outside diameter, not less than two and one-half (2 1/2) feet in length, with plug and tack, and set at least
two (2) feet into the ground or of such other character and stability as may be approved by the City
Engineer. For the purpose of this Tk4e,46Code, a lead and tack set in permanent concrete or masonry shall
be considered as a durable monument. The approximate elevation of the top of each such monument with
respect to the surface of the ground shall be shown on said map.
16.05.030 Street Centerline Monuments.
A. Whenever necessary. as determined bv4a�ef the City Engineer, centerline monuments shall
be set to mark the intersections of streets, intersections of streets with the tract boundary or to mark
either the beginning and end of curves or the points of intersection of tangents thereof, or other
intermediate points.
B. Each such monument shall be not less durable and substantial than:
I. In asphaltic concrete or cement concrete pavements, a lead and tack;
2. In unsurfaced graveled or oiled surfaces, a two (2) inch iron pipe set not less than twelve (12)
inches below the surface, or at such depth as may be approved by the City Engineer; or
3. In bituminous macadam pavements, a spike not less than six (6) inches long.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions
Page 6
0
C�
I
0
Chapter 16.05
SURVEYS
Sections:
16.05.010
Standards for Survey Work.
16.05.020
Boundary Monuments—Location and Materials.
16.05.030
Street Centerline Monuments.
16.05.040
Centerline Intersection Monuments—Notes to City Engineer.
16.05.050
Identification Marks on Monuments.
16.05.060
Boundary Monuments—Time for Setting—Deferment Conditions.
16.05.070
Inspection and Approval of Monuments.
16.05.010 Standards for Survey Work.
A. The procedure and practice of all survey work done on any division of land, whether for preparation of
a final map or final parcel map, shall conform to the standards and details set forth in Chapter 15,
Division 3, of the Business and Professions Code, and Land Surveyor's Act. The allowable error of
closure on any portion of a final map or parcel map shall not exceed 1/10,000.
B. In the event that the City Engineer, State Highway Engineer, County Engineer or any engineer shall
have established the centerline of any street or alley in or adjoining a division of land, the final map or
final oriel map shall show such centerline, together with reference to a field book or map showing
such centerline and the monuments which determine its position. If determined by ties, that fact shall be
stated upon the final map or final parcel map.
16.05.020 Boundary Monuments—Location and Materials.
Each final map or final parcel map shall show durable monuments found or set at or near each boundary
comer and at intermediate points, approximately one thousand (1,000) feet apart, or at such lesser distances
as may be made necessary by topography or culture to ensure accuracy in the reestablishment of any point or
line without unreasonable difficulty. The precise position and the character of each such monument shall be
shown on such map. Such durable monument shall be not less substantial than an iron pipe of a two (2) inch
outside diameter, not less than two and one-half (2 1/2) feet in length, with plug and tack, and set at least
two (2) feet into the ground or of such other character and stability as may be approved by the City
Engineer. For the purpose of this Tk4e,46Code, a lead and tack set in permanent concrete or masonry shall
be considered as a durable monument. The approximate elevation of the top of each such monument with
respect to the surface of the ground shall be shown on said map.
16.05.030 Street Centerline Monuments.
A. Whenever necessary. as determined bv4a�ef the City Engineer, centerline monuments shall
be set to mark the intersections of streets, intersections of streets with the tract boundary or to mark
either the beginning and end of curves or the points of intersection of tangents thereof, or other
intermediate points.
B. Each such monument shall be not less durable and substantial than:
I. In asphaltic concrete or cement concrete pavements, a lead and tack;
2. In unsurfaced graveled or oiled surfaces, a two (2) inch iron pipe set not less than twelve (12)
inches below the surface, or at such depth as may be approved by the City Engineer; or
3. In bituminous macadam pavements, a spike not less than six (6) inches long.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions
Page 6
0
C�
I
0
C,
16.05.040 Centerline Intersection Monuments—Notes to City Engineer.
A. For each centerline intersection monument set, the engineer or surveyor under whose supervision the
survey has been made, shall famish to the City Engineer a set of notes showing clearly the ties between
such monument and a sufficient number (normally four (4)) of durable, distinctive reference points or
monuments.
B. Such reference points or monuments may be leads and tacks in sidewalks, two (2) inch by two (2) inch
stakes set back off the curb line and below the surface of the ground or such substitute therefore as
appears to be not more likely to be disturbed.
C. Such set of notes shall be of such quality, form and completeness and shall be on paper of such quality
and size as may be necessary to conform to the standardized office records of the City Engineer. All
such notes shall be indexed and filed by the City Engineer as a part of the permanent public recordsef
this-e€tiee.
16.05.050 Identification Marks on Monuments.
All monuments found or set as required herein shall be permanently and visibly marked or tagged with
the registration or license number of the engineer or surveyor under whose supervision the survey was
performedmade.
16.05.060 Boundary Monuments—Time for Setting—Deferment Conditions.
A. All boundary monuments shall be set prior to filing of the final map or f nal parcel map unless, before
the map is approved by the City -Council:
1. The engineer or surveyor responsible for setting the monuments certifies on the map that the
monuments will be set on or before a reasonable, specified later date; and
• 2. The subdivider enters into a written agreement with the City, which contains, at a minimum, the
terms set forth below and famishes security in an amount and in a manner as set forth in the
agreement.
B. The written agreement by and between the City and subdivider shall contain, at a minimum, the
following terms:
1. That the engineer or surveyor has certified on the map that monuments will be set on or before a
certain date specified in the agreement and that the notes required in Section 16.05.040 (Centerline
Intersection Monuments – Notes to City Engineer)will be furnished to the City Engineer at the
same time; and
2. That concurrent with the execution by the subdivider of the agreement, the subdivider shall furnish
to the City Engineer security in a specified amount sufficient to guarantee payment of the cost of
setting survey/boundary monuments and in the form of a cash deposit, performance bond, letter of
credit, or other form of security acceptable to the City; said
3. That the engineer and/or surveyor is a third party beneficiary to the terms of the agreement; ssd
4. That the subdivider may agree, that upon receipt of written notice to the City Engineer and
subdivider from the engineer or surveyor that the final setting of all monuments has been
completed, the City -Council may release the security to the engineer or surveyor, and
S. Other terms governing the release of the security as provided under Government Code Section
66497.
16.05.070 Inspection and Approval of Monuments.
All monuments shall be subject to inspection and approval of the City Engineer in conjunction with his
checking of the map.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16–Subdivisions
Page 7
E
0
Chapter 16.07
DESIGN STANDARDS
Sections:
16.07.010
General Requirements—Determination of Adequacy.
16.07.020
Restricted Residential Access.
16.07.030
Wildland Access.
16.07.040
Modifications to Access and Frontage Requirements.
16.07.010 General Requirements—Determination of Adequacy.
A. Each street providing access to lots within a division of land shall connect directly or through one or
more other streets to a highway which is shown on the Master Plan ofAnefial H _L, -• - Genial Plan
Circulation Mao Joint Highway Plan and which is maintained and open to public travel. Each route of
access to a highway which is shown on the Mast-- Plan of =-' Highways the General Plan
Circulation Mao Joint Hiehwav Plan shall be adequate to accommodate the composition and volume of
vehicular traffic generated by the land uses which it serves.
B. In determining the adequacy of a route of access, the Planning £emvuivien-approvin¢ authority shall
consider the potential for blockage of the route by flood, fire or landslide and the effect of such
blockage on the safe evacuation of future users and occupants of the subdivision and on the deployment
of fire equipment or other services under emergency conditions. The approving authoritvPleaning
C-emrRissiux may disapprove a design which makes use of a residential street as a route of access to
industrial, commercial, residential or other divisions of land generating traffic which would conflict
with the residential character of the street. •
16.07.020 Restricted Residential Access. The provisions of this section shall not apply to divisions of
land referred to in Section 16.21.040 (Lots in Excess of Ten (10) Acres - Reouirements), to divisions of
land approved oursuant to Section 16.21.060 (Parcel Maps - Five -Acre Minimum Lot Size), mor to
the subdivision of four or less residential unite.
A. If a street or street system is restricted to a single route of access to a highway shown on the General
Plan Circulation Man Joint Hiehwav Plantsaster P'-- of AFIefial " - -, except for a Liimited
Ssecondary Hhighway, which is maintained and open to public travel, whether at the point of
intersection with the highway or at some point distant from the highway, unless otherwise approved by
the Fire Department, the street or street system shall some not more than:
I. One hundred fifty (150) dwelling units where the restriction is designed to be permanent and the
street or street system does not traverse an area designated as a Very High Fire Hazard Severity
Zon
2. Seventy-five (75) dwelling units where the restriction is designed to be permanent and the street or
street system traverses an area designated as a Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zonewtid-land-area
,. hieh as sulijeet to housi J r-.,— L -.......,fit r -C -e;
3. Three hundred (300) dwelling units, where the restriction is subject to removal through future
development.
B. If the roadway paving on that portion of the street or street system forming the restriction is less than
thirty-six (36) feet but more than twenty-eight (28) fee[ in width and is not to be widened to thirty-six
(36) feet or more as a part of the -development of the division of land, the permitted number of dwelling
units shall be reduced by twenty-five percent (25%)_ if the --y-e- --• i FWeflOF ---
:- width, and by fifty _--„__t 50 ) lif the pavement is less than twenty-eight (28) feet in widththe
permitted number of dwelline units shall be reduced by fifty (50) percent If the roadway paving on that
portion of the street or street system forming the restriction is sixty-four (64) feet or more in width and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 8
0
0
the restriction is subject to removal through future development, the permitted number of dwelling units
may be increased to six hundred (600). In no event shall the pavement width be less than twenty (20)
feel .
C. Residential access shall not be permitted on any residential street with a projected traffic volume of two
thousand (2,000) or more vehicle trips a day unless approved by the City Ensineersiceeter-ef
D. Residential access shall not be permitted on any residential street within the first one hundred (100) feet
of an intersection with a major or secondary highway. (^-'. ^^ 3, 24'00; QFd. 05 i ,` 2. 1O"^`; ^-'.
16.07.030 Wiidland Access.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 16.07.020 (Restricted Residential Accessi and 16.11.110
(Cul -De -Sacs - Length Restrictions), the approving authorityWaaningFermniss+ea may disapprove a design
of a division of land which utilizes a cul-de-sac or branching street system or other single -access street or
street system as the sole or principal means of access to lots within the division, where the Fire
Deoartmenl4---,�,�te;�rirc-:':arR advises:
A. That the street or street system will traverse a wild -land area which is located in a Very High Fire
Huard Severity Zone ror
B. That the lack of a second route of access would unduly hinder public evacuation and the deployment of
fire -fighting and other emergency equipment in the event of a brush or forest fire.
16.07.040 Modifications to Access and Frontage Requirements.
• Thea roving authorityo4___:__ C -w"_:_,.:__
pp �,e,,, may modify the requirements of Sections 16.07.010,
16.07.020, 16.11.110 and 16.13.030 where it finds that topographic conditions, title limitations, or the
pattern of ownership or the state of development of parcels in the immediate vicinity of a division of land
make the strict application of the provisions of these sections impossible or impractical and that the public
health, safety and general welfare will not be adversely affected thereby.
January 20131 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 9
9
16.09.010 Major and Secondary Highways
A. Where the Plaster Pion -r AFteFial 1 av Plan
shewsPlan shows any highway so located that any portion thereof lies within any proposed division of
land, right-of-way for such portion shall be provided within such division in the general location shown
on the ""-'t'- Plan - FAFIef ' - General Plan Circulation Mao Joint Highway Plan, unless the
approving authority#---� finds that the ""_..._ __ a f"n.,__l 1l:_h..._.-Gmcr-el Plan
Circulation May Joint Highway Plan will be so amended as to remove or change the location of any
portion of such highway within the proposed subdivision as part of the same entitlement application.
B, Where the approving authoritvWeaniag-6emtnissien finds that the n._,.__ Plan af Anenal 1 _h ,
General Plan Circulation Map Joint Highwav Plan will be amended as part of the entitlement
application in the 0.... _, ... add .-_ a highway .ted that a Penton -..rlies
within ..
pfoposeddivision of land; right -of --way for such portion shalt be provided within the subdivision in a •
width and at a location deemed appropriate by the approving authontvRlanaiug49ommnin— .
16.09.020 Conformity with Master P,__ ..r "-.__:..l High...,,.sGeneral Plan Circulation Mao Joint
Highwav Plan.
A. Each highway shall conform in width and substantially in alignment with that shown or indicated in the
General Plan Circulation Mao loin[ Highwav Plan.
B. The centerline curve radius of a Mmajor Hhighway shall be not less than one thousand five hundred
(1,500)feet
C. The centerline curve radius of a Secondary Hhighway nth-- than - —_e_- h' -h- -- shall be not less than
one thousand (1,000) feet.
D. The centerline curve radius of a highway may be reduced if topographic features or title limitations
make it impossible or impractical to conform to the standards contained in this section, at the discretion
of the City Engineer.
E. This ..eEfi,..shall Rpply In_ _
16.09.030 Right -of -Way and Roadway Width Requirements—Cross-Section Diagrams.
A. Each highway shall have a width of rightof-way, vehicular pavement and sidewalk where a sidewalk is
required, to conform to the cross-sections or such other designs as approved by the City Engineer. The
approving authoritvP'---'� may modify the requirements of this section as to highway
widths if topographic features, title limitations, existing improvements or safety considerations make
such dedication impossible or impractical.
B. Width of Limited Secondary Highways. Where the approving author - finds
that the traffic or drainage conditions warrant, the area eight (8) feet. Rem (0) nehes outside of the sissy
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 10
•
Chapter 16.09
HIGHWAYS
Sections:
16.09.010
Major and Secondary Highways.
16.09.020
Conformity wit F "'•t-- Plan 9FAFterial Highways General Plan Circulation Alan
.loin Highwav Plaw,
16.09.030
Right -of -Way and Roadway Width Requirements—Cross-Section Diagrams.
16.09.040
Part -Width Highways.
16.09.050
Grade Separation and Bridge Approaches.
16.09.010 Major and Secondary Highways
A. Where the Plaster Pion -r AFteFial 1 av Plan
shewsPlan shows any highway so located that any portion thereof lies within any proposed division of
land, right-of-way for such portion shall be provided within such division in the general location shown
on the ""-'t'- Plan - FAFIef ' - General Plan Circulation Mao Joint Highway Plan, unless the
approving authority#---� finds that the ""_..._ __ a f"n.,__l 1l:_h..._.-Gmcr-el Plan
Circulation May Joint Highway Plan will be so amended as to remove or change the location of any
portion of such highway within the proposed subdivision as part of the same entitlement application.
B, Where the approving authoritvWeaniag-6emtnissien finds that the n._,.__ Plan af Anenal 1 _h ,
General Plan Circulation Map Joint Highwav Plan will be amended as part of the entitlement
application in the 0.... _, ... add .-_ a highway .ted that a Penton -..rlies
within ..
pfoposeddivision of land; right -of --way for such portion shalt be provided within the subdivision in a •
width and at a location deemed appropriate by the approving authontvRlanaiug49ommnin— .
16.09.020 Conformity with Master P,__ ..r "-.__:..l High...,,.sGeneral Plan Circulation Mao Joint
Highwav Plan.
A. Each highway shall conform in width and substantially in alignment with that shown or indicated in the
General Plan Circulation Mao loin[ Highwav Plan.
B. The centerline curve radius of a Mmajor Hhighway shall be not less than one thousand five hundred
(1,500)feet
C. The centerline curve radius of a Secondary Hhighway nth-- than - —_e_- h' -h- -- shall be not less than
one thousand (1,000) feet.
D. The centerline curve radius of a highway may be reduced if topographic features or title limitations
make it impossible or impractical to conform to the standards contained in this section, at the discretion
of the City Engineer.
E. This ..eEfi,..shall Rpply In_ _
16.09.030 Right -of -Way and Roadway Width Requirements—Cross-Section Diagrams.
A. Each highway shall have a width of rightof-way, vehicular pavement and sidewalk where a sidewalk is
required, to conform to the cross-sections or such other designs as approved by the City Engineer. The
approving authoritvP'---'� may modify the requirements of this section as to highway
widths if topographic features, title limitations, existing improvements or safety considerations make
such dedication impossible or impractical.
B. Width of Limited Secondary Highways. Where the approving author - finds
that the traffic or drainage conditions warrant, the area eight (8) feet. Rem (0) nehes outside of the sissy
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 10
•
0
ei h -four (6 84) fixteek zem (0) ine right-of-way shall be shown as a future or dedicated right-of-
way. If such finding is not made, said area shall be subject to all other provisions specified by the
COdcde.
16.09.040 Part -Width Highways.
Any part -width highway, or any reservation therefore, lying along and abutting any boundary of a
division of land shall have such a width as will conform to the lines shown on the
"',-:ay;-General Plan Circulation Man Joint Hiehwev Plan covering the same portion of such subdivision.
16.09.050 Grade Separation and Bridge Approaches.
A. Wherever any highway within a subdivision of land intersects any railroad, or intrrarban other right-of-
way, and such highway is shown upon th General Plan Circulation
May Joint Highway Plan, and the aooroving authority identifies the
location of a separation of grades at such intersection, the road layout of the subdivision of land shall be
such as to conform to such plan.
B. Each lot abutting upon a proposed cut or fill necessary for the approach to such grade separation shall
be given suitable access elsewhere as determined by the City Engineer.
C. Wherever it is proposed to subdivide property abutting an approach to an existing or proposed bridge,
the division shall be aranged so that any lot abutting such approach has suitable access elsewhere, and
the street layout adequately provides for such approach.
F
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title l6—Subdivisions
Page t 1
0
Chapter 16.11
LOCAL STREETS AND WAYS
Sections:
16.11.010 Right -of -Way and Improvement Width Requirements—Cross-Section Diagrams.
16.11.020 Street Grades.
16.11.030 Right -of -Way.
16.11.040 Future Streets.
16.11.050 Centerline Curve Radius.
16.11.060 Street Intersection Angle.
16.11.070 Service Roads or Alleys Required.
16.11.080 Alleys in Congested Districts.
16.11.090 Alley Intersections.
16.11.100 Turnarounds.
16.11.110 Cul -De Sacs—Length Restrictions.
16.11.120 Mobile Home Divisions of Land—Street and Driveway Standards.
16,11,134 pedestrian :Nays.
16.11.140 Fire -Fighting Access Easements.
16.11.010 Right -of -Way and Improvement Width Requirements—Cros"ection Diagrams.
Right-of-way and improvement widths shall conform to that t`--- --'-"--` d by Gity Counsil
Jiesolntiendepicred--`"'-C-iea7etieaCirculation Element of the General Plan.
16.11.020 Street Grades.
No highway or street shall have a grade of more than six (6) percent, except for short stretches where
the topography makes it impractical to keep within such grade, and in no event shall the grade exceed ten
(10) percent except where evidence, which is satisfactory to the approving authority, is
given that a lower grade is not possible.
16.11.030 Right -of -Way.
Intersections of road right-of-way lines where one or both roads are local residential shall be rounded
with a curve having a radius of thirteen (13) feet, unless otherwise determined by the City Engineer.
Intersections of road right-of-way lines, where both roads are shown as highways on the General Pian
Circulation Mao Joint Highwav PlanAloSteF Plan of AftefiRl or one of the roads serves a
commercial or industrial development, shall be rounded with a curve having a radius of twenty-five (25)
feet, unless otherwise determined by the City Engineer.
16.11.040 Future Streets.
Wherever the approving authorgyPlmwing-Eemmesskre shall have determined that a street is necessary
for the future division of property as shown on the tentative map, or for adjoining property, but that the
present dedication and construction of such street is not warranted, the approving authoritvWaauiag
C- --era -- may require that the location, width and extent of such street shall be shown on the final map or
final parcel map as a future street. No improvement of such future street shall be required of the subdivider.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 12
0
E
0
16.11.050 Centerline Curve Radius.
On any street the centerline curve radius shall not be less than one hundred (100) feet for streets having
a pavement width of thirty-four (34) feet, two hundred fifty (250) feet radius for streets having a pavement
width of thirty-six (36) feet and three hundred fifty (350) feet radius for streets having pavement width of
forty (40) feet. A smaller radius may be approved where sufficient evidence is offered to the City Engineer
by the subdivider to show that the specified radius is not practicable. (Gfd. 00-3, 218100)
16.11.060 Street Intersection Angle.
Except as provided in Section 16.09.020 (Conformity with General Plan Circulation Mao Joint
Highway Plan), any highway or street intersecting any other highway or street shall intersect it at an angle as
nearly a right angle as practicable. Except as provided in Section 16.09.020 (Conformity with General Plan
Circulation Map Joint Highway Plan), any highway or street shall intersect as nearly a right angle as
practicable. The intersection centerlines shall not be more than ten (10) degrees from the right angle. (04
16.11.070 Service Roads or Alleys Required.
A. Whenever it is proposed to divide property abutting a major or secondary highway, a service road or
other local street shall be provided unless the circumstances of such property or of adjoining property
render it inadvisable or undesirable to provide access by such service mad or other local street as
determined by the City Engineer.
B. Where a service road or local street is not required, the subdivider shall provide an alley at the rear of
such lots unless the approving auth2d Flnaaiag-6oaxnissiesrfmds such alley inadvisable, undesirable,
• detrimental to adjoining pmperty or contrary to the best community design.
16.11.080 Alleys in Congested Districts.
The aon oving authority" rani iar. may require that any alley be provided at the rear of all
lots where property is to be used for multiple residential use (not including two-family use) or commercial,
industrial. mixed-use or other less -restrictive uses.
16.11.090 Alley Intersections.
Where two (2) alleys intersect, a cutoff of not less than ten (10) feet along each alley shall be provided
unless modifications are required by the City Engineer.
16.11.100 Turnarounds.
A. A turning area shall be provided at the end of cul-de-sac streets and dead-end alleys. The approving
authori Waa tm--C oun7ssien-may require turnarounds:
1. Upon the recommendation of the City Engineer, at intermediate points on cul-de-sacs of more than
seven hundred (700) feet in length, and on other local streets where the distance between
intersections exceeds two thousand (2,000) feet; and
2. At the end of stub or dead-end streets of more than three hundred (300) feet in length fe
B. All such turnarounds shall conform to the specifications of the City Engineer and the Fire Department
16.11.110 Cul-De-Sacs—Length Restrictions.
A. Cul-de-sacs shall not be more than:
I. Five hundred (500) feet in length, when serving land zoned for industrial or commemial use;
2. $ x" hundred (k700) feet in lengthe when serving land zoned for_maidential uses_having a_- _ - - comment [Gpt7: Geral etas impkracmetir,a
density of more than twofenr (24) dwelling units per net acre;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 13
3. One thousand (1,000) feet in length, when serving land zoned for residential uses having a density
of twofoar (_24) or less dwelling units per net acre.
B. This section shall not be construed to prohibit the approval of a division of land utilizing frontage on an
existing cul-de-sac of more than the maximum permitted length nor shall it be construed to prohibit the
Approving Authority from reducing the length of a proposed cul-de-sac to less
than the maximum length permitted by this section or requiring the elimination of a proposed cul-de-sac
in order to provide for the efficient circulation of traffic, the future development of the neighborhood
street system or the deployment of emergency services.
16.11.120 Mobile-1lhome Divisions of Land—Street and Driveway Standards.
Those streets, existing or proposed within or contiguous to a mobile -home division of land which are to
be dedicated or offered to be dedicated for public use, shall meet the standards outlined in Section
16.09.030- (Right -of -Way and Roadway Width Requirements—Cross-Section Diagrams). Driveways in
such division shall have minimum widths of thirty (30) feet. However, greater driveway widths may be
required by the approving authority°'---'-�,�,,...r, ^�-'- ,ar. if the design or magnitude of such division
warrants the greater width or located in a Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zone.
16.11.140 Fire -Fighting Access Easements.
In areas where, in the opinion of the Fire DenartmentFereAee,� there will be fire hazard
to the watershed for any other properties and'or is located in a designated Very Hiah Fire Hazard Severity
Zone, unobstructed fire protection access easements, not less than fifteen (15) feet wide, shall be dedicated
from the public highway to the boundary of the division of land. Where the design of a division of land will
cause an existing fire road or fire break to be severed, and the Fire DepamnentFeFester-ar,a;T -..�--.:a::m,
advises that this condition will impair the provision of adequate foe protection, the approving
authori p1 ----bier. may require that the subdivider either revise the design of the division of
Ind so that the fire road or fire break will not be severed or provide an alternate easement. The Fire
DepartmentForester and Fife WaMen shall make recommendation ,ra mien -td to the approving
authorip1--T,a,a,,,,--^o.......,�,o..---'-'`- regarding the location, design and grading of easements required pursuant to
the provisions of this section. Such location, design and grading shall be as found necessary by the
approving authority.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 14
9
•
0
171
Chapter 16.13
11101 V
Sections:
A.
16.13.010
Area and Width—Requirements Generally.
16.13.020
City Boundary Line to be Lot Line.
16.13.030
Frontage for Lots.
16.13.040
Minimum Frontage.
16.13.030
Lot Sideline Angle.
16.13.060
Flag Lots.
16.13.010 Area and Width—Requirements Generally.
A.
Each lot in any division of land shall have an area not less than either the required area or what will be
the required area at the time of the submission of the final map or final panel map for approval for the
zone in which the lot or any portion thereof is located.
Each lot shall have an average width of not less than the required width, or what will be the required
width at the time of the submission of the final map or final panel map for approval, or shall contain an
area of not less than such required area within a portion which does have an average width of not less
than such required width, except as provided in Sections 16.13.020 e, ' `.,.-.-�:,-�.'.^' ^.'City Boundary Line
to be Lot Line) or 16.17.010 (Division of Land for Purpose of Lease Onlv). The required area and the
required width shall be the same as those terms are defined, respectively,
•
out -at -in this Coder " of this end -. Where the development code does net establish a required are
Of 0 required Wid eqUiFed area Shall be fiN e thousand (5,000) feet and the
NqUifed ' idth Sh_ . alp m a__.
B.
If any lot is in more than one zone, then the area and width thereof shall be not less than the area and
width requirements, respectively, in that zone in which any part of the lot is located which has the
largest area requirement and in that zone in which any part of the lot is located which has the greatest
width requirement
C.
This section does not apply to any lot land which the subdivider offers to deed or dedicate to amthe
public agency or utility.
D.
Where public sewers are not available and private sewage disposal is to be used, every lot or panel or
building site shall be of sufficient size to provide for satisfactory sewage disposal for the land use
intended as determined by the City Engineer and the Los Angeles County Health Department
16.13.020 City Boundary Line to be Lot Line.
No lot shall be divided by a City boundary line. Each such boundary line shall be made a lot line.
16.13.030 Frontage for Lots.
The alignment of streets shall be such as to provide frontage for lots in the division of land except as
provided in Section 16.13.020. (City Boundary Line to be Lot Line).
16.13.040 Minimum Frontage,
Wherever practical, lot frontage at the right-of-way line shall be:
A. Forty (40) feet or more, where a lot is oriented so that its side lot lines are radial or approximately radial
to a turnaround or knuckle or to the convex side of a curved street centerline; and
B. Equal to or greater than the average lot width, where a lot is not so oriented.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 15
CJ
16.13.050 Lot Sideline Angle.
In all cases where practicable, the side moperty lines of lots shall be at an approximate right angle to the
street upon which such lots front.
16.13.060 Flag Lots.
The aporovine authority may disapprove the platting of flag lots where this
design is not justified by topographic conditions or the size and shape of the division of land, or where this
design is in conflict with the pattern of neighborhood development. If flag lots are approved, the access strip
for each lot shall be at least ten (10) feet in width where the strip is situated contiguous to other such access
strips, so as to form a common driveway, and at least twenty (20) feet in width, where the strip is not
situated contiguous to other such access strips, unless the City Engineer recommends the approval of lesser
widths because of topographic conditions or the size and shape of a division of land. Each access strip shall
be located so that, when improved as a driveway, the finished grade will not exceed tweat -( fifteen ! I S)
percent The aporovine authoritvlklaeffing4geffwaisgiea may require that easements for ingress and egress be
provided over common driveways for the benefit of the lots served. Additional width may be required by
the Fire Department.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions
Page 16
r 1
L
CJ
L
0
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions
Page 17
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 18
0
0
0
0
0
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title l6—Subdivisions
Page 19
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 20
0
0
9
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions
Page 21
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 22
9
r�
0
C�
•
0
Chapter 16.17
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
Sections:
f_- P..___--
16.7,0 50
16.17.0130
Doves___ of Land ofLess-.,_l..
Condominiums and Community Apartment Projects.
16.17.0230
Mobile-Nhome Divisions of Land.
16.17.0340
Division of Land Adjacent to Existing Roads.
16.17.0550
Transit and Non -motorized Access.
16.17.O130Condominiums and Community Apartment Projects.
In a division consisting of a condominium project as defined in Section 13510 of the Civil Code, or a
community apartment project as defined in Section 11004 of the Business and Professions Code, maps of
such subdivisions need not, but may, show the design of the buildings and manner in which the buildings or
the airspace above the property shown on the map are to be divided. In all other respects, all of the
provisions of the Code * Te..:1141e--" - ' ` shall apply to such a subdivision.
16.17.0230 Mobile44home Divisions of Land.
A. The approving auth2JV4k�xissien may approve a tentative map of a division of land which
does not comply in all respects with the requirements of pa' ', 2 and 3 of this chapter if
1. The approving authoritviar. finds:
a. The division of land is for mobile -home purposes only,
b. The units of space proposed on the tentative map are for mobile homes and related facilities
only and the development of a mobile home park on the property included within the division
of land is in conformance with the Cod:' _. e'-- ---• _ -' - set _ . OtT ile 17;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 23
2. On such tentative map and on the final map or parcel map, there appear, in letters no less than one-
fourth inch in height, the words: "DIVISION OF LAND FOR MOBILE -HOME PURPOSES
ONLY"
B. A person shall not use, lease, sell, mortgage, place a deed of trust or other lien upon a unit of space
within a mobile -home division of lend for any purpose other than a mobile home and related facilities.
C. Except that the units in a division of land for mobile -home purposes need not comply with the
provisions of Section 16.13.010 (Area and Width—Requirements Generally) (A) thieugh (6). this
section does not modify in any way any requirements in the de%elapinent a ode or any other ordinance
or law as to area or width requirements.
D. In a mobile -home land division, the owners of the units of space which me occupied by mobile -homes
and which may also be occupied by accessory uses will hold an undivided interest in the common areas
which will in tum provide the necessary access and utility easements for the units. A note to this effect
shall be on the final map or final parcel map.
E. Title to the units and common areas in a nrobile-home division of land and control and maintenance of
the common areas shall he similar to those for condominiums as contained in the Civil Code.
16.17.0240 Division of Land Adjacent to Existing Roads.
A. If the approving authority finds that the proposed division of land abuts an
existing road which has improvements insufficient for the general use of the lot owners and the division
of land and local neighborhood and drainage needs, it may disapprove the design of the division unless
the subdivider improves or agrees to improve such road to the same standards required of roads within
all divisions of land by Chapter 16.07.
B. Where a subdivider proposes to connect to an existing dead-end or cul-de-sac street in which a
turnaround has been installed, the approving authority may require the
reconstruction of existing street improvements as a condition of such connection. If the subdivider
makes or agrees to make the required improvements, all of the provisions of the Codethis Title 16
which apply to improvements and agreements to improve within a division of land shall apply.
16.17.0450Transit and Non -motorized Access.
Developments shall incorporate and be designed to encourage access by public transit and non -
motorized modes of travel (e.g., bicycle, pedestrian). This shall be accomplished by the incorporation of
appropriate on-site bicycle and pedestrian amenities, in addition to convenient connections to the City's
transit and non -motorized facilities.(^-'. 95 'Vi''`)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 24
r 1
L J
0
�J
16.19.010 Parcel Maps—Parties Having Record Title Interests.
The signatures of all parties having any record title interest in the real property being subdivided shall
not be required on any final parcel map unless dedications or offers of dedication are made by certificate on
the final parcel map.
16.19.020 Parcel Maps—Evidence of Title.
• Evidence of title shall be submitted with all final parcel maps. This shall show all fee interest holders,
all interest holders whose interest could ripen into a fee, all trust deeds together with the name of the trustee
and/or beneficiary and all easement holders.
16.19.030 Easement Certificates.
A. Any map of a subdivision presented to the City with an offer of easements for public use shall have
written thereon, in addition to or as part of any other certificate required, a certificate, signed by all
parties whose signatures are required pursuant to Section 66436 of the Subdivision Map Act, in
substantially one of the following forms:
1. "We hereby certify that except as shown on a copy of this map on file with to the ADiee 4the City
Engineer, we know of no easement or structure existing within the easements hereby offered for
dedication to the public, other than publicly owned water lines, sewers or storm drains; that we will
grant no right or interest within the boundaries of said easements offered to the public, except
where such right or interest is expressly made subject to the said easements."
2. "We hereby certify that we know of no easement or structure existing within the easements hereby
offered for dedication to the public other than publicly owned water lines, sewers or storm drains;
that we will grant no right or interest within the boundaries of said easements offered to the public,
except where such right or interest is expressly made subject to the said easement."
B. The registered civil engineer or land surveyor who prepares the map shall notify the City Engineer that,
as a result of his thorough research of records and a field inspection, there either are structures existing
within the easements offered, or there are no structures existing within the easements offered. Form No.
I above shall be used where there are structures, and Form No. 2 above shall be used where there are no
structures.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title l6—Subdivisions
Page 25
11
Chapter 16.19
DEDICATIONS
Sections:
16.19.010
Parcel Maps—Parties Having Record Title Interests.
16.19.020
Parcel Maps—Evidence of Title.
16.19.030
Easement Certificates.
16.19.040
Private Streets.
16.19.050
Streets Serving Minor Land Divisions—Two and One -Quarter (2 I/4) Acre
Minimum Lot Size.
16.19.060
Minor Land Division and Parcel Map Requirements.
16.19.070
Sewer and Storm Drain Easements.
16.19.080
Drainage Facilities.
16.19.090
Natural Watercourses.
16.19.010 Parcel Maps—Parties Having Record Title Interests.
The signatures of all parties having any record title interest in the real property being subdivided shall
not be required on any final parcel map unless dedications or offers of dedication are made by certificate on
the final parcel map.
16.19.020 Parcel Maps—Evidence of Title.
• Evidence of title shall be submitted with all final parcel maps. This shall show all fee interest holders,
all interest holders whose interest could ripen into a fee, all trust deeds together with the name of the trustee
and/or beneficiary and all easement holders.
16.19.030 Easement Certificates.
A. Any map of a subdivision presented to the City with an offer of easements for public use shall have
written thereon, in addition to or as part of any other certificate required, a certificate, signed by all
parties whose signatures are required pursuant to Section 66436 of the Subdivision Map Act, in
substantially one of the following forms:
1. "We hereby certify that except as shown on a copy of this map on file with to the ADiee 4the City
Engineer, we know of no easement or structure existing within the easements hereby offered for
dedication to the public, other than publicly owned water lines, sewers or storm drains; that we will
grant no right or interest within the boundaries of said easements offered to the public, except
where such right or interest is expressly made subject to the said easements."
2. "We hereby certify that we know of no easement or structure existing within the easements hereby
offered for dedication to the public other than publicly owned water lines, sewers or storm drains;
that we will grant no right or interest within the boundaries of said easements offered to the public,
except where such right or interest is expressly made subject to the said easement."
B. The registered civil engineer or land surveyor who prepares the map shall notify the City Engineer that,
as a result of his thorough research of records and a field inspection, there either are structures existing
within the easements offered, or there are no structures existing within the easements offered. Form No.
I above shall be used where there are structures, and Form No. 2 above shall be used where there are no
structures.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title l6—Subdivisions
Page 25
11
0
16.19.040 Private Streets.
Except m set out hereinafter, all parcels of land intended for public use in a division of land shown on
the final map or parcel map thereof, shall be offered for dedication for public use. However, with the
approval of the approving authority, any road which is intended to be kept physically
closed to public travel or posted as a private street at all times may be shown as a private street; but in any
such case, the final map or parcel map shall contain a conditional offer of dedication, or the map may be
accompanied by a conditional offer of dedication by separate instrument, either of which may be accepted
by the City -Council. Any such private street shall be shown on such map by heavy dashed lines. Sufficient
data shall be shown on each private street to define its boundaries, as is required for a public street, and also
sufficient mathematical data to show clearly the portion of each lot within such street The design and
improvement of any such private street shall be subject to all of the requirements prescribed by the Codedris
4mHk -16 for public streets, except where otherwise approved by the City Engineer and the Cemiftwmy
Deyeloram n Director.
16.19.030 Streets Serving Minor Land Divisions—Two and One -Quarter (2_1/4) Acre Minimum Lot
Size.
Streets other than service roads, which are intended to serve as a means of access to lots shown on a
parcel map described by Section 16.21.060, but which are not to be accepted for public use prior to the time
the parcel map is filed with the County Recorder, shall be shown on the parcel map m private and future
streets. Service roads shall be shown as future streets.
16.19.060 Minor Land Division and Parcel Map Requirements.
Dedications or offers of dedication of real property for streets, highways and other public ways; access •
rights and abutter's rights; drainage and public utility easements; building restriction rights; open space: and
other public easements may be required for a minor land division or parcel map.
16.19.070 Sewer and Storm Drain Easements.
If, in the opinion of the approving authoritvF�eiasiee, either sewers or storm drains or both
are necessary for the general use of lot owners in the division of land, and such sewers or storm drains or
both are not to be installed in the streets of such division, then the subdivider shall show upon the maps and
dedicate necessary easements for such sewers or storm dmins or both.
16.19.080 Drainage Facilities.
If an artificial drainage facility is necessary for the general use of lot owners in the division of land and
for adequate drainage needs, subdivider shall dedicate an adequate right-of-way for such drainage channel.
16.19.090 Natural Watercourses.
In the event that a division of land or any pan thereof is traversed by any "Wje watercourse, channel,
stream or creek, the subdivider shall dedicate an adequate right-of-way for storm drainage purposes if the
approving authority determines such dedication is necessary. If the natural
watercourse does not lie entirely within such dedication, the subdivider may either construct an adequate
channel within such dedication or delineate the course of the watercourse upon the final map or tinalparcel
map.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 26
0
0
Chapter 16.20
COVENANTS OF EASEMENT
Sections:
16.20.010 General.
16.20.020 Procedures.
16.20.030 Content of Covenant.
16.20.040 Release of Covenant—Procedure.
16.20.010 General.
A. This chapter is adopted pursuant to Government Code Sections 65870 et seq.
B. This chapter shall apply to all development projects approved by the City, its C+ty-Council, Planning
Commission, voters, officers, and employees and acts independently from any other authority or
method for the City to require an easement. The provisions of this chapter shall only apply when:
1. The covenant af#er easement is for:
a. Parking;
b. Ingress, egress, or emergency access;
c. Light and/or air access;
d. Signage
ed. Landscaping; and/or
ft. Open space purposes.
• 2. At the time of recording the covenant of easement, all the real property benefited or burdened by
said covenant is in common ownership. (Ora' 05 ' "�="3'^5)
16.20.020 Procedures.
Whenever the approving authonty a'.eesi^- ^--' •- --''^ ^ • - •' "etennines, independently or
based upon the recommendation of City staff, that a covenant of easement is needed for one or more of the
purposes identified in Section 16.20.010 General , the approval, permit, or designation shall not become
effective unless or until said covenant of easement is recorded.
A. Whenever a covenant of easement is required herein, the covenant shall either:
1. Be in a form and manner approved by the City Attorney based upon the advice of the City
Engineer and Director , executable by the City Engineer on behalf of
the City; or
2. Be prepared by the City Attorney, executable by the City Engineer on behalf of the City.
Whenever the City Attorney prepares a covenant of easement, the City shall be entitled to
reimbursement from the applicant for the costs associated therewith.
16.20.030 Content of Covenant.
Any covenant of easement prepared pursuant to this chapter shall contain, at a minimum, the following
elements:
A. Identification of the owner and/or owners of the real property to be burdened, including a statement that
both the burdened and benefited parcels are under common ownership;
B. A consent to said covenant of easement and the recording thereof by the record owner and/or owners to
the covenant;
C. Identification of the real property to be benefited and to be burdened by said covenant including a legal
description of the same;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 27
0
D. A statement that said covenant shall act as an easement pursuant to Chapter 3 (commencing with
Section 801) of Title 2 of Part 2 of Division 2 of the California Civil Code, including an express
statement that said easement and covenant of easement shall not merge into any other interest in real
property pursuant to California Government Code Section 65871(6);
E. State that said covenant of easement shall run with the land, be binding upon all successors in interest to
the burdened real property, more to all successors in interest to the real property benefited, and shall be
subject to California Civil Code Section 1104;
F. Identify the approval, permit, or designation granted which required the covenant;
G. A statement identifying the odc section which sets forth the
procedure for release of the covenant
H. Identification of the City as a third party beneficiary;
1. Provisions concerning maintenance and the scope of use of the easement and
J. An appropriate section for execution of said covenant of easement by the record owner or owners of the
subject real property. ty.(Ofd 05 19 r^ `--. ", ^5)
16.20.040 Release of Covenant—Procedure.
Any person may request that the City make a determination as to whether or not the restriction imposed
by the covenant of easement is still necessary to achieve the City's land use goals. The determination of the
need for the covenant of easement shall be made by the approving authority body-'e;�ity-C�naeil-er
Planning CBMIRISSi011,__,.., _e that took final action on the original application. A person shall be
entitled to only one such determination in any twelve (12) month period as indicated below:-
A. To obtain a determination mentioned above, a "request for determination' application shall be made
and filed with the City Clerk. Said application shall include a fee as set by resolution of the F+ry
Council.
B. Upon receipt of a completed application, the City Clerk shall set the matter for public hearing before the
Planning Commission or City Couneil, as approving authority, and cause notice thereof to
he given pursuant to Government Code Section 65090, and a copy of the notice shall be mailed to the
record property owner or owners as shown on the Tax Assessor's latest equalized roll if other than the
applicant and to all record property owners within one thousand difee hundred (300 (1.000) feet of the
property.
C. At the conclusion of the public hearing, the Planning Commission eF Cit C_.-..il as
appfepriateaoorovine authority, shall determine and make a finding, based upon substantial evidence in
the record, whether or not the restriction imposed by the covenant of easement is still necessary to
achieve the land use goals of the City. If the Planning Cossmi' eF City Cinsneiias
epprep4ateapomvine authority, determines that the covenant for easement is still required, the Planning
Commission or City Council, as appropriate, shall by resolution determine that the need still exists.
D. If the Plam ag Comm '• -- -- City ^- ne 1, --- ---•-approving authority, finds that the covenant
of easement is no longer necessary, the Planning Gosamismproving
authority, shall by resolution make the determination and finding and direct the City Attorney to
prepare a release thereof and transmit the same to the City Clerk for recording.
E. WenningCommission action on the continuing need for the covenant of easement is subject to appeal in
accordance with Chapter 17.07_(Apoea6 and Certifications of ReviewH-eFse . this eede.
F. The City Council's determination in subsections (C) and (D) of this section shall be final and
conclusive. '^- . ,tee>
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 28
0
•
0
0
Chapter 16.21
SUBDIVISION IMPROVEMENTS
Sections:
16.21.010
Requirements Generally.
16.21.020
Agreement to Guarantee Completion—Required.
16.21.030
Installation and Construction Costs.
16.21.040
Lot Sizes in Excess of Ten (10) Acres—Requirements.
16.21.050
Minor Land Divisions—Requirements.
16.21.060
Parcel Maps—Five-Acre Minimum Lot Size Requirement.
16.2 L070
Road Improvements.
16.21.080
Paving for Access Strips.
16.21.090
Improvements Other Than Highways and Street Lights.
16.21.100
Water Mains, Appurtenances and Fire Hydrants.
16.21.110
Supplemental Sewer or Drainage Improvements.
16.21.120
Fences for Watercourses or Drainage Facilities.
16.21.130
Street Lighting—Required.
16.21.140
Street Lighting Requirement Exception.
16.21.150
Street Tree Planting.
16.21.160
Planting Strips.
• 16.21.170
16.21.180
Sidewalks—Required.
Sidewalks—Not Required.
16-21,190
,L
NlRj9F Thoroughfare and Brldge Fees.
M-100
M -211 -Mg
16.21.190
TrafP- C:c..�c-�.-. al 1 -ming. ,a .
Communication Systems
16.21.010 Requirements Generally.
A. The subdivider shall improve, or agree to improve, all land dedicated or to be dedicated on a final map
or parcel map, or by separate instrument, for roads and easements and all private roads and private
easements laid out on a final map or final parcel map, with those improvements, including sanitary
sewers, needed for the general use of the lot owners in the division of land, and for neighborhood traffic
and drainage.
B. This section does not require:
L Improvements to flood -control channels, which improvements are not solely for the benefit of the
divisions of land;
2. Improvements to freeways;
3. Improvements excepted by the provisions of Section 16.21.080 (Paving for Access Strips).
16.21.020 Agreement to Guarantee Completion—Required.
A. If any improvements be not completed to the satisfaction of the City Engineer, Director of Parks,
Recreation and Community Services and/or Director -f ^---- - ^ ^� before the final map
is filed, the subdivider shall, prior to the approval by the City Council of the final map, enter as
contractor into an agreement with the City of °--,.-�,ma�.�,..^'-='- whereby, in consideration of the acceptance
January 2013 I DRAFT
Title 16 -Subdivisions
Page 29
•
by the Council of any dedication offered on the final map and the approval of the final map, the
subdivider, as such contractor, agrees to famish all necessary equipment and material and to complete
such work within the time specified in such agreement.
B. If any improvements are not completed to the satisfaction of the City Engineer, the Director of Parks,
Recreation and Community Services or the Directo before the final parcel
map is filed with the County Recorder, the subdivider shall, prior to the approval by the aoorovine
authority a'---'- ^ ---.ar'of the final parcel map, enter as a contractor into an agreement with the
City of Santa Cliac ea whereby, in consideration of the acceptance by the City -f `-o,-..�,.a-Garito of any
dedications offered by the subdivider and the approval of the final parcel map by the aoorovine
authori Plenaing£emneissiea, the subdivider, as such contractor, agrees to famish all necessary
equipment and material and to complete such work within the time specified in such agreement. (044.
00 , _ tri—y�rv,vvTrirt•z.Pv?)
16.21.030 Installation and Construction Costs.
A. The cost of installing pipes and other facilities for the transmission of water may be paid for in whole or
in part from revenues collected from the customers served at regular established water rates for the
water utili eempany_ pursuant to regulations of the Public Utilities Commission where applicable, or
by a public agency, as defined in Section 4401 of the California Government Code, from the net
operating income only, as payment for the sale of water thereto.
B. The subdivider may be reimbursed for a portion of theirhis costs as provided in Sections 66486 and
66487 of the Subdivision Map Act, or other reimbursement enabling acts.
C. Except for assessments authorized after tentative map approval for the financing and completion of
improvements required of the subdivider, all outstanding or remaining assessments on the land of the •
subdivision established for improvements contracted under special assessment district proceedings shall
be paid by the subdivider.
16.21.040 Lot Sizes in Excess of Ten (10) Acres—Requirements.
AB. Where each parcel resulting from a division of land has a minimum gross area of twenty (20) acres of -6
Imal,no improvements shall be required in anv land use zone.
$A- Where each parcel resulting from a division of land has a minimum gross area of ten (10) acres ertis-e
FeSUltifig fi�ffi the SH)MR1 diV 6:011 Of an undem zed sent on of lend an
having • a,mi_ .. ____ .
_ _ _-_.o_:__ ice. _____and the entire division of land is zoned ogp eukufa,-(A)
P&Non-Urban 4 (NU4). Non -Urban 3 (NU3), Non -Urban 2 (NU2) .er Non -
Urban I (NUI). Open Space (OS) or Open Space -Agriculture (OS-A)by the CodeTi+ - '-�-af4:stoa<,
streets or highways which traverse sloping remain shall be graded in accordance with engineering plans
approved by the City Engineer, unless all lots abutting any such street or highway are within an area
zoned to have a required area of ten (10) acres or more by the-
-17 of thiseade. No other improvements shall be required.
C. As used in this section, the term "improvements" does not refer to required monuments. The provisions
of this section shall apply notwithstanding the provisions of any other section. (Orel -00-3, 24 00)
16.21.050 Minor Land Divisions—Requirements.
Improvements shall not be required as a condition precedent to filing a parcel map on a minor land
division where the aoorovineau[horiNa,-'�.--a:rg-^:asiar, finds that the existing systems and
improvements adequately serve adjacent developed parcels, unless such improvements are necessary for the
development of parcels within the division of land or we necessary to be consistent with the General Plan.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions
Page 30
0
0
16.21.060 Parcel Maps—Five-Acre Minimum Lot Size Requirement.
A. Except as otherwise provided in this section and Section 16.21.100 (Water Mains. Appurtenances and
Fire Hydrant), no improvements shall be required when each parcel resulting from a division of land
has a minimum gross area of all he n -- - pareel inap h •- • _ •-oss area of five (5) acres or more
and are within a Non -Urban or Open Spacesingle fs iii15 Fesid__ti •' -- agFieulmml zone. of within�
B. As used in this section, the term "improvement" does not refer to required monuments.
C. the parcel maps of five (5) acre lot size or more, this note shall be placed: "Further division of this
property to lot sizes below five (5) acres will require standard improvements be completed as a
condition of approval. The improvements will include, but not be limited to, providing access,
installation of water mains, appurtenances and fire hydrants, and conformance to City a saaw-faarlta
development standards."
16.21.070 Road Improvements.
A. All mad improvements, including drainage structures incidental thereto and including two (2) foot
cement concrete gutters wherever cement concrete curb is required, shall be installed to a grade
approved by the City Engineer. Plans, profiles and specifications for such improvements shall be
famished to the City Engineer no later than the time of submitting the final or final parcel map to the
City Engineer for checking, and such plans, profiles and specifications shall be subject to the approval
of the City Engineer before any such map shall be approved or certified. Such plans, profiles and
improvements shall be in accordance with the standards of the City, as adopted by the Council.
L The developer is responsible for refurbishing the half section of pavement along the frontage of the
• development to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
2. The developer is responsible for all street improvements along the project frontage with transitions
built beyond the Project site.
B. Where all lots in the division of land contain a net area of not less than twenty thousand (20,000) square
feet or in an area allowed for by a Special Standards District, the rural street section, inverted shoulder,
may be used in lieu of concrete curbs and gutters; provided, that curbs and gutters are not necessary for
drainage purposes or to maintain an existing neighborhood pattem.
C. In all locations required by the City Enginee[PiR•t-F..c T-^____.._.:__ __d F__:__-___ v._.:..__ bus
stops shall be installed which shall include bus turnouts, bus shelter/benches, trash receptacles and
signage to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. The right-of-way necessary to contain such
improvements shall be dedicated by the developer.
D. Developer shall pay street maintenance fees to cover the cost of one-time slurry seal of all pavements
constructed as public streets within the development.
E. Subject to the approval of the City Engineer, the developer shall install enhanced pedestrian crossing
treatments adjacent to schools, parks, and facilities frequented by children, senior citizens and/or
disabled persons. These treatments may include, but not be limited to, raised crosswalks, curb
extensions, passive pedestrian detection systems, grade separated pedestrian crossings and in -pavement
crosswalk lights. At the discretion of the City, in lieu of providing said improvements, the developer
shall pay a fee equal to the City's cost of constructing the improvements.
x S)
16.21.080 Paving for Access Strips.
A. The approving authorimay require that single -access strips for a flag lots be
paved to a width of fifteen (15) feet or to full width, whichever is less, and that multiple -access strips be
paved to a total width of twenty-six (206) feet or to the full combined width of the access strips,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 31
0
whichever is less, with asphaltic concrete or portland cement concrete. The Fire Department may
require additional width beyond that indicated above
B. Such surfacing shall be installed in accordance with the specifications for driveway paving within the
Codes.
16.21.090 Improvements Other Than Highways and Street Lights.
In the event that fences, walls, water mains, sanitary sewers, other means of sewage disposal or storm
drains (other than structures incidental to road improvements) are installed or are to be installed as part of
the improvement of a division of land, plans, profiles, specifications and all necessary details of the
proposed construction shall be submitted to the City Engineer no later than the time of submitting the final
map or final parcel map for checking, and shall be subject to final approval by the City Engineer before such
final map shall be transmitted to the City -Council for approval, or before the final parcel map shall be
transmitted for filing with the County Recorder, Such plans, profiles and specifications shall show full
details of the proposed improvement, which shall conform to the standards of the City-ef&m4&42Iarite. Plans
for sanitary sewers shall comply with the Sanitary Sewer and Industrial Waste Ordinance. Plans for other
methods of sewage disposal shall comply with the City of Santa Qarita-Plumbing Code, Title 20 of the
Muncipal Codediis--eede. Plans for water mains and fire hydrants shall comply with the Municipal
Codei eetiaii 16 21.Ifo. (Oi:d� 09 3, 2'8'00)
16.21.100 Water Mains, Appurtenances and Fire Hydrants.
A. The subdivider shall install, or agree to install, water mains and fire hydrants adequate for the domestic
demand and general use of the lot owners and for fire protection to the division of land with a --This
seeiian shall not apply Miem ail lots an the di% i5ion of land niap eenaii" a M Him" " gross area of five
(5) acres, and the area is within a Non -Urban or Open Space zoncsiagi;-��
B. The water mains, appurtenances and fire hydrants required by this section shall comply in all respects
with all statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable at the time of installation. Such water
mains, appurtenances and fire hydrants also shall be designed and constructed to deliver the fire flow
and domestic water demands as determined by the Los Angeles C-" Fire DeoartmentFeraster-need
-' `r=.� Wara''✓'-- pursuant to the specifications of service, design and construction set out and in
conformance with the Utilities Code and Water System Requirements.
C. On all final and final parcel maps of five (5) acre lot size or more, the following note shall be placed:
"Further division of this property to lot sizes below five (5) acres will require that standard
improvements be completed as a condition of approval. The improvements will include but not be
limited to providing access, installation of water mains, appurtenances and fire hydrants, and
conformance to standard City ef9eaie-0ari[adevelopment standards."
16.21.110 Supplemental Sewer or Drainage Improvements.
Sanitary sewer or,drainage improvements installed by the subdivider for the benefit of the division of
Ind may be required to contain supplemental size, capacity, length, depth or number, or to be altered in
location, for the benefit of property not within the division of land in order to facilitate the orderly
development of the surrounding area in a manner consistent with the policies of the General Plan. Such
improvements shall be dedicated to the public. The -Qty Council shall enter into an agreement to provide for
the payment of reimbursement to the subdivider and the collection of charges from the property
beneliKedbeneftted by the supplemental improvements, in conformance with applicable state laws.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions
Page 32
0
•
0
0
16.21.120 Fences for Watercourses or Drainage Facilities.
If, by reason of the location, shape, slopes, width, depth, velocity of water therein, or other
characteristics of a watercourse or drainage facility on a dedicated easement, the proposed development of
the division of land makes necessary the fencing of such watercourse or drainage facility, and the approving
authori Alarming G&na%issiex so finds, the subdivider shall improve such watercourse or drainage facility
with a e`�,aia4i"-O-'' wrought iron or tubular steel fence or equal, not less than five (5) feet high. Such fence
shall be provided with an adequate number of gates to permit access for cleaning and maintenance. There
shall be no apertures below the fence large enough to permit a child to crawl under such fence. If any portion
of the channel of such watercourse or drainage facility constitutes any portion of the boundary of the
division of land, the subdivider shall fence the side of such portion which is within the division of land. All
other portions within the division of land shall be fenced on both sides of such watercourse or drainage
facility.
16.21.130 Street Lighting—Required.
The subdivider shall provide a street lighting system in each division of land. Plans for street lights shall
be submitted accordance with the Municipal Cod04 ghway Peimit Ordmanee.
16.21.140 Street Lighting Requirement Exception.
The requirement for street lighting systems may be waived if the approving authonLyPleauiag
Commission finds that street lights will not be in keeping with the neighborhood pattern, is located in a
Special Standards District that with street lighting requirements or all lots in the division of land contain a
net area of not less than forty thousand (40,000) square feet and street lights are not necessary to serve such
• lots so as to maintain the continuity of an established neighborhood street lighting pattern.
t6.21.150 Street Tree Planting.
Except as otherwise provided in this section, a subdivider shall plant trees along the frontage of all lots
shown on a final map or final parcel map. The number, species, and location of such trees shall be as
specified by the City Engineer. Tree planting is not required unless it is determined to be in the public
interest:
A. Along a segment of a street or highway to which the right of direct access from abutting lots has been
relinquished; and
B. Along streets and highways which are not improved with curbs and would cause a traffic safety issue.
16.21.160 Planting Strips.
The Director of Parks, Reereittion and Community- -hall advise subdividers and their
successors in interest in the selection and care of trees. ground cover, or shrubs to be planted in any required
planting strip reservation on private property. (^-'�=, 1 '25''04)
16.21.170 Sidewalks—Required.
Except as otherwise provided in th , the subdivider shall install sidewalks not less
than five (5) feet wide:
A. On both sides of entrance and collector streets within the division of land;
B. On both sides of loop, interior and cul-de-sac streets;
C. Along one side of service roads adjacent to abutting lots;
D. Along highways shown on the General Plan Circulation May Joint Highway Plan"'-_,s,.e;- Plan m
rtenal;',ig.`rway where no service road is provided, and lots in the division of land take direct access
to the highway; and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 33
0
E. Along highways shown on the General Plan Circulation Man Joint Highway Plan Mu t.--r-F',1M al
ArterialHighwayswhere necessary in order to provide for the safety and convenience of pedestrians.
(9rd. 00-3,:9'00)
16.21.180 Sidewalks Not Required.
The construction of sidewalks is not required where any one or more of the following conditions exist
and the approving authotitvpleaaixe f-exixtisaien so finds:
A. Whem all lots in the Elisision of I-nA �anmifl , H-1 -r-, F not lessi thasi firiee" thousand (15,000) situare
tattemi
B. The construction of sidewalks would be impractical because of topographical conditions or because of
other physical obstacles;
B6. Sidewalks will not be in keeping with the neighborhood pattem. or
CO. Sidewalks are not needed in, and will not benefit the area.
D. Is located in a Special Standards District that allows the installation of sidewalks to be
waived.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 34
0
E
E
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 35
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 36
0
r1
L_J
0
0
0
16.21.190 Communication Systems
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 37
16.23.010 Deposits for Plan Check, Inspection and/or Review of Final Clearance Documents.
Before commencing any improvement or recordation of a final or final parcel map, the subdivider shall
deposit:
A. With the City Engineer, the sum required by the Code''' - 16 of ..... ede the High.. _ Peinii
Ardiaeoee; and the Municipal Code for all street lights or street light systems to be installed;
B. With the City Engineer, the sum required by the Municipal Clity-Ceode, for all sewers and other
improvements described in that division, to be constructed or installed;
C. With City Engineer, a sum estimated by the City Engineer to cover actual cost of plan check and
inspection of all improvements under theiritis-or�-'--- jurisdiction other than the improvements referred
to in Subsection B of this section and a sum estimated by the City Engineer to cover the actual cost of
reviewing documents for the issuance of a final clearance for compliance with tentative map conditions
under th_irlirl- -- jurisdiction. This section shall not affect the requirement for deposits or fees as
may be prescribed in any other ordinance. This subsection applies to all tract maps, parcel maps,
waivers or certificates of compliance processed by the City Engineer, whether the property is within the
limits of an incorporated city or not;
D. With the City Engineer, a sum estimated by the City Engineer, including drainage structures incidental
thereto. (Ofd. 00 3, 2 8 'BO)
16.23.020 Plan Check and Inspection Fees—Payment of Deficiencies.
A_ If any deposit made pursuant to Section 16.23.0 10 (Deposits for Plan Check. Inspection and/or Review
of Final Clearance Documents) is less than sufficient to pay all of the costs of plan checking or
inspection, the subdivider, upon demand of the City Engineer, shall pay to the officer making the
demand an amount equal to the deficiency. The fee shall be in accordance with the City's current fee
schedule established by Council resolution. If the subdivider fails or refuses to pay such deficiency
upon demand, the City may recover the same by action in any court of competent jurisdiction. Until
such deficiency is paid in full, the improvement shall be considered incomplete. Add tional plan eheel
fees shall he assessed leF pFejeet that e3weeds dime
an
B. All reviews by the Citv Engineer shall become onN'and-andif more than 365 calendar days
transpire between return of the plan check to the applicant and receipt of the successive plan check by
the ON Engineer.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 38
0
•
C�
Chapter 16.23
FEES, BONDS AND DEPOSITS
Sections:
16.23.010
Deposits for Plan Check, Inspection and/or Review of Final Clearance Documents.
16.23.020
Plan Check and Inspection Fees—Payment of Deficiencies.
16.23.030
Improvement Agreement—Faithful Performance Bond Requirements.
16.23.040
Water Main Installation—Exemptions to Bond Requirements.
16.23.030
Improvement Agreement—Amounts.
16.23.060
Companies Authorized to Furnish Bonds—Conditions.
16.23.070
Security for Deferred Setting of Monuments.
16.23.080
Special Assessment Security.
16.23.090
Alternatives to Faithful Performance Bond Described—Procedures.
16.23.100
Reduction in Bond or Deposit on Portion of Work Completed.
16.23.110
Forfeiture on Failure to Complete.
16.23.010 Deposits for Plan Check, Inspection and/or Review of Final Clearance Documents.
Before commencing any improvement or recordation of a final or final parcel map, the subdivider shall
deposit:
A. With the City Engineer, the sum required by the Code''' - 16 of ..... ede the High.. _ Peinii
Ardiaeoee; and the Municipal Code for all street lights or street light systems to be installed;
B. With the City Engineer, the sum required by the Municipal Clity-Ceode, for all sewers and other
improvements described in that division, to be constructed or installed;
C. With City Engineer, a sum estimated by the City Engineer to cover actual cost of plan check and
inspection of all improvements under theiritis-or�-'--- jurisdiction other than the improvements referred
to in Subsection B of this section and a sum estimated by the City Engineer to cover the actual cost of
reviewing documents for the issuance of a final clearance for compliance with tentative map conditions
under th_irlirl- -- jurisdiction. This section shall not affect the requirement for deposits or fees as
may be prescribed in any other ordinance. This subsection applies to all tract maps, parcel maps,
waivers or certificates of compliance processed by the City Engineer, whether the property is within the
limits of an incorporated city or not;
D. With the City Engineer, a sum estimated by the City Engineer, including drainage structures incidental
thereto. (Ofd. 00 3, 2 8 'BO)
16.23.020 Plan Check and Inspection Fees—Payment of Deficiencies.
A_ If any deposit made pursuant to Section 16.23.0 10 (Deposits for Plan Check. Inspection and/or Review
of Final Clearance Documents) is less than sufficient to pay all of the costs of plan checking or
inspection, the subdivider, upon demand of the City Engineer, shall pay to the officer making the
demand an amount equal to the deficiency. The fee shall be in accordance with the City's current fee
schedule established by Council resolution. If the subdivider fails or refuses to pay such deficiency
upon demand, the City may recover the same by action in any court of competent jurisdiction. Until
such deficiency is paid in full, the improvement shall be considered incomplete. Add tional plan eheel
fees shall he assessed leF pFejeet that e3weeds dime
an
B. All reviews by the Citv Engineer shall become onN'and-andif more than 365 calendar days
transpire between return of the plan check to the applicant and receipt of the successive plan check by
the ON Engineer.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 38
0
•
C�
0
16.23.030 Improvement Agreement—Faithful Performance Bond Requirements.
The agreement referred to in Chapter 16.21 (Subdivision Improvements) shall be accompanied by a
faithful performance bond guaranteeing thefd&W performance of all work, the inspection of which is the
duty of the City Engineer, in a Penal sum which, in the opinion of the City Engineer equals the costs thereof,
except for monumenmtion work, the agreement shall be accompanied by cash. or other surety as determined
by the City Engineer, guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work. In the case of monumenmtion, the
agreement shall be accompanied by cash guaranteeing the faithful performance of work. (Ofd. 00 1, 2,g QQ)
16.23.040 Water Main Installation—Exemptions to Bond Requirements.
If the subdivider shows to the satisfaction of the City Engineer that he has entered into a contract with a
water utility, as defined in the Water Ordinance set out in this code, to construct water mains as required by
the Municinal Code*is-T;t.a.e, which contract makes the City, eFSeatu-GR 4A -a party thereto and provides
that such contract may not he modified or rescinded without the consent of the City except as required by the
Public Utilities Commission, and has deposited with such water utility security for the payment of such
water utility which the City Engineer finds adequate, the subdivider need not accompany his agreement to
install such water mains with a faithful performance bond or a labor and materials bond. The City Engineer
is hereby authorized to execute said contract on behalf of the CityefBentaBlarite.
16,23.050 Improvement Agreement—Amounts.
Improvement security shall be for the following amounts unless otherwise stated in the Codethis Title
46:
A. An amount estimated by the City to be equal to the cost of improvements covered by the security,
• guaranteeing the faithful performance of the improvement work, plus an amount equal to the cost of
inspecting the improvement work; plus an amount estimated by the City to be necessary for the
guarantee and warranty of the work for a period of one year following the completion and acceptance
thereof against any defective work or labor done, or defective materials furnished.
B. An amount estimated by the City to be equal to fifty (50) percent of the cost of the improvements
covered by the security, securing payment to contractors and subcontractors and to all persons renting
equipment or famishing labor or materials to them.
16.23.060 Companies Authorized to Furnish Bonds—Conditions.
All tax bonds famished under authority of the Subdivision Map Act, and all faithful performance bonds
referred to in this chapter shall be:
A. Furnished by a surety company authorized to write the same in the State of California; and
B. Subject to the approval and acceptance by the CiwClerk-ef4he-Cipj— ne;: and Citv Engineer.
16.23.070 Security for Deferred Setting of Monuments.
The agreement referred to in Section 16.05.070 (Inspection and Approval of Monuments) shall be
accompanied by cash in a pena4-sum which, in the opinion of the City Engineer, equals the cost of setting
such monuments, guaranteeing the faithful performance of all such work of setting monuments and
furnishing notes, and in every respect complying with such agreement A labor and materials security shall
not be required. (04 00-3,x'9 O0)
16.23.080 Special Assessment Security.
The security required for unpaid special assessments by Section 66493(c) of the Subdivision Map Act
shall be money, negotiable bonds, savings and loan shares or instruments of credit, and shall comply with
Section 16.23.050 (Improvement Agreement—Amounts).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 39
0
16.23.090 Alternatives to Faithful Performance Bond Described—Procedures.
In lieu of any faithful performance bond required by this chapter an(tor security as required by Sections
16.23.070 (Security for Deferred Setting of Monuments) and 16.23.080(Soeclal Assessment Security), the
subdivider may deposit with the City Engineer, Director of Parks, Recreation and Community Services, or
the Director, on behalf of the City Council, a sum of money or negotiable
bonds, or savings and loan certificates or shares equal to the required amount of the improvement security
for the faithful performance thereof. If the subdivider deposits saving and loan certificates or shares, he also
shall assign such certificates and shares to the Cid, and such deposit and assignment shall
be subject to all of the provisions and conditions of this code. Instruments of credit, pursuant to Section
66499(a)(3) of the Subdivision Map Act, may also be furnished in lieu of any faithful performance security
required by this chapter. (OFd. 00 3, 24'004 04 nc 1 c , c r,_, n< 19 c , 12.113 605)
16.23.100 Reduction in Bond or Deposit on Portion of Work Completed.
A. When any portion of an improvement has actually been fully completed, the City Engineer, Director of
Parks, Recreation and Community Services or the Director 4G ------- ----•, whose duty it
is to inspect such improvement may, in theirhis discretion, authorize from time to time a reduction in
the bonds or instruments of credit, or a partial withdrawal of funds, or a partial reassignment and
withdrawal of savings and loan certificates or shares, which bonds, instruments of credit, funds,
certificates or shares were deposited in lieu of a faithful performance bond required by this chapter,
equal to the estimated cost of such completed portion.
B. This section does not authorize a reduction or withdrawal for partial completion of any or all of such
improvement. (Ord. 90 3, 2,18.'90t n -a n< , _a n< 19c , 1243'95
16.23.110 Forfeiture on Failure to Complete.
Upon the failure of a subdivider to complete any improvement within the time specified in an
agreement, the City Engineer, the Director of Parks, Recreation and Community Services, or the Dimctor�f
Commit i py Development, may, upon notice in writing of not less than ten (10) days, served upon the
person, firm or corporation signing such contract, or upon notice in writing of not less than twenty (20) days
served by certified mail addressed to the last known address of the person, fine or corporation signing such
contract, determine that said improvement work or any part thereof is uncompleted, and may cause to be
forfeited to the City such portion of said sum of money or bonds given for the faithful performance of said
work, or may cash any savings and loan certificates or shares deposited and assigned to assure faithful
performance of said work in such amount as may be necessary to complete such improvement work. The
City Attorney shall take legal action required for the enforcement of subdivision improvement agreements
when requested to do so by the City Engineer, the Director of Parks, Recreation and Community Services, or
the Director of -^o-- m ^ De lopmen:. (Ofd. 00 3. _ - . 05 1 . -, -: ^-'. ^_ 19 k 2,
i 2.'-13!&5)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 40
11
0
E
Chapter 16.25
TENTATIVE TRACT AND PARCEL MAPS
Sections:
16.25.010 Processing.
16.25.020 Submission for Approval Required.
16.25.030 Fees Required.
16.25.040 Contents and Submittal Requirements.
16.25.050 Map Number.
16.25.060 Identity of Subdivider.
16.25.070 Fees for Notice to Tenants for Public Rearing on Condominium Conversion.
16.25.080 Revised Tentative Map Fee.
16.25.090 Access to Property.
16.25.100 Distribution of Copies.
16.25.110 Authority of the Planning Commission.
16.25.120 Rejection Where Use Prohibited.
16.25.130 Duration of Approval—Extensions.
16.25.010 Processing.
A tentative map shall be filed and processed m outlined in t Division 17.00 (Geneml Procedures) and
Division 17.20 (Applications) of this Code and as specified by Council resolution lee-wbdi'Sign -aad
•
16.25.020 Submission for Approval Required.
A tentative map shall be submitted to the Planning Division Dep�eo! of Community DeNrelepment
and approved in accordance with the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act and the subdWisieeCeode prior
to the submittal of a final map, final parcel map or reversion to acreage for approval. (04 00-3''8'0@i
OFF 0 _i OFd. _
16.25.030 Fees Required.
The filing fees shall be paid as- shall be in accordance with the City's current fee schedule established
by the Council resolution.
16.25.040 Contents and Submittal Requirements.
The subdivider shall provide the information and documents required by City resolution as well as the
following:
A. Approximate location of all areas subject to flooding and the location and directions of flow of all
watercourses.
B. A soil or geologic report when required by the City Engineer.
C. A relocation impact report, which contains the information required pursuant to Government Code
Section 66427.4 and Municipal Code Section 6.04.030 fRelocation Impact Report)., if the tentative map
or parcel map involves the subdivision of a manufactured home park or mobile -home park. (04 97-6,
."
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 41
J
16.25.050 Map Number.
The Los Angeles County Department of Public Works shall assign map numbers for tentative, final and
parcel maps. Before submitting a map, the project engineer or surveyor shall obtain a number from the
County Engineer.
16.25.060 Identity of Subdivider.
When a tentative map is submitted, the C may require the
subdivider to show the following:
A. The applicant is the owner of the property shown on the proposed subdivision map.
B. That the applicant has an option or contract to purchase the property or the portion which theyhe does
not own.
C. That [heyhe are -is the authorized agent of one who meets the requirements of subsection (A) or (B) of
this section. w4 00 3, 2'8,1 ,e. 95 1 s -.. Q _ 5-19-4-2 124 . 3'05)
16.25.070
16.25.070 Fees for Notice to Tenants for Public Hearing on Condominium Conversion.
The notification fees shall be paid pursuant to Government Code Section 55451.3 as required by City
ordinance, and resolution and Division 17.00 (General Procedures),
16.25.080 Revised Tentative Map Fee.
The revised map fees shall be paid beginning with the Owd inaje- fe - and each revision fhereufter
as required by Councilresolution.
16.25.090 Access to Property.
The approving authorityAairn, ,.-�...�,e-�--0--0 -- may require as a condition of approval of a tentative map
that the subdivider produce evidence that the property as divided will have access to a public street or
highway.
16.25.100 Distribution of Copies.
Upon the submittal of a tentative map, the appropriate number of copies and all other submittal
requirements, the Director _o "- — pmeW shall distribute copies of the map to all other
agencies and City departments having an interest in the proposed division of land. fArd.-803 2'8'00; Ard.
c 19c2 12 ,13,05)
16.25.110 Authority of the Planning Commission.
The lil"ningC,ommission is authorized to approve, conditionally approve or disapprove tentative maps
and to exercise the responsibilities as specified by Sections 66473.5, 66474, 66474.1 and 66474.6 of the
Subdivision Map Act When tentative maps are part of an action that requires Council action, the Council
shall be the Aopmving Authority. When the proposed tentative map or parcel map involves the subdivision
of a manufactured home park or mobile -home park, the Planning -Commission is not authorized to approve
any tentative maps until the subdivider has obtained a tentative permit pursuant to Municipal Code Chapter
6.04 (Manufactured Home Parks - Change of Use. Further, the Planningapproving authority
shall condition its approval of such a tentative map or final parcel map on the grunting of a final permit
being granted to the park owner pursuant to Section 6.04. 120 (Appeal from Imposition of Conditions for
Change of Use). r^-'. ^ _ ,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 42
E
•
0
0
16.25.120 Rejection Where Use Prohibited.
The aonroving authority may reject a tentative map if the
only practical use which can be made of the property as proposed to be divided is a use prohibited by any
ordinance, statute, law or other valid regulation.
16.25.130 Duration of Approval"'�:aas.
The approval of a tentative map shall be effective for a period as indicated in Section 17.06.330 (Time
Limits and Extensions).
F7,B♦-WB. If the DiFe.......................:.r d._W_ .i.. ___ _,. f__ OR elifeflSiOfl. the _ bilk id._
may appeai to the city 9C Santa Claf4a C-Offifflissien within the amount Af t me speeiried in the
I*
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title l6—Subdivisions
Page 43
0
11
Chapter 16.27
VESTING TENTATIVE MAPS
Sections:
16.27.010
Application.
16.27.020
Processing.
16.27.030
Fees Required.
16.27.040
Additional Contents.
16.27.050
Expiration.
16.27.060
116.27,"@"
Vesting on Approval of Vesting Tentative Map.
ASIS'
Appl:eations-ineensistent with Existing PeOeies.
16.27.010 Application.
When a provision of the _eode requires the filing of a tentative tract or
parcel map; the subdivider may instead file a vesting tentative map in accordance with these provisions. The
filing of a vesting tentative map is at the exclusive option of the subdivider and shall not be a prerequisite to
any proposed subdivision or an application for development.
16.27.020 Processing.
A vesting tentative map shall be filed in the same form, possess the same contents and he processed in
the same manner as a tentative tract or parcel map whichever is applicable, including, but not limited to,
criteria for rejection, dedications and the imposition of conditions, except as hereinafter provided.
16.27.030 Fees Required.
The filing fees shall -be-pai9 shall be in accordance with the City's current fee schedule established by
Council , resolution.
16.27.040 Additional Contents.
At the time a vesting tentative map is filed, it shall contain on its face in a conspicuous manner the
words "Vesting Tentative Map" The subdivider shall provide the information and documents required by
the City
16.27.050 Expiration.
An approved or conditionally approved vesting tentative map for a tract eF JbF a mineF'and division
shall be effective for the periods of time as specified for tentative maps.
16.27.060 Vesting on Approval of Vesting Tentative Map.
A. The approval or conditional approval of a vesting tentative map by the eyW2Mvina
authority shall establish a vested right to proceed with applicable ordinances and general and specific
plans in effect at the date the accompanying application is deemed complete pursuant to Government
Code Section 65943 in accordance with Sections 66474.2 and 66498.1 of said Government Code.
B. Notwithstanding the above provisions, a permit, approval, extension and/or entitlement may be made
conditioned or denied if any of the following are determined by the 400l ageneeyaromvine authority:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions
Page 44
0
C.
D.
E.
• F.
0
1. Failure to do so would place the residents of the subdivision or the immediate community, or both,
in a condition dangerous to their health or safety; or
2. The condition or denial is required in order to comply with the mandates of either state or federal
law.
The vested rights created herein by the approval or conditional approval of a vesting tentative map shall
lapse, expire and be of no force and effect if the final map, final parcel map or grant of waiver is not
approved by the C-Ny-Council or other entity authorized to grant approval prior to the time limits set
forth If a final map, final parcel map or grant of waiver is approved nein compliance with said section,
these vested rights shall be effective for an initial period of not to exceed one year thereafter. Prior to
the expiration of the initial one-year period, the subdivider may apply for an additional one-year
extension of the period of the vested right to the Director -f COINHIMn .. DeYel--a---•. Ff-the--MI M 4ea
H-,
C-SM!"iSSIOR within fifteen (15) days
..G--lha....I:eR of the g dyisei. ,...-b.ney
Where several final maps, final parcel maps or grants of waiver are recorded on various phases of a
development project covered by a single vesting tentative map, the aforesaid one-year time period shall
run for each phase when the final map, fina arcel map or grant of waiver for that phase is recorded.
The subdivider may file for a one-year extension as provided for in subsection (C) of this section -end
Where a complete application for a building permit is submitted by the subdivider within the time
periods set forth above, the vested rights conferred by this chapter shall continue in full force and effect
until the expiration of that permit, or any valid extension of the permit which may be granted by the
Pepa�enf 6Fhe Director.
The precise amount of fees required to be paid as a condition precedent to recording a map and/or
completing a development shall be the amount in effect at the time of payment of fees.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title l6 -Subdivisions
Page 45
0
Chapter 16.29
FINAL MAPS AND FINAL PARCEL MAPS
Sections:
16.29.010
Separated Parcels—Restrictions.
16.29.020
Evidence of Title.
16.29.030
Matters Required for Submittal.
16.29.040
Street Improvement Plan Checking Fees.
16.29.050
Final Parcel Map Processing Fees.
16.29.060
Tract Map Processing Fees.
16.29.070
City Engineer Action.
16.29.010 Separated Parcels—Restrictions.
No parcel of land shall be divided on any single map when suc a eParA is separated or divided into
two (2) or more parcels or portions by any parcel of land other than a street, alley, railroad right-of-way, and
when such land is so separated, each pmcel or portion thereof, if divided, shall be divided as a separate
parcel and shown on a separate map.
16.29.020 Evidence of Title.
The evidence of title required by Section 66465 of the Subdivision Map Act shall be a certificate of title
or a policy of title insurance issued by a title company authorized by the laws of the State of California to
write the same, showing the names of all persons having any record title interest in the land to be •
subdivided, together with the nature of their respective interests therein. In the event that any dedication is to
be made for public use of any property shown on any such final map of land in Cid, the said
certificate of title or policy of title insurance shall be issued for the benefit and protection of the City�f
Santa OdFita. Such certificate or policy shall be dated and delivered upon request of the City Engineer when
such final map is ready for recordation.
16.29.030 Matters Required for Submittal.
At the time of submittal of the final tract map or parcel map, or prints thereof, the following matters
shall be submitted to the City Engineer as an aid in the processing of the final maps:
A. Complete copies of all deeds referenced on the map or required for the interpretation of deeds
referenced on the map;
B. Complete copies of all field -book pages referenced on the map;
C. Complete copies of all other documents and information referenced on the map;
D. Mathematical traverses, in a form acceptable to the City Engineer, of the boundary of the division of
land, block boundaries, not -a -part areas, centerline loops and each lot or parcel shown on the map;
E. A print of the most recent Assessor Map Book page or pages covering the proposed division of land;
F. Complete copy of final map in digital format as designated by the City Engineersireeter—of
T.. ..v c )
16.29.040 Street Improvement Plan Checking Fees.
A. Where the City Engineer is required to check street improvement plans for a parcel or tract map under
the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act, the subdivider shall pay a plan checking fee to the City
Engineer in addition to all other fees and charges required by law. These fees, payable upon submission
or resubmission of the plans for checking by the City Engineer, shall be based on estimated
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions
Page 46
0
construction costs and number of resubmittals, and are based on the fee schedule as approved by the
C-ty-Council. Additional _i._ _lteek c_._ _h_n be ., a f_- ptajeetsexeeedpia
ebeeks:-EArd. 00 3 -? &'00i
B. All reviews by the City Engineer shall become xaN-end-veWinvalid if more than 365 calendar days
transpire between return of the plan check to the annlicant and receipt of the successive plan check by
the City Engineer.
16.29.030 Final parcel Map Processing Fees.
A. Where the City Engineer processes a final parcel map, waiver or certificate of compliance under the
provisions of the Subdivision Map Act, the subdivider shall pay a processing fee to the City Engineer in
addition to all other fees and charges required by law. This fee, payable upon submission of the final
parcel map, waiver or certificate of compliance or a print thereof, for review by the City Engineer or
determination of compliance with the Section 66492 of the Subdivision Map Act by the City of Sante
Clark&. shall be the total of the following application fees based on the current fee schedule established
by-FeqoIH4owef#k�G+P,pLCouncil resolution:
1. An analysis fee based on the number of parcels;
2. An easement checking fee where easements other than those of the local agency are delineated on
the final map;
3. A monument inspection fee;
4. A fee for verification that the final parcel map, waiver or certificate of compliance is consistent
with, and is in compliance with the requirements of the conditions of tentative approval;
5. A fee shall be paid for the processing of each improvement shown on an agreement and/or
• improvement security, other than security for payment of taxes; a fee for the processing of each
request for an extension of time in which to complete the work required under an agreement or
agreements per City ordinance and/or resolution;
6. A Fe9ohinktal f�e shall be paid % th the fewth subintintall ef the originals an&@F rknts of the fine!
p—A-marn
pafe�..r in.-.
9. fee shall be paid for processing documents if dedications or offers of dedication are made by
separate instrument in conjunction with a certificate of compliance processed under the provisions
of Chapter 16.35 (Certificates of Compliance - Notices of Violation) of this title.
B. If dedications or offers of dedication are made by separate instrument in conjunction with a final parcel
map, or grant of waiver and certificate of compliance, the subdivider shall reimburse the City Engineer
for the cost of preparing or checking the separate instruments.
16.29.060 Tract Map Processing Fees.
A. Where the City Engineer processes a tract map under the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act, the
subdivider shall pay a map processing fee to the City Engineer in addition to all other fees and charges
required by law. This fee, payable upon submission of the final tract map, or a print thereof, for review
by the City Engineer or determination of compliance with Section 66492 of the Subdivision Map Act
by the City-eP&anw-E4 Fita, shall be the total of the following applicable fees:
1. An analysis fee based on the number of lots;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 -Subdivisions
Page 47
CJ
2. An easement checking fee where easements other than those of the local agency are delineated on
the final tract map;
3. A monument inspection fee;
4. A fee for verification that the final map is consistent with, and is in compliance with the
requirements of the conditions of tentative approval;
5. A fee shall be paid for the processing of each improvement shown on an agreement and/or
improvement security, other than security for payment of taxes; a fee shall be paid for the
processing of each request for an extension of time in which to complete the work required under
an agreement or agreements;
- o
nap
. traet map;
8. A Fesubmitial Pe shall he paid w th the eighth and eaeh subsequent submittal of the eFiginals
BREPOF ffifit!i Bf the final wee! map,
B. If dedications or offers of dedication are made by separate instrument, the subdivider shall reimburse
the City Engineer for the cost of preparing the separate instruments.
C All reviews by the Citv Engineer shall become null and void if more than 365 calendar days transpire
between return of the plan check to the applicant and receipt of the successive plan check by the City
Engineer.
16.29.070 City Engineer Action.
A. Upon acceptance of the final map and accompanying documents, fees and materials for filing, the City
Engineer shall cause the same to be examined and, if found to be in substantial conformity with the
approved tentative map and if found to be complete, technically correct, in conformity with
improvement plans and specifications, and in compliance with the requirements of these regulations,
planned streets and other applicable specific plans and ordinances, shall execute the City Engineer's
certificate on the map, and shall file said map and accompanying materials with the City Clerk.
—No final map shall be certified or filed with the City Clerk until the required improvements have been
installed or agreed to be installed in accordance with Chapter 16.21-jSubdivision Improvements!.
Where the City Engineer determines that the final map is not in substantial conformity with the
approved tentative map, no final map shall be approved. The subdivider shall either revise the final map
such that it is in substantial conformity; or file a new tentative map application; or file an application to
modify the tentative map.
B. Should the map or other accompanying documents, fees or materials be found to be incomplete or
incorrect in any respect, the subdivider shall be advised, in writing, of the changes or additions that
most be made before the map may be certified. If the defect is the result of a technical and inadvertent
error which, in the opinion of the City Engineer, does not materially affect the validity of the map, the
City Engineer may waive the defect and execute the certificate of approval.
C. The City Engineer need not approve a final map which is substantially similar to the approved tentative
map if, in 1rie4rertheir opinion, circumstances concerning the design and improvement of the
subdivision, as they relate to the public health, safety and welfare, have changed since approval of the
tentative map, and such changed circumstances warrant reconsideration thereof by the advisory agency.
In such instance, the City Engineer shall return the map to the advisory agency for further
consideration.
D. The City Engineer shall approve all final maps which include only irrevocable offers of dedication or
no dedications or easementsless. The City -Council shall approve all other final maps. Both the City
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 48
n
U
•
C�
0
Engineer and Qvjy Council shall act upon final maps within the time period prescribed by the
Subdivision Map Act (Sections 66442(6) and 66458 for final maps, and Sections 66450(c) and
66463(c) for parcel maps).
1. For any final maps subject to City Engineer approval, the City Engineer shall:
a. Notify the Fily-Council at its next available regular meeting that the City Engineer is
reviewing the map for final approval; and
b. Approve or disapprove the final map within ten (10) days of the above meeting.
2. The City Clerk shall include with the agenda for the meeting described in subsection (DX IXa) of
this section, as well as post with such agenda, notice of the pending review of such final map by
the City Engineer, and shall mail copies of such notice to any interested parties who request notice.
3. The City Engineer's action on a final map may be appealed to theL-ity Council, pursuant to
Section 2.04.100 Council et seq.
4. The QPjy Council shall periodically review the designation of approval authority to the City
Engineer.
5. Any final map that is approved but not recorded within twelveiweaty-fe (IL4) months of the
date of such approval "`.�.e .
-&Fim.--`mtienrdate") or by such date as established by the Director- f
Ge�o"ity Deyelepmem, shall be null and void and such final map, and any associated tentative
map, shall be of no further force and effect, unless such tentative map has not expired by the
expiration date, in which case the tentative map shall still be valid for the remainder of its
approved tens.
E. The City -Council or City Engineer shall act to either accept, modify or reject all subdivision
improvements. (04 " OFd k4 "„'^„
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 -Subdivisions
Page 49
9
Chapter 1631
MAPPING SPECIFICATIONS
Sections:
16.31.010
Title Sheet—Contents.
16.31.020
Reversion to Acreage—Title Sheet Information.
1631.030
Evidence Determining Boundaries.
16.31.040
Orientation of Map and Map Sheets.
16.31.050
Title, Scale, North Point, Number and Cross References.
1631.055
Additional Information.
1631.060
Block Designation.
16.31.070
Lot Numbers.
1631.080
Bearings and Lengths of Lines.
1631.090
California Coordinate System as Basis of Bearings.
16.31.100
Curve Data.
16.31.110 Area Designation.
1631.120 City Boundary Lines.
1631.130 Highway and Street Names.
1631.140 Highway Widths and Centerlines.
1631.150 Easements—Identification.
16.31.160 Easements—Designation on Map.
16.31.170 Easements—Lines, Ties and Other Evidence.
1631.180 Easements—Widths and Ties.
1631.190 Easements—Bearings on Lot Lines.
1631.200 Easements—Notes and Figures.
1631.210 Easements—Dedication.
1631.220 Land Subject to Overflow, Ponding or High Groundwater.
1631.230 Land Subject to Flood Hazard, Inundation, or Geological Hazard.
1631.240 Flood -Hazard Area, Floodway or Natural Watercourse Designation.
1631.250 Open Space Dedication/Easements.
1631.010 Title Sheet—Contents.
A. The title sheet of each map shall contain a title 4de-consisting of the words "Tract No." and the number
of the division of land on a final map, or the words "Parcel Map No." and the number of division of
land on a parcel map; also the words "in the City of Santa Clarita' ; also except as provided in Section
16.31.020 (Reversion to Acreaee—Title Sheet Information) of this chapter, a subtitle consisting of a
description of all the property being divided, by reference to such map or maps of the property shown
thereon, as shall have been previously filed or recorded in the office of the County Recorder or shall
have been previously filed with the City Clerk pursuant to a final judgment in an action in partition, or
shall have been previously filed in the office of the County Recorder under authority of Division 3 of
Title 7 of the Government Code or by reference to the plat of any United States survey. When necessary
for greater clarity or definiteness, supplemental reference may be made to any other map on file in the
office of the County Recorder.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 50
n
L�
•
E
0
B. Each reference, in such description, to any division of land shall be spelled out and worded identically
with the original record thereof, and must show a complete reference to a book and page of records of
the county,
C. Upon such title sheet the certificate of the surveyor or engineer referred to in Section 66449 or 66441 of
the Subdivision Map Act shall appear. Also upon such title sheet, or upon at least one map sheet shall
appear the basis of bearings, making reference to a recorded subdivision map, County Surveyor's Map
or other record acceptable to the City Engineer, or to a solar or polaris observation.
D. Pursuant to Sections 66434 and 66445 of the Subdivision Map Act, certificates, affidavits and
acknowledgements may be legibly stamped or printed upon the tide sheet of the final map or parcel
map with opaque ink. All stamped or written matter, including signatures, shall be so made with opaque
ink that legible blue -line prints may be obtained therefrom.
16.31.020 Reversion to Acreage—Title Sheet Information.
A. Upon the title sheet of each map filed for the purpose of reverting subdivided land to acreage, the
subtitle shall consist of the words "A Reversion to Acreage of." (insert a legal description of the land
being reverted).
B. A parcel map may be used to revert to acreage land previously subdivided and consisting of four (4) or
less contiguous parcels under the same ownership.
16.31.030 Evidence Determining Boundaries.
A. On each final map shall be fully and clearly shown and identified such stakes, monuments or other
evidence determining the boundaries of the subdivision as were found on the ground, together with
• sufficient comers of adjoining divisions of land, by lot and block number, subdivision name or number
and place of filing, or by section, township and range, or other proper designation as may be necessary
to locate precisely the limits of the subdivision.
B. The City Engineer may require that field survey be performed in order to establish the boundary of any
final parcel map and shall examine such survey for compliance with the Subdivision Map Act and Land
Surveyor's Act.
16.31.040 Orientation of Map and Map Sheets.
The map on each sheet and the lettering thereon shall be so oriented that, with the north point direction
away from the reader, the map may be read most conveniently from the bottom or lower right comer of such
sheet, the binding edge to be at the left and lengthwise of the sheet, keeping in mind that the sheets are
always on the right page of the map book, the left page being always blank.
16.31.050 Title, Scale, North Point, Number and Cross References.
Each sheet of a final map or final parcel map, excepting the title sheet or sheets thereof, shall bear the
main tide of the map, the scale of the map, north point and sheet number, together with a designation of the
relation, if any, between each sheet and each other sheet thereof.
16.31.055 Additional lnformation.i
Additional information which does not affect record title interests shall be placed on a separate
document or additional map sheet which shall indicate that it is for informational purposes and is not
intended to affect record title interests. Such additional information may include without limitation, building
setback lines, flood hazard zones, seismic lines and setbacks, geologic mapping and archaeological sites.
The final or final parcel map shall contain a notation of reference to the separate document or additional map
sheet.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions
Page 51
11
16.31.060 Block Designation.
In the event that the subdivider elects to number or letter the blocks in any division of land, all blocks
therein shall be numbered or lettered in numerical or alphabetical order, respectively, commencing with the
number "I" or the letter "A," and continuing without omission or duplication. Such numbers or letters shall
be solid and of sufficient size and thickness as to be conspicuous on the map, and shall be so placed as not to
obliterate any figure, dimension or course, and shall not be enclosed in any circle or other design. Except
where necessitated by a scale sufficiently large to show all details clearly, no block shall be divided between
two (2) or more sheets.
16.31.070 Lot Numbers.
In the event that the blocks of any division of land are numbered or lettered, the lots in each block
therein shall be numbered beginning with the number I. and continuing without omission or duplication in
any such block. Otherwise, the lots shall be numbered beginning with the number "l," and continuing
without omission or duplication throughout the entire division of land. No prefix or suffix nor combination
of letter and number shall be used. Each lot shall be shown entirely on one sheet.
16.31.080 Bearings and Lengths of Lines.
The bearing and length of each lot line, block line and boundary line shall be shown on the final map or
final parcel map; provided, that when bearings and lengths of lot lines in any series of lots are the same,
either the bearings or lengths may be omitted from each interior parallel lot line of such series. Each required
bearing and length shall be shown in full, and no, ditto mark or other designation of repetition shall be used.
Bearings shall be shown to the nearest second and distances shall be shown to the nearest one one-hundredth
(1/100) of a foot.
16.31.090 California Coordinate System as Basis of Bearings.
Each map shall use a nearby bearing shown on a recording map or record of survey for its "Basis of
Bearings" and shall express all measured and calculated bearing values in teams of said system. The angle of
grid divergence from a true meridian (theta or mapping angle) and the north point of said map shall appear
on each sheet thereof Establishment of said basis of bearings may be by use of existing horizontal control
stations or astronomic observations. (Oni. 09-3-x'9490
16.31.100 Curve Data.
The length, radius and total central angle or bearings of terminal radii of each curve and the bearing of
each radial line to each lot comer on each curve, or the central angle of each segment within each lot, shall
be shown thereon.
16.31.110 Area Designation.
Upon each lot containing an area of three-fourths of an acre or more shall be designated the acreage of
such lot shown to the nearest one one-hundredth (1f 100) of an acre.
1631.120 City Boundary Lines.
Upon the final map or final parcel map shall be shown on each city boundary line eressinger-adjoining
the division of land, and such line shall be clearly designated and tied in.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16—Subdivisions
Page 52
0
0
16.31.130 Highway and Street Names.
A. 1. Highway names within the boundaries of a division of land shown on a final map or final parcel
map shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval, and if duplicated elsewhere in the City or
m nearly the same in spelling or pronunciation as to cause confusion, the City Engineer may
require some other time.
2. Unless a name is so duplicated or confusing, it shall be the same as the name of any highway of
which it is on line of extension, or the name to which said street or highway may be in the process
of being changed.
B. Highways (except alleys or walks) extending approximately northerly and southerly shall be designated
"avenue' and those extending approximately easterly and westerly shall be designated "street," except
where such highway is on line of extension of a major or secondary highway or a highway of unusual
prominence in the City highway system, and which bears an established time not conforming to this
requirement, in which case the established name may be approved by the City Engineer.
C. Highways which materially change direction shall bear the name and suffix designated by the City
Engineer as most closely conforming to a suitable house numbering system.
D. The word "avenue;' "boulevard;' ..place," or other designation of any such highway, shall be spelled -
out in full.
E. The name of each newly dedicated portion of any highway shall be shown in or arrowed to such newly
dedicated portion,
16.31.140 Highway Widths and Centerlines.
A. There shall be shown upon each final map or fia_al parcel map the centerline of each highway, street or
• way, the total width thereof, the width of that portion, if any, to be dedicated and, in the case of any
existing highways, streets, or ways, the width thereof, and the width of each highway, street or way on
each side of the centerline thereof On each such centerline sball be shown the bearing and length of
each tangent and radius, central angle and length of each curve.
B. The final map or finalparcel map shall show the width of each railroad right-of-way, flood control or
drainage easement and each other easement appearing on such map, whether previously of record or
offered for dedication on such map.
16.31.150 Easements—Identification.
Each easement shall be clearly labeled and identified and, if of record, the record reference shall be
shown thereon.
16.31.160 Easements—Designation on Map.
Each easement shown for any storm drain or sewer or fire access shall be designated on the final map or
final parcel map by fine dashed lines.
16.31.170 Easements—Lines, Ties and Other Evidence.
Upon a final tract map or final parcel map shall be shown the centerline or side lines of each easement
to be dedicated to the City or previously dedicated to the City, and those easements required to be shown by
the approving authoritvlien to which the lots in the division of land are subject. In the
event that such easement is not definitely located of record, a statement showing the existence of such
easement shall be placed on the map. A statement showing the existence and purpose of all easements other
than those of the City shall be placed on the map to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 53
0
16.31.180 Easements—Widths and Ties.
The width of easements or the lengths and bearings of the lines thereof and sufficient ties thereto to
definitely locate such easements with respect to a division of land shall be shown on the final map or parcel
map.
16.31.190 Easements—Bearings on Lot Lines.
Distances and bearings on the side lines of lots which are cut by easements shall be arrowed or so
shown as to indicate clearly the actual length of each lot line.
1631.200 Easements—Notes and Figures.
All notes or figures pertaining to each easement shall be subordinated in form and appearance to those
relating to the division of land itself.
16.31.210 Easements—Dedication.
If an easement is being dedicated by a final map, it shall be properly set out in the owner's certificate of
dedication on the map.
16.31.220 Land Subject to Overflow, Ponding or High Groundwater.
If any portion of such land is subject to sheet overflow or ponding of local storm water, or should the
depth to groundwater be less than ten (10) feet from the ground surface, the Cib� Engineeri4enniag
Commission shall so inform the State Real Estate Commissioner.
1631.230 Land Subject to Flood Hazard, Inundation, or Geological Hazard.
A. If any portion of the land within the boundaries shown on the tentative map of a division of land is
subject to flood hazard, inundation or geological hazard, and the probable use of the property will
require structures thereon, the approving authority_?'?'---iwg-C --°- -- may disapprove the map or
that portion of the map so affected and require protective improvements to be constructed as a condition
precedent to approval of the map.
B. Approvals of land subject to flood hazard shall comply with the current federal floodplain management
regulations.
C. If any portion of a lot or parcel of a division of land is subject to flood hazard, inundation or geological
hazard, such fact and portion shall be clearly shown on a separate document or additional map sheet. A
dedication of building -restriction rights over the flood hazard, inundation or geological hazard area may
be required.
D. The provisions of this section shall not apply to divisions of land in which each resultant parcel has a
grass area of forty (40) acres or more or in which each resultant parcel has a gross area of forty (40)
acres or more or is a quarter -quarter section of a government plat or larger.
1631.240 Flood -Hazard Area, Floodway or Natural Watercourse Designation.
In the event that a dedication of right-of-way for storm drainage purposes is not required, the location of
any watercourse, channel, stream or creek, flood -hazard area or floodway shall be shown on a separate
document or additional map sheet to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
16.31.250 Open Space Der ication/Easements.
All lands that are designated as open space shall be designated on the final map as open space eithef m
a-dedieated sepanae 'at-rTaither as a dedicated separate lot or as a recorded easement to the City. This
dedication easement shall prohibit the construction of any structures and include provisions for the
permanent maintenance, including brash abatement, by a homeowners' association or other entity to the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 54
0
•
is
C
satisfaction of the Director of Parks, Recreation and Community Services. Director of Administrative
Services or the Director. `^` Ord. ^tv>�+'2" "v5�
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 55
0
Chapter 16.33
MODIFICATIONS TO TENTATIVE AND RECORDED MAPS
Sections:
16.33.010 Modification or Waiver of Provisions Authorized.
16.33.020 Modifications to Recorded Maps.
16.33.010 Modification or Waiver of Provisions Authorized.
A. Whenever, in the opinion of the Cling£etrtmissien, the land involved in a subdivision is of such
size or shape, or is subject to such title limitations of record or is affected by such topographical
location or conditions, or is to be devoted to such usage, that it is impossible or impractical for the
subdivider to conform fully to a regulation contained in the Cod: ha..s- title 16, the aoorovine
authority" ---a- ^- -o. -- may, at the time of action on the tentative map of the subdivision,
modify the regulation; provided, that in the case of each modification the aoorovine authorityPlanning
femrnissieo shall first find that a special, individual reason makes the strict letter of the regulation
impossible or impractical of observance and that the modification is in conformity with the spirit and
purpose of the Subdivision Map Act and of this title; and provided further, that the aoorovine
authorityPlseiftin#-C� shall make a report in writing setting forth each modification and the
facts relied upon for making the modification.
B. The Nanning Comm s".,p the City Enginee�C�oaeii shall waive the provisions of the title
and of Section 66473 of the Subdivision Map Act requiring disapproval of maps for failure to meet or
perform state or local requirements or conditions, when the failure of a map submitted for approval is
the result of a technical and inadvertent error which, in the determination of the Plana ng Gensa.ss;a: ,
she City , does not materially affect the validity of the map. Such waivers
shall not result in the invalidation or negotiation of any substantive requirement of this title, the
Subdivision Map Act or any other ordinance, statute or regulation.
C. The Plana ng Go "Missisn ef ale City Causes! ase) Make saadifieet ans to Fegulatiens eentained in this
Title -16
16.33.020 Modifications to Recorded Maps.
A. Purpose. The provisions of this section provide findings, procedures, and fees for modifications of the
design and conditions of recorded maps where physical problems associated with the development of
the site or technical problems occur after recordation, in conformity with Government Code Section
66472.1.
B. Fees. The fees charged for such modification of a final or final parcel in
revision to an __ _a tentative map _ _ is ce..✓.._.. __ < �n Fespee&ely shall
be in accordance with the City's current fee schedule established by the Council °
C. Materials for Filing. A proposed change to a final or final parcel map shall require submittal of the
following:
1. The materials indicated by Section I6.25.040(Contents and Submittal Requirements), eF in th --ease
.,o_minor landdi. _the matefials indiesRed h. Seefien 16.27.940tand
2. A detailed written description of the manner in which the proposed modification meets the findings
described in subsection (G) of this section.
D. Applicants. An applicant for a revision to a recorded map shall be either,
1. The owner of tide to the subject property or his authorized representative; or
2 The City Engineer. or
33. The PlaxniogCommissionLor
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 56
0
CJ
r1
L_I
0
4. The Council
E. Review. The proposed change of design or modification of conditions shall be reviewed by the Cjt�
Engineers which shall submit its recommendation to the ImrniagCommission.
F. Public Hearing. Any proposed change of design and/or modification to conditions of a final map or
final parcel map will require a public hearing before the Planning Commission according to the
procedures specified in Chapter 1TOWCCommon Procedures). The subject of the hearing most be
confined to consideration and action on the proposed modification.
G. Findings. The applicant must substantiate the following facts to the improving authority-lanoiog
C--emmissien:
1. That there are changes in circumstances which make any or all of the conditions or the design of
such a map no longer appropriate or necessary;
2. That the proposed modifications do not impose any additional burdens on the present fee owner of
the property;
3. That such modifications would not alter any right, title, or interest in the real property;
4. That the modifications requested result from either physical problems associated with the
development of the site or technical difficulties arising which are not under the control of the
developer and which make it impossible to comply with certain conditions;
5. That the modifications requested do not result in an increased number of dwelling units or a greater
density than the recorded map;
6. That the proposed map and the design and improvements of the proposed subdivision are
consistent with applicable general and special plans;
7. That the site is physically suitable for the type and proposed density of the development; and
• 8. That the design of the subdivision or the proposed improvements will not cause substantial
environmental damage or serious public health problems, or conflict with public easements.
H. Final Action. If the approving authoritvPl^-aingC � determines that the findings specified by
subsection (G) of this section have been met, the requested modification shall be approved and the
applicant shall submit to the City Engineer:
1. An amending map; or
2. A certificate of correction, as determined by the City.
.. ^
5' Oppeal W the G_ nimission to
its �s AA. im..OHS
def... V.r rl
f.L:..eet My des 6 RH Of the Plism b
Lure. All .. Lam'..
G
Fees, Upon filing of an appeal % ith the Gii), Gouneil, the appellant shall pay a pieeessing f�e base
January 2013 ( DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 57
0
Chapter 16.35
CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE—NOTICES OF VIOLATION
Sections:
16.35.010
Purpose of Chapter Provisions.
1635.020
City Engineer Authority.
16.35.030
Certificate of Compliance --Matters Required for Applications.
16.35.040
Certificates of Compliance for Undersized Parcels.
16.35.050
Certificate of Compliance—Fees.
1635.060
Appeals.
1635.070
Notices of Violation.
16.35.010 Purpose of Chapter Provisions.
This chapter supplements those provisions of Section 66499.34, 66499.35 and 66499.36 of the
Subdivision Map Act pertaining to notices of violation and certificates of compliance.
16.35.020 City Engineer Authority.
The City Engineer is authorized to make all required determinations on certificates of compliance and
notices of violations.
1635.030 Certificate of Compliance—Matters Required for Applications.
Except where a request for waiver has been approved, applications for the issuance of a certificate of
compliance shall be submitted to the City Engineer. Application of issuance of a certificate of compliance
shall be made in writing on a standardized form. The City Engineer may require the submission of such
supporting information as he deems necessary to determine compliance. All submissions shall be legible and
readily reproducible.
16.35.040 Certificates of Compliance for Undersized Parcels.
Where a certificate of compliance has been issued for a parcel of less than required area that was
created prior to March 4, 1972, the owner may request:
A. A review by the City Engineer to determine satisfaction of the following criteria:
1. The parcel of land has frontage._on a road as specified by the Codedevelepmeatreede, except for
flag lots as specified in the Codedevelsprn,eede;
2. The parcel of land is served by public sewers or it is of sufficient size to provide for satisfactory
on-site sewage disposal for the land use intended;
3. The width of the parcel of land will be as required by the Codedevelepmeaseoda;
4. The setbacks of the underlying zone will be adhered to, unless a modification has been received
pursuant to the deyelepffwm�erileCode;
5. There is sufficient area available on the parcel of land to provide automobile storage for the land
use intended, as required by the fodtdevelapinent-eade;
6. The parcel of land has adequate fire flow and hydrant spacing as required; and
7. The owner of the parcel of land does not own any contiguous lots or parcels of land.
B. Approval of a variance pursuant to the provisions of the CodedevelepmraEeode.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 58
n
L
•
L
0
1635.050 Certificate of Compliance—Fees.
Upon submission of a request for issuance of a certificate of compliance, other than provided in the
provisions for parcel map waivers, the applicant shall pay a processing fee based upon the current fee
schedule established by the City Council resolution for a maximum of four (4) lots.
16.35.060 Appeals.
no tie e a FS Walton May appeal to tile 111 an Ki"g Gens"iss on. in tile e me of eeftifiemes OF eemplimee,
66452.5 Of the GOVeffiffieRt Code.
All appeals shall be submitted and acted upon in the manner prescribed in the Chapter 17.07
(Appeals or Certification of Anproval).
16.35.070 Notices of Violation.
A. Any city official having knowledge of a possible violation of the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act
or of the Codedas� shall direct such information to the City Engineer.
B. If the City Engineer, either on theirhis own initiative or upon investigation of information received from
another city official or any other interested person, determines that real property, has been divided in
violation of the Subdivision Map Act or of this title t, hev-re mayshali initiate the procedures set forth in
Section 66499.36 of the Subdivision Map Act.
C�
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 59
11
0
Chapter 16.37
WAIVER CONDITIONS
Sections:
16.37.010
Eligibility for Waiver.
16.37.020
Request for Waiver—Information Required.
16.37.030
Fees.
16.37.040
Procedures—Action by the Planning Commission.
16.37.060
Lease-Projects—Duration of Approval.
16.37.010 Eligibility for Waiver.
The following minor land divisions shall be eligible for waiver of the requirement that a final parcel
map be filed, provided a request for waiver, as provided for in this chapter, is approved by the approving
amhori igeaning-6enmiissiep:
A. Those in which each resultant parcel is a part of one or more lots shown on the final map, parcel map or
approved record of survey map, except where the tentative map of any such division, the conditions of
approval thereof or the requirements of the Subdivision Map Act or of the sabdtvisiaa-ea a provide
for or require the delineation of flood or geological hazard, or building restrictions;
B. Property line adjustments, or the distribution of all of an existing parcel(s) between adjacent parcels;
C. Those of a lease -project, except where the tentative map of any such division, the conditions of
approval thereof or the requirements of the Subdivision Map Act or of this title provide for or require
the delineation of flood or geological hazards, or building restrictions; •
D. For the purpose of this section, the term "approved Record of Survey Maps" refers to Record of Survey
Maps which were filed for record pursuant to various provisions of the Subdivision Map Act prior to
the effective date of Chapter 1180, Statutes 1965.
16.37.020 Request for Waiver—Information Required.
A. Waiver requests shall be made in writing on a standardized form provided by the City
Engine . The request shall include:
I. A request for wavier signed and acknowledged by all owners of record of the land comprising the
minor land division;
2. A description of each proposed parcel;
3. If requested by the City Engine a plat map, showing
sufficient ties, dimensions and bearings to adequately establish the boundaries of the Parcel
mariminoF ioud diN is'isian and of each proposed parcel. Record information, when available, may be
utilized.
B. The City Engineer C-'� - - - - may require the submission of
documentation, i.e., preliminary title report, as it deems necessary to verify the information presented to
the request for waiver. All submissions shall be legible and readily reproducible.
C. Before approval of a request for waiver, the subdivider shall complete or guarantee completion of the
conditions of approval as if a parcel map were to be filed.
16.37.030 Fees.
A. Upon submission of a request for waiver, the subdivider shall pay a filing fee based upon the current fee
schedule established by Nie -City Council resolution.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 60
0
0
B. The subdivider shall also pay a sum of money equal to the amount required by law for filing with the
County Recorder a certificate of compliance for the parcels comprising the division.
16.37.040 Procedures—Action by the Planning Commission.
A. Within the time designated for tentative map processing and as part of the tentative map aoomval, the
Pplam
a Ceommission shall waive the requirement that a parcel map be filed if it finds:
1. That the design of each parcel described in the request for waiver is in substantial accordance with
the tentative map, as approved;
2. That the proposed minor land division complies with all applicable requirements as to area,
improvement and design, flood and water drainage control, appropriate improved public roads,
sanitary disposal facilities, water supply availability, environmental protection, and other
requirements of the Subdivision Map Act and of the sobd+vislm code.
B. When a waiver is granted pursuant to this section, the City Engineer, upon review and approval, shall
cause a certificate of compliance, describing each approved parcel, to be filed for record with the
County Recorder. The certificate of compliance shall state that the requirement that a parcel map of the
division of land be filed has been waived and that the parcels comprising the division may be sold,
leased, financed or transferred in full compliance with all applicable provisions of the Subdivision Map
Act and of this chapter.
C. The procedures set forth in this section shall be completed within the period prescribed for filing a
tentative parcel map after approval or any extension thereof.
16.37.060 LeasrProjects Durationof Approval.
• The approval of a waiver of filing a parcel map for a lease -project shall be effective for a period of five
(5) years. After such time, if such lease -project is not established, a new request may be made in accordance
with this section.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 61
1
L_J
16.39.010 Purpose.
Am The purpose of this chapter is to provide procedures by which the City may initiate the merging of
two (2) or more contiguous substandard parcels and to provide regulations for the merger of standard parcels
as a simply, quick alternative to parcel maps for the assembly of small parcels of land into larger parcels of
land in order to encourage revitalization in the City. This section is adopted pursuant to Sections 6645 1. 10
through 6645.21 and 66499.20-3/4 of the Government Code.
B. An owner may initiate the mereine of two (2) or more contiguous parcels. This section is
adopted pursuant to Section 66499.20-3/4 of the Government Code
16.39.020 Requirements for the Merging of Substandard Parcels.
The Citv Engineer ^ Feetaf _a Community DevelopmeAt may initiate a merger of substandard pamels
held by the same owner pursuant to Section 66451.11 of the Government Code, if one of the contiguous
Parcels does not conform to the City's standard for minimum lot area as provided by the City's zoning
regulations or applicable specific plan, and if all of the following requirements are satisfied:
A. At least one of the affected parcels is undeveloped but may
developed only with an accessory structure(s) or is developed with a single structure, other than an
accessory structure, that is also partially sited on a contiguous parcel; and
B. With respect to the affected parcel, one or more of the following conditions exists:
1. The parcel comprises less than five thousand (5,000) square feet in area at the time of the
determination of merger ^- less then foof theusand (4,000) squam f... _ _ in .1._ o
li.-md-fluol Mod-F.1�;Ze*e.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 62
n
u
u
C1
Chapter 16.39
PARCEL MERGERS
Sections:
1639.010
Purpose.
16.39.020
Requirements for the Merging of Substandard Parcels.
1639.030
Notification of Intent to Merge Substandard Parcels,
1639.040
Request for Hearing.
16.39.050
No Hearing Requested.
1639.060
Planning Commission Public Hearing.
16.39.070
Notice of Merger for Substandard Parcels.
1639.080
Appeal of Planning Commission Action.
1639.090
Merger of Parcels Other Than Substandard Parcels,
1639.100
Application and Fees.
1639.110
Requirements for Merger of Standard Parcels.
1639.120
Planning Commission Hearing.
16.39.130
Record of Survey.
16.39.140
Extensions.
16.39.150
Appeal of Planning Commission Action.
16.39.160
Parcel Merger Initiated by Owner
16.39.010 Purpose.
Am The purpose of this chapter is to provide procedures by which the City may initiate the merging of
two (2) or more contiguous substandard parcels and to provide regulations for the merger of standard parcels
as a simply, quick alternative to parcel maps for the assembly of small parcels of land into larger parcels of
land in order to encourage revitalization in the City. This section is adopted pursuant to Sections 6645 1. 10
through 6645.21 and 66499.20-3/4 of the Government Code.
B. An owner may initiate the mereine of two (2) or more contiguous parcels. This section is
adopted pursuant to Section 66499.20-3/4 of the Government Code
16.39.020 Requirements for the Merging of Substandard Parcels.
The Citv Engineer ^ Feetaf _a Community DevelopmeAt may initiate a merger of substandard pamels
held by the same owner pursuant to Section 66451.11 of the Government Code, if one of the contiguous
Parcels does not conform to the City's standard for minimum lot area as provided by the City's zoning
regulations or applicable specific plan, and if all of the following requirements are satisfied:
A. At least one of the affected parcels is undeveloped but may
developed only with an accessory structure(s) or is developed with a single structure, other than an
accessory structure, that is also partially sited on a contiguous parcel; and
B. With respect to the affected parcel, one or more of the following conditions exists:
1. The parcel comprises less than five thousand (5,000) square feet in area at the time of the
determination of merger ^- less then foof theusand (4,000) squam f... _ _ in .1._ o
li.-md-fluol Mod-F.1�;Ze*e.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 62
n
u
u
C1
0
2. The parcel was not created in compliance with applicable laws and ordinances in effect at the time
of its establishment.
3. The parcel does not meet slope stability standards.
4. The parcel does not meet current standards for sewage disposal and domestic water supply.
5. The parcel has inadequate legal access for vehicular and safety equipment maneuverability.
6. Its development would create health and safety hazards.
7. The parcel is inconsistent with the City's General Plan or any specific or corridor plan.
C. The requirements of this section shall not apply if any one of the conditions set forth in Subsections
66451.11(bX7XA) through 66451.1 l(bX7XE) inclusive, of the Government Code exists. (AA •�-'''duFi"g 10,99 supplement
16.39.030 Notification of Intent to Merge Substandard Parcels.
Prior to merging parcels, the Director hall, by certified mail to the
property owner, mail a notice of intent to merge, notifying the owner that the affected parcels may be
merged pursuant to the pmvisions of this section. The notice shall include the statement that the owner will
be given the opportunity to request a hearing and present evidence that the proposed substandard merger
does not meet the criteria for a merger. The notice of intent to merge shall be recorded with the Los Angeles
County Recorder on the date that the notice is given to the property owner of record. Ownership of
continuous parcels shall he determined as of the date that notice of intent to merge is recorded.
1639.040 Request for Hearing.
At any time within a thirty (30) day period after recording of the notice of intent to merge, the owner of
- the affected property may file a request for public hearing regarding the proposed merger, with the
Director
16.39.050 No Hearing Requested.
If the owner does not file a request for a public hearing within the thirty (30) day period specified
above, the Alarming -Commission may make a determination that the affected parcels are or are not to be
merged and release the notification of intent to merge. The-Plannixg Commission shall direct the Director to
record, as specified in Section 16.39.030 (Notification of Intent to Merge Substandard Parcels), a release of
the notice of intent to merge and mail a copy to the property owner.
16.39.060 Planning Commission Public Hearing.
If the parcels are to be merged, the Planning Commission shall cause the notice of merger to be
recorded as provided for in Section 66451.12 of the Government Code, and in Section 16.39.030.
A. Notice of Hearing. The Community De%elepaieiit DepoinnentDiLrector shall set a time, date and
location for a planning Commission public hearing upon receiving a request for a hearing from the
property owner of the affected property in accordance with the Subdivision Map Act Section 66451.15.
The hearing shall be conducted not more than sixty (60) days following the receipt of the owner's
request, but may be continued with the mutual consent of the Plaiming-Commission and the property
owner. Notice of the hearing shall be given to the property owner by certified mail.
B. Evidence of Noncompliance. The property owner shall be given the opportunity at the hearing to
present any evidence that the affected property does not meet the merger requirements as set forth in
Section 16.39.030: (Notification of Intent to Merae Substandard Parcels).
C. Findings. After completion of the hearing by the 14saning-C.ommission, or if no hearing is requested,
after completion of the thirty (30) day period specified in Section 16.39.030 (Notification of Intent to
Meree Substandard Parcels), the planning Commission shall make the following findings in order to
merge a substandard parcel:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 -Subdivisions
Page 63
0
L-A
I. The merged parcel complies with Sections 66451.11(a) and 66451.11(6) of the Subdivision Map
Act;-
2. The merged parcel complies with all applicable City requirements for the merging of substandard
parcels' —and -
3. The merged parcel does not adversely affect the purpose and intent of the City's General Plan or
the public health, safety and welfare.
D. Determination Following Hearing. At the conclusion of the hearing the Alanoiog-Commission shall
make a determination to whether the affected parcels are to be merged or not to be merged not
withstanding the affected parcels meeting all the requirements set forth in Section 16.39.020
(Requirements for the Mereing of Substandard Parcels). If notification cannot be made at the time of
the hearing to the parcel owner in person, notification shall be made by certified mail. The Commission
shall notify the owner of its determination no later than five (5) working days atter the hearing. A
determination of merger shall be recorded within thirty (30) days after the conclusion of the hearing
though a notice of merger. If the -Planning Commission determines that the subject parcels shall not be
merged, it shall cause to be recorded a release of the notice of intent to merge, and the property owner
shall be mailed a clearance letter.
16.39.070 Notice of Merger for Substandard Parcels.
A merger of substandard parcels shall become effective upon recordation with the County Recorder. A
notice of merger shall specify the determination of the PlanningCommission, the names of the recorded
owners and a legal description of the properties.
16.39.080 Appeal of Planning Commission Action. •
Appeal of a Planning -Commission determination shall be made in accordance with the provisions for
appealing Plana R., Commission actions in TiNa-F� Chanter 17.07 (Aopeals and Certification of Action).
16.39.090 Merger of Parcels Other Than Substandard Parcels.
The City shall regulate the merger of other parcels according to the purpose and intent of the
Subdivision Map Act and the provisions of this section.
16.39.100 Application and Fees.
An application and fees for parcel mergers shall be required in compliance with the parcel merger
1 submittal requirements, which are available in the -Biwinanity E)evelapment ^--
City Engineer.
16.39.110 Requirements for Merger of Standard Parcels.
A. The merged parcels must comply with the current lot area standards
W. The proposed parcel must have legal access for ingress and egress to a street with irrevocable
dedication for public street.
CD. The proposed parcel must be served by all necessary rights-of-way or utility easement dedications.
ED: The proposed parcel must be in compliance with applicable vehicular parking and parking access
requirements.
EF. The parcels to be merged must be contiguous and held in common ownership as of the date the
application is filed.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 64
0
0
16.39.120 Planning Commission Hearing.
A. Notice of Hearing. The Camnium ty Pewlopanenk PepaFkReotDim_t_Qr shall set a time, date and
location for a Planning Commission hearing after determining the application complete for parcel
merger. Notice of the hearing shall be given to the applicant and property owners within a one thousand
( L000Wtvekundrr6F30B1 foot radius of the subject parcels for merger. The hearing may be postponed
or continued with mutual consent of the Planning Commission and the applicant.
B. Notice of Intention to Merge Other Than Substandard Parcels. Upon determining the application
complete, theDir=tor shall mail a notice of intent to merge to
the County Recorder. The notice of intent to merge shall be filed on all affected parcels indicating that
the property owner has filed an application to merge parcels.
C. Findings. After completion of the hearing, the Planamg Commission shall make the following findings
in order to merge parcels other than substandard parcels:
I. The merged parcel conforms with the General Plan, development code and applicable specific
plans.
2. Development of the merged parcel does not adversely affect the public health, safety or welfare.
3. The merged parcel has adequate access as determined by the City Engineer and is served by all
necessary utilities.
4. The merged parcel does not require right-of-way of utility easement dedications.
D. Determination/Procedures Following Hearing. At the conclusion of the hearing, the approving
au h2n r'-- - - shall make a determination as to whether the affected
parcels shall be merged or shall not he merged.
1. If the Plena ing-Commission determines that the parcels shall be merged, pursuant to Section
16.39.030 (Notification of Intent to Merge Substandard Parcels), it shall cause to be recorded a
notice of merger. The notice of merger shall contain the names of the recorded owners, legal
description of the existing parcels, maps of the existing standard parcels prior to merger and the
new merged parce)(s).
2. The applicant shall have one year to complete the merger in accordance with the specifications of
the City Engineer and record the merger with the County Recorder,
3. If, in accordance with Section 16.39.030 (Notification of Intent to Merge Substandard Parcelsi, the
Planning Commission determines that the parcels cannot be merged, it shall cause to be recorded a
release of the notice of intent to merge.
4. The Planning Commission may determine that certain standard parcels are not to be
combined by merger and require the filing of a parcel map or tentative map in order
to merge the parcels, in which case the map would have to comply with the
requirements for a parcel or tentative map in Chapter 16.25 (Tentative Tract and
Parcel Maps).
16.39.130 Record of Survey.
A record of survey or other document approved by the City Engineer for the merged parcel shall be
completed in compliance with the City's engineering requirements for survey of record, unless determined
by the City Engineer to be unnecessary. Monumentation for the subject parcel shall be made in accordance
with the City's Engineering standards.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 - Subdivisions
Page 65
0
16.39.140 Extensions.
The initial two (2) year approval period may be extended for one year in accordance with the provisions
of Section 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions T4k,44.
16.39.150 Appeal of Planning Commission Action.
Appeals of Planning Commission determinations regarding parcel mergers shall be made in accordance
with Chanter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Action)*kk-I-7-
16.39.160 Procedures for Parcel Merger Initiated by Owner.
A. Any contiguous parcels or units of land held under common ownership may be merged at the
request of the property owner(s). pursuant to Government Code Section 66499.20 3/4 and this
chapter.
B. Record owner(s) of contiguous lots may file a request with the City Engineer to merge said
contiguous parcels. An application and fees for parcel mergers shall be required in corn fiance with
the parcel merger submittal requirements, which are available in the Public Works Department.
C. A lot merger, upon application filed with the Public Works Department shall be subiect to
review and approval, with or without conditions, by the City Engineer.
D. A parcel merger shall become effective when the City Engineer causes a notice of merger to
be filed with the office of the County Registrar/Recorder.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 -Subdivisions
Page 66
0
•
0
0
I*
Chanter 16.41 Recording of Lot Line Adiustments
Section:
16.41.010 Recording of Lot Line Adjustments
16.41.010 Recording of Lot Line Adjustments
When recording lot line adiustments, the following requirements shall be met:
L Issuance of Certificate of Compliance, The approval of the request for lot line adjustment
shall include a legal description which accurately reflects the legal description and
or similar encumbrances describing the reconfigured parcels shall be submitted to the City
corrected or new documents shall be promptly submitted to the City Engineer.
adiustment. The City Engineer shall cause, or may instruct the aoolicant or their authorized
rci)resentative to cause, the certificate of compliance for lot line adjustment to be recorded
in the office of the Countv Recorder for Los Angeles County, California.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 67
4. Recordation of Deeds and Oilier Documents. At the direction of the City Engineer, the
5. Payment of Recording Fees. The fees for the recording of all documents as established by
the County Recorder shall be remitted by the aoolicant to the City prior to the time of
recordation of such documents including the certificate of compliance for lot line
adhtstment. Such remittance shall be made payable to the City in the amount required [o
have all deeds and other documents, including the certificate, recorded.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Title 16 — Subdivisions
Page 68
r]
L
0
0
•
I*
17.01 Administration
i nn n.......its a..a ♦....r.e*tions
•09; � PFe Eltktifloa Legal
1707 Definitions
Diiision 2. z6ftin
...
.
......
....
�.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Table of Contents
Page 1
0
TITLE 17
ZONING
Division 17.00
General Procedures
Chapter
17.01
Title, Purpose. Components, and Authority
Chapter
17.02
Planning Agency
Chapter
17.03
Rules for Provisions. Language, Measurement, and Interpretation
Chapter 17.04
Interpretations
Chapter 17.05
Legal Nonconforming Uses. Lots, and Structures
Chanter
17.06
Common Procedures
Char
17.07
Appeals or Certification of A proval
Chapter
17.08
Revocations and Revisions
Chapter
17.09
Minor Permit Modifications
Division 17.10
Definitions
Chapter 17.11
Definitions
Division 17.20
Applications is
Chapter 17.22
Class I Applications - Ministerial
Chapter 17.23
Class II Applications - Discretionary
Chapter 17.24
Class III Applications - Discretionary
Chapter 17.25
Class IV Applications - Discretionary
Chapter 17.26
Class V Applications - Discretionary
Chapter 17.27
Class VI Applications - DiscretioaM
Chapter 17.28
Class VII Applications - Legislative
Division 17.30
Zones
Chapter
17.31
Zoning Designation Pumose
Chapter
17.32
Non -Urban Zones
Chapter 17.33
Urban Residential Zones
Chapter
17.34
Commercial and Industrial Zones
Chapter
17.35
Mixed Use Zones
Chapter
17.36
Open Space Zones
Chapter
17.37
Other Zones
Chapter
17.38
Overlay Zones
Chapter
17.39
Special Standards Districts
Division 17.40 Use Classifications and Required Parking
Chapter 17.41 General
Chapter 17.42 Residential Use Types
Chapter 17.43 Commercial Use Types
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Table of Contents
Page 2
•
Chapter 17.44
Industrial Use Types
Chapter 17.45
Public and Semi-Public Use Types
Chapter 17.46
Agricultural Use Types
Chapter 17.47
Temporary Use Types
Chapter 17.48
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
Chapter 17.49
Development Activities/Miscellaneous Use Types
Division 17.50
Development Standards
Chapter 17.51
Property Development Standards - All Zones
Chapter 17.53
Property Development Standards - Commercial and Industrial
Chapter 17.55
Property Development Standards - Mixed Use
Chapter 17.57
Property Development Standards - Residential
Division 17.60
Specific Development Standards
Chapter 17.61
Adult Business Regulations
Chapter 17.62
Animal Keeping
Chapter 17.63
Automotive Uses
Chapter 17.64
Historic Preservation
Chapter 17.65
Home Occupations
Chapter 17.66
Other Specific Development Requirements
Chapter 17.67
Temporary Uses
Chapter 17.68
Transfer of Development Rights, Density Bonus, and Cluster Developments
Chapter 17.69
Wireless Communication Facilities and Satellite Dish Antennas
.
Division 17.70
Reserved
Division 17.80
Grading
Chapter 17.80
Scope and Administration
Chapter 17.81
Permits
Chapter 17.82
Existing Grading
Chapter 17.83
Permit Application
Chapter 17.84
Security
Chapter 17.85
Precautions
Chapter 17.86
Import, Export, Evacuations, and Fills
Chapter 17.87
Drainage and Terracing
Chapter 17.88
Grading Designation and Location
Chapter 17.89
Dust Prevention and Control
Chapter 17.90
National Pollutant Elimination Systems (NPDES) Compliance
Chapter 17.95
Standard Urban Stormwater Mitigation Plan Implementation
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Table of Contents
Page 3
0
•
7I
Chapter 17.01
ADMINISTRATION
Sections:
- j
17.01.010
Scope.
17.01.020
Purpose.
17.01.030
Private Agreements.
17.01.040
Repeal of Conflicting Development Codes.
17.01.050
Interpretation of Language.
17.01.060
Similar Use Determination.
17.01.070 General Plan Consistency.
17.01.080 Enforcement.
17.01.090 Development Applications,
17.01.100 Public Hearings and Notifications.
17.01.110 Action by the Director.
17.01.120 Action by the Planning Commission.
17.01.130 Action by the City Council.
17.01.135 Appeals.
17.01.140 Revocation or Modification of a Permit or Other Entitlement for Cause.
17.01.150 Automatic Revocation of a Permit or Other Entitlement.
17.01.160 Expiration and Extension.
17.01.170 Expansions of Conditionally Permitted Uses and Structures.
17.01.010 Scope.
A. Title. This tille shall be known as the "City of Santa Cladta Unified Development Code," and may
be referred to as the "development code" or "code.
- j
Comment [f1]: This cation has bem..Pw al
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
l and relocated to section t Zot.oto (Tine). 1
B. Authority. This development code is adopted under the authority granted to the City of Santa
Clanta by the California Government Code Sections 65800 at seq. and 66410 at segf
-
Comment [f2]: thia section nas bcen removN
from nx new Code.
C. Chapter. This chapter sets forth all of the procedures for the administration of zoning,
subdivision and grading. It provides for the procedures for the review and approval of all development
applications including but not limited to applications for construction, grading, division of land,
amendments to the unified development code, variances, conditional use permits and pre-existing
legal uses and strueturesj _
-
Commmt [f33: This sermon n s nem removed
_ _____________________________________________
from the new Cade due to new fortmting.
17.01.020 Purpose.
It is the purpose of this development code to establish standards and guidelines in order to promote
and protect the public health, safety and general welfare of the people of the City of Santa Clarita;
and more particularly:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 1
E
A. To implement the goals and objectives of the General Plan and to guide and manage the future
growth of the City in accordance with such a plan;
B. To safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of development of the City of Santa
Cladta;
C. To regulate and control the design and improvement of subdivisions which require a tentative
and final map, parcel map, or parcel map waiver;
D. To attain the physical, social and economic advantages resulting from comprehensive and
orderly land use and resource planning;
E. To reduce hazards to the public resulting from the inappropriate location, use or design of
buildings and other improvements;
F. To provide an efficient and concise guide for the development of land within the City of Santa
Clarita;
G. To set forth the procedures, rules and standards for the control of grading, excavation and
earthwork;
H. To encourage orderly community development by providing for the regulation and control of the •
design and improvement of subdivisions, with proper consideration to adjoining areas;
I. To ensure that the areas within subdivisions that are dedicated for public purposes will be
properly improved by the subdivider so that they will not become a burden upon the community;
J. To protect the public from fraud and exploitation'_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - Comment Erol: This aecdoo ha:been
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - " significantly reduced anal relocated to Section
17.01.120 (Pw .).
17.01.030 Private Agreements.
The provisions of this development code are not intended to abrogate any easements, covenants,
conditions and restrictions or other existing agreements which are more restrictive than the provisions
of this development code.relo
Comment Ef51: Th
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Th,,aectlon has Ween eared to
Section 17.01.090 (Private Agreements).
17.01.040 Repeal of Conflicting Development Codes.
Whenever the provisions of this development code are more restrictive upon construction or use of
buildings or structures or upon the use of lands or premises than required by other previously
adopted development codes, the provisions, regulations and rules of this development code shall
- - Comment [f61: This section has been relocated to
gOven _______________________________________-------- Section 17.01.080 (Repeal ofConflim,
Development Codes).
17.01.050 Interpretation of Language.
January 2013 � DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 2
0
E
0
In the event that this development code requires interpretation, the Director of Community
Development shall make the interpretation or may refer the matter to the Planning Commission for
action. The Planning Commission shall make the interpretation or may refer the matter to the City
Council for final action. (Ord. 01-5, 2/27/01; Ord. 05-1 § 2, 1/25/05; Ord. 05-19 § 2, 12/13/05] _ _ _ _ _ - Comment [til: Thi'.has been expanded
and relocated to Chapter 17.04 (Interyretations).
17.01.060 Similar Use Determination.
The Director of Community Development may determine that a use not listed within this code is
similar to a listed use and process the proposal as the similar use would be processed. (Ord. 01-5,
2/27/01; Ord. 05-1 § 2,11/25105; Ord. 05-19 § 2, 12113105J_
. - 1
Comment [fel: Thissection has been expanded
and relocated to Section 17.4.030 (lateryrotation of
I
Unlisted Uses), 11
17.01.070 General Plan Consistency.
In the event of inconsistency of this title with the goals, policies and dictates of the adopted General
Plan and its elements, the General Plan goals, policies and dictates shall govern(_
- - comment[f93: This seenon has been expanded
_-
- - " ' " - - - - -
and rel.ted to Secdon 17.01.030 (Consistency
with the General Plan).
17.01.080 Enforcement
A. General Prohibition.
1. No structure shall be moved into an area, erected, reconstructed, added to, enlarged,
advertised on, structurally altered or maintained, and no structure or land shall be used for any
purpose, except as specifically provided and allowed by this development code.
2. No person shall use or permit to be used any structure, or land, nor shall any person erect,
structurally alter or enlarge any structure, or advertise on any structure, except in accordance
with the provisions of this development code.
3. No permit or entitlement may be issued or renewed for any use, construction, improvement
or other purpose unless specifically provided for, or permitted by, this development code -----
B. ____
B. Violations.
1. Every person violating any provision either of this development code, or any permit,
variance, or amendment thereto, is guilty of a misdemeanor, unless such violation is otherwise
declared to be an infraction in subsection (D) of this section. Each violation is a separate
offense for each and every day during any portion of which the violation is committedf -------
2. Each violation determined to be an infraction by this development code shall be punishable
by a fine of one hundred dollars ($100.00) for the first violation. Subsequent violations of the
same provision of this title shall be punishable by a fine of two hundred dollars ($200.00) for the
second violation and five hundred dollars ($500.00) for the third violation in a twelve (12) month
period as provided by applicable law. The fourth and any further violations of this title within a
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 —Administration
Page 3
Comment [1101: This section has been updates
and relocated to Smlion 17.0 1.040 (Applicability of
Zoning Regulations)
Comment [fI33: This vxtlon has been updated
and relocated to Title 13.
0
twelve (12) month period shall be deemed misdemeanors. Each misdemeanor is punishable by
a maximum fine of one thousand dollars ($1,000) or six (6) months in jail, or both1 _ - - - - - - - - - Comment [t121: Tnis Wx .nos teen updatM
and relwated w Title?3.
C. Public Nuisance. Any use of property contrary to the provisions of this title is illegal and is
deemed to be a public nuisance and the authorized legal representative of the City may commence
actions and proceedings for the abatement thereof, in the manner provided by law, and may take
such other steps and may apply to any court having jurisdiction to grant such relief as will abate or
remove such use and restrain and enjoin any person from using any property contrary to the
provisions of this title -____________________________________________________' eand relocated C.
[1to 131%Thissection nes been updated
Ttlle 23.
D. Infractions. Violations of the provisions contained in the following list are deemed infractions:
1. Automobile, truck, or other motor vehicle repair conducted outside of an enclosed building.
2. Commercial vehicles parked or stored in violation of Section 17.18.150.
3. Inoperative vehicle parking or storage.
4. Outside display and or sales in violation of Section 17.15.040(D).
5. Signs prohibited by Section 17.19.240.
6. Vehicles kept on residential lots, in violation of Section 17.15.020(AX21. _ comment [W Ti "Fids smtion nos bmn nptlat
- - - - - - andnrDaned to 41: T_3.
E. Injunction. The provisions of this title may also be enforced by injunction issued by any court
having jurisdiction upon the suit of the owner or occupant of any real property affected by such
violation or prospective violation) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ comment [f15]: Tlds section nos bem updated
W relocated to Title 13.
F. Enforcement. The Director of Community Development Community Preservation Officer, or any
representative thereof designated by the Director, is hereby authorized to arrest any person without a
warrant whenever the Director or his representative has reasonable cause to believe that the person
to be arrested has committed a misdemeanor in his or her presence- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _' comment [f1s]: Tms ceeHon nos hem updazW
and relocated to Title 13.
G. Annexation.
1. After conducting a public hearing pursuant to Section 17.01.100 and subject to CEQA, the
City Council, at its sole discretion, may grant exceptions to the following provisions of this title
in accordance with County -entitled projects that annex to the City upon a finding that the
impacts of such minor exceptions are consistent with the General Plan, and proposed
prezoning will not adversely affect or be materially detrimental to adjacent uses or residents:
a. Permitted uses:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 4
0
b. Parking;
c. Setbacks;
d. Floor area ratio;
e. Signage;
f. Architectural design elements;
g. Right-of-way improvements;
IT Landscaping;
i. Hillside development, _ _ _
2. At the discretion of the Director of Community Development, the determination shall be
made whether a request for a major modification to a County -approved entitlement or
subdivision map is greater than fifty percent (50%) deviation from the approved project and/or
shall be subject to review and approval in accordance with the Subdivision Map Act and
applicable City standards in effect at the time such request is deemed complete. (Ord. 994,
• 5/11/99; Ord. 01-5, 2/27/01; Ord. 05-1 § 2,1125/05; Ord. 05-19 § 2, 12/13/05; Ord. 10-6 § 1(g),
6/8/101 ...... -...... -.........................................
17.01.090 Development Applications.
•
Comment [f171: This section has been expanded
and relocated to Section 17.27.100 (Pre -Annexation
Agreranent).
Comment [f161: This section has been expanded
and relocated to Section 17.27J00('
Agreement) and Chapter 17.09 (Minor Permit
Modifications).
A. Scope. All applications for development reviews, minor use permits, variances, conditional use
permits, tentative subdivision maps, final subdivision maps, grading permits or other entitlements
shall comply with all applicable procedures of this sectionL _ Comment [f19]: This, section las hemranovee
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ due to new ramatting.
B. Application Fees and Deposits. Concurrent with the submittal of an application for
development, a fee and/or deposit shall be made, in the amount determined by City Council
resolution, to cover the costs incurred in the processing of the application. In no case shall the
development application be set for hearing or final action unfit such time as any balance due is paid in
fullf
C. Complete Applications. Any application for a permit or entitlement must be accepted as
complete for processing by the Director of Community Development in order to initiate the official
review process. Standard minimum submittal requirements shall be established by the Director. The
Director may request additional information specific to the permit or entitlement necessary for the
complete analysis of an application, All required material, information and fees shall be provided by
the applicant before the application is deemed complete for processing), _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 5
- - Comment [f201: This section has been relocated
and expanded to Section 17.06.060 (Application
Filing and Withdrawal) and Section 17.06.070 (Fees
and Deposits).
Comment [fill: This section has been reworded
and relocated to Section 17.06.060 (Initial
Application Review),
D. Incomplete Applications. In the event an application is determined to be incomplete, written
notice shall be provided to the applicant specifying the information and/or plans necessary to make
the application complete within thirty (30) calendar days after the receipt of the application. The
applicant must supply the requested plans and/or information within sixty (60) calendar days of the
notice of incomplete filing or an extended time as may be granted by the Director. Request for time
extensions shall be made in writing by the applicant] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
In the event that required information is not provided by the applicant within the time limits specified
by this section, the City shall deem the application withdrawn or deny the permit or entitlement for the
project Information whose absence would constitute a reason for such withdrawal or denial are:
1. Information which is to be supplied by the applicant and is necessary to prepare a legally
adequate environmental document; or
2. Information without which the City's decision to approve a project would not be supported
by substantial evidence; or
3. Information which was specified for application submittal; or
4. Falsification or misrepresentation of any documentation.
Denial for the above reasons may be deemed by the City to be a denial without prejudice to the
applicants right to reapply for the same permit__________________________________
E. Environmental Review. All applications for development which are subject to the California
Environmental Quality Act and City adopted guidelines shall be required to submit a completed Initial
Study Part A torn as part of the application. The Director may request additional information or
studies of the applicant in order to make an environmental determination. (Ord. 01-5, 2/27/01; Ord.
05.1 § 2, 1/25/05; Ord. 05-19 § 2,12/13/051
17.01.100 Public Hearings and Notifications.
A. Reserved.
0
Comment [f22]: This sxtion las been reworded
and relocated to Seetion 17.06.080 (Initial
Application Review).
Comment [t23]: This sxllon las been rewwde
and relocated to Section 17.06.080 (Initial
Application Review).
Comment [f24]: Thin section has been Modified
and relocated to SWion 17.06.050 (Emir000 notal
Review).
B. Administrative Hearings. The approving authority shall hold an administrative hearing on
administrative variances. The administrative hearing shall be noticed in accordance with the
requirements set forth in this codef ............................................ - Comment [1`25]: Modified and oal.ared to
__________________________________________ Section 17.02.040(flunng Orficat.
C. Supplemental Notice Requirement.
1. Additional public notification beyond the required one thousand (1,000) foot radius around
a property may be required for a development related project as determined by the Director of
Community Development in any one of the following circumstances:
January 2013 I DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 6
0
0
a. A proposed wireless telecommunication facility in a residential zone; or
b. A hillside development proposal requiring hillside development review for significant
ridgelines; or
c. Nightclubs, cabarets and bars with alcoholic beverages and/or entertainment
adjacent to a residential zonal _ - - - Comment [f26]: This Section has been expanded
"----------------'-"'-"------- and relocated to Section 17.06.100(Type l Noticing)
and Section 17.06.110 (Type 11 Poblic Noticing
2. The boundaries of the supplemental noticing requirement shall be a one thousand (1,000) (Public Hearing)).
foot radius around the subject roe . - - Comment [f27]: Removed as this is the current
1 P PrtY_________________________________ _ minimum standard for public hearings.
3. If it is determined upon initial submittal that supplemental noticing is necessary, the
applicant shall be notified within thirty (30) days of the expanded notification area to be
included in the mailings. The applicant shall be required to submit three (3) sets of address
labels with the properly owners whose name appear on the latest adopted tax roll of Los
Angeles County, envelopes and stamps. The application shall not be deemed complete until
the labels have been submittedf _- comment [rze]: Tlsia is located in tnc wbmdsal
---'-'--------------'-'----'---'-'---- requirements which are not ped of this document.
4. In the case of public notifications that identify more than one thousand (1,000) property
owners to be noticed by mail, the Director of Community Development may require that a larger
advertisement (minimum one-eighth (1/8) page) be placed in the newspaper of general
circulation in lieu of the public mailing _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
5. The City Council and the Planning Commission shall be included in the notification for any
application of a minor use permit or conditional use permit -----------------------
0. ______________________
D. Setting of the Hearing. The Director or Director's designee, in the case of the Director or
Planning Commission, and the City Clerk, in the case of the City Council, shall set the time and place
of the public hearing as required by law and this code. The approving authority at the time of the
public hearing may continue the time and/or place of the public hearing! -------------------
1. ______
1. Notice of Minor Use Permits, Adjustments, and Administrative Sign Variances. In the
was of minor use permits (Sections 17.03.040 and 17.03.045), adjustments (Section
17.03.050) and administrative sign variances (Section 17.19.060), the Director shall provide a
written notice of the request, the date when the action is to be taken, and a request for written
comments for or against the request, a minimum of fifteen It 5) days prior to the date when
action is to be taken. The notice shall be mailed to adjacent and directly across -the -street
property owners whose names appear on the latest adopted tax roll of Los Angeles County. If
the project site is located within a commercial or industrial center, all tenants within the center
shall also be mailed the notice. If written comments in opposition to the proposed minor use
permit, adjustment or administrative sign hearing are received within the fifteen (15) day
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 7
0
Comment [f291: This section beat been relocated
to Section 17.06.110 (Type 11 Noticing (Public
Heating).
Canmemt [f30]: This action has been relocated
to Saticn 17.06.100 (Type I Public Noticing) and
Sation 17.06.110 (Type I1 Noticing (Public
Hearing).
Comment [f3t]: Tbis section bas been relomted
and moN6ed in Section 17.06.120 (Public Hearing
no dure).
notification period, a public hearing before the Planning Commission shall be scheduled. A
public hearing shall not be required if the commenting party withdraws his/her opposition, in
writing, prior to noticing of the public hearing. If the item is required to be heard before the
Planning Commission, the notice shall be in accordance with subsection (D$2) of this section. _
a. In the case of minor use permits for alcohol sales, notification shall be a two hundred
fifty (250) foot radius around the subject property, for a minimum of fifteen (15) days prior
to the date when action is to be taken. All other notification requirements prescribed in this
section shall apply ---------------------------------------------
b. ___
b. In the case of minor use permits for haul routes, no notification shall be requirecj
2. Notice of Applications Requiring a Public Hearing. In the case of master plans (Section
17.03.025), conditional use permits (Sections 17.03.040 and 17.03.045), tentative subdivision
maps (Section 17.03.030), variances (Section 17.03.050) and other types of applications
requiring a public hearing, with the exception of those listed in subsection (Dx2xa) of this
section, notice of a public hearing shall be given not less than twenty-one (21) days prior to the
date of the hearing by publication in a newspaper of general circulation published in the City of
Santa Clarita. When the hearing concerns matters other than an amendment to the text of this
development code and/or affects the permitted uses of real property, notices of public hearings
before the Planning Commission or City Council shall be mailed, not less than twenty-one (21)
days prior to the hearing, to all persons whose names appear on the latest adopted tax roll of
Los Angeles County as owning property within one thousand (1,000) feet of the exterior
boundaries of the property that is the subject of the hearing. A four (4) foot by eight (8) foot
notice shall also be posted on the property in accordancewith the "Procedures for Project Site
Sign Posting," on file in the Department of Community Development[ ...................
a. General Plan amendments and prezone applications, when associated with an
annexation, shall provide public notice consistent with subsection (Dx2) of this section
with the exception of posting notice on the property. (Ord. 01-5, 2/27/01; Ord. 02-5,
4/23/02; Ord. 05-1 § 2, 1/25105; Ord. 05-19 § 2, 12/13/05; Ord. 07-1 § 2,1/23107; Ord. 08-
13§2,8126/081_______________________________________________
17.01.110 Action by the Director.
Prior to action on an application subject to Director review and approval, the Director shall consider all
written comments of the adjacent property owners, the applicant and any interested parties. Action of
the Director shall be made by a letter of approval citing the findings and the substantiation of the
findings as required by this code. Action of the Director is final after fifteen (15) calendar days, unless
appealed in writing to the Planning Commission within said period. The appeal shall be filed in writing
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 8
n
U
Comment[f32]: TWs section Ins= relocated
to Section 1].06.100 (Type I Public Noticing) .
Comment [f33]: This section tins been modifed
and relocated to Section 1].06.100 (Type 1 Public
Noticing).
Comment [f34]: This section tial been relocated
loSection 17.06.100 (Type] Public
Wt.
.
•
Comment [05]: This section has been expanded
and relocated to section 17.06.110 (Type 11 Noticing
(Public Hearing).
-Can 1ant ]f36]: This section lies been relocated
to S ion 17.06.1 LO (Type 11 Noticing (Public
Heat ng).
0
E
•
0
stating the basis for the appeal with the Community Development Department (Ord. 01-5, 2/27/01;
Ord. 05-1 § 2, 1/25/05; Ord. 05-19 § 2, 12/13/051 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
______________
17.01.120 Action by the Planning Commission.
Prior to the public hearing on a permit and/or application, the Director of Community Development
shall prepare a written report thereon and submit the report to the Planning Commission. The report
shall be made available to the applicant at least three (3) calendar days prior to the hearing. The
Planning Commission shall review and consider the Directors report, comments from the applicant
and the public. Action of the Planning Commission shall be made through the adoption of a resolution
with appropriate findings to the particular permit and/or enfitiement. Action of the Planning
Commission is final after fifteen (15) calendar days unlessi _
A. An appeal is filed in writing staling the basis for the appeal with the City Cleric within said period;
0�___________________________________---- _ ____________________—
B. The application is for a prezone, zone change, specific plan, master plan, General Plan
amendment, or development code amendmentf
In either case, the application shall be scheduled for City Council action. (Ord. 015, 2/27/01; Ord.
05-1 §2,1/25/05; Ord. 05-19§2,12/13/051,__..................................
17.01.130 Action by the City Council.
The Director of Community Development shall prepare a report of the action of the Planning
Commission on applications for prezones, zone changes, master plans, specific plans, General
Plan amendments, development code amendments, and appeals of Planning Commission
actions. The report shall be made available to the applicant at least three (3) calendar days prior
to the hearing. The City Council shall review and consider the Planning Commission's
recommendation, comments by the applicant and the public. The Council shall act to approve,
conditionally approve or deny the application or appeal and make the appropriate findings
detailed in this code. All actions of the City Council are final. (Ord. 015, 2/27/01; Ord. 05-1 § 2,
1125/05; Ord. 05-19 § 2, 12/13/051 --------------------------------------------
17.01.135
_____________ .-
17.01.135 Appeals.
An appellant may submit a written request to withdraw their appeal any time up to fourteen (14) days
prior to the public hearing scheduled for the appeal, in which case the appeal shall not move forward
and the decision that was the subject of the appeal shall be the final decision. If an appeal is not
withdrawn by the dose of business on the fourteenth day prior to the scheduled appeal hearing, the
hearing shall be conducted by the reviewing body. (Ord. 08-13 § 2, 8/26/081_
17.01.140 Revocation or Modification of a Permit or Other Entitlement for Cause.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 9
Cwnment [07]: This section been completely
reformatted and merged with other sections.
Suctimu 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision),
17,06.160 (Notice of Action and Findings), Chapters
17.07 (Appeals) and 17.02 (Planning Agency)
contain elements nidus section.
Comment [08]: This seetion been completely
reformancd and merged with other sections.
Sections 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision),
17.06.120 (Public Hearing Procedures), 17.06.090
(Project Evaluation and Staff Reports), 17.06. 160
(Notice of Action and Findings), 17.06.150
(Decision After Public Heanng) tied Chapter 17.02
fPlanning Agency) contain elements of this section.
CanmeM [f39]: This Section has been expended
end relocated to Cheptcr 17-.7 (Appeals).
Comment [f40]: This Stttion has been expanded
and relocated to Section 17.06.020 (AuNority).
Comment [f41]: This Section has been expanded
and relocated to Section 17.06.020 (Authority).
Comment [421: This section been completely
ref.RW and merged with ower sections.
Sections 17.N. 130 (Findings and Decision),
17.06.090 (Project Evaluation and Staff Reports),
17.06.120 (Public Hewing Procedtues) 17.06. 160
(Notice of Action and Findings), 17.06.150
(Decision ARer Public Hearing) and Chapter 17.02
(Planning Agency) contain dements ofthis section
Comment [f43]: This Section has been expanded
and relocated m Chapter 17.07 (Appeals).
A permit or entitlement other than a subdivision may be revoked or modified by the approving
authority for cause as provided by the provisions of this section. For purposes of this section, the
modification of a permit or entitlement may include the modification of the terms of the permit or
entitlement itself or the waiver, alteration, or imposition of new conditlonsf _
A. Application Where Violation Exists. No application for any permit required pursuant to Chapter
17_03 shall be accepted for processing or approved on a parcel of land where a land use and/or
structure is operating or being maintained that is nonconforming, or is in violation of any applicable
land use standard as established by the City, or condifions of approval or mitigation measures of a
land use permit, except where the application for a permit incorporates measures to correct the
violation, and the correction will occur prior to the establishment of any new proposed use or
structure1 _ _ _ _ _ _
B. Grounds for Revocation or Modification. A permit or entitlement maybe revoked or modified
by the approving authority pursuant to the provisions of this section upon a finding of any one or more
of the following grounds:
1. That such permit or application was obtained or extended by fraud
2. That one or more of the conditions upon which such permit or application entitlement was
granted have been violated.
3. That the use for which the permit or entitlement was granted is so conducted as to be
detrimental to the public health or safety, or as to be a nuisance.
4. That construction or development on the subject property is not in conformance with the
permit or entitlement approval or other applicable requirements) ---------------------
C. ___
C. Notification. The Director shall notify the pemlittee or owner of the entitlement of the action in
the same manner as specified in the building code for revocation of a building permit, or by written
notice to the permittee or owner of the entitlement as shown on the latest assessment roll or as
indicated by later information available to the Directorf -------------------------------
D. _____
D. Appeal. Revocation or modification of a permit or entitlement maybe appealed asset forth in
Sections 17.01.110 and 17.01.120. (Ord. 07-1 §2. 1/23/07 ----------------------------
17.01.150
_
17.01.150 Automatic Revocation of a Permit or Other Entitlement.
Upon final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declaring one or more of such conditions to
be void or ineffective, or enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the enforcement or operation of one or
more conditions of approval, the permit or entitlement shall cease to be valid -----------------
17.01.160
_____
17.01.160 Exoiration and Extension.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 10
n
U
comment [44]: This section has been expanded
and relocated to Chapter 17.08 (Revocations and
Revisions).
Comment [f45]: This section hasbeen modified
and relocated to Section 17.0 1.060 (Application
Where Violation Exins).
Comment [f46]: This section has been modified
and relocated so Section 17.08.050 (Grounds for
Revocation or Revision).
Comment [f47]: This wtim has been modfied
and relocated to Section 17.08.040 (Projat Notice
and Required AW.).
Comment [f481: This section has been modfied
and relocated to Section 17.08.040 (Project Notice
and Required Actions).
Comment [f49]: This.tion was been relocated
to Sxtion 17.08.050 (Grounds for Revocation of
Revisioos).
0
0
A. Approvals and Extensions. Any approval of a permit or entitlement, except for development
reviews which shall expire within one calendar year of such approval, shall expire within two (2)
calendar years of such approval except where construction or use of the property in reliance on an
approved permit or entitlement has commenced prior to its expiration. If construction and use of the
- comment [M]: Tbls seeboo bas en berelocated
property in reliance on an approved permit or entitlement has not commenced within two (2) years,
to Sxtion 17.09.010 (Applicability).
the period may be extended by the Director for up to one additional year if a written request for a time
extension is submitted to the Director of Community Development within sixty (60) days prior to the
- - comment [f541: This seAoo las been reloested
expiration date. Permits and entitlements may be granted only one time extensions _
-comment 1501: This section bas been modified.
expanded and relocated to Section 17.06.230 (rime
area for such use shall be subject to the approval of a conditional use permit. (Ord. 05-1 § 2, 1/25/051 -
Limits and Extensmnfi.
B. Multiple Entitlements. In instances where a single development project includes multiple
to Section 17.09.010 (Applicability).
entitlements considered and approved wncurentiy, the expiration of each entitlement shall be equal
to that of the entitlement which possesses the longest period of approval, including time extensions.
(Ord. 01-5, 2/27/01; Ord. 05-1 § 2, 1/25/05; Ord. 05-19 § 2,12/131051 ,
- Comment [f53]: This secfiov bas been modified
- - - -- - - - - - - - - - ' - - '
Fand redwed N Section 17.06.040 (Time Limits and
-s
tensio.).
17.01.170 Expansions of Conditionally Permitted Uses and Structures.
All expansions of conditionally permitted uses or structures, including accessory uses and structures,
are subject to the following requirementsj_. - I comment (f52]: This section nes b. relocated
'-'--------'------------'----''---'- to Section V.09.010(Applicability).
A. A cumulative expansion often (10) percent or less of approved building area or approved site
area for such use shall be permitted by right. Such expansions shall be determined by the Director to
be in substantial conformance with the cenditionally permitted use. Expansions may be subject to
development review to the satisfaction of the Director of Community Development1 -
- comment [M]: Tbls seeboo bas en berelocated
_ _ _ _.
- - - - - - -
to Sxtion 17.09.010 (Applicability).
B. A cumulative expansion often (10) percent to fifty (50) percent of approved building area or
approved site area for such use shall be subject to a minor use permit ,
- - comment [f541: This seAoo las been reloested
10 Sectmn 17.09.0 10 (Applicability).
C. A cumulative expansion greater than fifty (50) percent of approved building area or approved site
area for such use shall be subject to the approval of a conditional use permit. (Ord. 05-1 § 2, 1/25/051 -
- Comment [f5s]: This section bas been o6ocated
to Section 17.09.010 (Applicability).
January 2013 1 DRAF[
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 1I
n
u
Chapter 17.01 Title, Purpose, Components, and
Authoritv
SECTIONS:
17.01.010
Title.
17.01_020
Purpose.
17.01.030
Consistency with the General Plan.
17.01.040
Applicability of Zoning Regulations.
17.01.050
Administration of Use Classifications.
17.01.060
Application Where Violations Exists.
17.01.070
Severability.
17.01.080
Repeal of Conflicting Development Codes.
17.01.090
Private Agreements.
17.01.100
Condition of Approval
17.01.010 Title.
Title 17 of the City Municipal Code shall be known and cited as "Title 17." the "Zoning
Code." the "Zoning Ordinance." "this Title." When the teen "this Code" or the
"Development Code" is used, the term shall include both Title 16 and 17 which together shall
17.01.020 Purpose.
The purpose of this Code is to define the duties and powers of the discretionary and
17.01.030 Consistency with the General Plan.
govern.
17.01.040 Applicabilitv of Zoning Regulations.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 12
0
0
11
0
or organization, or the Countv or other local. State, or federal agencies. Govemmental
and ouasi-yovemment agencies may be exempt from portions of this Code ner the
State Govemment Code.
B. Compliance with Regulations. No land shall be used. and no structure shall be
constructed, occupied, enlarged, altered, or moved unless it is in accordance with the
Provisions of this Code. No permit or entitlement may be issued or renewed for any
use, construction, imnrovement, or other purpose unless specifically provided for, or
Permitted by. this Code. No person shall use, or permit to be used, any stmcture, or
land, nor shall any person erect, stmcturally alter, or enlarge any structure, or
advertise on any stmeture, except in accordance with the provisions of this Code.
C. Provisions Interpreted as Minimum Requirements. In interpreting and applying the
Provisions of this Code, the provisions shall be held to be the minimum requirements
for the promotion of the public health, safety, and general welfare.
17.01.050 Administration of Use Classifications.
A. Primary Use. In determining compliance with the provisions of this Code as it applies
to the uses listed in the various zones, each primary use shall be considered a separate
use, provided:
• 1. The accessory uses and structures shall be deemed an integral part of each
primary use; and
2 That more than one primary use may he placed on a single lot where not in
conflict with other provisions of this Code.
B. Accessory Use. The Director shall determine whether a use or stmcture may be
considered accessory pursuant to the definitions contained in this Code, in
compliance with Chapter 17.04 (Interpretations).
17.01.060 Application Where Violation Exists.
With the exception of uses in conformance with Chanter 17.05 (Legal Nonconforming Uses.
Lots and Structures), no application for any permit required pursuant to this Code shall be
accepted for processing where an unauthorized land use and/or structure is operating in
violation of this Code.
The Director may determine that the use in question is consistent with the objectives, aoals
and policies of the General Plan, or that the continuation of the use is essential or desirable to
the public convenience or welfare, this provision shall not apply.
January 2013 1 DRAFr
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 13
0
17.01.070 Severability.
If any portion of this Code is held invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of anv court,
such decision shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Code.
17.01.080 Repeal of Conflicting Development Codes.
shall govern.
17.01.090 Private Agreements.
The Provisions of this Code are not intended to abrogate anv easements, covenants,
conditions and restrictions, or other existing agreements which are more restrictive than the
Provisions of this Code.
17.01.100 Condition of Approval.
As a condition of the approval of an aoolication, the apolicant shall agree to reimburse the
City for any court and attomev's fees which the City may be required by a court to pay
because of any claim or action brought against the City because of such approval pursuant to
Government Code Section 66499.37. Although the applicant is the real party in interest in
such an action, the City may, at its sole discretion, participate at its own expense in the
defense of the action, but such participation shall not relieve the applicant of its obligations
under this condition.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 14
r�
U
0
L
•
Chapter 17.02 PlanninL Aaenev
SECTIONS:
17.02.010
Pumose.
17.02.020
Citv Council.
17.02.030
Planning Commission.
17.02.040
Hearing Officer.
17.02.050
Director.
17.02.010 Purpose.
This chapter identifies the Dowers and duties of the officials responsible for administering
this Code.
17.02.020 Citv Council,
The Council has the following powers and duties:
A. Initiate, adopt, deny, or modify amendments to the City of Santa Clarita General Plan.
Code and Zoning Map and all other Class V VI and VII Applications as described
in Section 17.06.020 (Authority).
B. Consider and certifv environmental documents and hear appeals on environmental
determinations by the Director. Hearing Officer, or the Commission as Provided for
by the Califomia Environmental Oualitv Act (CEOA)
C. Affirm, deny. or modify decisions of the Commission through appeals or calls for
review pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of
Review) and the State Govemment Code.
D. Establish fees for filing applications and services provided by the Citv
E. Appoint commissioners to the Commission as provided for in City of Santa Clarita
Municipal Code.
17.02.030 Planning Commission.
The Commission is established pursuant to the City Municipal Code and the California
Govemment Code and has the following powers and duties:
A Recommend to the Council amendments to the General Plan Code or Zoning May,
and all other Class V and VII applications.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 15
B. Affirm, deny, or modify decisions of the Hearing Officer pursuant to Chapter 17.07
(Appeals or Certification of Review) and the State Government Code.
C. Consider and adopt, deny, modify, or certify Class IV applications and environmental
documents as described in Section 17.06.020 (Authority).
17.02.040 Hearing Officer,
The Hearing Officer is the Director or their appointee, who has the powers and duties to
conduct public administrative hearings and approve or deny Class III applications pursuant to
Section 17.06.020 (Authority) and approve or certify environmental documents.
17.02.050 Director.
The Director has the following powers and duties, which the Director may delegate to staff of
the Department who are supervised by. and report to, the Director:
A. Approve or deny Class 1. 11 and III applications pursuant to Section 17.06.020
( Authority).
B. Consider and adopt, deny, modify, or certify environmental documents for Class 11
and 111 applications subject to CEOA and the City's environmental review
requirements.
C. Consider and adopt, deny, modify, or certify environmental documents subject to
CEOA and the City's environmental review requirements for other City Departments
not requiring Council action.
D. Review all applications and notify the applicant if any additional information is
necessary to conduct review in compliance with this Code.
E. Issue interpretations of this Code pursuant to Chapter 17.04 (Interpretations).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 16
0
•
0
0
•
0
Chapter 17.03 Rules for Provisions, Language,
Measurement and Interpretation
SECTIONS:
17.03.010 Purpose.
17.03.020 Rules for Language.
17.03.030 Rules for Measurement.
17.03.010 Purpose.
The purpose of this chapter is to provide precision in the interpretation of this Code. The
definitions and use of the words and phrases in this chanter apply throughout the Code.
17.03.020 Rules for Language.
Except where the context indicates otherwise, the following rules for language shall apply:
A. The following coniunctions shall he interpreted as follows:
L "And' indicates that all connected words or provisions shall apply.
2. "Or" indicates that the connected words or provisions may apply singly or in
any combination.
3. "Either ... or" indicates that the connected word. or provisions shall apply
singly but not in combination.
B. All references to departments, committees. commissions, boards, or other public
agencies and public officials are to those of the Citv, unless otherwise specified.
C. Any reference to the Fire Department is to that of the Los Angeles County Fire
Department.
D. All references to days are to calendar days, unless otherwise specified.
E. All references to lists of items or examples that use terms such as "including," "such
as," or similar language are intended to provide examples: not to be exhaustive lists
of all possibilities.
F. The words "shall: "'will." "must," and "is td' are mandatory reouirements.
January 2013 i DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 17
G. The words "should" or "mad' are optional and may be required by the Department at
its discretion.
H. The present tense includes the past and future tenses, and the future tense includes the
past and present.
1. Plural words shall include the singular and, singular words shall include the plural.
J. Sections and section headings contained herein shall not be deemed to govern, limit,
modify, or in any manner affect the scope, meaning, or intent of any section.
17.03.030 Rules for Measurement.
The purpose of this section is to explain how measurements are calculated in this Code.
A. Fractions.
1. Parking Spaces. When the application of this Code requires a fractional part of
a parking space, such fraction equal to or greater than one-half shall be
construed as a whole and fractions less than one-half shall be eliminated.
2. Dwelling Units.
a. Rounding. Whenever this Code requires consideration of dwelling
units and the result of a calculation contains a fraction of a whole
number, the results shall be rounded down to the nearest whole
number.
b. Exception for State Affordable Housing Densitv Bonus. For nroiects
eligible for bonus density pursuant to Section 65915 of the State
Government Code or any successor statute, anv fractional number of
permitted bonus density units shall be rounded up to the next whole
number.
3. Other Fractions. Besides subsections (A) (i) and (Al (2), above, when a
measures 35 feet and 6 inches, then the height is not in compliance.
B. Distance.
I. Measurements are Shortest Distance.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01— Administration
Page 18
0
•
0
n
U
•
L
a. When measuring a required distance, the measurement is made at the
closest or shortest distance between the two objects (for example, the
minimum distance between a structure and a lot line or another
structure).
b. The following shall be excluded when measuring required distances.
i. Proiections, as permitted in Section 17.57.050 (C) (Proiections
Permitted Between Buildings): and
ii. Basements.
sdanew
I ni6tame i
I I
I
I I
LShadest
oaeee
I
Dig=cvI
I
—.----- -- --. Property Line
Figure 17.03— 1
MEASUREMENTS ARE SHORTEST DISTANCE
2 Distances are Measured Horizontally. When determining distances for
setbacks and structure dimensions, all distances are measured along a
horizontal plane from the appropriate line, edge of building, structure, storage
area. parking area, or other object. Distances are not measured by following
the topography or slope of the land.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 19
Figure 17.03 — 2
DISTANCES ARE MEASURE HORIZONTALLY
3. Measurement of Parking Spaces, Aisle Widths, and Stacking Areas.
a. Measurement of parking space length, aisle widths and stacking areas
are measured from across the entire area.
b. Where single striving lines are used, narking space widths shall be
measured from the center of the striving line. Double striving is
preferred and where it is used, varking space widths shall be measured
from the midpoint between the striping lines.
C. Obstructions, unless expressly permitted by the Director, are not
permitted in a parking space. Wheel stops are permitted in a parking
space.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 —Administration
Page 20
0
•
0
a\ Standards", mecvonla'es.}I.
D mrirewhlhufrctint 1.ea,i.
0 $Om eptttt of pubuit gripe 11
xleaavedavanwmlire
Imgtherregaiedarea
S^�
Angled sill meamrM gaga
.tire anter[ king sea.
flat ranter W parvkvm'ripe
a
Kala, AI"emennarWamss
Antic
It. witeh Mregiimlarea
M
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 —Administration
Page 20
0
•
0
11
•
•
Figure 17.03 — 3
MEASURING OF PARKING SPACES
AISLE WIDTHS, AND STACKING AREAS
4. Measurement of Minimum Distances Between Land Uses. When a specified
land use is required to be located a minimum distance from another land use,
the minimum distance is measured in a straight line from the exterior
boundaries of the property to the exterior boundary of the Property of the
other land use.
Figure 17.03 — 4
MEASUREMENT OF MINIMUM DISTANCES BETWEEN LAND USES
C. Height.
1. Measuring Height. Measurement of the height of building or structure is the
Amb line distance from the point being measured to the grade.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 21
Figure 17.03 — 5
MEASURING HEIGHT
D. Flag Lot Width and Depth.
1. Flag Lots. Average width and death of flag lots shall exclude the access strip
for the lot.
--- Attest atripr%FI%S A
Exck*d from La Arta
Lma
Figure 17.03 — 6
FLAG LOT WIDTH AND DEPTH
E. Floor Area. Floor area is the total gross- area of all floors of a building expressed in
square feet.
L Included in Floor Area. Gross floor area shall include the area of all the floors
of a building within and including the outer building walls all habitable and
non -habitable rooms, basements, and interior walls and partitions.
2. Excluded from Floor Area. Gross floor area does not include:
a. Parking structures, garages, camorts, or other areas designated for
Parking and loading, or vehicular access to parking and loading spaces.
as these structures shall be counted seyarately:
b. Unenclosed exterior balconies, decks, porches. courts, and stairs:
C. Cellars and
d. Attics, if not a habitable space as defined by the Building Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 22
0
•
0
•
3. Floor Area Ratio. Floor area ratio is the numerical value obtained through
dividin2 the giross floor area of a building or buildings located on a lot by the
total area of such lot. Floor area ratio is expressed as a decimal number and
shall be rounded to the hundredth place (for example. 0.25).
F. Lot Coverage. Lot coverage is the ratio of the total footorint area of all structures on a
lot to the net lot area, expressed as a percentage with a decimal number to the
hundredths place (for example. 50.15%) according to the following:
L Included in Lot Coverage. Lot coverage shall include:
a. The footprints of all primary and accessory structures. including
garages, carports, covered patios, and roofed porches.
b. Unenclosed and unroofed decks, uncovered natio slabs, porches,
landings, balconies and stairways:
C, Eaves and roof overhangs when proiecting more than two -and -one-
half feet from the building wall: and
d. The first floor of atrium and all lobby areas.
2. Excluded from Lot Coverage. Lot coverage shall not include:
a. Uncovered walkways, driveways, and landscaping:
K Eaves and roof overhangs when projecting less than two -and -one-half
feet from the building wall: and
C. Swimming pools and hot tubs that are not enclosed in roofed structures
or decks.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01— Administration
Page 23
Chapter 17.04 Interpretations
SECTIONS:
17.04.010 Purpose.
17.04.020 Applicability.
17.04.030 Interpretation for Unlisted Uses.
17.04.040 Record of Interpretation.
17.04.010 Purpose.
This chapter establishes the authority of the Director to interpret this Code. Whenever the
Director determines that the meaning or applicability of any provision of this Code is subject
to interpretation, the Director may issue a verbal or written interpretation.
17.04.020 Applicability.
Interpretations made by the Director include the following:
A. Defining unlisted uses:
B. Determination of the location of boundaries on the Zoning Mam
C. Applicability of development standards:
D. Definitions, terms or phrasing, and language construction:
E. Determining measurement: and
F. Interpretation of how any of the subsections (A) through (E), above. apply to a
specific site.
17.04.030 Interpretation for Unlisted Uses.
A. Similar Uses. The Director may determine that an unlisted use in this Code is allowed
in compliance with this chapter.
B. Required Findings. The Director may determine that am unlisted use is similar to a
listed use and may be allowed in the underlying zone, after making the followine
findings:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01— Administration
Page 24
n
u
11
0
L
I_ The characteristics of, and activities associated with the use are similar to one
or more of the listed uses, and will not involve a greater intensity than the use
listed in the zone,
2. The use will be consistent with theurpr oses of the applicable zone'
3. The use will be consistent with the General Plan,
4. The use will be compatible with the other uses allowed in the zone: and
5. The use is not listed as allowed in another zone.
C. Underivinz Zone Standards. When the Director determines that an unlisted use is
similar to a listed use, the unlisted use will be treated in the same manner as the listed
use in determining where it is allowed, the application required, and the applicable
development standards and requirements of this Code.
17.04.040 Record of Interpretation.
Any written interpretation made by the Director shall be kept on file with the Department and
be made available to the public.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 25
Chapter 17.05 Legal Nonconforming Uses, Lots and
Structures
SECTIONS:
17.05.010
Purpose.
17.05.020
Continuation and Maintenance.
17.05.030
Discontinuation of Legal Nonconforming Use.
17.05.040
Restoration of a Damaged Structure.
17.05.050
Elimination of Legal Nonconforming Uses and Structures.
17.05.060
Zoning Compliance Review.
17.05.010 Purpose.
This chapter is intended to allow for the continuation, maintenance, and limited expansion of
uses, lots, and structures established in compliance with development codes in effect at the
time of establishment of the use or structure but not in compliance with current development
codes.
17.05.020 Continuation and Maintenance.
A. A use legally occupying a structure or a site, as of the effective date of this Code, that
does not conform with the use regulations or the performance standards for the zone
in which the use is located shall be deemed to be a legal nonconforming use and may
be continued in perpetuity, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.
B. A structure, leeally occupving a site, as of the effective date of this Code, that does
not conform with the property develooment standards for repuired yards, height,
coverage, distances between structures, or other standards for the zone in which the
structure is located, shall be deemed to be a legal nonconforming structure and may
be used and maintained in perpetuity, except as otherwise provided in this chanter.
C. Routine maintenance and repairs may be performed on a structure or site, the use of
which is legal nonconforming.
the degree of nonconformity, or adversely affect or be materially detrimental to,
adjacent uses, residents buildings, structures, or natural resources.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 26
0
•
0
0
E. A use which does not meet the performance standards of the zone in which it is
located shall be permitted to expand in the event that the expansion does not increase
the degree of nonconformity.
_F_. Unless specifically stated elsewhere in this Code, a conditional use legally established
prior to the effective date of this Code, or prior to the effective date of subsequent
zone changes or amendments to the Code, shall be permitted to continue and be
permitted to expand or be modified pursuant to the Code.
G. A narking lot previously constructed with or without a surolus of oarkine spaces over
what was required at the time of approval of the development shall be subiect to the
parking provisions of Section 17.51.060 (Parking Standards) of this Code for all new
uses or structures, notwithstanding ueneral office and retail uses for developments
approved by Los Angeles County and remaining in conformance with such approval.
H. When interpreting setbacks for a residential use in a residential zone that are legal
nonconforming, new construction shall be permitted to maintain/continue the existing
setback, provided the structure does not further encroach into the existing setback
area by either further reducing the existing setback, or expanding (either vertically or
the appropriate entitlement as described in this Code.
A lot that was legallv created, as of the effective date of this Code, that does not
conform with the Code regulations for minimum lot size or dimensions for the zone
in which the lot is located, shall be deemed to he a legal nonconforming lot and may
be utilized for a structure that would otherwise be allowed in that zone as Ione as all
development standards are achieved or an adjustment or variance, whichever is
applicable, is obtained for anv such standards that cannot be achieved.
17.05.030 Discontinuation of Legal Nonconforming Use.
Whenever a legal nonconforming use, or use of a legal nonconforming structure, has been
in which it is located. Discontinuation shall include cessation of a use regardless of intent to
resume the use unless the Director is notified in writing of the intent to resume and has
approved a schedule for resumption of said use.
17.05.040 Restoration of a Damseed Structure.
A. Whenever a structure which does not comply with the property development
standards prescribed in the zone in which the structure is located is destroyed by fire
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 27
0
or other calamity to the extent of fifty (50) percent or more, the structure may be
restored and the legal nonconforming use may be resumed: provided, that restoration
is started within two (2) years from the date of the calamity and diligently pursued to
in effect at the time of re-establishment.
B. The extent of damage shall be based upon the ratio of the estimated cost of restoring
the structure to its condition prior to such damage to the estimated cost of duplicating
a use with multiple structures, the damage ratio shall be determined by comparing the
cost of restoring the damaged structure(s) to its (their) condition(s) prior to such
damage to the estimated cost of duplicating all structures associated with such use.
C. Whenever a structure is damaged less than 50%, the structure shall be replaced to its
legal nonconforming status or replaced with a structure in conformance with the
Code.
17.05.050 Elimination of Legal Nonconforming Uses and Structures.
A. Any unscreened outdoor storage (illegal under the provisions of the Los Angeles
County Title 22) shall be screened in compliance with the orovisions of this Code
within one year of the effective date of this Code.
B. With the exception of signage, uses and structures established in compliance with
zoning codes in effect at the time of establishment of the use or structure but made
legal nonconforming by this Code shall be allowed to continue and/or remain. Legal
nonconforming signage shall be eliminated as follows:
1. Signs as prohibited by subsection (U) of Section 17.51.050 (Sign Regulations
(Private Property)), thirtv (30) days.
2. In the case of outdoor advertising signs or structures in residential zones, and
notwithstanding any contrary provision of this title, such signs and structures
shall be discontinued and removed pursuant to and as allowed by California
Business and Professions Code Sections 5412.1 and 5412.2 as follows:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 28
0
0
C�
Fair Market Value on Date of Notice of
Years Allowed to Remain
Removal Requirement
Under $1,999
2
$2,000 to $3.999
3
$4,000 to $5.999
4
$6.000 to $7.999
5
$8.000 to $9.999
6
$10,000 and over
7
The amounts provided in this section shall be adjusted each January Ist from and after
January I 1983 in accordance with the changes in building costs as indicated in the United
States Department of Commerce Composite Cost Index for Construction Costs.
3. All other signs and sign structures. nine (9) years from November 13, 1990.
17.05.060 Zoning Compliance Review.
Uses and structures established in compliance with zonine codes in effect at the time of
establishment of the use or structure but not in compliance with current zoning codes may
obtain a certificate of zoning compliance. A certificate of zoning compliance shall require a
final occupancy review. The applicant must show, to the satisfaction of the Director, that the
structure or use in question is in compliance with the original permit and/or codes in effect at
the time the structure was constructed or the use was initiated.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 29
0
Chapter 17.06 Common Procedures
SECTIONS:
17.06.010
Purpose.
17.06.020
Authority.
17.06.030
Application Types.
17.06.040
MultipleApnlications.
17.06.050
Environmental Review.
17.06.060
Application Filing and Withdrawal.
17.06.070
Fees and Deposits.
17.06.080
Initial Application Review.
17.06.090
Proiect Evaluation and Staff Reports
17.06.100
Type 1 Public Noticing.
17.06.110
Type 11 Public Noticing (Public Hearing).
17.06.115
Hearing Officer Administrative Hearing Procedure.
17.06.120
Public Hearing Procedure.
17.06.130
Findings and Decision.
17.06.140
Recommendations after Public Hearing,
17.06.150
Decision after Administrative Hearing or Public Hearing.
17.06.160
Notice of Action and Findings.
17.06.170
Effective Date of Decision.
17.06.180
Scope of Approvals.
17.06.190
Conditions of Approval.
17.06.200
Use of Property Before Final Action.
17.06.210
Approvals Run with the Land.
17.06.220
Performance Guarantees and Covenants.
17.06.230
Time Limits and Extensions.
17.06.240
Resubmission of Application.
17.06.010 Purpose.
This chapter establishes zoning application and processing procedures for the Code.
17.06.020 Authoritv.
Table 17.06-1 (Review Authority) identifies the authority body responsible for making
decisions on each type of application. The following authority bodies are listed within this
Table:
A. Advisory Body. The Advisory Body makes recommendations to a higher level review
authority.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 30
0
0
0
0
•
0
B. Review Authority. The Review Authority is the decision maker that approves or
denies an application. The Review Authority may refer an application to a higher
Level review authority for a decision on the application.
C Appeal Body. The Appeal Body makes decisions on an ap eal of a decision of a lower
level Review Authority.
D. Revieir Authority Levels. The levels of review authorities, from highest to lowest are:
1. Council:
2. Commission:
3. Hearing Officer; and
4. Director.
Table 17.06-1: Review Authori
Apolication
Class
Chapter
Public
Noticing
Public
Hearing
Required
Advisory
Body
Review
Authority
Appeal Bodv
Re uired
Class 1
(Ministeriall
17.22
None
No
N/A
Director
Commission/
Council
Class 11
Discretionary
17.23
None
No
N/A
Director
Commission/
Council
Class 111
(Discretionary)
17_24
Tvoe I
No
N/A
Director *
-
Commission/
Council
Class IV
(Discretionary)
17.25
Type 11
Yes
Director
Commission
Council
Class V
(Discretionary)
17.26
Type Il
Yes
Commission
Council
N/A
Class VI
(Discretionary)
17.27
Type 11
Yes
Director
Council
NIA
Class VII
(Legislative)
17_23
Tvpe 11
Yes
Commission
Comcd
N/A
* If a request for an administrative hearing is filed. the Review Authority shall
be the Hearing Officer, in conformance with this chapter.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 31
17.06.030 Application Types.
This Code establishes the application tvpe required for a specific permit request. Application
types include the following:
A. Class I Applications. Class I applications include the following Ministerial
Approvals.
B. Class II Anolications. Class 11 Applications include the following: Administrative
Permits, Architectural Desien Review, Development Review, Hillside Develooment
Review, Home Occupation Permits, Landscape Plan Review, Lot Line Adiustments,
Oak Tree Permits, Requests for Reasonable Accommodations, Sign Reviews, and
Temporary Use Permits.
C. Gass III ADDlications. Class Ill aoolications include the followine: Adiustments
Administrative Sign Variance and Historic Sign Designation, and Minor Use Permits.
D. Class IV Applications. Class IV applications include the following: Conditional Use
Permits, Tentative Subdivision Mans, and Variances.
E. Class V Applications. Class V applications include the followin- General Plan
Amendments, Master Plans, and Ridgeline Alteration Permits.
F. Class VI Applications. Class VI applications include the following: Pre -Annexation
Agreements.
G. Gass VII Applications. Class VII applications include the following: Development
Agreements, Specific and Corridor Plans, and Zone Changes and Amendments.
17.06.040 Multiple Applications.
A Review Authoritv in Multiple Applications. When a proiect requires two or more
applications to be considered by different Review Authorities, all applications for the
project shall be subject to Jurisdiction by the highest Review Authority.
B. Associated Ministerial and Discretiamry Aoplications. If associated uses and/or
structures on a property require both ministerial and discretionary aoolications, a
separate ministerial application may not be required. The discretionary application
may include authorization for the ministerial uses and/or structures, unless otherwise
noted within this Code.
C. Advisory Recommendation by Commission. If the Commission is reviewing a
discretionary application that requires associated Council approvals, the Commission
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 32
0
•
L
•
•
shall make recommendations to the Council on both the environmental
documentation and the discretionary and legislative applications. The Council takes
final action on all such environmental documentation, discretionary and legislative
applications.
17.06.050 Environmental Review.
All applications for development, which are subiect to the California Environmental Quality
Act (CEOA) and City adopted guidelines, may be required to submit a completed
Environmental Ouestionnaire (initial Study Part A) form as part of the application. The
Director may request additional information or studies of the applicant in order to make an
environmental determination.
17.06.060 Application Filine and Withdrawal.
A. Application Forms and Information for Submitted Materials.
1. The Director shall prepare application forms, including checklists that specify
the information and materials necessary for processing each type of
application.
2. The applicant shall submit an application. all information and materials listed
for the specific type of application on the checklist, and the filing fee, as listed
in Section 17.06.070 (Fees and Deposits).
3. The accuracy of all applications, information, and materials submitted shall be
the responsibility of the anolicant.
4. Any materials submitted by an applicant for an application becomes City
property and shall be available for public review.
B. Applicants. The following persons may file applications:
1. The owner(s) of the subiect property:
2. An agent for the anolicant with written authorization by the owner(s) of the
ro e
3. The plaintiff in an action in eminent domain to acquire the subject property. or
any portion thereof: or
4. A public agency in negotiation to acquire a portion of the subiect property or
any oortion thereof.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 33
C. Withdrawal An applicant may withdraw an application at any time before a decision
is made by the responsible Review Authority by filing a written request with the
Director. Refunds shall comply with Section 17.06.070 (C) (Fee Refundsl.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 34
r 1
L_J
0
•
is
17.06.070 Fees and Deposits.
A. Schedide of Fees and Deposits. The Council shall establish a schedule of fees and
deposits for application processing by resolution This shall be referred to as the
Filing Fee Schedule.
B. Filing Fee(s). No application shall be accepted without payment of the required fee or
deposit per subsection (A). above.
C. Fee Reftnnds. If any application is withdrawn as provided in Section 17.06.060 (C)
(Withdrawal), the Director shall refund the following fraction of the filing fee:
1. One-half of the payment shall be refunded if the application is withdrawn by
the applicant prior to the orenaration and mailing of the notice of
completeness or after a Development Review Committee meeting is held.
2 One-quarter of the payment shall be refunded if the application is withdrawn
by the applicant prior to publication or mailing of the required notice.
3. There shall be no refund of any portion of the payment after:
a. Mailing or publication of the required notice:
b. Denial or withdrawal of application:
C. Preparation of any environmental documents: or
d. After an action has been taken by the Review Authority.
D. Deposit Rehmds. The Director may anorove a refund of deposits after all fees and
ext)enses incurred have been paid.
17.06.080 Initial Application Review.
A. Review of Applications Filed. Within 30 days from the date the City accepts an
application for processing, the Director shall review and provide notice to the
B. Determinine Completeness. An application filing shall be complete when:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 35
1. All required application materials have been submitted as specified in the
Department's tiling instructions per Section 17.06.060 (A) (Application
Forms and Information for Submitted Materials): and
2. Fees have been submitted as required by Section 17.06.070 (B) (Filing Fees).
3. All required environmental documentation and materials as required b
CEOA have been submitted.
C. Additional Information.
I. The Director may request additional information to clarify, correct, or
otherwise supplement information required after the application has been
accepted by the Department for processing. The Director may suspend
application processing if the additional information is not submitted.
2. If an application is subiect to environmental review. the Director may reuuire
the applicant to submit additional information needed to conduct an initial
study to determine if the proiect may have a significant effect on the
environment. The Director may suspend application nrocessing if the
additional information is not submitted.
D. Consultation. The Director may consult with any local, county, state, or federal
agency after the application has been accepted by the Department for processing. The
applicant shall pay any required fee for such consultation. Application processing
may be suspended if any required fee is not paid.
E. Inspections. Every aonlicant seeking a permit in comnliance with this Code shall
allow any City or Countv official participating in review of the application access to
the premises or property that is the subiect of the application. Failure to cooperate
with any City or County official may result in suspension of application processing
until the inspection is completed. If access is not granted, the Director may render an
application inactive per subsection (F), below.
F. Inactive Anplication. If an aoolication is deemed incomplete. the Director shall
provide written notification or correction letter to the applicant listing the
applications, exhibits, revisions to plans, information, additional fees, or any other
materials that are necessary to complete the review of the application. If the applicant
does not provide the items required by the Director within 30 days of notification, the
application shall become inactive. The Director may extend the time limit for a
maximum of 30 days upon written request from the applicant.
G. Denial of Inactive Application. The Director may deny, without a public hearing, an
application for a discretionary permit if such application becomes inactive per
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 36
0
•
0
9
•
0
subsection (F), above. The Director may permit the applicant to amend such
application without the filing of additional permit fees if the amendments are made
before the application is denied. In all other cases, the Director's denial of an inactive
application closes the application file. Once an application is denied, the applicant
shall submit a new application and fees in compliance with Section 17.06.060
(Application Filing and Withdrawal) in order to proceed with the request.
17.06.090 Project Evaluation and Staff Reports.
When a staff report is required. the Director shall make a report in writing to the Review
Authority based on consideration of information in the record at the time the Director
prepares the report. The staff report shall be made available to the applicant no less than 72
hours prior to the administrative hearing or public hearing. The report shall include:
A. A recommendation based on:
1. Evaluation of the project's conformance with the applicable goals, obiectives,
policies, and proposals of the General Plan and any other applicable adopted
plans and policies:
2. Determination of compliance with all applicable development standards and
requirements for the underlying zone in which the subject property is located:
3. Determination of the provision of adequate. essential services for the subiect
property. The Director may consult with local agencies that Provide essential
facilities or services to determine if the proiect will be adequately served.
Essential facilities and services include, but are not limited to. Fire, Sheriff,
schools, water, sanitation, and roads; and
4. Information in the record including, but not limited to, the application.
exhibits, maps site plan, initial study, environmental determination or CEOA
statutory exemption, agency comments, and review comments received prior
to the hearing.
B. A recommendation on the environmental detetminatiom
1. If the project is subject to environmental review, a recommendation shall be
made to adopt a Negative Declaration, Mitigated Negative Declaration, or
certify an Environmental Impact Report.
2. If the project is found to meet the standards for a categorical exemption under
CEOA Guidelines, a statement that the proiect is exempt from environmental
review and the class of exemption in which the project qualifies for shall be
prepared.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 37
0
17.06.100 Type I Public Noticing.
When this Code requires a Type 1 public noticing, a notice shall be provided in compliance
with this section.
A. Notice Content. A Type I Notice shall include the following information:
1. Action Information.
a. The date, time, place, and the name of the Review Authority of the
proposed action;
b. A general description of the City's Procedure concerning the conduct
of the action
C. A statement that written comments may be submitted to the Director
Prior to the action;
d. A statement that any interested person or authorized agent may request
that the action be heard before the Hearing Officer; and
e. The Phone number, street address, and website of the City, where an •
interested person can call or visit to obtain additional information.
2. Project Information.
a. The name of the applicant;
b. The application number(s);
C. A general description of the project and location of the subiect
property: and
d. A statement that the Review Authority will also consider the proiect's
environmental document, if applicable.
B. Distribution. Notice shall be nrovided as follows:
1. Mailing. Notice shall be mailed or delivered at least 15 calendar days before
the scheduled action to the following, unless stated otherwise in this Code.
a. Owner(s) and Applicant. The owner(s) of the subiect property, the
applicant and the applicant's- agent, if one has been provided:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 38
0
0
0
•
b. Surrounding Properties. Unless otherwise indicated in this Code, all
owners of property located adjacent to, and directly across the street
from, the exterior boundaries of the subiect property, as shown on the
County's last equalized assessment roll shall be noticed. If the Proiect
site is located within a multiple tenant commercial or industrial center,
all tenants or nroyertv owners, if different, within the center shall also
be mailed the notice:
C. Persons Requesting Notice. A Person who has filed a written request
for notice with the Director within one Year Prior to the action
d. Additional Notification Radius Requirements.
i. In the case of a minor use permit for the sale of alcohol, all
owners of property located within a 500 -foot radius of the
exterior boundaries of the subiect site, as shown on the
County's last equalized assessment roll.
ii. In the case of a minor use Permit, a written notice shall be
transmitted to the Council and Commission.
e. In the case of a minor use Permit for the transportation of earth (haul
rues), no mailing of notifications is required: and
f. The Director may require additional notification requirements such as
site Posting and increased notification radius based upon the Possible
impacts of the proposed project.
C. Failure to Receive Notice. The failure of any person or entity to receive notice
provided in compliance with this section, or with the State Government Code, shall
not invalidate the actions of the Review Authority.
D. Action. If a written request for an administrative hearing before the hearing officer is
received prior to the close of business on the 15" day after the notice is dated, an
administrative hearing shall be scheduled. If the request for a hearing officer review is
rescinded prior to the noticing of the administrative hearing, no administrative
hearing shall be required.
1. The contents of the notice shall be in conformance with subsection (A) above.
2. Those that received the notice of the proposed priect and any additional
persons who submitted comments shall receive notice not less than seven (7)
days prior to the administrative hearing.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 39
17.06.110 Type 11 Public Noticing (Public Hearing).
When this Code requires a public hearing, notice of the hearing shall be provided in
compliance with this section and the State Government Code.
A. Notice Content. Notice of a public hearing shall include the following information:
1. Hearing Information.
a. The date, time, and place of the hearing and the name of the Review
Authority:
b. A general description of the Citv's procedure concerning the conduct
of the public hearing:
C. A statement that written comments may be submitted to the Director
prior to the hearing:
d. A statement that any interested Person or authorized agent may anpear
and be heard at the Public hearing;
e. The phone number, street address, and website of the Com. where an
interested person can call or visit to obtain additional information; and
f Prior action by an Approving Authority, if applicable.
2. Project Information.
a. The name of the applicant:
b. The aoolication number(s):
C. A general descrintion of the proiect and location of the subiect
property: and
d. A statement that the Review Authority will also consider the Project's
environmental document, if applicable.
B. Distribution. Notice shall be provided as follows:
1. Publication. Notice shall be published once in a newspaper of eeneral
circulation as determined by the City. The publication shall be at least 21
calendar days before the scheduled hearing, unless stated otherwise in this
Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 —Administration
Page 40
0
r 1
0
0
0
0
2. Mailing. Notice shall be mailed by first class mail no less than 21 calendar
days before the scheduled hearing to the following, unless stated otherwise in
this Code:
a. Owner(s) and Applicant. The owner(s) of the subject property, the
applicant and the applicant's agent, if one has been provided.
b. Surrounding Properties.
i. Unless otherwise indicated in this Code, all owners of property
located within a 1,000 -foot radius of the exterior boundaries of
the subject property, as shown on the County's last equalized
assessment roll.
ii. Multi -Unit Housing. In the case of where multi -unit housing (a
structure containing more than one dwelling unit) exists within
the required noticing radius, a notice addressed to "Occupant"
shall be mailed to each dwelling unit, in addition to those
mailed to the owner when the dwelling unit's address is
different than the owner's address. For this chapter a mobile
home park shall be considered a multi -unit housing complex.
iii. If the project site is located within a multiple tenant
commercial or industrial center, all tenants within the center
shall also be mailed the notice.
C. Persons Requesting Notice. A person who has filed a written request
for notice with the Director within one year prior to the public hearing.
d. Additional Notification Radius Requirements. In the case of a
conditional use permit, a written notice shall be transmitted to the
Council.
Director shall require that a larger advertisement (minimum one-eighth
(1/8) page) be placed in the newspaper of general circulation in lieu of
individual mailings to pronerty owners.
f. The Director may require additional notification requirements such as
additional site posting and increased notification radius based upon the
possible impacts of the proposed Proiect.
January 2013 j DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 41
3_ Notice Sign Posting. Where required by the application type. notice shall be
posted on the subject property at least 14 calendar days before the scheduled
public hearing in the following manner, unless otherwise stated in this Code
on the size and location of the project. The sign(s) shall not create
sight distance problems along the adiacent rights-of-way. If the subject
property is not visible from an existing public road, the sign posting
requirement may be modified by the Director.
C. Additional Posting Requirements. The Director may require sign(s) to
be larger and/or constructed of stronger weather-proof materials to
improve visibility and legibility at the posted location(s) as the
Director deems appropriate.
d. Verification. The applicant shall provide the Director with a
photograph showing the sign(s) erected on the subiect property. The
applicant shall also sign an affidavit stating that the sign(s) have been
placed on the subiect property in compliance with subsection (B) (3).
C. Maintenance and Display. The applicant shall be responsible for
maintaining the sign(s) in a satisfactory condition and continuously
displaying the sign prior to the public hearing.
f Removal. The sign(s) shall be removed from the subiect property
within three weeks following the close of the final public hearing
_ Failure to Comply. Failure of the applicant to comply with subsection
(B) (3) shall result in postponement of the public hearing.
h. Exception. The sign posting provisions of this subsection (B) (3) shall
not apply to public hearings on matters initiated by the Director.
Commission or Council. The Director may post signs for such public
hearings at locations deemed appropriate.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 42
0
I*
0
C. Failure to Receive Notice. The failure of any person or entity to receive notice
provided in compliance with this section, or with the State Government Code, shall
not invalidate the actions of the Review Authority.
17.06.115 Hearine Officer Administrative Hearine Procedure.
When this Code requires an administrative hearing by the hearing officer, it shall be
conducted in compliance with this chapter.
A. Time and Location. As determined by the Director, an administrative hearing shall be
held at the date, time, and location for which notice was given.
B. Continued Hearine.
1. An administrative hearing may be continued without further notice, provided
that the Review Authority announces for the record, the date, time, and
location where the hearing will be continued before the adioumment of the
hearing.
2. If the administrative hearing is continued to an undetermined date, or taken
off the calendar, the applicant may he required to pay for the cost of a
• rehearing before the public hearing is rescheduled. Notice of the continued
public hearing shall be provided in accordance with Section 17.06.100 (Type I
Public Noticing).
17.06.120 Public Hearing Procedure.
When this Code requires a public hearing, it shall be conducted in compliance with this
chapter.
A. Time and Location. As determined by the Director or City Clerk, a hearing shall be
held at the date, time. and location for which notice wasig ven.
B. Continued Hearine.
I. A hearing may be continued without further notice, provided that the Review
Authoritv announces for the record, the date, time, and location where the
hearing will be continued before the adioumment of the hearing -
2. If the public hearing is continued to an undetermined date, or taken off the
public hearing calendar, the applicant may he required to pay for the cost of a
rehearing before the public hearing is rescheduled. Notice of the continued
public hearing shall be provided in accordance with Section 17.06.110 (Type
It Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 43
0
17.06.130 Findines and Decision.
A. Authorized Actions. The Review Authority may approve, conditionally approve, or
deny the application.
B. Required Findines. The Review Authority shall approve the application only after the
applicant substantiates the following required findings:
I,_ _ _The proposal is consistent with the General Plan:
3 The proposal is allowed within the applicable underlying zone and complies
with all other applicable provisions of this Code;
z. The proposal will not endanger, ieopardize, or otherwise constitute a hazard to
the public convenience, health, interest, safety. or general welfare or be
materially detrimental or incurious to the improvements, persons, prooerrv, or
uses in the vicinity and zone in which the property is located and.
4. The proposal is phvsically suitable for the site. The factors related to the
proposal's physical suitabilitv for the site shall include, but are not limited to.
the following:
a. The design, location, shape, size, and operating characteristics are
suitable for the proposed use;
b. The highways or streets that provide access to the site are of sufficient
width and are improved as necessary to carry the kind and quantity of
traffic such proposal would generate:
C. Public protection services (e.P., Fire protection. Sheriff protection.
etc.) are readily available; and
d. The provision of utilities (e.g., notable water, schools, solid waste
collection and disposal, storm drainage. wastewater collection,
treatment, and disposal. etc.) is adequate to serve the site.
C. Additional Findines. In addition to the findings stated in subsection (B), above,
additional findings may be required for individual entitlements found in this Code.
D. Faihnr to Substantiate Findines. The Review Authority may deny the application
where the infonnation submitted by the applicant and/or presented at the public
hearing fails to substantiate all of the required findings to the satisfaction of the
Review Authority.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 44
0
•
0
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 45
11
17.06.140 Recommendations after Public Hearing.
A. Commission.
1. After the Commission's public hearing on a legislative action or action
requiring a Council action, the recommendation and findings of the
Commission shall be forwarded to the Council unless the Commission denies
the request.
2. After the Commission's public hearing on a discretionary anolication which
is heard concurrently with a legislative or other entitlement requiring a
Council action, the recommendation and findings of the Commission on the
legislative and quasi-judicial matters shall be forwarded to the Council
concurrently unless the Commission denies the request.
B. =may of Recommendation to Applicant. A cony of the recommendations shall be
mailed to the applicant at the mailing address stated in the application.
17.06.150 Decision after Administrative Hearing or Public Hearing.
A Hearina Officer Action. At the conclusion of an administrative hearing the Hearina
•
Officer shall take action on the application. The decision is final unless the decision is
appealed to the Commission.
B. Commission Action. At the conclusion of a public hearing, the Commission shall take
action on the application. The decision is final unless the Commission's action is
advisory to the Council, or the decision is appealed to the Council.
C. Council Action. At the conclusion of a public hearing, the Council shall take action on
the anolication. The decision of the Council shall be final on anv matter.
17.06.160 Notice of Action and Findines.
A. Once the Review Authority takes action on a discretionary application, it shall issue a
Notice of Action. The Notice of Action shall describe the action taken, list the
_findings that were the basis for the decision, and include any applicable conditions.
B. Findings, where required by State law or this Code, shall be based upon consideration
of the anolication. plans. testimony, reports and other materials that constitute the
administrative record and shall be stated in writing.
C. The Director shall mail the Notice of Action to the applicant in compliance with
Sections 17.06.140 (B) (Copy of Recommendation to Applicant).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 45
11
17.06.170 Effective Date of Decision.
A. The decision of the Review Authority shall be effective on the 15th calendar day
following the date of the decision, except when the decision is appealed or a request
for a certification of review is initiated by the Anneal Body, according to Table
17.06-1 (Review Authority) before the effective date of the decision. When a case is
heard before the Council, the action is final on the date of the decision. However, in
the case of a legislative action, the Proiect is effective 30 days after the second
reading of the ordinance by the Council.
B. If the last day to file an appeal or certification of review falls on a non -business day
for the Appeal Body. then the deadline is extended to the next business day and the
effective date of the decision is also extended to the following business day.
C. Appeals or certification of review shall be filed nursuant to Chapter 1207 (ADpeals
and Certification of Review).
17.06.180 Scope of Approvals.
A. Only legally established uses and develooment, authorized by a permit issued from
the Department, may be used on a property. All other uses and activities are not
permitted unless they are permitted by the underlying zone.
B. Unless otherwise specified by the Review Authority, the aooroved site plan, floor
plans, building elevations, and any additional items considered for approval during
the process shall be deemed part of the approval by the Review Authoritv.
C. For a Class I application, an aooroval or denial may be in the form of a stamp.
signature, electronic stamp, or other official notation or documentation on the site
plan and/or in the form of a letter.
D. For Class 11, Class 111, Class IV, Class V and Class VI applications. the plans, upon
approval by the Review Authority, shall be stamped and referred to as "Approved
Site Plan" Unless otherwise indicated in the approval, the aooroved site plan shall
Covenants) and any applicable conditions of approval have been completed.
E. If the use or structure is contrary to the description in the application, so as to either
violate this Code and/or the conditions of aooroval. or require additional nermits, then
the aooroval shall be deemed null and void. Enforcement measurements will be taken
until the violation is corrected.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 46
0
11
0
F. All permits may be subiect to periodic review to determine compliance. If a condition
ssoecifies that uses allowed under the permit are subiect to periodic reporting,
monitoring or assessments, or a time limitation, it shall be the responsibility of the
property owner and their successors to comply with these conditions.
17.06.190 Conditions of Approval.
In approving any discretionary application, the Review Authority may impose conditions
deemed reasonable and necessary to ensure that the permit will be in compliance with the
findings required by Section 17.06.1 30 (Findings and Decision).
17.06.200 Use of Propertv Before Final Action.
Any property involved in a discretionary aoolication shall not be used for the use requested
in an application until, and unless, the permit has become effective, in compliance with
Section 17.06.170 (Effective Date of Decision) and an approved site plan has been issued by
the Department in compliance with Section 17.06.180 (Scope of Approvals).
17.06.210 Approvals Run with the Land.
Unless snecifically prohibited by this Code, any aooroval granted oursuant to the provisions
of this Code, and that is valid and in effect, shall adhere to the land. The aooroval, including
any applicable conditions or requirements, shall continue to be valid upon change of
ownership of the subiect land or any lawfully existing structure from the effective date of the
permit, except when a permit expires and becomes void in compliance with this chapter or as
otherwise specified in the conditions of aooroval.
17.06.220 Performance Guarantees and Covenants.
Approval of an aoolication may require that the permittee guarantee, warrant or ensure
compliance with the provisions- of this Code, approved plans or conditions To ensure
compliance. the City may require the permittee to:
A.Record the terms and conditions of the aooroval with the Registrar-Recorder/County
Clerk. Upon any transfer or lease of the property during the term of this grant, the
permittee shall provide a copy of the permit approval and its conditions to the
transferee or lessee;
B. Deposit a financial assurance or bond or other mechanism in a reasonable amount, as
determined by the Director or City Engineer, to ensure the faithful performance of
one or more of the conditions of approval:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 47
0
C. Record a covenant restricting the use of the subject property (e.g., limitations on
occuoancv or maintenance of affordability) with the Registrar-Recorder/County
Clerk: or
D. Record a covenant guaranteeing use and maintenance on a separate property
necessary to comply with requirements (e.g. adequate access) with the Registrar-
Recorder/County Clerk.
17.06.230 Time Limits and Extensions.
A. A permit shall be used within the time limit specified in the Permit, or, if no time
limit is specified, two years after the date the decision is made by the Review
Authority. If the permit is not used within the applicable time limit, the approval
becomes null and void.
B. The Director may extend the time limit in which to initiate a permit for a maximum of
one year at a time. An application requesting the extension shall be filed prior to the
expiration date. A maximum of two one-year extensions may be granted by the
Director. Subdivisions shall be limited the requirements of the Subdivision Map Act.
C. In the case of applications heard concurrently with a land division, the limits and
extensions shall be concurrent and consistent with those of the land division.
D. In the case of a permit for a publicly owned use, no time limit shall apply to use the
approval provided that the public agency acquires the property involved or
commences legal proceedings for its acquisition, within one year of the effective date
of the approval.
E. - _ A permit shall be considered used when activity authorized by the permit has
commenced that would otherwise be prohibited in the underlying zone if no Permit
had been granted. For this subsection (E), activity shall include grading with required
grading permits, construction with required building Permits, or the commencement
or initiation of the Permitted use.
F. A discretionary permit shall automatically cease to be of anv force and effect if the
use for which the oennit was granted has ceased or has been suspended for a
consecutive period of two or more Years.
17.06.240 Resubmission of Application.
No discretionary application shall be filed or accented if a denial has been taken within one
year on an application requesting the same. or substantially the same application unless. the
Review Authority finds that the denial was without preiudice.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 48
rI
•
r�
u
•
Chapter 17.07 Appeals or Certification of Review
SECTIONS:
17.07.010 Purpose.
17.07.020 Authorization.
17.07.030 Filing of Appeals.
17.07.040 Initiation of Appeals.
17.07.050 Initiation of Certification of Review.
17.07.060 Procedures for Appeals and Certification of Review.
17.07.070 Additional Procedures for Appeals to the Council.
17.07.080 Effective Dates.
17.07.010 Purpose.
The purpose of this chapter is to provide procedures for the appeal and certification of review
of determinations and decisions of the Review Authority.
17.07.020 Authorization.
A. Appeals. To avoid results inconsistent with the purposes of this Code, unless
appealed to the Council.
B. Certification of Review. To avoid results inconsistent with the pumoses of this Code,
decisions of the Director or Hearing Officer may be certified for review by the
Commission: and decisions of the Commission may be certified for review by the
Council, unless otherwise more specifically stated regarding a specific permit or
review.
17.07.030 Filing of Appeals,
A. Eligibility. Any interested person dissatisfied with the action of the Review Authority
may file an appeal to the next higher Review Authority in compliance with this
chapter, unless otherwise specified or limited by this Code.
B. Time Limits. Appeals of decisions and certification of review shall be initiated prior to
the effective date of the decision. However, if the deadline for initiation of an appeal
or call of review falls on a non -business day for the relevant appel body, then the
deadline for an appeal or certification of review is extended to the next business day
and the effective date of the decision shall be the following day.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 49
17.07.040 Initiation of Appeals.
A. Filine. An anneal shall be filed with the Commission Secretary in the case of the
Hearing Officer and Commission or the City Clerk in the case of the Council in the
form of a letter, along with any accompanying appeal fee, and shall state specifically
A determination or interretation is not in accord with the ourooses of this
Code: or
2. It is claimed that there was an error or abuse of discretion: or
3. The record includes inaccurate information: or
4. A decision is not supported by the record.
B. Required Information. An appeal shall contain the following information:
I. The file or case number identifying the matter which is beine appealed: and
2 The street address of the property included in the action being appealed or if
no street address, the legal description or the Assessor's Parcel Number of the
propertv:and
3. Whether the appeal is:
a. An anmal of the denial of such avvlication; or
b. An appeal of the approval of such application: or
C. An anneal of a condition or conditions of an approval (specifying the
particular condition(s)): and
4. Anv other information that is requested on the appellate body's appeal form.
C. Anneal Vacates Decision. The filing of an appeal vacates the decision from which the
appeal is taken. Such decision is only reinstated if the appellate body fails to act, the
anneal is rescinded or the Review Authority affirms the decision in its action.
D. Appeal Rescinded An appellant may submit a written request to withdraw their
appeal anytime up to seven (7) days prior to the public hearing scheduled for the
appeal, in which case the appeal shall not move forward and the decision that was the
subiect of the anneal shall be the final decision. If an appeal is not withdrawn by the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 —Administration
Page 50
0
•
0
n
�J
U
close of business on the seventh day prior to the scheduled appeal hearing, the
hearing shall be conducted by the Review Authority.
0.17.07.050 Initiation of Certification of Review.
A. A certification of review may be initiated for a decision on any discretionary
A eals .
B. Certification shall not reouire anv statement of reasons, and shall therefore, not
represent opposition to or support of an application. No fee shall be required.
17.07.060 Procedures for Appeals and Certification of Review.
A. Hearine Dates. The appeal body may delegate the setting of hearing dates to the
Commission Secretary or City Clerk.
B. Notice and Public Hearine.
1. An appeal or certification of review hearing shall be a public hearing if the
decision being appealed or reviewed required a public hearing.
2 Notice of public hearings shall be given in the manner required by Section
17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Nearing)).
C. Plans and Materials.
1. At an appeal or certification of review hearing, the appeal body shall consider
only the same application, plans and materials that were the subject of the
original decision.
2. If new clans and materials which differ substantially from the original are
submitted, the aonlicant shall file a new application. Changes to the original
submittal made to meet obiections by the staff, the decision -maker, or
members of the public at the hearing below need not be the subject of a new
application.
3. As nart of the decision, the anneal body may impose additional or modify
conditions on a Project in granting approval to a modified Proiect.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 51
consider the matter directly by reviewing the record of the decision below, receiving a
report from the Director, and hearing testimony from the applicant the appellant in
the case of an appeal, and any other interested party and, at their discretion, the party
E. Decision and Notice
I. After the hearing, the appeal body shall render a decision on the application or
refer the matter back for further review.
2 When a decision is made by the appeal body. the body shall base the decision
on findings supported by facts in the record. When a referral is made by the
3. The Commission Secretary or City Clerk of the appeal body shall mail notice
17.07.070 Additional Procedures for Appeals to the Citv Council.
In addition to the foregoing procedures, upon receiving an appeal or initiating a certification
of review, the Council may take one of the following additional actions:
A. Affirm the action of the Commission without holding any hearing on the matter: or
B. Refer the matter back to the Commission for further proceedings with or without
instructions; or
C. Require a transcript of the testimony and any other evidence relevant to the decision
and take such action as in its opinion is indicated by the evidence.
17.07.080 Effective Dates.
Unless otherwise specified in this chapter, the following effective dates shall anoly to all
approved applications issued pursuant to this Code:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 52
L.J
0
e
A. Except as set forth in subsection (B), below, the decision of the Director, Hearine
Officer, or the Commission shall be effective on the 16th calendar day followine the
date of the decision, except and unless the decision is timely appealed or a request for
a certification of review, where available.
B. To be timely, an appeal or certification of review shall be filed before the end of the
the decision shall be the followine business day.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 53
9
Chapter 17.08 Revocations and Revisions
SECTIONS:
17.08.010
Purpose.
17.08.020
Initiation.
17.08.030
Allowable Actions.
17.08.040
Proiect Notice and Required Actions.
17.08.050
Grounds for Revocation or Revisions.
17.08.060
Nonconforming Uses and Structures.
17.08.070
Commercial and Industrial Uses.
17.08.080
Variances and Adiustments.
17.08.090
Conditional Use Permit and Minor Use Permit.
17.08.010 Purpose.
This chapter establishes procedures for the City to revoke or revise previously approved
permits. These include existing land uses which have become Public nuisances or are being
operated or maintained in violation of this Code, approved Permit Provisions, or any other
being requested by the permittee.
17.08.020 Initiation.
Hearings on revocations or revisions of permits may be initiated:
A. If the Council collectively instructs the Commission to set the matter for a public
hearing: or
B. Upon the initiative of the Commission. or,
C. Upon the initiative of the Director.
17.08.030 Allowable Actions.
A. Revocations. The City's action to revoke a permit or approval shall have the effect of
terminating the permit and denving the privileges granted by the original approval,
B. Revisions.
1. The City's action to revise a permit instead of revocation may include revising
or changing anv permit conditions or operational aspect of the proiect.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 54
11
•
0
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 55
F -I
L
including, buffers, duration of the permit or entitlement, hours of ovemtion,
landscaping and maintenance. lighting. Parking, verformance guarantees,
property maintenance, signs, surfacing, traffic circulation, or any other aspect
or condition determined to be reasonable and necessary to ensure that the
permit is used in a manner consistent with the original findings for approval.
2. Permit revisions prescribed in this chapter are initiated by the City. Permit
revisions requested by the applicant or permitee, shall be in compliance with
Chapter 17.09 (Minor Permit Modifications).
17.08.040 Prosect Notice and Required Actions.
A. Public Hearing. In all cases where a revocation or revision is initiated per Section
17.08.020 (Initiation), a public hearing shall be scheduled before the Commission.
B. Procedures. Procedures relative to notification, public hearing, and appeal shall
comply with Charter 17.25 (Class IV AvPGcations — Discretionary), unless stated
otherwise in this chapter.
C. Notice. The Director shall give notice to the record owner and the lessee, if
•
applicable, of the real Property affected:
1. To appear at a public hearing at a time and place fixed by the Commission:
and
Z At the public hearing, to show cause why the vermit should not be revoked or
revised, or why the use, building, or structure should not be modified,
discontinued, or removed, as the case may be.
D. The Commission shall hold a public hearing and shall give notice of such Public
hearing in compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Tvve It Public Noticing (Public
Hearin
E. The Commission may approve, modify disa rove or refer to the Council a
revocation or revision of a permit or approval. Any action shall be supvorted by the
written grounds for the revocation or revisions nrescribed in this chapter.
F. The Commission shall serve a notice of its action in compliance with Section
17.06.160 (Notice of Action and Findings).
G. At the conclusion of a Public hearing, the Commission shall take action on the
application. The decision is final unless the decision is appealed to the Council.
17.08.050 Grounds for Revocation or Revisions.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 55
F -I
L
After a public hearing, as provided for in this chapter, the Commission may revoke or revise
any approval which has been granted by the Review Authority, in compliance with either the
provisions of this Code or on any one or more of the following grounds:
A. That such approval was obtained by fraud:
B. That the use for which such approval was granted is pot being used has ceased or has
been suspended for six months or more:
C. That any person making use of or relying upon the permit, variance or other approval
is violating or has violated any conditions of such permit, or has been used contrary to
the terms or conditions of such approval, or in violation of any statute, ordinance,
law, or regulation
D. That the use for which the approval was granted is being used to be detrimental to the
public health or safety, or is a public nuisance: or
E. Upon final judgment of a court of competent iurisdiction declaring one or more of
such conditions to be void or ineffective, or enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the
enforcement or operation of one or more conditions of approval, the permit or
entitlement shall cease to be valid.
17.08.060 Nonconforming Uses and Structures. •
In addition to the grounds for revocation or revisions contained in Section 17.08.050
(Grounds for Revocation or Revisions), a nonconforming use or structure may be revoked or
revised after a public hearing if the Commission finds:
A. That the condition of the improvements, if any, on the property requires the property
be used only for uses permitted in the underlying zone where it is located and would
not impair the constitutional rights of any Person: and
B. That the nature of the improvements are such that they can be altered to be used in
conformity with the uses permitted in the underlying zone in which such property is
located, without impairing the constitutional rights of any person.
17.08.070 Commercial and Industrial Uses.
A. Findings. The Commission my revoke or require a revision of a commercial or
industrial use if the Commission finds that as operated or maintained such use:
1. Jeopardizes or endangers the public health or safety of persons residing or
working on the premises or in the surrounding area: or
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 56
0
2. Constitutes a public nuisance; or
3. Has resulted in repeated nuisance activities including but not limited to
disturbances of the peace, illegal drug activity. oublic drunkenness. drinking
in public, harassment of passersby, gambling, prostitution, sale of stolen
goods, public urination, theft, assaults, batteries, acts of vandalism, loitering,
excessive littering, illegal parking. loud noises in late night or early moming
hours, traffic violations, curfew violations, lewd conduct, or police detentions
and arrests; or
4. Violates any provision of any county, state, or federal regulation, ordinance or
statute.
B. Violation. It shall be unlawful to violate or fail to comply with any requirement or
condition imposed by the Review Authority pursuant to this chapter. Such violation
or failure to comply shall constitute a violation of this Code and shall be subject to the
same penalties as any other violation of this Code.
17.08.080 Variances and Adjustments.
A variance or adjustment may be revoked or revised by the Review Authority, if the Review
Authority makes any one of the following findings:
A. Circumstances under which the original approval was granted have been changed by
the applicant to a degree that one or more of the findings cannot be made, and the
grantee has not substantially used the rights granted by the variance or adiustment; or
B. One or more of the conditions of the variance or adiustment have not been met within
the time limits prescribed in Section 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions), or have
been violated, and the grantee has not substantially used the rights granted by the
variance or adiustment.
17.08.090 Conditional Use Permit and Minor Use Permit.
Any conditional or minor use vemit granted or approved under this Code shall be zranted or
approved, with the City's designated Approving Authority retaining and reserving the right
and iurisdiction to review and to modify the permit—including the conditions of approval
surrounding uses or landowners not previously considered at the time of original approval.
These changed circumstances could create nuisances to adjacent uses or the community in
general including, but not limited to, litter, noise, traffic, and parking impacts. The
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 57
0
reservation of right to review any permit granted or approved under this Code by the City's
designated approving body is in addition to, and not in lieu of the right of the City's Review
Authority to review and revoke or modify any permit granted or approved under this Code
for any violations of the conditions imposed on such permit.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 58
0
0
n
U
r
L
Chapter 17.09 Minor Permit Modifications
SECTIONS:
17.09.010
Pumose.
17.09.020
Applicability.
17.09.030
Findings.
17.09.040
Conditions of Approval.
17.09.010 Purpose.
This chapter establishes vrocedures and requirements for minor modifications or elimination
of certain condition(s) of a previously avoroved Class 11 through Class IV application
without requiring a new anplication.
17.09.020 Applicability,
A. Application. All expansions or minor permit and/or condition modifications of
permitted uses or structures, including accessory uses and structures, are subject to
the following requirements unless specifically prohibited in the original aoproval:
1. _ Any expansion or other minor modification of a Class 11 approval requires a
determination by the Director that such request is in substantial conformance
with the permitted use. Expansions may be subject to development review to
the satisfaction of the Director.
I A cumulative exnansion of ten (101 percent or less of anvroved building area
or approved site area for a Class 111 and 1V approval shall be Permitted by
right. Such expansions require a determination by the Director that such
request is in substantial conformance with the conditionally Permitted use.
Expansions may be subiect to development review to the satisfaction of the
Director.
3. A cumulative expansion of ten (10) percent to fifty (50) Percent of avoroved
building area or approved site area for such use shall be subiect to a Class III
application for both Class 111 and Class IV approvals.
4. A cumulative expansion greater than fifty (50) percent of anvroved building
area or approved site area for such use shall be subiect to the approval of a
new Class III or Class IV application whichever the appropriate entitlement is.
B. Prohibited Modifications. Minor permit modifications are prohibited for the
following and require a new anolication to be submitted:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Administration
Page 59
0
1. Class IV applications for Oak Tree Permits and the selling of alcohol for both off
and on site consumption:
2 Any modification to a variance or adiustmenC
3. Anv modification to a Class V application:
4. Any modification to a Class VI application;
5. Any modification to a Class VII application: or,
6. A substantial alteration or material deviation from the terms and conditions of
thepreviously approved discretionary permit.
17.09.030 Findings.
The Review Authority shall approve the minor permit modification where the applicant
substantiates the following findings:
A. That the required findings for the original application have been satisfied as required
by Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision);
B. That approval of the minor permit modification will not substantially alter or •
materially deviate from the terms and conditions imposed in the granting of the
previously approved permit: and
C. That approval of the minor permit modification is necessary to allow the reasonable
operation and use granted in the previously approved permit.
17.09.040 Conditions of Approval.
A. The Review Authority may impose new conditions deemed reasonable and necessary
to ensure that the minor permit modification is in compliance with the findings of the
approved permit.
B. In addition to Section 17.09.020 (B) (Prohibited Modifications) and subsection (A).
above, the Review Authority shall not modify or eliminate a condition specified as
mandatory in this Code or a condition which may only be modified pursuant to the
approval of a variance.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.01 — Adnunistration
Page 60
•
0
0
•
Chapter 17.03
PERMITS AND APPLICATIONS
Sections:
17.03.010 Development Agreements.
17.03.015 Specific Plans,
17.03.020 Zone Changes and Amendments.
17.03.025 Master Plans.
17.03.030 Tentative Subdivision Maps.
17.03.040 Conditional Use Permits and Minor Use Permits.
17.03.045 Nonconstruction Conditional Use Permits and Nonconstruction Minor Use
Permits.
17.03.050 Variances and Adjustments.
17.03.060 Development Review.
17.03.070 Lot Line Adjustments.
17.03.080 Temporary Use Permits.
17.03.090 Home Occupation Permits.
17.03.100 Grading Permits.
17.03.110 Administrative Permit.
17.03.120 Hillside Development Review.
17.03.125 Ridgeline Alteration Permit.
17.03.130 Architectural Review.
17.03.140 Oak Tree Permit.
17.03.145 Historic Preservation Review.
17,03.010 Development Agreements.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide procedures and requirements for
consideration of development agreements for the purposes specified in and as authorized by
Article 2.5, Chapter 4, Title 7 of the Government Code. Development agreements must provide a
clear and substantial public benefit to the City and/or its residents in order to be adopted.
B. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this
development code, _
C. Public Hearing and Notification. The Planning Commission and the City Council shall each
hold a public hearing. The hearing shall be set and notice given as prescribed in Section
17.01.100. At a public hearing, the Commission and the Council shall review the application,
statements, and drawings submitted therewith and shall receive pertinent evidence concerning
the development agreement, particularly with respect to the findings prescribed in subsection (E)
of this sectionl
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page I
Comment [FF2]: This cation was relocated and
expanded in Section 1 728.100 (A) (Puupose and
Interpreting Provlsioos).
Comment [FF2]: This section has ban relocated
to Smdon 17.28.100 (8) (Application Filing, Fees
and Project Review).
Comment [FF3]: This section has been modified
and relocated to Section l7 28.100 (B) (Application
Filing, Fees and P jat Revin,,
D. Action of the Planning Commission. Prior to the public hearing, the Director of Community
Development shall investigate the application and prepare a written report. The report shall be
transmitted to the Planning Commission and the applicant at least three (3) calendar days prior to
the public hearing. The Planning Commission action shall be in the form of a resolution,
recommending that the City Council approve or deny the development agreement as such was
applied for or in modified form;
E. Findings. The Planning Commission may recommend and the City Council may grant a
development agreement prescribed by this section, as applied for or in a modified form, if, on the
basis of the application and the evidence submitted, the applicant substantiates, to the
satisfaction of the Commission and the Council, the following facts _ _
Comment[FF4]: This section has boen modified
and relocated to Section 17 28.100 (D) (Commission
and Counnl Action).
Comment [FFS]: This section has been modified
and relocated to 17.'_8.100 (E) (Findings).
1. That the proposed development agreement is consistent with the General Plan and
any applicable specific plan; and - Comment [FFS]: This section haabeea modified
and relocated F IZ28.100 (E) (Findines).
'12. That the proposed development agreement complies with the development code and
other applicable ordinances, standard, policies, and regulations; and . - . comment [FF71: This stiction has bean modified
- - and relocated to 17.28.100 (E) (Findings).
13. That the proposed development agreement will not:
a.Ae affectcomfort, or welfare of persons residing or
a. Adverse) a arealth, a
y thep
working the surrounding area; peace,
comment[FFS): Thissectionhasbeen
modified and relocated to 17'_8.100(E)(FiMings.
b Be materially detrimental to the use, enjoyment, or valuation of property of other
persons located in the vicinity of the site; or______
- -
comment [FF9]: This has nem.moced from
__
_-_-_____ __ _-
the Code.
e. Jeopardize, endanger or otherwise constitute a menace to the public health,
safety or general welfare;
- -
comment [FFle]: This section has been
_
modified and relocated to 17.28.100 (E) (Findings).
4. That the proposed development agreement provides for Gear and substantial public
benefit to the City and/or residents along with a schedule for delivery of the benefit; and .
- -
comment [FFu7: This sacdon has been
-
modifiM end aowted to 7 � 28. f00 (E) (Findings}
15. That requirement of development schedules providing that construction of the
proposed development as a total project or in phases be initiated and/or completed within
specified time periods; and--- Comment[FF12]: This aection has been
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - modified and.located to 1/.28.100 (E) (Findings).
6. That construction of public facilities required in conjunction with such development,
including but not limited to vehicular and pedestrian rights-of-way, drainage and flood
control facilities, parks and other recreational facilities, and sewers and sewage treatment
facilities and road improvements are adequate to serve the development; and - - - Comment [FF13]: Tnis section nes nem
moed and relocated m11.28 .100 (E) (Findings).
7. The limitation of future development or requirement of specified conditions under which
further development not included in the agreement may occur; ani, _ - Comment FF14]: Tlils aet5on has been
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ modified and relocated In 17.28.100 (E) (Findings).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 2
8. The requirement of a faithful performance bond where deemed necessary to, and in an
amount deemed sufficient to guarantee the faithful performance of specified terms,
conditions, restrictions and/or requirements of the agreement. In lieu of the required bond,
the applicant may deposit with the City Clerk and assign to the City certificates of deposit or
savings and loan certificates or shares equal in amount to the same conditions as set forth
herein; andCom
rent[FFss]:This ationha bem
- - - _ - - - - - - - -
moed and relocated to 1T_8.100 (E)(Findings).
-9. The requirements of specified design criteria for the exteriors of buildings and other
structures, including signs; and
Comment[FF16): This section has teen
.
modified and relocated to 17,28, 100 (E) (Findings).
10. The requirement of special yards, open spaces, buffer areas, fences and walls,
landscaping, and parking facilities, including vehicular and pedestrian ingress and egress;
and
Comment [FF17]: This section has been
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
modified and relocated to 18.100 (E) (Findings).
11. The regulation of nuisance factors such as noise, vibration, smoke, dust, dirt, odors,
gases, garbage, heat, and the prevention of glare or direct illumination of adjacent
properties; and
- Commblt[FF16]: Thio uclionhas been
modified and relocated to 17.'_8.100 (E) (Fmdings).
12. The regulation of operating hours and other characteristics of operation adversely
affecting normal neighborhood schedules and functions on surrounding propertyJ
comment[FF19]: This section has bem
_ -
modified sad relocated io 1728.100 (cilli ndings).
F. City Council Action. After receipt of the Commission's recommendation of approval or
denial, the City Council shall hold a public hearing and shall give notice of the public hearing
pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 17.01.100. The City Council may approve, modify
or disapprove the development agreement. Any modification of the development agreement by
the City Council which was not previously considered by the Commission during its hearing may
be referred to the Planning Commission for report and recommendation prior to final action by the
City Council. The Commission shall not be required to hold a public hearing thereon. Approval by
the City Council of a development agreement shall be by ordinances
- comment [FF20]: This s«tion has been
modified and relocated to Section 17.28.100 (D)
(Commission and Council Action).
G. Adoption of Ordinance and Execution of Contract.
1. No ordinance shall be adopted and the Mayor of the City shall not execute a
development agreement unfit it has been executed by the applicant. If the applicant has not
executed the agreement, or agreement as modified by the City Council, and returned said
executed agreement to the City Clerk within thirty (30) calendar days following City Council
approval, the approval shall be deemed withdrawn, and the City Council shall not adopt
said ordinance nor the Mayor execute said agreement. . - comment [FF21]: This sectioa has ban
modified and elocated to Section 17.28. 100 (F)
(Esmution and Recordation).
2. Such thirty (30) calendar day time period may be extended upon approval of the City
Council:Comment [FF221: This section has been
_____________________________________. - --. modified and relocated to Section 1728.100(F)
t Esaution and Raordatimo.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 3
9
0
'.3. Not more than ten (10) calendar days following the execution of a development
agreement by the City Council, the City Clerk shall record with the County Recorder a copy
of the executed agreement, ""
comment [FF27]; This section has been
- - - - - - - _
modified and relocated to Section 17 28.100 (F)
(Execution and Recordation).
H. Ordinances, Regulations and Requirements Applicable to Development. Unless
otherwise provided by a development agreement, the General Plan, development code and other
ordinances, rules, regulations and official policies governing permitted uses of land, governing
density and governing design, improvement and construction standards and specifications
applicable to property subject to a development agreement shall be those applicable to such
development on the date of final project approval by the City; provided, however, that a
development agreement shall nob-
" - comment [FF20]: This section has ban
relocated to Section 17.28. 100 (G) (Ordinances,
Regulations and Requirements Applicable to
1. Be construed to prevent the application of later adopted or amended ordinances, rules,
oevelepmant).
regulations and policies in subsequent applications applicable to the property which do not
conflict with such existingordinances, rules, regulations and polices: olt
9 P
- comment [FF25]: This section has been
- - - - - -'
relocated to Section 17.28.100 (G) (Ordinances,
Regulations and Requirements Applicable to
2. Prevent the approval, approval subject to conditions or denial of subsequent
Development).
developmenta applications pursuant to such existing or later adopted or amended
ordinances, rules, regulations and olicies: of ' _
9 P
- CAmment [FF26]: This section has been
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - '
relocated to Section 17 28.100 (G) (Ordinances,
Regulations and Requiremems Appticable to
3. Prevent or preclude the event that State or federal laws or regulations are enacted
Development).
subsequent to execution of a development agreement which would prevent or preclude
compliance with one or more provisions of such agreement, the provisions of such
agreement shall be deemed modified or suspended to the extent necessary to comply with
said State or federal law or regulation, ,
- " comment [FF27]: This section hasbeen
modified and relocated to Section 17 28.100 (H)
(Subsequently Enacted Special District, County,
I. Enforcement—Continuing Validity.
State or Federal Laws or Requirements).
11. Unless and until amended or canceled in whole or in part as provided in Section
17.01.140, a development agreement shall be enforceable by any party thereto
notwithstanding any change in regulations which alters or amends the regulations
applicable to development as specified in Section 17.03.0& - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - " comment [FF281: This section has been
- - _ modified and relocated to Section 17.28.100 (1)
(Enforamen).
2. The burden of a development agreement shall be binding upon, and the benefits of the
agreement shall inure to, all successors in interest to the parties to the agreement. - - Comment [Rion Thin radon nos baa
------ relocated to Section¢28.1000)(Eafercemenp.
J. Review for Compliance—Director's Review.
1. The applicant must make a request for periodic review of the development agreement
for compliance at a time interval specified in such agreement, but in no event longer than
twelve (12) months; _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - comment [FF301: This at. has ban
- - - - _ - - - - - - " modified and relocated to Section 1228.100 (K)
_ _ _ _ .. (Periodic Review).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 – Permits and Applications
Page 4
0
LJ
2. The Director shall determine on the basis of substantial evidence that the applicant or
the successor in interest has or has not complied with the agreement. If as a result of this
review the Director determines that the agreement is not being complied with, the Director
shall notify the applicant or the successor in interest of the Director's findings as required
by law for the service of summons or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return
receipt requested, also indicating that failure to comply within a period specified, but in no
event less than thirty (30) calendar days, may result in legal action to enforce compliance,
termination or modification of the agreementf
13. It is the duty of the applicant or the successor in interest to provide evidence of good
faith compliance with the agreement to the Director's satisfaction at the time of said review.
Refusal by the applicant or the successor in interest to provide the required information
shall be deemed prima facie evidence of violation of such agreement)
4. If, at the end of the time period established by the Director, the applicant or the
successor in interest has failed to comply with the terms of the agreement or, alternatively,
submitted additional evidence satisfactorily substantiating such compliance, the Director
shall notify the Commission of the findings, recommending such action as deemed
appropriate, including legal action to enforce compliance or to terminate or modify the
• agreement
K. Amendment or Cancellation. A development agreement maybe amended, or canceled in
whole or in part, by mutual consent of all parties to the agreement or their successors in interest,
Procedures for amendment or cancellation shall be the same as provided herein for initiation and
consideration of such agreement) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
L. Violation of Agreement—Commission Review.
1. Where the Director notifies the Commission that the Director's findings indicate that a
development agreement is being violated, a public hearing shall be scheduled before the
Commission to consider the applicant's reported failure to comply, and the action
recommended by the Director. Procedures for conduct of such hearing shall be the same
as provided herein for initiation and consideration of a development agreement;
'�. If, as a result of such hearing, the Commission finds that the applicant or the successor
in interest is in violation of a development agreement, it shall notify the City Council of its
findings, recommending such action as it deems appropriate; _ _ _ _
!M. Violation of Agreement—City Council Review. Where the Commission reports the
violation of a development agreement, the City Council may take one of the following actions:
January 2013 j DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 5
11
Comment (FF33]: This sectionhas been
modified and relocated to Suction 17 28.100(K)
(Periodic Review).
Comment [FF32]: This section has been
modified and relocated to Section 1728.100 (K)
(Periodie Review).
Comment (FF33]: This section has been
modified and relocated w Semon 1728.100 (K)
(Periodic Review).
Comment (FF34]: This section has bcen
modified and elocamd to Section 1728.100 (J)
(Amendment or Casetation of Development
Aereanents).
Comment (FF351: This section bas been
relocated to Section 1 ].28.100 (M) (violation of
Agreement - Commission Review).
- IComment (FF361: This section has been
rebated to Section 17.28.100 (M) (Violation of
Agresonent- Commission Revimv).
0
1. Approve the recommendation of the Commission, instructing that action betaken as
indicated therein in cases other than a recommendation to terminate or modify an
agreement; or
2. Refer the matter back to the Commission for further proceedings with or without
instructions; or
3. Schedule the matter for City Council hearing where termination or modification of an
agreement is recommended. Procedures for such hearing shall be as provided in Section
17.01.100,(Ord. 01-5,2/27/01; Ord. 05_1 § _ 2,1/25/05,'Ord. 05_19�12/13/05;Ord.- section Comment fFF37]: This has bem
- - - - - 2 - - relocated to Section 17.28.100 (N) (Violation of
13 § 2, 8126]08) Agreement -Council Review).
17.03.015 Specific Plans.
A. Purpose. The specific plan (SP) zone is to achieve the following purposes:
1. To promote and protect the public health, safety and welfare.
2. To implement the objectives and policies of the General Plan.
3. To safeguard and enhance environmental amenities, such as oak trees and significant
ridgelines, and enhance the quality of development.
4. To attain the physical, social and economic advantage resulting from comprehensive •
and orderly planned use of land resources.
5. To lessen congestion and assure convenience of access; to secure safety from fire,
flood and other dangers; to provide for adequate light, air, sunlight and open space; to
promote and encourage conservation of scarce resources; to facilitate the creation of a
convenient, attractive and harmonious community; to attain a desirable balance of
residential and employment opportunities; and to expedite the provision of adequate and
essential public services.
6. To facilitate development within the City in accordance with the General Plan by
permitting greater flexibility and, consequently, more creative and imaginative designs for
large-scale development projects than generally are possible under conventional zoning
regulations.
7. To promote more economical and efficient use of the land while providing a
harmonious variety of housing choices and commercial and industrial activities, a high level
of urban amenities and preservation of natural and scenic qualities of open space.
8. To provide a process for initiation, review and regulation of large-scale
comprehensively planned communities that affords the maximum flexibility to the developer
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 6
0
0
0
11
within the context of an overall development program and specific, phased development
plans coordinated with the provision of necessary public services and facilifiesl
- - Comment [FF381: This section has bem
to make the application consistent, -
modified and relocated to Section 17.28. [0 (A)
- _
(Purpose).
B. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this
(Findings).
development code,,
- Comment[FF39]: This Section has been
modified and relocated to Section 17.28.110 (B)
F. New Application. Followin the denial of an application for a specific Ian, an application or
PP 9 PP P P PP
(Application Filing. Fees and Project Review),
C. Hearing and Notification. The Planning Commission and the City Council shall each hold a
public hearing on every complete application for a specific plan. The hearing shall be set and
_ Comment [FF431: This section has bun
notice given as prescribed in Section 17.01.1001
. - 'I comment [FF40]: This Section hasbeen
_
modified and relocated to Section 17.28.1 10 (B)
G. Change of Zoning Map. A specific plan shall be adopted by ordinance and shall become
(Application Filing, Fees and Protect Review).
D. Findings. The Planning Commission may recommend that the City Council make one (1) of
the following findings for a specific plan:
1. The proposed specific plan is consistent with the General Plan and the development
policies of the City; or
2. The proposed specific plan is not consistent with the General Plan and development
policies of the City and deny the application or continue it to allow for changes to be made
to make the application consistent, -
- _ ' Comment FF41: This section has been
- _
expanded and relocated to Section 17.28.110 (G)
(Findings).
E. Final Action. The City Council's action to approve or deny is finals_ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _
- - commene [FFaxl: TMs sectioa has bean
expandetl and relocated to Sections 17.1 50 (C)
F. New Application. Followin the denial of an application for a specific Ian, an application or
PP 9 PP P P PP
(Conncii Action) n. 2g.l to (F) (commission and
coancil fictions).
request for the same or substantially the same change shall not be filed within one (1) calendar
year of the dale of denials
_ Comment [FF431: This section has bun
expanded and relocated to Section 17.06_.^_40
(Resubmission or Application).
G. Change of Zoning Map. A specific plan shall be adopted by ordinance and shall become
the zoning for the property. A specific plan shall be indicated by listing on the zoning map the
number of the ordinance amending the map. The City Clerk shall notify the County Assessor of
any changes of zone within ninety (90) calendar days of adoption by the City Council.
- Comment [FF441: This section nos bem
- - - - - - -
ascended and relocated to Section 17.28.1 l0 (J)
(Change orzoning Map).
H. Specific Plan Amendments.
1. A specific plan maybe amended in the same manner as provided for adoption of a
specific plan by this section.
2. An amendment to a specific plan maybe initiated by the City Council. An amendment
may also be initiated by the applicant for the specific plan zone or a successor thereto,
provided such applicant or successor has, at the time of application for an amendment, a
continuing controlling interest in development or management of uses within the specific
plan zone. NOrd, 08-13 § 2, 8/26/08)_'---- --------- ensec- - Comment [FF45]: This tion has been
--------------"'-'----- modifiedandrelocatedto Section 17.28.110 (H)
(I'mcedme and Adophon).
17.03.020 Zone Changes and Amendments.
January 2013 I DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 7
A. Purpose. It is the purpose of this section to provide a procedure for the review and
consideration of amendments, additions, deletion, or changes to the development code text and
associated maps and/or exhibits. The development code regulations and associated maps and/or
exhibits may be amended in accordance with the procedure prescribed in this sectionf ----
B. ___
B. Initiation.
1. A change in any zone maybe initiated by the owner or the authorized agent of the
owner of the property by filing an application for a change in zone boundaries as prescribed
in this section. If the property for which a change of zone is proposed is in more than one
ownership, all the owners or their authorized agents shall join in filing the application.
2. A change in any zone or a change in the regulations maybe initiated by resolution of
the Planning Commission when approved by the City Council; or initiated directly by the
City Council.
3. A change in the development code text may be initiated by resolution of the Planning
Commission when approved by the City Council; or initiated directly by the City Council,
C. Consistency with Proposed Zone Changes or Amendments. Upon the determination of
completeness by the Director of a zone change or development code amendment, a permit
and/or application may be approved for the erection, construction, alteration, or change of any
building, structure, or improvement covered by the proposed zone change or amendment which
would conform to the requirements for the proposed zone. Permits and/or applications for the
erection, construction, alteration, or change of any building, structure, or improvement in
compliance with the existing zone and/or amendment under consideration, shall be held in
abeyance until the effective date of the proposed zone change or amendment.
D. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this
development code. _
E. Hearing and Notification. The Planning Commission and the City Council shall each hold a
public hearing on every complete application for a zone change or for a change of the zoning
regulations. The hearing shall be set and notice given as prescribed in Section 17.01.100. _
F. Findings Required by the Planning Commission. The Commission shall make one of the
following findings in acting upon applications for a zone change or amendment to the
development code:
1. That the proposed zone change or amendment is consistent with the objectives of this
development code, the General Plan, and development policies of the City and forward a
recommendation of approval; or
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page g
Comment [FF461: This section has been
expanded and relocated to Section 17.28.120 (Al
(Purpose).
Comment [FF47]o This section has been
expanded and relocated to section 17 28.1_0 (B)
(Io tion).
Comment [FF46]: This section has been
relocated to section 17.28.120 (K) (Consistency
with proposed Zone Change or Amondmenn.
- Comment [FF49]I This section has been
relocated to Section 17.18.120 (D) (Application
Filing, Fees and project review).
Comment [FF50]: This action has been
modified and relocated to Section 17 28.1'_0 (F)
(Commission and Council Actions).
E
0
E
2. That the proposed zone change or amendment is not consistent with the objectives of
this development Code, the General Plan and development policies of the City and deny
the application (action of the Planning Commission on a denial is final unless appealed), or
continue it to allow for changes to be made to make the application consistent)
-
Comment [FF51]: This section has been
modified and relocated to Section 17 28.120 (G)
(Findings), Section 17.28.120 (H) (Additional
G. Findings Required by the City Council. The Council shall make one of the following
Requirements for Zone Changes) and Section
17_28.120 (1) (Additional Requirements for Zone
findings;
Amendments).
1. That the proposed change is consistent with the objectives of this development code,
the General Plan and development policies of the City, in which case the Council shall
introduce an ordinance amending the zoning map and/or development code, whichever is
appropriate; or
2. That the proposed change is not consistent with the objectives of this development
code, the General Plan and development policies of the City, in which case the Council
may deny of the application, continue it and request changes be made to make the
proposal consistent, or reject the proposal. If the changes are of a substantial nature, the
City Council shall forward the application back to the Planning Commission for their
recommendation on the amended proposal, unless such amendment had already been
considered by the Planning Commission at their hearing)_
Comment [FFS21: This section has been
- - _ - - - - _ - _ -
modified and relocated to Section 1728.120 (G)
•
(Findings), Section 17 28.1 ^-0 (H) (Additional
H. Alternative Zones Instead of the Proposed Zone. Following a public hearing on a zone
Requirements for Zone Changes) and Section
change, if the Planning Commission and/or Council determines that a change to a zone
17.28.190 (I) (Additional Requirements for Zone
Amendments).
classification other than the proposed Classification request by the applicant in the hearing notice
is desirable, the Planning Commission may recommend and the Council may adopt an alternate
classification to a proposed classification. The notice of public hearing may indicate alternate
classifications, if any, which Planning Commission and City Council could consider in Compliance
with General Plan or a concurrently filed General Plan amendment)
_ _
Comment [FF53]: This section has been
- - - _ _ _ _
_ - -
removed from the new Code.
I. Final Action. The City Council's action to approve or deny is finalf
_ _
Comment [FF54]: This section has been
_ -- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
- ' ' -
modified add relocated to Sections 117.03.150 (C)
(Council Action) 17.28.120 (F) (Commission and
J. New Application. Following the denial of an application for a zone change or a change in the
Council Anion)
development code, an application or request for the same or substantially the same change shall
not be filed within one calendar year of the date of denial)
Comment [FF55]: This section has bad
- - - - - - - - - _ - -
expanded and relocated to Section 17.06.240
(Recommission of Application).
K. Change of Zoning Map. A zone change shall be indicated by listing on the zoning map the
number of the ordinance amending the map. The City Clerk shall notify the County Assessor of
any changes of zone within ninety (90) calendar days of adoption by the City Council. kord. 02-5,
-
Comment [FF561: This section has ben
4/23/62)
expanded and relocated to Section 1'7.28.120 M
Zoning
(Change of Map).
17.03.025 Master Plans.
A. Purpose. The purposes of this chapter are to:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 9
1. Establish a procedure by which multiple uses and development can be evaluated,
considered, and approved concurrently, thereby reducing processing time and uncertainty
by eliminating the need for multiple entitlements to be obtained over the life of a
development project; and
2. Ensure orderly and comprehensive City review of development plans resulting in more
compatible and desirable development.
IB. Permitted Uses. Master plans maybe considered for development projects which meet the
following:
1. Multiple uses can be included and considered as part of a master plan. The following
uses may be approved as part of a master plan:
a. Uses permitted or conditionally permitted in the underlying zone;
b. Uses accessory to a permitted or conditionally permitted use; and/or
c. Uses similar in nature and directly associated with and dependent upon the
primary function of the master plan.
2. Master plans shall be considered only for development projects in which:
a. The site can be developed in such a way that buildings, structures, pedestrian
and vehicular circulation, landscaping and open space relate harmoniously to create a
campus -like setting; and
Comment IFF57]: This section nos ban
relocated to Section 17 26.120(A) (Purpose).
0
•
It. Building architecture throughout the project is consistent and complementary. _ " - "Comment [FFseh Tn�s aaeon h- been
relocated to Sec[ion 1 ].?6.1'_0 (H) (Pemtined Uses).
'C. Applicability. The Director may require public, semi-public, or private uses of any size in the
City to submit a master plan, appropriate environmental documents and plans including but not
limited to landscape, transportation and building, as required by this chapter. Permitted and
conditionally permitted uses may be included in an application for a master plan. The submission
of applications for additional use permits will not be required; provided, that uses proposed are
consistent with the provisions of the master plan.
1. Projects That Are Consistent. After a master development plan is approved,
proposed projects consistent with the plan, as determined by the Director, shall not require
a conditional use permit or a minor use permit, but shall comply with all other requirements
of this code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 10
0
0
r 1 L
9
2. Projects That Are Inconsistent. If a project that is inconsistent with an approved
master plan is proposed for a site located within an area covered by such plan, an
application shall be filed for an amendment to the plan as authorized by this chapter'.
D. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.09 ._ _ _ _
IE. Hearing and Notification. Public hearings shall beset and notice given as prescribed in
Section 17.01.100; _
IF. Approving Authority. The Planning Commission and the City Council shall each hold a
public hearing on every application for a master plan. The Planning Commission's review shall be
advisory to the City Council, and shall include a recommendation on the required findings. The
City Council shall be the approving authority of master plans.
G. Findings. The Council shall make the following findings for the approval of a master plan:
1. That the proposed location, size, design, and operating characteristics of the proposed
use are in accordance with the purpose of this development code, the purpose of the zone
in which the site is located, the Santa Cladta General Plan, and the development policies
and standards of the City; and
2. That the location, size, design, and operating characteristics of the proposed use will
be compatible with and will not adversely affect or be materially detrimental to adjacent
uses, residents, buildings, structures, or natural resources, with consideration given to:
a. Harmony in scale, bulk, coverage, and density;
b. The availability of public facilifies, services and utilities;
c. The harmful effect, if any, upon desirable neighborhood character;
d. The generation of traffic and the capacity and physical character of surrounding
streets;
e. The suitability of the site for the type and intensity of use or development which is
proposed;
I. The adverse significant effect, if any, upon environmental quality and natural
resources which cannot be mitigated unless the approving authority adopts a
statement of overriding considerations; and
3. That the proposed location, size, design, and operating characteristics of the proposed
use and the conditions under which it would be operated or maintained will not be
January 2013 I DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 11
Comment[FF59]: s;-(tianbasbeen
relocated to Section
17:;h6 .1 20 (a) (Apphrabil(ty).
Comment [FF60]: Th¢ section has been
modified and relocated to Section 17 26.120 (C)
(Application Filing, Fees and Project Review).
Comment [FF611: This section has been
modified and relocated to Sectian 17 26.120 (D)
(Project Notice and Required Adions).
Comment [FF621: This suti.has been
modified, expanded and relocated to Section
17.26.120 (E) (Commission and Covnal Anions).
detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or materially injurious to properties or
improvements in the vicinity; and
'.4. That the proposed use will comply with each of the applicable provisions of this code,
except for an approved variance or adjustment)
H. Final Action. The action of the City Council to approve or deny is finalf
I. Expiration. A master plan shall expire on the date designated by the City Council ---
J. __
J. Renewal. An approved master plan maybe renewed for a period approved by the Planning
Commission, with notice and public hearing, if the Planning Commission determines that findings
made and conditions imposed on the original approval still apply. The renewal period, if
approved, shall specify the new expiration date of the plan. Application for renewal shall be made
in writing between thirty (30) and sixty (60) days prior to lapse of the original approvals _ _ _ _ _ _
K. Amendments. The City Council may approve, conditionally approve or deny an application
for an amendment to an approved master plan. The application shall be processed with the same
procedures and fees as provided hereunder for master plans. The City's review of the proposed
amendment shall be limited to the scope of the application, and shall not address reconsideration
of aspects of the existing master plan, including conditions of approval, that are not the subject of
the application, except as such aspects that may be affected by the proposed amendment.
L. Review. All approved master plans maybe periodically reviewed by the Planning
Commission, or other body designated by the City Council, for compliance with the features of the
plan and conditions of approval, at time intervals identified by the Council. The review shall take
place at a noticed public hearing as provided in this chapter for the initial hearing on adoption of
the plan. The owner shall be notified in writing of the reviewing body's determination. If the
reviewing body finds noncompliance with the plan or the conditions of approval, it may direct the
Director to withhold building and other permits for any development within the area covered by
the plan until compliance is achieved and/or direct the Director to schedule a public hearing
before the City Council for revocation of the master development plan. Such hearing shall be
noticed as required for a hearing for adoption of a master development plan.
M. Property Development Standards. All development standards of the underlying zone shall
apply to master plans. The approving authority shall be permitted to increase the setback
requirements of the underlying zone and also to modify or delete the following requirements when
it can be shown that the alternative achieves a similar purpose.
1. The master plan shall be designed and developed in a manner compatible with and
complementary to existing and potential development in the immediate vicinity of the
project site. Site planning on the perimeter shall provide for the protection of the property
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 12
Comment [FF631: This section has been
modified and relocated to Sxtion 17.26.120 (F)
(Findings).
Comment [FF64]: This section has been
removed as it is included in Section 17.26.120(H)
(Permitted Uses).
Comment [FF65]: This section has been
modified and relocated to Section 17_26.120 (E)
(Commission and Council Actions).
Comment [FF661: This section has been
modified and relocated to Section 1726.120 (G)
Comment [FF67]: This section has been
modified and relocated to Section 17 26.120 (G)
(Procedure and Review).
Comment [fF63J: This section has been
modified and relocated to Section 1726.120 (G)
(Procedure and Review).
Comment [FF69]: This section has been
modified and relocated to Sxtion 17.26.120 (G)
(Procedure and Review).
9
•
F_I
L
from adverse surrounding influences, as well as protection of the surrounding areas from
potentially adverse influences within the development. The applicant shall include the
anticipated architectural themes for the master plan area with the submittal of the master
plan for review and approval.
2. If the project is to be developed in stages, the master plan shall coordinate
improvement of the open space, the construction of structures, and improvements in such
open space in order that each development stage achieves a proportionate share of the
total open space and environmental quality of the total planned development.
3. Master plans shall relate harmoniously to the topography of the site, shall make
suitable provision for the preservation of watercourses, drainage areas, significant
ridgelines, oak trees, significant flora and/or fauna and similar features and areas. These
areas shall be designed to use and retain the features and amenities to the greatest extent
possible.
N. Accessory Uses and Structures. Accessory uses and structures shall be located as
specified on the development plans as approved by the City Council; provided, however, that
accessory structures shall meet all of the setbacks for site development as specified in the master
plan and the underlying zone in which it is located: (Ord. 05_1A2 1/25/05;_Ord. 08-13 § 2,
8/26/08)
17.03.030 Tentative Subdivision Maps.
A. Purpose. It is the purpose of this section to establish the requirements for the review and
approval of tentative subdivision maps for the division of all land within the City of Santa Clarita- It
is the intent of the City to require that all land use approvals are obtained before or concurrent
with the approval of a subdivision. Final map approval shall comply with the requirements of Title
161
IB. Authority. Pursuant to the Subdivision Map Act, Section 66411 et seq., of the Government
Code of the State of California, as it now exists or may hereinafter be amended, the provisions of
this section are hereby enacted and made supplemental to those of the Act and shall apply to all
subdivisions of land, whether partially or wholly within the corporate limits of the City of Santa
Clarita. The Planning Commission is designated as the advisory agency and is authorized to
approve tentative subdivision maps as specified in Sections 66473.5, 66474, 66474.1, and
66474.6 of the Subdivision Map Act:, _
IC. Scope. This section shall regulate the content of tentative subdivision maps for all land
within the City and the filing of tentative tract maps and tentative parcel maps.
1. Subdivision of Four (4) or Less Lots. A tentative parcel map shall be required for a
subdivision of land consisting of four (4) or less lots.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 13
Comment JFF701: This sedan hasbem
modified and reloeated to Section 17 26.120 (1)
(Properly Development Standards).
Comment [FF71]: This section has been
modified and relocated to Section 17.26.120 (q
(Property Development Standards).
Comment [FF72]: This seetion has bem
modified and reloeated to Secaon 17.25.120 (A)
(Purpose).
ovComment [FF73]: This section has been
remed from the new Code.
2. Subdivisions of More than Four (4) Lots. A tentative tract map shall be required for
a subdivision of land consisting of more than four (4) lots.
3. Vesting Maps. A vesting tentative tract map or vesting tentative parcel map maybe
submitted for all subdivisions)
!D. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this
development code)
E. Hearing and Notification. The hearing shall beset and notice given as prescribed in
Section 17.01.100. At the hearing, the Commission shall review the application, statements, and
drawings submitted therewith and shall receive pertinent evidence concerning the application,
particularly with respect to the findings prescribed in subsection (G) of this section✓_
F. Action of the Planning Commission. Prior to the public hearing, the Director of Community
Development shall investigate the application and prepare a written report. The report shall be
transmitted to the Planning Commission and the applicant at least three (3) calendar days prior to
the public hearing. The Planning Commission shall act on the application by the adoption of a
resolution. The Planning Commission may grant approval of the application as was applied for or
with conditions or the application may be denied. The decision of the Planning Commission is
final unless appealed to the City Council. Appeals of the action of the Planning Commission may
be made by any person by filing a written notice of appeal with the City Clerk within fifteen (15)
calendar days following the Planning Commission's decision)
G. Findings. The Planning Commission, when considering action on a tentative tractor
tentative parcel map or vesting maps thereof, shall make the following findings of fact:
1. The proposed subdivision, together with the provisions for its design and improvement,
is consistent with the Santa Clarita General Plan, this code, and/or any specific plan;
2. The site is physically suitable for the type of development;
3. The site is physically suitable for the proposed density of development;
4. The design of the subdivision or the proposed improvements are not likely to cause
substantial environmental damage or substantially and avoidably injure fish and wildlife or
their habitat;
5. The design of the subdivision or type of improvements are not likely to cause serious
health problems; and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 14
Comment [FF74]: This section has been
modified and relocated io Section 17.'_5.120 (B)
(Applicability).
Comment [FF75]: This section has"n
modified end relocated to Smon ti1735.120 (C)
(Application Filing, Pees and Pmjat Review).
Comment [FF76]: This section has them
modified and relocated to Section t7.25.120 (B)
(Public Notice and Required Actions).
Comment [FF77]: This section has them
modified and relocated to Section 172520 (D)
(Project Notice and Required Actions).
r�
U
0
•
n
U
6. The design of the subdivision or type of improvements will not conflict with easements,
acquired by the public at large, for access through or use of, property within the proposed
subs ivisionf COmment [FF761: This section has been
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ modified and relocated to Section 17.25J 20 (E)
(Findingsl.
H. Final Action. Prior to the public hearing, the Director of Community Development shall
prepare a report to the City Council regarding the reason for the appeal. The report shall be
transmitted to the City Council and the applicant at least three (3) calendar days prior to the
public hearing. The City Council shall act on the appeal by the adoption of a resolution. The City
Council may grant the appeal or deny the appeal as appealed or with additional conditions. The
decision of the City Council is final.
Approval of a vesting tentative map by the City Council shall establish a vested right to proceed
with applicable ordinances and general and specific plans in effect at the date the accompanying
application is deemed complete pursuant to Government Code Section 65943 in accordance with
Sections 66474.2 and 66498.1 of said Government Coded - Comment [FF79[: This section has ncca
modified and relocated to Section I, "0 (D)
(Project Notice and Required Actions).
1. Expiration and Extension.
1. Expiration. A tentative tract map, tentative parcel map or vesting maps thereof, shall
expire twenty-four (24) months from the date the map was approved or conditionally
approved. The expiration of the approved or conditionally approved tentative tract map,
tentative parcel map, or vesting map thereof shall terminate all proceedings. Any
subsequent subdivision of the same real property shall require the filing and processing of
a new application.
2. Time Extensions. The subdivider filing a tentative tract map, tentative parcel map or
vesting map thereof, may request an extension of the approval by completing and filing an
application for a time extension, accompanied by the required deposit, with the Director of
Community Development at feast sixty (60) calendar days prior to the expiration of the
approved or conditionally approved map.
3. Time Extension Limits. One extension of tentative tract map, tentative parcel map or
vesting map approval or conditional approval may be granted by the Director of Community
Development for a period of up to one year. The extension of time shall commence from
the expiration date of the approved or conditionally approved map._ _ . - - Comment [FFeol: Tnia section nae
1 ].06.'-30 (Time neer
- - - _ - - _ - _ modified and relocated to Section
Limits and Extensions).
J. Amendments. An amendment to a tentative tract map, tentative parcel map, or vesting map
thereof shall be required when the final map or maps do not substantially comply with the
approved tentative tract map, tentative parcel map or vesting maps thereof. "Substantial
compliance" shall mean that all conditions of approval have been met or guaranteed by bond,
surety or other City -approved instrument to the satisfaction of the Director of Community
Development; and that the map depicts final grades within five (5) feet, or to the satisfaction of
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 15
the Director, of those shown on the approved tentative subdivision or vesting map; and that the
design and improvements are similar or identical in nature or serve the same purpose as the
approved map; and that there is no increase in the number of lots proposed over the lots on the
approved tentative map. Ord. 00-3, 2/8/00,' Ord. 01_5, 2/27/01 Ord. § 21/25/05; Ord. 05-
- " Comment[FFS11: This section has been
- -
19 § 2, 12/13/05; Ord. 07-1 § 2, 1/23/07)
modified and relocated to Section 1725.120 (G)
(Amendments) and Chapter 17.091 Minor Permit
Modifications).
17.03.040 Conditional Use Permits and Minor Use Permits.
A. Purpose. In order to give the use regulations the flexibility necessary to achieve the
objectives of this development code, conditional uses are permitted, subject to the granting of a
conditional use permit. Because of their unusual characteristics, conditional uses require special
consideration so that they may be located properly with respect to the objectives of the
development code and with respect to their effects on surrounding properties. In order to achieve
these goals, the Director of Community Development is empowered to grant approval with
conditions or deny applications for minor use permits, and the Planning Commission is
empowered to grant approval with conditions or deny applications for conditional use permits for
uses in zones as prescribed in the development code, and to impose reasonable conditions upon
the granting of minor use permits and conditional use permitsi
Comment [FF82]: This section has been
- - - -
modified and relocated to Senion 1724.120 (A)
(Purpose) and Section 17.25.020 (A) (Pmposa).
B. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this
development code;, . _
p
- Comment[FF831: This seeion has been
modified and relocated to Section 17.24.120 (C)
(Application Filing, Fee and Project Review) and
C. Hearing and Notification. Public hearings shall beset and notice given as prescribed in
Section 17.'_5.100(C)(Application Filing, Fees m
Section 17.01.10Project
Review).
- Comment [FF84]: This section has been
modified and relocated to Section 17 24.1''-0 (D)
D. Actions by the Approving Authority.
(Project Notice and Required Actions)and Section
1725.100 (D) (Project Notice and Required
1. The Planning Commission is empowered to grant approval with conditions or deny
applications for conditional use permits for uses in zones as prescribed in the development
code] _ _ - - Comment [FF85]: This section has been
Sections 17.25. 100 (0)
(Project Notice and Required Actions) and 17.15. 100
The Director of Community Development is empowered to grant approval with (e) (Commission AetmN.
conditions or deny applications for minor use permits as prescribed in the development
code, unless:
a. If in the opinion of the Director the specific nature of the application involves
unusual requirements or raises questions of land use policy substantially more
significant than generally pertain to such applications, the Director may refer the
application to the Planning Commission for consideration; or
b. Comments opposing the minor use permit have been received and the minor use
permit is scheduled for action by the Planning Commission pursuant to Section" Comment [FF861: This suction has been
17.01.100) , ' modifed and relocated to Smdon 17 24.130 (D)
- - - - - - _ - - - - IProlen Notice and Req.hatl Anions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 16
11
0
3. Variations from the regulations prescribed elsewhere in this code for fences, walls,
hedges, screening, and landscaping; site area, width and depth; front, rear and side yards;
coverage; height of structures; distances between structures; usable open space; signs;
off-street parking facilities or frontage on a public street and other standards, shall be
separately administered in accordance with the procedures in Section 17.03.050:_
4. The approving authority may grant approval of a minor use permit or conditional use
permit, with or without modifications, or the application may be denied. Conditions may
include, but are not limited to, provisions for or limitations to the following:
a. Special yards;
b. Open spaces;
c. Buffers;
d. Fences;
e. Walls;
• f. Height of buildings, walls or other structures;
g. Installation and maintenance of landscaping;
h. Street dedications, medians, and improvements;
i. Regulations of points of vehicular ingress and egress;
j. Regulation of traffic circulation;
k. Regulation of signs;
I. Regulation of hours of operation and methods of operation;
m. Control of potential nuisances;
n. The prescription standards for maintenance of building and grounds;
o. prescription of development schedules and development standards;
p. Limit the life of the permit;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 17
0
Comment [FF87]: This hu been removed ft.
his Code.
q. Such other conditions as the Director or Planning Commission may deem
necessary to ensure compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and uses
and to preserve the public health, safety, or welfare)
E. Findings. The approving authority shall make the following findings before granting a minor
use or conditional use permit:
1. Conditional Use Permit Findings.
a. That the proposed location, size, design, and operating characteristics of the
proposed use is in accordance with the purpose of this development code, the
purpose of the zone in which the site is located, the Santa Clarita General Plan, and
the development policies and standards of the City; and
b. That the location, size, design, and operating characteristics of the proposed use
will be compatible with and will not adversely affect or be materially detrimental to
adjacent uses, residents, buildings, structures, or natural resources, with
consideration given to:
(1) Harmony in scale, bulk, coverage, and density;
(2) The availability of public facilities, services and utilities;
(3) The harmful effect, if any, upon desirable neighborhood character;
(4) The generation of traffic and the capacity and physical character of
surrounding streets;
(5) The suitability of the site for the type and intensity of use or development
which is proposed;
(6) The adverse significant effect, if any, upon environmental quality and
natural resources which cannot be mitigated unless the approving authority
adopts a statement of overriding considerations; and
E
Comment [FF88]: This section has born
modified and relocated to Section 17 24.120 (F)
(Conditions of Approval) and Section 17.15. 100 (F)
(Conditions ofApproval).
r-1 L
c. That the proposed location, size, design, and operating characteristics of the
proposed use and the conditions under which it would be operated or maintained will
not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or materially injurious to
:
properties or improvements in the vicinity; and_ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ ...
- This section has been
modified and
d relocated to section 17,25.100 (E)
(FindiapY
d. That the proposed use will comply with each of the applicable provisions of this
code, except for an approved variance or adjustments "--------- - Comment [FF90]: This has been ®moved front
'---_ the new Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 18
0
0
•
r1
LJ
2. Minor Use Permit Findings.
a. That the proposed use is in accordance with the General Plan, the objectives of
the unified development code, and the purposes of the zone in which the site is
located;
b. That the proposed use or activity, together with the conditions applicable thereto,
will not be detrimental to the public health, safety or welfare or materially injurious to
properties or improvements in the vicinity;
c. That the proposed use complies with each of the applicable provisions of the
development codef
F. Expiration and Extension.
1. A minor use permit or conditional use permit shall lapse and shall become void two (2)
years following the date on which the use permit was approved, unless a shorter term is set
out within the conditions of approval or prior to the expiration:
a. A building permit is issued and construction is commenced and diligently pursued
toward completion on the site which was the subject of the use permit application; or
b. A certificate of occupancy is issued for the structure which was the subject of the
use permit application; or
c. The site is occupied in accordance with conditional use, if no building permit or
certificate of occupancy is required; or
d. The use which was the subject of the use permit application is commenced;
provided, that a use permit for a public utility installation may be valid for a longer
period if specified by the Planning Commission or City Council:
2. The extension of a minor use permit or conditional use permit maybe permitted
pursuant to Section 17.01.160f _
G. Pre -Existing Conditional Uses. A conditional use legally established prior to the effective
date of this development code, or prior to the effective date of subsequent zone changes or
Comment IFF911: This section has been
modified and relocated to section 17.34.120 (E)
(Findings).
Comment [FF92]: This section has been
modified and relocated to Section 17.06.230 (Time
Limns and Extensions).
Comment [FF93]: This section has been
modified and ra[.. ed to section 17.06.230 (Time
Limits and Extensions).
amendments to the development code, shall be permitted to continue and be permitted to expand
Comment [FF94]: This section has been
or be modified pursuant to Chapter 17_05; _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ----------- , - ;nenwrated into to Section 17.05.020 (Continuation
and Maintenance).
H. Final Action. The decision of the approving authority is final and effective within fifteen (15)Comment IFF95]: This section has been
odified and relocated to Section 1724.120 (D)
calendar days unless and appeal is filed, in writing, in accordance with Section 17.01.110 for (Project Notice and Required Actions) a, mnd Sxaon
Directors action and Section 17.01.120 for Planning Commission action-------------- 17.25.100 (D) (Project Notiecand Required
— Actlona).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 19
jl. New Applications. Following the denial of a use permit application, no application for a use
permit for the same or substantially the same use on the same or substantially the same site may
be filed within one year from the date of denial or revocation of the use permitf
IJ. Use Permit and Change of Zone Filed Concurrently. Application for a minor use permit or
conditional use permit may be made at the same time as an application for a zone change. In
such a case the final approving authority shall be the City Council. The City Council shall hold the
public hearing on the zone change and the minor use permit or conditional use permit at the
same meeting and may combine the two (2) hearingsf
IK. Reservation of Right to Review Conditional Use Permit—Changed Circumstances. Any
conditional or minor use permit granted or approved under this chapter shall be granted or
approved, with the City's designated approving body retaining and reserving the right and
jurisdiction to review and to modify the permit—including the conditions of approval—based on
changed circumstances. Changed circumstances include, but are not limited to, major
modification of the business, a change in scope, emphasis, size, or nature of the business, or the
expansion, alteration, reconfiguration, or change of use. The reservation of right to review any
permit granted or approved under this chapter by the City's designated approving body is in
addition to, and not in lieu of, the right of the City, its Planning Commission, City Council and
Comment [FF96]: This section has been
modified and relocated to Section 17. 06.240
(Resubmission of Application).
Comment[FF97]: This section has been
modified and relocated to Section 17A6.040
(Multiple APPliestions).
9
designated approving body to review and revoke or modify any permit granted or approved under
this chapter for any violations of the conditions imposed on such permit. (Ord. 00_3, 2/8/00; Ord. - - Comment [FF98]: This seefion has been qJ
- - - modified and relocated to Section 17.08 090
02-5, 4/23/02; Ord. 05-1 § 2, 1/25/05; Ord. 05-19 § 2, 12/13/05; Ord. 07-1 § 2,11/23/07) (Conditional Use Permit and Minor Use Permit)
117.03.045 Nonconstruction Conditional Use Permits and Nonconstruction Minor Use
Permits.
A. Purpose. In order to give the use regulations the flexibility necessary to achieve the
objectives of this development code, uses that require a conditional use permit or minor use
permit per Chapter 17_13, but require no exterior construction are permitted, subject to the
granting of a nonconstruction conditional use permit or nonconstruction minor use permit. Exterior
construction includes, but is not limited to, the erection of buildings or structures, grading and
paving. Because of their unusual characteristics, conditional uses require special consideration
so that they may be located properly with respect to the objectives of the development code and
with respect to their effects on surrounding properties.
B. Actions by the Approving Authority.
1. The Planning Commission is empowered to grant approval with conditions or deny
applications for non construction conditional use permits for uses in zones as prescribed in
the development code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 – Permits and Applications
Page 20
r 1
U
0
0
E
2. The Director of Community Development is empowered to grant approval with
conditions or deny applications for nonconstruction minor use permits as prescribed in the
development code, unless:
a. If in the opinion of the Director the specific nature of the application involves
unusual requirements or raises questions of land use policy substantially more
significant than generally pertain to such applications, the Director may refer the
application to the Planning Commission for consideration; or
b. Comments opposing the minor use permit have been received and the minor use
permit is scheduled for action by the Planning Commission pursuant to Section
17.01.100,
C. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090.
D. Notification and Hearing.
1. Public hearings for nonconstruction conditional use permits shall be set and notice
given as prescribed in Section 17.01.100.
2. Notification for nonconstruction minor use permits shall be as prescribed in Section
17.01.100.
E. Findings. Before granting a nonconstruction conditional use permit or nonconstruction minor
use permit, the approving authority shall make the findings contained in Section 17.03.040 for
conditional use permits and minor use permits, respectively.
F. Final Action. The decision of the approving authority is final and effective within fifteen (15)
calendar days unless an appeal is filed, in writing, in accordance with Sections 17.01.110 for
Director's action and 17.01.120 for Planning Commission action.
G. Expiration and Extension. Expirations and extensions shall be as prescribed in Section
1703040
H. New Applications. Filing of new applications shall be as prescribed in Section 17.03.040.
(Ord.05-1§2,1/25/05%_______________________
17.03.050 Variances and Adjustments.
A. Purpose.
1. Variances and adjustments from the development standards of this development code
shall be granted only when the strict application of the development code results in
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 21
Comment [FF99]t This section has ban
incorporated into Section 17 24.120 (Minor Use
Permit) and Section 17.25.100 (Conditional Use
Penchi.
practical difficulties, unnecessary hardships, or results inconsistent with the general
purposes of the development codef
12. The Director of Community Development may grant an adjustment for a maximum
change of twenty (20) percent of the development standard or consistent with the prevailing
standard (more than fifty (50) percent of the block), and the Planning Commission may
grant a variance to the development standards of this development code in accordance
with the procedure prescribed in this section]
B. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this
development code] _
C. Hearing and Notification. The Planning Commission shall hold a hearing on every
complete variance application. The hearing shall be set and notice given as prescribed in Section
17.01.100. Applications for adjustments shall be noticed as prescribed in Section 17.01 .100]
D. Approving Authority. The approving authority may grant a variance, with or without
modifications, with conditions or may deny the applicatiod.,Variances for sins may be .......
conditioned to expire with the change of copy for the use, be reviewed on a periodic basis or may
automatically expire in a designated period of time:
E. Variance Findings. The Planning Commission may grant a variance to a property
development standard prescribed by this development code, as the variance was applied for or in
modified form, if, on the basis of the application and the evidence submitted, the approving
authority makes the following findings:
1. That, because of special circumstances applicable to the property (size, shape,
topography, location or surroundings) or the intended use of the property, the strict
application of the development code deprives the property of privileges enjoyed by other
properties in the vicinity under identical zoning classification; and
2. That granting a variance is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of a
substantial property right possessed by other property in the same vicinity and zone and
denied to the property for which the variance is sought; and
3. That granting the variance will not be materially detrimental to the public health, safety
or welfare, or injurious to the property or improvements in such vicinity and zone in which
the property is located; and
4. That granting of this variance does not constitute a special privilege inconsistent with
the limitations upon other properties in the vicinity and zone in which such property is
situated; and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 22
0
Comment EFF1001: This section has been
modified and relocated Into Section 17,24, 100 (A)
(Purpose) & (B) (Applicability) and Section
17.25. 130 (A) (Purpose) & (B) (APplicability).
Comment [FF101]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.24. 100 (B)
(Applicability) and Section 17 25.120 (e)
Comment IFF103]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.24. 100 (D)
(Project Notice and Required Actions) and Section
17.2 5.120 (C) (Project Notice and Required
Comment [FF1041: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.24. 100 (D)
(Project Notice and Required Actions) and Section
17.25.120 (D) (Project Nance and Required
Comment [FF105]: This statement hes been
removed from the document.
0
0
5. That granting of this variance does not allow a use or activity which is prohibited by the
zoning regulation governing the parcel of property; and
6. That granting the variance will not be inconsistent with the City, of Santa Clarita
General Plan I Comment [FF106]: This section has been
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - modifred and relocated into Section 17 25.130 (E)
(Findings).
F. (Adjustment Findings. The Director may grant an adjustment to a property development
standard prescribed by this development code, as the adjustment was applied for or in modified
form, if, on the basis of the application and the evidence submitted, the approving authority
makes the following findings:
1. That granting an adjustment is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of a
substantial property right possessed by other property in the same vicinity and zone which
would otherwise be denied to the property for which the adjustment is sought; and
2. That the granting of the adjustment will not be materially detrimental to the public
health, safety, or welfare, or injurious to the property or improvements in such vicinity and
zone in which the property is locatedf
- - comment [FF107]: rni: section ,s habeen
en0
- -- - - - _ _ _ -
I]
expaWed and relncmed into Section 2 (E)
(Plndings).
'G. Signs—Additional Findings. The Director, in the case of an adjustment, or the Planning
• Commission, in the case of a variance, may grant a variance or adjustment for sign location and
other similar performance standards, as the variance or adjustment was applied for or in modified
form, if, on the basis of the application and the evidence submitted, the approving authority
makes findings of fact established in subsection (E) of this section for variances or subsection (F)
of this section for adjustments and finds that the granting of the variance or adjustment will not
detract from the attractiveness or orderliness of the City's appearance or the surrounding
neighborhood.-
,- Comment[FF108]:Thiss fionhssbeen
-
- - - - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
expanded and relocated into Seaton 1 ].21.110 (E)
(Findings).
H. Parking—Additional Findings. The Director of Community Development may grant an
adjustment or the Planning Commission may grant a variance to a regulation prescribed by this
development code with respect to off-street parking facilities if, on the basis of the application and
the evidence submitted, the approving authority makes findings established in subsection (E) or
(F) of this section and makes the additional findings:
1. That neither present nor anticipated future traffic volumes generated by the use of the
site or the uses of the sites in the vicinity reasonably require strict or literal interpretation
and enforcement of the specified regulation; and
2. That the granting of the variance or adjustment will not result in the parking or loading
of vehicles on public streets in such a manner as to interfere with the free flow of traffic on
the streets: - comment [FF109]: This section has been
'----'--'-'--'--"----------------'---- - --- modified and relocated into Section 1724.120(E)
(Findings).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 – Permits and Applications
Page 23
0
I. Expiration and Extension. An extension of a variance or adjustment maybe granted
pursuant to Section 17.01.1601
J. Final Action. The decision of the approving authority is final and effective within fifteen (15)
calendar days unless an appeal is filed, in writing, in accordance with Section 17.01.110 for
Director's action and 17.01.120 for Planning Commission actiod
K. New Application. Following the denial of a variance or adjustment application, no
application for the same or substantially the same variance or adjustment on the same or
substantially the same site shall be filed within one (1) year of the date of denial of the variance or
adjustment)
L. Variance or Adjustment Related to Plans Submitted. Unless otherwise specified at the
time a variance or adjustment is granted, such variance or adjustment shall apply only to the
specific variance(s) or adjustment(s) requested by the applicant as shown on plans and drawings
submitted as part of the application. kOrd, 90-3,218/00; Ord_05.1 § 2,1/25/05,' Ord. 05_19_§_2,
12/13/05; Ord. 08-13 § 2, 8/26/08)
17.03.060 Development Review.
A. Purpose. The provisions of this section shall be for the construction of permitted structures
and the initiation of permitted uses. Through development review, the Director shall ensure that
the proposal complies with all of the provisions of the development code and the General Plan:.
B. Applicability. In order to safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of
development in the City, development review approval shall be required prior to the issuance of
any building permit for single-family subdivision developments; mobilehomes on permanent
foundations, single-family homes (custom); multiple -family developments; mobilehome parks; and
commercial or industrial establishments, including additions, alterations and redevelopment
thereof:._ -
C. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this
development code]
-------------------------------- ____________
D. Review and Evaluation. The Director shall review and evaluate development plans and
other required information submitted in accordance with the following guidelines:
1. Scope. The Director shall review and evaluate the development for conformance to
city adopted design guidelines standards, policies and practices, and with the development
plan review standards and criteria set forth in this section.
2. Modifications Required for Approval of the Development Plan. The Director may
specify modifications, changes, and additions to the development plan in the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 24
0
Comment [FF110]: This section hasbeen
modified and relocated into Section 17.06.230 (Time
Limits and Extensions).
Comment [FF1111: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17 24.100 (m)
(Project Notice and Required Actions) and Section
17 25.130 m) (Project Notice and Required
Actions).
Comment EFF1121: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.06.240
(Resubmission of Application).
Comment [FF313]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.^4 100 (B)
(Applicability) and Section 17.25.130 (B)
(Applicability).
Comment IFF1141: This section bas been
modified and relocated into Section 17.23.120 (A)
(Propose).
Comment [FF1151: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 1723.120 (B)
(Applicability).
Comment [FF116]: This section has been
modified and talocated into section 17.23.120 (C)
(Application Filing. Fees and Pmject Review).
•
•
L
recommendation or requirements for its approval. Recommendations may be required by
the Director to eliminate or mitigate significant adverse environmental effects disclosed by
any environmental assessment or modifications, or to meet the purposes of this section.
3. Improvements Required for Approval of the Development Plan. The Director shall
ensure that all development plans provide for on- and off-site improvements required to
implement the purposes of the development code, the General Plan, adopted design
guidelines and all policies of the City Council£_ comment IFF3371: This seedon has been
- - - - - - - - - - - - modified and relocated into Section 17.23.050
(Decision),!E. Conditions. Development reviews maybe approved or modified with conditions subject to
the performance of such conditions, including the provision of required improvements as the
Director shall deem to be reasonable and necessary, or advisable under the circumstances, so
that the objectives of the development code, General Plan, adopted design guidelines, Planning
Commission and City Council policies shall be achieved. Such conditions shall be imposed and
enforced as follows:
1. Security May Be Required to Ensure Performance. In order to ensure the
performance of conditions imposed concurrent with the granting or modification of a
development plan, the applicant may be required to furnish security in the form of money or
surety bond in the amount fixed by the authority granting or modifying the development
plan. Such security shall be furnished as required by local ordinance.
2. Provision of Required Improvements. Whenever a development review approval is
granted or modified subject to the condition that specified improvements be provided by the
applicant, such improvements shall be installed by the applicant and approved and
accepted by the City pursuant to local ordinance to make such improvements prior to the
time or events specified in the development review approval. Improvements may include
but not be limited to curbs, gutters, landscape medians, sidewalks, street pavement street
lights, street trees, and off-site improvements as deemed necessary by the City of Santa
Clarita.
3. Violation of Condition. Whenever a development review is approved or modified by
the approving authority subject to a condition or conditions, use or enjoyment of the
development review approval in violation of or without observance of any such conditions
shall constitute a violation of the development code and said development review approval
may be revoked or modified as provided in Section 17.01.1401- - comment IFF1181: This swtem has been
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- " modified and relocated into Section 17.21. 2f
(E)
(Conditions of Approva).
IF. Final Action. The decision of the approving authority is final and effective within fifteen (15)
calendar days unless an appeal is filed, in writing, in accordance with Section 17.01.110.m
Ord. Coment IFF31a11 This Whim has been
(- - - -' - modified and relocated into Section 17.06.170
05-1 §2, 1/25/05) (Effective Dale of Decision).
17.03.070 Lot Line Adjustments.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 25
A. Applicability. The provisions of this chapter shall be applicable to the modification of a lot
line or lot lines between four (4) or fewer contiguous existing parcels where the land taken from
one parcel is added to an adjacent parcel or parcels and where a greater number of parcels than
originally existed are not thereby created. In the case of a modification of the lot lines that affect
more than four (4) parcels under common ownership within a subdivision even if submitted as
separate lot line adjustments, a parcel map or tract map will be required, unless specifically
allowed under conditions of approval approved by the Planning Commission and/or City Council
',B. Application of a Request for Lot Line Adjustment. Applications and fees shall be
submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this codef _ _ _
I,C. Referral. Upon receipt of the complete application, copies thereof shall be referred to other
appropriate City departments and other public or semi-public agencies affected, together with a
written request for a written recommendation and any conditions to conform to the existing zoning
and building ordinances or to facilitate the relocation of existing utilities, infrastructure or
easements which should be imposed on the approval of the application. The referral from the
Development Services Division shall state that any recommendations, comments or suggested
conditions must be returned to the Development Services Division within a reasonable timeframe. _
D. Compliance with the State of California Subdivision Map Act. Prior to submittal of the
request for lot line adjustment, a recorded "Unconditional Certificate of Compliance" shall be
required for each existing parcel not complying with the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act, as
determined by the City Engineer, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
E. Standards for Approval of a Request for Lot Line Adjustment. The Director of
Community Development shall approve or conditionally approve an application of a request for lot
line adjustment without notice or hearing upon a finding that the properties involved meet the
following criteria:
1. The existing parcels are contiguous.
2. The existing parcels comply with the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act, as
determined by the City Engineer.
3. A greater number of parcels than originally existed will not be created.
4. The adjusted parcels will comply with the goals and policies of the General Plan,
provisions of the unified development code and zoning, and any other applicable statutes
or regulations. Pre-existing, nonconforming lots or parcels may be merged into a single
nonconforming parcel at the discretion of the Director of Community Development.
January 2013 1 DRAFP
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 26
Comment EFF1201: This section has been
modi5ed and relocntedmu, Section 17.23.160 (a)
(Applicability).
Comment [FF121]: This Section has been
modified and relocated into Sation 17 ?3.160 (C)
(Application Filing, Fees and Project Review).
Comment [FF122]: This section hasbeen
modified and relocated imo Section V.06.170
(Effective Dale or Decision).
•
Comment [FF123]: This sation has been
modified and relocated uao Section I] 21.160 iC)
(Application Filing, Fos and Project Review).
9
0
•
CJ
5. The adjusted configuration of the parcels will be in accord with the established
neighborhood lot design patterns and will not violate good planning practices.
6. There will be no impairment of any existing access or creation of a need for any new
access to any adjacent parcels.
7. There will be no impairment to any existing easements or creation of a need for any
new easements serving any adjacent parcels.
8. There will be no need to require substantial alteration to any existing improvements or
create the need for any new improvements,
9. There is no adjustment of the boundary between existing parcels for which a covenant
of improvement requirements has been recorded and all required improvements stated
therein have not been completed unless the City Engineer determines the proposed
boundary adjustment will not significantly affect said covenant of improvement
requirements.
10. Parcels to be created by the lot line adjustment or merger which contain an average
cross slope often (10) percent or greater maybe required to obtain a hillside review permit,
pursuant to Chapter 17_80 of this code, prior to or concurrently with the lot line adjustmentf_
F. Review. The City shall not impose conditions or exactions on its approval of a lot line
adjustment except to conform to the local general plan, and zoning and building ordinances, to
require the prepayment of real property taxes prior to the approval of the lot line adjustment, or to
facilitate the relocation of existing utilities, infrastructure, or easements. No tentative map, parcel
map, or tract map shall be required as a condition to the approval of a lot line adjustment,
G. Final Action. The decision of the approving authority is final and effective within fifteen (15)
calendar days unless an appeal is filed, in writing, in accordance with Section 17.01.110!,
H. Expiration. An approved or conditionally approved request for lot line adjustment shall
expire within two (2) years of the date of approval if not effectuated as described in this section:,
II. Recording Lot Line Adjustments.
1. Issuance of Certificate of Compliance. The approval of the request for lot line
adjustment by the Director of Community Development, the City Engineer, the Planning
Commission or the City Council shall be effectuated by the issuance by the City Engineer
of a certificate of compliance for lot line adjustment. The property description or
descriptions on the certificate shall describe the reconfigured parcel or parcels which will be
recognized by the City as legal lots. The certificate shall be void and of no further force in
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 27
Comment [FF124]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17._'3.160 (E)
(Stm,1mds of Approvaq.
Comment [FF125]: This action has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.23.160 (C)
(Application Filing, Fees and Project Review).
Comment [FF3261: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.06. 170
(Effective Date TDecision).
Comment (FF1271: This section has been
modified and r 1.wd into Section 17.06.270 (Time
Limits and Extensions).
0
effect unless it is recorded as hereinafter provided within two (2) years of the date of the
decision to approve the request for lot line adjustment.
2. Grant Deed Requirements. Section 66412(d) of the California Subdivision Map Act
states: "The lot line adjustment shall be reflected in a deed, which shall be recorded." A
certificate of compliance for lot line adjustment does not become effective, nor will it be
reflected on assessors parcel maps, until the required grant deeds have been recorded.
Each grant deed shall include a legal description which accurately reflects the legal
description and references the recording information for the certificate of compliance for lot
line adjustment. All deeds exchanging property between the affected parcels or
consolidating the affected parcels accompanied by reconveyances or partial
reconveyances or other releases of deeds of trust or similar encumbrances on the subject
property or amended deeds of trust or similar encumbrances describing the reconfigured
parcels shall be submitted to the City Engineer for review; provided, however, the City
Engineer may cause such recordation through an escrow if such has been opened by the
applicant. The applicant, or his/her authorized representative, shall be notified of any
corrections requested by the City, and any corrected or new documents shall be promptly
submitted to the City Engineer.
3. Recordation of Certificate of Compliance for Lot Line Adjustment. The
recordation as hereinabove provided of the certificate of compliance for lot line adjustment
shall precede the recordation of the required deeds exchanging property between the
affected parcels or consolidating the affected parcels. At the direction of the City Engineer,
the applicant or his/her authorized representative shall ascertain the recording fee from the
County Recorder and insert into the appropriate blank spaces on the certificate of
compliance for lot line adjustment. The City Engineer shall cause, or may instruct the
applicant or his/her authorized representative to cause, the certificate of compliance for lot
line adjustment to be recorded in the office of the County Recorder for Los Angeles County,
California.
4. Recordation of Deeds and Other Documents. At the direction of the City Engineer,
the applicant or his/her authorized representative shall ascertain the recording fee from the
County Recorder and insert into the appropriate blank spaces on the grant deed; which
shall then be signed by the owner(s) and notarized. The City Engineer shall cause, or may
instruct the applicant or his/her authorized representative to cause, the grantdeed to be
recorded in the office of the County Recorder for Los Angeles County, California,
subsequent to recordation of the certificate of compliance for lot line adjustment. The
certificate of compliance for lot line adjustment recording information shall be inserted into
the appropriate blank spaces on the grant deed.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 28
E
5. Payment of Recording Fees. The fees for the recording of all documents as
established by the Office of the County Recorder of Los Angeles County shall be remitted
by the applicant to the City prior to the time of recordation of such documents Including the
certificate of compliance for lot line adjustment. Such remittance shall be made payable to
the City of Santa Clarita in the amount required to have all deeds and other documents,
including the certificate, recorded (0rd_00-3, 2/8/00, Ord. 95A§2, 1/25/05;, Ord. 05-19
§ 2, 12/13/05; Ord. 07-1 § 2, 1/23/07)
17.03.080 Temporary Use Permits.
A. Applicability. Where this section prescribes regulations more restrictive than the zone in
which a use or conditional use is permitted, the provisions of this section shall apply. Temporary
events that are conducted on public property or within the public right-of-way shall be subject to
approval of the Director of Parks, Recreation, and Community Services. The following temporary
uses are permitted in all zones, subject to the following regulations and with the approval of the
Director of Community Development (except as otherwise noted) and other necessary permits
and ticensesa
1. Circuses, carnivals, rodeos, parades or similar outdoor entertainment or enterprises,
subject to not more than five (5) calendar days of operation in any calendar year. Requests
exceeding these fime limitations shall be considered at the discretion of the Director. A
request which exceeds the time limitation requires the submittal of a conditional use permit,
except in the Case of temporary residences during construction, which requires the
submittal of a minor use permit. Approval of such use permit shall be at the discretion of
the Director of Community Development;
2. Christmas tree sales lots, Halloween pumpkin sales, and other holiday sales shall be
reviewed per Sections 17.13.06 (3) and 17.15.030(B).
3. Subdivision sales offices and model home complexes located within the subdivision,
subject to the following minimum requirements:
a. Offices shall be no closer than one vacant lot to an existing dwelling unit not part
of the subdivision, trailers may be used for no more than ninety (90) calendar days or
until such time as the subdivision sales offices have been completed whichever is
less;
b. An A.C. paved parking lot with surrounding landscaping shall provide sufficient
parking spaces to accommodate said use;
c. Offices shall be allowed for a maximum of two (2) years or unfit ninety (90)
percent of the homes within the subdivision are sold, whichever is less;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 29
0
Comment [FF129]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Sa9ian 16.41.010
(Recording of Lot Line Adjustments).
Comment [FF129]: This section has been
modified and rebcetod into Section 17.2311; (a)
(Applicability) and SeUion 17.67.0?0 (Applicability)
Comment [FF130]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Seaton 17.67.070
(Regulations).
Comment [FF131]: This section has been
expanded and relocated into Section 17.62030
(Regulatlonsl.
d. Faithful performance bonding in an amount appropriate to guarantee removal
and/or conversion of the sales office and attendant facilities shall be required; and
e. Other conditions that the Director of Community Development deems necessary
to assure that the sales office will not constitute a nuisance or be objectionable to the
residential uses in the neighborhood 1 _ _
4. Religious, patriotic, historic, or similar displays or exhibits within yards, parking areas,
or landscaped areas, subject to not more than eight (8) calendar days of display in any
calendar year. Such displays are permitted in residential yards without Director approval.
5. Outdoor art and craft shows and exhibits, subject to not more than three (3) calendar
days of operation or exhibition in any sixty (60) calendar day period.
6. Contractors' offices and storage yards on the site of an active construction project.
7. Mobilehome residences for security purposes on the site of an active construction
project.
8. Outdoor display and sales located within commercially zoned properties not to exceed
more than five (5) calendar days in any sixty (60) calendar days and subject to appropriate
conditions of the Community Development Department.
9. Seasonal retail sale of agricultural products (fruit and vegetable stands) for periods of
less than ninety (90) days.
Comment FFF1321: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.67.030
(Regulations).
0
10. Temporary use of properly designed mobile trailer units for classrooms, offices,
bands, etc., for periods not to exceed ninety (90) days subject to Community Development
Department approval. Requests for such uses of more than ninety (90) days in duration
shall require the approval of a minor use permit by the Director of Community
Development._
- -'
Comment [FF133]: This section has been
------- --------- -----------
modified and relocated into Section 17.67.030
(Regulations).
11. For any agricultural or animal husbandry activity or project (4-H, FFA, or similar)
conducted for educational purposes or school credits, a permit may be granted when the
Community Development Director determines that such use will not cause a public
nuisance.Comment
[FF134]: This section bas bem and
- - - - _ - - - _ " - _ - - - - - - - -
relocated into Chapter 17.63 (Animal Keeping).
12. Charitable or school sponsored drop-off bins for recycling of cans, newspapers, or
similar items, for drop-off of clothes and small items. Bins shall be located in the parking
lots of businesses within the C and/or I zones or other public or semi-public property on a
temporary basis when written permission Is granted by the property owner or business
owner. Said bins shall be kept in a neat and orderly manner
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 30
Comment [FF135]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.67.030
(Regulations).
I*
0
13. Garage and yard sales shall not require a temporary use permit, but shall be subject
to the following:
a. All materials or goods sold must be the personal property of one of the persons
conducting the sale;
b. They shall be conducted only on residential premises occupied by one of the
persons conducting the sale;
c. No more than three (3) garage or yard sales shall be permitted atone residential
location in any calendar year. Each garage or yard sale shall not exceed three (3)
consecutive days;
d. Such sales shall not be conducted before eight a.m. or after six p.m.; and
e. Garage and yard sale signage shall be subject to the provisions of Chapter 17_19
of this development code.
14. The temporary, seasonal use of portable, metal storage containers shall be permitted
for a period of time not to exceed ninety (90) days. Requests for such uses of more than
• ninety (90) days in duration shall require the approval of a minor use permit by the Director
of Community Developmentf
15. Other temporary uses as determined by the Director that do not exceed one year in
duration and do not require the construction of any permanent structures] _
16. Temporary uses in excess of one (1) year, but less than five (5) years, will be subject
to a public hearing before the Planning Commission. The public hearing shall be noticed in
accordance with Section 17.01.100 of this code. The Planning Commission may impose
conditions to safeguard and protect the public health, safety, and promote the general
welfare. The Planning Commission must make the following findings for an extended TUP:
a. That adequate public and private facilities such as utilities, parking spaces, and
traffic circulation measures are, or will be, provided for the proposed use;
b. That the proposed location, size, design, and operating characteristics of the
proposed use are in accordance with the purpose of this development code, the
purpose of the zone in which the site is located, the Santa Clarita General Plan, and
the development policies and standards of the City;
c. That the use and its associated structures and facilities will not be detrimental to
the public health or safety, the general welfare, or the environment; and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 31
Comment [FF336]: This soli,% has been
relocated into Section 17.67.030 (Regulations).
Comment [FF337]: This section has been
relocated into Section 17.23200(E)(Regulations).
d. That the use and facilities will not adversely affect or conflict with adjacent uses
or impede the normal development of surrounding propertiesf
:B. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this
development codef
'C. Final Action. The decision of the approving authority is final and effective within fifteen (15)
calendar days unless an appeal is filed, in writing, in accordance with Sections 17.01.110 for
Director's action and 17.01.120 for Planning Commission action
D. Conditions.
1. The Community Development Director shall indicate the permitted hours of operation
and any other conditions, such as walls or fences and lighting, which are deemed
necessary to reduce possible detrimental effects to surrounding developments and to
protect the public health, safety and welfare.
2. Prior to the issuance of a permit for a temporary use, except those listed under
subsections (A)(1), (3), (6), (7), (11) and (12) of this section, a cash deposit may be
required to be deposited with the City. This cash deposit shall be used to defray the costs
of clean-up of the property by the City in the event the permittee fails to do so] _ -----
E. ____
E. Extension or Modification of Limitations. Upon written application, the Community
Development Director may extend the time within which temporary uses may be operated, or may
modify the limitations under which such uses may be conducted if the Director determines that
such extension or modification is in accordance with this code. Unless otherwise noted, any
extension of a temporary use beyond a cumulative duration of one (1) year shall require
notification consistent with Section 17.01.100(D)(1). Should a reasonable case be presented to
the Director of Community Development that there is a public nuisance created as a result of the
TUP, additional review in the form of a noticed public hearing before the Planning Commission
may be required. At that hearing, additional conditions may be imposed to mitigate any nuisance,
0
Comment [FF339]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.67.030
(Regulations).
Comment [FF139]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.23200 (C)
(Project Application, Fees and Project Review).
- - Comment [FF340]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.06.170
(Effective Date of Decision).
'I
Comment [FF141]: This section has been
tmodified, expanded and relocated into Secfion
17.23.'-00(F)(Conditions of Approvan. —
or the TUP may be revoked in accordance with the provisions of this code,-
-
Comment EFF1421: Tris seceon has been
modified and relocated into Sermon 17.?3.200 (G)
(Extension or Modification of Limitations).
F. Condition of Site Following Temporary Usage. Each site occupied by a temporary use
shall be left free of litter or any other evidence of the temporary use upon completion or removal
of the use, and shall thereafter by used only in accordance with this coda. (Ord_00-3, 011100. Ord._ -
-
Comment [FF143]: This section Tact been
modified, expanded and relocated into Section
05-1 § 2, 1/25/05; Ord. 05-19 § 2, 12/13/05; Ord. 07-1 § 2, 1/23/07; Ord. 08-13 § 2, 8/26/08)
1227 200 (F) (Conditions thAppmva).
17.03.090 Home Occupation Permits.
A. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this
development code; --- ---------------------------- -------------
January
------.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 32
Comment [FF144]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.23. 140 (C)
(Application Filing, Pees and Project Review).
0
r�
u
!B. Applicability. The following Is a list of uses subject to the approval of a home occupation
permit in residential zones within the Cityj Comment [FF145]: This section has been
- - _ - modified and relocated into Section 17.'_3.140 (6)
(Applicability) and Section 17.65.0''-0
.1. Telecommuting. (Applicability).
2. Business and professional offices, excluding medical, dental, and similar uses that
involve regular patient visits to the site; provided, that no retail sales transactions are made
on the premises and that no employees, customers, or clients visit the site except as
specifically allowed by this section. Typical examples of such general business office
activities include research, report writing, bookkeeping, sending and receiving of mail,
telephone calls, electronic facsimile communications and electronic communications by
computer.
3. Instruction in academia, music, voice, art, dance, or other similar activities with no
more than one (1) pupil receiving instruction at any given time.
4. Activities associated with the work of artists, sculptors, authors and composers.
5. Activities associated with the work of dressmakers, seamstresses, and tailors.
6. Home crafts, such as model making, rug weaving, quilting and needlework, and wood
working, limited to the uses of tools and equipment commonly available for personal
residential use, but specifically excluding cabinet making.
7. Home-based direct sales distributions businesses in which sales, merchandise
distribution, and product demonstrations are conducted either off site or by telephone, mail,
or other electronic communication.
8. Other uses as determined by the Director of Community Development{
Comment [FF146]: This section has been
-
modified and relocated into Section 17.65.040
(Applicability).
C. Prohibited Uses. The following businesses shall not be operated out of a home and shall
not be permitted by home occupation permits: alcohol sales, food preparation, firearm sales, on-
site massage therapists, hairdressers, retail sales, vehicle storage, vehicle sales and vehicle
repair, commercial kennels, commercial stables, breeding facilities and forensic testing I -
- Comment [FF147]: This section has been
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
modified and relocated into Section 17.65.030
(Prohibited Uses).
Conditions. Home occupations shall be subject to the following conditions:
1. There shall be no exterior storage of materials in the conduct of a home occupation.
2. A home occupation shall be conducted entirely within a dwelling. Materials and goods
incidental to the home occupation shall not be stored, and no permanent work area, work
bench or structure shall be built, within either required ten (10) foot by twenty (20) foot
garage parking area.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 33
0
3. No exterior alterations of the dwellings shall be made which would change the
residential character of the home to accommodate the home occupation.
4. Electrical or mechanical equipment which creates visible or audible interference in
radio or television receivers or causes fluctuations In line voltage outside the dwelling unit
shall be prohibited.
5. Only the residents of the dwelling unit maybe engaged in the home occupation.
6. There shall be no sale of goods on the premises.
7. The establishment and conduct of a home occupation shall not change the principal
character or use of the dwelling unit involved.
8. No signs shall be permitted for home-based businesses.
9. The required residential off-street parking shall be maintained.
10. A home occupation shall not create vehicular or pedestrian traffic in excess of that
which is normal for the zone in which it is located.
11. No vehicles or trailers (including pick-up trucks and vans) or construction or other
equipment, except those normally incidental to residential use, shall be kept on the site.
12. Vehicle or engine repair shall not be permitted as a home occupation.
13. Visitation and deliveries incidental to the home occupation shall be limited to the
hours of seven a.m. to seven p.m. Monday through Friday, eight a.m. to six p.m. Saturdays
and Sundays, and shall not be permitted on holidays.
14. Businesses that incorporate food preparation, firearm sales and alcohol sales are not
permitted in residential zones and are not permitted by home occupation permits.
15. The home-based business shall cease, and the home occupation permit shall
become null and void, when the use becomes detrimental to the public health, safety and
welfare, or constitutes a nuisance, or when the use is in violation of any statute, ordinance,
law or regulation.
16. Addifional conditions may be applied as deemed necessary by the Director of
CommunityloOrd.00-3,2/8/00; Ord. 025, 4/23/02; Ord._ 05.1 2,1/25/05; W=HMmment IFF1481: This =HM ba.
Devepment J i — - - - - - - -' - - § - - - - - - - - modified and relocated into Section 17.65.040
Ord. 05-19 § 2, 12/13/05; Ord. 08-13 § 2, 8/26/08) (Regulations).
17.03.100 Grading Permits.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 34
0
0
0
•
•
A. Purpose. In order to implement the Santa Clarita General Plan, protect significant ridgelines,
promote sensitive hillside development, and ensure appropriate and reasonable grading in
accordance with sound engineering and design standards, the City of Santa Clarita hereby
establishes grading plans and permits. The purpose of this section is to supplement the grading
provisions of the Uniform Building Code; _ _ _ _ _ _ _
B. Applicability. A grading permit shall be obtained for any grading performed within the City of
Santa Cladta, unless the type/quantity of grading is included in the exceptions identified in
Section 17.21.010.
C. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this
development code. In addition, when required by the Building Official and/or the City Engineer, a
property owner or authorized agent of the property owner shall submit a grading plan. The
requirement for submittal of a grading plan may be waived by the Building Official for work
determined by the Building Official to be of minor and uncomplicated in nature. Accompanying
each application for a grading permit and when required by the Building Official, City Engineer or
Director of Community Development for enforcement of any provisions of this development code,
three (3) sets of plans and specifications shall be submitted. The plans shall be prepared in
accordance with Division 3 of this btlef
D. Permit Authorization. The issuance of a grading permit shall constitute an authorization to
do only that work which is described or illustrated on the application for the permit, or on the plans
and specifications approved by the City Engineer and the work shall be done in accordance with
any conditions imposed by the City Engineer and in accordance with the requirements of this
section;
IE. Other Permits May Be Required. Permits issued pursuant to this section shall not relieve
the owner of responsibility for securing required permits for work to be done which is regulated by
any other provision of this code or by any other person, body, or agencyj. _ _
--------
F. Minor Use Permit. No grading permit shall be issued when borrow or waste material is to be
Comment [FF149]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.80.020
(Grading Permit Administrationl.
Comment [FF150]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.80.020
(Grading Permit Administration).
Comment [FF151]: This section hasbeen
modified, expanded and relocated into Section
17.83.010 (Grading Al iication and Pernit
Requirements).
Comment [FF152]: This so tion haste
be
modified and relocated into Section 17.80 .020
(Grading Permit Administration).
Comment [FF153]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 1780.020
(Grading Permit Administration).
removed from a grading site unless a minor use permit, in accordance with this development
code, has been issued for the operation of a borrow pit on the grading site, a legally pre-existing
legal borrow pit is being operated on the grading site, or the grading comes within one of the
exceptions listed in Division 3 of this titles- - - .. -- Comment [FF154]: This section has been
- - - - - _ - - - removed from the Code.
G. Right of Entry—Indemnification. Asa condition of issuance of any grading permit, the
owner of the site to be graded and the contractor, if any, shall grant to the City a right of entry on
the site for the purposes of inspection and for purposes of correction of grading not performed in
compliance with the terms and conditions of the permit. The owner and the contractor shall agree
to indemnify the City for any claims or damages which may result from the City's entry onto the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 – Permits and Applications
Page 35
property including any corrective action taken pursuant to such right of entry. The right of entry
and indemnification agreement shall be on a form approved by the City Attorney]_ _
IH. Liability.
1. Neither the issuance of a permit under the provisions of this chapter, nor the
compliance with the provisions of this development code or with any conditions imposed by
any City official under this section, shall relieve any person from any responsibility for
damage to persons or property otherwise imposed by law, nor impose any liability upon the
City for damage to persons or property.
2. The City Engineer or any employee charged with the enforcement of this section,
acting in good faith and without malice for the City in the discharge of their duties, shall not
thereby render themselves liable personally and they are hereby relieved from all personal
liability for any damage that may accrue to persons or property as a result of any act
required or by reason of any act or omission in the discharge of their duties. Any suit
brought against the City Engineer or employee, because of such act or omission performed
by them in the enforcement of any provisions of this section, shall be defended by the legal
department of the City until final termination of the proceedings,
SII. Responsibility of Permittee—Protection of Adjacent Property. Notwithstanding the
minimum standards set forth in this development code, the permittee is responsible for the
prevention of damage to adjacent property and no person shall excavate on land so close to the
property lines as to endanger any adjoining public street, sidewalk, alley, or any other public or
private property without supporting and protecting such property from settling, cracking or other
damage which might result!
J. Responsibility of Permittee—Protection of Utilities. During grading operations, the
permittee shall be responsible for the prevention of damage to public utilities or services. This
responsibility applies within the limits of grading and along any routes of travel of equipments
K. Responsibility of Permittee—Contents of Permit. It shall be the responsibility of the
permittee to be knowledgeable of the conditions and/or restrictions placed on the grading permit
and as outlined in applicable sections of this code, and as contained on the approved grading
plans and in the approved geotechnical report(s). The perrnittee shall also be responsible to
maintain in an obvious and accessible location on the site, a copy of the permit and grading plans
bearing the approval of the City Engineer] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
L. Temporary Suspension of Permit. The City Engineer shall have the authority to temporarily
suspend all work on a grading project and suspend the permit if the City Engineer determines any
one of the following:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 36
0
Comment [FF3551: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.80.020
(Grading Permit Administration).
Comment [FF156]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.80.020
(Grading Permit Admin(snacian).
•
Comment CFF1371: This section has been
mdifoxi and relocated into Section 17,80.030
(Responsibility of Permittee).
Comment [FF158]: This swfion has been
modified and relocated into Smion 17.80.030
(Responsibility of Permittee).
Comment [FF159]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Swion 17.80.030
(Responsibility of Permittee).
•
0
1. That field conditions present an immediate hazard or danger to life or property;
2. The permittee fails to or refuses to correct a deficiency or hazard;
3. The work being done is contrary to the approved plans or conditions thereof;
4. There is lack of supervision of the grading operation, lack of engineering control, soil
engineering control is not being adequately provided;
5. Any condition which in the City Engineers opinion, presents a threat to the public
safety or welfare immediately, or in the future which may rause unstable earth until the
hazard or condition is removed to the satisfaction of the City Engineer; or
6. There is a violation of the Santa Clarita Municipal Code.
Revocation of the grading permit shall follow the procedures set forth in Section 17.01.140.-
- Comment [FF16o]: This mcdon has near
- - -
modified and relocakd into Seaion 13.80.0'_'0
(Grading Permi[ Administration{.
M. Time of Grading Operations. Grading and equipment operations within three hundred
(300) feet of a structure for human occupancy shall not be conducted between the hours of seven
a.m. and seven p.m. on weekdays and eight a.m. to six p.m. on Saturday. Further, no work shall
be performed on the following public holidays: New Year's Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving
Day, Christmas Day, Memorial Day and Labor Day. The City Engineer may, however, permit
grading or equipment operations before seven a.m. or after seven p.m. on weekdays, Saturday,
Sunday and holidays, if it is determined that such operations are not detrimental to the health,
safety or welfare of the inhabitants of such a structure. Permitted hours of operations may be
shortened by the City Engineer's finding of a previously unforeseen effect on the health, safety, or
welfare of the surrounding community. (Ord._ 00-3, 2/8/00; Ord. 02-5, 4/23/02; Ord. 05-1 § 2,
comment [FF161]: Tnissw[ioa has bean
- - _
modified and mlocated inm Section 17.80.0'_0
1/25/05; Ord. 05-19 § 2, 12/13/05)
(Grading Permit Admininmtion).
17.03.110 Administrative Permit.
A. Purpose. The provisions of this section shall be for the construction of permitted structures
and uses and the initiation of permitted uses. Through administrative permit review, the Director
shall ensure that the proposal complies with all of the provisions of the development code and the
General Plan I
-' cam [FF163]: Th is action has been
_ _ _ _ _ ____- _____________________________ _____ __ ____
d, expanded and relocated imo Section
17 ^_3.100 (A) (Pwpose).
B. Applicability. In order to safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of
development in the City, administrative permit approval shall be required prior to the issuance of
any building permit for:
1. Second unit dwellings;
2. Activities or construction of improvements which are permitted pursuant to Chapter Comment [FF163]: This whim has baen
modified, arpanded arM relocated into Section
17_13 of this development codel ........... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ r713.100 (el (AppliubiIny).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 37
C
J
0
C. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this
development codef comment [FF164]: This station has been
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - modified and relocated into Section 17 23.1%(C)
(Application Filing, Fees and Project Review).
D. Review and Evaluation. The Director shall review and evaluate development plans and
other required information submitted in accordance with the following guidelines
1. Scope. The Director shall review and evaluate the development for conformance to
City adopted standards, policies and practices, and with the development plan review
standards and criteria set forth in this section)_ _ - _ en comment [FF165]: This section lots le
- _ - - - modified, expanded and relocated into Section
17 23.050 (Decision).
2. Improvements Required for Approval of the Development Plan. The Director shall
ensure that all development plans provide for on- and off-site improvements required to
implement the purposes of the development code, the General Plan and all policies of the
City Council.
3. Provision of Required Improvements. Whenever an administrative permit approval
is granted that specifies improvements be provided by the applicant, such improvements
shall be installed by the applicant and approved and accepted by the City pursuant to local
ordinance to make such improvements prior to the time or events specified in the
administrative permit approval. Improvements may include but not be limited to sewer and
water service, curbs, gutters, landscape medians, sidewalks, street pavement, street lights,
and street trees; - - comment EFF1661: This section has been
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - modified, expanded and relocated into Section
17.23. 100 (R) (Conditions of Approval).
4. Violation of Approval. Whenever an administrative permit is approved, use or
enjoyment of the administrative permit approval in violation of or without observance of that
approval shall constitute a violation of the development code and said administrative permit
approval may be revoked or modified as provided in Section 17.01.14 01
. -
comment [FF167]: This section has been
- _ -
_- - - - - - '
modified, expanded and relocated into Chapter 17.08
(Revoretions and Revisions).
jE. Final Action. The action of the Director to approve or deny is finall(Ord. 03-1214, 9/23/03) _
_ -
comment [FF16e]: This suction has xen
modified, expanded and relocated into Section
17.03.120 Hillside Development Review.
17.23.050 (Decision).
Hillside development review and ridgeline alteration permits shall be subject to the provisions of
the Hillside Development Ordinance, Chapter 17_801, (Ord. 07.1_§ 2, 1/23/07) _
_ _ _
comment [FF169]: This section has been
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
modified, expanded and relocated into section
17.23.130 (Hillside Development Review).
17.03.125 Ridgeline Alteration Permit.
A. Purpose. In an effort to achieve the City's objective to preserve the ridgelines within the City
limits for the public health, safety and welfare for the long-term benefit of the community,
maintenance of the unique visual characteristics, resources and ridgeline integrity, and to achieve
a higher quality of life for its residents, the ridgeline preservation (RP) zoning overlay
classification was established) ----- _ _ . - comment [FF170]: This section has haen
- _ ----- _ - - - - _ - - - - - ' - - _ - _ - modified and relocated into Section 77 26.130 (A)
(Purpose).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 38
0
0
•
0
I8. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this
development code'
IG Hearings and Notification. Public hearings shall be set and notice given as prescribed in
Section 17.01.1001
D. Approving Authority. The Planning Commission and the City Council shall each hold a
public hearing fora project in the RP overlay zone. The Planning Commission's review shall be
advisory to the City Council and shall include a recommendation on the required findings. The
City Council shall be the approving authority for a ridgeline alteration permit;_
JE. Findings. Approval of a ridgeline alteration permit for encroachment onto an identified
ridgeline shall be permitted when, following a public hearing, the City Council issues written
findings determining the following:
1. The proposed use is in conformance with the various goals and policies of the General
Plan.
2. The use or development will not be materially detrimental to the visual character of the
neighborhood or community, nor will it endanger the public health, safety or general
welfare.
3. The appearance of the use or development will not be different than the appearance of
adjoining ridgeline areas so as to cause depreciation of the ridgeline appearance in the
vicinity.
4. The establishment of the proposed use or development will not impede the normal and
Comment [FF171]: This section has been
modified, expanded and relocated into Section
17.46.130 (C) (Application Filing, Fees and Project
Review).
Comment [FF172]: This section has been
modified, expanded and relocated into Section
17.46.130 (D) (Project Notice and Required
Actio ).
Comment EFF1731: This section has been
modified, expanded and relocated into Section
17.26.130 (E) (Commission and Council Action).
orderly development and improvement of surrounding property, nor encourage
inappropriate encroachments to the ridgeline area; _ , , - Comment [FF174]: This section has heen
9 ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - modified, expanded and relocated into Section
17.?6.130 (F) (Findings).
5. The proposed use or development will not violate the visual integrity of the ridgeline
area as has been demonstrated through precise illustration and depiction required in
Section 17.80.030; - Wmmerrc [FFvs]: This finding has peen
removed Ne new Code:
6. The use or development minimizes the effects of grading to the extent practicable to
ensure that the natural character of the ridgeline is preserved I
17. The proposed use or development maintains the appearance of natural ridgelines with
uses and development consistent with density requirements established in Section
17.80.035.
8. The proposed use or development utilizes or creates minimally invasive grading
techniques, creates visual interest in the project site design and/or spacing of development
January 2013 I DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 39
Comment [FF1761: This section has been
modified and relocated lido Section 11.26.130 (F)
(Findings)
that significantly exceeds the minimum standards identified in the City of Santa Clarita
Hillside Development Guidelinesf _ , , - comment IF1177]: Theca finamgs nave nem
---___ - __'. _________ __ -- removed the new Cecil
19. The proposed use or development is designed to mimic the existing topography to the
greatest extent possible through the use of landform contour1gradind. . - comment EFF1791: This section has been
- - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - modified and relocated into Section 17 26.130 (F)
(Findings).
10. The proposed use or development demonstrates creative and imaginative site design
resulting in a project that will complement the community character and provide a direct
benefit to current and future community residents of not only the proposed use or
development, but the residents of the City of Santa Clarita as a'iwhola. _
11. The proposed use or development does not alter natural landmarks and prominent
natural features of the ridgelinest _
112. The provisions and implementation of this section do not create an undue economic
hardship or deny the minimal use of the lands _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
F. Final Action. The action of the City Council to approve, approve with conditions and/or
modifications, or deny the ridgeline alteration permit is final.,(Ord. 08-13 § 2, 8/26/08)_
17.03.130 Architectural Review.
A. Purpose. The provisions of this section shall be for the redesign, renovation or alteration of
existing permitted structures. If a structure is to be rebuilt after being completely destroyed this
shall be reviewed under development review. Through architectural review, the Director shall
ensure that the proposal complies with all of the provisions of the development code and the
general plan) _ _ _
B. Applicability. In order to safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of
Comment IFF179]: This finding has been
remor ed the new Code.
Comment [FF180]: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 17.26.130 (F)
(Findings)
Comment [FF181]: This finding has been
removed the new Code.
Comment [FF182]: This section has been
modified, expanded and relocated into Section
17 26.070 (Post Decision Potentates).
comment IFF1831: This section has been
modified, expanded and relocated into Section
I7.223.110(A)(Purpose).
0
development in the City, architectural review approval shall be required prior to the issuance of
any building permit for additions, alterations and redevelopment of single-family, multifamily,
commercial and industrial buildings at the discretion of the Director-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ comment [FF1B4]: This section has been
modified, expanded and relocated into Section
IZ21110 (B) (Applicability).
C. Application. (Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this
development code{ _ - - Comment [FF185]: This section has been
______________________________________________.._ modified, expanded and relocated into Section
17.23.110 (C) (Application Filing, Pees and Project
',D. Review and Evaluation. The Director shall review and evaluate construction plans and ao„ew).
other required information submitted in accordance with the following guidelines:
1. Scope. The Director shall review and evaluate the development for conformance to
City adopted design guidelines standards, policies and practices, and with the architectural
review standards and criteria set forth in this section.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 40
0
171
E
2. Modifications Required for Approval of the Development Plan. The Director may
specify modifications, changes, and additions to the development plan in the
recommendation or requirements for its approval. Recommendations may be required by
the Director to eliminate or mitigate significant adverse environmental effects disclosed by
any environmental assessment or modifications, or to meet the purposes of this section.
3. Improvements Required for Approval of the Development Plan. The Director shall
ensure that all architectural plans provide for on- and off-site improvements required to
implement the purposes of the development code, the General Plan, adopted design
guidelines and all policies of the City Councill - comment IFF1e6]: This aeetion has been
- - modified and relocated into Section 17.23.030
(Retia v Authority and Related procedures).
E. Conditions. Architectural reviews maybe approved or modified with conditions subject to
the performance of such conditions, including the provision of required improvements as the
Director shall deem to be reasonable and necessary, or advisable under the circumstances, so
that the objectives of the development code, general plan, adopted design guidelines, Planning
Commission and City Council policies shall be achieved. Such conditions shall be imposed and
enforced as follows:
1. Security May Be Required to Ensure Performance. In order to ensure the
performance of conditions imposed concurrent with the granting or modification of a
development plan, the applicant may be required to furnish security in the form of money or
surety bond in the amount fixed by the authority granting or modifying the development
plan. Such security shall be furnished as required by local ordinance.
2. Provision of Required Improvements. Whenever an architectural review approval is
granted or modified subject to the condition that specified improvements be provided by the
applicant, such improvements shall be installed by the applicant and approved and
accepted by the City pursuant to local ordinance to make such improvements prior to the
time of events specified in the architectural review approval. Improvements may include but
not be limited to curbs, gutters, landscape medians, sidewalks, street pavement, street
lights, street trees, and off-site improvements as deemed necessary by the City of Santa
Clarita.
3. Violation of Condition. Whenever an architectural review application is approved or
modified by the approving authority subject to a condition or conditions, use or enjoyment
of the architectural review approval in violation of or without observance of any such
conditions shall constitute a violation of the development code and said architectural review
approval may be revoked or modified as provided in Section 17.01.140.- Comment IFF187]: This sermon has been
- - - - - - - - - - - - - modified, expanded and relocated into Smdon
17.23.110 (E) (Conditions of Appmvan.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 41
0
IF. Final Action. The decision of the approving authority is final and effective within fifteen (15)
calendar days unless an appeal is filed, in writing, in accordance with Section 17.01.110.' (Ord.
comment [FF1881: This section ha:been
modified, expanded and relocated into Section
07-1 §2, 1/23/07)
17.23.060 (Post Decision Procedures).
17.03.140 Oak Tree Permit.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to protect and preserve oak trees in the City and to
provide regulatory measures designed to accomplish this purpose]
_ _ comment [FF1891: This no. has been
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
modified, expanded and relocated into Section
17,23.170(A)(Pur osel.
B. Application. Applications and fees shall be submitted pursuant to Section 17.01.090 of this
development codei-
- - Comment [FF190]: This sectio" has been
- - -
modified, expanded and relocated into Section
17.23.170 (C) (Application Filing, Fees snit Project
C. Hearings and Notification. Public hearings shall beset and notice given as prescribed in
Review).
Section 17.01.100;-
,-' Comment[FF191]: Thissecfionhashcen
- - - - _ - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
modified, expanded and relocated into Section
17.23.170 (D) (Project Notice and Required
D. Approving Authority. The Director may approve, deny or conditionally approve a request
Ace°ns).
for the removal of three (3) or fewer oak trees on a single parcel except for heritage oak trees as
provided herein. The Director may approve, deny or conditionally approval a request for the
removal of five (5) or fewer trees when the applicant is the owner of a single-family residence and
the trees in question are on the applicant's lot. The Director may also approve, deny or
conditionally approve a request for pruning by a certified arborist or encroachment involving an
unlimited number of oak trees. The decision of the Director may be appealed to the Planning
Commission and the Commission's decislon may be appealed to the City Council pursuant to the
•
provisions of this code. The Director may refer any request for an oak tree permit directly to the
Planning Commission if the Director determines that special circumstances may exist with regard
to the status of the tree(s), special community interest, or exceptional aesthetic, environmental or
historical value. Any request for removal of four (4) or more oak trees or six (6) or more oak trees
on a property occupied by a single-family residence or one or more heritage oak trees on a single
parcel shall be reviewed by the Planning Commission, who may approve, deny or conditionally
approve such request. The decision of the Planning Commission may be appealed to the City
Council pursuant to the provisions of this development codei
- comment [FF1921: This section has been
_-
- - - - - - - - - _ - _ - - - - - - ,
modified, expanded and rel"aated into Section
17.23.170 (C) (APpliesdom Filing, Fees and Project
E. Findings. The approving authority shall make one or more of the following findings before
Review).
granting an oak tree permit
1. The condition or location of the oak tree(s) requires cutting to maintain or aid its health,
balance or structure.
2. The condition of the tree(s) with respect to disease, danger of falling, proximity to
existing lots, pedestrian walkways or interference with utility services cannot be controlled
or remedied through reasonable preservation and/or preventative procedures and
practices.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 42
0
3. It is necessary to remove, relocate, prune, cut or encroach into the protected zone of
an oak tree to enable reasonable use of the subject property which is otherwise prevented
by the presence of the tree and no reasonable alternative can be accommodated due to
the unique physical development constraints of the property.
4. The approval of the request will not be contrary to or in conflict with the general
purpose and intent of the Oak Tree Preservation Ordinance.
5. No heritage oak tree shall be removed unless one or more of the above findings are
made and the decisionmaker also finds that the heritage oak tree's continued existence
would prevent any reasonable development of the property and that no reasonable
alternative can be accommodated due to the unique physical constraints of the property. It
shall further be found that the removal of such heritage oak tree will not be unreasonable
detrimental to the community and surrounding area) (Ord. 08-13 § 2,_8/26/08)_
_________
17.03.145 Historic Preservation Review.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to promote the economic and general welfare of the
City of Santa Clarita by preserving and protecting public and private historic, cultural, and
natural resources which are of special historic or aesthetic character or interest, or relocating
• such resources where necessary for their preservation and for their use, education, and view
by the general public.
B. Definitions. As used in this section, this term has the following meaning:
1. "Historic Resource" shall mean structures or site features on properties listed on the
National Register of Historic Places, the California Register of Historic Landmarks, the
list of California Historical Landmarks, or the list of California Points of Historical
Interest, or those structures designated under this ordinance. A listing of properties
and structures designated under this ordinance shall be available with the Community
Development Department.
C. Self -Designation of Historic Resources (Opt -in Clause). The nomination of a historic
resource shall be initiated by the owner of the property or structure that is proposed for
designation. The owner of the property or structure shall provide the Director with written
notice of the intent to be nominated. The Director shall schedule a public hearing before the
Planning Commission within sixty days of the receipt of the letter as described in Section
17.01.100 at which the Planning Commission shall be asked to make the findings set forth in
Section 17.03.145.D.
Once a property or structure has received a designation, the owner of the property or
structure may apply for removal of the designation and the City may remove the designation
subject to the Planning Commission making the following findings by resolution:
1. There is sufficient evidence, including evidence provided by the applicant, that the
property retains no reasonable economic use, taking into account the condition of the
structure, its location, the current market value, and the costs of rehabilitation to meet
the requirements of the building code or other City. State, or Federal law.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 43
Comment [FF1931: This section has been
modified and relocated into Section 1933.170 (E)
(Findings).
The Planning Commission shall designate a date up to one year from the public hearing date
as the date on which the designation shall be removed. The owner of the property shall
reimburse the City for any financial incentives received during the entirety of the period in
which their property was designated as a Historic Resource prior to the removal of the
designation.
D. Planning Commission Resolution Findings for Designating a Historic Resource. A
building, structure, or object may be designated by the Planning Commission as a historic
resource if it possesses sufficient character -defining features and integrity, and meets at
least one of the following criteria:
1. Is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to the historical,
archaeological, cultural, social, economic, aesthetic, engineering, or architectural
development of the City, State or Nation; or
2. Is associated with persons significant in the history of the City, State or Nation; or
3. Embodies distinctive characteristics of a style, type, period, or method of construction,
or is a valuable example of the use of indigenous materials or craftsmanship; or
4. Has a unique location, singular physical characteristic(s), or is a landscape, view or
vista representing an established and familiar visual feature of a neighborhood,
community, or the City; or
5. Has yielded, or has the potential to yield, information important to the history or
prehistory of the City, State, or nation.
E. Permit Requirements for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource. The
requirements of this section shall apply to the renovation or alteration of historic resources
within the boundaries of the City of Santa Clarita. A minor use permit is required for any
proposed renovation or alteration of a historic resource with the exception of those items
listed in Section 17.03.145.H. The application, public hearing and approval process for the
minor use permit shall be as described in Sections 17.01.100 and 17.03.040; provided
further, however, that the City Council shall receive a copy of any application for such
renovation or alteration at the time such application is deemed complete. There shall be no
entitlement fee for the review of any proposed renovation and alteration to historic
resources.
F. Actions by the Director for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource. The
Director has the discretion to approve, approve with modifications and/or conditions, refer
the matter to the Planning Commission or deny the minor use permit for renovation or
alteration to a historic resource. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the minor use permit shall
instead be acted upon by the City Council if any member of the City Council so requests
prior to any action being taken on the minor use permit application by the Director or
Planning Commission.
G. Findings by the Director for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource. The
Director may approve a minor use permit, pursuant to this section, if it is determined that the
following findings can be made with regard to the proposed project:
1. Findings for Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 44
•
0
0
a. The proposed renovation or alteration will not adversely affect any significant
historical, cultural, architectural, or aesthetic feature of the subject property or of
the history of the neighborhood in which it is located;
b. The proposed change is consistent with the architectural style of the building;
c. The scale, massing, proportions, materials, colors, textures, fenestration,
decorative features and details proposed are consistent with the period and/or
compatible with adjacent structures.
H. Exceptions to Permit Requirements for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic
Resource. The Director may exempt a designated property from obtaining a minor use
permit if the following actions will not affect the historic integrity of the historic resource:
1. Routine maintenance and minor repairs;
2. Exterior painting;
3. Replacing deteriorated roofing materials with the same type of material already in use;
4. Replacing damaged chimneys with the same type already in use;
5. Addition or removal of screens, awnings, canopies and similar incidental
appurtenances;
6. Addition or removal of exterior walls and fences;
7. Addition or removal of exterior lighting;
• 8. Addition or removal of landscaping;
9. Addition or removal of driveways and walkways;
10. Interior alterations, including the addition or removal of fixed or movable cases,
shelving and partitions not exceeding eight feet in height; carpeting, hardwood or tile
flooring, counters of countertops and similar finish work;
11. Temporary motion picture, television and theatre stage sets and scenery;
12. Relocation of a privately owned, historically designated structure from a property
owned by the State of California or the County of Los Angeles to another site within the
City of Santa Clarita.
Permit Requirements for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic Resource. The
requirements of this section shall apply to the relocation or demolition of historic resources
within the boundaries of the City of Santa Cents. A minor use permit is required for any
relocation or demolition of a historic resource within the City of Santa Clarita. The
application, fees, public hearing and approved process for the minor use permit shall be as
described in Sections 17.01.100 and 17.03.040 with the exception that approval of the minor
use permit shall be subject to both a public hearing before the Planning Commission at
which the Planning Commission will recommend for or against the application, and a public
hearing before the City Council at which the City Council will grant or deny the application.
There shall be no entitlement fee for the relocation of any historic resource.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 45
0
J. Actions by the City Council for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic Resource.
The City Council of the City of Santa Clarita has the discretion to approve, approve with
modifications and/or conditions, or deny the minor use permit for relocation or demolition of
a historic resource.
K. Findings by the City Council for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic Resource.
A property or structure that has been designated a historic resource shall be relocated with
the approval of the City Council, after a recommendation from the Planning Commission,
based on the City Council making one or more of the following findings:
1. That the owner of the property wishes to develop or redevelop their property in such a
way that would otherwise require the demolition of the designated historic structure and
that the designated structure may be moved without destroying its historic or
architectural integrity and importance as demonstrated by a report prepared by an
expert in historic preservation/building relocation.
2. That the relocation of the structure is necessary to proceed with a project consistent
with and supportive of identified goals and objectives of the General Plan, and the
relocation of the structure will not have a significant effect on the achievement of the
purposes of this Code or the potential effect is outweighed by the benefits of the new
project and that the structure may be moved without destroying its historic or
architectural integrity and importance as demonstrated by a report prepared by an
expert in historic preservation/building relocation.
Upon making either finding, the City Council shall direct the property owner to relocate the
designated historic structure to a site within the City of Santa Clarita and approved by the
City Council. Such relocation may include the assistance of the developer, the City of Santa
Clarita, the Santa Clarita Valley Historical Society, or other entity as appropriate. •
Alternatively, upon completion of appropriate environmental review, if any, and upon making
the determination that relocation is infeasible and there are no feasible alternatives to
demolition, the City Council may direct the Building Official to issue the permit for demolition.
L. Penalty for Demolition or Irreversible Alteration. If a historic resource is demolished
without a minor use permit as required by this section, no building or construction -related
permits shall be issued, and no permits or use of the property shall be allowed, from the
date of demolition for a period not to exceed five (5) years. (Ord. 08-14 § 2, 9/9/08)
M. Expiration and Extension. The expiration period and the extension process of a minor use
permit will apply as described in Sections 17.01.160 and 17.03.040.
N. Final Action. The decision of the approving authority is final and effective within fifteen (15)
calendar days unless an appeal is filed, in writing, in accordance with Section 17.01.110 for
Directors action and Section 17.01.120 for Planning Commission action.
O. State and County Owned Property. The Ordinance shall not apply to properties owned by
the County of Los Angeles or the State of California. The owners of specific structures on
properties owned by the County of Los Angeles or the State of California may nominate their
structures, or otherwise have their structures nominated as historic resources. Any resulting
designation will apply only to the structure, building or object and not the underlying
property.
P. Incentives. In addition to any other incentive of Federal or State law, the owner of a historic
resource may apply for the following incentives, subject to the discretion of the Director:
1. Use of the California Historic Building Code. Whenever applicable, the Owner may
elect to use the California Historic Building Code for alterations, restorations, new
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 46
0
0
•
•
construction, removal, relocation, or demolition of a historic resource, in any case which
the building official determines that such use of the Code does not endanger the public
health or safety, and such action is necessary for the continued preservation of the
resource. Such use of the Historic Building Code is subject to construction work
undertaken for resources pursuant to the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the
Treatment of Historic Properties, and that has already been reviewed and approved by
the Director or Planning Commission in conjunction with a Minor Use Permit.
2. Mills Act Tax Relief. The Mills Act can provide relief to the property taxes associated
with properties designated as historic resources. This paragraph will implement State
law (Government Code 50280-50290), allowing the approval of Historic Property
Contracts by establishing a uniform procedure for the owners of qualified historic
properties within the City to enter into contracts with the City.
3. Waiver of Fees for Renovation and Alteration of Historic Resources. There shall be no
entitlement fee for the renovation or alteration of historic resources.
4. Technical Assistance. The Community Development Department shall provide
technical assistance to the owner of a historic resource regarding any proposed
improvements that are not exempt under Section 17.03.145.H.; and/or
5. Streamlined Permitting. The Community Development Department shall provide the
owner of a historic resource with priority entitlement review for proposed improvements
that are not exempt under Section 17.03.145.H.
6. City of Santa Clarita Historic Structure Grant: When funds are available, owners of
structures with a historic designation under this Ordinance may apply to receive grant
assistance from the City. _
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 47
Comment [FF194]: This seOno bas been
reformatted and slightly modified to be in
wnf mnam,a with the new Code format.
Chapter 17.22 Class I Applications—Ministerial
SECTIONS:
17.22.010
Purpose.
17.22.020
Applicability.
17.22.030
Application Filing, Fees, and Initial Review.
17.22.040
Decision.
17.22.050
Notice of Action.
17.22.060
Effective Date of Decision.
17.22.070
Post Decision Procedures.
17.22.080
Procedures for Revisions to a Site Plan.
17.22.010 Purpose.
The Class I anDlication is a ministerial Drocess to verifv that a or000sed use or structure is
allowed in the aoolicable zone, and complies with all of the applicable requirements and
development standards.
17.22.020 Applicability,
A. Underlying Zones. A Class I anplication is required to authorize uses identified by
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking) as being Permitted in
the applicable underlying zone, subject to the approval of a Class I application.
B. Site Plan as Part of Application. Where a site plan is required in an application
for a Class 11, III, TV, V or VI application, the site plan shall be considered a Dart
of the application and shall not require separate Class I approval in compliance
with this chapter.
C. Additional Reauireme ts. The Director may reouire a site plan for an
development of land, structure, use, or modification of standards that involves the
approval of the Director and supplemental information or material as may be
necessary, including revised or corrected covies of any site plan or other
document previously submitted.
17.22.030 Application Filing, Fees, and Initial Review.
Applications for a Class I application shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.040
Multiple Applications). 17.06.060 (Application Filing and Withdrawal). 17.06.070 (Fees
and Deposits). and 17.06.080 (Initial Application Review).
17.22.040 Decision.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 48
•
0
0
The Director shall approve, approve with modifications, refer the request to the
Commission, or deny the proposed use, development, or modification as requested in the
17.22.050 Notice of Action.
A. Notification Reauiremetts. The Director shall notifv the applicant of the action
taken on the application by first class mail, or other means deemed appropriate by
the Director. Such notification may also be hand delivered to the applicant. If the
project only requires an approval of the Site Plan, a stamp, either physical or
electronic, shall constitute a notification.
B. Time Limit for Decision. If the Director takes no action on a Class I application
within 90 days from the date of filing, it shall constitute a denial of such
plication and the Director shall send a notice to the applicant of such action.
C. Scone ofApprovals. Only legally established uses and development, authorized by
an approved permit from the Department, may be used on a property per Section
17.06.180 (Scope of Approvals).
17.22.060 Effective Date of Decision.
A. The decision of the Director on a Class I application is effective the date the site
plan or letter is stamped or signed.
B. Appeals shall be filed pursuant to Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of
Review).
17.22.070 Post -Decision Procedures.
Class I application post -decision procedures shall be in compliance with Sections
17.06.200 (Use of Property Before Final Action), 17.06.210 (Approvals Run with the
Land), 17.06.220 (Performance Guarantees and Covenants). and 17.06.230 (Time Limits
and Extensions).
17.22.080 Procedures for Revisions to a Site Plan.
Procedures for application filing, review, decision. notice of action, post -decision
procedures and time limits for revisions to a site plan shall be the same as for the original
site plan approved.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 49
•
n
u
Chapter 17.23 Class II Applications—Discretionary
SECTIONS:
17.23.010
Purpose.
17.23.020
Applicability.
17.23.030
Review Authority and Related Procedures.
17.23.040
Application Filing, Fees, and Initial Review.
17.23.050
Decision.
17.23.060
Post -Decision Procedures.
17.23.100
Administrative Permit.
17.23.110
Architectural Design Review.
17.23.120
Development Review.
17.23.130
Hillside Development Review.
17.23.140
Home Occupation Permit.
17.23.150
Landscape Plan Review.
17.23.160
Lot Line Adjustment.
17.23.170
Oak Tree Permit.
17.23.180
Requests for Reasonable Accommodations.
17.23.190
Sign Review.
17.23.200
Temporary Use Permit.
17.23.010 Purpose. •
The Class II application is a discretionary process for reviewing uses that may be
appropriate in the applicable underlvine zone, but whose effects on a site and
surroundings cannot be determined before being proposed for a specific site. Class II
applications do not require noticing nor a public hearing unless otherwise stated.
17.23.020 Applicability,
A. Underlyine Zones. A Class II application is required to authorize uses identified
in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking) as being permitted
with a Class II application in the applicable underlying zone.
B. Other Specific Uses. A Class 11 application may lso be required for use types
having unusual site develooment features or operating characteristics requiring
special consideration so that they may be designed, located, and operated
comyatibly with uses on adiacent properties and in the surrounding area.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 50
I 1
J
11
11
17.23.030 Review Authority and Related Procedures.
A. Decision. A Class 11 application shall be aooroved or denied by the Review
Authority in compliance with Table 17.06-1 (Review Authority), and any
additional requirements or review criteria for a Class 11 application established in
this Code.
B. Referral, The Review Authority may refer a Class 11 application to the next higher
Review Authority for consideration and decision.
17.23.040 Application Filing, Fees. and Initial Review.
17.23.050 Decision.
The Director shall either approve, approve with conditions, approve with modifications,
refer the request to the Planning Commission, or deny the application for a proposed use,
modification, or development based on the following:
A. That the use, development of land, or application of development standards is in
compliance with all applicable provisions of this Code:
protection of public health, safety, and general welfare, prevent adverse effects on
neighboring_ property and is in conformity with good zoning practice: and,
C. That the use will be consistent with the General Plan.
17.23.060 Post -Decision Procedures.
Property Before Final Action), 17.06.210 (Approvals Run with the Land), 17.06 220
(Performance Guarantees and Covenants), 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions), and
17.06.240 (Resubmission of Application).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 51
17.23.100 Administrative Permit.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Proiect Review.
D. Findings.
E. Conditions of Approval.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for the
construction of permitted structures and uses and the initiation of permitted uses
as required by the Director. Through an administrative permit, the Director shall
ensure that the project complies with all of the provisions of the Code and the
eng eral plan, and other applicable requirements. In order to achieve this, the
Director is empowered to grant approval with conditions for uses in zones as
prescribed in this Code, and to impose reasonable conditions upon the granting of
an administrative Permit.
the discretion of the Director. An administrative permit shall be filed as a Class II
application, subiect to Chapter 17.23 (Class 11 Apolications — Discretionary).
D. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the
applicant substantiates all of the findings er Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision).
E. Conditions of Approval In approving a Class II permit anolication for an
administrative permit, the Review Authority may impose such conditions as
deemed necessary to ensure that the administrative permit will be in accordance
with the findings required by Section 17.23.100 (D) (Findings), above, subject to
the performance of such conditions, including the provision of required
improvements as the Director shall deem to be reasonable and necessary, or
advisable under the circumstances, so that the objectives of the Code, general
plan, adopted design guidelines, Commission, and Council policies shall be
achieved. Conditions may include, but are not limited to, provisions for or
limitations to the following:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 52
0
•
0
0
1. In order to ensure the performance of conditions imposed concurrent with
the granting or modification of an administrative permit, the applicant may
be required to fumish security in the form of money or surety bond in the
amount fixed by the authority granting or modifying the administrative
permit. Such security shall he fumished as required by this Code:
2 Whenever an administrative permit approval is granted or modified
subiect to the condition that specified improvements be provided by the
applicant, such improvements shall be installed by the applicant and
approved and accepted by the City pursuant to local ordinance to make
such improvements prior to the time of events specified in the
administrative permit. improvements may include but not be limited to
curbs, gutters, landscape medians, sidewalks, street pavement, street
lights, street trees, and off-site improvements as deemed necessary by the
City.
3. Such other conditions as the Review Authority may deem necessary to
ensure compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and use
and to preserve the public health, safety, or welfare.
•
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 53
0
17.23.1 l0 Architectural Design Review.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing. Fees. and Proiect Review.
D. Findings.
E. Conditions of Approval.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and reouirements for the redesign.
renovation, or alteration of existing permitted structures as reouired by the
Director. Through architectural design review, the Director shall ensure that the
review.
B. Applicability. In order to safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of
and/or parking facilities at the discretion of the Director. An architectural design
review shall be filed as a Class II application, subject to Chapter 17.23 (Class II
Applications — Discretionary).
C. Application Filing. Fees. and Proiect Review. Applications for an architectural
design review shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications —
Discretionarv).
D. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the
anplicant substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision).
E. Conditions of Approval. In approving a Class II permit application for a
architectural design review. the Review Authority may impose such conditions as
deemed necessary to ensure that the architectural design review will be in
accordance with the findings required by Section 17.23.110 (D) (Findings), above
subject to the performance of such conditions, including the provision of required
improvements as the Director shall deem to be reasonable and necessary, or
advisable under the circumstances, so that the objectives of the Code, general
Wan, adopted design guidelines. Commission and Council policies shall be
achieved. Conditions may include, but are not limited to, provisions for or
limitations to the following:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 54
0
•
0
C'
J
•
0
1. In order to ensure the performance of conditions imposed concurrent with
the prantina or modification of an architectural design review, the
applicant may be required to furnish security in the form of money or
surety bond in the amount fixed by the authority granting or modifying the
architectural design review. Such security shall be furnished as required
by this Code;
such improvements prior to the time of events specified in the
architectural design review approval;
3. Whenever an architectural design review approval is granted or modified
sJect to the condition that specified improvements be provided by the
applicant, such improvements shall be installed by the applicant and
approved and accepted by the City pursuant to local ordinance to make
such improvements prior to the time of events specified in the
architectural design review approval. Improvements may include but not
be limited to curbs, gutters, landscape medians, sidewalks, street
pavement, street lights, street trees, and off-site improvements as deemed
necessary by the City.
4. Such other conditions as the Review Authority may deem necessary to
ensure compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and uses
and to preserve the public health, safety, or welfare.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 55
17.23.120 Development Review.
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Findings.
E. Conditions of Approval.
A. Propose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for the
construction of permitted structures and the initiation ofpermitteduses. Through
conditions for uses in zones as prescribed in this Code, and to impose reasonable
conditions upon the granting of a development review.
B. Applicability. In order to safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of
development in the City, development review approval shall be required prior to
the issuance of any building permit for single-family subdivision developments,
multiple -family developments, mobilehome parks, commercial, or industrial
establishments, including additions, major alterations, and/or redevelopment
thereof, at the discretion of the Director. A development review shall be filed as a
Class II application, subiect to Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications
Discretionary).
C.
C. Application Filing. Fees. and Proiect Renew. Applications for a development
review shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications
Discretionary).
D.
D. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the
applicant substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision).
E. Conditions of Approval in approving a Class Il permit application for a
development review. the Review Authority may impose such conditions as
deemed necessary to ensure that the development review will be in accordance
advisable under the circumstances, so that the obiectives of the Code, general
plan, adopted design guidelines, Commission, and Council policies shall be
achieved. Conditions may include, but are not limited to, provisions for or
limitations to the following:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 56
0
•
0
0
0
0
In order to ensure the performance of conditions imposed concurrent with
the granting or modification of a development review, the applicant may
be required to furnish security in the form of money or surety bond in the
amount fixed by the authority granting or modifying the development
review Such securitv shall be furnished as required by this Code:
Whenever a development review approval is granted or modified subject
to the condition that specified improvements be provided by the applicant,
such improvements shall be installed by the applicant and approved and
accepted by the City pursuant to local ordinance to make such
improvements prior to the time of events specified in the development
review approval. Improvements may include but not be limited to curbs,
gutters, landscape medians, sidewalks, street pavement, street lights, street
trees, and off-site improvements as deemed necessary by the Citv:
1. Such other conditions as the Review Authority may deem necessary to
ensure compatibility of the use with surroundingdevelopments and uses
and to preserve the public health, safety, or welfare: and
4. Whenever a development review application is approved or modified b
the approving authority subiect to a condition or conditions, use or
enioyment of the development review approval in violation of or without
observance of any such conditions shall constitute a violation of the Code
and project approval may be revoked or modified as provided in Chapter
17.08 (Revocations and Revisions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 57
0
17.23.130 Hillside Development Review.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicabilitv.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for development
on hillside properties. It is the intent of this section to regulate the development
and alteration of hillside areas, to minimize the adverse effects of hillside
development
B. Applicability. The provisions of this section shall be applied to parcels of land
having average cross slopes of ten (10) percent or more as determined to be
applicable by the Director, shall be subject to the issuance of a permit for hillside
development review.
C. Application Filing. Fees. and Proiect Review. Applications for a hillside
development review shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class I1 •
Applications - Discretionary) and 17.25 (Class IV Applications - Discretionary)
as determined below:
a. Development activities on natural slopes which are greater than ten
(10) percent average but less than fifteen (15) percent average on
all or part of the developable portions of the site;
b. Grading excavations or fills or any combination thereof equal to or
exceeding one hundred (100) cubic yards, but less than one
thousand five hundred (1,500) cubic yards: or,
C. Proiects that require minor grading or are limited in scone such as
those regarding yard areas for pool/spa construction, landscaping,
additions to existing structures or construction of accessory
structures may be approved by the Director through a grading
hermit or building permit without hillside development review.
Proiects which require grading of large, flat areas, such as tennis
courts or riding rings may be reviewed by the Director when
consistent with this Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 - Permits and Applications
Page 58
n
i
0
•
0
Commission Review (Class IV Application) The Commission shall
review hillside development review applications and shall impose
conditions deemed appropriate when one or more of the following occurs:
a. Development activities on natural slopes which are greater than
fifteen (15) percent average on all or part of the developable
portions of the site;
b. Grading excavations or fills, or any combination thereof,
exceeding one thousand five hundred (1,500) cubic vards; or,
C. The proposed project includes a Class IV, V, VI or Vii application:
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing for a Class
IV application shall be in compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type 11 Public
Noticing (Public Hearing)).
E. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the
applicant substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision) in addition to the following findings, where applicable:
1. That the natural topographic features and appearances are conserved by
means of landform grading to blend any manufactured slopes or required
drainage benches into the naturaltopographv;
2 That natural, topographic prominent features are retained to the maximum
extent possible;
3. That clustered sites and buildings.are utilized where such techniques can
be demonstrated to substantially reduce grading alterations of the terrain
and to contribute to the preservation of trees, other natural vegetation and
Prominent landmark features and are compatible with existing
neighborhood:
4. That building setbacks, building heights and compatible structures and
building forms that would serve to blend buildings and structures with the
terrain are utilized;
preservation of prominent trees and to the extent possible, while meeting
the standards of the Fire Department.-
January
epartment
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 59
6. That street design and improvements that serve to minimize grading
alterations and emulate the natural contours and character of the hillsides
are utilized:
7. That grading designs that serve to avoid disruption to adjacentrrooperties
are utilized: and
8. That site design and grading that provide the minimum disruption of view
corridors and scenic vistas from and around any proposed develooment are
utilized.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 60
11
•
•
n
U
F -I
L
0
17.23.140 Home Occupation Permit,
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Findings.
E. Conditions of Approval.
A. Purpose, This section establishes procedures and requirements for the use of an
existing residential unit to have a home occupation as an accessory use. Through a
home occupation permit the Director shall ensure that the project complies with
all of the provisions of the Code, the general plan and other applicable
requirements. In order to achieve this, the Director is empowered to grant
approval with conditions for uses in zones as prescribed in this Code, and to
impose reasonable conditions upon therg anting. of a home occupation permit.
B. Applicabilitv. In order to safeguard of existin neighborhoods, the home
occupation permit process will establish provisions for the use of an existing
residential unit with an appropriate accessory home occupation subject to
development standards in Chapter 17.65 (Home Occupations) A home
occupation permit shall be filed as a Class 11 application, subject to Chapter 17.23
(Class II Applications — Discretionary).
C. Application Filine. Fees, and Project Review. Applications for a home
occupation eermit shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II
Applications — Discretionary).
D. Findinrs. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the
applicant substantiates all of the findings per Section 17 06 130 (Findinga and
Decision).
E. Conditions o(Approval. In approving a Class II permit application for a home
occupation Permit, the Review Authority may impose such conditions as deemed
necessary to ensure that the home occupation permit will be in accordance with
the findings required by Section 17.23.140 (D) (Findings), above subiect to the
Wan, adopted design guidelines. Commission and Council policies shall be
achieved.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 61
17.23.150 Landscape Plan Review.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Findings.
E. Conditions of Approval.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for the installation
of any new landscaping, and the redesign, renovation, or alteration of existing
landscaping as required by the Director. Through landscape plan review. the
Director shall ensure that the landscaping complies with all of the provisions of
the Code and the general Plan and other applicable requirements. In order to
achieve this, the Director is empowered to grant approval with conditions for uses
in zones as Prescribed in this Code, and to impose reasonable conditions upon the
granting of landscape titan reviews.
B. Applicability. In order to safeguard and enhance the anoearance and quality of
development in the City, landscape plan review approval shall be required prior to
the issuance of any grading and/or building permit for additions, alterations, and
redevelopment of single-family, multi -family. commercial, industrial buildings,
and/or parking facilities at the discretion of the Director. A landscape plan review
shall be filed as a Class If application, subject to Chanter 17.23 (Class II
Applications — Discretionary).
C. Application Filing. Fees. and Project Renew. APPlications for a landscape plan
review shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications —
Discretionary).
D. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the
applicant substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision).
E. Conditiom of Approval. In approving a Class B permit application for a
landscape Plan review, the Review Authority may impose such conditions as
deemed necessary to ensure that the landscape plan review will be in accordance
with the findings required by Section 17.23.150 (D) (Finding), above subiect to
the performance of such conditions, including the provision of required
improvements as the Director shall deem to be reasonable and necessary, or
advisable under the circumstances, so that the obiectives of the Code, general
plan, adopted design guidelines, Commission, and Council policies shall be
achieved. Conditions may include, but are not limited to, provisions for or
limitations to the following:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 62
.I L
11
0
0
•
0
In order to ensure the performance of conditions imposed concurrent with
the :ranting or modification of a landscape plan review, the applicant may
be required to furnish security in the form of money or surety bond in the
amount fixed by the authority granting or modifying the landscape plan
review. Such secures shall be furnished as required by this Code
2._ Whenever a landscape plan review approval is granted or modified.
subiect to the condition that specified improvements be provided by the
applicant, such improvements shall be installed by the applicant, and
approved and accepted by the City, pursuant to local ordinance to make
such improvements prior to the time of events specified in the landscalne
plan review approval:
3. Whenever a landscape review olan application is approved or modified b
the Approving Authority subiect to a condition or conditions, use, or
enioyment of the landscape plan review approval in violation of, or
without observance of any such conditions, shall constitute a violation of
the Code and proiect approval may be revoked or modified as provided in
Chapter 17.08 (Revocations and Revisions): and
4_ Such other conditions as the Review Authority may deem necessary to
ensure compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and uses
and to preserve the public health, safety, or welfare.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 63
17.23.160 Lot Line Adjustments.
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Findings.
E. Standards of Approval.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for the
modification of an existing lot line or lot lines. Through a lot line adjustment, the
Director shall ensure that the proiect complies with all of the provisions of the
Code. the Subdivision Map Act, the general plan, and other applicable
B. Applicability. The provisions of this section shall be applicable to the
modification of a lot line, or lot lines, between four (4) or fewer contiguous
existing parcels where the land taken from one parcel is added to an adjacent
parcel or parcels and where a greater number of parcels than originally existed are
not thereby created. In the case of a modification of the lot lines that affect more
than four (4) parcels under common ownership within a subdivision even if
submitted as separate lot line adiustments, an application and approval of a parcel
map or tract map will be required per Section 17.25.110 (Tentative Subdivision
Maps). A lot line adiustment shall be filed as a Class II application, subject to
Chapter 17.23 (Class It Applications -Discretionary).
C. Application Filing. Fees, and Proiect Review. Applications for a lot line
adiustment shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class II Applications -
Discretionary). In addition, prior to submittal of the request for lot line
adiustment, a recorded "Unconditional Certificate of Compliance' shall be
required for each existingparcel not complying with the provisions of the
Subdivision May Act, as determined by the City Engineer.
The Citv shall not imnose conditions or exactions on its anoroval of a lot line
adiustment except to conform to the general plan, zoning, and building
ordinances, to require the prepayment of real property taxes prior to the approval
of the lot line adiustment, or to facilitate the relocation of existing utilities.
infrastructure, or easements. No tentative map parcel map, or tract map shall be
required as a condition to the approval of a lot line adjustment.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 - Permits and Applications
Page 64
C�
•
C�
0
•
0
D. Findines. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the
applicant substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision).
E. Standards ofAnnroval. In approving a Class II Dermit aoolication for a lot line
adjustment, the Review Authority may impose such standards as deemed
necessary to ensure that the lot line adiustment review will be in accordance with
the findings required by Section 17.23.160 (Findings) and the Subdivision Mao
Act. Standards include, but are not limited to, provisions for, or limitations to. the
following:
1. The existing Parcels are contiguous;1
2. The existing Parcels comply with the provisions of the Subdivision Mao
Act, as determined by the City Engineer:
3. A greater number of parcels than originally existed will not be created:
4. The adjusted parcels will comply with the goals and policies of the general
plan, Provisions of the Code and zoning, and any other applicable statutes
or regulations. Pre-existing, nonconforming lots or parcels may be merged
into a single nonconforming_ parcel at the discretion of the Director:
5. The adiusted configuration of the parcels will be in accord with the
established neighborhood lot design patterns and will not violate good
planning practices:
6. There will be no impairment of any existing access or creation of a need
for any new access to any adjacent parcels:
7. There will be no impairment to any existing easements or creation of a
need for any new easements serving any adiacent parcels
R. There will be no need to require substantial alteration to any existing
improvements or create the need for any new improvements:
9. There is no adjustment of the boundary between existing parcels for which
a covenant of improvement requirements has been recorded and all
required improvements stated therein have not been completed unless the
City Engineer determines the proposed boundary adjustment will not
significantly affect said covenant of improvement requirements: and
10. Parcels to be created by the lot line adjustment or merger which contain an
average cross slope of ten (10) percent or greater may be required to
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 65
comply with Section 17.51.020 (Hillside Development) prior to or
concurrently with the lot line adiustment.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 —Permits and Applications
Page 66
0
•
•
0
•
9
17.23.170 Oak Tree Permit.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements to protect and
preserve oak trees in the City and to provide regulatory measures designed to
accomplish this purpose.
B. Applicability. The provisions of this chapter shall be applied to the removal.
relocation, encroachment, or impacting of any oak tree as determined to be
applicable by the Director, and shall be subiect to the issuance of an oak tree
permit,
C. Application Filine, Fees and Protect Review. Applications for an oak tree permit
shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class 11 Applications — Discretionary)
and 17.25 (Class IV Applications — Discretionary) as determined below:
1. Director Level Review (Class II Application). The Director shall review
all Class II oak tree permit applications and shall impose conditions
deemed appropriate when one or more of the following activities are
proposed:
a. A request for the removal of three (3) or fewer oak trees on a
single parcel excluding the removal of any tree designated as a
heritage oak tree:
b. A request for the removal of five (5) or fewer oak trees, excluding
the removal of any tree designated as a heritage oak tree, when the
applicant is the owner of a single-family residence and the trees in
question are on the same parcel:
C. A request for pruning of oak trees, unless otherwise exempted by
this Code
d. A request for encroachment of oak trees, unless otherwise
exempted by this Code. or
C. The Director may refer any request for an oak tree permit directly
to the Commission if the Director determines that special
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 67
circumstances may exist with regard to the status of the tree(s),
special community interest, or exceptional aesthetic, environmental
or historical value.
2. Commission Review (Class IV Application). The Commission shall
review all Class IV oak tree permit applications and shall impose
conditions deemed appropriate when one or more of the following occurs:
or
a. A request for the removal of four (4) or more oak trees on a single
arceh
b. A request for the removal of six (6) or more oak trees when the
applicant is the owner of a single-family residence and the trees in
question are on the applicant's lot:
C. The proposed project includes a Class IV, V, VI or VII application:
d. The removal of any oak tree designated as a heritage oak tree.
D. _ Proiect Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing for a Class
IV application shall be in compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public
Noticing (Public Hearing
E. Findings. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the
applicant substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision) in addition to the following required findings:
1. The Approving Authority shall make one or more of the following
findings beforerg anting an oak tree permit:
a. The condition or location of the oak tree(s) requires cutting to
maintain or aid its health, balance, or structure:
b. The condition of the tree(s) with respect to disease. danger of
falling, proximity to existing lots, pedestrian walkways or
interference with utility services cannot be controlled or remedied
through reasonable preservation and/or preventative procedures
and Rractices:
C. It is necessary to remove, relocate, prune, cut or encroach into the
protected zone of an oak tree to enable reasonable use of the
subject property which is otherwise prevented by the presence of
the tree and no reasonable alternative can be accommodated due to
the unique physical development constraints of the property: or
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 68
11
U
0
0
d. The approval of the request will not be contrary to or in conflict
with the eeneral purpose and intent of the Code.
No heritage oak tree shall be removed unless one or more of the above
findines are made and the Review Authority also finds that the heritaee
oak tree's continued existence would prevent any reasonable development
of the property and that no reasonable alternative can be accommodated
due to the unique physical constraints of the property. It shall further be
found that the removal of such heritage oak tree will not be unreasonable
detrimental to the community and surrounds area.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 69
9
17.23.180 Requests for Reasonable Accommodations.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. PnrDGSe.
B. Applicability.
C. Application.
D. Findings.
E. Concurrent Review with Other Applications.
F. Notice of Decision.
G. Effective Date.
H. Expiration of Reasonable Accommodation.
1. Recorded Aereement.
J. Appeals.
K. Waiver of Fees.
A. Purpose. This section implements part of the City's General Plan Housing
Element and provides a procedure for individuals with disabilities to request
reasonable accommodations. consistent with the federal Fair Housin¢
Amendments Act of 1988 and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act,
as those Reasonable Accommodation Acts are amended from time to time. The
sole intent of this section is to ensure that individuals with disabilities have an
equal opportunity to use and eniov housing by allowing an accommodation(s)
with respect to certain City regulations, policies, procedures, and standards if said
B. Applicability. The provisions of this section shall apply to all requirements of this
Code well as all other regulations. Policies, procedures, and standards regulated
by the Department.
C. Annlication. Anv individual with a disability. someone acting on their behalf. or a
provider or developer of housing for individuals with disabilities, desiring to
obtain a reasonable accommodation in accordance with this section shall file a
Class II application with the Director. Information requested on the application
shall be provided on the checklist as provided by the City. The Director may
request additional information as they deem reasonably necessary where such
request is consistent with the Reasonable Accommodation Acts and the privacy
rights of the individual with a disability. All procedures for processing the
pplication shall be in compliance with Chanter 17.06 (Common Procedures),
except where otherwise stated in this section.
D. Findines. The findings for a request for reasonable accommodation are as
follows:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 70
Comment (GP1951: General Plan
Implemmation
�J
11
L�
9
1. Where a request for a reasonable accommodation is sought in connection
with a reasonable accommodation residential use for which no other
concurrent application for entitlement is required, the Director shall grant
the request based upon the following findings, which they shall make in
writing:
a. The requested accommodation is intended to be used by an
individual with a disability who resides or will reside on the
Property:
b. The requested accommodation is necessary to afford an individual
with a disability equal opportunity to use and enioy a residential
use,,
C. The requested accommodation will not impose an undue financial
or administrative burden on the City: and requested
accommodation will not require a fundamental alteration in the
nature of the land use and zoning of the Cid
•
Any reasonable accommodation approval shall include the requirement
that such accommodation be removed when it is no longer necessary for
the original purpose granted, unless, in the reasonable discretion of the
Director, it is so physically integrated into the property or the
improvements thereon that the cost or effort to remove it would create an
unreasonable hardship.
shall grant or deny a request for a reasonable accommodation concurrently with
the decision rendered for such application, variance, or other discretionary land
use entitlement, and shall make findings addressing the criteria set forth in
Section 17.23.180(D) (Findings).
F. Notice of Decision.
1. The Director shall notify the applicant by mail of the action taken on an
application for reasonable accommodation; said notice shall include the
following:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Pennits and Applications
Page 71
i
a. Notices of decision on applications considered by the Director
pursuant to Section 17.23.180 (D) (Findings) shall be issued within
30 days of the date of the application, or within an extended period
as mutually agreed upon, in writing, by the applicant and the
Director. In addition to the applicant, a copy of the notice of
decision by the Director shall be provided by mail to the property
owner;
b. Notices of decision on applications considered by a ADDrovin
Authority in coniunction with another land use entitlement
application, pursuant to Section 17.06.040 (Multiple Applications),
shall be provided along with the decision for such other
entitlement, in accordance with the requirements for such other
entitlement. In addition to any other persons required to receive
notice of an action on the related entitlement application, a copy of
the notice of decision shall also be provided by mail to the property
owner.
2. The notice of decision shall include notice of the right to appeal, as se[
forth in Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Review).
Expiration of Reasonable Accommodation.
1. A reasonable accommodation which is not used within the time specified
in the notice of decision or, if no time is specified, within two years after
the date of grant of the reasonable accommodation, shall expire and be of
no further effect, except that:
a. In cases in which the Director granted the original reasonable
accommodation. the Director may extend the time as indicated in
17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions); and
b. In the case of a reasonable accommodation granted concurrently
and in conjunction with another land use entitlement. the
Approving Authority may extend the time to use it to correspond
with any extensions granted for the use of such related
entitlements.
2 A reasonable accommodation shall be considered used within the intent of
this section when construction, development, or use authorized by such
reasonable accommodation, that would otherwise have been prohibited in
the absence of an accommodation being granted, has commenced.
3. A reasonable accommodation shall automatically cease to be of any
further force and effect if the use for which such accommodation was
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 72
0
0
0
n
0
0
granted has ceased or has been suspended for a consecutive period of two
or more years and may be required to be physically removed in
accordance with Section 17.23.180 (D) (Findings).
H. Recorded Agreement.
1. The Approving Authority may require the applicant to record with the
Registrar-Recorder/County Clerk an agreement that the reasonable
accommodation granted will be maintained in accordance with the terms
of the reasonable accommodation and this section as a covenant running
with the land for the benefit of the City in those instances described in
subsection (2), below. The recorded agreement shall also provide that any
violation thereof shall be subject to the enforcement procedures of this
Code and the Municipal Code.
2 The Approving Authority may require the recorded agreement, as
described in subsection (1), above, if:
a. The accommodation is phvsically integrated on the property and
cannot feasibly be removed or altered, and the structure would
otherwise be subject to Chapter 17.05 (Legal Nonconforming
Uses, Lots and Structures): or
b. The accommodation is temporary and required to be discontinued
no longer maintained in compliance with this section.
3. The Approving Authority may authorize termination the agreement to
maintain the reasonable accommodation, as described in subsection (A).
above, after making written findings that the lot is in compliance with all
applicable land use and zoning regulations.
4. The property owner is required to record the termination or release of any
agreement provided by this subsection.
I. Appeals
1. An appeal regarding a decision to grant or deny reasonable
accommodation shall be made in writing pursuant to the procedures and
the time limits established in Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or Certification of
Review).
2. All decisions on an appeal shall address and be based upon the same
findings required by Section 17.23.180 (D) (Findings
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 73
3. Decisions on an appeal of a decision made by a Review Authority, made
in conjunction with other land use entitlements, as set forth in Section
17.06.040 (Multiole Applications), shall be effective on the same date as is
provided for an appeal of the related land use entitlement and any further
rights of appeal will be the same as is Provided for an appeal of the related
land use entitlement.
J. Waiver of Fees. An applicant requesting a reasonable accommodation shall not
be required to pay the City environmental assessment fee if the proiect that is the
subject of said request qualifies for either a categorical exemption or statutory
exemption under the California Environmental Ouality Act.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 —Permits and Applications
Page 74
E
•
0
0
•
17.23.190 Sian Review.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing. Fees. and Proiect Review.
D. Findings.
E. Conditions of Approval.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for the installation
empowered to grant approval with conditions for signage in zones as prescribed in
this Code, and to impose reasonable conditions upon the granting of a sign
review.
B. Applicability. In order to safeguard and enhance the appearance and quality of
development in the City, sign review approval shall be required prior to the
issuance of any installation and/or permit for anv signage at the discretion of the
Director._ A_ sign review shall be filed as a Class Il application, subiect to Chapter
17.23 (Class If Applications — Discretionary).
C. Application Filing. Fees, and Proiect Review. Applications for a sign review
shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class 11 Applications — Discretionary).
D. Findings. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the
applicant substantiates all of the findings oer Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision) in addition to the following required findings:
1. Complies with all applicable design guidelines:
2. Would not interfere with pedestrian or vehicular safety:
3. Would not detract from the character of a historic or architecturally
significant structure:
4. Would not be located so as to have a negative impact on the visibility or
aesthetic appearance of any adjacent propgrty:
5. Would not detract from the pedestrian quality of the street or area:
6. Would not add to or create an over-Droliferation of signs on a particular
rrooperty: and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 75
7. Would enhance the overall development, be in harmony with, and relate
visually to other signs on-site, to the structures or developments they
identify, and to surrounding development.
E. Conditions of Approval. In approving a Class II permit application for a sign
such conditions, including the provision of required improvements as the
Approving Authority shall deem to be reasonable and necessary, or advisable
under the circumstances, so that the obiectives of the development code, general
plan, adopted design guidelines, Commission and Council policies shall be
achieved. Conditions may include, but are not limited to, provisions for or
limitations to the following:
In order to ensure the oerformance of conditions imoosed concurrent with
the granting or modification of a sign review, the applicant may be
required to furnish security in the form of money or surety bond in the
amount fixed by the authority granting or modifying the sign plan. Such
security shall be furnished as required by this Code;
2. Whenever a sign review aooroval is granted, or modified, subiect to the
condition that specified improvements be provided by the applicant, such
imorovements shall be installed by the applicant and approved and
accepted by the City pursuant to local ordinance to make such
imorovements prior to the time of events snecified in the sign review
approval; and
3. Such other conditions as the Approving Authority may deem necessary to
ensure compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and uses
and to preserve the public health, safety, or welfare.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 - Permits and Applications
Page 76
A
•
0
17.23.200 Temporary Use Permit.
SECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing. Fees and Proiect Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Conditions of Approval.
G. Extension or Modification of Limitations.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for temporary
activities and events that may not otherwise be allowed in the underlying zones,
but may be acceptable because of their limited or temporary nature. This section
also establishes procedures for both short-term and extended -term special events.
B. Applicability. Where this section prescribes regulations more restrictive than the
zone in which a use or conditional use is permitted, the provisions of this section
shall apply. A temporary use permit shall be applicable as follows:
•
Uses .
2. Extended -Term Temtorary Use Permit. A temporary use permit for an
extended term shall be filed as a Class W application, subiect to Chapter
17.25 (Class IV Applications Discretionary), except that outside display or
sales of goods, equipment, merchandise or exhibits in commercial zones
shall not be authorized for an extended term.
C. Application Filinr, Fees and Project Reviepe. Applications for a temporary use
permit shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.23 (Class 11 Applications
Discretionary) for for a standard temporary use permit and 17.25 (Class IV
Applications — Discretionary) for extended -term temporary use permits
D. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing for an
extended -term temporary use permit shall be in compliance with Section
17.06.110 (Tvoe II Public Noticing (Public Hearing
E. Findings. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the
applicant substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06 130 (Findings and
Decision) in addition to the following required findings:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 77
0
0
1. That adequate temporary parking to accommodate vehicular traffic to be
generated by such use will be available either on-site or at alternate
locations acceptable to the Director in any case where such temporary use
is proposed for a period longer than one weekend or three consecutive
days;
2. That approval of a temporary use permit will not result in the use of a lot
for a cumulative time period in excess of the maximum time period such
temporary use may be authorized during any 12 -month period, except
where a longer period is specifically approved in accordance with the
provisions of Section 17.23.200 (B) (2) (Extended -Term Temporary Use
Permits): and
3. In addition, the following findings shall be required for the approval of an
extended -term temporary use permit:
a. That adequate nublic and Drivate facilities such as utilities, oarkin
spaces, and traffic circulation measures are, or will be, provided
for the proposed use:
b. That the proposed location, size, design, and operating
characteristics of the proposed use are in accordance with the
purpose of this development code, the purpose of the zone in •
which the site is located, the General Plan, and the development
policies and standards of the City;
C. That the use and its associated structures and facilities will not be
detrimental to the public health or safety, the general welfare, or
the environment
d. That the use and facilities will not adversely affect or conflict with
adiacent uses, or impede the normal development of, surrounding
properties: and
e. The extended -term temporary use permit shall not exceed a period
of five years.
F. Conditiow of pproial. In approving a Class Il temporary use permit or Class IV
extended -term temporary use permit, the Approving Authority may impose such
conditions as deemed necessary to ensure that the permit will be in accordance
Conditions may include, but are not limited to, provisions for or limitations to the
following:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 78
11
0
•
0
1. In approving an application for a temporary use permit or extended -term
temporary use permit, the Approving Authority may impose such
conditions as thev deem necessary to ensure that the permit will be in
accord with the findings required by Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decisions). These conditions may involve any pertinent factors affecting
the operation of such special event or use including but not limited to:
a. Requirement of temoorary parking, facilities including vehicular
access and egress:
b. Regulation of nuisance factors such as, but not limited to,
prevention of glare or direct illumination of adjacent properties,
noise, vibrations, smoke, dust, dirt, odors, gasses. garbage and heat:
C. Requirement of noise mitigation, when necessary, to reduce
potential noise impacts to adjacent sensitive uses, which may
include notification to affected residents and other means as
appropriate:
d. Reaulation of temporary buildings, structures, and facilities
including placement, height and size, limitations on commercial
rides or other equipment permitted, the location of open spaces
including buffer areas and other yards, and signs:
e. Regulation of operating hours and days including limitation of the
duration of such temporary use to a shorter or longer time period
than the maximum period authorized:
f. Requirement of a nerformance bond or other surety device to
assure that any temporary facilities or structures used for such
proposed temporary use will be removed from the site within one
week following such event and therpyertv restored to a neat
condition. The Director may designate a different time period
and/or require cleanup of additional surrounding property at their
discretion:
g. Requirement of a site plan indicating all details and data as
prescribed in this Code:
h. Requirement that the approval of the requested temporary use
permit is contingent upon compliance with applicable provisions of
other City ordinances:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 79
i. Such other conditions as will make possible the operation of the
proposed temporary use in an orderly and efficient manner and in
accord with the intent and purpose of this Code.
such approval shall not authorize the construction, establishment,
alteration, moving onto, or enlargement of, any permanent building
structure, or facility
3. The Director in approving a temporary use permit for the outside display
or sales of goods, equipment, merchandise, or exhibits may permit a
temporary banner, limited in time for the duration granted in the permit at
any location on the subject property deemed appropriate. However, in no
event shall the Director authorize a banner that exceeds 60 square feet of
total sign area.
4. In the granting of a temporary use permit, the Review Authority may
authorize temporary use of parking and related facilities established to
serve permanent uses as follows, provided, that such temporary usage is
specifically recognized in the temporary use permit:
a. Joint usage of required automobile parking facilities established to
serve a permanent use, provided the owner or occupant of the
permanent use or their authorized legal representative submits
written consent, and it is determined by the Approving Authority
that such joint utilization will not have a substantially detrimental
effect on the surrounding area:
b. Temporary occupation by a temoorary use of a portion of narkin
facilities or structures established to serve a permanent use
provided the owner or occupant of such use or their authorized
legal representative submits written consent, and it is determined
that such joint utilization will not have a substantially detrimental
effect on the surrounding area.
C. The temporary reduction in required parking for such permanent
use shall not be construed to require a variance with respect to
parking requirements of this Code.
G. Extension or Modification of Limitations. Upon written application, the Director
may extend the time within which temporary uses may be operated for up to a
total of one year for a temporary use permit and five years for an extended -term
temporary use permit, or may modify the limitations under which such uses may
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 80
�J
•
0
be conducted if the Director determines that such extension or modification is in
accordance with this Code. Should a reasonable case be presented to the Director
that there is a public nuisance created as a result of the temporary use permit,
additional review in the form of a noticed public hearing before the Commission
may be required. At that hearing, additional conditions may be imposed to mit-
igate any nuisance, or the temporary use permit may be revoked in accordance
with the provisions of this Code.
�l. Successive Pemits. After the submission of a new application, the Director may
allow successive applications for temporary use permits for a like use on the same
parcel of land.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 81
0
Chapter 17.24 Class III Applications—
Discretionary
SECTIONS:
17.24.010
Purpose.
17.24.020
Applicability,
17.24.030
Review Authority
and Related Procedures.
17.24.040
Application Filing.
Fees. and Project Review.
17.24.050
Project Notice,
17.24.060
Required Actions.
17.24.070
Post -Decision Procedures.
17.24.080
Revisions to an Approved
Site Plan.
17.24.100
Adjustments.
17.24.110
Administrative Sign
Variances and Historic Sign Designation.
17.24,120
Minor Use Permit.
17.24.010 Purpose.
The Class III application is a discretionary process for reviewing uses that may be
appropriate in the applicable underlying zone, but whose effects on a site and
surroundings cannot be determined before being proposed for a specific site. Class III
applications require public notification, but do not require a hearing unless one is
requested.
17.24.020 Applicability.
A. Underlving Zones. A Class III application is required to authorize uses identified
in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking) as being allowed in
the applicable underlying zone, subiect to the approval of a Minor Use Permit or
other Class III applications.
B. Other Specific Uses or Standards. A Class III application may also be reauired for
use or structure types having unusual site development features. or operating
characteristics requiring special consideration so that they may be designed,
located, and operated compatible with uses on the same or adiacent properties and
in the surrounding area.
17.24.030 Review Authority and Related Procedures.
A. General Requirements. A Class III application shall be approved conditionally
approved, or denied by the Review Authority in compliance with Table 17.06-1
(Review Authority), and any additional reauirements or review criteria for a Class
III review established in this Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 82
0
•
0
0
B. Referral. The Director may refer a Class III application to the Hearing Officer for
consideration and decision.
17.24.040 Application Filina, Fees, and Project Review.
APolications for a Class III application shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.040
(Multiple Applications), 17.06.060 (Application Filing and Withdrawal), 17.06.070 (Fees
and Deposits). 17.06.080 (Initial Application Review). and 17.06.090 (Proiect Evaluation
and Staff Reports).
17.24.050 Project Notice.
The Department shall provide notice of the request in compliance with Section 17.06.100
(Type I Public Noticing) on a Class III application before taking any action.
17.24.060 Required Actions.
A. Approval. The Approving Authority may approve a Class III application if.
• I. No valid written requests for an administrative hearing, pursuant to
subsection (D), below, are received within the period specified: and
2. The findings, Principles, and standards of Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision), are substantiated.
B. Referral. The Director shall refer a Class III application to the Hearing Officer for
consideration if, during the public noticing Period, a request for a hearing is filed
with the Director.
C. Denial. The Approving Authority shall deny the Class III aPPlication if the
findings, principles, or standards of Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision),
are not substantiated.
D. Written Requests. The written requests for a public hearing shall be based on
issues of sipttificance directly related to the application: Provision of evidence that
the request cannot meet one or more of the findings, Principles, or standards
identified in Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decisions) in order to be considered
valid.
17.24.070 Post -Decision Procedures.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 83
0
Class _III_ application post -decision procedures shall be in compliance with Sections
17.06.160 (Notice of Action and Findings). 17.06.170 (Effective Date of Decision),
17.06.180 (Scope of Approvals), 17.06.190 (Conditions of Approval), 17.06.200 (Use of
Property Before Final Action). 17.06.210 (Approvals Run with the Land), 17.06.220
(Performance Guarantees and Covenants), 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions).
17.06.150 (Decision After Administrative Hearing or Public Hearing) and 17.06.240
(Resubmission of Application).
17.24.080 Revisions to an Approved Site Plan.
The Director may approve revisions to a site plan for an approved Class III application in
accordance with Chapter 17.09 (Minor Permit Modifications).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 84
0
•
11
0
•
0
17.24.100 Adjustments.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees and Proiect Review.
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Conditions of Approval.
G. Expiration and Extension.
A. Purpose. This Section establishes procedures and requirements for granting
adjustments, a form of relief from development standards within this Code. An
adjustment may be requested when practical difficulties. unnecessary hardships.
or results inconsistent with the general purposes of this Code develop through the
strict literal interpretation and enforcement of such development standards
provisions.
Discretionary). Any modification not listed below shall be subiect to Section
17.25.120 (Variances). An adiustment is required as described below:
1. An adiustment may be granted to allow the modification of any
development standard by not more than 20 percent of the development
standard:
2. An adiustment may be granted for modifications to a development
standard on an existing single-family home including, but not limited to,
the required yard, fence, or wall height. Structures exceeding 35 feet in
height shall be subject to Section 17.25.100 (Conditional Use Permit); or
3. An adiustment may be granted to modify a development standard to be
consistent with the prevailine standard (more than fifty (50) percent of the
block).
C. Application Filing. Fees. and Proiect Review. Applications for an adiustment
shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.24 (Class III Applications
Discretionary).
D.
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions. The notice shall be in compliance with
Section 17.24.050 (Proiect Notice) and Section 17.24.060 (Required Actions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 85
1. That the adiustment does not authorize a use or activity that is not allowed
in the zone;
propertv for which the adiustment is sought; and
3. That the granting of the adiustment will not be materially detrimental to
the public health, safety, or welfare, or incurious to the property or
improvements in such vicinity and zone in which the property is located.
F. CondirionsofApflroval.
1. In approving a Class III permit application for an adiustment. the Review
Authority may impose such conditions as deemed necessary to ensure that
the adjustment will be in accordance with the findin4s required by Section
17.24.100 (E) (Findings), above. Conditions imposed by the Approving
Authority may involve any pertinent factors affecting the establishment,
operation, and maintenance of the use for which such adjustment is
requested.
2 All development standards prescribed in the zone shall apply unless
specifically modified by the adiustment.
G. Expiration and E.rtensions. In the granting of a Class III permit for an
adiustment, the applicant shall utilize the permit in compliance with Section
17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 86
0
11
0
0
•
17.24.110 Administrative Sign Variance and Historic Sien Designation.
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Proiect Review.
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Conditions of Approval.
G. Expiration and Extension.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for granting a
variance from the standards contained in Section 17.51.080 (Simi Regulations
(Private Property)), or designating a sign as historic and therefore exempt from
strict literal interpretation and enforcement of such development standards and
provisions.
B. Applicability.
1. Unless specifically modified by an administrative sign variance or a
historic sign designation, all regulations prescribed in the underlying zone
in which such an administrative sign variance or historic sign designation
is granted shall apply. A Class III application shall be filed subject to
Chapter 17.24 (Class III Applications — Discretionary). The additional
rules are applicable as described below:
o. No administrative sign variance may be granted however, that
would permit any of the prohibited types of signs provided in
Section 17.51.080 (U), (Prohibited Signs): or
b. If a sign is designated as historic, the sign area of the subject situ
counts toward the overall allowable sign area.
C. Application Filing. Fees. and Proiect Review. Applications for an administrative
sign variance or historic sign designation shall be in compliance with Chapter
17.24 (Class III Applications — Discretionary).
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actiom The notice shall be in compliance with
Section 17 24.050 (Proiect Notice) and Section 17.24.060 (Required Actions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 87
11
E. Findings. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the
applicant substantiates the followine required findings per Section 17.06.130
Findings and Decision) in addition to the following
1. These additional findings are required for an administrative sign variance:
a. That no other signage altemative or design would be feasible or be
able to provide reasonable signage in accordance with this Code;
b. That the granting of the variance or adjustment will not detract
from the attractiveness or orderliness of the City's appearance or
the surrounding neighborhood:
C. That the variance does not authorize a use or actives that is not
allowed in the zone;
d. That, because of special circumstances or exceptional
characteristics applicable to the proyertv, the strict application of
the code deprives such property of privileges enjoved by other
properties in the vicinity and under identical zoning classification;
e. That the variance authorized will not constitute a grant of special •
privilege inconsistent with the limitations upon other properties in
the vicinity and zone in which the property is situated:
f. That strict application of zoning regulations, as thev apply to such
property, will result in practical difficulties or unnecessary
hardships inconsistent with the general purpose of such regulations
and standards: and,
9. That such variance will not be materially detrimental to the public
health, safety or general welfare, or to the use, enjoyment or
valuation of properties of other persons located in the vicinity.
h. That the sign contains at least one of the followine:
i. Creative image reflecting the current or historical character
of Santa Clarita, or other community as determined by the
Director:
ii. Symbols representing the use, name or logo of the building
or business;
iii. Unusual lighting techniques;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 88
0
0
iv. Hand sculptured elements of wood, metal or other
materials:
V. Classic historic design stvle:
vi. Hand painted lettering or graphic
2. These additional findings are required for a historical sign desi ation:
a. That it meets the criteria for listing on the National Register of
Historic Places or the California Register of Historical resources:
or
b. That it is at least fifty (50) years old or is of exceptional
importance: and is one or more of the following:
i. That it exemplifies or reflects special elements of the Citv's
history,
ii. That it embodies distinguishing architectural characteristics
of a style, type, period or method of construction:
iii. That it has a unique location, a singular physical
characteristic or is an established and familiar visual feature
of a neighborhood community or the City:
iv. That it is of a business over fifty (50) years old, considered
to have extensive local significance within the Santa Clarita
Valley:
C. The sign does not obstruct vehicular or pedestrian traffic or
visibility.
F. Conditions of Approval.
1. In approving a Class III permit application for an administrative sign
variance or historical sign designation, the Approving Authority may
impose such conditions as deemed necessary to ensure that the
administrative sign variance or historical sign designation will be in
accordance with the findings required by Section 17.24.110 (E)
(Findings), above. Conditions imposed by the Approving Authority may
involve anv pertinent factors affecting the establishment, operation, and
maintenance of the use for which such variance or designation is
requested.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 89
2. All development standards prescribed in the zone shall apply unless
specifically modified by the administrative sign variance or historical sign
designation.
G. Expiration and Extensions. The granting of a Class III permit for an
administrative sign variance or historical sign designation, the applicant shall
utilize the permit in compliance with Section 17.06.230 (Time Limits and
Extensions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 90
0
•
Ll
0
•
0
17.24.120 Minor Use Permit.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Pumose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing. Fees. and Proiect Review.
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Conditions of Approval.
G. Expiration and Extension.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for granting a
minor use permit, in order to give the use regulations the flexibility necessary to
effects on surrounding properties. In order to achieve these goals, the Approving
Authority is empowered to grant approval with conditions for uses in zones as
prescribed in this Code, and to impose reasonable conditions upon the granting of
minor use permits.
B. Applicabilim A minor use permit shall be filed as a Class III application, subject
to Chapter 17.24 (Class III Applications — Discretionary). The Reviewing
Authority shall review an application for a minor use permit as required below:
A land use, as indicated in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and
Required Parking), requires that a minor use permit be approved for the
use'
'_' Request for reduction of parking:
3. Certain land development processes:
4. As required by an approved Specific Plan or Corridor Plan: or
5. As identified in this Code
C. Application Filbre. Fees. and Project Review. Applications for a minor use
permit shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.24 (Class III Applications —
Discretionarv).
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions. The notice shall be in compliance with
Section 17.24.050 (Proiect Notice) and Section 17.24.060 (Required Actions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 91
E. Findings. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the
applicant substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision) in addition to the following:
1. These additional findings are required for a minor use permit for parking
reductions:
a. That neither present nor anticipated future traffic volumes
generated by the use of the site or the uses of the sites in the
vicinity reasonably require strict or literal interpretation and
enforcement of the specified regulation:
b. That the granting of the permit will not result in the narking or
loading of vehicles on public streets in such a manner as to
interfere with the free flow of traffic on the streets•
C. The permit will facilitate access to nonresidential development by
patrons of public transit facilities:
d. That the parking demand would be less than the requirements
identified in Section 17.51.060 (M) (Schedule of Off-street Parking
RRe uirements): and.
e. That sufficient narking would be provided to serve the use
intended and potential future uses of the subject parcel.
F. Conditions ofAoprovai. In approving a Class III permit application for a minor
use permit, the Approving Authority may impose such conditions as deemed
necessary to ensure that the minor use permit will be in accordance with the
findings required by Section 17.24.120 (E) (Findings), above. Conditions imposed
by the Review Authority may involve any pertinent factors affecting the
establishment, operation and maintenance of the use for which such minor use
permit is requested. Conditions may include, but are not limited to, Provisions for
or limitations to the following:
1. Special yards;
2. Open spaces;
3. Buffers:
4. Fences
5. Walls;
6. Height of buildings, walls or other structures;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 92
0
•
0
•
CI
7. Installation and maintenance of landscaping:
R. Street dedications, medians, and improvements:
9. Regulations of points of vehicular ingress and egress:
10. Regulation of traffic circulation;
11. Regulation of Mans:
12. Regulation of hours of operation and methods of operation;
13. Control of potential nuisances:
14. Architectural standards:
15. Establishment of development schedules and development standards: and.
16. Such other conditions as the Approving Authority may deem necessary tto
ensure compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and uses
and to preserve the public health, safety, or welfare.
G. E,vDiration and Ertensions. In the granting of a Class III permit for a minor use
permit, the applicant shall utilize the permit in compliance with Section 17.06.230
(Time Limits and Extensions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 93
Chapter 17.25 Class IV Applications—
Discretionary
SECTIONS:
17.25.010
Purpose.
17.25.020
Applicability.
17.25.030
Review Authority and Related Procedures.
17 25.040
Application Filing, Fees, and Proiect Review.
17.25.050
Proiect Notice and Required Actions.
17 25.060
Public Hearing, Findings and Decision.
17.25.070
Post -Decision Procedures.
17.25.080
Zone Regulations.
17.25.090
Revisions to an Approved Site Plan.
17.25.100
Conditional Use Permits.
17.25.110
Tentative Subdivision Mans.
17.25.120
Variance.
17.25.010 Purpose.
The Class IV application is a discretionary process for reviewing uses and standards that
may be appropriate in the applicable underlying zone, but whose effects on a site and
surroundings cannot be determined before being proposed for a specific site. Class IV
applications require public notification and a public hearing.
17.25.020 Applicability.
A Class IV application is required to authorize actions by the Commission.
17.25.030 Review Authoritv and Related Procedures.
A Genera( Regairemems. A Class IV application shall be approved, conditionally
approved, or denied by the Review Authority in compliance with Table 17.06-1
(Review Authority), and any additional requirements or review criteria for a Class
IV application established in this Code.
B Referral. The Review Authority may refer a Class IV application to the next
higher Review Authority for consideration and decision.
17.25.040 Application Filing, Fees, and Proiect Review.
Applications for a Class IV application shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.040
(Multiple Applications), 17.06.060 (Application Filing and Withdrawal). 17.06.070 (Fees
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 94
0
CI
•
9
•
•
and Deposits). 17.06.080 (Initial Application Review) and 17.06.090 (Proiect Evaluation
and Staff Reports).
17.25.050 Proiect Notice and Required Actions,
The Department shall orovide notice of the hearing in compliance with Section 17.06.110
(Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)) on a Class IV application before taking any
action.
17.25.060 Public Hearing. Findings and Decision.
Class IV aoolication public hearing, findings and decision shall be in compliance with
Sections 17.06.120 (Public Hearing Procedure). 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision), and
17.06.150 (Decision after Administrative Hearing or Public Hearing).
17.25.070 Post -Decision Procedures.
Class IV aoolication post -decision procedures shall be in compliance with Sections
17.06.160 (Notice of Action and Findings). 17.06.170 (Effective Date of Decision),
17.06.180 (Scope of Approvals), 17.06.190 (Conditions of Approval) 17.06.200 (Use of
Property Before Final Action). 17.06.210 (Approvals Run with the Land), 17.06.220
(Performance Guarantees and Covenants). 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions),
17.06.150 (Decision After Administrative Hearing or Public Hearing) and 17.06.240
(Resubmission of Application).
17.25.080 Zone Regulations.
Unless specifically modified by an approved Class IV application, all regulations
prescribed in the underlying zone in which such permit is granted shall apply.
17.25.090 Revisions to an Approved Site Plan.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 95
17.25.100 Conditional Use Permit.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing. Fees. and Proiect Review.
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findin,,s.
F. Conditions of Approval.
G. Expiration and Extension.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for granting
conditional use permits, in order to give the use regulations the flexibility
necessary to achieve the objectives of this Code. Because of their unusual
characteristics, certain land uses require special consideration so that they may be
located properly with respect to the objectives of the development code and with
respect to their effects on surrounding properties. In order to achieve these goals.
the Approving Authority is empowered to grant approval with conditions for uses
in zones as Prescribed in this Code, and to impose reasonable conditions upon the
granting of conditional use permits.
B. Applicability. A conditional use permit shall be filed as a Class IV application
subject to Chapter 17.25 (Class IV Applications — Discretionary). The
Reviewing Authority shall review an application for a conditional use permit as
required below:
1. A land use, as indicated in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and
Required Parking), requires that a conditional use permit be approved for
the use
2. Certain land development requirements and activities:
3. Any structure exceeding the height established for the underlying zone;
4. As reauired by an approved Specific Plan or Corridor Plan: or
5. As identified in this Code
C. Application Filing. Fees and Proiect Review. Applications for a conditional use
permit shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.25 (Class IV Applications
Discretionary).
January
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 96
9
•
0
0
i
11
D. Proiect Notice acrd Required Actioru. The notice of the public hearing shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type 11 Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
E. Findines. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the
applicant substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision
F. Conditions of Approval. In approving a Class IV permit application for a
conditional use permit, the Approving Authority may impose such conditions as
deemed necessary to ensure that the conditional use permit will be in accordance
with the findings required by Section 17.25.100 (E) (Findings), above. Conditions
imposed by the Review Authority may involve anypertinent factors affecting the
establishment, operation, and maintenance of the use for which such conditional
use permit is requested. Conditions may include, but are not limited to, provisions
for or limitations to the following:
1. Special yards:
2. Open spaces:
3. Buffers'
4. Fences;
5. Walls:
6. Height of buildings, walls, or other structures:
7. Installation and maintenance of landscaping:
8. Street dedications, medians, and improvements:
9. Regulations of points of vehicular ingress and egress:
10. Regulation of traffic circulation:
1t. Regulation of signs:
12. Regulation of hours of operation and methods of operation:
13. Control of potential nuisances:
14. Architectural standards
15, Establishment of development schedules and development standards: and.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 97
16. Such other conditions as the Approving Authority may deem necessary to
ensure compatibility of the use with surrounding developments and uses
and to preserve the public health, safety, or welfare.
G. Expiration and Extensions. In the granting of a Class IV permit for a conditional
use permit, the applicant shall utilize the permit in compliance with Section
17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 98
11
is
0
9
J
•
17.25.110 Tentative Subdivision Maps.
A. Pumose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing. Fees. and Proiect Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Expiration and Extension.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for requirements
for the review and approval of tentative subdivision maps for the division of all
land within the City, in accordance with the Subdivision May Act and this Code.
B. Applicability. This section shall regulate the content of tentative subdivision
maps for all land within the City and the filing of tentative tract maps and
tentative parcel maps as indicated below:
1. A tentative parcel map shall be required for a subdivision of land
consisting of four (4) or less lots.
2. .A tentative tract map shall be required for a subdivision of land consisting
of more than four (4) lots or any condominium project.
3. A vesting tentative tract may or vesting tentative parcel map may be
submitted for all subdivisions.
C. plication Filing. Feer, and Pmiect Review. Applications for a tentative
subdivision may shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.25 (Class IV
Avolications — Discretionary).
applicable ordinances and general and specific plans in effect at the date the
accompanying application is deemed complete pursuant to Government Code
Section 65943 in accordance with Sections 66474.2 and 66498.1 of said
Government Code
E. Findings. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the
for access through or use of, property within the proposed subdivision.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 99
F. Eroiration and Extensions. In the granting of a Class IV permit for a tentative
subdivision man. the applicant shall record the map in compliance with Section
17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions) and Subdivision May Act.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 —Permits and Applications
Page 100
0
•
0
9
17.25.120 Variances.
A. Purpose.
B. Aoolicability.
C. Aoolication Filing, Fees, and Proiect Review.
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Conditions of Approval.
G. Expiration and Extension.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures and requirements for granting
variances, a form of relief from development standards within this Code. A
variance may be requested when practical difficulties, unnecessary hardships, or
results inconsistent with the general purposes of this Code develop through the
strict application and enforcement of such development standards and provisions.
B. Applicability. Unless specifically modified by a variance, all regulations
Prescribed in the underlying zone in which such variance is granted shall armly. Ashall apply. A
variance shall be filed as a Class IV application, subject to Chapter 17.25 (Class
IV Applications — Discretionary).
1. A variance may be granted to allow the modification of any develoomen[
standard.
2 A variance shall not be granted to permit a use that is prohibited in a zone.
C. Application Filing Fees. and Proiect Review. Applications for a variance shall
be in compliance with Chapter 17.25 (Class IV Applications — Discretionary).
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type it Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
E. Findipgs. The Approving Authority shall approve an application only after the
applicant substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision) in addition to the following:
1. That the variance does not authorize a use or activity that is not allowed in
the zone:
2. That, because of special circumstances or exceptional characteristics
applicable to the property, the strict application of the code deprives such
property of privileges enjoyed by other properties in the vicinitv and under
identical zoning classification;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 101
0
3. That the variance authorized will not constitute a Brant of special privilege
inconsistent with the limitations upon other properties in the vicinity and
zone in which the property is situated:
4. That strict application of zoning regulations, as they apply to such
property, will result in practical difficulties or unnecessary hardship
inconsistent with the general purpose of such regulations and standards:
and
5. That such variance will not be materially detrimental to the public health,
safety or general welfare, or to the use, enjoyment, or valuation of
properties of other persons located in the vicinity.
F. Conditions ofAngror'al.
1. In approving a Class IV permit application for a variance, the Approving
Authority may impose such conditions as deemed necessary to ensure that
the variance will be in accordance with the findings required by Section
17.25.120 (E) (Findings), above. Conditions imposed by the Review
Authority involve any pertinent factors affecting the establishment,
overation, and maintenance of the use for which such variance is
requested.
2 All development standards prescribed in the zone shall apply unless
specifically modified by the variance.
G. Expiration and Extensions. In the granting of a Class IV permit for a variance,
the applicant shall utilize the permit in compliance with Section 17.06.230 (Time
Limits and Extensions).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 102
0
0
0
•
Chapter 17.26 Class V Applications—Discretionary
SECTIONS:
17.26.010
Purpose.
17.26.020
Applicability.
17.26.030
Review Authoritv and Related Procedures.
17.26.040
Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
17.26.050
Proiect Notice and Required Actions.
17.26.060
Public Hearing.
17.26.070
Post -Decision Procedures.
17.26.110
General Plan Amendment.
17.26.120
Master Plans.
17.26.130
Ridgeline Alteration Permit,
17.26.010 Purpose.
The Class V application is a discretionary process for reviewing uses that are non-
legislative but require Council approval. Class V applications require public notification
and public hearings before both the Commission and the Council.
17.26.020 Applicability.
A Class V avolication is required to authorize non -legislative actions by the Council.
17.26.030 Review Authority and Related Procedures.
A. General Reauiremenrs. Class V applications shall be approved. conditionally
approved, or denied by the Approving Authority in compliance with Table 17.06-
1 (Review Authority), any additional requirements, or review criteria for a Class
V review established in this Code.
B. Assignment. The Director shall assign a Class V application to the Commission
for a public hearing and recommendation to the Council.
17.26.040 Application Filing, Fees, and Proiect Review.
Applications for a Class V application shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.040
(Multiple Applications). 17.06.060 (Application Filing and Withdrawal). 17.06.070 (Fees
and Deposits). 17.06.080 (Initial Application Review). and 17.06.090 (Proiect Evaluation
and Staff Reports).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 103
17.26.050 Proiect Notice and Required Actions.
The Director shall provide notice of the hearing in compliance with Section 17.06.110
(Tvve 11 Public Noticing (Pubic Hearing)) on a Class V application before taking any
action.
17.26.060 Public Hearing.
The Commission shall conduct public hearings in compliance with Sections 17.06.120
(Public Hearin Procedure) and 17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing) and
forward their recommendation to the Council.
17.26.070 Post -Decision Procedures,
Class V application post -decision procedures shall be in compliance with Sections
17.06.160 (Notice of Action and Findings). 17.06.170 (Effective Date of Decision),
17.06.180 (Scope of Approvals). 17.06.190 (Conditions of Approval). 17.06.200 (Use of
Property Before Final Action). 17.06.210 (Approvals Run with the Land), 17.06.220
(Performance Guarantees and Covenants). 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions),
17.06.150 (Decision After Administrative Hearing or Public Hearing), and 17.06.240
(Resubmission of Application).
January 2013 I DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 104
0
n
LJ
0
9
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 105
0
17.26.110 General Plan Amendments.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Initiation.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions.
E. Commission and Council Actions.
F. Findings.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures for consideration of amendments,
additions, deletion, or changes to the general plan and associated maps and/or
exhibits. The general plan and associated maps and/or exhibits may be amended
in accordance with the procedure prescribed in this section as authorized by the
State Government Code.
B. Initiation.
1. Initiation by the City. A general plan amendment may be initiated by the
following Review Authorities:
•
a. Council. The Council may instruct the Director to initiate an
amendment:
b. Commission. The Commission may instruct the Director to initiate
an amendment: or
C. Director. The Director may initiate an amendment.
2. Initiation by the Applicant. A general plan amendment may be initiated by
the filing of a Class V application.
3. Timing of General Plan Amendments. Each mandatory element of the
General Plan may be amended up to four times in a single calendar year in
compliance with Section 65358 of the State Government Code.
C. Application Filing Fees. and Proiect Review. Applications for a general plan
amendment shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.26 (Class V Applications
Discretionary).
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearings shall be in
D.
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type 11 Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 105
0
E. Commission and Council Actions.
forward their recommendation to the Council.
2. Commission Recommendation. A recommendation by the Commission
relative to a general plan amendment shall be by resolution carried by the
affirmative vote to the Council. If the Commission has recommended
against the anproval of a general plan amendment, the Council shall not be
required to take further action, and the action of the Commission shall
become final unless appealed to the Council in accordance with Chan
17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Review).
3. Notice of Commission Action. The Commission shall serve a notice of its
action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of Action
and Findings).
4. Public Hearing by Council. After receipt of the Commission's affirmative
recommendation, the Council shall hold a public hearing and shall give
notice of such public hearing pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section
17.06.110 (Type lI Public Noticing (Public Hearing
5. Council Action on Commission Recommendations. The Council may
approve, modify or reject the recommendation of the Commission
involving a general plan amendment, provided that any modification of
the proposed general plan by the Council not previously considered by the
Commission during its hearing shall first be referred to the Commission
for report and recommendation. The Commission shall not be required to
hold a public hearing
6. Public Hearing by Council—Notice of Action Taken. The Council shall
serve a notice of its action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160
(Notice of Action and Findings).
F. Findings. The Council shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates the following:
1. The proposed general plan amendment meets all of the findings pe
Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision):
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 106
0
•
is
2 Properties which benefit from increased density or intensity of
development resulting from theeng eral plan amendment shall fully
mitigate their increased sewer imoact at the time that develooment occurs
on the properties.
3. In addition, the Council shall make at least one of the following findings:
a. The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with other
elements of the City's general plan pursuant to Government Code fi
65300.5.
b. The Proposed general plan amendment if applicable, reslLonds to
changes in State and/or federal law pursuant to Government Code
65§ 300.9.
C. The or000sed eeneral olan amendment has been referred to the
County of Los Angeles and any adiacent cities abutting or affected
by the proposed action, the Local Agency Formation Committee
ILAFCOI, and any federal agency whose operations or lands may
be affected by the Proposed decision pursuant to Government Code
60 5352.
9
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 107
0
17.26.120 Master Plans.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Proiect Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Commission and Council Actions.
F. Findinas.
G. Procedure and Review.
H. Permitted Uses.
1. Property Development Standards.
A. Purpose. This section establishes procedures for consideration of master plans as
authorized by the State Government Code. A master plan is intended to achieve
the following purposes:
2 Ensure orderly and comprehensive City review of development plans
resulting in more compatible and desirable development: and.
3. Master plans shall be considered only for development proiects in which
the site can be developed in such a way that buildings, structures,
pedestrian and vehicular circulation, landscaping and open space relate
harmoniously to create a campus -like setting.
B. Applicability. The Director may reouire Dublic, semi-Dublic, or Drivate uses of an
size in the City to submit a master plan, appropriate'environmental documents and
plans including but not limited to landscape. transportation, and building, as
required by this chapter. Permitted and conditionally permitted uses may be
included in an application for a master plan. The submission of applications for
additional use permits will not be required: provided that uses proposed are
consistent with the provisions of the master plan.
1. Proiects That Are Consistent. After a master development plan is
approved, proposed proiects consistent with the plan, as determined by the
Director, shall not require a conditional use permit or a minor use permit,
but shall comply with all other requirements of this Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 108
•
0
C�
•
0
2. Proiects That Are Inconsistent. If a proiect that is inconsistent with an
approved master plan is proposed for a site located within an area covered
by such plan, an application shall be filed for an amendment to the plan as
authorized by this Code.
C. Application Filing. Fees. and Proiect Review. Applications for a master plan
shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.26 (Class V Applications -
Discretionarv).
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Tvoe 11 Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
E. Commission and Council Actions.
1. Public Hearing by the Commission. The Commission shall conduct public
hearings in compliance with Sections 17.06.120 (Public Hearing
Procedure) and 17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing) and
forward their recommendation to the Council.
2. Commission Recommendation. A recommendation by the Commission
relative to a master plan shall be by resolution carried by the affirmative
vote to the Council. If the Commission has recommended against the
approval of a plan, the Council shall not be required to take further action.
and the action of the Commission shall become final unless appealed to
the Council in accordance with Chanter 17.07 (Anneals or Certification of
Review).
3. Notice of Commission Action. The Commission shall serve a notice of its
action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of Action
and Findings).
4. Public Hearing by the Council. After receipt of the Commission's
affirmative recommendation, the Council shall hold a public hearing and
shall give notice of such public hearing pursuant to the procedure set forth
in Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing. (Public Hearing)).
S. Council Action on Commission Recommendations. The Council ma
approve. modify or reiect the recommendation of the Commission
involving a master plan, provided that any modification of the proposed
plan by the Council not previously considered by the Commission during
its hearing shall first be referred to the Commission for report and
recommendation. The Commission shall not be required to hold a public
hearing.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 - Permits and Applications
Page 109
6. Public Hearing by Council—Notice of Action Taken. The Council shall
serve a notice of its action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160
(Notice of Action and Findings).
F. Findings. The Council shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates the required findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
G. Procedure and Review.
1. Expiration. A master plan shall expire on the date designated by the
Council.
findings made and conditions imposed on the original approval still apply.
The renewal oeriod. if approved, shall specify the new expiration date of
the plan. Application for renewal shall be made in writing between thirty
(30) and sixty (60) days prior to lapse of the original approval.
3. Amendments. Any amendments to such master plans or regulations shall
also be adopted in accordance with the State Government Code provisions
and those mentioned below:
a. A master plan may be amended in the same manner as provided for
adoption of a master plan by this section.
b. An amendment to a master plan may be initiated by the Director
Commission, or Council. An amendment may also be initiated by
the applicant for the master plan or a successor thereto, provided
such applicant or successor has. at the time of application for an
amendment, a continuing controlling interest in development or
management of uses within the master plan.
C. The Citv's review of the oroposed amendment shall be limited to
the scope of the application, and shall not address reconsideration
of aspects of the existing master plan, including conditions of
approval, that are not the subiect of the application, except as such
aspects that may be affected by the proposed amendment.
4. Review. All aooroved master plans may be periodically reviewed by the
Director, Commission, or other body designated by the Council, for
compliance with the features of the plan and conditions of approval, at
time intervals identified by the Director. The review may take place at a
noticed public hearing as provided with Section 17.06.110 (Type 11 Public
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 110
0
E
0
L
•
U
Noticing (Public Hearing)). The owner shall be notified in writing of the
Approving Authority's determination. If the Approving Authority finds
noncompliance with the plan or the conditions of approval. it may direct
the Director to withhold building and other permits for any development
within the area covered by the plan until compliance is achieved and/or
direct the Director to schedule a public hearing before the Council for
revocation of the master plan. Such hearing shall be noticed as required
with Section 17.06.110 (Tvpe II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
H. Permitted Uses. Master plans may be considered for development projects, which
meet the following:
1. Multiple uses can be included and considered as part of a master plan. The
following uses may be approved as part of a master plan:
and/or
a. Uses permitted or conditionally permitted in the underlying zone:
b. Uses accessory to a permitted or conditionally permitted use:
C. Uses similar in nature and directly associated with and dependent
upon the primary function of the master plan.
1. Property Development Standards. All development standards of the underlying
zone shall apply to master plans. The Approving Authority shall be permitted to
increase the setback requirements of the underlying zone and also to modify or
delete the following requirements when it can be shown that the altemative
achieves a similar purpose.
1. The master plan shall be designed and developed in a manner compatible
with and complementary to existing development in the immediate
vicinity of the project site. Site planning on the perimeter shall provide for
the protection of the property from adverse surrounding influences, as well
as protection of the surrounding areas from Potentially adverse influences
within the development. The applicant shall include the anticipated
architectural themes for the master Plan area with the submittal of the
master plan for review and approval.
2. Building architecture throughout the project is consistent and
complementary.
3_ If the proiect is to be developed in stages, the master plan shall coordinate
improvement of the site, the construction of structures, and improvements
in such open space in order that each development stage achieves a
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page l l l
proportionate share of the total open space and environmental quality of
the total planned development.
4. Master plans shall relate harmoniously to the topography of the site shall
make suitable provision for the preservation of watercourses, drainage
areas, ridgelines, oak trees, significant Flora and/or fauna, and similar
features and areas. These areas shall be designed to use and retain the fea-
tures and amenities to the greatest extent possible.
5. Accessory uses and structures shall be located as specified on the devel-
opment plans as approved by the Council; provided, however, that
accessory structures shall meet all of the setbacks for site development as
pecified in the master plan and the underlying zone in which it is located.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 112
0
Is
0
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 113
9
17.26.130 Ridgeline Alteration Permit.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing. Fees, and Project Review.
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions.
E. Commission and Council Actions.
F. Findings.
A. Purpose. In an effort to achieve the City's obiective to preserve the ridgelines
within the City limits for the public health, safety, and welfare for the longterm
benefit of the community, maintenance of the unique visual characteristics,
resources, and ridgeline integrity, and to achieve a higher quality of life for its
residents, the ridgeline alteration permit is established to regulate development
located in the Ridgeline Preservation (RP) Overlay Zone.
B. Applicability. A ridgeline alteration permit shall be filed as a Class V application,
•
subiect to Chapter 17.26 (Class V Applications — Discretionary). The Reviewing
Authority shall review an application for a ridaeline alteration permit for any
development including but not limited to grading permits, building permits and
land use entitlements, in the vicinity of a generally designated significant
ridgeline designated on the Ridgeline Preservation Overlav Zone.
C. Application Filing. Fees, and Proiect Review. Applications for a ridgeline
alteration Permit shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.26 (Class V Applications
— Discretionary).
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Tvve II Public Noticing (Public Hearini 1.
E. Commission and Council Actions.
1. Public Hearing by the Commission. The Commission shall conduct public
hearings in compliance with Sections 17.06.120 (Public Hearing
Procedure) and 17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing) and
forward their recommendation to the Council.
2. Commission Recommendation. A recommendation by the Commission
relative to a ridgeline alteration Permit shall be by resolution carried by the
affirmative vote to the Council. If the Commission has recommended
against the approval of a ridgeline alteration permit, the Council shall not
be required to take further action, and the action of the Commission shall
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 113
9
become final unless appealed to the Council in accordance with Chanter
17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Review).
3. Notice of Commission Action. The Commission shall serve a notice of its
action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of Action
and Findings).
4. Public Hearing by Council. After receipt of the Commission's affirmative
recommendation, the Council shall hold a public hearing and shall give
notice of such public hearing pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section
17.06.110 (Type 11 Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
5. Council Action on Commission Recommendations. The Council ma
approve, modify, or refect the recommendation of the Commission
involving a general plan amendment, provided any modification of the
proposed rideeline alteration permit by the Council not previously
considered by the Commission during its hearing shall first be referred to
the Commission for report and recommendation. The Commission shall
not be required to hold a public hearing.
6. Public Hearing by Council—Notice of Action Taken. The Council shall
serve a notice of its action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160
(Notice of Action and Findines).
F. Findings. The Council shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision) in
addition to the following:
I. The use or development will not be materially detrimental to the visual
character of the neighborhood or community, nor will it endanger the
public health, safety, or general welfare.
2 The appearance of the use or development will not be substantially
different than the appearance of adioining rideeline areas so as to cause
depreciation of the rideeline appearance in the vicinity.
3. The establishment of the proposed use or development will not impede the
normal and orderly development and improvement of surrounding
properties, nor encourage inappropriate encroachments to the rid eline
area.
4. The proposed use or development demonstrates creative site design
resulting in aproject that will complement the community character and
provide a direct benefit to current and future community residents of not
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 114
0
•
0
only the proposed use or development. but the residents of the City as a
whole.
5. The use or development minimizes the effects of grading to the extent
practicable to ensure that the natural character of the ridgeline is
preserved.
6. The proposed use or development is designed to mimic the existing
topographv to the greatest extent possible through the use of landform
contour grading.
7. The proposed use or development does not alter natural landmarks and
prominent natural features of the rid elg ;nes.
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 115
0
Chapter 17.27 Class VI Applications—
Discretionary
SECTIONS:
17.27.010 Purpose.
17.27.020 Applicability.
17.27.030 Review Authority and Related Procedures.
17.27.040 Application Filing, Fees. and Project Review.
17.27.050 Project Notice and Required Actions.
17.27.060 Public Hearing.
17.27.070 Findings. Decision and Post -Decision Procedures.
17.27.100 Pre -Annexation Agreement.
17.27.010 Purpose.
The Class VI application is a discretionary process for reviewing uses that are non-
legislative and require Council approval. Class VI applications require public notification
and a public hearing before the Council only.
17.27.020 Applicability.
A Class VI application is required to authorize non -legislative actions.
17.27.030 Review Authority and Related Procedures.
A. General Requirements. Class VI applications shall be approved, conditionally
approved, or denied by the Review Authority in compliance with Table 17.06-1
(Review Authority), and any additional requirements or review criteria for a Class
VI review established in this Code.
B. Assiyinzent. The Director shall assign a Class VI application to Council for a
public hearing and action.
17.27.040 Application Filing. Fees and Proiect Review.
Applications for a Class VI application shall be in compliance with Sections 17.06.040
(Multiple Applications), 17.06.060 (Application Filing and Withdrawal). 17.06.070 (Fees
and Deposits), 17.06.080 (Initial Application Review) and 17.06.090 (Project Evaluation
and Staff Reports).
17.27.050 Proiect Notice and Required Actions.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 116
0
•
9
0
•
0
The Directort shall Provide notice of the hearing in compliance with Section 17.06.110
(B) (1) (Publication) on a Class VI application before taking any action.
17.27.060 Public Hearing.
The Council shall conduct Public hearing in compliance with Sections 17.06.120 (Public
Hearing Procedure) and 17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing).
17.27.070 Findines and Decision Procedures.
Class VI application findings and decision procedures shall be in compliance with
Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
17.27.080 Post -Decision Procedures.
Class VI application post -decision procedures shall be in compliance with Sections
17.06.160 (Notice of Action and Findings), 17.06.170 (Effective Date of Decision),
17.06.180 (Scope of Aoorovals), 17.06.190 (Conditions of Approval), 17.06.200 (Use of
Property Before Final Action), 17.06.210 (Approvals Run with the Land). 17.06.220
(Performance Guarantees and Covenants), 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions),
17.06.150 (Decision After Administrative Hearing or Public Hearing), and 17.06.240
(Resubmission of Application).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 117
17.27.100 Pre -Annexation Agreement.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Application Filing, Fees, and Project Review.
D. Project Notice and Required Actions.
E. Council Actions.
F. Findings.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide procedures, requirements, and a
formal agreement for consideration of the acceptance of existing County
entitlements and standards that do not meet the City's development standards as
part of an annexation.
B. _Applicability. The Council may grant exceptions to the following provisions of
the Code in accordance with County -approved entitlements that annex to the Citv
upon a finding that the impacts of such minor exceptions are consistent with the
General Plan and proposed zoning and will not adversely affect or be materially
detrimental to adiacgnt uses or residents:
1. Permitted uses;
2. Parking:
3. Setbacks;
4. Floor area ratio:
5 Signage:
6. Architectural design elements:
7. Right-of-way improvements:
8. Landscaping:
9. Hillside development: and
10. Other development standards as determined by the Council.
C. Application Filing. Fees. and Proiect Review. Applications for a pre -annexation
agreement shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.27 (Class VI Applications —
Discretionary).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 118
CJ
0
0
D. Proiect Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (B) (1) (Publication).
E. Council Action.
1. Commission Action. A pre -annexation agreement shall not require a
public hearing before the Commission for action, unless directed by the
Council.
3. Public Hearing by Council—Notice of Action Taken. The Council shall
serve a notice of its action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160
(Notice of Action and Findings).
F. Findinrs. The Council shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates the required findings er Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 – Permits and Applications
Page 119
0
0
Chapter 17.28 Class VII Applications—Legislative
SECTIONS:
17.28.010
Purpose.
17.28.020
Applicability.
17.28.030
Review Authority and Related Procedures.
17.28.040
Application Filing, Fees, and Proiect Review.
17.28.050
Proiect Notice and Required Actions.
17.28.060
Public Hearing.
17.28.070
Findings and Decision Procedures.
17.28.080
Post -Decision Procedures.
17.28.100
Development Agreements.
17.28.110
Specific and Corridor Plans.
17.28.120
Zone Changes and Amendments.
17.28.010 Purpose.
The Class VII application is a discretionary process for reviewing uses that are legislative
and require Council approval. Class VII applications require public notification and
public hearings before both the Commission and the Council.
17.28.020 Applicability. •
A Class VII application is required to authorize legislative actions.
17.28.030 Review Authority and Related Procedures.
A. General Requirements. Class VII applications shall be approved, conditionally
approved, or denied by the Review Authority in comoliance with Table 17.06-1
(Review Authority), and any additional requirements or review criteria for a Class
VII review established in this Code.
B. Assignment. The Director shall assign a Class VII application to the Commission
for a public hearing and recommendation to the Council.
17.28.040 Application Filing, Fees, and Proiect Review.
and Staff Reports).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 120
0
0
•
0
17.28.050 Project Notice and Required Actions.
The Department shall provide notice of the hearing in compliance with Section 17.06.110
(Type 11 Public Noticing (Public Hearing)) on a Class VII application before taking anv
action.
17.28.060 Public Hearine.
The Department shall conduct public hearings in compliance with Sections 17.06.120
Public Hearing Procedure) and 17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing) and
forward their recommendation to the Council.
17.28.070 Findings and Decision Procedures.
Class VII application findings and decision procedures shall be in compliance with
Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decisions).
17.28.080 Post -Decision Procedures.
Class VII application post -decision procedures shall be in compliance with Sections
17.06.160 (Notice of Action and Findings), 17.06.170 (Effective Date of Decision);
17.06.180 (Scope of Approvals), 17.06.190 (Conditions of Approval), 17.06.200 (Use of
Property Before Final Action). 17.06.210 (Approvals Run with the Land), 17.06.220
(Performance Guarantees and Covenants), 17.06.230 (Time Limits and Extensions),
17.06.150 (Decision After Administrative Hearine or Public Hearing), and 17.06.240
(Resubmission of Application).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 121
17.28.100 Development Agreements.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose and Interpreting Provisions.
B. Avolication Filing. Fees, and Proiect Review.
C. Content of Development Agreement.
D. Commission and Council Actions.
E. Findings.
F. Execution and Recordation.
G. Subsequently Enacted City, Special District, County, State, and Federal Laws or
Regulations.
H. Enforcement.
I . Amendment and Cancellation of Development Agreements.
J. Periodic Review.
K. Violation of Agreement— Commission Review.
L. Violation of Agreement — Council Review.
A. Purpose and Interpreting Provisions. The purpose of this section is to provide
procedures, requirements for consideration of development agreements.
implementing, amending, and enforcing development agreements.
1. Intent of Agreement. A develooment agreement is a contract between the
City and an applicant for a development proiect, in compliance with
Chapter 4, Article 2.5 (Development Agreements) in Title 7, Division I
(Planning and Land Use) of the State Government Code. It is intended to
assure to an applicant that an approved Proiect may proceed, subiect to the
policies, rules, regulations, and conditions of approval applicable to the
project at the time of approval, regardless of any changes to City zoning
and various other policies, rules, and regulations after proiect approval as
included within this section. In return, the City would be provided with
significant, tangible benefits above and beyond those that may be required
by the City through normal review procedures and proiect conditions of
approval that would otherwise avoly.
2. Interpreting Provisions.
a. In interoreting the provisions of anv develooment agreement
entered into compliance with this section, those provisions shall
be read to be consistent with the language of this section. and
Chapter 4, Article 2.5, in Title 7, Division 1 of the State
Government Code, and the agreement itself.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 122
0
•
11
0
b. Should anv apoarent discrepancies between the meanings of these
documents arise, reference shall be made to the followine
documents, and in the following order:
i. The plain terms of the development agreement itself;
ii. The provisions of this section; and
iii. The provisions of Chapter 4, Article 2.5, in Title 7,
Division I of the State Government Code.
B. Application Filing. Fees and Proiect Retdew. Applications for a development
agreement shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.28 (Class VII Applications —
Legislative).
C. Content ofDeveloament Agreement.
1. Mandatory Contents. A development agreement shall contain the
applicable provisions in compliance with the State Government Code
including:
• a. The duration of the agreement, including a specified termination
date if appropriate;
b. The uses to be permitted on the property;
C. The density or intensity of use permitted;
d. The minimum height, size and location of buildings permitted:
e. The reservation or dedication of land for public purposes to be
accomplished, if any; and
f. The time schedule established for periodic review as required by
Section 17.28.100 (K) (Periodic Review);
Such terms, conditions, restrictions, or requirements shall not be contrary
to zoning, subdivision or other ordinances, laws, or regulations applicable
to the proposed development.
2. Permissive Contents. A develooment agreement may contain the
applicable provisions in compliance with State Govemment Code
including:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 123
0
a. The requirement of development schedules providing that
construction of the proposed development as a total vroiect or in
phases be initiated and/or completed within specified time periods;
b. The. construction of public facilities required in coniunction with
such development, including but not limited to vehicular and
pedestrian rights-of-way, drainage and flood -control facilities.
parks and other recreational facilities, and sewers and sewage
treatment facilities;
C. The prohibition of one or more uses normally listed as a use
subiect to application in the underlying zone where placed;
d. The limitation of future development or requirement of specified
conditions under which further development not included in the
agreement may occur;
e. The requirement of a faithful performance bond where deemed
necessary to, and in an amount deemed sufficient to guarantee the
faithful performance of specified terms, conditions, restrictions,
and/or requirements of the agreement.
f The requirements of specified design criteria for the exteriors of
buildings and other structures, including, but limited to, the
permitted uses of the property. the density and/or intensity of the
use, the maximum height and size of proposed structures, signs.
any land dedications, and reservations;
g. The requirement of special yards, open spaces, buffer areas, fences
and walls, landscaping and parking facilities, including vehicular
and pedestrian ingress and egress;
h. The regulation of nuisance factors such as noise, vibration, smoke,
dust, dirt, odors,ag ses, garbage, heat, and the prevention of glare
or direct illumination of adjacent pronerties; and
i. The regulation of operating hours and other characteristics of
operation adversely affecting normal neighborhood schedules and
functions on surrounding property.
D. Commission and Council Actions.
I. Public Hearing by the Commission. The Commission shall conduct public
hearings in compliance with Sections 17.06.120 (Public Hearing
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 124
0
0
0
•
0
Procedure) and 17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing) and
forward their recommendation to the Council.
2. Commission Recommendation. A recommendation by the Commission
relative to a development agreement shall be by resolution carried by the
affirmative vote to the Council. If the Commission has recommended
against the approval of a development agreement, the Council shall not be
required to take further action, and the action of the Commission shall
become final unless appealed to the Council in accordance with Chapter
17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Review).
3. Notice of Commission Action. The Commission shall serve a notice of its
action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of Action
and Findings).
4. Public Hearing by Council. After receipt of the Commission's affirmative
recommendation, the Council shall hold a public hearing and shall give
notice of such public hearing pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section
17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
5. Council Action on Commission Recommendations. The Council ma
approve, modify or reiect the recommendation of the Commission
involving a development agreement, provided any modification of the
proposed agreement by the Council not previously considered by the
Commission during its hearing shall first be referred to the Commission
for report and recommendation. The Commission shall not be required to
hold a public hearing.
6. Public Hearing by Council—Notice of Action Taken. The Council shall
serve a notice of its action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.16.160
(Notice of Action and Findings).
E. Findings. The Review Authority shall approve an application only after the
gpolicant substantiates all of the findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and
Decision) in addition to the following:
1. The proposed development agreement complies with City zoning,
subdivision, and other applicable ordinances and regulations:
2. That the proposed development agreement provides for clear and
substantial public benefit to the City and/or residents along with a
schedule for delivery of the benefit:
3. Any development agreement that contains a subdivision shall comps with
the provisions of Government Code Section 66473.7:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 125
F. Execution and Recordation.
I. Adopted by Ordinance.
a. Approval by the Council of a development agreement shall be by
ordinance.
b. The ordinance shall not be adopted and the Mayor or Mayor's
desijznee shall not execute a development agreement until it has
been executed by the applicant.
G. Ordinances. Reeulations and Requirements Applicable to
Development. Unless otherwise provided by a development
agreement, the General Plan, the Code, and other ordinances, rules,
regulations, and official policies governing permitted uses of land,
eoveming c. If the applicant has not executed the agreement, or
the agreement as modified by the Council, and retumed the
executed agreement to the City Clerk within 30 days following
Council approval, the approval shall be deemed withdrawn, and
the Mayor or designee shall not execute the agreement. The 30 -day
time period may be extended upon approval of the Council.
2. Ordinance Becomes Effective. The City shall not execute a development
agreement until on, or after the date upon which the ordinance approving
the agreement. becomes effective.
3. Recordation of Agreement. A development agreement shall be recorded
by the City Clerk with the Registrar-Recorder/County Clerk no later than
10 days after it is executed in compliance with Section 65868.5 of the
State Government Code.
4. Develooment agreements approved by the Council shall be on file with the
City Clerk
G. Subsequently Enacted City. Special District. County. State. and Federal Laws or
Reidations. In the event that special district. County, State. or Federal laws,
mandates, or regulations enacted subsequent to the execution of a development
agreement prevent or preclude compliance with one or more provisions of the
agreement, the provisions of the agreement shall be deemed modified or
suspended to the extent necessary to comply with the subsequently enacted
special district, County, State, or Federal laws, mandates, or regulations. Unless
modified by the development agreement, all structures shall be constructed using
the building,, plumbing, mechanical, electrical, and fire codes in effect at the time
of building permit issuance.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 126
0
•
11
0
H. Enforcement
1. Responsibility for Enforcement. Unless and until amended or cancelled in
whole or in part in compliance with Section 17.28.100 (J) (Amendment
and Cancellation of Development Agreements), below, a development
agreement shall be enforceable by any party to the agreement
notwithstanding any change in regulations which alters or amends the
regulations applicable to development as specified in Section 17.28.100
(H) (Subsequently Enacted Special District, County, State and Federal
Laws or Regulations) above.
2. Burden of the Agreement. The burden of a development agreement shall
be binding upon, and the benefits of the agreement shall inure to, all
successor(s)-in-interest to the parties to the agreement.
I. Amendment and Cancellation of Development Agreements.
1. Proposed Amendment or Cancellation. A development agreement may be
amended, or cancelled in whole or in part, by mutual consent of all parties
to the agreement or their successor(s)-in-interest-
2 Initiation of Amendment or Cancellation. Either party to the agreement
• may propose and initiate an amendment to or cancellation of a
development agreement.
_ Amendment and Cancellation Procedures. The procedures and notice
requirements for amendment or cancellation of a development agreement
are the same as the procedures for entering into an agreement in
compliance with this section except as otherwise set forth in the
development agreement and permitted by the Government Code.
City Initiated Amendment or Cancellation. Where the City initiates the
amendment or cancellation of the development agreement, it shall first
sive notice to the property owner of its intention to initiate the proceedings
at least 30 days before giving public notice to consider the amendment or
cancellation, in compliance with Chapter 17.06 (Common Procedures).
Periodic Review.
1. Basic Requirements for Periodic Review. Every development agreement
entered into by the Council shall provide for periodic review of the
applicant's compliance with such agreement by the Director at a time
interval specified in such agreement, but in no event longer than 12
months.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 127
2. Procedure for Periodic Review.
a. Purpose of Periodic Review. The purpose of the periodic reviews
shall be to determine whether the applicant>contractingparty or its
successor(s)-in-interest has complied in good faith with the terms
or conditions of the development agreement:
i. The Director shall determine on the basis of substantial
evidence that the applicant or the successors) -in -interest
has or has not complied with the agreement;
ii,. If as a result of this review the Director determines that the
agreement is not being complied with, the Director shall
notify the applicant for the service of summons or by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt
requested, also indicating that failure to comply within a
period specified. but in no event less than 30 calendar days,
may result in legal action to enforce compliance,
termination, or modification of the agreement
iii. It is the duty of the applicant or the successor(s)-in-interest
to provide evidence of good -faith compliance with the
agreement to the Director's satisfaction at the time of the
review;
iv. Refusal by the applicant or the successors) -in -interest to
provide the required information shall be deemed prima
facie evidence of violation of the development agreement:
v. If at the end of the time period established by the Director
the applicant or the successor(s)-in-interest has failed to
comply with the terms of the agreement or, alternatively,
submitted additional evidence satisfactorily substantiating
compliance, the Director shall notify the Commission of
the findings recommending the action as the Director
deems appropriate, including legal action to enforce
compliance or to terminate or modify the agreement:
vi. Where the Director notifies the Commission that the
Director's findings indicate that a development agreement
is being violated, a public hearing shall be scheduled before
the Commission to consider an applicant's reported failure
to comply. and the action recommended by the Director.
Procedures for conduct of the hearing shall be the same as
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 128
r�
u
u
0
provided in this section for initiation and consideration of a
development agreement: and
vii. If as a result of the hearing. the Commission finds that the
applicant or the successor(s)-in-interest is in violation of a
development agreement, it shall notify the Council of its
findings, recommending action as it deems appropriate.
b. Council Actions Following Periodic Review. Where the
Commission reports the violation of a development agreement, the
Council may take one of the following actions:
i. Approve the recommendation of the Commission
instructing that action be taken as indicated in cases other
than a recommendation to terminate or modify an
agreement:
ii. Refer the matter back to the Commission for further
proceedings with or without instructions: or
Schedule the matter for Dublic hearing before the Council
where termination or modification of an agreement is
recommended. Procedures for conduct of the public hearing
shall be the same as Provided in this section for initiation
and consideration of a development agreement.
K. Hotation ofAereement—Commission Review.
Where the Director notifies the Commission that the Director's findin
indicate that a development agreement is being violated, a public hearing
shall be scheduled before the Commission to consider the avolicant's
reported failure to comply, and the action recommended by the Director.
Procedures for conduct of such hearing shall be the same as provided
herein for initiation and consideration of a development agreement.
2. If, as a result of such hearing, the Commission finds that the applicant or
the successor in interest is in violation of a development agreement, it
shall notifv the Council of its findings, recommending such action as it
deems appropriate.
L. Violation of Agreement—Council Revietr. Where the Commission reports the
violation of a development agreement, the Council may take one of the following
actions:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 – Permits and Applications
Page 129
0
1. Approve the recommendation of the Commission, instructing that action
be taken as indicated therein in cases other than a recommendation to
terminate or modify an agreement; or
2. Refer the matter back to the Commission for further proceedings with or
without instructions: or
3._ Schedule the matter for Council hearing where termination or
modification of an agreement is recommended. Procedures for such
hearing shall be as provided in Section 17.06.110 (Type I1 Public Notices
(Public Hearing)l.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 130
0
•
0
n
U
•
U
17.28.110 Specific and Corridor Plans.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Application Filing, Fees, and Proiect Review.
C. Contents.
D. Additional Contents for a Specific Plan.
E. Project Notice and Required Actions.
F. Commission and Council Actions.
G. Findings.
H. Adoption and Amendments.
I. Administration.
I List of Specific Plans.
K. List of Corridor Plans.
A. _ Purpose. This section establishes procedures for consideration of specific and
corridor plans as authorized by the State Government Code. The specific plan and
corridor plan are intended to achieve the following ournoses:
1. To promote and Drotect the Dublic health. safety and welfare
2. To implement the objectives and policies of the General Plan:
3. To safeguard and enhance environmental amenities, such as oak trees and
ridaelines, and enhance the quality of development:
4. To attain the physical, social, and economic advantage resulting from
comprehensive and orderly planned use of land resources:
5. To lessen congestion and assure convenience of access: to secure safety
from fire, flood and other dangers: to provide for adequate light, air,
sunlight and open space: to promote and encourage conservation of scarce
resources: to facilitate the creation of a convenient, attractive and
harmonious community: to attain a desirable balance of residential and
employment opportunities; and to expedite the provision of adequate and
essential public services:
6. To facilitate develooment within the City in accordance with the General
Plan by permitting greater flexibility and. consequently, more creative and
imaginative designs for large-scale development proiects than generally
are possible under conventional zoning regulations;
7. To promote more economical and efficient use of the land while Droviding
a harmonious variety of housing choices and commercial and industrial
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 131
activities. a high level of urban and public amenities and preservation of
natural and scenic qualities of oven space:
8. In the case of a specific plan, to provide a process for initiation, review
and regulation of large-scale comprehensively planned communities that
afford the maximum flexibility to the developer within the context of an
overall development program and specific, phased development plans
coordinated with the provision of necessary public services and facilities:
and
9. In the case of a corridor Dian, to continue imolementine policies and goals
set forth in the General Plan relating to Preservation of community
characteristics and community vitality, ap ro nate urban form, and smart
growth Principles emphasizing oedestrian orientation, integration of land
uses, treatment of streetscapes as community living space, and
environmentally sensitive building design and operation.
B. Application Filing. Fees. and Proiect Review. Applications for a specific or
corridor Plan shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.28 (Class VII Applications —
Legislative).
C. Contents. The specific or corridor plan shall include the text and a diagram or
diagrams, which specify the following in detail and includes:
1. The distribution, location, and extent of the uses of land, including oven
space, within the area covered by the plan:
2. The plan shall include a statement of the relationship between the plan and
the general plan: and
3. Standards and criteria by which development will proceed, and standards
for the conservation, develooment, and utilization of natural resources.
where avolicable.
D. Additional Contents for a Specific Plan. In addition to the above, the following
contents shall be included as Part of a specific plan avvlication:
I. A orogram of implementation measures including regulations, programs,
public works Proiects, and financing measures necessary to cam out the
Proiect: and
2. The Dr000sed distribution, location, and extent and intensitv of maior
components of public and private transportation, sewage, water, drainage,
solid waste disposal, energy, and other essential facilities proposed to be
located within the area covered by the otan and needed to sum ort the land
uses described in the plan
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 132
n
U
•
0
0
•
0
E. Project Notice and Required Actions. The notice of the public hearing shall be in
compliance with Section 17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing))
F. Commission and Council Actions
1_ Public Hearing by the Commission. The Commission shall conduct public
hearings in compliance with Sections 17.06.120 (Public Hearing
Procedure) and 17.06.140 (Recommendations after Public Hearing) and
forward their recommendation to the Council.
against the approval of an plan, the Council shall not be required to take
further action, and the action of the Commission shall become final unless
appealed to the Council in accordance with Chapter 17.07 (Appeals or
Certification of Review).
3. Notice of Commission Action. The Commission shall serve a notice of its
action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of Action
and Findings).
4. Public Hearing by Council. After receipt of the Commission's affirmative
recommendation, the Council shall hold a public hearing and shall give
notice of such public hearing pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section
17.06.110 (Type 11 Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
5. Council Action on Commission Recommendations. The Council ma
approve, modify or reiect the recommendation of the Commission
involving a specific or corridor plan, provided any modification of the
proposed plan by the Council not previously considered by the
Commission during its hearing shall first be referred to the Commission
for report and recommendation. The Commission shall not be required to
hold a public hearing.
6. Public Hearing by Council—Notice of Action Taken. The Council shall
serve a notice of its action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160
(Notice of Action and Findings).
G. Findines. The Council shall approve an application only after the applicant
substantiates the required findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
H. Adoption and Amendments.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 133
applicable orovisions of the State Government Code.
2. Amendments. Any amendments to such specific or corridor plans or
regulations shall also be adopted in accordance with the State Government
Code provisions and those mentioned below.
a. A specific or corridor plan may be amended in the same manner as
provided for adoption of a specific or corridor plan by this section.
b. An amendment to a specific or corridor plan may be initiated b
the Director. Commission, or Council. An amendment may also be
initiated by the applicant for the specific or corridor plan or a
successor thereto, provided such applicant or successor has. at the
time of application for an amendment, a continuing controlling
interest in development or management of uses within the specific
plan.
I. Administration
Administration. Specific and corridor plans and their associated
regulations shall be administered in accordance with the State Government
Code. Such plans and regulations may reference existing provisions and
procedures of this Code or they may develop different administrative
procedures to use in the implementation of the plan.
regulations shall supersede the provisions of the underlying zone as
specified in the specific or corridor plan.
3. Operation and Enforcement of Develooment Codes. All uses and all
development carried out, or proposed to be carried out, within the boundaries of
an area for which a specific Plan or corridor plan has been adopted must
comply with the requirements, standards, regulations, and all other
provisions set forth in that specific plan or corridor plan in addition to all other
provisions of law. Any failure to comply with a requirement, standard,
regulation, or any other provision set forth in an adopted specific plan or
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 134
0
•
0
0
E
corridor plan shall constitute a violation of the Code. All such violations shall
be subiect to the enforcement provisions of the Municipal Code.
J. List o(Specifrc Plans.
The following specific plans are added by reference, together with all maps
and provisions pertaining thereto:
Specific Plan
^Number
Specific Plan Name
Ordinance of
Adoption
Date of Adoption
I
North Valencia
97-020
11/04/1997
2
North Valencia Il
00-001
1/11/200
3
Downtown Newhall
05-018
11/22/2005
4
Porta Bella
95-006
10/12/1995
5 *
Canyon Park
86-022
12/23/1986
6
Vista Canon
11-010
5/10/2011
* Approved by Los Angeles County and annexed into the City on 09/11/12
K. List of Corridor Pians.
The following corridor plans are added by reference, together with all mans
and provisions pertaining thereto:
Corridor
Corridor Plan Name
Ordinance of
Adoption
Date of Adoption
Plan
Number
1
I Lyons Avenue
TBD
TBD
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 135
17.28.120 Zone Chances and Amendments.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Initiation.
C. Review Authority and Related Procedures.
D. Application Filing. Fees and Project Review.
E. Project Notice and Required Actions.
F. Commission and Council Actions.
G. Findings.
H. Additional Requirements for Zone Changes.
I. Additional Requirements for Amendments.
J. Change of Zoning Mai).
K. Consistency with Proposed Zone Changes or Amendments.
A. Purpose. This section provides procedures and criteria for zone changes and
amendments of zoning maps, and this Code, whenever the Council determines
that public convenience, general welfare, and/or zoning practice justify a zone
change or an amendment. All such zone changes and amendments shall be made
pursuant to the provisions of this Code and Title 7 (Planning and Land Use) of the
State Government Code. A prezone for areas to be included in an annexation area
shall be considered a zone change in accordance with this Code.
B. Initiation
I. Initiation by the City. A zone change or amendment to the zoning trap or
this Code may be initiated by the following:
a. Council. The Council may instruct the Director to initiate a zone
change or an amendment;
b Commission. The Commission may instruct the Director to initiate
a zone change or an amendment: or
C. Director. The Director may initiate a zone change or an
amendment.
2. Initiation by the Applicant. In the case of a zoning map amendment, it
may also be initiated by the filing of a Class VII application.
3. Urgency Ordinance. In the case of the Zoning Ordinance, the Council may
also adopt an urgency measure as an interim ordinance in compliance with
Section 65858 of the State Government Code.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 - Permits and Applications
Page 136
n
U
•
11
11
•
0
application and amendment review established in this Code.
D. Application Filing. Fees. and Project Review. Applications for a zone change or
amendment shall be in compliance with Chapter 17.28 (Class VII Applications —
Legislative).
E. Praiect Notice and Required Actions.
1. Public Hearings and Notice Required. The notice of the public hearing
shall be in compliance with Section 17.06.110 (fie 11 Public Noticing
(Public Hearing)).
2. Additional Area May be Included. Where an application is filed requesting
a zone change, the Director may elect to expand the boundaries of the area
to be studied when, in the opinion of the Director, good zoning practice
justifies the proposed expansion.
F. Commission and Council Actions.
2. Commission Recommendation. A recommendation by the Commission
relative to a zone change or amendment shall be by resolution carried by
the affirmative vote to the Council. If the Commission has recommended
against the approval of a zone change or amendment. the Council shall not
be required to take further action, and the action of the Commission shall
become final unless appealed to the Council in accordance with Chapter
17.07 (Appeals or Certification of Review).
3. Notice of Commission Action. The Commission shall serve a notice of its
action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160 (Notice of Action
and Findings).
4. Public Hearing by Council. After receipt of the Commission's affirmative
recommendation, the Council shall hold a public hearing and shall give
notice of such public hearing pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section
17.06.110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 137
5. Council Action on Commission Recommendations. The Council may
approve, modify or reiect the recommendation of the Commission
involving a zone change or amendment, provided that any modification of
the proposed zone change or amendment by the Council not previously
considered by the Commission during its hearing, shall first be referred to
the Commission for report and recommendation. The Commission shall
not be required to hold a public hearing.
6. Public Hearing by Council—Notice of Action Taken. The Council shall
serve a notice of its action in the manner prescribed by Section 17.06.160
(Notice of Action and Findings).
G. Findings. The Council shall approve an application only after the aoolicant
substantiates the required findings per Section 17.06.130 (Findings and Decision).
H. Additional Requirements for Zone Changes.
1. Principles and Standards for Zone Changes. The Council shall approve a
zone change only after the aoolicant substantiates all of the following
required findings:
a. That modified conditions warrant a revision in the zoning map as it
pertains to the area under consideration;
b. That a need for the proposed zone classification exists within such
aroma
C. That the particular property under consideration is a proper
location for said zone classification within such area:
i. That placement of the proposed zone at such location will
be in the interest of public health, safety and general
welfare, and in conformity with good zoning practice: and
ii. That the proposed zone change is consistent with the
adopted general plan for the area unless a general plan
amendment is filed concurrently and approved with said
zone change.
1. Additional Requirements for Amendments.
1. Principles and Standards for Amendments. The Council shall approve an
amendment other than a zone change only after all of the following
required findings can be substantiated:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 - Permits and Applications
Page 138
11
Is
0
0
r�
0
plan;
a. The amendment is consistent with the adiacent area, if applicable;
b. The amendment is consistent with the principles of the general
C. Approval of the amendment will be in the interest of public health,
convenience, safety, and general welfare and in conformity with
good zoning practice: and
d. The amendment is consistent with other apRlicable provisions of
this Code.
e. Is necessary to implement the general Plan and/or that the public
convenience, the general welfare or good zoning practice iustifies
such action.
J. Change of Zoning Map. A zone change shall be adopted by ordinance and shall
become the zoning for the property. The City Clerk shall notify the County
Assessor of any changes of zone within ninety (90) calendar days of adoption by
the Council.
K. Consistencv with Proposed Zone Changes or Amendments. Upon the
determination of completeness by the Director of a zone change or development
code amendment, a permit and/or aoolication may be approved for the erection,
construction, alteration, or change of anv building, structure, or improvement
covered by the Proposed zone change or amendment which would conform to the
requirements for the proposed zone. Permits and/or applications for the erection,
construction, alteration, or change of any building, structure, or improvement in
compliance with the existing zone and/or amendment under consideration, shall
be held in abeyance until the effective date of the proposed zone change or
amendment.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.03 — Permits and Applications
Page 139
0
Chapter 17.05 Legal Nonconforming Uses, Lots and
Structures
Seetiens
SECTIONS:
17.05.010 Purpose.
17.05.020 Continuation and Maintenance.
17.05.030 Discontinuation of D+,gLegal Nonconforming Use.
17.05.040 Restoration of a Damaged Structure.
17.05.050 Elimination of Pfe-c*'stkig-Legal Nonconforming Uses and Structures.
17.05.060 Zoning Compliance Review.
17.05.010 Purpose
This seetienchapter is intended to allow for the continuation, maintenance, and limited expansion
of uses Iots and structures established in compliance with development codes in effect at the
time of establishment of the use or structure but not in compliance with current development
codes.
• 117.05.020 Continuation and Maintenance.
LJ
A. A use legally occupying a structure or a site, as of the effective date of this eedeCode,
that does not conform with the use regulations or the performance standards for the zone
in which the use is located shall be deemed to be a pre existing -legal nonconforming use
and may be continued in perpetuity, except as otherwise provided in this seetienchanter.
B. A structure, legally occupying a site, as of the effective date of this eedeCode, that does
not conform with the property development standards for required yards, height,
coverage, distances between structures, or other standards for the zone in which the
structure is located, shall be deemed to be a pre w4sting-legal nonconforming structure
and may be used and maintained in perpetuity, except as otherwise provided in this
see4enchapter.
C. Routine maintenance and repairs may be performed on a structure or site, the use of
which is pro w•i.fing and legal nonconforming.
D. A structure which does not meet the property development standards of the zone in which
it is located shall be permitted to expand up to the RARfloor area ratio permitted for that
zone in the event that the Director ^' r .. n� ,e'o"- ent determines that the
expansion will not increase the degree of nonconformity, or adversely affect or be
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.05 — Pre -Existing Legal Uses and Structures
Page 1
materially detrimental to, adjacent uses, residents, buildings, structures, or natural •
resources.
E. A use which does not meet the performance standards of the zone in which it is located
shall be permitted to expand in the event that the expansion does not increase the degree
of nonconformity.
F. A conditional use legally established prior to the effective date of this develepment
-.Code, or prior to the effective date of subsequent zone changes or amendments to the
aevelepfneat -.Code, shall be permitted to continue and be permitted to expand or be
modified pursuant to Qiapte:4-7,044he Code.
G. A parking lot previously constructed with or without a surplus of parking spaces over
what was required at the time of approval of the development shall be subject to the
parking provisions of 6hapterSection 17.4$51.060 (Parking Standards) of this eedecode
for all new uses or structures, notwithstanding general office and retail uses for
developments approved by Los Angeles Countv and remaining in conformance with such
.. � • ee+rasa:c���ni:�+afre�.:sr.�:evrz�nr_!+nn�t��ee+�s•
6H. When interpreting setbacks for a residential use in a residential zone that are legal,
nonconforming, new construction shall be permitted to maintain/continue the existing
neneen€erniitysetback, provided the structure does not further encroach into the existing •
setback area by either further reducing the existing setback, or expanding (either
vertically or horizontally) the building square footage by more than 20%. Any further
enereaehffleat i...e the ,...tablis eaexpansion in excess of the 20% described above, or any
further reduction in the setback shall be considered an increase in the degree of
nonconformity and will be required to obtain the appropriate adjustment or varianee
1. A lot that was legally created, as of the effective date of this Code, that does not conform
with the Code regulations for minimum lot size or dimensions for the zone in which the
lot is located, shall be deemed to be a legal nonconforming lot and may be utilized for a
structure that would otherwise be allowed in that zone as long as all development
standards are achieved or an adiustment or variance, whichever is applicable, is obtained
for any such standards that cannot be achieved.
17.05.030 Discontinuation of Pe Existing Legal Nonconforming Use.
Whenever a pre e*istiag-legal nonconforming use, or use of a pre existinglegal nonconforming
structure, has been discontinued or changed to a conforming use for a continuous period of one
hundred eighty (180) calendar days or more, the pre existing -legal nonconforming use shall not
be re-established, and the use of the structure or site thereafter shall be in conformity with the
regulations for the zone in which it is located. Discontinuation shall include cessation of a use
regardless of intent to resume the use, unless the Director is notified •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.05 — Pre -Existing Legal Uses and Structures
Page 2
• in writing of the intent to resume and has approved a schedule for resumption of said use. This
provision shall not apply to fnelti tenaw ht*ildiags tialess pfe existinglegal
,.a , forte hundred eighty (180,.,.lead.._ days o fnefe. (04 nn z voinn. n_a
nc 1 c2 1,125,105; Ord. nc 19§2 ivi�ine�
17.05.040 Restoration of a Damaged Structure.
A. Whenever a structure which does not comply with the property development standards
prescribed in the zone in which the structure is located is destroyed by fire or other
calamity to the extent of fifty (50) percent or more, the structure may be restored and the
pre erasti legal nonconforming use may be resumed; provided, that restoration is
started within two (2) years from the date of the calamity and diligently pursued to
completion. The new structure may be restored to its original height or the maximum
height permitted in the zone in which it is located, whichever is greater, and must be in
full conformity with the parking, setback, and landscaping standards for that zone in
effect at the time of re-establishment.
B. The extent of damage shall be based upon the ratio of the estimated cost of restoring the
structure to its condition prior to such damage to the estimated cost of duplicating the
entire structure as it existed prior thereto. Estimates for this purpose shall be made by or
shall be reviewed and approved by the Building Official and shall be based on the
• minimum cost of construction in compliance with the building code. In the case of a use
with multiple structures, the damage ratio shall be determined by comparing the cost of
restoring the damaged structure(s) to its (their) condition(s) prior to such damage to the
estimated cost of duplicating all structures associated with such use.
•
C. Whenever a structure is damaged less than 50%, the structure shall be replaced to its legal
nonconforming status or replace the structure with a structure in conformance with the
Code.
17.05.050 Elimination of PEik'^'ingLegal Nonconforming Uses and Structures.
A. Any unscreened outdoor storage (illegal under the provisions of the Los Angeles County
EedeTitle 22) shall be screened in compliance with the provisions of this development
eedeCode within one year of the effective date of this develegment-sCode.
B. With the exception of signage, uses and structures established in compliance with zoning
codes in effect at the time of establishment of the use or structure but made pre e*isting
legal nonconforming by this Code shall be allowed to continue and/or
remain. D~ e*ist kg4eo Legal nonconforming signage shall be eliminated as follows:
Signs as prohibited by subsection (U) of Section 17.49-?-1$51.080(Sign
Regulations (—Private Property)), thirty (30) days.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.05 – Pre -Existing Legal Uses and Structures
Page 3
0
2. In the case of outdoor advertising signs or structures in residential eaal
zones, and notwithstanding any contrary provision of this title, such signs and
structures shall be discontinued and removed pursuant to and as allowed by
California Business and Professions Code Sections 5412.1 and 5412.2 as follows:
Fair Market Value on Date of Notice of
Removal Requirement
years Allowed to Remain
Under $1,999
2
$2,000 to $3,999
3
$4,000 to $5,999
4
$6,000 to $7,999
5
$8,000 to $9,999
6
$10,000 and over
7
The amounts provided in this section shall be adjusted each January 1st from and after January 1,
1983, in accordance with the changes in building costs, as indicated in the United States
Department of Commerce Composite Cost Index for Construction Costs. •
3. All other signs and sign structures, nine (9) years from November 13, 1990.
17.05.060 Zoning Compliance Review.
Uses and structures established in compliance with zoning codes in effect at the time of
establishment of the use or structure but not in compliance with current zoning codes may obtain
a certificate of zoning compliance. A certificate of zoning compliance shall require a final
occupancy review. The applicant must show, to the satisfaction of the Director
Devele-•-•:e-` that the structure or use in question is in compliance with the original permit
and/or codes in effect at the time the structure was constructed or the use was initiated. (9r- 01-
c 2iw0, n_a nc 1 c o 1,125,105; Ord nc 19 c 2, 1243r'061
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Chapter 17.05 — Pre -Existing Legal Uses and Structures
Page 4
0
•
•
Chapter 17.8711
DEFINITIONS
SeeliensSECTIONS:
17.11.010 Purpose.
17.0711.818020 Definitions (A_Z).
17.11.010 Purpose.
It is the purpose of this chapter to provide definitions of terms and phrases used in the Code that are
technical or specialized, or that may not reflect common usage. If a definition in this chapter conflicts with a
definition in another provision of the Santa Clarita Municipal Code, these definitions shall control for the
purposes of the Code. If a word is not defined in this chapter, or in other provisions of the Municipal Code.
the Director shall determine the correct definition, giving deference to common usage.
17.0711,018020 Definitions.
Words, phrases and terms used in this eCode have the meaning assigned to them by the Director -et
Community Develepmem. When not ineonsistent with the eemext, words used in the present tense i-elud
;he fiiture; words in the singulaf number melude the phiml; and these in the plural flumlwr inehide, Ae
sing -alar. The wind "-hall" is mandatefy; 6.,.word "may" . Any interpretation of a word, phrase
or term shall be in conformance with Chapter 17.04 (Interpretations).
A. Definitions, "A."
"Abut," &Bell-inean4Two (2) adjoining parcels of property with a common property line, including two
(2) or more lots adjoining only at a corner, except where such common property line is located in a
public street right-of-way, which shall be considered street frontage. "Adjacent" or "contiguous"
shall mean the same as abutting.
`Access= or =access way-' shall-mean-tThe place, means or way by which pedestrians and vehicles shall
have safe, adequate and usable ingress and egress to a property or use as required by this develop .e n
Ceode.
Accessory building or structure. A detached subordinate building or structure, the use of which is
incidental to that of the main building or main use of the land, which is located on the same lot or parcel
of land and is located in the same zone as the main building or use.
"Accessory useshall-mean-eA use of land or of a building or portion thereof customarily incidental
and subordinate to the principal use of the land or building and located on the same lot with the principal
use.
Activity Area. A neighborhood -serving retail center, eenerally located in a residential area, with
supportive commercial uses such as grocery stores, restaurants, personal services, and retail sale of
specials goods.
"Adult"_shall mean a— person who is eighteen (18) years of age or older.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 1
Adult Business. The followine terns and phrases are defined for the ourooses of Chanter 17.61 (Adult •
Business Reeulations).
!.`-'Adult bookstore'=_sh ball- warraAn establishment that devotes more than fifteen (15) percent of
the total floor area utilized for the display of books and periodicals to the display and sale of the
following: books, magazines, periodicals, or other printed matter, or photographs, films, motion
pictures, video cassettes, slides, tapes, records, or other forms of visual or audio representations
which are characterized by an emphasis upon the depiction or description of specified sexual
activities or specified anatomical instruments, devices or paraphernalia which are designed for use
in connection with specified sexual activities.
An adult bookstore does not include an establishment that sells books or periodicals as an incidental
or accessory part of its principal stock -in -trade and does not devote more than fifteen (15) percent of
the total floor area of the establishment to the sale of adult only books and periodicals.
2_�Adult cabaret_shall-mean-eA nightclub, bar, theater, restaurant or similar establishment which
regularly features live performances which are distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on
specified sexual activities or by exposure of specified anatomical areas and/or which regularly
features films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides or other photographic reproductions which are
distinguished or characterized by an emphasis upon the depiction or description of specified sexual
activities or specified anatomical areas for observation by patrons.
3. !-Adult hotel or motel!--. shall mean aA hotel, motel or similar establishment offering public
accommodations for any form of consideration which provides patrons with closed-circuit television
transmissions, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides or other photographic reproductions
which are distinguished or characterized by an emphasis upon the depiction or description of •
specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas.
4_``Adult motion picture arcade!-. shall Any place to which the adult public is permitted or
invited where coin or slug operated or electronically, electrically, or mechanically controlled still or
motion picture machines, projectors or other image -producing devices are maintained to show
images to five (5) or fewer persons per machine at any one time, and where the images so displayed
are distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on depicting or describing specified sexual
activities or specified anatomical areas for observation of patrons.
5_``Adult motion picture theater'=_shall-wRaftaAn establishment, with the capacity of €rfty-five (54))
or more persons, where, for any form of consideration, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides
or similar photographic reproductions are shown, and in which a substantial portion of the total
presentation time is devoted to the showing of material which is characterized by an emphasis upon
the depiction or description of specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas for
observation by patrons.
6. !-Adult tanning salon'=_ahe8 mean aA business establishment where patrons receive tanning
services in groups of two (2) or more and where patrons, employees, or independent contractors
thereof of the establishment expose specified anatomical areas. "Adult tanning salon" or "parlor"
shall also include a business establishment where a patron and an employee or independent
contractor thereof of the establishment are nude or expose "specified anatomical areas." An "adult
tanning salon" or "parlor" shall also include a business establishment where the employees or
independent contractors thereof are nude or expose "specified anatomical areas."
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 2
0
• 2.—! -Adult novelty store'=_is-aAn establishment having, as a substantial portion of its stock -in -trade, a
majority of its floor area, or a majority of its revenue derived from goods which are replicas of, or
which simulate, "specified anatomical areas," or "specified sexual activities," or goods which are
designed to be placed on or in "specified anatomical areas," or to be used in conjunction with
"specified sexual activities," to cause sexual excitement, including, but not limited to: dildos, auto
sucks, sexually oriented vibrators, edible underwear, pitlickers, benwa balls, inflatable orifices,
anatomical balloons with orifices, simulated and battery operated vaginas.
•
r1
U
8. Anatomical Areas. See "Specified anatomical areas."
9. EmWovee. A person who works or performs in and/or for an adult business, regardless of whether
or not said person is paid a salary, wage or other compensation by the operator of said business and
regardless of technical status as empllovee or independent contractor.
10. Escort. A person who, for any form of consideration or gratuity, agrees or offers to act as a
companion, guide, or date for another person, or who agrees or offers to privately model lingerie or
to privately perform a striptease for another person.
11. Escort agency. A person or business association who furnishes, offers to furnish, or advertises to
furnish escorts as one (1) of its urimary business purposes for a fee, tip, or other consideration
12. Individual viewing area. A viewing area designed for occupancy by one person No private
viewing areas shall be established, maintained, or authorized, and there shall be no doors curtains
stalls, or other enclosures creating a private viewing area.
13. Massage parlor. Any place where, for any form of consideration or gratuity, massage, alcohol rub,
administration of fomentation electric or magnetic treatments or any other treatment manipulation
of the human body which occurs as a part of or in connection with "specified sexual activities," or
where any person providing such treatment manipulation or service related thereto exposes
"specified anatomical areas." The definition of "adult business" regarding the ` oractice of massage"
does not annly to any licensed physician surgeon chiropractor or osteopath office nor by any nurse
or technician working under the supervision of a licensed physician, surgeon, chiropractor or
osteopath, not by trainers for any amateur, semiprofessional or professional athlete or athletic team
or school athletic program.
14. Nude or state of nudity. The appearance of human bare buttock, anus, male genitals female
genitals, or the areola or nipple of the female breast
15. Permitted or licensed premises. Any Premises that requires a license and/or permit and that is
classified as an adult business.
16. Private viewing area. An area or areas in an adult business designed to accommodate no more than
five (5) Patrons or customers for purposes of viewing or watching a nerformance picture show,
film, videotape, slide, movie, or other presentation No private viewing areas shall be established
maintained or authorized and there shall be no doors curtains stalls or other enclosures creating a
private viewing area.
17. Regular and substantial course of conduct shall mean:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 – Definitions
Page 3
a. Devotine more than fifteen (15) percent of total display area to the display of sex -oriented •
merchandise or sex -oriented material; or
b. Presenting any type of live entertainment characterized by an emphasis on specified sexual
activities or specified anatomical areas, or performers, models or employees appearing in public
in lingerie on any ten (10) or more separate or consecutive days within any thirty (30) day
period; or
C. Deriving at least fifty (50) percent of gross receipts from the sale, trade, display or presentation
of services, products, or entertainment which are characterized by an emphasis on matter
depicting, describing, or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas.
18. Semi-nude. A stage of dress in which clothing covers no more than the genitals, pubic region, and
areolae of the female breast, as well as portions of the bodv covered by supporting straps or devices.
19. Semi-nude model studio. Any place where a person, who appears semi-nude or displays "specified
anatomical areas," is provided for money or any form of consideration to be observed, sketched,
drawn, painted, sculptured, photographed, or similarly depicted by other persons.
20. Sex -oriented material. Any sex -oriented merchandise, or any book, periodical magazine,
photograph, drawing, sculpture, motion picture film, video tape recording, or other visual
representation which is distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on matter depicting,
describing, or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas.
21. Sex -oriented merchandise. Includes but not be limited to dildos, auto sucks, sexually oriented
vibrators, edible underwear, pitlickers, benwa balls, inflatable orifices, anatomical balloons with •
orifices, simulated and battery operated vaginas.
22. Sexual encounter establishment. An establishment, other than a hotel, motel, or similar
establishment offering public accommodations, which, for any form of consideration, provides a
place where two (2) or more persons may congregate, associate, or consort in connection with
specified sexual activities or the exposure of specified anatomical area. This definition does not
include an establishment where a medical practitioner, psychologist, psychiatrist or similar
professional person licensed by the State engages in sexual therapy. For the purposes of these
regulations, sexual encounter establishment shall include massage or ran parlor and other similar
establishments.
23. Specific anatomical areas shall mean:
a. Less than completely and opaquely covered human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus or
female breasts below a point immediately above the top of the areolae; or
b. Human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state, even if completely and opaquely covered.
24. Specified criminal acts. Acts which are sexual crimes against children, sexual abuse, rape or crimes
connected with another adult business including but not limited to distribution of obscenity or
material harmful to minors, prostitution or pandering.
25. Specified sexual activities shall mean:
a. The fondling or other touching of human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus or female
breasts; or
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 4
•
• 1 b. Sex acts, normal or nerverted, actual or simulated, including intercourse, oral copulation or
sodomy: or
C. Masturbation, actual or simulated: or
d. Excretory functions as part of or in connection with any of the activities set forth in subsections
(4-a) through (3c) of this definition.
26. Substantial enlargement of an adult business. An increase in the floor areas occupied by the
business by more than fifteen (15) percent as the floor areas exist on effective date of the ordinance
codified in this definition.
27. Transfer of ownership or control of an adult business shall mean and includes any of the
following:
a. The sale, lease or sublease of the business; or
b_ The transfer of securities which constitute a controlling interest in the business, whether by
sale, exchange or similar means: or
C. The establishment of a trust, gift or other similar legal device which transfers ownership or
control of the business, except for transfer by bequest or other operation of law upon the death
of a person possessing the ownership or control.
28. Waiter or waitress. A man or woman who waits on tables.
"Alley ^" " Any highway as defined in Chapter 12.08 of the Santa Clarita Municipal Code,
having a width of less than twenty-six (26) feet, not provided with a sidewalk or sidewalks.
• "Ambient noise level' __ean '"- General noise level in the area at the
shall��F_ given time.
"Amphitheater" shall mean all ..,.Fed o paFt:all, enelesed building ., struepaFe used for ...,1sifewses, steek shows, and conventions. Amphitheater ineludes J:..
stadium, spefts afena,
and outdeer
but shall r"1 : el, de arkaeeessery buildings l.
OF StFdettIFe9_
Anatomie.al A wee See "Q.,eei Pied a eel a
Animal Breeding. See "Kennel."
-`Antenna_" t�Tieally Typically ffwaf s,a metallic device used in communications which transmits or
receives radio signals.
`Antenna equipment!' Eneans aA cabinet, room, or similar structure which houses the electronic
facilities used to operate an antenna.
`Antenna heightL' Paeans tThe vertical distance from the existing or proposed grade, whichever is
lower to the top of the antenna or its support.
`Antique_'-' A" -'%A work of art, piece of furniture, or decorative object made at an earlier period
and at least fifty (50) years in age.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 5
"Antique shop Or „meanst@Fewhiehshall items whieh are by theif
•
tde.. enl. sidered to be o f anethef a llibl
style, vo„ and a 6oeete t and of heirloom
quality. These items shall be m PFePeF 'A'64Emg ordef of Festered to wedEiog eonditioo. Seeeiidband of
t"fi items are not eansidened
`Apartment"" shall A dwelling unit in an apartment house.
"—Apartment house" sh-' — A building, under the same ownership, containing three (3) or more
dwelling units, designed for occupancy by three (3) or more families living independently of each other.
"Approved" OF
1'ap ...e..vl by
i T.. _,.r fenee
the Qq
to aii .
for a Wilding
mean the Gity's
issuanee of a boilding
t"
pefmit authorizing
pphoatioe p
oefistmetion of a residential development.
nit shat
development
permit, shall mean
the appfeN,al or eenditietial
appFoval of seeh a permit
by
Commission, of,:ett
e C'Am...:..
e denies approval e. e.,.,
such peEmit, of ..d:tionally a
.al.
a bot the
or eonditional
ifn sitio.. of one
approval of any sueh
.. FneFe nd:t:ens attael.ed
pefmit by the Council.
t .e6 a -a is appealed, de
.el
..ppFo
applied sail Ffleohgnies and- foundatign engmeermg; whish is equipped to peffefffl and eenify the tests
and pFeeedures required in: this diNision; and whieh operations are eendueted ander the Fespen
ADnrovin a Authority. The ADDroving Authority is the decision maker who ultimatelv annroves •
the proiect.
—Architectural treatment'—'shall-Shall include any parapet, projection, cornice, screen wall, etc., that is
used to provide articulation when breaking up building massing. Signs shall not be considered an
architectural treatment and must be designed in accordance with this Geode.
"Area of benefit" 4-'4 mes„A A specified area wherein it has been determined that the real property
located therein will benefit from the construction of a bridge and/or major thoroughfare or other
designated improvement.
"Area of special flood hazard_" �—t The land in a floodplain, as identified by the Flood
Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) of Los Angeles County, subject to a one percent or greater chance of
flooding in any given year.
"As graded" stall mean the suitFaee eonfi uFation upon e, millet:..., of grad:...,,
`Attached_" shall a Any building or structure that has a wall or roof in common with another
building or structure.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 6
• ``Attic_"" &he's, eanz That part of a building that is immediately below and wholly or partly within the
roof framing and not accessed by permanent fixed stairs, ladders or other such equipment from the floor
below.
•
•
B. Definitions, "B."
"BaFR�AM animal" shall mean animals ineludifig, but Fiat limited to, cews, haFses, duelEs, goats-,
eh:,.ve.... de..lae.... ..hee.. ne...,,.. ..Fiae..a. Pigs,....1 el..ee,.a.
--Base or underlying zone." s`-'— The primary zone established on the official zoning map of
the City as an alpha symbol on the property or lot. All requirements of the base zone must be met in
addition to any overlay zone and special uses and conditions of this ae.�.elapffiant-eCode.
-Basement"" ShRII beam Defined as a story, that is either aAhethef partly or completely underground.
When calculating the number of stories of a structure, a basement shall be counted when greater than
one-half (1/2) of any given side is above grade. When calculating height of a structure, measurement
shall be taken from the lowest point of the building to the highest and shall always include any exposed
portion of a basement.
"Be(IFOOEX shall inean tjhe relatively solid, uHdistur-bed reek in plaee eitheF at the ground suffaee er
he..eeth ......feial deposits of. raves ....AL.-a.eil
"Benet.." shall mean e A le..el e e that inteFfapts a slope e e,ed for sash purpose
falls,limit reek to a
Block. The parcels or buildings contained within a segment of a street bounded by consecutive cross
streets or intersections.
"R6F .a,..a+,.hell ...eee ee.«h ...a tori l gee..: -ed £-,.iii as off rite leeatio , for use in .Faith.g an a s4e
.Pit" shall Mesa say .Lige On a le. or ,.el .,f l,._.a ..,here ,1:.4sail el.... deee., posed gfanite
aF other similar material is FeFHOVed by elieaValiOR Of Othel-WiSe fOF an), purpose othef thaa ski
g site tfaaspef4.
«`Bridge facility_"" -h-'l� m �-^-- ee Any crossing for a highway or local road, involving a railway, freeway,
stream or canyon, which is required by the General Plan_ in e_de_ to ee -- F)dA'e ..e ••-hnn
"Buildable area."" sl'e'w A legally created parcel or contiguous parcels of land in single or joint
ownership, which provides the area and the open spaces required by this a^-�•a.ert-Ceode, exclusive
of all vehicular and pedestrian rights-of-way and all other easements that prohibit the surface use of the
property by the owner thereof.
-Building" he's z„ "eaa a Anything constructed having a roof supported by columns or walls for the
purpose of housing, shelter or enclosure.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 7
"Building mounted" ineans niounted to the side of a building, to the faeade of a building or to the side
n of sioailar stfuetafe, but not to
a
inelade the roof of any stfuetare.
"Building site" shall mea" that paFtion of the lot oF paFeel of land upen whieh t4e building a
appuAenanees are to be plaeed, er are already a,ineluding adequate aFeas feF sewage disposal;
elearanees
appropriate easoments
if
AE�inRReeS , , ,
------ ---------
whieh, due to the appheaIien of this development E;E)(le or any ameadment
,
.:,6 all the. applieab a standards of de;oa1.._.«.,..., in ,1.,. m. a in which it is loeated
Building Code. The adopted building code for the City of Santa Clarita and all amendments
with the Municipal Code and as approved by the Council.
—Building Oofticial_" -'�g1 The Director of Public Works or the duly
appointed person in charge of the administration of the building codes.
"Building site_"" shall mean 4 That portion of the lot or parcel of land upon which the building and
appurtenances are to be placed, or are already existing, including adequate areas for sewage disposal,
clearances, proper drainage, appropriate easements and, if applicable, the requirements of other
ordinances. •
C. Definitions. "C."
.r..a+�..snsM
`California Coordinate System_''-' shall--wwA+-tThe coordinate system as defined in Sections 8801
through 8819, inclusive, of the California Public Resource Code. The specified zone for the City of
Santa Clarita is "Zone 5" of CCS83 and the official datum is the "North American Datum of 1983.'+
u
a +
areas, iosioding pie
but exelediR.-
-`Canopy.''-' skal A small roof or awning attached to the wall of a structure which is supported by
no means other than its attachment to the wall.
"Caretaker,'-' shall- mean aA person residing on the premises of an employer and who is receiving
meaningful compensation to assume the primary responsibility for the necessary repair, maintenance,
supervision or security of the real or personal property of the employer which is located on the same or
contiguous lots or parcels of land.
`Carport_'-' shall-mean-aAny structure or portion of a building or structure open on three (3) sides, other
than an attached or detached garage, used to shelter vehicles, in addition t. and not a replaeement f__ a
garage.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 8
0
•
-`Centerline_''-' of any highway shall mean The centerline established by the Eeunty-Cjt3LEngineer for
any proposed or dedicated public way which, in whole or in part, is included in any such highway. -Said
establishment eentedifies afe these sheNffl en a series of maps entitled Ceenty Sunvyer's Map& -of
County sotweyef's Field Maps on file in the effiee 9� the County Engineer, exeept ;hat whet:e twe (2) er
eenteflifie" is deem -ed tA I;p the Renter4ine of the highway.
`Certificate of compliance_'-'--'--'� all mean RA document describing a unit or contiguous units of property
and stating that the property complies with applicable provisions of the State Subdivision Map Act and
City ordinances enacted pursuant thereto.
i'City,'-' shall-meen-tThe City of Santa Clarita, a municipal corporation.
L'City engineer'-' ^'--' The Director of Community Devel^^• ientPublic Works or the duly
authorized representative(s).
-`City Surveyor_'-' s'--',. �„-,;,ean-The City Engineer or the duly authorized representative(sl.:
--Civil Engineer_'-' shall mean A professional engineer registered in the State to practice in the field of
civil engineering.
Civil Enaineering. The application of knowledge of the forces of nature, principles of mechanics, and
properties of materials, to the evaluation, design, and construction of civil works.
aTV F!!M.SilS:E'fflTT�lfLTdtY.l.�!!REF�f .. .. .... .. ... .. ..
`Club.''-' shall-tttean n association of persons (whether or not incorporated) for a common purpose,
but not including groups organized solely or primarily to render a service as a business for profit.
-`Cluster development!'' shaA-mea*4The concentration of dwelling units on a portion or portions of a
lot or parcel of land resulting in the remainder of said lot or parcel being free of buildings or structures,
as opposed to development spread throughout the entire lot or parcel. Such development shall be
accomplished by computing density on a project level rather than a parcel -by -parcel basis, and by the
use of smaller lots than are customarily permitted in the zone in which the development is proposed,
while retaining the remaining portion of such lot or parcel in permanent open space.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 9
"Gommorpon'lin dbHl" shall mean any haiidbill -Ahieh is distributed fef the purposes of advetlising �ef
ef this part, "eemmeFeial handbill" means and inelu&s the distributieft of eireulation of samples -Of
goods, wafes, and fnefeliandise.
`Commission_''—' shall mean tThe Planning Commission of the City of Santa Clarita.
`Community apartment_!'' shall mean aA development in which an undivided interest in the land is
coupled with the right of exclusive occupancy of an apartment located thereon.
—'Condominium.L' `""" mogn AAn estate in real property consisting of an undivided interest in common
in a portion of a parcel of real property, together with a separate interest in space in a residential,
industrial or commercial building or buildings on such real property, such as an apartment, single family
residence, e€€ieof�e or store.
i'Condominium conversion.'» shall mean The conversion of rental units, residential, commercial, or
industrial units into a condominium project.
"Contiguous parcel of land.''—' shall mean tThose units of land which border or abut each other on any •
side, and which are shown as such on the latest equalized assessment reveal of the County of Los
Angeles. Land shall be considered as contiguous units, even if it is separated by -ds-, , utility
easements or railroad rights-of-way.
`CouneiV shall mean The City Council of the City of Santa Clarita.
`County.'—' shall men Mic County of Los Angeles.
i -'County Recorder.22shall fflean The County Recorder of the County of Los Angeles.
`Crawl space_L' shall mean tThe space between bare soil and the underside of the fust floor or basement
of a structure. Crawl spaces shall not exceed a height of four (4) feet. In cases where the height exceeds
four (4) feet, the area shall be considered a basement.
—Cul-de-sac.L' shall mean street which is designed to remain permanently closed at one end. For the
purpose of this 44eCode, the length of a cul-de-sac shall be measured along the centerline of the cul-de-
sac from the point where the centerline terminates within the turnaround to the right-of-way line of the
street with which the cul-de-sac intersects.
.... ..:��en�,.r.�n�rx�eenRe�rrarxnaa!�e�r:enarfrn�nrara!!�e�e
--
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 10
11
0
E
"Cut slope (Iaee)" shall fflean afly baiik ef slope that has been ereated by a
a
D. Definitions, "D."
«Day spa„
providingf�eials masks,+massage
beauty tFeatFAefi; without m c
—Density,'—' shal zThe total number of dwelling units permitted on a gross acre of land exclusive of
all existing public or private streets and rights-of-way.
03 k.,a, . ...,rr ....rs ae: ,�e oe..se .nom..... ra�rn=s; a:rwr�n: x!�ir.�ns,..: _'O
s:arat�iaan_ a ...�:.........,._: _...._._...:...._..
"Developer—' shall mean aA person, firm, corporation, partnership or association, or a combination
thereof, who proposes development.
—Development''—' shall mean aAny manmade change to improved or unimproved real estate, including
but not limited to the construction of new or modification to existing buildings or other structures,
mining, dredging, filling, grading, paving, excavation or drilling operations.
`Development projectL' shall aAny project undertaken for the purpose of development.
Development project includes a project involving the issuance of any permit for construction or
reconstruction, but not a permit to operate.
`Director_-- shall mean The Director of Community Development, or department in charge of
administering Titles 16 and 17, of the City of Santa Clarita or duly authorized representative(s).
w..r..+arc:+�rmu*ssn�e+. er.*r a�r.!esens!xa. .............
-- - -
"TvFMuito"', shaxr rncv» a building intended a used prineipally fef sleeping, a .adatie.., where
`Driveway,!'s"ala a„-�A paved (or unpaved in the Special Districts of Placerita and Sand Canyon
and lots over a half quafter-acre) path of travel, connecting a public or private street to a garage, carport,
accessory structure, side yard, or the same/adjacent public or private street.
E. Definitions, "E."
ncrrrl
- • - • -
- -........ - • - - - -
..
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 11
`Enclosed patio_L' shall-ilncludes any improvement or addition which encloses an existing open air
structure with the intention of expanding the floor area of the residence.
"Engineering geologie report" shall
fflean a Fepei4 prepaFed under the supen,ision of an efigineering
"Engineering geelegist_" shall F ean aA geolegist eeftif4ed b5 the c•atL t-
ceelegy.
"Engineering geology" shall mean the application of geelegie knowledge ....d p :,.le,. :., «he
"Environmental document,'-' shall mean aDocumentation prepared in accordance with the California
Environmental Ouality Act (CEOA) which can include, but is not limited to, an environmental impact
report, mitigated negative declaration, or a negative declaration.
"Eroswen" ..1.,.11 mean the .......,ess by .. hiek the ground ...wla-ee is .,.. ay as a fes It of the
"Essageney"hall mean a persaft of business asseeiatieH ...he furnishes ess _s to funaish
,
of ath�
eensideratien.
aaS...,.,yation " shall mean .. A set h.. Ahieh soil e,.d gfa..elE)F Feek- is cut into, dog, Epiafr-ied-,
-'Explosive_L' ^ '� n-�a�aAny substance or combination of substances that is commonly used for the
purpose of detonation and which, upon exposure to external force or condition, is capable of a relatively
instantaneous release of gas and heat. These terms shall include, but shall not be limited to, the
following:
1. Substances determined to be Class A and Class B explosives, as classified by the United States
Department of Transportation;
2. Nitro carbo nitrate substances (blasting agent), as classified by the United States Department of
Transportation;
3. Any material designated as an explosive by the State Fire Marshall;
4. Certain Class C explosives, as designated by the United States Department of Transportation, when
listed in regulations adopted by the State Fire Marshall.
The term "explosive" shall not include the following:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 12
• a. Small arms ammunition of 0.75 caliber or less when designated as a Class C explosive by the
United States Department of Transportation;
b. Fireworks regulated under Part 2 (commencing with Section 12500) of Division 11 of the
Health and Safety Code.
•
C�
............
"embonlEment"
... ... ... ... ... . .
With:.. the ..ast ele..e_g.e.....,..a (11,999)
shall e a
d&pesit
reek,
al4ifieia'l
F. Definitions. "F."
!'Family_" s ', mean aOne (1) or more individuals living together as a single housekeeping unit in a
single dwelling unit. Family shall also mean the persons living together in a licensed "residential
facility" as that term is defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 1502(a)(1), which services
six (6) or fewer persons, excluding staff.
"Fault"
"embonlEment"
60116idefed aetiVe 4 thR fERAMMARPt has 068tiffed
With:.. the ..ast ele..e_g.e.....,..a (11,999)
`Fee,''-' shall meaftaA monetary monetary reuuirementaetie+3, other than a tax or special assessment,
which is charged by the City to the applicant in connection with approval of a development project for
the purpose of defraying all or portions of the cost. of pa_'. faoil:t.es related to the _a_k deyel...... ent
development agFeefflents adopted PUFSuant to 6aliele 2.5 of Chapter 4 of the Govemment Ce
(ewiiFaefiein.-
"Field "
shall mean the eivil engineer Fespensible for peffeRiiing the fiiiietions as set faFth in
IfEYJ• '"Oede.
"Figure modeling studit." shall fnean a�Any establishment of besifiess whieh pfavides fef fflembefs of
l.l:,. the se a ,.F a live human model F f the ..F..........,1....:.... the l,, m n body, . 1, II
711f+-rr,.ao, e,. Y..., r a ]+ ^z'v,rTor
pal4iallyill y r c ar + painting, c+ c+OF other r
Fire Department. The Fire Department for Los Angeles County or duly designated
representative.
"Fill" or
"embonlEment"
shall e a
d&pesit
reek,
al4ifieia'l
Neafts.
+safld,
b +
u
buildim
(gross)."
b
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 13
Frontage, Building. "Building `-anlage' �The exterior building wall of a ground floor
business establishment on the side or sides of the building fronting and or oriented toward a public
street, or highway-er par#way. Building frontage shall be measured continuously along said building
wall for the entire length of the business establishment, including any portion thereof which is other than
parallel to the remainder of the wall.
Frontage, Street or Highway. "Street OF `ighWO frontage" shall ---e^- 'That portion of a lot or
parcel of land which borders a public street, or highway-oppafkway. Street or highway frontage shall be
measured along the common lot line separating said lot or parcel of land from the public street, or
hi wa kwa•
gh Y�•
Fuel-efficient vehicle. See "low -emitting vehicle."
G. Definitions. "G."
-Garage'-' skall mean aA detached accessory building or a portion of a main building on the same lot •
for the parking and temporary storage of vehicles. G arages shall haN,e tweaty (20) feet by twenty
islesFS, d....ers and .. e- ,.ease -s , , , , ,
-`Gate.L' shall .ear—aAny barrier across a roadway that restricts the access of vehicles and/or
pedestrians. For purposes of gating, a roadway shall also mean driveways.
-``General Plana ehaH-n+ea&4The General Plan of the Cityo -Sa ta-0 a:ta, and shall consist of the
General Plan maps and text and any amendments adopted by the -04y Council.
geologist"Geohydrelogy" shall mean all gfoundwater, iniefmation, well development reqeiretHents and seepage
January 2013 { DRAFT .
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 14
of engineering
Geeph ysieist
get
eolegy issued
of the Business
by the Staw of Califemia
and n..afessiaas rade
....de.. pfevisions ..f the Geologist aad
"Geoteehnieal
shall
a whieki eenta:ns all
eelegir
appropriate
report"
mean psis
ail eagineeFing,
bines
both
e
geology
and soil
t
"Grade"
stall
mea.,
theye.+:eal
elevatian of the gfoand s..-Fsoo
i "E*I..ting"
or
"-...t......1
grads." shall mean q:he gFound suf&ee
prieF to grading
2. "FiHqSh
gFade."
shall fnean
tqzhe final grade of the site whiek
eenfefms to the appfeved plans.
January 2013 { DRAFT .
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 14
n
u
tom*
Grading The following terms and phrases are defined for the purposes of Division 17.80 (Grading).
1.
As Built Grading Plan. A grading plan that is prepared at the completion of grading activities that
demonstrates the as built conditions as required in Chapter 17,88 (Grading Desienation and
Location).
2.
As graded. The surface configuration upon completion of grading.
3.
Bedrock. The relatively solid, undisturbed rock in place either at the ground surface or beneath
surficial deposits of alluvium, colluvium, and/or soil.
4.
Bench. A relatively level step that is excavated into earth material onto which fill is to be placed
5.
Best Management Practice (BMP). The practices, prohibitions of practices, or other activities to
reduce or eliminate discharee of pollutants to surface water. BMPs include structural and
nonstructural controls, management practices, operation and maintenance procedures, and system,
design, and engineering methods.
6.
Borrow. Earth material acquired from an off-site location for use in grading on a site
7.
Borrow pit. Any place on a lot or parcel of land where dirt, soil, clay, decomposed granite or other
•
similar material is removed by excavation or otherwise for any purpose other than surface mining
operations or a grading proiect with off-site transport.
8.
Clearing, brushing and grubbing. The removal of vegetation (grass, brush, trees, and similar plant
types) by a mechanical means.
9.
Compaction. The densification of a fill by mechanical or other acceptable means.
10. Cut slope (face). Any bank or slope that has been created by removing material below the pre-
existing ground surface.
11.
Design engineer. The civil engineer responsible for the preparation of gradin plans for the site
grading work.
12.
Desiltinu Basins. The phvsical structures constructed for the removal of sediments from surface
water runoff.
13.
Down Drain. A device for collecting water from a Swale or ditch, which is located on or above a
slope, and safely delivers water to an approved drainage facility.
14.
Earth material. Any rock, natural soil, or fill, and/or anv combination thereof.
15.
Engineering eeoloeic report. A report prepared under the supervision of an engineering geologist
providing a geologic may of a site, information on geologic measurements and exploration
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 15
Performed on the site and surrounding area and providing recommendations for remedial measures is
necessary to provide a geologically stable site for its intended use.
16. Eneineering geoloeist. A person holding a valid certificate of registration as a Geologist in the
specialty of Engineering Geology issued by the state of California under the applicable provisions of
the Geologist and Geophysicist Act of the Business and Professions Code.
17. Engineering geoloev. The application of geologic knowledge and principles in the investigation and
evaluation of naturally occurring rock and soil for use in the design of civil work.
18. Erosion. The process by which the ground surface is worn away as a result of the movement of
wind, water and/or ice.
19. Erosion control system. Any combination of desilting facilities, retarding basins and erosion
protection, including effective planting and the maintenance thereof, to protect adiacent private
property, watercourses, public facilities and receiving waters from the deposition of sediment or
dust.
20. Excavation. The removal of earth material by artificial means, which is also referred to as "cut".
21. Fault. A fracture in the earth's crust along which movement has occurred. A fault is considered
active if the movement has occurred within the past eleven thousand (11,000) years (Holocene
geologic time).
22. Field engineer. The civil engineer responsible for performing the functions as set forth in this Code. •
23. Fill or embankment. Deposition of earth materials by artificial means.
24. Geohvdrology. All groundwater, information, well development requirements and seepage
evaluations appropriate to site development.
25. Geotechnical Hazard. An adverse condition due to landslide, settlement, and/or slippage. These
hazards include, but are not limited to, loose debris, slovewash, and mud flows from natural, or
graded slopes.
26, Geotechnical report. A report which contains all appropriate soil engineering, geologic,
geohvdrologic, and seismic information, evaluation, recommendations, and findings. This type
report combines both engineering geology and soil engineering reports.
27. Grade. The vertical location of the ground surface.
a. Existing or natural grade. The ground surface prior to grading.
b, Final Grade. The grading stage after the grading of the site is complete, all drainage
devices are installed and all slopes have been planted.
C. Finished grade. The final grade of the site at the conclusion of all grading efforts without
installation of drainage devices, plantings and other required improvements.
d. Initial Grade. The grading stage after a site is cleared of all vegetation and unapproved fill
materials.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 16
•
• 1 e. Roush grade.. The grading stage after a site has been graded to the approximate final
elevations and drainage devices have been installed.
28. `—`Grading, sl+alI aAny process of excavation or fill or combination thereof.
29. Gradin¢ Approval. The proposed work or completed work conforms to the provisions as set forth
in the Code as determined by, and to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
30, "—Grading contractor_" shall mean—aA contractor licensed and regulated by the State who
specializes in grading work or is otherwise licensed to do grading work.
31. Keyway. A compacted fill placed in a trench that is excavated into competent earth material, which
is generally constructed at the toe of a slope.
32. Landslide. The downward and outward movement of soil, sand, gravel, rock or fill or a combination
thereof.
33. Natural grade. The vertical location of the ground surface prior to any excavation or fill.
34. Pad. A building site prepared by artificial means including grading, excavation, filling or anv
combination thereof.
35. Precise grading permit. A nermit that is issued on the basis of approved plans which show the
precise locations of structures, finished elevations, drainage details and all on-site improvements on
a given property.
•
36. Preliminary grading permit. A nermit that is issued on the basis of approved plans which show
finished elevations interim building pad elevations and drainage to the degree required by the Citv
Engineer.
37. Professional Inspection. The inspection required by this Code to be performed by the Proiect
Consultants. Such inspections shall be sufficient to form an opinion relating to the conduct of the
work.
38. Project Consultants. The nro£essional consultants required by this code, who may consist of the
Design Engineer, Field Engineer, Soils Engineer, Engineering Geologist. and Landscape Architect
as applicable to this Code.
39. References. Unless indicated otherwise, references in this Code to civil engineer, soil engineer,
geologist landscape architect and engineering geologist refer to the professional person(s)
sparing, signing or approving the project plans and specifications which comprise the approved
grading or landscape -irrigation plan, or his successor.
40. Rough grade. The elevation of the ground surface established by grading that anproximates the
final elevation shown on the approved design.
41. Site. Any lot or parcel of land or contiguous lots or parcels or combination thereof, under the same
ownership, where grading is performed or permitted
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 17
0
42. Slope. An inclined ground surface of fill, excavation or natural terrain, the inclination of which is
expressed as a ratio of horizontal distance to vertical distance.
43. Slone stability shall be defined as follows:
a. Gross stability. The factor of safety against failure of slope material located below a
surface approximately three (3) to four (4) feet deep, measured from and perpendicular to
the slope face.
b. Surficial stability. The factor of safety against failure of the outer three (3) to four (4) feet
of slope material measured from and perpendicular to the slope face.
44.Slopin2 terrain. Any ground surface having a ¢rade of eight (8) percent or more. The latest
available six (6) and seven and one-half (7.5) minute United States Geological Survey quadrangles
or a survev by a registered civil engineer or licensed land surveyor shall be utilized to determine
such grade.
45. Soil. Naturally occurring superficial deposits, which overlie parent bedrock.
46. Soil engineer. A civil engineer registered in the State, who:
a. Is engaged in the practice of civil engineering and spends a majority of his time in the field
of applied soil mechanics and foundation engineering:
b. Has at least four (4) years of responsible practical experience in the field of applied soil
mechanics:
C. Has access to an adequately equipped soils testing laboratory. •
47. Soil engineering. The application of the principles of soil mechanics in the investigation, evaluation
and design of civil works involving the use of earth materials and the inspection and testing of the
construction thereof.
48. Soil engineering report. A report nrepared under the responsible supervision of a soils engineer
which includes:
a. Preliminary information concerning engineering properties of soil and rock on a site mor
to grading, describing locations of these materials and providing recommendations for
preparation of the site for its intended use:
b. Grading report including information on-site preparation, compaction of fills placed,
providing recommendations for structural design and approving the site for its intended use.
49. Soil testing azencv. An agency regularly engaged in the testine of soils and rock under the direction
of a civil engineer experienced in soil testing
50. Stockpile. A temporary, uncompacted fill or embankment placed by artificial means, which is
designated to be moved at a later date.
51. Suitable material. Any soil or earth material which, under the criteria of this division or under the
criteria of an approved geotechnical report is suitable for use as fill or for other intended purpose.
52. Sulfate (SOA A chemical compound occurring in soil or water, which in concentration has a
corrosive effect on ordinary Portland cement concrete and some metals.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 19
•
0
•
53. Surface drainage. Flows over the ground surface.
54. Terrace. A relatively level step constructed in the face of a graded slope surface for drainage and
maintenance purposes.
it unsuitable for use as fill or for any other intended use. These Properties or characteristics include,
but are not limited to, the following: organic content of the material exceeds three (3) percent: rock
diameters exceeding eight (8) inches: the Presence of concrete or asphalt: or the presence of
expansive soils within four (4) feet of finish grade of any area intended or designed as a location for
a building.
L'Gross area,L' shall mean The total horizontal area within the lot lines of a lot or parcel of land before
public streets, easements or other areas to be dedicated or reserved for public use are deducted from such
lot or parcel iist:..,.a . blie st+LLts„..d easements shall not ..
h_. oed reward gross ate.
"G..aund mounted”
Means
.nted to
a pole Fn ...de lattiee
teweF OF other F eestanding s .etwe
"Guesthouse"
is a de -tae -he -d-
apeess-9--py
building leeated an the same
propeft-y as a legal single familydwelling
unit,
PFON'iding tempofaf�"
living
gueststenipefafy
f e:Gtles but
no kitchefl faeilit:es
and
may of he F ted of tithe.wise
used as e d.. ell:...,
mel a
pefsee
sidefed
t,, he guestheuse..
houses,
H. Definitions, "H."
"Handbill"
whieh is eifeelated ef distributed,
etheF than by Unifed States mail,
for the pttfpese of a
c
fhe—par�peses�,--Skis sabseeEien,
dissefainat:on of.,e...s and imelligenee,.0
"aews}aagE'F�r�3rir�--�ge�iedieal--pat-il�-
..._ .ei eh........te�
a--p-�:�ar:,:�,
shed ii1. feF the
Hearing Officer. The Hearing Officer of the Communitv Development Department of the City of Santa
Clarita or duly authorized representative(s).
`Height''-' shall an tThe vertical dimension from the finish grade or lowest point of the building,
structure or wall exposed above the ground surface, whichever is lower, to the highest point of the roof,
parapet wall or uppermost part. Vents or utility service structures shall not be included in the
measurement of vertical dimensions.
"Highway-' s4aN-a3ean aA highway 4ree -shown as a freeway, major, primary or secondary highway as
designated ien the Circulation Element of the City's General Plan -of -Eke -Fit -y.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 19
Historic Resource' a" -ll FAegn Sstructures or site features on properties listed on the National •
Register of Historic Places, the California Register of Historic Landmarks, the list of California
Historical Landmarks, or the list of California Points of Historical Interest, or those structures designated
under this ordinance. A listing of properties and structures designated Undo- this ,._di__nee shall be
available with the Community Development Department.
I. Deflnitions, "I."
"Individual
viewing
areky" shalt Enean a A viewitig
aFea designed
fef e . by e peFsen Aie
viewing
afeas
established,pfivate
shall be fflaintained,
or
, and there shall be He f
euAains stalls
other
crea private
Individual with a disability. Individuals with a mental or phvsical disability as those terms are defined
in Section 12926 (i). (k), and (1) of the State Government Code, as that section may be amended, and the
regulations promulgated thereunder, or individuals with a handicap as that term is defined in 42 U.S.C.
Section 3602 of the federal Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988. as that section may be amended,
and the regulations promulgated thereunder
J. Definitions. "J."
No specialized terms beginning with the letter "J" are defined at this time.
K. Definitions. "K."
Kitchen_''—' shall +Wean-aAny habitable space which includes a refrigerator and an oven or a range.
L. Definitions, "L."
Landscaping. An area set aside from structures and parking/driveway uses, which is developed to
include predominately living, thriving, trees, vines, shrubs, flowers, grasses, synthetic turf and other
plants. Porous materials, such as rock, mulch and decomposed granite, can be used in conjunction with
living plant materials, however landscaped areas must be predominantly of living materials.
The following terms and phrases are defined for the purposes of Section 17.51.030 (Landscaping and
Irrigation Standards).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 20
•
1. Estimated annual applied water use or "EAWU." The Dortion of the estimated total water use
that is derived from applied water. The EAWU is calculated according to the formula set out in the
landscape documentation package. The estimated applied water use shall not exceed the maximum
applied water allowance.
2. Evapotranspiration rate. The quantity of water evaporated from adjacent soil and other surfaces
and transpired by plants during a specified time.
3. Invasive species. Non indigenous species that adversely affect the habitats they invade
economically, environmentally, or ecologically.
4. Irrigation efficiency. The measurement of the amount of water beneficially used divided by the
amount of water applied. Irrigation efficiency is derived from measurements and estimates of
irrigation system characteristics and management practices. The minimum irrigation efficiency for
purposes of this Code is 0.71.
,_"Landscape architect'—' sha aA landscape architect registered by the State of California
under the provisions of Division 3, Chapter 3.5 of the Business and Professions Code.
6.
Landscape concept plan. The portion of a landscape documentation package that includes a
design statement, irrigation notes, planting notes, and the plant palette.
7.
Landscape construction drawings. The portion of a landscane documentation oackage that
•
includes the irrigation plan, plant and soils plan, and water management plan.
8.
Landscape documentation package or documentation package. The complete nacket of
documents required to be submitted to the Director to apply for a permit for landscaping proiects
under this Code. Documentation packages include the landscape concept plan and landscape
construction drawings.
9.
Mulch, Any organic material such as leaves, bark, or inorganic material such as pebbles, stones,
gravel, decorative sand or decomposed granite left loose, a minimum of two inches deep and
apnlied to the soil surface to reduce evanoration.
10.
Planting plan. A elan submitted with the construction drawings indicating a list and quantity of
to ants.
11.
Proiect net landscape area, landscaped area, or landscape project area. All of the planting
areas, turf areas, and water features in a landscape design plan subiect to the maximum applied
water allowance calculation. The landscape area does not include footprints of buildings or
structures, sidewalks, driveways, parking lots, decks, patios, gravel or stone walks, other pervious
or non -pervious hardscapes, and other non -irrigated areas designated for non -development (e.g.,
open spaces and existing native vegetation).
12.
Recycled water, Water that, as a result of treatment of waste water, is suitable for a direct
beneficial use or a controlled use that would not otherwise occur and is therefore considered a
valuable resource.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 21
0
13. Soil management plan. The plan submitted with the construction drawings indicating results from
soil tests and recommended soil amendments.
14. Special landscape area. An area of the landscape dedicated to edible plants, areas irrigated with
recycled water, and areas dedicated to active play such as parks, sports fields, golf courses, where
turf provides a playing surface.
15. Turf. A surface laver of earth containing mowed grass or grasslike sedge with its roots, a
groundcover surface of mowed grass, or grass -like sedge. Common types of "cool season turf' are
Annual bluegrass, Kentucky bluegrass, Perennial rvegrass, Red fescue, and Tall fescue. Common
types of "warm season turf' are Bermuda grass, Kikuyu grass, Seashore Paspalum, St. Augustine
grass. Zoysia grass, Carex vansa. and Buffalo grass.
16. Water efficient landscape worksheet. A worksheet which calculates a site's water budget.
17. Water feature. Any water applied to the landscape for non -irrigation, decorative purposes.
Fountains, streams, ponds, lakes, and swimming pools are considered water features.
18. Water management plan. A plan submitted with the construction drawings as part of the
landscape documentation package.
19. Water schedule. Schedule of irrigation times throughout a given year,
-`Land development permit,''-' shall-mean-aAny approval of development or use of property including •
but not limited to a minor use permit, conditional use permit, adjustment, variance, development review
or subdivision.
"Landslide�" Shall ffleffii 410 d8%'HWaFd aHEI @tAWaFd MOVORIOnt 4 Soil, sand, gravel, F061i OF fill Of�-a
mor:
"Large Etd n
shall fiieaH aAny animal that "eighs three hundFedw,s hun—d-
gnd
�e.
L'Legal lot" s"-1—anl The definantaion includes any of the following:
1. A parcel of real property shown as a delineated parcel of land with a number or letter designation,
on a subdivision map or parcel map recorded in the office of the County Recorder and created in
conformance with the State Subdivision Map Act;
2. A parcel of real property shown on a recorded record of survey map, lot division plat or other
official map filed in the office of the County Recorder or County Engineer, when such map or plat
was filed as the result of and was made a condition of a lot division approved by the County of Los
Angeles under the authority of prior or existing County ordinances;
3. Any parcel of real property which existed as a separate parcel on or before March 4, 1972, as
evidenced by a valid deed recorded on or before that date;
4. A parcel of real property described in a recorded certificate of compliance, approved and filed by
the City of Santa Clarita in the County of Los Angeles in accordance with the State Subdivision
Map Act and _eode.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 22
``Legal nonconforming structure_!'' shall l -mean gA structure or building the size, dimensions, or
location of which was lawful prior to the adoption, revision, or amendment of this code but that fails by
reason of such adoption, revision, or amendment to conform to present requirements of the zoning
district.
`Legal nonconforming use.' shall -mean -&A use or activity that was lawful prior to the adoption,
revision, or amendment of this code but that fails by reason of such adoption, revision, or amendment to
conform to present requirements of the zoning district.
—Library facilities." means-pPublic library improvements, aril -public library services and community
amenities, the need for which is directly or indirectly generated by a residential development project,
including but not limited to acquiring, through purchase, lease, lease -purchase, installment purchase or
otherwise, improving, constructing, altering, repairing, augmenting, equipping and furnishing real
property, buildings, equipment, materials and other facilities for the conduct of public library services
and programs; providing collection development and maintenance, including acquiring books,
magazines, newspapers, audio-visual, electronic media, and other informational materials; and all other
auxiliary work which may be required to carry out that work, such as administrative, engineering,
architectural and legal work performed in connection with establishing, implementing and monitoring
such projects, indirect costs, and other incidental expenses of providing those library facilities, or all or
any combination thereof.
`Licensed bed_''—' s4a4-ffwaF*-aA bed for which a hospital holds a license to operate by the State of
California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD).
0 I -Line" snail fefef to heri..,.ntal 1..eation of the gF nd suf f ....
—Loading space,-- shal An off-street space or berth used for the loading or unloading of
commercial vehicles.
Lot Types are as follows:
I Corner Lot. "Cerner let" shall fnean -A lot located at the intersection or interception of two (2)
or more streets, either public or private and either existing or future, at an angle of not more than
one hundred thirty-five (135) degrees. If the angle is greater than one hundred thirty-five (135)
degrees, the lot shall be considered an "interior lot."
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 23
e
Lot Types are as follows:
I Corner Lot. "Cerner let" shall fnean -A lot located at the intersection or interception of two (2)
or more streets, either public or private and either existing or future, at an angle of not more than
one hundred thirty-five (135) degrees. If the angle is greater than one hundred thirty-five (135)
degrees, the lot shall be considered an "interior lot."
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 23
2. Flag Lot. "Flag let" `hall mea_ aA lot which utilizes a narrow strip as its means of providing
frontage on a street and/or providing vehicular access to the lot. The required front, side and rear
yards shall be established on the main portion of a flag lot exclusive of the access strip. In addition,
the access strip shall be maintained clear except for driveways, landscaping, fences or walls, which
shall be subject to the same requirements for setbacks on adjoining properties fronting the same
street, highway or parkway.
3. Key lot.. An interior lot adioinine the rear lot line of a reverse comer lot.
4. Interior Lot. "Interior- '""' we'll -flea- A lot other than a corner lot. A key lot shall also be
considered an interior lot.
5. Reverse Corner Lot. "1 eveFse ------ lot ,,__l, -+eao ..A comer lot, the side line of which is
substantially a continuation of the front lot lines of the lot to its rear, whether across an alley or not.
6. Through Lot. "ThFOUgh lett" shall �.ea a A lot having frontage on two (2) dedicated parallel or
approximately parallel streets.
right"Let eeveragk." shall faean t:Pie ratio between the ground floor aFea of the building or buildiHgs and
the net area ef the let, melesive of the ultimate street
`-`Lot depth_''-' sh&4gneaa4The average horizontal distance between the front and rear lot lines measured
in the mean direction of the side lot lines.
-`Lot line'-' shell -tale -&Any line bounding a lot as herein defined. Types of lot lines are as follows:
Il Front Lot Line. On an interior lot, the "front lot line" is the property line abutting the street. On a
corner or reverse corner lot, the front lot line is the shorter property line abutting a street, except in
those cases where the subdivision,7r parcel map. or Director specifies another line as the front lot
line. On a through lot or a lot with three (3) or more sides abutting a street or a comer or reverse
comer lot with lot lines of equal length, the Director shall determine which property line shall be
the front lot line for the purposes of compliance with yard and setback provisions of the
develeptnenscCode. On a private street or easement, the front lot line shall be designated as the
edge of the easement.
2. Interior Lot Line. " A lot line not abutting a street.
3. Rear Lot Line. A lot line not abutting a street, which is opposite and most distant from the front
lot line. In the case of an irregular-shaped lot, a line within the let, parallel to and at a maximum
distance from the front lot line, having a length of not less than ten (10) feet within the lot. A lot
which is bounded on all sides by streets may have no rear lot line.
4. Side Lot Line. "Side _ny lot line not a front lot line or rear lot line.
-`Lot line adjustment'-' shell mean aA minor shift or rotation or alteration of existing lot lines or
property lines between fourtwe (442) or mereless existing legal lots where land taken from one parcel is
added to another, and where a greater or lesser number of lots than originally existed is not created -,end
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 24
L�
• I whe.e the ,._e.. ,.f .,e !at :... elyed is i«.._eased a_ d .,._eased by « _e ah.... tweet.. (20) «._,.e_• provided
the lot line adjustment is approved by the City Engineer.
•
C�
—`Lot width,''—' shall !The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines, measured at right
angles to the lot depth at a point midway between the front and rear lot lines.
Low -emitting vehicle shall include:
]_Zero emission vehicle (ZEV), including neighborhood electric vehicles (NEV), partial zero emission
vehicle (PZEV), advanced technology PZEV (AT ZEV) or CNG fueled (original equipment
manufacturer only) regulated under Health and Safety Code section 43800 and CCR. Title 13,
Sections 1961 and 1962.
2. High -efficiency vehicles regulated by U.S. EPA, bearing High -Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) car pool
lane stickers issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles.
"humber „ ShAll MPAn aa Stare h FP 1 h i4 4tArAd M h' AM WIA1 d h •ld'
e•
M. Definitions. "M."
`Major thoroughfare_''—' shel, n.ea.+4Those roads designated in the trafispertatien Circulation element of
the General Plan, the primary purpose of which is to carry through traffic and provide a network
connecting to the State highway system.
"Massage
ar,19
J, shall me
-.1.,,.0 .. 1.e_,.
6._
a . f ...... ..r
,. ..:A,._..t:....
Of gf4Hity,
Massage,
..
e .
ei fled ae W
Y
,
. «e_..e«
)
«_...aiding
t_eatment
of
with
_elated
the«.to
aetiyities
OF
wh I
seeh
faanipulat:,...
or se....:ee
exposes
"speeified
anatemieal
areas." The definitieft
ef "adult business"
regaFding the
"praetiee ef
does
., heensed «h..sioie..
ehiFe«_....te_
of
..,._
Faassage"
not apply to
surgeon,
ie..
or osteopath
by a ny
.. _..,_ ...
.................
......� ..g
....... ..... ..,.^., ...,,..,.
e
,..
f a liee«..ed
.. .......,w
physieian ehi_e«_..ete
p..�o a., ..rb.'.'..vc,ccx:ropraoc-ay.'-
vc
osteopath,
..h..,l athl,.
,v,
by ,uua..,a for
aa) amateur, e
..F s
el e professional
athlete or athle
"Massage„
heensed
business
that
FLefeational
use
shall fneaft
«et in eenjunetien
any
w4h a use Gated
i., the
provides
adult business
massage
e_dinanee
"May”
will Faean
—`Mezzanine_''—' shell--rnean-eAn intermediate level without walls or partitions, placed in any story or
room and open to the space below. When the total of any such mezzanine floor exceeds thirty-three and
one-third (33-1/3) percent of the total floor area in that room, it shall constitute a story. A clear height
above or below a mezzanine floor shall not be less than seven (7) feet. A loft shall be considered a
mezzanine.
i'Minor land division_L' shall mpgR AA subdivision creating four or less parcels, a condominium project
creating four (4) or less condominiums as defined in Section 783 of the Civil Code, a community
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 25
apartment project containing four (4) or less parcels or a lease project containing four (4) or less •
building sites.
"Mobilehome'—' shall--urean-aA movable or transportable vehicle, other than a motor vehicle, designed
as a permanent structure intended for occupancy for one family and having no foundation other than
jacks, piers, wheels or skirtings.
Mobilehome unit space_''—' shall mean plot of ground within a mobilehome park designed for the
accommodation of one mobilehome unit.
single
eElHipffleftt.
"Mounted,'—' means Attached or supported.
`Mural_''—' shall mean aAny graphic image, drawing or painting or pattern covering in total or part of a
building wall, window or other architectural feature, whose purpose is primarily intended as art. Murals
shall not contain name brands, branding or direct advertising unless directly related to an historic or
cultural use which the mural is intended to memorialize. Murals are encouraged to promote recognition
of cultural and historic events and activities.
N. Definitions, "N."
"Natural gr-ade." shall mean the vertieal leeation of the grewid surfaee pfier to afty eiieavatien of fill.
'Natural vegetation_L' shall mean The native plants, grasses, shrubs, and trees and roots thereof having •
the characteristic of intercepting, holding, and more slowly releasing rainfall than bare earth surfaces.
"Net areae -r+," land within a given area or project including residential lots, and other
open space which directly serves the residents of the net areaere; but exclusive of all public or private
streets and other easements.
"V.....,.... merei al
—..>•,.cv.....xc. c.a,--.m..vo...
handbill"
.,.acra.e-anvC,7--au�:ao:..
shall
.. ., handbill
,.d. eF than a ee,.....efeial
vv.cr .na,r,r-c��..:..c,
handbill
c.a-n,v,aavc,r.
building"
building the
shall mean
a stFaeture eF
size,
eenstilaetien was not
obtained.
See
alse "Legal
b
"Noneonforming
use" shall
inean
a ase of aetivity
Whieh Nielates the
previsions
of this develepment
b
"Nude ..t..t..
shell
the
6.........
hate 1. tteek
......,. lit
OF of
nudity"
mean appeaFaHee
of
+
e faae ge ff,.l..
e
(..male genitals, er
the aFeela
o nipple
,.f the fefn le
..
L.east
O. Definitions, "O."
Oak Tree. Any oak tree of the genus Quercus, including but not limited to, Valley Oak (Quercus
lobata). California Live Oak (Quercus kmfolia). Canyon Oak (Quercus chrysolepis), Interior Live Oak
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 26
•
• (Quercus wislizenii) and Scrub Oak (Quercus dumosa), regardless of size. in the ease of i9fe_ ftie-9
The following terms and phrases are defined for the purposes of Section 17.51.040 (Oak Tree
Preservation).
1. Oak tree, cutting. The detaching or separating, either partial or whole, from a protected tree, any
part of the tree, including but not limited to, any limb branch, root, or leaves. Cutting shall include
pruning and trimming.
2. Oak tree, damage. Any action undertaken which causes or tends to cause iniurv, death, or
disfigurement to an oak tree. This includes, but is not limited to cutting, poisoning, burning
overwatering, relocating or transplanting a protected tree, changing or compacting the natural
grade within the protected zone of a protected tree, changing groundwater levels or drainage
patterns, or trenching, excavating or paving within the protected zone of an oak tree.
3. Oak tree, deadwood. Limbs or branches that contain no green leaves or live tissue. A tree or limb
may be considered dead if it does not show evidence of any green leaves or live branches over the
span of one year, inclusive of prime growing weather.
4. Oak tree, dripline. The outermost edge of the tree's canopy. When depicted on a map or on the
ground, the dripline will appear as an irregularly shaped outline that follows the contour of the
furthest extension of the limbs and leaf canopy.
5. Oak tree, encroachment. Any intrusion into the protected zone of an oak tree which includes, but
•
is not limited to, pruning, grading, excavating, trenching, dumping of materials, parking of
commercial vehicles, placement of incompatible landscaping or animal corrals, storage of
materials or equipment, or the construction of structures, paving or other improvements. For
purposes of this definitionseetiea, encroachment shall not include the action of a person physically
entering the protected zone of an oak tree.
a. Maior encroachment. For oak trees located on properties occupied by a single-family
residence, any intrusion into the protected zone of an oak, as defined above, in an area
between the outer edge of the trunk and fifty percent (50%) of the diameter of the protected
zone.
b. Minor encroachment. For oak trees located on properties occupied by a single-family
residence, any intrusion into the protected zone of an oak, as defined herein, in an area
between the outermost edge of the protected zone and fifty percent (50%) of the diameter of
the protected zone.
6. Oak tree, heritage oak tree. Any oak tree measuring one hundred eight (108) inches or more in
circumference or, in the case of a multiple trunk oak tree, two (2) or more trunks measuring
seventy-two (72) inches each or greater in circumference, measured four and one-half (4.5) feet
above the natural grade surrounding such tree. In addition, the Vlaneine-Commission and/or v
Council may classify any oak tree, regardless of size, as a heritage oak tree if it is determined by a
maiority vote thereof that such tree has exceptional historic, aesthetic and/or environmental
qualities of maior significance or prominence to the community.
7. Oak tree, oak tree preservation and protection guidelines. The policy established by the Gity
Council and the administrative procedures and rules established by the Director for the
implementation of this develeoh,ea-eCode.
C�
I
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 —Definitions
Page 27
8. Oak tree, protected zone. A specifically defined area totally encompassing an oak tree within •
which work activities are strictly controlled. Using the dripline as a point of reference, the
protected zone shall commence at a point five (5) feet outside of the dripline and extend inward to
the trunk of the tree. In no case shall the protected zone be less than fifteen (15) feet from the trunk
of an oak tree.
9. Oak tree rRemoval. The physical removal of an oak tree or causing the death of a tree through
damaginppoisoning or other direct or indirect action.
10. Oak tree, routine maintenance. Actions taken for the continued health of an oak tree such as
insect control spraying, limited watering, fertilization, deadwooding and ground aeration. For the
purposes of this de�•�m-eFA—Ceode, routine maintenance shall include nruning_pursuant to the
requirements of Section 17.51.04047-.090(E4(-94 (Oak Tree Preservation).
"—`Operator.L' shall ilncludes the owner, permit holder, custodian, manager, operator or person
in charge of any permitted or licensed premises.
"Outdoor storage" shall mean the keeping, e tside of a Wilding e f af. . ..i6l.....«
geed.. material, Fn _„ handise
eF heS iN the e plaee e .,
F MOFe thaH e..e.,«. PA'8 ( 2) 1180%7 r
"Owner'—' AR11 txean RAn person, agency, firm or corporation having a legal, possessory or equitable
interest in a given real property.
P. Definitions, "P."
•
«
shafneanpfepareaFtEneansfiggfaag,any eembination thereof,
`Parcel of land_L' shell mean aA contiguous quantity of land, in the possession of or owned by, or
recorded as the property of the same claimant or person.
Parking. The following terms and phrases are defined for the purposes of Division 17.40 (Use
Classifications and Required Parking) and 17.51.060 (Parking Standards).
1. Parking, as determined by the director. That the Director shall determine the adequate amount
of parking. Parking shall be provided in an amount which the Director finds adequate to prevent
traffic congestion and excessive on -street parking. Whenever nractical, such determination shall be
based upon the requirements for the most comparable use snecified in this Codeseetien.
2. Parking, customer service area. The area within a facility where patrons and/or customers of the
facility are provided service and includes fixed and non -fixed seating areas, waiting areas and any
other areas were customers are served. It excludes bathrooms and areas off limits to patrons.
3. Parking, enclosed. Covered on the top and at least three (3) sides with an opaque material. The
i]:reete........ fedi& these Feeuimfnefits ..Meet to the ,.,.eviriens of Seeti n 1 7 1 0 1 40(B)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 28
•
0
0
•
4. Parking, occupant. An etnplovee, patron, customer or other individual who, combined with other
occupants, comprise the occupancy of a building- structure, tenant space or other area. See
"Parking, Occupancv.'
5. Parking, occupancy. The maximum number of occupants within a building, structure, tenant
space or area as determined by the California Buildino Code.
6. Parking, fixed seating. Seating that is permanently fixed and immobile. It may include booths,
immobile seats/tables and immobile benches and pews.
7. Parking, fully enclosed. Covered on the top and all sides with opaque material, including the
garage door, except for necessary ventilation areas.Pafki g spaees ,,.h:Oh are e iFed tO`
llefie!OSed"" ..1...11 he ,. -vA ...- the t,.p and at least three I1\ sides with aapa"e fnateFial. The
D ifeet,.-.. a ,edify these Fequifement..subject to the -.feyi..:ons of Seetion 17,18.140(B).
R. Parking, square feet/footage. The gross square feet or footage of a building, tenant space, or area,
unless indicated otherwise.
-Parks and recreation facilities_''—' sha1lHieaiaConstruction of new park and recreational facilities,
improvements to existing park and recreation facilities, public services provide thereon, and community
amenities provided thereto.
`Passive use common area,'h is ll—ffK-&F,-pPrivately held land within subdivisions that has been set
aside for passive open space purposes. That land shall be permanently preserved as open space. Within
such passive open space areas, the only uses that shall be permitted are improved trails and appurtenant
facilities.
Jaz-..r: r..�a+.esr..nv.,.:rre..�s��l
L'Permittee,'—' shall Any person or owner to whom a permit is issued pursuant to this code
`Person.^— shall mean aAny natural person, partnership, firm, corporation, governmental agency or other
legal entity, and the plural as well as the singular, but dee_ _et inel .ae the City of c ...t. C-1
"Preeise grading permit" sha)) mean a pennit that is issued ao the basis of appfOved plans whieh show
the pFeeise loeations of stFaewres, finished elevations, drainage details and all an site impreNremeRts an
1]9.R Ti.!....... 3T111TT.TfYYI�_!PR.J!}TART.�S�iRRSI.�lJT5TTI
.A7.:
:.._. _
1111 mel
MON
NO
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 29
existing legal use" shall Fnean a tise legal
f.hiS a_eVelOpffiefit 00a,
'*Feliminary permit"grading
shew finished elevatiens, ifiter-ifn
Engineer_
building pad elevations and drainage to the degFee required by the Gi4y
Private Sewage Disposal System. A septic tank with effluent discharging into a subsurface disposal
field- into one or more seepage pits- or into a combination of subsurface disposal field and seepage pit,
or into such other facilities as may be permitted in accordance with the procedures and requirements set
forth in the building code.
« fite
ng
r ffleaftS aN area OF
areas in an adalt business designed
to a6eeffffnedate
no faere
film, videetape,
slide,
movie, of oth-
rk,ate N,iewiag
aFea shall be
ertablishw�
maintaifted,
pfivate
er
viewing
authorized,
afea.
and theft shall
be no dears, etii4aifts, stalls,
or e4ier efielasures
ereating-a
e
eammenee
ease shall
at
♦6e
a point
preteeteA
five (5) feet etitside of
..one he less t6,.., AAeen
the dFipline and extend inward
(1 C) feet f off the tom,&HIE
to the trunk E)f the
of an oak tree
tree. lfl ne
-Public building'-' shai-mean-aAny building owned, leased or held by the United States, the State, the
County, the City, any special district, school district, or any other agency or political subdivision of the
State or the United States, which building is used for governmental purposes.
`Public park'-' or -recreation area.'-' s6-1 ,-=pPublic land which has been designated for park,
recreational, or art activities including but not limited to a park, playground, nature trails, swimming
pool, reservoir, athletic field, basketball or tennis courts, pedestrian/bicycle paths, open space,
wilderness areas, or similar public land within the City which is under the control, operation, or
management of the City Department of Parks, Recreation and Community Services, or a homeowner's
association.
O. Definitions, "O."
No specialized terms beginning with the letter "O" are defined at this time.
R. Definitions, "R."
Reasonable accommodation. A waiver or modification to regulations. nolicies. procedures, and
standards that is both reasonable and necessary for a person with a disability to have an equal
opportunity to use and eniov a residential use. Examples of reasonable accommodation include, if
reasonable and necessary- allowing a wheelchair ramp in a required setback, allowing an increase in
building height to hermit an elevator installation, or allowing an applicant additional time to submit
material
Reasonable Accommodation Acts. The federal Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988 and the
California Fair Employment and Housing Act, as those Acts are amended from time to time. •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 - Definition
Page 30
•
0
Reasonable accommodation residential use. Any dwelline as defined by 42 U.S.C. 3602, Subsection
(b), as that section may be amended from time to time.
"—Recreational vehicle_L' shall man aA motorhome, travel trailer, truck camper or camping trailer, with
or without motive power, designed for human habitation for recreational or emergency occupancy, with
a living area less than four hundreds e hundred a ty (40O2-20) square feet, excluding built-in
equipment such as wardrobes, closets, cabinets, kitchen units or fixtures, bath and toilet rooms.
------+..an
.
.. .
10
...
. _
FnesElue+ +building
all + a r
whieh is useda
"Remov%!" shall mean the physieal FeFAEwal of a tree eF eausing the death 4 a (Fee 4hreugh damaging;
`Residential developmentL' shall -mean tThe construction or installation of one or more nitiltiple
€amily dwelling units pursuant to a building permit o. residential planned development ..emit
"Residential zone" er "residential use," shall Hwaii _.D-...., w .,.1,ieh i, zoned . approved for of used
as a residential use aiid'er single family house, a.._I_.. ...h......,. fl, lt:_.L, o.....:1. dwelling(s),
..bile ho afk .. %ibEliN-isioH, and e ndfeef:ea�ieaal trail.._ ...._l. or travel t .,:1.._ -..._l.
Review Authority. The Review Authority is the decision maker that approves or denies an
application but whose decision may be appealed. The Review Authority becomes the
Approving Authority if the project is not appealed
`Retaining wall_'—' shall hiean aA wall designed to resist the lateral displacement of soil or other
materials.
i'Roof-mounted.''—means inMounted above the eave line of building.
"Rough grade" shall. Fnean the elevasion aft} g+aund suf f eo establish@@ by g ffldiHg that
the final elevation shown on the .a._ -,...,d de..:,._.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 31
0
S. Definitions, "S."
`Satellite dish antennas," `hall :,lean aAny system of wires, cables, amplifiers, reflecting discs, or
similar devices used for the transmission or reception of electromagnetic waves, whether the system is
internal to or attached to the exterior of any building.
"Sehael" shall fnean any publie eF private
edueatienal facility
ineltiding
but not limited to ehild day eafe
.04.:e1, elething
Ale., the .,.,ti,:e
shall
fRean stage of
fflean
e@Vers nO FROrs geait..l..
devises.
+
afly +
periedioal
Phot,.... aph d..e...:.... ......l.d,.Fe
whieh is distinguished
fied .. .el
or ehafaeterized
"Semi
piewFe
by an
e....t..,..',...1
"Semi nude"
shall
a
dregs :e
.04.:e1, elething
Ale., the .,.,ti,:e
shall
fRean stage of
fflean
e@Vers nO FROrs geait..l..
devises.
+
afly +
periedioal
Phot,.... aph d..e...:.... ......l.d,.Fe
whieh is distinguished
fied .. .el
or ehafaeterized
"Semi
piewFe
by an
e....t..,..',...1
1
_e,.e_ding
+ or athLF
+
visual reisfesentet:....
+
speei s
"Sex or4ented
or
mean but
not be lifiiked
+
11speeified
temioal
meFeliandise"
for
shall
kffn tO beBbseH v
n
fQea$-19 provided
sexually efiented
meney or
any of eensideratiOR
sketahed d......,..
painted,
seulptured phote.
mphed
or similafly
depleted by other persons.
Setback, Front Yard. "FrOlit . e..d setbaek! e",." The area which defines the depth of the •
required front yard. Said setback shall be measured from the ultimate street right-of-way or the line
established by the General Plan, whichever is greater, and be removed therefrom by the perpendicular
distance prescribed for the front yard setback of the zone in which the property is located. Where the
location of the required yard is not clear as herein defined, itthey shall be determined by the Director -of
Commimity Development.
Setback, Rear Yard or Side Yard. "Rear ".._d or- side yard setbaek" ..hall ...e,,. •The area which
defines the width or depth of the required rear or side yard setbacks. Said setbacks shall be measured
from the property line, removed therefrom by the perpendicular distance prescribed for the yard setback
in the zone. Where the side or rear yard abuts a street, the distance shall be measured as set forth in the
"Setback, front yard" definition. Where the location of the required yards is not clear as herein defined,
they shall be determined by the Director of Community Development.
"Sex oriented
shall
afvy sex erie%ted
of
magazifle-,
material"
fflean
+
afly +
periedioal
Phot,.... aph d..e...:.... ......l.d,.Fe
whieh is distinguished
fied .. .el
or ehafaeterized
...,.t:e.,
+
ei fled
piewFe
by an
e....t..,..',...1
Al... video tape
emphasis an matter
e
_e,.e_ding
+ or athLF
+
visual reisfesentet:....
+
speei s
"Sex or4ented
or
mean but
not be lifiiked
te dildes,
auto seeks,
meFeliandise"
shall
sexually efiented
+
+
,. :five., simulated and
+
battey
nrt
a eed
vaginas.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 32
0
E
U
"Shall" -A ill MeRH fflafidHtEW�.
—Sheriff.'—' shallan tThe Sheriff of the County of Los Angeles, or the Sheriffs designated
representative.
—Shopping center.L' means Two (2) or more contiguous or separate retail commercial stores that share
access and/or parking, which function by design, or ultimately function, as a single entity.
Sign. Any device, fixture, placard or structure, including its component parts which draws attention to
an object, product, place, activity, opinion, person, institution, organization, or place of business, or
which identifies or promotes the interests of any person and which is to be viewed from any public
street, road, highway, right-of-way or parking area.
The following terms and phrases are defined for the purposes of Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations
(Private Property)).
1. Automobile dealership identification placards sign. An on-site sign permanently attached to a
light standard that identifies the name of the dealership and the make of vehicle sold on-site.
2. Automotive -oriented sign. A sign that is primarily representing a business devoted to automotive
sales or service.
3. Awning sign. A sign printed on or attached flat against the surface or fascia of a permitted swain
4. Banner signs. See "grand opening banner sign" or "special event banner sign."
5. Building identification sign. A sign that contains no advertising matter other than the name,
trademark or address of the building to which it is affixed, or of the occupant located therein
6. Changeable copy sign. A sign that is characterized by changeable copy, letters, symbols or
numerals
7. Commercial sign. Any sign, wording, logo, picture, transparency, mechanical device or other
representation that is intended to attract attention to a commercial or industrial business
occupancy, product, good, service or other commercial or industrial activity for a commercial or
industrial purpose.
8. Community identification sign. A sign that contains the name of a recognized community (e.2.,
Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus or Valencia) or the City, but contains no other advertising
matter.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 33
0
9. Construction sign. A temvorary sign denoting the architects, engineers, owners, lenders,
contractors, future tenants and others associated with a construction project, but which contains no
other advertising matter.
10. Corporate flag sign. Any flag identifying a business or development, whether permanent or
temporary. A siHg4e ,,,.FpeF...e flag may be fle.,._, __ovidea that it is flown :.t ee, s:,,neti,.....:.
11. Directional or informational sign. A sign which indicates the route to, direction of or location of
a given goal, or which provides regulatory or service information of a nonadvertising character.
12. Electronic readerboard sign. A sign which uses an electronic and or computer or functionally
similar means to display messages or graphics. Electronic readerboard signs do not include
displays showing time and temperature.
13. Erect. To build, construct, attach, hang, place, suspend or affix to or upon any surface.
14. Flashing sign. Any sign which, by method or manner of illumination, flashes, winks or blinks with
varying light intensity, shows motion, or creates the illusion of motion; or revolves in a manner to
create the illusion of being on or off.
15. Freestandin¢ sign. A sign which is placed on the ground or has as its primary structural support
one or more columns, voles, uprights or braces in or upon the ground and not attached to a •
building.
16. Freeway commercial center sign. A sign used to identify a commercial center or area of at least
fifty (50) acres.
17. Freeway -oriented sign. A sign oriented to be viewed primarily from an adiacent freeway which
identifies a business engaged in the provision of food, lodging or motor vehicle fuel, and which is
Primarily dependent upon motorists traveling on such freeway.
18. Fuel pricing sign. A sign indicating, and limited to, the brand or trade name, method of sale, grade
designation and price per gallon of gasoline or other motor vehicle fuel offered for sale on the
business premises, and such other information as may be required by law.
19. Gas sales canopy sign. A sign affixed to the fascia of a permitted gas sales canopy and is not
proiecting more than eighteen (18) inches from the canopy fascia. Gas sales canopy signs include
business emblems, sigh bands, and text associated with the business.
20. Grand opening banner sign. A temporary sign vublicizing a grand opening for a new business.
21. Hand-held sign. A sign that is held by or otherwise mounted on a person.
22. Historic sign. A sign of cultural or architectural significance to the citizens of the City of Santa
Clarita, the State of California, the Southern California region or the nation, which may be eligible
for nomination or designation and determined to be appropriate for preservation by the City
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 34
•
• I pursuant to the provisions of subsection (D) of Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private
Pro ert
23. Illegal sign. Illegal sign means
a. Any sign originally erected or installed without first complying with all structural,
locational, design, building and electrical regulations in effect at the time of its construction
or installation;
b. Any commercial sign that is not maintained, or is not used to identify or advertise an
ongoing business, occupancy, product, good or service available on the site of the sign for
more than ninety (90) days;
C. Any unsafe sign:
d. Any legal nonconforming sign that has not been removed following the expiration of any
applicable amortization period provided in this code; and
e. Any sign that is in violation of the provisions of Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations
(Private Propertv)}4bisehatrter.
24. Incidental business sign. A business sign indicating credit cards accepted, trading stamps offered,
trade affiliations and similar matter.
25. Lighted sign. A sign that is illuminated by any source, whether internal, external or indirect.
26. Leeal nonconforming sign. A sign that was originally erected or installed in compliance with all
structural, locational, design, building and electrical regulations at the time of its erection or
• installation, but which no longer conforms to the provisions of Section 17.51080 (Sign
Regulations (Private Propertv))ihisc43aoter.
27. Menu board sign. A sign displaying the menu of a drive-through restaurant where customers
place their food and drink orders while seated in vehicles in drive-through service lanes
28. Marquee sign. Any sign affixed to the perimeter or border of a permanently roofed structure
constructed as part of a building and protruding over public or private sidewalks or rights-of-way.
These signs are to identify movie or live performances/theaters and shall be considered wall signs
for the purpose of regulation.
29. Mobile sign. The use of a moving trailer, automobile, truck, non -wheeled vehicle, bicycle, or anv
other vehicle to display commercial or noncommercial messages primarily for advertising purposes
unrelated to the principal use of such vehicle.
30. Monument sign. A sign that is completely self-supporting, has its sign face or base on the ground,
and has no air space, columns or supports visible between the ground and the bottom of the sign
31. New Business. A for-profit or not-for-profit organization or company located in the C. I, and MX
zones and is relocating into a new tenant snace not previously occupied by said business. A
business that exists in a tenant space and transfers ownership and/or undergoes a remodel, without
a change in business name, is not considered a new business.
• January 2013 j DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 35
32. Noncommercial sign. A sign that does not name, advertise or call attention to a commercial or •
industrial business, commodity, product, good, service or other commercial or industrial activity
for a commercial or industrial purpose.
33. Off-site sign. A commercial sign not located on the site of the business or entity indicated or
advertised by the sign, or a commercial sign advertising a commodity, good, product, service or
other commercial or industrial activity which originates on a site other than where the sign is
maintained.
34. On-site sign. Any commercial sign which directs attention to a commercial or industrial
occupancy, business, commodity, good, product, service or other commercial or industrial activity
conducted, sold or offered upon the site where the sign is maintained. For pumoses of Section
17.51.080 (Sian Regulations (Private Proyerty))- soba c all signs with noncommercial speech
messages shall be deemed to be "on-site." regardless of location.
35. Painted sign. A sign that is painted directly on a wall or other vertical or nonhorizontal surface,
and does not project from the surface to which it is applied.
36. Permanent sign. Any sign which is intended to be and is so constructed as to be of lasting and
enduring condition, remaining unchanged in character, condition (beyond normal wear and tear)
and position and in a permanent manner affixed to the ground, wall or building.
37. Permit holder. A person who has received a sign permit pursuant to Section 17.51.080 (Sign
Regulations (Private Proyertv))4his shaptee. •
38. Portable sign. A freestanding sign that is not permanently affixed, anchored or secured to either
the ground or a structure on the premises it is intended to occur v.
39. Preview board sign. A sign displaying the menu of a drive-through restaurant where customers
seated in vehicles in drive-through service lanes preview the menu before pulling up to a menu
board sign.
40. Proiectinp sign. A sign, other than a wall sign, that nroiects more than eighteen (18) inches from
and is supported by an exterior wall of a building or structure.
41 Pylon sign. A freestanding sign, taller than a monument sign, in which the sign face is separated
from ground level by means of one or more supports such as poles, pole covers or columns.
42. Real estate sign. A temporary sign advertising the sale, lease or rental of the premises on which
the sign is located.
43. Revolving sign. A sign or any portion thereof that rotates, moves or appears to move in some
manner by electrical or other means.
44. Roof sign. Any sign erected upon and wholly supported by the roof of any building or structure.
Roof sign shall not include a wall sign affixed to the roof eaves or that portion of an actual or false
roof varying less than forty-five (45) degrees from a vertical plane.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 36
•
• 45. Sign area. The entire surface area, excluding all support structures, of a sign. When calculating
sign area, sign bands shall be considered a part of the total sign area.
46. Sign face. That portion of a sign intended to be viewed from one direction at a time.
47. Sign structure. A structure serving exclusively as a stand, frame or background for the support or
display of signs.
48. Signs, zone. Unless otherwise specifically stated in Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private
Prone references to [he "residential" or the "R" zone include all residential zones
(e.g., NUI. URI, etc.), references to the "commercial" or "C" zone include all commercial zones.
(e.g., CR. CC, etc.), references to the "mixed use" or "MX" zone include all mixed use zones, (e.g.,
MXN, MXC, etc.), references to the "industrial" or "I" zone include all industrial zones (e.g., BP
and 1), references to the `public/institutional" or "PI" zone include the public/institutional zone.
and references to the "open space" or "OS" zone include all open space zones (e.g., OS and OS -
NF).
49. Special event banner sign. A temporary sign publicizing a unique happening, action, purpose or
occasion.
50. Subdivision directional sign. A temporary on or off-site sign providing necessary travel direction
•
to a subdivision, located within the city, offering properties for sale for the first time, but which
contains no other advertising matter.
51. Subdivision entry sign. A temporary sign that provides necessary travel directions to and within a
subdivision offering properties for sale or lease for the first time, but which contains no other
advertising matter.
52. Subdivision identification sign. An on-site sign that identifies a subdivision offered for sale or
lease for the first time, but which contains no other advertising matter.
53. Subdivision sales sign. A temporary sign that contains the name of, and information relating to, a
subdivision being offered for sale or lease for the first time, but contains no other advertising
matter.
54. Temporary sign. Any sign constructed of cloth, canvas, light fabric, cardboard, wallboard, wood
or other light materials, with or without frames, intended to be displayed for a limited period of
time.
55. Under -canopy sign. Any lighted or unlighted display attached to the underside of a projecting
canopy protruding over a private sidewalk and having the required ground clearance as otherwise
required in Section 17.5 1.080 (Sign Regulations (Private Provertv)jjhjtghfflft.
56, Unsafe sign, A sign posing an immediate peril or reasonably foreseeable threat of injury or
damage to persons or property on account of the condition of the sign structure or its mounting
mechanism.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 37
57. Wall or wall -mounted sign. A Bien, other than a roof sign. affixed to and wholly SUDDorted by a •
building in such a manner that its exposed face is approximately parallel to the plane of such
building and is not projecting more than eighteen (18) inches from the building face or from a
permanent roofed structure vroiecting therefrom.
a. Sign, Primary Wall. A sign along the main elevation of a building with the primary
entrance or facing a street or on-site parking area or narking as part of a contiguous
shopping center.
b. Sign, Secondary Wall. A sign along an elevation other than the main elevation with a
secondary entrance or facing a street or on-site parking area or parking as part of a
continuous shopping center.
58. Window sign. Any sign painted on a window or constructed of paper, cloth, canvas or other
similar liehtweight material, with or without frames, and affixed to the interior side of a window.
59. Signs that are not within the definition of "sign." For the regulatory ournoses of this
ekapterSection 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private Property)), the following shall not be
considered signs:
a. Any public or legal notice required by a court or public agency;
b. Decorative or architectural features of buildings, except letters, trademarks or moving parts;
c. Symbols of noncommercial organizations or concepts including, but not limited to, religious
or political symbols, when such are permanently integrated into the structure of a permanent
building which is otherwise legal;
Time and tenWeFatufe dei4ees;
d_c" - e ' License plates, license plate frames, registration insignia,
including noncommercial messages, messages relating to the business or service of which •
the vehicle is an instrument or tool (not including general advertising), and messages
relating to the proposed sale, lease or exchange of the vehicle:
e. Traffic, directional, emergency, warning or informational signs required or authorized by a
government agency having jurisdiction;
f. Permanent memorial or historical signs, plaques or markers;
9. Public utility signs; and
h. Newsracks: and
i. Noncommercial flags not exceeding fifteen (15) square feet in area for each lot in a
residential zone or twenty-four (24) square feet for each lot in a non-residential zone,
provided that the vole or other structure, upon which such flag is flown, meets applicable
setback and height limitations of the zone in which it is located.
"Site."
"Site plan.22 shall mean aA plan, prepared to scale, showing accurately and with complete
dimensioning, all of the buildings, structures and uses and the exact manner of development proposed
for a specific parcel of land.
ee
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 38
•
9
CJ
•
IIGFoss stability" means the faetef of safety agains failure of slope matefial laeated belew
SUFfkL appfwEimately three (3) to feur (1) feet deep, Eneaswed from an pefpendieulaF to the slope
F6o
«stability"
„f slope material ...oastiFed ffeoA and ........,...,1:,...1.,_ to the slope f,.,.,.
"Sloping
available
terrain"
six (6)
and
seven
and
one half
(7.5) fninute
United
States Geolegieal Suf-,,ey
quadrangles of a
0
"Small
animals"
shall
mean
any a mai
that weighs
less than
three hundFed nnm pounds.
"Soil"
I .J ..f
., hat.
bedf...d. ....dFna5'H6lUde
tho
shall
fnean
ai4h
m
Vef
Origifl,,...1.:.,,.
"Sol
engine...."
in the
State ., h,..
shall
fnean
a eivil engiHeer
registefed
applied
sail
meehanies
and found
a
3.
Has
.
s t,..
adequately
equipped
sails testing
l.,l.,._,a..
uengineering"
shall
fnean
the applieatian
of
the prifteiples
of soil meehaflies in the
investigation-,
Of the
e6HStFdeti0fi
th
PFOOf
c the
use of eafth
materials and the inspeetion
and tes"g
I'Sefl
engineering
report"
1 .
PrelimiaaFy
information
eeHeemi
et4ies of soil and Feek en
a site prior t -o
gfading,
the
site for
its intended
use;
reeentmendations
for stFuetwal
a
design
and appreving
the
4 fills
site far its intended use
a
"Soil
difeet:en
testing
of a
ageney"
...dl engineef
shall
mean an ageney
&Eperienced
regularly
in soil t..
engaged
in the testing of sails and
reek under
`Solar energy system!' shall mean:
1. Any solar collector or other solar energy device, whose primary purpose is to provide for the
collection, storage, and distribution of solar energy for space heating, space cooling, electric
generation, or water heating, or
2. Any structural design feature of a building, whose primary purpose is to provide for the collection,
storage, and distribution of solar energy for electricity generation, space heating or cooling, or for
water heating.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 39
NOW 11. 101,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 39
0
`State.''—' ^"-'rtThe State of California.
"Stealth faPility" means afty eemmuniGation feeility M-hieh is designed to blend, into the quF4:01JHFiiffg
.
u ." shall mean aA tempemfy, tineempaeted fill of embafAffnefit plaeLd by ai4ifieial means,
whieh is L date.
L'Story,''—' s ' Any portion of a building considered habitable or uninhabitable which is included
between the surface of any floor and the surface of the floor next above it, or if there be no floor above
it, then the space between such floor and the ceiling next above it. Crawl spaces are not considered to be
a story.
`Street,''—' ^'-alp aA public thoroughfare or right-of-way or approved private thoroughfare or right-
of-way determined by the City Engineer to be adequate for the purpose of access, which affords the
principal means of access for abutting property including avenue, place, way, drive, lane, boulevard,
highway, road and any other thoroughfare, except as excluded in this development code. The word
"street" shall include all major and secondary highways, traffic collector streets and local streets.
—`Structure_L' s`-a'�eanaA mobilehome or anything constructed or erected, building of any kind, or
any piece of work artificially built up or composed or parts joined together in some definite manner,
which requires location on or in the ground or is attached to something having a location on or in the
ground, including walls, fences, swimming and wading pools and covered patios, excepting paved areas,
mortis -Volt courts and similar outdoor areas.
`Structural alteration.''—' shell wean aAny change in or alteration to a structure involving a bearing wail
column, beam or girder, floor or ceiling joists, roof rafters, foundations, piles, retaining walls or similar
components.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 40
-
--
.
..
.
-.....
....
.
....
.. ..
11 -
01110.
-...
`State.''—' ^"-'rtThe State of California.
"Stealth faPility" means afty eemmuniGation feeility M-hieh is designed to blend, into the quF4:01JHFiiffg
.
u ." shall mean aA tempemfy, tineempaeted fill of embafAffnefit plaeLd by ai4ifieial means,
whieh is L date.
L'Story,''—' s ' Any portion of a building considered habitable or uninhabitable which is included
between the surface of any floor and the surface of the floor next above it, or if there be no floor above
it, then the space between such floor and the ceiling next above it. Crawl spaces are not considered to be
a story.
`Street,''—' ^'-alp aA public thoroughfare or right-of-way or approved private thoroughfare or right-
of-way determined by the City Engineer to be adequate for the purpose of access, which affords the
principal means of access for abutting property including avenue, place, way, drive, lane, boulevard,
highway, road and any other thoroughfare, except as excluded in this development code. The word
"street" shall include all major and secondary highways, traffic collector streets and local streets.
—`Structure_L' s`-a'�eanaA mobilehome or anything constructed or erected, building of any kind, or
any piece of work artificially built up or composed or parts joined together in some definite manner,
which requires location on or in the ground or is attached to something having a location on or in the
ground, including walls, fences, swimming and wading pools and covered patios, excepting paved areas,
mortis -Volt courts and similar outdoor areas.
`Structural alteration.''—' shell wean aAny change in or alteration to a structure involving a bearing wail
column, beam or girder, floor or ceiling joists, roof rafters, foundations, piles, retaining walls or similar
components.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 40
• I `'» `Subdivision_shall mean- The division by any subdivider of any unit or units of improved or
unimproved land, or any portion thereof, shown on the latest equalized Coun City -assessment roll as a
unit or as contiguous units, for the purpose of sale, lease, financing or transfer of title, whether
immediate or future.
1. Property shall be considered as contiguous units even if it is separated by roads, streets, utility
easements or drainage or railroad rights-of-way.
2. The provisions of Seed". 66424.' of the Subdivision Map Act concerning the merger of
contiguous parcels of land shall be applied in determining whether the sale, lease, financing or
transfer of title of contiguous parcels is subdivision under the terms of this section.
3. "Subdivision" includes a condominium project, as defined in Section 1350 of the Civil Code; a
community apartment project, as defined in Section 11004 of the Business and Professions Code;
or a lease project, as defined in Title 16.
4. Any conveyance of land to a governmental agency, public entity or public utility shall not be
considered a division of land for purposes of computing the number of parcels.
5. The qualification contained in Section 66424.1 of the Subdivision Map Act concerning the division
of a unit of land before a change in the equalized-Gity-Cgyrity equalized-City-Countyassessment roll shall apply to
subdivisions as defined in this definition.
6. The tern "subdivision" shall also refer to any area or tract of land designed to accommodate
mobilehomes used for human habitation approved as a division of land for mobilehome purposes
and for which a final map or final parcel map has been recorded pursuant to the provisions of Title
16. For the purpose of this develepwwn4-+Code, this type of subdivision shall be considered a
residential subdivision.
CJ
•
-Subdivision Map Aet-' shall -Shall mean Division 2, Title 7 of the Government Code.
"Substantial enlargement of an adult himinegg" shall fnean an ineFease in the 4eer areas eeeupied by
the busifiess by mere than fifieen (15) peFeent as the flew areas exist on effeetive date ef the efdinanee
e0dified in this definition.
T. Definitions. "T."
`Telephone communication services_L' shall mean "communication services" as
defined in Sections 4251 and 4252 of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder, and
shall include any telephonic quality communication that is interconnected to a public switched network,
and shall include, without limitation, for the purpose of transmitting messages or information (including,
but not limited to, voice, telegraph, teletypewriter, data, facsimile, video or text) by electronic, radio or
similar means through "interconnected service" with the "public switched network," as these terms are
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 41
commonly used in the Federal Communications Act, 47 U.S.C.A: Section 332(d), and the regulations of •
the Federal Communications Commission, whether such transmission occurs by wire, cable, fiber-optic,
light wave, laser, microwave, radio wave, including, but not limited to, cellular service, commercial
mobile service, personal communications service (PCS), specialized mobile radio (SMR), and other
types of personal wireless service telecommunications (see 47 U.S.CA-. Section 332(c)(8-}(4 (4)
regardless of radio spectrum used, switching facilities, satellite or any other similar facilities.
"Terreee" shall Eneaft a relatively level step eanstfueted in the faee of a ...aged _lege s....r __ for
"Thrift Stffe" shall mean a store Ahieh sells er eonsigns to sell itams whieh are of a noneelleeti
qtiality and,ler are fiet of heirloom qealitY. Thrift steres ef: seeendhand steres are tiet elassified as antiqt+e
steees.
"iTobacco paraphernalia business_'„ s` -N meanAn establishment that devotes more than a two (2)
foot by four (4) foot (two (2) feet in depth maximum) section of shelf space for equipment, products and
materials of any kind (excluding lighters and matches) which are intended or designed for use of
tobacco, and includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1. Kits intended for use or designed for use in planting, propagating, cultivating, growing or
harvesting of any species of tobacco plant;
2. Kits intended for use or designed for use in manufacturing, compounding, converting, producing,
processing or preparing tobacco;
3. Isomerization devices intended for use or designed for use in increasing the potency of any species
of tobacco plant;
4. Testing equipment intended for use or designed for use in identifying or in analyzing the strength,
.
effectiveness or purity of tobacco;
5. Scales and balances intended for use or designed for use in weighing or measuring tobacco;
6. Separation gins and sifters intended for use or designed for use in removing twigs, stems, seeds or
other foreign material from, or in otherwise cleaning or refining, tobacco;
T Blenders, bowls, containers, spoons and mixing devices intended for use or designed for use in
compounding tobacco substances or substances containing tobacco;
8. Envelopes, pouches, capsules, balloons and other containers intended for use or designed for use in
packaging small quantities of tobacco;
9. Containers and other objects intended for use or designed for use in storing or concealing tobacco;
10. Objects intended for use or designed for use in ingesting, inhaling or otherwise introducing tobacco
into the human body, such as the following:
a. Metal, wooden, acrylic, glass, stone, plastic or ceramic pipes with or without screens,
permanent screens or punctured metal bowls,
b. Water pipes,
c. Carburetion tubes and devices,
d. Smoking and carburetion masks,
e. Clips or other devices intended to hold burning material, such as a cigarette, that has become
too small or too short to be held in the hand,
f. Chamber pipes,
g. Carburetor pipes,
h. Electric pipes,
i. Air -driven pipes,
j. Chillums,
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 42
• k. Bongs,
1. Ice pipes or chillers.
"Transfer of ownership OF eontrol of an adult business" shall mean and inelede any of the foljawiW
.
z1 The sale, ,...leas. sublease of the business; OF
3. The establishment of a trart, gifi ar other similar legal devioe whieh transf&%, ewneFship aF eon
of the business, egisept fef tfansfer by bequest aF oiheF epefation ef law upon the death of a peFse
i'Truck, large_''—' ghnlll mean RA truck with a cross vehicle weight (GVW) eanying eapaeity-of greater
than three thousand a, P 1111B40d twelve thousand1( 2.0003390) pounds or more.
i'Truck, light,''—' shall mega sA truck with a gross vehicle weight (GVW) eafrying-eapaeity-of less than
rh_ e th....,.and r:, e h..,, F@d I( 2.0003300) poundse�.
U. Definitions, "U.'
u
Building
Building Code, published by the intemational OenfeFenee of
Building
material"
under the eritefia of this di,�4siea or under the eviteria eantained in any approved geefeelioieal repeft;
make it unsttitable for use as fill or foF Emy othef intended tise, These prepefties of ehanietefisti
reek diameters exeeeding eight (9) iHehes; the presenee of eenerete of: asphalt; of the preseftee of
e*paflsive sails within four (4) feet of finish grade of an), aFea ifilefided OF derigHed as a leeation fer-a
Wilding.
`Use_" shall mean purpose for which land or a building is arranged, designed, or intended, or for
which either land or building is or may be occupied or maintained.
V. Definitions, "V."
Vanpool vehicle. Any motor vehicle, other than a motor truck or truck tractor, designed for carrying
more than 10 but not more than 15 persons, including the driver, which is maintained and used primarily
for the nonprofit, work-related transportation for adults, for the purooses of ridesharing.
W. Definitions, °'W."
"Wamter or waitress" is a man or woman who waits on tables,
"Wet bRF" Shall MeaH an ifitefiOf YE)effi eF afea with a single basin sink leeated safRe plaee etheF than
...aff ,..._s....,,.,,.
— ... ...... . .. :8-Ve 6�-efi Of etheF kitchen type facilities, it shall Lonstittite a
S +
o kit
Si-parv+tcezx�rhen
r.
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 43
"Wild animal" shall mean any fiendomestie, e3ketie ef b ,
the coxxv a, xu.gio ua o.xx.vxxa.c,aos-hybrids -ax,cry nxafxxxa..vxx,xv.ro„ � xvov a.xxa xcpur<m
"l;Ih9lesali g" ..7..,11 mean the sel- l:..,. ,.f an y type of goads fef ......pose of-esal.,
b '
`Wireless communications facilities_L' s4-'x-4The site, support structures, antennas, accessory
equipment structures, and appurtenances used to transmit, receive, distribute, provide or offer wireless
telecommunications services. Wireless communications facilities include, but are not limited to,
antennas, poles, towers, cables, wires, conduits, ducts, pedestals, vaults, buildings, electronic, and
switching equipment.
The following terms and phrases are defined for the purposes of Chapter 17.69 (Wireless
Communications Facilities and Satellite Dish Antennas).
1. Building -mounted. Mounted to the side of a building, to the facade of a building or to the side of
another structure such a water tank, church steeple, freestanding sign or similar structure, but not to
include the roof of any structure.
2. Co -location. The locating of wireless communications equipment from more than one provider on
a single building -mounted, roof -mounted or ground -mounted wireless communication facility.
3. Ground -mounted. Mounted to a Dole, monopole, lattice tower or other freestanding structure
specifically constructed for the purpose of supporting such antenna. These antennas do not use a
building or ancillary structures for mounting purposes.
4. Monopole. A structure composed of a single spire used to support antennas or related equipment.
5. Stealth facility. Any communication facility which is designed to blend into the surrounding
environment, typically one that is architecturally integrated into a building or other concealing
structure. Also referred to as concealed antenna.
6 i.'Wireless communications support structures_'' s -aAny structure erected to support
telephone communications services. Wireless communications support structures may include, but
are not limited to, lattice tower, monopoles, and guyed towers.
7_ -`Wireless communications systems.''-' shall-mean-tThe sending and receiving of radio frequency
transmissions and the connection and/or relaying of these signals to land lines and other sending
and receiving stations (cell sites), and including, but not limited to, cellular radio, telephone,
personal communications services (PCS), enhanced/specialized mobile radio (ESMR), commercial
paging services, wi-fi and any other technology which provides similar services.
X. Definitions. "X."
No specialized terms beginning with the letter "X" are defined at this time.
Y. Definitions. "Y."
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Chapter 17.07 - Definitions
Page 44
• ``Yard_" "'"''�rr-n.ear.-aAny open space on the same lot with a building or dwelling group, which open
space is unoccupied and unobstructed except for the projections permitted by this code.
1_Front Yard. "Front yard" "' shall ...ean A space between the front yard setback and the front lot
line or future street line, and extending the full width of the lot. Where the location of the required
yards is not clear as herein defined, they shall be determined by the Director of Community
Development.
2. Rear Yard. "Rear yard" shall mea aA space between the rear yard setback and the rear lot line,
extending the full width of the lot. Where the location of the required yards is not clear as herein
defined, they shall be determined by the Director of Community Development.
3_Side Yard. "Cide yard" shall _.e__ A space extending from the front yard, or from the front yard
lot line where no front yard is required by this develegreeR4-eCode, to the rear yard, or rear lot line
between a side lot line and the side yard setback line. Where the location of the required yards is
not clear as herein defined, they shall be determined by the Director of Community Development.
Z. Definitions, "Z."
No snecialized terms be¢ ening with the letter "Z" are defined at this time.
(Ord. n< 14 c i, nrs�nrinc. wd no 1, 6114107. n_m nn z, sninn, OFd nrn nrau-z-rminn. n_a. 9»9 c, 6,92 /99; n.z.ad
.
9 o 1012649. Ofd nn z oiQinn. n..d 01 c �n�in1. n_a n1 a enninr. n.a 02 c 423,L02; , , , n_a 03 12
nmnarm. n_amnrc l e cam lQ5,Q5. Ord nre 1r0 ac - 12,113, 105; Ord. no 1 c 2, 1, 3A7. n_vno rs cTt, 842614D&
'
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.07 — Definitions
Page 45
0
Chapter 17.++31
ZONING DESIGNATION SSA4i14A17:?fPURPOSE
AWmonsSECTIONS:
17.+431.010 Purpose.
17.1431.020 Consistency. with the Zonino Mao.
17:1431.010 Purpose.
1_ edditien to the ebj--'. as _ .r..ed . n' :_ _ 1 GORMI o...._va _e the _
residewmi 4;The non -urban. urban residential, commercial, and—industrial, mixed use, open space,
public/institutional, specific plan and corridor Plan zones are established to achieve the following
purposes:
A. To reserve appropriate areas for the continuation of existing farms and ranches, residential living at a
broad range of dwelling unit densities; for office uses, retail stores, service establishments, and
wholesale businesses, offering commodities and services required by residents of the City and its
surrounding market area; for industrial uses and the protection of these areas from intrusion by
dwellings and other inharmonious uses consistent with the Santa Clarita General Plan and with sound
standards to preserve public health, safety and welfare.
B. To minimize traffic congestion and to avoid the overloading of public services and utilities by
preventing the construction of buildings of excessive bulk or number in relation to the land area
around them.
C. To facilitate the provision of utility services and other public facilities commensurate with
• anticipated population, dwelling unit densities and service requirements.
D. To promote high standards for site planning, architecture and landscape design for development
within the Cit) r while preserving the City's historical and natural resources such as
oak trees, river areas and ridgelines.
E. To protect residential and commercial uses from noise, odor, dust, smoke, light intrusion, truck
traffic and other objectionable influences and to prevent fire, explosion, radiation, and other hazards
incidental to certain industrial activities.
F. To ensure adequate light, air, privacy and open space for each dwelling and to provide sufficient
open space around commercial and industrial structures to protect them from hazard and to minimize
the impact of commercial and industrial operations on nearby residential zones.
G. To encourage commercial and industrial uses to concentrate for the convenience of the public and for
a more mutually beneficial relationship.
11. To ftile,' deyelepeAe"f within eaeh ef the zenes beyend the midpoint density or intensity only when
benefit to the
17.31.020 Consistenev with the Zonino May,
The zoning designations contained within this Code shall correspond and be consistent with the Zoning
Map as approved by Council Ordinance.
17-11-020 g Designation
fanning
R3 BHe Single fafflily 1.0._... _,._egal ,......
a and e-._t_d e.FRH ,.
_ _b_ ti_fig. LedteS .._e '.ae_d_d to
a
be _ _i_cNH _. Of _'ght ,em .............»e.. The %__S in this __ _,. ___eet_d fe .
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page J
0
G. RAM (Residential Alex[..... High)
T.._.. Tk 5 98"0
.._a. ♦ gmu_ed fieus ng sash a
am-nhemes, tfiple*es, fewplexes and
(20.0) dwell ngs_ a o.: ..
so moR _ _ A . ddit onal uses
eftfeffi Slagle f..._'l I...m@S ,.
8H fi. tea .his h
a x_.'_ed r..
.. .,
be s
/�
C. RN'L (Residential Veer] Law Pean.ijTZone.
Th s zone is intended
fOF !Ofge eUSmM
single MR4115
homes %ith amaximum aene'n. eC ene
aUnit Pef ..
This ..t
the m t..
G. RAM (Residential Alex[..... High)
T.._.. Tk 5 98"0
.._a. ♦ gmu_ed fieus ng sash a
am-nhemes, tfiple*es, fewplexes and
(20.0) dwell ngs_ a o.: ..
so moR _ _ A . ddit onal uses
larger group IlausiAg
e e Fem an e
are pemiit4ed that
at a density up to twomy a"d "a tenths
.Wed
es e .. n site as �ell as pfivate
me and ean exist
14. RH (Residential High) Zone, This
'gh zone at a a__,.'t. _ to mem.
fae Wed on site
mne pe"ItS gmUP
eight and no tenths
as �ell aspFi%me
hmiSmg Siffillff W the Fes demial medium
(28.0) J el 'n.,.. ..e_ ...u.,... nen_ O. _te
eammen open stmee. Add't ANA, -.4, He
I. GTC (!`et..tt... n. ial Tott.ne !`erste_)
related aeti 't es ..hieb ..ie 8fB eBflmmmt)r
Tone Th s mane _e_sits
.._A re..ienal Hawfe
.. ..'A_ ___.._ ..0 �.. r..' ...._ :..,. .._J
and aFand vee I urea ''_ and a vut d-a4e -ee O
emaMORIal C.,.h'enMeng .heti•.'_
K. !`A1 (Gemmereial Neighborhood) Zone This zone is intended 4m: small'.a.h..theea she... ing
e�M lOeMed m B!eS@ ffWtiffli!) m FB51demial areas. P4 --- ----- - -- - eial uses aFe general!),
aim Penn aed.
Commercial Offiee dekel8pMemS aFe geHaffllly leEmed in centers or as ndiNidual buildings Bien
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 2
0
•
0
0
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 3
0
Park,
'1' 1 the
C' the HatieRal !` „ 'eFOSStOPPCC
fitCOMFaNeefS.1
L
50
A
used r.. designate
.._...._ .
1.' _L ,.__ .. Ow howls. mewls and FeeFeatien
r
a�eas.
FeSeafEh and
'•n eampus 1_
ngs and a
.._!C_
FWA r..A r.. '...J ..
/l W (Iad ..t..lal C..t.......t.eial)
Zone Thisthat
aFe eempatible
"rL
a
'_A
Uses.. C....r ..
in time
Cit r_'A.. ..0 WS HESS tWIES. !Ieen
stf� and light .
o
medw
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 3
0
0
Chapter 17.32 Non -Urban Zones
SECTIONS:
17.32.010
Non -Urban 1
(NUI)
Zone.
17.32.020
Non -Urban 2
(NU2)
Zone.
17.32.030
Non -Urban 3
(NU3)
Zone.
17.32.040
Non -Urban 4 (NU4)
Zone.
17.32.050
Non -Urban 5
(NU5)
Zone.
17.32.010 I Non -Urban I (NUO Zone. - - - CanmMt [GPI]: General Plan Implementation
The Non -Urban 1 (NUI) zoning designation identifies lands in the planning area that are
distinguished by significant environmental features and extreme development constraints. Lands
in this designation are largely undeveloped and consist of rolling hillside areas, steep slopes, and
remote mountain lands with limited access. Uses in this designation include single-family homes
at a maximum density of one (1) dwelling unit per 20 acres, agriculture, equestrian uses, private
recreation, filming, and public and institutional facilities serving the local area.
A. [Development Standards.)
Property in the NU I zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Density (units per gross acre)
0.05
N/A
_Maximum - _ - _
Minimum Density (units per acre)
Minimum Net Lot Area (in acres)
20
Lot Width (in feet)
200
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width (in feet) _ _
40
20
_ _
Front vard setback in feet)
Side vard setback each side (in feet)_ _ _515
20
Side vard setback, reverse comer lot (in fret)
Rear vard setback (in feet)
15_
_
.Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (In feet)
_
75
35
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
Maximum
height of the main structure without a CUP (in feet)
Distance between main structures (in feet)
10 _
Distance between main and accessorj structures (in feet)
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential 25
property lines in feet
Additional Droverty development standards contained in Division 17.50 (Development
Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in residential zones.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 4
Comment IGP23: Ganerai Plan Implementaeon
�J
�J
13. Permitted Uses.
E
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 5
0
17.32.020 Non -Urban 2 (NU2) Zone. _ _ comment IGP3): General Pian�mplementanen
maximum density of one (1) dwelling unit Per 10 acres, agriculture. equestrian uses, private
recreation, and public and institutional facilities serving the local area.
A Development Standardsa4 commwt[GPa]: Genera PanimPnmentannn
Property in the NU2 zone shall be subiect to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units Per gross acre)
0.1
_ _
Minimum Density (units Per acre)
Minimum Net Lot Area (in acres)
Lot Width (in feet)
N/A
1
200
-4T—
0Front
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width (in feet)
Frontyard setback (in feet
20
_ _ _
Side yard setback each side (in feet)
Side yard setback, reverse comer lot (in feet-
Rear yard setback (in feet _ _
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (in feet)
5/5_ _
15
35
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the main
35
height of the main structure without a CUP (in feet)
Distance between main structures lin feet)
Distance between main and accessga structures in feet
Setbacks for public and semi -Public uses from residential
25
roe lines m feet
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50 (Development
Standards) shall apply to all property and structures Permitted in residential zones.
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions permitted uses and Parking requirements are contained in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Anv use not listed is considered a
prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 - Zoning Designation Summary
Page 6
0
0
•
0
17.32.030 Non -Urban 3 fNU3) Zone. _ _ comment [GPs]: Gemnl plan Implememation
A. beyelopment Standards , _ Comment [GP6]: Gemral plan Implementation
Property in the NU3 zone shall be subiect to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density units r oss acre
Densitv(units ner acre)
0.2 _
N/A_
5
_Minimum _
Minimum Net Lot Area in acres
_
Lot Width fin feet)
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width in feet
Front vard setback in feet)
Side vard setback. each side (in feet)
Side vard setback reverse corner lot infeet
_
200
40 _
20 _
20
Rearvard setback_ in feet
15
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (in feet)
-35-
5Maximum
35
Maximumheight of accessory structures not exceeding the
height of the main structure without the CUP (in feet)
_Distance between main structures (in feet _
0__
Distance between main and accessoIX structur-es(in feet)
_
11
6 _
25
Setbacks for Public and semi-public uses from residential
ro env lines in feet
Additional property development standards contained in Division 1750 (Development
Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in residential zones.
B. Permitted Uses.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Cbapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 7
0
17.32.040 Son -U rban 4 (NU4) Zone. i_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Comment tcvzJ: Gemr.1 vi.o imp�emenc.cmn
The Non -Urban 4 (NU4) zoning designation provides for the maintenance and expansion of rural
communities- in the planning area that are distinguished by large lot sizes (generally two acres or
greater), agricultural and equestrian uses, and an absence of urban services. Uses in this
designation could include single-family homes at a maximum density of one (1) dwelling unit
Per two (2) acres agriculture, equestrian uses, private recreation and public and institutional
facilities serving the local area.
Supportive commercial uses serving the local area, such as grocery stores, restaurants, personal
services, and retail sale of specialty goods for rural residents, such as feed and tack stores, may
be allowed in "activity areas' within this designation without a General Plan Amendment,
provided that the size, location, design, and use types are determined to be compatible with the
surrounding area. Such "activity centers" must be at least 1 mile from any commercial land use
designation and must not exceed 5 acres in size.
A. bevelooment Standards] -
Propertv in the NU4 zone shall be subiect to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units per Bross acre)
0.5
______
Minimum Densitv (units per acre).
N/_A__
_ _ _
Minimum Net_Lo_t Area acres)
2
_ _ _(in
Lot Width (in feet)
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width lin feet)
100
Front yard setback (in feet _ _
Side yard setback each side in feet —
_
5/5
Side yard setback reverse corner lot (in feet_ _ _ _
Rear
Rear vard setback (in feet) _ _
Maximum hen"ht of main structure without a CUP (in feet)
20
_ _ _ _
----
_ 15 _ _
sU_ _ _
1 35
._ _
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
height of the main structure without a CUP in feet
Distance between main structures
Distance between main and accessory structures
10_
25
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
vroDery lines
Additional proverty development standards contained in Division 17.50 (Development
Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in residential zones.
January 2013 I DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 - Zoning Designation Summary
Page 8
•
f 1
L_J
0
E
B. Permitted Uses-.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and narking requirements are contained in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is considered a
prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 9
0
17.32.050 Son -Urban 5(NU5) Zone. �----------------------------------- comment[GP9]: General Plan I piementatian
The Non -Urban 5 (NU5) zoning designation provides for the maintenance and expansion of rural
communities in the planning area that are distinguished by large lot sizes (generally one acre or
greater), agricultural and equestrian uses, and the absence of urban services. Uses in this
designation include single-family homes at a maximum density of one (1) dwelling unit per acre,
agriculture, equestrian uses, private recreation, and public and institutional facilities serving the
local area.
provided that the size, location, design, and use types are determined to be compatible with the
surrounding area. Such "activity centers" must be at least 1 mile from any commercial land use
designation and must not exceed 5 acres in size.
A. Development Standards ----------------------------------------------- comment IGvt03: Genera Pian impiemenvWn
Property in the NU5 zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units per gross acre)
1.0
Minimum Density (units per acre)
Minimum Net Lot Area (in square feet) _ _
43,560
Lot Width (in feet) ___ _ _
i _
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width (in feet). _ .. _
40 _
Front yard setback (in feet)
20
Side yard setback, each side (in feet)
Side ard setback reverse comer lot (in feet)
20 _
Rear yard setback (in feet) _ _
15
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (in feet) _
35
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
35
height of the main structure without a CUP (in feet)
Distance between main structures (in feet)
between main and accessory structures (in feet)
_Distance
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential.
25
pro ertv huesjn feet
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50 (Development
Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in residential zones.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter t7.1 I —Zoning Designation Summary
Page ]0
•
L
0
•
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and oarkina requirements are contained in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is considered a
prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 11
0
Chanter 17.33 Urban Residential Zones
SECTIONS:
17.33.010
Urban Residential 1
(URI) Zone.
17 33 020
Urban Residential 2
(UR2) Zone.
17.33.030
Urban Residential 3
(UR3) Zone.
17.33 040
Urban Residential 4
(UR4) Zone.
17.33.050
Urban Residential 5
(UR5) Zone.
1733.010 Urban Residential 1 (URI) Zone - Comment [GPlil: Ger ral PlanImpf..wmbn
per acre.
A. bevelonment Standards]
Property in the URI zone shall be subiect to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (.units per gross acre)
2.0
Minimum Density (units per acre)
N/A_
Minimum Net Lot Area (in square feet) __
20,000
Lot Width 'in feet)
75
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width (in feet)__ _ _
_40 _
_ _
Front yard setback (in feet - - -
20
Side yard setback, each side (in feet) _ _ _ _
515
10
Side yard setback, reverse comer lot (in feet) - - _ _ _ _
Rear yard setback (in feet)_
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (in feet)
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
35
height of the main structure without a CUP (in feet)
Distance between main structures (in feet) �10_
25
_
Distance between main and accessory- structures (in feet)
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
ro ert (lines in feet
Additional Dronertv development standards contained in Division 17.50 Development
Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in residential zones
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 12
, - I Comment [GP121: General Plan Implementation
9
9
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is considered a
prohibited use in this zone.
CI
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 13
•
0
17.33.020 IU rban Residential 2 (UR2) Zone. I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ comment [na131: Ger l Plan,-Piementaemn
A. Development StandardsComment[GP1411 G.e.W Pian �mv�emnntanan
Property in the UR2 zone shall be subiect to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units ver gross acre)
5.0
_
Minimum Density (units per acre)
N/A
15 000
_
Minimum Net Lot Area insquare feet
Lot Width (in feet)
50
Cul-de-,ac/knuckle lot width (in feet)
Front yard setback (in feet -)L_____20
Side y and setback each side in feet
5/5
Side yard setback, reverse comer lot (in feet)
10__
15
_
Rear yard setback (in feet)____
_ _
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP in fee
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the 20
height of the main structure (in feet)
Distance between main structures (in feet)_ 10
J.6_
Distance between main and accessory structures (in feet) -
_
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential 25
kro2efty lines in feet
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50 (Development
Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in residential zones.
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, vermitted uses and parking requirements are contained in Division
1740 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Am use not listed is considered a
prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 14
A
0
0
•
0
17.33.030 (Urban Residential MR3) Zone.! j ranman laPfs).aeftm pion in bmenteaen
associated recreational facilities are Provided.
A. bJevelopment Standards] _
Prooertv in the UR3 zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Densi units oss acre
11.0
Minimum Densi units Mracre
6.0
Minimum Net Lot Area in scluare f _ _ _ _
5 00O_
Lot Width (in feet )
50
_ _
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width in feet)
40
Front yard setback in feet
20
Side yard setback. each side (in feet)
Side yard setback reverse comer lot in feet
10
_ _
Rear Xardsetback in feet_IS
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (in feet!
35
20
10
_ _
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
height of the main structure in feet)__
Distance between main structures (in feet)
Distance between main and accessory�
structures (in feet) I
V
_ --
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential 25
ro ert lines in feet )l
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50 (Develoomen[
Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in residential zones
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and narking requirements are contained in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is considered a
prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 I DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 15
1733.040 kJrban Residential 4 (UR4) Zone.I_
The Urban Residential 4 (UR4) zoning designation provides- for mixed residential neighborhoods
of detaching and attached dwellings. Allowable uses in this designation include detached and
attached sinnle-familyhomes &I lexes multi le family dwellings, and other residential uses at a
maximum density of 18 dwelling units per acre.
A. pevelopment Standards
Provertv in the UR4 zone shall be subiect to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units per &[oss acre)
18.0
Minimum Density (units per acre)____
9.0
_ ___
Minimum Net Lot Area (in square feet).
.44500 _
Lot Width (in feet)
40
Cul-de-saclknuckle lot width (in feet)_40_
Front setback in feet)
20 _ ..
Side yard setback, each side (in feet) _
515 _
Side yard setback, reverse comer lot (in feet)
10
15
Rear yard setback (in feet)
_ _
\]a.ximmn height of main structure without a CUP in feet
5
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
L0
height of the main structure fin feet)
Distance between main structures (in feet)
10
_
Distance between main and accessory structures in feet)
Setbacks for public and semi-public uses from residential
-proRgrty lines in feet
Additional nroverty development standards contained in Division 17.50 (Development
Standards) shall apoly to all property and structures permitted in residential zones.
Ii Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in Division
1740 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is considered a
Prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 16
E
- Comment [GP17]: General Ilan ImPlementetlon
comment [GP1a]: General PlanImplemenl lmn
6A
7
C�
17.33.050 (Urban Residential 5 (UR5) Zone. �----------------------------------- Comment iGv197: Geron) Aan �mvJemenbaon
The Urban Residential 5 (UR5) zoning designation provides for medium to high-density
dwelling units ver acre.
A. bevelopment Standards------------------------------------------- j comment EGP201: Generaw�an imv�emeotanon
Property in the UR5 zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units pergross acre)
0.0
_ _
Minimum Density (units Per acre
i_
4 500
_ _ _
Minimum Net Lot Area (in square feet)._
-----
Lot Width (in feet)
40
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width in feet)
40
Front yard setback (in feet)
20
Side yard setback, each side (in feet\
515
10
_
yard setback reverse comer lot in feet
_Side
Rear yard setback (in feet)
15
35
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (in feet)
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
_
20
;_
height of the main structure (in feet)
_
Distance between main structures (in feet)
�10
Distance between main and accessory structures (in fat)
_
(6
_
Setbacks for Public and semi -Public uses from Mddential 20
roertv lines in feet
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50 (Development
Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in residential zones
B Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, Dennitted uses and parking requirements are contained in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is considered a
prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 17
0
Chapter 17.34 Commercial and Industrial Zones
SECTIONS:
17.34.010 Community Commercial Zone (CC) Zone.
17.34.020 Neighborhood Commercial (CN) Zone.
17.34.030 Regional Commercial (CR) Zone.
17.34.040 Business Park (BP) Zone.
17.34.050 Industrial (1) Zone.
1734.010 Community Commercial Zone (CC). � _ - _ - -I comment IGP211: Piee n pleme wi.n
The Community Commercial (CC) zoning designation is intended for business providing retail
and service uses that primarily serve the local market. Representative uses include restaurants,
clothin0 stores hardware and auto parts storesgrocery markets harmacies banks and financial
services, specialty retail, theaters and nightclubs, day care centers, and medical services. These
areas are cynically located alone arterial streets or at the intersections of high traffic corridors.
Multiple family dwellings (including live/work units) may be permitted in this zone.
A. beyelopment Standards -- - j comment Icv221: aeeer,i Pi.e �mF�emenwnen
Property in the CC zone shall be subject to the following general development standards:
Maximum Floor Area Ratio ('FAR) of nonresidential uses
0.75
800
_ _ _1
Maximum Lot Coverage
Maximum Density(unitser oss acre
18
Minimum Density (units per gross acre)____
Setback from public right of way (Maior or Secondary Highway)
N/A_ _
i 10
15
35 _
25
n feet
Setback from public right of wav (not on a Major or Secondary
Highway) (m feet)
Maximum height of a structure without a CUP (in feet)
Setbacks from residential ro lines in feet
Additional property development standard; contained in Division 1750 (Develonment
Standards) shall apply to all Property and structures permitted in commercial zones.
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions. permitted uses and parking requirements are contained in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is considered a
prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 18
0
0
0
E
1
L J
17.34.020 Neiahborhood Commercial Zoite (CN). I _ - Comment [GP23): General Plan Implementaxlon
A. Weyelopment Standardsi
Property in the CN zone shall be subiect to the following, general development standards:
Maximum Floor Area, Ratio (FAR) of nonresidential uses.
0.5
_-
_ Maximum Lot Coverage
Maximum Density_(units ver gross acre)
75%
18
N/A
Minimum Density units er ss acre
Setback from public right of way (Major or Secondary Highwav)
: 10
n feet
Setback from public right of way (not on a Maior or Secondary
5
Highway) (in feet)
Maximum height of a, structure without a CUP (in feed
25
Setbacks from residential ro erty lines in feet
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17 50 (Development
Standards) shall apply to all property and structures Permitted in commercial zones.
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses- and parking requirements are contained in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is considered a
prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 - Zoning Designation Summary
Page 19
Comment [GP241: General Plan Implementation
0
17.34.030 hezional Commercial Zone (CRL ` , - - comment 1GP231: General Plan �mplemenGnon
The Regional Commercial (CR) zoning designation is applied to central and regional commercial
districts in the planning area, generally located around the Valencia Town Center and other
maior community centers. This designation is intended to promote the development of regional
focal points for commercial, entertainment, cultural, and business uses serving the public and
drawing from a market area encompassing the entire Santa Clarita Valley. Multiple family
dwellings (including live -work units) may be allowed in this zone.
A. Development Standardsi - _ - comment EGP261: General Pian Implemantatlon
Property in the CR zone shall be subiect to the following general development standards:
Maximum Floor Area Ratio FAR of nonresidential uses
2.0
_Maximum Lot Coverage without a CUP
Maximum Density (units ver gross acre)
90%
50
18_
10
Minimum Density (units ver gross acre) _ _ -
Setback from public right-of-way (Major or Secondary
Hieh�ay) (in feeN
Setback from public right-of-wav (not on a Maior or Secondary
5
-_--
Highway) (in feet) _... - ----------
Maximum height of a structure without a CUP (in feet)
Setbacks from residential property lines (in feet)
25
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50 (Development
Standards) shall avvly to all Property and structures permitted in commercial zones.
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and Parking requirements are contained in Division
1740 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is considered a
prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 20
•
0
0
E
11
17.34.040 (Business Park Zone (BP)J , - Comment [GP271: General %an Implementation
construction.
A. IDeyelooment Standards, _ - Comment [GP28]: Genal elan Implementation
Property in the BP zone shall be subiect to the following general development standards
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR)
Maximum Lot Coverage
2.0
90%
Maximum Density (units per gross acre)
N/A
_ _
Minimum Density (units per Bross acre)
N/A _
]0
5
Setback from public right of way (Major or Secondary Highway)
n feet
Setback from public right of way (not on a Maior or Secondary
Highway) (in feet)
Maximum hei hg t of a structure without a CUP (in feet)
35
25
_
Setbacks from residential roe lines in feet)
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50 (Development
Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in commercial/industrial
zones.
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions. Permitted uses and narking requirements are contained in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is considered a
prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 21
E
17.34.050 U ndustrlal Zone Q)� -- Comment[GP29): General Plan l mplemenWlOn
The Industrial (1) zoning designation provides for industrial districts in areas with adequate
access infrastructure, and services and is intended to accommodate the most intensive types of
or nuisance conditions will not be allowed.
A. Development Standardsi-------------- ------------ ---- ------ --- - - -- -- Comment[GP3o1: General Plan lmPIemenI Wn
Property in the 1 zone shall be subject to the following general development standards:
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR)
.0Maximum
--1—.0-
MaximumLot Coverage _ _
900%
Maximum Density _(.unit, per gross acre)
N/A
_- _ .
Mini um Density units r oss acre
N/A
Setback from public right of way (Major or Secondary Highway)
10
5
Setback from public right of way (not on a Maior or Secondary
Highway
Maximum height of a structure without a CU_
25
_P___
Setbacks from residential orovertv lines
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17.50 (Development
Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in commercial/industrial
zones.
B. Permitted Uses.
Land use descriptions, permitted uses and narking requirements are contained in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Any use not listed is considered a
prohibited use in this zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 - Zoning Designation Summary
Page 22
0
0
•
0
Chapter 17.35 Mixed Use Zones
SECTIONS:
17.35.010 Mixed Use Commercial (MXC) Zone.
17.35.020 Mixed Use Neighborhood (MXN) Zone.
17.35.030 Mixed Use Urban Village (MXUV) Zone.
17.35.010 Mixed Use Commercial (MXC) Zone. t _
CO t [GP31): General Plan ImplcmentaUon
A. bevelonment Standards] Comment [GP32): General Plan Implementation
Property in the MXC zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 23
Additional pronertv development standards contained in Division 17.50 (Development
Standards) shall avoly to all oronertv and structures permitted in mixed use zones.
B. Permitted Uses,
The followinji uses shall be nermitted where the symbol "P" appears: a minor use permit
is required where the symbol "M" appears: a conditional use permit is required where the
symbol "C" appears: a temporary use permit is required where a "T" appears: an
on a finding that the use is similar in nature and operation to the permitted uses listed in
this subsection, in accordance with Chanter 17.04 (Interpretations). Land use descriptions
are contained in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Parking
requirements for mixed uses shall be subiect to Section 17.55.050 (Parking
Requirements).
Residential Use Types
1.
Caretaker's Residence
P
2.
Community Care Facility
C
3.
Dwelling
a. Single -Family
b. Two -Family
c. Multi -Family
P
P
P
4.
Family Day Care Homes
P
5.
Home -Based Cottage Food Operation
AP
6.
Home Occupation Business
P
Z
Joint Living/Working Quarters
M
8.
Model Homes
M
9.
Residential Health Care Facility
C
10.
Residential Service/Care Home
C
11.
Second Unit
P
P112
Supportive Housing
C
Transitional Housing
C
Commercial Use Types
1.
jAnimal Sales and Services
L Day Care
M
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 24
CI
U
0
0
•
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 25
b. Grooming and Pet Stores
P
c. Veterinary Clinic
M
d. Veterinary Hospital
M
2.
Banks and Financial Services
P
3.
Business Sunnort Services
P
4.
Day Care Centers
M
5.
Eating and Drinking Establishments
a. Banquet Facilities
1) Without alcohol
P
2) With alcohol
C
b. Bars and Alcohol Drinking Establishments
C
c. Catering Establishment
P
d. Restaurants
I) Limited Service
P
With alcohol
AP
2) Full Service
P
With alcohol
AP
3) Take out/Delivery
P
e. Alcohol Production (on-site consumption)
M
0.
Lodging
M
7.
Medical Services
P
8.
Nightclubs
M
9.
Personal Services
P
10.
Professional Offices
P
a. Call Center
M
11.
Recreation, Commercial
a. Indoor Entertainment
M
b. Indoor Sports and Recreation
M
c. Outdoor Entertainment
C
d. Recreation Facilities
C
e. Residential Recreation Facilities
P
12.
Retail Sales, General
P
13.
Retail Sales Specific
a. Department Stores
M
b. Discount Stores
P
c. Drugstores
P
d. Food Stores
P
e. Liquor Stores
C
f. Second Hand Stores
M
g. Vendors. Lone Term
M
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 25
14.
Schools. Specialized
Light Manufacturing
C
a. Vocational Schools
M
C
b. Instructional Schools
M
15.
Self Storage
C
Industrial Use Tvpes
1.
Light Manufacturing
C
2.Studios.
Recording
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Tvpes
L
Community Assembly
C
2.
Heliport/Helipad
C
3.
Museums, Private
M
4.
Parks. Public and Private
C
5.
Public Parking Facilities
P
6.
Public Services General
P
7.
Public Services. Specific ,
a. Flood Control Facilities
P
b. Paramedic and Ambulance Dispatch
M
c. Park and Ride Lots
M
d. Preservation of Historic Landmarks
P
e. Utility Substations
C
8.
Schools, Public and Private
a. Private Primary and Secondary Schools
C
b. Public Primary and Secondary Schools
C
9.
Small Wind Energy System
P
10.
Wireless Communication Facilities
a. Above thirty-five feet
C
b. Up to thirty-five feet
M
c. Flush -mounted
M
d. Co -located
M
Agricultural Use Types
1.
Farmer's Market
M
2.
Riding Trails
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 26
0
•
0
9
U
Temporary Use Tvpes
1.
Temporary Residence
a. Short Term
b. Lone Term
T
M
2.
Temporary Real Estate Office
T
3.
Holiday Sales
T
4.
Temporary Uses in Accordance with this Code
T
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
L
Accessory Structures
P
2.
Accessory Use
P
3.
Incidental Services for Employees
P
4.
Live Entertainment
M
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Tvpes
L
Development Activity on Natural Slopes
a. Less than 10%
b. 10%to 15%
c. Greater than 15%
P
H
H
2.
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
P
H
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10%
a. 100 to 1,500 Cubic Yards
b. 10,000 to 100,000 cubic yards
3.
Cluster development in accordance with this Code
C
4.
Affordable housing density bonus in accordance with
P
this Code
5.
Amenities Densitv/FAR Bonus
C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 27
0
17.35.020 Mixed Use Neighborhood (MXN) Zone. _ _ comment [GP33]: Gener.I Pi.a 1mP�em.ntatbn
to a maximum of eighteen (18) dwelling units per acre, and maximum floor area ratio for the
non-residential portion of the development shall be 0.5. Building heights shall not exceed 50
feet.
A. Development Standards. - 4 Comment [GP34): General Pian Implementation
Property in the MXC zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards:
1.
Maximum Densi units Der Press acre
18
2.
Minimum Densi units er ss acre I
6
3.
Maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) of non-residential
_
0_5
cpm onent
_
4.
Minimum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) of non-residential
0.2
cora onent'
_...
5.
Building setback from public right -of --way (major or '
S
—
secondary highway) in feet
6.
Building setback from Public right-of-way (not on a major or i
0
secondary hi2hwayhCin feet
7
Surface -level parking setback from major/secondary highway !
l0/5
Lin feet
8.
Structure setback from neighboring residential zones or uses i
25
nfeet
9.
Maximum height of buildinL'strucntre(in feet)
50
Notes
I Floor area ratios less than the minimum required shall be subiect to a minor use mmtit.
Additional Property development standards contained in Division 17.50 (Development
Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in mixed use zones.
B. Permitted Uses.
The following uses shall be permitted where the svmbol "P" appears; a minor use permit
is required where the symbol "M" apoears: a conditional use permit is reauired where the
symbol "C" appears; a temporary use permit is required where a "T" appears an
administrative permit is required where the symbol "AP" appears; and a hillside
development review is required where an "H" appears. Any use not listed is considered a
January 2013 I DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 28
is
0
n
U
•
E
prohibited use in this zone. The Director may deem additional uses to be permitted based
on a finding that the use is similar in nature and operation to the permitted uses listed in
this subsection, in accordance with Chapter 17.04 (Interpretations). Land use descriptions
are contained in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Parking
requirements for mixed uses shall be subiect to Section 17.55.050 (Parking
Requirements).
Residential Use Types
1.
Caretaker's Residence
P
2.
Community Care Facility
C
3.
Dwelline
a. Single -Family
b. Two -Family
c. Multi -Family
P
P
P
4.
Family Day Care Homes
P
5.
Home -Based Cottage Food Operation
AP
6.
Home Occupation Business
P
7.
Joint Living/Working Quarters
M
8.
Model Homes
M
9.
Residential Health Care Facility
C
10.
Residential Service/Care Home
C
11.
Second Unit
P
12.
Suoportive Housing
C
13.
Transitional Housing
C
Commercial Use Types
1.
Animal Sales and Services
a. Day Care
M
b. Grooming and Pet Stores
P
c. Veterinary Clinic
M
d. Veterinary Hospital
M
2.
Banks and Financial Services
P
3.
Business Support Services
P
4.
Day Care Centers
M
5.
Eating and Drinking Establishments
a. Banquet Facilities
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 29
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 30
n
U
•
r1
U
1) Without alcohol
P
2) With alcohol
C
b. Bars and Alcohol Drinking Establishments
C
c. Catering Establishment
P
d. Restaurants
1) Limited Service
P
With alcohol
AP
2) Full Service
P
With alcohol
AP
3) Take out/Delivery
P
e. Alcohol Production (on-site consumption)
C
6.
Lodging
M
7.
Medical Services
P
8.
Nightclubs
C
9.
Personal Services
P
10.
Professional Offices
P
P. Call Center
M
11.
Recreation. Commercial
a. Indoor Entertainment
b. Indoor Snorts and Recreation
M
c. Outdoor Entertainment
M
d. Recreation Facilities
C
e. Residential Recreation Facilities
C
P
12.
Retail Sales. General
P
13.
Retail Sales Snecific
a. Department Stores
M
b. Discount Stores
M
c. Drugstores
P
d. Food Stores
P
e. Liquor Stores
C
f. Second Hand Stores
M
g. Vendors, Long Term
M
14.
Schools. Specialized
a. Vocational Schools
M
b. Instructional Schools
M
15.
Self Storage
C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 30
n
U
•
r1
U
0
?. Studios, Recording C
Public and Semi -Public Use Types
1.
LQMM nlri Assembly
C
2.
Heliyort/Helioad
C
3.
Museums, Private
M
4.
Parks, Public and Private
C
.
Public Parkin Facilities
P
Public Services. General
P
7.
Public Services. Specific
a. Flood Control Facilities
P
b. Paramedic and Ambulance Dispatch
C
c. Park and Ride Lots
M
d. Preservation of Historic Landmarks
P
e. Utility Substations
C
8.
Schools Public and Private
a. Private Primary and Secondary Schools
C
b. Public Primary and Secondary Schools
C
9.
Small Wind Energy System
P
10.
Wireless Communication Facilities
a. Above thirty-five feet
C
b. Up to thirty-five feet
M
c. Flush -mounted
M
d. Co -located
M
Agricultural Use Types
I.
Farmer's Market
M
2.
IRidingT,ails
P
Temporary Use Types
L
Temporary Residence
a. Short Tenn
b. Lone Term
T
M
2.
Temporary Real Estate Office
T
3.
Holiday Sales
T
4.
Temporary Uses in Accordance with this Code
T
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 31
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
I.
Accessory Structures
P
2.
Accessory Uses
P
3.
Incidental Services for Employees
P
4.
Live Entertainment
M
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
1.
Development Activity on Natural Slopes
a. Less than 10%
b. 10%to 15%
c. Greater than 15%
P
H
H
�.
J
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
P
H
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10%
a. 100 to 1.500 Cubic Yards
b. 10,000t 100,000 cubic yards
3.
Cluster development in accordance with this code
C
4.
Affordable housing density bonus in accordance with
P
this code
5.
Amenities Density/FAR Bonus
C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 32
0
•
0
•
0
1735.030 Mixed Use Urban Village (MXUV) Zone. 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - comment [cP351: General Pian implementation
This zone is intended for transit -oriented urban villages that are located in proximity to
A. bevelopmentStandards.----------------------------------------------- Comment[nP3e]:cene.iPianimPiaanenanPn
Property in the MXUV zone shall he subject to the following general development
standards:
50
19
3.0_1.0
1 Floor area mtios less than the minimum mautred shall be subject to a minor use cerciit.
Additional property development standards contained in Division 17 50 (Development
Standards) shall apply to all property and structures permitted in mixed use zones
B. Permitted Uses.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 33
0
The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" aouears: a minor use permit
is required where the symbol "M" appears: a conditional use permit is required where the
symbol "C" appears: a temporary use permit is required where a "T" appears: an
administrative permit is required where the symbol "AP" appears: and a hillside
development review is required where an "H" appears. Any use not listed is considered a
prohibited use in this zone. The Director may deem additional uses to be permitted based
on a finding that the use is similar in nature and operation to the permitted uses listed in
this subsection, in accordance with Chapter 17.04 (Interpretations). Land use descriptions
are contained in Division 1740 (Use Classifications and Required Parking). Parking
requirements for mixed uses shall be subiect to Section 17.55.050 (Parking
Requirements).
Residential Use Types
L
Caretaker's Residence
P
2.
Community Care Facility
C
3.
Dwelling
a. Single -Family
b. Two -Family
c. Multi -Family
P
P
P
4.
Family Day Care Homes
P
5.
Home -Based Cottage Food Operation
AP
6.
Home Occupation Business
P
7.
Joint Living/Working Ouarters
M
8.
Model Homes
M
9.
Residential Health Care Facility
C
Residential Service/Care Home
C
PI
Second Unit
P
Supportive Housing
C
Transitional Housing
C
Commercial Use Types
1.
Animal Sales and Services
a. Day Care
M
b Grooming and Pet Stores
P
c. Veterinary Clinic
M
d. Veterinary Hospital
M
2.
Banks and Financial Services
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 34
0
0
0
3.
Business Support Services
P
4.
Day Care Centers
M
5.
Eating and Drinking Establishments
a. Banquet Facilities
1) Without alcohol
P
2) With alcohol
C
b. Bars and Alcohol Drinking Establishments
C
c. Catering Establishment
P
d. Restaurants
I) Limited Service
P
With alcohol
AP
2) Full Service
P
With alcohol
AP
3) Takeout(Delivery
P
e. Alcohol Production (on-site consumption)
M
6.
Lodging
M
7.
Medical Services
P
R.
Nightclubs
M
9.
Personal Services
P
10.
Professional Offices
P
a. Call Center
M
11.
Recreation. Commercial
a. Indoor Entertainment
M
b. Indoor Sports and Recreation
M
c. Outdoor Entertainment
C
d. Recreation Facilities
C
e. Residential Recreation Facilities
P
12.
Retail Sales. General
P
13.
Retail Sales Specific
a. Department Stores
M
b. Discount Stores
P
c. Drugstores
P
d. Food Stores
P
e. Liquor Stores
C
f. Second Hand Stores
M
g. Vendors. Long Term
M
14.
Schools. Specialized
a. Vocational Schools
M
b. Instructional Schools
M
15.
Self Storage
C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 35
Industrial Use Tvves
I.
LichtManufacturing
C
2.
Studios, Recording
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Tvpes
L
Community Assembly
C
2.
Helmort/Helipad
C
3.
Museums, Private
M
4.
Parks, Public and Private
C
5.
Public Parkin& Facilities
P
"Public
Services, General
P
7.
Public Services S ecific
a. Flood Control Facilities
P
b. Paramedic and Ambulance Dispatch
M
c. Park and Ride Lots
M
d. Preservation of Historic Landmarks
P
e. Utility Substations
C
8.
Schools Public and Private
a. Private Primary and Secondary Schools
C
b. Public Primary and Secondary Schools
C
9.
Small Wind Energy System
P
10.
Wireless Communication Facilities
a. Above thirty-five feet
C
b. Up to thirty-five feet
M
c. Flush -mounted
M
d. Co -located
M
Agricultural Use Types
1.
Farmer's Market
M
2_
IRidin2 Trails
P
Temporary Use Tvpes
1.
Temoorary Residence
a. Short Tenn
T
h Long Term
M
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 36
0
9
0
E
0
2.
Temporary Real Estate Office
T
3.
Holiday Sales
T
4.
Temporary Uses in Accordance with this Code
T
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
1.
Accessory Structures
P
2.
Accessory Uses
P
3.
incidental Services for Employees
P
4.
Live Entertainment
M
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
1.
Development Activity on Natural Slopes
a. Less than 10%
b. 10%to 15%
c. Greater than 15%
_P
H
H
2.
Grading, Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
P
H
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10%
a. 100 to 1.500 Cubic Yards
b. 10,000 to 100,000 cubic Yards
3.
Cluster development in accordance with this code
C
4.
Affordable housing densitv bonus in accordance with
P
this code
5.
Amenities Density/FAR Bonus
C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 37
0
Chapter 17.36 Open Space Zones
SECTIONS:
17.36.010 Open Space (OS) Zone.
17.36.020 Open Space — Agriculture (OS -A) Zone.
17.36.030 Open Space—National Forest (OS -NF) Zone.
17.36.040 Open Space — Bureau of Land Management (OS-BLM) Zone.
17.36.010 Open Space Zone (OS) Comment [GP37]: General Plan Implemenutwn
A. bevelopment Standards]
Property in the OS zone shall be subiect to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density units per gross acre)
0.05
Minimum Density (units per acre
N/A
_
Minimum Net Lot Area (in acres) _ _
;20_
Lot Width (in feet)
200
40
Cul-de-sadknuckle lot width in feet)
Front yard setback (in feet)
20 _
Side yard setback, each side (m feet)
5/5
-
Side vard setback reverse comer lot in get
20
Rear vard setback lin feet)
15.
Maximum height t of main structure without a CUP (in feet)_
_
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding the
_35
135
heirrht of the main stmcttue without a CUP in feet
Distance between main structures lin feet)
6
Distance between main and accessory structures (in f�
Setback, for public and semi-public uses from residential •, 25
iro ert linesin feet
B. Permitted Uses.
The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol `P" appears: a minor use permit
is required where the symbol "M" appears; a conditional use permit is required where the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 38
Comment [GP38]: General Plan Implementation
•
0
11
is
symbol "C" appears: a temporary use permit is required where the symbol "T" appears:
an administrative permit where an "AP" appears: and a hillside development review is
required where the symbol "H" appears. Any use not listed is considered a prohibited use
in this zone. Land use descriotions and parking requirements are contained in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications and Repuired Parking).
Residential Use Types
Caretakers Residence
P
Dwelling - Single Family
P
Home -Based Cottage Food Operation
AP
Home Occupation Business
P
Family Daycare Homes - Adult
P
Family Daycare Homes - Family
P
Residential Service /Care Home
p
Second Units
p
Facilities
Supportive Housing
P
C
Transitional Housing
P
Commercial Use Types
Animal Sales and Services — Animal Menagerie
C
Animal Sales and Services — Animal Shelter
C
Animal Sales and Services - Riding Academies
C
Animal Sales and Services — Commercial Stables
C
Funeral Home
C
Recreation. Commercial - Outdoor Snorts and
Recreation
C
Recreation, Commercial — Recreation Facilities
C
Recreation. Commercial — Residential Recreation
C
Facilities
RV Park/Campground
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Types
H"It ort/Helipad
C
Museums. Private — Historic Site
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 39
Agricultural Use TyM
Parks Private
C
Horticulture — Residential Use Only
Parks. Public
P
Horticulture— For Commercial Sale
Public Services. General
C
Horticulture —Within Public Utility Easements
Public Services, Specific — Ambulance and Paramedic
C
Station
P
Public Services. Specific - Cemeteries
C
P
Public Services,Specific —Flood Control Facilities
P
P
Public Services. Specific — Park and Ride Lots
C
P
Public Services. Specific — Preservation of Historic
P
Landmarks
Public Services, Specific—Utility Substations
C
Animals
Public Primary or Secondary Schools
P
Small Wind Energy System
P
Wireless Communication Facilities — Above 35 Feet in
C
Height
Wireless Communication Facilities — Up to 35 Feet in
P
Height
Wireless Communication Facilities—Flush Mounted
C
Wireless CommunicationFacilities — Co-located
C
Zoos - Zoo
C
Zoo — Petting Zoo
C
Agricultural Use TyM
Horticulture — Residential Use Only
P
Horticulture— For Commercial Sale
P
Horticulture —Within Public Utility Easements
P
Farmers Markets
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 1 to 3 Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 4 or More Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Large Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Small Animals
P
Keening of Animals — Wild Exotic or Non-domestic
P
Animals
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 40
C�
•
is
0
•
0
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Tvoes
Keeping of Animals for Educational Purposes — Large or
P
Small Animals
P
Riding Trials
P
P
Wildlife Preserves/Sanctuaries
P
P
Holiday Sales
T
M
Temporary Uses In Accordance with this Code
T
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Tvoes
Accessory Structures
P
AccessoryUses-
P
Incidental Services for Employees
P
I5%
Live Entertainment
M
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Tvves
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Less than 10%
P
Development Activity on Natural Slopes 10% to 15°/a
H
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Greater than
H
I5%
Grading Cut and Fill. or Any Combination Thereof. on
H
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10%- 100 to 1.500 Cubic
Yards
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
H
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - Greater Than 1.500
Cubic Yards
Transportation of Earth — Less Than 10,000 Cubic Yards
P
Transportation of Earth —10.000 to 100.000 Cubic
M
Yards
Transportation of Earth — Greater Than 100.000 Cubic
C
Yards
Railroad Rights -of -Way — Operational Activities
P
RailroadRights-of-Way— AccessoryActivitieslUses
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 41
0
17.36.020 been Space — Agriculture Zone (OS -A) Zone - Comment [GP39]: General Plan implementation
of one dwelling unit per five acres, agriculture, equestrian uses, private recreation, privately
owned commercial recreation with or without support facilities such as lodging and dining.
filming and public and institutional facilities serving the local area in accordance with the goals
set forth in the Angeles National Forest Land Management Plan.
A. beyelopment Standards] - _ - Comment (GP401: General Plan Implementation
----------------------------------
Property in the OS -A zone shall be subject to the following general development
standards•:
Maximum Density (units per gross acre) - _
.Q.2
Density (units per acre)
NIA
_Minimum
Minimum Net Lot Area (in acres)
_
Lot Width (in feet) _
200_
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width (in feet)
40
20
yard setback in feet
_Front
Side yard setback, each side (in feet)
515
_ _
Side yard setback, reverse comer lot (in feet
_a__ _
Rear Yard setback On feet)
height of main structure without a CUP (in feet)
135
10
_Maximum
Maximum height of accessory structures not exceeding th
height of the main structure without a CUP (tp feet)
Distance between main structures (in feet)
_
Distance between main and accessory structures (m feet) _ _ b__
Setbacks for Public and semi-public uses from residential 25
nronerty lines in feet
B. Permitted Uses.
The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears; a minor use permit
required where the symbol "H" appears. Any use not listed is considered a prohibited use
in this zone Land use descriptions and parking requirements are contained in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 42
•
•
E
•
0
Residential Use Types
Caretakers Residence
P
Dwelling - Single Family
P
Home -Based Cottage Food Operation
AP
Recreation
Home Occupation Business
P
C
Family Daycare Homes -Adult
P
C
Family Daycare - Family
P
RV Park/Camwound
Residential Service /Care Home
P
Second Units
P
Supportive Housing
P
Transitional Housing
P
Commercial Use Types
Animal Sales and Services - Riding Academies
C
Animal Sales and Services — Commercial Stables
C
Recreation, Commercial - Outdoor Sports and
C
Recreation
Studios, Recording - Television
Recreation, Commercial — Recreation Facilities
C
Recreation. Commercial — Residential Recreation
C
Facilities
RV Park/Camwound
C
Industrial Use Types
Studios, Recording - Movie
C
Studios, Recording- Music
C
Studios. Recording - Radio
C
Studios, Recording - Television
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Tvpes
Heliport/Helinad
C
Museums, Private— Historic Site
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 43
Agricultural Use Types
Parks, Private
C
Horticulture—Residential Use Only
Parks. Public
P
Horticulture — For Commercial Sale
Public Services, General
C
Horticulture— Within Public Utility Easements
Public Services. Specific — Flood Control Facilities
P
Farmers Markets
Public Services. Specific — Preservation of Historic
P
Landmarks
P
Public Services. Specific --Utility Substations
C
P
Small Wind Energy System
P
P
Wireless Communication Facilities — Above 35 Feet in
C
Height
Wireless Communication Facilities — Up to 35 Feet in
P
Height
Wireless Communication Facilities —Flush Mounted
C
Small Animals
Wireless CommunicationFacilities — Co -located
C
P
Zoos - Zoo
C
P
Zoo — Petting Zoo
C
Agricultural Use Types
Horticulture—Residential Use Only
P
Horticulture — For Commercial Sale
P
Horticulture— Within Public Utility Easements
P
Farmers Markets
P
Keening of Animals — Beehives — 1 to 3 Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 4 or More Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Large Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Small Animals
P
Keeping of Animals— Wild. Exotic or Non-domestic
P
Animals
Keeping of Animals for Educational Purposes — Large or
P
Small Animals
Riding Trials
P
Wildlife Preserves/Sanctuaries
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 44
0
•
0
•
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Tvoes
Accessory Structures
P
Accesses Uses
P
Incidental Services for Employees
P
15%
Live Entertainment
M
H
Shared Water Well
Ic
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Less than 100/6
P
Development Activity on Natural Slopes 10% to 15%
H
Development Activity on Natural Slooes Greater than
H
15%
Gradine Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
H
Natural Slooes Exceeding 10%- 100 to 1.500 Cubic
Yards
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof. on
H
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - Greater Than 1.500
Cubic Yards
Transportation of Earth — Less Than 10.000 Cubic Yards
P
Transportation of Earth — 10,000 to 100,000 Cubic
M
Yards
Transportation of Earth — Greater Than 100.000 jCqhk
C
Yards
Railroad Rights -of -Way— Operational Activities
P
Railroad Rights -of -Way — Accessory Activitims ses
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 45
0
17.36.030 Open Since - National Forest Zone (OS -NF). I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Comment igP41): Geneml Plan ImPlementanoo
The Open Space -National Forest (OS -NF) zonine designation identifies lands in the planning
area within the National Forest.
A. Development Standards] _ _ -j Comment CGP421: Gemral MR imn�ementatwn
Property in the OS -NF zone shall be subiect to the following general development
standards:
Maximum Density (units per gross acre)
Q.05
_
Minimum Density (units per acre) _ _
_
N/A
20
Minimum Net Lot Area (in acres)_
Lot Width (in feet)
200
_ _
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width (in feet)
40
20
Front yard setback in feet)
515
_
Side yard setback, each side (in feet)
Side setback, reverse comer lot (in feet)_ _ _ _
20 __
_
Rear yard setback (in feet)
15
Maximum height of main structure without a CUP (in feet)_ _
35 _
B. Permitted Uses.
The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears: a minor use permit
is required where the symbol "M" appears-: a conditional use permit is required where the
requirements are contained in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking).
Residential Use Types
Caretakers Residence
P
Dwelling - Single Family
P
Family Daycare Homes - Adult
P
Family Daycare Homes - Family
P
Residential Service /Care Home
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 46
0
0
Commercial Use Types
Second Units
P
Animal Sales and Services - Riding Academies
Supportive Housing
P
Animal Sales and Services — Commercial Stables
Transitional Housing
P
Commercial Use Types
Animal Sales and Services - Riding Academies
C
Animal Sales and Services — Commercial Stables
C
Recreation. Commercial - Outdoor Sports and
C
Recreation
Parks. Public
Recreation. Commercial — Recreation Facilities
C
Public Services, General
Recreation. Commercial — Residential Recreation
C
Facilities
P
RV Park/Camoground
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Types
Heliport/Helioad
C
Museums. Private— Historic Site
P
Parks Private
C
Parks. Public
P
Public Services, General
C
Public Services. Soecific — Flood Control Facilities
P
Public Services. Soecific — Preservation of Historic
P
Landmarks
Public Services. Specific — Utiliri Substations
C
Small Wind Energy System
P
Wireless Communication Facilities — Above 35 Feet in
C
Height
Wireless Communication Facilities — Un to 35 Feet in
P
Height
Wireless Communication Facilities—Flush Mounted
C
Wireless CommunicationFacilities— Co -located
C
Zoos - Zoo Ic
Zoo — Petting Zoo
C
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 47
0
Aericultural Use Types
Horticulture — Residential Use Only
P
Horticulture — For Commercial Sale
P
Horticulture— Within Public Utility Easements
P
15%
Farmers Markets
P
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 1 to 3 Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives —4 or More Beehives
P
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - Greater Than 1.500
Keening of Animals — Large Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Small Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Wild, Exotic or Non-domestic
P
Animals
Keeping of Animals for Educational Pumoses — Large or
P
Small Animals
Riding Trials
P
Wildlife Preserves/Sanctuaries
P
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
Accessory Structures
P
Accessory Uses
P
Incidental Services for Employees
P
15%
Live Entertainment
M
P
Shared Water Well
C
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Less than 10%
P
Development Activity on Natural Slopes 10% to 15%
P
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Greater than
P
15%
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
P
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10%- 100 to 1,500 Cubic
Yards
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
P
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - Greater Than 1.500
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 48
0
•
0
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 49
0
Cubic Yards
Transportation of Earth — Less Than 10.000 Cubic Yards
P
Transportation of Earth —10,000 to 100,000 Cubic
M
Yards
Transportation of Earth — Greater Than 100,000 Cubic
C
Yards
RailroadRiehts-of-Way — Operational Activities
IP
RailroadRiehts-of-Way—Accessory ActivitiesNses
lip
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 49
0
0
17.36.040 (Open Space - Bureau of Land Management Zone (OS-BLM)a - _ -I comment [GP43]: General Plan Implementation
The Open Space - Bureau of Land Management (OS-BLM) zoning designation identifies lands
in the planning area owned by the United States Bureau of Land Management.
A. [Development Standards ----------------------------------------------- Comment [GP44]: General Pian imPlementaoon
Property in the OS-BLM zone shall be subiect to the following general development
standards:
Lot Width (in feet)
Cul-de-sac/knuckle lot width (in feet) _ #40
Front yard setback (in feet)Side vard setback. each side (in feet) /5
Side yard setback, reverse comer lot (in feet
Rear yard setback (in feet)
height of the main structure without a CUP (in feet)
Distance between main structures (in feet) 1
0
Distance between main and accessory structures (in feet)
Setbacks- for public and semi-nubhc uses from residential 125
B. Permitted Uses.
The following uses shall be Permitted where the symbol "P" appears: a minor use permit
is required where the symbol "M" appears; a conditional use Permit is required where the
symbol "C" appears; a temporary use Permit is required where the symbol "T" appears:
and a hillside development review is required where the symbol "H" appears Any use
not listed is considered a prohibited use in this zone. Land use descriptions and narking
requirements are contained in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking)
Residential Use Tvves
Caretakers Residence
P
Dwelling - Single Family
P
Family Daycare Homes - Adult
P
Family Daycare Homes -Family
P
Residential Service /Care Home
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 50
•
0
•
Commercial Use Types
Second Units
P
Animal Sales and Services - Riding Academies
Supportive Housing
P
Animal Sales and Services — Commercial Stables
Transitional Housing
IP
Commercial Use Types
Animal Sales and Services - Riding Academies
C
Animal Sales and Services — Commercial Stables
C
Recreation. Commercial - Outdoor Sports and
C
Recreation
Parks, Public
Recreation, Commercial — Recreation Facilities
C
Public Services, General
Recreation. Commercial — Residential Recreation
C
Facilities
P
RV Park/Camaground IC
Public Services. Snecific — Preservation of Historic
Public and Semi -Public Use Tvoes
Heliport/Helinad
C
Museums. Private — Historic Site
P
Parks. Private
C
Parks, Public
P
Public Services, General
C
Public Services. Specific — Flood Control Facilities
P
Public Services. Snecific — Preservation of Historic
P
Landmarks
Public Services, Specific—Utility Substations
C
Small Wind Energy System
P
Wireless Communication Facilities— Above 35 Feet in
C
Height
Wireless Communication Facilities— Up to 35 Feet in
P
Beight
Wireless Communication Facilities—Flush Mounted
C
Wireless Communication Facilities — Co -located
C
Zoos - Zoo
C
Zoo — Petting Zoo IC
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 51
Agricultural Use Types
Horticulture— Residential Use OnYv
P
Horticulture— For Commercial Sale
P
Horticulture — Within Public Utility Easements
P
15%
Farmers Markets
P
H
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 1 to 3 Beehives
P
Keening of Animals — Beehives — 4 or More Beehives
P
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - Greater Than 1.500
Keeping of Animals — Large Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Small Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Wild. Exotic or Non-domestic
P
Animals
Keeping of Animals for Educational Purposes — Large or
P
Small Animals
Riding Trials
P
Wildlife Preserves/Sanctuaries
P
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
Accessory Structures
P
Accessory Uses
P
Incidental Services for Employees
P
15%
Live Entertainment
M
H
Shared Water Well
C
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Less than 10%
P
Development Activity on Natural Slopes 100% to 15%
H
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Greater than
H
15%
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof- on
H
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10%- 100 to 1.500 Cubic
Yards
Grading Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof, on
H
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10% - Greater Than 1.500
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 52
0
iIL
0
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 53
9
Cubic Yards
Transportation of Earth — Less Than 10.000 Cubic Yards
P
Transportation of Earth — 10,000 to 100.000 Cubic
M
Yards
Transportation of Earth — Greater Than 100.000 Cubic
C
Yards
RailroadRights-of-Way — Operational Activities
P
Railroad Rights -of -Way— Accessory ActivitiesNses
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 53
9
Chapter 17.37 Other Zones
SECTIONS:
17.37.010 Corridor Plan (CP) Zone.
17.37.020 Public/Institutional (PI) Zone.
17.37.030 Specific Plan (SP) Zone.
17.37.010 Corridor Plan Zone (CP)j _ _- - -4 comment Icvasl: G.�w.l abs imp�,vrena,non
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 54
•
0
LJ
•
•
17,37.020 Oublie/Institutional Zone (PI) [ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Comment [GP461: Generd Plan m Plemeoaaeon
agency for each proiect, based upon the type and intensity of use
A.Development Standards -I Comment [GP471: General Plan ImPlemenbmn
Property in the PI zone shall be subject to the following general development standards
Maximum Floot Area Ratio FAR
1 .50 to 1
Maximum height of building/structure without a CUPinf t
35
Maximum height of an accessory buildin structure in fee
1 35
Setback from public right of way (Maior or Secondary Highway)
in feet
j 10
Setback from public right of way (not on a Maior or Secondary
Highway) in feet
5
Setbacks from residential propeM lines in feet
B. Permitted Uses,
Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking).
Residential Use Tvoes
Caretakers Residence
P
Dwelling - Single Familv
P
Family Daycare Homes -Adult
P
Family Daycare - Famdy
P
Fratemity/Sorority Houses
C
Residential Service /Care Home
P
Second Units
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 55
Commercial Use Types
Aircraft Services — Aimort
C
Aircraft Services — Heliport
C
Animal Sales and Services - Kennels
M
Animal Sales and Services — Animal Shelter
M
Animal Sales and Services - Riding Academies
C
Animal Sales and Services — Commercial Stables
C
Day Care Centers
P
Medical Services
P
Recreation. Commercial — Indoor Entertainment
C
Recreation, Commercial — Indoor Sports and Recreation
C
Recreation. Commercial — Outdoor Entertainment
C
Recreation. Commercial — Outdoor Sports and
C
Recreation
Recreation. Commercial — Recreation Facilities
P
Recreation. Commercial - Residential Recreation
C
Facilities
Schools, Specialized— Vocational Schools
C
Schools, Specialized —instructional Schools
C
Vehicle Sales and Services— Fuel Sales
M
Vehicle Sales and Services — Repair and/or Maintenance
M
Industrial Use Types
Landfill
C
Recvcline— Materials Recovery Facility
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Types
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11— Zoning Designation Summary
Page 56
0
•
0
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 57
0
Aimorts
C
Community Assembly —Churches Temples,
Synapogues and Other Places of Worshi
C
Community Assembl — Public and Private Nonprofit
C
Clubs, Lodges, Fraternal Organizations and Meeting
Halls
Community Assembly community Centers
P
Helipad
C
Homeless Shelters
P
Hospital Services
C
Museums. Private
M
Parks. Private
C
Parks. Public
P
Public Parking Facilities
P
Public Services, General
P
Public Services Specific —Ambulance and Paramedic
P
Station
Public Services. Specific - Cemeteries
C
Public Services, Specific — Comoration Yards
P
Public Services, Specific — Flood Control Facilities
P
Public Services, Specific — Incarceration Facilities
C
Public Services. Specific — Park and Ride Lots
P
Public Services. Specific — Preservation of Historic
P
Landmarks
Public Services. Specific—Utility Substations
C
Rehabilitation Facility
M
Schools. Public or Private — College or University
C
Schools. Public or Private — Private Primary or
C
Secondary Schools
Schools. Public or Private — Public Primary or
Secondary Schools
P
Small Wind Energy System
P
Wireless Communication Facilities — Above 35 Feet in IC
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 57
0
Agricultural Use Types
Height
Horticulture— Residential Use Only
Wireless Communication Facilities — Up to 35 Feet in
P
Height
P
Wireless Communication Facilities—Flush Mounted
C
P
Wireless CommunicationFacilities — Co -located
C
P
Zoos - Zoo
C
P
Zoo — Petting Zoo
C
Agricultural Use Types
Horticulture— Residential Use Only
P
Horticulture— For Commercial Sale
P
Horticulture — Within Public Utility Easements
P
Farmers Markets
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — I to 3 Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Beehives — 4 or More Beehives
P
Keeping of Animals — Large Animals
P
Keeping of Animals — Small Animals
P
Keening of Animals — Wild. Exotic or Non-domestic
P
Animals
Keeping of Animals for Educational Purposes — Large or
P
Small Animals
Riding Trials
P
Wildlife Preserves/Sanctuaries
P
Temporary Use Types
Holiday Sales
T
Temporary Uses In Accordance with this Code
T
Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
Accessory Structures
P
Accessory Uses
P
Incidental Services for Employees
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 58
0
•
0
0
•
9
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
Development Activitv on Natural Slopes Less than 10%
P
Development Activity on Natural Slopes 10% to IS%
H
Development Activity on Natural Slopes Greater than
H
15%
Gradin¢ Cut and Fill, or Any Combination Thereof. on
H
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10%- 100 to 1.500 Cubic
Yards
Grading Cut and Fill, or Anv Combination Thereof. on
H
Natural Slopes Exceeding 10%- Greater Than 1.500
Cubic Yards
Transportation of Earth — Less Than 10.000 Cubic Yards
P
Transportation of Earth — 10,000 to 100.000 Cubic
M
Yards
Transportation of Earth — Greater Than 100,000 Cubic
C
Yards
RailroadRights-of-Wav—Operational Activities
P
Railroad Rights-of-Wav— Accessory Activities/Uses
P
January 2013 I DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 — Zoning Designation Summary
Page 59
11
17.37.030 �necifie Plan Zone (SPIE - - -j Comment EGP481: General Pian ImPlemenw1on
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.11 —Zoning Designation Summary
Page 60
0
0
0
C�
J
0
Division 17.40 Use Classifications and Required Parking
Chapter 17.41 General
A. This is not a complete list of uses for the City of Santa Clarita. The Director, or its
designee, may determine that a use not listed in this ehepkr division is similar to a listed
use and process the proposal as the similar use would be processed.
B. The following uses shall be designated as follows:
I_p !rohibited where the symbol "X" appears;
2. sPermitted where the symbol "P" appears;
3_pPermiued subject to a Conditional Use Permit (CUP) where the symbol "C"
appears;
4. pEermitted subject to a Minor Use Permit (MUP) where the symbol "M" apps
8. Permitted subject to an Administrative Permit where an "AP" appears• and
9. Permitted subiect to a Rideeline Alteration Permit where the symbol "R" appears
C. Uses identified as a permitted use "P" may be subject to other entitlements identified in
this code.
D. Multiple entitlements may apply to each project based on the proposal for development.
E. Environmental clearance must be obtained prior to the installation, operation, or
development of any use. All requirements for protection of significant ecological areas,
flood hazard areas, and other areas of environmental concern identified by the General
Plan and this Code shall be met.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 1
Chapter 17.42 Residential Use Types
1. Caretaker's Residence
Parking
Includes permanent or temporary housing that is secondary or accessory to the primary
nonresidential use on the same property. Caretaker's housing shall be used exclusively
bedmems-er-pe"ien
for occupancy by a caretaker for security or monitoring of the primary use. Caretaker'.
thereei' 2 fully enclosed
residences shall comply with the parking standards for single-family residential us,� .
spaces; spaces may be
tandem
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI I UR2 I UR3 I UR41 URS I CR I CC
I CN I BP I 1
P P P P P P I P I P I P P P I P
P P I P
2. Community Care Facility
Parking
Includes any residential facility which is planned, designed and managed to include
0.5 spaces per unit; plus
facilities and common areas that maximize the residents' potential for independent
guest parking at I space
living. The facility may be occupied by elderly or haadieePpet4disabled persons or
per each 8 units
households as defined in the Health and Safety Code. Direct services that may be
provided include those relating to nutritional, social, recreational, housekeeping and
personal needs of the residents.
NU1 NU2 I NU3 I NU4 I NU51 URI I UR21 UR3 I UR41 URS I CR I CC I CN I BP I 1
ZC $ X X X X I X I C I C C I C I C I C I X I X
3. Dwelling Parking.
Includes a building or portion of a building with a single room or group of internally connected rooms that is
designed exclusively for the long-term habitation of a family and contains facilities for sleeping, eating, sanitation
and a kitchen.
a. Single -Family - a detached building designed exclusively for occupancy by a single
2 Polly enclosed spaces
family.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS
CR
CC CN BP 1
P P P P P P P P P P
X
X X X X
b. Two -Family - includes a duplex, or other building designed for occupancy by two (2)
2 fully enclosed spaces
families living independently of each other, which may be owned individually or by a
per unit
single landlord.
NUI I NU21 N113 I NU4
I NU51 URI I UR2 UR3 I UR41
URS I CR
I CC I CN I BP I 1
X X I X X
X X X PI P
I P I X
I X I X I X I X
c. Multifamily - includes a building designed and intended for occupancy by three (3) or
",sae-yar..;R
more families living independently of each other, each in a separate dwelling unit, which
spoee shall be ass gried
may be owned individually or by a single landlord. Includes apartments, townhomes,
te-seep- dwelling -nein_
row houses, triplexes, and fourplexes. Accessible parking stalls shall be r,�iuired in
accordance with the building code.
ffl- - be MAJ. A"Wobte
FaI 4h - i, 1, Ase- f
FOSWMW Of the PFOVeFty
e. &O the gw,.s
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 - Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 2
L
L
0
0
Comment IGPI]. General plan implamantatlon , 1
• I
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 3
(1) Studio - 13
enclosed parking spaces
per unit
(2) One Bedroom - 4,3S
2 enclosed parking
spaces per unit
(3) Two Bedroom - 2
enclosed parking spaces
per unit
(4) Guest Parking - 1
parking space per each
two units (for
complexes with more
than 3 units
(5) For senior/ate
restricted developments,
one parking Space per
each two units. Dius
recruited u t Darkin2
NUI I NU2 I NU31 NU41 NU51 URI I UR21 UR3 I UR41
URS
j CR I CC I CN I BP I 1
_X_ _X X_I X I X I X I X I PP_ P 6M C X I X
4. Family Day Can Homes
Parking
Includes a private single-family dwelling where nonmedical cam and protection are
2 fully enclosed spaces
provided to individuals for periods less than twenty-four (24) hours.
a. Adult - up to six (6) adults.
b. Family - up to fourteen (14) children. Family day care homes shall be licensed by the
State and consistent with Section 1597.30 of the Health and Safety Code.
NUl I NU2 I NU3 I NU41 NU51 URI I UR2-1 UR3 I UR41 URS I CR I CC
I CN I BP I I
P P P P P I P I P I P I P P P I P
I X I X I X
5. Fraternity and Sorority Houses Parking
Includes buildings containing sleeping rooms, bathrooms, common rooms and a central 0.75 spaces per bed
kitchen and dining room maintained exclusively for fratemity/sorority members and their
nests or visitors and affiliated with an institution of higher learning.
NUt I NU2 I NU3 I NU41 NU51 URI I UR2 I UR3 I UR41 UR5 I CR I CC
I CN I BP I 1
X X X X I X I X I X I C I C C I X I X
I X I X I X
6. Home -Based Cottage Food Operation Parking
Includes an enterprise, which produces and sells cottage fiord products in the home No additionalparking
kitchen of a primary residential dwelling unit A cottage food operation shall be rNuired
considered an accessory use and shall not operate as a food faciliry or wholesale food
manufacturer. Home-based cottage food operations shall be in accordance with Section
17.66.025 (Cottage Food QggLtionsj.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 3
Comment [GP2): GeMml Plan Implementation - _ I
COMM t [Ml: General Nn Impiememation - _ L
0
NUI
NU2
NUI
NU4
NUS
URI
URI
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CNBP
1
AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP
AP j X X
67. Home Occupation Businesses I
Parking
Includes office businesses which are incidental and accessory to a residential use and
No additional parking
does not include the storage of materials of any kind or product manufacturing of any
required
kind. Home occupation business shall be in accordance with Chapter 17.65 (Home
Occu ation).
NUI I NU21 NU31 NU4 I NU51 URI I UR2 I UR3 I UR41 URS I CR I CC I CN I BP I I
P P P P I P I P I P PI P P P I P I X I X X
78. Joint Living and Working Quarters (Live/work Unitsl Parking
Includes a dwelling occupying a building designed for commercial or industrial 2 fully enclosed spaces
occupancy and includes adequate working space reserved for, and regularly used by, one for residential use and
or more persons residing therein. Joint living and working quarters shall be in one parking space for
accordance with Section 17.66.080 (Joint Living and Working Ouarters). every 250 square feet of
ommercial space
NUI NU2
NU3 I NU4 I NUS
I URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP 1
X t_X __ X_I X L X T X X xC _NC_ _NC GM C C I C C
89. Model Homes Parking
Includes dwellings initially constructed for the purposes of displaying the different 3 spaces per model
housing models offered for sale within a residential development.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI I UR2
I UR3 I UR41 URS I CR
CC CN BP 1
•
M I M I M M M M I M
I M I M I M I M
M NM X X
910. Mobile Home Park Parking
Includes sites containing spaces with the required improvements and utilities that are 2 spaces per unit;
leased for the long-term placement of mobile or manufactured homes and may include spaces may be tandem;
services and facilities for residents. plus 1 space per 2 units
for guest parking
NUI I NU2
I NU3 I NU41 NUS I URI I UR21 UR3 I UR41 UR5 I CR I CC I CN I BP I 1
C C
I C I NC I NC I NC I C I C I C I C I X I C I X I X I X
4011. Residential Health Can Facility Parking
Includes residential facilities usually occupied by the elderly that provide rooms, meals, 0.5 spaces for each
personal care and health monitoring services under the supervision of a professional d..ellm, unit and'or
nurse a other professional health care provider and that may provide other services, such bcd
as recreation, social and cultural activities, financial services and transportation. Typical
uses include convalescent homes.
NUI N"INU43
URl UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP
I
___ C C C C
X
td,Serviee/Care Home Parking
4412. Resides
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 4
�J
11
Fr ..t IGP4]. General Plan Implementation
0
Includes a private single-family residence where twenty-four (24) hour care, nonmedical
2 fully enclosed spaces
services, supervision, treatment or assistance essential for sustaining the activities of
daily living to six (6) or fewer persons is provided. Residential service/care home shall
be consistent with Section 1500 et sea. of the Health and Safety Code and any other
app licable State law.
NUI I NU21 NU3 I NU41 NU51 URI I UR21 UR3 I UR41 UR5
I CR
I CC
I CN I BP
I 1
P I P I P I P I P I P I P I P I P P I
X
I X
I X I X
X
4313. Rooming House
Parking
Means a dwelling unit (other than a hotel or motel) where three (3) or more rooms are
2 fully enclosed stalls;
rented individually or separately to tenants under separate rental agreements where
plus one parking stall
tenants do not share common financial responsibility for use of the dwelling unit as a
for each resident 18
whole. Rent may be paid in money, goods, labor, or otherwise. Rental agreements may
years or older
be written or oral. Housing protected by Federal or State law, including housing for
persons protected under the Fair Housing Act (42 U,5 C, Section 3604(F)) and the
California Fair Housing Act (California Govemment Code Section 12920 et seq.), or
housing otherwise subject to treatment as a single-family dwelling unit by the provisions
of State law shall not constitute a roomin house.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2
UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN BP 1
X X X X I X I X I X
P. P. I P. I X I X
I X I X X
*Rooming houses are not permitted in neighborhoods that are comprised predominantly of single-family detached
residential units.
+314. Second Unit
Parking
Includes a detached or attached dwelling unit that provides complete independent living
1 space per every 2
facilities for one or more persons. It shall include permanent provisions for living, eating,
bedrooms or portion
cooking (kitchen) and sanitation on the same parcel upon which a primary dwelling is
thereof; in addition to
located. An attached second unit is not considered to be a two-family structure. Second
required parking for the
units shall be in accordance with Chapter 17.57 (Property Development Standards —
primary dwelling unit.
Residential).
sS aces may be tandem
NUI INU21NU31 NU41NU51
URI I UR21UR31UR41 UR5 I CR I CC
I CN I BP I 1
AP I AP AP APR
I PAP I PAP I RAP I FAP I PAP I PAP I X I X
I X I X I X
15. 15utmortive.O)wiaervlal Uses Seryinz the Lwal-Areal
Parkin
Supportive commercial uses serving the local area, such as grocery stores restaurants,
Parking as determined
personal services and retail sale of smialty Roods,may be permitted in a Proposed
by the Director
development oroiect new establishment or conversion of a residence provided thatthe
size, location, design, and use types are determined to be compatible with the
surrounding area Such supportive commercial uses in the NU4 and NU5 zones shall be
in located in activity areas, must be at least one (1) mile from any commercial land use
designation, and must not exceed five (5) acres in size A change in use in an established
activity area shall be subject to the required entitlement for such use in the CN zone
However. vennitted use in the CN zone shall reauire a MUP.
NUI I NU2 I NU3 I NU4 I NU5 I UR( I UR2 I UR3 I UR4 I UR5 I CR I CC
I CN I BP 1 1
M M M M M M M I M I M I M X i X
I X I X I X
+416 Supporti Ing I
Parkin
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 5
pOmmant [GPS]: General Flan Implementation
Includes housing with no limits on length of stay that is linked to on-site or off-site
Parking
1 space for each staff
services that assist a resident in retaining housing, improving his/her health conditions
member, plus I space
and maximizing his or her ability to live and, when possible, work in the community.
but not limited to an adult arcade, adult bookstore, adult theater, cabaret, love parlor,
for each resident using a
model studio, nude studio, sexual catharsis center, sexual encounter shop, sexual
contained in this
motor vehicle
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR
CC
CN BP I
P P P P P P P P P P C
C
X X X
43617 Transitional Housing
definition does not apply, nor shall be interpreted to apply, to any business conducted,
Parking
Includes buildings configured as a rental housing development but operated under
1 space for each
program requirements. Upon termination of assistance, the unit shall be recirculated as
resident over 18 years
an assisted unit to another eligible program recipient at some predetermined point in time
of age
where length of stays shall be no less than six (6) months and no more than two (2)
NUIINU21NU31NU41NUSI URI I UR21UR31UR41 UR51 CR I CC I CN I BP 1 1
X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X PA X PA X
ears.
Parkin
Includes an area of land for public or private, aircraft trios as described below.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP I
P P P P P P P P P
P
C
C
X
X X
Chapter 17.43 Commercial Use Types
1. Adult Businesses
Parking
Includes any business which, because minors are excluded by virtue of their age as a
Each specific use type
prevailing business practice, is not customarily open to the general public, including,
shall be calculated per
but not limited to an adult arcade, adult bookstore, adult theater, cabaret, love parlor,
parking requirements
model studio, nude studio, sexual catharsis center, sexual encounter shop, sexual
contained in this
novelty store or any other similar use wherein the preponderant business is the offering
Geode
of services, materials and/or products which have as their dominant theme the sexual
arousal, sexual gratification and/or sexual stimulation of a customer. Adult businesses
shall be in accordance with Chapter 17.61 (Adult Business Regulations). This
definition does not apply, nor shall be interpreted to apply, to any business conducted,
operated by, or employing licensed chiropractors, licensed physicians, licensed
physical therapists, licensed psychologists, licensed social workers, licensed massage
therapists, or licensed marriage and family counselors when performing functions
under or Pursuant to the respective license held.
NUIINU21NU31NU41NUSI URI I UR21UR31UR41 UR51 CR I CC I CN I BP 1 1
X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X PA X PA X
1AMMMAMd
Parkin
Includes an area of land for public or private, aircraft trios as described below.
Parkine as determined
by the Director
a. Airport - An area of land used for commercial and general aviation aircraft take offs
and landings of fixed
wing aircraft includine any armunenant areas for airport buildings. airfield landin trins.
aircraft o eratinnand
related facilities includiniz a tans and taxiways, control towers assen er terminals hangers, safety li lits and
structures. These may also include facilities for aircraft manufacturing, maintenance, repair, and reconditioning.
Public airports may include aircraft sales and other surroortive retail and food services for the air -traveling public
and airport em Io ees. All airports must comply with the regulations of the Federal Aviation Administration
and California Department of Transportation, Division of Aeronautics.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 6
0
•
0
0
•
0
NUIINU21NU31NU41NU51
URI
I UR21UR31UR41
UR51
CR
I CC CN
BP
I
X
I C I C
I C I C
I 2i
I X I X I 2i
I X
I C
I C X
C
C
b. Heliport - An area for the landing and takeoff of rotary wine aircraft for embarking and disembarking
nasseneers and other numoses. with safety and navigation markines and facilities as required by the Federal
Aviation Administration and California Department of Transportation Division of Aeronautics This use may
also include accessory helico ter hanger and maintenance facilities. Helinorts may be located on the ground or
on the top of a building. This use shall be for commemiallindustrial uses and shall not preclude accessory public
and semi- ublic heli ads in accordance with Section 17.37.020 Public/Institutional Zonel of this code.
NUI NU2
NU3
NU4 NUS UR1 UR2
UR3 UR4 I URS I CR I CC CN
BP 1
C C
C
C C X
X X X C C X
C C
3. Animal Sales and Services T Parking
Includes facilities primarily engaged in animal -related sales and services. The following are animal sale and
service use
a. Animal Crematory - includes a facility where deceased animals are burned and
I space per 250 square
reduced to ashes.
feet of area
NUl NU2 NU3
NU4 NUS URI UR2
UR3 UR4 URS
CR CCICNI BPI I
2i I X I X
I X I X 1 X I X
I X I X I X
I X C I X I C I M
b. Animal blenaeerie - a Place where wild animals are kept or maintained for any
Parking as determined
commercial puse.including la es where wild animals are boarded trained or keyt
by the Director
for hire. This use does not include a Veterinary Clinic or a Vetermary Hospital.
Animal Mena2eries shall have a minimum lot size of two 2 acres.
NUI FNU27NU31NU41NUSI URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP 1
C I C I C I C I C I X X 1 X I X I X I X X I a X X
c. Animal Shelter - includes establishments primarily engaged in providing shelter
and adoption services for small animals and may include short- or long-term boarding.
All boarding shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.66.090
Kennels ,
I space per 250 feet of
area (excluding area
devoted to housing of
animals)
NUI NU2 N113
NU4 NUS URI UR2 1JR3 UR4 URS
CR CC CN
BP 1
C C C
C C X X X X X
X A4C ,MX
kM kb1
d. Day Care - includes the keeping of animals for a brief period of time that does not
include overnight.
1 space per each 5
animals; plus required
parking for additional
uses on site
NUl
NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URl
UR2 UR3
UR4 URS
CR CC CN BP 1
C
C C C C X
X X
X X
MI M I M I M I M
e_Grooming and Pet Stores - includes the grooming and/or selling of dogs, cats, and
similar small animals with limited indoor boarding of animals during the day.
I space per 250 square
feet
NUl NU2 I NU3 NU4 NUS URI U112 UR3 UR4 URS CR CCCN BP I
X X X X X X X X X X P P M M xm
f_Kenuels - includes indoor or outdoor overnight and/or long-term boarding,
breeding, raising, or training of dogs, cats, and similar small animals over the age of
four (4) months for a fee or for sale. Kennels shall be in accordance with the
envisions of Section 12.66.090 Kennelsj.
I space per each 10
animals; plus required
parking for additional
uses on site
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17,13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 7
NUIINU21NU31NU41NU51URIJUR21UR31UR41UMICRICCICNI
BPI I
M
I M I M I M I C
I X I X
I X
I X
I X
I X I M
I X I X I M
Riding Academies - includes establishments where horses are boarded and cared
1 space per 3 animals
for and where instruction in riding, jumping, and showing is offered and where horses
ma be hired for ridin .
NUl NU2 NU3
NU4 NUS
URl UR2 UR3
UR4 URS
CR CC CN BP 1
M I M I M
I M I C
I C I C I X
I X I X
X X X C C
h. Stables, Commercial - includes stables for horses, mules, or ponies which are
I space per 5 animals
rented, used or boarded on a commercial basis for a fee.
NUl NM NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR
CC
CN
BP 1
M M M M C C C X X X X
I
X
X
C C
i. Veterinary Clinic - includes a fully enclosed veterinary facility providing routine
I space per 250 square
examinations and treatment of small animals (less than three-twohundreds
feet of area (excluding
(300250) pounds), including vaccinations, and may include short -tern boarding not
area devoted to
overnight) and grooming services for patients. Boarding shall be in accordance with
housing of animals)
the provisions of Section 17.66.090 Kennels .
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR 1 CC I CIS
BP I
C C C C C X X X X X X AQP M
X P
1 Veterinary Hospital - includes a veterinary facility where animals are given medical or surgical treatment and
may include long-term boarding (one or more night stav) and grooming services for patients. Boarding shall be
in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.66.090 (Kennels).
(t) Small Animals - a veterinary hospital for animals weighing less than thr two
I space per 250 square
hundred fii�(390250) pounds
feet of area (excluding
area devoted to
housing of animals)
NUl NU2 NU3
NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
C C C
C- C X X X
X X X I M M X P
(2) Large Animals - a veterinary hospital providing medical care for animals
I space per 250 feet of
exceedingthree-two hundred Lift t (300250) pounds.
area (excluding area
devoted to housing of
animals
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
C C C C C X X X X X X M X X P
4. Auction Facilities I Parking
Includes facilities where objects of art, furniture, equipment, vehicles, and other goods are offered for sale to
people who bid on the object in competition with each other.
a. Auction House - indoor auction facilities.
I space per each 3
occupants
NUIINU21NU31NU41NU51URIJUR21UR31UR41UP51CRICCICNI
BPI I
2il 2i 1 X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X
I M I M I M I M I M
b. Auction Yard - outdoor auction facilities.
As determined by the
Director
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 8
0
•
•
0
E
0
NUIINU21NU31NU41NU51URIJUR21UR31UR41UR51CRICCICNI
BPI 1
2i I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X
I X
I X
I C I C
5. Banks and Financial Services
Parkhill
Includes financial institutions including: banks, credit agencies, credit unions,
1 space per 20&250
investment companies, savings and loans, and similar financial services.
square feet
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URl UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP t
X 1 X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I P I P
I P I P I P
6. Business Support Services
Parking
Includes establishments primarily engaged in rendering services to business
I space per 250 square
establishments on a fee or contract basis. Services include, but are not limited to:
feet
a. Advertising;
b. Blueprinting;
c, Computer related services;
d. Office equipment maintenance and repair;
e. Office equipment sale and rental;
E Mailing/shipping;
g. Photocopying.
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS UR1 UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BPI 1
X 1 X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I P I P
I P P I P
7. Day Care Centers
Parking
Includes facilities of any capacity other than a4argeeesmell-family day care homes; or
I space per employee;
residential servicelcare homes, in which less than twenty-
plus 1 space per each
four (24) hour per day nonmedical care and supervision is provided for children or
business vehicle; plus
adults in a group setting. Includes preschools and adult day care.
1 space per each 5
children/ adults or I
space per each 10
children/adults if
adequate drop
off/pickup area is
rovided
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
I CN BP 1
C C C C C C C C C M M
M M M
8. Eating and Drinking Establishments
Parking
Includes retail establishments primarily engaged in the retail sale of prepared food and/or beverages, but
excludes those uses classified under" "nightclubs."
The following are
eating and drinking establishment use
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter IT 12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 9
a. Banquet Facilities - includes facilities intended for small or large group functions
I soace per each 100
square feet. plus 1
in which food, prepared either on. or off-site, is consumed. Includes meeting halls and
reception halls.
space per each 100
square feet of outdoor
seating areaa-speee-per
SEIHOF
feet
(1) Without Alcohol andfeFeatetteiameaf
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4
NUS URI I UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR
I CC I CN I BP
1
X X X X
X X X XI X I X I P
I P I P I P
X
(2) With alcohol --"'-- -a.,�.,r-�,tenai-._..-. - such establishments shall be in accordance with the provisions of
Section 17.66.020 Alcohol Sales .
NUI
NU2 I NU31 NU4 I NU51 URI I UR2 I UR3 UR4 URS CR CC
CN BP
I
X
X X X X X X X X X C C
I C I C
11X
h. BarsrWine-Bars,- and Alcohol Drinking Establishments - Includes
I space per each 100
square feet. plus 1
establishments used primarily for sale or dispensing of alcoholic beverages for on-site
consumption and that are not part of a restaurant. Such establishments may include
space per each 100
food service which is accessory and subordinate to the primary use. Such
souare feet of outdoor
seating areal-spneeper
establishments shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.66.020
(Alcohol Sales).
^--" fliked -eatsi pis
feet e€Othff
sem. iee-area
NUl
NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI
UR2
UR3 UR4
UR5
CR CC CN BP
I
X
X X X I X I X
I X
I X X
X
C C C C
I X
c. Catering Establishments - includes establishments primarily engaged in the
I space per 250 square
preparation of food for off-site consumption. No retail sale or food consumption
feet
occurs on-site.
NUI I NU2
NU3
I NU41 NU51 URI I URI
I UR31 UR41 UR51 CR
I CC I CN I BP
I 1
X I X
1 X
1 X I X X I X
I XI X I X I P
I P I M I P
—
Ix
d. Restaurants - includes establishments primarily engaged in the preparation and retail sale of food and/or
beverages for immediate or semi -immediate consumption either on- or off-site. Restaurants are further classified
as:
(1) Drive -Through (no seating) - includes establishments primarily engaged in the
I space per employee
retail sale of praprepared or rapidly prepared food and/or beverages at a drive-through
window for consumption off-site. No seating or on-site consumption is provided.
Includes, but is a not limited to coffee kiosks.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URl UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP I
X X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I M I M I C I M I X
(2) Fast Food with Drive -Through - includes establishments primarily engaged in
I space per 60 square
the retail sale of pre -prepared or rapidly prepared food and/or beverages at a walk-up
feet
counter or drive-through window for either on-site or off-site consumption and may
include seatin .
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URl UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP I
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 - Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 10
n
LJ
CJ
0
r�
u
•
0
X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I M IMI C I M I M
(3) Limited Service - includes establishments primarily engaged in the retail sale of
pre -prepared or rapidly prepared food and/or beverages at a walk-up counter for either
on-site or off-site consumption and may include seating. Includes, but is not limited to,
beverage shops (coffee, health drinks), delicatessens, donut shops, ice cream parlors
and pizza parlors. Alcoholic beverage service and/or bars may be provided as an
accessory or subordinate use in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.66.020
(Alcohol Sales).
For uses up to 1,500
square feet 1 space Rer
each 100 square feet,
un to a maximum of 10
spaces: plus I space
ner each 100 square
feet of outdoor seating
areas; For uses greater
than 1.500 square feet.
I space per each 100
square feet: plus I
space per each 100
square feet of outdoor
seating areas-ispaee
fixed _aat, .
Sgoore feetef atheT�
ffeI
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4
I NU51 URI I UR2 I UR31
UR4 URS CR
CC CN�e
BP
X X I X I X
X I X I X I X
I X I X I P
P I P I P 142X
- With alcohol
NUI
NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2
UR31 UR41 UR51 CR
I CC
I CN I BP I I
X
X X X I X I X I X
I X I X I X I MAP
I MA
P
I MA I MAMX
P P
(4) Full Service - includes establishments primarily engaged in the preparation and
retail sale of food and beverages, where food is ordered and served at a table.
Alcoholic beverage service and/or bars may be provided as an accessory or
subordinate use in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.66.020 (Alcohol
5995 1.
For uses up to 1.500
square feet: I space Per
each 100 square feet,
up to a maximum of 10
spaces: plus I space
per each 100 square
feet of outdoor seating
areas: For uses greater
than LS00 square feet
I space Per each 100
square feet: plus 1
space per each 100
square feet of outdoor
Seating areas-isryaee
plus 1 spaee PeF 45
SEIUMO feel Of OtheF
�ieearea.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2
UR3 UR4 UR5 CR
CC CN BP I 1
X X I X X X
X X X P
P P P I X
- With alcohol
NUI NU2 I NU3 I NU4 I NUS I URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP 1
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 11
X
X
X
X I
X
I X
I X I X
I X I X
MAP I MA
P
I MA
P
I 114A
P
I X
(5) Take OubMelivery - includes establishments primarily engaged in the retail sale
of food and/or beverages where all or a significant portion of the consumption takes
placeoff-site, no on-site seating is pmvid M heFe qMeiting and piek up 4 feed may
e ' -'-^ sale fflay be � .. '".,�..,�-aa -- an
take plaee fnam an .halb
m.,.,.._,._ _--.I)_-,,i-. a ..,. a_^..,...-a__,._,..,,h..PW. M,.-__rc.,,.:.,_
Qr._:._
,'-PowS Per -4;-Saa8M
faet-efenstem,
ser'ieeeeea- Plus -1
space per each 250
square feetafareaeff
._
plus 1 space per each
vehicle used for
business purposes
NUl NU2 NU3
NU4 NUS URl
UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BPI I
X 1 X I X
I X I X I X
I X I X I X I X I P I P I P I P I X
e. Alcohol Productioo/Storage - includes wineries, wine bars, beer eardens. and other similar establishments
where wine, beer, or other spirits are Prepared, bottled, stored and sold for on-, or off-site. consumption. Sales
can be either wholesale, or retail in nature subiect to the Specific Develooment Requirements in Section
17.66.020 Alcohol Sales) of this Code.
(1) No On-site Consumption - includes establishments primarily engaged in the
I space per employee,
preparation, bottling. and retail sale or wholesale of wine beer, or other spirits. No
plus I space ver
vehicle used for
distribution
tasting moms or other on-site consumption areas are provided on-site for public,
rivate or club members to taste nroducts for sale.
NUl NU2 I NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5
T CR CC CN BP 1
X X X X X X X X I X I X
I I
I X X X P P
(2) On-site Consumption - includes establishments primariW engaged in the
1 space Per employee,
preparation, bottling, and retail sale or wholesale of wine, beer. or other spirits.
plus I space per each
Tasting rooms or seating areas may be orovided on-site for Public private, or club
100 square feet of
indoor or outdoor
customer service urea
members to taste products for sale.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5
CR CC CN BP
I I
X X X X X X X X
X X
M M C M
I M
9. Funeral Homes Parking
Includes facilities primarily engaged in the short -teen storage, embalming and/or 1 space per each 3
commemoration of human remains. fixed seats, plus 1
space per each 3
occupants in assembly
areas with non -fixed
seating
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URl UR2 UR3
UR4 URS CR
CC CN BPI 1
X 1 X 1 X I X I X I X I X I X
I X I X I X
I P I X P I X
10. Gambling Uses Parkin
Includes any gambling use regulated by the laws of the State of California and As determined by the
regulated by the California Gambling Control Commission, as identified in Chapter Director
11.20 of the Municipal Code. Uses exuressly permitted and for which State law
provides, regulation and oversight may be germitted in thp commercial and industrial
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 12
n
U
•
r�
U
0
0
zones tmon the anoroval of a minor use Permit.
NUI I NU2 I NU3 I NU4 I NUS I URI I UR2 I UR3 I UR4 I URS I CR I CC I CN i BP
I I
X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I x I X I X 1 Y I X I X
Il. Hookah Bar/Cigar Club I Parking
Includes establishments that are primarily engaged in the on-site recreational use of I space per 250 square
I
tobacco products. feet
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP I
X X X X X X X X X X C C X X X
12. Lodging Parking
Includes establishments primarily engaged in the provision of commercial lodging on 1 space per each guest
a less than monthly basis to the general public. Typical lodging uses include: room or suite plus
required parking for
additional uses on site
a. Bed and Breakfasts - a residential dwelling unit providing overnight accommodations and a morning meal to
nests for compensation.
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI
UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP 1
C C C C I C I X
I X I X
I X I X I C I C I C I C I X
b. Hotels - includes facilities offering transient lodging to the general public with the majority of all rooms
typically accessed through a main lobby and providing additional services intended for the convenience of
guests, such as restaurants, meeting rooms, limited retail sales, entertainment and recreational facilities.
c, Motels - includes establishments providing sleeping accommodations with the majority of all rooms having
direct access to the outside without the necessity of passing through the main lobby. Incidental services typically
include limited self -serve breakfast bars and similar services.
NUI NU2 I NU3 I NU4 I NU51 URI I UR2 I UR3 I UR41 UR51 CR I CCI CN I BP I I
X X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I M MI X I M I X
13. Medical Services Parking
Includes establishments primarily engaged in the provision of personal physical health 1 space per 200 square
services on an outpatient basis ranging from prevention, diagnosis, treatment or feet
rehabilitation services provided by physicians, dentists, nurses and other health
personnel, as well as the provision of medical testing. Typical uses include, but are not
limited to, medical offices, urgent care facilities, substance abuse treatment clinics,
wei ht mane ement physical therapy, chiropractic, optometry and acupuncture.
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URl UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN BPI 1
X 1 2i I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I P I P
I P I P I M
14. Medical Marijuana Dispensary
Parking
Shall mean any site, facility, location, use, cooperative or business, including vending
N/A
machines, which distributes, sells, exchanges, processes, delivers, gives away, or
cultivates marijuana for medical purposes to qualified patients, health care providers,
patients' primary caregivers, or physicians. "Marijuana" shall also mean cannabis and
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 13
all parts of that plant.
NUIINU21NU31NU41NU51 URI I UIUIUR31 UR41
UP51 CR I CC I CN I BP I I
X X X X I X I X I X I X I X
I X I X I X I X I X I x-
15. Nightclubs Parking
Includes establishments or places of entertainment within a building, open primarily at night, usually but not
necessarily serving alcohol, and providing a stage or floor show or amplified live or recorded music and space
for spectators either standing or sitting and/or dancing. Excludes uses classified elsewhere in this chapter.
Alcohol sales shall be in accordance with Section 17.66.020 (Alcohol Sales). Typical uses include dance clubs,
comedy clubs, karaoke clubs, and cabarets.
a. With Alcohol
I space per each 3
occupants
NUIINU21NU31NU41NU51 URI JUR21 UR31 UR41 UR51 CR I CC I CNBP 1
X X X X X X X X X X M M C C C
b. Without Alcohol
1 space per each 3
occupants
NUIINU21NU31NU4]NU51URIJUR21UR31UR41UR5]CRICCICNI
BP 1
X IX X X
I X I X I X I X I X I X I M IMI C I C I C
16. Personal Services Parking
Includes establishments primarily engaged in providing services involving the care or 1 space per 250 square
appearance of a person or his/her personal goods and apparel, and similar nonbusiness feet
related or nonprofessional services, but excludes services classified elsewhere in this
chapter. Typical uses include, but are not limited to, barbershops, beauty parlors, day
spas, dry cleaning drop-off/pick-up, laundries (self-service), manicurists/pedicurists,
massage therapists, photography studios, tailors, tanning salons and independent
automated teller machines (ATMs). Massaee therapy shall be consistent with Chanter
5.03 of the Munici al Code.
NU11NU21NU31NU41NU51URIJUR21UR31UR41UR51CRICCICNI
BPI I
X 1 2i I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I P
I P
I P I P 1X
M17. Professional Offices I
Parking
Includes professional and =ge:e : merit offices including, but not limited to,
1 space per 250 square
administrative offices, advertising agencies, attorneys, counseling services, computer
feet
software designers, engineering services, insurance agencies, real estate agencies, and
Z01a ancies.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS
URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP 1
X I X I X X X
X X X X X I P I P P P M
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 14
0
0
0
0
•
0
a. Call Centers - a functional area within an organization or an outsourced, separate
facility that exists solely to answer inbound or place outbound telephone calls; usually
a voice operations center that provides a full range of high-volume, inbound or
outbound call -handling services, including customer support, operator services,
directory assistance, multilingual customer support, credit card services, inbound and
outbound telemarketing, interactive voice response and web -based services.
1 space per 200 square
feet
NUIINU21NU31NU41NU51URIJUR21UR3]UR41UR51CRICCICNI
BPI I
X I X I X I X I X
I X I X I X I X I X I MF I MR I CR 1 M4, 1 C>t4
I& Recreation, Commercial I Parking
Includes establishments primarily engaged in the provision of entertainment or recreation for participants or
spectators. The following are commercial recreation use types:
a. Amusement Center- includes establishments open to the public in which video
games, computer terminals, or other electronic devices are predominantly operated for
amusement. Typical uses include arcades and computer cafes.
1 space per 200 square
feet
(1) Up to 3 Electronic Devices
NUI I NU2 NU3 I NU4
NUS UR!J UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP 1
X X X X
I
X X I X X X X P P P P X
(2) 4 to IS Electronic Devices
NU! NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP 1
X X X I X X X X X X X M M M M X
(3) Over 15 Electronic Devices
NUI NU2
NU3
NU4 NUS URI UR2
UR3
UR4 UR5
CR CC CN BP I
X X
X
X X X X
X
X X
C X X C X
b. Amusement Park - includes an entertainment or amusement complex developed as
e regional visitor tourist attraction and organized around a central theme, such as
amusement rides and attractions, tours or exhibitions, including all related accessory
uses, buildings and structures designed and operated for patron participation and
pleasure in conjunction therewith.
As determined by the
Director
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URt UR2 UR3 URS CR CC CN
BP
1
X X X X X X X X XUR4 X C C X
C
I X
c. Convention Center— includes a lame civic building or group of buildings
As determined by the
designed for conventions. industrial shows. exhibitions. and the like, having large
Director with an
approved narking
Istud
unobstructed exhibit areas and may include conference rooms hotel accommodations
restaurants and ether accesso facilities.
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI
I UR2
I UR3
1 UR4
UR5
CR
CC C
BP I
X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
C
C X
C X
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 15
de. Indoor Entertainment - includes predominantly spectator uses conducted within
l space per each 3
an enclosed building, excluding uses classified under adult businesses. Typical uses
fixed seats; plus 1
include movie theaters and live theaters.
space per each 45
square feet of seating
areas with non -fixed
seating; plus 1 space
for each 3 occupants in
other customer service
areas
NUl
NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
X
X X X X X X X X X M M C M I X
Ed. Indoor Sports and Recreation - includes predominantly participant sports and health activities conducted
within an enclosed building. Typical uses include billiard halls, bowling alleys, health and/or fitness clubs,
ice/roller skating rinks, indoor racquetball courts, paintball facilities, shooting ranges and indoor entertainment
play facilities.
(1) Billiard Halls
1.5 spaces per each
billiard table; plus
required parking for
additional uses on site
(2) Bowling Alleys
3 spaces per bowling
lane; plus required
parking for additional
uses on site
(3) Health and Fitness Clubs
1 space per 150 square
feet of
weight/equipment
room and pool/spa
area; plus 1 space per
60 square feet of
aerobic/martial art
instruction area; plus I
space per 250 square
feet of other Floor area
(courts, locker rooms,
etc.); plus required
parking for additional
uses on site
(4) Paintha6
1 space per 300 square
feet of gaming area;
plus l space per each
three fixed seats in
viewing area; plus 1
space per each 21
square feet of viewing
area without fixed
seats; plus required
parking for additional
uses on site
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 16
E
•
0
0
•
0
(5) Racquetball/Tennis Courts
2 spaces per court; plus
required parking for
additional uses on site
(6) Skating Rinks
1 space per 100 square
feet of rink area, or I
space per 3 fixed seats;
plus required parking
for additional uses on
site
(7) Sports Arenas (soccer, basketball)
25 spaces per field or
court; plus 1 space per
3 fixed seats of
spectator area; plus 1
space per 21 square
feet of spectator area
without fixed searing;
plus required parking
for additional uses on
site
(8) Children's Indoor Play Facility
1 space per 200 square
feet of recreational
activity area; plus 1
space per 250 square
feet of office Boor
area; plus required
parking for additional
uses on site
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP 1
X X X X X X X X X X M M C M C
ft. Outdoor Entertainment - includes predominantly spectator uses conducted in the
As determined by the
open or partially enclosed or screened facilities. Typical uses include outdoor
Director
s rrs arenas.
amphitheaters, concert halls anWF
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URl UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN
BP
1
X X X X X X X X X X C X I X
I X
I C
fg. Outdoor Sports and Recreation—includes predominantly participant sports and
As determined by the
health activities conducted in the open or partially enclosed or screened facilities.
Director unless
Typical uses include BMX tracks, batting cages, driving ranges, golf courses,
specified below
miniature golf, outdoor shooting ran a skate parks, swimming Is and tennis courts.
(1) Driving Ranges
1.5 spaces per tee; plus
required parking for
additional uses on site
(2) Golf Courses
10 spaces per hole;
plus required parking
for additional uses on
site
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 – Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 17
(3) Miniature Golf
2 spaces per bole; plus
required parking for
additional uses on site
(4) Swimming Pools
1 space per 500 square
feet of gross area
(includes locker
rooms, changing
rooms, pool deck);
plus I space per 45
square feet of water
area
(5) Tennis/Racquet/Handball Courts
2 spaces per court; plus
required parking for
additional uses on site
NM NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
XXX X X X X X X X C C C C I C
I
gb. Recreation Facilities - includes predominantly participant sports and health
All uses within such a
activities which are normally associated with a country club. Typical uses include
facility shall provide
country clubs, racquet clubs, swim clubs, and may include other accessory uses,
parking as contained in
including restaurants, ban uet facilities and retail sales,
this code
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 I UR5 I CR ICCICNI BPI I
C C C C C C C C C I C I C I C I C I C I C
W. Residential Recreation Facilities - includes predominantly participant sports and
All uses within such a
health activities which are normally associated with a private residential community or
facility shall provide
property/homeowner's association. Typical uses include swimming pools, tennis
parking as contained in
courts and mcuinR facilities.
this code
NUI I NU2 I NU3 I NU4
I NUS I URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP t
P P P P
I P I P P P P P P P X X X
19. Retail Sales, General Parking
Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale of goods and merchandise, but excludes those uses
classified under "Retail Sales, Specific" and other use classifications in this chapter. Typical retail uses include,
but are not limited to, apparel boutiques, appliance, antiques, auto parts, art supply, bakeries, butchers, bicycle,
book, electronics, florists, hardware, hobby, jewelry, magazine, music, pet supply, pharmacies, sporting goods,
stationary, my, video rental, and vintage clothing stores.
a. Retail
1 space per 250 square
feet.
b. Shopping Centers
(1) Up to 100,000 square feet
Each specific use tvne
shall be calculated per
the parking
requirements contained
in this Codeer
Nsquare ie�4
Minimum -as-eaeh
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 18
•
0
0
•
r,
U
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 19
padang shall he
applied to that use as
outlined :A this ehaptef
unt" A.] .,, Wble
use
(2) Greater than 100,000 square feet
I space per 200 square
feet
(3) Non-residential uses, excluding caring and drinking establishments. within
I space per 250 square
tenants aces of less than 1.500 s uare feet
feet
NUI I NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP t
X X X X X X X X X X P P P mjP C
20. Retail Sales, Specific I Parking
Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale of goods and merchandise. The following are specific
retail sales use
a. Building Materials Stores - includes retail stores selling lumber and other large
lapper 250 square
building materials (stored predominantly indoors), and includes the sale of hardware,
feet of building area;
lawn and garden materials, paints, wall and floor coverings, lighting fixtures, and
plus I space per 1,000
similar home improvement items. Includes establishments primarily catering to
square feet of outdoor
contractors. Typical uses are over forty thousand (40,000) square feet in size and
display/storage area
common) referred to as `bi box" retail stores.
WI
NU
I NU2 3 NU4 NUS
UR2
UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP
1
X
X X X X
XURl
X
X X X X I M X M
C
b. Carpet and Flooring Stores - includes retail establishments primarily engaged in
I space per 400 square
the sale of carpet and floor coverings.
feet
NUI NU2 NU3 NI NUS
URl
UR2
UR3
UR4 URS
CRICCICNI
BPI t
X X X X I X
I X
I X
X
I X I X
I P
I P I P I P I P
c. Department Stores - includes retail establishments engaged in the sale of goods on
I space per 250 square
a departmentalized basis. Typical departments may include apparel, appliances,
feet; plus required
cosmetics, electronics, furniture, home furnishings, jewelry and/or kitchen products.
parking for additional
uses on site
NUI I NU21 NU3 I NU4 I NUS I URI I UR2 I UR3 I UR41 UR51
CR I CCICNI BP
t
X X X I X X I X I X I X I X I X
I P I P I X I M
I M
d. Discount Stores - includes retail establishments primarily engaged in the sale of a
I space per 250 square
wide range of merchandise at discounted prices and includes membership stores.
feet; plus required
Merchandise may include auto supplies, apparel, appliances, books and magazines,
parking for additional
cosmetics, electronics, furniture, garden supplies, hardware, home furnishings,
uses on site
jewelry, kitchen products, packaged foods, pet supplies, sporting goods and toys.
Accessory uses may include food service, pharmacies, optometry, and limited
automobile services. Typical uses are over forty thousand (40,000) square feet in size
and commonly referred to as "big box" retail stores. Alcohol sales shall be in
accordance with the rovisions of Section 17.6 6.0 0 Alcohol Sales .
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4
URS
CR CC CN BP I
X X X X X X X X X
X
P P X M M
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 19
e. Drugstores - includes retail establishments primarily engaged in the filling of
1 space per 250 square
medical prescriptions and the sale of medicines and drugs, medical devices and
feet; plus required
supplies, nonprescription medicines and includes the sale of nonmedical related
parking for additional
products, including, but not limited to alcohol, cosmetics, electronics, greeting cards,
uses on site
packaged food items, and stationary. Typical uses are less than forty thousand (40,000)
square feet. Alcohol sales shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section
17.6.20 Alcohol an).
NUI I NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS UR1 UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CCICNI BPI
I
X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I P I P I P I P
I X—
E Equipment Rental Yards - includes outdoor establishments primarily engaged in
1 space per 250 square
the retail rental of small construction and/or home and garden equipment to the general
feet of building area;
public or contractors.
plus I space per 1,000
square feet of outdoor
storage area
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URl UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC
CN BPI 1
X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X C
X I C I P
g. Feed and Tack Stores - includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale of
1 space per 250 square
equestrian -related merchandise and feed.
feet
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CR
CC CNBP
T-
X X X X X X X X
X X C
C C X
M
h. Food Stores - fed -t--__ shall be fieeOA-fl,eesian 1'.17 ^"^'^` The following are food store
uses:
(1) SupermarketlGrocery - a retail establishment, exceeding #mly-fivethree
1 space per 250 square
thousandt five hundred (33;0093 500) square feet, primarily selling food as well as
feet
other convenience and household goods and may include subordinate uses such as
bakeries, delis, and take out restaurants. Alcohol sales (beer, wine or other spirits)
shall be limited to less than 10% of the shelf space for the sale of goods and shall be in
accordance with the provisions of Section 66 20, AI ohol Sales .
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4
NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5
CR CC CN BP 1
X X X X
X X I X I X I X I X
I P I P I P I P I X
n 900) and r.
� . - 418 _-'A nc .. 000) __-- f..-....:... ..n .- ff 1.,:_feed as �v@jj a
,thirty
bakeFies, delis and take But FeSta0Fa%t5. Aleohei sales shall be in aeEffdaflGe with the
feet
NW NW W33 NU4 Ai135 UM 13R3
1383 1384 tW C-R CC- GN 911 1
X X X X X X X
XI X X P P P P X
(_23) Convenience Store -any retail establishment, up to three thousand five hundred
1 space per 250 square
(3,500) square feet in size, offering for sale pre-packaged food products, household
feet
items, newspapers and/or magazines, sandwiches and other pre -prepared foods for
site consumption."'--`.�hol sa,' --' s Beer and wine sales shall be in accordance with the
rovisions of Section 1166 020Alcohol Sales .
NUl
NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 I UR3 I UR4 UR5 CR I CC I CN I BP I
2ij
X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I P I P I P I P I X
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 - Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 20
0
•
0
0
•
0
1. Furniture Stores - includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale of home
and/or office of furniture and may include incidental repair and upholstering.
1 space per 400 square
feet
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5
I CR CC CN BP
1
X X X X X X X X X X
I P P I P P
I P
j. Garden Supply Stores - includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale of
gardening supplies, including fertilizers, ground coverings, irrigation supplies,
mulches, pavers, and plants and trees.
I space per 250 square
feet
NUl
NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP I
X
X X X X X X X X X P P M M P
k. Gun Stores -includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale of firearms.
1 space per 250 square
feet
NUI I NU2
I NU31 NI 4 NUS URI
UR2 UR3 I UR4 UR5
CR CCI CN I BP I 1
X I X
I X I X I X I X
X I X I X X
C C I X INC I X
I. Liquor Sales -Stores -in^' a_.._...stab :..,,..,__„ A:_A _e _..I ,..A..I:.. A_, ,,_ ass
.. ..A.. Aa .. ,.,._,..__.. ..A S,........ 17 1, 040(D)The f 1 _.. _
liquor sales eludes anv establishmem which sells beer wine and/or other
sr,jrils fincludine li uor for off-site consmn tion.
I space per 250 square
feet
n.
N44 NW NW NU4 IN115 I UR4 I U4U I UR3 I UR4 I kW I C-R I CC I GN I 4W I i
.}f X X 2F I X I d4 I Jf X I X I xF I M I M M I M I M
NUI INU21NU31NU41NU51
URI I UR21UR31UR41
UR51 CR CC
I CN I BPI 1
X I X I X I X I X
I X I X
I X I X I X I C C
I C I C I X
m. Nurseries - includes establishments primarily engaged in the growing of plants, flowers, and/or trees, either
outside or within enclosed structures, for sale.
(1) Retail - nurseries selling directly to the public and contractors.
1 space per 250 square
feet; plus I space per
1,000 square feet of
outdoor storage area
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR UR4 URS
CR CC CN
BP 1
X X X X I X I X I X X I X I X I
P I P M
M P
(2) Wholesale - nurseries selling exclusively to contractors or to establishments which
sell directly to the public
1 space per 250 square
feet; plus 1 space per
1,000 square feet of
outdoor storage area
NUl NU2
NU3 NU4 NU5
URI JUR21UR31UR41
UR51
CR I CC I CNBP 1
X X
X X X
X X
X X X
X M X X M
n. Pawnshops - includes establishments which lend money on the security of personal
property which is kept at the premises.
1 space per 250 square
feet
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 21
NUI
NU2
NU3 NU4 I NUS URl UR2
UR3
UR4 UR5
CR CC CN BP
I
X
X
X X X X X
X
X X
X C X C
X
o. Second Hand Stores - includes establishments selling preowned or used items,
including, but not limited to, apparel, electronics, furniture and household goods, but
does not include antique, coin, vintage clothing or and -sporting goods/memorabilia
stores.
1 space per 250 square
feet
NUI I NU21 NU3 NU4 I NU51 URI I
UR2
I UR3 FUR41 UR5 CR I CC I CN I BP
I 1
X I XI X X X X I
X
X I X I X IXM I M IXM I M
I X
p. Swap Meets and Flea Markets - an occasional or periodic market held in an open
or enclosed structure where groups of individual sellers offer goods for sale to the
public.
As determined by the
Director
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI
UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP t
X X X X X X
X X X I X I C I X I X I X I C
g. Thrift Stores — includes a shoo selling secondhand goods, such as clothes, often to
I space per 250 square
benefit a charity: also called thrift shop. Thrift stores may, but are not required to
feet, Plus parking for
have, merchandise donation facilities.
merchandise donation
facilities
NUl NU2 NU3
NU4
NUS
URI
UR2 UR3 UR4
UR5
CR
CC CN BP
1
X X X
X
I X
I X
li X I X I X
I X
C
C I C I C
I X
rq. Tobacco Paraphernalia Stores - includes establishments primarily engaged in the
sale of tobacco paraphernalia. See "tobacco paraphernalia business" in Section
17.11.020 (Definitions).
1 space per 250 square
feet
NUI
NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS
URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP D
X
X X X X
X X X X X C C C C C
If. Vendors, Long -Term - includes the accessory or secondary retail sale of food,
beverages, or merchandise from nonpermanent vendors operating in a single location
for an extended length of time. Typical uses include hot dog carts, coffee vendors, and
jewelry carts. Long-term vendors shall be in accordance with Section 17.66. 100
(Lone -Tenn Vendors).
As determined by the
Director
NU11NU21NU31NU41NU51
URI IVR21UR31UR41 UR51 CR I CC I CN I BP I I
X
I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I M I M I M I M I M
21. RetaB Services Parking
Includes establishments primarily engaged in the provision of retail services. The I space per 250 square
following are specific retail service use types: feet
a. Equipment Repair - includes the repair and maintenance of household equipment.
(1) Consumer Electronics - Televisions, VCRs, computers, appliances.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
X X X X X X X X X X P P P P M
(2) Small Engine/Equipment - Lawn mowers, house and garden tools.
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4 NU5 URI
UR2 UR3 UR4
I URS I CR ICCICNI
BPI 1
X X X
X X X
X X X
I X I M M
M MP A4P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 22
n
U'
0
0
•
0
22. RV Park/Camparound
Parkin
Includes a site where one or more lots are used or are intended to be used by campers
As determined by the
with recreational vehicles or tents for short-term use only. Recreational vehicle Parks
Director for the
individual uses
proposed
or campgrounds may include Public restrooms water, sewer, and electric hookups to
each lot. This use may include accessory uses including retail and a restaurant where
thev are clearly incidental and intended to serve cations of the RV Park/Camnground
only. This use shall also include travel -trailer parks but shall not be construed to
include mobile home oarks.
NUI I NU21 NU3 I NU4 I NU51 URI I UR2 I UR3 I UR4 I UR51 CR I CC
CN JHP I t
C I C I C I \ I X I X I X I X 1 X 1 X I X I C
I X I C I CX
23. Schools, Specialized I Parking
Includes schools of specialized education and instruction, but does not include public and private elementary and
secondary schools and colleges and universities. The following are specialized school uses:
a. Vocational Schools - includes secondary or higher education uses and facilities
primarily teaching usable skills that prepare students for ajob in a trade. Includes, but
is not limited to, schools teaching auto repair, computers, cosmetology, electronics,
management, medical/dental assistants and hygienists, and construction.
1 space per classroom;
plus I space for each 3
fixed seats; plus 1
space per each 60
square feet of
classroom area without
fixed seats; plus 1
space for each 250
square feet of other
Boor area
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4 NUS URI JUR21UR31 UR41UR51
CR I CC I CN BP I I
X X
X I X I X I X I X I X I X
I 6M 1 GNA 1 C -,,I I C
b. Instructional Schools - includes specialized non -degree granting schools that
provide instructional classes in areas including, but not limited to, music, martial arts,
dance, gymnastics, language, Viand tutoring. Includes facilities that
focus on the physical and mental development of early childhood through the use of
exercise equipment, toys, music and other age-appropriate stimuli. This use type does
not include health clubs or similar uses where initial instruction is given and then
members/participants are free to participate and/or utilize the facility's equipment
outside of an instructional class.
I space per 200 square
feet of instructional
area (dance floor,
aerobic/martial arts
instruction, classroom
area, etc.): plus I space
per 250 square f_i_dd
office floor arca: nlu;
required parking for
additional uses on sitef
squase feet.
INUIINU21NU31NU41NU51 URI I UR21UR31 UR41UR51
CR I CC I CN I BP I I
X 1 X I X I X I X I X I X X I X I X
I M I M I M I M I M
24. Storage, Self I Parking
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 23
Includes a structure or group of structures containing generally small, individual
1 space per employee;
compartmentalized stalls or lockers rented as individual storage spaces. This use does
plus 1 space per 250
not include other use types listed in this chapter and excludes the outside storage of
square feet of office;
vehicles or equipment. Self -storage facilities shall be in accordance with Section
plus additional parking
17.66.110 (Self -Storage Facilities).
as determined by the
Director
NUI
NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
X
X X X X X X X X X X X X C C
25. Tattoo Parlor Parking
Includes establishments which provide permanent tattooing services. I space per 250 square
feet
NUI NU2
NU3 NU4 NUS URI] UR21UR31UR41UR51 CR I CC CN BP 1
X X
X X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I C I X C I X
26. Vehicle Sales and Services Parking
Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale, rental, and service of
automobiles, boats, heavy equipment, recreational vehicles and large trucks. This feet
includes retail, wholesale and used vehicle operations. The following are vehicle sales
and services use types for uses outside of the Vehicle Dealer Sales Overlay Zone
Section 17.38.090 or the Vehicle Services Overla Zone Section 17.38.100 :
a. Automobile and Light Truck Sales and Services - includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale,
rental and service of automobiles and light trucks. The following are automobile sales and services use types:
(l) Body Repair and Painting - includes establishments primarily engaged in body
I space per each 400
repair and painting of automobiles within an enclosed building. Auto body repair uses
square feet; plus
shall be in accordance with Section 17.63.050 (Vehicle Repair Garages). Typical uses
required parking for
include automobile painting shops and body repair shops.
additional uses on site
NUl LU21 NU31 NP 4 NUS URl UR2 UR3 UR4
UR5 CR
CC CN BP I
X X X X X X X X X
I
X EX
C X C P
(2) Commercial Stange - Includes facilities providing overnight and/or long -tern
As determined by the
storage of automobiles for a fee, but excludes impound yards. This is an independent
Director
use type and does not include parking that is required for uses pursuant to this code.
T ical uses include commemial arkin ara es.
NUt NU2 NU3 NU4
NU5 URI UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CR I CCN BP 1
JC X X X
X X X X
X X X X X M P
(3)Gas-Fuel Sales - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the dispensing. and
Minimum 5 spaces;
retail sale of gee-inel and may include as an accessory and subordinate use the sale of
plus required parking
oils, lubricants and similar automobile related merchandise. rafue sales shall be in
for additional uses on
accordance with Section 17.63.030 (Fuel Sales). Typical uses include gra fhcl stations
site
and may include accessory retail stores offering beverages, prepackaged food, limited
f re annion services. and other associated convenience items for sale.
NUl NU2 NU3
NU41NU51 URI I UR21 UR31 UR41 UR51 CR
CC
CN BP 1
X X
X X X X X X X P
I P
M M M
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 24
0
C
J
0
0
•
•
(4) Repair and/or Maintenance - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the
I space per each 400
repair of automobiles within an enclosed building and may include the accessory and
square feet; plus
subordinate sale of parts and related merchandise used to repair automobiles. Does not
required parking for
include body repair and painting. Automobile repair and maintenance uses shall be in
additional uses on site
accordance with Section 17.63.050 (Vehicle Repair Garages) Typical uses include,
but are not limited to, brake shops, general repair garages, auto glass shops, oil
change/lubricating shops, muffler shops, stereo and accessory installation, tire shops,
transmission repair shops and tune -u shops.
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URl UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN
BP I
X X X X X X XI X X I X I C I C
I X
I C I P
(5) Sales and Rentals - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale,
1 space per vehicle for
brokerage, and/or rental of automobiles. Typical uses include automobile rental
sale/rental; plus 1
agencies and new and used automobile sales lots. Automobile Sales and Rentals shall
space per each 250
comply with the Vehicle Dealer Sales Overlay Zone in Section 17 38 090 (VDS-
square feet of office
space
Vehicle Dealer Sales Overlay Zone),
A Sales
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4
NUS
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP I
X X X
XI
X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
I X
X
X
X X
B Rentals
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS
CR CC CN BP 1
X 1 X X X X X I X I X X X
C C C M M
(6) Wash - Includes the washing, polishing and detailing of automobiles. Typical uses include automobile
detailing services and car washes. Automobile washing uses shall be in accordance with Section 17.63.020 (Car
Washes
(a) Manual/Automated self-service (no attendants) - Includes establishments that
3 car stacking distance
provide facilities for washing vehicles either by the customer, or an automated tunnel,
in front of each
bay/lane for washing,
drying and vacuuming
where no attendants are used to either wash, dry, detail, or otherwise clean a vehicle
of cars; plus adequate
Parking for divine and
vacuuming of vehicles
to the satisfaction of
the Director; plus
required parking for
additional uses on site
NUIINU21NU31NU41NUSIURIIUIUIUR31UR41UR51CRICCICNI
BPI
I
X I X I X I X X I X I X I X
I X I X I M
MI M I P
I P
(b) Fall -service (provides attendants) - Includes establishments that provide full
Minimum 2,000 square
service washing faciiim. ,. are present at anv time in the washing
foot queuing area for
process to either wash dr..; ,i_._,n_g ,!..:noise clean a vehicle before returning it to
incoming cars; plus a
minimum 3,000 square
the customer.
feet of area beyond the
exit of the washing
area; plus required
parking for additional
uses on site
NUI I NU2 I NU3 I NU4 I NUS I URI I UR2 I UR3 I UR4 I UR5 CR 17 CC I CN BP I I
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 25
X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I C I C I C I C I M
b. Boat and Camper/Recreational Vehicle Sales and Services - Includes establishments primarily engaged in
the sale, rental, and service of boats and campers, fifth wheels, recreational vehicles, and similar vehicles. The
following are boat and camper/recreational vehicle use
(1) Commercial Storage - facilities providing overnight and/or long-term storage of
As determined by the
boats and/or campers/recreational vehicles, usually, but not always, for a fee.
Director
NUl NU2
NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CRS
CN BP I
X X
I
I X X X X X X
X_
X X X X
X M P
(2) Repair - includes establishments primarily engaged in the repair of boats and/or
2 boat/camper spaces
campers/recreational vehicles and may include the accessory and subordinate sale of
per bay (size to be
parts and related merchandise used in repair. All camper/recreational vehicle repair
determined by the
shall be in accordance with Section! 17.63.050 (Vehicle Repair Garaeesl.
Director); plus 1 space
per each 500 square
feet plus; required
parking for additional
uses on site
NUl NU2 NU3
NU4 NUS URI UR2
UR3 UR4 URS CR
CC CN
BP
1
X X X
X I X I X I X
I X I X I X I C
I C I X
I C
I P
(3) Sales and Rental - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale and/or
1 space per each 3,000
rental of boats and/or campers/recreational vehicles. Typical uses include recreational
square feet of indoor
vehicle rental agencies and new and used camperhecreefional vehicle sales lots.
and outdoor display
area; plus required
parking for additional
uses on site
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP
I
X X X X X X X X X X C C X C
P
c. Heavy Equipment Sales and Services - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale, rental and
service of heavy equipment, such as aircraft, tractors, forklifts and heavy construction equipment. The following
are heavy equipment sales and service use types:
(1) Commercial Storage - facilities providing overnight and/or long-term storage of
As determined by the
heavy equipment usually, but not always, for a fee. This use type does not include
Director
contractor storage yards.
NUI
NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2
UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN
BP 1
X
X X X I X I X I X
I X X X I X X I X
I M I P
(2) Repair - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the repair of heavy
2 boat/camper spaces
equipment and may include the accessory and subordinate sale of parts and related
per bay (size to be
merchandise used in repair.
determined by the
Director); plus I space
per each 500 square
feet plus; required
parking for additional
uses on site
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 I NUS
URI I UR21 UR3 I UR4 I URS CR I CC
I CN BP I1
X X X X X
X X X X X X X
X C P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 26
0
•
0
C1
•
0
(3) Sales and Rental - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale and/or
I space per each 3,000
rental of heavy equipment. Typical uses include construction equipment rental and
square feet of indoor
sales lots.
and outdoor display
area; plus required
parking for additional
uses on site
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4 NUS
URl
UR2 UR3 UR4 URS
CR
CC
CN
BPI
I
X X I X
I X I X
I X
I X I X I X I X
I X
I X
X
M
P
d. Motorcycle Sales and Services - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the
I space per each 400
sale. repair, rental and/or servicing of motorcycles, motorized bikes and personal
square feet
watercraft.
NUI I NU2 I NU3 I NU4 NU5
URI UR2
UR3 UR4 UR5 CR I CC CN BP I
X X X X X
X X
X X X C C C M M
e. Truck., Large, Sales and Services - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sales, rental, and repair
of large trucks, including tractor trailers, semi -trucks, and buses. The following are large truck sale and service
use
(1) Body Repair - Includes establishments primarily engaged in body repair and
2large truck spaces
painting of large trucks.
per bay (size to be
determined by the
Director); plus I space
per each 500 square
feet; plus required
parking for additional
uses on site
NU1 NU2 NU3
NU4 NU5
URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS
CR CC
CN BP 1
X X X
X X
X X X X X
I X I CX1
X I C I M
(2) Commercial Storage - Facilities providing overnight and/or long -tens storage of
As determined by the
large trucks, usually, but not always, for a fee.
Director
NUl
NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2
UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP
1
X
X X X X X X
X I X X I X X X M I
M
(3) Fuel Sales - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the dispensing and sale
As determined by the
of truck fuel and may include as an accessory and subordinate use the sale of oils,
Director
lubricants and similar truck -related merchandise. Fuel sales shall be in accordance
Fuel
with Section 17.63 030 Fuel Sales .
NUl
NU2 NU3 NUS URI UR2
URS UR4 URS
CR CC CN BP I
X
I X I X I X I X X X
X X X
X C X C M
(4) Repair Services - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the repair of large
2 large truck spaces
trucks and may include the accessory and subordinate sale of parts and related
per bay (size to be
merchandise used to repair large trucks.
determined by the
Director); plus I space
per each 500 square
feet; plus required
parking for additional
uses on site
NUI I NU2 I NU3 I NU4 I NUS I URI I UR2 I UR3 I UR4 I URS I CR I CC I CN I BP 1
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 27
X I X I 2i I X I X I X I X I X I X X I C I C I X I C I M
(5) Sales and Rental - Includes establishments primarily engaged in the sale and/or
1 space per vehicle for
rental of large trucks.
saletrental (size to be
feet of
determined by the
assemblyA�kt area
Director); plus 1 space
or 1 space per two
per each 5,000 square
employees of largest
feet of indoor and
shift, whichever is
outdoor display area;
greater; plus I space
plus required parking
per business vehicle;
for additional uses on
plus required parking
site
MUIj!iU2jMU3INU4jNU5I
URI I UR21UR31
UR41 UR51 CR I CC I CN BP I I
X X
X X I X I X I X
I X I X I X I C I C I X M I M
(6) Truck Stops - Includes facilities which provide maintenance, service, storage,
As determined by the
parking, repair, and/or washing of large trucks, including the retail sale and dispensing
Director
of truck fuel, and may include the sale of oils, lubricants and similar truck -related
merchandise. A truck stop may also include overnight accommodations and restaurant
facilities primarily for the use of truck crews.
,NUIINU21NU31NU41NU51UR11UR21UR3]UR4]URSICRICCICNI
BPI I
X
I X I X I X
I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I C I C
Chapter 17.44 Industrial Use Types
1. Assembly
Parking
Includes the assembly or treatment of articles or merchandise of previously
I space per 500 square
manufactured materials. No raw materials are used. Articles of assembly include, but
feet of
are not limited to cloth, electronics, fur, glass, leather, metals, paper, plastics, precious
assemblyA�kt area
or semi-precious stones or metals, textiles, tobacco or wood. Typical end products
or 1 space per two
include appliances, books, computers, cosmetics, electronic devices, furniture, medical
employees of largest
and dental instruments, motors, newspapers and televisions.
shift, whichever is
greater; plus I space
per business vehicle;
plus required parking
for additional uses on
site
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP 1
X X X X X X X X X X X X X P P
2. Bottling Plants Parking
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 28
0
11
0
•
Includes facilities primarily engaged in the bottling and distribution of beverages.
I space per 500 square
feet of
assembb4bottling area
or 1 space per two
employees of largest
shift, whichever is
greater; plus I space
per business vehicle;
plus required parking
for additional uses on
site
NUIINUZINU31NU41NU51URIJUR21UR31UR41UR51CRICCICNI
BPI I
X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X
I X I P I P
3. Cleaning and Dyeing Plants
Parking
Includes facilities primarily engaged in industrial dry cleaning and/or the commercial
As determined by the
dyeing of apparel and fabrics and does not include drop-off or pick-up of apparel from
Director
the public as a part of a dry cleaning use as classified under Personal Services in
Section 17AY16) I6 of this Code.
NUI I NU21NU31NU41NU51 URI
I UR21 UR31 UR41 UR51 CR
I CC
I CN I BP I I
X 1 X 1 X I X I X I X
I X - X I X I X I X
I X
I X I P I P
4. Cmmatory
Parking
Includes a facility where cremation takes Place Cremation is the process of reducim,
1 space ner 250 square
human remains to basic chemical compounds in the form of eases and bone fragments
feet of office space,
accomplished through high temperatures and vaporization
plus I space per 500
square feet of floor
area dedicated to
cremation. Plus
required narking for
additional uses on site
NUI INU21NU31NU41NU51
URI I UR21 UR31UR41UR51 CR
I CC
I CN I BP I -I—
X C I C
A
5. Distribution
Parking
Includes facilities primarily engaged in the receipt, storage, and distribution of goods,
1 space per 1,000
products, cargo and materials, including transshipment by air, rail or motor vehicle, but
square feet of
excludes track terminals.
distribution Boor area
or 1 space per two
employees of largest
shift, whichever is
greater; plus I space
per business vehicle
plus required puking
for additional uses on
site
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 29
Comment IGP61: General Flan Implementation
NUIINU21NU31NU41NU51URIJUR21UR31UR41URSICRJCCICNI
BPI I
X X X X I X I X I XX X I X
I X
I X
I X I P I P
6. Distribution Showrooms
Parking
Includes facilities that display goods that are stored and/or distributed at the site for
I space per 250 square
wholesaling purposes but does not include retail sale.
feet
NUI
INU21NU31NU41NU51 URI I UR21 UR31 UR41UR51 CR
I CC
I CN
I BP
I 1
X
X 7f X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X
X
I X
I P
P
7. Food Processing
Parking
Includes facilities engaged in the cooking, packaging, canning and freezing of food
1
space per 500 square
goods, but excludes meat packing.
feet of processing area
or 1 space per two
employees of largest
shiii, whichever is
greater; plus 1 space
per business vehicle;
plus required parking
for additional uses on
site
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CR
CC
CN BP 1
Ji X X
X X X X X
X X X
X
X P P
8. Furniture Upholstering
Parking
Includes facilities primarily engaged in the upholstering of furniture.
I
space per each 2
employees
NUI I NU2 I NU31 NU4 I NUS I URI I UR2 I UR31 UR41 UR5 I CR
I CC
I CN I BP I 1
X X X X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X
I X
I X I P I P
9. Laboratories
Parking
Includes chemical, dental, electrical, optical, mechanical, and medical laboratories and As determined by the
includes facilities that provide research and investigation of the natural, physical or
Director
social sciences, which may include engineering and product development.
NUI INU21NU31NU41NU51 URI JUR21 UR31UR41UR51 CR
I CC
I CN I BP I 1
X X X X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X
I X
I X I P T-
10. ',.'
Parking
A facility for the disposal of solid waste that is not reused, recycled. or combusted for I
parking space ner
energy recovery.
250 square feet of
office space: plus
other parking as
determined by the
Director
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 30
•
A
n
E
NU1 NU2 NU3
NU4 NUS UR1 URZ UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BPI I
X X X
X X X X X I X I 2i I X I X I \ I -AF X
ll. Manufacturing Parking
Includes facilities engaged in the mechanical or chemical transformation of raw materials or substances into new
products or product components and may include the assembly of the new products. Includes the blending of
materials, such as lubricating oils, plastics, resins, or liquors. The following are manufacturing use types:
a. Light - Any kind of manufacturing, processing or treating of products which are not
1 space per 500 square
obnoxious or offensive by reason of the emission of odor, dust, smoke, gas, noise or
feet of processing area
other causes. Typical uses include, but are not limited to, cabinet/carpenter shops,
or I space per two
garment manufacturing, machine shops, and textile manufacturing.
employees of largest
shift, whichever is
greater; plus 1 space
per business vehicle;
plus required parking
for additional uses on
site
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP 1
X X X X j X j X X X X I X X I X X P P
b. Heavy - Includes manufacturing, processing or treating, or storage of products
1 space per 500 square
which may he obnoxious or offensive by reason of the emission of odor, dust, smoke,
feet of processing area
gas, noise or other causes. Typical uses include, but are not limited to, asphalt and
or 1 space per two
cement batch plants, automobile dismantling yards, chrome olatine, fat rendering
employees of largest
plants, fireworks plants, foundries, glass plants, lumber mills, meat packing plants,
shift, whichever is
microchip plants, paper mills, petroleum refineries, rock and gravel processing plants,
greater; plus I space
scrap metal processing, smelters, storage of gunpowder in excess of seven hundred
per business vehicle;
fifty (750) pounds, storage of any other explosive in excess of one hundred (100)
plus required parking
pounds, storage of oil, gasoline or petroleum products in excess of two thousand five
for additional uses on
hundred (2,500) barrels, and waste disposal facilities.
site
(1) Scrap Metal Processing
3 spaces minimum or
1 space per 7,000
square feet of yard
area or fraction thereof
up to the first 42,000
square feet plus 1
space for each 20,000
square feet or fraction
thereof, in excess of
(2) Automobile Dismantling
42,000 square fee,
(3) Selvage Yards
whichever is greater
NUI NU2 NU3 U41NUSI URI JURZI UR31UR41 UR51 CR j CC I CN I BP 1
X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I C
12. Moving and Storage Facilities I Parking
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 31
Include facilities engaged in the moving of residential and/or office furniture and
similar items from one location to another and may include the short-teen storage of
such items. Moving and storage may also include the storage of large moving woks.
1 space per 2,000
square feet of storage
area; plus required
parking for additional
uses on site
NUI INU21NU31NU41NU51 URI
JUR21UR31UR4[UR51 CR I CC I CN
I BP I 1
X X X X I X I X I
X I X I X I X I X I X X
I M I M
13. Outdoor Storage Parking
Includes facilities engaged in the outdoor of vehicles, equipment, and materials subiect to Chapter 1753
(Proneriv Development Standards — Commercial and Industrial). Typical uses include:
a. Building Material Yards— Includes the outdoor storage of building materials
including but not limited to brick, stone, sand, eravel, rock, wood concrete, or other
Ispace per 1,000
square feet of storage
area
materials used in construction Building material vards may include the accessory
rental of construction equipment Storage areas shall be enclosed with a wall or fence
at minimum hei ht ofsix b feet.
14Ul NU2 RU_NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP 1
X X X X I X X X X
I X I X X I X X M M
b. Contractor Storage Yards — Includes an outdoor storage area used for the storaee
of the equipment vehicles or other materials when not in use. Contractor storage
I space per 5,000
square feet of outdoor
storage area; plus I
space per each
business vehicle; plus
required parking for
additional uses on site
yards may include offices and other accessory uses directly related to the business on
the Property. Accessory storaee of construction materials shall be permitted provided
that the storaee is not detrimental to the public health safety, or welfare and does not
become the Primary use of the property. Broken or non-operative vehicles and
eguinment shalt be property disposed of within 90 dans of becomingnon-operative
NU11NU21NU31NU41NU51 URI JUR21 UR31UR41UR51 CR I C I CN I BP I t
X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I M I P
c. General— Includes the outdoor storage of vehicles, materials. or eauinment related
I space per 5,000
square feet of outdoor
storage area; plus 1
space per each
business vehicle; plus
required parking for
additional uses on site
to the business on the Procerro. This use shall not be construed to be the commercial
leasing of space for storage similar to a self storage facility, vehicle, or other
recreational vehicle storage facility.
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI
UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP t
X X X X I X I X
I X I X I X I X I X I C I X I M P
d. Lumber Yards
(1) Retail— Includes the outdoor storage and retail sales of lumber and other
I space per 1,000
square feet of storage
area
associated material.
(2) Wholesale— Includes the outdoor storage and sale of lumber and other associated
I space per 5,000
square feet of storage
area
material for wholesale Purposes.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS
URI UR2
UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP t
X X X X X
X X
X X X X C X M P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 32
•
0
n
U
E
11
e. Salvage Yards— Includes outdoor storage of non-operative vehicles. eauinment or
1 space per 1,000
material for salvage and/or reuse purposes This use shall not include vehicle
square feet of storage
area
impound yards.
NUI
NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5
URI
UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 I CRICCICNI BP 1
X
X X X X
X
X X X X I X I X I X I X I C
E Vehicle Impound Yards— Includes the storage of vehicles impounded by law
Minimum of 5 spaces;
enforcement officials.
plus 1 space per
business vehicle; plus
required parking for
additional uses on site
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4 NU5 URI
UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP 1
X X X X X X
X X X X X X X M P
14. Recycling - The following are recycling types: Parking
a. Vending Machines as an Accessory Use - Includes vending machines into which No additional parking
recyclables, such as aluminum cans, are inserted in return for monetary payment. needed
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4
NUS
URI
UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN BP I
X X X
X
X
X
X X
X X P P
P P P
b. Collection of Trucks and/or Bins as an Accessory Use - Includes automobiles,
No additional parking
trucks, trailers or vans, licensed by the Department of Motor Vehicles, which are used
needed
for the collection of recyclable materials and includes the bins, boxes or containers
transported by trucks, vans or trailers, and used for the collection of recyclable
materials in return for monetary payment. ^ eelleetion imek of bin .s ...._..i,, ---d either
NUl NU2 NU3 4U4 NU5
URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN BP 1
X X X X X
X X XI X I X M M
M M M
c. Recycling Center - Includes facilities which accept delivery of soume-separated
As determined by the
materials, including but not limited to glass, paper and plastics. Materials may be
Director
accepted for compensation or as donations, and are intended for transfer to a larger
facility for processing.
(1) Small - An area and/or structure less than three hundred (300) square feet and is intended for day-to-day
collection of materials and does not include power -driven processing equipment.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
X X X X X X X X X X C C X I M I P
(2) Large - An area and/or structure over three hundred (300) square feet. A large collection facility may not
contain equipment for processing the materials collected.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
X X X X X X X X
X XI C I C X C I P
d. Greenwaste - Includes facilities that accept, store, and load municipal greenwaste
As determined by the
for the purpose of recycling.
Director
NUl NU2 NU3INU41NU51 URI JUR21UR31UR41UR5
CR
CC CN I BP I 1
X X I X I X I X I X I X I X I
X I X I X
X X XC I M
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 33
e. Materials Recovery Facility - Includes facilities where mixed municipal solid
waste is sorted and separated, by hand or through the use of machinery, for the purpose
of recovering recyclable materials. A materials recovery facility may incorporate a
solid waste transfer station as an accessory use.
As determined by the
Director
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC I CN BP 1
X X X
X X X X X X X X I X I X XC I C
15. Studios, Recording - The following are studio use types:
Parking
a. Movie - Includes facilities where motion pictures are produced including sound
stages and backlots.
As determined by the
Director
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR
CC
CN BP 1
X X X
X X X X X X X X
C
X P P
b. Music - Includes facilities for music recording/production.
As determined by the
Director
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP I
X X X X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X C X P I P
c. Radio- Includes facilities for radio production.
As determined by the
Director
NUI INU21NU31NU41NU51 URI I UR21 UR31UR41 UR5 CR CCICNI BP 1
X 1 X 1 X 1 X I X X I X I X I X I X X C I X I P I P
d. Television - Includes facilities for television production including sound stages and
ackl ts.
As determined by the
Director
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU4
NU5 URI UR2 UR3
UR4 URS CR CC
CN BP 1
X X X X
X X X X
X X X I C
X P I P
e. StudiolFilm Rental Business- Includes facilities orimarily engaged in the rental of
As determined by the
film trailerswagons, and accessory filming equipment to the general public
Director
contractors or movie moduction cora anies.
NUI NU2 NU3 M 4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN
BP 1
X X X X X X x X X x X C x p P
16. Truck Terminal Parking
Includes facilities where trucks load and unload cargo and freight and where the cargo As determined by the
and freight may be broken down or aggregated into smaller or larger loads for transfer Director
to other vehicles or modes of transportation and may include the incidental
warehousing of odds and storage of trucks and trailers.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI I UR2 I UR3IUR4j UR51 CR I CC I CN I BP I I
X X X X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I M I M
17. Warehousing Parking
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 34
0
•
0
U
0
0
Includes facilities primarily engaged in the storage of goods and materials in a building 1 space per 1,000
and does not include the assembly or manufacture of goods and materials. square feet of
warehouse area; plus 1
space per business
vehicle; plus required
parking for additional
uses on site
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR I CC CN BP 1
X X X X X X X X X X X X X P P
Chapter 17.45 Public and Semi -Public Use Types
1. Community Assembly - Includes the activities typically performed by, or at, the
Parking
following institutions:
a. Churches, temples, synagogues and other places of worship.
1 space per 4 fixed
seats (every 24 inches
of bench shall be
considered one seat);
plus I space per 28
square feet of
assembly area without
fixed seats
b. Public and private nonprofit clubs, lodges, fraternal organizations and meeting
1 space per 4 fixed
halls.
seats (every 24 inches
of bench shall be
considered one seat);
plus 1 space per 28
square feet of
assembly area without
fixed seats
c. Community Centers - Includes a building and related facilities used for
recreational, social, educational and cultural activities, open to the public or a
I space per 200 square
feet of recreational.
cultural, social, and/or
designated part of the public, usually owned and operated by a public or nonprofit
cultural activity area:
group or agency.
plus 1 space per 250
square feet of office
Floor area: plus
required oarkine for
additional uses on site
NU1 NU2 NU3 NU41NU51URIJUR21UR31UR41URSICRICCICNI BPI I
C
C C C I C I C I C I C I C I C I M I M I C I M I M
2. HelipertlHehpad Parking
January, 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 3S
Includes the take -off and landing facilities for helicopters as an prieuary-eFaccessory
Parking as determined
use. These facilities may be found, but are not limited to be, in conjunction with a
by the Director
.,_.l._,.i„_....m__ of inn ......l _ark hospital, fire station, public utility, or a
sheriff station.
NUI NU2 I NU3 I NU4 I NU51 URI I UR2 I UR31 UR4 I URS I CR I CC CN BP 1
C C C C I C I C I C I C I C I C I C I C I C C I C
3. Homeless Shelter Parking
A facility which provides housing on a not-for-profit basis. Housing may include 1 space per
emergency shelters on a short -teen basis or temporary until permanent housing is employee/staff
found. These facilities generally provide referrals to other agencies, meals, counseling member; plus 1 space
and advocacy, see Section 17.38.010 (Homeless Shelter Overlay Zone) and Section per 5 temporary
17.66.070 (Homeless Shelters) for Specific Development Reauirements. residents
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN BP 1
X X X X X X X X X X X C
X M M
4. Hospital Services Parking
Includes institutions providing primary health services and medical or surgical care to 2 spaces per each
persons, primarily on an in-patient basis, suffering from illness, injury and other licensed bed; plus I
physical or mental conditions and may include associated facitities for out-patient and space per 400 square
emergency medical services, heliports, diagnostic facilities, laboratories, training, feet of outpatient
research, administrations and services to patients, employees and visitors. clinic, laboratories,
pharmacies and
similar uses
established in
conjunction with the
hospital. A minimum
of 25 percent of the
parking shall be
designated for
employees
NUI INU21NU31NU41NU51 URI I UR21 UR31UR41UR51 CR I CC
I CN J BP I 1
X I X I X I X I X I C I C I X I C I C I C I C
I C I X X
5. Museums, Private Parking
Includes permanent facilities generally of noncommercial nature such as aquariums, 1 space per 400 square
arboretums, botanical gardens, private libraries and museums, historic sites and feet
exhibits.
NUI INU21NU31NU41NUSI
URI I UR21 UR3JUR4JUR5J CR I CC I CN I BP I 1
X I X
I X I X I X I X I X i X I X I X I P I P C I C I X
6. Parks, Public and Private
Includes tracts of land designated and used by the public or members of a private organization for active and/or
passive recreation.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 36
0
11
0
•
0
a. 50 acres or less
As determined by the
Director 4-spee"er
eeek-43-sgnare-feet of
gymnasiumi plus 1
nn
SRH We le el 8 f G
ff@a in !he 1"gesF
n em ineeeh
gyfRHaSiHFR bU ldiRgj
Plus I SfWefOF Wh
400-sgnare feet
femaMtRg"AeBF'aFea
in'gy1 flas um and
8614PFhbdding5
(eaeluding-padeng
f
aaj buildings -qBEOpen
to the pub! e)j _r. s 1
rn
Rem d park
s;
plus ' spsee IeF eaeh
addit;ene7 aef ' N
developed -pwlein
NUI IN1.12INWINNINUSI
URI
JURZIUR31UR41
URS
CR
I CCI
CN I BP I 1
C C C C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
I C I C I C
b. More than 50 acres
As determined by the
DirectorNi
Bf eseh faeRkY
eeuxaet .3A%ere
said sta"defdS am Hei
a%Qila4le, 1110 DiMeter
Ano Make -the
abased
on the
fees ffinend" ieere!
the -BiFeeterOFPark s
mien
NUIINU21NU31NU41NUSIURIJUR21UR31UR41UP.51CRICCICNI
BPI 1
C C C
C
I C I
C I
C I
C I
C I
C I
C
I C
C C C
7. Public Parking Facilities
Parking
Includes parking services involving buildings or lots which arepublicly owned or
operated.
I
As determined by
Director
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 37
NUI INU21NU31NU41NU51 URI JUR21UR31UR41UR51 CR I
CC
I CN I
BP I
1
\ I \ I \ I X I X I X I X I X I X I X I P
P
P
P
P
8. Public Services, General
Includes uses provided by public or semi-public agencies which are necessary to
support the community's health, safety, and welfare. Typical general public services
include, but are not limited to: community water facilities (includes storage, wells, and
treatment facilities); administrative government facilities; libraries; museums; police
and fire stations; and post offices.
As determined by the
Director
NUI NU2 NU3 I NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR
CC
CN
BP
1
\I M M M M M M P
I P
P
P
P
9. Public Services, Specific
Parking
Specific public services are those public services necessary to support the community's
health, safety and welfare, but whose operating characteristics are unique and require
specific permitting requirements which may be of a higher or lower level of review
than the general public service uses. Specific public service uses include the following:
As determined by the
Director
a. Cemeteries (including accessory uses such as funeral homes and mortuaries)
NUI
I NU2 I NU31 NU4 I NU51 URI I UM I UR31 UR41 URS CR
I CC
I CN
I BP I
1
S X C\ X X X X I X I X I X
I X
I X
I X IX
b. Corporation Yards - Including storage, repair, and processing of materials and equipment and vehicles
operated by government or public utility entities.
NUI I NU21
NU3 NU4 I NUS I URI UR2 UR3
UR4
UR5 CR
CC
CN
BP
I
X
I XI X X X X X
X
X C
C
C
C
M
c, Flood Control Facilities
NUI NU2
NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR
CC CN
BP
1
P P
I
P P P P P P P P P
P
P
P
P
d. Incarceration Facilities
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4
NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR
CC CN
BP
1
\ X X X
X X X X X I X I X
I,x
I X
I C
I C
e. Preservation of Historical Landmarks
NUI I NU2
I NU31 NU4 I NUS URI I UR2 I UR3 I UR4 URS CR
CC CN
BP
I
P I P
I P I P I P P I P PI P P P
P
P
P
P
f. Park and Ride Lots
NUI NU21 NU3 I NU4 I NUS I URI I UR2 UR3 I UR4 I URS CR
I CC CN
I BP
I 1
X X X X I X X I X C C C M
M
C
M
M
_. Ambulance or Paramedic Dispatch
NUI NU2 NU3 I NU4 NU51 URI I UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR
CC CN
BP
1
X I, I X I X I X 1X X C C C M
M
C
M
M
h. Utility Substations
NUI I NU2 I NU3 I NU4 I NU5 I URI UM I UR3 I UR4 I UR51 CR
I CC I CN
I BP
I I
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 38
0
11
•
C I c I c I c I c I c I C c I c I c I c I c
I c I c
I C
10. Rehabilitation Facility
Parking
Includes facilities licensed by the State Department of Health Services, the State
Department of Social Welfare, or the County of Los Angeles, which provide bed and
ambulatory care for patients with post-operative convalescent, chronic illness or dietary
problems, and persons unable to care for themselves; but not including alcoholics, drug
addicts or persons with mental or contagious diseases or afflictions.
I space per resident;
plus 2 spaces per each
employee dwelling.
NUIINU21NU31NU41NUSI URI JUR21UR31UR41UR51 CR I CC
I CN I BP
1
X X X X I X I X I X I X I C I C I C I C
I C I X
X
11. Schools, Public and Private - The following are public and private school use
types:
Parking
a. College and University - Includes community colleges, public or private colleges,
universities and professional schools granting associate arts degrees, certificates,
undergraduate and graduate degrees and generally requiring for admission at least a
high school diploma or equivalent academic training which may include on-site studcni
housing (dormito
As determined by the
Director.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3
UR4 URS CR CC
CN BP
I
X X X X X X X X
X X X X
X C
X
c_.._ v___ n..n___ OR MiNiffiUMOf c_u. R _ crm Aeres
NU1 NU3 NU3 A`U4
NU5
UM
UM U43 UR4
URS CR CC
CR 812
1
X X X I X
X
X
X X X
X X X
X C
X
A414 I NU4 I P114 I NU4 I NNS I UM I UM URI
I 444 1 U45 1 CR I CC
I CP3 1 BF
1
*
C
X
(3) College Foeilifies ii Othe"t GOMPMs A In.ludes Ali types ef soilage feeil ties,
iflelud ng, be!
Re
A3U-4 NUb NW NU4
NUS
1181 UR3 1383 URS UR5 CR CC
CA
812
1
A X
X
X X X X X X X
X
C
X
Conferenee rapilifies
444 1 NW
I N143 N114 AH15
UR1 1183 UW UR4 URE CR CC-
C
I 2i
I X j X j X
I X I X I X I X I X I X I X
I X
1 F
1 X
NU4 N443 NU3 NU4 AU A 4:44 UR2 16R3 14" URS CR CC
CN 811
1
X X X X X X X X X X X X
X F
X
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 39
NU4
NW
NU3
NU4
NUS
URL
UR2
UR3
UR4
UIQ
C-R
CC
C -P1
8R
I
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
C
x
(9) Chape
NW
N92
NW
NU4
NUS
UR4
WU
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC
CN
BP
1
A
X
A
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
C
NU4
NUS
uRF
uRb
UR3
UR4
UR3
CR
C6
CN
$R
4
7
1717
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
C-
x
NU4
N462
N63
NU4
NU5
URF
UM
UM
UR4
URS
CR
CG
CN
812
4
A
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
I x
I Cx
?7134
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
UR4
1-182
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
�c
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
I x
C-
I x
NUF
14W
I NU3
I NU4
I NUS
I URF
I UIU
I U83
I MU
I URS
C-R
I CC
I CN
8R
4
x
x
1 x
I x
xI
x
Ix
I xI
x
I x
x
x
I x
C-
I x
NU2
+s7U3
NU4
NUS
URF
U4Q
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
C -C
CN
BP
4
X
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
I x
I s
I x
(K) On
site Student
Hausing
NUF
I NUE
I NW
I NU4
NUS
URF
UM
MO
UR4
URS
CR
CC
CN
I BP
4
2
1 2i
1 x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1 C
x
NU3
NU4
NUS
URF
UIU
UR3
UR4
URS
CR
CC
CN
8P
4
7NU2
x
x
x
i x
I x
I x
I x I
x
I x
j x
I x
x
1 C
x
,.aded College
._ n.____..,,.,..,
@ffl eOliege
,...id._._
-d.._
NUF
NU2
NW
NU4
NUS
I URF
UR2
I URI
UR4
URS
CR
CC
CN
8R
1 4
X
IN
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
P
x
b. Private Primary and Secondary Schools - Includes private elementary, middle, junior high, and high
schools serving grades kindergarten through 12th. Does not include specialized school use types.
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4
NUS
URI
UR2
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
C
C
C
I C I
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
I C
C
c. Public Primary and Secondary Schools - Includes public elementary, middle, junior high, and high schools
serving grades kindergarten through 12th.
NUI
INU21NU31NU41NU51
URI
I UR21
UR31
UR4IUR5I
CR
I CC
I CN
I BPI
I
C
I C
1 C
1 C
I C
I C
I C
I C
I C
I C
I C
I C
I C
I C
I C
I2. Small Wind Energy System
I
Parking
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 - Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 40
0
U
0
0
•
•
Includes wind energy conversion systems consisting of a wind turbine, a tower, and
As determined by the
associated control or conversion electronics, which will be used primarily to reduce on-
Director
site consumption of utility power and shall be consistent with Section 17.66.120 (Sinal]
Wind Enffgv S ste s .
NUI I NU2 I NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN BP I
P P P P P P P P P P P P
P P P
13. Wireless Communication Facilities
Parking
Includes commercial and private electromagnetic and photoelectric transmission,
As determined by the
broadcast, repeater and receiving stations for radio, television, telegraph, telephone,
Director
cellular telephone, microwave communications and data network communications;
including commercial earth stations for satellite -based communications. Includes
antennas (dish and satellite), telecommunication towers, monopoles and equipment
buildings. Wireless communication facilities shall be in accordance with Chapter 17.69
(Wireless Communication Facilities and Satellite Dish Antennas) Does not include
accessory structures, including home television and radio receiving antennas, HAM
radio antennas, residential satellite dishes in accordance with Chanter 17.69 (Wireless
Communication Facilities and Satellite Dish Antennas], and communications facilities
for community services provided by a public agency.
a. Above thirty-five feet in height
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 I NU51 URI UR2 I UR3 UR4 URS
CR CC CN BP 1
C C I C I C I C I C C C C C
C C C C C
It. Up to thirty-five feet in height
NU1 NU2 NU3 I NU4 I NU51 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP I
—
C C C C C C C C C C I M M I M I M IV
c. Flush -mounted
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI
I UR2 I UR31 UR41 UR51 CR I CC
I CN
I BP I 1
C C C C C C
I C I C I C 1 C I M I M
I M
I M I M
d. Co -located — Must be Aush-mounted below the mofline of the building, camouflaged, and architecturally
consistent with the buildine or structure and similar to the other wireless facilities on the vrowl site.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
C C C C C C C C
C C M M M M M
14. Zoos Parking
a. Zoos - Includes places where animals are kept, often in a combination of indoor and As determined by the
outdoor spaces, and are viewed by the public. Director
NUI NU2
NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3
UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN BP I
X X
X I X I X 1 X I X I X
I X I X I X I X
X X I X
b. Petting Zoos - Includes an establishment designated to the keeping of domestic and
As determined by the
barnyard animals in a combination of indoor and/or outdoor spaces where visitors are
Director
able to directly interact with the animals. Admission may be free or fee-based.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UO URS CR CC CN BP i
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 41
Chapter 17.46 Agricultural Use Types
1. Horticulture I
Parking
Includes the growing of fruits, vegetables, flowers, or ornamental plants
As determined by the
Director
a. Residential Use Only - includes the growing of fruits, vegetables, flowers, or ornamental plants on a
residential property for the sole use of the residents of that property and are not sold.
NUIINU21NU3]NU41NU51URIJUR21UR31UR41UR51CRICCICNI
BPI I
P
I P I P I P I P I P I P I P I P I P I XP I XP I XP I XP I XP
b. For Commercial Sale - includes the growing of fruits, vegetables, flowers, or ornamental plants for either
retail or wholesale purposes.
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URl UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BP 1
C C C I XC XC I XC I XC I X I X I X I ,NM I XM I XM I P I P
c. Within Public Utility Easements - includes the growing of fruits, vegetables, flowers, or ornamental plants
within public utility easements and may include wholesaling.
NUIINU21NU31NU41NU51 URI I UR21UR31UR41 UR51 CR I CC I CN I BP
II
P P P P I P I P I P P I P I P I P I P I P I P
I P
2. Farmers Market Parking
An occasional or periodic market held in an open or enclosed structure where groups of As determined by the
individual sellers offer fruits, vegetables, flowers, ornamental plants, honey, eggs, and Director
similar agricultural products, baked/cooked goods, beverages, and crafts for sale to the
public.
. Permanent
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4
1 NUS
1 URl
UR2 UR3
UR4
URS 1 CR
1 CC
I CN 1 BP
1 1
C C C
C
I C
I C
li C I C
I
I I C
I I C I M
I M
I M I M
I M
b. emnorary
a
NUI NU2 I NU3 I NU4 I NU51 URI I UR2 I UR3 I UR4 I URS I ERN CN BP 1
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
3. Farm Worker Housing Parking
Includes detached or attached, seasonal or permanent housing units for employees of a As determined by the
commercial agricultural operation. I Director
NUI NU2 I NU3 i NU4 J NUS I URI I UR2
I UR3 I UR4 I URS I CR I CC I CN I BP I1
X X X X I X I X I X
I X I X I X I X I X X X X
4. Keeping of Animals Parking
Includes the keeping and raising of animals for either personal or commercial purposes. As determined by the
The following are keeping of animals use types: Director
a. Beehives - includes the keeping of containers for housing honeybees.
(1) 1 to 3 beehives
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 42
0
•
•
0
•
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4 NUS URI
UR2
UR3
UR4 UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP 1
P P P
M M X
X
X
X X
X
X
X
X X
(2) 4 or more beehives
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP 1
P P P C C X X X X X X X X X X
b. Dairies - includes facilities in which cows (or other animals) are raised and kept for their milk production.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN BP I
X X X X X X X X X X X I X
I X X C
c. Feedlot, Livestock - includes facilities with confined area, structures, pens, or corrals in which livestock are
kept in order to feed and fatten the livestock prior to final shipment and not operated in conjunction with a bona
fide farm.
NUI NU2
NU3 NE NUS URlI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR
CC CN BP I
X X
X X IX X I X X X X I X
X X X C
d. Hog Ranches - includes facilities with confined areas, structures, pens, or corrals in which hogs are raised or
kept. Does not include other use types identified in this section.
NUI NUZ
NU3
NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR
CC CN
BP I
X I X
I X I
X X X X X X I X I X
X X
X C
e. Large Animals - includes the keeping of large animals including cows, horses, pigs, and similar animals
which, when fully grown, weigh over4w a -two hundred f Ry (300250) pounds. Does not include other use
types identified in this section. The keeping of large animals shall be in accordance with Section 17.62.020
K in of Lar a Ani ais .
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
P P I P I P P P P P P P X X X M M
E Small Animals - includes the keeping of small animals, such as birds, cats, dogs, goats, rabbits, sheep, and
similar animals which, when fully grown, weigh less than three -two hundred, fifty (300250) pounds. Does not
include other use types listed in this section. The keeping of small animals shall be in accordance with
Section17.62.0ceningof Small Animal .
s
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URl UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN
BP I
P P P I P IP P P P P PI P I P I P I
P I P
g. Wild, Exotic, or Educational Purposes - includes the keeping of wild, exotic, or non-domestic animals,
including antelopes, armadillos, badgers, beavers, camels, deer, emus, foxes, giraffes, kangaroos, koalas, minks,
ostriches, otters, peacocks, porcupines, prairie dogs, raccoons, seals, wallabies, zebras, or other similar animals
which, in the opinion of the Director, are neither more obnoxious, nor detrimental to the public welfare than the
animals listed.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 I CR I CC I CN B PF 1
M M M M M C X X X X I X I X I X I X X
5. Keeping of Animals for Educational Purposes Parking
Includes the keeping of large or small animals for educational purposes, including 4h As determined by the
Head, Hand Heart, and Health) of FFA (Future Farmers of America). Director
a. Small Animals - includes the keening of small animals, such w birds cats does goats rabble sheen and
similar animals which when fully gron c gh less than three hundred (300) pounds The keening of small
animals shall be in accordance with Section 17.62.030 (Keeping of Small Animalsj.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 43
NUI
NU2
NU3
NU4 INU';I URI UR2 JUR31UR4
JUR51 CR CC
I CN I BP1
URl UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
P
P
P
P P P P M
M M X X
X X
X
h. Large Animals - includes the keeping of large animals including cows, horses, pigs, and similar animals
which, when fully grown, weigh over three hundred (300) pounds. Does not include other use types identified in
this section. The keeping of large animals shall be in accordance with Section 17.62.020 (Keeoin¢ of Large
Animals).
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC CN BP I
P P P P P P P M M M X X X X X
6. Riding Trails Parking
Include trails intended for the riding of hones. As determined by the
Director
NUI INU21NU31NU41NU51 URI I UR21 UR31 UR41 URSI CR I CC I CN I BPI 1
P P P P I P I P I P I P I P I P I P I P I P I P I P
7. Wildlife Preserves and Sanctuaries Parking
Includes land or area intended to protect and preserve wildlife and/or wildlife habitat. As determined by the
Director
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS
URI UR2 I UR3 I UR4
I UR5 CR CC
CN BPI
1
P P P P P
P C I X I X
I X I X I X
I X I X
I X
Chapter 17.47 Temporary Use Types
1. Temporary Residence Parking
Includes the use of a mobile home as a temporary residence during construction of a 2 spaces per unit
permanent residence on the same site. Temporary residences shall be in accordance
with Chaoter 17.67 (Temporary UsesI.
a. Short Term - Up to twelve (12) mombs.
NUl
NU2 NU3 NU4
NUS
URl UR2 UR3 UR4 UR5 CR CC
CN BP 1
T
T T T
T
I T I T I T T T T T
T T T
b. Long Term - Over twelve (12) months.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC
APIM M M M M M M M M -6M xM
2. Temporary Real Estate Offices Parking
Includes offices for the sale of lots on the tract upon which the office is located for not 1 space per 250 square
more than two (2) years. Temporary real estate offices shall be in accordance with feet of office space
Section 17.emrom Uses).
NUIINU21NU31NU41
NU51 URI I UR21UP31UR41UR51 CR I CC CN I BP I 1
T
T T FT PT RT I FT FT I w I PT I?XT I XT XT I )a dfT
3. Holiday Salva P"Mat-
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 44
0
•
0
0
0
Includes any temporary event intended primarily for the sales and celebration of an
No additional parking
event or holiday in accordance with Chanter 17.67 (Temporary Usesl. Such uses
required for on an
include, but are not limited to, Christmas tree sales lots, Halloween pumpkin sales, and
existing developed
other holiday sales.
parcel; a designated
parking area shall be
P P P
provided to the
I P I P
satisfaction of the
3. Carports
Director for the
NUI I NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UP2 1R3 UR4 URS CR CC
temporary use of an
M M M M M M M M M M M M
undeveloped parcel
NUI I NU21 NU31 NU41 NU51 URI I UR21 UR3 I UR41 UR51 CR I CC
CN BP I
T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T
4. Temporary Uses
Parking
Includes temporary uses prescribed in Chapter 17.67 tTerrmorary Uses) of this code.
As determined by the
P
Director
NUI
I NU2 NU3 I NU4 I NU51 UR1 I UR21 UR31
UR4 I URS CR
CC
CN
BP I
T
T T T T T T T
T T T
T
T
T T
Chapter 17AS Accessory Structures and Uses Use Types
1. Accessory Structure
A building or structure detached from the main building, on the same lot, which is customarily incidental and
subordinate to the main building or to the main use of the property.
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URl UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR CC CN BPI I
P P P P P P pip] P P P P P P P
2. Accessory Use
A use that is incidental, related, appropriate, and clearly subordinate to the main use of the lot or building, which
does not alter the principal use of such lot or building nor serve property other than the lot or parcel of land on
which the principal use is located.
NUI NU2 NU3]NU41NU5]URIJUR21UR31UR41UR51CRICCICNI
BPI I
P P P
P I P I P I P I P I P I P
I P I P
I P I P 11P
3. Carports
a. Carports used as required parking for multifamily or non-residential uses
NUI I NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UP2 1R3 UR4 URS CR CC
CN BP I
M M M M M M M M M M M M
M M M
b. Carports used as accessory to required parking for single family use
NUI I NU2 I NU3 I NU4 I NUS I URI I UP -2 I UR3 I URS I URS I CR
CC
CNfl
BP
I
P P P P P P P P 1!1 P P
P
P
P
P
e Ca orts for residential or non-residential uses with solar anels
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 45
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 i UR4
URA CR
CC I CN I BP
1
AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP AP
AP AP
AP AP AP
AP
34. Incidental Services for Employees
Includes services offered to employees on a site occupied by a permitted or conditionally permitted use
including day care, recreational facilities, showers, and locker rooms.
NUIINU21NU31NU41NU51UR11UR21UR31UR41UR51CRI
CCI
CNI BPI
I
P P P P I P I P I P I P I P I
P I P
I P
P P
P
45. Live Entertainment
Includes any live show, performance, singing, dancing, or artistic interpretation provided for the amusement of
one or more persons but does not alter the nature and function of the primary use.
a. Indoor
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 UR4
URA I CR
I CC I CN I BP I
1
X X X
X X X X X X
X Nel
M I M I M I
M
b. Outdoor
NUI i NU2 NU3 NU4 NUI URI
UR2 I UR3
I UR4 I URS I CR I
CC I CN I BP
1
X I x x X X X X I X I X I
X I M I
M I X I X I
X
6. Shared Private Water Well
Shall be a nrivate water well that is shared bv more than one narcel of land not under
the same ownershi .
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI UR2 UR3 I UR4 I
URS I CR
I CC I CN I BP I
I
C C C C C X X X X
X x
x x X
7. Tem orary Accessory Use of Pubticly Owned Facilities
Includes any temporary use of a Publicly owned or operated building
which does not substantialiv alter the
facili 'sus,.
NUI NU2
NU3
NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4
URS CR
CC CN BP
1
X X
X
X X X X X X
X X
1 X I
X
Chapter 17.49 Development Activities/Miscellaneous Use Types
1. Development Activity on Protected Ridgelines
All development on a protected ridgeiine shall be in accordance with Section 17.38.070 (RP — Ridaeline
Preservation Ov rla Zone) and Section 17.51.020 Hillside Develo Pent of this Code.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3 UR4 UR -5 CR CC CN BP I
R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
2. Development Activity on Natural Slopes
Development activity on natural slopes on all or part of the developable portions of the property shall be in
accordance with Section 17.51.020 Hillside Develo mart of this Code.
a. Less than ten (10) percent average.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 46
r -I
LJ
0
0
NUI
NU2 NU3 NU4 NU5 URI I URZ
UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
I
P
P P P P P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
b. Ten (10) percent to fifteen (15) percent average.
NUI
I NU2 NU3 NU4
NU5 URI UR2 I UR3
I UR4
I UR51
CR
I CC
I CN
BP
I 1
H
I H I H H
I H H H I H
1 H
1 N
I H
H
H
H
H
c. Greater than fifteen (15) percent average.
NUI NU2 NU3 I NU41 NU51 URI I UR2 I UR3
I UR4
I UR5
I CR
I CC
I CN
I BP
I 1
II H if H It 11 H H
H
H
H
H
11
11
H
3. Grading Cut and Fill of any Combination Thereof
a. Between one hundred (100) and one thousand, five hundred (1,500) cubic yards on natural slopes greater than
ten (10) percent average.
NUI NU2 I NU3 NU4 I NU51 URI I UR21 UR3
UR4
I UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
1
P P P P P P P PI
P
I P
P
P
P
P
P
b. Greater than one thousand, five hundred (1,500) cubic yards on natural slopes greater than ten (10) percent
average.
NUI NU2 NU3
I NU4 NU5 URI I UR2 I UR3
I UR41
UR51
CR
I CC
I CN
I BP
I I
H H H
11H H H H
H
H
H
H
H
FI
H
4. Off -Site Transportation of Earth
Includes the movement of earth either to or from a location off-site.
a. Less than ten thousand (10,000) cubic yards.
NUI
NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
1
P
P P P P P P P
I P
I P
I P
I P
P
P
P
b. Between ten thousand (10,000) and one hundred thousand (100,000) cubic yards.
NUI NU2 NU3
NU4 NU5 URI UR2 I UR3
I UR4
UR51
CR
I CC
CN
BP
1
trl M M
M M M M I M
I M
M
M
I M
M
M
M
c. Greater than one hundred thousand (100,000) cubic yards.
NUI NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS
URI UR2 UR3
UR4
UM
CR
CCC
BP
1
C C C C C
C C C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
5. Cluster Development
Cluster development shall be in accordance with Section U.6S W0lCluster Dei clormentsl of this Code.
NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS URI UR2 UR3
UR4
UR5
CR
CC
CN
BP
1
;NUI
C C C C C C C
C
C
X
X
X
X
X
6. Affordable Housing
Affordable housing density bonus shall be in accordance with Section 17.68.030(Density
of this Code.
&gnus Requirements)
NUI INU21 NU31NU41NU51
URI I UR2 UR3
UR4
UR5
CR I
CC I
CN I
BPI
1
X I X I X I X I P I
P
I P
IX I
X I
X I
X I
X
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 47
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 48
0
r1
0
7. Amenities Density or FAR Bonus
Amenities density and FAR bonuses shall be in accordance with Section 17.68.030 (Density
R uir m c) of this Code.
Bonus
NUIINU21NU31NU41NUSIURIJUR21UR31UR41UR51CRICCICNI
BPI I
C I C I C
I C I C I C I C I C I C I C
I C I
C I C 1 6X 1 6X
8. Railroad Rights -of -Way
Includes the following uses within railroad rights-of-way
a. Operational Activities - Includes activities related to the operation of the railroad, including, but not limited
to, stations, transit stops, and park and ride facilities.
NUI INUZINU31NU41NU51 URI JUR21
UR31UR41 UR51 CR
CC I CN
BP I I
X X X X X X X
XI X I X I X
X I X
X I X
b. Accessory Activities/Uses - Includes trails, bike paths, sidewalks, picnic areas, passive park activities, and
landscaping.
NUI NU2
NU3 NU4
NUS
URI UR2 UR3 UR4 URS CR
CC CN BP I
X X
X X
I X
I X I X I X I X I X I X
X X X I X
c. Storage - Includes the storage of any materials, vehicles, goods, and supplies not related to subsection (8) (a)
of this section.
NUl NU2 NU3 NU4 NUS
URl
UR2
UR3 UR4 URS CR
CC
CN
BPI I
X X X X I X
X
I X
I X I X I X I X I
X
I X
I X I X
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 — Use Type Classifications and Permitted Use Charts
Page 48
0
r1
0
0
•
F -IL
Chapter 17AS57
PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS -RESIDENTIAL
Sections:
land and
17.57.010
Purpose.
17.57.020
Residential Development Standards.
17.57.030
Multifamilv Residential Development Standards.
17.57.040
Accessory Buildings and Structures.
17.57.050
Distance Between Buildings.
17.57.060
Setbacks.
17.57.070
1715.010
17.1£.820
i7i7 15.030
x7.15.040
17.15.060
Walls and Fences.
Developm.._.. o_..:w.._.:.1 7ones;
0......._..r n.,......__ ent Standards: A _ __.._ _. and Residential Zoom.
Dei '---. -"'--ems-6' ._,.�.: G.�":mes:
_ _ Development c..._w., a . _.
Read DedienWoas and Im.-p-ravementsa-A,--.o-C and 1 Zones.
developinent standards she!! apply to all
land and
ba Idings
perniked
in
A and R
zones.
Any legal
lot may -be
RR
A. GENERAL REQUIRKAW TS
A
Rb
Ri=F,
Rb
RS
4tm
RsfD
'
NA
N.3
4.,9
2d
30
4"
29.,9
2"
2: '
S9Ae
49,998
49;998
29.990
3888
3;888
5'"
3.808
} ., Lai mil
400
400
400
73
39
M
30
39
49
40
49
40
40
40
40
40
4,fow oFEra.,,.ael
29
20
20
29
29
20
2A
20
3 "`
33
34
34
34
313
34
34
34
A,
24
20
20
29
20
20
29
20
7- ROOFW set4eel
K
33
43
44
ii
43
45
43
&
4i
45
93
03
43
4s
45
23
A ` - .. I eigio efaeee-sen s —.
;3
23
45
4
43
43
43
43
49: 1) dia.ee betwee Rs
40
49
40
40
A
40
40
40
,...._...... _...._......___.._,_._.._
6
6
b
b
6
6
6
6
42-
23
23
2s
2S
25
23
23
23
43
January 2013 1 DRAFF
Chapter 17.15 - Property Development Standards
Page 1
January 2013 I DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 2
0
0
0
17A557.0210 Purpere. -
It is the pumose of this chapter to provide development standard- to all properties and structures permitted
within residential zones. The following property development standards apply to all residential property and
structure- ,_....:::' - in _o-_wfe and -es:__-::c. The dimensions shown are the minimum required, unless
otherwise stated.
r�wA..0 s
•
0
shy y--•-• wrrr.r
1�`7tttitt r
F
re.w
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 3
r
0
rI
L
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 4
0
•
0
uln away arRss rarer � am nwmwa sw a� arrzcn
/�.
Am
� mrors� rrAe err � r>��a � wrl art rnrrn
rlu�auww
w
v 1
SL76W IllJ fi11M AKU
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 5
.}S4II.l lm la�f
MM- VMIH
'srrw.c, ubut n- ur►gtam raau -tr rnrr or rr
RIW"K Tit? AAMM THF Mof31R .MM F PanPran.
StCCWx�
�flaal ���}r aam�
- Comment [GVa]: Genanl Plan Implemenlati
Homes on comer lots or view corridors that are more visible to the public shall require a higher level of
design on the more mominent elevations.
Bd Rear Yard Coverage. Not more than fifty (50) percent of the reauired rear Yard shall be covered by
buildines or other roofed structures.
C4 Buildings and structures exceeding two (2) stories or thirty -tie (35) feet in height wh'che cr is more
restrictive, shall reouire approval of a conditional use perm' ..,..., .Itafal ttses ... ieh
shall not ..ed, -w. (50) feet in neigh
whieh they ffe leeme,
F4Metal Siding Siding for new single-family homes shall reflect the chamcter of surrounding homes and
residential uses and shall not be composed primarily of matal.^ -- -- - `--' '- -"'--- --a ----=-- [
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 - Property Development Standards
Page 6
0
0
11
`I 11
u
Parking S"enffeS skAl 149t POSS055 OR tile SH41160 Of the E*P05ed WROFISF - ails Md ng eBraposeel pfisaaFily
e
G2. Sloped Roof. The primary roof of new single-family dwellinas shall be slaved with a minimum incline of
H+ Modifications of Garages. Conversions of existing required earaees into habitable soace isyermined only
following the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for anew eamee consistent with the residential eumen
Ia. Reauired front yard; and
=6. Any additional area of a residential lot that is not predominantly screened from a public or private street
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 7
CommeM (GP37: General Plan Implementation
�nTs (:nntx ARIAnsuw A�n��rtslN¢ re' nn
M(FlUC1 CA`N[N.IIAPR \.W.EI: A\OUNII(".a\111\
STMVUA11pR5TIlI(lS
{ AIkmN ----
FIGURE 17.57 —1
Residential Parking Areas
O. Front Yard Landscaping, The following shall serve as a guideline for exemptions to the front vard
landscane reguirement, as shownFigure 1757 — 2 (Driveway Paving), subimt to the approval of the
Director.
I Patine or other similar types of hardscaoe intended for vehicular use shall be permitted to extend a
maximum of ten (10) feet into the adjacent side vard from the driveway past the width of garage into
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 8
0
•
— ANn9ANDC— SrAWMOD-SIW -
-
I
I
�
I
I
i
I
Wkq �
I
AMaN i
I
PAer
PSkhg �
AOueN
A-
_f__________
_
Aa�N
_______�_.=ro
--
9N i
Na YvkR
NOY(ku0
FIGURE 17.57 —1
Residential Parking Areas
O. Front Yard Landscaping, The following shall serve as a guideline for exemptions to the front vard
landscane reguirement, as shownFigure 1757 — 2 (Driveway Paving), subimt to the approval of the
Director.
I Patine or other similar types of hardscaoe intended for vehicular use shall be permitted to extend a
maximum of ten (10) feet into the adjacent side vard from the driveway past the width of garage into
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 8
0
•
0
that Portion of the required front yard that is on the opposite side of the garage as the front door of the
residence.
2. All Proposals for ravine or hardscaoe intended for vehicular use to extend beyond the ten (10) feet as
Permitted above shall be subject to review by the Director. The rronosal shall be reviewed on the basis
of compatibility with the surrounding neighborhood and with the intent of the Code
3. The approval of the City shall not supersede the approval of any other affected agency including, but not
limited to Homeowners Associations (HOA's) or similar entity. Covenants. Conditions and Restrictions
(CC&R's) may apply to the proyerty in question.
4. In cases of side-loaded/side-entry garages, paving for vehicular use shall be permitted in the required
yard that is on the same side as the front door, subject to review by the Director. Landscaping shall be
garage into that Portion of the required front Yard that is on the same side of the gampe as the front door
of the residence. Any such request shall be subject to aprroval of an adjustment. pursuant to Section
17.24. 100 (Adiustrnent).
Sanded Ddymy D wm., F-MmAw
FIGURE 17.57 - 2
Drivewav Puvin-
�opdmd Pavaf Puking
:o' Snm<k
1
1'.1.8-050P. Width. Paving and Slope of Driveways. Access to-"�.n,R-oarkine snaces required by this
Code chap ep whieh serve dove (3) or more w-"'-- shall be developed in accordance with the
following:
A 1. Driveways shall be not less than ten (10)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 - Property Development Standards
Page 9
F- -I
LJ
92. Where this section requires that such access be paved, the pavement shall be not less than ten (10) feet in
width throughout, except that a center strip over which the wheels of a vehicle will not pass in normal
use need not be naved.
undercarriages.
2b Changes in slope along the of a driveway must he at a maximum algebraic grade difference of
ten percent (10%) per grade break for a minimum of ten (10) feet net grade break This profile shall
be measured along the maximum slope of the driveway. All grade breaks shall be rounded with a
five (5) foot Ione vertical curve. (An exception is driveway approaches ver APWA standards.)
94. All parcels less tha:.an@'-�L'�fa.' one (1) acre in size shall have a solid/secure surface drivewav
(concrete asphalt or other surface) that complies with the driveway standards to the satisfaction of the
Dwec or
E5 Where driveways are not nerpendicular to the street sufficient back-up room shall be provided to the sat-
isfaction of the Director of Community De%,alopmen�
F6 Circular driveways are not permitted for lots having less than ten thousand nine hundred eighty (10,980)
square feet.
Q6 Mobllehomes/Manufactured Homes on Residential Lots. Mobilehomes and manufactured homes as
nmvided for in SeetienChapter 17.43:019flA)42 (Residential Use Tvpesl shall meet [he fallowing
rwuirements:
1. The mobilchome or manufactured home shall be cGertified under the National Manufactured Housing
Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. Section 5401 et sea.).
2. The mobilchome or manufactured home shall have been cConstmeted less than ten (10) years prior to
the date of the application for the issuance of Permits to install such mobilehomes or manufactured
homes.
3. The mobilchome or manufactured home shall be ifastalled on permanent foundations on individual lots.
4. The mobilehome or manufactured home shall be ibstalled in places which are not exempted pursuant to
Health and -Sa€etyGovemment Code Section 65852.1(61 as having a special character or special historic
Interest.
5. All mobilehomes or manufactured hones shall w)ssess 7essessinproof eaves with overhangs of at least
sixteen (16) inches.
6 All mobilehomes or manufactured homes shall possess Possessing —a stoned roof with a minimum
incline of 2:12 feet.
7. Nei possessing an the suFfaee of &The exterior walls or siding shall reflect the character of surrounding
1. It shall be occupied only by the owner of such residence and bis -their family.
2 It shall be occupied only while a building Permit for the construction of such residence is in full fore
and effect,
is prohibitedin all fesi&a,44 zones.
S Residential units shall be limited to one electric service meter per residential unit. A second unit or
guest house shall not be considered a residential unit for this section.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 10
0
•
0
U
CJ
0
6-.17.57.040 Accessory Buildings and Structures.
aA. Such buildings and structures shall not exceed twenty (20) feet in height or exceed the height of the primary
residence whichever is less, e_..'...:-- ,,,.._t,,_ _„_ in ___.._lane_ wide _..bseete,._ (A)(6)(g) ..f a,:_ seeiien
.a._, .. ...teed One _ and rw.._ (i 5) f et R height in and RM -Lin the UR2. UR3. UR4,
and UR5 zones.
IsB. Such buildings and structures, including patie-eewes, freestanding shade awnings, sheds, pergolas, garages
and other attached, semi -attached and outbuildings shall be consistent and compatible with the primary
dwelling unit in terms of architecture, finish materials, and color.
C. The use of metal storage containers is Prohibited in residential zones,unless they meet the design standards
of this Code.
a. Sass buildings and s"etures may be located Nvithin a requifed n" ya&d� pFe, ided, that they ase net et�
"_ &'@ rc, fest t8 any !at line.
D. Modular Building for Nonresidential Uses. Modular buildings for nonresidential uses in residential zones
shall be subject to the following additional requirements:
I Must be set back twenty-five (25) feet from property Ines of Properties developed with residential uses -
2. Shall be subiect to the aDmoval of a minor use Permit in accordance with Section 17.24.120 Minor Use
Permit
3. Shall be subject to the anoroval of a landscape plan review in accordance with Section 17 2J 160
(Landscape Plan Review) to ensure that the buildings are adequately screened from public views and
from adiacent residences,
4 The applicant shall submit plans identifying changes to parking, and lighting to ensure that there are no
adverse impacts to adiacent residences
d. NOt More [haft fifty (50) PeNeRt 6f the HqUiFeEl HOF 5'RFd shall be ea, emd
buildings BF etheF Fe@4W
stntea+res: .
extend abekv the level of the first fleef, may extend inte a mquimd side and Fear � I. .. .
ua That sash s _ shall net b. loested ,.,lost,- than five `feet .
(2) That sueh SORdetUHS Shall Femain unenelosed an at least twe (2) sides. This finsvisims, haweye�, shall
4E. Mobile or portable canopies are not permitted in the front yard or side yard setback areas, whether proposed
to be located on a driveway or otherwise.
3F. Above -ground utility boxes- telephone boxes, water lines, backflow preventers, cable boxes or similar
structures within public view shall be screened to the satisfaction of the Director of Communitv
Development
4G All legal residential parcels shall be permitted to have one driveway point unless otherwise specified by the
City Engineer.
4H All ground -mounted mechanical equipment shall be completely screened fron surrounding properties by use
of a parapet, wall or fence, or shall be enclosed within a building Exposed ttd wn oo isvents,
louvers and other similar elements shall be painted to match the surface to which they are attached unless
they are used as nart of the design theme.
31 All utility connection shall be designed to coordinate with the architectural elements of the buildings
and/or site so as not to be exposed except where necessary. Pad -mounted transformers and/or meter box
locations shall be included in the site plan with any appropriate screening treatment Power lines and
overhead cables less than thirty-four (34) KV shall be installed underground
soon areas may be permitted subiect to the approval of a minor use permit
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 1 I
2 A residential sport court, requiring an enclosure, wall, structure or fence that surrounds or is an integral
part of such court. shall be designed so as to reasonably reduce or eliminate light, noise, and other
setbacks.
3. All lighting associated with a residential sport court shall be completely screened. Spillover prevention
may reouire substantial shielding of both the fixture and pole. In no event shall light fixtures extend
more than 15 feet above the grade of the soon court. Light fixtures shall be of full cut-off design, with
the bulb fully enclosed within the fixture. Lights shall be focused downward and shall not wash or spill
onto adjacent Properties. Lighting fixtures are prohibited within 15 feet from any rear or side move
line. They are also Prohibited within any fmm or reverse -comer yard setbacks.
4 Lighting for exterior sport courts and'or areas shall not be used between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 8:00
a. in.
Sefeens, glass eF p1miglass panels shall be BeasideFed an eaelBsed patio and, FA the El sefetien efthe Difeetef
shall meet all UDC FeqUiFemeftts IeF new eenstruetion. Rmpesals may be subjeef to conditions of appraN,al.
mifier use Permit. Tile use of metal stafage eaflia HeN is PF8141ted In feSideRtial 98fieS Unless the) Meet the
design SuffldaFEIS O� this eade. The telflpOfflf�' Use Of Metal StORIge eORtffiHeFS Shall be pe" 40d UPAR fli
M ssuanee of a building pe�it sul,�eek to the D rector of Community peveleriflen! per Section !�.W,990 of
6 dO and FeaF )'HFdS; ppovided, that die) a� laeated na PIOS -F ;b@H V '0 Ord mI@ half (;!.§) feet W Rn)' IN
uf1 .
height),...... -. ..-A f..-...-... _ s, -eaF p ate iste Weate
PFOV
1-.. C('1 <) feet to arry lei line
Fail fig net 18 eheeetl three and BHe half (3.5) feelmrn�ht rtay-oc installed,
(4) Swimming pools and spas afe pesnit4ed in feqUiFed ReF )'RFdSj PEON Ided, that they aFe 19eaiej net 018SOF
than five (5) 17�et 48M a"), pnepef4y line. The setbaelk shall be measuFed 46M the v,,t,f I n� 4, unkm
P001 BF Spa ..f f..---. the ..t... ..C.... abO a mO ...1 P08 OF Spa.
\ above
ground lev@l may he used in any FaquiFed yard
(6) IlHik IR bdFb@RU@S, Ara Pita, deta8hed AFeplaees and built 'H -Ht@F'-'n n -SI -00teFS Shall be fiN e (5) feel
am,ay 4em pwpeny lines a%d less than ten (10) feet in height. inetading smalao Maeks arA ehifflneys,
jK. Guesthouses. A guesthouse is a detached accessory building located on the same property as a legal single-
family dwelling umproviding temporary living quarters for the temporary use by occupants of the main
residence or temporary guests of the occupants of the primary dwelling mit. Such quarters may have a -bath
and toilet facilities but no 4kehe cooking facilities specifically defined as a cook -too, stove, or range. end
NOW _ .-.Le-..gse ed assepa�atea-- elr_.- Food Preparation areas intended for
entertainment t)umoses, along with other facilities or appliances related to overnight guests, are permitted.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 12
0
is
0
•
This may include- but is not limited to warming ovens sinks wet barsrefrigeration and laundry facilities
(21.) Locations. A guesthouse may be permitted only on parcels that meet the following criteria:
(AA.) The parcel shall be zoned Ageaeultumi (A) eFany of the followin zones (RE'' Pc
(86.) The parcel shall contain a legal single-family dwelling as the primary use (primary dwelling unit).
(G—c.) Only one guesthouse shall be permitted per parcel unless an approved minor use permit is
obtained.
(32) Development Standards. A guesthouse shall be subject to all the development requirements of
the underlying zone s-leeated, with the exception of the following:
(Aa'�
. ____^ _M shall __ .___.. .. ....:... ......_., _.. _...-.p _-?:.Where guesthouses or similar
facilities are attached to the Primary dwelling unit, they shall be considered to be an addition to a
residential structure and shall be subiect to the required setbacks and de elooment standards for
the underlying zone.
(8b.) The guesthouse shall meet the setbacks applicable to accessory structures.
(tic.) The guesthouse, or the structure that contains the guesthouse, shall not exceed the height (floor to
peak) of the primary dwelling unit and is subject to the height standards listed in subsection (A) of
this section.
fl)�L) The architecture, construction materials and color of the guesthouse shall be consistent and
compatible with that of the primary dwelling unit
(43.) Services. All services, including water, electric, and sewer shall be provided from the primary
dwelling. Separate, independent services for the guesthouse shall not be allowed.
(34.) Other. Guesthouses are for temporary occupancy and may not be rented or otherwise used as a
separate dwelling.
NL Second Units The purpose of this subsection is to orov'de for the creation of second units pursuant to
Section 65852.2_ofshg Gov_errment Code. A second unit is a residential use that is consistent with the
agAeultureard-residential zone designations
(Administrative Permit)
sha5l be subm"itted with the application.
12. Locations. A single second unit may be Permitted only on parcels that meet the following criteria'
a. The parcel shall be zoned anv of the following, categories NUI, NU'_ NU3 NU4, NU5 URI
UR2, UR3. UR4 URS
nc o
b. The parcel shall contain a legal single-family dwelling as the Primary use (primary dwelling unit)
Access) of this eCode.
23. Development Standards. A second unit shall be subiect to all the development reouirements of the
underlving zones-leeated, with the exception of the following:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 13
0
a Size The gross living area of the second unit shall not exceed fifty (50) percent of that of the
primary dwelling unit.
pemtitted on any legal parcel that meets the minimum lot size for the zone in which itis hoca[eri. _ _ - comment [GP3]: o•n•nwWn imni•mmtanon
c For residential oareels measuring less than 5.000 square feet. the second shall be attached to the
single-family residence. For Parcels greater than 5,000 square feet, the second unit may either be
attached or unattached.
bd Setbacks Second units shall be subject to the same setback standards that are applicable to the
orimary dwelling unit.
e. Bedroom Requirement. In no case shall a second unit contain more than two (2) bedrooms.
et'. Height. The -A detached second unit shall not exceed the height (floor to peak) of the orimary
dwelling unit, subiect to the height standards listed in subsection (A) of this section.
dg. Parking. The second unit shall be provided one standard parking space (9' x IN')ferevetvtwe-F2)
soace may be a tandem space and may be uncovered. Said parking space shall be surfaced and
accessed Pursuant to subsection (E) of Section 17.51.060 (Parking Slandards>Seseea-1a-}8,87A of
this Code.
eh. Architecture. Architecture of the second unit shall be compatible with that of the orimary dwelling
unit.
fi. Entrance/Exit. Attached second units shall be provided with an independent entry/exit to the
exterior of the unit No entrance to the attached second unit shall be located on the same building
elevation as the entrance to the orimary dwelling unit The appearance of a "dunlex" shall be •
voided.
i- Attached Second Units Attached second units shall share a common wall with the single-family
dwelling or shall share an integral roof structure having the same framing system and roof covering
as the primary dwelling unit The maximum separation between the orimary single-family
residence and the attached second unit shall not exceed twenty (20) feet at any given point The
tnav he situated over a detached gmge. In cases within the UR2. UR3, UR4 and URS zones
where the second unit is connected to a detached garage, the maximum height of the combined
structure shall not exceed 20 feet or the maximum height of the primary unit, whichever is less,
subiect to the height standards listed in subsection (A) of this section.
el. Construction Materials. Construction materials and colors of the second unit shall be compatible
with those of the primary dwelling unit
H,17.57.050 Distance Between Buildings.
I -A. Distance Between Main Buildings. A minimum distance of ten (10) feet shall be required between all main
residential buildings.
2B. Distance Between Main and Accessory Buildings. Except where a greater distance is required by this
code, a minimum distance of six (6) feet shall be required between any main residential building and an
accessory building.
K. Projections Permitted Between Buildings. The following projections are permitted within the required
distance between buildings, provided they are developed subject to the same standards as and not closer to a
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 - Property Development Standards
Page 14
0
0
CJ
line midway between such buildings than is permitted in relation to a side lot line within a required interior
side yard:
al. Eaves and cantilevered roofs;
b2. Fireplace structures, buttresses and wing walls;
e3. Rain conductors and spouts, water tables, sills, capitals, comites and belt courses;
d4. Awnings and canopies;
e5. Water heaters, water softeners, gas or electric meters, including service conductors and pipes;
f6. Stairways and balconies above the level of the first floor.
4D. Uncovered porches, platforms, landings and decks, including access stairs thereto, which do not extend
above the first floor are permitted within the required distance between buildings without distance
restriction.
17.57.060 Setbacks.
All setbacks shall meet the requirements of the underlying zone and as shown below in Figure 17.57 — 3
(Residential Setbacks), unless soecifrcally allowed in this section
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 1 Z 15 — Property Development Standards
Page 15
O
K: La
Q
Gusllw.
®
Reversed Qxner La"
Q
5ecetul Unit
®
Cixtxr lax
Q
Coveud Patio
O
Fleg La
O
Ddwhed Garet'.
O
Vuhi4.0.v esWenee
Q
Paol -io'.. ±n'apmaie uponr
FIGURE 17.57 - 3
Residential Setbacks
A. Flag
lots shall maintain either a ten (10) foot front side and rear Yard setbacks or shall conform to the
setbacks of the underlyng
zone. not including the flag Portion of (lie lot,
C3 Street setbacka shall be measured from the ultimate street right-of-way or from the maximum reou'red street
width if said street or proposed street is to be private. In residential zones where the sidewalk is located
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 - Property Development Standards
Page 16
n
U
11
0
•
adjacent to the curb, the building setback shall be measured from six (6) feet from the back of curb as shown
on Figure 1 T57 - 4 Street Srtback Cross Section
the-reynired-se[✓3eekj. This allowance does no[ cermit anv encro¢chment within arty portion of sucM1 street by
the underlying fee owner.
It Y�MSJLcb
TWA Rqu of -w" Wi
I II
I IPwxr I
&0.a'JL=Mtiw' I
I
1
FIGURE 17.57—
Street Setback Cross Section
D. Patio Covers that are permanently unenclosed and are attached to the main dwelling unit may Project into the
rear yard as long as they are no closer than five (5) feet from the rear Property line
�2.j That such slmcNres shell remain unenclosed on at least two !2) sides. This Provision. however shall
not Preclude the placement of detachable screens
R Other structures shall be permitted in required Yards as follows:
Fl.j Fireplace structures (attached to dwellings) buttresses wingwalls, eaves, cantilevered roofs. awnings.
canopies water heaterswater softeners and RaS or CleCtriC Meters may be located in required interior
side and rear vards� provided, that thev are located no closer than two and one-half (2.5) feet to any lot
line.
E2.j Ground -mounted air conditioners. swimming pool Dumps, waterfalls (not exceeding six (6) feet in
height), healers. filters and fans may be located in required rear vards; Provided. that they are located
not closer than two and one-half (2.5) feet to any lot line These items as well as odter similar
appurtenances are notpennittcd in the side vard-
(3.� Unenclosed stairways and balconies above the level of the finished elevation o(thr first Floor attached
to the primary structure may p oiect a maximum of five (5) feet into a re uired rear va & Provided,
however, that an open work miling not to exceed three and one-half (3.5) feet in height may be
tool or spa or from the structure of an above -ground pool or spa.
U.j Structures not exceeding one foot above mound level may be used in any required yard.
(6.j Built-in barbegues fire pits detached fireplaces and built-in entertainment centers shall be five (5) feet
away from nronerty lines and less than ten (10) feet in height including smoke stacks and chimneys
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 17
7e. Except as described elsewhere in this Code, aceessory Suehbuildines and structures may be
located within a required rear yard: provided, that thev are not closer than five (5) feet to any lot line.
F17.57.070 Walls and Fences.
Setbacks shown are the minimum required. Fence and wall heights_s shown in Figure 17.57 — 5 (Fence and
Wall Heights) are the maximum pemtitted. unless modified by an adiustment or variance.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Developmi
Page 18
0
•
0
0
E
0
3'
KEY IAT
Li
FIGURE 17.57 — 5
Fence and Wall Heights
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 19
r.ln�Mw U,Fllall:mil Winn, inial;
nllaai
-GFNER L"
uplFlulspnniun
ot
T 2•,?
REVZRSE3 CORNER LOT
4
. ........ .
cw,
sr rr
RETAINING WALLS.
rw
IA. Walls in Interior Side and Rear Yards. A arden wall or fence not more than six (6) feet in height may be
maintained along the interior side or rear lot lines; provided, that such wall or fence does not extend into a
required front yard or side yard adjacent to a street except as herein provided. Fences or garden walls in
excess of six (6) feet in height, but not more than 15 feet in height. may be nermitted in a required rear yard
4—B. In any required yard adjacent to a street or a driveway providing vehicular access to an abutting lot, a wall,
or -fence, or view -obscuring vegetation shall not exceed forty-two (42) inches in height, except as herein
provided. The height may he increased to forty-eight (48) inches for non -view -obscuring pipe or rail fencing.
January 200 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 - Property Development Standards
Page 20
0
•
required Yard and not exceeding the maximum height for an accessory use in the underlying zone shall be
subject to the issuance of an adiustment per Section 17.24.100 (Adjustments).
3D. Access. A wall or fence shall not be constructed in such a manner so as to block or restrict vehicular access
to a dedicated or implied dedicated alley, access, or way.
4E. Prohibited Materials. Fiberglass sheeting, bamboo sheeting, barbed wire, razor ribbon or other similar
temporary material shall not he permitted as a fencing material. Chain link fencing shall not be permitted in a
required front vard and shall not he visible from anv public right-pf-wav unless otherwise approved by the
Director of Community Development.
3F. Vacant property and property under construction may be fenced with a maximum six (6) foot high, non-
view-obscuring fence for a period not to exceed one year.
4G. Retaining walls proposed on land with an average slope of less than ten (10) percent shall be subject to the
following provisions, as shown in Figure 17.57 - 6 (Retaining Walls). Retaining walls proposed on land with
an average slope of ten (10) percent or greater shall be subject to 5ection 17.51.020 4he-(Hillside
Development.
at. Where a retaining wall protects a out below the natural grade and is located within a required yard, such
retaining wall may be topped by a fence orag rden wall. The fence orare den wall may be the same
height that would otherwise be permitted at that location if no retaining wall existed; provided, that the
subject property is on the lower side. In all other locations, the maximum height of the retaining wall and
fence or screening wall combined shall not exceed the maximum heights established in this eCode or at
the discretion of the Director -fGamas ^- -'_-- -.
b2. Where a retaining wall contains a fill above the natural grade and is located within a required yard, the
height of the retaining wall shall be considered as contributing to the permissible height of a fence or
wall at that location. A non-view• bscuring fence up to three and one-half (3.5) feet in height may be
erected at the rap of the retaining wall for safety.
• I e3. Where a wall or fence is located in a required yard adjacent to a retaining wall containing a fill, such
arden wall or fence shall be set back from the retaining wall a distance of one foot for each one foot in
height of such wall or fence. The area between the wall or fence and the retaining wall shall be
landscaped and continuously maintained.
d4. Where a retaining wall is constructed to exceed six (6) feet in height measured from a neighboring
parcel, an adjustment anef use pennit-shall be obtained in accordance with Section 17.03:04024.100
Adjustments .
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 - Property Development Standards
Page 21
0
►.11
Q
C.
.. vm�N 06'
r
t•rSt M6,
ma Op(n
raaWyi
ray � I Nlu 3,5 ee�.oam cd
FIGURE 17.57-6
Retainine Walls
7H. Measurement of Fence and Wall Height. The height of a fence or wall shall be measured at the highest
average ground level within three (3) feet of either side of said wall or fence. In order to allow for variation
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Properly Development Standards
Page 22
0
0
n
u
•
in topography, the height of a required fence or wall may vary an amount not to exceed six (6) inches;
provided however, that in no event shall the avemge height of such wall or fence exceed the maximum
height permitted for that location.
Jiaes,
Lot Gonfigurfltiewc�,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 23
J,17.57.030 Multifamily Residential Development Standards.
+A. Setbacks. Required front and street side yards shall be landscaped. All plant material shall be irrigated by
automatic sprinklers or drip irrigation systems. Patios, seating areas, parking and circulation spaces can be
included in the setback areas to help buffer adjoining parcels from one another. However, parking areas shall
not be permitted within the required front setback.
B. Multifamily residential buildings and communities shall be designed in a manner to reduce the Potential for
shall be designed for through traffic/pedestrian movements and shall be highly visible and well lit. Other
2C=onry s_iz (6) fe__inhe_gh_t_-from-_th_e_ h_ig_h_es_t _fi_ni_sh_e_d_g_ra_d_e,_s_h_all_be_requi_red__n_the- nr
he_ra
and side
property lines. No walls are required on street side yards unless needed for noise attenuation and/or privacy,
as determined by the Director of Community Development.
3D. Multiple-Rrentages. Where a lot fronts on more than one street it shall be considered to have multiple
frontages and be requited to meet the front yard setback requirement on all street frontages.
4E. Open Space. Open space shall be provided for each residential unit as follows:
a[ _. Smdio units—two hundred (200) square feet,
62. One bedroom units—three hundred (300) square feet;
J. Two (or more) bedroom units—four hundred (400) square feet;
4M. Single-family detached/townhome units—six hundred fifty (650) square feet.
Open space shall be split into required yard space and recreational facilities throughout the common
areas of the development as prescribed in this section. A minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the open
space shall be dedicated to the required yard for each residential unit. The remaining space may be used
to fulfill additional recreational facilities as prescribed in this section, and/or may be applied to the
required yard areas to the satisfaction of the Director of Community Development. Land required for
setbacks or occupied by buildings, streets, driveways or parking spaces may not be counted in satisfying
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 - Property Development Standards
Page 24
0
E
Comment IGP41t General Pun Im0lemen- n
•
this open space requirement; however, land occupied by any recreational buildings and structures may be
counted as required open space.
-5F. Storage Space. If a fully enclosed garage is not provided, a minimum of two hundred fifty (250) cubic feet
of lockable, enclosed storage per unit shall be provided in the garage or carport area; substitutions may be
approved by the Director - Pevelspmem.
§G. Recreation Facilities. The following recreation facilities shall be provided at a minimum unless waived by
the Director
at. Landscaped park -like quiet area;
k2. Children's play area;
e3. Family picnic area; and
64. Swimming pool with cabana or patio cover.
4N. Recreation vehicle parking areas shall be provided, fully screened from public view, or the development
shall prohibit all parking of recreation vehicles.
81. Trash Collection Areas. The following requirements shall be met for all trash collection areas for
multifamily residential development:
e I . Trash areas shall be provided for each multifamily residential building. All trash areas not located inside
a building shall be paved and located in the rear yard. Such area shall have minimum inside dimensions
of eight (8) feet by five (5) feet, shall accommodate source separation of recyclable materials in
accordance with State requirements, and shall be screened from view by a five (5) foot high masonry
wall, solid gates, and a solid roof One trash area shall be provided for the first ten (10) residential units,
and one trash area for each additional ten (10) units, or major fraction thereof.
62. Multifamily residential developments that require individual waste collection for each unit shall provide
space for all required waste bins to be screened from public view,
nmiabi6 w minimum._ of cf.. rcmpefg�sss as -shall 1._ _pwi .,..
_f.l_ a__ _..
Y
FisquiFesientsi thiny (30) pereem I I h box size or !aFgef, severAy (70) pement she!
he fiflem (1s) gallon siee. OFOUght folem"t sties eS M' th IOW ffiffiflteRRHee feqU FOMMai shall be Hfili�ed
wheFe possible. Wigation shall be a" autematie systems. Landseapiflg and 4*igatioa pians shall be ppepefe
48J. The conversion of any project to condominium ownership shall meet all requirements of dee- asethis Co
to the maximum extent possible within the constraints of the existing development. In no case shall the
requirements of the fire code, sign ordinance, outdoor storage/sales, or screening standards be waived. A
Specific Fleming—Commission waiver shall be required where the ;eae multifamily residential
requirement cannot be reasonably met.
4+K.Metai Siding. New multifamily dwellings and required parking structures shall not possess on the surface of
the exposed exterior walls siding composed primarily of metal.
K. Poi,elopmentmoangE�%(S4.-n'fienntgeoleg'ea!AFea)-
the Santa Offits Gellefdl Plan shall isebaile a detailed bieta study. The stud)
mm:ial ffiraets whiek die deNelolanessl May haNe upen file
SEA
.
1 The develop e_t shall bed signet in eeeefdanee with the 4,11ow eFitenie
b
a. The devel6pssent shall be je, gned be be highl� Poinpatible with the Is
b, The dw elopffle"t shall be designed to maintain WateF b8dieS, WMeFOOOMeS ANd 4404 tFibl"RHOS n a
natuffil state; and
e+ The develapaiem shall be desigiied so that w graigry paths) aw left in
A The A...........e.., 514-11 - .. M,.' . .-.1 eF OF _ 1. ai'
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 25
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 26
0
n
LJ
0
•
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 27
Chapter 17.53
PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS—COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL
Sections:
M68 (FAR 4511
17.53.010
Purpose.
17.53.020
Commercial and Industrial Development Standards.
17.53.030
Accessory Structures.
17.53.040
Setbacks.
17.53.050
Walls and Fences.
de'velop �eRk standafds shall apply te 814 iand and buildings pemt tted in (2 aRj 1 zaaesAn� legal lot may b -
used as a building site f all development standaFEIS afe fnet (exeluding those miating te let si�e a
8. GW Cf Cil 6B L'SR 8P W 1
4- ROOF ONO
M68 (FAR 4511
37444
3351
4-23.4
423-W 4.4
Ws 1
0'..
;E Se beak AFam
r Slit efwa5' 48/3
4"
4"
4"
484 449�3
4"
44"
}
M
33
33
33
M M
33
33
4
23
14
25
23
23 23
23
23
4• .a.e
.1 7. 1 Q� FeSPEOU
6,86baAS
w a,.
k
di,
_ 24
rrtvmcmmrF
23
23
23
23 23
23
24
17.4553.0410 Pumose. .
It is the purpose of this charter to provide development standards to all properties and structures oermitted
within commercial and industrial zones. The following property development standards apply to all commercial
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 28
0
•
0
C�
•
and industrial property and structures d m e8fflffiffeidl and '-A snial Aene The dimensions shown are
the minimum required, unless otherwise stated.
A'
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 29
sWpEUumSCwP[
J
Wr SErwe&+rRSEsIETWEs
L,Z
AESIO Mn a
LL
O
5^
r}
_
PECRPCCAL
S
ACCESS
O
LU
nn
V
>
00SEreAncc�urAaon
cue
"
0
J
dA SECCe yM161WAY
3
=
N
<�
O
O -C
O
=
S Q
i�
Ur--_ - - _.-----
-¢_-._
7�
�
r,=..
=
00
=
^L` : .:r•.
N
COMMERCIAU
U
INDUSTMLL
O
m
Q
STRUCTURE
tl/
F
S
W
WsEreAcw
`/
C
FrO I
YAAIY PEA
O
W
Ems!
'
Q
2
Q
f
t: y•cy
S WZJSGPm
4PpGM UaUr
AErarG
aerBACK
rR
Pp?Of WAY
wxY
AEIBAC%
-
n
V
piYEY/AY UxAIED afa/M
f
9
STREET RIGHT -6F -WAY
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 29
they are located, and shall be designed with articulation and stvling on all sides (3600 architecture). Building
materials shall be high uuality, durable, and natural -spearing. Snecial consideration shall be given to the
design of comershuilding entrances and the elevations that front nuhlic street or other prominent view
corridors.
36 Height. Buildings and structures exceeding thirty-five (35) feet in height shall require approval of a
be achieved within thirty-five (35) feet.
6C. Electrical vehicle charaing stations inav be required for new commercial/industrial developments at the
}C Reciprocal ingress and egress, circulation, and parking arrangements shall be required vhffe passible -find
feasible to facilitate the ease of vehicular movement between adioining properties -fid, to limit unnecessary
driveways and to create more cohesive communitv-oriented developniCnt.
2H Driveway access for commercial and industrial uses shall be located no closer than one hundred fifty (150)
feet (lot size nermlttinO from the beginning of a curve of a street comer.
January 2013 (DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 - Property Development Standards
Page 30
0
Comment (GPsi: Genml Plan Implementation
Is
11
0
31_All fie-- idem ti _ SlD.. hall t._ r_ _d f" ____gg and _cr of the r.,._.-.- Driveways shall be shared
between adjacent commercial andor industrial properties unless otherwise specified by the of
T-FHH9P8FURiOR and Engineering SaMees City Traffic Engineer.
wiflrthat trace the
potential for a future traffic signal:
d4. The length of the longest anticipated delivery vehicle for all warehousing and distribution uses if the
longest anticipated delivery vehicle exceeds the minimum stacking distances referenced in this section
seven percent (7%).
L. Any new commercial devcic nrn[ tract man. and/or cancer man that is located within 500• from the edge oC
________________________________________________ Comment lGP610 General Plan lmplemenwtion
Enclosures shall be conveniently located and designed to allow collection vehicles to service the
trash'recvcling bins without backing un where feasible The enclosure(s) shall also be designed in a man er
to reduce or eliminate the rotenlial for collection vehicles to block required parking spaces as van of regular
N Pedestrian Circulation New commercial and industrial de eloo vents shall nrovide walk av connections
to Public sidewalks and transit stops where available Where pedestrian paths eros narking areas
driveways, or driveways decorative pavingshall1 h used to delineate the oath -of -travel. el All Paving
materials'elements shall be approved by the blrecto0 - Comment fGP71: General Plan Implemenlatlon
the City.
2 Merchandise except for vehicles shall not project more than four (41 feet beyond the store Cron[ exeept
for those outdoef display weas lecated within !he Redevelopment
Area
3. Except for vehicles, outside dispfary ofinerchandise shaltbe Aispieved-sutsside only he nennined during
business hours.
4. The aggregate display area shall not exceed. fifty. percent (50%) of the linear frontage of the store front
or six (6) linear feet, whichever is greater.;
RedevelepmenErirea,
public health, safety, welfare or causes a public nuisance
6. Required parkin¢ spaces shall not be used for display.
P. Shopping Cart Returns.
L Can return facilities shall be consistent with the design of the project and building amhitecmreSimilar
or the same materials should be used on the returns as on the buildings
2 Cart return areas ad*ace t to the building should be intezmllv designed gs part of the building..
3. Cart returns shall not block or restrict access to fire lanes or required parking areas
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 31
40
0
30 For any use with more than fifty (50) full time employees. a transportation demand management (TDM)
famment COPS]: Genanl Plan ImplamentitlOn
permitted which creates changes in temperature or direct Blare No use shall be permitted which creates
6T. Vibration. No use except a temporary construction operation. shall be permitted which generates inherent
and recurrent ground vibration perceptible without instruments at the boundary of the lot on which the use is
located.
9l1 Uses with primarily outdoor storage of merchandise shall provide landscaping to include trees and shrubs to
the satisfaction of the Director ofCammun t5 Deyelaptaeot with the exception of vehicle sales.
the circulation element of the General Plan shall be sub eel to a public hearing andpleaxiag Ceommission
review and approval.
44W. Unless otherwise stated in `-el 8a 17.13ne�.,o„--wo.^`^`•haoter 17.47 (Temoornry Use Tvpc•s) of this Ceode. the
occ pancv of vehicles. including recreational vehicles trailers or vessels,as a residence to moo ary or
permanent, is prohibited in all ozones.
B-. 17.53.030 rippurtexaxees.4ccessory Structures. •
4A. All ground -mounted mechanical equipment, trash areas, and recycling bins shall be completely screened
from surrounding properties by use of a parapet, wall or fence, or shall be enclosed within a building.
Exposed gutters, downspouts, vents, louvers and other similar elements shall be painted to match the surface
to which they are attached unless they are used as part of the design theme.
2B. Air conditioners, antennas, heating, cooling, ventilating equipment and all other mechanical, lighting or
electrical devices shall be operated so that they do not disturb the peace, quiet and comfort of adjacent and
neighboring occupants,; *FA—Such equipment shall be screened, shielded, and/or sound buffered from
surrounding properties and streets. All equipment shall be installed and operated in accordance with all other
applicable ordinances. Said equipment, excluding antennas, shall not exceed the maximum height of the
underlying •'
zone'- •_ti...-..�,�.,:-sl,�'A op-aed.
K. All utility connections shall be designed to coordinate with the architectural elements of the building(s)
and/or site so as not to be exposed except where necessary. Pad -mounted transformers and/or meter box
locations shall be included in the site plan with any appropriate screening treatment. Power lines and
overhead cables less than thirty-four (34) KV shall be installed underground.
4D. Above -ground utilities boxes, telephone boxes, water lines, backflow preventers, cable boxes or similar
structures within public view shall be screened to the satisfaction of the Director Of `�.,,e..,�••��-�«�
m-v_,or,.,:IIMshould beinteg�ted within the ffelikeetum Bf the building.
6. EleetFieal vehiele ehafgiag stations may he required faF new deNreiapments at the
efCanamuRily Development-.
-
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 32
0
9. Employee bFeak aFess, Mbieh Ma5 nelude faeilkies t;�f shade, seating, eating and tfash disposal, shall b
+BE. The use of metal storage containers shall be subject to Section 17.93.08823.190 (Temnorary Use Permits) of
this Ceode.
17.53.040 Setbacks.
All setbacks shall meet the reouirements of the underlying zone and as shown below in Figure 17.53 - I
(Commercial/Industrial Setbacks), unless sneci6cally allowed in this section
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 - Properly Development Standards
Page 33
C�
Reridr5 w Zone
Commercial or Indutrial Zaw
v'.uea Commercial InMlsirial titmctw<
o7.y.
da
xide I� IngAye a¢�k
mJ�Sbglnry
A[�cn
w..m xtll
'o'\6a lMwem Tsea
RHu<m RaxkYiY UW
. munaavlU�J�Anal
1-nri:la �l.'
ornawm r., n. ,..im.mi N 150' fmn: mnm
S..%&t W.
Commercial/Industrial Setbacks
4A. A minimum five (5) foot wide landscaped setback shall be required where structures are located adjacent to a
right-of-wav, except where they are located adjacent to a maior or secondary highway where the minimum
setback shall be increased to ten(IO) feet.
ld_FleweveFPparkine areas shall not be Permitted withinareas shall not be within the required front setback.
setback.
3C. Corner Setbacks. For commercial and industrial uses. no miscellaneous items, Setbacks. For commercial and industrial uses. no miscellaneous items. oroducts�uioment
vehicles or signs shall be vennitted on my comer formed by intersecting streets within a Irian alar area
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 34
0
•
U
E
•
between the property line adjacent to the public right-of-wav and a diaeonal line ioming points on said
rropertv lines twenty-five (25) feet from their point of intersection or, in the case of rounded comersthe
areas between the tangent to the curve and a diagonal line adioinine points on such tangents twenty-five (25i
feet from the point of intersection.
f.
A,Rd feg9ible to farilit-1, 'as, ef -hie-laf rsw—memt between adjamrig properties sail t@ liffli
2. Driveway oeeess far esm.;ertial and no"stri o<m shall abe-heated -me e ese-�-�e-h -fired fi
i fe e_ feet .df_am the begi_J_Pf..earye a ffa street e
Shared between adjoeent properties unless etherviise speeified by the Direetef ef T-FartspBrtatiaa an
Engineering geruiees.
. All dFive%vE*,s shall have a iRiairasarn
'T f ..._
a. t, (20)et firthe of..^_ off of-...:A,._tialead! eel -eters,
�� highways
Natifes derifial, 0" site Private gates, eleirtneal OF 9theFY IS2, Siad! he SUbjeei 16 the Fe"Ie"' OFA IMR9F .
MA -S. *H10- is qwwtrfTla, earainnem required shall
may be d splayed wittan the publie fight of way
thy.
3. 113wept thr vehicles, erehandise shall be displayed outside
Oemy dufiRg business halts.
sm (6) linear
�re�
vehieulaf alld'of pedestrian eeeess te the building or business, or ereate a elli-sr-lay that is d-triffie"tal to
6. PWquii:ed parlang spaees shall not be used for dispW.
_C-) zone subj�t to the --diae-ral guidelines!
•• it, ti., iubjeetbusiness .t he at least one hundredfifty (150) feet f-ema
ny pub' e)
b. Tile aggregate Efisplay re. for th ' w -WOOF display of triefelaindise shall nat efieted a i are
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 - Property Development Standards
Page 35
0
€17.53.050 Walls and Fences.
},A.
Commercial and industrial uses and any parkin- facilities adjacent to or across a street or alley from
residentially zoned Property or Property developed with a residential use. shall provide a minimum six (61
foot high masonry wall alone all common lot lines (with the exception of those lot lines with the reauired
front setback of the commercial or industrial Property where the wall shall be not less than thirty (30) inches
nor greater than forty-two (42) inched."�.,..r,;.-ae;.as•-is All walls shall be consistent with the site's
architecture and in instances where visible from the publtc ri ht of way shall be constructed with decorativ
materials.
46.
Access. A wall or fence shall not be constructed in such a manner so as to block or restrict vehicular access
to a dedicated or implied dedicated alley, access, or way.
2C.
Prohibited Materials. Fiberglass sheeting, bamboo sheeting, chain link, black or green fabric, barbed wire,
razor ribbon, or other similar temporary material shall not be permitted as a fencing material. In the case of
temporary construction fencing for properties with an active building permit in good standing, black, green
or other colored fabric may be installed to the satisfaction of the Director From _ _ _ _ _
3D.
Vacant property and property under construction may be fenced with a maximum six (6) foot high, non -
F.
view -obscuring fence.
Development in a CCA / _ ♦ C.... egieal AF
the Santa OaFka GeReMl NOR Shall Re'Ude a detailed biOul SK&d)'. :Pie SRIEI�' Shall ideR66 an) and all
potential impaets %h eh the A HpmentmayLave Cn
2. Thpiil'4eiPpNhi'ri-Sh31i be designed a f 1�Rg criteFfi.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 - Property Development Standards
Page 36
•
E
0
11
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 37
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 38
L
0
0
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.15 — Property Development Standards
Page 39
0
is
0
Chapter 17.4638
SPECIAL ZONESAND OVERLAY ZONES
Sections:
1746,81038.020
MHP—Mobilehome Park Overlav Zone.
17464p22�1000p38.060
r-
PD—Planned Development Overlay Zone.
,-0
16 SO
17.16-04038.030
Speeifle Plan Zane,
MOCA—MineraV00 Conservation Area Overlay Zone.
174684538.100
VS—Vehicle Services Overlay Zone.
1744."28.090
VDS—Vehicle Dealer Sales Overlay Zone.
17,16-050 BB
17.6:85538.070
Bi11b6RFdOveF!ftyZ8He.
RP—Ridgeline Preservation Overlay Zone.
17AC060 09
174686538.050
Open Spnee Zone.
MU—Mixed Use Overlay Zone.
_ _ oa,-..�- v..__
17,16 ,070 PF; —t upat.on Zonation
17.38.010 HS—Homeless Shelter Overlay Zone.
17.38.040 MR—Movie Ranch Overlay Zone.
17.38.080 SEA—Significant Ecological Area Overlav Zone.
17-16,080 ow__� :._ r.._...._ Spee;.,) Sland__as n:_._ _.
17 rc nnn Sana G__..__ c...._;., Standards n
�� .
17.16110 Happe`'"^"^ Spe_:..l 5.....a.._w.S WS(FieE
174601038.020 MHP—Mobilehome Park Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. The mobilehome park (MHP) overlay zone is intended to encourage the creation of new
mobilehome parks and the preservation of existing mobilehome parks consistent with the City's goal
of accommodating alternative and affordable housing types at a standard consistent with the
preservation of the public health, safety and welfare. All mobilehome parks located in an MHP
overlay zone shall be developed in accordance with the provisions of this section. Although the
General Plan does not designate mobilehome parks as a separate land use designation, the
mobilekeme-taF64MHP4 overlay zone is consistent with the ^gfi '�kwm,-:e-„eat.al urban
residential, non -urban, and commercial land use designations of the General Plan.
B. Permitted Uses. Permitted uses shall be in accordance with Chapter 17.r—°the underlying zone for
the Parcel, as determined by this eCode.
C. Property Development Standards. In addition to the following, mobilehome parks shall comply
with all State requirements for the development of mobilehome parks.
I. Lot Area. Each lot shall have a minimum of three (3) acnes of buildable area.
2. Mobilehome Space and Area.
a. Mobilehome Space. Each mobilehome space shall have a minimum area of one thousand
five hundred (1,500) square feet.
b. Mobilehome Space Dimensions. Each mobilehome space shall be not less than thirty (30)
feet in width. There is no required depth.
3. Population Density. The following population density standards shall apply to all mobilehome
spaces in this overlay zone:
a. There shall be a minimum of three thousand (3,000) square feet of !et -area for each
mobilehome space in a mobilehome park.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 - Special Zones and Standards
Page 1
b. Such lot area shall include access, mobilehome parking, automobile parking, outbuilding
space, recreational areas and other similar uses.
4. Building Height. No building or structure erected in this ovcrlav zone shall have a height
greater than two (2) stories or twenty-five (25) feet.
5. Yards.
a. Front Yards. Each MMP-zeae-let-space which abuts a dedieeted- no 'vate street or drive
shall have a front yard of not less than aveuty-R4fiive5 feet.
b. Corner Side Yards. Each ""*'n., --met-- soace shall have comer side yards of not less
than:
(4)_. Trtanty{ len 10 feet on a revetsM comer lot; or
Q)i_. Five (5) feet on other comer lots.
c. Interior Side Yards. Each ""'m --'et soace shall have an interior side yard of not less
than five (5) feet or ten (10) feet between units.
d. Rear Yards. Each ""'m.+*+.T_�� space shall have a rear yard of not less than fifteen (15)
five 5 feet.
6. Access and Circulation.
a. Driveway Width and Layout Driveways within mobilchome parks shall be designed to
conform to the minimum widths specified is T".e- 6 this Code or as determined by the
City Engineer and the Fire Department.
b. Access.
(4)_. No site within the mobilehome park shall have direct vehicular access to a public
street.
4jii. At Yeast two (2) access points to a public street or highway shall be provided to
—the site when serving more than 150 units or the site is located in a Very High Severity
Fire Zone, as determined by the Fire Department.
7. Parking. Parking shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 17.4842 (9) (Mobile Home
Park).
8. Screening. Mobilehome parks fronting on a public street shall be screened to a height of not
less than five (5) feet and not more than eight (8) feet with either a decorative wall-er, fence, an
opaque hedgeawWf, trees, or landscaped berm. Such screening may be reduced to less than
five (5) feet adjacent to driveways as necessary for visibility. The location of the walls are
subiect to the underlying zoning requirements.
9. Signs.
a. Mobilehome parks may display the following signs:
(4-)i. One wall -mounted sign not to exceed twenty (20) square feet in area, or one
freestanding sign not to exceed twenty (20) square feet in sign area or £erty{ Bfty-
four 54 square feet in total area may be located at each entrance; and
Q)it. One freestanding sign, not to exceed si 4&)-thim-two (321 square feet in sign
area and not to exceed six (6) feet in height, may be used for advertising property for
sale, lease or indicating vacancy status _and may be located at each entrance; and
(d)iii. A directional or informational sign indicating the location of each residence by
number shall be located at each principal entrance and other appropriate locations. The
size, location and number of such signs shall be to the satisfaction of the Director.
b. No source of illumination for such signs shall be visible from adjoining streets or
residential property, and no such signs shall be erected within five (5) feet of any exterior
property line.
10. Local Park Space Obligations. Local park space, which may be private, shall be provided to
serve the mobilehome park, or a fee shall be paid in lieu thereof, as required fe�by
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 - Special Zones and Standards
Page 2
0
•
0
0
this eCode. This obligation shall be in addition to any requirement to participate in the funding
of parks and/or park improvements pursuant to any other provision of this eCode.
11. Design Requirements. The following design requirements shall apply to development of
mobilehome spaces and to facilities within a mobilehome park. Additional requirements may be
specified as conditions of development review.
a. Driveways shall be laid out in a manner to provide safe and convenient access to
residences,
b. Principle vehicular access points shall be designed to encourage smooth traffic flow with
controlled turning movements and minimum hazards to vehicular or pedestrian traffic.
Merging and turnout lanes, traffic signals and/or traffic dividers shall be required where
existing or anticipated heavy flows indicate need. In general, driveways shall be designed
in such a way as to discourage substantial amounts of through traffic.
c. Walkways and Bikeways. If bikeways and pedestrian ways are provided in mobilehome
parks:
({41 Walkways to be used by substantial numbers of children as routes to school, bus stops
or other destinations shall be so located and safeguarded as to minimize contacts with
automotive traffic.
(2ji_. If substantial bicycle traffic is anticipated and an internal walkway system is
provided away from driveways, bicycle paths shall be incorporated in the walkway
system.
Driveway crossings shall be held to a minimum, shall be located and designed to
provide safety, and shall be appropriately marked and otherwise safeguarded.
(4)iv. Walkways and bikeways may be combined with other easements and used by
• emergency or maintenance vehicles, but shall not be used by other automotive traffic.
12. Prohibitions.
a. A recreational vehicle shall not be occupied in a mobilehome park.
b. A mobilehome shall not support a building.
c. A mobilehome park shall have no conventionally constructed or stud -framed residences
other than one dwelling unit for the use of a caretaker or a manager responsible for
maintaining or managing the property (04 ^ 1 s _I,"^I;GA. ^s I.,
17.46.03038_060 PD—Planned Development Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. The Planned dDevelopment (PD) overlay zone regulations are intended
2. To mA ,_ :. e aeonemisal and effietent a. _o.h .a 'a'..., a,___„_'„
., p. ..... c -P v.-,o.nEv-nu.,.,v.,.vvs-.n,4cCj
spa6es.
.1....:_:.._ W _........,.
D D.,_m'ttpd rl......
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 – Special Zones and Standards
Page 3
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 4
0
0
Commission may require that Open spaee easements
file City.
9eF th2 required open
spaee-be��!a
Wefi ff . el:... ff .... •.e.le..r•:.... WO)',ee t PIOA0.
r.ve" ed ! f PON'.. use of tem use in ....mm.._
Sete..... S1184 ge..e.... be ......,. Md CMS.
A.. ,. ..F that AeFe rl.eFe ..Fe He sidewalks
q�thfl�k 9h-11 I'- ffl--'Iffed ffOR4 the MOaFeSt
epee ....F.'.... l6f of ..fl.
L ...... ......r...! •A.... armed
the ....efeSt ed -e ..0 .. .. 1'
C
'.. ..en' net en .'rA a poblie of
edge of the sweet Fight efwa�
811..F .. A'.....A eF.e
des ... .._• C ...1.
J .. + ... 'Jed
pFiNate ..• eef the
OF ffkafe FOR
fflpmN�..A to !"r. ee'{:e..r'ens fee the 13afliedlaF
desiFes r ithm the Je....
Al. OffeFeA FeFAeA'..e•',. and maintained
4 Planned des . e ferments shall F.. ere hamie..'..
BIRSSifieStiOR Of ..wee• When
epme..• asFWN@pfiketesweets, soeh ese
Cerr.e'f'.. intended �
s to !be i0pe-graph of the
elepa
..L.. 1 L..
`L..mee wHe
5:f_ shall Mali
oak rF.•e.. signs C. • [lem and ..f fauna and
designed te Use and retain th& fi-Ho FINS slid AffiFflitiPS
..'...' ff C....r Fes and .... These
tO the gFeatest extew passilW.
O elines
a as shallbe
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 5
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 6
0
�J
0
0
•
r
L J
.I. -,..AWN'' f,V..'WH ..,.. A,..,•Iflff...L.. LP... .. d.... H'..ge C.Fpre...._a
tieflC
and ee ..t en fa.' .... '.'shallbe melee.. L a l _ee wall .._Ai.._ .._.1...... ... a
..
!a, the fellem ing_
i psapased land uses to be developed %rithin the zone.
2. Pei elaliment eeneepts to he emplayed.
Com' —
17.16:04 38.030 MOCA—Mineral/Oil Conservation Area Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. The mineral/oil conservation area (MOCA) overlay zone designates areas which have a
significant mineral aggregate resource and/or oil fields. The purpose is to permit the continuation of
the mineral/oil usage while providing development of the area when certain environmental factors
have been adequately mitigated.
B. Permitted Uses. All uses shall be subject to the requirements of the bas underlvine zone, with the
exception of mineral extraction and oil production which shall be subject to the requirements of this
section. The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears; subject to a conditional
use permit where the symbol "C" appears; subject to a minor use permit where the symbol "M"
appears; and pinchibited where the symbol "X" appears.
Extraction and Oil Production
MOCA
1.
Drilling for and/or production, handling, storage, extraction and removal of oil, gas and
other hydrocarbons, including but not limited to compressors and other structures and
buildings for oil field workers in connection with the operation
C
?
Drilling for and/or Production, ha ndline. storage, extraction and removal of oil, gas
P
and other hydrocarbons, including but not limited to compressors and other
structures and buildings for oil field workers in connection with the operation on
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 7
C. Property Development Standards. The following regulations shall apply to the site of a mineral/oil
conservation area in addition to the regulations of the underlying zone. Additional regulations may
be specified as conditions of approval through the conditional use permit, minor use permit and
development review process.
1. General Requirements. The general requirements of the underlying zone shall apply to any
development within the mineral/oil conservation area overlay zone.
2. Special Requirements. The following special requirements shall apply to development in the
mineral/oil conservation area overlay zone. Additional requirements may be specified as
conditions of approval of a conditional use permit, minor use permit and/or development
review.
a. A reclamation plan shall be required for all applications for minend/oil extraction. The plan
shall indicate the expected time frame for reclamation and the various phases. Annual
progress reports shall be submitted to the Director
b. Screening and landscaping shall be required of all oil operations. Oil pumping facilities
shall be contained within an-epeque-a solid eight (8) foot fence or wall with a securely
locked gate to the satisfaction of the Director .
c. Track and service vehicles used in the operation of the facility shall be permitted only on
approved mutes and shall only be operated within approved hours of operation.
d. Outdoor storage of materials shall be in accordance with outdoor storage requirements in
commercial and industrial zones.
e. Oil well installation and use, including the installation and use of equipment, structures and
facilities necessary for all drilling and producing operations customarily required or
incidental to usual oil field practice, the initial separation of oil, gas and water, and for the
storage, handling, recycling and transportation of oil, gas and water to and from the
promises shall conform to the following conditions. The Approving Authority Cema4issien
may waive or modify any one or more of these conditions if it finds that the waiver or
modification will not result in material detriment to the public welfare or to the property of
other persons located in the vicinity thereof.
(44i. New wells shall not be located within three hundred (300) feet of any existing
residence, except the residence of the owner of the land on which the well is located,
and except a residence located on land which, at the time of the drilling of the well, is
under lease to the person drilling the well. New residential development shall not be
located within fifty (50) feet of an existing well, in accordance with the fire code.
(2ji_. If the drilling is within five hundred (500) feet of one or more residences and
except a residence located on land which, at the time of the drilling of the well, is
under lease to the person drilling the well, that:
(A) All derricks used in connection with the drilling of the well shall be enclosed with
fire-resistant and soundproofing material unless the occupants of all residences
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 8
0
•
0
Properties owned by a public utilitv and more than 5300 feet from a public right-of-
way.
33.
Mining for and/or production handling, processing and removal of rock, aggregate,
precious metals, sand and other similar material, including but not limited to structures and
buildings in connection with the operation
C
34.
Refineries, absorption plants or gasoline extraction plants
X
C. Property Development Standards. The following regulations shall apply to the site of a mineral/oil
conservation area in addition to the regulations of the underlying zone. Additional regulations may
be specified as conditions of approval through the conditional use permit, minor use permit and
development review process.
1. General Requirements. The general requirements of the underlying zone shall apply to any
development within the mineral/oil conservation area overlay zone.
2. Special Requirements. The following special requirements shall apply to development in the
mineral/oil conservation area overlay zone. Additional requirements may be specified as
conditions of approval of a conditional use permit, minor use permit and/or development
review.
a. A reclamation plan shall be required for all applications for minend/oil extraction. The plan
shall indicate the expected time frame for reclamation and the various phases. Annual
progress reports shall be submitted to the Director
b. Screening and landscaping shall be required of all oil operations. Oil pumping facilities
shall be contained within an-epeque-a solid eight (8) foot fence or wall with a securely
locked gate to the satisfaction of the Director .
c. Track and service vehicles used in the operation of the facility shall be permitted only on
approved mutes and shall only be operated within approved hours of operation.
d. Outdoor storage of materials shall be in accordance with outdoor storage requirements in
commercial and industrial zones.
e. Oil well installation and use, including the installation and use of equipment, structures and
facilities necessary for all drilling and producing operations customarily required or
incidental to usual oil field practice, the initial separation of oil, gas and water, and for the
storage, handling, recycling and transportation of oil, gas and water to and from the
promises shall conform to the following conditions. The Approving Authority Cema4issien
may waive or modify any one or more of these conditions if it finds that the waiver or
modification will not result in material detriment to the public welfare or to the property of
other persons located in the vicinity thereof.
(44i. New wells shall not be located within three hundred (300) feet of any existing
residence, except the residence of the owner of the land on which the well is located,
and except a residence located on land which, at the time of the drilling of the well, is
under lease to the person drilling the well. New residential development shall not be
located within fifty (50) feet of an existing well, in accordance with the fire code.
(2ji_. If the drilling is within five hundred (500) feet of one or more residences and
except a residence located on land which, at the time of the drilling of the well, is
under lease to the person drilling the well, that:
(A) All derricks used in connection with the drilling of the well shall be enclosed with
fire-resistant and soundproofing material unless the occupants of all residences
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 8
0
•
0
E
within one thousand three hundred twenty (1,320) feet (one gmanef-mikforth
mile) of the drilling site, other than of a residence described in subsection
(Cx2xe)(2 i) of this section, file a written waiver with the Commission;
(B) All drilling and pumping equipment shall be operated by muffled internal-
combustion engines or by electric motors;
(C) Materials, equipment, tools or pipe used for either drilling or producing
operations at the well hole shall be delivered to or removed from the drilling site
only between the hours of eight a.m. and six p.m. of any day, except in the case of
emergency.
£ The derrick used pursuant to this section to drill any well hole or to repair, clean out
deepen or re drill any completed or drilling well, shall be removed within ninety (90)
calendar days after completion or abandonment of any well.
g. Within ninety (90) calendar days after abandonment of any well, earthen sumps used in
drilling or production, or both, shall be filled, and the drilling site restored as nearly as
practicable to its original condition.
h. Any unattended earthen sump located within one thousand three hundred twenty (1,320)
feet (one-fourth mile) of the nearest highway, or within two thousand six hundred forty
(2,640) feet (one-half mile) of twenty (20) or more residences shall be enclosed with a wall
i
i.
When private roads to wells are constructed, that portion of such mads lying within two
hundred (200) feet of an ailedeeed-a public highway, or of an existing residence,
j.
•
shall be- oiled -ofsnriaeed contain a surface that controls dust.
A well hole, derrick or tank shall not be placed within tweaty420)-fifty f 501 feet of any
public highway.
k.
Except as provided in this code, a faithful performance bond in mount determined by the
Director, but not less than two thousand dollars ($2,000), shall be filed with the City€
Santa Clarity for each well for the first five (5) wells. Where more than five (5) wells are
drilled, ten thousand dollars ($10,000) in bonds shall be the minimum total required of all
oil operators. Either such bond shall include as obligees all persons who may be damaged
or annoyed by such use, or a policy of insurance shall be filed with the City having a
maximum amount of recovery not less than the amounts required of a bond, directly
insuring all persons who may be damaged or annoyed by such use. Faithful performance
bonds for mining operations shall be determined by the Aooroving Authority as part of the
conditional use Permit approval
I.
All drilling and producing operations shall conform to all applicable grading, oak tree, fire
and safety regulations.
m.
Not more than two (2) production tanks, neither to exceed one thousand (1,000) barrels
capacity, shall remain on the premises following completion of production tests at each
well; provided, however, that this condition shall not restrict the maintenance of additional
tanks for storage and shipping as part of the conditional use permit approval.
n.
Technological improvements in drilling_ mining, and production methods shall be adopted
as they become, from time to time, available if capable of reducing factors of nuisance and
annoyance.
o.
All drilling. mining. and production operations shall be conducted in such a manner as not
to constitute a public nuisance.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 - Special Zones and Standards
Page 9
0
0
p. Signs shall not be constructed, erected, maintained or placed on the premises, or any part
thereof, except those required by law or ordinance to be displayed in connection with the
drilling or maintenance of the well.
q. Suitable and adequate sanitary toilet and washing facilities shall be installed and
maintained to a clean and sanitary condition at all times.
n For aggregate mining and processing activities, a minimum one -mile distance and/or
additional buffering shall be maintained from residential uses or other sensitive receptors to
mitigate for noise and airborne Cmisslon9. _ COmment[GPII: General Pian Implementation
S. After completion of mining activities all lands shall be remediated and restored to a
condition that supports beneficial uses, which may include but are not limited to
recreational open space habitat enhancement, groundwater recharge, or urban
evelo men __ Comment [GP37: General Plan lmptementanon
t. Mitigation of impacts from mining and processing of materials on adjacent uses or on the
2011 i includin- but not limited to air and water pollution,traffic and circulation
noise and land use' c m atibili _ comment[GP3]: General Planlmplememenon
u. Mineral extraction sites shall be maintained in a safe and secure manner after cessation of
extraction activities, which may include the regulated decommissioning of wells. clean-uo
b)' this e8de, the 0 1 Well 8peffiklf May deffsi! o, th the C t� OME and assign to the 045 savings an
less eenifiemes 8F shares eqUHi a arneont te the requited amount of !he bond. The deposit an
11. llll aarell_ a....,.veee AgFe_meni If an oil operator A......s is and assignssa%and loan
..r;ifi'Rt.q And shares 'A lieu B�filing !he bond FOEtHiFed b5 this eede, and does Rot file with the C45
the pei ey ofinswanse desenbed a this code the operator also shall file a v Finen agreement with the
17.-16.04535.100 VS—Vehicle Services Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. In an effort to reduce the proliferation of auto -related uses along commercial corridors, the
vehicle services (VS) overlay zone designates certain areas within the City whereby the placement
and concentration of vehicle services is encouraged. The purpose is to establish standards for the
clustering of these uses in areas of the City once all environmental factors have been properly
mitigated.
B. Permitted Uses. All uses shall be subiect to the requirements of the underlving zone with the
exception of vehicles services uses. The following vehicle service uses shall be permitted where the
symbol "P" appears; a minor use permit is required where the symbol "M" appears; uses are
inhibited where the symbol "X" appears.
1.
1 Vehicle Sales and Services
a.
Automobile and Light Truck Sales and Services
(l)
Body Repair and Painting
M
(2)
Commercial Storage
M
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 – Special Zones and Standards
Page 10
Comment [GP4]: General Plan Implementation
•
C�
0
C. Property Development Standards. The following requirements shall apply to the vehicle service
uses described above in addition to the requirements of the underlying zone. Additional regulations
may be specified as conditions of approval as part of the permitting process. Any deviations from the
property development standards will require the approval of an adjustment or a variance as described
in Section -F3:A3.05017.24._I_0.0 (Adjustment) and Section 17.25.120 ( Variance).
1. General Requirements. The general requirements of the underlying zones shall apply to any
• development within the vehicle services overlay zone.
a. All street setbacks shall be landscaped and maintained in accordance with the underlying
zone.
b. All signage, including banners, shall be in conformance with -Chapter, -I, 1 Section
17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private Property)).
c. All uses shall comply with the Municpal Code as it relates to noise.
d. All modifications to the structure and uses proposed within shall comply with all applicable
building, stormwater and fire codes and City ordinances and requirements.
e. There shall be no outdoor display or storage of vehicle pan% and -supplies, or goods for
sale.
2. Special Requirements. The following special requirements shall apply to development in the
overlay zone.
a. All operations must be conducted within an enclosed building.
b. All repair activities as described in this section shall be confined to the hours of seven a.m.
to ten p.m., Monday through Friday, and eight a.m. to seven p.m, on Saturday and Sunday.
c. All parking for employees and customers, in addition to all required circulation, shall be
provided on-site and available during all business hours.
d. The dismantling of vehicles for purposes other than repair is prohibited.
e. No damaged or wrecked vehicles shall be stored for purposes other than repair, unless the
approval of a vehicle impound facility is obtained. Any vehicle awaiting repair for more
than thirty (30) days shall be removed from the location or stored in an enclosed building.
f. All fencing shall be solid masonry of decorative nature to the satisfaction of the Director�f
with no metal panels, chain link, barbed wire or razor fencing
permitted.
g. All body repair and painting facilities shall meet the following criteria:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 11
0
(3)
Gas Sales
P
(4)
Repair and/or Maintenance
P
(5)
(A)
Sales
X
(B)
Rentals
P
b.
Boat and Camper/R.V. Sales and Services
(1)
Commercial Storage
M
(2)
Repair
P
(3)
Sales and Rental
P
c.
Motorcycle Sales and Services
P
C. Property Development Standards. The following requirements shall apply to the vehicle service
uses described above in addition to the requirements of the underlying zone. Additional regulations
may be specified as conditions of approval as part of the permitting process. Any deviations from the
property development standards will require the approval of an adjustment or a variance as described
in Section -F3:A3.05017.24._I_0.0 (Adjustment) and Section 17.25.120 ( Variance).
1. General Requirements. The general requirements of the underlying zones shall apply to any
• development within the vehicle services overlay zone.
a. All street setbacks shall be landscaped and maintained in accordance with the underlying
zone.
b. All signage, including banners, shall be in conformance with -Chapter, -I, 1 Section
17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private Property)).
c. All uses shall comply with the Municpal Code as it relates to noise.
d. All modifications to the structure and uses proposed within shall comply with all applicable
building, stormwater and fire codes and City ordinances and requirements.
e. There shall be no outdoor display or storage of vehicle pan% and -supplies, or goods for
sale.
2. Special Requirements. The following special requirements shall apply to development in the
overlay zone.
a. All operations must be conducted within an enclosed building.
b. All repair activities as described in this section shall be confined to the hours of seven a.m.
to ten p.m., Monday through Friday, and eight a.m. to seven p.m, on Saturday and Sunday.
c. All parking for employees and customers, in addition to all required circulation, shall be
provided on-site and available during all business hours.
d. The dismantling of vehicles for purposes other than repair is prohibited.
e. No damaged or wrecked vehicles shall be stored for purposes other than repair, unless the
approval of a vehicle impound facility is obtained. Any vehicle awaiting repair for more
than thirty (30) days shall be removed from the location or stored in an enclosed building.
f. All fencing shall be solid masonry of decorative nature to the satisfaction of the Director�f
with no metal panels, chain link, barbed wire or razor fencing
permitted.
g. All body repair and painting facilities shall meet the following criteria:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 11
0
(1) All paint spray booths shall be within an enclosed building.
(2) All damaged or wrecked vehicles awaiting body repair shall be within an area enclosed
by a minimum seven (7) foot high solid masonry wall as to not be visible from
residential uses or the public right-of-way, (04 05 19 `' 12M "^e; ^-1 a '
«�'°41i
17.1-6.&1638.090 VDS—Vehicle Dealer Sales Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. In an effort to reduce the proliferation of auto -related uses throughout the City and to
concentrate them in a central, regional serving location, the vehicle dealer sales (VDS) overlay zone
designates certain areas within the City whereby the placement and concentration of vehicle dealer
sales is allowed. The purpose is to establish standards for the clustering of these uses in areas of the
City once all environmental factors have been property mitigated.
B. Permitted Uses. All uses shall be subject to the requirements of the underlying zone with the
exception of vehicles dealer sales and services uses. The following vehicle service uses shall be
permitted where the symbol "P" appears; a minor use permit is required where the symbol "M"
appears.
1.
Vehicle Sales and Services
a.
Automobile and Light Truck Sales and Services
(l)
Body Repair and Painting'
M
(2)
Commercial Storage
P
(3)
Gas Sales
P
(4)
Repair and/or Maintenance*
M
(5)
Rentals
P
(6)
Sales
P
b.
Boat and Camper/R.V. Sales and Services
(1)
Commercial Storage
M
(2)
Repair
P
(3)
Sales and Rental
P
" Body repair, painting, and/or vehicle repair and maintenance shall be considered a permitted (P) use when incidental to and/or on
the same premises as a dealership selling new vehicles.
C. Property Development Standards. The following requirements shall apply to the uses described
above in addition to the requirements of the underlying zone. Additional regulations may be
specified as conditions of approval as part of the permitting process. Any deviations from the
properly development standards will require the approval of an adjustment or a variance as described
in Section -14,43-.0-5017.24-100 (Adiustment) and Section 17.25.120 ( Variance).
1. General Requirements. The general requirements of the underlying zones shall apply to any
development within the vehiplea__' __l__ VDS overlay zone.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 - Special Zones and Standards
Page 12
0
•
0
0
a. All street setbacks shall be landscaped and maintained in accordance with the underlying
zone.
b. All signage, including banners, shall be in conformance with-9hapte--444-9 Section
17.51.080 (Sign Regulations (Private Prooertv)).
c. All uses shall comply with the Municipal Code as it relates to noise.
d. All modifications to the structure and uses proposed within shall comply with all applicable
building, stormwater and fire codes and City ordinances and requirements.
e. There shall be no outdoor display or storage of vehicle parts and supplies goods for sale.
Special Requirements. The following special requirements shall apply to development in the
'11-10 deal-- --'--VDS overlay zone.
a. All operations must be conducted within an enclosed building.
b. The dismantling of vehicles for purposes other than repair is prohibited.
c. No damaged or wrecked vehicles shall be stored for purposes other than repair, unless the
approval of a vehicle impound facility is obtained.
d. All fencing shall be solid masonry of decorative nature to the satisfaction of the Directorof
Community Develepasew with no metal panels, chain link, barbed wire or razor fencing
permitted.
e. All body repair and painting facilities shall meet the following criteria:
(moi. All paint spray booths shall be within an enclosed building,
(2)ii. All damaged or wrecked vehicles awaiting body repair shall be within an area
enclosed by a minimum seven (7) foot high solid masonry wall as to not be visible
from residential uses or the public right-of-way. (04 11 A . 2 (C_L ^' 2'8"
•
17.+6:05538.070 RP—Ridgeline Preservation Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. In an effort to achieve the City's objective to preserve the ridgelines within the City limits
for the public health, safety and welfare for the long-term benefit of the community, maintenance of
the unique visual characteristics, resources and ridgeline integrity, and to achieve a higher quality of
life for its residents, the ridgeline preservation (RP) zoning overlay classification was established.
B. Applicability. The . dg____e presen,ati@0(RP) 8 --Flay____ applies :e�Significant rideelines
Chapter 17.16 - Special Zones and Standards
13
0
on the adopted ridgeline map
COmment [GPS]: General Plan Implementetbn
C.
F13
E
on file in the Planning Division. Any development including but not limited to grading permits,
building permits and land use entitlements,
utilizing site specific topographic mapping to precisely locate the position vertical and horizontal
position of the ridgeline in relation to the proposed development. The precise ridgelines are defined
as the line farmed by the meeting of the tops of cloning surfaces of land. The RP overlay zone shall
be established to protect the visual integrity of the area within 100 feet vertical and 100 feet
horizontal distance from the%id ede lied. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ comment [w6]: General Pias impieme�r.na�
Uses. All uses of the underlying zone shall follow the requirements and restrictions associated with
that zone with the approval of a ridgeline alteration permit.
Property Development Standards. The following requirements shall apply to any use, development
or alteration of land on all properties located in the ridgeline preservation overlay zone in addition to
the requirements of the underlying zone. Additional regulations may be specified as conditions of
approval as part of the permitting process. Any deviations from the property development standards
will require the approval of an adjustment or a variance as described in Section 17 01 gig 17.24. 10
(Adjustment) and Section 17.25. 110 (Variance) of this code.
1. No engineered slopes, structures, streets, utilities or other manmade features shall be permitted
wAin the appeF fwe .h:Fd- (Xg) of _ _d__I:__ as ___-..__. fie_:._ c___ RP overlay zone,
unless a ridgeline alteration permit is obtained. This requirement does not apply to Master
Planned Highways as indicated on the adopted Gk -O�.y °--�-�.,.^'-=•- Geneml Plan and non_
motorized trails open to the public. •
2. In order to further the overall community -wide benefit of a project, the City Council may
require additional criteria be added when approving a ridgeline alteration permit. Conditions
may include, but are not limited to, provisions for or limitations to the following:
a. Special location of structures on the project site;
b. Open spaces;
c. Buffers;
d. Fences;
e. Walls;
f. Height of buildings, walls or other structures;
g. Installation and maintenance of landscaping;
h. Street dedications, medians, and improvements;
i. Installation of basements as living space;
j. Installation of earthen berms;
k. Control of potential nuisances;
1. The prescription standards for perpetual maintenance of building and grounds;
m. Limiting the life of the permit;
n. Use and accessory use restrictions; and
o. Such other conditions as the Qt'j-Council may deem necessary to ensure compatibility of
the use with surrounding developments and uses and to preserve the public health, safety,
and welfare and to preserve natural landmarks and prominent natural features of ridgelines.
rn_+ 05 Inco 12A x 105. nd 08 ra co en610e,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 14
11
9
F7-16-060 08 Open Spaee Zone
A. The open spaee (OS) zone is established te implement the
mss;
1. TO Y:a: idtPro.«.,o„ IN areas Offire, geelegie, seism,e aF Heed h,._afds
felle% Rg General Plan
HI gS..rz..o.rof
health And safety.
Oth: r la-tAH lef of nda rds alio be �lateF,d••:_....e _m.�t
... .- ......, ii,a,..,,o i, o o.o.., . ., :6pf,g�ap.ir ammcr'm=n
Use ef Site mid afi�
.
.. G....,. F.. ..a .� .L,. ., i, areas, ,
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 - Special Zones and Standards
Page 15
r - -I
L J
PPeFfeFrnmpe Stnndar:ds. Development �ifhin the epeR SPREe Z8 He 81101i fidlIeFe
W the fella Mime'
PFBtPP' the FIRtUFRI FiffliHage Of the area.
An-_.-_. ..._.__.._. _ a__ :_a:____:__._ __,1916_ .._A __n...:.._
FilWiR11 (WMEF -elated) aFRAN 11..A .1...'-..........'.....A ...00dI ...A ...
afrees,
17.464"38.050 MU—Mixed Use Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. These regulations encourage a mix of residential, commercial, employment and
institutional opportunities within identified centers of activity along identified transportation
corridors. The mixed use (MU) overlay zone provides a mechanism to revitalize older commercial
corridors and specific individual properties, increase opportunities for infill housing while
transforming and aesthetically improving transportation corridors into boulevards with mixed use
projects, encourage new housing and innovative retail that is less automobile dependent, and help to
create pedestrian -oriented neighborhoods where local residents have services, shops, jobs and access
to transit within walking distance of their homes.
B. Application. The mixed use (MU) overlay zone applies to areas identified on the Mixed Use
Overlay 6hibi L-3) in the General Plan and the approved zonin ma "-
e.fiders C t -widam o
e c__ r-M.._J.. RAsd !-1191 e...... o.. . 14 FFp-. o o'.... c._eeti and
A n..r'.._s of 1 ens A..-_ ... rim 1\ ... 1... A .�.. a to interstate < (as des 'e ted en C..L'L'. "A" is
A minor use permit is required for the development of a mixed use project in the mixed use overlay
zone. At the discretion of the Director , a project may be referred to the
Planning Commission for review and approval. The application, fees, public hearing and approval
process for the minor use permit will apply as described in Section+7.03.04017.24.120 (Minor Use
Permit).
C. Definition. Mixed use is characterized by development consisting of one or more lots developed as a
cohesive project and designed with a blend of various compatible uses such as residential, office,
retail, entertainment, and dining or community facilities. There are two types of mixed use, one being
"neighborhood serving" and the other "destination-miented."
t. Neighborhood Serving. The "neighborhood serving" residential provides opportunities for the
coordinated development of "urban villages" that offer a diverse range of complimentary land
uses in close proximity to one another. These mixed use projects are characterized by either
vertical or horizontal integration of uses, with an emphasis on tying together the uses with
pedestrian linkages catering to surrounding neighborhoods.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 16
Comment [GP7]: General Plan Implementati
0
0
•
0
2. Destination -Oriented. The "destination -oriented" mixed use provides areas for intense, mixed
use urban environments that offer opportunities for people to live, work, shop, dine and recreate
with minimal dependence on the automobile. These mixed use projects are more regional in
focus with tourism and entertainment opportunities, characterized by vertical integration of
compatible residential and commercial uses, whereby such uses share the same building or lot.
D. Incentives for Mixed Use Development One or more of these incentives listed below may be
applied to the mixed use project.
1. Accelerated plan check review;
2. Increased residential and commercial density opportunities;
3. Reduced parking requirements;
4. Increased building heights;
5. Reduction in setbacks along public streets.
F- P�Fffl'tod Uss- Al' uses and aeeesseF� uses of the underl� iHg �ene listed in GhapteF 17. 1 � shall be
rte,.... _
Residmti-1 i -s-- nPludin., for �ent and feF sale 5ingle family homes. condominiums, LN elweHE.
3 C _e1..t.-d
...e lvpmcnc
1. I_
2.
..1�..R.._ ..:1. states,
9. O
n, BaFbeAeauty shef3s;
5. Beek, giA and SfafieHaf�r stores;
6. r..._,1..,..__.._.
9. Ch Fopmetie offiees;
n C__._...__ Cafe_;
10 C...... .. .. A -. t_....'.... es ...d ...
12. n:_:.._ _.a_Lc_LM__.. 011d c„_. c _d
13. r:_.._..:_ _RHtS _
15. Pie ghbeFheed mwkets,
r - t
16 MAROF Hpaif and L
'
Il-noLLyaLv_s;
IV states;
19. ^i thiel Agee;
Tx
i-� Theatc:ie..... st
2 . ,
22T_.d:_0 card .. ^ ....L. .
2]
ageneesi24. dee mmal
C_.I'. that the use nawFe,_ and the permitted uqo� _ted th,
�:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 17
n
u
F. .ed Uses, Re.._.a a ,.r_,...'.... aesignat o unless it _ C_ _A.1.«. the use 45 eemp_•1_ _ with
fell em mg uses shall be pFA'bited'
t Med eal eafe fag 1: ,
S. ne.+ .._a ehiele r..._ ding _.. ..
».1 _ ,. ee, a and
e
�
..... w.'l
7. CMP Ofid fMilff PR"',
8. cm wash;
12. Son iee stati8tis;
W. Hosp, tars
IA Laundry, cammem..1......
16. UFgeHreaFe faeilm.T
17.
..es iW19. The DiFeetef ACCAmmumit) De% elopmew msa� deem addit one' uses fa be pfebibited based an a
:..1 ..
z
subseetieft: •
E. Permitted Uses. All uses shall be subiect to the requirements of the underlying zone, with the
exception of mixed use developments. which shall be subiect to the following. The following use
considered a prohibited use in this zone The Director may deem additional uses to be permitted
based on a finding that the use is similar in nature and operation to the permitted uses listed in this
subsection. Land use descriptions are contained in Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required
Parking). Parking requirements shall be subiect to subsection (F) (6) of this section.
Ftmidenfial Use Tvv"
L
Caretaker's Residence
p
2.
Commu,NCate FaciI
S
i.
Dw)�g
a. 5inele-Family
b Two -Family
c. Multi -Family
P
i
4.
Family Dav Care Homes
P
5.
Home -Based Cotbee Food Operation
AP
Home Occupation Business
P
7
Joint Livine/Workinc Ouanem
M
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 18
11
n
U
0
Model Homes
M
9 Residential Health Care Facility
S
Residential Service/Care Home
C
11 Second Unit
P
12. Su000me Housing
C
Transitional Housine
C
Commercial Use Tomes
I
Animal Sales and Senlcas
a. Dav Car,
M
b. Grooming and Pet Stars,
P
Vemrw, Clinic
M
d, Veterinary 11osclt I
M
2
Banks and Financial Serviees
P
Business Su000n Se,i,
p
4.
Day Care Centers
1;{
Eating and Drinking Establishments
a. Banquet Facilities
Il Without alcohol
P
n) With alcohol
C
b. Bars and Alcohol Drinking Establishments
c. Caterine Establishment
p
d. Restaurants
I) Limited Service
p
- With alcohol
AP
2) Full Service
p
- With alcohol
Bp
J) Take ouUDelwery
p
e. Alcohol Production (on-site consumotion)
Lodging
h1
Medical Services
P
8.
Niehtdlub
C
9.
Personal Services
P
Professional Offices
P
a. Call Center
sLt
I1
Recreation Cmmnereial
a. Indoor Entertainment
M
b. Indmr Soong and Recreation
M
C . Outdoor Entemimnent
C
d. Recreation Facilities
C
e. Residential Recrwtion Facilities
P
12.
Retail Sales. Geneml
P
Retail Soles Somir,
a. Deoanment Stores
M
b. Discount Stores
M
c. Dmestom
P
d. Fnnd Saves
P
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16— Special Zones and Standards
Page 19
Industrial Use Types
Liouor Stores
C
C
f. Second Hand Stores
M
C
R . Vendors. Lone Term
M
Il.
Schools. Specialized
4
Parks. Public and Pnvare
a. V.aw"al Schools
M
Public Parking Facilities
b. Inslmnionnl Schools
M
li
Self Storage
7.
Industrial Use Types
I.
Licht Manufacmnnc
C
C
$wdios, Reconline
C
Public and Semi -Public Use Tvoea
I. Temoomm Residence
a. Short Tenn
b. Lone Tenn
Community Assembly
C
2
Helio n[Mioad
C
t.
Museums. Priv2tt
M
4
Parks. Public and Pnvare
C
Public Parking Facilities
i
6.
Public Sen ices. General
Q
7.
Public Services S=ire
a. Flood Control Facilities
P
b. Paramedic and Ambulance Dispatch
a Park and Ride Lots
M—
d Pmsemtjon of Ilm.dc Landmarks
P
e. Unlit, Subsutions'
C
Schools. Public and Private
a. Private Pnmary and Secondmv Schools
S
b. Public Pnmary and Secondary Schools
C
9.
Small Wind Enemy System
P
10.
Wireless Communication Facilities
a. Above thim-five feat
C
b Up to shim -five felt
m
C. Flush -mounted
M
d. ('o-Icoated
1m
Temporary Ue Trees
I. Temoomm Residence
a. Short Tenn
b. Lone Tenn
T
M
2. Temwmry Real Esmte Otfi r
T
I Holiday Sales
T
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 20
0
I*
0
4—ITemporary U A d ith this Cod i'
Accessory Structures and Us" Use Types
Accessory Stmctums
P
Accessory Use
P
a. tneidemal Services for Employees
P
A. Live Entertainment
M
Development Activities/ Miscellaneous Use Types
I.
Dewlonmmnt Activity on Namml Sloces
a. Less than 10%
i
b 10% to 15°%
H
c. Greiner than 15°o
H
2
Gmdine Cut and Fill or Any Conb'nation Thereof, on Namml Sloces
Exceeding 10%
a. 100 w 1.500 Cubic Yards
P
b. 10.000 to 100.000 cubic vords
H
3.
Cluster development in accordance with this code
C
4
Affordable housing density bonus in accordance w'N this code
P
5.
Amenities Density/FAR Bonus
C
• 16F. Design Standards. Development shall strive to provide a mixed use project that includes a
residential component and a commercial component. The development standards for the underlying
commercial zones will apply; however, the following guidelines shall be applied to mixed use
projects.
I. Residential Density.
a. For mixed use development sites greater than five (5) acres in size, the net developable
acreage of the site shall have a minimum density of twenty (20) units per acre.
b. For mixed use development sites less than five (5) acres in size, the net developable
acreage of the site shall have a minimum density of eleven (11) units per acre.
2. Commercial Density.
a. Commercial use shall incorporate a minimum range of twenty percent (20%) to thirty
percent (30%) of the allowable floor area ratio in square footage, or to the satisfaction of
the Director .
b. All ground level uses with street frontage shall be commercial retail uses. Office uses that
offer consumer services shall also be permitted subject to the satisfaction of the Director€
commun ty DevelopffieR .
3. Pedestrian Orientation Along Public Street Frontage and Setbacks for Mixed Use
Development Project.
a. Buildings shall be oriented along street frontage.
b. For vertical mixed use development, residential uses will not be allowed on the first floor
of a building fronting a primary roadway commercial corridor. Residential uses may be
located on the ground floor of a building if the building fronts on a secondary road or alley.
c. Ground -floor residential buildings in a mixed use development shall be set back a
minimum of five (5) feet and maximum of fifteen (15) feet from the front property line.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 21
0
d. Ground -floor mtail/commercial buildings in a mixed use development shall have a
maximum setback of fifteen (15) feet to provide landscaping and street furniture.
e. For visual interest at the pedestrian level, at least fifty percent (500%) of the total ground
floor building frontage of any new or reconstructed building facing the public street shall
have the following: windows with clear untinted glass and recessed entries.
4. Alternative Transportation Amenities.
a. The proposed development shall provide connectivity to existing and future trail systems.
b. Required bus turnouts/shelters shall be incorporated into the design of the front
setback/landscape/hardscape.
c. Pedestrian pathways shall be provided throughout the proposed development.
5. Building Height
a. Building heights may range from a minimum of thirty (30) feet, unless modified by the
Directoref Gommonky Develelinie i , to a maximum of fifty-five (55) feet for vertical
mixed use developments, without obtaining a conditional use permit.
b. The Planning &yrovine Authority may grant height in excess of fifty-five
(55) feet with the approval of a conditional use permit.
6. Parking.
a. For mixed use developments with two (2) bedrooms or more, parking shall be provided at. a
rate of two (2) spaces per residential unit and 0.5 spaces for guest parking. Parking area
shall be designated and covered. Tandem parking may be permitted.
b. For mixed use developments with one bedroom units or studios, parking shall be provided
at a rate of one space per unit and 0.5 spaces for guest parking. Parking area shall be
designated and covered. Tandem parking may be permitted.
c. For mixed use developments, parking for the commercial component shall be provided at a
rate of one space per two hundred (200) square feet.
d. At the discretion of the Director of Community De elopme-•, a parking pian may be
required to determine the total number of parking spaces needed for a mixed use project. If
changes to the uses occur at a future date, a new parking plan will be required to reflect the
new uses.
e. Residential guest parking at a rate of 0.5 spaces per unit may be used to supplement the
required parking spaces for the commercial component of the mixed use development.
f Subterranean parking will not be defined or counted as a building story or level and is
encouraged in both vertical and horizontal mixed use developments.
g. The Planning Cemnossien Approving Authority may allow the integration of parking
alternatives for nonresidential uses in the form of valet and/or on -street parking spaces,
where permitted, with the approval of the project parking plan.
7. Open Space.
a. , Active recreation and passive leisure space should be provided for each residential -only or
mixed use project containing residential uses. The required minimum amount of open space
for a mixed use project is two hundred (200) square feet per unit, which may be combined
for a larger community open space area.
b. Open space should be provided in areas that are not required setbacks, parking areas,
driveways, services areas or unusable slope area.
c. Exterior public spaces shall be provided throughout the proposed development.
d. The applicant may provide off-site open space amenities or in -lieu fees to satisfy the open
space requirements.
8. Architecture.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 22
0
•
0
0
•
0
a. Development shall comply with the City's Anhui-^ —' Community Character and Design
Guidelines.
b. Buildings shall include three hundred sixty (360) degree architectural elements.
9. Signs.
a. All proposed signage is subject to the GiFy - 6nified Pe _ -__ _. Code, Ch__t-_ 17.49
Section 17.51.080 (Sign Reculations(Private Prooertv)l.
b. The sign size and location shall be incorporated into the design of the building to provide
visibility to public streets and orientation to pedestrians.
c. Signs shall incorporate colors and materials that are conducive to both commercial and
residential uses.
10. Landscaping.
a. Landscaping shall be provided to accent ground floor uses, but not impede the visibility to
the street.
b. Landscaping shall be provided in open space and common areas throughout the mixed use
development.
#G. Site and Architectural Design Process. New development and major renovations in the MU
overlay zone are subject to the City's tvhifeenifa' ^" --' ommunity Character and Design Guidelines and
review by the City's to encourage design creativity, flexibility, and
high quality that is sensitive to the surrounding context and unique site conditions.
1H. Criteria for Individual Properties Not in the Mixed Use Overlay Zone. The project site shall
meet all criteria listed below and in this chapter and it will require a conditional use permit-and-zene
ahaHge app ;eaHm,.
1. Minimum lot size of twenty-one thousand seven hundred eighty (21,780) square feet (0.5 acre);
2. Minimum street frontage of one hundred (100) feet;
3. Property frontage on public street;
4. Property abuts similarly zoned -"i�'xcadent A,-O'�'-•'A, commercial or business-parlrmised use property.
(n_a 05 i 04)
��r�iz.n�a��nzsrr.�r.
neRsrlr .
.. _.
._ .. ...
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 - Special Zones and Standards
Page 23
placement of a homeless shelter is permitted.
B. Applicability. The HS overlav zone apolies to areas identified on the adopted may on file in the
Plannino Division.
C. Permitted Uses. All uses, except for homeless shelters, shall follow the requirements of the
underlying zone. The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol "P" appears.
1. kiomeless Shelter
17.38.040 MR—Movie Ranch Overlay Zone.
A. Purpose. In an effort to support the continuation of filmmakine and film production, the movie
ranch (MR) overlay zone designates certain areas within the City whereby filming and related
facilities are permitted by right. The designation is intended as a modifier to an underlvine zone and
would permit location filming and full service motion picture and television filming, including
ongoing and/or location filming on-site, permitted by right, subject to Film Office review.
B. Permitted Uses. All uses shall be subiect to the requirements of the underlying zone, with the
exception of film production activities which shall be subject to the requirements of this section.
The following uses shall be permitted where the symbol 'P" appears: subiect to a conditional use
permit where the symbol "C" appears: and orohibited where the symbol "X" appears.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 24
0
0
C�
f
�J
11
I.
Full service motion Picture and television studios including
P
facilities for Production of feature films, television series,
commercials, telethons, videos, webisodes, other film/video
formats not vet conceived, and all related facilities for motion
picture and television studios. Filmmaking activities may
take place both indoors or outdoors within the Movie Ranch.
2,
Sound Stages and other related film making structures
P
3.
Office space and limited commercial retail sales incidental to
P
the Primary movie ranch use
4.
Temporary film sets
P
5.
Incidental temporary community activities and social events
P
6.
Parking lots
P
7.
Accessory retail sales during filming operations
P
8.
Wireless communications facilities as Provided in Section
C
17.69 fWireless Communication and Satellite Dish Antennas
C. Additional Uses. The following uses shall be permitted on the site of a movie ranch in addition to
the uses of the underlying zone.
I. Incidental Uses. Parking areas and temporary sttuctums constructed as part of a Production set
shall be Permitted by right, vided that the structures comply with anrlicable building, fire and
other life safety regulations and do not interfere with required building setbacks.
2. Permanent Sound Stage Structures. Up to two (2) new sound stages at a combined maximum
square footage of 40,000 square feet shall be permitted by right. All permanent structures shall
be subject to development review process and must be set back a minimum of 100 feet from off-
site residential uses. All permanent structures must comply with applicable building. fire and
other life safety regulations. Any sound statte structures Proposed outside of these pammeters
will require a conditional use permit.
structures must comply with aoolicable building, fire and other life safety regulations. Anv
require a temRgmry use permit, which may be approved at the discretion of the Director.
5. Commercial Uses. Incidental commercial uses to filming operations and the surrounding uses
shall be permitted consistent with the requirements of the Community Commercial zone where
two highways identified in the City's General Plan intersect, provided that the commercial use
does not exceed three (3) acres in size and are not within one (1) mile of another commercial
use.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 25
D. Propertv Development Standards. The following regulations shall apply to the site of a movie
ranch in addition to the regulations of the underlying zone. Additional regulations may be specified
as conditions of aporoval through the conditional use permit and/or development review process.
I. Minimum Lot Size. Fifty (50) contiguous acres.
2 Film Office Review. Filming activities are permitted by right in the movie ranch overlay as
described below, subject to review of Film Office and via the Movie Ranch Filming Permit
process. The Film Office will coordinate review of each filming activity with Fire Department
Sheriff's Department and other agencies as necessary.
3. Setbacks from Residential Uses for Primary Film Activity. Minimum of 500 feet between
primary film activity and off-site residential uses shall be maintained Primary filming activities
include filming, location of generators, base camp, catering and other more intrusive activities
Filming activities outside of these parameters may be subject to neighborhood notification of
Filming outside of these parameters may be subject to neighborhood notification of adiacent
Property owners at the discretion of the Film Office.
6. Height Limit. No permanent structure within the MR overlay zone shall exceed a height of 56
feet without aporoval of a conditional use Dermic Temporary structures. such as film sets. shall
be exempt from this height limitation
9. Fencing. Permanent privacy fencing shall be exempt from height limitations, subiect to
architectural review and provided that the structures comply with applicable building, fire and
other life safety regulations and may reauire screening with landscaping wh re visible from the
public right-of-way.
may be may be approved at the discretion of the Film Office.
E. Pre -Existing Uses. A movie ranch use legally established as of the effective date of this code under
sixty-five (365) calendar days or more, the use shall not be re-established unless the Director is
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 — Special Zones and Standards
Page 26
0
0
0
notified in writing of the intent to resume and has provided a schedule to resume movie ranch
operations.
17.38.080 SEA—Significant Ecological Area Overlay Zoned - _ - Comment IGPal: ceeoai Pisa amp-leawmtaeoa
A. Purpose. In an effort to achieve the City's objective to preserve the Significant Ecological Areas
(SEA) within the City limits for the public health, safety and welfare for the Ione -tens benefit of the
community. maintenance of the unique visual characteristics, resources and ridgeline integrity, and
to achieve a higher quality of life for its residents. the SEA zoning overlay zone classification was
established. In general the VwRose of the overlay zone shall be to minimize the intrusion and
impacts of development in these areas with sufficient controls to adequately protect the resources.
B. Applicability. The SEA overlay zone applies to areas identified on the adopted SEA may on file in
the Planning Division. Any development including but not limited to gradin- permits. building
permits and land use entitlements, indicated on the SEA mar) is subject to a SEA conformance
review by the Approving Authority.
C. Uses. All uses of the underlying zone shall follow the reQuirements and restrictions associated with
that zone with the approval of an SEA conformance review. The confornance review may include
specific development standards to control the woes of land use, density, building location and size,
roadways and other infrastructure, landscape, drainage, and other elements to assure the protection
of the critical and important plant and animal habitats of each SEA.
D. Conformance Review. A conformance review shall include the applicant submitting a biological
report and anv other information deemed necessary by the Director for the proposed proiect. One
submitted. the Director shall review the infornation and prepare a report for the Approving
Authority that includes any conditions restrictions, mitigation measures or project modifications that
• are deemed necessary to address any adverse impacts of the proposed project.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.16 – Special Zones and Standards
Page 27
I]
0
Chapter 17.39 Special Standards Districts
SECTIONS:
17.39.010 Haoov Valley Special Standards District.
17.39.020 Placenta Canyon SMial Standards District.
17.39.030 Sand Canyon Special Standards District.
17,46.08039.020 Placerita Canyon Special Standards District
community. to enhance the community's unique appeal and to licit) mitigate the cumulative
impacts of residential development. Additionally, it is the numose of these Special
intended to ensure reasonable access to public riding and hiking trails, and to minimize the
need for installation of infrastructure such as sewers, streetlights concrete sidewalks and
concrete Flood control systems that would alter the community's character, while providing
for adequate drainage and other community safety features
B. Property Development Standards. The following requirements shall apply in all zones in
the area identified as Placenta Canyon on the official zoning map and as described in
subsection (SO) of this section:
1. Animals which are kept or maintained as pets shall be permitted to continue when in
accordance with the following:
a. Two (2) horses or other similar animals which, in the opinion of the Director, are
neither obnoxious nor detrimental to the public welfare may be kept on a lot or
parcel of land which has a minimum area of five thousand (5,000) square feet, but
less than fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet.
b. The requirements of SeegoosChaoter 17.17 n, n 17.17.929 and 4;.47.4)3062
(Animal Keeping) of this eedeQQde with respect to animal keeping are met, with
the exception of the minimum lot area above.
2. Any new development shall adhere to the following standards or provide the following
amenities:
a. Trails.
ML. Riding and hiking trails shall be provided as depicted on the latest Placenta
Canyon Backbone Trails exhibit on file with Parks, Recreation and
Community Services, to the satisfaction of the Director of Parks, Recreation
and Community Services;
(z2)ii. Trails shall be fenced to the satisfaction of the Director of Parks, Recreation
and Community Services, with fences of a rustic wood appearance;
(3)'ii. Trail access shall be provided at all river crossings;
(4)iv. There shall be no obstructions including, but not limited to, landscaping,
trash receptacles, or other similar structures within a designated trail;
(3jv. Fencing shall not be permitted to cross riverbeds in such a manner as to
deny trail access;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Sections 17.16.080-17.16.110— Special Standards Districts
Page I
0
0
All new presidential projects of.grester than
four (4) dwelling units and all new commercial, industrial and institutional
projects (including expansion thereof), shall Provide trail easements,
consistent with community goals and the Placerita Canyon backbone tmils
exhibit to the satisfaction of the Director of Parks, Recreation and
Community Servic
vii. Unobstructed multioumose Pathways for both pedestrian and equestrian
uses shall be developed in each new development to the satisfaction of both
L Director of Public Works and the Director of Parks. Recreation. and
Community Services. Although alignments that are not adiacent to
roadways will generally be preferred, road easements may be used when the
Department of Parks. Recreation and Communitv Services determines that
other locations are inappropriate; and
viii. Trail construction shall be completed and maintained in accordance with the
conditions set forth by the Department of Parks. Recreation. and
Community Services. All information Pertaining to trail requirements shall
be shown on the tentative parcel or tract map and on the final parcel or tract
map Prior to the final map recordation.
b. A property maintenance or homeowner maintenance association atayshall be
established to maintain the private access route, private roads and drives trail
easements and other specific project amenities;and in all new residential Projects
c. Street lights, in accordance with City standards, shall be installed only at road -to- •
road intersections; andexterior lighting shall be designed to minimize off-site
illumination, within the requirements for public safety. Exterior lighting on
necessary for the safety of pedestrian and vehicular traffic, as deternined by the
City. To minimize off-site illumination where lights are required, cut-off fixtures in
keepingwith a rural equestrian architectural style will be snecitie&
d. River bottoms and sides shall not be improved with concrete. Fencing shall not be
permitted to cross riverbeds in such a manner as to deny trail access; d
e. Bridges shall be leeatedlimited to those required for public safety and shall be
designed to accommodate equestrian access; -td
f All new residential projects of greater than four (4) dwelling units and all new
commercial, industrial and institutional projects (including expansion thereof) shall
connect to public sewer systems. Utilities shall be undergrounded to the nearest
off-site connection; and
g. Existing and future drainage shall be accommodated to provide adequate carrying
capacity and erosion protection and shall not create or extend detrimental hazards
or consequences upstream.
'. C. Residential Zones.
at. Residential Areas.
(+)a. Street paving, curbs, gutters and sidewalks shall not be required of new
development. Minimum City standards for all-weather access shall be provided. An
engineering analysis shall be required to determine how all-weather access will be
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Sections 17.16.080-17.16.110 – Special Standards Districts
Page 2
r�
u
provided for emergency vehicles. Surface material may consist of graded dirt,
gravel, or asphaltic concrete to achieve the required standards.
(2)b. On -street parking shall not be permitted in a designated trail.
(3)c. Street trees shall not be required.
(4k_. Fences. Non -view -obscuring fences, not to exceed five (5) feet in height, shall be
permitted to be located within the twenty (20) foot front yard setback. Where a
non -view -obscuring fence is constructed within the twenty (20) foot front yard
setback, and is five (5) feet in height, the applicant shall be required to landscape
the frontage of their property along the property line that abuts the adjacent right-
of-way. Bleek wallsiew-obscuring walls or fences that are higher than three (3)
feet six (6) inches shall not be permitted to be located within the twenty (20) foot
front yard setback.
b2. Melody Ranch. (Applicable only to the area bounded by Oak Orchard Road on the
north, Oak Creek Avenue on the east, Placerita Creek on the south, and to a line
approximately nine hundred ninety (990) feet from and parallel to Oak Creek Avenue
on the west.) Melody Ranch is a permitted use in the 14-6i m zone, subject to the
following: the primary land use shall include full service motion picture and television
studios including facilities for production of feature fihns, television series,
commercials, telethons, videos and all related facilities and audience participation.
Incidental community activities and social events are permitted. Related office space
and limited commercial retail sales, incidental to the primary use shall be permitted.
D. CommerciaVlndustrial Zones.
1. Landscaping Requirements.
a. Adequate buffering between residential and nonresidential areas shall be provided,
• I in accordance with the provisions of this eedeCode;
b. Street trees shall be required;
c. Landscaped berms or other landscape treatment shall be used to screen the view of
parking areas from the street; and
d. Landscape plans shall incorporate twenty-four (24) inch box trees.
2. Lot Orientation. Properties fronting on Lyons Avenue shall be oriented with their
primary access on Lyons Avenue. Site orientation shall discourage use of Placerita
Canyon Road as a primary access.
Comment [GPI]: General Plan Implementation
address each of the followiniz subect areas:
1. Oublic Participation/Outreach _ _ _ - J Comment [GPI]: Ge aal Plan Implememation
a. Be subject to public varticination and outreach led by the aonlicant(s) or the applicant's
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Sections 17.16.080-17.16.110— Special Standards Districts
Page 3
0
- - I ConumMt [GP31: Geneml Plan Implementation
0
minimize those impacts. special attention must be given to mitigate impacts caused by
such identified access points:
c. Layout and orientation of any developments shall be designed to discourage and where
possible prevent additional tris into Placerita Canyon caused by or resultiniz from such
developments:
d. Include defined entry gateways or monuments into the Placerita Canyon Special
Standards District, at Railroad Avenue, complete with landscaping and architectural
elements with signage expressly stating there is no through traffic allowed: and
e. A traffic study shall be prepared for all new developments that are projected to generate
250 or more new daily trios within the areas encompassed by the NNA. The traffic
studv shall analyze those potentially impacted intersections within the NNA area and
those that lie within a one I mile radius of the sub'ect development site.
3. ufferin and Transit,; s
CAmmept [GP4]: Grneral Plan implementation
a. Preserve the existing rural equestrian community. generally known as Placerita Canyon,
and provide adequate buffers and graduated transitional design to ensure existing
neighborhood protection and compatibility of character resulting from any vroposed
development:
b. Incorporate the current Santa Clarita Valley Trails Advisory Committee (SCVTAC)
network of multi -use trails into adjacent neighborhoods which shall have rural and
equestrian characteristics: and
c. Require use of the MWD rightof--wav as a landscaped buffer (subject to MWD
approval) between the NNA within the PCSSD and the rest of Placerita Canyon. which
landscaning shall consist of low water, low maintenance landscape material.
4. [Arckitectar__
Comrrlent[GPS]: General Plan Implementation
a. Consist of 360degree architectural design with pedestrian -scaled building massing and
fortes where adjacent to existing residences, with the use of landscaping to visually
•
soften hard edges of buildings;
b. Structures shall have varied building heights and designs shall create east/west sight
lines. Building heights up to 35 feet may be permitted. Additional height, not to exceed
50 feet, may be permitted subject to the approval of a conditional use permit;
c. Have transitional densities, as described above. decreasing in density and height in an
easterly direction towards the MWD rightof--wav away from Railroad Avenue, to
include the MWD right-of-way as a landscaped buffer and detached single-family
residences adjacent to the MWD right-of--wav: and
surfaces and shall be maintained in a natural appearance:
b. Fencing shall not be permitted to cross riverbeds or waterways in a manner which
denies or interferes with easv trail access: and
c. On-site Rood control mitigation would provide assistance or relief to other
h drolo /drains a impacts within Placerita Canyon due to chap es of topomphyon
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Sections 17.16.080-17.16.110 — Special Standards Districts
Page 4
Comment [GP61: General Plan Implementation
Comment [GPS]: General Plan Implemenlatlm
_ _ - j Comment [GPs]: CiawrW Plan Imple nation
E
appropriate mix of retail, office, restaurant, and general commercial square footage
develoyment. building permit for either a new structure or a specified addition to an existin
structure, or grading permit. Modifications to any standards in this subsection are only
available pursuant to the terms and conditions of a conditional use permit, as provided for in
Section 17.25.100 (Conditional Use Permit) of the Code.
G. Description of District Boundaries. Beginning at a point in the boundary of Tract No. 1078,
recorded in Book 18, Page 169, of Maps, said point being the northwest comer of said Tract
No. 1078; thence northeasterly, and easterly along the northwesterly, and northerly boundary
of Tract No. 1078 to a point in the northerly boundary of Tract No. 1079, recorded in Book
18, Page 155, of Maps; thence easterly along the northerly boundary of said Tract No. 1079
to a point, said point being the northeasterly comer of said Tract No. 1079; thence northerly
along the northerly prolongation of the easterly boundary of said Tract No. 1079 to a point in
the northerly rightof-way boundary of the Los Angeles aqueduct; thence southeasterly and
southerly along the northerly, and easterly boundary of said right-of-way to a point in the
northerly boundary of Tract No. 10699, recorded in Book 165, Pages 36-37 of Maps; thence
easterly along the northerly boundary of said Tract No. 10699 and, thence continuing along
the easterly prolongation of the northerly boundary of said Tract No. 10699 to a point in the
westerly rightof-way boundary of Sierra Highway; thence southwesterly along the said
westerly right-of-way to the intersection of a line parallel with and 215 feet northerly
measured at right angles from the southwesterly boundary of Tract No. 1274 recorded in
• Book 18 Pages 110 -Ill of Maps; thence northwesterly along said parallel line to a point in
southerly boundary of said Tract No. 1274; thence northwesterly and westerly, along the
southerly boundary of said Tract No. 1274 to a point, said point being the northeast comer of
the parcel of land as described in Document No. 5906 recorded December 10, 1964, as shown
on Record of Survey 95-78 thence southwesterly, westerly, and northwesterly along the
southeasterly, southerly, and southwesterly boundary of said Record of Survey, to a point,
said point being the westerly comer of said Record of Survey, thence southwesterly along the
southeasterly boundary of Lot 194 of said Tract No. 1078 to the southwest corner of said
tract; thence northwesterly along the southwesterly boundary of said tract to the point of
beginning.
Except: that portion that lies within the boundaries of Tract No. 44452 recorded in Book 1137
Pages 59-68, Tract No. 34143 recorded in Book 969 Pages 7-14, and Tract No. 34144
recorded in Book 969 Pages 15-20, all of Maps. m^ -a. 99 15, m vm 449i n..a nm c 297'0;
^:'
17.44,09039.030 Sand Canyon Special Standards District.
A. Purpose. The purpose of the special standards district is to maintain, preserve and enhance
the rural and equestrian character of Sand Canyon.
B. Property Development Standards. The following requirements shall apply in all zones in
the area identified as Sand Canyon d e described in subsection
(C) of this section:
1. Animals which are kept or maintained as pets shall he permitted to continue when in
accordance with the following:
a. Two (2) horses or other similar animals which, in the opinion of the Director, are
neither obnoxious nor detrimental to the public welfare may be kept on a lot or
parcel of land which has a minimum area of five thousand (5,000) square feet, but
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Sections 17.16.080-17.16.110— Special Standards Districts
Page 5
0
- - Comment iGV91: General Plan Implementation
less than fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet; and
b. The requirements of Seefiens—Chanter 17.62 (Animal Kecoine"''.',.,-r,'�^'^.
' ".4 "."'",-�-r- d 1717.030 of this e_Code with respect to animal keeping are met,
with the exception of the minimum lot area above.
2. Any new development shall adhere to the following standards or provide the following
amenities:
a. Trails.
(4)i. Riding and hiking trails shall be provided as depicted on the latest Sand
Canyon Backbone Trails exhibit on file with Parks, Recreation and
Community Services to the satisfaction of the Director of Parks, Recreation
and Community Services;
(iii. Trails shall be fenced to the satisfaction of the Director of Parks, Recreation
and Community Services, with fences of a rustic wood appearance;
(3)iii. Trail access shall be provided at all river crossings;
(4)iv. There shall be no obstruction including, but not limited to, on -street parking,
landscaping, trash receptacles, or other similar structures within a
designated trail;
($)v_. Fencing shall not be permitted to cross riverbeds, in such a manner as to
deny trail access;
(&Ivi. Private access routes to the Backbone Trails are encouraged to be
incorporated into new subdivisions to the satisfaction of the Director of
Parks, Recreation and Community Services and the concurrence of the
property owner;
b. River bottoms and sides shall not be improved with concrete;
c. Bridges shall be limited to those required for public safety and shall be designed to
accommodate equestrian access;
d. Street lights, in accordance with City standards, shall be installed only at road -to -
road intersections;
e. Sewer. All new residential projects of greater than four (4) dwelling units and
density greater than 0.5 units per acre shall connect to public sewer systems.
Utilities shall be undergrounded to the nearest off-site connection;
f. Street paving, curbs, gutters and sidewalks shall not be required of new
development. Minimum City standards for all weather access shall be provided. An
engineering analysis shall be required to determine how all weather access will be
provided for emergency vehicles. Surface material may consist of graded dirt,
gravel or asphaltic concrete to achieve the required standards;
g. Drainage. Existing and future drainage shall be accommodated to provide
adequate carrying capacity and erosion protection;
h. Street trees shall not be required; however, the planting of oaks and other mature
trees shall be encouraged;
L Gating of proposed or existing residential areas shall be subject to the approval of a
conditional use permit;
j. Clustering of residential projects shall be discouraged except where deemed
necessary to preserve and protect environmentally sensitive areas. Where clustering
is approved, the minimum lot size shall not deviate more than ten (10) percent from
the required minimum lot size;
k. Screening of Dumpsters. New residential development shall provide for the
screening and placement of dumpsters located within the front yard;
1. Maintenance. A property maintenance or homeowner maintenance association
shall be established to maintain the trails, private roads and drives and other
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Sections 17.16.080-17.16.110 - Special Standards Districts
Page 6
1-1
L
•
40
U
C.
specific project amenities;
m. Fences. Non -view -obscuring fences, not to exceed five (5) feet in height, shall be
permitted to be located within the twenty (20) foot front yard setback. Where a
non -view -obscuring fence is constructed within the twenty (20) foot front yard
setback, and is five (5) feet in height, the applicant shall be required to landscape
the frontage of their property along the property line that abuts the adjacent right-
of-way. Bleek-waNrView-obscuring walls or fences that are higher than three (3)
feet six (6) inches shall not be permitted to be located within the twenty (20) foot
front yard setback;
n. Structures Within or Adjacent to Right -of -Way.
(4)i. In instances where properties along Sand Canyon Road have offered for
dedication land that is in excess of current right-of-way dedication
requirements, structures shall be permitted to be constructed in such land
subject to the current development requirements of the zone in which it is
located with the approval of an adjustment;
(2)i_. In instances where properties have frontage on Sand Canyon Road where
there exists a minimum of twenty (20) feet between the edge of the right-of-
way that is currently required and the ultimate street pavement of Sand
Canyon Road, accessory structures may encroach into the street yard setback
with the approval of an adjustment.
Description of District Boundaries. That portion of the City of Santa Clarita lying
southerly of Suas Highway 14 (° ntaiepe Valley r:_..,... -. `the Santa Clara River and within
Sections 13, 14, 22 23, 24, 25, 26, 2734 35 and 36, in Township 4 North, Range 15 West,
in the San Bernardino Base and Meridian; also within Sections 1 and 2, Township 3 North,
Range 15 West, in the San Bernardino Base and Meridian. (oro. 99 1; 12,4'-.." 999 ^T -v d. 00 T
218m, n -a m c on7 rm�n-w 05 Ty-r^2e.(oc, nFd. no,n 12, 12.119'05)
17.46.N939.010 Happy Valley Special Standards District.
A. Purpose. The purpose of the special standards district is to maintain, preserve and enhance
the rustic California ranch character of the Happy Valley neighborhood.
Happy Valley is an area located in the Newhall community of the City of Santa Clarita.
Happy Valley is situated just north of Wildwood Canyon and local mountain ranges
containing large oak tree groves. Numerous streets within this area are lined with large oak
trees with no sidewalks or curbs, presenting a hybrid of a rural and suburban community
character.
The area has been historically comprised of single-family ranch homes, with a variety of
architectural styles reflecting a rustic character. There are a variety of lot sizes and
configurations throughout Happy Valley. Many of the homes located within Happy Valley
are on varying sized lots, providing a neighborhood layout different from most areas of the
City. These special characteristics make Happy Valley a unique area of the City, which these
special standards intend to preserve.
B. Community Character and Design Guidelines. Development of new single-family homes
shall utilize the concepts contained within the single-family residential design guidelines
section of the Community Character and Design Guidelines.
C. Property Development Standards. The following requirements shall apply in all zones in
the area identified as Happy Valley an the affie a! _.._e_.. map -and as-desctibed in subsection
(D) of this section:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Sections 17.16.080-17.16.110- Special Standards Districts
Page 7
0
1. Animal Keeping. Animals which are kept or maintained as pets shall be permitted to
continue when in accordance with the requirements of Chanter 17.62 (Animal Keeping)
Seet 8"s 17.17.910,17M 17.020 md 17.17.090;
a. Large animals such as horses, cows and similar animals are permitted pursuant to
the requirements set forth in Section 17.47-61-062.020 (Keeping of Large Animals).
b. Small animals such as sheep, goats, dogs, rabbits, and birds and similar animals
are permitted pursuant to the
requirements set forth in Section 17.4,402662.030 (Keeping of Small Animals).
2. Oak Trees Preservation. The purpose of this subsection is to protect and preserve oak
trees in the City of Santa Clarita in accordance with the requirements of this section and
Section 17.47-:09051.040 (Oak Tree Preservation).
(108) MOWS Or MOR iR 60FOUffifffeRS8, MOEISHFed feHF said ORO half (4m§) fe8t ab8%
'a te ;he eammanib'-
4—The removal of heritage oak trees shall be strongly discouraged even if
mitigation is offered as an alternative.
b. Pursuant to requirements set forth in gaefien 17.15.4207C[iapter 17.57 (Property
Development Standards: "^-is.,�:�:a1-aaae-Residential Zeftes), all new residential
development shall require the planting of one (1) twenty-four (24) inch box tree in
the required front yard area to the satisfaction of the Directoref unity
Develepmen . This requirement may he waived or modified by the Director -of
where it is found to be impractical due to topographical
conditions, is not keeping with the neighborhood or otherwise will not benefit the
area. The planting of oak trees or other native trees shall be encouraged for this
requirement
3. Street Development Standards. Any new development shall adhere to the following
standards or provide the following amenities:
a. Street lights, in accordance with City standards, shall be installed only at road -to -
road intersections.
b. Street curbs, gutters, and sidewalks shall not be required of new development. In
areas which currently have sidewalks, sidewalks for new development shall be
installed in order to provide stmetscape consistency, as appropriate.
c. Minimum City and' -- "' -- "--�Fire Department standards for all-weather
access shall be provided.
d. Fences and gates may remain legal nonconforming until demolished or modified,
after which time compliance with the City's UPC ode is required.
D. Legal Description of District Boundaries.
THE BOUNDARY OF THE HAPPY VALLEY SPECIAL STANDARDS DISTRICT,
LOCATED IN THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE
OF CALIFORNIA DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT THE INTERSECTION
OF THE CENTERLINE OF VALLEY STREET AS SHOWN ON F.M. 20959-3, SAID
MAP ALSO FILED AS LOS ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT RIGHT
OF WAY MAP 3641222 -RW 3, AND THE WESTERLY PROLONGATION OF THE
NORTH TRACT BOUNDARY LINE OF TRACT MAP 35001 M.B. 946/43-44 THENCE
EASTERLY ALONG SAID NORTH TRACT BOUNDARY LINE TO A POINT ON THE
January 2013 ] DRAFT
Sections 17.16.080-17.16.110- Special Standards Districts
Page 8
E
•
n
LJ
0
WESTERLY LINE OF PARCEL MAP 14563 M.B. 161/76-77, SAID WESTERLY LINE
SHOWN ON SAID PARCEL MAP AS NORTH 04°01'11" WEST 350.89 FEET THENCE
NORTH ALONG SAID WESTERLY LINE TO THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF A
150.00 FOOT WIDE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON RIGHT OF WAY SHOWN ON
THE LICENSED SURVEYORS MAP L.S. 31/38-45 THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY
ALONG SAID SOUTHWESTERLY LINE TO A POINT ON THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF
LOT 122 OF TRACT MAP 1059 M.B. 17/9495, SAID SOUTHEAST LINE SHOWN ON
SAID TRACT MAP AS SOUTH 25001' WEST 1065.38 FEET THENCE
SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG SAID SOUTHEAST LINE TO THE NORTHEAST
CORNER OF PARCEL MAP 6067 M.B. 116/92-93 THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG THE
EAST PARCEL MAP BOUNDARY LINE TO THE SOUTH PARCEL MAP BOUNDARY
LINE OF SAID PARCEL MAP THENCE WESTERLY ALONG SAID SOUTH PARCEL
MAP BOUNDARY LINE TO A POINT ON AN EASEMENT FOR DEBRIS BASIN TO
THE LOS ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT SHOWN ON F.M. 20959-
6, SAID MAP ALSO FILED AS LOS ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL
DISTRICT RIGHT OF WAY MAP NO. 3641222 -RW 6 THENCE ALONG THE
PERIMETER OF SAID EASEMENT THE FOLLOWING COURSES: NORTH 38051'34"
WEST 77.61 FEET, NORTH 33°5141" WEST 30.00 FEET, SOUTH 56°08'19" WEST
60.00 FEET, SOUTH 33°51'41" EAST 45.64 FEET, HAPPY VALLEY SPECIAL
STANDARDS DISTRICT, SOUTH 12°55'45" EAST 157.06 FEET THENCE SOUTH
03055'45" EAST 345.00 FEET TO THE NORTH RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF DAVEY
AVENUE, 40.00 FEET WIDE, AS DESCRIBED IN DEED 4604-26 OF OFFICIAL
RECORDS OF THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, TO THE COUNTY OF LOS
ANGELES FOR ROAD EASEMENT PURPOSES AND SHOWN ON F.M. 20959-6, SAID
• MAP ALSO FILED AS LOS ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT RIGHT
OF WAY MAP NO. 364 -1222 -RW 6 THENCE EASTERLY ALONG SAID NORTH
RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF DAVEY AVENUE TO THE NORTHEASTERLY RIGHT OF
WAY LINE OF WILDWOOD CANYON ROAD, 40.00 FEET WIDE, AS DESCRIBED IN
DEED 8806-130 OF OFFICIAL. RECORDS OF THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, TO
THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES FOR ROAD EASEMENT PURPOSES AND SHOWN
ON F.M. 20959-6, SAID MAP ALSO FILED AS RIGHT OF WAY MAP NO. 364 -1222 -
RW 6 THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID NORTHEASTERLY RIGHT OF
WAY LINE OF WILDWOOD CANYON ROAD TO THE SOUTH LINE OF PARCEL
MAP 19950 M.B. 227/47138 THENCE EASTERLY ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE 147.85
FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 125.00
FEET EAST, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE EAST RIGHT OF WAY LINE
OF WILDWOOD CANYON ROAD, 40.00 FEET WIDE, SHOWN ON THE LAST
MENTIONED PARCEL MAP THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID PARALLEL
LINE 310.53 FEET TO A LINE PERPENDICULAR TO THE LAST DESCRIBED
COURSE THENCE NORTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID PERPENDICULAR LINE 10.00
FEET TO A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 135.00 FEET EAST, MEASURED
AT RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE EAST RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF WILDWOOD CANYON
ROAD, 40.00 FEET WIDE, AS DESCRIBED IN DEED 8806-130 OF OFFICIAL
RECORDS OF THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, TO THE COUNTY OF LOS
ANGELES FOR ROAD EASEMENT PURPOSES AND SHOWN ON THE LOS
ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT RIGHT OF WAY MAP NO. 470-
9101 -RW 1 THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE 120.00 FEET
TO A LINE PERPENDICULAR TO THE LAST DESCRBED COURSE THENCE
NORTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID PERPENDICULAR LINE 75.00 FEET TO A LINE
PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 210.00 FEET EAST, MEASURED AT RIGHT
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Sections 17.16.080-17.16.110 — Special Standards Districts
Page 9
0
ANGLES, OF THE EAST RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF HAPPY VALLEY SPECIAL
STANDARDS DISTRICT. WILDWOOD CANYON ROAD, 40.00 FEET WIDE, AS
DESCRIBED IN DEED 8806-130 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS OF THE COUNTY OF LOS
ANGELES, TO THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES FOR ROAD EASEMENT PURPOSES
AND SHOWN ON LOS ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT RIGHT OF
WAY MAP NO. 470 -9101 -RW 1 THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID
PARALLEL LINE TO A POINT ON NORTHERLY LINE OF RECORD OF SURVEY
115/22, SAID NORTHERLY LINE SHOWN ON SAID RECORD OF SURVEY AS
NORTH 80045'00" EAST 465.55 FEET THENCE EASTERLY ALONG SAH)
NORTHERLY LINE TO ITS NORTHEASTERLY TERMINUS AND CONTINUING
ALONG THE PERIMETER OF SAID RECORD OF SURVEY THE FOLLOWING
COURSES: SOUTH 57°01'10" EAST 280.04 FEET, NORTH 78055'20" EAST 319.66
FEET, SOUTH 20°44'20" WEST 132.69 FEET, SOUTH 58°07'50" WEST 614.25 FEET
THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG THE PROLONGATION OF THE LAST
DESCRIBED COURSE TO THE CENTERLINE OF WILDWOOD CANYON ROAD AS
SHOWN ON THE LAST MENTIONED RECORD OF SURVEY THENCE
NORTHWESTERLY ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF WILDWOOD CANYON ROAD
TO THE NORTHEASTERLY PROLONGATION OF THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF
PARCEL MAP 26026 M.B. 329/41-42 THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY FROM SAID
INTERSECTION TO THE SOUTHWESTERLY TERMINUS OF SAID
NORTHWESTERLY LINE THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG THE
PROLONGATION OF SAID NORTHWESTERLY LINE TO THE WESTERLY LINE OF
LOT 56 OF TRACT 2703 M.B. 28/20-27, SAID WESTERLY LINE SHOWN ON SAID
TRACT MAP AS NORTH 23016' WEST 931.60 FEET THENCE NORTHWESTERLY
ALONG SAID WEST LINE TO A 2 INCH IRON PIPE TAGGED "RCE 21649" SHOWN
AS THE SOUTHEASTERLY TERMINUS OF A LINE SHOWN ON RECORD OF
SURVEY 163/86 AS NORTH 3604T08" WEST 363.11 FEET THENCE ALONG THE
PERIMETER OF SAID RECORD OF SURVEY THE FOLLOWING COURSES: NORTH
3604T08" WEST 363.11 FEET, NORTH 16°52'40" EAST 153.93 FEET, NORTH 75°2T30"
WEST 40.03 FEET, SOUTH 72°41'01" WEST 519.61 FEET, THENCE SOUTH 84°55'44"
WEST 133.80 FEET TO THE NORTHEAST TERMINUS OF A LINE ON THE
SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF PARCEL MAP 2293 M.B. 46/95 SHOWN AS NORTH
30052'00" EAST 180.70 FEET THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG THE
SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF THE LAST MENTIONED PARCEL MAP THE
FOLLOWING COURSES: SOUTH 30052'00" WEST 180.70 FEET, SOUTH 6001640"
WEST 234.01 FEET TO THE SOUTHEAST TERMINUS OF A LINE ON THE
EASTERLY LINE OF LOT 69 OF TRACT MAP 38300 M.B. 1008/1-12 SHOWN AS
NORTH 43002'28" WEST 151.00 FEET THENCE ALONG THE TRACT BOUNDARY
LINE OF THE LAST MENTIONED TRACT MAP THE FOLLOWING COURSES:
NORTH 43002'28" WEST 151.00 FEET, NORTH 05°51'28" WEST 406.50 FEET, NORTH
37003'00" WEST 414.24 FEET, NORTH 23°1916" EAST 200.32 FEET, NORTH 66°49'44"
WEST 75.00 FEET, NORTH 59°29'43" EAST 126.61 FEET, NORTH 23°1916" EAST
40.84 FEET, SOUTH 85°33'26" WEST 660.00 FEET, NORTH 23°10'16" EAST 338.31
FEET, SOUTH 85°3326" WEST 29.65 FEET, SOUTH 85030'00" WEST 480.94 FEET,
NORTH 04°32'00" WEST 208.70 FEET, SOUTH 8.5°30'00" WEST 208.70 FEET, NORTH
21051'51" WEST 69.47 FEET, SOUTH 85°30'00" WEST 139.31 FEET, THENCE NORTH
04032'00" WEST TO THE CENTERLINE OF MAPLE STREET, AS SHOWN ON THE
LAST MENTIONED TRACT MAP THENCE EASTERLY ALONG THE CENTERLINE
OF MAPLE STREET TO THE CENTERLINE INTERSECTION OF MAPLE STREET
AND APPLE STREET, SHOWN ON TRACT MAP 1437 M.B. 20/54-55 THENCE NORTH
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Sections 17.16.080-17.16.110 - Special Standards Districts
Page 10
LJ
E
0
n
U
ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF APPLE STREET TO THE EASTERLY
PROLONGATION OF THE NORTH LINE OF LOT 18 OF THE LAST MENTIONED
TRACT MAP THENCE WESTERLY ALONG SAID PROLONGATION OF SAID LOT 18
TO A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 152 FEET WEST, MEASURED AT
RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE CENTERLINE OF APPLE STREET THENCE NORTHERLY
ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE 190 FEET TO A LINE PERPENDICULAR TO THE
NORTH LINE OF THE LAST MENTIONED LOT 18 THENCE EASTERLY ALONG
SAID PERPENDICULAR LINE TO THE WEST RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF APPLE
STREET, 40 FEET WIDE, AS SHOWN ON THE LAST MENTIONED TRACT MAP
THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG SAID WEST LINE 40 FEET TO A LINE
PERPENDICULAR TO SAID WEST RIGHT OF WAY LINE THENCE WESTERLY
ALONG SAID PERPENDICULAR LINE TO A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT
170 FEET WEST, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE CENTERLINE OF APPLE
STREET THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE 100 FEET TO THE
NORTH LINE OF LOT 17 OF THE LAST MENTIONED TRACT MAP THENCE
WESTERLY ALONG SAID NORTH LINE 217.98 FEET TO THE SOUTHEAST
CORNER OF TRACT MAP 25339 M.B. 737/11-12 THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG THE
EAST TRACT BOUNDARY LINE OF SAID TRACT MAP TO THE NORTHWEST
CORNER OF PARCEL 4 OF PARCEL MAP 7400 M.B. 93/63-64 THENCE EASTERLY
ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID PARCEL 4 AND ITS EASTERLY
PROLONGATION TO THE CENTERLINE OF APPLE STREET, 60 FEET WIDE AS
SHOWN ON THE LAST MENTIONED PARCEL MAP THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG
THE CENTERLINE OF APPLE STREET TO THE WESTERLY PROLONGATION OF
THE NORTHERLY PARCEL MAP BOUNDARY LINE OF PARCEL MAP 14920 M.B.
187/61-62 THENCE EASTERLY ALONG SAID NORTH PARCEL MAP BOUNDARY
LINE TO THE EAST PARCEL MAP BOUNDARY LINE OF SAID PARCEL MAP
THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID EAST PARCEL MAP BOUNDARY LINE TO A
POINT ON THE NORTH LINE OF LOT 4 OF TRACT MAP 1437 M.B. 20/54-55, SAID
POINT SHOWN AS THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF LOT 7 OF TRACT MAP 25344
M.B. 694/57-58 THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG THE EAST LINE OF SAID LOT 7 TO A
LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 50 FEET SOUTH, MEASURED ALONG THE
EAST LINE OF SAID LOT 7, OF THE NORTH LINE OF THE LAST MENTIONED LOT
4 THENCE EASTERLY ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE TO THE EASTERLY SIDE
LINE OF A 17 FOOT WIDE EASEMENT SHOWN ON THE LOS ANGELES COUNTY
FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT RIGHT OF WAY MAP 364 -1222 -RW 2 THENCE
SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID EASTERLY SIDE LINE TO A LINE PARALLEL
WITH AND DISTANT 150 FEET SOUTH, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE
NORTH LINE OF THE LAST MENTIONED LOT 4 THENCE EASTERLY ALONG SAID
PARALLEL LINE TO A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 150 FEET WEST,
MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE WEST RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF VALLEY
STREET, 60 FEET WIDE, AS SHOWN ON THE LAST MENTIONED FLOOD
CONTROL RIGHT OF WAY MAP THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID PARALLEL
LINE 100 FEET TO A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 250 FEET SOUTH,
MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE NORTH LINE OF THE LAST MENTIONED
LOT 4 THENCE EASTERLY ALONG THE LAST MENTIONED PARALLEL LINE 30
FEET TO A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 120 FEET WEST, MEASURED AT
RIGHT ANGLES, OF THE WEST RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF VALLEY STREET, 60
FEET WIDE AS SHOWN ON THE LOS ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL
DISTRICT RIGHT OF WAY MAP 364 -1222 -RW 2 THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG THE
LAST MENTIONED PARALLEL LINE 80 FEET TO THE NORTH LINE OF LOT 5 OF
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Sections 17.16.080-17.16.110— Special Standards Districts
Page 11
L J
TRACT MAP 1437 M.B. 20/24-55 THENCE WESTERLY ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF
SAID LOT 5 160 FEET TO THE SOUTHEAST TRACT BOUNDARY CORNER OF
TRACT MAP 25344 M.B. 694/57-58 THENCE SOUTHERLY FROM SAID SOUTHEAST
TRACT BOUNDARY CORNER TO A POINT ON THE NORTH LINE OF LOT 6 OF
TRACT MAP 1437 M.B. 20/54-55, SAID POINT BEING DISTANT 280 FEET WEST,
MEASURED ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID LOT 6, OF THE WEST RIGHT OF
WAY LINE OF VALLEY STREET, 70 FEET WIDE, AS SHOWN ON THE LOS
ANGELES COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT RIGHT OF WAY MAP 364 -1222 -
RW 2 THENCE EASTERLY ALONG SAID NORTH LINE AND ITS EASTERLY
PROLONGATION TO THE CENTERLINE OF VALLEY STREET AS SHOWN ON F.M.
20959-3, SAID MAP ALSO FILED AS RIGHT OF WAY MAP 364 -1222 -RW 3 THENCE
NORTHERLY ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF VALLEY STREET TO THE POINT OF
BEGINNING BASIS OF BEARINGS. THE DIRECTION OF ALL LINES MENTIONED
IN THE ABOVE DESCRIPTION ARE THE DIRECTIONS AS SHOWN ON THE
REFERENCED MAP THE ABOVE DESCRIBED LAND IS SHOWN ON EXHIBIT "B"
WHICH IS ATTACHED HERETO. THIS LEGAL DESCRIPTION WAS PREPARED FOR
AND FROM INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE PLANNING DEPARTMENT OF
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA. SCRIVENER:
C.G. VANDREY, CHECKED BY: L.J. JORDAN, DATE: OCTOBER 14, 2009
(04 nn 17e 2(Ex. B) 1218109
January 2013 DRAFT
Sections 17.16.080-17.16.110— Special Standards Districts
Page 12
0
0
0
n
U
CJ
Chanter 17.62
ANIMAL KEEPING
SECTIONS:
0
17.62.010
Purpose.
17.62.020
Keeping of Larne Animals.
17.62.030
Keeping of Small Animals.
17.62.040
Keeping of Wild Animals.
17.62.010 Purpose.
It is the Dumose of this chanter to establish regulations for the keeping large animals, small
animals, and wild animals, which have characteristics and Performance requirements that are not covered
by the Drooerry development requirements of the zones. These standards are in addition to the moDerty
development standards of this Code
17.+7=04"2.020 Keeping of Large Animals.
$A. Anplicability. The keeping of large animals, such as horses, cows, Pies, and similar animals as
described in Chapter 8.08 of the Municipal Code is permitted as follows (except as provided in
Sections 17.4b.88039.02U (Placenta Canyon Special Standards District) and 17.{6,090}9.030 (Sand
Canyon Special Standards District) of this Ceode}. Unless indicated by a ratio. the number of animals
permitted shall be a maximum number for each category of animals as shown below.
Minimum Lot Square Footage Pigs Other Large Animals
15,000-20,000 0 3
20,001-25,000
0
4
25,001-30,000
0
5
30,001-35,000
0
6
35,001-1 acre
0
7
Greater than I acre
1.- per acre
8: er acre
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 1
n
u
I. Pigs are permitted as follows:
a. They shall be located not less than one hundred fifty (150) feet from any highway and not
less than fifty (50) feet from the side or rear lot lines of any lot or parcel of land.
b. They shall not be fed any market refuse or anything other than table refuse from meals
consumed on the same lot or parcel of land, or grain.
2. Young animals bom to a permitted animal kept on the site may be kept until such animals are
weaned.
3. Members of FFA (Future Farmers of America) and 4-H (Head, Hand, Heart and Health) may
have the permitted and one additional animal of the type used for such purposes.
4. in asseerdanee with Los Angeles County Health Depailiamt mqoimaients, all buildings 9
kiFft
hot not limited to, bains, eefials,
�aLt ek Aof a.. nsals shall l a 1..... ^of CCw^i 1)feetf ma
mm-a�eaau
All exemment pizedueed bj said lafga animals shall be disposed of an a iegular basis so as to
B. A minor use Dermit is required for the keeping of large animals in excess of the numbers permitted by
this section.
C. Standards.
I Enclosure. All animals shall be properly caged or housed, and must be keot in their corrals bums
Dens or other enclosures. All such structures shall be fenced or otherwise enclosed to adequately
tontine the animals In addition. all such structures or other enclosures shall be classified as an
accessory sticture and are subiect to the development standards of the underlying zone in which
itis located. •
2. Maintenance. All buildings used in codunetion with the keeving of lar a animals includin
animal enclosures and all other animal keeping areas shall be maintained tree from litter, garbage
and the accumulation of animal excrement. All excrement produced by said large animals shall be
disposed of on a regular basis so as to control flies and odor.
3. In-aee&Fd*nee-w4hln addition to Los Angeles County Health Department requirements, all
buildings or structures. including, but not limited to bams, corals, training arenas. etc., used in
conjunction with the keening of large animals shall be located a minimum of fifty ( 50) feet from
any street or highway or any building used for human habitation.
4_ Failure to meet the requirements of this section shall result in the City initiating enforcement
nroceedings in compliance with Titlr'_3 of the Municipal Code.
17.+3:02062,030 Keeping of Small Animals
SA. Applicability. The keeping of small animals such as sheer), goats, dogs, rabbits. birds and similar
animals as defined in Chapter 8.08 of the Municipal Code, is permitted as follows;. -Unless otherwise
stated. the number of animals nennitted shall be a maximum number for each category as shown
below:
Minimum Lot Square
Birds (Excludingi
Dogs
o,
Cats -
Other Small
Footage
Poultry) and Rodents
Animals
Up to 15,000
3
3
6
41
15,000-20,000
9
3
6
3
20,001-25,000
12
3
6
4
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 2
0
0
CJ
CJ
25,001-30,000
15
3
6
5
30,001-35,000
18
3
6
6
35,001-1 acre
21
3
6
7
Greater than I acre
24 Ler acre
4
10
& per acre
All dogs and cats shall be kept in compliance with the requirements of Tide 8 of the
xtnaieipal-Municipal eedeCode.
Goats, sheep, miniature horses, potbellied pigs, poultry (excluding roosters) wh eh shall he
umHitted .n loLq ..F p. meh ..f and ha.:Rg a rain m afee of one aef., and other similar
animals. that we gh less than three L ndFed (300) pounds as defined in Section O 08 0 of
f
.Roosters shall be pennilted on lots or parcels o3land
greater than one acre in area, at a ratio of one rooster per acre.
1. Young animals bom to a permitted animal kept on the site may be kept until such animals are
weaned (dogs—four (4) months).
2. All exefement peedoeed by said small manals shall be di9p%ed Bf SH a Fegulff basis SO as te
eEMRtF6I A OS MW SEISF.
32. Members of FFA (Future Farmers of America) and 4-H (Head, Hand, Heart and Health) may
have the above permitted and one additional small animal.
41. Sale of eggs, honey or similar products shall be permitted on lots or parcels of land where the
keeping of such animals is permitted.
GB. A minor use permit is required for the keeping of small animals in excess of the numbers permitted
by this section. r"-' 00 3 24'90i OM 01 c 2'27,'Q!i nd n< 1
C. Standards.
I. Enclosure. All animals shall be properly caged or housed, and must be kept in their corals, bams.
pens or other enclosures. All such structures shall be fenced or otherwise enclosed to adequately
confine the animals In addition. all such structures or other enclosures shall be classified as an
accessory structure and are subiect to the development standards of the underlvine zone in which
it is located.
2. Maintenance. All buildings used in conjunction with the keeping of small animals including
animal enclosures and all other animal keening areas, shall be maintained free from litter, garbage
and the accumulation of animal excrement All excrement produced by said small animals shall
be disnosed of on a regular basis so as to control flies and odor.
3_{a-aeeewitbin addition to Los Angeles Coun[v Health Deoarlment requirements all
buildines or structures. including, but not limited to bums corals training arenas etc., used m
cgniunetion with the keeping of small animals shall be located a minimum of fifty (50) feet from
any street or highway or any building used for human habitation.
4. All noise shall be sound attenuated so that the noise level measured at the property line is within
the ambient level for the zone in which the site is located.
5. Failure to meet the requirements of this section shall result in the City initiating enforcement
proceedings in compliance with Title 23 of the Municipal Code.
17. P414062.040 Keeping of Wild Animals.
A. Applicability. The keeping of the following wild animals. as defined in Chapter 8.08 of the
Municipal Codeis permitted in accordance with this SseMio: 1'.-r,.13..^o2a^:
—Antelopes,
—Armadillos,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 3
—Badgers,
—_Beavers,
—Camels,
—_Deer,
—Foxes,
—Giraffes,
—Kangaroos,
—Koalas,
—Minks,
—Ostriches,
—Otters,
—Peacocks,
—Porcupines,
—Pmirie Dogs,
—Raccoons,
—Seals,
—Wallabies,
—Zebras, and
—Other similar animals or wild animal hybrids which, in the opinion of the Director, are neither
more obnoxious nor detrimental to the public welfare than the animals listed above. Animals
Prohibited by the State of California shalt not be allowed to be kept within the City of Santa Clarity
(Califomia Code of Regulations. Title 14. Section 671).
61. The number of animals permitted to be kept shall be determined by the Director based on
the minimum square footage requirements for similar permitted animals.
B. Standards.
61. All structures used in conjunction with the keeping of wild animals shall be located a
minimum of fifty (50) feet from any street or highway or any building used for human habitation.
92. All excrement produced by said wild animals shall be disposed of on a regular basis so m
to control flies and ^
'
^
odor.(—. �5 1 j^�'^5 Q
Chapter 17.63
AUTOMOTIVE USES
SECTIONS:
17.63.010
Purpose.
17.63.020
Car Washes.
17.63.030
Fuel Sales.
17.63.040
Tire Stores.
17.63.050
Vehicle Repair Caraees.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 4
U
is
0
•
0
17.63.010 Purpose.
It is the Purpose of this chanter to establish regulations for certain automotive uses within the Citv
which have characteristics and performance requirements which are not covered by the property
development requirements of the zones. These standards are in addition to the property development
standards of this Code
17.63.020 6 Car Washes. All ervice car
washes shall conform to the following requirements:
+A. The wash rack and any other enclosed work space shall be constructed and arranged so that entrances,
zits and openings therein shall not faceany in any residential zone..m-shall be adequately
screened and noise buffered from the residential zone(s) and shall be screened from view from the
Public right-of-way, to the satisfaction of the Director.
2B. There shall be no more than one driveway to any one street for each development site unless modified
by the Directorof Core- muPf Development.
3C. Except for se4€ser+tiermanual car washes, agueue waiting area for incoming cars of not less than
two thousand (2,000) square feet shall be provided. An area bevond the exit end of the washing
equipment of not less than three thousand (3.000) square feet shall be provided for the hand finishing
of the washing process.
D. Automated self-service car washes shall havegueuine'sucking space before the entrance or keypad
3E. Servicing of motor vehicles, other than cleaning. polishing and the dispensing of fuel and oil shall not
be allowed unless the facility also meets all requirements for a -ser eestatienvehicle repair garage.
6F. Wash and rinse water shall be fully reclaimed and recirculated at full service car washes Additional
non -reclaimed water reguired to account for losses due to evaporation, or ancillarv/unavoidable water
lOSS, M aleF Samied But OR vehieles as a Fesult of theif having been washed, and simil iF loss" is
-7G.
SH.
91.
Self-service automated car washes shall be permitted as accessory uses to automobile service stations
and shall be located no closer than fifty (50) feet from a residential zone unless modified by the
Director _
Public restrooms shall be provided.
17.63.030 13. Gas Fuel Salamis.
All facilitieswith-eemkineA F[ tat, lel gas, sales-snd-fuel. an&or that combine such sales with auto
repeiFsewieeser self-service automated car washes in a single location shall conform to the following
requirements:
+A. Buildings shall be located close to the street and, to the extent possible, shall shield pump islands and
uses on the site. Where buildings cannot shield pump islands or self-service automated car washes,
landscaping and earthen beans shall be used to create a visual buffer between the fueling station and
the public riehtof--way. as well as adjacent pronerties and uses.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 5
2. Meehaaieal sen, eing or grew ng el� ameeks less than one and eme half ton enpoeity OF aidUsanial
equipment of any type of ehaeaeiep shall he peniiined. Sep iee fiff tMelES gKOW than ene and ene
3B. Sale of merchandise, clearly incidental to the automotive industry shall be permitted only within an
enclosed building. Merehand se d splay shall he t3emitted an eaeh pu np sla idi pfavided, that the
4C. Parking area shall not be permitted to block ingress to or egress from pump islands. eFsewiee-hays
3D. There shall be no more than one driveway to any one street for each development site, unless
modified by the Director.
6E. The outer radius of any fuming area to all pump islands shall be a minimum of twenty-five (25) feet.
?. Self sen kee autaniated eaf washes shall be peFmiRed as aeeesseFy uses to go sales and shall be
,hOR C0. (50) feet fFBIN H ...'A..,,'01 ZARe Unless dif -A 1. the Diff. -...- ..f
9F. Public restrooms shall be provided.
9G. Propane tanks are allowed as an accessory use to a fuel gas -sales facility. T'irey-The tanks shall be
screened or landscaped, and set back from any right-of-way in a location that is satisfactory to the
Director of Ce nmunky De _ opm '. Propane tanks shall be painted to match the primary
buildings) on site or integrated into the surrounding landscaping. Corporate signs or color bmndine
shall not be nemitted on the mnk(s).
H. State -mandated vapor recovery equipment shall he screened from public view, landscaped, and set
back from the public right-of-way. subject to the approval of the Director. The eouipment shall be
painted to match the primary building(s) on site or to match surrounding landscaping. Corporate
signs or color bmndine shall not be permitted on the vapor recovery equipment
1. All light generated by canopy lights, parking lot lights. or other sources on site, shall be focused
downward to reduce Blare and shall be shielded so as to prevent spillover onto adjacent oroperties.
J. Drive-through lanes shall comply with the development standards and regulations set forth both in the
Community Character and Design Guidelines as well as Section 17.66.030 (Drive-through Uses) of
he Code.
K. Each new gas station/fueling facility shall be designed to accommodate fuel delivery trucks onsite. In
no circumstance shall fuel delivery trucks block required driveways, drive aisles, or the public right-
of-way in the course of routine fuel delivery.
17.63.040 Tire Stores.
All rrew dm stores shall conform to the following requirements:
}A. All repair activities must be conducted within an enclosed building. All goods and equipment shall be
stored, and activities. maintained or carried on inside a building. There shall be no hoists or wheel
alignment racks outside.
2B. Used tires not for sale to the general public shall be stored inside the building or shall be stored
outside within a six (6) foot high masonry wall enclosure. No tires or other material shall be stacked
higher than the enclosure. The enclosure shall be located in the rear portion of the property.
3. SeMeing of mueles equal to ef less than one and ane halffen sapseity shall he pemilted. Se�,ieiflg a
tfueles greatep then one and one half ton ealseei", shall nef be permitted
17.63.050 1,. --Vehicle Repair Garages,
All aew-vehicle repair garages shall teconform to the following requirements.
4A. All activities shall be conducted within an enclosed building. All goods and eaumment shall be stored
and set %, ties maintained BF -A W -R inside a building. No hoists wheel alignment maks, or other
equipment shall be located outside of a building.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 6
0
•
0
•
2B. Work stations used for the repair of vehicles may not be counted toward meeting the off-street park-
ing reguirement.
4C. All hazardous waste must be stored within an enclosed building or underground tank.
3D. Service bays shall not oven toward residentially zoned vmverty or the public right-of-wav unless
adequately screened to the satisfaction of the Director _
6E. Each lube station is required to provide a minimum three (3) car stacking area This stacking area
shall be screened from the public right-of-wav to the satisfaction of the Director -fes. ^�..—� -'�
PeN M,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 7
Chapter 17.66
SECTIONS:
17.66.010
Purpose.
17.66.020
Alcohol Sales.
17.66.025
Cottage Food Operations.
17.66.030
Drive -Through Uses.
17.66.040
Electrical and Cogeneration Facilities.
17.66.050
Gating of Access and Roadways.
17.66.060
Hazardous Waste Facilities.
17.66.070
Homeless Shelters.
17.66.080
Joint Livino and W'orkinE Ouarters.
17.66.090
Kennels.
17.66.100
Lone -Term vendors.
17.66.110
Self -Storage Facilities.
17.66.120
Small Wind Energy Svstems.
17.66.130
Solar Panels,
17.66.010 Purpose.
The purpose of this seetienchaotvr is to detail specific development requirements for certain uses
within the City which have characteristics and performance requirements which are not covered by the
Drumm development requirements of the zones. These standards are in addition to the oroperty
evelopment mQuirements of this ehepterCode
17.66.020 Alcohol Sales.
A. Applicabilitv.
L All new alcohol sales uses which offer for sale alcoholic beveraees for on-site or off-site
consumption shall be re uired to obtain a minor use pennit or conditional use neranit in
accordance with Chapter 17.43 (Commercial Use Types) of this code unless otherwise stated in
this section and shall comply with the provisions of subsection (B) of this section The provisions
of alcohol sales uses shall be applied to the following:
a. Alcoholic Drinking Establishments:
b Alcohol Pmduction/Stomge (on-site consumption):
c. Banquet Facilities;
d. Bars
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 8
0
r1
U
11
•
e. Liquor Stores:
f Nightclubs: and
g. Supermarket/Grocery Store (on-site consumption).
2 The following alcohol sales uses are not subie t to a minor use permit or conditional use Demi[
however, shall comply with the provisions of subsection (B) of this section'
a. Alcohol Production Storage (no on-site consumption):
b. Convenience Store
c. Discount Store:
d. Dmg Store:
e. Restaurants:
f Supennarket/Grocery Store (no on-site consumption): and
g. Sum market/Gmcery Store and Discount Stores offering on-site tastine events of alcoholic
beverages. pursuant to the reguirements of the Califomia Dgpartment of Alcoholic Beverage
Control.
B. Development Standards. The Director may impose conditions consistent with this Code and shall
require conformance with the following:
1. The proposed use shall comply with all provisions of the reuuirements of the California
Depamnent of Alcoholic Beverage Contml'
2. The imposed use shall comply with all of the applicable Los Angeles County Health De annrent
requirements; and
3. For restaurants, coffee shoos. delicatessens, snack bars and similar uses which ur000se to sell
alcoholic beverages for on-site consumption full -menu food service shall be available at all tintes
that alcoholic beverages are offered for sale: and
4. Other conditions as the City deems necessary for the safe, quiet, compatible and nuisance -free
operation of the use or establishment in relation to sensitive land uses. including but not limited
Department.
A All cottage food operations shall comply with the requirements of the Los Angeles Coun[v
C- Onlv cottage food umdums produced at the cottage food operation may be sold at the dwelling unit
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Spmial Uses and Standards
Page 9
& No exterior alterations of the dwelling unit involved shall be made which would change the residential
a.m. to seven .m. Monday through Friday, eight a.m. to six p.m. Saturdays and Sundays, and shall
not be permitted on holidays,
constitutes a nuisance, or when the use is in violation of any statute, law, or regulation.
M. Additional conditions maybe applied as deemed necessary by the Director.
17.66,030 Drive -Through Uses.
Drive-through facilities shall adhere to the following reouirements:
A. Each drive-through lane shall be separated from the circulation routes necessary for inaress or e
from the Prouem, or access to any Parking space.
B. Each drive-through lane shall be striped. marked, or otherwise distinctly delineated.
C. The principal Dedestrian access to the entrance of Ore drive-through facility shall not cross the drive-
through lane.
D. The vehicle stacking capacity for uses containing drive-through facilities shall be as follows
Use
Stacking Reauirements
DFiveDrive-
Through (with or without seating)
Stacking for four (4) can between the order board and
the pick-up window and stacking for six (6) cars behind
the order board. In no event shall a total queuing length
of less than two hundred (200) feet be maintained.
Bank Drive -Through
Stacking for five (S) cars for each window or automated
teller machine.
Drug Store Drive -Through
Stacking for three (3) can for each window.
Auto uses_
gich
eenveshe� oil change facilities and
Similar uses
Stacking for three (3) cars free and clear of the drive
aisles and narking areas.
I7.66.040 E -.—Electrical and Cogeneration Facilities.
A Purpose. It is the purpose and intent of this section to regulate any electrical or cogeneration facilities
Development Standards. in -A -- - the `-a'--- -- - " • __a,, _The Ptanaing
Commission shall not approve an application for a conditional use permit for electric distribution
substations, electric transmission substations, electric generating facilities or steam and electric
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 10
0
•
r 1
U
11
cogeneration facilities unless the information submitted by the applicant and/or presented at the
public hearing on the application substantiates -cora lies with the followin
fundings:
1. The uses alI utilizes the best available control technology to reduce air pollution;
2. The use will -shall not produce any emissions which exceed the standards established by the South
Coast Air Quality Management District or has provided equivalent offsets in the Santa Clarita
Valley;
3. The use wi&shall not operate during periods of Lnhealthy" air quality f±t�wage-smaga in
the Santa Clarlm Valley, as defined by the South Coast Air Quality Management Districp
4. Noise levels from the use w4Fshall not exceed the ambient noise levels at the boundary of the
proposed site;
5. Water vapor emissions from the use will --shall be reduced by utilization of the best available
control technology and will not significantly increase humidity at the proposed site;
6. The use s all wi¬ emit odors which can be detected at the boundary of the proposed site;
7. The use s all vAWbe reasonably protected from geologic hazards;
8. The use shall wi¬ contribute to the degradation of the underlying aquifers or surface runoff;
9. Lighting proposed for the use shall w44 -not have an adverse impact on adjacent properties;
10. The use shall wi&be adequately screened from surrounding properties. Any property containing a
electrical or cogeneration facility shall have any associated equipment screened from view with
the installation of decorative screening walls, landscaping and/or other methods as determined by
the Director; and
11. The use shall will -not utilize or produce hazardous materials that are not adequately protected
against accidental spillage, discharge or release at or from the proposed site.
17.66.050 1t.Gating of Access and Roadways.
All proposed permanent gates in residential areas shall be subject to the following requirements.
Tennuorary barriers erected for emergency response, repair or special even[ yumOses are not subject to
these requirements. Driveways. Public or ornate madways, or other accesses are considered roadways for
the purrose of these Rating re uirements. Gating requirements for the Sand Canyon Special Standards
District is Provided in Section 17 39 030 (Sand Canyon Special Standards Distrito of this Code
+A. Public Roadways. Gating of Public roadways is prohibited
2B. Private Roadways Serving One Sinele•Family Residence. Gating for this use is permitted subim
to an administrative approval by the Director, subject to the residential develo ment standards as
defined in Chapter 17.57 IPropeny Development Standards - Residential}
_free. ON __
E. Commercial Property Gating. Commercial Property gating may be approved subject to approval of
a minor use Permit. All commercial Rates shall meet the Residential and Commercial Gating
Standards as outlined within this section Where commercial properly may be affected by a propesed
Rate subject to a minor use permit or a conditional use Permit. the, epolicant(s) shall submit an
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page I l
economic analysis as part of the application submittal to address the economic impacts of the Pate
upon affected commercial properties.
F. Residential and Commercial Gating Standards. Any Patine proposed for two or more residential
units, any multi -family units, mixed use developments, or commercial/industrial property must meet
the following criteria:
al. The gate shall not block area -wide through routes or block access for roadways to serve future
develonment.
b2 All property owners within the area to be gated shall agree to be part of the application unless all
property owners within the area to be eated are members of an operative homeowners'
association (HOA) or ymperty owners association (POA). in which case the application shall be
made by the HOA or POA.
e3. Adequate stacking distance. turnaround areas, public safety elements and signing shall be
included in the gate design. All Rates shall meet Eire dDepartment requirements and provide
vehicles.
e5. An `omen . -., a;;a;ai;on HOA POA and/or other appropriate entity shall pmvide for
ongoing, private maintenance of internal streets, gate equipment, walls and Iandscaping.Aie-pahFie
€6. The gate design and implementation shall be such that it does not pose a threat to public health
safety or welfare.
7. Gating of any property shall be consistent with the General Plan.
17.66.060 F.Hazardous Waste Facilities.
4A. Purpose. Hazardous waste facilities shall be subject to the provisions of this section to assure
adequate protection of public health and the environment without imposing undue restrictions on
hazardous waste facility projects. These regulations are in addition to State and federal regulations; in
the event that a conflict with these regulations exists, State and federal regulations shall prevail.
2B. Regulations.
al. General Definitions. Unless otherwise provided, the words and phrases used in this section shall
have the meanings set forth in Division 20, Chapter 6.5, Article 2 of the California Health and
Safety Code (commencing with Section 251 l0) and Section 25199.1 of the California Health and
Safety Code, and as such provisions are amended from time to time.
(-ya. Residuals Repository. "Residuals repository' is defined pursuant to the definition
contained in the Los Angeles County Hazardous Waste Management Plan.
b2. Procedures for Applications for Land Use Decisions. In addition to the procedures specified in
this chapter, applications for bazardous waste facilities shall be processed in a manner consistent
with the provisions of Division 20, Chapter 65, Article 8.7 of the California Health and Safety
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 12
0
0
9
Code (commencing with Section 25199) and as such provisions may be amended from time to
time.
(+)a. Criteria. All hazardous waste facility projects most meet the criteria listed herein unless
the City -Council determines that one or more criteria should be relaxed to meet an overriding
public need identified by the Council.
(2)b. Public Notice. Not later than one month prior to any public hearing scheduled either by
the City or the Governor's Office of Permit Assistance, the applicant shall provide three (3)
sets of mailing labels indicating all owners of record as shown on the latest County Equalized
Assessment Roll that lie within a two thousand (2,000) foot radius of the boundary or land
owned by the project applicant and three (3) sets of mailing labels indicating all residents,
tenants and businesses within a two thousand (2,000) foot radius of the boundary or land
owned by the project applicant.
e3. Contents of Application. Every application for a hazardous waste facility project shall be made
in writing to the Director of Community PeN elopmem on the forms provided by the Director -of
Commas t� PeN elopmem, and accompanied by a filing fee as established by the Ctity-Council by
resolution.
44. Standards and Criteria
MR. Consistency with Siting Policies. All hazardous waste facility projects in the City of
Santa Clarity shall be consistent with the ha�ivdaas waste siting
leeati n en -- - - - Element efaoals and policies of the Seats-0a6ta General
Plan and the provisions of this section.
(2)b. Consistency with the General Plan. The proposed facility shall be consistent with all
general plan requirements, zoning ordinances and other planning actions or policies that were
• in place at the time the application was deemed complete.
(3)c. Changes in Real Property Values. The applicant shall fund an independent study of the
effects of the facility on real property values within the City. While the proponent shall fund
the study, in advance, the City shall hire and control the work of the consultant conducting
said study. Said study shall be completed prior to action on the application by the local
assessment committee so that the information contained in the study may be considered by
the local assessment committee.
(4)d. Direct Revenue to Local Jurisdictions. The Council may, at its discretion, explore,
review and impose appropriate taxes, user fees and other revenue or compensation options.
(*. Changes in Employment. The applicant proponent shall fund an independent study of
changes in employment anticipated if the facility is approved. While the proponent shall fund
the study in advance, the City shall hire and control the work of the consultant conducting
said study. Said study shall be completed prior to action on the application by the local
assessment committee so that the information contained in the study may be considered by
the local assessment committee.
(4)f. Excess Volume. No hazardous waste facility shall be sited if such facility will manage a
volume or type of hazardous waste in excess of that generated within the City of Santa Clarim
and not currently being managed by a facility located in Santa Clarita unless satisfactory
compensation is made to the City or a joint powers agreement or intergovernmental
agreement provides otherwise.
(7)g Compatibility with County Hazardous Waste Management Plan. Any application shall
clearly demonstrate compatibility with the portions of the County of Los Angeles Hazardous
Waste Management Plan that identify siting criteria for hazardous waste facilities.
($)h. Land Use Compatibility. The application shall demonstrate that the hazardous waste
facility is highly compatible with land uses in the vicinity of the proposed facility. For a
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 13
0
residual repository, the distance from the active portion of the facility to the nearest residence
shall be a minimum of two thousand (2,000) feet.
(9)_. Compatibility of Emergency Services. All facilities shall locate in areas where fire
departments are able to immediately respond to hazardous materials accidents, where mutual
aid and immediate aid agreements are well established, and where demonstrated emergency
response times are the same or better than those recommended by the National Fire
Preservation Association. In addition, hazardous materials accident response services at the
facility may be required based on the type of wastes handled on the location of the facility.
Oft. Flood Hazard Areas. Residuals repositories are prohibited in areas subject to inundation
by floods with a one hundred (100) year return frequency, and shall not be located in areas
subject to flesh floods and debris flows. All other facilities shall avoid locating in flood plains
or areas subject to flash floods and debris flows unless they are designed, constructed,
operated and maintained to prevent release or migration of hazardous wastes in the event of
inundation.
"k. Proximity to Active or Potentially Active Faults. All facilities are required to have a
minimum two hundred (200) foot setback from a known active earthquake fault.
(I. Slope Stability. Residuals repositories are prohibited in areas of potential rapid geological
change. All other facilities shalt avoid locating in areas of potential rapid geological change
such as fault areas, areas subject to liquefaction, subsidence and/or landslide areas unless
containment structures are designed, constructed and maintained to preclude failure as a
result of such changes.
"M.Dam Failure Inundation Areas. All hazardous waste management facilities shall locate
outside a dam failure inundation area.
(#)n. Aqueducts and Reservoirs. All facilities shall locate in areas posing minimal threats to .
the contamination of drinking water supplies.
(4-*. Discharge of Treated Effluent. Facilities generating wastewaters shall he located in areas
with adequate sewer capacity to accommodate the expected wastewater discharge. Such
discharge shall be pre-treated m necessary prior to discharge into the sanitary sewer system.
If sewers are not available, the site should be evaluated for ease of connecting to a sewer or
for the feasibility of treatment and surface discharge.
"p. Proximity to Water Supply Wells and Well Fields. A residuals repository shall locate
away from the cone of depression created by pumping a well or well field. Location is
preferred where the saturated zone predominantly discharges to nonpotable water without any
immediate withdrawals for public water supply. All other hazardous waste facilities shall
locate outside the cone of depression created by pumping a well field unless an effective
hydrogeologic barrier to vertical flow exists.
Depth to Groundwater. Residuals repositories and facilities with subsurface storage
and/or treatment are pmbibited in areas where the highest anticipated seasonal high elevation
of underlying groundwater is ten (10) feet or less from the lowest subsurface point of the
facility. At all facilities, the foundation of all containment structures at the facility most be
capable of withstanding hydraulic pressure gradients to prevent failure due to settlement,
compression, or uplift as certified by a California Registered Civil Engineering Geologist.
Facilities which handle liquids should be located where groundwater flow is in one direction
with no vertical interfonnational transfer of water.
(+8)r. Proximity to Habitats of Threatened Endangered Species. Facilities are prohibited in
habitats of threatened or endangered species unless the applicant can demonstrate that the
habitat will not he disturbed and the survival of the species will not be threatened.
(14)s. Recreation, Cultural, or Aesthetic Areas. All facilities shall be prohibited in areas of
recreation, cultural or aesthetic value.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 14
0
0
(fit. Areas of Potential Mineral Deposits. Residual repositories shall not be located on or near
lands classified as containing mineral deposits of significance by California's Mineral Land
Class Maps and Reports. All other facilities shall avoid locating on or new lands classified as
containing mineral deposits of significance if the use or preservation of the mineral deposit
would be restricted or prevented.
"I. Distance from Major Transportation Routes. Distance traveled on minor roads shall be
kept to a minimum. Facility proponents shall be required to pay user fees to ensure proper
road construction and maintenance necessary to accommodate the anticipated increase in
traffic due to the facility.
(42jv_. Structures Fronting Truck and Transportation Routes. Facilities shall be located such
that any #uek track or transportation route to and from State or interstate divided highways or
rail lines contain a minimum number of nonindustrial structures and sensitive uses (homes,
hospitals, schools, etc.).
(}})w.Closure and Post -Closure Plan. The applicant shall submit to the Director- offemmmtity
9eveispment a written closure plan and post -closure plan approved by the Department of
Health Services. All revisions to such closure plan shall also be submitted to the Directmr f
(214)z. Financial Responsibility. Prior to issuance of a permit to begin the use identified in the
Ind use decision, the applicant shall submit to the City Manager proof that it has met all of
the financial responsibility requirements imposed by the Department of Health Services and
any other federal or State agency.
(2-54y. Indemnification. The applicant agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and render harmless
the City of Santa Clarita and its Gity-Council, City Manager and all officers, employees and
agents of the City against and from all claims, actions or liabilities relating to the land use
decision or arising out of its implementation at the site.
(-26)z. General Conditions. The City may impose, as necessary, conditions and standards other
than those presented in this subsection and in the Santa -Cluite-General Plan, in order to
achieve the purposes of this chapter and to protect the health, safety, or general welfare of the
community.
(-2 4M Mandatory Conditions.
(A, Safety and Security. The owner or operator shall prevent the unknowing entry, and
minimize the possibility for the unauthorized entry of persons, livestock or wild animals
onto any porion of the facility.
(i32) Surveillance. The operator shall provide a twenty-four (24) hour surveillance system
which continuously monitors and controls entry onto the facility.
(63) Fencing. Perimeter fencing shall be constructed to the satisfaction of the Director-ef
(944) Signage. If not inconsistent with the requirements of other laws, signs with the legend
"DANGER — HAZARDOUS WASTE AREA — UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL
KEEP OUT," shall be posted at each entrance to the facility and at other appropriate
locations. The legend shall be written in English and Spanish and shall be legible from a
distance of at least twenty-five (25) feet
(S5) Reports. The owner or operator of a facility shall report quarterly to the Publie
t3epertmamMCity Engineer the amount, type and disposition of all wastes processed by
the facility. Included in the report shall be copies of all manifests showing the delivery
and types of hazardous wastes and include a map showing the exact location of
quantifies and types of materials placed in repositories or otherwise stared or disposed
of on-site.
. January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 15
0
(P6) Monitoring. Upon reasonable notice, and for the purpose of ensuring compliance with
all standards, conditions and other requirements which the City of Santa Clarim is
authorized to enforce under its police power, City officials or their designated
representatives may enter the premises on which a hazardous waste facility permit has
been granted.
(67) Complaints: Forwarding. The owner or operator of a hazardous waste facility shall
immediately send copies of all complaints as to facility operations and copies of all
inspection reports made by other local, regional, State or federal agencies to the
Directo 4Genanun ty Devel6timent.
(8$) Emergency Response Plan. An emergency response plan shall be prepared and
updated annually, signed by all management personnel and by each person at the facility
who has emergency response responsibility, and distributed to all local emergency
response agencies, the PiFeetff _r __d E__:______ r__.:___cily
En incer and the Director Geinnaamt� Pe elarm nt. The emergency response plan
and the annual updates shall detail specific procedures to be undertaken in the event of
an emergency.
(19) Modifications. Any modifications of the types and quantities of hazardous waste to be
managed at the approved site must be approved by the City through an amendment to
the Conditional Use Permit before such modifications occur at the facility.
(A3) Contingency Operation Plan. Every hazardous waste facility project must have a
contingency operation plan approved by the California Department of Health Services
(DHS). A copy of the contingency operation pian, including emergency heliport
capability if necessary, approved by DHS shall be maintained at the facility. The facility
owner or operator shall provide a current copy of the contingency plan to the City
Manager, Directorof Community Development, Sheriff, the Fire Chief, each hospital
within twenty (20) miles and the Los Angeles County Department of Health.
(&I I) Environmental Monitoring Report Owners/operators of all facilities shall
submit an annual air, soil and groundwater monitoring report to the Director --of
(61 2) Release Response Costs. The facility owner/operator shall be responsible for all
costs incurred by the City of Santa Clarita and its officers, agents, employees or
contractors, or other agencies responding in accordance with mutual aid agreements, for
responding to a release of hazardous wastes at or en mute to or from the facility.
(M13) Extremely Hazardous Wastes. Any storage, treatment, disposal or transportation
of "extremely hazardous waste" as defined in Section 25115 of the Health and Safety
Code, by the facility owner/operator shall be reported to the Director -of Cerxawaity
De%eiepmeat at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to such storage, treatment, disposal, or
transportation.
(N14) Duration of Land Use Decision. The life of the land use decision shall be
determined at the time of approval and shall not exceed ten (10) years. The project
proponent shall commence substantial construction of the facility within two (2) years
of the land use decision and such construction must be pursued diligently to completion.
(015) Compliance Costs. All costs of compliance with this chapter shall be home by the
facility owner/operator.
(P16) Enforcement The City of Santa Clarita may employ any and all methods
permitted by law to enforce this chapter.
17.66.070 -Homeless
January 2013 I DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 16
11
I*
r�
u
9 a (6) Months) unol penarafte"t housing is found. These faetlities genera!15 pfev de mferrals to othe
agene es, meals, eauriseling and .. __-_.
The following standards apply to all homeless Shelters:
4A. Th"Homeless shelters shall maintain a maximum occupancy not to exceed sixty (60) individuals.
2B. Homeless shelters shall Provide on-site waiting. and intake areas screened from public view.
3C. The homeless shelter shall Pmvide on-site management with security during operational hours *.
4D. Parkin areas shall be paved to the satisfaction of the Fire Denartment and Citv Engineer.
3E. The homeless shelter shall be well lit during operational hours and be in confit mance with Section
17.51.050 (Outdoor Lighting Standards).
6¢. Nameless shelters shall be allowed to have intake between the hours of five P.m. to eight p.m. or at
dusk, whichever is sooner, and may discharge Patrons from eight a.m. to ten a.m. the following day.
i. Homeless shelters shall abide by all applicable development standards as set fords in this eCode.
H. A homeless shelter shall not be located within 300 f t of a private or public primary or second
sclmol, public or private parks and community centers.
a. A live/work unit shall have a minimum floor area deemed to be appropriate by the Director.
b. The commercial portion of the live/work unit shall constitute between 25 percent to 45
percent of the total Floor area, unless otherwise approved by the Director.
e._A ground -level live/work unit with street frontage shall devote the street frontage of the
building to commercial space.
2. Unit Access. Senamte access shall be provided for the living space and the commercial space.
3. Access Between the Live/work Space.
a. There shall be direct access between the working and living spaces within the live/work unit.
b. All units shall comply with applicable handicapped accessibility reauirements.
c. On parcels where the live/work space constitutes- a front and back structure, the commercial
use shall occupy the front structure on the street.
d. The works ace shall not be leased serramlely from the living spam conversely, the living
space shall not be leased separately from the working space.
4. Occupancy and Employees.
a. At least one full-time employee of the business activity occuyvinp the live/work unit shall
also reside in the unit: conversely at least one of the persons living in the "live" portion shall
work in the "work" portion.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 17
b. The business activity occupying the live/work unit may utilize nonresident employees as
necessary.
5. Land Use. Uses shall be permitted based on the underlying zoning, designation or consistent with
uses traditionally found in a neighborhood commercial land use designation.
17.66.090 I1. Kennels.
_All new kennels shall conform to the following requirements:
4A. All excrement produced by said kenneled animals shall be disposed of on a regular basis so as to
control flies and odor;
2B. All noise shall be sound attenuated so that the noise level measured at the property line is within the
ambient level for the zone in which the site is located;
3C. No animal runs, exercise meas or keeping of the kenneled animals shall be located within the required
front, street side or side yards of the zone in which the site is located or within one hundred (100) feet
of adjoining residences;
4D. The minimum lot size shall be two (2) acres in residential and-egrierdnnpFzones.
17.66.100 Q.—lane-Term Vendors.
All new long-term vendors shall be required to obtain approval of a minor use Permit. The Director
of Gemanatky Develepmen'may impose conditions of avproval and shall not approve an application for a
minor use permit unless the information submitted by the applicant substantiates each of the following
requirements:
A4. If selling food, the applicant shall ebtaio-ecomoly with all Los Angeles County Hhealth Department
rmuircmentspeRpit.
62. A maximum of one Ione -term vendor is permitted ver shopping center containing a minimum of three
(3) acres and five hundred (500) feet of street frontage.
C3 No long -tens vendor shall be located closer than three hundred (300) feet from any public right-of-
way,
D4. Lo -term vendors shall only be Permitted in front of anchor tenants of the shoppine center in which
it operates, as determined by the Director
E3. Long -tens vendors shall not be located further than ten (10) feet from the storefront facade of the
anchor tenant.
F6. At the minimum lone -term vendors shall provide a five (5) gallon trash can.
G_4. All equipment used for operating shall be completely removed from the premises daily. No
permanent structures are permitted.
H8. Notwithstanding the Provisions of subsection (C) (General Provisions) of Section 17.+9:08051.080 of
th�_eCode. no temporary or Permanent signage is permitted.
10. Long-term vendors shall not be vlaced in fire lanes. Parking spaces. required setbacks or interfere
with the circulation of shopping center in which it is located.
17.66.110 1—Self-Storaee Facilities,
4A. Purpose. The Citv's intent is to limit the visibility an&or adequately design£self-smraee facilities
alon pfamerymabr and second highways m anpear as a stmcmre, or use. anticivated
for the surrounding land uses.
2B. Development Standards. All new self -storage facilities shall conform to the following requirements:
al. Self-stomee facilities shall be designed and developed in a manner compatible with and
complementaty to existing and potential development within the immediate vicinity of the moiect
site.
b. The ffliflifflUffi let Sfeli shall be tW8 (2) Was
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 18
0
9
E
0
•
0
e2. Unless otherwise designed to be consistent with another building type, self -storage
Steragefacilities shall be entirely enclosed by split faced or decorative. solid mesonry walls, or
other material as aoproved by the ADmoving Authority, at a minimum of six (6) feet in height
d3. Building height shall not exceed two (2) stories and/or ` etthi,-five (35) feet, unless
it is an architectural feature having no storage capacity, Building height proposed beyond the
e4.
a minimum width of ten (10) feet.
F. 6f semiees _u _ __w:__ __ ____ ___ ___ _r__. d ___:.____ _.SIOM9 i_r
g5. Buildings shall be desipned, located and/or screened so that views of overhead doors and/or
intim driveways within such facilities are not readily visible from adiacent roads
M. On�retaker's residence shall be permitted subiect to single-family residential de eloomem
standards.
47. The applicant shall provide before and after photo simulations of the facility.
A f-xtensiveFLandscaoine shall be incorporated into the project to screen the facility from Pubhc
view to the greatest extent possible Maintenance of the approved irrigation and landscaping shall
be maintained in perpetuity.
Expansion _f__fa__: on of _ __r_.____ coni. existing an the _x__.: _ d_.,. Orth_ __di_____
17.66.120 f>—Small Wind Energy Svstems.
All small wind energy systems shall conform to the following reuuiremenm
4A. Small wind energy systems shall not be Permitted on parcels of less than one (1) acre in size.
2B Tower heights of not more than sixty-five (65) feet shall be allowed on parcels between one (1) and
five (5) acres and tower heights of not more than eighty (80) feet shall be allowed on parcels of five
5 acres or more provided, that the application includes evidence that the imposed height does not
exceed the height recommended by the manufacturer or distributor of the system.
3C. S stem towers must be set back from the ymnerty line equal to the height of the Proposed system
tower. Provided, that it also complies with any apolicable fire setback requirements
4D. Decibel levels for the system shall not exceed the noise standards of the municipal code.
-5E. The system's turbine must have been approved by the California Energy Commission as qualifying
under the Emerging Renewables Fund of the Commission's Renewables Investment Plan or certified
by a national Program recognized and approved by the Energy Commission
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 – Special Uses and Standards
Page 19
adjaeent Fesidentially zoned pmpefty. Roof raeuisted dish antennes shall be semene
leadseapiag. '
2—Solar energy systems shall conform to the following requirements:
aA. Regulation and permitting of solar energy systems is a Class I approval in accordance with the State
regwrements.---
bB. Review of the application to install a solar energy system shall be limited to the Building Official's
review of whether it meets all health and safety requirements of local, state, and federal law.
eC. The requirements of local law shall be limited to those standards and regulations necessary to ensure
that the solar energy system will not have a specific, adverse impact upon the public health or safety.
AD. The City reserves the right to require a minor use permit if ache Building Official of the City has a
good -faith belief that the solar energy system could have a specific, adverse impact upon the public
health and safety. T'he topaefA minor use permit regaimd is required at the discretion of the Director
O�Gefflffiurik� Development.
eE. The City shall not deny an application for a minor use permit to install a solar energy system unless it
makes written findings based upon substantial evidence in the record that the proposed installation
would have a specific, adverse impact upon the public health or safety, and there is no feasible
method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific, adverse impact, meaning a significant,
quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based on objective, identified, and written public health
or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date the application was deemed
complete.
#F. The findings shall include the basis for the rejection of potential feasible alternatives of preventing the
adverse impact.
gQ. The decision of the Building Official pursuant to requirement of a minor use permit or the denial of a
minor use permit maybe appealed to the PlanningCommission.
hH. Any conditions imposed on an application to install a solar energy system shall be designed to
mitigate the specific, adverse impact upon the public health and safety at the lowest cost possible:
including, but not limited to, the screening of exposed conduit or other mechanical or electrical
equipment.
il. A solar energy system shall meet applicable health and safety standards and requirements imposed by
state and local permitting authorities.
jJ. A solar energy system for heating water shall be certified by the Solar Rating Certification
Corporation (SRCC) or other nationally recognized certification agency. SRCC is a nonprofit third
party supported by the United States Department of Energy. The certification shall be for the entire
solar energy system and installation.
kK. A solar energy system for producing electricity shall meet all applicable safety and performance
standards established by the National Electrical Code, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers, and accredited testing laboratories such as Underwriters Laboratories and, where
applicable, rules of the Public Utilities Commission regarding safety and reliability.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 – Special Uses and Standards
Page 20
0
•
0
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 21
0
Chapter 17.69
WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES AND SATELLITE DISH ANTENNAS
SECTIONS:
17.69.010
Purpose,
17.69.020
Exemptions.
17.69.030
Development Standards.
17.69.040
Abandonment.
17.69.050
Additional Submittal Requirements.
17.69.060
Satellite Dish Antennas.
4-17.69.010 Purpose.
It is the purpose and intent of this seatie ha ter to regulate wireless communication facilities in
order to promote the health, safety and general welfare of the citizens of the City and to establish
reasonable and uniform regulations to properly review and construct public wireless communications
facilities in the City, thereby reducing or eliminating any adverse effects from such facilities. The
provisions of the sea4en-chapter have neither the purpose nor enact of imposing a limitation or restriction
on the activity nor the operation of such facilities. However, regulating the aesthetics of wireless
communication facilities is a core objective.
2-17.69.020 ApplieabHityExemotions.
'A. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this seewexchapter, the following uses shall be exempt from
the provisions of this seetir�chaoter until such time as federal regulations are repealed or amended to
eliminate the necessity of the exemption:
(1.4 Any antenna structure that is one meter (39.37 inches) or less in diameter and is designed to
receive direct broadcast satellite service, including direct -to -home satellite service, as defined by
Section 207 of the Telecommunications Act of 19%, Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations,
and any interpretive decisions thereof issued by the Federal Communications Commission; and
(2,4 Any antenna structure that is two (2) meters (78.74 inches) or less in diameter, is designed to
transmit or receive radio communication by satellite antenna, and is located in commercial or
industrial zones within the City; and
(3,j Any antenna structure that is one meter (39.37 inches) or less in diameter or diagonal
measurement and is designed to receive multipoint distribution service, as defined by Section 207
of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 and Section 1.400 of Tide 47 of the Code of Federal
Regulations; provided, that no part of the antenna structure extends more than twelve (12) feet
above the principal building on the same lot.
bB. The following uses shall be exempt from the provisions of this seep vcbaotcr at all times. provided
that structures meet the setback requirements of the underlying zone:
(L)Any antenna structure that is designed to receive over -the -air UHF and/or VHF television
broadcast transmission.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 22
0
is
0
r�
u
•
0
Q..) Any antenna structure that is designed to receive over -the -air AM and/or FM radio broadcast
transmission.
(3_) Any antenna structure that is used by authorized amateur radio stations licensed by the Federal
Communications Commission.
347 69.030 Development Standards.
All wireless communication facilities which are installed, erected, or modified following the
effective date of the ordinance codified in this s-�chaoter (besides those exempted in sabsSection
I .69.020 (Exemptions) _ ) shall conform to the following requirements:
A. General Wireless Communications Facilities Standards.
I. Wireless communication facilities shall not bear any signs or advertising devices other than cer-
tification, warning, or other required seals or required sienage.
2. No permittee shall unreasonably restrict access to an existing antenna location if required to co -
locate by the City, and if feasible to do so.
3. All antennas shall be designed to prevent unauthorized climbing.
B. .Aesthetic and Screening Standards.
L. All facilities shall be screened from public view by landscaping to the extent possible.
2_b—Public wireless communications facilities shall be located where the existing topography,
vegetation, building, or other structures provide the greatest amount of screening.
e—All building and roof -mounted wireless telecommunications facilities and antennas shall
be designed to appear as an integral part of the structure and located to minimize visual impacts.
4_d—All antennas and support structures shall be painted and/or textured to achieve architectural
compatibility with the structures for which they aro attached and/or located. If ground -mounted,
the antenna and support structure shall be painted, textured, landscaped or otherwise camouflaged
as much as possible to integmte the structure into the environment.
5. All accessory eauipment associated with the operation of the public wireless communication
buildings and include sufficient landscaping to screen the structure from view,
color, texture and/or materials of the building.
8. All electrical support equipment located within cabinets, shelters or similar structures shall be
screened from public view with lattice, vegetation, grading or other appropriate screening Roof -
mounted electrical support euuioment shall be concealed.
9. The placement of new antennas and facilities shall not be Physically obstructive or visually
intrusive.
10. All ¢round -mounted facilities shall be designed to be consistent with the design, color and envi-
ronmental aesthetics in the area where they =located to mitigate visual impacts.
C. Siting Standards.
I. Antennas shellmay be located on existing utility poles provided the antennas do not exceed the
height of the utility pole.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 23
2. All antennas shall meet the minimum siting distances to habitable structures required for com-
pliance with Federal Communications Commission (FCC) regulations and standards governing
the environmental effects of radio frequency emissions.
D. Noise Standards.
2. All wireless communications facilities and accessory wireless facility equipment shall comply
with the applicable provisions of the City's noise ordinance.
surrounding buildings and :__ludo su ffi.:__t lana_ _ping ._ sefe__ the sLmeture r_._ ..:-...
Withim residential Roses, soond pfoefiftg measures she!' be used to Feduee neise soused b)
. ambient noise le%,es
_fth_ bu:i,l:_,.
Roof mot na -d Aoenieal support equipment shMI be
1. A,nenn,s q�-11 be ioeated an exist ng utility poles vFeN ided the antennas do net eireeed the
^�....
1lPm�
M I WOHM -Ht-' -&Ah�A-9 in the -M- '141 -Fe the) Me 10effted W Mitigate Visual filpflets
ge the efiv .. --n.-1 ffequefl.y a ffl:..s sm.
qE. Development Guidelines. Public wireless communication facilities should conform to the following
development guidelines unless the Gity—Approving Authority determines, in its discretion, that
sutTicierajustification exists to the contrary:
f lj Co -located with other public wireless communication facilities;
(Z..40n existing structures such as buildings, communication towers, church steeples and utility
facilities;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 24
C,
0
0
(3,) Stealth facilities, flush -mounted and concealed antennas should be used whenever possible;
(A,) In industrial/business park zoning districts;
(5,) In commercial zoning districts;
(6,) No antenna or facility should be located within five hundred (500) feet from a lot containing a
residential structure or a lot zoned for residential use unless a conditional use permit is approved
Co -located facilities shall be subject to a minor use oerrotq
(7,)Ground-mounted facilities should be located only in close proximity to existing above -ground
utilities, such as electrical tower or utility poles (which are not scheduled for removal or
undergrounding in the next eighteen (18) months), light poles, trees of comparable heights, water
tanks and in areas where they will not detract from the image of the City;
(83 Major public wireless communication facilities are encouraged to locate beyond five hundred
(500) feet of any existing, legally established major public or private wireless communication
facility except when co -located on the same building or structure;
(9,4 Applicants proposing new wireless telecommunication facilities must demonstrate that reasonable
efforts have been made to locate on existing facilities. The applicant most provide written
documentation of all efforts to co -locate the proposed facility on an existing facility, or antenna -
mounting structure, including copies of letters or other correspondence sent to other carriers or
rower owners requesting such location and any responses received. This should include
information on lack of existing towers in the area, topography, frequency or signal interference,
line of site problems and available land zoning restrictions as applicable;
(I0,) All new wireless communication facilities shall be designed to accommodate co -location,
when feasible.
(A4a.)Co-location shall occur in a competitively neutral and nondiscriminatory manner.
• (8J)No more than three (3) wireless communication facilities may co -locate at a single site
unless the AjreeterApprovine Authority finds:
($) The net visual effect of locating an additional facility at a co -location site will be less
than establishing a new location; or
(92) Based on evidence submitted by the applicant, there is no available feasible alternate
location for a proposed new facility;
(11,) In order to encourage co -location of wireless telecommunication facilities and maintain
community aesthetics, applicants for conditional use permit or install a tower or antenna
mounting structure at the time of original application submittal, may request subsequent
applicants to be co -located on the same facility. Should the applicant make such a request, the
following shall be provided:
(Az.)Documentation identifying the total capacity of the structure, including the number and type
of antennas that can be accommodated over the life of the project,
(Bb.) Written statement of willingness to lease space on proposed support structure to other uses,
(6F,)Reciprocal access agreement for accessory facilities, including but not limited to, poles
towers, puking areas, access roads, utilities and equipment buildings.
Upon approval of a conditional use permit by the Plans ng Gomftissia Aooroving
Authori , The the Director of Community may approve a
subsequent request to co -locate on the same facility as a minor use permit where no increase
in height is proposed. Unless the facility is located in a residential zone or within five
hundred (500) feet of a lot containing a residential structure or use, which shall require a
conditional use permit;
(12,) Facilities that mimic building architecture (church steeples, clock towers, tented windows,
building treatments) in its immediate vicinity are encouraged;
I (13.) Monopoles, monopalms, monopines and similar facilities are discouraged.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 25
4, 17.69.040 Abandonment.
Lawfully erected public wireless communication facilities that are no longer being used shall be
removed from the premises no later than ninety (90) days after the discontinuation of use. A public
wireless communication facility is considered abandoned if it no longer provides wireless communication
service. Such removal shall be in accordance with proper health and safety requirements.
aA. A written notice of the determination of abandonment shall be sent or delivered to the operator of the
public wireless communication facility and the procertv owner. The operator shall have thirty (30)
days, from the date of the notice, to remove the facility or provide the Director-e€£ernawnily
Develepmern with evidence that the use has not been discontinued.
ItB. All facilities determined to be abandoned and not removed within the required thirty (30) day period
from the date of notice shall be in violation of the City ^f Santa C a unified d_. - -----• Conde,
and operators of the facility and the owners of the property shall be subject to penalties for violations
under the enforcement and penalties provisions of the City _f S__._ -•_ .._ 9ed4_.._._____. toe
Code.
-5-.17.69.050 Additional Submittal Requirements.
aA. As part of the application process, applicants for wireless communication facilities shall be required
to provide a master plan that identifies the location of the proposed facility and all existing and
potential facilities maintained by the applicant within the City of Santa Clarita.
(I,) The master plan shall reflect all potential locations that aro anticipated for system build -out with a
minimum of one year with application submittal.
(23 Applicants shall update master plans with every application white wireless telecommunications
facilities are owned or operated within the City of Santa Clarita.
bB. Under the California Environmental Quality Act, to determine cumulative environmental impacts, the
applicant shall submit an annual report which provides cumulative field measurements of radio
frequency (EMF) power densities on all of their antennas owned or maintained within the City of
Santa Clarim. The report shall quantify the EMF emissions and compare the results with the current
applicable Federal Communications Commissions regulations and standards. The applicant shall
ensure continuous compliance with federal and State requirements regarding EMF emissions.
C. As part of the application submittal, agolicants for a wireless communications facility shall be
required to submit a minimum of three (3) photo simulations from various locations in the proposed
ro'ect's vicinity. devicting the existing view and Pronosed changes to the visual environment.
D As part of the application submittal applicants fora wireless communications facility shall be
required to submit propagation maps, depicting the existing and Proposed cellular reception covera e
at and around the project site.
E. As part of the application process, applicants for public wireless communication facilities shall be
required to provide written documentation demonstrating a good faith effort to locate facilities in
accordance with the development guidelines (subsection JA4F)(3)(e) of 94i _sSection IT60.030
(Development Standards)).
17.69.060 4- Satellite Dish Antennas.
Satellite dish antennas shall conform to the following requirements:
An. The height of dish antemas shall be measured from the highest point of Ole finished Grade adjacent to
the structure if ground -mounted or from the point of mounting if roof -mounted.
Bb. All dish antennas shall be treated as accessory structures and shall meet the height and setback
requirements of the respective zone.
Ce. Architectural review shall. be reunited _for _all dish antennas in excess of six (6) feet in diameter and/or
hei ht.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 26
•
n
U
11
Dd. In commercial, industrial and business zones dish antennas may be roof -mounted or ¢round -mounted
In either case, all dish antennas located within these zones regardless of height or diameter, shall be
screened from (i) on-site parking areas. (ii) adjacent public streets and (iii) adiacent residentially
zoned property. Roof -mounted dish antennas shall be screened architecturally, while ground -mounted
dish antennas shall be screened architecturally or with landscaping
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 27
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 28
n
L�
I*
0
-------------
..
Mw
_
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 28
n
L�
I*
0
n
LJ
•
•
Chapter 17.65
HOME OCCUPATIONS
SECTIONS:
17.65.010 Puroose
17.65.020 Applicability.
17.65.030 Prohibited Uses.
17.65.040 Regulations.
17.65.010 Purpose.
It is the numo'e of this chanter to establish standards for businesses that are opera nut of a
home which have characteristics andyerfrnnan e reuuirements that are not covered by the ppperty
development requirements of the zone' All hone occupations shall bC subiect h aoproal of a hone
occupation permit and shall comply with the provisions of this chanter
17.65.020 Applicability.
The following is a list of uses subiect to the approval of a home occupation pernut within the Cim
A. Telecommuting.
communications by computer.
H. Other uses as determined by the Director,
17.65.030 Prohibited Uses.
The following businesses shall not be operated out of a home and shall not be permitted by home
occupation permits: alcohol sales. food Urepm ion (not including home-based cottage food onerations).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 29
firearm and ammunition sales and service,, on-site massage therapists, hairdressers, retail sales, vehicle
storage, vehicle sales and vehicle repair, commercial kennels. commercial stables. breeding facilities and
forensic testing.
17.65.040 Go-ktiewsRegulations.
Subiect to approval of a home occupation permit, all home occupation businesses shall conform to the
following requirements:
A. There shall be no exterior storage of materials in the conduct of a home occupation.
B A home occupation shall be conducted entirely within a dwelling Materials and goods incidental to
the home occupation shall not he stored, and no nennanent work area, work bench or structure shall
be built within either required ten (10) foot by twenty (20) foot earau parkine area.
receivers or causes fluctuations in line voltage outside the dwelling unit shall be prohibited.
E. Only the residents of the dwelling unit may be engaged in the home occupation.
F. There shall be no sale of goods on the premises.
I The reouired residential off-street parking shall be maintained.
J. A home occupation shall not create vehicular or pedestrian traffic in excess of that which is normal
for the zone in which it is located.
K No vehicles or trailers (including pick-up trucks and vans) or construction or other equipment. except
those normally incidental to residential use, shall be kept on the site.
L. Vehicle or engine repair shall not be permitted as a home occupation.
M Visitation and deliveries incidental to the home occupation shall be limited to the hours of seven a.m.
to seven p.m. Monday through Friday, eight a.m. to six p.m. Saturdays and Sundays. and shall not be
Dermitted on holidays.
N. Businesses that incorporate food prmaration, firearm sales and alcohol sales are not vemitted in res-
idential zones and are not pennitted by home occupation permits.
O The home-based business shall cease, and the home occupation permit shall become null and void.
SECTIONS:
17.67.010 Purpose.
17.67.020 Auoficahility.
17.67.030 Regulations.
17.67.010 Purpose.
Chapter 17.67
TEMPORARY USES
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 30
•
Ll
n
U
It is the purpose of this chanter to establish standards for temporary uses. which have
characteristics and perforprance requirements that are not covered by the property develonment
requirements of the zones. All temporary uses shall comply with the provisions of this chapter.
17.67.020 Applicability.
Ternnorary uses may be all wed for vennitted or conditionally vennitted uses sub' t to appmval
of a temporary use oermit or conditional use permit. Temporary uses may include short-term and
extended -tens special events, as established in Section 17.23.200 (Temporary Use Permit).
17.67.030 Regulations.
Subject to approval of a ternoorary use remit, the followine temporary uses are vennitted and
B. Christmas tree sales lots, Halloween Pumpkin sales, and other holiday sales operations, shall be
allowed with a temporary use permit, subiect to the following requirements:
I Hours of o eration shall be li ited to eight a.m. to ten .m., unless modified by the Director
•
event with a maximum of two events per calendar Year:
9. Parking shall be provided at the rate of I space for every 2,000 square feet of lot area used for
i A* -A -G. paved parking lo[ with surrnunding landscaning shall provide sufficient parking spaces
toaccommodate said use:
3 Offices shall be allowed for a maximum of two (2) Years or until ninety (90) percent of the homes
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 31
0
S. Otter conditions that the Director deems necessary to assure that the sales office will not
constitute a nuisance or be objectionable to the residential uses in the neighborhood
D. Rehizious, Patriotic,historic or similar displays or exhibits within Yards, Parkinizareas oE landscape
H. Outside display or sales of goods equipment, merchandise, or exhibits, in a commercial, mixed use,
or industrial zone, vrovided that:
1. Seasonal retail sale of aericultural nroducts (fruit and vegetable stands) for neriods of less than ninety
90 days.
J. Temporary use of properly designed mobile trailer units for classrooms, offices, bands, etc., for peri-
ods not to exceed ninety (90) days subiect to aovroval of the
Director Requests for such uses of more than ninety (90) days in duration shall require the approval
of a minor use permit by the Diree4er4pproving Authorm.
sion is granted by the Property owner or business owner. Said bins shall be kept in a neat and orderly
manner, shall not take up any required landscaping area or narking spaces, and shall not be visible
from a public right-of-way.
L. Carnivals exhibitions fairsfarmers markets, priyAtc nartyvehicle ale religious services, festivals
Pageants, and religious observances on Uroyerty owned by or held under the control of the City or
department or governmental jurisdiction.
M. Game and Yard sales shall not require a tetnvorary use Demit. but shall be subiect to the following,
I All materials or goods sold must be the personal vroverty of one of the persons conducting the
sale
2. They shall be conducted only on residential premises occupied by one of the persons conducting
thesale
January 2013 { DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 32
0
0
Cl
3. No more than three (3) aamee or vard sales shall be Dermitted at one residential location in an
calendar year. Each garage or vard sale shalt not exceed three (3) consecutive days:
4. Such sales shall not be conducted before eight a.m. or after six p.m.; and
5. Garage and yard sale signage shall be subiect to the provisions of ^`-14rSection
17.51.080 (Sign Regulations) of this develeemenECode.
N. The tempomrv, seasonal use of portable, metal storage containers shall be permitted for a period of
organization directly engaged in civic, charitable. or Public service endeavors. This provision shall
not include outdoor festivals and tent revival meetings.
P. Short-term special events shall not be conducted for more than six weekends or seven days during
any 12 -month Period, extern where an extended time Period is avoroved nursuant to Section
17.23200 (B) (2) (Extended -Term Temnomry Use Permit).
O. "Weekend" in this chapter means Saturday and Sundav: national holidays observed on a Friday or
Monday may be included.
R. Other temporary uses as determined by the Director that do not exceed one year in duration and do
Temporary Use Permit .
9
Chapter 17.61
ADULT BUSINESS REGULATIONS
SECTIONS:
17.61.010
Purpose.
17.61.020
Applicabilitv.
_17.61.030
Legal Nonconforming Use.
17.61.040
Locational and Distance Requirements.
17.61.050
Adult Business Use Permit Application.
17.61.060
Timeline for Land Ilse Review and Decisions Concerning Adult Business Ilse
Permit.
_17.61.070
Findings Requiring Application Approval.
17.61.080
Appeals to the Council.
17.61.090
Performance/Development Standards.
17.61.1 00
Couch Dancino/Straddle Dancing and Other Sexual and Related Activities
are Prohibited.
17.61.110
Inspection.
17.61.120
Suspension of Permit.
17.61.130
Revocation of Permit.
17.61.140
Annual Compliance Letter.
A,17.61.010 Purpose.
_It is the purpose and intent of this t r to regulate adult businesses in order to promote
the health, safety, morals and general welfare of the citizens of the City and to establish reasonable and
uniform regulations to prevent my deleterious location and concentration of adult businesses within the
City, thereby reducing or eliminating the adverse secondary effects from such adult businesses. The
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 33
0
provisions of the section have neither the purpose nor effect of imposing a limitation or restriction on the
content of any communication materials, including sexually oriented materials. Similarly, it is not the
intent nor effect of this seetiea-chaoter to restrict or deny access by adults to sexually oriented materials
protected by the First Amendment, or to deny access by the distributors and exhibitors of sexually oriented
entertainment to their intended market Neither is it the intent nor effect of the snetian-chto condone
or legitimize the distribution of obscene material or material harmful to minors.
$, 17.61.020 Applicability.
FA. Adult businesses shall only be permitted to be operate in the Community Commercial (CC) zone;
,_.,....t__, n______:_, nr. zone -r Business Park (BP) zone, and shall be subject to all the
regulations and provisions in this Ceode. The provisions of adult businesses shall be applied to the
following:
al. Adult motion picture arcade;
62. Adult bookstore;
e}. Adult novelty store;
d4. Figure modeling studio;
ej. Adult cabaret;
t. Adult motel;
g7. Adult tanning salon;
hg. Adult motion picture theater;
R Sexual encounter establishment;
j10. Escort agency;
k1j. Semi-nude model studio;
112Juice bar.
C- 17.61.030 Pre Exi;i;ng Legal Nonconforming Use.
4A. All design and performance standards set forth in `---"�e,�,�a-r,r-o"` -`-'a`Rs-Ssection 17.61.090
(Performance/Development Standards) and locational and distance requirements set forth in
-�--'ion-(Q*�. Ssection 17.61.040 (Locational and Distance Reat irements] are deemed to be
necessary for the protection of the public health, safety and welfare and shall be applicable and
govem all existing and proposed adult businesses and shall immediately apply to any proposed adult
business upon adoption and passage of the ordinance codified in this seetienchaoter.
2B. In the event that there is any adult business lawfully in existence prior to the adoption of the
ordinance codified in this seetienchaoter that is not in compliance with the design and performance
standards of Ssection 17.61.090 [Performance/Development Standards), any
such adult business shall be considered a legal nonconforming use and shall conform to all design and
performance standards within two (2) years of the effective date of said ordinance.
K. In the event that there is any adult business lawfully in existence prior to the adoption of the
ordinance codified in this seetiea-chapter that is not in compliance with the locational and distance
requirements of--`---"--'^`o€6S':TSsection 17.61.040 (Locational and Distance Requirements),
any such adult business shall be considered a legal nonconforming use and shall conform to all
standards within five (5) years of the effective date of said ordinance.
4D. Any adult business which was a legal use at the time of annexation of the property into the City but
which is a nonconforming use after annexation shall be subject to the same time requirements as
indicated in subsections (GB)(2) and (K) of this section, starting from the date of annexation.
SE. Any discontinuance or abandonment of the use of any lot or structure as an adult business shall result
in a loss of legal nonconforming status. Any nonconforming use lawfully in existence prior to the
adoption of the ordinance codified in this seetierrchaoter may be continued, except as provided in this
seetienchaoter; provided, that the use shall not he increased, enlarged, extended, or altered. Upon the
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 34
0
0
n
U
conclusion of the amortization period, any adult business which is a nonconforming use shall cease
all business operations and all signs, advertising and displays relating to said business shall be
removed within thirty (30) days.
6F. An application for extension of the amortization period for an adult business which is a
nonconforming use shall be made as provided herein.
al. The owner of the property on which an adult business is located or the owner of the adult
business who desires to extend the applicable amortization period must apply for approval of an
extension not later than six (6) months prior to expiration of the amortization period, unless the
City Manager or his designee determines that good cause is shown for late filing of the
application. Such application shall be made in writing on a form as prescribed by the City and
shall be accompanied by the required fee as established by resolution of the Gity Council. The
party requesting the extension of the amortization period shall bear the burden of proof in
establishing that the amortization period is unreasonable and that the requested extension is a
reasonable amortization period for the owner to receive a fair rate of return on the investment in
the business. The parry applying for the extension shall furthermore be required in order to meet
its burden of proof to submit the documentation set forth in this seekieachapter.
K. Not later than thirty (30) days after submittal of an application to extend the amortization period,
the City Manager oris designee shall notify the applicant, in writing, if the application is not
complete. A complete application shall include:
(1-)a. The applicant's signature;
(2)b. A written request for an extension of the amortization period which shall include
information relevant to the factors listed in subsection (4RHX8) of this section below and
shall identify the tern of the requested extension;
(3).cL The required fees;
(4)d. A mailing list and a set of gummed labels attached to envelopes with fust -class postage
fully paid thereon with the names, addresses and tax assessor's parcel numbers of all owners
of real property within a radius of thme-hundredone thousand (3001 000) feet from the
external boundaries of the property on which the adult business is located; and
(W. A tax assessor's parcel map identifying the properties to be notified within the three
hundredone thousand (3691 OW) foot radius.
If the application is not complete, the City Manager shall specify in writing those parts
which are incomplete and shall identify the manner by which the application can be made
complete. If a written determination is not provided to the applicant within (30) calendar
days after it is submitted, the application shall be deemed complete.
9G. The P7aaainKommission shall hold a noticed public hearing on the request for an extension.
SH. Criteria and Findings. In determining whether to grant an extension of the amortization period for
an adult-oriented business which is a nonconforming use, and in determining the appropriate length of
such an extension, the PiaaaingCommission shall consider the amount of investment in the business,
the opportunities for relocation to a legally permissible site, the costs of relocation, the effects of the
business on the surrounding area and the following additional factors:
al. The present actual and depreciated value of business improvements;
b2. The applicable Internal Revenue Service depreciation schedule or functional nonconfidential
equivalents;
e3. The remaining useful life of the business improvements;
d4. The remaining lease term;
e5. The ability of the business and/or land owner to change the use to a conforming use; and
W. The date upon which the property owner and/or business operator received notice of the
nonconforming status of the adult business and the amortization requirements.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 35
91. The Planning Commission, or the City --Council on appeal, shall receive and consider evidence
presented by the applicant and any other persons, and shall make findings that the amortization period
it establishes is reasonable in view of the evidence and the criteria set forth above.
+BJ. An adult business lawfully operating as a conforming use is not rendered a nonconforming use by the
location, subsequent to the grant or renewal of an adult business use permit and/or an adult business
license, of a church, school, public park, public building, residential zone, or residential lot within one
thousand (1,000) feet of the adult business. This provision applies only to the renewal of a valid
permit and license and does not apply when an application for a permit and license is submitted after
a permit and license has expired or has been revoked.
8 17.61.040 Locational and Distance Requirements.
4-A. No person shall cause or permit the operation of any adult business within one thousand (1,000) feet
of another adult business, within one thousand (1,000) feet of any religious institution, school, public
park public building, or within one thousand (1,000) feet of any property zoned or approved for
residential use or used for residential purposes.
2B. Distance between any two (2) adult businesses shall be measured in a straight line, without regard to
intervening structures, from the nearest property line to the nearest property line of each business. The
distance between any adult business and any religious institution, school, public park, public building
or any properties zoned for residential use or used for residential purposes shalt also be measured in a
straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects from the nearest property line of the
premises where the adult business is conducted, to the nearest property line of the premises of a
religious institution, school or public park or public building or the nearest boundary of an affected
residential zone or residential lot.
E: 17.61.050 Adult Business Use Permit Application.
+A. In order to operate an adult business within the City, the applicant or proprietor of the business most
obtain the adult business license required by this seetie chapter and an adult business use permit as
required herein. It shall be unlawful and a misdemeanor, subject to punishment in accordance with
thisha ter, for an owner, operator, manager, employee, or independent contractor to operate
an adult business without possessing an adult business use permit required by this Geode. In order for
the application to be deemed or determined complete, the applicant shall pay the filing fee for an
adult business use permit. All applicants for such a permit, in addition to any application or
documents required to be filed pursuant to the provisions of this seetieschaoter, shall file a written,
signed and verified application on a form provided by the Cemmunity Development DeparmnenrCjty.
The completed application shall contain the following information and shall be accompanied by the
following documents:
al. If the applicant is:
(+)a. An individual, the individual shall state his/her legal name and any aliases and submit
satisfactory proof that he/she is eighteen (I8) years of age.
(2)b. A partnership, the partnership shall state its complete time and the names of all partners,
whether the partnership is general or limited, and a copy of the partnership agreement, if
MY.
(3)c. A corporation, the corporation shall state its complete time, the date of its incorporation,
evidence that the corporation is in good standing under the laws of California, the names
and capacity of all officers, directors and principal stockholders and the name of the
registered corporate agent and the address of the registered office for service of process.
62. The applicant's mailing addresses and residential address.
Q. Location and address including legal description of the proposed adult business.
d4. A recent photograph of the applicant(s).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 36
0
•
r]
L
0
e5. The applicant's driver's license number, social security number and/or his/her State or federally
issued tax identification number.
4b. Ten (10) legible blueline (folded to approximately eight (8) inches by twelve (12) inches) copies
(using an engineer's scale of one inch equals twenty (20) feet) of the floor plan showing the
configuration of the premises, including a statement of total floor space occupied by the business.
g7. Twenty (20) straight-line, legible blueline (folded to approximately eight (8) inches by twelve
(12) inches) copies of the site plan prepared within thirty (30) days prior to application by a
California registered land surveyor depicting the property lines and the structures containing any
established existing uses regulated by this seetien-chanter within one thousand (1,000) feet of the
property to be certified; the property lines of any established religious institution, school, or
public park or recreation area within one thousand (1,000) feet of the property to be certified; and
the property lines of any residentially zoned area or residential property within one thousand
(1,000) feet of the property to be certified. For purposes of this wbsection, a use shall be
considered existing or established if it is in existence at the time an application is submitted.
h8. Two (2) copies of each of the following:
(7ja. Land use map (one thousand (1,000) foot radius).
(Al) Draw at a scale of one (1) inch to one hundred (100) feet;
(82) Indicate the applicant's property (with dimension); all surrounding property within
the radius (measured from the exterior boundaries of the subject property); all streets,
highways, alley, rights-of-way, current lot lines; and all tract lot and house numbers;
(63) Indicate existing uses (house, apartment, store, vacam, etc.) on all lots, parcels and
portions thereof within the radius; and
(94) Distinguish the applicant's property from surrounding property.
• (2). Property ownership map (one thousand (1,000) foot radius).
(A, Draw at a scale of one inch to two hundred (200) feet;
(&2) Indicate the applicant's property (with dimension); all surrounding property within
the radius (measured from the exterior boundaries of the subject property); all streets,
highways, alleys, rights-of-way, current lot lines; and all tract lot and house numbers;
(Q) Indicate ownership of property within the radius (number lots to correspond to the
property owners list described below); and
(DI) Distinguish the applicant's property from surrounding property.
f*. Property proximity map (eight and one-half (8.5) inches by eleven (11) inches) indicating
surrounding property within a radius of three hundred (300) feet and two thousand five
hundred (2,500) feet from the exterior boundaries of the subject property.
i9. Prepare a complete list of names and mailing addresses of the current owners of each parcel or lot
within, or partially within, a one thousand (1,000) foot radius of the subject property. This
information must be as it appears on the latest available assessment roll of the L.A. County
Assessor, and shall be certified as we and correct. Each name shall be assigned a number on the
list indicating corresponding numbers on the parcels or lots on the ownership map. In addition a
certified property owners list affidavit shall be submitted to verify completeness and accuracy of
the names and addresses. An inaccurate or incomplete list shall constitute cause for removal of
the case from the agenda or necessitate a rehearing of the case after proper noticing of affected
property owners.
jl0.One complete set of mailing labels for all of the property owners within a one thousand (1,000)
foot radius of the exterior boundaries of the subject property, including the following:
(±)a. Name and address of the property owner(s);
(t)b. Name and address of the manager of any mobilehome park, or portion thereof, within a one
thousand (1,000) foot radius of the property. Such label shall include the letters "MHP"
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17— Special Uses and Standards
Page 37
0
2B.
3C.
apart from the address so that such notices contain a request to post the notice in a public
area or within the park; and
One set of blank envelopes, with the correct amount of postage on each envelope, sufficient
to complete one mailing of notices. Notices will be mailed by the Community Development
Department.
4Q. A detailed description of the manner of providing proposed entertainment, including type
of entertainment and the number of persons engaged in the entertainment.
112. Proposed hours of operation.
m U. The time or names of the person or persons having responsibility for the management or
supervision of the applicant's business and of any entertainment.
x14. Whether the applicant or any other individual listed pursuant to this--�chaoter holds
any other permits and/or licenses under this oeefie cha gr or other similar adult business
ordinance from another city or county and, if so, the names and locations of such other permitted
businesses.
x15. Whether the applicant or any of the other individuals listed pursuant to this seegr�chaoter
has had a previous permit under this seetie ha ter or other similar ordinances from another city
or county denied, suspended or revoked, including the time and location of the adult business for
which the permit was denied, suspended or revoked, as well as the date of the denial, suspension
or revocation, and whether the applicant or any other individuals listed pursuant to this seetien
chapter has been a partner in a partnership or an officer, director or principal stockholder of a
corporation that is permitted under this seetie chAlltvr whose permit has previously been denied,
suspended or revoked, including the name and location of the adult business for which the permit
was denied, suspended or revoked as well as the date of denial, suspension or revocation.
p16. Whether the applicant or any of the other individuals listed on the application has within
the last five (5) years, immediately preceding the date of the application, been convicted of a
specified criminal act or tax violation, and, if so, the specified criminal act or tax violation
involved, the date of conviction and the place of conviction.
q11. The applicant shall be required to pay a nonrefundable application fee as specified in the
schedule of fees at the time of filing an application under this seetienchanter.
r18.One official set of the applicants) fingerprints (obtained from Los Angeles County Sheriffs
office). The Commun ty ^-v ------' ^—•^ • emCity shall submit/send the fingerprints to the
State Department of Justice for a Criminal History Background Check within seventy-two (72)
boors of receiving the fingerprints from the applicant(s). The application shall not be deemed
complete until the City has received fingerprints from the applicant If the City does not receive
the background check from the Justice Department within sixty (60) days, this requirement will
be waived, but does not exempt the applicant from subsequent revocation or suspension if all
requirements are not met.
s19. The applicant shall be required to display an on-site sign containing information about the
proposed project and the public hearing. Dexsity-Sioaige requirements can be obtained in the
Community Development Pepe" Planninn Division. The on-site sign must be posted twenty-
one (2 1) days prior to the public hearing.
Applicants for a permit under this s--�<h�shall have a continuing duty to promptly
supplement application information required by this seeirieo7ghapter in the event that said information
changes in any way from what is stated on the application. The failure to comply with said continuing
duty within thirty (30) days from the date of such change, by supplementing the application on file
with the Director -f Canaerian:.. Development -shall be grounds for suspension of a permit
In the event that the Director of Carranunity Develepmeri"etermines or learns at any time that the
applicant has improperly completed the application for a proposed adult business, "he shall notify
the applicant of such fact within thirty (30) days and allow the applicant ten (10) days to properly
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 38
0
L
0
0
complete the application. (The time period for granting or denying a permit shall be stayed during the
period in which the applicant is allowed an opportunity to properly complete the application.)
4D. Prior to obtaining any permit to operate any adult business defined in this seetienchanter, and as par
of any application for a permit under this seetiemchaoter, the applicant shall obtain fom di,
D• --o-- a written letter signed by the Director of c2ooxtmuhy
Develepmrat-that the proposed location of such business complies with the locational requirements of
this seetieachaoter.
3E. By applying for a permit under this seegeachaoter, the applicant shall be deemed to have consented to
the provisions of this seetiea-chamter of the• -'` "'o.�„•' ^.op r.o.,t-eCode, and to the Los Angeles
County Sheriffs office and all other City agencies charged with enforcing the laws, ordinances and
Geode applicable in the City of their respective responsibilities.
6F. The applicant(s) shall receive a dated, signed and written letter from the Director e€ Gsa unity
PevMop tnent when the application is deemed complete.
fL 17.61.060 Timeline for Land Use Review and Decisions Concerning Adult Business Use Permit.
?A. The PFaoning-Commission shall approve or disapprove the completed adult business use permit
application within sixty (60) days of its acceptance as complete by the Director `., Genwn •-'.r
Develepaaeat, unless extended upon the written consent of the Director of community Development
and the applicant
4B. Within sixty (60) days of receipt of the completed application by the Director-fammnairy
Bevelepmem, the Fleming -Commission shall conduct a noticed hearing on the application for an
adult business use permit and shall approve the application if the application meets the requirements
of this Geode and shall deny the application if any of the findings set forth in this Ceode cannot be
• fulfilled. The Flamiog- ommission shall issue its decision during the public hearing. If the Pleming
Commission fails to approve or deny the application within the sixty (60) days, or any extension
thereof, of the receipt of the completed application, the application shall be deemed approved by the
F4eaa7ng-Commission entitling the applicant to engage in the proposed use, subject to the remaining
provisions of this Ceode.
3C. In the event the information requested pursuant to the aai#ied-develepmeat-Ceode is not available
prior to the granting of the permit, the F7eaning-Commission shall, if the application otherwise meets
the requirements of this Cmde, issue the permit. Should information later obtained pursuant to this
Ceode materially vary from that contained in the application, such variance shall be cause to revoke
the permit. Any permit issued prior to the City receiving the information required shall state clearly
on its face that the adult business use permit is subject to suspension or revocation pursuant to the
provisions of this Ceode and all other applicable laws and ordinances, including revocation and
suspension provisions hereof.
G 17.61.070 plemlag C8samissien-Findings Requiring Application Approval.
+A. The Flaming -Commission, or City ouncil on appeal, shall approve the application for an adult
business use permit unless it is unable to make one or more of the following findings:
al. That all applicable fees have been paid.
K. That the applicant or the applicant's spouse is not overdue in payment to the City of any fees,
fines or penalties assessed against or imposed in relation to an existing or former adult business.
Q. That the building, structure, equipment and location used by the business for which an adult
business use permit is required complies with the requirements and standards of the health,
building, zoning, fire and safety laws of the State of California, the Los Angeles County Fire
Department and the City-of-�.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 39
0
d4. That the conduct of the adult business as proposed by the applicant, if permitted, will comply
with all applicable laws, including, but not limited to, the City's building, zoning, fire and health
and safety regulations.
e5. That the applicant is eighteen (18) years of age or older.
C6. That the use is permitted in the zone, district, or area in which it is proposed to be located and is
in conformity with the applicable development standards of that zine, district or area, including
the provision of required parking.
g7. That the use is in conformity with the locational criteria set forth in this Ceode.
k8. That the design of the site and the proposed improvements are in compliance with all applicable
design provisions of this Ceode.
A That the proposed conduct of the adult business is in compliance with all applicable performance
standards of this Ceode.
j10.That the applicant, partnership, or corporation has not knowingly made any false, misleading or
fraudulent statement of material fact in the application for an adult business use permit, or in any
report or record required to be filed with the City or County.
k11. That on the date that the business for which a permit is required herein commences, or
thereafter, there will be a responsible person on the premises to act as manager at all times during
which the adult business is open.
It 2.That an applicant has not been convicted of a specified criminal act for which:
(44a. Less than two (2) years have elapsed since the date of conviction or the date of release from
confinement, whichever is the later date, if the conviction is of a misdemeanor offense for
the specified criminal acts which are sexual crimes against children; sexual abuse; rape; or
crimes connected with another adult business including, but not limited to, distribution of
obscenity; distribution, display or sale of material harmful to minors; prostitution; or
pandering.
(2)b. Less than five (5) years have elapsed since the date of conviction or the date of release from
confinement, whichever is the later date, if the conviction is of a felony offense; for the
specified criminal acts which are sexual crimes against children; sexual abuse; rape; or
crimes connected with another adult business including, but not limited to, distribution of
obscenity; distribution, display, or sale of material harmful to minors; prostitution; or
pandering.
(3)c. Less than five (5) years have elapsed since the date of conviction or the date of release from
confinement, whichever is the later date, if the convictions are of two (2) or more
misdemeanors for the specified criminal acts which are sexual crimes against children;
sexual abuse; rape; or crimes connected with another adult business including, but not
limited to, distribution of obscenity; distribution, display, or sale of material harmful to
minors; prostitution; pandering; or conviction of any such offense occurring within twenty-
four (24) months prior to application.
(4)d. The fact that a conviction is being appealed shall have no effect on disqualification of the
applicant
(3)e. An applicant who has been convicted of any of the above described specified criminal acts
may qualify to own, operate or manage an adult business only when the required time
period has elapsed.
2B. In the event the Weaning -Commission, or the C-ety-Council on appeal, denies an adult business use
permit application, the business, if operating, shall cease its operations as an adult business use permit
and no further activities regulated by this Ceode shall be conducted on the premises unless and until
an adult business use permit and a required adult business license is obtained.
44-.17.61.080 Appeals to the City -Council.
January 2013 4 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 40
0
•
0
n
U
•
If an adult business use permit is denied by the Alarming -Commission, the applicant shall have
fifteen (15) days from the date of the hearing in which to appeal the decision to the Qty—Council. An
appeal shall be requested by a typed letter and required appeal fee to the
Depaarnent City Clerk. If appealed, notice of the hearing before the Qty—Council shall be mailed
(envelopes, stamps, mailing labels of all property owners within a one thousand (1,000) foot radius of the
subject property shall be supplied by the applicant) and published in the City's official newspaper and the
hearing shall be held at the earliest possible date authorized by law, but in no event later than sixty (60)
days from the date of the Waaxixg-Commission's action to deny the application. The C*, -Council shall act
on the appeal during the Qty -Council public hearing. If the City -Council does not act on the appeal within
the sixty (60) days, the application shall be deemed approved and the applicant shall be entitled to engage
in the proposed use subject to the remaining provisions of the erode and all other
applicable laws and City ordinances or regulations.
h 17.61.090 Performance/Development Standards.
The establishment of an adult business shall comply with the applicable site development
standards of the Code including the following:
3A. The building entrance shall be clearly and legibly posted with a notice indicating that minors are
precluded from entering the premises.
2B. A manager shall be on -duty at all times during operating hours.
3C. No exterior doors or windows on the premises shall be open at any time and any exterior windows
shall be covered with opaque covering.
4Q. If the adult business is the sole use on the lot no landscaping shall exceed thirty (30) inches in height,
except trees with foliage not less than six (6) feet above the ground.
3E. The exterior grounds, including the parking lot, shall be sufficiently lighted to the satisfaction of the
DirectorDevelopment-during all boors of operation to allow all areas to be visible at
all times. In addition all exterior lighting shall remain on for at least thirty (30) minutes after the
closing time of the adult business to promote safety for employees thereof. All exterior grounds shall
be maintained in a clean and orderly manner free of trash, debris and weeds.
6F. No advertising sign, billboard, or structure, advertisement, display, or other promotional material
depicting specified anatomical areas or specified sexual activities or displaying instruments, devices,
or paraphernalia designed for use in connection with specified sexual activities, shall be shown or
exhibited so as to be visible from any exterior area.
4G. No special events, promotions, concerts, or similar activities which are likely to increase parking
demand shall be permitted.
&H. All areas of the adult business shall be illuminated at a minimum of the following footcandles,
normally maintained and evenly distributed at ground level:
Area
Footcandles
Adult bookstores
20
Adult theaters and cabarets
5 (except during performances, at which times lighting shall be
at least 1.25 footcandles)
Adult arcades
10
Adult mouds/hotels
20 (in public mess)
Modeling studios
20
Other adult businesses
20
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 41
91. The adult business use permit and adult business license required by this seetiwt-ch ter shall be
posted at the front interior entrance and shall be kept valid/cument at all times.
481. The proposed site is adequate in size and shape to accommodate the required yards, fences, walls,
parking and loading facilities, landscaping and other development features prescribed within the
erode.
44K. No partitions between subdivisions of a room, portion or part of a building, structure or premises,
including restmems, may have an aperture, hole, slit or other opening or gap which is designed or
otherwise constructed to encourage, permit or allow sexual activity between persons on either side of
the partition.
42L. The maximum occupancy load, fire exits, fire lanes and fire suppression equipment shall be regulated,
designed and provided in accordance with the regulations and standards of the Los Angeles County
Fire Department and the City's Building and SatDivisio .
+3M.Any adult business in which live entertainment is performed shall have such performances only
conducted on a stage or on a platform that is raised eighteen (18) inches and which has a rail which
does not allow patrons to be any closer to the performers than six (6) feet. Said mil shall be at least
forty-two (42) inches in height above the stage or platform and shall he installed around the perimeter
of the stage or platform.
44N. Any viewing room shall be directly visible from the manager's station of the adult business, and
visibility of the entire viewing room from the manager's station shall be neither obscured nor
obstructed by any curtain, door, wall or other structure.
450. No adult business, excepting an adult motel, shall operate between the hours of eleven p.m. and ten
a.m. No owner, operator, manager, employee or independent contractor of an adult business, except
an adult motel, regardless of whether or not a permit has been issued for said business under the
provisions of this Qeode, shall allow such business to remain open for business, or no owner,
operator, manager or employee of an adult business shall permit any employee or independent
contractor to engage in a performance, solicit a performance, make a sale, solicit a sale, provide a
service or solicit a service between the hours of eleven p.m. and ten a.m.
46P. Off-street parking shall be provided for the adult business on-site and as specified in the unified
develepmenteCode and as follows:
Adult Theater, Adult Cabaret, Adult Motion Theater or Adult Arcade. One parking space shall
be provided for every two (2) seats in a viewing room, or one parking space shall be provided for
every two (2) occupants per the allowable occupant load as established by the City's Building Official
and/or Fire DeparunentMarslrel, whichever standard is greater. In addition, one parking space shall be
provided for each employee or independent contractor on the maximum shin
47Q. Any person who operates or causes to be operated an adult business, other than an adult motel, which
exhibits on the premises in a private viewing area or individual viewing area of less than one hundred
fifty (150) square feet of floor space, a film, video cassette or other video reproduction which depicts
specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas, shall comply with the following
requirements:
al. Upon application for an adult business use permit, the application shall be accompanied by a
diagram of the premises showing a plan thereof specifying the location of one or more manager's
stations, the location of all overhead lighting fixtures, and designating any porion of the premises
in which patrons shall not be permitted. A manager's station(s) shall not exceed thirty-two (32)
feet of floor area.
62. No alteration in the configuration or location of a manager's station shall be made without the
prior written approval of the Director afCotionunity Develepment.
Q. It is the duty of the permit holder to ensure that at least one employee is on duty and situated at
each manager's station at all times that any patron is present inside the premises.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 42
0
CJ
0
0
C4. The interior of the premises shall be configured in such a manner that there is an unobstructed
view from a manager's station of every area of the premises to which any patron is permitted
access for any purpose, excluding remunins. Restrooms shall not contain video reproduction
and/or monitoring equipment. If the premises has two (2) or more manager's stations designed,
then the interior of the premises shall be configured in such a manner that there is an unobstructed
view of each area of the premises to which any patron is permitted access for any purpose from at
least one of the manager's stations. The view required in this subsection shall be by direct line of
sight from the manager's station.
e5. It shall be the duty of the permit holder and any employees or independent contractors present on
the premises to ensure that the view area specified in subsection (49)(4�4" of this section
remains unobstructed by any doors, walls, merchandise, display racks or other materials at all
times and to ensure that no patron is permitted access to any area of the premises which has been
designed as an area in which patrons shall not be permitted in the application filed pursuant to
this seatienchaoter.
4SR. For adult businesses which exceed an occupant load of one hundred twenty-five (125) persons or five
thousand (5,000) square feet, the provision of on-site security personnel shall be required during all
business boors pursuant to a plan to be reviewed and approved for adequacy by the Piamixg
6emmissieaAnorovin¢ Authority and designated head of the law enforcement entity providing law
enforcement services to the City. Security personnel shall be licensed in accordance with the
California Business and Professions Code, to the satisfaction of the designated head of the entity
providing law enforcement services to the City.
Adult Motion Picture Theater/Adult Arcade.
al. A manager's station shall be located near the main entrance and the station shall be provided with
.an unobstructed view of all motion picture or arcade viewing areas.
b2. No adult motion picture theater or adult arcade shall be maintained or operated unless the
complete interior of the adult motion picture theater or adult arcade is visible upon entrance to
such premises. No partially or fully enclosed booths shall be maintained.
e2. Maximum Number of Devices. No person shall operate an adult motion picture theater or adult
aroade in which the number of image producing devices exceeds the maximum occupancy load
permitted in any room or partitioned portion of a room in which an image producing device is
located.
20T. Adult Hotel/Motel.
el. Evidence that a sleeping room in a hotel, motel, or a similar commercial establishment has been
rented or subrented and vacated two (2) or more times in a period of time that is less than ten (10)
hours within a twenty-four (24) hour period on a recurring basis creates a rebuttable presumption
that the establishment is an adult hotel/motel as that term is defined in this seetienchaoter.
K. A person is in violation of the provision of this Ceode if such person rents or subrents a sleeping
room at a location without an adult business license and an adult business use permit to a person
or persons and within ten (10) hours thereafter rents or subrents the same room to another
person(s), or subrents the same mom to the prior renter.
24U. No loud speaker or sound equipment audible to persons in any public exterior area shall he used in
connection with an adult business, and the business shall be so conducted that sounds associated with
the business are not emitted into any public area. All adult businesses shall be subject to providing
sufficient sound -absorbing insulation if required by the Approving Authority
22V. No person shall display in any public newsrack, vending machine, or other display device any
material which is defined by California Penal Code 313 as harmful to minors, including but not
limited to material displaying to the public view photographs or pictorial representations of the
January 2013 f DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 43
commission of any of the following acts: sodomy, oral copulation, sexual intercourse, masturbation,
bestiality or an exposed penis in an erect and turgid state, unless such material is:
al. . Displayed in an area from which minors are excluded; or
b2. Distributed from a machine only accessible through tokens that may be obtained after reasonable
measures to ascertain that the person is eighteen (18) years or older.
13W. No person shall operate more than one adult business under a single mof.
14X. I.D. will be checked for appropriate age (eighteen (I8) years or older) before any customer is allowed
in the adult business.
J- 17.61.100 Couch Dancing/Straddle Dancing and Other Sexual and Related Activities are
Prohibited.
For purposes of this oeegonchapter, "couch dancing" or "straddle dancing" shall be defined as
an employee or independent contractor of the adult business intentionally touching any patron or coming
within six (6) feet of any patron while engaged in the display or exposure of any specified anatomical area,
or while simulating any specified sexual activity.
4A. No person shall operate or cause to be operated an adult business, regardless of whether or not a
permit has been issued under this Cantle, knowingly, or with reason to know, permitting, suffering, or
allowing any employee or independent contractor:
al. . To engage in a couch dance or straddle dance with a patron at the business;
b2. To contract or otherwise agree with a patron to engage in a couch dance or straddle dance with a
person at the business;
e3. To intentionally touch any patron at an adult business while engaged in the display or exposure of
any specified anatomical area or engaged in or simulating a specified sexual activity;
44. To voluntarily be within six (6) feet of any patron while engaged in the display or exposure of
any specified anatomical area or engaged in or simulating a specified sexual activity;
e5. To violate any provision of this seegenchaoter.
1B. No employee or independent contractor of an adult business, regardless of whether or not a permit has
been issued for said business under this aaeoon he anter of the Ceode, shall:
al. . Engage in a couch dance or straddle dance with a patron at the business.
W. Contract or otherwise agree to engage in a couch dance or straddle dance with a patron at the
business.
Q. Engage in the display or exposure of any specified anatomical area or engage in or simulate a
specified sexual activity while intentionally touching a patron at the adult business.
4L4. Engage in the display or exposure of any specified anatomical area or engage in or simulate a
specified sexual activity closer than six (6) feet from any patron.
e5. Engage in a performance, solicit a performance, make a sale, solicit a sale, provide a service, or
solicit a service between the hours of eleven p.m. and ten a.m.
K. Violate any provision of this see4eachanter.
3C. No person at any adult business, regardless of whether or not said business is permitted under this
Ceode, shall intentionally touch an employee or independent contractor who is displaying or exposing
any specified anatomical area or engaging in or simulating a specified sexual activity at the adult
business.
4D. No person at any adult business, regardless of whether or not said business is permitted under this
Ceode, shall engage in a couch dance or straddle dance with an employee or independent contractor at
the business who is displaying or exposing any specified anatomical area or engaging in or simulating
a specified sexual activity.
3E. No waiter(s) or waitress(es) at an adult business, regardless of whether or not a permit has been
issued for said business under this section, shall appear on the premises in the nude, semi-nude or
display or expose specified anatomical areas.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 44
0
•
0
E
K-.17.61.110 Inspection.
An applicant or permittee shall permit representatives of the Cj�LC�'-- `'--- `'-�..,o.R,.,�..�o.,,�--- ^"'---- ^"'--, the
Los Angeles County Health Department and the Fire Department to inspect the premises of an adult
business for the purpose of ensuring compliance with the law, at any time it is occupied or open for
business.
(r 17.61.120 Suspension of Permit.
+A. The Director shall suspend a permit for a period not to exceed thirty (30)
days if heAw hey determines that a permittee, or an employee of a permittee, has:
al. Violated or is not in compliance with any section of this Ceode; or
62. Engaged in the excessive use of alcoholic beverages while on the adult business premises; or
e3. Refused to allow an inspection of an adult business premises as authorized by this Ceode; or
44. Operated the adult business in violation of a building, fire health, or zoning statute, Ceode
ordinance or regulation, whether federal, State or local, said determination being based on
investigation by the division, department or agency charged with enforcing said rules or laws. In
the event of such statute, Ceode, ordinance or regulation violation, the City shall promptly notify
the permittee of the violation and shall allow the permittee a seven (7) day period in which to
correct the violation. If the permittee fails to correct the violation before the expiration of the
seven (7) day period, the City shall forthwith suspend the permit and shall notify the permittee of
the suspension; or
e5. Operated the adult business in violation of the hours of operation as permitted by this
seeke,achamter; or
1K. Allowed minors (under eighteen (I8) years old) to enter the adult business.
2B. The suspension shall remain in effect until the violation of the statute, Ceode, ordinance or regulation
in question has been corrected.
,W 17.61.1 30 Revocation of Permit.
+A. The Director shall revoke a permit if a cause of suspension in this Ceode
occurs two (2) or more times within a twelve (12) month period.
2B. The Director shall revoke a permit upon determining that:
el. A permittee gave false or misleading information in the material submitted during the application
process that tended to enhance the applicant's opportunity for obtaining a permit; or
b2. A permittee or an employee has knowingly allowed possession, use or sale of controlled
substances on the premises; or
e3. A permittee or an employee has knowingly allowed prostitution on the premises; or
M. A permittee or an employee knowingly operated the adult business during a period of time when
the permittee's permit was suspended; or
e5. A permittee has been convicted of a specified criminal act for which the time period required in
thisha r has not elapsed; or
f6. On two (2) or more occasions within a twelve (12) month period, a person or persons committed
an offense, occurring in or on the permitted premises, constituting a specified criminal act for
which a conviction has been obtained, and the person or persons were employees of the adult
business at the time the offenses were committed. The fact that a conviction is being appealed
shall have no effect on the revocation of the permit; or
g7. A permittee is convicted of tax violations related to an adult business; or
V8. A permittee or an employee has knowingly allowed any set of sexual intercourse, sodomy, oral
copulation, masturbation, or any other specified sexual activities to occur in or on the permitted
premises; or
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 45
C�
L9. Operating more than one adult business under a single roof; or
}I0. A permittee does not comply with any applicable requirements of this Ceode; or
k I 1. Knowingly permitted gambling by any person on the adult business premises.
3C. When the Director revokes a permit, the revocation shall continue for
one year and the permittee shall not be issued an adult business use permit for one year from the date
revocation became effective. If, subsequent to revocation, the Director
finds that the basis for revocation under this Ceode has been corrected, the applicant shall be granted
a permit if at least ninety (90) days have elapsed since the date revocation became effective. If the
permit was revoked under this Ceode, an applicant may not be granted another permit until the
number of years required under this Ceode has elapsed.
JJ-
17,61.140 Annual Compliance Letter.
The permittee shall submit an annual compliance letter (stating that adult business is in
compliance with all applicable codes) to the Plannine Division no
less than thirty (30) days prior to the original approval date.
+A. If the permittee does not submit an annual compliance letter before the required thirty (30) days, the
adult business shall cease occupancy until the compliance letter is submitted to the Depe ueent-ef
Genanun ty DeveiapmensPlannine Division.
2B. The Director shall respond to the annual compliance letter within ten
(10) days of receiving the letter.
27,vl i OFdb n"`Tl-`r=rW3J9`; OW. 0519 `s-^2, ?2,1.3'03)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 46
0
0
9
0
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 47
0
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17— Special Uses and Standards
Page 48
E
0
0
0
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 49
P
1
1
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 50
0
0
Chapter 17.68
TRANSFER DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS, DENSITY BONUS, AND CLUSTER DEVELOPMENTS
SECTIONS:
17.68.010 Purpose,
17,69.020 Cluster Developments.
17.68.030 Density Bonus Requirements.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 51
0
17.68.040 Transfer Develoument Riohts Program.
17.68.010 Purpose.
It is the numose of this chapter to establish regulations for applications for cluster developments,
density bonuses. and transfer development rights. These standards are in addition to the oronerty
development standards of this Code, unless, where applicable, are superseded by those standards to Provide
for these types of development.
17.+7,080616 .oza Cluster Developments.
A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to minimize the disruption of natural resources and major
physiographic features and preserve land as permanent open space by encouraging innovative
development alternatives.
B. Conditions. In conjunction with the submittal of an application for a tentative map, an applicant may
submit an application for a conditional use permit to allow for a cluster development. In approving a
conditional use permit for a cluster development, the Plana vg Cs mmissienAooroving Authority shall
impose conditions pertaining to the following:
1. Preservation of Commonly Owned Areas.
a. The Planning -6e mmissieaAnoroving Authority shall require the permanent reservation of all
commonly owned areas. Such reservation shall be by establishment of a homeowners'
association, maintenance district or other appropriate means or methods to ensure to the
satisfaction of the F£issieaApproving Authority the permanent reservation and
continued perpetual maintenance of required commonly owned areas.
b. As a means to further ensure the reservation of commonly owned areas, the Approving
Authori lr{aaaiag6ema»ssiea shall also require that where lots or parcels of land are sold
or are otherwise separated in ownership, no dwelling unit shall be sold, conveyed or
otherwise alienated or encumbered separately from an undivided interest in any commonly
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17— Special Uses and Standards
Page 52
•
0
0
owned areas comprising a part of such development. Such undivided interest shall include
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 53
Is
either:
(t) An undivided interest in the commonly owned areas; or
(2) A share in the corporation or voting membership in an association owning the
commonly owned area.
2.
Dwelling Unit Type. The Planning--6emmissieaApprovine Authority shall require that all
dwelling units be single-family residences unless a 4ewxheese—multifamiIy development is
requested and approved.
3.
Location, Separation and Height of Buildings. The Plasuiing CeaftmemAoorovine Authority
shall impose conditions as it deems necessary to govern the location, separation and height of
buildings to ensure compatible placement on the proposed site and with relationship to the
surrounding "ea. This pfes ` an shall net he deemed to _.__:. ____. _, of _ he ght __._._.h__
C. Additional Conditions. In addition to the conditions listed above, the Ceiftw4ssteinWTroval
authori may impose conditions pertaining to the following:
1.
Location of Automobile Parking Facilities. Where the Plann ng Ca "wAssienapnroval authority
determines that the proposed development will contain design features offering amenities equal to
or better than a development plan incorporating required automobile parking facilities on the
same lot or parcel of land, such automobile parking may be located on a separate lot or parcel,
provided that such parking facility is:
a. In full compliance with all other provisions of Section 17.1851.060 (Parking Standards) of
this_Cende; and
b. Located on a separate lot or parcel of land under common ownership; and
c. Conveniently located and easily accessible to the dwelling it is intended to serve; and
•
d. No greater than two hundred (200) feet from the residence it is intended to serve.
2.
Architecture. ThePlanning Ga Aprovine Authority may impose conditions governing
the suitability of architecture as necessary to integrate the proposed development project within
the proposed site and the surrounding area, including appearance of the proposed development
from surrounding property.
3.
Yards/Lot Size. The Ping-fennissienAoorovine Authority may modify any or all yard and
lot size requirements of the basic zone wherein a cluster development is proposed. In reaching its
determination to modify these yead requirements and to what extent, the Planning
GonwwssienAAnprovmg Authority shall base its decision on whether such modification will:
a. Encourage design features promoting amenities equal to or better than a development plan
incorporating required yards and minimum lot size; and
b. Assist in integrating the proposed development in relation to its location on the site and its
relationship to the surrounding area.
Nothing in this subsection shall be consumed to prohibit imposition of yards and lot sizes
exceeding the minimum provided in the zone.
4.
Landscaping. The Meaning Cem"iissienAnrovine Authority may require a plan for the
landscaping of any or all parts of the development submitted to and approved by the Plewning
Comm ssieaAoomvine Authority in order to ensure that the development will be complementary
to and compatible with the uses in the surrounding area.
5.
Utilities. The PIaRR ng Ce wAmssienAoorovine Authority may require the applicant to submit to
Viand 4- awj�be made a condition of approval for a cluster development,
satisfactory evidence that the applicant has made arrangements with the serving utilities to install
underground all new facilities necessary to famish service in the development.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 53
Is
0
I; 1704017.68.030 Densitv Bonus Requirements.
A. A density bonus shall be available consistent with the requirements of Government Code Section
65915 and sections amendatory or supplementary thereto. Any applicant for a density bonus shall
make such application on a form approme of
submitting any entitlement application for the development for which a density bonus is reauested.
The application shall include, at a minimum the following information:
I. A_ description of how the pmoosed oroiect meets the criteria for a density bonus under Section
65915
2. What concession(s), if any, are reauested by the applicant
3. An explanation of how the requested concession(s) are necessary to provide for affordable
housing costs;
4. Whether a Parking od}ustnrent-reduction is reauested;
5. A depiction of the intended use or location of the density bonus housine within the proposed
developmenL
B. As reguired by Section 65915 and sections amendatory or suvolementary thereto the G&HffRnxity
Pe, elgpnxxtDirector shall require an instrument recorded against title, enforceable by the 6ommaeiW
^-�a�.e!Bpme-aFDirector, to ensure the continued affordability of the affordable units within a oroiect
receiving a density bonus. Such instrument may include, but is not limited to, an equity sharing
a eement an affordability covenant a deed of trust, a development aemen or some combination
thereof at the discretion of theCommunity Director, provided, that such instumenNs)
does not unreasonably restrict title of any of the units and/or does not make the oroiect economically
infeasible.
Comunent [GP1]: General Plan ImplementNion
17.68.040 [Transfer Develoomen[ Righh Proerami _ •
A. Purpose. The purpose of the Transfer Development Rights (TDR) Program is to transfer
Anvrinnmenr nuhre fmm no ....A;— .;,P m n.. circ —4hi� r6r
regulations, resource protection, open space acquisition and to encourage increased residential and
request.
B. Reauirements. A TDR Program shall include a sending site which is a oarcel, or parcels for which
land use densities are relinquished and transferred to a receiving site which can accept the
relinquished density.
L Sendine Site Criteria. The sending site can be located in either the City or unincorporated Los
agricultural resource or other site acceptable to the Annmving Authority, can be considered.
2. Receiving Site Criteria The receiving site shall be located in the City and designated as Mixed
Use, Community Commercial. or Regional Commercial land on the City's General Plan Land Use
C. Findines. In addition to the findings required under in Section 17.25.100 (Conditional Use Permit),
the following findings shall also be met:
I. The sending site contains unique natural or cultural features, allows for a higher-level resource
management the preservation of agricultural or allows the acquisition of open space.
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17- Special Uses and Standards
Page 54
0
0
•
0
2. The receiving site shall be located with access to, or in closeywximity of, all the needed
infrastmeture including, but not limited to, public transportation, schools and commercial services.
D. Conditions. In addition to the conditions required under in Section 17.25.100 (Conditional Use
Permit), the following condition shall also be reauired:
L The development rights of the sending site shall be transferred to the City either dtmugh
dedication of the site a public use and access easement or other method acceptable to the Council
to ensure that the site remains open space. In the case of an agricultural sending site, the
easement shall allow for the continuation of agricultural operations.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 55
Oalk tfee pfeservat an and rmteeton guidelines of guidelines shall mean the paliey established b�
"ROWifle M6aAeRMee Shall Mean Who% takes faf the eentinued health of an eEdE if ee sueh as eseua4
17. 176()9Q(&)(8)4 •
$A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to protect and preserve oak trees in the City and to provide
regulatory measures designed to accomplish this purpose.
The City lies in the Santa Clarita Valley, the beauty and natural setting of which is greatly enhanced
by the presence of large numbers of majestic oak trees. These i"di ...-- _ 601E trees are FeeagRized °--
in whieh they exist.
De% elelanefl! within the Santa
. ownhealth, ....L..- ..f the eitiZeRS Of C C10fila. The
eet
genera
flVe
aRW
Gree-Pohey. It shall be the policy of the City"o,C�...aT.e.Gant- to require the preservation of all
healthy oak trees unless compelling reasons justify the removal of such trees. This policy shall apply
to the removal, pruning, cutting and/or encroachment into the protected zone of oak trees. The Gity
Manager OF his designated --_-_..__._.:. _ ("Directorc), in conjunction with a the Citv's oak tree
arborist as necessary, shall have the primary and overall responsibility
to administer, evaluate and monitor this policy to assure strict compliance. Additional policy and
standards shall be as set forth in the City's Oak Tree Preservation and Protection Guidelines following
adoption by the Giry,-Council. Any person who owns, controls, has custody or possession of any real
property within the City ofSaate-faerita-shall make a reasonable effort to maintain all oak tree(s)
located thereon in a state of good health. Failure to do so will constitute a violation of this
sectioneeiononee.
86. Oak Tree Permit- kegak". No person shall cut, pmne, remove, relocate, endanger, damage or
encroach into the protected zone of any oak tree on any public or private property within the City
except in accordance with the conditions of a valid oak tree permit issued by the City. in conformance
with Section 17.23.170 (Oak Tree Permitl.
1. Oak Tree Permit Submittal Requirements. The applicant shall be required to furnish all
necessary information as determined by the Director together with the appropriate fee as
established by Council resolution. Application materials shall include, but not he limited to, an
oak tree report conforming to the Director's specifications, a survey of the tree, its dripline and
protected zone location, and illustrations and justifications of the proposal and tree tagging unless
waived by the Director.
Q. Exemptions. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Ceode, a permit is not required under the
following circumstances:
+a For trees that do not exceed six (6) inches in circumference when measured at a point four
and one-half (4.5) feet above the tree's natural grade or for those trees on properties occupied
by a single-family residence that do not exceed twelve and one-half (12.5) inches in
circumference when measured at a point four and one-half (4.5) feet above the tree's natural
grade.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 56
0
•
L�
�b.
In cases of emergency, including, but not limited to, thunderstorms, windstorms, floods,
earthquakes, fires or other natural disasters or potential safety hazards, the City's oak tree
arboristeeasuhem, authorized City official, or my member of law enforcement or law
enforcement agency, forester, fireman, civil defense official or Gene En,n;e vca.
Community Preservation Officer in their official capacity may order or allow the removal of
part or all of a protected tree if, upon visual inspection, such tree is determined to be in a
hazardous or dangerous condition, If possible, prior notice to the Director shall be provided.
Subsequent to the emergency action, written notification shall be provided to the Director
describing the nature of the emergency and action taken.
3c.
For trees planted, grown and/or held for sale as a part of a licensed nursery business.
4d.
Pruning by a public service or utility necessary to protect or maintain overhead clearance for
vehicles, existing electric power or communication lines, or public rights-of-way, subject to
prior notice to the Director in nonemergency situations. All pruning work shall follow proper
arboricultuml practices as approved by the Director and/or the City's oak tree
eeosultaatarborist.
3e.
Pruning of limbs or deadwood provided such live limbs do not exceed six (6) inches in
circumference at the location of the cut. All pruning work shall follow proper arboricultuml
practices as approved by the Director and/or the City's oak tree arboristeeasaltam and shall
not be excessive to the extent that the life of the tree is endangered or its aesthetic value is
diminished.
6f.
When the property owner has received written permission from the Director for the removal
of a maximum of three (3) scrub oaks (Quercus dumosa and Quercus tuckerii).
7g.
Routine maintenance as defined herein.
gh.
Pmning of limbs of an oak tree(s) on the properties occupied by a single -family residence;
•
provided, that such pruning is undertaken under the supervision of an arborist retained by the
owner and approved by the Director.
4i.
Minor encroachments as defined herein.
+Aj.
For those trees that are purchased and/or planted for non-mitigation purposes by the property
owner of a single -family residence on the same property occupied by the residence. The
F. Use f
limits in
iVBfIF.
DireeiaF
...L ..,.
heritagemere
owner shall not remove oaks owned and maintained by the City.
E%plasives, All tree lellets, tFee SHFgeOHS Of Bay ..theF PMOAg - -
eenneet+e" w th dle euning down Of teffieNfli ef an) Oak itsee shall fiFst OPP15 to the Cit) r"I
..
El
me) be appealed to the Planning Govatnigsion and the Comm ssion's deeisien ffla� be
1
_ tile StaPUS Of the fR
.,..L . _ t �:.
FROFY ,Y ,J, 6 J FOSideftee BF one OF
Oa single _ r,a by the n
o r � s ^___ 55 __ _ ,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 57
0
APPFON e, deR5 ore a "difienalij approi 0 such requesi. The deeis a a ol� die Plana ng Commission iia),
be appealed to the Gity -.-..nei p..-...ont to the pm.:-:..ns of ibis J_..-..pmeat ead..
113. Conditions. Conditions may be imposed on the permit at the discretion of the Apnrovine
Authori deeisienmeker, including, but not limited to, any of the following:
+a. A condition requiring the replacement or placement of additional trees on the subject property
to offset the impacts associated with the loss of a tree, limbs or encroachment into the
protected zone of an oak tree.
26. The relocating of trees on site or off site, or the planting of new trees on site or off site to
offset the loss of a tree. The applicant shall be responsible for periodic submission of
affidavits by a qualified oak tree expert at the conclusion of grading and construction for
minimum of one (1) year after the planting of replacement or relocated trees and a minimum
of two (2) years after the planting of replacement or relocated trees for on-site trees only.
Such affidavit shall certify compliance with all conditions of the permit and the health of all
replacement or relocated trees. This requirement shall be supplemented by modem
inspections by the City�e. The applicant's acceptance of an approved permit
and the exercise of rights thereunder shall be deemed consent to allowing City officials
reasonable access to the property for the purpose of conducting such inspections.
R. A condition requiring an objectively observable maintenance and caw program to be initiated
to ensure the continued health and care of oak trees on the property.
44. Payment of a fee or donation of boxed trees to the City or other approved public agency to be
used elsewhere in the City. Such fee or boxed trees shall be of equivalent value to any and all
oak trees removed from the property w defined by the current edition of the "Guide for Plant
Appraisal;' published by the International Society of Arboriculture (ISA), a copy of which
shall he kept on file in the City's Planning and'or
Urban Forestry Division. The applicant shall be credited with the value of any replacement
oak trees which may be required. Such fees shall be utilized for the purpose of furthering the
preservation and regeneration of oak trees, the identification and official designation of
heritage oak trees, the purchase, monitoring and ongoing maintenance of oak trees,
landscaping and other habitat refurbishment and for educational and informational programs
related to oak trees and their preservation. As an alternative to the payment of all or a portion
of the fees described above, an applicant may also be credited with the value of any accepted
dedications of property within the City which are suitable for the planting and survival of oak
trees. Fees imposed under this section may be reduced as mitigated by specific circumstances
and corrective measures undetected by the property owner.
3e. For mitigation of oaks due to removal, and/or major encroachment of non-heritage oak trees
on a property occupied by a single -family residence, any required tree replacements shall be
based on a six (6) inch increment as follows:
•i. 8" to 12" = Two (2) 24 -inch box native oaks.
•iy 12" to 18" = Three (3) 24,inch box native oaks.
-iii. 18" to 24" = Four (4) 24 -inch box native oaks.
y_v, 24" to 30" = Five (5) 24 -inch box native oaks-
-_v, 30" to 36" = Six (6) 24 -inch box native oaks.
.vi. One additional 24 -inch box native oak per incremental increase ofiwsix (6) inches.
iaererne"Es
Replacement trees shall be planted on the same property from which they were removed
unless there is no appropriate place for planting. If an appropriate on-site location for
replanting does not exist, mitigation trees may be donated to the City following the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 58
0
0
replacement schedule above or their monetary value may be paid to the City to the
satisfaction of the Director.
C. Use of Ex losives. The use of ex losives in connection with the trimming, cuttin2 down or removal of
any oak tree is prohibited.
LD. Reimbursement. The City's oak tree a oristeonsukant or the Director's designee shall review the
information submitted with the oak tree permit request and make appropriate recommendations and
site inspections. All adz2risteensukant and/or staff time costs expended in connection with such
review, including, but not limited to, review of submitted reports, plans, meetings, site inspections and
monitoring shall be billed on an hourly basis and reimbursed by the applicant when the cost of services
exceeds the cost covered by the permit fee. Nothing in this Ceode or within the Oak Tree Preservation
and Protection Guidelines shall be deemed to impose any liability for damages or a duty of care and
maintenance upon the City or upon any of its officers or employees. The person in possession of any
public property or the owner of any private property shall have a duty to keep the oak trees upon the
property and under their control in a safe, healthy condition. Except as provided in this code, any
person who feels a tree located on property possessed, owned or controlled by them is a danger to the
safety of themselves, others or structural improvements on site or off site shall have an obligation to
secure the area around the tree or support the tree, as appropriate to safeguard both persons and
improvements from harm.
1E. Enforcement.
1. Any person who owns and/or cuts, damages, moves or removes any oak tree within the City,
unlawfully encroaches into the protected zone of an oak tree or who fails to comply with
conditions of approval or pay required fees or does any other act in violation of the -Oak -Free
• Presewetlen-Ardmaaeethis section or a permit issued pursuant hereto shall be guilty of a
misdemeanor.
2. In addition to the penalty described in subsection (E3)(1) of this section, the Director may
suspend an oak tree permit or building permit if he determines that the permittee or owner of the
real property which is the subject of the lamb[, or one or more of their agents, has violated a
condition of approval of an oak tree permit issued pursuant hereto or has violated any provision
of this section. The Director's determination to suspend a permit
shall be subject to appeal as provided in this Ceode.
3. In addition to the penalties described in subsections (_F3xl) and (2) of this section, any person
who violates the Oak T___ o_____._.:__ ..r:_____ this section is responsible for proper
restitution and may be required to replace the oak tree(s) so removed or damaged, by the donation
of or by replanting one (1) or more oak trees of reasonable equivalent size and value to the tree(s)
damaged or removed. The number, size and location of said equivalent replacement oak tree(s)
shall be to the satisfaction of the Director
KF. Additional Permit. Notwithstanding any action taken pursuant to this eCode, whenever the Director
determines that any person has without a permit conducted activities prohibited by this-�
Pwsew,at an Ordineaee section, the Director may require such person to obtain an oak tree permit
pursuant to this Conde. (OF4. 90 24100; Opd nc 1 a o ,Ofd. 05 4 , ,5, 9 t8 me nd nc
n c � 124u'05. n_+ no 13 c i ona'no
4%B3r1-05 Chao[er 17.W Historic Preservation�ieYiesv,
SECTIONS:
17.64.010 Purpose.
40
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 59
0
17.64.020 Self -Designation of Historic Resources (Ont -in Clause).
17.64.030 Commission Resolution Findings for Designating a Historic Resource.
17.64.040 Permit Requirements for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource
17.64.050 Actions by the Director for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource
17.64.060 Findings by the Director for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource,
17.64.070 Exceptions to Pennit Requirements for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic
Resource.
17.64.080 Permit Requirements for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic Resource.
17.64.090 Actions by the Council for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic Resource
17.64.100 Findings by the Council for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic Resource.
17.64.110 Penalty for Demolition or [reversible Alteration.
17.64.120 Expiration and Extension.
17.64.130 Final Action.
17.64.140 State and County Owned Property.
17.64.150 Incentives.
A-. 17.64.010 Purpose.
The purpose of this aeo4onchaoter is to promote the economic and general welfare of the City of Santa
E 17.64.020 Self -Designation or Historic Resources (Opt -in Clause).
The nomination of a historic resource shall be initiated by the owner of the property or structure that is
Once a property or stmcture has received a designation, the owner of the property or structure may
apply for removal of the designation and the City may remove the designation subject to the P4mwing
Commission making the following findings by resolution:
The P�r�.�.g-c:,mmission shall designate a date un to one year from the public heating date as the
date on which the designation shall be removed. The owner of the property shall reimburse the CiN
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 60
0
n
u
for any financial incentives received during the entirety of the period in which their prooert9 was
designated as a Historic Resource prior to the removal of the designation
8 17.64.030 Plnwaing-Commission Resolution Findines for Designating a Historic Resource.
A building. structure, or object may be designated by the PlaooingC nunission as a historic resource
if it possesses sufficient character -defining features and integrity and meets at least one of the
the City. State or Nation: or
2-B. Is associated with persons significant in the history of the City, State or Nation: or
3,C. Embodies distinctive characteristics of a style. type period, or method of construction. or is a
valuable example of the use of indigenous materials or craftsmanship: or
41). Has a unique location. singular physical characteristic(s), or is a landscape, view or vista
representing an established and familiar visual feature of a neighborhood, community, or the
Cim or
3:E. Has Yielded, or has the potential to Yield, infomtation uncortant to the histgry or prehistory of the
City. State, or nation.
& 17.64.040 Permit Requirements for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource.
Director for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource), a id 17.03-640 in Section 17.24.120
(Minor Use Pemtit): provided further, however, that the C+ty-Council shall receive a copy of any
anplication for such renovation or alteration at the time such application is deemed complete There
shall be no entitlement fee for the review of any proposed renovation and alteration to historic
resources.
F. 17.64.050 Actions by the Director for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource.
The Director has the discretion to aoorove, atmrove with modifications and/or conditions, refer the
matter to the Pleaning-Commission or deny the minor use permit Cor renovation or alteration to a
historic resource. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the minor use permit shall instead be acted upon by
[he Ctily-Council if any member of [he f+ty-Council so reguestsprior to any action being taken on the
minor use permit application by the Director or PleanirtgCommission.
Cr 17.64.060 Findings by the Director for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource.
The Director may aoorove a minor use permit, pursuant to this seetienchanter, if it is detennined that
the following findin s can be made with regard to the proposed pro ect:
4-A. Findings for Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource:
a. 1. The proposed renovation or alteration will not adversely affect any significant historical,
curl, architectural, or aesthetic feature of the subject property or of the history of the
neighborhood in which it is located:
�2. The proposed chanee is consistent with the architectural style of the building:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 61
0
e:3. The scale, massing. Proportions, materials, colors, textures, fenestration, decorative features
and details proposed are consistent with the period and/or compatible with adiacent
structures.
W. 17.64.070 Exceptions to Permit Requirements for the Renovation or Alteration of a Historic
Resource.
The Director may exempt a designated propeM from obtaining a minor use permit if the following
actions will not affect the historic integrity of the historic resource:
4A. Routine maintenance and minor repairs
Exterior Painting:
-3-.C. Replacing deteriorated roofing materials with the same type of material already in use;
4D. Replacing damaged chimneys with the same tvoe already in use:
4E. Addition or removal of screens, awnings. canopies and similar incidental appurtenances;
bF. Addition or removal of exterior walls and fences;
-7-.C. Addition or removal of exterior lighting:
&H. Addition or removal of landscaping:
&I. Addition or removal of driveways and walkways:
44J. Interior alterations, including the addition or removal of fixed or movable cases, shelving and
partitions not exceeding eight feet in height: cameting, hardwood or tile flooring, counters of
countertops and similar finish work:
44-K. Temporary motion picture, television and theatre stage sets and scenery:
42-L. Relocation of a Privately owned. historically designated structure from a Property owned
by the State of California or the County of Los Angeles to another site within the City of Santa
Clarita.
1,. 17.64.080 Permit Requirements for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic Resource
The requirements of this seetianchaoter shall apply to the relocation or demolition of historic
resources within the boundaries of the City of Santa Clarita. A minor use permit is required for any
relocation or demolition of a historic resource within the City of Santa Clarita. The application, fees
public hearing and aporovaled process for the minor use permit shall be as described in Sections
47-.944-W] 7.06,110 (Type II Public Noticing (Public Hearing)) and 4N -93,Q4017 24.120 (Minor Use
¢rant or denv the application. There shall be no entitlement fee for the relocation of any historic
resource.
3:
17.64 090 Actions by the CA) Council for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic Resource.
TM1e Ctiry—Council of the Citv of Santa Clarita has the discretion [o aonrove, approve with
modifications and/or conditions or deny the minor use permit for relocation or demolition of a
historic resource.
Y. 17.64, 100 Findings by the City—Council for the Relocation or Demolition of a Historic
Resource.
A property or structure that has been designated a historic resource shall be relocated with the
approval of [he CiryCouncil. after a recommendation from the t>ienning-Commission. based on the
Qty -Council making one or more of the following Findings:
4A. That the owner of the property wishes to develop or redevelop their property in such a way that
would otherwise require the demolition of the designated historic structure and that the
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 — Special Uses and Standards
Page 62
0
•
11
0
0
0
designated structure may be moved without destroying its historic or architectural integrity and
imoortance as demonstrated by a renon prepared by an expert in historic vreservation/building
relocation.
potential effect is outweighed by the benefits of the new proiect and that the structure may be
moved without destroying its historic or architectural integrity and importance as demonstrated
by a report prepared by an expert in historic preservationbuilding relocation
Upon making either finding, the QPy-Council shall direct the property owner to relocate the
of appropriate environmental review, if any. and upon making the determination that relocation is
infeasible and there are no feasible alternatives to demolition. the QPy-Council may direct the
Building Official to issue the permit for demolition.
6, 17.64.110 Penalty for Demolition or Irreversible Alteration.
If a historic resource is demolished without a minor use permit as required by this aeetio chapter. no
building or construction -related permits shall be issued and no permits or use of the property shall be
allowed from the date of demolition for aperiod not to exceed five t5) years
A4 17.64.120 Expiration and Extension.
The expiration period and the extension Process of a minor use permit will apply as described in
S ctiorls-47$HbBaad-i}:A3-04917.06230 (Time Limits and E.xtensions).
17.06.IS0 (Decision atter Administrative Hearing
or Public Hearing) and 17 06.170 (Effective Date of Decision)
the State of California may nominate their structures, or otherwise have their structures nominated m
historic resources. Any resulting designation will apply only to the stmeturebuildin2 or obiect and
not the underlying property
Ii 17.64. 150 Incentives.
In addition to any other incentive of Federal or State law. the owner of a historic resource may apply
for the followine incentives, subject to the discretion of the Director:
4-A. Use of the California Historic Building Code Whenever aoolicable the Owner may elect to use
the California Historic Building, Code for alterations, restorations, new construction, removal
relocation or demolition of a historic resource, in any case which the building official
determines that such use of the Code does not endanger the public health or safety, and such
action is necessary for the continued preservation of the resource Such use of the Historic
Building Code is subiect to construction work undertaken for resources Pursuant to the Secretary
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17 - Special Uses and Standards
Page 63
of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties and that has already been
reviewed and approved by the Director or Aleaxixg-Commission in conjunction with a A4minor
vu—se Pgemtit.
2-B. Mills Act Tax Relief The Mills Act can provide relief to the property taxes associated with
properties designated as historic resources. This paragraph will implement State law
(Government Code 50280-50290). allowing the approval of Historic Property Contracts by
3-C. Waiver of Fees for Renovation and Alteration of Historic Resources. There shall be no
entitlement fee for the renovation or alteration of historic resources.
4D. Technical Assistance. The Community Development Department shall provide technical
assistance to the owner of a historic resource regarding any proposed improvements that are not
exempt under Section '7^3144. .1.17.64.070 (Exceptions to Permit Requirements for the
Renovation or Alteration of a Historic Resource): and/or
3:E. Streamlined Permitting. The Community Development Department shall provide the owner of a
historic resource with priority entitlement review for proposed improvements that are not exempt
under Section 17.03.145.1
17.64.070 (Exceptions to Permit Requirements for the Renovation or
6-.F.
Citv.
January 20131 DRAFT
Chapter 17.17— Special Uses and Standards
Page 64
9
•
0
0
•
0
17.51.060 Parkin -Standards
Subsections:
47.18.016A.
Purpose.
47.(8.0308.
Applicability.
17'i,.,9434^' C.
Permanent Maintenance Required.
47.18.040D.
i7,18.050
17.18>060
Ownership of Required Space.
width. o_.:_. and Slope ofDriveways
ImpesSible-Axeess
474&070E.
Dlf4ieul98r tO P&:I::Rg gpaee"'—.,,teF88F88te
ReqUiFemeats.
Specifications for Development of Parking Facilities.
F.
Parkin- Structure and Covered Parkin- Requirements.
47.48. -OWL.
Parking for Disabled Persons.
°_yam--Pr-aet
+7.18690—N.,mbPF
4718.30011.
o(9pnees Req o:.s.
Parallel and Tandem Automobile Parking Spaces.
"'=-..,8.1'^`I
On -Site Bicycle Parking Requirement.
+4W8 1164.
On -Site Parking Requirement.
K.
Fuel-efficient, Low -emitting, and Carpool/Van Pool Vehicles.
"',- 49AZ""L.
Loading Areas.
"',,-r.8-130M.
Schedule of Off -Street Parking Requirements.
4748.140N.
Modification of Off -Street Parking Requirements.
37+18,4500.
Commercial Vehicle Prohibition.
4;48 QA. Purpose.
It is the purpose of this ehaptcFscction to establish comprehensive parking provisions to
effectively regulate the design of parking facilities and equitably establish the number of parking
spaces required for various uses. The standards for parking facilities are intended to promote
vehicular and pedestrian safety and efficient land use. They are also intended to promote
compatibility between parking facilities and surrounding neighborhoods and to protect property
values by providing such amenities as landscaping, walls and setbacks. Parking requirements are
established to assure that an adequate number of spaces is available to accommodate anticipated
demand in order to lessen traffic congestion and adverse impacts on surrounding properties.
47,4&6306. Applicability.
Al. The provisions of this ehapte section shall apply at the time a building or structure is
erected, altered, or enlarged, or when the use and/or occupant load of a building or structure
is changed. Alterations, enlargements, increases, additions, modifications or any similar
changes to uses, buildings, or structures nonconforming due to parking shall comply with
Chapter 17.05 (Legal Nonconforming Uses and Structures).
42. In the case of mixed uses, the total number of parking spaces required shall be the sum of the
requirements for the various uses computed separately. Required parking spaces for one use
shall not be considered required parking spaces for any other use unless allowed by an
minor use permit in accordance with Section 17.03$3024.120 tMinor
Use Permitl.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 – Parking Standards
Page 1
Q. Parking spaces established by this section shall be improved as required by this section prior
to occupancy of new buildings or structures, or occupancy of a new use in the case of an
existing building or structure which has been altered or enlarged in accordance with
subsection (Al) of this section.
234. The provisions of this section shall not apply to temporary parking facilities authorized by an
approved temporary use permit, except where specifically required by the Director.
F5. The provisions of this section in effect at the time of final approval of applications for
conditional use permits, minor use permits, development review, and other similar zoning
cases shall apply, unless new uses are proposed.
-17 1 R 039C Permanent Maintenance Required.
Parking facilities required by this section shall be conveniently accessible and permanently
maintained to remain clear and legible to the satisfaction of the Director
Aeselepmen unless the use for which the parking was required ceases to exist. If a required
garage or parking structure is destroyed, it shall be reconstructed within one year, unless
additional time is permitted by the Director. '^ -a. 00 3, 218.L00. QFd 09 1 9 2, 1126409. Ofil. 09
10 c 2 12'13'05; n_a 02 1 9 2 1.93,Q7)
1749,8491). Ownership of Required Space.
Al. Except as provided in subsection (232) of this section, space required by this ehupteF ection
for parking shall either be the property of the owner of the premises, or the owner of the
premises shall have the right to use such space for parking by virtue of a recorded lease, feta
. The lease shall require that upon expiration or
cancellation, the party using the parking spaces provided by the lease, prior to the effective
date of such expiration or cancellation, shall notify the Director
of such event. If the lease is canceled, expires, or is otherwise voided, other parking shall be
provided in accordance with this section. If the required parking is not provided for any use
covered by the former lease, such use shall be immediately terminated.
92. Ownership, or a mar recorded lease of required parking space, is not necessary
if another alternative is specifically allowed by a minor use permit approved in accordance
with Section 17.4}84024.120 (Minor Use Permit). (04 00 3, 219100; ORI 05 1
1,26"05i oral. 05 i9 5 2. 124? l3 n `)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 2
0
•
0
L
0
0
4; &879E. Specifications for Development of Parking Facilities.
All land used for parking, other than a lot or parcel of land having a gross area of one acre or
more per dwelling unit used, designed or intended to be used for residential purposes, shall be
developed and used as follows:
Al. Paving. Where access to a parking space or spaces is from a highway, street or alley which
is paved with asphaltic or concrete surfacing, such parking areas, as well as the maneuvering
areas and driveways used for access thereto, shall be paved with:
4a. Concrete surfacing to a minimum thickness of three and one-half (3.5) inches, with
expansion joints as necessary; or
2b. Asphalt surfacing, rolled to a smooth, hard surface having a minimum thickness of one
and one-half (1.5) inches atter compaction, and laid over a base of crushed rock, gravel
or other similar material compacted to a minimum thickness of four (4) inches. The
requirement for said base may be modified if:
a.JlJA qualified engineer, retained to famish a job -site soil analysis, finds that said base
is unnecessary to ensure a firm and unyielding subgrade, equal from the standpoint
of the service, life and appearance of the asphaltic surfacing to that provided if said
base were required, and so states in writing, together with a copy of his findings
and certification to such effect; or
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 3
t. .:
..:..:--
4; &879E. Specifications for Development of Parking Facilities.
All land used for parking, other than a lot or parcel of land having a gross area of one acre or
more per dwelling unit used, designed or intended to be used for residential purposes, shall be
developed and used as follows:
Al. Paving. Where access to a parking space or spaces is from a highway, street or alley which
is paved with asphaltic or concrete surfacing, such parking areas, as well as the maneuvering
areas and driveways used for access thereto, shall be paved with:
4a. Concrete surfacing to a minimum thickness of three and one-half (3.5) inches, with
expansion joints as necessary; or
2b. Asphalt surfacing, rolled to a smooth, hard surface having a minimum thickness of one
and one-half (1.5) inches atter compaction, and laid over a base of crushed rock, gravel
or other similar material compacted to a minimum thickness of four (4) inches. The
requirement for said base may be modified if:
a.JlJA qualified engineer, retained to famish a job -site soil analysis, finds that said base
is unnecessary to ensure a firm and unyielding subgrade, equal from the standpoint
of the service, life and appearance of the asphaltic surfacing to that provided if said
base were required, and so states in writing, together with a copy of his findings
and certification to such effect; or
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 3
&Q Other available information provides similar evidence.
3c. Other alternative material that will provide at least the equivalent in service, life and
appearance of the materials and standards which would be employed for development
pursuant to subsection (Al )(bg) or (AI)(26) of this section.
4d. The City Engineer, at the request of the Director, shall review and report on the
adequacy of paving where modification of base is proposed under subsection (,41)(26)
of this section, or where alternative materials are proposed under subsection (A I)(3c) of
this section. The City Engineer may approve such modification or such alternative
materials if, in his opinion, the evidence indicates compliance with subsections (Al)(26)
or (Al )(3c) of this section as the case may be.
82. Marking of Spaces.
4a. Each parking space shall be clearly marked with white paint or other similar
distinguishable material, except spaces established in a garage or carport having not
more than three (3) spaces.
2b. Striping for parking spaces may be modified by the Director where there is a dual use of
the parking facility or where an alternate paving material as described in subsection
(Al)(3c) of this section is used. In approving such modification by site plan the Director
shall require suitable alternate means of marking the space to ensure the required
number of spaces is provided.
Q. Wheel Stops. Wheel stops shall be provided for parking lots with a slope of more than three
(3) percent, except that the installation of wheel stops is optional for parking stalls oriented
at right angles to the direction of slope.
D.
masoni3, wall aF landseaped earthen bei*ii, not less than thirty (30) insheq AeF MOR than
IeFty two (42) iRehes in height, shail be eensfmeted at the edge of the ultimate stFe
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 4
0
•
0
0
within a building.
] All landWaPMatOFiRgand .. :..L SyStefflS
a
Shall be olearly indieAW en .L_
DON elopment.
A PaFk'.......... ... Shall 1._... 10..ted f,.......J.n..g'WO
\a ,
high adjaeont to the ,
6. Wh _ "4HHg ` as nie L,•cimRII �. 1-Rd�o....dje..
�cyu� �nsvpoo"
a I.....J.,...ped .._.,_ a M..,:... ... Of
eA ..1 \.. l._'. ..1 .
� vp�vmoFSii.p
at least six (6) inehes high and six (6) ifieheS
', UIL... .. �....L'..5 . C._wmakes OH ..
W de. Within this 'OfldSeared PlflflteF afea
A61 f,_....d.....p _d p infeasibie
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 5
0
G4. Slope. Parking lots shall not have a slope exceeding five (5) percent, except for access ramps
or driveways which shall not exceed a slope of fifteen (15) percent.
45. Design.
+a. Parking spaces shall have the following minimum dimensions:
gha 11 ha -e M in imum dimensions of Rifle (9) feet by eighteen (19) feet,
bLi_)- For single-family and two-family residential uses, each parking space shall be
fully enclosed and have minimum dimensions of ten (10) feet by twenty (20) feet.
Parking spaces shall be designed to remain free and clear of all obstructions,
including, but not limited to, washer/dryer units, water heaters, etc. All required
garages shall maintain a minimum opening ofxinaeeieht (98) feet in width by eight
seven (87) feet in height for each parking stall or fifteen sixteen (1316) feet in
width by ei&-seven (87) feet in height for double stalls.
'2b. Parking lots shall be designed so as to preclude the backing of vehicles over a sidewalk,
drive-through lane, public street, alley or highway. Parked vehicles shall not encroach
on nor extend over any sidewalk. Parking spaces and drive aisles shall be designed and
striped as shown in Figure 17.51 - I (Minimum Dimensions for Standard Parking
Stalls) below:
MINIMUM DIMENSIONS FOR STANDARD PARKING STALLS
Direction
(a) Angle in degrees
(b) Stall
(c) Aislc
(d) Overall Width
(e) Curb Length
One-wav
30
1610"
15'10'
49'2"
18'
45
19,11,
16'6'A
54,8„
12,8„
60
20'1"
19'4'
5916"
10'5"
Two-way
90
18'
264
62'
9'
.. TWa5'....a:_ r-....._a_d ..___es'Analed parking with two-way traffic shall have a minimum drive
aisle width of 26 feet.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 - Parking Standards
Page 6
0
•
•
•
30 Degrees
45 Degrees
60 Degrom
90 Degrm
FIGURE 17.51 — 9
Minimum Dimensions for Standard Parking Stalls
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 7
STANDARD PARKING STALLS
Modifications to the designs shown above may be approved by the Director; provided,
that such modifications are compatible with the design criteria contained above.
0. ..
..
C..,.. A_:..,LF... gh 1.._t L..11 L+ S....aRlt.A ffOM the ..:F...I..F:.... .r.... He6eSSW�' for
L C....L A.:... .L_......L I.......lff 1......_ ..f ....% to .. ...L..... �.... A:...:.....1.. A..1:_.....,.J
El. The 2111010OR01HOg eapftib f.. a e8fiblillifig A.:. . rl.... ..1. faBilitiOS Shall be
as fellews!
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 8
•
•
0
•
0
A T.....1.(IsH*iHH...! A 311 All 4....1.,..igHe.1 f@ 1140 ...,651406.. ..C.10 II' FeRt..
3c. No dead-end drive aisles shall be permitted to be any longer than ten (10) parking stalls
or one hundred (100) feet in length, whichever is more restrictive, unless adequate
turnaround space is provided to the satisfaction of the Director -° "tea. --••-ice
Development.
16. Site Plans. A site plan shall be submitted to the Director to ensure that said use will properly
comply with the provisions ofthis development code. (QW. 00 x orcin.,. n.a 01 c 512741i
noga 02 c nn�02i OFa, n5Tc�429c. n -a, nc 19 § 2, Q'I ,9cin-a,�W 1 .4 2, xio�i
F. Parkin- Structure and Covered Parking Requirements.
Parkin- structures and covered parking shall be designed to meet the following design
requirements.
1. Parking Structures.
a. Parking Structure Setback. The setbacks for the exterior walls of any above -ground or
underground parking structure shall not encroach into the minimum above-
building/structure setbacks.
b. Vertical Clearance. The minimum height from the floor to the lowest ceiling structure.
support beam. or overhead fixture, such as a conduit. pipeline, lighting, signage, or anv
obstruction mounted on the ceiling shall be as follows:
1 � 1 Eight (8) feet two (2) inches for parkin- areas, including areas providing accessibility
to parking spaces for the disabled:
L21 Fourteen (14) feet for areas providing access to loading areas
5. Parking Stall Width. When the side of a narking stall abuts a building, fence, wall.
support column or other obstruction which would interfere with access to a motor
vehicle, the width of such required stall shall be increased by one foot to the parking stall
requirement.
d. Dead-end Drive Aisies. No dead-end drive aisles shall be permitted to be any longer
than ten (10) parking stalls or one hundred (100) feet in length, whichever is more
restrictive, unless adequate turnaround space is provided to the satisfaction of the
Director.
a. Parking Structure Ramos.
(� Ramos with adiacent parking. The maximum grade of ramp slopes and adiacer)_t
Barking areas shall not exceed five (5) percent The minimum ramp width shall be 26
feet.
Ramps with no adiacent parking. The maximum grade of ramp slopes with no
adiacent Parkin- shall not exceed 15 percent. The minimum ramp width shall be 26
feet.
(3) Circular ramps The maximum grade of a circular ramp shall not exceed twelve 021
Percent as measured at the outside ramp wall. The minimum ramp width shall be 36
feet.
(4) Ramo Transitions. All ramps shall be orovided with transition zones at the top and
f.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 - Parking Standards
Page 9
Z. Mirrors. Viewing minors shall be installed in order to Provide adequate sight distance,
to the satisfaction of the Director.
h. Architectural Desien Standards. Parking structures shall be designed in compliance
with the City's Community Character and Design Guidelines with articulated elevations
and architectural elements added that give the structure Proportions that reflect a regular
buildine.
2. Carports for Required Parking. P elesed , -long 4:h, feOOF ..f COMRIU14ty
following criteria:
A. Vehicles parked in such camorts are completely or predominately screened from view of
the public street by means of landscaping, grade differentials, walls, structures or other
means.
The carports are enhanced by landscaping and/or other decorative design materials
63. The layout of car�rt areas incorporates design variations to avoid a long, linear and
monotonous appearance.
A. The exterior building materials of such camorts are of similar quality and architectural
style to that of the main building on-site.
e3. Roof nitches are generally consistent or compatible with those of the main buildings on-
site.
47A&080G. Parking for Disabled Persons.
A41. Number Rett :reoAccessibility Requirements. Parking facilities shall be orooerly
designed, constructed, and maintained to Provide for access by the Physically disabled from
public rights-of-way, across intervening narking spaces, and into structures, including
parking spaces soccifically designed and located for the use of the disabled/handicaooed
Standards for the facilities shall be based on the standards of the California Building Code
CBC) and other applicable guidelines
2. _ Number, location of, and access to spaces reauired. Parking spaces for the disabled shall
be provided in compliance with the California Building Code (CBC) and with the sign
requirements of the California Vehicle Code, as anolicable. Parking spaces required for the
disabled shall count toward compliance with the number of off-street Parking spaces
R I WIN 11! 1111
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter t7A8 — Parking Standards
Page 10
11
r
L J
•
0
0
Total plumher of pfiFicing SpRees Number of Parking Spam Required for th
fftfMJa9
�ocn j
nni 30
Senn g
494 380 9
394--1,000 v2-peF2bHF oftstg
4;08+
ffe�ISIORS shall PFaN ail.
B. J .. on-spaeve 6.. rile el le
disabled
shall
be laeated
a neaf as pmeoeable to
unleading ofea ...Le e _ The _.
(19) feet. These paFlEing spaeos shall
nimam
be
le"gth
jes gRed
..f each
Substantially
par4ang
spaee shall be dell._._
" eanfommee mrith the
n.
C. C......emphm..m♦ 1_ ,.....1....._ dfl-, .._...r
...d....ent of ea. s ave_ the
...
Fell.
heel ,.r,._
_,.A...:dth
OF ,.
of
_L ARN
walWayq.
be P_..%.'d_d .._J !Heated to
A199, the spaoo shall L.
t.t.e..:d._d L..f _ash L.._d: �.. 1 _._
f_.en♦.ef_.._...gSpd..e.. fe_ rLe..l....:...1.'
..1. ._. ..._ J...�...__..�
when Hot elle...
D4 Slopes. SuFfaee slopes of pafking spaees
possible ,._e
d rerNea
.._.....
d:e...l..d
_•_Fell__
,. elle
r.. _..I..r_a
foF the
e.. ...1.
C .'
ffia n
..._� e..e.....�..
physieally
.e
.. _
r.... _..1
�...A^:....
........._
d sabied
feet (eno]
d'_.... _L MS FOM195
rl._ a ..rlVO94
._..�... ... elle. ..�.........
1'♦
enter
shall be the Minimum
.e_..,e... Slope) :..
_ any
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 11
11T.,19 1100H. Parallel and Tandem Automobile Parking Spaces.
Al. Parallel Parking Spaces. For commercial uses, parallel parking spaces shall not be
permitted in -as required puking -are". For industrial and office uses, no more than twenty
(20) percent of the required number of parking spaces may be parallel parking spaces, with
the approval of the Director of Caffiffienity Pek,elepmeat. For multifamily residential uses
parallel parking spaces shall be Whem permitted-. Where permitted, these parallel spaces
shall have a minimum dimension of ten (10) feet by twenty (20) feet. Where an industrial or
office use ceases to exist, the parallel spaces shall not be included in required parking. -must
b elim'_..«..d fFom the _..long aFe..
132. Tandem Parking Spaces. With the exception of mobilehome parks. caretaker's residence.
and second residential units, tandem parking spaces shall not be permitted in -as required
parking areas. With the approval of a minor use permit, multifamily residential units are
permitted to have tandem parking spaces in a twelve (12) foot by forty (40) foot enclosed
garage with direct access to the residential units for which the parking is designated. (Ord
nn 24800. n -a 01 c 71274,. n-dnc 1 c o 1 ncrnc. n_d nc an s 2,12,113'05)
WA8.4051. On -Site Bicycle Parking Requirement.
Except as otherwise provided in this section, OF Spee fically allowed by the FeEtHirements af
513eeifie Plan, OF UH1055 eXpfe%ly allowed by an adjustment or N,mianee apfwBved pursuant to
N,93
Seetien- .050 every use shall provide on-site bicycle parking facilities to accommodate the
required number of bicycle parking spaces. All bicycle parking shall be evenly dispersed
thFSUghOW the __.:.... Sit@ tS _-_.:a„O@Hveniant biey_lef3ff!Econveniently located near the
street or entrance to the building. to the satisfaction of the Director
I. Number of Bicycle Spaces Required. Every use shall provide on-site bicycle narking
Wace - in accordance with the following ratios:
Retail/Commercial Uses
1 space per each 25 vehicle parking stalls
Office Uses
I space per each 30 vehicle parking stalls
Industrial Uses
I space per each 40 vehicle parking stalls
Multifamily Residential Uses
I space per each 5 residential units
Mixed Uses
Subject to the review and anoroval of the Director
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 - Parking Standards
Page 12
0
C�
J
0
1''x..18 -110J. On -Site Parking Requirement
Except as otherwise provided in this section, or unless exnressly allowed by a minor use
Permit for a shared narking agreement or parking reduction, pursuant to subsection (N)
(Modification of Off -Street Parking Requirements)
Of 0 SP80 he BF UNIOSS.., ,... ea b - MJHStffieflt a %aYYFa . _a Y _ .
Y �
SeatioR !?.059, every use shall provide the required number of parking spaces on the same lot
or parcel of land on which the use is located. For the purposes of this section, transitional parking
spaces separated only by an alley from the use shall be considered to be located on the same lot or
parcel.(^_,((,-, 0,x,.)
Comment [011: General Plan Implementation
K. duel -efficient. Low -emitting. and Car000tfVan Pool Vehicles. - - - Comment [GP21: Gmerzl Plan Implementation
Except as otherwise orovid ed in this section, ery use shall yrovi& the required number of
designated narking for any combination of fuel-efficient low -emitting and camooiivan pool
vehicles as follows:
I. Number of Spaces Required.
Total Number of Parking Spaces
Number of Required Spaces
0_9
0
10-25
1
2626=50
3
5151=75
6
76=100
8
101-150
ll
151-200
16
201 and over
At least 8 percent of total
1',,44. -I -ML. Loading Areas.
At. General Provisions.
+g. Required loading facilities shall be located on the same site as the use requiring such
facilities;
26. No required loading facilities shall be located in any required setback areas;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 13
3c. Whenever possible, loading areas and docks shall be permitted only in rem and side lot
areas and, if facing a public street, shall be screened from view of such street;
4d. Sufficient space for turning and maneuvering loading vehicles shall be provided on the
site. Turning radii shall be consistent with California Department of Transportation
standards;
3e. Loading spaces shall be located and designed so that trucks shall not back into a public
street; and
4f. Adequate treatment such as walls and landscaping shall be required to the satisfaction of
the Director as necessary to screen and buffer the loading area from nearby residences.
132.
Type of Space
Width
Length
Height
Delivery van space
12'
20'
14'
Semi truck space
12'
50'
14'
Q. Number.
Every nonresidential use shall provide sufficient on-site loading and unloading space as
follows (required loading and unloading spaces for uses not specified below shall be
determined by the Director):
Q. Commercial Uses.
Use
Floor Area in Square Feet
No. of Spaces Required
Office (medical and professional)
3,800-25,000
1 delivery van space
Over 25,000
2 delivery van spaces
Retail and services
3,980-25,000
1 delivery van space
25,001-50,000
2 delivery van spaces
Over 50,000
1 semi truck space
Retail (single occupancy)
Over 30,000
1 semi truck space
Retail (retail center)
N/A
Determined by Director
Hospitals and-iusFitatieus
Less than 50,000
1 delivery van space
50,001-100,000
l semi truck space
Over 100,000
2 semi truck spaces
Restaurants, hotels and motels
N/A
1 delivery van space
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 14
0
•
•
171
Ph. Industrial Uses.
Use
Floor Area In Square Feet
No. of Spaces Required
Warehouses and manufacturing
3,000-15,000
l delivery van space
15,001-40,000
1 semi truck space
40,001-100,000
2 semi truck spaces
Over 100,000
2 semi truck spaces + I semi truck
space for each additional 50,000 sq.
ft. to a maximum of 6loading spaces
Multi -tenant industrial
N/A
Determined by Director
#dg.A39M. Schedule of Off -Street Parking Requirements.
Al. Purpose. This -seat ia Off-street parking requirements are established to idefftifr idcnti
minimum parking requirements for snecific use types. Additional parking may be required if
deemed necessary by the Director .
belasv-
I. 'As-dete Hued by th@ P'-,r�Gt@e' shay,-- earfthat -the -Piceater shail d0t@�ine t: e
..w9ww o.m.v..v v. f
finds adequate Y..
.ate to p-ent na ffie .......estia" and -. ..Ag.
.--'%,e 8"" ...--... f3..- Whene --
y
91.2 1.- L.....1 spas the - . C..- 11.- ...
RStn
] "Cus,..meF ......:..e ..-ens. gh"11 Mean .A. ..-... within a fae
.t whem
customers of the fa and neludes fixed and non fixed seatia
.hd .. ..thnf areasWOMSeF'ed.1. .. A..,.
�6eHSteffiefSaFe
areas off limits te patFe"s;
1. "Difeetse, shall mean the Difeet@F of cofflffluait� Development;
SP908 Of ...1..- s C.. ol]_. ..
... WHOtffe, t RaH ildee . ffea as determined 1. the Cut fe .0 Building l Godo,
::.p..-- :: v� u...g cvoc.
6. "Fixed seating" shall mean seating that is pe�mently fileed "d iffiffloNle. it ffla�
7. "Fully eftelesed" shall mean on the top "i Mi s dos with 813aEtHO MateFial
,... :,ray^^...: ^,......,.,.The ^ feEidiftMeNtS SHNOOt t@ the
pEavisians _fSeetion 17.18.140(B).
r.
10- roto :o>:ommr>ol
�
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 - Parking Standards
Page 15
62. Uses Not Specified. Where parking requirements for any uses are not specified, parking
shall be provided in an amount which the Director finds adequate to prevent traffic
congestion and excessive on -street parking. Whenever practical, such determination shall be
based upon the requirements for the most comparable use specified in this sestieaDivision
17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking).
3. Access to Parking Spaces for Nonresidential Uses. Parking spaces in multi -tenant
commercial centers, office centers, industrial centers, and in all nonresidential developments,
shall not be assigned to specific businesses or tenants and shall remain available to all
tenants within the center, unless otherwise permitted by the Director. The use of time limits
for such parking spaces may be permitted.
94. Schedule of Off -Street Parking Requirements by Use Type. T4e4&l4ewin&S2ecific use
types shall provide the minimum number of parking spaces as indicated belawin Division
1740 (Use Classifications and Required Parking), Chapter 17.38 (Overlay Zones). and
Chapter 17.55 (Property Development Standards — Mixed Use).. -
Residential
Unless
Uses
etheiw so fl8t0d, all MqUiFed PaFlkifig spaces shall be designed R EIOBeFdaflU- W411 9006011 17.18.40740,
I
Gffet"
f'sn"ide-�+denee_".
✓3e (ani
-3-6
Community
GaFe Fae 1 ty
0.5 SPOSeS 19eF UHitt plug guest par4ang at 1 spaee 19eF eaeh 8
ap1Es
4,
Dwell"
a:
c -o..,s
2spaees
tk
T'^e Faffl Ij
and'e
C�����io
04
15
r44 Guest Parkin
pec_er each twoUnits (f - ........1...... With MON
thea3etxts}
�
c.....ilHomes
2-Spaee$:
6.
L......-.r.�0sISe
8:73-spaees-peFbed'
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 - Parking Standards
Page 16
0
0
0
C-offiffier6fil Uses
0
a Da)' ard
d Aniffifil shelte
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 17
0
e: Ridixg-Aeade -a-.
4--9�
if vet « - �
of animals).
4
.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 17
0
8, Eating and PF;Rk mg Estabikhment
feet of seating �da with
6 RNtaaraxts
Com/ Tkreaglt
f]\ i
LmitcrtmFCsGTs,Fvers,ie••
Com/ _p___ref ___-_________`^ PIUS __, ___ PeF ._ SEJUffe ___.
(4) ru4i Somw
en
., .1. ]cn ..,. .. ,. cm. ,.o...._a _m
44-. Ledging
a- $2d- and -WeakfastS gHeSt F88111 OF SU48 PIUS '__a..a_.:..g o,_
HeteYaFP�tetek eck}itienal uses an site
42-, eed eat e spaee per ]nn ..,. a , a...
44.- .,_2cnS .._
a- Cali Center 1 s a OF 200 ..,. .. , feet
446, o..,._....._�m,.�_.....'o.
a:;..fir_ __ _.„�no^o-SQUaFe fee .
b-. Amusement NOE As detamined by the Pireet�.
f�Ot Of Seating aFeas with nos fixed somingi plus 1 space fe
....1. ] M ._rl.. a ..
January 2013 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 18
E
•
•
0
(-H a. ...amu .
E� tlo.%lifis"�y
11) Health And Fil ss Clss /` 6
(M paintball
(54 RaequetbalblTennisGowts
to
(74
basketball)
g
(4) Dr o,
SHe
SH6
J34 N41Hi8N FIGOI
(a)
January 2013 1 DRAFC
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 19
without^� e
(9)
Fae i
-260 SqHafe f,Ot.r_ec.. n..._.,..._ . d
&.
As detomined b) tile pwdoor.
g
(4) Dr o,
SHe
SH6
J34 N41Hi8N FIGOI
(a)
January 2013 1 DRAFC
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 19
-iRtMSfieEIe:
4-7-. Retail o_ n.._,..,dn.._,..al
RCtaii 1 spaeo per 250 square f..r
£1lt\OyptHg-C-enteFS
`TIUp tO 100,000 SqUaFO fee1 . ._ 200 . q. _.... ...L ......._..._...... is
....A.. ing ,.L.. be ..__i -d r. rl...r Use as_ed'_.L'..
Q-) GFeatffthan 100,000squa+e1 Spfte _., nnn ..,.. aFe f_...
feet
D15OBlHIE-s[(lidtl
aijitional uses an site.e
g, Wires SPOOO PeF 250 ..... aFe feet
k- Gt+ed-Slefe5
r Furniture-SteFes 4-�F 400 squffe Net;
NuFsese
LTS Retail eF 250 -.. Fe t.etj SPHO .._ 1,000 ..
......... f.o.
C" a�C �...d....� ..... �...... .. �....
(24
whatesale
R
t snd,.��'m.ao' Wng Tmn.. gT.......
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 - Parking Standards
Page 20
0
•
L�
0
•
0
as S_hoA ialze
a Voeatienal .
M Mm.-_.
(3) Gas sales
(44 a.,__ � a�.,ee
(5) (A)Sale
(B) Rentals
b-. ;tet sa;zar;.y,F�R.`r°�-g R"si
(1) Repair 2.0..c....._e. qpaees Pe.b _a bed
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 21
Sales ta+
W.
04 and Rerital
lTl
Body Rapai
4, Assembly
@ettling-Rlaats
1-5-. {l;.iStHbutff ShOWFOOM
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 22
r11
•
0
on site.
lodustrial-Uses
Unless otherwise noted, Oil feqUiFed Pffkifig
Si3aOeS Shall be deS ��dd in a88')fdRHU - I' ith 904'OR 17 18.070,
4, Assembly
@ettling-Rlaats
1-5-. {l;.iStHbutff ShOWFOOM
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 22
r11
•
0
0
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 23
Ll
. ,.n, c.,vU5.:.g
an site.
NNW and Sem' Pubhe Uses
1 spaeo pef 4 fixed seats (ewFy 24 inehes of Wash ShAl 1;" aonsil -f,,l Rne qeat)� plus 1 spaee per 29
v�ffliaCTe��
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 - Parking Standards
Page 24
0
Ifl�REI�RR__�_ f_F._In__1_A11lRRRlJ ____
_._ .. �.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 - Parking Standards
Page 24
0
0
0
11
1
i
k
lleft+e»kare
.
�.Re��
b, FOF Gaffiffi� id Sale
t:Within Publie Ut'ii[y-Easements
2,
C..�..TRtrFis M Ew4eI1A.. �1....
¢e Rg
Keeping ofAmimalls
$
o:�
16�nraal:c_
u_,..,._ ........d c,._,....,..:,..
+ n .._..,.,... I
Tempefef� Real Estate Offiees 1 SrfteO __F icy SqURFe A_..,.
1748.140N. Modification of Off -Street Parking Requirements.
A. o..Me and o..:....... o.._i... The Tl:Ngt ff .,..,.. ...:.6..... _..Lc,. L...,_:_.. ..___... ,. ..
..,Odic__.:,._ :_ the _..ul._F of a.....M._L. O pffk Rg .._,,...,. ___..:_,.a f _ _..u:_ __
E] PAN'at
�. ThM the DiF N10F Of
,..1.,.f c..OFS, RFA Npaled ..r_ USag@%a Rd eatO .h... ..
adequateto 101,611 4�1
and so meamffie_a..
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 25
9
1�
fiM3fM3i6�
A TL.-......-_:.._L..:I A'.... .....r..:..1. .0 .. ,.L ...._.. 4...._ of sim 1.._..ualit. and .._..L:. _•
ural
ain building an site� an
site.
61. . ,. _ _ Shared parking shall be allowed with approval of a eenditienal minor use_ _ - - - comment [Gt+31: c<aelat rias tmPi<Illemaron
permit in eammemial aRj industFiai zones for shared parking aereementsa9justenents-evev
twenty PeFe ... (299.) .....1 :rl. ....-_... ..1 ..f ..- adjustment in ...........-e a! Md '_d...r-:a
ZOReS e..ty-PeFOO...T,��a„�F, pursuant to F-hepfer-Section
17.9324.120 (Minor Use Permit) of this eedeCodc.
4a. Parking facilities may be jointly used with parking facilities for other uses when
operations are not normally conducted during the same hours, or when hours of peak
use vary. Requests for shared parking in eiieess _f y (20) --- are subject to the
approval of the Planning G..__i..sion and must meet th following conditions:
a411A parking analysis and survey data conducted by a licensed traffic engineer or
other traffic professional acceptable to the Director, shall be submitted and
demonstrate that substantial conflict will not exist in the principal hours or periods
of peak demand for the uses which the joint use is proposed.
(2) The peak hours of parking demand from all uses shall not coincide so that peak
demand is greater than the parking provided.
January 2013 j DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 26
U
.i
9
1�
fiM3fM3i6�
A TL.-......-_:.._L..:I A'.... .....r..:..1. .0 .. ,.L ...._.. 4...._ of sim 1.._..ualit. and .._..L:. _•
ural
ain building an site� an
site.
61. . ,. _ _ Shared parking shall be allowed with approval of a eenditienal minor use_ _ - - - comment [Gt+31: c<aelat rias tmPi<Illemaron
permit in eammemial aRj industFiai zones for shared parking aereementsa9justenents-evev
twenty PeFe ... (299.) .....1 :rl. ....-_... ..1 ..f ..- adjustment in ...........-e a! Md '_d...r-:a
ZOReS e..ty-PeFOO...T,��a„�F, pursuant to F-hepfer-Section
17.9324.120 (Minor Use Permit) of this eedeCodc.
4a. Parking facilities may be jointly used with parking facilities for other uses when
operations are not normally conducted during the same hours, or when hours of peak
use vary. Requests for shared parking in eiieess _f y (20) --- are subject to the
approval of the Planning G..__i..sion and must meet th following conditions:
a411A parking analysis and survey data conducted by a licensed traffic engineer or
other traffic professional acceptable to the Director, shall be submitted and
demonstrate that substantial conflict will not exist in the principal hours or periods
of peak demand for the uses which the joint use is proposed.
(2) The peak hours of parking demand from all uses shall not coincide so that peak
demand is greater than the parking provided.
January 2013 j DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 26
U
u
0
b-.L3j The number of parking spaces which may be credited against the requirements
for the structures involved shall not exceed the number of parking spaces
reasonably anticipated to be available during differing hours of operation.
e. Paflang feeii tips designated feF #Rt use would not be Wealdd AIRlIeF thaR five
4.t4j A written agreement shall be dmwm to the satisfaction of the City Attorney and
executed by all parties concerned assuring the continued availability of the number
of spaces designated for the joint use.' -Q^ 3, 2,'9100; Q a--o-d ^' 9, IWAIi Q^. -a.
02 5 4,23,02i n_d pc r c 2 ncrnc. Ord nc rm c 2 12,11345i Ord ne 13 c 2
2 Reduction of Parkina. Reduction in the number of parking spaces required by this Code _ _ - comment (GP41: cmeni Ptm rmpIemww,,
may be permitted by up to 20 percent with approval of a minor use permit. Parking
reductions greater than 20 percent may be permitted subiect to the approval of a minor use
permit by the Commission. A request for a reduction of parking may be granted if the
approving authority makes the findings oursuant to Section 17.24.120 (Minor Use Permit).
The approving authority may also impose the following conditions of approval:
a. Conditions of Approval.
(1) Parking demand study conducted by a licensed traffic engineer or other traffic
professional acceptable to the Director shall be provided with each request for a
reduction of parking.
(2) Theea eroving authority may impose conditions relative to the duration of the
permit, operation of the land use, regulation of hours of operation, or such other
conditions that the approving authority may deem necessary to ensure the
compatibility of the use with surrounding uses and to preserve the public health.
safety, or welfare.
b. Permit Does Not Run with the Land.
(I) A request for a reduction of parking is valid as long as the specific land use(s)
remains the same as at the time of permit issuance, including but not limited to,
Nancy. hours of operation, services or goods offered and a mix activities within
the use. The permit does not run with the land, therefore is null and void if
circumstances warranting the Parking reduction change.
3. Transitional Parkins. Transitional parking on property that is zoned residential or oven
space may be permitted with the approval of a minor use permit pursuant to Section
17.24.120 (Minor Use Pernit) of this Code. Transitional parking shall be subiect to the
following:
a. For the purposes of this section transitional parkin2 spaces separated only by an aIle
from the use shall be considered to be located on the same lot or parceP
b. Transitional parking shall not be considered shared parking. unless a shared Parking
agreement is approved:
c. If transitional parking is located on an adjacent parcel to the use, then both parcels shall
be under the same ownership: and
d. If transitional parking is located on an adjacent parcel to the use, then a covenant or other
agreement shall be executed to the satisfaction of the Director and shall be recorded in
the County Recorder's Office to ensure the continued availability of the Parking spaces.
44tA8,458O. Commercial Vehicle Prohibition.
fellaw ng shall be pe"itteEk
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 - Parking Standards
Page 27
L
a. VahT
,a;2' ..nth a g:@SS kreh.ele ,eight @f thann ,e fhaiiSaad-c1n�
1 .)
q
3. Vehiele when Rec fer ernStvVtO being _eFf.....,, th
vii,--rt'rafio- r-none-o�.x..s-pmvmeov�.:--:m
iHiii
^
�Oel Of land;
B1. The parking of any commercial vehicle, as defined in the Vehicle Code, having a gross
vehicle weight (GVW) of greater than twelve thousand (12,000) pounds, on any property
zoned for residential uses, is prohibited, with the exception of the following:
3a. Vehicles while in the act of loading or unloading passengers, materials, or merchandise;
3b. Vehicles engaged in performing a service activity on the adjacent lot or panel of land;
and
3c. Vehicles when necessarily in use for construction work being performed in the
immediate vicinity.
9
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.18 — Parking Standards
Page 28
n
L
17.51.080 Sin Re ulations Private Pro er
SeetiensSUBSECTIONS:
171. 1° 010A. Purpose.
-3 74 020 -Definitions.
17 19 030B. Applicability.
17 19,040C. General Provisions.
17.10.090 Signs Not Requiring 8 SigH PeFffilt;
3719060D. Administration.
173907 E. General Location, Height and Area Standards.
17.19.089F. Design, Material, Construction and Maintenance Standards.
17.19.10 G. Commercial Siens in General.
17.19.0 H. Building Identification Signs.
}7.19,100 Eo.: mereiel Signs in General.
17.19;110 ..epe kd.
17.'z, 19.1201. Construction Signs.
".'i-r-ri'4-✓o.' 293. Directional and Informational Signs.
".'_ .T1.0K. Incidental Business Signs.
".'_ 19450L. Monument Signs.
1 'QOM. Off -Site Signs.
• 17444-70L. Pylon Signs.
11_.9.1 800. Real Estate Signs.
1v, 1. 1909 Special -Purpose Signs.
474440_Q. Subdivision Identification, Sales, Entry and Special -Feature Signs.
17.1199.23011. Temporary Freestanding Slims.
17.19.2105. Wall Signs.
171�9 220T. Window Signs.
17.19.230 T.,.. par-.,_ c...,...,tanding c:.._...
17.19.240U. Prohibited Signs.
"SOV. Removal of Signs.
17 19 366 W. Appeals.
".SOX. Sign Regulations Matrix.
1749,28 Y. Illustration of Sign Types.
1'a�sn.'9 o9ivA. Purpose:The purposes and intent of these sign regulations include to:
Al. Regulate signs located on private property within the City and on property owned by public
agencies other than the City and over which the City has zoning and land use regulatory
power.
B2. Implement the City's community design and safety standards as set forth in the City's
General Plan, specific plans, special standards districts, City Beautification Master Plan,
City Arehiteev&ml Community Character and Design Guidelines and rnnnieipe4-Municinal
eedeCode.
G3. Maintain and enhance the City's appearance by regulating the design, character, location,
• number, type, quality of materials, size, illumination and maintenance of signs.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 - Sign Regulations
Page 1
17.19.020 DefiHififfll%
111a_,h. ^h_ases and teF.........ed in this eha tef has e the meaning . set f4th :« this Beet:.,«
"PiFeeter' .flee«., the _QiFvete e f C`Of..._...«:ty De. ele«...,.-.t r the Pirvete s designee
"Efe..t" ffie ff..., to build, eensin.,.t atteeh' ...... hang «lae„ pend ..r a ffi., to ,.-upon a fly .....f6ee
"Pe t holder" meaFtepefsea..he h,.ed a nuit « «t to this ehapteF
ate..t:e« to an ebteet, ed..et, plaee, etiyit., apiiiieft, PeFson, ifistitutieft,«
business, ar whieh identifies or prometes the interests of any perseft and whieh is 4e be viewed frem
„-.y publie street read high....... right of way or «,.^ ing area. The f llowin. are not withinthhe
definition efttsip" for the ..e,-..h.te.�, «......ese., of this eh„«ten •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 2
•
D4.
Serve the City's interests in maintaining and enhancing its visual appeal for residents,
tourists and other visitors by preventing the degradation of visual quality which can result
from excessive and poorly designed, located or maintained signage.
E5.
Generally limit commercial signage to on-site locations in order to protect the aesthetic
environment from the visual clutter associated with the unrestricted proliferation of signs,
while providing channels of communication to the public.
€6.
Limit the size and number of signs to levels that reasonably allow for the identification of a
residential, public or commercial location and the nature of any such commercial business.
67.
Encourage signs that are appropriate to the zoning district in which they are located and
consistent with the permitted uses of the subject property.
118.
Establish sign sizes in relationship to the scale of the lot and building on which the sign is to
be placed or to which it pertains.
19.
Minimize the possible adverse effects of signs on nearby public and private property,
including streets, roads and highways.
310.
Protect the investments in property and lifestyle quality made by persons who choose to
live, work or do business in the City.
111.
Protect and improve pedestrian and vehicular traffic safety by balancing the need for signs
that facilitate the safe and smooth flow of traffic (e.g., directional signs and on-site signs)
without an excess of signage which may distract drivers or overload their capacity to
quickly receive information.
L12.
Reduce hazardous situations, confusion and visual clutter caused by the proliferation,
placement, illumination, animation and excessive height, area and bulk of signs which
compete for the attention of pedestrian and vehicular traffic.
M13.Regulate
signs in a manner so as to not physically interfere with or obstruct the vision of
pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
•
1414.
Avoid unnecessary and time-consuming approval requirements for certain minor or
temporary signs that do not require review for compliance with the City's building and
electrical codes while limiting the size and number of such signs so as to minimize visual
clutter.
815.
Respect and protect the right of free speech by sign display, while reasonably regulating the
structural, locational and other noncommunicative aspects of signs, generally for the public
health, safety, welfare and specifically to serve the public interests in community aesthetics
and traffic and pedestrian safety.
1216.
Enable the fair, consistent and efficient enforcement of the sign regulations of the City.
Q17.
Regulate signs in a constitutional manner, which is content -neutral as to noncommercial
signs and viewpoint -neutral as to commercial signs. All administrative interpretations and
discretion is to be exercised in light of this policy and consistent with the purposes and
intent stated in this section. (^-a 03 1:7 ,; 2, 124603. n_a nc 19 ,; 2, 12,113,105)
17.19.020 DefiHififfll%
111a_,h. ^h_ases and teF.........ed in this eha tef has e the meaning . set f4th :« this Beet:.,«
"PiFeeter' .flee«., the _QiFvete e f C`Of..._...«:ty De. ele«...,.-.t r the Pirvete s designee
"Efe..t" ffie ff..., to build, eensin.,.t atteeh' ...... hang «lae„ pend ..r a ffi., to ,.-upon a fly .....f6ee
"Pe t holder" meaFtepefsea..he h,.ed a nuit « «t to this ehapteF
ate..t:e« to an ebteet, ed..et, plaee, etiyit., apiiiieft, PeFson, ifistitutieft,«
business, ar whieh identifies or prometes the interests of any perseft and whieh is 4e be viewed frem
„-.y publie street read high....... right of way or «,.^ ing area. The f llowin. are not withinthhe
definition efttsip" for the ..e,-..h.te.�, «......ese., of this eh„«ten •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 2
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 4
0
0
0
U
January 2013 1 DRAFT'
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 5
-
...
.
Ila
.
.
.
NO
..
.
.........
_.
......
-.
Mim
-
In
WOMM
M-
January 2013 1 DRAFT'
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 5
...... ..._ a. -------
shopping
J ________
center.
.._ _____.a _ _.---- _. _.. .,.._
....... _. __ _.
a.______- _., y.......
.,...
2. Sign, SeeenQe.y
Wall. `S"
'sa-alon
.n
main ele*A-6wi
vith g- gepan-dafy
wivmFy wall rsign" rsveans
eatfaftee eF f4eing a
a g-a;-eleyati
stfeat 9F eH site parking
other thafl
area E)F paFlEing
-6h �
Sign, Window. "Witidew
sign"
Eneans a*y sign painted
an a windem, OF 68fistrusted
89
papeF,
eleth, eanvas or ethef similar
sideof a window.
lightweight
matefial, with or without
4ames, and affixed
to the interie
".V)4 B. Applicability_This ehapter- ection regulates signs located on private property within
all zoning districts of the City and on property owned by public agencies other than the City and
over which the City has zoning and land use regulatory power. Except where otherwise expressly
provided in this ehaptmggtion, all signs located in such areas of the City shall be erected and
maintained in conformity with this ehaptersection. The standards regarding the number and size
of signs regulated by this ehepteFsection are maximum standards, unless otherwise stated.49rd.
17.19.04 C. General Provisions.
Al. Sign 1?eFraWAp .Loyal Required. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this ehaptersection,
it is unlawful for any person to place, erect, structurally or electrically alter (not including a
change in sign copy or sign face), move or display any temporary or permanent sign without first
obtaining a sign pet approval from the Commun4j, Development DepaFtmentPlanning
Division in accordance with the provisions of this ehaptersection. No sign peFmit—approval is
required for cleaning or other normal maintenance of a properly approved sign, unless a structural
or electrical change is made. The following signs do not require sign approval, provided, however,
that each such sign shall comply with all applicable requirements of this section:
Construction signs;
Incidental business signs;
Real estate signs;
Temporary freestanding signs permitted by subsection (R) ''.'T 30 -(Temporary Freestanding
Si ns ' and
Window signs.
92. Owner's Consent Required. The consent of the property owner or person in control or
possession of the property is required before any sign may be erected on any private property
within the City.
Q. Noncommercial Signs. Noncommercial signs are allowed wherever commercial signage is
permitted and are subject to the same standards and total maximum allowances per site or building
of each sign type specified in this eheptersection. An approval is required for a permanent
noncommercial sign only when a permanent commercial sign has not been previously approved.
For purposes of this eheptersection, all noncommercial speech messages are deemed to be "on-
site," regardless of location.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17,19 — Sign Regulations
Page 6
•
•
1111
Iffil
-----------------
NO
Mtt
- -
m-r-whoux—An—,
al-e—W—
.. ---
-------
".V)4 B. Applicability_This ehapter- ection regulates signs located on private property within
all zoning districts of the City and on property owned by public agencies other than the City and
over which the City has zoning and land use regulatory power. Except where otherwise expressly
provided in this ehaptmggtion, all signs located in such areas of the City shall be erected and
maintained in conformity with this ehaptersection. The standards regarding the number and size
of signs regulated by this ehepteFsection are maximum standards, unless otherwise stated.49rd.
17.19.04 C. General Provisions.
Al. Sign 1?eFraWAp .Loyal Required. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this ehaptersection,
it is unlawful for any person to place, erect, structurally or electrically alter (not including a
change in sign copy or sign face), move or display any temporary or permanent sign without first
obtaining a sign pet approval from the Commun4j, Development DepaFtmentPlanning
Division in accordance with the provisions of this ehaptersection. No sign peFmit—approval is
required for cleaning or other normal maintenance of a properly approved sign, unless a structural
or electrical change is made. The following signs do not require sign approval, provided, however,
that each such sign shall comply with all applicable requirements of this section:
Construction signs;
Incidental business signs;
Real estate signs;
Temporary freestanding signs permitted by subsection (R) ''.'T 30 -(Temporary Freestanding
Si ns ' and
Window signs.
92. Owner's Consent Required. The consent of the property owner or person in control or
possession of the property is required before any sign may be erected on any private property
within the City.
Q. Noncommercial Signs. Noncommercial signs are allowed wherever commercial signage is
permitted and are subject to the same standards and total maximum allowances per site or building
of each sign type specified in this eheptersection. An approval is required for a permanent
noncommercial sign only when a permanent commercial sign has not been previously approved.
For purposes of this eheptersection, all noncommercial speech messages are deemed to be "on-
site," regardless of location.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17,19 — Sign Regulations
Page 6
•
•
•D4. Substitution of Noncommercial Message. Subject to the consent of the property owner or person
in control or possession of the property, a noncommercial message of any type may be substituted
for all or part of the commercial or noncommercial message on any sign allowed under this
eheptffsection. No special or additional approval is required to substitute a noncommercial
message for any other message on an allowable sign, provided the sign structure is already
approved or exempt from the approval requirement and no structural or electrical change is made.
When a noncommercial message is substituted for any other message, however, the sign is still
subject to the same design, locational and structural regulations (e.g., color, materials, size, height,
illumination, maintenance, duration of display, etc.), as well as all building and electrical code
requirements, as would apply if the sign were used to display a commercial message. In the event
of any perceived or actual conflict between the general provisions of this subsection and any other
specific provisions in this ehapteFsection, the provisions of this subsection shall prevail.
E5. Substitution of Commercial Messages. The substitution of one commercial message for another
•
•
commercial message is not automatically allowed, nor is the free substitution of a commercial
message in a place where only a noncommercial message is allowed. In addition, no off-site
commercial messages may be substituted for on-site commercial messages.
€6. Legal Nature of Sign Rights and Duties. All rights, duties and responsibilities related to
permanent signs attach to the land on which the sign is erected or displayed and run with the land
or personal property. The City may demand compliance with this eka{ w—vection and with the
terms of any sign permit from the permit holder, the owner of the sign, the property owner or
person in control or possession of the property, or the person erecting the sign.
7. Outdoor Advertising Act. With respect to any proposed sign that constitutes an "advertising
display" as defined by California Business and Professions Code Section 5202, and is intended to
be placed or maintained within six hundred sixty (660) feet from the edge of the right-of-way of
any interstate or primary highway and the copy of which shall be visible from such interstate or
primary highway, the applicant must submit reasonable evidence demonstrating compliance with
or exemption from the regulations of the Outdoor Advertising Act (California Business and
Professions Code Sections 5200 et sea.).
um- .. . \ • . \ \ .
Y.. .. .. ._.. ... .. .. \ \ . \
. .... .. ... . .. .. . .. .. Y
... .. ...
17.1&869D. Administration.
Al. Purpose. The purpose of a sign permit is to help ensure compliance with the provisions of this
title and ehaptefsection, in particular, the provisions regulating the design, illumination, location,
materials, number, size and type of sign.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 7
R2. General Sign P+Fn 4 Aoaroval Apgliestien—Process. Where specifically required by this •
ekapteesection, the application for a sign per frit-aVoroval must be made in writing oft the €eem
provided by the Ce_h..nenity Development Depai4 hhe_«to the Planning Division. and-aeeempaxied
by the required fee established by City Geune:l ..eseh.de.h The application must contain the
following information and items:
4a. A drawing to scale showing the design of the sign, including dimensions, sign size, colors,
materials, method of attachment, source of illumination and showing the relationship to any
building or structure to which it is proposed to be installed or affixed or to which it relates.
2b. A site plan, including all dimensions, drawn to scale indicating the location of the sign
relative to the property line, rights-of-way, streets, sidewalks, vehicular access points and
existing buildings or structures and off-street parking areas located on the premises.
3c. The number, size, type and location of all existing signs on the same building, site or
premises.
n ➢-eef of the eenseat o f the prepei4yewner ethe_ peFsen in eentral or pessessien of the
PFOPeft5'.
S. With roe �n� seed � !hat ewtsti Pates an "adyeei4ising displa " a3-av fieri b
apes T-P� � b ��7 7
!`..I:A_-..:.. D...:.he.. e.hd PFaf gsions Cede Se4ie.h 5202 and is intended to be pla6ed OF
maintained ...Otho.. Rim bundred simy (660) feet ffo..h the edge of the right of way of .....
and DFer ssie.h.. Code Qeet'ons 5200 et seq.):
6d. Such other information as the Director may reasonably request in order to establish that the
proposed application is in full compliance with the provisions of this ekapter- ection and code •
and any other applicable law.
C. Preeessing Appliestionsl
,I. The ll:Feete....hell dere. nine .. bathe« the applieatio.h santRing ell the in f ..hhet:on and item
d by the pFoyisions of this ehapten if the :..e,.t,._ dete.�h.:.hee that the ...Bootie.. is
r:,Y:; ..ea r\
not ....dote the applieant must be e tied i .:thiH th . fl/1\
business days of the date ef reeeipt of the applieation that the applieatien is not sempleie and
the ..pplioat:en e ... plate The applioant will then have thirty /QM ealeadaF days to ....b...:t
(30) day pefied fendeFs the applieatien veid. Within twenty (20) business days fellowing the
feeeipt of a ended applieatien a pplenie.d.t in f finatio.. the Director must again
the applioeNon is found to be eemplete (the uapplieatie.h date"). All fietiees Fequired by this
ehaptef afe deemed given upen the date any sueh netiee is eithef deposited in tl� e I �Aited
Saha.... ail ef the date upen %4i:eh pefsenal e ef...heh natiee is P-e..:ded
Nesign pefmitapplieation will be aeee_ted:f.
a The applieant has installed a sign in .dotagen of the preyisie..s of this ehapte_ and, at the
tifne .hf submission of the applieat:e.. eeeh illegal sign has fiat been legal:..ed rem ,hd
OF ifieleded in the appliedlian;
li. Tb.h-,h is any .other existing �e eerieyielation leeeted a the site of the p ..ed .. .f.1..\
/.hal.... thm eft illegal sign that is n .fled or eentrelled by the ...Bean« .h.hd is leeated
at,. diff .h.ht h.h..L..h..., lee..t:e.. On th„ Sita C,h._h ah..t &F ..,h:eh the e .el i .g h«\
that has net bee., eafed at the t:._.e of the applie„te.h.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 8
0
CI
0
e. �T�_1.e sign pennit ...Bent:.. is substantiall same me nn an applieati.n pre..:eusly de..:..
Vft./less!
1 \ Twelve (12) months have elapsed e:..ee the date of the lent a"heetie..
Pl\ New eyidenee, rpFeef..fehe....ed e....diti....n in A.....inhed in the..e.., e...lieet:e...
d. Theapglisant has not obtained any applieable use pe—
ll Sign Review Stande..d Signage AAL- reeeiving a ....fete nenpefmit _phea..tiethe
Tl:fentnF ehell Pause the eppheet:e.t to he f:e..:e.. ed and ..endeF n NNT-., deeis-efl to appreve @F
deny the n...J:nnNen ..ithin twenty (20) h..n:..enn days of the .....lieation ante The Pireeto •n
de.e....:..et: e.. :..
to he guided selely by the standn..dn and efitefig et f .4h :.i this ehe..ter. The
...l:eation .hall he e....Fayed whe..e.,er the....e..ened sign. een f fms to all design size, height an
ehe..ter. A.. e....l:nnde.. may he em tea e:the- f.. whole ,.iH isaft when fnere than o
ne sign e
leeatie.. is sed by the n...l:eant When an pplie..tign is de..:ed in ..,hole nfin the
SH
's .ten ngt: A ..f dete_..:..ntiea must speeiA, the gFeundn for sueh de..: el �
E3. Sign Review—Enhanced Signage.
4—hr addition to the standard signage permitted on all properties in accordance with the zoning and
use of such property, applicants seeking sign permits for uses such as shopping centers, multi -
tenant buildings and other structures or properties with additional signage needs including, but not
limited to, properties that are irregularly shaped, large or have poor street visibility, may apply for
the approval of signage not otherwise permitted under this ehapter- ection or which exceeds the
standard regulations for signs set forth elsewhere in this ehaptersection. ee °nom .oIlAws
(1) Direetional and infoFmafien signs in the R and 08 zene.
(7) ine_enne :_ area of wall mounted e_ c eestanding n g%sall _ «ed zeftes to
twelve (12) ..e..e_e ret r _ prope.»:en with visibility eenst_aintn
l9\ laerease i., height of f eestanding signs in all .. tted zones eight /Q\ fpFepeoiesw..t C ..
ith visibility eonstr
14. Monument Sign
11 \ laerenne in area of tne. ufne..t signs in the r And 1 ..e..en .,, RH RfOa WiSeedift C. p.,
f.... /Gd\ e,...e..e feet ..eF sigit fees, ineluding the bane, n. felargeF ee..teffi ,.f tli f ft (3)
,....«Enna nn..es or where visibility ee..nt..e:..tn :ent:A. a ...e.......e..t nigH as e....e..ed
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 – Sign Regulations
Page 9
_ .... _ .. ... ... ..
... �.� ..
..
. .._- ... ... ... ... ���
...
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 – Sign Regulations
Page 9
�. w�allpigns<
(1) Pefmit tip to twe (2) primary wall sig%s alang the main elevatien of buildings i
C....d T ..,.HeS A._ a gFe....d &Bf FOtail ....e .. ith twe (2) entranee.. ....d e T:_:....m
fent"..e of ,. e h....dFed rift.. (150) feet and ,_.. " floor "rea of t,, thetisal.d
(1010 nn�noofeet'
(2) PeFmit up to feer (4) stipplemental wall signs along the main elevation of buildings
n the r and l zenes to adyeftise senioes yided .. sub tenant" f9F " t..:1 ..
se
with "Fniftimuin cent",.e of e..e hundred and fifty (150) feet and a gFe _" n,...,. area of
ten the.."e_d (10,000) "......_e 4.e.
11\ ineFease in the area of wall signs n the C and l ......e., to . MM square feet fef
seeend neoF establishments with " sepaFate e feeing " stFeet or on site
park4ag areas.
(4) L.erease in the height of wall signsn the n and l ._e..e., t,. eight (8) feet and t.. a (2)
OF FAAFA e"1 r...,... of tem
2. Finddings.oIF flowing the proee&Fe sem ifl subse nmis ses6to r ;e B;reea
may appFeve an ««I:e"Ne., that seeks enhafteed signage :f e., the basis of the appl:eetie.. an
..ide..,.e "..b...:tted the pireeter fi..d" that the conditiens applie"ble to the ..F,.......t. i .ei. ed
.."Lid:.... shape aph. setbael. 1. eatie.. _d:..._., de Be
find that all proposed epilianeed
a/`e.....1:.," ...ah e1......d:,...hi,. des:.... ....:del:..,,".
bb.lWel�=>d nat iitteFfere with pedestrian artehieelaF safety;
ti. R/...old net be leeated s to have ..negative impaet ati the .:":bili... ,. e..thetie
appearanee ..f any ed aeent ....,...e«t...
e. Would net detra t tern tthe pedestrian quality ,.f the street
f. Vlaald-neFaddW OF AFR to a. N.eF-p_ li fis at.o,of signs an " paf4ieolar prep -•T
.. Would eahanee the eye.ell deyelepme..t be in haFmeHy with, and relate yisuall., to ,.the.
site,an the s ..tufe" F level, pfne..t" they identify, and to ...d:..._
develepment'
F4. Master Sign Plans. Shopping centers containing five (5) tenants or more shall prepare a master
sign plan for a unified design theme for the center that furthers the architectural theme for the
center. This plan is subject to the sign review for enhanced signage e..:e... e d " _ .. ' r .he
Pireeter-for conformance with this ehapter-section and the develepment-eCode. All signs in the
center shall thereafter conform to such master sign plan or any master sign plan modification
subsequently approved by the Director, provided such signage otherwise complies with this
ekaptersection.
size,9. AdmiHiStFfitive Sign VUFiQHee and Histerie Sign Designation.
and type Fegul"tie.... of thio, ehapte« ..
Ne a fianee may be ,..."..ted heweyer, .hoot .. ,...1 d....—...a
,.f the prohibited t....,.., of signs _ feyided in Seetien 17.19.240, D_,.h:b:ted Sign"
'1 A, plie..tion An appl:eat:en f r a sign or histe_:e sign designation mast be fnade e.i
the feEmprovided by the Community Development lle..eit.nent and "ddit:en to any
SeetiOft
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 10
0
•
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 11
..
......... - ....
.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 11
------------
•.
IN
Y.. _.. ...
...
..
...
.. _._.
..
..
.... ..._..
.............................
...
.. • .. ...... ...
..
...
..
_ ...
..
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 11
L5. Display of Sign Permit Number Required. The sign permit number must be affixed to each •
approved sign so that the approval of the sign can be verified by field inspection. The permit
number must be easily readable from ground level but does not have to be part of the sign face.
36. Revocation of a Sign Permit. Subject to Ssubsection ".'moo W} JAppeals), of this ehapter,
the Director may revoke any permit approval upon refusal of the permit holder to comply with the
provisions of this ehapter--section after written notice of noncompliance and at least fifteen (15)
m a nz 1:7 c loin n2. n -a nc 1 c - 14ainc. n_a nc to a 2
days' Opportunity t0 cure. ,tviu--on-rix—rrr„4,T-�.�-v,--.�-„r�roTo.9--c,-,�--5=,
115\
17.19.070E. General Location, Height and Area Standards.
Al. Location Standards.
4a. Except as specifically provided in this ehaptersection, no sign shall be located upon or project
over a public right-of-way.
3b. No sign shall extend above the eave line or parapet or the lowest point on the sloping roof of
the building on which it is located.
3c. Signs shall be designed and located so as not to interfere with the unobstructed clear view of
another sign located on an adjacent property, the public right-of-way, and nearby traffic
regulatory signs or any pedestrian, bicyclist or motor vehicle driver.
d. No sign shall be located so as to have a negative impact on the visibility or aesthetic
appearance of any adjacent property.
e. Except as specifically permitted in this section, all signs shall be considered on-site signs,
which direct attention to a commercial or industrial occupancy, business, commodity, good,
educt, service or other commercial or industrial activity conducted, sold or offered upon the
site where the sign is maintained. •
R2. Sign Height. For freestanding signs, Sigrrheight shall be measured using the greatest vertical
measurement from grade level along the base of the sign structure to the highest point of the sign.
Sign height shall be measured from the elevation of the top of the curb fronting such sign when
within ten (10) feet of a street property line. When a sign is set back from a property line more
than ten (10) feet, sign height shall be measured from the elevation of the ground level
surrounding the base of the sign.
Q, Sign Area. The surface area of any sign face shall be computed from the smallest rectangles,
circles or triangles which will enclose all words, letters, figures, symbols, designs and pictures,
together with all framing, background material, colored or illuminated areas, and attention -
attracting devices forming an integral part of the overall display, but excluding all support
structures, except that:
4a. Superficial ornamentation or symbol -type appendages of a nonmessage-bearing character
which do not exceed five (5) percent of the surface area shall be exempted from computation.
2b. Wall signs painted en or affixed directly to a building wall, facade or roof, and having no
discernible boundary shall have the areas between letters, words intended to be read together,
and any device intended to draw attention to the sign message included in any computation of
surface area.
3c. Signs placed in such a manner, or bearing a text, as to require dependence upon each other in
order to convey meaning shall be considered one sign and the intervening areas between
signs included in any computation of surface area.
4d. Spherical, cylindrical or other three-dimensional signs not having conventional sign faces
shall be computed from the smallest three-dimensional geometrical shape or shapes which
will best approximate the actual surface area of such faces.
3e. Logos, sign bands and graphics shall be included as part of the calculation of sign area. (Ord.
03 17 C as loin nn. n_a-no :3 C a, 8Q6M)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 12
•
•
1 19
090F. Design, Material, Construction and Maintenance Standards.
Each permanent approved sign shall comply with the following standards:
,41.
Materials and Colors. All permanent signs shall be constructed of durable materials that are
compatible in appearance to the building supporting or identified by the sign. Such materials may
include, but are not limited to: ceramic tile; sandblasted, hand -carved or routed wood; channel
lettering; or concrete, stucco or stone monument signs with recessed or raised lettering. Sign
colors and materials should be selected to be compatible with the existing building designs and
should contribute to legibility and design integrity.
1E,2.
Relationship to Buildings. Each permanent sign located upon a site with more than one main
building, such as a commercial, mixed use, office or industrial project, shall be designed to
incorporate the materials common or similar to all buildings.
Q.
Relationship to Other Signs. Where there is more than one sign on a site or building, all
permanent signs shall have designs that similarly treat or incorporate the following design
elements:
ka. Type of construction materials;
Ab. Sign/letter color and style of copy;
3c. Method used for supporting sign (i.e., wall or ground base);
4d. Sign cabinet or other configuration of sign area;
3e. Illumination; and
6f. Location.
1a4.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, the Flenxing Commission, after public hearing and
notice pursuant to the provisions of this code, has the authority to establish special signage
districts with specific design standards to enable reasonable flexibility for unique circumstances
• 135.
and special design themes.
Sign Illumination. Illumination from or upon any sign shall be shaded, shielded, directed or
reduced so as to minimize light spillage onto the public right-of-way or adjacent properties, and in
no event shall illumination be permitted to cause such excessive glare as to constitute a potential
hazard to traffic safety. Externally illuminated signs shall be lighted by screened or hidden light
sources.
F6.
Construction. Every sign, and all parts, portions and materials thereof, shall be manufactured,
assembled and erected in compliance with all applicable State, federal and City regulations
including the City's building code and electrical code.
67.
Maintenance. Every sign and all parts, portions and materials shall be maintained in good repair.
The display surface of all signs shall be kept clean, neatly painted and free from rust, cracking,
peeling, corrosion or other states of disrepair. The exposed back of any sign must be suitably
covered.
148.
Restoration of Building or Property. Within thirty (30) days of the removal of a sign from a
building wall or from the grounds of the premises if a freestanding sign, the wall of the building or
the grounds of the premises shall be repaired and restored to remove any visible damage or
blemish left by the removal of the sign.(Ord. 9;-1� § 2, 12,1940-34
V; 191 19100G. Commercial Siens in General.
Commercial signs are permitted in all zones wherever commercial or other nonresidential uses
are permitted subiect to the regulations contained in subsectionsfGH;44400 (Commercial Signs in
General) through (R) "ro (Temporary Freestanding Siens).
� 17.19.090H. Building Identification Signs.
Building identification signs are permitted in all zones subject to the following regulations:
• � Al. Number and Area.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 13
-Ia. In RE, o" GNU zones, URI, UR2 and OS zones, one wall -mounted sign, not to •
exceed one square foot in sign area, shall be permitted per principal use.
2b. In RM, RM 4,-MUR3, UR4, and UR5-and-A-zones, one wall -mounted sign, not to exceed
six (6) square feet in sign area, shall be permitted per principal use.
3c. In C, MX, Ph and I zones, one wall -mounted sign shall be permitted per principal use,
provided:
a -.i. The sign does not exceed six (6) square feet in sign area where located less than thirty
(30) feet above ground level, measured at the base of the building below such sign; or
b. -ii. The sign does not exceed two (2) percent of the exterior wall area of the building wall on
which it is mounted, excluding penthouse walls, where located more than thirty (30) feet
above ground level, measured at the base of the building below such sign.
4d. This provision shall not be interpreted to prohibit the use of similar signs of a larger size or in
greater number where otherwise permitted by this code and computed as part of the sign area
permitted for commercial signs as provided in SsubsectionsG' .'-. n no (Commercial
Sims in General) through LRL"�,9 (Temporary Freestandine Siens) of this section.
42. Lighting. Building identification signs may be internally or externally lighted, subject to the
following:
4a. In R zones, no exposed incandescent lamp used shall exceed a rated wattage of twenty-five
(25) watts; and
2b. In the OS zone, exposed lamps or light bulbs are prohibited.
3. Sign Copy. Only individual letters of a business name or individual letters and adjacent logo may
be permitted. Products for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information
which makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
(Ord 03 17 c o i o tWO3; Ord nc 19 c o 12,113,195)
17 1u i .............
inn eial Sig fl§ in C... eF ffl ' •
Commereial sigfis are pefmkted iH all zones wherever eefnfneFoial or other nonresidential uses aFe
pemtitted sobjeet ie the Fegulatiens eentained in Seetiefts 17.49.100 through 17.19.220230. (04 03
-1r7 A c, 12'19'103, n_a. nrc 19 c z, 12,113"0 5)
"9420L Construction Signs.
Construction signs are permitted in all zones, subject to the following regulations:
Al. Number and Area.
-1•a. In R and OS zones, one wall -mounted or freestanding construction sign shall be permitted for
each street or highway frontage, provided:
a:i. The sign does not exceed twelve (12) square feet in sign area on any lot with street or
highway frontage of one hundred (100) feet or less; or
434i. The sign does not exceed sixty-four (64) square feet in sign area on any lot with street or
highway frontage greater than one hundred (100) feet.
2b. In C, MX, PI, and I zones, one wall -mounted or freestanding construction sign shall be
permitted for each street or highway frontage, provided:
a.i. The sign does not exceed ninety-six (96) square feet in sign area on any lot with street or
highway frontage of one hundred (100) feet or less; or
iii. The sign does not exceed one hundred forty-four (144) square feet in sign area on any lot
with street or highway frontage greater than one hundred (100) feet.
R2. Height. Freestanding construction signs shall not exceed the following heights: •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 14
• 4a. In the R, and OS and A zones—eight (8) feet; and
21b. In the C MX. PI, and I zones—sixteen (16) feet.
63. Location. Construction signs shall be maintained only upon the site of the building or structure
under construction, alteration or in process of removal.
D4. Lighting.
4a. Construction signs in the A—R and OS zones shall be unlighted.
2b. Construction signs in C, MX, PI, and I zones may be internally or externally lighted.
E5. Time Limit. All construction signs shall be removed from the premises within thirty (30) days
after the completion of construction, alteration or removal of the structure.
6. Sign Coov. Names of owners. lenders, contractors. architects. engineers. future tenants and others
associated with a construction project may be permitted. No other advertising matter may be
permitted.
(Ord 03 17 a 2, 12&03; OFF nc 19 c o r e n vnc)
4744.430J. Directional and Informational Signs.
Freestanding or wall -mounted directional and informational signs are permitted in the C, MX, PI,
and I zones and for commercial and other nonresidential uses in the R and OS zones subject to the
following regulations:
At. Sign Review for Enhanced Signage. In the R and OS zones, an application for a sign review for
enhanced signage must be submitted and approved prior to the placement of any directional or
informational signs. In addition to the findings generally required for sign review for enhanced
signage, approval of such signs shall be contingent upon the additional finding that the geographic
location of or access route to the use identified creates a need for any directional or informational
• signs not satisfied by other signs permitted by this ehaptersection.
92. Area.
4g.
In all permitted zones, a maximum area of six (6) square feet per wall -mounted sign or
freestanding sign face, including the base, shall be permitted.
2b.
In all permitted zones, for properties where visibility constraints justify larger signing, a
maximum area of twelve (12) square feet per wall -mounted sign or freestanding sign face,
including the base, shall be permitted, pursuant to a review for enhanced signing.
3c.
In all permitted zones, freestanding signs shall have no more than two (2) sign faces.
Q. Height.
4a.
In all permitted zones, freestanding signs shall not exceed a height of six (6) feet.
2b.
In all permitted zones, for properties where visibility constraints justify higher signing,
freestanding signs shall not exceed a height of eight (8) feet, pursuant to a sign review for
enhanced signing.
3c.
In all permitted zones, wall -mounted signs shall not exceed a height of three (3) feet.
D4. Location.
4oa.
In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, freestanding signs shall be located on-site and shall be set back
a minimum one foot from any street or public right-of-way.
2b.
In the OS zone, freestanding signs may be located on-site and off-site and shall be set back a
minimum five (5) feet from any street or public right-of-way.
3c.
In the R zone, freestanding signs shall be located on-site and shall be set back a minimum
five (5) feet from any street or public right-of-way.
4d.
In all permitted zones, freestanding signs shall be incorporated within a landscape planter
unless permitted otherwise by the Director of Community DevelepateR .
3e.
In all permitted zones, freestanding signs shall be set back a minimum twenty-five (25) feet
from any adjacent R or OS zoned property.
• � R5. Lighting.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 15
+a. In the C. MX. PI, and I zones, signs may be internally or externally lighted. •
26. In the R and OS zones, signs may be internally or externally lighted; provided, that no
exposed incandescent lamp used shall exceed a rated wattage of twenty-five (25) watts.
6. Sian COPY. Name of business, organization, service and information Providing direction may be
permitted. Products for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information
which makes the sign avoear to be advertisement are prohibited.
m -a 93 1-7r§2 1 12"W@3. n.a nnc 19-a-2, 1ai1 3"054
�
V; 19 140K. Incidental Business Signs.
Incidental business signs are permitted in the C, MX, PI, and I zones and for commercial and other
nonresidential uses in the R and OS zones subject to the following regulations:
Al. Each business establishment may be permitted an incidental business sign provided:
- a. The sign is a wall -mounted sign; and
2b. The sign does not exceed two (2) square feet in sign area.
132. This provision shall not be interpreted to prohibit the use of similar signs of a larger size or in
greater numbers where otherwise permitted by this code or computed as part of the sign area
permitted for commercial signs provided in this ehaptersection.
3. Sign Copy. Name of incidental businesses indicating credit cards accepted, trading stamps offered,
trade affiliations, and similar matter may be permitted.
(Ord na 10 a 2, momma, OFF 05 19 c o 124345)
".'r SOL. Monument Signs.
Monument signs are permitted in the C, MX. PI, and I zones and for commercial and other
nonresidential uses in the R and OS zones subject to the following regulations: •
-Al. Number.
4wa. In all permitted zones, only one monument sign may be permitted on any lot or parcel of land
having a minimum of one hundred (100) feet of continuous street or highway frontage. For
the purposes of calculating frontage on a corer lot or commercial center, frontage shall
include the total linear distance of such lots) on each of the streets.
2b. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, notwithstanding subsection (Aj)(4a) of this section, in the
event of any commercial center, lot or parcel of land having continuous street or highway
frontage exceeding one hundred (100) feet, one additional monument sign shall be permitted
for each additional four hundred (400) feet of continuous frontage. In no event, however,
shall a monument sign be located closer than two hundred fifty (250) feet from any other
monument or freestanding sign on the same property or center.
3c. In order to reduce the number of nonconforming signs within the City, no parcel of land
whereon there exists any legal nonconforming pylon sign shall be allowed a monument sign
unless at least one existing legal nonconforming pylon sign or billboard of equal or greater
sign area is first removed.
E?. Area.
4a. In all permitted zones, a maximum area of fifty-four (54) square feet per sign face, including
the base, shall be permitted.
2b. In the C, MX. Ph and I zones, for larger centers of three (3) or more acres or where visibility
constraints justify a monument sign as opposed to a pylon sign, the sign may have an area
exceeding fifty-four (54) square feet per sign face, including the base, pursuant to a sign
review for enhanced signing.
4c. In all permitted zones, a monument sign shall have no more than two (2) sign faces that are
back-to-back and facing in 0000site directions.
E3. Height. •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 16
•
I 4a.
In all permitted zones, a maximum height of six (6) feet shall be permitted.
2b.
In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, for larger centers of three (3) or more acres or where visibility
constraints justify a monument sign as opposed to a pylon sign, a maximum height of up to
eight (8) feet may be permitted, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing.
D4. Location.
4a.
In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, monument signs shall be set back a minimum one foot from
any street or public right-of-way.
2b.
In the R and OS zones, monument signs shall be set back a minimum five (5) feet from any
street or public right-of-way.
3c.
In all permitted zones, monument signs shall be incorporated within a landscape planter
unless permitted otherwise by the Director of Gammtmi4y Develap ffie_.
4d.
In all permitted zones, signs shall be nlaced outside of a clear sight line setback zone defined
as eight (8) feet from curb line at the centerline of the driveway, diminishing to the curb line
measured fifty (50) feet from the centerline of the driveway in both directions. shall be set
eatside the elear sight line sethaek zone. The sight 1 tie setbaek zone is defined as eight (9)
Se.
feet ffeEn the extension of the ..wb line at the eent....l:-.,.-
In all permitted zones, monument signs shall be set back a minimum twenty-five (25) feet
from any adjacent R zoned property.
E5. Lighting.
4a. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, monument signs may be internally or externally lighted.
2b. In the R and OS zones, signs may be internally or externally lighted; provided, that no
exposed incandescent lamp used shall exceed a rated wattage of twenty-five (25) watts.
F6. Multiple -Tenant Signs. Monument signs displaying five (5) or more tenants per sign face are
permitted pursuant to a master sign plan.
67. Address. Monument signs shall clearly show the property address with letter sizes not to exceed
eight (8) inches in height.
8. Sian Copy. Only the name and/or symbol of the development (or name of retail/office center and
on-site businesses or organizations) and addresses may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone
numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which makes the sign appear to be
advertisement are prohibited.
17.'_ =°.1wM. Off -Site Signs.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this ehapter-section or code, any off-site sign (including
any billboard) that was lawfully erected prior to the effective date of the ordinance codified in this
section may be maintained and repaired in accordance with the applicable regulations of this ehapteF
section as a legal nonconforming use; provided, however, that in no event shall such legal
nonconforming use be expanded. ("-a nz 17 c 2 , o in inz . QFa nc 19 c 2 12,113,105)
"=-r. 94-70hL Pylon Signs.
In lieu of a monument sign as permitted in Ssubsection 17.19.15 L Monument Signs), pylon
signs are permitted in the C. MX, PI, and I zones and for commercial uses in the OS zones subject to
the following regulations:
-At. Number.
4a. In all permitted zones, a maximum of one pylon sign per parcel of land or skeppieg
commercial center containing a minimum of three (3) acres and five hundred (500) feet of
street frontage shall be permitted. For the purposes of calculating frontage on a corner lot,
frontage shall include the total linear distance of such lot along each of the streets.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 17
2b. In the C, MX. PI, and I zones, notwithstanding subsection (Al)(3a) of this section, in the •
event any commercial center, lot or parcel of land having continuous street or highway
frontage exceeding five hundred (500) feet, one additional pylon or monument sign may be
permitted for larger centers with more than one thousand (1,000) feet of street frontage,
pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing. In no event shall a pylon or monument sign
be located closer than two hundred fifty (250) feet from any other pylon or monument sign on
the same property or center.
3c. In order to reduce the number of nonconforming signs within the City, no parcel of land
whereon there exists any legal nonconforming pylon signs shall be allowed another pylon
sign unless all existing legal nonconforming pylon signs or billboards are first removed.
132. Area.
+a. In the C. MX. PI, and I zones, a maximum area of forty (40) square feet per sign face shall be
permitted.
2b. In the C, MX. PI, and I zones, for larger centers with more than one thousand (1,000) feet of
street frontage, signs may have a maximum area up to one hundred sixty (160) square feet
pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing.
3c. In the OS zone, a maximum area of twenty-four (24) square feet per sign face shall be
permitted.
4d. In all permitted zones, a pylon sign shall have no more than two (2) sign faces that are back-
to-back and facingin opposite directions.
63. Height.
4a. In all permitted zones, a maximum height of fifteen (15) feet shall be permitted.
2b. In the C, MX. PI, and I zones, for larger centers with more than one thousand (1,000) feet of
street frontage, a maximum height of up to twenty (20) feet may be permitted, pursuant to a
sign review for enhanced signing. •
134. Location.
4a. In the Q,1LX.PI and I zones, pylon signs shall be set back a minimum of three (3) feet from
any street or public right-of-way.
2b. In the OS zone, pylon signs shall be set back a minimum of five (5) feet from any street or
public right-of-way.
3c. In all permitted zones, pylon signs shall be incorporated within a landscape planter unless
permitted otherwise by the Director of Comfakinity Develepmen .
4d. In all permitted zones, pylon signs shall be set back a minimum twenty-five (25) feet from
any R zoned property.
R5. Lighting.
4a. In the C MX, PI, and I zones, pylon signs may be internally or externally lighted.
2b. In the OS zone, pylon signs may be internally or externally lighted; provided, that no exposed
incandescent lamp used shall exceed a rated wattage of twenty-five (25) watts.
€6. Multiple -Tenant Signs. Signs displaying five (5) or more tenants per sign face are permitted
pursuant to a master sign plan.
7. Sian Copy. Only the name and/or symbol of the development (or name of retail/office center and
on-site businesses or organizations) and addresses may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone
numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which makes the sign appear to be
advertisement are prohibited.
(Ord na 17 C 2 r`a nc in c 2 124;Q54
".'� moo^. Real Estate Signs.
Real estate signs are permitted in all zones subject to the following restrictions:
Al. Number and Area.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 18
11
• -la. In ^ nc D\,. o. R& -NU zones, URI. UR2, and OS zones, one wall -mounted or
freestanding real estate sign shall be permitted for each street or highway frontage, provided:
&i. The sign does not exceed six (6) square feet in sign area or twelve (12) square feet in
sign area, if two-sided, on any lot having a street or highway frontage of one hundred
(100) feet or less; or
b4i. The sign does not exceed thirty-two (32) square feet in sign area or sixty-four (64)
square feet in sign area, if two-sided, on any lot having a street or highway frontage
greater than one hundred (100) feet.
2b In D*" n""�.. UR3, UR4, and URS zones, one wall -mounted or freestanding real
estate sign shall be permitted for each street or highway frontage, provided:
a -i. The sign does not exceed twelve (12) square feet in sign area or twenty-four (24) square
feet in sign area, if two-sided, on any frontage of one hundred (100) feet or less; or
b4i. The sign does not exceed thirty-two (32) square feet in sign area or sixty-four (64)
square feet in sign area, if two-sided, on any lot or parcel of land having a street or
highway frontage greater than one hundred (100) feet.
3c. In the C, MX. PI, and I zones, one wall -mounted or freestanding real estate sign shall be
permitted for each street or highway frontage, provided:
&i. The sign does not exceed n hirtv-two (4832) square feet in sign area or ninety
sin—sixty-four (9664) square feet in sign area, if two-sided, on any frontage of one
hundred (100) feet or less; or
b4i. The sign does not exceed ene handFedfo -ei ht (18948) square feet in sign area or two
hendfednine -six (24996) square feet, if two-sided, on any frontage in excess of one
hundred (100) feet.
• 442. Height. Freestanding real estate signs shall not exceed the following heights:
+a. In the A—, R and OS zones— eigh-six (86) feet; and
2b. In the C, MX, PI, and I zone 4fleentiight (448) feet.
E3. Location.
-la. Freestanding real estate signs may be placed in front yard setback areas, provided such signs
are located not less than ten (10) feet from any adjacent street or highway; and
2b. Freestanding real estate signs shall not be placed nearer to any lot line than ten (10) feet.
44. Lighting.
�a. Real estate signs in the R, and OS gad A zones shall not be lighted; and
2b. Real estate signs in C, MX, PIPI, and I zones may be internally or externally lighted.
€5. Time Limit. All real estate signs shall be removed from the premises within thirty (30) days after
the property has been rented, leased or sold.
6. Sign Copy. "For Sale," For Lease," or "Available" and name of broker, property manager,
telephone number, and website address may be oermitted. Price information and other information
which makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
(04 03 ry § 2, 1219103; Ord nc 19 c 2, 12,1 13,105)
•
"'�„'90P. Special -Purpose Signs.
The following special-purpose signs are permitted as provided in this subsection:
Al. Automobile Dealership Identification Placards Signs. On-site automobile identification
placards for approved franchised vehicle sales facilities are permitted on street frontage parking
lot light standards pursuant to sign review for enhanced signing and the following regulations:
-�a. Area. A maximum area of eight (8) square feet per placard shall be permitted.
-2b. Number, A maximum two (2) placards on each side of a light standard shall be permitted for
a total maximum of four (4) signs per light standard.
3c. Lighting. Signs shall not be lighted.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 19
d. Sign Copy. Name and/or logo of auto dealer and/or make of vehicle sold on site may be
•
permitted. Telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which makes the
sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
2. Automotive -Oriented Pylon Signs. Automotive -oriented nylon signs are permitted in the GTG
zooeVDS Overlay Zone, for businesses primarily devoted to automotive sales or service, pursuant
to a sign review for enhanced signing and the following regulations:
a. Number. A maximum of one (1) sign is permitted on a lot or parcel of land.
b. Area. A maximum area of two hundred (200) square feet per sign face shall be permitted.
c. _ Height. A maximum height of thirty-five (35) feet shall be pennitted.
d. Lighting. Signs may be internally or externally lighted. No exposed neon or incandescent
lamp shall be utilized.
e. All other applicable code provisions for pvlon signs shall apply.
f Sign Copy. Name and/or logo of auto dealer and/or make of vehicle sold on site and
addresses may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and
other information which makes the sign appear to be advertisement is prohibited.
3. Awning Sign. Awning signs are permitted in the C, MX, and I zones subject to the following
regulations.
a. Number. A maximum of one (1) sign per permitted awning shall be allowed.
b. Height. A maximum height of one (1) foot shall be permitted.
c. Width. A maximum width of 50 percent of the awning fascia shall be permitted.
d. Location. Awning signs shall be located on the face of the awning only.
e. Lighting. Awning signs may be externally lit (i.e. gooseneck lighting).
f Sign Copy. Only the name of the business or and/or logo may be permitted.
g. Any requests exceeding the requirements for awning signs shall be subject to a sign review
for enhanced signage.
.
4. Banner Signs. Banner signs include grand opening banner signs and special event banner signs
and are permitted in the C. 1. MX, and PI zones subject to the following regulations.
a. Grand Openine Banner Signs. Grand opening banner signs are permitted for new businesses
in the C.1, MX, and PI zones subiect to the following regulations:
i. Number. In all permitted zones, a maximum of one (1) Brand opening banner shall be
permitted per establishment.
ii. Time Limits. Signs shall be limited to one thirty (30) consecutive day period for each
establishment.
iii. Height and Area. Signs shall be limited to three (3) feet in height and sixty (60) square
feet in area and may not include prices. telephone numbers, leasing information, name
brands, or specific items for sale. Signs may read "Grand Opening" or "Coming Soon"
and may include the business name and logo.
iv. Location. Signs shall be affixed wholly to the structure associated with the special event,
shall not extend above the roofline and shall not encroach into the public right-of-way.
V. Sign Com. Name of business, "Grand Opening," "Coming Soon," and/or similar words
describing the opening of business may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone
numbers, web addresses, prices and other information, which makes the sign appear to be
advertisement, are prohibited.
b. Special Event Banner Signs. Special event banner signs are permitted in the C, I, MX. and PI
zones subject to the following regulations.
i. Number. In all pennitted zones, a maximum of one (1) special event banner shall be
pennitted per establishment.
ii. Time Limits.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 20
•
• (a) The use of a special event banner for each establishment shall be limited to no more
than thirty (30) days within the period beginning January 1 and ending June 30, and
an additional thirty (30) days within the period of July 1 and endine December 31.
The number of events within each six month period may not exceed three (3) and no
single event shall exceed thirty (30) consecutive days.
(b) A business located within a commercial center, undergoing construction, with an
active building permit, may be permitted one (1) temporary banner in lieu of a wall
sign, during the period of construction.
e:.,ns shall he r,._:tgd .,, c �,. fiyo (ne) de-... _,._,.e.._ r.._,.Aph Th:., time
d.._et oa�heweve_ the .,,,,..he,. er special event
ell n exeeed five (5) ee_ ealead,._ yeaF and n single event ..h.,ll a Ped t,, mAy e.,
iii. Height and Area. Signs shall be limited to three (3) feet in height and sixty (60) square
feet in area and may not include prices, telephone numbers, leasing information, name
brands or specific items for sale.
iv. Location. Signs shall be affixed wholly to the structure associated with the special event,
shall not extend above the roofline and shall not encroach into the public right-of-way.
V. Sign Copy. Name of business and/or a unique event, happening, action, or occasion
permitted to occur onsite may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone numbers, we
addresses, prices and other information which makes the sign appear to be advertisement
are prohibited.
135. Changeable Copy Signs. In lieu of a regular monument, pylon or wall sign otherwise permitted
under this ehaptersection, one changeable copy sign may be permitted on each lot or parcel of land
. in any zone if the premises are (i) approved for a use allowing the assembly of one hundred (100)
or more persons for meetings or other events and (ii) such meetings or other events occur on a
regular basis, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing and the following regulations:
4a. Area. In no event shall a sign exceed one hundred (100) square feet in sign area.
2b. All other applicable code provisions pertaining to monument, pylon or wall signs shall apply.
c. Sign Copy. Changeable copy, letters, symbols, or numerals providing information related to
meetings or other events may be permitted. Other information which makes the sign appear to
be advertisement is prohibited.
6. Community Identification Signs. Freestanding community identification signs are permitted in
any zone at or near the entrance to Canyon Country, Newhall, Saugus. Valencia, Sand Canyon,
Placerita Canyon or other recognized community pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing
and the following regulations:
a. Area. Signs shall not exceed ninety-six (96) square feet in sign area or one hundred ninety-
two (192) square feet in sign area, if two-sided.
b. _Height. Signs shall not exceed fifteen (15) feet in height.
C. Lighting. Such signs may be internally or externally lighted.
d. Design. Signs shall be architecturally related to the community area in which they are located
and shall be constructed with decorative materials that are compatible with the location and
the community.
e. All other applicable code provisions for monument or pylon signs shall apply.
f. Sign Copy. Name of a recognized community (e.g. Canyon Countrv, Newhall, Saugus, or
Valencia) or the City may be permitted. No advertising matter is permitted.
7. Corporate Flags. Corporate flaes are permitted in the C. I, MX, and PI zones subject to the
following regulations:
CJ
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 21
a. Number. A single corporate flag may be flown provided that it is flown in coniunction with, •
and in similar fashion as, a federal and/or state flag. In no circumstance shall more than three
(3) flags be flown, including the single allowable corporate flag.
b. Area. A maximum of twenty-four (24) square feet in area shall be Permitted per flag.
C. Sign COPY. Only the name and/or logo of the retail/office center (or name of retail/office
center and on-site businesses or organizations) may be permitted.
63. Electronic Readerboard Signs. In lieu of a regular monument, pylon, freeway -oriented or
freeway commercial center sign otherwise permitted in this ehegtwe ection, one electronic
readerboard sign may be permitted on each lot or parcel of land in the C MX and I zones subject
to approval of a conditional use permit and the following regulations:
-la. Number. A maximum one sign shall be permitted for each lot or parcel of land containing a
minimum area of twenty five (25) acres.
2b. Lighting,
a -.i. The proposed display illumination shall not have continuous motion or appear to be in
continuous motion.
b4i. The message rate shall not change at a rate faster than one message every four (4)
seconds.
e -.iii. The interval between messages shall be a minimum one second.
d:iv. The intensity of the illumination does not change.
3c. Location. Signs shall be set back a minimum one hundred (100) feet from any R zone.
4d. All other applicable code provisions for monument, pylon, freeway -oriented or freeway
commercial center signs shall apply.
e. Sign Copy. Only the name and/or symbol of the development (or name of retail/office center
and on-site businesses or organizations) and addresses may be permitted. All other sign copy
information shall be subiect to the requirements of a conditional use permit. .
D. Community .v....u....nrro.a Signs. Ffeestanding..... «....,. •.. identifiea4ion......... ...... p,,.-.,:« n
aa) vase ua or ua.au the c..0 wwv to crrar7vx Geunti5,, -
1. Area, Signs small iiet meeedd nim � (96) &et handfed .,
o.b[[� G[� at* rJ O� jgaar�p ZGR-QL-,"l}�!i'R]TCTT�RC'[ilTilRIO6-liiISGi7
PA'S (1 92) ..quamoo feet in sign aFea if two sided
2. lleight, Signs shall not e*seed fiReen (15) feet in
height-
Lighting. Sueh signs mai be internally orextemally-lighted.
4. Design. Signs shall be amkiteetwrally Felated to •1.,, ._.,..: y afe .�aF . leeat_
c-avomoa
and ..1,.,11 be .,..-,..•-., eted with d...,,.-. tiya m...•eri4q that n eompatible with the 1..,,..•:en an
the T
3 All other ,,pplieable eed.. ,.....viii.-, for meHumeat of pylo,. signs shall ..ppld
9. Freewav Commercial Center Signs. Freeway commercial center signs are oermitted in the C
MX, and I zones for signs to be viewed primarily from an adjacent freeway subject to approval of
a conditional use permit and the following regulations:
a. Number.
i. A maximum one on-site or off-site sign shall be permitted for each lot or parcel of land
along a freeway containing a minimum land area of fifty (50) acres.
ii. Additional freeway commercial center s4ms s may be permitted provided they are
separated a minimum two thousand feet (2,000) feet from any other freeway commercial
center sign and five hundred (500) feet from any other freestanding sign.
b. Area. A maximum of nine hundred (900) square feet in sign area per face, including the base,
shall be permitted.
c. Height. A maximum height of twenty-five (25) feet shall be permitted.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 22
L J
• I d. Lighting. Signs may be intematty or externally lighted.
e. Design. Signs shall be architecturallv related to the area in which thev are located, or if
located in areas without development, shall be in keeping with the natural surroundings.
f. All other applicable code provisions for nylon signs shall annly.
g. Sign Copy. Only name and/or symbol of the development (or name of retail/office center and
on-site businesses or organizations) may be permitted. All other sign copy information shall
be subiect to the requirements of a conditional use permit. Products for sale, telephone
numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which makes the sign appear to be
advertisement are prohibited.
B10.Freewayefiented—Oriented lop signs Signs. Freeway -oriented pylon signs are
permitted in the C. MX. PI and I zones for food, lodging or motor vehicle fuel businesses to be
viewed primarily from an adjacent freeway, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing and
the following regulations:
-}a. Number. A maximum of one sign is permitted on a lot or a parcel of land.
2b. Area. A maximum area of two hundred (200) square feet per sign face shall be permitted.
3c. Height. A maximum height of thirty-five (35) feet shall be permitted, unless a conditional
use permit is approved.
Ad. Lighting. Signs may be internally or externally lighted. No exposed neon or incandescent
lamp shall be utilized.
3e. All other applicable code provisions for pylon signs shall apply.
f. Sign Copy. Onlv the name and/or logo of food, lodging, or motor vehicle fuel businesses
may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other
information which makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
F. Autetaeti*e e*ieated py4ea signs afe pemit4ed in the GW zone feF busiResses primarily devote•W aUtOM8ti%'e SE1108 OF servise, pufsaafit to a sign review feF ealianeed signing and the following
f:egulatiansi
Area. _ea n .,.,..,;....,.....fea ofti.,. �.undF„a nnm ,,,...a fe c per er sign feee ..i,,,n
z
3. lleigM A Fnwkimufa height akhit4y five (35) feet shall be peFmitted.
4. Lighting. Signs may be intemally or extemally lighted. Ne exposed neon er ineandeseent
1" shall be utili;'Ad
S. All other applieable eode pFeNcisiefts fef: pyleti signs shall apply.
611. Fuel Pricing Signs. Fuel pricing signs are permitted in the C, MX, PI, and I zones for
businesses offering gasoline or other motor vehicle fuel for sale, subject to the following
regulations:
4a. Types. Signs shall be separate freestanding signs, panels mounted to freestanding sign
structures, or combined freestanding commercial and fuel pricing signs.
2b. Number and Area.
a-. i. One sign, not to exceed sixty (60) square feet in sign area, including the base, shall be
permitted for each street or highway frontage.
b4i. If a business is located on a street comer, one pylon sign, not to exceed one hundred
(100) square feet in sign area, shall-ma_be permitted at the corner in lieu of separate
signs on each of the intersecting frontages, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced
signin .
3c. Height.
ad. A maximum height of six (6) feet shall be permitted.
43�ii. For signs located on a street corner, a pylon sign with a maximum height of fifteen (15)
. feet shell -may be permitted pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 23
4d. Location. Freestanding signs shall be set back a minimum twenty-five (25) feet from an •
existing freestanding sign or to a lot line other than one adjoining a street or highway.
5e. All other applicable code provisions for monument or pylon signs shall apply.
f. Sign Copy. Fuel prices, oil company name, brand or trade name, foodmart name, carwash
name, grade designation, and such other information as may be required by law may be
permitted. Electronic display for fuel pricing may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone
numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which makes the sign appear to be
advertisement are prohibited.
12. Gas Sales Canopy Signs. Gas sales canopv signs are nermitted in the C. MX. PI. and I zones for
businesses offering gasoline or other motor vehicle fuel for sale, subject to the following
regulations:
a. Number. A maximum of four signs, not to exceed one sign per canopy facscia shall be
permitted.
b. Height. A maximum height of 50 percent of the height of the canopy fascia or two feet,
whichever is less, shall be permitted. Sign shall not extend above or below the canopy fascia.
C. Width. A maximum width of 50 percent of the width of the canopy fascia to which the sign is
attached, shall be permitted.
d. Location. Signs shall be located on a permitted gas station canopy, set back a minimum of 25
feet from any residential zone.
e. Lighting. Signs may be internally or externally lit.
f. Sian Copy. Only individual letters of a business name or individual letters and adiacent logo
may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other
information which makes the sign appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
g. Any requests exceeding the requirements for gas sales canopy signs shall be subject to a sign •
review for enhanced signage.
1413. Marquee Signs. Marquee signs for approved movie and live performance/theater uses are
permitted in any C, MX, PI, zone subject to the approval of a sign review for enhanced signage
and the following regulations:
-la. Area. Signs shall be proportional in sign area to the structure on which they are located.
2b. Height. Signs shall not exceed fifteen (15) feet in height.
3c. Lighting. Signs may be internally or externally lighted.
d. Sign Copy. Name of movie or live performance theater may be permitted. Products for sale,
telephone numbers web addresses prices and other information which makes the sign appear
to be advertisement are prohibited.
1. Freeway Gommereiel Center Signs. Ffeewery-^oin mereialoeeateF signs-afe peF itted in Oie Gana
.....e.. .,.. .,.d..., .,. ,.e viewed 1...........y fFefn :.. u �uveaau wu�,o.: �em var-apPcov¢r-vr-a
I Nunihor
... ... ........ ... ... ... ..
• ... •.. .. .. .. .. ��� ..
...... ... _._ _ _
.. - .• ... ... .
.. ... ... .. ..
... ... .. ...
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 24
•
5. Design 8i'gns shall be a rehiteeparall.. ..elated to the area in whieh they aFe lee fited ..f :C
leeated i Leas mitbatit shall be in keeping with the natufal suffetifidifigs.
6 ill other -__1:, able eerie __,.
: onxcx-apPrcwvic oac�xoVt5i9nB for -pj left signs Sllail apply.
14. Menu Board Signs. Menu board signs are permitted in C, MX, PI, and I zones in coniunction with
drive-through restaurants, subject to the following regulations:
a. Number. A maximum of one sign per service lane where customers view the menu while
ordering food from their vehicles shall be permitted.
b. Height. A maximum height of six (6) feet shall be permitted.
C. Area. A maximum area of 45 square feet shall be permitted.
d. Location. Menu board signs shall be placed where it or a customer's vehicle will not
interfere with traffic flow and located in conformance with stacking requirements as
identified in Section 17.66.030 (Drive -Through Uses).
e. Sign Copy. Name of business, a menu display and items offered on the menu may be
permitted.
f Any requests exceeding the requirements for menu board signs shall be subiect to a sign
review for enhanced signage.
15. Preview Board Signs. Preview board signs are permitted in C, MX, PI, and I zones in coniunction
with drive-through restaurants, subiect to the following regulations:
a. Number. A maximum of one sign per service lane where customers preview the menu from
their vehicles shall be permitted.
b. Height. A maximum height of six (6) feet shall be permitted.
C. Area. A maximum area of twenty (20) square feet shall be permitted.
d. Location. Order board signs shall be placed where it or a customer's vehicle will not
interfere with traffic flow and located in conformance with stacking requirements as
identified in Section 17.66.030 (Drive -Through Uses).
e. Sign COPv. Name of business, a menu display and items offered on the menu may be
permitted.
f. Any requests exceeding the requirements for preview board signs shall be subiect to a sign
review for enhanced signage.
16. Projecting Signs. Projecting signs are permitted in the CR zone, pursuant to a sign review for
enhanced signage and the following regulations:
a. Number. A maximum of one (1) sign shall be allowed per ground -floor business.
b. Height. A maximum height of six (6) feet may be permitted.
C. Area. A maximum area of twelve (12) square feet shall be permitted.
d. Location. Projecting signs shall be located along the main elevation with a primary entrance,
facing a street, interior mall, or on-site parking area. The bottom of such sign shall be no
closer than eight (8) feet from the ground below.
e. Proiection. Projecting signs shall not project more than four (4) feet from the face of the
wall to which it is attached, including all support structures. No portion of the moiecting sign
shall be located over the public right-of-way.
f. Lighting. Proiecting signs may be internally or externally lighted.
9. Sign Copy. Only a business name and/or logo may be permitted. Products for sale, telephone
numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which makes the sign appear to be
advertisement are prohibited.
17. Under -Canopy Signs. Under -canopy signs are permitted in the C, MX, and I zones subiect to the
following regulations.
a. Number. A maximum of one (1) sign shall be allowed per business.
b. Height. A maximum height of one and one-half (1-1/2) feet shall be permitted.
c. Area. A maximum area of four and one-half (4-1/2) square feet shall be permitted.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 25
d. Location. Under-canovv signs shall be located on the underside of a proiecting canopy •
pro ltruding over a private sidewalk and have the required ground clearance.
e. Lighting. Awning signs may be externally lit (i.e. gooseneck lighting).
f Sign Copy. Only the name of the business or and/or logo may be permitted.
Speeial Event Banner- Signs- Sposial event banaff sigar are peffnit4ed iii the C; afid I 7aveq
i . :Fime I imits. Signs shall be liniked to feFb, fiN-e (45) days peF year for eaeh establishment.
This tifne may be tttilii�ed in any eembinat an of duration; however, the awnber of sp
events .,liall n ped five (5) .. ,..d,.ndar yeaF and _ single event .hall sed
2. Height and AFea- Signs shall be limited to thfee (3) feet in height and sixty (60) sqUarO fee
_11. AFOR. asid may not inelude priees, telephone numbefs, leasing infennaiien, name brands
ins for sale.
3. i ..eation Signs shall be affixed wholly to the ..«...,,.«,._o o site asseoiaied with the s :al
event,
shall net LgEtead above the reatlifle and shall fiet eneFeaelt inte the publie right ef way.
(Ord. 03 17 c 2 1219103; O -d nc 19 c 2 12,1 13,105)
'''� -V,V.wQ Subdivision Identification, Sales, Entry and Special -Feature Signs.
Subdivision sales, identification and related entry and special -feature signs are permitted in all
zones subject to the following regulations:
Al. Subdivision identification signs, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing. Includes on-site
signs that identify a subdivision, but which contain no other advertising matter.
4a. Area. Signs shall not exceed fifty-four (54) square feet in sign area.
2b. Height. Signs shall not exceed six (6) feet in height.
3c. Lighting. Signs may be externally lighted or backlit (halo lighting). .
d. Sign Copy. Name of an on-site subdivision and address may be permitted. Telephone
numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which makes the sign appear to be
advertisement are prohibited.
92. Subdivision Sales Signs. Includes temporary signs that contain the names of and the information
relating to a subdivision being offered for sale or lease for the first time, but contain no other
advertising matter.
-la. Number and Area. One freestanding subdivision sales sign shall be permitted for each street
or highway frontage bordering the tract, provided:
ai_Signs shall not exceed sixty-four (64) square feet in sign area where such tract contains
ten (10) lots or less;
b7ii. Signs shall not exceed one hundred and twenty-eight (128) square feet in area where
such tract contains eleven (11) to nineteen (19) lots; and
e-iii.Signs shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) square feet in area where such tract
contains more than twenty (20) lots.
2b. Height.
a:i. Subdivision sales signs shall not exceed the following heights:
(4a) Eight (8) feet where such sign has a sign area of sixty-four (64) square feet or less;
and
(2b) Sixteen (16) feet where such sign is sixty-five (65) square feet or greater in sign
area.
lii. Where a wall is required as a condition of approval along the street or highway frontage
for which such sign is permitted, the Director may modify this height regulation as may
be necessary to allow for the visibility of the sign.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 26
11
• I 3c. Location. All subdivision sales signs shall be located on the subdivision and shall be oriented
to read from the street or highway for which such sign is permitted.
4d. Lighting. Subdivision sales signs may be internally or externally lighted.
3e. Time Limit. Subdivision sales signs shall be maintained only until all the property is
disposed of, or for a period of three (3) years from the date of issuance of the first building
permit for the subdivision, whichever should occur first. Any structure used for such purpose
shall, at the end of such three (3) year period, be either removed or restored for a use
permitted in the zone where located, except that the Director may, upon showing of need by
the owner of the property, extend the permitted time beyond three (3) years.
h. Te*t. ,ill text as ouch hall late lust. ly he bdi%:..:..., 1,,.:-.. ff ed f8r s6l
Si.6a:ro�.mrrim« c'icv�an-r'cv7-�v�`z�c.-viiwma�osroc�irs-o�ioroa-ioroaro
OF lea9O.
f Sign Copy. Name of an on-site subdivision and information relating to a subdivision being
offered for sale or lease for the first time may be permitted. Other advertising matter is
prohibited.
63. Subdivision Entry and Special -Feature Signs. Includes temporary signs that provide necessary
travel directions to and within a subdivision offering properties for sale or lease for the first time,
but which contains no other advertising matter.
4a. Sign Review for Enhanced Signage. Subject to the approval of a sign review for enhanced
signage, the following related signs may be permitted in any subdivision qualifying for
subdivision sales signs:
a -i. Subdivision entry signs as are necessary to facilitate entry into and movement within the
subdivision; and
1 Iii. Subdivision special -feature signs located in the immediate vicinity of an approved model
•
home and temporary real estate tract office.
2b.
Area.
e -i. Subdivision entry signs shall not exceed twenty-four (24) square feet in sign area.
b -ii. Subdivision special -feature signs shall not exceed twelve (12) square feet in sign area.
3c.
Height. Subdivision entry and special -feature signs shall not exceed eight (8) feet in height.
4d.
Lighting. Subdivision entry and special -feature signs shall be unlighted.
3e.
Location. Subdivision entry and special -feature signs shall be located within the subdivision.
6£.
Time Limit. Subdivision entry and special -feature signs shall have the same time limit as
subdivision sales signs approved for the same tract and shall be removed at the end of such
period.
g.
Sign Copy. Name of an on-site subdivision and necessary travel directions may be permitted.
Telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which makes the sign
m
appear to be advertisement are prohibited.
-a na c 4-2,19T103. tia nc in a inn unci
17 2, 2
4. Subdivision Directional Signs. Includes temporary on or off-site signs that provide necessary
travel directions to a subdivision, located within the city, offering properties for sale for the first
time, but which contains no other advertising matter.
a.
Sign Review for Enhanced Signage. Subiect to the approval of a sign review for enhanced
signage, subdivision directional signs, located on or off-site, providing necessary travel
directions to a new subdivision, may be permitted.
b.
Number. The total number of subdivision directional signs shall not exceed three (3)
c.
Area. Subdivision directional signs shall not exceed four (4) square feet.
d.
Height. Subdivision directional signs shall not exceed three (3) feet.
e.
Lighting. Subdivision directional signs shall be unlighted.
f.
Location. Subdivision directional signs shall be located within one (1) mile of the Subiect
•
subdivision and shall not be located in the public right-of-way.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 27
g. Time Limit. Subdivision directional signs shall be permitted for weekend events only, from 4 •
PM Friday to 10 AM Monday. Subdivision directional signs shall have the same time limit as
subdivision sales signs.
h. Sign Copy. Name of the subdivision and necessary travel directions that relate exclusively to
the subdivision being offered for sale may be permitted. Telephone numbers, web addresses,
prices and other information which makes the sign appear to be advertisement is prohibited.
1:7 39 �oR. Temporary Freestanding Signs.
Temporary freestanding signs are permitted in all zones subject to the following regulations:
Al. Number and Time Limits.
-la. In the C, MX, Pl, I and OS Zones. No temporary freestanding commercial signs permitted
at any time.
2b. In the R Zone. No temporary freestanding commercial signs permitted at any time.
92. Area.
1a. In the C, MX, Pl, I and OS Zones. A maximum area for each temporary freestanding
noncommercial sign of thirty-two (32) square feet and a maximum aggregate area for all
temporary freestanding noncommercial signs on an individual parcel or within a commercial
center of two hundred (200) square feet is permitted.
2b. In the R Zone. A maximum area for each temporary freestanding noncommercial sign of
thirty-two (32) square feet and a maximum aggregate area for all temporary freestanding
noncommercial signs on an individual parcel of land of one hundred (100) square feet is
permitted.
Q. Location. Signs may be placed in the front Yard or side Yard of any property; provided, that the
signs do not encroach into any public right-of-way. Unless otherwise authorized in thisegEeF •
section, temporary signs shall not extend over or into any public right-of-way, street, alley,
sidewalk or other public thoroughfare.
134. Lighting. Signs shall not be lighted.
F5. Removal. All temporary freestanding signs must be removed within ten (10) days after the event
for which they are intended.
F6. Sign Copy. Information related to noncommercial use that is advertising a temporary event may
be permitted. Telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information which makes the
sign appear to be advertisement for a commercial use or purpose are prohibited.
"�oS. Wall Signs.
Wall signs are permitted in the C, MX, PI, and I zones and for commercial and other
nonresidential uses in the R and OS zones subject to the following regulations:
Al. Number and Area.
1a. Ground -Floor Establishments.
a -i. In all permitted zones, each ground -floor establishment with a separate entrance shall be
permitted one primary wall sign along the main elevation with a primary entrance, facing
a street or on-site parking area. A maximum of one and one-half (1.5) square feet of wall
sign area for each one linear foot of building or tenant frontage shall be permitted.
>}ii. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, each ground -floor establishment with a separate entrance
shall be permitted secondary wall signs along up to two (2) other elevations (including
the rear) with a secondary entrance, facing a street or on-site parking area. A maximum
of one-half (1/2) the allowable area of the primary wall sign shall be permitted.
e:iii.In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, a ground -floor retail establishment with two (2) entrances
along the main elevation may be permitted two (2) primary wall signs along the main
elevation, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing and the following regulations: •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 28
• I (4a) The main elevation shall have a minimum building or tenant frontage of one
hundred and fifty (150) feet, and a minimum gross floor area of ten thousand
(10,000) square feet.
(2b) The combined area of all signing along the main elevation shall not exceed one and
one-half (1.5) square feet of wall area for each one linear foot of building or tenant
frontage.
(35) The wall signs shall have the same design and shall be located adjacent to or above
the building entrances.
d -iv. In the C. MX. PI, and I zones, larger ground -floor retail establishments may be permitted
up to four (4) supplemental wall signs along the main elevation to advertise services
provided or sub -tenants, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing and the
+ following regulations:
I (4a) The main elevation shall have a minimum building or tenant frontage of one
hundred and fifty (150) feet, and a minimum gross floor area of ten thousand
(10,000) square feet.
(2b) The combined area of all signing along the main elevation shall not exceed one and
one-half (1.5) square feet of wall area for each one linear foot of building or tenant
frontage.
(3c) The combined area of all supplemental signs shall not exceed twenty-five (25)
percent of the area of all signing along the main elevation.
2b. Shared Entrances.
a:i. In all permitted zones, any building containing establishments that front only an interior
mall having a limited number of entrances shall be considered a single establishment for
• the purpose of computing the number and area of wall signs permitted on the exterior
walls of such building.
bii. In the C, MX. Pl. and I zones, each first- and second -floor establishment that does not
have a separate entrance or does not front a street or on-site parking area shall be
permitted a maximum sign area of two (2) square feet oriented facing the street, entrance
or on-site parking area.
3c. Second Floor Establishments. In the C. MX. PI, and I zones, for each second floor
establishment with a separate entrance facing a street or on-site parking area, one wall sign
with a maximum area of ten (10) square feet shall be permitted. A maximum area of up to
twenty (20) square feet may be permitted, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing.
4d. In the C. MX. PI, and I zones, a maximum three (3) wall signs shall be permitted per ground
floor establishment with a separate entrance and a maximum one wall sign shall be permitted
per elevation of each ground -floor establishment, except as permitted in subsections
JA.U(Ia)(e3) and fAjJ(-1•_#d4) of this section.
132. Height.
4a. In all permitted zones, a maximum height of up to two (2) feet and one-two vertical lines of
text shall be permitted. For initial capital letters or logos, a maximum height of up to two and
one-half (2-1/2) feet shall be permitted.
2b. In the C. MX. PI, and I zones, a maximum height of up to eight (8) feet and tsve-three (22) or
more vertical lines of text may be permitted, pursuant to a sign review for enhanced signing.
Q. Width. In all permitted zones, the maximum width of seventy-five (75) percent of the building or
tenant frontage shall be permitted.
D4. Location.
4a. In all permitted zones, wall signs shall not extend above eave line or parapet on the lowest
point on the sloping roof of the building on which it is located.
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 29
2b. In all permitted zones, that portion or any actual or false roof varying forty-five (45) degrees •
or less from a vertical plane may be considered an extension of the building wall for the
purpose of wall sign placement.
3c. In all permitted zones, wall signs shall be located approximately parallel to the plane of the
building and shall not project more than eighteen (18) inches from the building face.
155. Lighting.
4a. In the C, MX, PI, and I zones, monument signs may be internally or externally lighted.
2b. In the R and OS zones, signs may be internally or externally lighted; provided, that no
exposed incandescent lamp used shall exceed a rated wattage of twenty-five (25) watts.
F. Multiple Tenant Signs. MenufneiA signs displaying five (5) or mere tenants per sign f8ee
are pefw�tted pursuant to a master sign plan.
6. Sign Copy. Only individual letters of a business name or individual letters and adiacent logo may
be permitted. Products for sale, telephone numbers, web addresses, prices and other information
which makes the sign appear to be advertisement are nrohibited. Sunolemental wall signs along
the main elevation, advertising services provided or sub -tenants, may be permitted, pursuant to a
sign review for enhanced signing
(Ord nz 17 c 2, 1219i02. Ord nc in c2, 12413,105)
17.19.22 T. Window Signs.
Window signs are permitted in all zones; provided, that such signs do not exceed twenty-five (25)
percent of the area of any single window or of adjoining windows on the same frontage. This provision
is not intended to restrict signs utilized as part of a window display of merchandise when such signs are
incorporated within such display.
1. Sign Copy. Business name, business logos, and services incidental to the business may •
permitted.
(Ord 02 1-7 c o 1210102.. OFF nc 19 c e 12,113,105)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 30
•
. . . . ..WMZOTAX...
.. ... ... .. ..
.. .
. .
.. .. ..... . .
._ ...is1
... ... .. . ..................
. ..
0111101
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 30
•
0
•
•
".'_ 19.24^0U. Prohibited Signs.
The following signs shall be prohibited in all zones:
Al. Signs which contain or utilize any of the following:
+a. Any exposed incandescent lamp with a rated wattage in excess of forty (40) watts;
2b. Any exposed incandescent lamp with an external metallic reflector;
3c. Any revolving beacon light;
4d. Any continuous or sequential flashing operation;
132. Revolving signs.
63. Signs advertising or displaying any unlawful act, business or purpose.
134. Signs emitting audible sounds, odors or particulate matter.
R5. Any strings of pennants, or streamers, clusters of flags, strings of twirlers or propellers, flares,
balloons and similar attention -getting devices, with the exception of any national, State, local
governmental, institutional or corporate flags, properly displayed per subsection (P)(7) (Comorate
EM) .
F6. Devices projecting or otherwise reproducing the image of a sign or message on any surface or
object.
67. Portable signs (including A -frame signs), exeept-€eePortable real estate signs may be permitted.
148. Temporary signs, except as otherwise specifically permitted by this ehagterwction.
1Projeeting signs.
-
d9. Roof signs, unless deemed historic under Section 17.4-924.060-110 (Administrative Sign Variance
and Historic Sign Designation).
110. Painted signs, except if deemed historic per Section 17.4-924.060-110 (Administrative Sign
Variance and Historic Sign Designation).
4A l . Signs located in such a manner to constitute a potential traffic hazard or obstruct the view of any
authorized traffic sign or signal device, or designed to resemble or conflict with any authorized
traffic control sign.
1412. Off-site signs, except as provided in &subsections M Off -Site Signs), end
17.19.190(6P)(9) (Freeway Commercial Center Signs). and (0) (4) (Subdivision Directional
Si ns .
13. Commercial hand-held signs located upon pLoperty in all zones.
14. Mobile Signs.
17.'.,-19.25oV. Removal of Signs.
Al. Unsafe Signs. Any unsafe sign may be removed by the City without prior notice. Alternatively,
the Director may issue a notice of violation and give the permit holder, property owner or person
in possession and control of the property fifteen (15) days to cure the violation. In the case of an
unsafe sign removed by the City, the costs of such removal and storage shall be home by the
permit holder, property owner, or person
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 31
in possession and control of the property, as applicable, and may be collected by the City in the
same manner as it collects any other debt or obligation. No unsafe sign that has been removed and
stored by the City shall be released until the costs of removal and storage have been paid. If an
unsafe sign remains unclaimed for a period of thirty (30) days after notice of removal is sent to the
approval holder, property owner, or person in possession and control of the property, it shall be
deemed to be unclaimed personal property and disposed of in accordance with the law.
42. Illegal Signs. Any illegal sign shall be removed or brought into conformity by the approval
holder, property owner, or person in possession and control of the property following written
notice from the Director. Such notice shall specify the nature of the violation, order the cessation
thereof and require either the removal of the sign or the execution of remedial work in the time
and in the manner specified by the notice. The time for removal or repair shall not be less than
fifteen (15) days from the date of mailing the notice. The Director's order may be appealed to the
Planning Commission in the manner provided in Ssubsection W) (Appeals). In the
event that such order is appealed to the Ding Commission, which, following a hearing,
upholds the order of the Director, the City need not comply with the provisions of subsections
(D4)(4a) through (3e) of this section in order to abate the sign.
E3. Legal Nonconforming Signs—Special Circumstances. No legal nonconforming sign shall be
required to be removed on the sole basis of its height or size if special topographic circumstances
would result in a material impairment of visibility of the sign or the owner's or user's ability to
adequately and effectively continue to communicate to the public through the use of the sign. The
owner or user may maintain the sign at the business premises and at a location necessary for
continued public visibility at the height or size at which the sign was previously erected pursuant
to all applicable codes, regulations and permits. Such signs shall be deemed to be in conformance
with this ehaptersection.
D4. Abatement of Signs. Whenever the permit holder, property owner, or person in possession or
control of the property fails to comply with an order of the Director requiring compliance with this
ehaptersection, in addition to any other remedies provided in this code or by law for the abatement
of illegal signs or other public nuisances, the City may abate any such sign in the following
manner:
4a. Declaration of Nuisance. The Qlt --Council may declare, by resolution, as public nuisances
and abate all illegal signs within its jurisdiction. The resolution shall describe the property
upon which or in front of which the nuisance exists by stating the lot and block number
according to the County Assessor's map and street address, if known. Any number of parcels
of private property may be included in one resolution.
2b. Notice of Hearing. Prior to the adoption of the resolution by the Gity-Council, the City Clerk
shall send not less than ten (10) days' written notice to all persons owning the property
described in the proposed resolution as determined by the last equalized assessment roll
available on the date the notice is prepared. In addition, the notice shall be sent to all known
persons, if any, in possession or control of such property if their names are different from
those appearing on the assessment roll, and to the approval holder, if any. The notice shall
state the date, time and place of the hearing and generally describe the purpose of the hearing
and the nature of the illegal sign.
3c. Posting of Notice.
a:i. After adoption of the resolution, the enforcement officer shall cause notices to be
conspicuously posted on or in front of the property on or in front of which the illegal
sign exists.
b. -ii. Notice shall be substantially in the following form:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 32
0
•
L_J
• NOTICE TO REMOVE ILLEGAL SIGN
Notice is hereby given that on the day of , 20_, the City Council of the
City of Santa Clarita adopted a resolution declaring that an illegal sign is located on or in front of
this property which constitutes a public nuisance and must be abated by the removal of the illegal
sign. Otherwise, it will be removed, and the nuisance abated by the City. The cost of removal will
be assessed upon the property from or in front of which the sign is removed and will constitute a
lien upon the property until paid. Reference is hereby made to the resolution for further particulars.
A copy of this resolution is on file in the office of the City Clerk.
All property owners having any objection to the proposed removal of the sign are hereby
notified to attend a meeting of the City Council of the City of Santa Clarita to be held on
at a.m./p.m. at ocation_____), when their objections will be heard and
given due consideration.
Dated this day of 20
City Clerk
City of Santa Clarita
e. -iii. This notice shall be posted at least ten (10) days prior to the time for hearing objections
by the City Council.
4d. Written Notice of Proposed Abatement.
ai. In addition to posting notice of the resolution and notice of the meeting when objections
will be heard, the City -Council shall direct the City Clerk to mail written notice of the
proposed abatement to all the persons owning the property described in the resolution.
The City Clerk shall cause the written notice to be mailed to each person on whom the
described property is assessed in the last equalized assessment roll available on the date
the resolution was adopted by the City -Council.
iii. The City Clerk shall confirm with the County Assessor the names and addresses of all
the persons owning the property described in the resolution. The address of a property
owner shown on the assessment roll is conclusively deemed to be the proper address for
the purpose of mailing the notice. If the County of Los Angeles poses any charges upon
the City for the actual costs of furnishing the list, the City shall reimburse the County,
and such costs shall be a part of the cost of abatement assessed against the property
owner.
eiii. The notices mailed by the City Clerk shall be mailed at least ten (10) days prior to the
time for hearing objections by the City -Council. The notices mailed by the clerk shall be
substantially in the form of notice set forth hereinabove.
Se. Hearing—Continuance"bjections—Finality of Decision—Order to Abate.
ai. At the time stated in the notices, the City -Council shall hear and consider all objections
to the proposed removal of the sign. It may continue the hearing from time to time. By
motion or resolution at the conclusion of the hearing, the City -Council shall allow or
overrule any objections. At that time, the City acquires jurisdiction to proceed and
perform the work of removal.
b:ii. The decision of the City -Council is final. If objections have not been made, or after the
• City -Council has disposed of those made, the Council shall order the enforcement officer
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 - Sign Regulations
Page 33
b-. i. Upon confirmation of the report, a copy shall be given to the County Assessor and Tax
Collector, who shall add the amount of the assessment to the next regular tax bill levied
against the parcel for municipal purposes.
e -iii. The City shall file a certified copy of the report with the County Assessor, Tax Collector
and County Auditor on or before August 10th of each calendar year. The description of
the parcels reported shall be those used for the same parcels on the Los Angeles County
Assessor's map books for the current year.
d -iv. The City shall request the County Auditor to enter each assessment on the County tax
roll opposite the parcel of land.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 - Sign Regulations
Page 34
11
•
to abate the nuisance by having the sign removed. The order shall be made by motion or
resolution.
gf. Entry Upon Private Property. The ea€ereement Enforcement Oefficer or City contractor
may enter private property to abate the nuisance.
7g. Removal by Owner—Special Assessment and Lien for Costs. Before the enforcement
officer takes action, the property owner or person in possession or control of the property
may remove the illegal sign at the owner's own cost and expense. Notwithstanding such
action, in any matter in which an order to abate has been issued, the City -Council may, by
motion or resolution, further order that a special assessment and lien shall be limited to the
costs incurred by the City in enforcing abatement upon the property, including investigation,
boundary determination, measurement, clerical, legal and other related costs.
8h. Cost of Abatement—Itemization.
a -i. The enforcement officer shall keep an account of the cost of abatement of an illegal sign.
Such officer shall submit to the City -Council, for confirmation, an itemized written
report showing that cost.
b -ii. A copy of the report shall be posted at least three (3) days prior to its submission to the
City -Council, on or near the City -Council chambers door, with notice of the time of
submission.
e -iii. At the time fixed for receiving and considering the report, the City -Council shall hear it
with any objections of the property owners liable to be assessed for the abatement. The
City -Council may modify the report if it is deemed necessary. The Cit} -Council shall
then confirm the report by motion or resolution.
9i. Abatement by Contract. The nuisance may, in the sole discretion of the City -Council, be
abated by performance on a contract awarded by the City -Council on the basis of competitive
bids let to the lowest responsible bidder. The contractor performing the contract shall keep an
•
itemized account and submit such itemized written report for each separate parcel of property
required by subsection (1)4)(7g) of this section.
-lei. Special Assessment and Lien.
a-. i. The costs incurred by the City in enforcing abatement upon the parcel or parcels,
including investigation, boundary determination, measurement, clerical, legal or other
related costs, are a special assessment against that parcel. After the assessment is made
and confirmed, a lien attaches on the parcel upon recordation of the order confirming the
assessment in the office of the Los Angeles County Recorder. In the event any real
property to which a lien would attach has been transferred or conveyed to a bona fide
purchaser for value, or if the lien of a bona fide encumbrancer for value has been created
and attaches thereon, prior to the date on which the first installment of the assessment
would become delinquent, the lien which would otherwise be imposed by this section
shall not attach to the real property and the costs of abatement and the costs of enforcing
abatement, as confirmed, relating to the property shall be transferred to the unsecured
roll for collection.
b-. i. Upon confirmation of the report, a copy shall be given to the County Assessor and Tax
Collector, who shall add the amount of the assessment to the next regular tax bill levied
against the parcel for municipal purposes.
e -iii. The City shall file a certified copy of the report with the County Assessor, Tax Collector
and County Auditor on or before August 10th of each calendar year. The description of
the parcels reported shall be those used for the same parcels on the Los Angeles County
Assessor's map books for the current year.
d -iv. The City shall request the County Auditor to enter each assessment on the County tax
roll opposite the parcel of land.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 - Sign Regulations
Page 34
11
• e:v. The City shall further request the County Auditor to collect the amount of the assessment
at the time and in the manner of ordinary municipal taxes. Any delinquencies in the
amount due are subject to the same penalties and procedures of foreclosure provided for
ordinary municipal taxes.
€vi. The City acknowledges that the County Tax Collector, at his or her own discretion, may
collect assessments without reference to the general taxes by issuing separate bills and
receipts for the assessments. It is further acknowledged that the lien of assessment has
the priority of the taxes with which it is collected, and further, that all laws relating to
levy, collection and enforcement of County taxes apply to these special assessments.
44-k. Issuance of Receipts for Abatement Costs. The Enforcement Officer may receive the
amount due on the abatement costs and issue receipts at any time after the confirmation of the
report and until ten (10) days before a copy is given to the Assessor and Tax Collector or,
where a certified copy is filed with the County Auditor, until August 1st following the
confirmation of the report.
-1-21. Refund of Assessments. The City -Council may order a refund of all or part of an assessment
pursuant to this section if it finds that all or part of the assessment has been erroneously
levied. An assessment, or part thereof, shall not be refunded unless a claim is filed with the
City Clerk on or before November 1st after the assessment has become due and payable. The
claim shall be verified by the person who paid the assessment or by the person's guardian,
conservator, executor or administrator. (^-a. 03 17 c 2 12,19,(03; n.a nc 1 c o , 45105)
4740466W. Appeals.
ill. Any person seeking to appeal a decision of the Director granting or denying an application for
• issuance of a sign permit, revoking a permit or ordering the remediation or removal of a sign may
appeal such action first to the planning Commission, and, if dissatisfied with the decision of the
Planning Commission, then to the Qty—Council in the manner provided by Chanter 17.07
(Anneals or Certification of Review l ceetions , n, , , n a._,.....,. , n, , an of this Ceode. The
City shall expeditiously schedule a hearing before the Plaming-Commission or C4ty-Council, as
applicable, not later than thirty (30) days after the notice of appeal is received by the City;
provided, however, the hearing may be held after such thirty (30) day period upon the request or
concurrence of the appellant. Action on the appeal shall be taken at the time of the hearing by the
Planning Commission or Qty -Council, as applicable, unless the appellant requests a continuance.
The time for compliance of any original order shall be stayed during the pendency of any hearing
before the 1gCommission or City -Council. The appellant shall be notified in writing of the
planning Commission or City -Council's decision, no later than fifteen (15) days after action has
been taken.
42. Any person dissatisfied with the final action taken by the Qty -Council may seek prompt judicial
review of such decision pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1094.8. `nom
17 SO 12,19M; Ord05 ,9§2 ,on 2inc�
r 1
U
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 35
''� T .2;4X. Sign Regulations Matrix.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 36
u
0
r 1
u
"PE
PERMIT
REQUIRED
ZONES
NUMBER
AREA
HEIGHT
SETBACK
WIDTH
Anton
obile
shipID
Sins
Sign Review
C and I.
2 on each side of a
8 sf ve
card.
--
-
_
Dealei
light standard foralaQ
Placa
maximum of 4 ner
li ht startdard.
Anton
olive-
d P to
Sin Review
VDS Overlay.
One.
200 sf.
35 ft
3 R from PL.
Simon shall comply with
_
rient
Signs
all other pylon sign
Code sections.
Awni
At
Si s
Sim Approval
C I vmx.
One ver awning. on
_
I ft,
_
50%o
the
awnin
or Sign
Review
the Hat fascia
vortion of awnin .
Bann
Signs -
O erin
Sim Approval
C, L MX, PI,
QD2
60 sf.
3 ft.
--
--
Granc
Bann
s
Bann
Si s -
Event
s
Stan Approval
C.1, MX. PI,
One
60 sf,
3 ft.
-
52gjai
Bann
Buildi
mg ID
Sim Approval
C. 1. MX, PI
One
6 sf if less
than 30 ft.
above around.
Signs
of wall
areaifaboye
30 ft.
Buildi
ID
Sign Approval
Multifamily
one
6sf.
--
_
--
Si ns
residential.
Buildi
ig ID
Sign Aproval
OS and other
One
1 sf
--
-
Sims
residential.
Chan
eable
ins
sign Review
In lieu of a
regular
monument.
pylon or wall
One. For assembly
In no event
shall the sign
Signs shall
comply with
Sins shall comply with
Signs shall
CODN
uses of 100 or more
all other monument
comply
with all
other
mo m nt
persons. In lieu of a
exceed 100 sf.
all other
monument,ections.
Pylon or wall
pylon or wall sign Code
regular freestanding o
sign otherwise
wall mounted siim.
permitted.
sin ode
sections.
pylon or
wall si n
section .
Com
unity ID
Sien Review
All zones.
_
2kAL
15 ft.
Signs shall comply with
-
Signs
all other monument and
Ion si standards.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 36
u
0
r 1
u
•
0
•
T
PE PERMIT ZONES N M ER AREA HEIGHT SETBACK NTDTH
REQUIRED
Const
uction
--
C. I. MX, PI.
One ver street
frontage
96 sf with a
lot frontage
less than 100
ft. 144 sf. with
16 ft
--
_
Siens
a lot frontage
greater than
100 ft.
const
uction
—
R and OS
One Mr street
frontage.
12 A with a
lot frontage
less than 100
ft. 64 sf. with
>3
_
-
Siens
a lot fronta.e
greater than
100 ft.
Direct
onal
Sim Approval
C 1. MX, PI.
Number not
soecified,
6 sf Uv m 12
Freestanding
I ft. from PL for
freestanding signs.
Shall be within a plamm
--
Sijnsro
Sim
Review
sf. with
Enhanced
Signing.
: 6 ft. Up to
8 ft. with
Enhanced
Signing.
Wall
mounted:
no to 3 ft.
area and outside clear
sire line setback area.
Shall be setback
minimum 25 R to anv
adiacent R zone.
Dir ct
onal
Sign Review
OS and
commercial
uses in the
residential
zoner
Number no
specified
6 sf. Up to 12
Freestanding
5 ft. from PL for
freestanding signs
within planter area and
_
Signe
sf with
Enhanced
Signing.
: 6 ft. Up to
8 ft. with
Enhanced
Summa.
Wall
mounted:
outside clear site line
setback area Set back
minimum 25 R to anv
adiacent R zone
Electr
nic
board
Conditional
Use Pemrit
In lieu of a
regular
monument
pylm
freeway
oriented sign
One. For oroverties
Signs shall
comply with
all other
monument or
pylon sign
Code sections.
Signs shall
comply with
100 ft to any
residential PL. Signs
_
Reade
25 acres or larger
Si los
all other
monument or
shall comply with all
other monument or
pylon sign Code
sections.
pylon sum
Code
tion .
otherwise
permitted in
C, _MX
zones.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 37
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 38
•
I*
PE
PERMIT
REQUIRED
ZONES
NUMBER
AREA
HEIGHT
SETBACK
WIDTH
Freew
Conine
iU
-Signs
Conditional
Use Permit
Commercial
One shall be
vennitted for each
900 sf.
25 R
Min 2,000 R from
another Freeway
Commercial Center
--
and
industrial
Properties 50
Cente
lot of parcel of land
alone SR -14 or 1-5
Sign No sign shall be
acres or
larger alone
of 50 acres or
greater,
less than 500 ft. to
another freestanding
SR -14 and
1-5 freeway
sign. Shall comoly
with all other pylon
in C. 1. MX
zones.
sign code sections.
Frcew
v-
ed Pylon
Sign Review
C. 1. MX. PI.
One limited to food.
200 sf.
35 ,
3 ft from PL Signs
—
Orien
fuel or lodging uses.
shall comply with all
Signs
other Pylon sign Code
sections.
Fuel F
rddallSgn
Approval
C. 1. MX. PI.
One monument sig p
60 sf. UP to
100 sf. for
sins at street
6 ft. Up to 15
1 ft from PL. 3 ft
from PL for signs at
--
im
or Sin
Review
p street fmntage.
or one pylon sign at
ft. for signs
at street
comer. with
street comer. Shall
comply with all other
street comer.
comer with
enhanced
sooting.
enhanced
signing.
monument or pylon
sign Code sections.
Gas S
les
v Signs
Sign Approval
C. 1. MX. Pl.
One per canopy
fa cia.
2 ft. or 50 %
25 ft. from any
residential zone.
50%o
the width
Canot
of the height
of the
canopy
fasca
whichever is
ofthe
canopy
fascia.
less.
Incide
iLal
ss Signs
—
C 1, MX, Pl.
One ver business.
2 sf. per
business.
--
—
--
Basin
Mara
ee Signs
Sian Review
For movie or
One.
Shall be in
portion [o
15 t .
—
live theater
uses only.
the structure.
Menu
roard
Sin Approval
C. L MX.
One per restaurant
drive-tlw service
lane.
4i§L
6 ft.
Vehicle stacking
setbacks per
17.66.030.
Sins
or Sin
Review
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 38
•
I*
0
•
f 1
J
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 39
E PERMIT ;CONES NUMBER AREA HEIGHT SETBACK WIDTH
REQUIRED
Monu
nent
Sin Approval
C. I. MX, PI
One with mmimu
14aL
includine base
6 fL Up to 8
1 ft from PL. Shall be
_
Signs
r ion
Review
100 ft. of lot
frontage. One
additional sign Per
ft. with
Enhanced
Sienine for
larger
centers of 3
within a Planter area
Shall also
include
address in 8 in
andoutsidcclearsite
line setback area.
Shall be setback
minimum 25 ft. to anv
400 ft. of lot
frontage provided
high letters.
Additional
area Permitted
signs are seyara
or more
acres or ones
adiacent R zone.
by 250 ft. Comer
lots may combine
with Enhanced
with
visibili
constraints.
frontage of be
streets. Five or
more tenants require
Signing for
larger centers.
a Master Sign
Pro
Mono
nent
Siem Approval
OS and
commercial
One with minimum
54 sf including
base. Shall
also include
address in 8 in.
high letters.
6 -ft.
5 ft from PL. Shall be
Sims
100 ft. of In
frontage. Comer
lots may combine
frontage of both
stmts.
within a Planter area
uses in the
residential
zone.
and outside clear site
line setback area.
Shall be setback
minimum 25 R to anv
adiacent zone.
Previ
Board
Sin Approval
G 1. MX
One ver restaurant
20 sf
fi
acking
er
.Prde
_
Signs
orSi
Review
drive-thm service
1
in
Sign Review
R ne.
One Per ground-
8 sf.
4 ft
be locaSkm
Boor business.
public rieht-
aloneside of the
mairdmimary
elevati n.
Pvlon
iisms
Sign Approval
G L MX, Pl.
One with minimum
40 sf. UP to
160 sf. with
Enhance
Sianinit fo
centers with
1.000 ft. of In
15 ft. Up to
3 ft from PL. Shall be
_
or Si en
Review
500 ft. of lot
frontage and 3 acres
20 ft with
Enhanced
Simina f r
centers with
within a olanter area.
Shall be setback
minimum 25 ft, to anv
of land area. On
additional sign with
adiacent R zone.
Enhanced Simnia
1.000 ft. of
lot frontage.
for centers with
1.000 ft, of lo[
frontage. Comer
lots may combine
frontage of both
r
froom
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 39
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 40
40
•
•
more tenants reuuire
a Master Sign
P m.
"PF.
PERMIT
REQUIRED
ZONES
NUMBER
AREA
HEIGHT
SETBACK
WIDTH
Pvlon
iians
Sign Approval
OS.
One with minimum
24 sf.
15 ft.
5 ft from street PL.
Shall be within a
vlanter area. Shall be
_
500 ft. of to
frontage
setback minimum 25
ft. to any adiacent R
one.
Re I f
state
_
G 1, MX, PL
One wall or
freestanding cer
street frontage.
32 sf with a
lot fronmee
less than 100
ft. 48 sf with a
8 R.
10 ft. from PL for
freestanding signs.
Shall be within planter
_
Sumps
area.
lot frontage
greater than
100 ft.
Real F
state
_
Multifamily
One wall or
freestanding ver
street frontage.
12 sf. with a
lot fronmee
less than 100
ft. 32 sf, with
b ft.
10 ft. from PL for
freestanding signs.
Shall be within Planter
--
Si�nsresidential.
area.
a lot fronmee
greater than
100 ft.
Real I
state
–
OS and other
One wall or
freestanding cer
street fronmee.
6 sf with a lot
$ t
10 ft. from PL for
Freestanding signs.
Shall be within Wanter
-
Si�ns
residential.
frontage less
than 100 ft. 32
sf. with a lot
froom
greater than
100 ft.
area.
Sub&
A n
ions
Sin Review
All zones.
Number not
specified. Shall be
24 sf
85—f
1 ft. from street PL.
--
Ent
Shall be within a
planter area and
outside clear site line
for a maximum 3
years from building
noir .ssuance.
setback area.
Subdi
ision
Feature
Sin Review
All zones.
Number not
specified. Shall be
12 sf.
8 ft.
I ft. from street PL.
-
S eciI
Shall be within a
Planter area and
outside clear site line
Si_g_ns
for a maximum 3
years from building
rmit issuance.
setback area.
Subdi
ision to
Sign Review
All zones.
Number not
specified.
54 sf
6_t,
1 R. from PL for
freestanding. Shall be
--
Sims
withina lanterarea
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 40
40
•
•
0
E
•
and outside clear site
line setback area.
T
PE
PERMIT
REQUIRED
ZONES
NUMBER
AREA
H .ICFfT
SETBACK
N1DTH
Subdi
ision
i ns for
inions
Sim Approval
All zones.
One per sneer
frontage. Shall be
64 sf if 10 or
less lots. 128
8 ft for signs
I ft from PL for signs
_
Sales.
64 sf or less
less than 8 ft hieh. 3
new
subdis
for a maximum 3
years from building
5f if 11-19 lots.
16 ft for
signs greater
ft. from PL for stens
180 sf if 20 or
¢neater than 8 ft. high.
Hermit issuance.
more lots.
than 64sf.
Shall be within a
planter area and
outside clear site line
setback area.
Subdi
inion
onal
Sian Review
All zones
Three within l mile
4 sf.
IA
I ft. from street PL.
--
Direct
of the subiect
subdivision. Shall be
Shall be within a
planter area and
outside clear site line
SS n
permitted for
weekend events
only. Shall be for a
setback area.
maximum 3 Years
from building permit
Tem
ran'
ndin-
--
C. I. MX, PI
Not specified. Total
32 sf for each
Signs may be placed
-
F'reest
and OS
Only
noncommer-
tial sin s
remitted.
aaereeate area of
signs not to exceed
sivn. Total
aeereeate area
in the front or side
Stens
yard areas, but may
200 sf
not to exceed
200 sf.
not encroach into any
public rieht of way.
+F,mtnadr,vn-
—
R. Only
noncommer-
tial suns
permitted.
Not specified. Tota!
32 sf for each
--
Signs may be placed
aeeneeate area of
sins not to exceed
sign. Total
aeereeate area
in the front or s
vard areas but may
100 sf.
not to exceed
100 sf.
not encroach into any
public right of way,
Unde
-Canopy
Sin Approval
C.1. MX
One uer business.
4'/: sf.
1 % ft.
--
3 ft.
Si ns
AiL
ins-
Wall
or Multi •
Sinn Approval
C. I. MX Pl.
One alongside of the
1.5 sfofwall
sin area per
foot of tenant
froom
2 ft.and'_
lines of text
and up to 1.5
ft. for initial
_
75%of
tenant
frontage
Prima
or Si
Review
maimoomary
elevation of each
tenant as nart of 360
Si ns
Ten
Centers
dee. architecture,
Five or more tenants
capital letters
and loos
Up to 8 ft,
and/or stack-
require a Master
Sin Program.
ed text with
Enhanced
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 41
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 42
is
•
L
ing
Si .
PE
PERMIT
REQUIRED
ZONES
NUMBER
@$FA
HEIGHT
SETBACK
WIDTH
Wall.
km: -
a Wall
Sien Approval
C I. MX. PI.
One aloneside o
each end tenant and
Half the
allowable area
2 ft. and 2
lines of text
_
75%of
tenant
frontage.
Secon
or i n
Review
Si ns
or Nlulti-
one alone rear of
each tenant as part
of the primary
and up to 2.5
Tenant
Centers
wall sien for
each tenant
ft. for initial
of 360 deg,
architecture. Five or
capital letters
and Imms.
Up to 8 ft.
and/or 5mck-
ed text with
Enhanced
Simin .
more tenants require
a Master Sien
Pro mm.
Wall .
ins -
Floor
i n for
swish
to
ce
Sim Apmoval
C. I MX. PL
One cer tenant with
lO Sr.
Up to 20 sf.
with Enhanced
2 ft and 2
lines of text
_
75%of
tenant
frontage.
Secon
or si
Revizw
separate entrance.
Wall
and un to 2.5
Tenar
Sienine.
ft. for initial
Se ar
capital letters
Entra
and loaos.
Un to8ft
and/or
stacked text
with
Enhanced
sismine.
Wall ,ins
•
a retail
s with
ced
z
Sien Review
C 1. MX PI.
Two primary wall
Combined area
2 R. and 2
lines oftex[
-
75%o
tenant
fto_ ntaee.
for la
siens alone the main
of all Sins not
tenanl
elevation with each
to exceed 1.5 x
and up to 2.5
ft for initial
capital letters
Enhar
sign situated at or
near an entmnce.
tenant
fromaze.
si ni
and loans.
Lip to g ft.
and/or
stacked text
with
Enhanced
Si in .
"m
nhanced
Sien Review
C 1 MX. P1.
Up to four
text
alone the mam
Combined area
2 ft. and_1mentalsupplemental
Imes of texflargesiens
of all sins
alone main
elevation not
to exceed 1.5 x
!,�th
and up to 2.iltselevation
[o
advertise services
ft. for mi[ial
ca itel letters
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 42
is
•
L
u
is
•
Si�nin
Provided or sub-
tenants,
tenant
frontage.
and logos.
T
YPE
PERMIT
]REQUIRED
ZONES
NUMBER
AREA
HEIGHT
SETBACK
WIDTH
Walls
gns - In
ace andnLd
itial
Sign Approval
Open space
commercial
One
1.5 x building
fm�
2 fl. and 2
lines of text
and up to 2.5
75% of
buildin
frontage.
opens
reside!
zones
uses in the
residential
zone.
fl. for initial
capital letters
and to os.
Windt
sins
--
C 1. MX, PI.
25% of anv
--
--
single window
or of adjoining
wmdoWs.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 43
".'� 19.28^Y. Illustration of Sign •
Types.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 44
0
0
0
•
■4W M , ,,.... ,.
UM
LLs
G . t.
fl3r_� .
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 45
AUTOMOBILE DEALERSHIP ID
PLACARD SIGN
AWNING SIGN
BUILDING ID SIGN
AUTOMOTIVE -ORIENTED
PYLON SIGN
BANNER SIGN
CHANGEABLE COPY SIGN
January 2013 I DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 46
•
i
0
n
U
COMMUNITY ID SIGN
SubN
CORPORATE FLAG
I LOW OR TITLE
OF
CHAnGEABLE
TEXT
ELECTRONIC READERBOARD SIGN
Siam
arc....
CONSTRUCTION SIGN
DIRECTIONAL SIGN
CENTER
SIGNS
Linden Freewy
FREEWAY COMMERCIAL
CENTER SIGN
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 47
FREEWAY -ORIENTED PYLON SIGN
GAS SALES CANOPY SIGN
Now Showing
MARQUEE SIGN
MARQUEE SIGN
FUEL PRICING SIGN
INCIDENTAL BUSINESS SIGN
so
a
EMI
MENU BOARD/PREVIEW BOARD
SIGN
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 48
•
9
C-]
MONUMENT SIGN
PTLICI
PYLON SIGN
SUBDIVISION ENTRY SIGN
RN�Sn!
PROJECTING SIGN
REAL
ESTME
.Siam
Wb1iY
moi+....
REAL ESTATE SIGN
SUBDIVISION IDENTIFICATION SIGN
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 49
PYLON SIGN
SUBDIVISION ENTRY SIGN
RN�Sn!
PROJECTING SIGN
REAL
ESTME
.Siam
Wb1iY
moi+....
REAL ESTATE SIGN
SUBDIVISION IDENTIFICATION SIGN
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 49
,sx"A.a.:
SUBDIVISION SALES SIGN
UNDER -CANOPY SIGN
WINDOW SIGN
Tmpmay
sip
a
N
TEMPORARY FREESTANDING SIGN
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 50
WALL SIGN
'Wall sign
0
rI
L
VdMW SIGNS
arffirascaaa
1-8004234467
WINDOW SIGN
Tmpmay
sip
a
N
TEMPORARY FREESTANDING SIGN
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.19 — Sign Regulations
Page 50
WALL SIGN
'Wall sign
0
rI
L
Chapter 17,8029
SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION
Sections:
17.820.010 Scope.
17.80.020 Grading Permit Administration
17.80.030 Resoonsibility of Permittee
17.820.010 Scope.
A. This chapter sets forth rules and regulations for the control of excavation, grading and
earthwork construction, including fills or embankments and the control of runoff from graded sites,
including erosion sediments and construction related pollutants.
B. These rules and regulations establish minimum standards and are not intended to prevent
the use of alternative materials, methods or means of conforming to such standards, provided
such alternative has been approved.
• C. The City Engineer shall approve such an alternate, provided he finds that the alternate is for
the purpose intended, at least the equivalent of that prescribed in this Geode in quality, strength,
E
effectiveness, durability and safety.
D. The City Engineer shall require that sufficient evidence or proof be submitted to substantiate
any claims regarding the alternate.
E. These rules and regulations establish the administrative procedures for issuance of permits,
and provide for approval of plans and inspection of grading construction. (Ord. 00 3, M100j
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 1
0
17.8204.0240 Grading Permit Administrations.
A. Purpose. In order to implement the Saata Glar+ta General Plan, protect significant-ridgelines,
promote sensitive hillside development, and ensure appropriate and reasonable grading in
accordance with sound engineering and design standards, the City of Santa Glasitahereby
establishes grading plans and permits. The purpose of this section is to supplement the grading
provisions of the Uniform Building Code.
B. Applicability. A grading permit shall be obtained for any grading performed within the City-Gf
dant; Slarita, unless the type/quantity of grading is included in the exceptions identified in
Section 17.821.010 Permits . •
C. Approvals and Extensions. Any approval of a grading permit application or grading permit
shall expire within six (6) calendar months from the date of avoroval or issuance. except where
grading construction, in reliance on an approved permit, has commenced prior to its expiration.
If at any time during the grading construction significant progress towards completion is halted as
determined by the City Engineer for six (6) months or longer. the City Engineer may provide
written notification to the permittee that expires the grading permit.
The expiration date of the grading permit may be extended by the City Engineer for an additional
six (6) months, if such as request is received by the City Engineer within thirty (30) days prior to
the oermit's original expiration date. Only one (1) six (6) month extension to the expiration date of
the grading permit may be granted by the City Engineer.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 2
•
•
thFee (3) sets ef plans and SpeGif GatiGAS shall hesubm ttpd. The plans shall be pFepared R
D9. Permit Authorization. The issuance of a grading permit shall constitute an authorization to
do only that work which is described or illustrated on the application for the permit, or on the plans
and specifications approved by the City Engineer and the work shall be done in accordance with
any conditions imposed by the City Engineer and in accordance with the requirements of this
section.
E. Work Commencing Before Permit Issuance. Any person who commences any work for
which a grading permit is required by this Code before having obtained the necessary grading
permits, shall be subject to an investigation fee, whether or not a permit is issued at that time, or
subsequently. The investigation fee shall be equal to twice the amount of the permit fee.
Payment of such fee shall not exempt any person from compliance with all other provisions of this
code or from any other penalty prescribed by law.
F€. Other Permits May Be Required. Permits issued pursuant to this section shall not relieve
the owner of responsibility for securing required permits for work to be done which is regulated by
any other provision of this Csode or by any other person, body, or agency.
G6. Right of Entry—Indemnification. As a condition of issuance of any grading permit, the
owner of the site to be graded and the contractor, if any, shall grant to the City a right of entry on
the site for the purposes of inspection and for purposes of correction of grading not performed in
compliance with the terms and conditions of the permit. The owner and the contractor shall agree
to indemnify the City for any claims or damages which may result from the City's entry onto the
property including any corrective action taken pursuant to such right of entry. The right of entry
and indemnification agreement shall be on a form approved by the City Attorney.
H#. Liability.
1. Neither the issuance of a permit under the provisions of this chapter, nor the
compliance with the provisions of this development code or with any conditions imposed by
any City official under this section, shall relieve any person from any responsibility for
damage to persons or property otherwise imposed by law, nor impose any liability upon the
City for damage to persons or property.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 – Grading
Page 3
2. The City Engineer or any employee charged with the enforcement of this section, •
acting in good faith and without malice for the City in the discharge of their duties, shall not
thereby render themselves liable personally and they are hereby relieved from all personal
liability for any damage that may accrue to persons or property as a result of any act
required or by reason of any act or omission in the discharge of their duties. Any suit
brought against the City Engineer or employee, because of such act or omission performed
by them in the enforcement of any provisions of this section, shall be defended by the legal
department of the City until final termination of the proceedings.
If=. Temporary Suspension of Permit. The City Engineer shall have the authority to
temporarily suspend all work on a grading project and suspend the permit if the City Engineer
determines any one of the following:
1. That field conditions present an immediate hazard or danger to life or property;
2. The permittee fails to or refuses to correct a deficiency or hazard;
3. The work being done is contrary to the approved plans or conditions thereof;
4. There is lack of supervision of the grading operation, lack of engineering control, soil
engineering control is not being adequately provided;
5. Any condition which in the City Engineer's opinion, presents a threat to the public
safety or welfare immediately, or in the future which may cause unstable earth until the
hazard or condition is removed to the satisfaction of the City Engineer; or
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 4
11
• 6. There is a violation of the Santa Clarita Municipal Code.
C�
•
Revocation of the grading permit shall follow the procedures set forth in Chapter 17.08
(Revocations and Revisions) Sestien aOa 148.
JM. Time of Grading Operations. Grading and equipment operations within three hundred
(300) feet of a structure for human occupancy shall not be conducted between the hours of seven
p.m.a-ae and seven ap.m. on weekdays and six p.m. to eight a.m._ to rix p.m. on Saturday.
Further, no work shall be performed on Sundays and the following public holidays: New Year's
Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, Memorial Day and Labor Day. The
City Engineer may, however, permit grading or equipment operations before seven a.m. or after
seven p.m. on weekdays, and on Saturday, Sunday and holidays, if it is determined that such
operations are not detrimental to the health, safety or welfare of the inhabitants of such a
structure. Permitted hours of operations may be shortened by the City Engineer's finding of a
previously unforeseen effect on the health, safety, or welfare of the surrounding community. f QFd.
17.820.030 Responsibility of Permittee.
A. Compliance with Plans and Code. The Permittee or his agent shall carry out the proposed
work in accordance with the approved plans and specifications and in compliance with all the
requirements of this Code.
B. Contents of Permit. It shall be the responsibility of the Permittee to be knowledgeable of the
conditions and/or restrictions as placed on the grading permit, as outlined in applicable sections
of this code, as contained on the approved grading plans and as noted in the approved
Geotechnical Report(s). The Permittee shall also be responsible to maintain, in an obvious and
accessible location on the site, a copy of the permit and grading plans bearing the approval of the
City Engineer.
C. Coordinator. The Permittee shall act as the coordinator between the Proiect Consultants
Contractor. and City Engineer. The Permittee shall present to the City Engineer the names of all
Project Consultants prior to obtaining a grading permit. In the event of changed conditions the
Permittee shall be responsible for informing the City Engineer of such change and shall provide
revised Plans and reports for approval.
D Inspections It shall be the responsibility of the Permittee to notify the City Engineer when
the work is ready for inspection as required by Section 17.89.010 (Grading Inspection) The
notification shall be at least one working day in advance of the inspection.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 5
E. Protection of Utilities. The Permittee and the Owner of the property upon which the grading •
is being performed shall be responsible for the prevention of damage to any public utilities or
services. This responsibility applies not only to within the limits of grading, but also along any
routes of travel of equipment.
F. Protection of Adjacent Property. The Permittee and the Owner of the property upon which
the grading is being performed shall be responsible for the prevention of damage to adiacent
property. Additionally, no person shall excavate on land sufficiently close to the property line, if
doing so may endanger any adioining public street, sidewalk, alley, or other public or private
property, without taking adequate measures to support and protect such property from settling,
cracking, or other damage that might result from the grading operation. Any person performing
any grading that involves imported or exported materials shall take special precautions, as
approved by the City Engineer, to prevent such materials from being deposited on adjacent public
4QN-ef-wav and/or drainage courses. Grading designs that serve to avoid disruption to adjacent
Property shall be utilized as governed by Section 17.51.020(Hillside Development).
G. Stormwater Control Measures. The Permittee and the Owner of the property upon which
the grading is being performed shall put into effect and maintain all Precautionary measures
necessary to protect adiacent watercourses and public or Private Property from damage by
erosion, flooding and deposition of mud, debris, and construction -related pollutants, which
originate from the site during grading and related construction activities. •
H. Termination of Consultants. The Permittee and the Owner of the property upon which the
grading is being performed shall notify the City Engineer In writing, within forty-eight (48) hours, if
any Project Consultant resigns or is terminated.
Ownership Chanae. The Permittee and the Owner of the Propertv upon which the aradina is
being performed shall notify the City Engineer in writing, within forty-eight (48) hours, if an
ownership change occurs. The new Owner and the Permittee shall together apply for a grading
permit in their names within forty-eight (48) hours of such a change. The grading Permit may be
terminated by the City Engineer for violation of this section of the Code.
J. Best Management Practices. The Permittee and the Owner of the oroperty upon which the
grading is being performed shall maintain the site in such a manner as to minimize the impacts of
stormwater and construction -related oollutants due to the grading and related construction
activities on adjacent Public and private property and drainage courses. The required best
management practices shall include, but not be limited to, those identified in the following section:
1. All equipment used for grading and related activities shall be stored, serviced, and
refueled in a designated area specifically designed to prevent waste oils, fuels, solvents,
and other pollutants from contaminating the soil or being conveyed by stormwater;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 6
•
•
•
2. All fuels, solvents, oil, and other foreign substances, and their containers, shall be
stored in accordance with their listing and protected from the weather in such a manner as
to prevent them from contaminating the soil or being conveyed by stormwater:
3. A covered receptacle shall be available on-site for collection of trash and debris to be
died of off-site. The site shall be maintained in such a manner as to prevent the
deposition of trash and debris onto adiacent public and private property' and
4. All vehicles or equipment shall be free of mud and debris before leaving the site, so as
not to track or deposit such material onto the public way when accidental depositions
occur.
K. Project Site Maintenance.
1. Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including
suspension of waste and until final certification, the Permittee shall keep the site free from
rubbish and debris. The Permittee shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping
and sprinkling water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on
public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. Care
shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed
immediately and the area cleaned.
2. Vermin Control. At the time of official certification the area graded under the permit
shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be
arranged and paid for by the Permittee. The Permittee shall be responsible for the
elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations.
3. Sanitation. The Permittee shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of
employees engaged in the grading operation. These accommodations shall be maintained
in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws
ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health.
L. Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements. The Permittee shall be
responsible for the protection of public and Private property adjacent to the site and shall exercise
•
due caution to avoid damage to such property.
M. Public Convenience and Safety.
1. Traffic and Access. The Permittee's operations shall not cause an unnecessary
inconvenience. The access rights of the public shall be considered and maintained at all
times.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 7
2. Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. All applicable right-of-wav is
permits shall be obtained with Section 13.06 (General Requirements) of the Municipal
Code for all equipment and materials in a public street or right-of-way. Construction
equipment shall not be stored at the worksite for more than five (5) days after it is no longer
needed.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 8
•
•
11
•
•
Chapter 17.821
PERMITS
Sections:
17.821.010 Permits.
17.821.020 Availability of Permit and Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan at Site.
17.821.030 Unpermitted Grading.
17.821.060 Notification to Start Grading.
17.821.010 Permits.
A. Permits Required. A person shall not perform any grading without first obtaining a grading
permit to do so from the City Engineer. A grading permit does not include construction of retaining
walls or other structures. A separate permit shall be obtained for each site and may cover both
excavations and fills. Any Engineered Grading as described in this Code shall be performed by a
contractor licensed to Perform the work described hereon. Regular Grading of less than five
thousand (5,000) cubic yards may require a licensed contractor if the City Engineer determines
that special conditions or hazards exist.
B. Exceptions. Exemption from the permit requirements of this section shall not be deemed to
grant authorization for any work to be done in any manner in violation of the provisions of this
chapter or any other laws or ordinances of the Ci thisjuf sdistien. Approvals from other agencies
may be required. A grading permit shall not be required for the following:
An excavation that does not exceed fifty (50) cubic yards and complies with
one of the following conditions as shown in Figure 17.81.1 (Permit
Exception Details):
a. Excavation ils less than twohree L3) feet in depth; or—.Gr
b. Excavation dBoes not create a cut slope greater than five (5) feet in height
measured vertically upward from the cut surface to the surface of the natural grade
and steeper than twof+ve (26) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (festwenty
percent (5020°/x) slope)-er,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 9
2. A fill not intended to support structuresand which does not obstruct a
drainage course and :f su a;awhich_complies with one of the
following condition as shown in Figure 17.81.1 (Permit Exception
Details):
a. Fill is less than one (1) foot in depth and is placed on natural terrain with a slope
flatter than five (5) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (fifty percent (50%) slope):
OL i....i. Ged e natural gFad., U;at has a sle.. of seee . than Ave (5) hGF4 Rta! to
b. Fill is less than three (3) feet in depth at its deeoest point when measured
vertically upward from natural grade to the surface of the fill, does not exceed fifty (50)
cubic yards, and creates a fill slope no steeper than two (2) units horizontal to one (1)
unit vertical (fifty percent (50%) slope)-: or. is less than thF98 (3) feet On depth at its
and does net 9)(Geed PAY (50) GUbmG YaFds-,-of
c. Fill is less than five (5) feeet in depth at its deepest point when measured
vertically upward from natural grade to the surface of the fill, does not exceed twenty
(20) cubic yards, and creates a fill slope no steeper than two (2) units horizontal to
one (1) unit vertical (fifty percent (50%) slogek:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 10
•
0
•
•
F
EXCAVATIONS
FlLLS
-NOT INTENDED TO SUPPORT STRUCTURES
• DO NOT OBSTRUCT A DMSNOE COURSE
Fu PLACED ON
�—
AN EXCAYATON
NATURAL GRADEO•,Fl
_
YNRCN IS LESS
]114
NATURAL GRADES / / /
TNSlTEEPER
NOT
�ru
•�FT
/ /
T
LESS TMN WT
DEEP
J ,
,5 ILRAI GRADE
OE NANDOT
�
EXCEED SDCY
�/
/
X50 CT J
FU Nib6 TNN
X50 Cr
SFT DEEP AT Iib
/
DEEPEST P0*1T
THAT DOES NOT
1 .t
D`!FT
AN EXCAVATION
EXCEED lOC\'
0" CREATES
/ W.tURAL GRADE
ACVTELOPE
NATVFA GRADE /
WTONEATER
NNW EFT XI/
MSFT
FU LESS TNR
HEIOWNOT/
t
SFE DEEP AT RS
SFT
STEEPER TNN
DEEPEST POM
1 1
DcYT
71. AND DOES
NOTEXCEED
<5D CT
THAT DOES NOT
EXCEED]UCY
I
/
SOCY
/ NATURAL GRADE
/
Figure 17.81-1
Permit Exception Details
3. An excavation below finish grade for basements and footings of a building, retaining
wall, or other structure authorized by a valid building permit or trench excavations for the
purpose of installing underground utilities. This shall not exempt any fill made with the
material from such excavation or exempt any excavation having an unsupported height
greater than five (5) feet after the completion of the structure;
4. Grading within property dedicated or used for cemetery purposes where such grading
is more than one hundred (100) feet from the property line and is not intended to support
structures. No permit shall be required for the excavation or filling of graves at any location
within such property;
5. Mining, quarrying, excavating, processing and stockpiling of rock, sand, gravel,
aggregate, or clay, where controlled by other
regulations; provided, that -such operations do not affect the lateral support ofin, or increase
the stresses in, or pressure upon, any adjacent or contiguous property;
6. With prior approval in writing by the City Engineer, grading in an isolated, self-
contained area provided there is no danger to the public, and that such grading will not
adversely affect adjoining propertie
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 11
7. Refuse disoosal sites controlled by other regulation •
sel el waste previsieRs of this rAdA;
8. Excavations for wells, or trenches for utilities:
98. An excavation or fill in connection with the making of an earth fill dam, reservoir or
levee when the quality of such work is regulated by other laws, statutes or ordinances;
108. An excavation, fill and/or measures approved by the Soil Conservation District or
cooperative agency of the US Department of Agriculture;
1148. An excavation or fill for a road or slope purposes and shown on plans that are
approved by the City Engineer as being necessary for the support,
construction or maintenance of a public road;
1244. Exploratory excavations under the direction of a gGeotechnical Eengineers or
Eengineering Ggeologists -This shall not exempt eXGlus Ye Gf gFadiRg grading of access
roads or pads created for exploratory excavations. -Exploratory excavations must not
create a hazardous condition to adjacent properties or the public in accordance with this
code. -Exploratory excavations must be restored to existing conditions, unless otherwise
approved by the City Engineer. •
lesatien; and
131-2. Grading for an oil and/or gas drilling site which is located in an existing oil field as
designated by the State Division of Oil and Gas and is one thousand (1,000) feet from a
public highway and five hundred (500) feet from the nearest residence. The proposed
grading must not result in the deposition of silt and debris onto downstream property or
storm drain facilities. Permits will not be issued for parcels of land with an average slope of
ten percent (10%) or greater unless the proposed grading complies with the provisions of
Section 17.51.020 the-jHillside Development
(Permits for less than one hundred (100) cubic yards are exempt from this requirement.)
Exemption from the permit requirements of this chapter shall not be deemed to grant
authorization for anv work to be done in any manner in-vielaiienthat violates of -the Provisions of
this Code or any other laws or ordinances efof the City.
17.821.020 Availability of Permit and Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan at Site.
No person shall perform any grading for which a permit is required under this chapter unless a
copy of the grading permit and approved grading plan with a stormwater pollution prevention plan
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 12
•
0
•
(SWPPP). as applicable, is in the possession of a responsible person and available at the site.
17.821.030 Unpermitted Grading.
A person shall not use, occupy, or maintain any site containing unpermitted grading. For
the purposes of this code, "unpermitted grading' shall be defined as either of the
following: (I' grading that F a itheut t a
,anT'�issspcixvrinco-ar-irsl;��vnx�-xxr-�xm�irm'xvRr-cricie�iiiica.
peFmit(s) having first been obtained fiem the City rg ading that wasperformed,
at any point in time, without the required permit(s) having first been obtained from the
City Engineer, pursuant to this code: or (2)grading for which a permit was obtained
pursuant to this code, but which was not completed, pursuant to Section 17.89 (Grading
Designation and Location), prior to the expiration of the permit, pursuant to Section
17.80.020(C) (Grading Permit Administration).
17.821.060 Notification to Start Grading.
Grading work cannot start until the City of Santa GlAnta-has been officially notified of the
pregrading meeting at least seven-twoeigbA 7248) hours in advance. (C)Fd. 09 3; 2Jg199j
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 13
Chapter 17.822
EXISTING GRADING
Sections:
17.822.010 Application to Existing Grading.
17.822.010 Application to Existing Grading.
A. Hazardous Conditions. Whenever the City Engineer determines that any existing
excavation, embankment or fill on private property has become a hazard to life and limb, or
endangers structures, or adversely affects the safety, use or stability of a public way or drainage
channel, the owner of the property upon which the excavation, embankment, or fill is located, or
other person or agent in control of said property, upon receipt of notice in writing from the City •
Engineer shall within the period specified therein repair, reconstruct or remove such excavation,
embankment, or fill so as to eliminate the hazard in conformance with the requirements of this
Code..
B. Maintenance of Protective Devices and Rodent Control. The owner of any property on
which grading has been performed pursuant to a permit issued under the provisions of this code,
or any other person or agent in control of such property, shall maintain in good condition and
repair all drainage structures and other protective devices including dust prevention and control
and burrowing rodent control when shown on the grading plans filed with the application for
grading permit and approved as a condition precedent to the issuance of such permit.
C. Correlation With Other Sections. The provisions of this section are independent of the
provisions of the City Bbuilding CGode relating to building and property rehabilitation. This section
may be invoked even though the same facts have been the reason for a determination that there
is substandard property subject to the provisions of the City Bbuilding CGode.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 14
•
is
Chapter 17.823
PERMIT APPLICATION
Sections:
17.823.010 Grading Application and Permit Requirements.
17.823.020 Permit Limitations and Conditions.
17.823.030 Denial of Permit.
17.823.010 Grading Application and Permit Requirements.
A. Application. To obtain a grading permit, the applicant shall first file an application in writing
on a form furnished for that purpose. Every such application shall:
1. Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be performed by lot, block, tract
and by a street address or by similar description sufficient to readily identify and definitely
locate the site;
2. State the name and address of: the owner of said land; the person who is to perform
the work; and, the field engineer if such work is to be performed as engineered grading;
3. Be accompanied by plans, specifications and calculations as may be required by
subsection (B) of this section;
4. State the volume of the material to be handled;
5. Be signed by the applicant or his authorized agent, who may be required to submit
evidence of such authority; and
6. Give such other information as reasonably may be required by the City Engineer.
B. Grading Designation. Grading which is intended to support structures.: or GF 9
teeFdeyeleein excess of five thousand (5.000) cubic yards of material or grading wherethatthe
City Engineer determines exhibits special conditions or unusual hazards exlet-shall be
designated as "Engineered Grading" and shall conform with subsection (D) of this Section
entitled "Engineered Grading Requirements." All eEngineered aGrading shall be performed in
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 15
accordance with an approved grading plan and specifications prepared by a eCivil eEngineer,
unless otherwise required by the City Engineer.
Grading other than "Engineered Grading" shall be designated "Regular Grading" and shall
conform with subsection (C) of this Section, entitled "Regular Grading fReguirements."
C. Regular Grading Requirements. An application for a (Regular aGrading permit shall be
accompanied by two (2) sets of plans-ig with sufficient clarity to indicate the nature and the
exiead-extent of the work. -The plans shall aiveinclude the location of the work, the name of the
owner, and the name of the person who prepared the plan. -The plan shall also include the
following information:
1. General vicinity of the proposed site-:
2. Limits and depth of cut and fill-:
3. Locations of any buildings or structures where work is to be performed, and the
location of any buildings or structures within fifteen (15) feet of the or000sed grading::
4. Contours. flow areas, elevations, or slopes, which define existing and proposed
drainage patterns-:
5. Storm water provisions as required by this Code-:
6. Location of all existing and proposed utilities, drainage facilities, and recorded public
and private easements and restricted use areas-.: and
7. Location of all Special Flood Hazard Areas as designated and adopted by Municipal
Code Section 10.06 (Floodplain Management).
D. Engineered Grading Requirements. An application for a permit for Eengineered Garading
shall be accompanied by two (2) sets of plans and specifications, and supporting data consisting
of a eGeotechnical fReport and eEngineering aGeologv (Report.
Specfications shall contain information coverino the construction and material requirements
Plans shall be drawn to scale upon paper or cloth and shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the
nature and extent of the work proposed and shall show in detail that the Proposed work will
conform to the provisions of this code and all relevant laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations.
The first sheet of the plan sheet -shall depict the location of the proposed work, the name and
address of the owner, and the person whopa #w wefe-preyared bythe plans.
The plans shall include, or be accompanied, by the following information:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 16
1. General vicinity of the proposed site:.
2. Property limits and accurate contours of the existing ground and details of terrain and
area drainage'.BeuRdaFy 1 nes ef the pFeperty an wh Gh the weFk is to be pe4qpmedi
3. Each lot or parcel of land into which the site is proposed to be divided
4. Limiting dimensions, elevations, or finish contours to be achieved by the grading
proposed drainage channels and related construction.
54. All of the proposed uses of the site, and if the site is to be divided, the proposed use
of each lot or parcel of land;
• I 645. Location of any existing buildings or structures on the property where the work is to
be performed, and the location of any buildings or structures on adjacent land which are
within forty (40) feet of the property line or that may be affected by the proposed grading
operations ;
7. Recommendations in the eGeotechnical rReport and the eEnaineerina eGeolo
(Report shall be incorporated into the grading plans or specifications -When approved by
the City Engineer, specific recommendations contained in the eGeotechnical rReport and
the eEngineerinq aGeologv fReoort, that are applicable to the aradinq, may be included by
reference
8. The dates of the eGeotechnical and eEngineerinq aGeologv rReports together with
the names addresses and telephone numbers of the firms or individuals who prepared the
re orts . .
97. Elevations, location, proposed pads, extent and slope of all proposed grading shown
by contours, cross sections or other means and location of any rock disposal areas,
buttress fills or other special features, if such are proposed to be included in the work_;
109. A statement of the quantities of material to be excavated and/or filled. Earthwork
Quantities shall include quantities for geotechnical and geological remediation -In addition
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 17
a statement of theguantitiesaad the of material aPRG Rt of 6 Gh Mat ' to be imported4o, •
or exported from; the site,;
119. A statement of the estimated starting and completion dates for work covered by the
permit;
1240. A statement signed by the owner acknowledging that a Meld eEngineer,
gGeotechnical eEngineer and eEngineering gGeologist, when appropriate, will be
employed to perform the services required by this code, when the City Engineer requires
that such a professional persons be so emdoved.
empleyed. These acknowledgments shall be on a form furnished by the City Engineer;
1332. _Detailed plans of all drainage devices, walls, cribbing or other protective devices to
be constructed in connection with, or as a part of, the proposed work, together with a map
showing the drainage area and estimated runoff of the area served by any drains. Suitable
access shall be provided to permit proper cleaning and maintenance_;
1413. _Plans, pad dimensions, maximum horizontal straight slope dimensions and slope •
heights must comply with , Section 17.51.020 (Hillside
Development)GhaptBF ! 7.80, where applicable. All necessary Csommission, Csouncil or
staff reviews pursuant to this chapter must be obtained prior to issuance of permit;
1534. A drainage plan for thoseat portions of roe-a4etePpareel to be utilized as a
building site (building pad) including elevations of floors with respect to finish site grade and
locations of proposed stoops, slabs and fences that may affect drainage,;
1615. Storm water provisions required by this Code;.
t
17. Location and type of any Private disposal sewage disposal system, including the
location of the expansion area::
18. Location of existing and Proposed utilities, drainage facilities, and recorded public
and private easements::
19. Location of all Special Flood Hazard Areas as designated and adopted by Municipal
Code Section cede sestiea 10.06 (Floodplain Mananoement)::
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 18
•
0
i
•
20. The location of any oak trees or other protected trees or shrubs:
21. A landscape and irrigation plan subject to approval by the
Landscape Maintenance District. and/or Planning
Division shall be incorporated into the plan for all slopes requiring landscaping_: and
22. Any additional plans, drawings or calculations deemed necessary by the City
Engineer to show conformance of the proposed work with the requirements of this code or
related ordinances.
E6. Fees. Grading permit and plan -checking fees shall be in accordance with the current fee
schedule approved by the Council.
RPSAII-ItiOR AQ I AQ mf the Gity.
F8. Geotechnical and Engineering Geology Reports . The
aGeotechnical {Report required by subsection (D) of this section shall include data regarding the
nature, distribution, and strength of existing soils:: conclusions and recommendations for grading
procedures and design criteria for corrective measures, including buttress fills when necessary-'
and an opinion of the adequacy for the intended use of sites to be developed by the proposed
grading, as affected by geotechnical factors, including the stability of slopes. -All reports shall
conform with the requirements of the City bBuildinq Ceode and shall be subject to review by the
City Engineer. Supplemental reports and data may be required as the City Engineer may deem
necessary. Recommendations included in the reports and approved by the City Engineer shall be
incorporated into the feFgrading plan or specifications.The City Engi ,ee.
Fepwt shall RG161de an adequate deGGF Pt OR 9f the ge9l99Y Of the site and GORGIUS49RS AAd
The eEngineedng QGeologv {Report required by subsection (D) of this section shall include an
adequate description of the geology of the site, conclusions and recommendations regarding the
effect of geologic conditions on the proposed development and an opinion on the adequacy for
the intended use of the sites to be developed by the proposed grading as affected by geologic
factors. -The eEngineering aGeologv fReport shall include a geologic map and cross sections
and utilizinee the most recent grading plan as a base. All reports shall conform with the
requirements of the City bBuildinq eCode and shall be subject to review by the City Engineer.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 —Grading
Page 19
Supplemental reports and data may be required as the City Engineer may deem necessary. •
Recommendations included in the reports and approved by the City Engineer shall be
incorporated into the feFgrading plan or specifications.
Exception: A aGeotechnical or eEngineering oGeology fReport is not required where -if
the City Engineer determines that the nature of the work applied for is such that a report is not
necessary.
G. Liquefaction Study. For sites with a mapped maximum considered earthquake spectral
response accelerations at short periods (Ss) greater than 0.5g as determined by the City Building
Code, a study for liquefaction potential of the site shall be provided, and the recommendations
incorporated in the plans. -A liquefaction study will be required when the proposed work is a
"Project" as defined in California Public Resources Code Section 2693, and is located in an area
designated as a "Seismic Hazard Zone." as defined in Title 14 of the California Code of
Regulations Section 3722 on Seismic Hazard Zone Maps issued by the State Geologist under
Public Resources Code Section 2696.
Exception: A liquefaction study is not required whefeif the City Engineer determines from
established local data that the liquefaction potential at the grading location is low. -
HG. Pre -Plan Check Site Inspection. When the City Engineer finds that a visual inspection of
the site is necessary to establish drainage requirements for the protection of property, existing
buildings or the proposed construction, a site inspection shall be made prior to plan check of
grading plans. The fee for such inspection shall in accordance with the current fee schedule
approved by the CounciLb^ as Fnest Feeently estabi shed ^ • n.a ^ e nn 17 a^a Reset ItiAR on
130 of the City.
Ikl. Hydrology and Hydraulic Study. A hydrology and hydraulic study may be required. If
required, the study shall conform to the design requirements of the Los Angeles County Flood
Control District and shall show all charts, formulas and data used for the preparation of the study.
The report shall be prepared under the supervision of a licensed civil engineer whose seal shall
be stamped on the title sheet of the report.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 20
•
0
J. Additional plan check fees maysha4 be assessed '^• PF9jeGtS that eXGee' three (3) plan
, as outlined in the current
fee schedule approved by the Council.
17.823.020 Permit Limitations and Conditions.
A. General Conditions. The issuance of a grading permit shall constitute an authorization to do
only that work which is described or illustrated on the application for the permit, or on the grading
plans and specifications approved by the City Engineer. Grading plan approval shall only be valid
for sixeae (_61) monthsyear from the date of approval.
B. Jurisdictions of Other Agencies. Permits issued under the provision of this CGode shall not
• relieve the owner of the responsibility for securing permits or licenses that may be required from
other departments or divisions of the City and other government agencies.
•
C. Conditions of Approval. In granting any permit under this code, the City Engineer may
attach such conditions as may be reasonably necessary to prevent creation of a nuisance or
hazard to public or private property. Such conditions may include, but shall not be limited to:
1. Improvement of any existing grading to bring it up to the standards of this CGode;
2. Requirements for fencing of excavations or fills which would otherwise be hazardous.
D. Modification of Approved Plans. Any modifications of, or changes in, the approved grading
plan must be approved by the City Engineer prior to implementation in the field. Modifications
which affect basic tract design or land use must have the approval of the appropriate control
agency.
E. Special Permits, Agricultural or Road Grading. Where the grading proposed is solely for
the purpose of preparing land for agricultural purposes or for the construction of a roadway to be
used as access for maintaining the use of the land at the time of the permit, the City Engineer
may issue a special permit therefore, and modify the requirements of this chapter when they4e
finds:
1. The site of the proposed work has an area of not less than ten (10) acres;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 21
2. The work will be reasonably safe for the intended use and will not result in a hazard to •
adjoining property or existing structures; and
3. Adequate provision will be made for drainage and erosion control. (9rd 08 13 § 2,
3126/03)
17.823.030 Denial of Permit.
A. Hazards. The City Engineer shall not issue a grading permit in any case where he finds that
the work, as proposed by the applicant, is likely to adversely affect the stability of adjoining
property or result in the deposition of debris on any public way or interfere with any existing
drainage course, or be in an area determined to be subject to geological hazard under the
provisions of the City Bbuilding Ceode.
If it can be shown to the satisfaction of the City Engineer that the hazard can be essentially
eliminated by the construction of retaining structures, buttress fills, drainage devices or by other
means, the City Engineer may issue the permit with the condition that such work be performed.
B. Land Use. The City Engineer shall not issue a grading permit for work on the site unless the
proposed uses shown on the grading plan for the site will comply with the provisions of this
Codetit4e. (94 QQ 3, 2i810gj
Chapter 17.824
SECURITY
Sections:
17.824.010 Security.
17.824.010 Security.
A—
A. Scope and Purpose. The City Engineer may require the a-ePermittee or the-e0wner(s)
of the property upon which the grading is proposed to occur to provide security- as a condition of
the issuance of a grading permit for any grading involving more than one thousand (1,000) cubic
yards. -Where unusual conditions or special hazards exist. the City Engineer may require security
for grading involving less than one thousand (1,000) cubic yards. -The purpose of the security
shall be to guarantee the permittee's obligation to mitigate anv hazardous conditions including
flood and geotechnical hazards, that may be created if the grading is not completed in
accordance with the approved plans and specifications, and to complete any work that the City
Engineer determines necessary to bring the property into compliance with this Csode.
Securitv reauired by this Section may include incidental off-site gradina on Drooertv contiauous
with the site to be developed, orovided written consent of the owner of such contiguous property
is filed with the City Engineer. •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 22
•
The City Engineer may waive the requirements for a security for any of the following:
1. Grading being done in or for a governmental agency: or
2. Grading necessary to remove a geological hazard, where such work is covered by an
agreement and security posted pursuant to the provisions of this Code; or
3. Grading on a site, not exceeding a slope of three (3) horizontal to one (1) vertical,
provided such grading as determined by the City Engineer will not affect drainage from or
to adjacent properties: or
4. Filling of holes or depressions, provided such grading as determined by the Citv
Engineer will not affect the drainage from or to adiacent properties.
B. Form of Security&eGurity4Zequired. The security referred to in Section 17.84.010 (A)
shall be in the following
thOUSand (1,000) Gub G yaFdG UR1866 the O'IVReF shall AFst pest with the City F=RgiRew seGuFity
one Of the f9I'GW R9 'AFM9'
1. A bond furnished by a corporate surety authorized to do business in this State;
•
2. A sash berg;
b n th s Badei
i Rstit✓ t qnr OF
2. Other forms of security may be approved with prior written approval of the City
Engineer: and
M. The City Engineer may require that up to ten percent (10%) pecseRt-of any security
be submitted in the form of a cash deposit. The cash deposit may be utilized by the City to
ensure that adequate safeguards for the prevention of erosion, dust control and
sedimentation are in place when needed.
•
gpadiRg RVEAV ng less than ene theusand (1,000) GUI) G yaFds. SeGUF ty Fequ Fed by this Beet an
may inrludle RGi&Rtal Off site qFad ng on property contiguous i.v th the s te to he developed,
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 23
C. Amount of Security. The amount of security shall be based upon the number of cubic yards
of material in either excavation or fill, whichever is greater, plus the cost of all drainage or other
protective devices, retaining walls or work necessary to eliminate geotechnicallegisal hazards.
That portion of the security valuation based on the volume of material in either excavation or fill
shall be computed as follows:
One hundred
One dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) per cubic yard5004
thousand
grad ng
1100,0001 cubic
yards or less
Over one hundred
One dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) per cubic yard for the first one hundred thousand
thousand
(100,000) cubic yards plus seventy-five cents ($0.75) per cubic yard for that portion
1100,0001 cubic
in excess of one hundred thousand (100,000) cubic Vards590; of the Go6t of the
yards
°
490 088 subie, yards
—When the rough grading has been completed in conformance with the requirements of this
code, the City Engineer may at his discretion consent to a proportionate reduction of the security
to an amount estimated to be adequate to ensure completion of the grading work, site
development or planting remaining to be performed. The costs referred to in this section shall be
as estimated by the City Engineer.
D. Conditions. All security shall include the conditions that the principal shall:
1. Comply with all provisions of this Ceode, applicable laws and ordinances;
2. Comply with all of the terms and conditions of the grading permit; and
3. Complete all of the work authorized by the permit.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 24
C�I
r -I
L
• E. Term of Security. The term of each security shall begin upon the filing thereof with the City
Engineer and the security shall remain in effect until the work authorized by the grading permit is
completed and approved by the City Engineer.
F. Default Procedures. In the eventthaEany grading for which a permit has been issued is not
completed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications for said work, or theewner
eF his agent shall fail to earnplete the we* 9F fail te eemply with all terms and conditions of the
grading permit, the City Engineer may declare t shall be deemed that a default has occurred. The
City Engineer shall give notice thereof to the principal and security on the
grading permit security, , and may
order the work required to complete the grading in conformance with the requirements of this
Geode be performed. The surety executing the security shall continue to be
firmly bound under an obligation up to the full amount of the security, for the payment of all
necessary costs and expenses that may be incurred by the City Engineer in causing any and all
such required work to be done. In the Game of n ccch depesit ^• assigRFReRt, the unused paFtien
.Aepesit a Rt and expenses that May be ea
G. Right of Entry. The City Engineer or the authorized representative of the surety company or
financial institution shall have access to the premises described in the permit for the purpose of
• inspecting the work.
In the event of default in the performance of any term or condition of the permit, the surety or
financial institution or the City Engineer or any person employed or engaged in the behalf of any
of these parties, shall have the right to go upon the premises to perform the required work.
The owner or any other person who interferes with or obstructs the ingress to or egress
from any such premises of any authorized representative of the surety or fmancial
institution or of the Ceity engaged in the correction or completion of the
work for which a grading permit has been issued, after a default has occurred in the
performance of the terms or conditions thereof, is guilty of a misdemeanor.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a default under this section shall be deemed a nuisance pursuant
to Title 23 (Neighborhood Preservation) subject to abetment of Title 23 (Neighborhood
Preservation) of the Municipal Code. The City reserves the right to recover costs for such
abetment as set forth in Title 23 (Neighborhood Preservation).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 25
0
Chapter 17.825 •
PRECAUTIONS
Sections:
17.825.010 Safety Precautions.
17.825.020 Removal of Brush and Vegetation.
17 26 039 eb..... ateF nn....agemeRt PI....
47.25.Q59 StAFFRwatei: ieRt PlaR (PeRaltie T
17.285.010 Safety Precautions.
If at any stage of the work the City Engineer determines by inspection that further grading as
authorized is likely to endanger any public or private property or result in the deposition of debris
on any public way or interfere with any existing drainage course, the City Engineer may order the
work stopped by notice in writing served on any persons engaged in doing or causing such work
to be done, and any such person shall forthwith stop such work. The City Engineer may
authorized the work to proceed if Lheykae finds adequate safety precautions can be taken or
corrective measures incorporated in the work to avoid likelihood of such danger, deposition or
interference.
If the grading work as done has created or resulted in a hazardous condition, the City Engineer
shall give written notice requiring correction thereof as specified in this Ceode. .
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 26
• If the City Engineer finds any existing conditions not as stated in the grading permit or not as
shown on the grading plan, he -they may order the work stopped until a revised grading plan has
been submitted and approved which includes provisions for such existing conditions.
17.825.020 Removal of Brush and Vegetation.
A. Removal or Destruction of Natural Vegetation Prohibited—Exception. No person shall
remove or destroy or cause the removal or destruction of natural vegetation on sloping terrain
within the City ofFaata-61ar+iawithout first obtaining written approval from the City Engineer.
B. Exceptions to Chapter Applicability. The provisions of this chapter shall not apply to, and
written approval from the City Engineer is not required for, the following:
1. The removal or destruction of vegetation within one hundred fifty (150) feet of a
building or structure whose construction would require a permit under provisions of the
building code;
2. The removal or destruction of vegetation by public utilities on rights-of-way or property
owned by such utility, or on land providing access to such rights-of-way or property;
3. The removal or destruction of vegetation on publicly owned rights-of-way for roads,
• highways, flood -control projects or other similar or related uses by authorized agents;
4. The removal or destruction by or for a public agency of vegetation from firebreaks used
to control the spread of fire;
J
5. The removal or reduction of vegetation by the Fire Ddepartment Of fGF864yeF and fire
warden, or by a person acting in compliance with a specific order of that department; and
6. Work performed under a grading permit issued under the provisions of the building
code when the work includes precautionary measures to control erosion and flood hazards
during the executionpresesutlen of such work.
C. Approval to Perform Work—Fee Schedule. At the time of submitting the written request
for approval, the applicant shall pay to the City Engineer a fee based on the area of land to be
cleared of vegetation as follows:
Area
Fee
Not exceeding 10 acres
$10.00
More than 10 but not more than 50 acres
$25.00
More than 50 but not more than 100 acres
$50.00
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 – Grading
Page 27
10
More than 100 acres $50.00 plus $2.50 for each 10 acres or fraction thereof
over 100 acres
D. Approval to Perform Work—Issuance Conditions. The City Engineer shall issue a written
approval for all or a portion of the proposed work when they- arehe+s satisfied that the
performance of such work will not result in a flood or erosion hazard to this or other properties,
the required fee has been paid and the proposed work conforms with the requirements of other
laws or ordinances. In granting any approval under this Cshapter, the City Engineer may attach
such conditions reasonably necessary to prevent a flood or erosion hazard. These conditions
may include but shall not be limited to:
1. A limitation on the time of year when the removal or destruction of vegetation is
performed;
2. A requirement that certain protective structures or devices be installed in or adjacent to
drainage courses to control downstream transportation of silt or debris;
3. The method to be used in the removal or destruction of vegetation and the sequence
of such operation; and
4. A requirement that the area cleared be replanted with approved plants to provide
protection against erosion damage. •
E. Violation—Penalty. Any person violating any of the provisions of this Cehapter shall be
deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and each such person shall be deemed guilty of a separate
offense for each and every day or portion thereof during which any violation of any of the
provisions of this chapter is committed, continued or permitted, and upon conviction of any such
violation such person shall be punishable by a fine of not more than five hundred dollars
($500.00) or by imprisonment for not more than six (6) months, or by both such fine and
imprisonment.
F. Severability—Elimination of Exceptions.
1. If any portion of the ordinance codified in this Cehapter or the application thereof to any
person or circumstances is held invalid, the remainder of the ordinance and the application
of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.
2. Should any exception to the provisions of the ordinance codified in this chapter be held
invalid, such exception shall be eliminated from the ordinance.
year and ApFil 1 5th of the fOlIOWing calendar year, unless the plans foF such WOFk iRGIUde a
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Chapter 17.20-17.30 – Grading
Page 28
0
�J
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30—Grading
Page 29
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 30
0
0
r --I
L -j
0
•
•
Chapter 17.826
IMPORT AND EXPORT
Sections:
17.826.010 Import and Export of Earth Materials.
17.86.020 Excavations.
17.86.030 Fills.
17.2686.040 Ridoeline Preservation and Hillside Development.
17.86.050 Slope Setbacks.
17.86.060 Slopes Subject to Hillside Development.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 31
17 _826.010 Import and Export of Earth Materials.
Grading shall be balanced on site whenever possible. Import and export of earth materials shall
be subject to all of the following:
A. The point or points of access to the public street or streets for export or import shall be
shown on the grading plan and shall be located as approved by the City Engineer;
B. The haul route for export or import shall be approved by the City Engineer prior to
commencement of any export or import of material to or from the site:
Cg. The last fifty (50) feet of the outhaul road immediately adjoining the street if downgrade to •
the street has a grade no steeper than three percent (3%) PereeR ;
DG. An unobstructed sight distance of not less than three hundred (300) feet in each direction
up and down the public street.{8rd. 003,2J&00)and
E. Security for import or export--,,�smav be required by the City Engineer.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 32
•
K. P--hl*n Gnnypnience and Safety.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 34
0
Ll
17.8627.0240 Excavations.
A. Maximum Cut -Slope. Cuts shall not be steeper in slope than two (2) horizontal to one (1)
vertical. The City Engineer may allow a slope greater than two to one (2:1) for special
circumstances or site conditions. In this case the owner must furnish a geotechnical engineering
• or an engineering geology report, or both, conforming with the requirements of the City Bbuilding
Csode, stating that the site has been investigated and giving an opinion that a cut at a steeper
slope will be stable and not create a hazard to public or private property. Substantiating
calculations and supporting data may be required where the City Engineer determines that such
information is necessary to verify the stability and safety of the proposed slope.
•
B. Slope Surface Protection. All slopes must be stabilized against surface erosion.
Stabilization may be accomplished through the application of erosion control blankets, soil
stabilizers or other means as approved by the City Engineer.
C. Drainage. Drainage, including drainage terraces and overflow protection, shall be provided
as required by Chapter 17.288 (Drainage and Terracing).8.
17.86.03027 020 Fills.
A. General. Unless otherwise recommended in the geotechnical reportfills shall conform to
provisions of this section.
B. Preparation of Ground. Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than
two (2) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (50 percent (50%) slope). -The ground surface shall
be prepared to receive fill by removing vegetation topsoil and other unsuitable materials
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 35
(including any existing fill that does not meet the requirements of this code), and scarifying the •
ground to provide a bond with the fill material.
Subdrains shall be provided under all fills placed in natural drainage courses and in other
locations where seepage is evident except where the Geotechnical Engineer or Engineering
Geologist recommends otherwise. Such sub -drainage systems shall be of a material and design
approved by the eGeotechnical eEngineer and acceptable to the City Engineer. The Geotechnical
Engineer shall provide continuous inspection dudnq the process of subdrain installation. The
location of the subdrains shall be shown on a plan prepared by the Geotechnical Engineer.
Excavations for the subdrains shall be inspected by the Engineering Geologist when such
subdrains are included in the recommendations of the eEngineering eGeologv cReport.
C. Benching. Where existing grade is at a slope steeper than five (5) units horizontal to one
(1) unit vertical (20 percent (20%) slope) and the depth of the fill exceeds five (5) feet, benching
shall be provided into sound bedrock or other competent material as determined by the
Geotechnical Engineer. -The ground preparation shall be in accordance with Figure 17.86-1
(Benching Details) or as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer. -When fill is placed over a cut,
a key shall be provided which is at least ten (10) feet in width and 2 feet in depth. -The area
beyond the toe of the fill shall be sloped for sheet overflow or a paved drain shall be constructed
at thereon. -The Geotechnical Engineer or Engineering Geologist, or both, shall inspect and
approve the key as being suitable for the foundation and placement of fill material before any fill •
material is placed on the excavation.
FILL SLOPE
-5 FT. (1.5 m) OR
GREATER
NATURALSLOPE
i'
REMOVE UNSUITABLE
KEY 2 FT. (0.6m) MATERIAL
r f 1 I� MINIMUM
�� 55
\\-�10 FT. (3.0 m) MINIMUM
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 36
•
•
Figure 17.86-1
Benching Details
D. Fill Material. Fill shall not include organic frozen or other deleterious materials. -Except as
permitted by the City Engineer, no rock or similar irreducible materials with a maximum dimension
greater than twelve (12) inches in any dimension shall be included in fills.
_Exception: The City Engineer may permit the placement of larger rock when the Geotechnical
Engineer properly devises and recommends a method of placement- and continuously inspects
its placement and approves the fill stability. All of Tthe following shall also apply:
1. Prior to issuance of the grading permit Potential rock disposal areas shall be
delineated on the grading plan,
2. Rock sizes greater than twelve (12) inches in maximum dimension shall be ten (10)
feet or more below grade, as measured vertically
3. Rocks shall be placed so as to assure the filling of voids with well -graded soil-
4. The reports submitted by the Geotechnical Engineer shall acknowledge the placement
of the oversized material and whether the work was performed in accordance with the
•
eEngineer's recommendations and the approved plans-' and
5. The locations of oversized rock dispersal areas shall be shown on the as -built plan.
EA. Compaction. All fill shall be compacted to
(tearte a minimum relative compaction of ninety percent (90%) of maximum dry -dry -density as
determined by ASTM D1557 Modified Proctor, in lifts not exceeding twelve 02) inches in depth
within forty (40) feet below finished grade and ninety-three percent (93%) of maximum dry-dfy
density, deeper than forty (40) feet below finished grade, unless a lower relative compaction (not
less than ninety (94percent (90%)of maximum dry density) is justified by the Ggeotechnical
Eengineer and approved by the City Engineer. -Where ASTM D1557, Modified Proctor, is not
applicable, a test acceptable to the City Engineer shall be used.
Fills used to elevate structures in compliance with Chapter 10.06 (Floodplain Mangement) of the
Municipal Code of thin -cede -shall be compacted to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum dry
density. The Felative GGFRP@Gt;E)R shall be dAkFM;RPd by ASTM Soil Compamign Test PI 557
WhBF8 app! Gable. WheF8 Rot apip! Gable, a tes! aGGeptable tG the City ERgineeF shall be used.
—Field density shall be determined by a method acceptable to the City Engineer,; Hhowever, a
•not
less thane€ ten percent (10%) of the required density tests --shall be obtained by the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 37
Sand Cone Method (ASTM D1556). The required ten 44percent 10% by the Sand Cone •
Method shall be uniformly distributed throughout the depths and limits of the fill.
Fill slopes steeper than, or equal to, two (2) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (50 percent
(50%) slope) shall be constructed by the placement of soil a sufficient distance beyond the
proposed finish slope to allow compaction equipment to operate at the outer surface limits of the
final slope surface. The excess fill is to be removed prior to completion or rough grading. Other
construction procedures may be utilized when it is first shown to the satisfaction of the City
Engineer that the angle of slope, construction method and other factors will accomplish the intent
of this section.
FG. Maximum Fill Slope. The slope of fill surfaces shall be no steeper than is safe for the
intended use.- The City Engineer may allow a slope of steeper than two (2) units horizontal to one
(1) unit vertical (50 percent (50%) slope2 4) for special circumstances or site conditions. The
steepness of fill slopes shall be determined by a s^' eRg neeF who shall g ,r,m t ^^° tpgt da
Geotechnical Enoineerinq Report conforminq with the requirements of the City Buildinq Code and
containing a statement by the Geotechnical Engineer that the site has been investigated, &PA -with •
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 38
• an opinion that a steeper fill slope will be stable and will not create a hazard to public or private
property. -Substantiating calculations andata and supporting data may
be required where the City Engineer determines that such information is necessary to verify the
stability and safety of the proposed slope. -The City Engineer may require the fill slope to be
constructed with a face Flatter than two (2) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (50 percent
(50%) slope) if the City Engineer finds it necessary for stability and safety of the slope -te
D. Fill III..MA 42.1. QFqan 6 FRatenal 'shall Rat b peFFAitted OR Ails 61RIBeesubstantiated by the
(12) inGhes shall be bUFied 9F plaGed A fills. gteGkpiled sG 1, Gand aF gFavel shall be Gwpwad A
approves the fill stability. The fOlIE)WiRg shall also apply�
1. 1209F to issuanGe of the ad eo peFFA peteRt al .-_L disposal area_ _hall. h
_
• del'eeated GA the ad A alae
7 Desk SiZBS gFeate. Iha.. twelve (12)' 6hes inmaximum dimeRsion shallhe ter. (10)
feet AF FRqFp below wade, FReaSUFed VGFtiGally.
dr. Th.. le.�."..t.
ens .e.: ".:.,....z.e,d .eeL .1'e ...e..l ..r......shall .h..e..e.1;.e. M:R .e..".the .e.s bU it PlaR.
E. Drainage. DFa Rage, iRGlUdiRq dFa Rage teFFaGes and eveAaw PFGteGtiGFI, shall be PFO-ided
as Feqw Fed by GhapteF 17.28.
G€. Slopes to Receive Fill. Where fill is to be placed above the top of an existing slope
steeper than three (3) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (33 percent (33%) slope), the toe of
the fill shall be set back from the top edge of the existing slope a minimum distance of six (6) feet
measured horizontally or such other distance as may be specifically recommended by a
sGeotechnicaleii Eengineer or Eengineering Ggeologist and is approved by the City Engineer.
Fills shall not tee e 1 .. sleees sleeper thaa Me (2) ha:..eatal ♦e e e (1) . e.1'sal
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 39
HG. Inspection of Fill. For eEngineered %grading, the Geotechnicalseil Eengineer shall •
provide sufficient inspections during the preparation of the natural ground and the placement and
ef-compaction of the fill to he satisfied ensure that the work is being performed in accordance with
the conditions of plan approval and the appropriate requirements of this chapter. In addition to the
above, the Geotechnicalseil Eengineer shall provide continuous insoectionsha4 be -present during
the entire fill placement and compaction of fills that will exceed a vertical height or depth of thirty
(30) feet or result in a slope surface steeper than two (2) units horizontal to one 1 unit vertical
(50 percent (50%) slope).
Ikl. Testing of Fills. Sufficient tests of the fill soils shall be made to determine the density
thereof and to verify compliance of the soil properties with the design requirements, including soil
types and shear strengths in accordance with the standards established by the City Engineer.
—The results of such testing shall be included in the report required by this chapter. (44d. 08 13
J. Drainage. Drainage, including drainage terraces and overflow protection, shall be orovided
as required by Chapter 17.87 (Drainage and Terracing).
17.86.04027 030 Ridgeline Preservation and Hillside Development. •
Grading where average slopes are greater than ten (10) percent and involving more than one
hundred (100) cubic yards is subject toSection 17.51.020 44e -(Hillside DevelopmentjQfdRaRee.
For specific requirements involving view corridors, scenic vistas, sigRiftan ridge -lines, grading on
slopes exceeding fifty (50) percent, and maximum slope heights, refer to the Section 17.38.070
(Ridgeline Preservation Overlay Zone) and Section 17.51.020 (Hillside DevelopmentJGuidefiRes.
17.27.040 Slope Setbacks.
A. General. Cut and fill slopes shall beset back from property linessite be', dafies in
accordance with this section. Setback dimensions shall be horizontal distances measured
perpendicular to the property line and shall be as shown in Figure 17.86-2 (Setback
Dimensions unless substantiating data is submitted iustifving reduced setbacks
and sesemr4eR40e-reduced setbacks are recommended min a eGeotechnical
eEngineering and eEngineering eGeology rReport that has been approved by the City Engineer.
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Chapter 17.20-17.30 —Grading
Page 40
n
�J
PROPERTY
LINE
I
TOP OF
H/5 BUT FT 106 m) SLOPE
MINIMUM AND NEED
NOT EXCEED 10 FT
(3.0 m) MAXIMUM
PROPERTY
LINE
• CUTOR NATURAL
H/2 BUT 2 FT. 1116 m) ! TOE OF ENGINEERED GRADE
MINIMUMAND NEED FILL SLOPE
sLOPE
NOT EXCEED 20 FT
I INTERCEPTOR DRAIN
16.0 m) MAXIMUM H (IF REQUIRED)
NATURAL OR FINISHED GRADE
17.86-2
•Figure
Setback Dimension .
'Gt6 W 11 be at the apex of the beffn at the top of the slope. PFepeFty "Res beMeeR adjaGent lots
B. Top of Cut Slope. The setback at the top of a cut slopes shall not be less than that shown in
Figure 17.86-2 (Setback Dimensions) or less than is required to accommodate any required
interceptor drains, whichever is greater. -For graded slopes the Property line between adjacent
lots shall be at the apex of the berm at the too of the slope. -Property lines between adjacent lots
shall not be located on a graded slope steeper than five (5) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical
(20 percent (20%) slope).
with a min mum of two (2) feet aRE1 a Fnammum of teR (10) feet. The setbaek FRay need le be
C. Toe of Fill Slope. The setback from the toe of a fill slope shall not be less than that shown
by Figure 17. 86-2 (Setback Dimensions). -Where required to protect adjacent properties at the
toe of a slope from adverse effects of the grading, additional protection as approved by the Citv
Engineer, shall be included. Such orotection may include but shall not be limited to made aeaFeF
to the Bile boundary 1 Re thAR QRA half Rf the height Of !he 610pe VAth R FR RiFR -'FR Af bqV9 (2) feet.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 41
the adja nt nff s ten eFt is developed to Gh gF did speG al ffeGaUtIGFIS Shall 4.n 0
1. Setbacks greater than those required by Figure 17.86-2 (Setback Dimensions),
2. Provision for retaining walls or similar constructioner �ls 1
3. Erosion protection of the fill slopes: and/or.
4. Provisions for the control of surface waters.
D. Alternate SetbacksMedifiGalion of Slope Leeation. The City Engineer may approve
alternate setbacks if he or she determines that no hazard to life or property will be created or
increased. -The City Engineer may require an investigation and recommendation by a qualified
eEnaineer or eEnaineerina aGeoloaist to iustifv anv Dr000sed alternate setback.rThe�e'I—oma ��,Ak and
r�
U
17.27.95086.060 Slopes Subject to the Hillside Development-Gfd+ mnee.
Grading where slopes are greater than ten percent (10%) percent -and involving more than one
hundred (100) cubic yards is subject to Section 17.51.020 (toe -Hillside DevelopmentJ9rdiaaaee
Skan'1'.80. For specific requirements for grading involving slopes greater than 2:1 adjacent to
public rights-of-way and fill slopes exceeding one hundred (100) feet in horizontal length, refer to
the Hillside Development Guidelines. (8cd. 00 3 MIN)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 42
n
u
•
Chapter 17.8728
DRAINAGE AND TERRACING
Sections:
17.8728.010 Drainage and Terracing Provisions.
17.8728.020 Slope Planting and Erosion Control.
17.8728.010 Drainage and Terracing Provisions.
A. General. Unless otherwise recommended by a Civil Engineer and approved by the City
Engineer, drainage facilities and terracing shall be provided in accordance with the requirements
of subsection B of this section for all cut and fill slopes three (3) units horizontal to one (1) unit
vertical (33 percent (33%) slope) and steeper.
For slopes flatter than three (3) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (33 percent (33%) slope)
but steeper than five (5) units horizontal to one (1) unit vertical (20 percent (20%) slope) a paved
swale or ditch shall be installed at thirty (30) foot vertical intervals to control surface drainage and
debris. -Swales shall be sized based on contributory area and shall have adequate capacity to
convey intercepted waters to the point of disposal as defined in subsection (D) of this section.
Swales must be paved with reinforced concrete measuring not less than three (3) inches in
thickness, reinforced with six -6 -inch (6) by 6six-inch (6). No. 10 by No. 10 welded wire fabric or
equivalent as approved by the City Engineer. -Swales must have a minimum flow line depth of
one (1) foot and a minimum paved width of eighteen 08) inches. -Swales shall have a minimum
grade of not less than five 5 -percent (5%). -There shall be no reduction in grade along the
direction of flow unless the velocity of flow is such that slope debris will remain in suspension on
the reduced grade.
B. Drainage Terraces. Drainage terraces at least eight (8) feet in width (measured horizontally
from the outside edge) shall be established at not more than twenty-five (25) foot vertical intervals
on all cut or fill slopes more than thirty (30) feet in height to control surface drainage and debris.
January 2013 J DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 43
When only one terrace is required, it shall be at mid -height. -For cut or fill slopes greater than •
one hundred (100) feet and up to one hundred and twenty (120) feet in vertical height. one (1)
terrace at approximately mid -height shall be twenty (20) feet in width. -Terrace widths and
spacing for cut and fill slooes greater than one hundred and twenty (120) feet in height shall be
designed by the Civil Engineer and approved by the City Engineer. -Suitable access shall be
provided to permit proper cleaning and maintenance.
Drainage swales on terraces shall have a longitudinal grade of not less than five (5) -percent (5%)
and not more than twelve (-1)-percent(12%) -and a minimum depth of one (1) foot at a flow line.
There shall be no reduction in grade along the direction of flow unless the velocity of flow is such
that the slope debris will remain in suspension on the reduced grade. Drainage swales must be
paved with concrete not less than three (3) inches thick reinforced with sixinch (6) tnsk;-byX six-
inch. (6)4poh No. 10 Xbv No. 10 welded wire fabric or equivalent reinforcing centered in the
concrete slab or an approved equal paving. Drainage terraces exceeding eight (8) feet in width
need only be so Paved for a width of eight (8) feet provided such pavement provides a paved
Swale of at least one (1) foot in depth. Downdrains or drainage outlets shall be provided at
approximately three hundred (300) foot intervals along the drainage terrace or at equivalent
locations. Downdrains and drainage outlets shall be of approved materials and of adequate
capacity to convey the intercepted waters to the point of disposal as defined in subsection (D) of
this section.
Subgrade shall be approved in writing for line and grade by the Civil Engineer and approved in •
writing by the Geotechnical Engineer stating that the subgrade is firm and un-vielding and vioid of
expansive materials prior to concrete placement.
C. Interceptor Drains and Overflow Protection. Berms, interceptor drains, swales, or other
devices shall be Provided at the top of cut or fill slopes to prevent surface waters from overflowing
onto the damaging face of the slope. Berms used for slope protection shall not be less than
twelve (12) inches above the level of the pad and shall slope back at least four (4) feet from the
top of the slope
Interceptor drains shall be installed along the top of all graded slopes where the height of the cut
is greater than five (5) feet in height, measured vertically, receiving drainage from a slope with a
tributary width of greater than thirty (30) feet, measured horizontally. They shall have a minimum
depth of one (1) foot and a minimum width of three (3) feet. The slope shall be approved by the
City Engineer, but shall not aemeasure less than two Q4 -percent (2%). -Interceptor drains shall be
paved with a minimum of three (3) inches of concrete or by -other materials as approved by the
City Engineer and reinforced as required for drainage terraces.
Gutters or other special drainage controls shall be provided where the proximity of runoff from
buildings or other structures is such as to Pose a potential hazard to slope integrity.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 44
•
n
L_
D9. Disposal. All 9drainage facilities shall be designed to carry surface waters to the nearest
practical street, storm drain, or natural watercourse or drainage way approved by the City
Engineer or other appropriate governmental agency provided that the discharge of such waters at
that location will not create or increase a hazard to life or property. ^ ^ ,ate e ^G ^ depes4
Ah ^'em -Erosion of the ground in the area of discharge shall be prevented by installation of
non-erosive down drains and or other devices. —Desilting basins, filter barriers or other methods,
as approved by the City Engineer, shall be utilized to remove sediments from surface waters
before such waters are allowed to enter streets, storm drains or natural watercourses. If the
drainage device discharges onto natural ground, riprap or a similar energy dissipaterseF may be
required.
Q SiteDr . Graded building sites (building pads) shall have a minimum slope of two f24
percent (2%) -toward a public street or drainage structure approved to receive stormwaters
unless otherwise directed by the City Engineer. A lesser slope may be approved by the City
Engineer for sites graded in relatively flat terrain, or where special drainage provisions are made,
when the City Engineer finds such modification will not result in hazard to life or propertvia
The grading shall provide for drainage around proposed
• buildings and their appurtenances.
ep fill slepes sleeper than or equal te thFee (3) hGFiZORtal W 9R8 (1) VGFt Gal E)F aRy 610peS w th aF;
have dFa Rage terraGes IpFevided at veFt Gal iRteR,als not eXGeeding twenty five (25) feet e)(Gept
where only one (1) terrace is requiFeed. jR such Rage the tPFFRSP qhAll hP. InGated at. mid height.
TeFFaGe dFains shall be requiFed fOF slopes less than th Fty (30) feet in height, at the disGpet An A
haFizentally fpem the eutside edge). WheR the total slope height exGeeds eRe hURGFed (400) feet,
en.. \ Ie FFaGe ReaF FRid height .. ht shall be .H less than t.WeRt , (OM feet i.. .'dth (FRe..e FPd
N
hef-. .tall. be«n the a is do edge). In 1 e of abeve, .e fe... f and Al slepes g ate. thAR ..
hYRdFed tweRt�' (120) feet IR height, the app! GaRt may subm t a dFa Rage and teFFaGe des gR by a
GIVII e ReeF to be approved by the r'f.. G..,.e
finv, I ne. There shall be RO FedUGWR R gFade aoRg the direct On Of the, VeIGG ty G
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 - Grading
Page 45
EG. Subsurface Drainage. Cut and fill slopes shall be provided with subsurface drainage as
necessary for stability as required by the eGeotechnical eEngineering rReport. Any required
subsurface drainage facilities will be passive in design and require no ongoing monitoring to •
ensure site stability.
El. Drainage Guidelines. All drainage devices which collect from the slopes shall be screened
by means of underground pipes, diagonal curvilinear drains, rock -lining, colored concrete or other
approved materials to blend with the natural topography in character, color or design. Downdrains
shall be noncentralized to avoid a repetitive pattern. Where feasible, underground drains shall be
utilized. On hillside projects, all drainage devices shall be consistent with the City's Hillside
Development Guidelines unless special circumstances are established to the satisfaction of the
City Engineer.
G. Drainage Across Property Lines. Drainage across property lines shall not exceed that
which existed prior to grading. -Excess or concentrated drainage shall be contained on-site or
directed to an approved drainage facility. -Erosion of the ground in the area of discharge shall be
prevented by installation of non-erosive down drains or other devices.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 46
•
• I _HJ. Cross Lot Drainage Device Maintenance. All cross lot drainage devices not eligible for
transfer to Los Angeles County Flood District should be maintained by an entity such as a
homeowners' association. (Ord. nn z 2/8/00 n.a 07 1 c o U23/07; Ord.08 13 s o W261W
C�
C1
J
17.8728.020 Slope Planting and Erosion Control.
A. Slopes. The faces of cut and fill slopes shall be prepared and maintained to control erosion.
This control shallmust consist of jute netting, and -effective planting, erosion control blankets, soil
stabilizers. as de6GFibed elsewheFe in this seGliep, or GtheF devises sat sfaGtept4eother means. as
approved by- the City Engineer. -Erosion control for slopes shall be installed as soon as
practicable and prior to calling for final inspection.
Exception: Erosion control measures need not be provided on cut slopes not subject to
erosion due to the erosion -resistant character of the materials as approved by the Proiect
Consultants, to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
B. Other Devices. Where necessary, check dams, cribbing, riprap, or other devices or methods
shall be emploved to control any erosion. Also, jute netting shall be immediately installed on any
slopes having a vertical height of seven (7) feet or more and steeper than three to one (3:1)
horizontal -to -vertical ratio (34-)-(H:V) to minimize or control erosion problems.
C_—Erosion Control (Slopes Subject to Section 17.51.020the Hillside Deyei...,.. eAt
Ardinanse). Erosion control for grading where average slopes are greater than ten percent
(10%) pereeRand involving more than one hundred (100) cubic yards is subject to Section
17.51.020 (the -Hillside Developments ^l�.a,.,'^^^ec. For specific recommendations for phasing the
project to promote prompt revegetation, leaving undeveloped pads longer than thirty (30) to
ninety (90) days and clearing of brush or vegetation, refer to the Hillside Development Guidelines.
D@. Planting (Areas Not Subject to -Section 17.51.020•he Hillside DevelopMent
9rdinanse). The surface of all cut slopes more than five (5) feet in height and fill slopes more
than three4ve L35) feet in height shall be protected against damage by erosion by planting with
grass or ground cover plants. Slopes exceeding five (5) feet in vertical height shall also be
planted with one gallon minimum sized shrubs, spaces at not to exceed ten (10) feet on centers;
and fifteen (15) gallon minimum sized trees, spaced not to exceed twenty (20) feet on centers; or
a combination of shrubs and trees at equivalent spacings, in addition to the grass or groundcover
plants to the satisfaction of the Director of GemmuR ty Development. The plants selected and
planting methods used shall be suitable for the soil and climatic conditions of the siteaPA4R
–Plant material shall be selected which will produce a coverage of permanent planting to
effectively control erosion.- Consideration shall be given to deep–rooted plant material needing
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 –Grading
Page 47
limited watering, maintenance, high root to shoot ratio wind susceptibility, and fire -retardant •
characteristics. -All plant materials must be approved by the Director.
-Planting may be modified for the site if specific recommendations are provided by both the
Geotechnical Engineer and a Landscape Architect. -Specific recommendations must consider
soils and climatic conditions, irrigation requirements, planting methods, fire–retardant
characteristics, water efficiency, maintenance needs, and other regulatory requirements.
Recommendations must include a finding that the alternative planting will provide a permanent
and effective method of erosion control. -Modifications to planting must be approved by the
Director prior to installation.
E. Irrigation. Slopes required to be planted by subsection (D) of this section shall be provided
with an approved system of irrigation that is designed to cover all portions of the slope. -Irrigation
system plans shall be submitted to and approved by the Director prior to installation. A functional
test of the system may be required.
For slopes less than twenty (20) feet in vertical height, hose bibs to permit hand watering will be
acceptable if such hose bibs are installed at conveniently accessible locations where a hose no
longer than fifty (50) feet is necessary for irrigation.
—Irrigation requirements may be modified for the site if specific recommendations are provided
by both the Geotechnical Engineer and a Landscape Architect. Specific recommendations must
consider soils and climatic conditions, irrigation requirements, planting types, planting methods,
fire–retardant characteristics, water efficiency, maintenance needs, and other regulatory
requirements. -Recommendations must include a finding that the alternative irrigation method will
sustain the proposed planting and provide a permanent and effective method of erosion control.
Modifications for irrigation systems must be approved by the Director prior to installation.
F. Planting and Irrigation (Areas Subject to -Section 17.51.020ihe Hillside Development
9rdinanse). Requirements for planting and irrigation in areas subject to theSection 17.51.020
Hillside Development) Ardiaanceare governed by that ordinance. Recommendation for these
areas are also included in the Hillside Development Guidelines.
Plant material shall be selected which will produce a coverage of permanent planting
effectively controlling erosion. Consideration shall be given to deep-rooted plant material needing
limited watering, to low maintenance during the lifetime of the project, to high root to shoot ratio
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 – Grading
Page 48
•
•
• (weight of above -ground parts versus root system), wind susceptibility and fire -retardant
characteristics.
•
GB. Plans and Specifications. Planting and irrigation plans shall be submitted for slopes
required to be planted and irrigated by subsections (DR) and (ES) of this section. Except as
waived by the City Engineer for minor grading, the plans for slopes twenty (20) feet or more in
vertical height shall be prepared and signed by a civil engineer or landscape architect. These
plans must be approved by the City prior to issuance of the grading permit unless other
provisions are made to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. The responsibility of maintenance of
drainage terrace shall be clearly stated on the grading plan to the satisfaction of the City
Engineer.
HE. Rodent Control. Fill slopes steep^'t`'^^ two (2) h^"^ ^l and E)Re veF4iGal `•'th ^ ^
shall be protected from potential
slope damage by a preventative program of rodent control.
1€. Release of Security. The planting and irrigation systems required by this section shall be
installed as soon as practical after rough grading. Prior to final approval of grading and before the
release of the grading security, the planting shall be well established and growing on the slopes
and, • `•^-^ required by ``s^^ a- "' -1 tk ` -eGt 9R, there shall be evidence of an effective
rodent control program.
M. Graded and/or landscaped areas within a landscape maintenance district are to be
maintained in accordance with the original landscape plans and design concept per the originally
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 —Grading
Page 49
approved subdivision or development plans. Any alteration of landscape plans or of areas within •
a landscape maintenance district must be approved by the Director of Administrative Parks;
Services per the regular provisions of the grading code. Homeowner
encroachments such as fences, block walls, structures, unauthorized plantings, alterations to the
irrigation, grading or drainage are not allowed. Any approved alterations must be done by City -
authorized crews through an approved City permit. Failure to comply with this section shall
constitute a use of land contrary to the provisions of this title and shall be deemed a public
nuisance under Title 23 of the Municipal Code. .
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 50
C�
J
•
0
Chapter 17.8829
GRADING DESIGNATION AND LOCATION
Sections:
17.8828.010 GFadiRgPe60Aat19R Inspection.
17.88.02029:030 Appropriate Certifications.
17.8828.010 GFadinq Designation and Inspection.
A. General.-Gradinq Ooerations for which a permit is required shall be subiect to inspection b
the City Engineer. -In addition, professional inspection of grading operations shall be performed
by the Field Engineer, Geotechnical Engineer, and the Engineering Geologist retained to provide
such services in accordance with this section for @Engineered sGradina and as required by the
City Engineer for ;Regular aGradin
B. Special and Supplemental Inspections. -In addition to the called inspections in subsection
G of this section-, the City Engineer may make such other insoections, as may be deemed
necessary, to determine that the work is being performed in conformance with the requirements
of this code. -The City Engineer may require investigations and reports by an approved soil
testing agency. Geotechnical Engineer and/or Engineering Geologist, and Field Engineer.
Inspection reports shall be provided when requested in writing by the City Engineer.
The City Engineer may require continuous inspection of drainage devices by the Field Engineer in
accordance with this section when the City Engineer determines that the drainage devices are
necessary for the Protection of the structures in accordance with the City b8uilding;Code.
C. Field Engineer. The Field Engineer shall provide professional inspection of those parts of
the grading project within such eEngineer's area of technical specialty, oversee and coordinate all
field surveys, set grade stakes, and provide site inspections during grading operations to ensure
the site is graded in accordance with the approved grading plan and the appropriate requirements
of this code. -During site grading, and at the comoletion of both rough and final grading, the Field
Engineer shall submit statements and reports as required by subsections K and L of this section.
If revised grading plans are required during the course of the work, they shall be prepared by a
Civil Engineer and approved by the City Engineer.
D. Geotechnical Engineer. The Geotechnical EngineerE-a�shall provide professional
inspection of those Parts of the grading proiect within such eEngineer's area of technical
specialty, which shall include observation during grading and testing for required compaction.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 51
The Geotechnical Engineer shall Provide sufficient observation during the preparation of the 0
natural ground and placement and compaction of the fill to verify that such work is being
performed in accordance with the conditions of the approved plan and the appropriate
requirements of this code. -If conditions differing from the approved eGeotechnical eEngineering
and eEngineering aGeology rReports are encountered during grading, the Geotechnical Engineer
shall provide revised recommendations to the permittee. the -City Engineer, and the Field
Engineer.
E. Engineering Geologist. The Engineering Geologist shall provide professional inspection of
those parts of the grading proiect within such eEngineer's area of technical specialty, which shall
include professional inspection of the bedrock excavation, to determine if conditions encountered
are in conformance with the approved report. -If conditions differing from the approved
eEngineering eGeology (Report are encountered. the Engineering Geologist shall provide revised
recommendations to the aGeotechnical eEngineer.
F. Permittee. —The Permittee shall be responsible for ensuring that the grading is performed in
accordance with the approved plans and specifications and in conformance with the Provisions of
this code. -The ePermittee shall engage proiect consultants, if required under the provisions of
this code, to provide Professional inspections on a timely basis. -The ePermittee shall act as a
coordinator between the eProiect GConsultants, the GContractor, and the City Engineer. -In the
event of changed conditions, the ePermittee shall be responsible for informing the City Engineer
of such change and shall provide revised plans for approval.
GG. Required Inspection . The ePermittee shall call for
an inspection by the City Engineer at the following various stages of work and shall obtain written
approval from the City Engineer Prior to Proceeding to the next stage of the work:Tpe Gity
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 52
C�
0
•
•
1. Pre -Grade. Before any construction or grading activities occur at the site, the
ePermittee shall schedule a ore -grade inspection with the City Engineer. -The ePermittee
shall ensure that all the eProject Ceonsultants are present at the ore -grade inspection-.;
24. Initial. The Permittee shall schedule the initial inspection Wwhen the site has been
cleared of vegetation and unapproved fill and it has been scarified, benched, or otherwise
prepared for fill. No fill shall have been placed prior to this inspection.,
32. Rough. The Permittee shall schedule rough grade inspection Wwhen approximate
final elevations have been established; drainage terraces, swales and other drainage
devices necessary for the protection of the building sites from flooding have been installed
berms have been installed at the top of the slopes; and the
statements required by subsection L of this section have been received -and
43. Final. The Permittee shall schedule the final grading inspection VJwhen grading has
been completed, all drainage devices necessary to drain the building pad have been
installed, slope planting has been established, irrigation systems have been installed, and
the as-builtgraded plans and required statements and reports have been submitted.
H. Notification of Noncompliance. If, in the course of fulfilling their respective duties under
this chapter, the Field Engineer, Geotechnical Engineer, or the Engineering Geologist determines
that the work is not being done in conformance with this chapter or with the approved grading
plans, or in accordance with good accepted practices the Field Engineer, Geotechnical Engineer,
or the Engineering Geologist shall immediately notifiedv in writing, the discrepancies and the
recommended corrective measures to the ePermittee and the City Engineer.
I. Transfer of Responsibility. If the Field Engineer, the Geotechnical Engineer, or the
Engineering Geologist of Rcecord is changed at any time after the required grading plans reeuiced
have been approved by the City Engineer, the Peermittee shall immediately provide written notice
of such change to the City Engineer. -The City Engineer may stop the grading from commencing
or continuing until the Peermittee has identified a replacement Proiect Consultant and the
replacement Proiect Consultant has agreed in writing to assume responsiblilty for those parts of
the grading project that are within the replacement Proiect Consultant's area of technical
competence.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 53
..:......:.
J€. Non -inspected Grading. No person shall own, use, occuov, or maintain any non inspected
graded property. For the purposes of this code, =non inspected grading" shall be defined as any
grading for which a grading permit was first obtained, but which has progressed beyond any point
requiring inspection and approval by the City Engineer without such inspection and approval
having been obtained.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 54
•
0
I�
•
K. Routine Field Inspections and Reports. -Unless otherwise directed by the City Engineer,
the Field Engineer: fQF all eno6neeFed aFad6RGI MiBMS shall prepare routine inspection reports
and shall file these reports with the City Engineer for all Engineered Grading Proiects as follows:
1. Bi -weekly during all times when grading of 400 cubic yards or more per week is
occurring on the site:
2. Monthly, at all other times: and
3. At any time when requested in whiting by the City Engineer.
Such reports shall certify to the City Engineer that the Field Engineer has inspected the grading
site and related activities and has found them in compliance with the approved grading plans and
specifications. the City bBuilding eCode, all grading permit conditions and all other applicable
ordinances and requirements.
L. Completion of Work. Upon completion of the rough grading work and at the final
completion of the work, the following reports, drawings, and supplements thereto are required for
engineered grading or when professional inspection is otherwise required by the City Engineer:
1. -An "As -Built" grading plan shall be prepared by the Field Engineer, who is retained
to provide such services, that shows all plan revisions as approved by the City Engineer. -This
as -built grading plan shall include original ground surface elevations as -built ground surface
elevations, lot drainage patterns, and the locations and elevations of surface drainage facilities
and the outlets of subsurface drains. -As--built locations elevations and details of subsurface
drains shall be shown as reported by the Geotechnical Engineer.
The As -built grading olan shall be accompanied by a certification by the Field Engineer that to the
best of his or her knowledge, the work within the Field Engineer's area of responsibility was done
in accordance with the final approved grading plan-:
2. A report shall be prepared by the Geotechnical Engineer retained to provide such
services, including locations and elevations of field density tests summary of field and laboratory
tests, other substantiating data, and comments on any changes made during grading and their
effect on the recommendations made in the approved eGeotechnical ilnvestigation fReport-The
report shall include a certification by the Geotechnical Engineer that, to the best of his or her
knowledge, the work within the Geotechnical Engineer's area of responsibility is in accordance
with the approved Gaeotechnical eEngineering fReport and applicable provisions of this code
The report shall contain a finding regarding the safety of the completed grading and any proposed
structures against hazard from landslide, settlement, or slippage:
3. A report shall be prepared by the Engineering Geologist retained to provide such
services, including a final description of the geology of the site and any new information disclosed
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 55
during the grading and the effect of such new information, if anv, on the recommendations •
incorporated in the approved grading plan. -The report shall include a certification by the
Engineering Geologist that, to the best of his or her knowledge the work within the Engineering
Geologist's area of responsibility is in accordance with the approved eEngineering aGeologv
rReport and applicable provisions of this code. -The report shall contain a finding regarding the
safety of the completed grading and any proposed structures against hazard from landslide,
settlement, or slippage. -The report shall contain a final as --built geologic map and cross-
-sections depicting all the information collected prior to and dudnq grading :
4. When olanting and irrigation is required by Section 17.87.020 (Slope Planting and
Erosion Control)., at completion of #Final aGrading,and prior to final approval of the grading by the
City Engineer, the tLandscaoe aArchitect or the4Field eEnaineer shall submit a statement that the
slope planting has been established and the irrigation system has been installed in conformance
with the approved plans-: and
5. The eGrading eContractor shall certify in writing that the grading conforms to said as-
-built plan and the approved specifications.
M. Notification of Completion. The ePermittee shall notify the City Engineer when the
grading operation is ready for final inspection. -Final approval shall not be given until all work,
including installation of all drainage facilities and their protective devices- and all erosion—control •
measures, have been completed in accordance with the final approved grading plan, and that all
required reports have been submitted and approved.
N. Change of Ownership. Unless otherwise required by the City Engineer, when a grading
permit has been issued on a site and the eOwner sells the property prior to final grading approval,
the new owner shall be required to obtain a new grading permit.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30—Grading
Page 56
•
• I —09. Violation. It is a violation of this code for any person to verify to the satisfactory completion
of work as required by this chapter if such work is subsequently found by the City Engineer to
have been in substantial noncompliance with the approved design or code requirement at the
time of verification.
17 09 non o..poFts and Statements, Engineered Grading.
A. r al The • e•.,. nna State.,..nn.S Set forth n ths eetieR ., a these Fequ ea a
Gf
suGh FepeA or statement is found to be uRReGessaFy f@F the appFeval of the graded site. Noth R9
of this Ode
{n•...` may be d nl'nnlAd nn.1 the IPAtP h`ad Of the • n..nd 418 n•Snn FR@y be utilized C n .
nd • e•ts have he.... a L....ittRGI
%AAAFe •efe•enne' Made tO R tial nh OF final n ...fn it shall mean then stage of
ntr nt o et forth in motion 1� o� n()nspen
n4rInspection E
,.nn n n n o .. a . d F I
B. Field EngineeF. At the GOmpletiGR Of FeUgh gFad Rg and final gFad ng, the field eng AeeF shall
bu II plan) shall be submitted unless the 'A'OFk has been Gernpleted R dese aqFeeMent with the
appFeved plan.
G. Semi €ng'neeF. At the sempletiea o'feugh, gFad a9 - the GGileag Reef shall submit -a
appFGPF ate PFOY SiORS Af the qPAt An PRt tied "F Is." The soil eng ReeF shall SUIDFAit a repGFt Wh Gh
the GE)FRpaGted fill shall 14p, qhAV.'R QR A. final plan which Shall a'69 Sh9W by plaR and -FAAq qAAt AR
the 19Gat OR of any FeGk disposal areas and,* IDURFess Ails, if --'-'Ph ;A�AFP iRYAIVPd R the grading.
D. Geologist. When a site inspeGtiGR by the geeleg st was required under Sect OR IL.22,.912, a
FepeFt based eR an "as bu it" geOlOgiG Fnap shall be submitted by the geeleg St. The FepOFt Shall
•
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 57
17.29.03088.020 Appropriate Certifications.
Any project subject to theSection 17.51.020 (-Hillside DevelopmentJ9rd nanse and involving less
than five thousand (5,000) cubic yards of earth may also require the reports, statements, or
certifications set forth by this Ceode.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 58
•
•
• Chapter 17.8939
DUST PREVENTION AND CONTROL
Sections:
17.8930.010 Dust Prevention and Control Provisions.
17.8930.020 Dust Prevention and Control Plan.
17.8930.030 Inadequate Dust Prevention and Control Measures.
17.8930.040 Compliance with NPDES Stormwater Regulations.
17.8930.010 Dust Prevention and Control Provisions.
To protect the health, safety and general welfare, all construction sites must make all reasonable
efforts to prevent or control blowing dust and debris. Property owners shall be responsible for
maintaining their property in such a manner that dust and other wind-borne debris transported to
adjacent properties are kept to reasonable minimal levels. In the case of site grading and other
construction operations, it will also be the responsibility of the permittee to make all reasonable
efforts to control blowing dust and debris onto adjacent properties. When grading operations
involve the hauling of dirt from one site to another, it is also the permittee's responsibility to
maintain the public streets in a clean condition and limit any spillage which would generate dust
or other blowing debris.
• I 17.8930.020 Dust Prevention and Control Plan.
A. Required. A dust prevention and control plan shall be submitted in conjunction with a
grading plan or other plan involving the movement of dirt. The City Engineer may also require the
submittal of a dust prevention and control plan for other development deemed necessary.
•
B. Plan. The plan shall demonstrate that the discharge of dust from the construction site will not
occur or can be controlled to an acceptable level depending on the particular site conditions and
circumstances. The plan shall address site conditions during construction operations, after normal
working hours and during various phases of construction. The plan shall include the name and
the twenty-four (24) hour phone number of a responsible party in case of emergency. If the
importing or exporting of dirt is necessary as demonstrated by the cut and fill quantities on the
grading plan, the plan shall also include the procedures necessary to keep the public streets and
private properties along the haul route free of dirt, dust and other debris. When an entire project is
to be graded and the subsequent construction on the site is to be completed in phases, the
portion of the site not under construction shall be treated with dust preventive substance or plant
materials and an irrigation system. All phased projects shall submit a plan demonstrating that
dust will not be generated from future phase areas.
C. Plan Review. The City Engineer shall be responsible for the review and approval of the dust
prevention and control plan. This plan shall be incorporated into the grading plan and constructive
notice shall be placed on the grading plan to notify the owner and contractors of the need to
comply with the dust prevention and control plan.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 59
D. Dust Control Compliance Statement. A dust control compliance statement form must be •
completed and signed by the property owner. (9rd. 89 3, 2/8109)
17.8930.030 Inadequate Dust Prevention and Control Measures.
A. Site Investigation. If an investigation of the project site indicates that dust prevention and
control measures are inadequate, the City Engineer or his authorized representative may limit or
halt all activities on the site until adequate dust prevention and control measures are achieved.
The City Engineer may charge the property owner and/or contractor for reasonable costs related
to providing the necessary site inspections to determine the adequacy of the dust control plan.
B. Notice of Inadequate Prevention and Control Measures. If it is determined that a property
is in violation of Section 17.89.010 (Dust Prevention and Control Provisionsthe
property owner and/or contractor will have twenty-four (24) hours to bring the site into
compliance. If after twotwveRty-deer (24) hours, the site is not brought into compliance or an
extension of time has not been granted by the City Engineer, the Building Official may, at any
time thereafter, determine the site to be substandard property and give written notice of said
violation. As substandard property, the site will be subject to all the
the latest edits n of Title 26 or the Les A....ele6 County Building Code and Municipal Code as
adopted by the City. Thereupon, the City Engineer may enter the property for the purposes of
installing, by City forces or by other means, adequate dust prevention and control measures (the
cost of which shall be borne by the property owner), or the City Engineer may cause the owner of •
the site to be prosecuted as a violator of this code, or the City Engineer may take both actions.
C. Responsibility for Adequate Dust Prevention and Control. The approval of a dust
prevention and control plan does not relieve the owner or contractors of the responsibility to
implement whatever additional measures may be required to properly prevent and control dust as
outlined in Section 17.89.010 (Dust Prevention and Control Provisions herein.
17.3089.040 Compliance with NPDES Stormwater Regulations.
The dust prevention and control plan and any additional measures that may be necessary for the
adequate prevention and control of dust shall not be in violation of the NPDES stormwater
regulations as adopted by the City.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 60
•
0
•
r1
Chapter 17.40
National Polluntant Elimination System (NPDES) Compliance
Sections:
17.9549.010 General.
17.9540.020 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
17.9540.030 Wet Weather Erosion Control Plans (WWECP).
17.9549.040 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, Effect of Non-compliance.
17.9504.050 Non-compliance Penalties.
17.40.010 General.
All grading plans and permits and the owner of any property on which such grading is performed
shall comply with the provisions of this section for NPDES compliance.
All best management practices shall be installed before grading begins or as instructed in writing
by the City Engineer for unpermitted grading as defined by Section 17.81.030 (Unpermitted
Grading)- -As grading progresses, all best management practices shall be updated as necessary
to prevent erosion and to control construction related pollutants from discharging from the site.
All best management practices shall be maintained in good working order to the satisfaction of
the City Engineer and all permanent drainage and erosion control systems, if required, are in
place. -Failure to comply with this section is subiect to "Noncompliance Penalties' pursuant to
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 61
Section 17.95.050 (Non -Compliance Penalties).. -Payment of a penalty shall not relieve any •
persons from fully complying with the requirements of this Gcode in the execution of the work.
17.9540.020 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
The City Engineer may require a SWPPP. -The SWPPP shall contain details of best management
practices, including desilting basins or other temporary drainage or control measures, or both, as
may be necessary to control construction—related pollutants which originate from the site as a
result of construction --related activities. -When the City Engineer requires a SWPPP, no grading
permit shall be issued until the SWPPP has been submitted to, and approved by the City
Engineer.
For unpermited grading, as defined by Section 17.81.030 (Unpermitted Grading�,, upon written
request a SWPPP in compliance with the provisions of this Ssection and Section 10.04.070
tQonstruction Activities Stormwater Measures) for NPDES compliance shall be submitted to the
City Engineer. -Failure to comply with this Ssection is subject to "Non-compliance Penalties'
pursuant to Section 17.95.050 (Non -Compliance Penalties)-. -Payment of a penalty shall not
relieve any persons from fully complying with the requirements of this Gcode in the execution of
the work.
17.9540.030 Wet Weather Erosion Control Plans (WWECP).
WhereWhen a grading permit is issued and the City Engineer determines that the grading will not .
be completed prior to November 1, the owner of the site upon which the grading is being
performed shall, -on or before October 1.; file or cause to be filed a WWECP with the City
Engineer a `^"� .. 4E -CP. -The WWECP shall include specific best management practices to minimize
the transport of sediment and protect public or private property from the effects of erosion,
flooding, or the deposition of mud, debris, or construction—related pollutants. -The best
management practices shown on the WWECP shall be installed on, or before. October 15. -The
plans shall be revised annually or as required by the City Engineer to reflect the current site
conditions.
The WWECP shall be accompanied by an application for plan check services and plan- checklne
fees in an amount to be determined by the City Engineer, up to, but not exceeeding ten percent
(10%) oefGeP' of the original grading plan check fee. -The fee shall be in accordance with the
City's current fee schedule established by the City Council.
Failure to comply with this Ssection is subject to "Non-compliance Penalties" pursuant to Section
17.95.050 (Non -Compliance Penalties).. -Payment of a penalty shall not relieve any Persons
from fully comolving with the requirements of this Gcode in the execution of the work.
17.40.040 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. Effect of Non-compliance.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 62
C�
J
n
9
0
Should the owner fail to submit the SWPPP or WWECP. or fails to install the best management
Practices, it shall be deemed that a default has occurred under the conditions of the grading
Permit securityAaend. The City Engineer may thereafter enter the property for the purpose of
installing by City forces or by other means, the drainage, erosion control, and other devices
shown on the approved plans ori Of there are no approved plans, the same may be pstal d -
as the City Engineer may wey-deems necessary to protect adioining property from the effects of
erosion, flooding, or the deposition of mud, debris, or construction–related pollutants.
The City Engineer may cause the owner of the site to be prosecuted as a violator of this code, or
he or she may take both actions. The City Engineer shall have the authority to collect the
Penalties imposed on the Permitee according toby Section 17.95.050 (Non -Compliance
Penalties). upon determining that the requirements of this section have not been same{ ed
w4hcomplied withfuPled. Payment of a penalty shall not relieve any persons from fully complying
with the requirements of this Gcode in the execution of the work.
17.9540.050 Non-compliance Penalties.
1. If a SWPPP or WWECP is not submitted as prescribed in Sections 17. 95.020 (Stone
Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and 17.95.030: (Wet Weather Erosion Control
Plans (WWECP), the following penalties will apply:
Gradina Permit Volume
Penalty
One (1) — ten thousand (10.000) cubic yards
Fifty dollars ($5040) ger day
Ten thousand and one (10,001)—
one hundred thousand (100.000) cubic yards
Two hundred and fifty dollars
($250401 ger day
More than one hundred thousand (100.000) cubic yards
Five hundred ($50040) per day
Ten thousand and one (10.001) —
one hundred thousand (100,000) cubic yards
2. If the best management practices for sStorm wWater ePollution ePrevention and wWet
wWeather eErosion eControl, as approved by the City Engineer, are not installed as
prescribed in Section 17.95 (General) the following penalties will aooly:
Gradina Permit Volume
Penal
One (1) — ten thousand (10.000) cubic yards
One hundred
dollars ($100:90) per
day
Ten thousand and one (10.001) —
one hundred thousand (100,000) cubic yards
Two hundred
and fifty ($25040) per
day
More than one hundred thousand (100.000) cubic yards
Five hundred
($500:90) per day
A. Costs and Penalties. The penalties imposed by this section, if not paid within thirty (30)
days from the date of the notice, shall become a special assessment against the property.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 63
B. Notice of Violation.
1. General. The City Engineer may record a allotice of vViolation with the Los Angeles
County Recorder's Office when a property is in violation of Section 17.95.010 (General). .
Recordation of such notice shall be subiect to the provisions of subsections (B)(2) and (31
of this section. The remedy provided by this section is cumulative to any other enforcement
action permitted by this CGode.
2. Recordation. If (1) the City Engineer determines that any property is in violation of this
section; and if (2) the City Engineer gives written notice as specified below of said violation;
and if (3) within 30 days of said notice, the property is not brought into compliance with this
code. the City Engineer may, at their4a4ris-sole discretion, at any time thereafter, record
with the County Recorder's Office a notice that the property is in violation of this csode.
3. Contents of Notice. The written notice given pursuant to this "section shall indicate:
a. The nature of the violation(s):aad
b. That -Acknowledgement that if the violation is not remedied to the satisfaction of
the City Engineer within thirty (30) days, the City Engineer may, at any time
0
thereafter, record with the County Recorder's Office a notice that the orooerty is in
violation of this code. The notice shall be posted on the property and shall be mailed is
to the eOwner of the orooertv as indicated on the last equalized Los Angeles County
assessment roll. The mailed notice may be registered, certified, or first class mail. The
thirty (30) day period for achieving compliance with this code shall run from the date
the property is posted or from the date of the mailing of the notice, whichever is later.
d. Rescission. Any person who desires to have recorded a notice rescinding the
allotice of vViolation may present evidence of compliance and payment of penalty
fees and costs to the City Engineer. The costs incurred by the City Engineer in the
investigation of such violations and the processing of the notice and notification of
concemed parties shall be determined by the City Engineer. If the City Engineer
determines that such fees have been paid and such costs have been recovered by
the eCity, or that such fees and costs have been placed on the tax rolls as a special
assessment, pursuant to Section 25845 of the Government Code. the City Engineer
shall record a notice rescinding the prior allotice of vviolation. {Ard 09 3 218!9&)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.20-17.30 — Grading
Page 64
11
17.51.020 HILLSIDE DEVELOPMENT. ORDINANCE
SeetieesSI SECTIONS:
4U0,0i0A. Purpose.
4;.80.020 Apptleabillty
!;.80.030 Hillside Development Re. iewTe. mit Requirements.
B. Maximum Density
i;,r80.036C. Development Standards for Hillside Development Review.
x.80,040-
17,80,04bm.
"tet D. Plan Certification.
1UNW10A. Purpose.
The provisions of the City's Hillside Development n_,,:.., neethis section are intended to implement
and define the goals and policies of the General Plan in relation to land use, densities, open space and
community image. It is the intent of this ehegtef-section to regulate the development and alteration of
hillside areas, to minimize the adverse effects of hillside development and to provide for the safety and
welfare of the citizens of the City of Santa Clarita while allowing for the reasonable development of
hillside areas through the following methods:
Al. Provide hillside development standards to maximize the positive impacts of site design, grading,
landscape architecture and building architecture, and provide development consistent with the goals
• and policies of the City of Santa til- -'e General Plan.
42. Maintain the essential natural characteristics of the area such as major landforms, vegetation and
wildlife communities, hydrologic features, scenic qualities and open space that contribute to a sense
of place.
Q. Retain the integrity of predominant off-site and on-site views in hillside areas in order to maintain
the � �i�dentity, image and environmental quality of the City. (n_d 05 1 c o 1125/05; n_a nc 112 c o
12,113,1105)
80.020 ApptleabiW.
• The ., of the Hillside Development Qfd:..e..ee shall be applied to eel.. of land he.:.._
a.ry l.rv..�.....,rvrnn aatuom
aveFage slopes ef ten (10) pereent Of fflOfe. The PFOViSiORS of these regulations shall apply to all pFejeetr'
relatin
to m a...el .
O O o permits, L Y + parse!�Ye+ e eYe+ adit.eY"ffl
and plans for develepment Feview. General Plan afHefidmen affeeting hillside land
shall also he subjeet to review in a.eee-de..ee with the ..-e.d..:a..... of these regulat:e.... (Qrd 05 1 C 1
9T2505. Ord. nTc [ocLS12J 13,105)
!;.80.030 Hillside Development Review/PeFffkit Requ!Fement&
A. Plan ReAew. In reviewing hillside deN,elepment plans, the Feviewing authenty shall aet to attain
pK,jeets on lend with an averege .lope of tea. (10a ent o eater, as deteF iced to be applieab!
..hall be ..*eet to !he+issuanee of a peFmit Oe- hillside
by __._ .,..--..a..,. Community ..y ... ..1.... a. , ,.,,.,....� .... �� w...a....w....�a.vr�paar.xx.c-ivr-nxnmvc
de els
aiczvpiT.2?,rrciicdr
B. Hillside development reviewshall be
YY—rrv�`,prejeets
the C--am .. n Development Department T pea rereipt of ap ,plications hillside
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 —Hillside Development
Page 1
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 2
0
0
(2) A _,.6......legieal and ..teem„ logieel fesetwees, and A..,...mented ,. potential 1 iqt.._:..
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 3
..
...
..
.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 3
�.Y... .:. ... .. _ .:
.. . ...................
Y.
............................. .
...
\ _ .... :. .. ._
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 4
•
Followingdensiiy feduetien by peFeentagge
RE
Density on 0% Slope or DU/AC
208.70
208.70+ s - i x 208.7*
'gyp" •IF4-3560-
Square Feet is 1 Ace
s�.atos.smauae aaAn.un_auya,y,..,m••.
SFr .
swwd25x.11ibYc ma�r.sa�v_o�•,�.,aoa.
S"d 2s%. 3.13 mar.a 71'_assu.nti.�m,o.
h �
A. Maximum Density.
For each of the slope categories identified, there shall be a corresponding maximum allowable
density. The following chart, Figure 17.51-1 (Denser and Ratio Change with Percentage of Slope
Density), identifies density categories for Urban Residential and Mixed Use zones. The necessary
reduction in density to maintain a similar pad and product type as the slope increases has been shown
on the chart. The densities identified in Figure -17.51-1 (Density and Ratio Change with Percentage
of Slope Density) are the maximum allowable and conform with all other standards and criteria of
this section
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 5
ve.
Slone
M
URS /
RM44
UR3
RS
-
-
�v
R&
COMEReFeiRl indust
UR4 /
MXC
MXN
-
-
-
10%
24,00
30.00
2899
18.00
11.00
5.00
2-24
2.00
4-00
930
441°!0
489"/e
11%
2440
29.40
49.5
17.64
10.73
4.88
24-5
1.96
4,98
949
44--4
9&%
12%
26.69
28.50
4999
17.10
10.45
4.75
2:99
1.90
943
948
424
454
13%
25.90
27.90
4$39
16.74
10.18
4.63
2-.04
1.86
943
947
4-37%
93°{0
14%
25.2.9
27.00
18:99
16.20
9.90
4.50
4-98
1.80
0.94
443
4"0
99°6
15%
2459
26.40
47-58
15.84
9.63
4.38
4113
1.76
4"
944
440%
19"0
16%
239
25.50
17.00
15.30
9.35
4.25
447
1.70
4.-"
443
46°6
451%
17%
2340
24.90
46.59
14.94
9.08
4.13
482
1.66
993
0:42
4-7%
83°10
18%
22.4
24.00
16.0
14.40
8.80
4.00
4-:76
1.60
940
8.40
4"
89°/a
19%
N.7
23_40
4339
14.04
8.53
3.88
444
1.56
0:�8
4.39
4"0
78%
200%
24-W
22.50
1500
13.50
8.25
3.75
4�5
1.50
973
938
24°6
7-S4
21%
20.9
21.90
44 4
13.14
7.98
3.63
4-40
1.46
8.7-3
437
24-%
74%
22%
49.60
21.00
44 49
12.60
7.70
3.50
4,54
1.40
0-75
945
22°O0
70%
23%
44490
20.40
4330
1 12.24
7.43
3.38
1
4-9
1.36
9:68
444
23°6
68%
24%
19.20
19.50
43.00
11.70
7.15
3.25
4-.4-3
1.30
433
433
24%
65%0
25%
47-39
18.90
12.50
11.34
6.88
3.13
4-.8
1.26
0.6-3
0.42
2"0
6-°10
26%
4"
-W 99
6.60
3.00
4-.3.2
469
440
1
4"0
January 2013 j DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 - Hillside Development
Page 6
L
•
•
0
0
Slone
UR5 /
MXC
UR4 /
MXN
-UR2
-
R
-
�
SIORe
18.00
10.80
1.20
27%
16.10
115
6.33
2.88
-1-z
038
449
2-74
34°6
17.40
10.44
1.16
28%
4540
11_00
6.05
2.75
4,24
033
438
284
53°6
16.50
9.90
1.10
29%
14_70
40=50
5.78
2.63
436
0-53
0-46
240
33%
15.90
9.54
1.06
30%
44_00
10.00
5.50
2.50
440
040
0--3
30%
-SG%
15.00
9.00
1.00
31%
43_30
�50
5.23
2.38
4-:03
445
0:24
31%
44"0
14.40
8.64
0.96
0
-9-.N4.95
2.25
4.49
044
G.
? �
49°A
13.50
8.10
0.90
,Y°
11.90
S39
4.68
2.13
9-94
443
441
33°4,
43%
12.90
7.74
0.86
340
1 128
a00
4.40
2.00
9:88
9:49
0:29
3496
44"°
12.00
7.20
0.80
35%
10.5
450
4.13
1.88
4.53
039
941-9
3S%
-3"0
11.40
6.84
0.76
36%
9:50
3:09
3.85
1.75
0:73
033
04-8
3"
33%
10.50
6.30
0.70
37%
0=10
6=50
3.58
1.63
9:'32
033
046
3�
33%
9.90
5.94
0.66
38%
840
6,80
3.30
1.50
066
0.30
04-5
38°!0
39%
9.00
5.40
0.60
39%
7-.�9
3=50
3.03
1.38
0:64
O -.M
044
39%
2&%
8.40
5.04
0.56
40%
7,00
349
2.75
1.25
0,554
445
9:13
49%
275-%
7.50 1
4.50
0.50
41%
630
4.59
2.48
1.13
030
0:23
044
441_;6
23°1
6.90
4.14
0.46
42%
3.69
400
2.20I.00
444
030
0410
42°0
29"{0
6.00
3.60
1
0.40
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 - Hillside Development
Page 7
Ave.
Rat:
UR5 /
UR4 /
MXN
U
MXC
-
43%
4-90
5.40
434
3.24
1.93
0.88
0739
0.36
4418
0:09
43°k
4"0
44%
420
4.50
4.00
2.70
1.65
0.75
933
0.30
074-5
4:98
44°6
1-30
45%
330
3.90
' 39
2.34
1.38
0.63
0-28
0.26
044
1
996
1
45-°6
43=6
-
1
46%
2:80
3.00
299
1.80
1.10
0.50
4:22
0.20
0.10
0-04
4"6
4446
47%
2-40
2.40
!34
1.40
0.83
0.38
0712
0.16
998
994
47 -OA
8°k
48%
4-40
1.50
41-09
0.90
0.55
0.25
044
0.10
993
07G3
48%
54
49%
034
0.90
039
1 0.45
0.28
1
0.13
9:46
1 0.06
4.43
0$f
490
1
50%+
1 0.34
0.60
1 9:40
0.36
1 0.25
0.10
1 9:45
0.04
993
0$1
30%k
3
1
Figure 17.51 - 1
Density And Ratio Change With Percentage Of Slone Density
(In dwelling units/acre)
Density Criteria for Hillside Development Applications. Notwithstanding the density
provisions of this section, all of the following conditions shall be met:
a. The hillside development plan shall be in substantial compliance with all applicable
provisions of this ehaptefsection and the Hillside Development Guidelines.
b. Ne developmeRt eeastFaetien, aefivities or grading shall be peFmitted en slopes of fifty (59)
eb. The site plan shall be designed to locate or cluster development in slope areas of twenty-
five (25) percent or less; however, clustering of development in slope areas of twenty-five
(25) percent to fifty (50) percent may be considered in limited locations and shall be in
conformance with Section 17.68.020 (Cluster Development). Far the purposes of a.:..
de. In no event shall the overall density exceed the density of the General Plan and zoning
designation or the density provided in Figure 217.51-1 (Density and Ratio Change with
Percentage of Slope Density), whichever is greater.
ed. The development shall not be located in an area containing the ridgeline preservation (RP)
zoning classification unless the project is in conformance with Section 17.'x,317.38.070
(Ridgeline Preservation Overlay Zone).
i
January 2013 1 DRAFT ,
Chapter 17.80 - Hillside Development
Page 8
• 2. Average Slope Calculation. Average slope shall be calculated by utilizing the following
formula:
11
Average Cross Slope = I x L x 0.0023
A
I = Contour Interval
L = Contour Length
0.0023 = Constant to Convert Square
Feet to Acres and Slope to Percent
A = Acres in Site
The average slope shall be calculated as shown on the development plans certified by a California
licensed engineer.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 9
MMM
:... .
WMI
M11
.
Mm
......
�
.:...
=o
,.
MEMMMM:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 9
MMMMMMMMM
MMMMMMMMM
MMMMMMMMM
3. Division of Area. Where there exists a dramatically different landform character in the
topography of any one site, the site may be divided into several distinct areas for purposes of
slope determinations. An average density may be calculated separately for unique areas on site
upon approval of the Director of Community De elepme_. For example, each of the areas
shown in Figure 3-17.51-2 (Division of Areal (A, B and C) may calculate density requirements
separately.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 10
11
0
•
Fk%Fe 3Figure 17.51 — 2
Division of Area
B.4740 -.M Development Standards for Hillside Development Review.
The development standards shall apply to any use, development or alteration of land included in
these regulations.
IA. Hillside Classifications. Hillside categories have been identified by nercentage of average slope in
the following categories:
a4. Average slopes under ten (10) percent are considered relatively flat and would not cause any
conditions necessary for the implementation ofthethis section Hillside Deyelepmen��.
b2. Projects with slopes which average ten (10) percent or greater qualify for hillside plan review
and shall be reviewed under the provisions of this section-ehaeter.
2C. Grading Design
ak. No graded or cut embankment with a slope greater than two (2) feet horizontal to one foot
vertical shall be located adjacent to a publicly maintained right-of-way. The applicant shall
provide suitable guarantees satisfactory to the reviewing authority for landscaping and perpetual
maintenance, at no cost to the City, of all slopes outside of the public right-of-way. Major public
roads, such as those identified in the General Plan Circulation Element, may require slopes
steeper than two to one (2:1). In such an event, slopes steeper than two to one (2:1) may be
allowed; provided, that a geotechnical study is prepared verifying the feasibility of such slopes
and approval of the City Engineer.
62. The overall slope, height or grade of any cut or fill slope shall be developed to appear similar to
the existing natural contours in scale with the natural terrain of the subject site.
is. Building pads created in hillside areas should maintain rounded comers and conform to
landforms within the site.
Lib. The shaping of building pads to conform to the landform or character of the topography is
encouraged. Where grading is required, it should blend in with smooth transitioning,
avoiding harsh or abrupt changes in topography, character, or type. Slopes should be
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 11
rounded and contoured to blend with the natural topography unless this effort would •
diminish open space or significant natural features
eat (ureslof the site
nib
IK Koa3tr
f �vrR' "q, wsLua::y dc:. 1 alJ,roro
/� � � bYJ: is •\ / • h� Ia"iFfl:
11lustFation No. r 1
eiii. Building pads in hillside areas are recommended to maintain a minimum pad frontage of
forty (40) feet for single-family detached units as measured at the building setback. Greater
pad depths may be required to be consistent with the characteristics of the subject property
zone, the configuration of surrounding properties, and topographical constraints. Building
pad width shall be measured at the building setback line'-__ MustFatien Ne. -2-).
Pad 8egvixtme2]!
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 12
•
•
c3. Where any cut or fill slope exceeds ten (10) feet in horizontal length, the horizontal contours of
the slope shall be developed to appear similar to the existing natural contours.
d4. Grading shall be balanced on site whenever possible to avoid excessive cut and fill and to avoid
import or export.
e4. Grading shall be phased so that prompt revegetation or construction will control erosion. Where
possible, only those areas which will be immediately developed, resurfaced or landscaped shall
be disturbed.
fb. No excavation or other earth disturbance shall be permitted on any hillside area prior to the
issuance of a grading permit, with the exception of drill holes and exploratory trenches for the
collection of geologic and soil data. These trenches are to be properly backfilled and, in
addition, erosion treatment shall be provided where slopes exceed twenty (20) percent.
3D. Architectural Standards Purpose . The purpose of establishing architectural design
standards in the Hillside Development ^-ai___e_ is to ensure quality development that blends with
the hillside environment and to create neighborhoods that display harmonious and complementary
architectural styles. To achieve hillside compatible development, the City recognizes the importance
of having architectural design that incorporates rooflines and other building elements, which reflect
the naturally occurring ridgeline silhouettes and topographical variations.
14. Building Setbacks and Height. A variety of building and lot orientations shall be provided in
order to encourage development suitable with the hillside character of the site.
be. Too of SlopeRear Setback. A minimum rear yard setback of fifteen (15) feet from top of slope
and/or an average setback of fifteen (15) feet shall be provided from the edge of the pad where
• the structure is within public view. Setbacks and building heights shall be varied from the top of
slopes as shown in Figure 17.51-3 (Top of Slope Setback) (see 11lustfation Ne. 3).
?:bL•c V''=w Too d Sap.
iliastFetien No
Figure 17.51 — 3
Top of Slope Setback
cb. Building Height flor New Subdivisions. A minimum of twenty-five percent (25%) of the
units should be single story when situated in the public view from freeways, arterial roads
and major public spaces. Where two (2) story units are utilized, the units shall be
architecturally designed to provide varied vertical articulation and buildine massingexpese
CJ
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 13
L(44 Structures shall be designed so the slope angle of the roof pitch is generally at or
below the angle of the natural hillside or manufactured slope (see 11lustfatien Ne. -4).
`
Puede
rrw.n.d
ii.(2-) Views of significant visual features from public vistas such as ridges, as viewed
from within and outside the hillside development, should be preserved. Buildings
should be oriented to allow view opportunities. All significant public vistas or view
corridors as seen from a seeendary, eelleete-, o ----0e- _Aeries general Plan Highways
should be protected.
(3) Hillside adaptk,e amhiteeture shall be teffaeed to fellew the eenteurs of the slope.
_.J s pe..s and undersides ..f {leers and deet.... ..elesed L. well..
,._e dise,..._,,,.ed 1....May be permitted with A_e so", and ,...ehitee..._..1 ..,.....: d,._..N,._..
adequately addressed-.
ed. Building Style. The use of hillside adaptive architecture shall be incorporated into the
design of individual custom lots,-ir,aFeas of f,y-pereent �,�_�;,��r�-�earar
e._4,...._,...4inuld he qet be,a, ,.mi
..f twenty ism feet a,.... �..1,. ,.f .. ,... ....d .,
Fainimum ..f.hi" /]M fee. ffem iep of slope
i. Step building foundations may be required to minimize grading.
ii.Grading shall be limited to driveway and footprint area of building.
iii. Lot development should be sited on the least sensitive portions of the site to
preserve landforms, vegetation and geotechnical features.
iv.( -1-j An architectural style shall be compatible with the hillside character, topography,
and theme of the community.
2L.(24 A variety of roof orientations and types which emphasize roof pitches reflecting
the overall slope of the hillside shall be incorporated into the design of the
development.
vi.(3} Enhanced architectural elevations where the front, rear or side of units face
public view is required. The hilltop architecture of units will be restricted to avoid
massive wall and monotonous patterns of building silhouettes.
vii.(44 The dimensions of a building parallel to the direction of the slope should be
maximized in order to limit the amount of cut and fill and to better incorporate the
residence to the natural terrain.
January 2013 [ DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 - Hillside Development
Page 14
•
n
U
0
•
viii.(54 Terraced decks shall be identified and included with the application submittal
requirements for plan approval. Terraced decks cannot be built outside of privacy
walls or on slopes which are a part of homeowners= association's common area OF
Furless such a deck is -constructed as a common
HOA amenity).
ix.(6) Buildings may be clustered to respect and adapt to the existing topography.
Flexible siting techniques including varying the position of the structures and varying
the sizes of lots should be utilized.
ed. Architectural Treatments. Architectural treatments on all exterior walls of any building
shall be designed to avoid a monotonous or continuous facade of the exterior wall. One
continuous vertical or horizontal plane on the front and rear facade of any building is not
permitted. Architectural features and details shall be located on all exteriors walls of the
building, including the rear and sides of the building. Buildings shall utilize wall
articulation (i.e., insets, pop -outs, etc.) and roof orientation as a means to prevent massing.
fe. Finish Materials and Color. Building materials and colors shall be compatible with the
natural setting. Exterior colors shall be limited to earth tones and indigenous materials to be
incorporated into the design of the structures. The color, material and texture palette shall
be reinforced with compatible landscaping.
g€. Fencing and Privacy Walls. Location and alignment of fences should conform to the
natural topography of the area and be enhanced with landscaping.
(4)i. All fences and privacy walls adjacent to or visible from public roads or major public
spaces shall be of decorative masonry or other approved materials which have a
natural appearance and shall be a color that blends with the surrounding environment
and complementary to the landscape. The applicant shall present illustrations and
descriptions of fencing and wall materials as required by this section.
l4
•^v �p'� —tip
E
Patios, Pools, .... Trellises and ♦:ll..-.. Ctruet..ms Patios peol..r .. •.,Il -se. and .. ..:Il......
C•
struetufes shall be screened ffem publie view.
4E. Landscape Design.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 15
January 2013 1 DRAFT .
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 16
•
4a.
Landscape coverage and stabilization of graded slopes shall be selected and designed to be
compatible with surrounding natural vegetation. All landscaping shall be subiect to the
requirements of the Los Angeles County Fire Department in areas designated as a Very High
Fire Hazard Severity Zone.
ia. Plant material shall be selected according to compatible climatic, soil and ecological
characteristics of the region.
iib. All City-approved irrigation systems shall conform with Section 17.51.030 (Landscaping
and Irrigation Standards) and be utilized for all landscaped slope areas and other
disturbedimpaeted or planting areas.
iiie. Plant materials that require excessive water after becoming established shall be avoided.
Native plant material or compatible, nonnative plant material shall be selected.
d. Slope andLandseape "� Maintenanee. 1#eateewners=asseeiations (110As) and assessment
slopes not ifieluded within a landseape fnaintenanee distriet (LMD) shall be maintained b)
b2.
and ethef ,...eas An nnA innA sh. uld h,...,.,.,.iFed to establish .. fAainfenames di9triet with
responsibility f - lands,.,...e fnaiHtefia ee shbuld the 140A disb,.,a The City should _et..:_
The location of all existing trees of a six (6) inch circumference`oNr-- or greater,
as measured four and one-half (4.5) feet from the ground, shall be shown on plans submitted for
approval. The reviewing authority shall designate all trees to be saved or removed. Oak trees are
subject to the Section 17.51.040 (Oak Tree Preservation` Ofdin. nee and !'_midlines (Seetion
c3.
a-�.-1-7:999j•
All cut and fill slopes shall be planted and irrigated with an automatic irrigation system to
prevent erosion. All cut or fill slopes exceeding five (5) feet vertical height shall be planted with
•
adequate plant material to protect the slope against erosion. Planting shall be in the ratio of at
least one shrub per one hundred (100) square feet of natural slope area and one tree per one
hundred fifty (150) square feet of actual slope area, with ground cover to completely cover the
slope within six (6) months from planting. All plants shall be drought-resistant and shrubs shall
be a minimum one gallon size, unless hydroseeded. All trees shall be minimum five (5) gallon
size. Slopes less than five (5) feet in height shall be planted in the ratio of at least one shrub per
one hundred fifty (150) square feet of natural Slone area and one tree ver two hundred (200)
square feet of actual slope area, with ground cover to cover the slopes completely within six (6)
months of planting. However, the Director of r...,.., unit...,_ve!O_._ ._t may require larger trees
on a case by case basis. In addition, the Director ..C!`,....munity r..,..elop.- em may modify these
requirements based upon the requirements of the Los Angeles County Fire Department fuel
M.
Access easement areas a minimum of five (5) feet wide shall be provided for uphill and
downhill slope maintenance areas and should be located no more than one thousand (1,000) feet
apart.
e3.
Slope and Landscape Maintenance. Hillside subdivisions shall be designed so that the
maximum slope maintenance responsibility for an individual residential homeowner shall not
exceed 30 feet vertical or 60 feet of horizontal slope within each yard area. Any remaining
slope area shall be incomorated into either an HOA or landscape maintenance district (LMD)
common area parcels as appropriate, along with any necessary access easements as described in
subsection 4 above. 14arAeav,neFg' asqoeiatiaftr (vnAs) and assessinefit dist_iets Or eth.
aeoeptable 1,,,...1 entities aFe _,.gUiF a in Sant, Glarita. All common area landscaped slopes not
included within a lanriga_e Enai..t,.....nee dist^^•'LMD; shall be maintained by an HOA or a
January 2013 1 DRAFT .
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 16
• property owners' association (POA) for the permanent maintenance of slopes and other areas.
An HOA/POA should be required to establish a maintenance district with responsibility for
landscape maintenance should the HOA disband. The City should retain development rights in
such a maintenance district.
fb. A fuel modification plan shall be required by the Director of Community r,eyel,.pment and
approved by the Los Angeles County Fire Department for all hillside plans within an area
designated as a Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zone .6..• abut --pa--' open spaee. The Fire
Department eanmay require modifications to the landscaping requirements contained within this
subsection.
0. The project shall be designed to incorporate fire prevention and safety measures pursuant to the
provisions of the Los Angeles County Fire Departmentsr T... Ge a and the Hillside
Development Guidelines (Seeti^_ rte.
5€. Retaining Walls. The purpose and intent of establishing development standards for retaining walls
in thine sectioLillillside Pevelapment Ordinane is to ensure that the application of retaining walls is
aesthetically pleasing to the subject property and limited in quantity throughout a development.
a-1. General Standards.
ai. The maximum length of any continuous retaining wall shall not be more than one hundred
(100) linear feet.
iib. Retaining walls may shall be used for the purpose of supporting cut slopes or containing fill
material or for minimizing cut or fill slopes. The fetaiHing wall --' e d - ("
retaining.inehes aboN,e the material it is
A. A -retaining ..all shall .. • 6e a .ed i .e6 e manneF so as to 61eek e_ .urea
;.w,6:;.1.._ eeeesg ta a dediee.ed e_ implied dedieated elle.. _eeess, or right of ay
retaining wails shall be pefmitted between residential lots as a Fneafir ef ereating
additienal useable pad aFea.
iiie. Slopes requiring retaining walls at heights greater than the maximum allowable shall be
terraced to allow for landscaped areas. Such planting areas shall have a minimum
horizontal width of four (4) feet and- g ».....:., um- .yid.6 horizontal width of fight (9) feet of
separation and permanently landscaped.
(1) All planting areas fer Fetaining walls shall be provided with aft atitematie it-figatie
Cuah shall be .._d .eda6..
v7wcx.x�xcxv..system sae approvedprior
eqnstruetion of any wall-.
b2. Height Standards.
ia. The height of the retaining wall shall be measured at the highest average ground level. In
order to allow for variation in topography, the height of a required wall may vary in amount
not to exceed the height of six (6) inches `6t -orf one (l) bleeh course of block. All
walls shall conform to the height limits of the underlying zone.
Lib. Retaining walls may be constructed at varying heights throughout a development see
rigiare 4 and Figure 54.
(a-�) Retaining walls constructed in the side yard area of a lot shall maintain a maximum
retaining wall height of six (6) feet when viewed from adjacent right-of-way or
Properties; provided, that such wall does not extend into a required tient-yard adjacent
to a street as shown in Figure 17.51-4 Retaining Wall Height).
(tit) Retaining walls constructed in the rear yard area of a lot shall maintain a maximum
retaining wall height of eight (8) feet when viewed from adjacent right-of-way or
properties.
(c3) If a greater wall height is desired than prescribed above, two (2) retaining walls at a
maximum height of four (4) feet each shall be terraced with a minimum horizontal
• January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 17
width of fivefew (54) feet and m heriveNtal width of eight (8) feet of •
separation as shown in Figure 17.51-5 (Terraced Retaining Walls). This landscape area
shall contain appropriate vegetation to soften the visual impact of the combined walls.
No more than two (2) terraces of retaining walls shall be permitted on one
manufactured slope.
(d4) Where a retaining wall contains a fill above the natural grade and is located within a
required yard, the height of the retaining wall shall be considered as contributing to the
permissible height of a fence or wall at that location. A non-view-obscuring fence up
to three and one-half (3.5) feet in height may be erected at the top of the retaining wall
for safety.
(5) if a greater wall height is desiFeA t e M\ retaining walls at a maximum height of f6 .-
(4) feet each shall be t..«......ed :h .. minimum heriz ntal width of four (4) feet ....d ..
maximefa heriz ntal width of eight (9) feet of separation. This land..,.ape area .d.,.11
mere than twe (2) ;effaees ef rvtaifting walls shall be pefmitted oft one manufae-
elepc
5'
Figure 17.51 — 4
Retaining Wall Height
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT •
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 18
0
21 Maim=
Slope
S
Figure 5
Figure 17.51 — 5
Terraced Retaining Walls
iiie. Walls and fences not exceeding six (6) feet in height and not in a required front or street
adjacent side yard, are permitted adjacent to structures_ in order to provide a private outdoor
• area. A minimum flat area from top or toe of slope of three (3) feet shall be maintained to face
of wall on common area maintenance slopes with slope heights of thirty (30) feet or greater. All
fences which are adjacent to or visible from public roads or major public spaces shall be of
decorative materials as identified or other approved materials with minimum five (5) foot
landscape area on the street side of the wall or fence as shown in (see Figure 17.51-6 (Tot) of
Slope Wall )€ and Figure 17.51-7 (Bottom of Slope Wallp.
PL
Wtoulttdtou or
De==i a Moony
EMior
3. 6
AG Pdvm Yard
Figure 6
Figure 17.51 — 6
• Top of Slope Wall
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 —Hillside Development
Page 19
PL Ma ry or
Wrough[-iron
i Fencc
6
max
Figure 7
Figure 17.51 — 7
Bottom of Slope Wall
Private Yard
d. The eumulati�ve height of any retainingwall beilt to Fetain a eut slope or fill slope shall not
expeed- tl.e .-..,xiya..m allowable height Lased e., the 1. cats. n of the well Cumulative Leight
shall mean the .. mbined height of any wall ,.seriesOf Walls ftqtfiFed to Fetain a single
3c. Walls Exceeding Six (6) Feet in Height. The use of crib walls, Loffelstein walls, and other
similar living wall systems that allow for landscaping opportunities with planting pockets and
stepped designs is acceptable. Loffelstein walls and similar living wall systems retain large
amounts of earth while providing planting pockets for landscaping. Once landscaping matures,
the wall will be masked and have a softer appearance than a hardscape wall surface. Such wall
shall be subject to the following development standards.
ai. Such walls shall utilize a curvilinear slope pattern consistent with the appearance of the
natural hillside terrain.
_iib. Such walls shall be planted with landscape material suitable for the climate and wall
exposure relative to the sun.
iiie. The landscape aesthetic effect to be achieved by the overall development shall be
emphasized and considered.
ivd. The color palette and materials selected for the retaining wall shall blend in with the
adjacent hillsides and landscape plant palette.
d4. Contour Construction and Wall Materials.
la. Retaining walls shall follow the natural contours of the slope.
iib. All materials used to construct the retaining wall(s) shall consist of native stone, poured -in-
place concrete, precast concrete block, color treated, textured or veneered to blend in with
the surrounding natural colors and textures of the existing landscape and native plant
materials.
66. Corrective Work. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the Director of r ............:... n,...,.1,......,._.
from authorizing grading deemed necessary to correct natural, hazardous conditions that are brought
to the City's attention, in which case the applicant will investigate possible alternatives with
subsequent review by the Director of Community Develepmen, Planning Commission, or Q+y
Council.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 20
0
•
n
0
0
. . . . . . . . . . . .
C. 17.80.050 Plan Certification.
]A. Grading Plan Certification. Upon completion of rough grading work and prior to any excavation
for foundations or structures, an as -graded plan prepared and certified by the licensed civil engineer
who prepared the approved grading plans shall be submitted to the Community Development and
Public Works Departments for review and approval. The as -graded plans shall include original
ground surface elevations, as -graded surface elevations and all other features that were a part of the
approved grading plan. The engineer shall provide certification on the as -graded plan that the work
was done in accordance with the approved grading plan and the City's grading requirements.
213. Landscape Plan Certification. Landscape and irrigation plans shall be prepared by a licensed
landscape architect and shall be submitted to and approved by the Director
Pepartinene. A licensed landscape architect shall certify that the planting plans comply with Section
17.51.030 (Landscaping and irrigation Standards).the r:...•. *eris,.ape and land.eape requifements.
C .. saltant shall that the Catten D
(Ofd. 1 5, ,27T01
O_a. nTc 1 c 2, !Q-5,105; n-aTnc 19 § 2, 1243,105)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.80 — Hillside Development
Page 21
• 1 Chapter 17.9095
STANDARD URBAN STORMWATER MITIGATION PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
Sections:
17.9095.010
Limits of Chapter.
17.9095.020
Scope of Chapter.
17.9095.030
Definitions.
17.9095.040
Rate of Discharge.
17.9095.050
Subdivision Design.
17.9095.060
Best Management Practices (BMPs).
17.9095.070
Control of Erosion of Slopes and Channels.
17.9095.080
Signage of Storm Drains.
17.9095.090
Outdoor Storage of Materials.
17.9095.100
Outdoor Trash Storage Areas.
17.9095.110
Maintenance of Best Management Practices.
17.9095.120
Design Standards for Best Management Practices.
17.9095.130
Loading Docks.
17.9095.140
Repair and Maintenance Bays.
17.9095.150
Wash Areas.
17.9095.160
Restaurants.
17.9095.170
Retail Gasoline Outlets.
17.9095.180
Parking Lots.
. 17.9095.190
Violations.
17.9095.200
Inspections.
17.9095.210
Fees.
17.9095.220
Waiver.
17.9095.010 Limits of Chapter.
Nothing in this chapter shall be interpreted to:
A. Infringe any right
or power guaranteed by the California Constitution, including any vested property
right; or
B. Require any action inconsistent with any applicable and lawfully adopted general plan, specific plan,
plan amendment, or building code that conforms to the laws of California and the requirements of this
chapter; or
C. Restrict otherwise lawful land use except as authorized by the laws of California, subject to the
limitations of this chapter. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
r1
U
17.9095.020 Scope of Chapter.
This chapter shall take effect on February 15, 2001, and shall apply only to approval of discretionary
(within the meaning of the California Environmental Quality Act, Public Resources Code Section 21000 et
seq.) new development or redevelopment projects (as those terms are defined this chapter):
A. Single-family residences on graded hillside sites;
B. Industrial/commercial developments that disturb one acre or more of surface area;
C. Automotive repair shops (SIC codes 5013, 5014, 5541, 7532-7534, 7536-7539);
D. Retail gasoline outlets;
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Chapter 17.90 — Standard Urban Stormwater Mitigation Plan Implementation
Page 1
E. Restaurants (SIC code 5812); •
F. Home subdivisions often (10) or more dwelling units;
G. Parking lots five thousand (5,000) feet or more or with twenty-five (25) or more parking spaces and
potentially exposed to stormwater runoff, as defined in this chapter. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.030 Definitions.
For the purposes of this chapter, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings respectively
ascribed to them by this chapter, unless clearly inapplicable. Words and phrases not ascribed a meaning by
this chapter shall have the meanings ascribed by the "Standard Urban Stormwater Mitigation Plan for Los
Angeles County and Cities in Los Angeles County" approved by the Executive Officer of the California
Regional Water Quality Control Board for the Los Angeles Region, on March 8, 2000, as modified by the
State Water Resources Control Board in Order WQ 2000-11, if defined therein, and if not, by the regulations
implementing the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System, Clean Water Act Section 402, and
Division 7 of the California Water Code, as they may be amended from time to time, if defined therein, and
if not, to the definitions in an applicable permit issued by the California Regional Water Quality Control
Board—Los Angeles, as such permits may be amended from time to time.
"Automotive repair shop" means a facility that is categorized in any one of the following Standard
Industrial Classification (SIC) codes: 5013, 5014, 5541, 7532-7534 or 7536-7539.
"Best management practice" or "BMP" means any schedule of activities, prohibition of practices,
maintenance procedure, program, technology, process, siting criteria, operational methods of measures, or
other management practices or engineered systems, which when implemented prevent, control, remove, or
reduce pollution.
"Commercial development" means any development on private land that is not residential or a site of an
industrial activity, as defined in 40 C.F.R. Section 122.26(b)(14). "Commercial development' includes, but
is not limited to, hospitals, laboratories and other medical facilities, educational institutions, recreational
•
facilities, plant nurseries, multi -apartment buildings, car wash facilities, mini -malls and other business
complexes, shopping malls, hotels, office buildings, public warehouses and other light industrial complexes
not within the scope of 40 C.F.R. Section 122.26(b)(14).
"Directly connected impervious area" ("DCIA") means a land area made impermeable to water from
which runoff may enter a storm drainage system without first flowing across a permeable land area.
"Greater than nine (9) unit home subdivision" means any subdivision where at least ten (10) single-
family or multifamily dwelling units are to be developed.
"Hillside" means a parcel in an area with known erosive soil conditions, where the development will
require grading on any natural slope which is twenty-five (25) percent or greater.
"Industrial/commercial developments that disturb one acre or more of surface area" means any
development on private land that is not residential that disturbs one acre or more of surface area, including,
but not limited to, parking areas (see "Commercial development').
"New development" means the subdivision of land, or the construction of structures or other
impervious surfaces, or both.
"Parking lot" means an area or facility for the temporary parking or storage of motor vehicles used
personally or for business or commerce, which contains five thousand (5,000) square feet or more, or
twenty-five (25) or more parking spaces, and which is exposed to stormwater.
"Redevelopment" means, on an already developed site, the creation or addition of at least five thousand
(5,000) square feet of impervious surfaces. Redevelopment includes, but is not limited to: the expansion of a
building footprint or addition or replacement of a structure; structural development including an increase in
gross floor area and/or exterior construction or remodeling; replacement of impervious surface that is not
part of a routine maintenance activity; and land -disturbing activities related with structural or impervious
surfaces. Where redevelopment results in an increase of less than fifty (50) percent of the impervious
•
• surfaces of a previously existing development, and the existing development was not subject to these
SUSMPs, the design standards apply only to the addition, and not to the entire development.
"Restaurant" means a stand-alone facility where prepared food and drinks are sold for consumption,
including stationary lunch counters and refreshments stands selling prepared food and drinks for immediate
consumption. (See SIC Code 5812). "Restaurant' does not include co -located stalls or food counters in
general purpose establishments such as markets and grocery stores.
"Retail gasoline outlet" means any facility where gasoline and lubricating oils are sold.
"Source control BMP" means any schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance
procedures, managerial practices or operational practices that aim to prevent stormwater pollution by
reducing the potential for contamination at the source of pollution.
"Storm event" means a rainfall event that produces more than 0.1 inch of precipitation separated from
the previous storm event by at least seventy-two (72) hours of dry weather.
"Structural control BMP" means any structural facility designed and constructed to mitigate the adverse
impacts of urban runoff pollution (e.g., a canopy, structural enclosure). This category may include both
treatment control BMPs and source control BMPs.
"Treatment" means the use of physical, chemical, or biological processes to remove pollutants. Such
processes include, but are not limited to, filtration, gravity settling, media absorption, biodegradation,
biological uptake, chemical oxidation and UV radiation.
"Treatment control BMP" means any engineered system designed to remove pollutants by simple
gravity setting of particulate pollutants, filtration, biological uptake, media adsorption or any other physical,
biological, or chemical process. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.040 Rate of Discharge.
• No new development shall increase the peak rate of discharge of stormwater from the developed site if
this increase would make downstream erosion more probable. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.050 Subdivision Design.
Unless inconsistent with vested rights, the site design for all subdivisions subject to this chapter, to the
maximum extent practicable, shall:
A. Concentrate or cluster new development on portions of the site while leaving the remaining land in a
natural undisturbed condition;
B. Limit clearing and grading of native vegetation to the minimum extent practicable, consistent with the
construction of lots, and to allow access and provide fire protection;
C. Preserve riparian areas and wetlands. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.060 Best Management Practices (BMPs).
A. On the date the ordinance codified in this chapter takes effect, those best management practices which
are listed in Tables 1 and 2 of the "Standard Urban Stormwater Mitigation Plan for Los Angeles County
and Cities in Los Angeles County" approved by the Executive Officer of the California Regional Water
Quality Control Board for the Los Angeles Region, on March 8, 2000, as modified by the State Water
Resources Control Board in Order WQ 2000-11, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference and
adopted by this City and shall remain in effect until the City Council shall adopt by resolution a
guidebook prepared or recommended by the City Engineer, categorizing development and best
management practices for each category.
B. The City Engineer may from time to time revise the guidebook, and the City Council may adopt these
revisions by resolution.
0
C. No best management practice other than a structural or treatment control best management practice •
shall be used in any development regulated under this chapter, unless the guidebook recommends that
practice.
D. No structural or treatment control best management practice may be used in any development regulated
under this chapter unless the guidebook recommends that practice. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.070 Control of Erosion of Slopes and Channels.
Best management practices used on slopes or channels in new development or redevelopment subject to
this chapter shall:
A. Convey runoff from tops of slopes;
B. Eliminate or reduce flow to natural drainage systems, and for flows which cannot be eliminated, utilize
natural drainage systems, rather than artificial drainage systems, to the maximum extent practicable;
C. Stabilize soil at permanent channel crossings;
D. Vegetate slopes with native or drought -tolerant species known to control erosion; and
E. Dissipate concentrated flows before they enter unlined channels. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.080 Signage of Storm Drains.
In the project area of new development or redevelopment subject to this chapter, a notice that dumping
in storm drains and catch basins is illegal shall be:
A. Stenciled in paint or other permanent means at all storm drain inlets and catch basins within the project
area;
B. Posted at all known public accesses to natural or artificial drainage channels within the project area; and
C. Maintained to preserve the sign. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.090 Outdoor Storage of Materials. is
A. All materials stored outdoors in new development or redevelopment subject to this chapter which, if
exposed to stormwater, may reasonably be expected to add pollutants to it, shall be thoroughly isolated
from contact:
1. With stormwater, by enclosure in a structure; or
2. With stormwater, by a surrounding curb or other containment structure.
B. The storage area must be completely covered:
1. By impermeable paving; and
2. Any structure by an overhead covering that adequately diverts precipitation away from the ground
between the material and the surrounding containment structure. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.100 Outdoor Trash Storage Areas.
Except where they serve only single-family residences, solid waste containers in new development or
redevelopment subject to this chapter shall be stored in areas that:
A. Are isolated from contact with stormwater originating outside the storage area; and
B. Are surrounded with a barrier sufficient to prevent all trash from being transported out of the storage
area, except during collection. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.110 Maintenance of Best Management Practices.
A. Every person applying to the City for discretionary approval of any new development or redevelopment
subject to this chapter, as part of that application, in a signed writing, shall agree to maintain any
structural or treatment control best management practice to be implemented in that development
through means such as a covenant running with the land (such as covenants, conditions and restriction,
C�
• commonly known as CC&Rs), CEQA mitigation measures, conditional use permit or other legal
agreement (collectively "agreement").
B. The agreement described in subsection (A) of this section shall remain in force until ownership of the
developed property has been entirely transferred, and upon transfer, shall be binding on the new
owner(s). (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.120 Design Standards for Best Management Practices.
Except as this chapter may specifically exempt, every structural or treatment control best management
practice implemented pursuant to this chapter in new development or redevelopment subject to this chapter,
for the area contributing to that practice:
A. Shall be adequate to protect from flooding those parts of the contributing area adjacent to drainage
channels, according to design criteria the City Engineer may establish;
B. Shall be adequate:
1. For the volume of stormwater that, as determined by the formula recommended in "ASCE Manual
of Practice No. 87 (1998)," may be collected from the contributing area during a twenty-four (24)
hour period in which the total stormwater runoff exceeds eighty-five (85) percent of all runoff
volumes that have been measured for twenty-four (24) hour periods for that same area; or
2. To treat, by the method recommended in "California Stormwater Best Management Practices
Handbook—Industrial/Commercial (1993)," and as determined there, eighty (80) percent or more
volume treatment of the annual volume of stormwater runoff from the contributing area; or
3. For the volume of stormwater runoff from the contributing area produced by a storm event of 0.75
inches.
C. Subsection (B) of this section shall not apply to any land area of less than five thousand (5,000) square
feet being developed or redeveloped for use by any restaurant, or any retail gasoline outlet.
D. Where redevelopment results in an increase of less than fifty (50) percent of the impervious surfaces of
a previously existing development, and the existing development was not subject to these SUSMPs, the
design standards apply only to the addition, and not to the entire development. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.130 Loading Docks.
In any industrial/commercial development that disturbs one acre or more of surface area or in any
automotive repair shop, the design of any outdoor loading dock area in new development or redevelopment
subject to this chapter shall:
A. Use an overhead covering that prevents the entry of stormwater; or
B. Prevent the entry of stormwater by diverting it away; and
C. Not conduct stormwater from any truck well directly into a storm drain system. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.140 Repair and Maintenance Bays.
In any industrial/commercial development that disturbs one acre or more of surface area or in any
automotive repair shop, in new development or redevelopment subject to this chapter the design of any
repair or maintenance bay shall:
A. Prevent the entry of stormwater by diverting it away or by locating such bays indoors; and
B. Use a drainage system that collects all water from washing and from leaks or spills and stores it in a
sump for disposal; and
C. Does not conduct stormwater from the bay directly to a storm drain system. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.150 Wash Areas.
The design of any wash area for motor vehicles or equipment in new development or redevelopment
• subject to this chapter shall use:
A. An adequate overhead covering; and Is
B. A device that clarifies or otherwise pretreats all wash water; and
C. A drain conducting all treated wash water to a sanitary sewer. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.160 Restaurants.
The design of any restaurant subject to this chapter shall include an area for the washing or cleaning of
equipment, which:
A. If indoors, shall:
1. Be self-contained;
2. Use a grease trap; and
3. Use a drain conducting all wastewater to a sanitary sewer; and
B. If outdoors, shall:
1. Use an overhead covering adequate to prevent contact with stormwater;
2. Be covered with impermeable paving;
3. Be surrounded by a curb or other containment and
4. Use a drain conducting all wastewater to a sanitary sewer. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.170 Retail Gasoline Outlets.
All fuel dispensing areas in any retail gasoline outlet subject to this chapter shall:
A. Be covered by a structure that:
1. Extends outward at least as far as the grade break at all points, and
2. Diverts all stormwater away from the fueling area;
B. Be paved with a material, other than asphaltic concrete, that is impermeable to water and has a smooth
surface with a slope of not less than two (2) percent but not more than four (4) percent;
C. Be separated from the rest of the site by a grade break that, to the maximum extent practical, prevents
stormwater from entering the fueling area;
D. Extend outward at least six and one-half (6.5) feet from the outermost comer of any fuel dispenser, or a
distance one foot greater than the combined length of the dispensing hose and nozzle, whichever
distance is less. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.180 Parking Lots.
To the maximum extent practical, all parking lots subject to this chapter shall minimize off-site
transport of pollutants by using the following design criteria and BMPs:
A. Minimizing impervious land coverage;
B. Providing for effective treatment or infiltration of stormwater before it is discharged into storm drains;
and
C. Use of operational and maintenance measures to remove heavy metals, oil and grease and polycyclic
aromatic hydrocarbons. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.190 Violations.
A. Violation of any provision of this chapter shall be both a misdemeanor and a public nuisance.
B. The remedies specified in this chapter shall not exclude any other legal remedy that may be available to
the city. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.200 Inspections.
A. The City Engineer and such officers as the City Engineer may designate shall enforce the provisions of
this chapter.
0
• B. As necessary, these officers may, at a reasonable time and in a manner authorized by the laws of
California, enter and make inspections on any property regulated under this chapter. (Ord. 03-6 § 1,
3/11/03)
17.9095.210 Fees.
The City Council may establish and fix the amount of fees for services provided under this chapter, as
authorized under Sections 66016 and 66018 of the California Government Code. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
17.9095.220 Waiver.
A. Any person required under this chapter to implement a structural or treatment control best management
practice may petition to the City Council to waive that requirement as impractical, provided the
petitioner has in good faith considered and rejected as not feasible all such practices available.
B. The City Council may waive a structural or treatment control best management practice as impractical
if:
1. Inadequate space for treatment exists on a redevelopment project; or
2. Soil conditions strongly disfavor the use of infiltration; or
3. The natural land surface where the BMP would be located lies:
a. Above a known unconfined aquifer, or
b. Less than ten (10) feet above an existing or potential source of drinking water.
C. Any petition for waiver not falling within the foregoing categories shall be forwarded to the Regional
Board for consideration. (Ord. 03-6 § 1, 3/11/03)
0
n
u
•
OTHER PROPOSED CHANGES
17.51.030 Landscaping and Irrigation Standards _ comment[rPI]: General Plan Implementation
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C Landscape Standards.
D. Tree Retention.
E Water Efficient Landscaping.
F Maintenance of Landscaping.
A. Purpose.
The specific purpose of this section is to:
I Encourage quality landscape designs:
3 Conserve energy by the provision of shade trees over streets, sidewalks, parking areas
and other paving:
4. Ensure that new landscaping would be consistent with any applicable design guidelines
and that important resources (e.g., specimen trees and oak trees) are retained:
5. Protect public health, safety, and welfare by minimizing the impact of various forms of
h sical and visual ollution controlling it erosion screemr incom alible land uses
preserving the integrity of existing residential neighborhoods, and enhancing pedestrian
and vehicular traffic and safety:
6. Encourage the protection of landmark. native. and specimen trees
7. Encourage the efficient use of water through appropriate low -water -using plant materials
water conserving irrigation design, and regular maintenance of landscaped areas'
R Encourage the appropriate design, installation maintenance, and management of
landscapes so that water demand can be decreased, runoff can be retained, and flooding
can be reduced without a decline in the quality or quantity of landscapes:
9. Promote the conservation of twtable water by maximizing the use of recycled water and
other water conserving technology for appropriate applications: and
10. Conform to the state mandated water efficient landscape ordinance as pursuant to
Government Code 6 65595:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 1
0
B. Applicabilim.
L _ All oroiects that require approval of either an administrative land use Dermit or a
discretionary land use permit shall Provide and maintain landscape in compliance with
the provisions of this section. Applicants for such projects shall submit landscape and
irrigation Plans per Section 17.23.1 SO (Landscape Plan Review).
o In addition the water efficient landscape requirements shall apoly to the l ollowin - - -I Comment (GP21: General Van Imylemeadtbo
entitlement.
d. Existing landscapes equal to or greater than one acre, with a dedicated or mixed
use water meter. Such landscapes are limited to preparing a water efficient
landscape worksheet according to the specifications for existing landscapes in the •
landscape documentation Dackage.
landscapes in the landscape documentation package.
C Landscape Standards.
Landscape areas and materials for commercial, industrial, hillside, mixed use and multifamily
proimts shall be designed, installed, and properly maintained in compliance with the following
requirements:
1. General Design Standards. The following features shall be incorporated into the design of
the proposed landscayc and shown on the required landscape plans.
a. Landscaping shall be planned as an integral part of the overall proiect.
b. Pedestrian access to sidewalks and structures shall be considered in the design of
all landscaped areas.
C. Landscaped areas shall not be less than five feet in width.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
•
0
E
0
approved by the Director.
e. Shade trees shall be inco orated in areas around buildings and within Parkin
lots to reduce the heat island _ _ _ _ _ _ - comment [GP77: General clan Implementation
2. Plant Materials. Plant materials shall be selected and installed to comply with the
following requirements:
a. An appropriate mix of plant sizes and materials shall be provided.
b. Plant materials shall emphasize drought -tolerant and/or nadve6oicW- - _ - -t comment [GP4]: General plan Impiementanon
C. The use of eucalyptus. Pepper or Palm trees is discouraged, unless compatible
with the existing adjacent environment, as determined by the Director. Palm trees
shall be limited for use within a community pool or recreation facility,unless
otherwise
...
roved by the ' - - I Comment [GPS]' General Pian Implementation
e. Trees shall be planted in areas of public view. The clustering of trees is
encouraged.
I. Mature specimen trees fe.v_ 24-. 36-. 48 -inch, and 60 -inch box as
determined by the Director) shall be provided to ensure variety and
emphasis at main focal areas.
ii. All trees shall be staked or guyed Ion a case-by-case basis), subiect to the
approval of the Director.
iii. All newly planted trees must meet the California State Department of
Forestry and Fire Protection Specification Guidelines for container
grown landscape trees.
f Performance standards. The trees and shrubs shall be carefully selected and
properly Planted and maintained so that they:
i. Do not interfere with service lines and traffic safety sight areas:
ii. Protect the basic rights of adjacent property owners, garticularly the riht
to solar access: and
iii. Prevent physical damage to the adjoining Public improvements.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 3
- - Comment [GP6]: General Plan Implementation
Q. Ground cover shall be of live plant material. Limited quantities of bark, colored
rock, gravel, and similar materials may be used in combination with a living
ground cover.
h. Mulch.
I. A minimum two-inch laver of mulch shall be applied on all exposed soil
surfaces of Planting areas except in turf areas, creeping or rooting
aroundcovers or direct seeing applications where mulch is
contraindicated.
ii. Stabilizing mulch shall be planted on slopes.
i- The Director may modify the requirements within this section in order to
accommodate existing trees located on site or within the public tights -of -way.
I. For slopes exceeding five (5) feet in vertical height shall be planted in the
ratio of at least one shrub per two -hundred twenty-five (225) square feet
of slope area and one tree per two hundred twenty-five square (225) feet
of slope area with ground cover to completely cover the slope within six
(6) months from planting.
ii. Slopes less than five (5) feet in height shall be planted with ground cover
to cover the slopes completely within six (6) months of planting.
landscaping as Ione as it does not exceed 50 percent of the required landscavine. The
installation and type of requirements shall meet the requirements as listed in this section.
unless otherwise approved by the Director.
a. Prior to approval of any artificial or synthetic turf, the applicant shall submit all
required materials for review per the requirements on file with the City.
b. The Primary laver on native soil shall be non -woven hi hl - ermeable soil
stabilizing fabric for the soil type and conditions of the installation Fabrics must
be porous and not impede infiltration of normal watershed to the appropriate
drainage.
C. Minimum three to five inches of appropriate compactable aggregate base with
subsequent or additional imported base materials and fabric lavers is reouired.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 4
•
0
CMamud: [6V7]: Gerrotel Flan Implemen[atlon
0
A
6
11
d. Acceptable artificial turf surface fibers include: Polyethylene (PE).
of ropylene (PP). Nylon with a minimum 6 year (Nylon (PA)) and 8 year (PE
8r. PP) manufacturer warranty against ultra violet light degradation (fading and
discoloration) and the style and color selection must compliment other adiacent
natural lawn and landscaped grass within the community: must meet or exceed
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards.
I. Acceptable backing materials include perforated, vertically draining,
latex or Polyurethane coated materials to provide optimum tuft bind and
maximum permeability. Horizontally draining backings must not be
infilled: infill materials are Prone to migrate into drainage systems.
Acceptable infill materials will include but are not limited to: recvcled
rubber crumb, acrylic coated silica, sand, recycled PET bead lets,
thermo-plastic elastomer coated silica sand, semi -round silica sand, or
other as approved by the Director. Sub -angular silica sand may not be
used as infill materials.
iii. All materials submitted for approval must be accompanied by test
documentation which declares that the artificial turf yam and backing
materials are disposable under normal conditions, at any US landfill
station (Total Content Leach Protocol (TCLP) test).
e. Infill materials. tvoe and amount, per square foot, installed, as suggested by the
turf manufacturer or based unto standard industry guidelines
f Surfaces must appear seamless and edges must appear natural and well groomed.
P. Total surface installation must be water permeable with minimum 25 inch/Hour
Permeability Rating.
h. All mob materials used for surfaces must pass applicable fire retardant ratings
including pill bum test.
I. Minimum pile height (individual turf blade height) is an average of one and one-
half inches: classic slit film, monofilament or a combination of blade styles:
including textured and knit de knit materials used for thatch are allowed.
I. Any approved artificial or synthetic turf installation is required to be maintained
(including repair or replacement) to appear natural at all times. No fading,
exposed seams or corners are permitted.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 5
Cpmmmt [GP8]: Geneul Pian Implementation
_ - - Comment [GP9]: General Plan Implementation
this section. All Fire Department -approved landscape plans must also receive the
approval of the Director prior to issuance of buildine permits
6. Standards for Single -Family Residential Development. Each single-family residential
project shall be landscaped, irrigated, and maintained in compliance with the
requirements of this section.
a. Single-family development.
i. All new residential development shall shave one
twenty-four (24) inch box tree planted in the required front yard, to the
satisfaction of the Director- ..a ''---- This
requirement may be waived or modified by the Director unity
Aevelepmext where it is found to be impractical due to tovogmphical
ponditions, where it is not keeping with the neighborhood, or where it
otherwise will not benefit the area.
ii. Landscape parkways shall be installed in all new residential
development. These parkways shall be installed between the curb and
sidewalk and shall be five feet in width. Parkways shall not be separated
by sidewalk.
ill. For single-familv homes located adiacent to a Parkway, either public or
Private right-of-way, the homeowner has the responsibility to plant.
irrigate and maintain the varkwav in a healthy and thriving condition
unless the parkway is maintained by the homeowner's association or
other entity. The parkway shall be planted with City -approved street
trees and landscaping that is consistent with other parkways within the
community the Property is located ithirl.
iv. The landscape plan shall include all areas located within the front vard
and all side yard areas exposed to the street view.
a
46
Comment [GP10]o General Plan imptemenution t
V. The Preferred plant palette shall include drought tolerant and low-water
use landsca in .Low-water usage turf r w rrn-season turf is
Ommende ----------------------------------- -Comment [GP11]: General Pian Implementation
vi Turf shall be limited to a rnaximum of 50 percent of the total landscaped
area. Turf shall be excluded from areas difficult to irrigate (e.g., narrow
athwa s parkways less than five feet in width sidewalk strivs, slopes
Comment IGP121: General Plan Implementation
vii. Second Unit. If a second unit is located along a street frontage, one
twenty-four (24) inch box true shall be planted in the front or comer vard
setback of the unit. If the new unit is located off of a street frontage, this
requirement shall be waived at the discretion of the Director.
b. Front yard landscape requirements.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 6
0
0
For single-family residential areas, a minimum of 50 percent of the
square footage of the front vard area between the Drincival dwelling unit
and the front public or private street curb, and between the side Drovem
lines, must be landscaped with natural plants such as lawns.
groundcover, succulents, shrubs, and trees.
ii. No more than one-half of the landscaped area may consist of decorative
features such as boulders, river and lava rock fountains, ponds, rock
riverbeds, pedestrian bridges or other features, as determined by the
Director that are consistent with this section.
iii. Mulch may be used as an integral part of the natural plantings.
iv. The public sidewalk and driveway aprons are excluded from the
landscape percentage calculation.
7. Standards for Multifamily Residential Development. In addition to the standards for
single-family residential development, the following additional requirements apply to
multifamily developments and shall be landscaped. irrigated, and maintained in
compliance with the requirements of this section.
a. For all new multifamily residential developments, a minimum of ten percent of
the total site area is required to be landscaped.
C. Preferred ground covers in the main landsca a area and the front setback areas
are ones that can be walked on and that utilize water -conserving plant tetia[ . _ - - Comment [GP13]: General Plan Implementation
d. Turf shall be limited to a maximum of 20 ercent of the total landscaped are
Low-water usage turf or warm -season turf is 0 end a._ _ - Comment [GP14]o General Plen Implementatlon
e. Turf shall be excluded from areas difficult to irrigate (eg. narrow Pathways.
parkways less than five feet in width, sidewalk strips, slopes, etc.).
f The incorporation of fountains. Pools, and other water elements within the
Pmiect is encouraged as are other decorative elements (e.g.. the and iron work)
Water elements shall be designed to conserve water.
R. Substantial trees (36 -inch box and larger) are strongly encouraged in front and
side Yard setback areas, to the satisfaction of the Director.
h. In cases where the front setback is located over fully subterranean narking. tree
wells with an inside diameter of at least six feet shall be provided.
I. The minimum tree size at Planting shall be twenty-four (241 inch box, unless
otherwise approved by the Director.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 7
0
New
multifamily residential development is required to provide minimum of thirty
(330) trees per overall gross acreage of the project site with a minimum of fifteen
(15) Percent required to be forty-eight (48) inch box size or larger and twentv
(20) percent required to be thirty-six (36) inch box size or lareer.
k. Parking areas within multifamily projects are subject to all the landscaping
requirements of non-residential proiects.
8. Commercial. Industrial and Mixed Use Standards. For projects utilizing commercial.
industrial or mixed use development project shall be landscaped, irrigated and
maintained in compliance with the requirements of this section.
a. For all new commercial. attd-industrial. and mixed use developments. a minimum
of ten (10) percent of the total site area shall be landscaped
b. The total area of any project not devoted to lot coverage and Paving shall be
landscaped, irrigated, and maintained in compliance with the requirements of this
section.
C. Landscare parkways shall be installed in all new development. These oarkways
shall be installed between the curb and sidewalk and shall be five feet in width
Parkways shall not be separated by sidewalk. In addition the adjacent property
owners shall be responsible for the maintenance and upkeep of these parkways.
d. Where a six (6) foot high masonry wall is required along common lot lines
separating residential uses from commercial uses fifteen (15) gallon trees shall
be installed and maintained alone the inside of the wall in a minimum five (5)
foot wide planter. The trees shall be located a maximum of twenty (20) feet apart
for the length of the common lot line or to the satisfaction of the Director- f
C. Landscape Setbacks.
I. All setbacks, required by this Code shall be landscaped, except where a
required setback is occupied by a sidewalk or driveway, or where a
required setback is screened from public view and it is determined by the
Director that landscaping is not necessary to fulfill the purooses of this
Code.
ii. Modification by Director. The Director may modify this requirement to
landscape all setback and open space areas. The modification may only
be approved if the Director finds that the proiect provides: a higher
overall quality of landscape design than would normally be expected for
a similar development oroiect; a superior landscape maintenance Plan
Other Proposed Changes
Page 8
0
I
U
0
and for outdoor dining activities. special Paving or other examples of
exceptional architectural quality in the vroiect's design
f All areas of a vroiect site not intended for a specific use, including pad sites held
for future development, shall be landscaped, unless it is determined by the
Director that landscaping is not necessary to fulfill the ourooses of this section
g. The Director shall determine the level or intensity of landscaping to be provided
for vacant Pad sites based on an apumved phasing plan.
9. Landscape Standards for Parking Structures. Projects that include the construction of an
above -ground parking structure are subject to the following landscape requirements:
b. The perimeter of the parking structure shall be landscaped at ground level with a
minimum of one thirty-six (36) inch box tree every fifteen (15) linear feet of
structure face in addition to any required streetscape or boundary landscaping.
Additional landscaping may be required at the discretion of the Director.
C. Parking lot landscaping shall not be required for parking spaces located in
parking structures.
d. All multi -level -parking structures shall be designed to include landscape planters.
10 Parking Lot Landscaping Requirements for Commercial, Industrial or Mixed Use
Developments. Parking lot landscaping shall be Provided in accordance with the
following and as shown in Figure 17.5 1 -8 (Parking Lot Landscaping)
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 9
r—
771" FMC Ztl
_ nU�[¢[es Ctlrt 2�e.6C ee[ I�rISy[IeMpl[VCwilblCb[f nJ
y I
I aa�e+eECt l0
ate^ 10
[[.awCY binbwrya 'aria4ft
ho tre.n
GV. (tQ
0 Sl u,tm tic'.
I
w
�[yu. or.wy (10 '
wtrr n�.yl
. fl o aa.wrs+eQ+l
i Ip
I
j� rn Na
f b+vnigN Ma¢[
l � O bbl w0
Figure 17.51 - 8
Parking Lot Landscaoins
a General Requirements.
I. At least five (5) percent of the gross area of the parking lot shall be
lardsc Rd Shall th, — _ _ _ HOINI _ _o._..__ _.._ :_d
herein.
ii. A wall, earthen berm or headlight hedge, measuring 36 inches in height
shall be installed where vehicle lights on the property are directed
towards public streets or residential properties. The headlight hedge must
be a dense growing evergreen shrub, measuring a minimum of 36 inches
in height and touching leaf to leaf at the time of landscape inspection.
111. Wh _ mefe than ten (Ill) a mebi1..speees a let .,
-aAreas not used for parking, maneuvering. or the
movement of vehicles, shall be used4ep landsaeping-landscaped on a lot
or parcel of land with more than ten (10) automobile parking spaces.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 10
•
0
0
iv. Puking spaces shall be allowed to overhang into a landscaped area a
maximum of two (2) fee; pFavided, hewes,er, that the t�e (2) feet and
...L 04: the ...,-L:.-.. stall And ..L..0 net h, ...J.,.J...edim Bay way m
. The two -foot overhang shall not be
counted as required landscaped area or setback.
V. All landscaped areas within the parking lot shall be bordered by a
concrete curb - mistim m of ` e "` inehes�adjacent to the parking
surface.
%i. Wheel stops should not be used in lieu of curbing to protect landscaping
signage structures and walls.
vii. Continuous concrete turbine at least sim (6) imehes high and Sk (6
i--`,.,�,.es wide shall be Provided at least three (3) feet from my wall, fence,
Property line walkway or structure (excluding special circumstances
such as reciprocal access points etc.) where parking and/or drive aisles
are located adjacent thereto. Curbing may be left out at structure access
points. The space between the curb and wall, fence, PmMrty line
walkway or structure shall be landscaped, except as allowed by the
Director.
b. Street setback areas adjacent to parking facilities shall be landscaped and
• germanently maintained with trees, shrubs and groundcover, and shall
incorporate earthen berms to the satisfaction of the Director.
I. Where parking facilities areleem-d adjacent to a sane t Fig; t of way
4 ,a major or secondary highway or when the Parking facility has over
150 feet of street frontage, a minimum ten -foot wide landscaped area
shall be Provided adjacent to such right-of-way line, except at driveways
and walkways. gush landseaped area shall h, in,mmd t, , minimum f
ten (10) feet whan obtMing a major aF seeeadaiy highway.
ji. Where parking facilities are leeeted-adjacent to a street right -of --way line
not considered a major or secondary highway and less than 150 of street
frontage for the parking facility, a mjnimum five-foot wide landscaped
area shall be provided adjacent to such right -0f --way line, except at
driveways and walkways.
C. Required parking lot trees shall be distributed throughout the Parking lot so as to
maximize the aesthetic effect and compatibility with adjoining uses. This shall
not apply to parking areas on the roofs of buildings, to parking areas within a
building. or oarkine structures.
I. At a minimum. twenty-four (24) inch box trees are required for oarkine
lot landscaping. The Director may require thirty-six (36) inch or larger
box trees on a case-by-case basis.
Other Proposed Changes
Page I 1
0
ii. Thirty-six (36) inch box trees are required at the end of drive aisles,
unless
eppreprieteothenvise determined by the Director.
ill. Parking lot trees shall be provided at the ratio of one tree for every four
(4) parking spaces.He eve _ ...__A..,A _u __,. tf8e _.._ c ..- (4) _ar4i_g
ir. In areas where parking spaces meet head to head a landscaped -planter
strip
landqc,o,d areas shall be a minimum of six (6) feet in width. rue4he
- (6) :-...L.... high ...a ,.:-'°` :.,..L.,.. ,..:a_ not including hardscaye
that runs the length of the parking aisle shall be installed. Within this
landscave planter area a minimum reouirement of one tree ver €we -(-5-1
sir (6) parking, spaces will beienaesed required.
V. When Where a parking lot configuration makes six (6) foot landscape
meter areas infeasible, tree wells May L....abSt:aaed t_ .L.- __t:-cflet:__
..tat_ n:___._ -_r^,.__.._:«. n_...1__--.__., shall be provided.
4e=nnpeseA-A41#eeV O..g-Ma�.�a-.., «t
a..m th.. inside _C the�snmte -..-L.Tree wells are required to be four (4)
feet by nine (q) feet (including a six-inch curb) and provided at intervals
of every three spaces, on an averam within each double loaded row.
vi Landscape islands shall be a minimum of seven (7) feet wide including
the six-inch curb. An island shall be provided at the end of each parkin¢
row and at intervals of every 15 parking spaces, on an avemee in a row,
unless a planter strip is provided.
vii. An appropriate mixture of evergreen and deciduous species shall be
provided within the parking lot area.
viii. Tree species that will selected
shall achieve a parking lot coverage canopy to the satisfaction of the
Director`
applicant to provide information to the Director ef—GeiRffH A4y
Develeprnext, demonstrating the parking lot canopy will be achieved in a
reasonable amount of time.
II Landscape for Proiects Subiect to Section 17.5 1.020 (Hillside Development).
Landscaping and landscape design for hillside development projects shall comply with
the requirements of Section 17.51.020 (Hillside Development) and the following:
a. Landscape design.
i. Landscape coverage and stabilization of graded slopes shall be selected
and designed to be comvatible with surrounding natural vegetation.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 12
is
•
0
Plant materials that require excessive water after becoming established
shall be avoided. Native plant material or compatible, nonnative plant
material shall be selected.
it]. All plants shall be drought -resistant and shrubs shall be a minimum one
gallon size. • _'e,.,. '.m.�-,.yd-welled unless otherwise approved by the
Director.
iv. All trees shall be minimum twenty-four (24) inch box, however. the
Director may allow fifteen gallon on a case by case basis.
b. Access easement areas a minimum of five (5) feet wide shall be provided for
uphill and downhill slope maintenance areas and should be located no more than
one thousand (1.000) feet apart.
D. Tree Retention.
I. Where healthy trees exist on a site, maximum effort shall be given for their retention.
2. The type and location of all existing trees of four (4) inch caliper or greater, as measured
four and one-half (4.5) feet from the ground, shall be shown on plans submitted for
antmoval. Any proposed removals shall be clearlv indicated. Oak trees are sub'ect to
Section 17.51.040 (Oak Tree Preservation).
. 3. To ensure that the tree retention is successful, the following requirements shall be met:
a. All grading around existing trees shall be done by hand, unless othenvise
approved by the Director.
b. Cutting through woody roots shall not be allowed.
C. All foundations shall step over maior roots.
4. No difference in grade shall be allowed at the base of the trees.
5. No construction resulting in injury or removal of trees. No construction shall be allowed
that results in the iniury or removal of native or specimen tree unless approved by the
Director.
E. Water E%iicient Landscape. _ - - COnWnent [GP1S]: General Plan Implemenbtion
For new landscape or landscape rehabilitation proiects subject to this section, the Estimated
Applied Water Use (EAWU) allowed for the landscape area may not exceed the Maximum
Applied Water Allowed (MAWA) calculated using an Evapotranspiration Adiustment Factor
(ETAF) of 0.7, except for the portion of the MAWA applicable to any special landscaped areas
within the landscape proiect, which may be calculated using an ETAF of 1.0. Where the design of
the landscape area can be otherwise shown to be equivalently water efficient, the applicant may
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 13
0
submit alternative or abbreviated information su rtin� the demonstration that the annual
EAW U is less than the MAWA sub'ect to the review and a royal of the Director.
F. Maintenance of Landscaping.
I. Maintenance Required.
a. Where a landscape plan is required, all installed landscaping shall be
oemtanently maintained in compliance with this section.
b. Once installed. no landscaping shall be removed, unless it is replaced with
landscaping of a similar design, character, and coverage at maturity, to the
satisfaction of the Director.
C. Once installed, no landscaving shall be allowed to die: replacement shall occur in
a timely manner.
d. Once installed in a varking area or adiacent to a commercial building, all tree
pruning activities shall meet the International Society of Arboriculture (ISA)
pruning standards. In addition the property owner shall prune vegetation to
maintain vehicle and pedestrian clearance. No trees shall be pruned to improve
visibility of adiacent buildings or signage.
2. Homeowners' associations (HOAs) and assessment districts or other acceptable legal
entities are required in Santa Clarita. All landscaped slopes not included within a
landscape maintenance district (LMD) shall be maintained by an HOA or a property
rights in such a maintenance district.
3. Maintenance shall consist of regular fertilizing, clearing of debris, trash and weeds,
monitoring for nests and disease mowing, pruning, the removal and timely replacement
of dead or dying plants, spraying, treating for disease or injury. waterim the repair and
timely replacement of irrigation systems and integrated architectural features, or any
other similar act(s) which promotes growth, health, beauty, and the life of plants, shrubs,
trees, or turf.
4. With the exception of single-family residential units. If a tree is pruned to the extent that
is detrimental to the life and health of the tree, as determined by the City arborist, the
property owner is responsible to replace the tree with a similar and comparable tree.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Pmposed Changes
Page 14
0
•
0
•
L
17.51.035 Noise Standard9. - Comment [GP161: General Plan Implementation
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability and Standards.
A. Purpose.
It is the purpose of this section to Provide standards for noise to all moerties and structures permitted
within the City. The following Property development standards apply to all new development in
residential, commercial, industrial, and mixed use areas. The noise levels shown are the maximum
allowed and distances are minimums unless otherwise stated
B. Applicability and Standards.
The following shall be in addition to all requirements of Section 11.44.040 (Noise Limits):
Comment IGP171: Genanl Plan Implementation
2. New single-family and multifamily residential units in areas where the ambient noise
levels exceed 60 CNEL shall provide miti ation measures for the new residents to
reduce interior noise levels to 45 CNEL, based on future traffic and railroad noise - _ _ _ - -I Comment [GP16I: General Plan Implementatbn
3. New single-family and multifamily residential units in areas where the groiected Iroise
a Within one mile of Six Flags Magic Mountain theme park, potential buyers and
renters should receive notice that noise may occasionally be generated from this
facility and that the freouenev and loudness of noise events may change over
time.
b Within 1.000 feet of the railroad. potential buyers and renters should receive
notice that noise may occasionally be generated from this facility and that the
f couency and loudness of noise events may change over time.
C. Within 200 feet of commercial uses in mixed use developments, potential have
and renters should receive notice that the commercial uses within the mixed use
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 15
_ - - Comment [GP191: General Plan Implementation
--- Comment[GP20]: General Planlmpkmentatbn
developments may generate noise in excess of levels twically found in
residential areas, that the commercial uses may change over time and the
associated noise levels and frequency of noise events may change along with the
use.
d. Within 1.000 feet of the Saugus Speedwav, in the event speedway operations are
resumed in the future.
5. Private schools, childcare centers, senior housing, and other noise sensitive uses in areas
where the ambient noise level exceeds 65 d8 da shall provide mitilzation measures
to reduce interior noise to acce table IiMi
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Comment [GP21]: General Plan Implementatlon
6. Appropriate noise buffering between commercial or industrial uses and residential
n_ei hborhoods and other sensitive uses shall be installed as required by the Review
______________________________ ___ __ CommentCGP2211 General Plan lmplerrenta4lon
January 2013 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 16
-- I Comment [GP23]: General Plan Implementatbn
•
�J
•
11
17.51.050 (Outdoor Liehtine Standards
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Purpose.
B. Applicability.
C. Exemptions.
D. Lighting Standards.
A. Purpose. These regulations are intended to:
I. Permit reasonable uses of outdoor lighting for night-time safety, utility, security,
productivity, enicyment. and commerce.
2. Conserve energy and resources to the greatest extent possible.
3. Minimize adverse off-site light trespass and/or obtrusive light.
4. Reduce light pollution and preserve the nighttime environment.
5. Protect the natural environment and the 2eneral vublic health safety and welfare from the
adverse effects of excessive night lighting from electric sources.
B. Applicability.
I. New Lighting. Unless otherwise expressly stated this section shall apply to all new
outdoor liehtine. Outdoor liehtine includes, but is not limited to all lighting fixtures
2 Reolacement Lighting. Unless othenvise expressly stated, the standards of this section
apply whenever additions or replacements to existing outdoor lighting are installed,
including upgrades and/or replacements to damaged or destroyed fixtures.
C. Exemptions. The following lighting fixtures and systems shall he exempt from the reouirements
of this section:
I. Lighting fixtures within the Public right of way.
2. Lighting required by a health or life safety statute ordinance or regulation, including but
not limited to, emergency lighting required by the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration.
3. Tempomry lighting used by law enforcement or emergency services personnel to protect
life or property.
4. Temporary liahtiniz used for the construction or repair of roadways, utilities and other
Public infrastructure.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 17
CMnwWrt [GP24J: Gx nd Plan. Implementatbn
0
5. Lighting used in or for the VuMose of lighting swinuning pools,hot rubs decorative
fountains, and other water features, subject to Article 680 of the California Electrical
Code.
6. Temporary lighting for activities permitted by a temporary use permit.
7. Sign lightine(Refer to Section 17.51.080 (Sign Regulations)).
8. All outdoor light fixtures Producing light directly by combustion of fossil fuels such as
kerosene lanterns, tiki torches, or gas lamps.
9. Spotlights and Flood lighting is vemitted for the nurpose of emphasizinp architectural
accents or details on buildings sculptures, or landscaping, as long as such lighting does
not create light trespass or obtrusive light. Such lighting shall be prohibited between the
hours of midnight and sunrise if proiected above the horizon.
10. Liohtin> for public and/or yrivate facilities includine but not limited to orisons, airports,
soors fields/plavfields, helipads/heliiports, and hospitals
D. LL iehtim! S1andard$1 _ - Cramment [GP25]: General Plan lmplemennnon
I. General kcguiremen6-
b Li -ht Trespass. Lighting may not illuminate other properties and shall be directed
downward to prevent off-site glare.
d. Lighting Plan. Except for new and additions to single-familv residences
applications for new buildings and building additions, and Proposed
modifications shall include the location, fixture type. fixture height, and
photometric information of all outdoor lighting and information about shut-off
timers and hours of operation for outdoor lighting where required by this section
for review and approval by the Director.
2. Requirements for Commercial Industrial. and Mixed Uses. All lighting shall comply
with the following:
January 2013 I DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 18
Comment [GP261: General plan Impiemeniaeon
•
r 1
LJ
0
6. Modifications. Modifications to the standards in this section shall be approved through
Section 17.24. IN (Minor Use Permit).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 19
0
bethceen sundown and 10 p.m or one hour oast the close of the business_
whicheverishaterl.
b. koursofOperation] _
i. Outdoor lighting shall be turned off between the hours of 10 p.m. and
sunrise except where uses overate oast 10 p.m., lighting shall be turned
off one hour after the close of business or use dimmers per subsection (2)
(C), below.
ii. All outdoor lighting systems shall install one or more of the following:
(a) Automatic time switch controls used to tum lighting off after 10
p.m.:
(b) Motion sensors used to tum on lighting after 10 p.m. when
activity is detected. Such lighting shall remain on no longer than
10 minutes after being activated: or
(c) In lieu of turning lighting off, automatic dimmers used to reduce
light levels by a minimum of 50 percent after 10 p.m.
iii. Exemptions.
•
(a) Code required lighting for steos. stairs. walkways, and points of
ingress and egress to building and other facilities.
(b) Lighting governed by a discretionary use permit in which times
of operation are svecifically identified.
3. Requirements for Residential Sports Courts.
a. Outdoor lighting for residential sports courts shall comply with the standards as
set forth in Section 17.57.040 (Accessory Buildings and Structures)
4. Prohibitions. The following lighting fixtures and systems shall be prohibited:
a. Droo down lenses:
b. Mercury vapor lamps:
C. Searchlights, laser lights or any other lighting that Flashes, blinks alternates, or
moves.
5. Maintenance. Outdoor lighting fixtures and lamps shall be maintained in good working
order.
6. Modifications. Modifications to the standards in this section shall be approved through
Section 17.24. IN (Minor Use Permit).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 19
0
0
Chaoter 17.55
(Property Development Standards — Mixed Use.
- - Comment [GP29]: General Plan ImPlementaemn
SECTIONS:
17.55.010
Purpose.
17.55.020
Mixed Use Development Standards-.
17.55.030
Accessory Buildings and Structures.
17.55 040
Architectural and Design Standards.
17.55.050
Parking Standards.
17.55.060
Setbacks.
17.55.070
Walls and Fences.
17.55.010
Purpose.
It is the purpose of this chapter to provide oroperty development standards to all proverties and structures
permitted within mixed use zones These regulations encourage a mix of complementary residential and
nonresidential uses in a manner that promotes healthy and walkable communities
17.55.020
Mixed Use Development Standards.
The following,
eneml oroverty development standards shall apoly to all properties and structures
permitted in mixed use zones.
A. General.
I.
�uildin£ Height.`
Comment [GP30]: General Plan Implementation
a. MXN Zone. Buildings and structures in the MXN zone may be Permitted and
shall not exceed a height of fifty (50) feet.
b. MXC and MXUV Zones. Buildings and structures in the MXC and MXUV
zones, may be permitted a height of up to fifty (50) feet. Buildings and structures
exceeding fifty (50) feet in height shall require approval of a conditional use
permit.
3
Density ( Maximum and Minimum). As detemuned by Chapter 17.35 (Mixed Use Zones)._- ,
- - Comment [GP31): General Pian Implememauon
Floor Area Ratid (Maximum and Minimum), As determined by Chapter 17.35 (Mixed__
Use Zones).
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 20
COnLPMt [GP32]: General Plan Implementation
. - - Comment [GP331: General Plan ImplemenCeeon
•
CI
•
Mmll'x Z.v R. .wZ—
e:
»r.
nr�
C�
Figure 17.55 — I
Daylight Plane Requirement
5. Driveways and Circulation.
a. Driveway access shall be located no closer than one hundred fifty (1501 feet from
the beginning of the curve of a street comer.
C. All driveways shall have a minimum stacking distance of.
i. Twenty (20) feet from the face of the curb, adjacent to a residential local
collector.
ii. _ Forty (40) feet from the face of the curb, adjacent to a secondary or
maior highway.
iii. One hundred (100) feet from the face of the curb, adjacent to a secondary
or maior highway that has the Potential for a future traffic signal.
iv. The length of the longest anticipated delivery vehicle, if the longest
anticipated delivery vehicle exceeds the mjnimum stacking distances
referenced in this section.
d. Reciprocal ingress and egress, circulation. and Parking arrangements shall be
required where feasible to facilitate the ease of vehicular movement between
Other Proposed Changes
Page 21
adjoining properties, to limit unnecessary driveways, and to create more
cohesive. community -oriented development.
6. Trash Enclosure. Trash enclosure location(s) and access shall be designed to the
satisfaction of the Director. Enclosures shall be conveniently located and designed to
determined by the City. Trash enclosures shall be designed with a solid root, subject to
the aooroval of the City.
7. For any mixed use development with a nonresidential use. or combination of
nonresidential uses, with more than fifty (50) full time employees, a transportation
demand management (TDM) program shall be submitted to and approved by the Director
and/or the South Coast Air Ouality Management District (SCAOMD). Programs should
include but are not limited to carpooling. van000ling, public and/or private transit,
alternative work hours, walk to work and telecommuting.
8. Emolovee break areas, which may include facilities for shade, seating, eating and trash
disposal shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Director.
9. Electrical vehicle charging stations may be required for new developments at the
discretion of the Director.
10 All development adjacent to rail lines throughout the City shall be designed to be
sensitive to the rail lines.
It. Unless otherwise stated in Section 17.23.190 (Temporary Use Permit) of this Code, the
occupancy of vehicles, including recreational vehicles, as a residence, temporary or
permanent is prohibited in all mixed use zones.
hearing and Commission review and approval.
B Performance Standards.
Other Proposed Changes
Page 22
n
•
- - Comment [GP341: General Plan Implementation
•
0
L J
9
2. Noise. Each residential unit shall be designed and constructed to minimize adverse
impacts from nonresidential project noise, in compliance with the City's noise ordinance.
3. Odor. No use shall be permitted which creates odor in such quantities as to be readily
detectable beyond the boundaries of the site.
4. Vibration. No use except a temvorary construction operation, shall be permitted which
generates inherent and recurrent ground vibration verceotible without instruments at the
boundary of the lot on which the use is located.
C. J _ - - Comment [GP35]: General Pian Impiementstbn
1 Active recreation and passive leisure space should be provided for each residential -only
2. Public spaces shall be reouired and may include. but is not limited to, outdoor areas such
as plazas outdoor dining areas, rooftop gardens and landscaped areas designed for active
or passive use.
3 Open space shall be provided in areas that are not required setbacks, parking areas,
driveways. services areas or unusable slope area.
4. Exterior public spaces shall be Provided throughout the proposed development.
5. The applicant may provide off-site oven space amenities or in -lieu fees to satisfy the open
space requirements.
6 Landscaping shall be provided in open space and common areas throughout the mixed
use development.
D. Outdoor Displav of Merchandise.
No merchandise, or anv portion thereof, shall be disvlaved on public orooertv: however
merchandise may be disnlaved within the public right-of-wav if an encroachment permit
has first been obtained from the City.
Merchandise, except for vehicles shall not proiect more than four (4) feet beyond the
store front.
3 Except for vehicles. merchandise shalt be disvlaved outside only during business hours.
4 The aggregate display area shall not exceed fifty (50) percent of the linear frontage of the
store front or six (b) linear feet, whichever is greater.
5 Outdoor dining is encouraged where appropriate.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 23
causes a Public nuisance.
7. Required parking spaces shall not be used for disnlay.
E Expansions and MoMeations of Developed Commercial Properties All expansions or
modifications of permitted structures including accessory structures are subject to the following -
3. A cumulative expansion greater than fifty (50) Percent of approved building area for
developed commercial properties may be permitted subject to the applicable
entitlement(s), as determined by the Director. Such expansions shall be subiect to the
development standards of the underlying mixed use zone
17.55.030 Accessory Buildings and Structures.
design theme.
exceed the maximum height of the zone in which it is located
C. All utility connections shall be designed to coordinate with the architecmml elements of the
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 24
0
0
i
0
•
D. Above -ground utilities boxes telephone boxes, water lines, backflow preventers. cable boxes, or
similar structures within public view shall be screened to the satisfaction of the Director.
E. The use of metal storage containers shall be subiect to Section 17 23.190 (Temporary Use Permitl
of this Code.
17.55.040 Architectural and De9lon Standards _ Comment [GP36): General Plan Implementaeon
A. { rehitecfural Standards, _ - - Comment [GP371: GeMnl Plan Implementation
I. Development shall comply with the City's Community Character and Design Guidelines.
2. Buildings shall include three hundred sixty (360) degree architectural - - - _ - _ - -I Comment [GP38): General plan Implementanon
3. Building materials shall be high quality, durable, and natural -appearing.
4. Buildings shall be oriented along street frontage.
5. The vertical plane of the building facade shall be broken up with a high level of
articulation (e.g., proiecting entry or window features, recessed elements, tmnsoarent
storefronts identifiable retail spaces and awning entrance canopies) especially at ground
level.
8. For mixed use omiects that are over two stories in height. portions of the upper stories
should be recessed from the front facade to reduce the overall massing of the building
and to create varied building heights and sight lines.
9. Building scale and architectural massing of new projects should incorporate elements for
a reasonable transition to adjacent existino or future developments
B. VPedestrian Standp ds and Allernalive Transportation Ameniliesj Comment [GP39): Gerroral Plan lmplementatbn
I. Proposed mixed use developments shall provide connectivity to existing and future trail
systems.
2. Pedestrian pathways shall be orovided throughout the proposed development and should
Promote a design that will nrovide a direct and safe access to adjacent land uses.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 25
0
3. Walkway connections to public sidewalks and transit stops (where available) shall be
Provided. Decorative Paving shall be used to delineate pedestrian oaths that cross
parking areas and driveways, to the satisfaction of the Director.
4. Required bus tumoutstsheltem shall be incorporated into the design of the from
setback/landscape area.
17.55.050 Iparkin, Requirements] _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - Comment [GP40I: General Plan Implementation
Parking for mixed use developments shall be provided in the amount as indicated below, unless a minor
use permit for a shared parking agreement is approved:
B. For mixed use developments with one bedroom units or studios, parking shall be provided at a
rate of one space per unit and 0.5 spaces for euest parking. Parking area shall be designated and
covered Tandem parking may be permitted
C. For mixed use developments Parking for the nonresidential component shall be provided at a rate
of one space per two hundred (200) square feet.
D. A parking analysis shall be required to determine the total number of parking spaces needed for a
mixed use proiect. If changes to the uses occur at a future date, a new parking analysis will be •
required to reflect the new uses.
E. Residential guest Parking at a rate of 0.5 spaces per unit may be used to supplement the required
parking spaces for the commercial component of the mixed use develooment.
F. Subterranean parking will not be defined or counted as a building story or level and is encouraged
in both vertical and horizontal mixed use beveloomentd._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ --------- - Comment EGP41.]: Genemi Plan Impromentation
- - Cmnment [GP42I: General Plan Implementation
17.55.060 Setbacks.
A. Parking Setback. A minimum five (51 foot wide tandscaoed setback shall be required where
Parking areas are located adjacent to riehtof-way. except where they are located adjacent to a
maior or secondary highway. where the minimum setback shall be increased to ten (10) feet.
B. Building Setback. A minimum five (5) foot wide landscaped setback shall be required where
buildings are located adjacent to a major highway, secondary highway. collector, and other
streets.
C. Structure Setback to Residence. A minimum twenty-five (25) foot structure setback shall be___- Comment IGP431: General Plan lmplamenratlon
required where strictures are located adiacent to residential zones or uses.
January 2013 j DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 26
0
0
E
D. Patios and seating areas can be included in the street setback areas.
E. Parking areas shall not be permitted within the required front setback.
17.55.070 Walls and Fences.
two (42) inches) which blends in with the site's architecture. In instances where visible the
public richt-of-wav, the wall shall be constructed with decorative materials.
B. Access. A wall or fence shall not be constructed in such a manner so as to block or restrict
vehicular access to a dedicated or implied dedicated alley, access or way.
C. Prohibited Materials. Fiberglass sheeting. bamboo sheeting, chain link. black or ween fabric
barbed wire. razor ribbon, or other similar temporary material shall not be permitted as a fencing
material. In the case of temporary construction fencing for properties with an active building
permit in good standing, black, green, or other colored fabric may be installed to the satisfaction
of the Director.
D. Construction Fence. Vacant property and orooerty under construction may be fenced with a
maximum six (6) foot high, non -view -obscuring fence.
January2013 I DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 27
17.51.010 Develooment Impact Fees.
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Jurisdictional Pass -Through Fees.
B. Law Enforcement Facilities Fee.
C. Library Facilities and Technology Mitigation Fee.
D. Major Bridge and Thoroughfare Fees.
E. Parkland Mitisation or In -Lieu Fee.
F. Transit Facilities Mitigation Fee.
A. Jurisdictional Pass -Through Fees
benefits of governmental actions; Promote a distribution of population consistent with service system
a Pass-throu-h fee.
B. Lax Enforcement Facilities Fee.
I. Purpose. The purpose of this subsection is:
a. To implement goals and policies of the General Plan which includes goals and
policies promote an equitable distribution of the costs and benefits of
govemmental actions: promote a distribution of population consistent with
service system capacity and resource availability; seek to maintain a balance
between the need for public facilities: and give priority to upgmding existing
public facilities in areas lacking adequate facilities:
b. To mitigate adverse impacts due to the inadequacy of law enforcement facilities
that might otherwise occur due to new developmenr and
C. To comply with the Procedures for adoption of developer fees contained in the
Mitigation Fee Act. (Section 66000, et seq. of the State Government Code).
2. Establishment of Law Enforcement Facilities Mitigation Fee.
a. This subsection establishes a law enforcement facilities mitigation fee. The
amount of the fee to be imposed on a new residential, commercial, office, and/or
industrial development and shall not exceed the estimated reasonable cost of
providing law enforcement facilities for such residential. commercial, office,
and/or industrial development Proiects.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 28
0
E
0
0
3. Annual Review of Fee.
a. The amount of the fees established by subsection (21. above. shall be reviewed
annually by the Council, in consultation with the Sheriff. Each year. the law
enforcement facilities fee shall be adiusted based on the Consumer Price Index
(CPI) as determined by the Council and the fee shall adjust by said percentage
amount and round to the nearest dollar. No adjustment shall result in a fee that is
greater than the amount necessary to recover the cost of oroviding the applicable
law enforcement facilities.
Proiects have not been completed then the estimated cost of the proposed law
enforcement facilities. The Proposal may also reflect chanties in the law
enforcement facilities proposed as well as the availability or lack of other funds
with which to Provide such facilities.
•
necessary to accommodate the law enforcement needs generated by the
development of land in the Citv.
4. Applicability.
a. The Provisions of this subsection shall avoly to new development projects
including any new tract map, parcel map, discretionary Permit, building permit
other land use permit, or other entitlement for a new development which requires
approval by the City resulting in the issuance of grading building, plumbing,
mechanical or electrical permits, or certificates of occupancy to construct or
chan-e the use of a building, or Property for residential, commercial office
and/or industrial use shall be approved unless payment of the law enforcement
facilities mitigation fee is made a condition of approval for any such entitlement
ownership and which new unit constitutes, in effect, an addition of 1.000 square
feet, or more, when constructed, or an expansion of use of the previously
improved parcel. Such fee shall be calculated upon the total square footage of
new construction and paid by every Person or entity for which a building Permit
is issued
0
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 29
5. Time of Payment of Fee.
a. No building or similar permit for any new development oroiect shall be issued
until the applicant has paid the applicable law enforcement facilities mitigation
fee to the City. In the event that an applicant desires to proceed only with
development of a portion of the development project, the applicant may obtain
building permits for that portion of the oroiect after paving a proportional share
of the total law enforcement facilities mitigation fee for the oroiect to the
satisfaction of the Citv.
b. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (5) (a), above, payment of the law
enforcement facilities mitigation fee for projects for occupancy by lower income
households meeting the criteria set forth in Section 66007(b)(2)(A) of the State
Government Code shall not be required prior to the date of the final inspection or
the date the certificate of occupancy is issued for the first unit in the
development whichever occurs first. Where payment of the fees may only be
collected on the date of final inspection or the date the certificate of occupancy is
issued as provided in this subsection, execution of an agreement to pay the
required fee or applicable portion thereof within the time specified herein shall be
a condition of issuance of the applicable building or similar permit. Such
agreement shall constitute a lien for the payment of the fee and shall be
enforceable as provided in Section 66007 of the State Government Code.
6. Exemptions from Fee. The following shall be exempt from the Provisions of this
subsection:
a. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (4) (a), above, additions to
residential structures that are less than 2.000 square feet in size shall not be
subject to the fees otherwise required by this section
b. No fee imposed by this subsection shall be imposed noon the issuance of
building permit for the restomdon of existing buildings or buildings damaged by
fire, or natural disasters such as earthquake, wind, or flood, where the replaced
building, or portion thereof does not exceed the original gross floor area For
purposes of this subsection. "gross floor area" shall be determined by the City
Engineer, or his designee and excludes accessory structures such as decks, patios,
barns. sheds. and kiosks.
providing law enforcement facilities and for no other numose. All interest income earned
shall be credited to each account, and shall be used solely for the purposes for which the
fee was collected.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 30
0
•
0
8. Consideration in Lieu of Fee.
a. The City may accept substitute consideration in lieu of the law enforcement
facilities mitigation fee required pursuant to this section, provided the City finds
that the Proposed substitute consideration:
i. Has a value equal to or greater than the aoolicable law enforcement
facilities mitigation fee otherwise due:
ii. Is in a forth acceptable to the City: and
iii. Is within the scope of the applicable law enforcement facilities proiect.
b. The City may accent substitute consideration in lieu of a nortion of the law
enforcement facilities mitigation fee required pursuant to this section where they
find that the substitute consideration proposed is less than the value of the
required fee but is in a form acceptable to the City and is within the scope of the
applicable law enforcement facilities proiect Such substitute consideration may
be accepted by the City only after payment of an amount equal to the difference
between the value of the substitute consideration, as solely determined by the
City, and the amount of the otherwise required fee
law enforcement facilities attributable to and reasonably related to the development
is authorized to impose as a condition to anoroving new development Pursuant to state
and local laws.
$2. The library facilities and technology mitigation fee is established by separate resolution of the Fity
Council.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 31
0
Proposed substimte consideration:
449. The City Mana er or designee may accept substitute consideration in lieu of s Portion of the libra
Manager or designee, and the amount of the otherwise required fee.
110. The provision referenced in subsection (914) of this section shall not prevent the execution of a
reimbursement agreement between the City and a developer for that portion of the cost of library
facilities, the need for which is generated directly or indirectly by a residential development Proiect
or oroiects The Provisions of this section shall not be construed to limit the Power of the City to
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 32
L
11
0
0
utilize any other method for accomplishing this purpose but shall be in addition to any other fees or
requirements whieh—that the City is authorized to impose as a condition to approving new
development pursuant to State and local laws. (04 ^^ ' '^""^^. W. ^< 1 < 2. 1,125,605. n_a ^c
enc ori vnc�
4441-.-M D.Maior Bridge and Thoroughfare exd-BFidee-Fees.
Al, A subdivider, as a condition of approval of a final mal) for property within an area of benefit, or a
buildingpermit applicant, as a condition of issuance of a building pemvt for property within an area
of benefit, shall pay a fee as hereinafter established to defray the costs of constructing bridges over
waterways, railways, freeways, and canyons. and/or constructina ma'orthorou hfares.
@2. The provisions herein for payment of a fee shall apply only if the bride and/or ma or thoroughfare
has been included in an element of the General Plan adopted by the Coy -Council at least thirty (301
des prior to the filing of a may or application for a building permit on land located within the
boundaries of the area of benefit.
3C. Payment of fees shall not be required unless any major thoroughfares are in addition to or a widening
or reconstruction of any existing major thoroughfares serving the area at the time of the adoption of
the boundaries of the area of benefit.
48 Payment of fees shall not be required unless any pinned bridge facility is a new bridge serving the
area or an addition to an existing bridge facility serving the area at the time of the adoption of the
boundaries of the area of benefit.
$5. Establishing a new area of benefit4
a, Action to establish an area of benefit may be initiated by the Ciyv Council upon its own motion
or upon the recommendation of the City Engineer.
b2. The City Council will set a public hearing for each proposed area benefitted. Notice of the time
and place of said hearing including preliminary information related to the boundaries of the
area of benefit, estimated costs and the method of fee apportionment shall be given pursuant to
Section 65905 of the Government Code.
F6. Process for a new area of benefit
+a. At the public hearing. the G+tv-Council will consider the testimony. written Protests and other
evidence. At the conclusion of the public hearing. the City Council may, unless a majority
written protest is filed and not withdrawn, determine to establish an area of benefit. If
established the C4Y-Council shall adopt a resolution describing the boundaries of the area of
benefit setting forth the cost, whether actual or estimated, and the method of fee apportionment.
A certified coyv of such resolution shall be recorded with the County Recorder.
2b. Such a ortioned fees shall be applicable to all property within the area of benefit and shall be
the share of improvement cost apportioned to such lands from other sources
3c. Written protest will be received by the Clerk of the City Council at any time prior to the close of
the public hearing. If written protests are filed by the owners of more than one-half of the area
of the property to be benefitted by the improvement and sufficient Protests are not withdrawn so
as to reduce the area represented by the protests to less than one-half of the area to be benef[ted.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 33
E
4d. If any maiority protest is directed against only a portion of the improvement. then all further
proceedings under the provisions of this section to construct that portion of the improvement so
Protested against shall be barred for a period of one year, but the City Council shall not be
barred from commencing new proceedings not including any Part of the improvement so
Protested against. Such proceedings shall be commenced by a new notice and public hearing as
set forth in subsection 3`(51 of this section.
3e. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the City Council, which in such one-year period from
commencinp and carrying on new proceedings for the construction of an improvement or
portion of the improvement so protested against if it finds. by the affirmative vote of four-fifths
of its members, that the owners of more than one-half of the area of the property to be benefitted
are in favor of going forward with such improvements or portion thereof
67. Fees paid pursuant to this section shall be deposited in a planned bridge facility and/or major
thoroughfare fund. A fund shall be established for each planned bridge facility Proiect and/or each
planned maior thoroughfare project. If the benefit area is one in which more than one bridge and/or
maior thoroughfare is required to be constructed, a separate fund may be established coverin- all of
the bride proiects and/or major thoroughfares in the benefit area. Moneys in such fund shall be
expended solely for the construction or reimbursement for construction of the improvement semns
the area to be benefitted and from which the fees comprising the fund were collected. or to reimburse
the City for the costs of constructing thg improvement.
#8. The Qty -Council may approve the acceptance of considerations in lieu of the payment of fees
established herein.
39. The fitw-Council may approve the advancement of money from the general fund or road fund to pay
the costs of constructing the improvements covered herein and may reimburse the general fund or
road fund for such advances from planned bridge facility and/or maior thoroughfare funds
established pursuant to this section
JIO. If a subdivider, as a condition of approval of a subdivision is required or desires to construct a
bridge and/or maior thoroughfare, the C4v-Council may enter into a reimbursement agreement with
the subdivider. Such agreement may provide for payments to the subdivider from the bridge facility
and/or major thoroughfare fund covering that specific proiect to reimburse the subdivider for costs
not allocated to the subdivider's ororopertv in the resolution establishing the area of benefit. If the
bridge and/or maior thoroughfare funds covers more than one Proiect, reimbursements shall be made
on a oro rata basis, reflecting the actual or estimated costs of the proiects covered by the fund.
341 I. Except as otherwise provided in this document a building or structure shall not be used on any lot
612.This fee does not apply to the use alteration or enlargement of an existing building or structure or the
erection of one or more buildings or structures accessory thereto or both, on the same lot or parcel
land, if the total value of such alteration, enlargement or construction does not exceed one-half of the
current market value of existing buildings or structures on such lot or Parcel of land.
4F23/92
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 34
0
0
0
0
•
C�
J
E. Parkland Dedication or to -Lieu Fee.
section. However, only the payment of fees shall be required in subdivisions of fiftv (50) or fewer parcels,
except that when a condominium project stock cooperative or a community apartment proiect exceeds
fiftv (50) dwelling units, dedication of land may be required notwithstanding that the number of Parcels
may be less than fifty (50).
b. Any application for a building oemtit to construct or install one or more multiple -family dwelling
4445,820 2. General Standard.
It is found and determined that the Public interest, convenience, health. Welfare. and safety require
that a minimum of three (3) acres of property for each one thousand (1,000) persons residing within this
City be devoted to neighborhood and community park recreational Purposes. The General Plan does state
that a goal of five (5) acres of property for each one thousand (I 000) persons residine within this City be
devoted to neighborhood and community park recreational purposes.
When fees are required. they shall be deposited with the City Prior to the approval of the Parcel or
final map and shall be disposed of pursuant to-Seeiie*464-5400 subsection (i ) below.
4444-."0 4. Determination of Land or Fee.
Whether the City accepts land dedication or elects to require Payment of a fee in lieu thereof, or a
combination of both. the determination shall consider the following:
Al. The natural features, access. and Iocation of land in the subdivision available for dedication:
92. The size and shape of the subdivision and land available for dedication:
G3. The feasibility of dedication:
W. The compatibility of dedication with the- iwls General PI — "Pari._ and o___._.:__ crew°_.••;
and.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 35
0
£5. The location of existing and proposed nark sites and -trails&a'..�,.s. Nothing in this subsection
shall be interpreted to prohibit or limit in any manner, the City from determining the location
and configuration of land to be dedicated
The determination of the Qty -Council as to whether land shall be dedicated, or whether a fee shall be
charged, or a combination thereof, shall be final and conclusive.
46.+iB5B 5. Formula for Dedication of Land.
Where a park or recreation facility has been designated in the o__i._ .._J Reefeati__ Ea__ �
General Plan, and is to be located in whole or in part within the proposed subdivision or other project site
to serve the immediate and future needs of the residents of the subdivision and/or oroiect the developer
sabdiwdeFshall dedicate land for a local nark sufficient in size and topograRhv that bears a reasonable
relationship to serve the present and future needs of the residents of the subdivision. The amount of land
to be provided shall be determined pursuant to the following formulas:
Average number of persons/unit 3 acres per Number of = minimum acreage dedication
**=X 1,000 persons dwelling units
CmnmeM [GP44)! General➢len implementation
* Persons ver dwelling unh: The average number of persons per unit shall be as detennined by the
latest State Department of Finance (DOF) population and housing estimates for the vlanning area
x� tr�crn<�
vr�Tmvn
Iib. Fencing: or wall sub'ect to the aporoval of the Director of Parks Recreation and Communit
Services, alone the property line of that portion of the subdivision contiguous to the dedicated
land: and
Cc. Improved drainage throughout the site.
The land to be dedicated and the improvements to be made pursuant to this section shall be subiect to
the satisfaction of the Director of Parks. Recreation and Community Services and shall conform to the
subsection (1_) below.
16.15A64-6. Criteria For Reauirine Both Dedication and Fee.
In subdivisions of more than fifty (50) parcels or the construction of 50 new multifamily units or the
Placement of 50 additional mobilehomes., the subdivide developer may be required by the City to sahsfv
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Paee 36
CI
•
0
recreational facilities to serve the subdivision plus twenty (20) percent toward costs of off-site
improvements that would have been required to be dedicated Pursuant to
subsection (5) above.
Imorovements). The fees shall be used for the improvement of the existing park and recreation
facility or for the improvement of other local parks and recreation facilities in the planning area
serving the subdivision.
16.45,070 7. Amount of Fee in Lieu of Land Dedication.
When a fee is to be Paid in lieu of land dedication: the value of the amount of such fee shall be based
upon the fair market value of the amount of land which would otherwise be required for dedication
pursuant to Seetion44+5A30 subsection (5) above plus twenty (20) percent toward the cost of off -sit
improvements, such as extension of utility lines. The fee shall be determined by the following formula:
DU x population x 3 acres x FMV =subtotal x 6/5 = in lieu fee
DU 1,000 people Buildable acres
5 acres ver
1.000 persons`'
Is encouraged 1 _ Comment [GP451: General Plan Implementation
whey DU = the number of new dwelling units based upon the number of gareelg residential units
indicated on the final map or development Plan when it is recorded and when in an area zoned for one
dwelling unit per parcel. When all or part of the subdivision is located in an area zoned for more than one
dwelling unit Per Parcel, the number of proposed dwelling units in the area so zoned shall equal the
maximum allowed under that zone. In the case of a condominium Proiect, the number of new dwelling
units shall be the number of condominium units In the case of a residential development without a
subdivision, the number of dwelling units shall be that number of new dwelling units that is approved
with the project approval. The tenn "new dwelling unit' does not include dwelling units lawfully in place
prior to the date on which the parcel or final may or development plan is filed.
Population= Population per dwelling unit
pu
FMV = Fair market value, as determined by- subsection (3) belowSeetieff4644-O90
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 37
•
Buildable acres = A typical acre of the— project sitesa§dwisien, with a slope less than three (3)
percent, and located in an area where building is not excluded because of flooding easements or other
restrictions.
4 x.15:080 8. Determination of Fair Market Value.
Aa. If it is determined by the City that a fee is to be Paid in lieu of dedication of land, the amount of the
fee shall be based on the fair market value of the amount of land which would otherwise be required
to be dedicated. The amount shall be determined in accordance with the following formula: number
of acres of land that would otherwise be required to be dedicated multiolied by the average fair
procedure:
4i. The City and the subdivider- developer may negotiate and thereafter agree as to the avenge fair
market value
iii. If agreement cannot be reached a subdividerdeveloper may, at its own expense, obtain an
appraisal of the land by a certified Member of Appraisal Institute (MAI) real estate appraiser,
which avvmisal may be accepted by the City if found to be reasonable: or
3iii. 1f the City is not satisfied with the subdividers -developer's aoomisal, it may cause an appraisal
to be made of the land by an MAI appraiser, for which the developersebdivider pays, which
appraisal shall utilize generally accepted and recognized methods of real estate appraisal.
6c. Unless a-sabdivi developer retains its own appraiser. the City's initial determination of avenge
fair market value, as provided for in subsection (8)(1) of this section, shall be final and conclusive. If
the City does not accept a &ubdivideila developer's appraisal, its subsequent appraisal, pursuant to
subsection (b@)(iii3) of this seetiensubsection. shall be final and conclusive.
16.15.090 9. Credit for Private Ogen Space.
Credit shall not be elven for vrivate open space in the subdivision or moiect site except as hereinafter
provided. Where private oven s ace usable for active recreational purposes is Provided in a provosed
planned development, real estate development. stock cooperative, community apartment project, or
condominium proiect as defined in Section 11003 et seq. aodn..d-1400-.T' ^^'^ 1 of the Business and Professions
standards are met:
developer or a homeowners' association comoosed of all proverry owners in the subdivision and
incorporated as a nonprofit mutual benefit organization under State law, operated under recorded
land agreements through which each lot owner in the neighborhood is automatically a member, and
each lot is subiect to a charge for a Proportionate share of expenses for maintaining the facilities:
Ca-. Use of the private open space is restricted for park and recreation purposes by recorded covenants
which run with the land in favor of the future owners of the property and which cannot be defeated or
eliminated without the consent of the City or its successor and which are submitted to the City prior
to the approval of the Parcel or final mar) or building vermin
January 2013 1 DRAFT
3ther Proposed Changes
Page 38
0
•
0
n
u
•
0
9d. The pronosed private open space is reasonably adaptable for use for park and recreation yurposes,
taking into consideration such factors as size, shape, topography. geology, access and location'
recreation improvements that will meet the specific recreation needs of future residents of the area:
-H. Recreational open spaces, which are generally defined as parks areas for active recreation
pursuits, such as soccer, golf baseball, softball, and football, and have at least three acres of
maintained turf with less than three (3) percent sloes
$ii. Recreation buildings and facilities designed and primarily used for the recreational needs of
residents of the development.
3iii. Court areas, which are generally defined as tennis courts, badminton courts shuffleboard courts
population of the subdivlsjerfdevelooment with a minimum of eight hundred (800) square feet
of water surface area per pool together with an adjacent deck and/or lawn area twice that of the
Pool.
44 10. Disposition of Fees.
Fees determined pursuant to Seetien--}6-F3-07Qsubsection (7) above shall be paid to the City and
deposited into the sub�account for the purchase or development of parklands or its
successor. Money in said account, including accrued interest, shall be expended solely for the acquisition
or development of park land, or improvements related thereto or rehabilitating existing park or
recreational facilities within the planning area. If the yofe4�development Proiect is refected or
withdrawn, the fees shall be returned without interest to the subdividerapplicant.
The City shall use the collected fees for park or recreational imposes to serve residents of the
record owners of the subdivision in the same proportion that the size of their let -parcel bears to the total
area of all lots- parcels in the snbdivisienproiect.
The ^�^��..-�T;.,a.,----- Director of Administrative Services shall report to the City Council at least
annually on income, expenditures, and status of the subdivision nark trust fund
464444011. Exemptions.
Subdivisions containing less than five (5) oarcels and not used for residential pumose shall be
exempted from the requirements of this ehaeter section: provided, however, that a condition shall be
placed on the approval of a tentative parcel mat) that if a building permit is requested for construction of a
residential structure or structures on one or more of the parcels within four (4) Years after the mat) is
approved, a fee may be required to be paid by the owner of each parcel as a condition to the issuance of
such building pemtit.
The provisions of the ehapwa section do not apply to commercial or industrial subd'visions: nor do
they apply to condominium projects or stock cooperatives which consist of the subdivision of airspace in
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 39
an existing apartment building which is more than five (5) years old when no new dwelling units are
added.
L '
�9 12. Subdi"de Devclover Provided Park and Recreation Improvements.
The value of my park and recreation improvements together with my equipment rovided by the
sabd 4dee-developer to the dedicated land, with the excetion of those non -park and recreational
improvements required as conditions of approval shall be credited against the fees or dedication of land
required by this chapter. The "'- ^�,.--- ----.400rovino Authority reserves the right to approve the
Park and recreation improvements and equipment rior to agreeing to accept the dedication of land and to
require in -lieu -fee Payments should the land and improvements be unacceptable.
46444-3913. City to Accept Land and Fees.
Land or fees required under this ehaetemection shall be conveyed or paid directly to the City. The
City shall develop and make available for public inspection a schedule specifying how, when and where it
will use the land or fees, or both, to develop Park or recreational facilities to serve residents of the
subdiwisi Proicct site and Planning area
46.4444914. Access.
All land offered for dedication to local park or recreational purposes shall have access to at least one
existing or Proposed public street. The Approving Authority may waive this This requirement may -he
-" L. 't- P'...._,_.- "---'--'-- if it determines that public street access is unnecessary for the
maintenance of the Park area or use thereof by residents.
"',04&.45015. Sale of Dedicated Land.
If, during the ensuing time between dedication of land fora�rkpurposes and commencement of firs[ -
stage develooment, circumstances arise which indicate that another site would be more suitable for local
Park or recreafional Purposes serving the sobdivisieyroiect site and the neighborhood (such as receipt of
a gift of additional Park land or a change in school location), the land may be sold or exchanged upon the
approval of the 044 -Council with the resultant proceeds from the sale, if applicable, being used for
purchase of the more suitable site.
F. Transit Facilities Miliegtion Fee.
1. Purpose. The purpose of this section is:
a. To implement goals and policies of the General Plan which includes goals and
Policies promote an equitable distribution of the costs and benefits of
governmental actions: promote a distribution of population consistent with
service system capacity and resource availability: seek to maintain a balance
between increased intensity of develooment and the capacity of needed Public
facilities: and give priority to upgmding existing public facilities in areas lacking
adequate facilities:
b To mitigate adverse impacts due to the inadequacy of transit facilities that might
otherwise occur due to new residential development: and
C. To comoly with the procedures for adoption of developer fees contained in the
Mitigation Fee Am (Section 66000, et seq. of the State Government Code).
Other Proposed Changes
0
•
0
9
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 41
0
2. Establishment of Transit Facilities Mitigation Fee
a. This section establishes a transit facilities mitigation fee The amount of the fee
to be imposed on a new residential development and shall not exceed the
estimated reasonable cost of providing transit facilities for such residential
development projects.
b. The transit facilities mitigation fee shall be a unifonn fee within the City zone
based on the estimated cost of providing the proiected transit facility needs.
3. Annual Review of Fee.
a. The amount of the fees established by subsection (B), above shall be reviewed
annually by the Council. Each year, the transit facilities fee shall be adiusted
based on the Consumer Price Index (CPI) as determined by the Council and the
fee shall adiust by said percentage amount and round to the nearest dollar. No
adjustment shall result in a fee that is greater than the amount necessary to
recover the cost of providing the applicable transit facilities
b. If it is determined that the reasonable amount necessary to recover the cost of
Providing the transit facilities exceeds the fee as adjusted by subsection (C) ( I)
above, an alterative fee proposal may be presented to the Council for
consideration. Such alterative fee proposal may reflect changes in the actual
•
cost of completed transit facilities projects or, if such t)roiects have not been
completed, then the estimated cost of the proposed transit facilities. The proposal
may also reflect clmanges in the transit facilities proposed as well as the
availability or lack of other funds with which to provide such facilities.
C. An alternative fee proposal may be presented to the Council for approval as may
be necessary to insure that the transit facilities mitigation fee is a fair and
equitable method of distributing the costs of the transit facilities necessary to
accommodate the transit needs generated by the development of land in the City
4. Applicability.
a. The provisions of this section shall apply to new residential development proiects
including any new tract mat), parcel may, discretionary permit. building permit,
other land use Permit or other entitlement for a new development which requires
approval by the City resulting in the issuance of grading building plumbing
mechanical or electrical Permits or certificates of occupancy to construct or
change the use of a building, or property for residential commercial office,
and/or industrial use shall be approved unless Payment of the transit facilities
mitigation fee is made a condition of approval for any such entitlement.
b. Additionally, the fees Provided for in this section shall be imposed upon a lot
which has been previously improved with a building unit whenever a building
permit is issued for a new building unit on an adioinine lot under common
ownership and which new unit constitutes in effect, an addition of 2.000 square
feet, or more, when constructed or an ext)ansion of use of the Previously
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 41
0
improved parcel. Such fee shall be calculated upon the total square footage of
new construction and paid by every person or entity for which a building permit
is issued.
5. Time of Payment of Fee.
of the total transit facilities mitigation fee for the project to the satisfaction of the
City.
Government Code shall not be required Prior to the date of the final inspection or
the date the certificate of occupancy is issued for the first unit in the
development, whichever occurs first. Where navment of the fees may only be
collected on the date of final inspection or the date the certificate of occuoancv is
issued as provided in this subsection, execution of an agreement to pay the
required fee or applicable portion thereof within the time specified herein shall be
a condition of issuance of the applicable building or similar permit. Such
agreement shall constitute a lien for the Payment of the fee and shall be
enforceable as Provided in Section 660007 of the State Government Code.
6 Exemptions from Fee. The following shall be exempt from the provisions of thio
subsection:
a. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (4) (a), above, additions to
residential structures that are less than 2.000 square feet in size shall not be
subject to the fees otherwise required by this section.
b. No fee imposed by this Section shall be imposed upon the issuance of building
permit for the restoration of existing buildings, or buildings damaged by fire or
natural disasters such as earthquake. wind, or flood, where the replaced building,
or Portion thereof, does not exceed the original gross floor area. For purposes of
this subsection, "gross floor area" shall be determined by the City Engineer, or
his designee and excludes accessory structures such as decks. Patios, hams,
sheds, and kiosks.
used exclusively for the Purpose of land acquisition, engineering, construction,
installation purchasing. or any other direct cost of providing transit facilities and for no
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 42
0
•
L J
•
0
other purpose. All interest income earned shall be credited to each account, and shall be
used solely for the purposes for which the fee was collected.
8. Consideration in Lieu of Fee.
i. Has a value equal to or greater than the applicable transit facilities
mitigation fee otherwise due:
ii. Is in a form acceptable to the City: and
iii. Is within the scone of the applicable transit facilities oroiect.
in a form acceptable to the City and is within the scope of the applicable transit
facilities proiect. Such substitute consideration may be accepted by the City only
after payment of an amount equal to the difference between the value of the
substitute consideration. as solely determined by the Citv. and the amount of the
otherwise required fee
facilities attributable to and reasonably related to the development.
to impose as a condition to approving new development Pursuant to state and local laws.
Other Proposed Changes
Page 43
474SM 17.51.070 Road Dedications and Improvements:., o r -T ..-�,a Z-_....
SUBSECTIONS:
A. Bonds and Insurance.
B. Legislative Provisions.
C Road Dedications and Improvements
A. Bonds and Insurance.
I. Bond or Assignment of Savings and Loan Certificates or Shares Required When. When
one or more conditions are attached to any grant, modification or appeal of a zone
the Council in a prescribed amount for the purpose ofuy arauteeing the faithful
performance of conditions placed on the approval.
2. Procedure for Assignment of Savings and Loan Certificates or Shares. Where savings and
loan certificates or shares are deposited. they shall be assigned to the City subiect to all
provisions of the Municipal Code.
a. If the bond is filed, it includes as obliges all such persons: or
b. If money, savings and loan certificates or shares are deposited. such owners also
file an agreement in writing with the City Clerk that the City may satisfy in
whole or in part from such deposit any final judgment, the payment of which
would have been guaranteed by such bond or policy of insurance.
B. Legislative Provisions.
I. Continuation of Existing Law. The provisions of this Code, as long as they are
substantially the same as the provisions of any ordinance, or morons of any ordinance
repealed by provisions codified in this section, shall be constmed as restatements and
continuations of these ordinances, and not as new enactments.
2 Zone Exception—Deemed Variance When. Where a zone exception granted by action of
the Los Angeles County prior to November 5. 1971 may be granted as a variance under
the Present provisions of this Ordinance, it shall be deemed a variance
3. Zone Exception—Considered Nonconforrnine Use When. In all cases other than as
provided in subsection (4) below, where a zone exception was granted by action of the
Review Authority prior to November 5. 1971, such use shall be considered a
nonconforming use under the provisions of this Code. provided:
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 44
0
•
0
•
0
a. That such uses shall remain in compliance with and subject to all limitations and
conditions imposed by such gmnt and
b. That all provisions governing nonconfonnine uses not in conflict with the
limitations and conditions of such grant shall apply.
4. Zone Exception Considered Conditional Use. Notwithstanding the Provisions of
subsection (C)above, where a zone ezcention, granted by action of Los Angeles County
prior to November 5. 1971, may be granted as a Class IV avplication under the present
Provisions of Code, it shall be deemed a Class IV Permit.
5. Rights Under Existing Approval Not Affected. Norights given by any pennit,license or
other approval under any ordinance revealed by the provisions of this section are affected
by such reveal, but such rights shall hereafter be exercised according to the nrovisions of
this Code.
n _ Convictions for Crimes Any conviction for a crime under any ordinance which is
revealed by this section, which crime is continued as a Public offense by this Code
constitutes a conviction under this Code for any purpose for which it constituted a
conviction under such repealed ordinance.
7. Repeal Does Not Revive Any Ordinance. The repeal of anv ordinance amending this
Code shall not revive any amendment adopted prior to the repealed ordinance
amendment.
C. Road Dedications and Improvements.
132. Exemptions—Existing Buildings and Structures. This section shall not apply to the use, alteration
or enlargement of an existing building or structure, or the erection of one or more buildings or
structures accessory thereto, or both, on the same lot or parcel of land if the total value of such
alteration, enlargement, or construction does not exceed one-half (1/2) of the current market value of
all existing buildings or structures on such lot or Parcel of land as determined by the Building
Oficial.
Q. Exceptions—Proposed Buildings or Structures. This section shall not apply to the following
buildings or structures:
+a. Accessory agricultural buildings where used primarily for agricultural numoses. including but
not limited to: barns, and stables.
2b. Temporary uses a§ prescribed by this eedeCode.
3c. Other similar uses which, in the opinion of the Director, will not generate a greater volume of
traffic than the uses enumerated in this subsection.
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 45
Lior Thoroughfare and Bride Fees) 44.214-1 "" unless the required district fee has been paid as a
condition of issuing a building Permit.
€5. Dedication Standards. Alleys, streets and highways shall be dedicated to the width from the
centerline specified in this Ceode and including comer cutoffs specified in Section 16 11.030
(Ritzhts of Wav) extent that dedication in any case shall not be required to such an extent as to
reduce the area or width of any lot or parcel of land to less than that specified in this Ceode unless
approved by Section 17.24. 100 (Ad i ustment) or Section 17 25.120 (Variance)
F6. Improvements. Before a structure subject to the provisions of this section may be used, curbs,
Putters, sidewalks, base, pavement, street lights, street trees and drainage structures, where required.
shall be constructed at the uade and at the location specified by the City Engineer, unless there
already exists within the present riaht-of-way, or on Property the owner has agreed to dedicate.
curbs, gutters, sidewalks base, pavement, street lights, street trees or drainage structures which are
adequate, and the City Engineer so finds. Sidewalks shall be not less than four (4) feet in width
unless the available portion of the highway or street is less, in which case they shall be the width
specified by the City Engineer. Curbs, gutters, drainage structures, base, pavement, street lights
street trees and sidewalks shall comply with the standards of the City Engineer. All construction
within the existing or Proposed road right-of-way shall be done under provisions of Title 13of the
Municipal Code.
4a. 1 .. y shall be installed11 ..e,.. _e..:A....t:..1 .l e. -..I .._... e..r TL.,..
...1,....,.....6..11 6e :....r.,L1eA L,en.,e.... the .....L and side%alk and shall be five
11
3 Under -rounding of Utilities. All new and existing utilities shall be located underground,
including along project street frontage. When locating utilities underground is not possible, they
shall be screened from view to the satisfaction of the , mealCity
Engineer.
67. Agreement to Dedicate. In lieu of dedication. the City Engineer may accept an agreement to
dedicate signed by all persons having any right, title or interest in the property, or any portion
thereof, to be dedicated. The signatures on such agreement shall be acknowledged, and the City
Engineer shall record such agreement with+n-theektieeet-the County °
Recorder -'L'�,,.;�.,.^--^
448. Agreement to Improve—Contents—Completion of Work by City Authorized When—Costs.
4a. In lieu of the required improvements, the City Engineer, at their discretion, may accent from
any responsible person a contract to make such improvements. Said improvements shall be
completed within the time specified in the agreement to improve except that the City Engineer
may grant such additional time as he deems necessary if, in the opinion of said City Engineer. a
good and sufficient reason exists for the delay.
.2b. Such contract shall be accompanied by a deposit with the City of a sum of more:
bonds of SWAVaS and Was Of . The owners thereof shall assign such
certificates or shares to the City of Santa Clarjta, and such deposit and assignment shall be
subject to all the provisions and conditions of this Ceode
3c. If the estimated cost of the improvements equals or exceeds one thousand dollars ($1,000), in
lieu of such deposit the applicant may file with the City a corporate surety bond guarantecin
the adequate completion of all of the improvements in a penal sum equal to such estimated cost
4d. Upon the failure of said responsible person to complete any improvement within the time
specified in an agreement. the City may upon notice in writing of not less than ten (10) days
served upon the person, firm or corporation signing such contract or upon notice in writing of
not less than twenty (20) days served by registered mail addressed to the last known address of
the person, firm or comoration signing such contact, determine that said improvement work or
any part thereof is incomplete, and may cause to be forfeited to the City such portion of deposits
January 2013 1 DRAFT
Other Proposed Changes
Page 46
0
•
0
0
0
0
er4eed- given for the faithful performance of said work, or may cash any instrument of credit
so deposited in such amount as may be necessary to complete the imorovement work
69 Modifications.
+aThe City Engineer may grant a modification to the
provisions of this section and relieve the applicant either from compliance with all or a portion
of the provisions thereof ifheAhe-fifi thev find:
ai Property adjoining on both sides of the subject property is developed with lawfully existino
buildings or structures which, were they not already existing, would be subiect to the
provisions of this section and the requirement to dedicate pave or improve would require
fiadsthev find:
ai There is in existence or under negotiation a contract between the City and a contractor to
install the required imymvements: or
bii. The City Engineer is unable to fumish grades within a reasonable time: or
eiii. The required construction would create a drainage or traffic problem: or
div. The construction wilt be isolated from a continuous roadway which may not be improved
for many years: or
ev. There are in existence partial improvements satisfactory to the City Engineer. and he
deomthey deem the construction of additional improvements to be unnecessary or to
constitute an unreasonable hardship.
other fee collected or imposed by any other City ordinance or regulation.
Other
47
CITY OF SANTA CLARITA
STAFF REPORT
THE UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE UPDATE
MASTER CASE NO. 13-009
UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE UPDATE 13-001;
ZONE CHANGE 13-001; INITIAL STUDY 13-001
DATE: March 19, 2013
TO: Chairperson Eichman and Members of the Planning Commission
FROM: Jeff W. Hogan, AICP, Planning Manager
CASE PLANNER: James Chow, Associate Planner
LOCATION: Citywide
APPLICANT: City of Santa Clarita
REQUEST: The City of Santa Clarita is proposing a comprehensive update to the
Unified Development Code (UDC Update), which includes text
amendments to Chapter 16 (Subdivisions) and Chapter 17 (Zoning) of the
Municipal Code, as well as an update to the zoning map, to ensure
consistency with the General Plan, as required by State law.
PURPOSE OF THE MEETING
The purpose of this meeting is to provide the Planning Commission with an introduction and
overview of the proposed project and to allow public input on the proposed changes to the
Unified Development Code (UDC).
It is also the purpose of this meeting to establish the following public hearing schedule for this
project:
March 19, 2013 Provide an introduction and overview of the UDC Update; conduct Public
Hearing; receive comments from the public and the Commission; and
continue the public hearing.
April 16, 2013 Conduct continued public hearing; provide responses to Commission and
public comments/concerns; close public hearing; address final project
issues and provide recommendation to City Council.
May — July 2013 City Council Public Hearings
Master Case No. 13-009
March 19, 2013
Page 2 of 16
General Plan Adoption
After the City of Santa Clarita incorporated in 1987, the City undertook preparation of its first
General Plan, which was adopted in June 1991 and would serve as the City's blueprint for
planning and development for the next twenty years.
For its first comprehensive update of the General Plan, the City collaborated with the County of
Los Angeles to provide for comprehensive planning of the Santa Clarita Valley. After several
years of outreach and planning, the City Council adopted the new Santa Clarita General Plan
(General Plan) on June 14, 2011, by adoption of Resolution No. 11-63. The new General Plan
provides a vision that will guide future development of the City through a set of goals, objectives
and policies, outlined in each of the elements of the plan. The General Plan also includes
implementation measures discussing how these goals, objectives and policies will be carried out
to achieve the intended goals of the plan. One of the key General Plan implementation measures
is to update the current Unified Development Code and zoning map to ensure consistency with
the new General Plan.
UDCAmendments and Comprehensive UDC Update
The City of Santa Clarita Unified Development Code was originally codified in 1992, following
the adoption of the City's first General Plan. Since codification of the City's UDC, numerous
amendments to the Code have been adopted by the City, in order to address applicable new State
planning laws and local planning related issues, as they arose.
As was required in 1992 following adoption of the City's original General Plan, State law
requires local jurisdictions to bring their zoning ordinances into compliance with their newly
adopted general plans. Pursuant to Government Code Section 65860, zoning ordinances shall be
amended to ensure consistency with a newly adopted or amended general plan.
Since the adoption of the General Plan in June 2011, City staff has been working on a
comprehensive update of the UDC that implements applicable General Plan policies and new
State zoning laws and bills. The proposed UDC Update was also prepared to implement
Community Development Director's policies, to address comments raised by the public, and to
make the UDC a more user-friendly document. A comprehensive review of the UDC was
conducted and a summary of proposed amendments can be found below, in subsection (6) of the
Project Description.
State Zoning Laws and Bills
A number of State zoning laws have been enacted or updated in recent years that require local
jurisdictions to update their development codes to ensure consistency with these legislative acts.
The following is a list these laws.
Master Case No. 13-009
March 19, 2013
Page 3 of 16
Assembly Bill 1881 (AB 1881) —Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance
Assembly Bill 1616 (AB 1616) — Homemade Food Act
■ Senate Bill 520 (SB 520) — Reasonable Accommodations
A complete description of these laws and summary of proposed UDC amendments that address
laws passed by State legislature can be found below, in subsection (3) of the Project Description.
Planning Commission Study Sessions
On November 15, 2011, the Planning Commission conducted the first of two study sessions on
the UDC Update to review policies of the General Plan and implementation of these policies in
the UDC Update.
On June 19, 2012, the Planning Commission held a second study session on the UDC Update.
At this study session, the Commission received a progress report from staff on both the UDC
Update and the Lyons Corridor Plan projects.
General Public Outreach Meetings
At the onset of the project, staff conducted two public outreach meetings on October 27, 2011
and November 2, 2011, to solicit feedback from the general public on the UDC. Planning staff
also conducted a series of meetings with members of the business and development community
to solicit feedback from them regarding the UDC. A summary of these comments, and how the
comments were addressed in the UDC Update, can be found below, in subsection (5) of the
Project Description of this staff report.
Following the release of the public draft of the proposed UDC Update on January 28, 2013, staff
conducted additional public outreach meetings, in February 2013, to summarize and receive
comments on the proposed UDC amendments. An overview of these comments can also be
found below, in subsection (5) of the Project Description.
PROJECT DESCRIPTION/ANALYSIS
Summary
The proposed project is a comprehensive update to the City of Santa Clarita UDC that was
prepared by City staff, in coordination with the City Attorney's Office. The project consists of
text amendments to the UDC and an update of the zoning map, in order to achieve consistency
with the City's General Plan, as required by State law. Amendments are proposed in order to
implement applicable policies of the General Plan, to incorporate new State zoning laws, to make
user-friendly improvements to the UDC, and to comprehensively update the UDC. The UDC
Update includes but is not limited to amendments to administration, definitions, grading, hillside
development, overlay zones, parking standards, land use permit requirements, property
development standards, sign standards, and subdivisions.
Master Case No. 13-009
March 19, 2013
Page 4 of 16
Project Components
The proposed project can generally be categorized into six components, which include the
following:
■ Zoning Map/Designation and Overlay Map Update
■ General Plan Policy Amendments
■ State Zoning Laws and Bills
• User-friendly Improvements
• Public Comments Received
• Summary of UDC Updates by Chapter
Each of these project components are discussed in detail below
(1) Zoning Map and Overlay May Update
Zoning Map Update and Zoning Designation Summary
With the adoption of the General Plan and the General Plan Land Use Map, an update of the
zoning map is necessary to ensure consistency between the General Plan and Unified
Development Code. Whereas the General Plan Land Use Map describes and designates the
distribution of land uses by type, location, and intensity through a set of policies, the zoning map
implements these policies by establishing zones and standards applied to property within the
City.
The proposed zoning map update (Attachment C) reflects and implements the General Plan Land
Use Map and includes the following zoning categories. A description of these designations and
their respective development standards can be found in Division 17.30 (Zones) of the UDC
Update.
• Non -Urban Zones (Non -Urban 1 through Non -Urban 5)
• Urban Residential Zones (Urban Residential I through Urban Residential 5)
• Commercial and Industrial Zones (Community Commercial, Neighborhood Commercial,
Regional Commercial, Business Park, and Industrial)
• Mixed Use Zones (Mixed Use Corridor, Mixed Use Neighborhood, and Mixed Use
Urban Village)
• Open Space Zones (Open Space, Open Space — Agriculture, Open Space — National
Forest, Open Space — Bureau of Land Management.
• Public/Institutional Zones
• Specific Plan and Corridor Plan Zones
Overlay Map Update
In addition to updates of the zoning map, updates to the overlay map (Attachment D) are
proposed to implement the General Plan. Proposed updates to the overlay map include the
following:
Master Case No. 13-009
March 19, 2013
Page 5 of 16
• MHP — Mobilehome Park Overlay
o Supersedes the two existing mobilehome park zone locations (Cordova and
Greenbrier mobilehome parks).
■ MOCA — Mineral/Oil Conservation Area Overlay
o Updated to include properties where mineral/oil uses exist and were not
previously identified (northeast of Interstate 5 and Newhall Ranch Road).
• MU — Mixed Use Overlay
o Updated to reflect and implement the General Plan mixed use overlay map
(Exhibit L-3).
• RP — Ridgeline Preservation Overlay
o Updated with new mapping technology to accurately reflect precise ridgeline
locations.
■ SEA — Significant Ecological Area Overlay
o Added to reflect and implement the General Plan map for significant ecological
areas (Exhibit CO -5).
■ No changes are proposed to the following overlay zones:
o HS — Homeless Shelter Overlay
o MR — Movie Ranch Overlay
o PD — Planned Development Overlay
o VDS — Vehicle Dealer Sales Overlay
o VS— Vehicle Services Overlay
(2) General Plan Policy Amendments
Another component of the proposed project is UDC amendments that are a result of
implementing General Plan policies. In order to achieve consistency with the General Plan,
amendments to the UDC are proposed to implement applicable policies of the General Plan.
Within the public review draft of the UDC Update (Attachment B), comment balloons are
provided to indicate proposed UDC amendments that implement the General Plan. Furthermore,
in subsection (6) (Summary of UDC Updates) below, General Plan policy references have been
provided to indicate how these policies are implemented by the UDC Update.
(3) State Zoning Bills and Laws
As mentioned above, several State zoning laws have been enacted that require local jurisdictions
to update their zoning codes. The following includes a description of the proposed UDC
amendments that address these new laws.
Assembly Bill 1881 (AB 1881) — Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance
Commonly known as the State's Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance, AB 1881 requires
local jurisdictions to adopt this ordinance or update their local landscaping ordinance to
implement measures to promote the conservation and efficient use of water for landscaping. As
part of the UDC Update, proposed changes to incorporate AB 1881 can be found in Section
17.51.030 (Landscaping and Irrigation Standards). Proposed amendments specific to AB 1881
Master Case No. 13-009
March 19, 2013
Page 6 of 16
include but are not limited to setting limits on the amount of water usage, requiring water
conserving equipment, and encouraging the use of drought -tolerant and low water -use plants.
Assembly Bill 1616 (AB 1616) —Homemade Food Act
Assembly Bill 1616 was signed into law by the Governor in 2012 and requires local jurisdictions
to allow certain foods (jams, jellies, and certain baked goods) to be made in and sold at a
residence. AB 1616 gives local jurisdictions the discretion to permit these home-based cottage
food operations by right or require a discretionary permit for these uses. To incorporate this law,
staff proposes a set of performance standards in addition to requiring an administrative permit to
regulate cottage food operations. These proposed requirements can be found in Section
17.66.025 of the UDC Update.
Senate Bill 520 (SB 520) — Reasonable Accommodations
Senate Bill 520 amended State housing element law and required local jurisdictions, as part of
their housing element updates, to establish programs that remove governmental constraints and
provide reasonable accommodations for persons with disabilities to obtain access to housing.
Program H 5.1 of the Santa Clarita Housing Element states that the City will amend the UDC to
create an administrative procedure whereby property owners and residents can apply for a
reasonable accommodation for changes to make housing accessible to persons with disabilities.
To implement this program, Section 17.23.180 of the UDC Update is proposed and creates an
administrative procedure to afford individuals with a disability equal opportunity to enjoy a
residential use.
(4) User -Friendly Improvements
As part of the effort to improve the UDC and in response to suggestions received from the
general public, a number of user-friendly improvements have been incorporated into the UDC
Update. A summary of these user-friendly improvements are provided below:
• Procedural regulations have been updated for more efficient administration of the Code.
• The numbering and formatting system for Title 17 has been updated and improved for
more efficient use.
Graphics have been updated and modernized to illustrate development standards.
• Three chapters (definitions for use classifications, the Permitted Use Chart, and parking
requirements) are consolidated into one location (Division 17.40 (Use Classification and
Required Parking)).
• Definitions (found in multiple locations in the UDC) have been consolidated into Chapter
17.11 (Definitions).
Master Case No. 13-009
March 19, 2013
Page 7 of 16
• Topics are logically grouped into distinct divisions, chapters, and sections; alphabetized
where applicable.
• A new matrix is provided to illustrate and simplify signing requirements.
(5) Public Comments Received
The following is a list of comments received during the initial public outreach efforts in the Fall
of 2011 and a summary of how staff has addressed these comments in the UDC Update.
Consider methods to streamline the project review and approval process.
Several changes were identified and have been proposed that could streamline the project
review process.
Refined procedures for application filing and project review. Various updates
have been proposed that would improve the efficiency of administering the Code.
These updates are summarized in subsection (6), Chapter 17.01 1 Administration.
Expanded hearing officer role. Administrative hearings before the hearing officer
are currently used for only requests for hearings of sign variance applications.
Staff is proposing to expand this process to include reviews of requests for
hearings of adjustments and minor use permits, which currently require public
hearings before the Commission. This change would expedite the hearing process
and allow projects to be heard sooner, before the hearing officer. Decisions by the
hearing officer would still be appealable to the Commission.
One additional one-year time extension. Once the initial approval period for
permits expires, applicants are currently allowed one one-year time extension.
Staff proposes a change to allow applicants one additional one-year time
extension to activate their planning entitlements.
• Need to find ways to make the UDC easier to use for the general public.
Following the initial outreach meetings, staff identified various ways to improve the
document and to make the Code more user-friendly. A summary of these improvements
are provided in subsection (4), above.
Zoning terms are found throughout the document and should be consolidated into one
section of the UDC.
Definitions that are located in other sections of the Code (grading, oak tree preservation,
parking standards, and sign standards) have been consolidated and relocated to Chapter
17.11 of the UDC Update.
Master Case No. 13-009
March 19, 2013
Page 8 of 16
• Provide a method to enable discretion for applying new codes to existing, older
neighborhoods.
Several amendments are proposed that would provide additional flexibility when
applying code requirements to existing, older residential neighborhoods, including
provisions for replacing roof -mounted air conditioning units, wall/fence height standards,
and setback reductions for reverse corner lots (from 20 feet to 10 feet in urban residential
zones). In addition, the adjustment application has been modified to allow single-family
residential property owners to apply for a modification to a development standard.
Currently, a variance application is required for these types of modifications.
• Incorporate General Plan policy for North Newhall into the Special Standards.
After the General Plan was adopted, staff met with members of the Placerita Canyon
Property Owners Association (PCPOA) on several occasions to discuss amendments to
the Placerita Canyon Special Standards District. These proposed amendments can be
found in Section 17.39.020 of the UDC Update (Section 17.16.080 of the current UDC).
Following the public release of the Draft UDC Update on January 28, 2013, staff conducted
three public outreach meetings in February. The following is a summary of the comments
received regarding the proposed UDC Update. These have been provided for the Commission's
review and consideration:
• Up to two chickens should be allowed on residential lots less than 15,000 square feet,
without requiring a minor use permit.
• The UDC needs to be updated to include a note stating that up to 4 dogs and up to 10 cats
may be kept at a residence, if dogs/cats are spayed or neutered, to be consistent with Title
8 of the Municipal Code.
• There's a need to plan for drought conditions and to set limits on amount of irrigation;
drought -tolerant landscaping should be encouraged.
• The new permitted use chart is a much improved and more efficient way to review
permitting and parking requirements in the City.
(6) Summary of UDC Update by UDC Chanter
The purpose of this subsection is to provide a broad overview of the key changes to each of the
chapters of the UDC. All of the proposed changes can be found in the Draft UDC Update —
Volume 2 (Attachment B), in the track change format of the UDC Update.
Chapters 16.01-16.411 Subdivisions
Added provision requiring conformance with Title 17 (Zoning Code); deleted provision
permitting conditional approval for subdivision maps that are inconsistent with the UDC.
Master Case No. 13-009
March 19, 2013
Page 9 of 16
• Relocation of park fees, major thoroughfare and bridge fees, library mitigation fees, and
traffic signal timing fees to Section 17.51.010 (Development Impact Fees) of the UDC
Update.
• Deletion of exemption for subdivision for purposes of lease (Section MATO 10) as this is
exempt per the Subdivision Map Act.
• Amendments to time limits/duration of tentative map approvals to ensure compliance
with updates to the Subdivision Map Act related to tentative map extensions.
• Clarification provided on procedures for parcel mergers initiated by a property owner,
consistent with the Subdivision Map Act.
• Relocation of requirements for lot line adjustments from Section 17.03.070 of the UDC
to Chapter 16.41 of the UDC Update.
Chapter 17. 011 Administration*
• Updates to common procedures for application review, public noticing, and public
hearings for more efficient administration.
• Clarification provided for rules for language, measurements, and interpretations.
• Administrative hearing process has been modified to include review of written objections
to requested adjustments and minor use permits.
• Code sections for appeals, revocations, and permit modifications have been amended to
provide for clarification regarding applicability and procedures.
• Amendments to expiration and extensions have been provided to allow for one additional
one-year time extension, for a total of two time extensions.
* For the purposes of tracking changes in Chapter 17.01, comment balloons have been provided
(see Volume 2 of UDC Update) to describe how each section has been amended and where they
have been relocated.
Chapter 17.03 1 Permits and Applications*
New classification system is proposed that groups similar permit types into 7 distinct
classes with the same processes and procedures.
• New permit types for Requests for Reasonable Accommodations and Corridor Plans have
been provided.
Master Case No. 13-009
March 19, 2013
Page 10 of 16
Clarification provided for General Plan Amendment and Pre -Annexation Agreement
processes.
Grading permit type has been relocated to Division 17.80 (Grading).
* For the purposes of tracking changes in Chapter 17.03, comment balloons have been provided
(see Volume 2 of UDC Update) to describe how each section has been amended and where they
have been relocated.
Chapter 17.05 1 Pre -Existing Legal Uses and Structures
• Title of the chapter has been renamed to "Legal Nonconforming Uses, Lots, and
Structures" to ensure consistency throughout the UDC.
• Provision regarding legally created lots prior to the effective date of the UDC, has been
added.
Clarification provided regarding restoration of damaged structures with damages of less
than 50% of the building.
Chapter 17.07 1 Definitions
• Terms from elsewhere in the UDC have been relocated to this chapter. These include
terms related to grading, oak trees, parking, and signs.
• Terms have been consolidated into groups with common subjects, where applicable (e.g.
adult business, grading, landscaping, signs, etc.).
• Duplicative terms for specific land uses have been deleted and can be found in Division
17.40 (Use Classifications).
Chapter 17. 111 Zoning Designation Summary
• Zoning designations and definitions have been updated to reflect and to ensure
consistency with the General Plan (Section (L) of the Land Use Element). Updated
zoning designations include the following:
o Non -urban and urban residential zones;
o Commercial and industrial zones;
o Mixed use zones;
o Open space zones; and
o Other zones (public/institutional, specific plan and corridor plan zones).
General property development standards including but not limited to density, lot size,
setbacks, height of structures, floor area ratio, and lot coverage, have been provided to
ensure consistency with the General Plan (Section (L) of the Land Use Element).
Master Case No. 13-009
March 19, 2013
Page I I of 16
• Permitted use charts have been provided to identify planning permit requirements for
uses located in the mixed use, open space, and public/institutional zones.
Chapter 17.12 —17.13 1 Use Classifications and Required Parking*
New use type definitions and permit requirements have been provided for the following
uses: airport, heliport, animal crematory, animal menagerie, alcohol production/storage,
gambling uses, convention center, RV park, crematory, landfill, film rental business,
ambulance dispatch, supportive commercial uses
Changes to permit requirements are proposed for the following uses: multi -family
residential, live/work units, mobilehome parks, residential care facility, veterinary clinic,
restaurants serving alcohol, second hand stores, horticulture, temporary residence,
temporary real estate office, indoor entertainment, animal shelter, call center, automobile
body repair/painting, trucks body repair, cemeteries, FAR bonus.
Changes to parking requirements are proposed for the following uses: multifamily
residential (studios, 1 bedroom, senior housing), joint live/work units, automated self-
service car wash, banks, eating and drinking establishments, and instructional schools.
All of the proposed amendments to permitting requirements, use classifications, and parking
requirements can be found in Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 of the Draft UDC Update — Volume 2
(Attachment B), in the track change format of the UDC Update.
* For the purposes of tracking changes for Chapter 17.12 (Use Type Classifications), Chapter
17.13 (Permitted Use Charts), and Section 17.18.130 (Schedule of Off -Street Parking
Requirements), a new matrix combines these three sections into one, and proposed amendments
are made therefrom.
Chapter 17.15 1 Property Development Standards
• General residential and commercial zone requirements have been relocated to Division
17.30 (Zones).
• Community Development Director's policies have been codified for the following:
o Front yard landscaping, residential sport courts, metal structures, and wall heights.
• New graphics have been provided to illustrate property development standards.
• Relocation of SEA requirements to Section 17.38.080; NPDES requirements to Chapter
17.90; road dedication and bridge and thoroughfare fee requirements to Chapter 17.51.
• Architectural requirements have been added for residential and commercial buildings to
provide 360 -degree architecture (General Plan Policies LU 3.4.8 and LU 6.5.3).
Master Case No. 13.009
March 19, 2013
Page 12 of 16
Chapter 17.16 1 Special Zones and Standards
Section 17.16.020 (Planned Development Overlay Zone) has been amended to provide
clarification that a conditional use permit is required for any development or
redevelopment of property located within this overlay zone.
• Regulations for the following have been relocated and superseded by other sections as
follows:
o Specific Plans — relocated to Section 17.28.110 (Specific and Corridor Plans).
o Open Space zones — relocated to Chapter 17.36 (Open Space Zones).
o Private Education — relocated to Section 17.37.020 (Public/Institutional Zone).
• Regulations for the MOCA overlay have been amended to implement applicable General
Plan policies related to mitigation of impacts and site remediation (General Plan Policies
CO 2.3.3 - CO 2.3.5, LU 7.7.1).
• Regulations related to the Billboard overlay zone have been removed to ensure
consistency with the Sign Ordinance, which prohibits billboards. This amendment also
implements the General Plan (General Plan Policy LU 6.3.5).
• Updated the definition of ridgeline preservation overlay zone to include 100 feet vertical
and 100 feet horizontal from the ridgeline to implement the General Plan (General Plan
Policies LU 6. 1.1 and CO 2.2.3).
• The following overlay zones and standards were previously adopted by ordinance but
have not been posted onto the online version of the UDC. No changes have been made
other than formatting.
o Homeless Shelter Overlay — Approved by the City Council on April 28, 2009 by
Ordinance No. 09-003.
o Movie Ranch Overlay — Approved by the City Council on November 8, 2011 by
Ordinance No. 11-20.
• Updates to the Special Standards Districts have been updated to implement the General
Plan (General Plan Policies LU 1.2.5 and LU 1.2.6).
Chapter 17.17 1 Special Uses and Standards
• This chapter has been reformatted, renumbered, and relocated to Division 17.60 to fit the
format of the UDC Update.
• Regulations for cottage food operators have been added to implement Assembly Bill
1616.
• Park fees have been relocated to Section 17.51.010 (Development Impact Fees) of the
UDC Update.
Master Case No. 13-009
March 19, 2013
Page 13 of 16
• Requirements for the transfer of development rights have been added to implement the
General Plan (General Plan Policy CO 10.2.5).
• Section 17. 17.090 (Oak Tree Preservation) has been amended with the following;
o Relocation of definitions to Chapter 17.11 (Definitions).
o Deletion of duplicative procedural application review requirements.
• Relocation of historic preservation review requirements from Section 17.03.145 to
Chapter 17.64 of the UDC Update.
Chapter 17.18 1 Parking Standards
• Relocation of landscaping requirements to Section 17.51.030 (Landscaping and Irrigation
Standards).
• Addition of standards for parking structures.
• Requirement for parking for disabled persons amended to require conformance with the
California Building Code.
• Addition of fuel-efficient/carpool parking space requirement to implement the General
Plan and the California Green Building Code (General Plan Policy C 3.2.4).
• Relocation of parking definitions to Chapter 17. l 1.
• Relocation of off-street parking requirements to Division 17.40. For a summary of
proposed amendments to parking requirements, refer to Chapter 17.12 and 17.13 of the
track change version of the UDC Update (Attachment B).
Change of permit requirement for shared parking agreements from conditional use permit
to minor use permit; for parking reductions from adjustment/variance to minor use permit
for reductions less than 20% and minor use permit with public hearing for reductions
greater than 20%.
Chapter 17.19 1 Sign Standards
• Sign definitions have been relocated to Chapter 17.11 (Definitions).
• Duplicative procedures for sign application review have been deleted; duplicative
requirements for sign review have been deleted.
• Administrative sign variance application procedures have been relocated to Section
17.24.110.
Master Case No. 13-009
March 19, 2013
Page 14 of 16
General requirement for sign copy has been added to each sign type.
• New sign types and standards have been added for the following signs: awning, grand
opening banners, corporate flags, gas sales canopy, menu/preview board, projecting and
under canopy, and subdivision directional.
• New sign exhibits and matrix for sign regulations have been added.
Chapter 17.20-17.30 1 Grading
• An investigation fee has been added for unpermitted grading in the amount of twice the
grading permit fee, as shown in Section 17.81.20 (E) of the UDC Update.
• The language for grading permit exceptions has been revised. The amended language
makes the code easier to interpret and adds figures to clarify the exceptions, as shown in
Section 17.81.010 (B).
• Added language defining "regular" grading and "engineered" grading in Section
17.83.010. The code also lists the specific requirements to obtain a grading permit for
both grading designations. When grading is designated as "regular" grading the
requirements to obtain a grading permit are reduced substantially. This should
significantly reduce the cost to obtain a permit for most small grading projects not
intended for the support of a structure.
• Added language requiring applications for haul routes for import and export of earth
materials to be approved by the City Engineer and granted the authority to the City
Engineer to request security for import or export, as shown in Section 17.86.010.
Clarification provided for required grading inspection procedures in Section 17.88.010.
Amended code requirements regarding National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
in Chapter 17.80. This section consolidated several sections which were previously
spread throughout the UDC. Proposed amendments also clarify these requirements and
ensure grading projects are in compliance with the Los Angeles County MS4 permit.
Chapter 17.80 I Hillside Development Ordinance
• Deletion of duplicative procedural application review requirements.
• Relocation of hillside review findings to 17.23.130 (Hillside Development Review).
• Slope density requirement amended to include mixed use zones.
Master Case No. 13-009
March 19, 2013
Page 15 of 16
Chapter 17.90 I Standard Urban Stormwater Mitigation Plan Implementation
• No changes proposed other than re -numbering the chapter to 17.95 to fit the format of the
UDC Update.
Other Proposed Changes
• Updated landscaping standards that include provisions for water efficient landscaping, in
order to implement the General Plan and AB 1881. Other proposed updates include added
requirements for tree retention and maintenance of landscaping; and the consolidation of
existing landscaping requirements from elsewhere in the Code to Section 17.51.030
(General Plan Policies LU 7.4.1, CO 4.1.3, CO 4.3.5, CO 4.3.6, and CO 8.3.7)..
Added noise standards to implement the General Plan (General Plan Policies N.3.1.1,
3.1.2, 3.1.5, 3.1.9 and 4.1.2).
• Updated outdoor lighting standards to implement the General Plan (General Plan Policies
CO 3.6. 1, CO 6.6.1 and CO 8.3.9)
• Adapted mixed use development guidelines from the Santa Clarita Community Character
and Design Guidelines and standards from the existing mixed use overlay zone to
develop property development standards for mixed use zones, in order to implement the
General Plan (General Plan Policies LU 2.3.1 — LU 2.3.6).
• Consolidated development impact fees into one section of the UDC Update (Section
17.5 1.010 (Development Impact Fees)).
CEOA AND PUBLIC NOTICING
CEQA
An Initial Study (Attachment E) was prepared for this project in accordance with the California
Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). The Initial Study determined that all impacts related to the
proposed project are considered to be less than significant. Therefore, a Negative Declaration
was prepared in accordance with Section 15070 of CEQA. The Negative Declaration and Initial
Study have been made available during a thirty -day public review period from March 5, 2013 to
April 4, 2013. Documents were posted at the Permit Center at the City of Santa Clarita City Hall,
and the City of Santa Clarita Libraries (Canyon Country, Newhall, and Valencia Branches).
Public Noticing
All noticing requirements for a public hearing have been completed as required by Section
17.01.100 of the Unified Development Code. A 1/8th page advertisement was placed in The
Signal Newspaper on February 26, 2013.
Master Case No. 13-009
March 19, 2013
Page 16 of 16
RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommends that the Planning Commission:
1) Open the public hearing;
2) Receive testimony from the public;
3) Provide comments and direction to staff; and
4) Continue the public hearing to April 16, 2013, directing staff to return with responses to
comments and a resolution to recommend approval of the Draft UDC Update to the City
Council.
ATTACHMENTS
A) Draft UDC Update — Volume 1: New Version of the UDC*
B) Draft UDC Update — Volume 2: Current UDC with Proposed Changes*
C) Draft Zoning Map*
D) Draft Overlay Map*
E) Draft Negative Declaration/Initial Study for the Draft UDC Update
* Attachments A -D were previously provided tothePlanning Commission on January 28, 2013 and are available on
the City's Planning Division website at www.santa-clarita.com/udeupdate.
S:\CD\UDC UPDATE\PLANNING COMMISSION\STAFF REPORT\P.C. STAFF REPORT 3.19.13.DOC
CITY OF SANTA CLARITA
STAFF REPORT
THE UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE UPDATE
MASTER CASE NO. 13-009
UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE UPDATE 13-001;
ZONE CHANGE 13-001; INITIAL STUDY 13-001
DATE: April 16, 2013
TO: Chairperson Eichman and Members of the Planning Commission
FROM: Jeff W. Hogan, AICP, Planning Manager
CASE PLANNER: James Chow, Associate Planner
LOCATION: Citywide
APPLICANT: City of Santa Clarita
REQUEST: The City of Santa Clarita is proposing a comprehensive update to the
Unified Development Code (UDC Update), which includes text
amendments to Chapter 16 (Subdivisions) and Chapter 17 (Zoning) of the
Municipal Code, as well as an update to the zoning map, to ensure
consistency with the General Plan, as required by State law.
PURPOSE OF THE MEETING
The purpose of this meeting is to provide the Planning Commission with responses to questions
and issues that were raised at the March 19, 2013, Commission meeting. In addition, the purpose
of this hearing is to receive public testimony and to answer any additional questions the
Commission may have and receive a recommendation from the Commission to the City Council
on the project.
BACKGROUND
PREVIOUS PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING
The Commission held a duly noticed public hearing on the Unified Development Code Update
on March 19, 2013. At that time, the Commission received a presentation from staff, opened the
public hearing and received public testimony on the project. The Commission provided various
questions for staff and directed staff to return with responses to comments at the next
Commission meeting. The Commission continued the project to April 16, 2013 and directed staff
to address the Commission's comments and prepare a resolution recommending that the City
Council adopt the Negative Declaration and approve the Unified Development Code Update. At
Master Case No. 13-009
April 16, 2013
Page 2 of 12
the April 16th meeting, the Commission may provide additional recommendations to the Council
with their approval.
COMMENTS AND ANALYSIS
This section of the staff report discusses comments and questions that were raised at the
Commission meeting on March 19rh. This section has been divided into two categories which
include informational/clarification items and items requiring additional consideration from the
Commission. Questions that were previously answered at the last meeting are not included in this
staff report. Items that were raised during the March 19th Commission meeting that require
corrections in the UDC Update have been identified and included in the Errata Summary,
attached to this staff report. The Errata Summary is a comprehensive list of all corrections that
address typos, errors and omissions in the UDC Update and zoning maps.
As of the writing of this staff report, three comment letters were received, which are attached
herein for the Commission's reference and summarized as follows: 1) One letter, from the Los
Angeles County Department of Parks and Recreation, states that the UDC Update would not
affect any Department facilities; 2) With regards to the comment letter from the Public Utilities
Commission's (PUC) about the safety of the rail corridor, Staff has contacted the PUC to discuss
amending an existing UDC standard for development adjacent to a rail line. The PUC concurs
with the proposed amendment to this requirement, which is provided in the Errata Summary; 3)
The third letter was submitted by Hunt C. Braly, Attorney at Law, representing Sierra Highway
Holdings, LLC. This letter expresses concerns about the re -designation of property along Sierra
Highway from Industrial Commercial (IC) to Community Commercial (CC) and proposes an
amendment to Chapter 17.05 to address legal nonconforming industrial uses.
INFORMATIONAL / CLARIFICATION
1) Throughout the draft, the text refers most often to Approving authority. This relates to the
levels of evaluation that are identified in the Review Authority Table and descriptions.
Please idents in some detail the extent of changes in authority directed to the Director or
Hearing Officer. For instance, what level of CEQA review is redirected to the Director?
The administrative hearing process would be expanded as a part of the UDC Update, in
order to streamline the hearing process for requests for hearings of minor use permits and
adjustments. Decisions by the hearing officer would still be appealable to the Commission.
All other levels of review and approving authority have remained as they currently exist in
the UDC.
2) Highways, Page 12: What is the process for changing an alignment if it is determined that
the proposed alignment is not acceptable?
The general alignments of highways are determined by the General Plan. Concise
alignments are determined once engineering and environmental reviews are completed. In
order to modify a general alignment of a highway, a General Plan amendment would be
required.
Master Case No. 13-009
April 16, 2013
Page 3 of 12
3) Highways, Page IT Why was the Pedestrian Ways section removed? (If it is not to be
included here, the number needs to be changed on Fire -fighting Access from 16.11.140 to
16.11.130.
This section is outdated and is not compliant with accessibility requirements and is no
longer needed. The section numbering has been updated, as shown in the Errata Summary.
4) Dedications, Page. 23, 16.19.050: Please clarify. This speaks to 2.25 acre minimum lot
size, but refers to Section 16.21.060.
Section 16.19.050 speaks to a dedication of private streets that are not accepted as public
on the Final Map and Section 16.21.060 states that improvements are not required for a five
acre parcel.
5) Subdivision Requirements, page 28, B.1: Is the subdivider required to pay into a funding
district to cover the cost of improvements to flood -control channels when combined with
other subdividers of adjacent properties?
A subdivider is not required to pay into a funding district to cover the cost of improvements
to flood control channels when combined with other subdividers of adjacent properties.
Flood control improvements are generally site-specific and project -specific and therefore
would be the requirement of the applicant.
6) Vesting Tentative Maps, page 43, This section does not include the provision that an
applicant may request approval of a development "which departs from the ordinances,
policies, and standards" of Section 66474.2 of the Government Code, as was included in
the existing UDC. Has this provision been eliminated or simply moved to another section.
This provision has been eliminated because this provision allows for approval of a vesting
tentative map that is inconsistent with the UDC.
7) Interpretations, p. 15: Would the Planning Commission have the opportunity to challenge
an interpretation made by the Director? How would the PC be informed and request
review? And, at what point would a written interpretation be incorporated into the code?
Written Director's policies and interpretations are currently posted on the Planning
Division website. In the future, staff will forward a copy of any new Director's policies or
interpretations to the Planning Commission for their information. Any Director's policy or
interpretation that is implemented would be codified as part of the next UDC update
process. There are currently six Director's policies being implemented as part of this UDC
Update.
Master Case No. 13-009
April 16, 2013
Page 4 of 12
8) Class H Applications, p. 23: What is the reasoning behind removing the PC from review of
Class II applications which includes Development Review, Hillside Development Review,
and Oak Tree Permits?
There has been no change or removal of the Commission's review of certain Class II
applications that require Commission review. For example, the Commission will continue
to review a number of these requests such as heritage oak removals, shopping centers over
100,000 square feet, and hillside projects with average cross slopes greater than 15 percent.
9) Page 25: Who serves on the [Development] Review Committee?
The City's Development Review Committee (DRC) was established when the City was
established and is comprised of various staff members from the City as well as the County
of Los Angeles. The Development Review Committee consists of staff from City divisions
including, but not limited to, Planning, Building and Safety, Traffic Engineering,
Development Services, Environmental Services, Transit, Urban Forestry, CIP, Economic
Development, Parks Planning, Special Districts as well as Los Angeles County Fire
Prevention. In addition, other outside agencies may also be included. The purpose of this
committee is to review development applications for consistency with City and County
development standards and regulations and to provide comments and draft conditions of
approval to the applicant.
10) From page 27: Recommendation that the UDC Update include what constitutes "Types"
under Public Noticing (17.06.100).
Type I public notices are notices required for Class III permits (adjustments, minor use
permits, and sign variances). Type II public notices are notices required for all permits
requiring public hearings. Table 17.06-1 (Review Authority) in Chapter 17.06 of the UDC
Update includes information that describes when public notice is required. In addition,
Table 17.06-1 identifies whether a project would require a Type I or Type Il notice.
11) Request for a longer review period for projects that include extensive CEQA and other
documentation.
While staff affords as much time as possible for the review of lengthy documents (similar
to the review period for the UDC Update), there are a number of State time limitations that
limit the length of time for review including the California Environmental Quality Act and
the Permit Streamlining Act. However, when there is ability to allow for additional time
for Commission review, staff will provide the Commission with as much additional time as
possible.
12) Minor Permit Modifications, p. 46, A.3 & 4: A modification of more than 10 or 20
seems excessive for a Class IN level review.
Provisions for modifications to a conditionally approved use are currently provided in the
existing UDC and have been relocated to Chapter 17.09 of the UDC Update. The current
Master Case No. 13-009
April 16, 2013
Page 5 of 12
UDC permits a cumulative expansion of ten percent or less of the approved building area.
A cumulative expansion of ten percent to fifty percent of approved building area or
approved site area requires approval of a minor use permit. A cumulative expansion
greater than fifty percent of approved building area or approved site area requires approval
of a conditional use permit.
13) Home Occupation Permit, page 16. What is the proposed fee? How will this be
administered? And how will it be regulated?
No changes have been proposed to the home occupation permit as part of the UDC Update.
The current fee for a home occupation permit is a one-time $42 fee that is currently
handled as an over the counter approval at the City Permit Center. Additional requirements
and regulations are described in Chapter 17:65 (Home Occupations).
14) Landscape Plan Review, page 17: For whom will this review apply? Private homeowners?
As currently the practice, landscape plan reviews are required for the development of new
or major rehabilitation of commercial and industrial buildings where new landscaping is
being installed or modified. In addition, landscape plans are required for new multifamily
residential units, model homes, and lots with slopes. New construction landscape projects
by individual homeowners with a landscape area greater than 5,000 square feet would also
require a landscape plan review. Lastly, if the project site is located in a High Fire Hazard
Severity Zone, the Los Angeles County Fire Department will require landscape plans to
review for fuel modification.
15) Oak Tree Permit, pages 21 and 22: C. l.a appears to be in conflict with C.2.a.
Subsection (C)(1)(a) of Section 17.23.170 applies to oak tree removals that require
approval from the Director and Subsection (C)(2)(a) applies to oak tree removals that
require approval from the Planning Commission or City Council.
16) Oak Tree Permit: Where are the stipulations regarding replacement levels and payments?
The requirements regarding replacement of oak trees and payment to offset impacts
associated with the loss of oaks can be found on Pages 52-53 of Division 17.50, in Section
17.51.040 (13)(3) (Conditions) of the Oak Tree Preservation section. Replacement or
payments to offset impacts associated with the loss of oaks are based on the entire
International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) dollar value of oak trees approved for removal.
Master Case No. 13-009
April 16, 2013
Page 6 of 12
17) Temporary Use Permits: How can TUPs for non -profits be established? The SCV-Newhall
Optimist Club held a rummage sale several years ago on commercial property, placing a
sign on the public sidewalk. The sign was removed and the organization was told that it
couldn't host the event, even with the property owner's approval. Temple Beth Ami wanted
to host an event on private property and the TUP was onerous.
The UDC does not currently distinguish between temporary use permits (TUPs) for non-
profit and for-profit organizations. Requests for temporary uses require review and
consideration by City staff to ensure compliance with the performance standards of the
Code. The processing fee for temporary use permits was established by City Council
resolution and takes into account the staff time required to review these permits. To
establish a two-tier TUP fee schedule to reduce or waive fees for non-profit organizations
is outside of the scope of this project.
18) Signage, p. 40 (and elsewhere): Would these new signage rules have allowed the business
sign that we required removed on Railroad Avenue. The owner said that removal of the
sign would damage his business and 1 believe the business closed as a result.
Staff is not certain of the exact sign referenced above, however, the signage rules that are
referenced on page 40 of Division 17.20 are findings for sign variances that are currently in
the UDC (Chapter 17.19). These findings have not been modified and would be relocated
from the sign standards chapter of the existing UDC to the applications division of the
UDC Update. Business owners, whose properties are unique and have physical hardships,
can apply for a sign variance in order to vary from the sign standards of the Code.
However, in order to receive approval of a sign variance, an applicant must substantiate the
required findings for a sign variance, as provided in the Code.
19) Minor Use Permit, p. 42: Reduction in parking allowed under a Class III application may
not allow sufficient review.
A minor use permit with a professional parking study would be required for parking
reductions of less than 20 percent. For requests for parking reductions greater than 20
percent, a minor use permit, subject to Planning Commission review would be required.
These procedures are consistent with the procedural requirements currently in place in the
UDC for parking reductions. Furthermore, Section 17.51.060 (N) (Modification for Off -
Street Parking) contains requirements and parameters for review of the minor use permit
for parking reductions.
20) Development Agreements, p. 72: Mandatory Contents should include a statement
regarding the offer and acceptance of "significant and tangible benefits above and beyond
those that may be required by the City through normal review procedures and project
conditions... "
A statement regarding the offer and acceptance of a significant and tangible benefit is a
required finding in the existing UDC and would remain as a required finding for
Master Case No. 13-009
April 16, 2013
Page 7 of 12
development agreements. This finding has been relocated to Section 17.28.100 (E) of the
UDC Update and requires the City Council to make the finding as part of the application.
21) Pages 77 & 78; vi and vii are the same as L on the next page. Condense. Clarify?
Requirements identified on page 77 (Section 17.28. 100 (J) (2) (a) (vi and vii)) and page 78
(Section 17.28.100 (K and L) are the same procedural requirements for violations of
development agreements. However, the procedural requirements on page 77 are specific to
violations that are identified during the required periodic review of development
agreements, whereas the requirements on page 78 are specific to violations that may be
identified at any other time.
22) Specific and Corridor Plans: Maybe add the requirement for an annual evaluation to
ensure consistency?
Amendments to a Specific Plan or to the Unified Development Code are prepared
periodically, on an as needed basis. As planning issues arise and require amendments to a
specific plan, corridor plan, or the UDC, such amendments are presented to the
Commission and Council for consideration and approval.
23) Chapter 17.31, p.3, Zoning Designation Purpose: Why is it that permissible uses are only
itemized under sections from Mixed Use on?
Chapters 17.35 through Chapter 17.37 consist of standards, including permitting
requirements, for mixed use, open space, and public institutional zones. To be concise, only
permitted or conditionally permitted uses are included under these chapters because the
uses that would commonly be located in these zones are specialized and unique. Uses that
are not listed under these specific permitted use charts are considered to be prohibited. A
comprehensive list of use types and definitions for residential and commerciauindustrial
zones are found under Division 17.40 (Use Classifications and Required Parking).
24) Non -Urban, 17.32.040 4, p.9. Examples ofsupportive commercial?
Supportive commercial uses are defined as commercial uses serving the local area. These
may include grocery stores, restaurants, personal services, and feed and tack stores. These
provisions have been proposed in the UDC Update to implement the General Plan.
Examples of supportive commercial uses include Halfway House Caf6 and Le Chene
French Cuisine on Sierra Highway, the Big Oaks Lodge on Bouquet Canyon Road, and Rio
Caf6 and Groceries on Soledad Canyon Road.
25) Chapter 17.33.010. URI seems most appropriate to Casden as this zone allows for an
appropriate urban/rural interface.
The zoning proposed for the North Newhall area (also known as Casden) consists of both
the NU5 (Non -Urban 5) and MXN (Mixed Use Neighborhood) designations, which is
consistent with the General Plan. The North Newhall area was the subject of careful
Master Case No. 13-009
April 16, 2013
Page 8 of 12
consideration and planning as part of the General Plan process, which involved the City's
collaboration with the Placerita Canyon Property Owners' Association. Any future use and
development of this area would require adherence to the General Plan policy and UDC
requirements for this area.
26) MHP, p. 63: Are there standards for visitor parking for the MHP zone?
There are standards for visitor parking for mobile home parks in the Unified Development
Code. The current visitor parking requirement is one space for each two units. The visitor
parking requirement is in addition to the requirement of two spaces for each mobile home
unit. No changes are proposed to these requirements.
27) MOCA Overlay Zone, p. 68: Is 300' distance between a residence and a new well an
acceptable standard?
The current UDC requirement for distance between a residence and a new well is 300 feet.
This requirement is in excess of the distance required by the County of Los Angeles Fire
Code and is considered an acceptable standard.
28) Movie Ranch Overlay Zone, p. 73: Is there any mechanism for review of the Film Office's
'decisions?
The mechanism for review of the Film Office's decisions is a request for a hearing before
the City Manager's Office. Pursuant to Chapter 11.46 (Filming Policy) of the Municipal
Code, a film permit may be appealed to the City Manager or City Manager's designated
appeal officer.
29) Mixed Use Overlay, p. 74: There are concerns about the Director's ability to approve
building of 50', reductions in setbacks, and reduced parking with PC review.
The mixed use overlay and applicable standards were approved by the Commission and
Council as part of the 2005 UDC amendments. There are no changes proposed to standards
related to building height, setbacks, or parking requirements as part of the UDC Update for
projects in the mixed use overlay. Building heights proposed above the permitted height in
the mixed use overlay would require a conditional use permit; setbacks proposed less than
the minimum required would be subject to a variance (or adjustment for less than 20%);
and a reduction in parking would be subject to a minor use permit with a parking study
prepared by a professional engineer.
30) Placerita Canyon, p. 96: This should specify the size of the designated area for keeping of
large animals. It isn't sufficient tojust identify the lot size.
In addition to the lot size requirement for the keeping of larger animals in the Placerita
Canyon Special Standards District, the keeping of animals is subject to the requirements of
Section 17.62.020 (Keeping of Larger Animals). This includes adherence to requirements
Master Case No. 13-009
April 16, 2013
Page 9 of 12
to keep animals properly confined and Los Angeles County Health Department
requirements for setbacks from residential structures.
31) Landscape Standards, p. 43: Will shade trees or another shade mechanism be required for
roof -top parking in structures?
The UDC Update provides landscaping standards for parking structures that includes but is
not limited to the requirement for landscape planters, architectural trellises, "green screens"
and other treatments to minimize the use of blank facades and to provide shading for
parking structures. There are no requirements for shade trees for roofs of parking
structures, however, other mechanisms such as covered parking (carports) may be used to
provide shade for roof -top parking.
32) Noise Standards, p. 49: Please give examples of 65 CNEL.
Some examples of 65 CNEL include normal conversations, dishwashers (at 10 feet),
general offices, and air conditioning units (at 100 feet).
33) Reduction in Parking, p. 71: Perhaps this should include a stipulation that parking
reduction will be reconsidered if the theory doesn't match reality.
Any land use permit, including permits for parking reductions, could be revised or revoked
pursuant to Chapter 17.08 (Revocations and Revisions), if the City finds that approved uses
become public nuisances or are being operated or maintained in violation of the approved
permit or the UDC or any other provision of law.
34) Pedestrian Circulation, p. 130: This should stipulate that pathways and sidewalks should
connect. In some cases, crosswalks lead to landscaped areas instead of sidewalks.
Connectivity.
In addition to the pedestrian circulation requirement as outlined in Section 17.53.020 (N),
the City's Community Character and Design Guidelines provide requirements for
pedestrian access and connectivity in commercial developments. Furthermore, through the
development review process, each commercial development project is reviewed for
consistency with these requirements and to ensure that crosswalks and sidewalks connect to
other paths of travel and/or sidewalks.
35) Mixed Use Development Standards, p. 135: Are affordable units required in buildings of
50' or more, or are they only required if density bonuses are requested? Is the City
required by the State to not only identify zones in which affordable units can be built, but
also how the City will achieve more such units?
Affordable housing units are not required in buildings of 50 feet or more. However,
applicants requesting a density bonus for housing are required to provide for affordable
units and to ensure the continued affordability of such units. In order to meet the State's
Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) requirement, the City is required to identify
Master Case No. 13-009
April 16, 2013
Page 10 of 12
specific sites within the City that would be suitable for residential development or
redevelopment. Those sites can be found in the Housing Element, which was approved as
part of the General Plan. The State does not require cities to require affordable housing.
36) Home Occupations, Chapter 17.65, p. 35: 17.65.040 stated that food preparation is not
allowed by home occupation permits, but on p. 39, cottage foods may be prepared and sold
at the home. What is the difference?
Home occupations and cottage food operations are considered to be two different types of
home-based businesses that require different types of permits and levels of review.
Whereas home occupations typically allow for general office uses and other permitted uses
as identified in Chapter 17.65, cottage food operators is a new type of home-based business
that the State of California recognizes, which specifically allows for the production and
selling of cottage food products from the home.
37) If the duties of the Planning Commission were to include review of CEQA documents,
including EIRs for Capital Improvements Program (CIP) projects that do not have
associated planning entitlements, what part of the Code would be changed?
Chapter 2.26 (Planning Commission) of Title 2 of the Municipal Code outlines the duties
of the Planning Commission. Title 2 addresses the administration and personnel of the City
of Santa Clarita and is not included as part of the UDC Update. Amending Title 2 of the
Municipal Code, to include Commission review of CEQA documents as they relate to City
and non -zoning related projects, is outside of the scope of this project, which focuses
specifically on Title 16 (Subdivisions) and Title 17 (Zoning).
38) Second ,floor decks (balconies) added onto the back of a house can be intrusive to
neighboring properties. Are there requirements that currently address the issue?
Standards for second floor "decks" (which are classified in the UDC as balconies), are
currently provided in the UDC and can be found in Section 17.57.060 (17)(3) of the UDC
Update. Second floor balconies are required to maintain a minimum 10 -foot setback from
the rear property line and a 5 -foot setback from the side property line. As a point of
reference, the minimum setback for a primary residence is 15 feet from the rear property
line and 5 feet from the side property line.
COMMISSION CONSIDERATION
1) MUP, p. 43: Findings should also include a statement that the granting of a permit will
not result in parking or loading of private streets in addition to public streets.
One of the required findings for a minor use permit for parking reductions is "that the
granting of the permit will not result in the parking or loading of vehicles on public streets
in such a manner as to interfere with the free flow of traffic on the streets." This finding
docs not include or apply to private streets.
Master Case No. 13-009 s
April 16, 2013
Page I I of 12
If it is the consensus of the Commission, it may make a recommendation to the City
Council to add "private streets" to this finding.
2) Open Space requirements, p. 81 and elsewhere: Recommend allowing the applicant to
combine some of the 200 square foot per unit, but keep some with each unit.
For multifamily residential developments, the required open space must be split into
required yard space and community open space. As an incentive for mixed use
developments, required open space may be combined as common open space and is not
required for each unit. There have been no changes proposed in the UDC Update.
If it is the consensus of the Commission, it may make a recommendation to the City
Council amending this requirement for mixed use developments to require open space for
each residential unit in mixed use projects.
3) Hazardous Waste Facilities, p. 46: What about posting a bond for clean up and
remediation? That isn't included under financial responsibility.
The UDC requires that hazardous waste facilities comply with all performance standards
identified in Section 17.66.060 of the UDC Update, which includes compliance with State
and federal financial responsibility requirements. A requirement for posting a bond for
remediation and clean up is not included.
If it is the consensus of the Commission, it may make a recommendation to the City
Council to include a requirement for posting a bond for remediation and clean up and to
ensure that the waste facilities are operable.
4) The proposed guest parking requirement for live/work units, like those approved as part of
the New Home Company project, should be increased in the Code.
Concerns were raised at the March 19`h Commission meeting that the proposed update to
parking requirements for live/work units may not be sufficient to accommodate parking for
the commercial component of the live/work units. The Code currently requires that all
live/work units provide a minimum of two spaces per unit. The proposed change in the
UDC Update would add to this requirement by requiring an additional one space for each
250 square feet of commercial space, which would be an equivalent ratio to parking
required for retail/office/personal service use types.
If it is the consensus of the Commission, it may make a recommendation to the City
Council to require parking for the commercial component of live/work units to be based on
the specific use type as provided in the UDC.
Master Case No. 13-009
April 16, 2013
Page 12 of 12
5) Home occupation requirements should be updated to allow for more than one student at
any given time.
The purpose of home occupations is to allow for certain businesses to be operated out of a
home, without changing the residential character of the involved dwelling unit. The current
requirements for home occupations do not allow visitation to the house, with the exception
of deliveries (incidental to the home occupation) and home instruction, which provides a
limit of no more than one student receiving instruction at any given time.
If it is the consensus of the Commission, it can make a recommendation to the City Council
to increase the number of students permitted as part of a home occupation.
RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommends that the Planning Commission:
1) Receive staff presentation;
2) Receive testimony from the public;
3) Provide final comments and direction to staff;
4) Close the public hearing; and
5) Adopt Resolution No. P13-03, that recommends that the City Council adopt the Negative
Declaration prepared for the project; and that the City Council approve Master Case No. 13-
009, consisting of Unified Development Code 13-001 and Zone Change 13-001, and any
additional recommendations, for the update of the Unified Development Code.
ATTACHMENTS
1) Resolution No. P13-03
A. Exhibit A — Unified Development Code Update*
B. Exhibit B — Zoning Map*
C. ExhibitC— Overlay Map*
D. Exhibit D — Errata Summary
2) Errata Summary
3) Comment Letters
Exhibits A, B, and C of Resolution P13-03 were previously provided to the Planning
Commission on January 28, 2013 and are available on the City's Planning Division website at
www.santa-claritaeoln/udcuodate.
S.\CD\UDC UPDATE\PLANNING COMMISSIOMSTAFF REPORT\P.C. STAFF REPORT 4.16.13.DOCX
RESOLUTION NO. P13-03
A RESOLUTION OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF
THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA RECOMMENDING THAT THE CITY COUNCIL ADOPT
THE NEGATIVE DECLARATION PREPARED FOR THE PROJECT AND APPROVE
MASTER CASE NO. 13-009 (UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE 13-001, ZONE CHANGE
13-001), AMENDING THE SANTA CLARITA UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE (UDC)
THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA DOES HEREBY
RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS:
SECTION 1. FINDINGS OF FACT. The Planning Commission does hereby make the
following findings of fact:
a. On June 14, 2011, the City Council adopted the Santa Clarita -General Plan, by
adoption of Resolution No. 11-63. The General Plan provides a vision that will guide
future development in the City of Santa Clarita through a set of goals, objectives, and
policies.
b. Pursuant to Government Code Section 65860, local jurisdictions, with newly adopted
general plans, are required to amend their zoning ordinances to ensure consistency
with the newly adopted general plan.
C. Following adoption of the General Plan in June 2011, the City of Santa Clarita (the
"City")"initiated the comprehensive update of the Unified Development Code (the
"project" or "-UDC Update").
d. The City of Santa Clarita's proposed project consists of the following:
Unified' Development Code (UDC) 13-001: To update the Unified Development
Code; 'to ensure consistency with the General Plan. The Unified Development Code
Update is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit A.
Zone Change (ZC) 13-001: To update the zoning map and overlay map to ensure
consistency with the General Plan: The updated zoning map is incorporated herein by
reference as Exhibit B and the updated overlay map is incorporated herein by
reference as Exhibit C. The update to the zoning map includes those areas pending
annexation, with approved prezone designations, including the North Saugus area
(Master Case No. 12-110), South Sand Canyon area (Master Case No. 11-116), and
Norland Road area (Master Case No. 8-112).
e. The Planning Commission held duly -noticed study sessions on November 15, 2011
and June 19, 2012, in accordance with the City's noticing requirements. The study
sessions were held at City Hall, 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Santa Clarita and at Old
Maslen Case 13-009
Resolution 1113-03
April 16, 2013
Page 2 of
Orchard Park, Community Room, located at 25032 Avenida Rotella, Santa Clarita.
The following occurred at the study sessions:
1. On November 15, 2011, the Planning Commission received a presentation on the
project and proposed amendments to the Unified Development Code, At that
meeting staff received comments from both the Planning Commission and the
public.
2. On June 19, 2012, the Planning Commission received a presentation on the draft
UDC Update and a progress report on the project. At that meeting staff received
comments from both the Planning Commission and the public.
f. The City Council Development Subcommittee held duly -noticed meetings on January
28, 2013 and March 4, 2013, in accordance with the City's noticing requirements.
The meetings were held at City Hall, Century Room, located at 23920 Valencia
Boulevard, Santa Clarita.
g. The Planning Commission held duly -noticed public hearings on March 19, 2013 and
April 16, 2013, in accordance with the City's noticing requirements. The project was
advertised in The Signal newspaper on February 26, 2013, The hearings were held at
City Hall, 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Santa Clarita, at 6:00 p.m. The following
occurred at the public hearings:
1. On March 19, 2013, the Planning Commission received City staffs presentation
summarizing the proposed project, opened the public hearing, and received public
testimony regarding the project and staff received comments and questions from
the Planning Commission regarding the project. The Planning Commission
continued the public hearing to April 16, 2013;
2. On April 16, 2013, staff provided responses to questions and comments that were
raised by the Commission on March 19, 2013. The Planning Commission
received public testimony regarding the project. The Planning Commission
provided final comments to staff and closed the public hearing. Staff presented
the necessary approval documents (resolution and associated attachments),
including the Errata Summary, incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit D, and
the Planning Commission took action on the resolution of recommendation to the
City Council.
h. At its hearings on the project, listed above, the Planning Commission considered
staff presentations, staff reports, and public comments and testimony on the UDC
Update.
i. Based upon: the staff presentations, staff reports, and public comments and
testimony, the Planning Commission finds that the Unified Development Code
Update will not adversely affect the health, peace, comfort, or welfare of persons
residing in the area; nor will the Unified Development Code Update jeopardize,
Master Case 13-009
Resolution P13-03
April 16, 2013
Page 3 of 9
endanger or otherwise constitute a menace to the public health, safety, or general
welfare.
j. The location of the documents and other materials that constitute the record of
proceedings upon which the decision of the Planning Commission is based for the
Master Case No. 13-009 project file is with the Community .Development
Department; the record specifically is in the custody of the Director of
Community Development.
SECTION 2. CALIFORNIA, ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITYACTFINDINGS.
Based upon the foregoing facts and findings, the Planning Commission recommends the City
Council hereby find as follows:
a. An Initial Study and a Negative Declaration for this project have been prepared in
compliance with the Califomia Environmental Quality Act (CEQA);
b. The Initial Study has been circulated for review and comment by affected
governmental agencies and the public, and all comments received have been
considered. The Negative Declaration was advertised on February 26; 2013• and
posted on March 5, 2013, in accordance with CEQA. The public review period
was open from March 5, 2013 through April 4, 2013;
C, There is no substantial evidence that the project will have a significant effect on
the environment. The Negative Declaration reflects the independent judgment of
the City of Santa Clarita;
d. The documents and other material which constitute the record of proceedings
upon which the decision of the Planning Commission is made is the Master Case
No. 13-009 project file, located within the Community Development Department
and is in the custody of the Director of Community Development; and
e. The Planning Commission, based upon the findings set forth above, hereby finds
that the Negative Declaration for this project has been prepared in compliance
with CEQA.
SECTION 3. FINDINGS FOR UNIFIED _DEVELOPMENT CODE 13-001 AND
ZONE CHANGE 13-001. Based on the above findings of fact and recitals and the entire
record, including, without limitation, oral and written testimony and other evidence received at
the public hearings, reports and other transmittals from City staff to the Planning Commission,
and upon studies and investigations made by the Planning Commission, the Planning
Commission recommends that the City Council find, as follows:
a. That the proposed zone change or amendment is consistent with the objectives of
the development code, the General Plan, and development policies of the City and
forward a recommendation of approval:
Master Cme 13-009
Resolution 1113-03
April 16, 2013
Page 4 of 9
Master Case No. 13-009, which consists of Unified Development Code 13-001
and Zone Change 13-001, is consistent with the objectives of the General Plan
and development policies of the City. The comprehensive update of the Unified
Development Code carries out a key General Plan implementation measure by
updating the development code and zoning map to ensure consistency with the
General Plan, as required by State law. The comprehensive update of the Unified
Development Code implements applicable policies of the General Plan to ensure
consistency with the goals, objectives and policies of the General Plan, The UDC
Update does not require consistency with the development code because the
request is to amend the entire Unified Development Code.
SECTION 4. The Planning Commission hereby recommends the City Council adopt the
Negative Declaration prepared for the project and approve the amendments to the Unified
Development Code, which includes Master Case No. 13-009, Unified Development Code 13-
001, Zone Change 13-001, consisting of the Unified Development Code Update (Exhibit A), the
zoning map (Exhibit B), the overlay map (Exhibit C), and the errata summary (Exhibit D).
SECTION 5. The Planning Commission. Secretary shall certify to the adoption of this
Resolution and certify this record to be a full, complete, and correct copy of the action taken.
Maser Case 13-009
Resolution P13-03
April 16, 2013
Page i of 9
PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED this 16`h day of April, 2013.
00 �v-ice
LISA EICHMAN, CHAIRPERSON
PLANNING COMMISSION
ATTEST:
OG N,SECRETARY
G C M ISSION
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss
CITY OF SANTA CLARITA )
I, Jeff W. Hogan, Planning Commission Secretary of the City of Santa Clarita, do
hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly adopted by the Planning Commission of
the City of Santa Clarita at a regular meeting thereof, held on the 16 h of April, 2013, by the
following vote of the Planning Commission:
AYES: COMMISSIONERS:EICHMAN, HEFFERNAN, BURKHART,OSTROM, TRAUTMAN
NOES: COMMISSIONERS: NONE
ABSENT: COMMISSIONERS: NONE
SION SECRETARY
SXD\UDC UPOATE\PLANNING COMMISS10NU ESOLUTIOMPC RESOLUTION P13-03 UDC UPDATE AND CEQA MC NO. 13-009. DOC
Masmr Gist 13-009
Resotu(ian 1113-03
April 16, 2013
Page 6 of 9
EXHIBIT A OF RESOLUTION NO. P13-03
UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE UPDATE
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Master Case 13-009
Resolution P13-03
April 16, 2013
Page 7 of 9
EXHIBIT B OF RESOLUTION,NO: P-13-03
ZONING MAP;
INCORPORATED BYREFERENCE
Master Caw 13-009
Resolution 1113-03
April 16, 2013
Page Y oi'9
EXHIBIT C OF RESOLUTION NO. P13-03
OVERLAY MAP
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Master Case 13-009
Resolution P13-03
April 16, 2013
page 9 of 9
EXHIBIT D OF RESOLUTION NO. P13-03
ERRATA SUMMARY
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
MINUTES OF THE
REGULAR MEETING OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION
OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA
Tuesday
March 19, 2013
6:00 p.m.
CALL TO ORDER
The meeting of the Planning Commission of the City of Santa Clarita was called to order by
Chair Eichman at 6:00 p.m. in the City Council Chambers, 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Santa
Clarita, California.
FLAG SALUTE
Commissioner Trautman led the flag salute.
ROLL CALL
Chair Eichman and Commissioners Burkhart, Heffernan, Ostrom, and Trautman were all present.
APPROVAL OF AGENDA
A motion was made by Commissioner Ostrom and seconded by Commissioner- Trautman to
approve the agenda. Said motion was approved by a vote of 5-0.
APPROVAL OF THE MINUTES OF THE FEBRUARY 19., 2013, REGULAR MEETING
A motion was made by Commissioner Heffernan and seconded by Commissioner Burkhart to
approve the minutes of the February 19, 2013, regular meeting. Said motion was approved by a
vote of 5-0.
CONTINUED PUBLIC HEARING
ITEM 1 MASTER CASE II -040, CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT 11-007
A motion was made by Commissioner Ostrom and seconded by Commissioner Trautman to
continue the item to the regular meeting of April 16, 2013. Said motion was approved by a vote
of 5-0.
1
PUBLIC HEARINGS
ITEM 2 MASTER CASE 12-168, REVISION TO VESTING TENTATIVE TRACT
MAP 060258, TIME EXTENSION 13-001
A motion was made by Commissioner Trautman and seconded by Commissioner Ostrom to
continue the item to the regular meeting of April 16, 2013. Said motion was approved by a vote
of 5-0.
ITEM 3 MASTER CASE 13-009, UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE UPDATE 13-001,
ZONE CHANGE 13-001, INITIAL STUDY 13-001
James Chow, Associate Planner, gave the staff report and computer slide presentation.
The public hearing was opened at 6:30 p.m.
Valerie Thomas spoke in opposition to the proposed update.
Lynne Plambeck, Allan Cameron, and Cam Noltemeyer spoke in a neutral position to the update.
The Commission and staff discussed the proposed changes to the UDC document. Commissioner
Trautman requested additional information be brought back on April 16 for the Commission's
consideration.
A motion was made by Commissioner Heffernan and seconded by Commissioner Burkhart to
continue the item to the regular meeting of April 16, 2013. Said motion was approved by a vote
of 5-0.
ITEM 4 MASTER CASE 10-103, UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE AMENDMENT
10-006, INITIAL STUDY 13-002
Mike Marshall, Assistant Planner II, gave the staff report and computer slide presentation,
The public hearing was opened at 8:00 p.m.
Allan Cameron spoke in a neutral position to the proposed plan.
The Commission and staff discussed various aspects of the plan.
A motion was made by Commissioner Trautman and seconded by Commissioner Burkhart to
continue the item to the regular meeting of April 16, 2013. Said motion was approved by a vote
of 5-0.
PLANNING MANAGER'S REPORT
Jeff Hogan, Planning Manager, gave the Planning Manager's report. Mr. Hogan informed the
Commission that at the March 26 City Council meeting staff would be presenting the Habitat for
Heroes project, as well as the North Saugus Annexation.
Mr. Hogan also informed the Commission that there is a study session before the regular meeting
on April 16. The study session will begin at 5:00 p.m.
PLANNING COMMISSIONERS' REPORTS
Commissioners Trautman and Heffernan both reported that they attended the Planning
Commissioners Academy from February 27 through March 1. They felt it was a great conference
and both benefited from the material presented.
PUBLIC BUSINESS FROM THE FLOOR
Berta Gonzalez -Harper, Lynne Plambeck, and Allan Cameron all made public comments
regarding the UDC Update.
ADJOURNMENT
A motion was made by Commissioner Ostrom and seconded by Commissioner Heffernan to
adjourn the meeting. Said motion was approved by a vote of 5-0 and the meeting was adjourned
at 8:25 p.m.
S;1CDTLNGCOMIMINUTES�201313-19-13min.DOC
Lisa Eichman, Chair
Planning Commission
MINUTES OF THE
REGULAR MEETING OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION
OF THE CITY OF SANTA CLARITA
Tuesday
April 16, 2013
6:00 p.m.
CALL TO ORDER
The meeting of the Planning Commission of the City of Santa Clarita was called to order by
Chair Eichman at 6:01 p.m. in the City Council Chambers, 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Santa
Clarita, California.
FLAG SALUTE
Commissioner Ostrom led the flag salute.
ROLL CALL
Chair Eichman and Commissioners Burkhart, Heffernan, Ostrom, and Trautman were all present.
APPROVAL OF AGENDA
A motion was made by Commissioner Ostrom and seconded by Commissioner Trautman to
approve the agenda. Said motion was approved by a vote of 5-0.
APPROVAL OF THE MINUTES OF THE MARCH 19, 2013, REGULAR MEETING
A motion was made by Commissioner Burkhart and seconded by Commissioner Trautman to
approve the minutes of the March 19, 2013, regular meeting. Said motion was approved by a
vote of 5-0.
CONTINUED PUBLIC HEARINGS
ITEM 1 MASTER CASE 11-040, CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT 11-007
A motion was made by Commissioner Burkhart and seconded by Commissioner Heffernan to
continue the item to a date uncertain. Said motion was approved by a vote of 5-0.
ITEM 2 MASTER CASE 12-168, REVISION TO VESTING TENTATIVE TRACT
MAP 060258, TIME EXTENSION 13-001
Patrick Leclair, Associate Planner, gave the staff report and computer slide presentation.
The Commission and staffed discussed some of the revisions made to the project.
1
The public hearing was opened at 6:26 p.m.
Brent Caldwell, representing Brookfield Homes, addressed the Commission.
Mark Subbotin and Kerry Seidenglanz spoke in support of the proposed project.
Lynne Plambeck and Cam Noltemeyer spoke in a neutral position to the proposed project.
One written comment was submitted.
The Commission asked the applicant to address questions regarding the requested length of time
of the extension.
The public hearing was closed at 6:46 p.m.
The Commission and staff made closing comments
A motion was made by Commissioner Ostrom and seconded by Commissioner Burkhart to adopt
Resolution P13-02, approving Master Case 12-168, to revise Vesting Tentative Tract Map
(VTTM) 060258 and approve Time Extension 13-001 for a four-year extension to VTTM
060258, in the City of Santa Ciarita, subject to the attached Conditions of Approval ("Exhibit
A"), with amendments to Condition PR15 regarding trail maintenance. A roll call vote was
taken. Said motion was approved by a vote of 4-1.
ITEM 3 MASTER CASE 10-103, UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE AMENDMENT
10-006, INITIAL STUDY 13-002
Commissioner Burkhart recused himself from participation on the item, as his home is within
500 feet of the project area.
Mike Ascione, Assistant Planner 11, gave the staff report and computer slide presentation.
There were no speakers on the item.
The public hearing was closed at 6:49 p.m.
A motion was made by Commissioner Ostrom and seconded by Commissioner Heffernan to
adopt Resolution P] 3-04, that recommends that the City Council adopt the Negative Declaration
prepared for the project, and that the City Council approve Master Case 10-103, consisting of
Unified Development Code 10-006 and Zone Change 13-003, for the Lyons Corridor Plan. A roll
call vote was taken. Said motion was approved by a vote of 4-0.
ITEM 4 MASTER CASE 13-009, UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE UPDATE 13-001,
ZONE CHANGE 13-001, INITIAL STUDY 13-001
James Chow, Associate Planner, gave the staff report and computer slide presentation
R
Hunt Braly, Allan Cameron, Lynne Plambeck, and Cam Noltemeyer spoke in a neutral position
to the update.
Mr. Chow responded to comments made by the public speakers.
The Commission and staff discussed various sections of the proposed update and then reviewed a
list of additional recommendations to make to the City Council.
The public hearing was closed at 7:50 p.m.
A motion was made by Commissioner Trautman and seconded by Commissioner Heffernan to
adopt Resolution P13-03, that recommends that the City Council adopt the Negative Declaration
prepared for the project, and that the City Council approve Master Case 13-009, consisting of
Unified Development Code 13-001 and Zone Change 13-001, including the following
recommendations, for the update of the Unified Development Code:
1) Amend an existing finding for parking reductions to include the words "private streets" to
ensure that the granting of the permit will not result in the parking of vehicles onto
private streets in such a manner as to interfere with the free flow of traffic.
2) Allow the continued flexibility of combining individual and common open space
requirements for mixed use developments.
3) Amend the commercial parking requirement ratio for live/work units from one space per
250 square feet (as proposed in the UDC Update) to requiring parking to be based on the
specific commercial use type as provided in the UDC.
4) Increase the allowed number of students receiving instruction, as part of a home
occupation permit, from one student to up to five students, with no more than two
vehicles incidental to the home instruction.
5) Clarify that all appeals related to filming throughout the City are heard first before the
City Manager and, if necessary, before the City Council.
6) Reinstate proposed deletions of duplicative definitional language in the Happy Valley
Special Standards District and Oak Tree Preservation sections of the UDC.
7) City Attorney's Office research the ability to add an additional standard that would
require an applicant/owner to post bonds for clean-up and remediation of Hazardous
Waste Facilities.
8) If applicable, incorporate Animal Control and Health Department requirements to
provide minimum open space areas for the keeping of larger animals.
9) Staff continue to work with Mr. Hunt Braly, representing Sierra Highway Holdings, LLC,
on his request to allow a legal nonconforming light industrial use on Sierra Highway,
north of Soledad Canyon Road, the ability to have up to two years, plus an additional
year extension in order to re-establish a use that has been discontinued.
3
A roll call vote was taken. Said motion was approved by a vote of 5-0.
PLANNING MANAGER'S REPORT
Jeff Hogan, Planning Manager, gave the Planning Manager's report. Mr. Hogan reported that on
March 26, the City Council approved the Habitat for Heroes project, as well as the North Saugus
Annexation. Staff anticipates that annexation recording sometime next year. He also informed
the Commission that at the LAFCO hearing on April 10, the South Sand Canyon Annexation was
approved, and should record sometime next week.
Mr. Hogan reminded the Commission that they have a joint study session on May 7 regarding
the budget. He also informed the Commission that they will not have any meetings in May. Their
next meeting is scheduled for June 4, and there will also be a study session that evening.
PLANNING COMMISSIONERS' REPORTS
Commissioner Ostrom reminded everyone that the Cowboy Festival is taking place this
weekend.
PUBLIC BUSINESS FROM THE FLOOR
Cam Noltemeyer, Lynne Plambeck, and Allan Cameron made public comments.
ADJOURNMENT
A motion was made by Commissioner Ostrom and seconded by Commissioner Heffernan to
adjourn the meeting. Said motion was approved by a vote of 5-0 and the meeting was adjourned
at 8:00 p.m
Lisa Eichman, Chair
Planning Commission
Jeff W. Hogan, Planning Manager
Community Development
S:\CD\PLNGCOM\MFNUTES\2013\4-16-13min.DOC
HUNT C. BRALY Attorney ut Lena
25152 Springfield Court/Suite 100/ Valencia, CA 91355-1071/ Phone: (661) 287-3611 /FAX: (661) 291-1292
April 16, 2013
VIA E-MAIL lichow(a�santa-clarita.coml
Lisa Eichman, Chair
Santa Clarita Planning Commission
City of Santa Clarita
23920 Valencia Blvd., Ste, 302
Santa Clarita, CA 91355
Re Uniform Development Code Zoning Amendment
April 16, 2013 Hearing
Dear Chair Eichman:
This letter is a follow up to my letter of April 4, 10213 regarding Sierra Highway Holdings,
LLC, the owner ("Owner") of the property located at 17341 Sierra Highway (APN # 2839-002-
036), which has been industrial zoned property since its construction in 1989. The property
contains an approximate 45,000 square foot building located on an approximate 116,000 square
foot site ("Property"), The existing tenant is Morton Manufacturing.
As you and the other members of the Planning Commission consider the adoption of the
Uniform Development Code Zoning Amendment on April 16, 1 would request that you give
careful consideration of our suggested Amendment to Section 17.05.030, which is once again
provided below.
"Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Chapter, if a legal nonconforming use was
previously zoned for industrial use and contained buildings in excess of 44,000 square
feet, then that property will be allowed a minimum of two years to find a new tenant
after a tenant has vacated the property. If the property is still not leased after two years,
the property owner may apply to the Director in writing for an additional one year
extension, which shall not unreasonably be denied as long as the property owner shows
that the property has been, and continues to be, actively marketed since the date it first
became vacant. Any further extensions shall be at the discretion of the Director pursuant
to the other provisions of this Section."
A review of the approximate 26 properties along the adjacent portion of Sierra Highway which
were down zoned from Industrial to Community Commercial during OVOV, finds no
comparable industrial use. These other properties are a combination of storage yards, mini/self
storage facilities, repair shops or vacant lots for sale. In comparison, the approximately 45,000
Lisa Eichman, Chair
Santa Clarita Planning Commission
April 16, 2013
Page 2 o('2
square foot building on the Property is attractive and well maintained, employs more than 200
people and has been an active participant in the Santa Clarita Enterprise Zone with
approximately 26 certificates.
We know that the only tenant of this building for more than 20 years, Morton Manufacturing,
has agreed to relocate to'the City of Lancaster due to an extremely attractive package which that
City put together. As a result, this property will be vacant when they relocate in approximately
2 years. Based on experience in Valencia, where the market is more attractive for this use, it is
taking 33 months, or longer, to lease or sale comparable properties.
While sometime in the future the other uses adjacent to the Property will hopefully become
developed and viable economically under the Community Commercial zoning, this Property
should not be held hostage to the new zoning if it is unable to secure a tenant in the artificially
short time provided for in the existing ordinance.
Thank you for giving this request your careful consideration, and we are available to answer
any questions and to continue to work with the City staff on this issue.
Very truly /yours,
HUNT C. BRALY
HCB/db
cc: .lames Chow, City Planner
.teff Hogan, City Planning Manager
Clients
HUNT C. BRALY Attorney at Law
25152 Springfield Court/Suite 100/ Valencia, CA 91355-1071/ Phone: (661) 287-3611 / FAX: (661) 291-1292
April 4, 2013
VIA U.S. MAIL
AND E-MAIL f ichow(a),santa-clarita.coml
,lames Chow, Associate Planner
City of Santa Clarita
23920 Valencia Blvd., Ste. 302
Santa Clarita, CA 91355
Re Uniform Development Code Zoning Amendment
Dear Mr. Chow:
This firm represents Sierra Highway Holdings, LLC, the owner ("Owner") of the property
located at 17341 Sierra Highway (APN # 2839-002-036), which has been industrial zoned
property since its construction in 1989. The property contains an approximate 45,000 square
foot building located on an approximate 116,000 square foot site ("Property").
The Property was down zoned in the One Valley One Vision General Plan process from
Industrial to Community Commercial. The Owner does not recall ever receiving notice of this
downzoning. The Uniform Development Code Zoning Amendment has just recently been
brought to its attention and this letter is to express our serious concerns regarding the impact of
this zone change on the Property.
This current building was constructed in 1989 for industrial users. It is one large building and
the existing tenant, Morton Manufacturing, has been the only tenant since 1989. Morton.
employs 200 workers, manufactures for the aerospace industry and is located within the Santa
Clarita Enterprise Zone. If this industrial use is lost and the property must conform to the new
Community Commercial zone, there would be significant adverse impacts to the Owner. These
include, but are not limited to, significant new development costs which might not even be
feasible, resulting in the multi-million dollar loss of value of the property to most likely the
residual land value. j
We understand that this portion of Sierra Highway is referenced in the General Plan as an area
the City wants to upgrade. While there may be businesses adjacent to the Property which should
be improved, the Morton building is well maintained and a positive business in this community.
This change from Industrial to Community Commercial will also negatively impact the number
of good paying manufacturing jobs currently provided for by this Property, which is contrary to
the jobs housing balance called for in the General Plan.
The City has tried to reassure the Owner that it can continue to utilize the industrial zoning
under the provisions of Chapter 17.05 Legal Nonconforming Uses, Lots and Structures.
James Chow, Associate Planner
City of Santa Clarita
April 4, 2013
Page 2 of 2
However, this Chapter provides that the Property loses its protection if the nonconforming use
has been discontinued for a period of 180 calendar days. This causes great concern to the Owner
due to the fact that its current tenant, Morton Manufacturing, has already agreed to relocate to a
new building in the City of Lancaster. Industrial property can frequently be vacant for a period
of time significantly in excess of 180 calendar days. Although Section 17.05.030 provides an
exemption if the property owner notifies the Director of its intent to resume the use and the
Director...." has approved a schedule for resumption of said use", this exemption is totally at
the discretion:of the City and there is no indication of how long it can, or would be, granted. As
a result there is very little protection for the Owner under this proposed Section. This also
results in making the Property unmarketable since a future owner would not be willing to
purchase the Property at full value due to the risk of losing the industrial use if the tenant
relocates and the property becomes vacant.
Due to the significant impact on the Owner and the potential loss of hundreds of good jobs, we
would like to propose the following additional paragraph at the end of 17.05.030
"Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Chapter, if a legal nonconforming use was
previously zoned for industrial use and contained buildings in excess of 44,000 square
feet, then that property will be allowed a minimum of three years to find a new tenant
after a tenant has vacated the property. If the property is still not leased after three
years, the property owner may apply to the Director in writing for an additional one year
extension, which shall not unreasonably be denied as long as the property owner shows
that the property has been, and continues to be, actively marketed since the date it first
became vacant. Any further extensions shall be at the discretion of the Director pursuant
to the other provisions of this Section."
We look forward to working with the City in resolving this issue and ensuring that the rights of
the Owner and the goals of the City are met.
Vey truly yours,
HUNT C. BRALY
HCB/db
cc: Clients
Et. STATE OF CALIFORNIA
< GOVERNOR'S OFFICE of PLANNING AND RESEARCH
STATE CLEARINGHOUSE AND PLANNING UNIT
EDMUND G. BROWN JR.
GOvERNOR
r
April 5, 2013
James Chow
City of Santa Clarita
23920 Valencia Boulevard, Suite 302
Santa Clarita, CA 91355
Subject: Unified Development Code Update
SCH#: 2013031015
Dear James Chow:
1"f OF OA10p0p
REN ALEX
DIRECTOR
RFECEIVE®
PLANNING DIVISION
APR 10,242- 2-013
CITY OF SANTA CLARITA
The State Clearinghouse submitted the above named Negative Declaration to selected state agencies for
review. The review period closed on April 4, 2013, and no state agencies submitted continents by that date.
This letter acknowledges that you have complied with the State Clearinghouse review requirements for
draft environmental documents, pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act.
Please call the State Clearinghouse at (916) 445-0613 if you have any questions regarding the
environmental review process. If you have a question about the above-named project, please refer to the
ten -digit State Clearinghouse number when contacting this office. .
Sincerely,
ScoTFMorgan
Director, State Clearinghouse
140010th Street P.O. Box 3044 Sacramento, California 95812-3044
(916) 445-0613 FAX (916) 323-3018 ivww.opr.ca.gov
Document Details Renort
State Clearinghouse Di Base
SCH# 2013031015
Project Title Unified Development Code Update
Lead Agency Santa Clarita, City of
Type Neg Negative Declaration
Description The proposed update to the UDC is a comprehensive update of the entire Code document, preserving
the character of the City of Santa Clarita, while bringing the regulating Code up to the standards of the .
new General Plan. The new General Plan was based on the principles of the New Urbanism to create
a mix of uses throughout the City, facilitate the pedestrian connectivity in the City, along with achieving
a ratio of two (2) jobs to each housing unit in the City. This would enable residential developments to
create pockets of commercial services in close proximity, while enabling commercial development to
incorporate residential uses where appropriate. The synergy created by mixing uses serves to shorten
vehicle trips, reducing.vehicle miles traveled, encouraging alternative transportation modes, and thus
reducing greenhouse gas emissions in the City. The UDC weaves these strategies into the
implementing Code language in accordance with the goals and objectives of the General Plan.
Lead Agency Contact
Name James Chow
Agency City of Santa Clarita -
Phone (661)255-4330 Fax
email
Address 23920 Valencia Boulevard, Suite 302
City Santa Clarita State CA Zip 91355
Project Location
County Los Angeles
City Santa Clarita
Region
Lat/Long'
Cross Streets Citywide
Parcel No.
Township Range Section Base
Proximity to:
Highways 1-5, SR 14
Airports -
Railways Metrolink Antelope Valley Line
Waterways Santa Clara River
Schools Various
Land Use The proposed Unified Development Code amendment will update the City's zoning code and zoning
map to be consistent with the City of Santa Clarita General Plan adopted on June 14, 2011.
Project Issues Aesthetic/Visual; Agricultural Land; Air Quality; Archaeologic -Historic; Drainage/Absorption; Flood
Plain/Flooding; Geologic/Seismic; Noise; Population/Housing Balance; Public Services;
Recreation/Parks; Sewer Capacity; Soil Erosion/Compaction/Grading; Solid Waste; Toxic/Hazardous;
Traffic/Circulation; Vegetation; Water Quality; Water Supply; Wetland/Riparian; Wildlife; Growth
Inducing; Landuse; Cumulative Effects
Reviewing Resources Agency; Department of Fish and Wildlife, Region 5; Office of Historic Preservation;
Agencies Department of Parks and Recreation; Department of Water Resources; California Highway Patrol;
Caltrans, District 7; Regional Water Quality Control Board, Region 4; Native American Heritage
Commission; Public Utilities Commission
Date Received 03/06/2013 Start of Review 03/06/2013 End of Review 04/04/2013
n oP�EOF\\,yiNC
STATE OF CALIFORNIA, �4yA
Governor's Office of Planning and Research
State Clearinghouse and Planning Unit '+EaFM00'
Edmund G. Brown Jr. ken Alex
Governor Director
April 15, 2013
,lames Chow
City of Santa Clarita
23920 Valencia Boulevard, Suite 302
Santa Clarita, CA 91355
Subject: Unified Development Code Update
SCH#: 2013031015
Dear James Chow:
The enclosed continent (s) on your Negative Declaration was (were) received by the State Clearinghouse
after the end of the state review period, which closed on April 4, 2013. We are forwarding these comments
to you because they provide information or raise issues that should be addressed in your final
environmental document.
The California Environmental Quality Act does not require Lead Agencies to respond to late continents.
However, we encourage you to incorporate these additional continents into your final environmental
document and to consider them prior to taking final action on the proposed project.
Please contact the State Clearinghouse at (916) 445-0613 if you have any questions concerning the
environmental review process. If you have a question regarding the above-named project, please refer to
the ten -digit State Clearinghouse number (2013031015) when contacting this office.
Sincerely,
Sc�aa_ol gan `
Director, State Clearinghouse
Enclosures
cc: Resources Agency
1400 TENTH STREET P.O. BOX 3044 SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 95812-3044
TEL(916)445-0613 FAX(916)323-3018 www.opr.ea.gov
SfAIP O"CACI°OANIA�IUSIN 3S, TItA�$j!Q2'('[Lt1QLJ gN[)HS�.USM(LAGENCI' PDMUNDG A_ROWN. 18. Qm-emn(
DEPAR'T'MENT OF TRANSPORTATION %",
DISTRICT 7, REGIONAL PLANNING 1,1"' i
IGIUCEQA BRANCH -
100 MAIN STREET, MS 9 16
LOS ANGELF..S, CA 90012-3606
PI IONS: (213)897-9140
-GAX:.(213) 897-1337 - - - -
��w`43
April 10, 2013
City of Santa Clarita
23920 Valencia Boulevard, Suite 302
Santa Clarita, CA 91355
Dear Mr. Chow:
Thank you for including the California D(
environmental review process for the above r
Unified Development Code is a comprehensive
the character of the City of Santa Clarita, while
of the new General Plan.
The proposed amendments to the UDC are rel
direct developmental impacts that alter traf
subsequent development would be regulated by
policies and would be subject to additional
related impacts.
City ,should request the future applicants go
new development is proposed. At that time,
comment on the specific project. Please inclu
when a major specific project is proposed or w
If you have any questions, please feel free to
897-8391 and refer to IGR/CEQA No, 130310
Sincerely,
Z(
DIANNA WATSON
IGR/CEQA Branch Chief
cc: Scott Morgan, State Clearinghouse
RPR 15 2093
0
CEQA No. 130310AL-ND
ied Development Code Update
City Wide
# 2013031015
Flex yow prover.'
Be energy efcienfl
It of Transportation (Caltrans) in the
d project. The proposed .update, to the
of.the entire Code document, preserving
the regulating Code up to the standards
tory in nature and are not anticipated to have
load or .capacity on street systems: Any
City's UDC, General Plan, and transportation
)A review to determine the specific project -
)ugh a separate environmental. process, when a
lltrans will have an opportunity to review and
this office in the environmental review process
I a significant landuse is changed.
Alan Lin the project coordinator at (213)
"C'allrans improves mobillo, across California
STATE OF CALIFORNIA—BUSINESS, TRANSPORTATION AND HOUSING AGENCY EDMUND G. BROWN. 1R Govemor
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
DISTRICT 7, REGIONAL PLANNING
IGR/CEQA BRANCH .
100 MAIN STREET, MS # 16
LOS ANGELES, CA 90012-3606
PHONE: (213) 897-9140
FAX: (213) 897-1337
April 10, 2013
Mr. James Chow
City of Santa Clarita
23920 Valencia Boulevard, Suite 302
Santa Clarita, CA 91355
IGR/CEQA No. 130310AL-ND
Unified Development Code Update
Vic. City Wide
SCH # 2013031015
Dear Mr. Chow:
Flex your power!
Be energy efficient!
Thank you for including the California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) in the
environmental review process for the above referenced project. The proposed update to the
Unified Development Code is a comprehensive update of the entire Code document, preserving
the character of the City of Santa Clarita, while bringing the regulating Code up to the standards
of the new General Plan.
The proposed amendments to the UDC are regulatory in nature and are not anticipated to have
direct developmental impacts that alter traffic load or capacity on street systems. Any
subsequent development would be regulated by the City's UDC, General Plan, and transportation
policies and would be subject to additional CEQA reviewto determine the specific project -
related impacts.
City should request the future applicants go through a separate environmental, process when a
new development is proposed. At that time, Caltrans will have an opportunity to review and
comment on the specific project. Please include this office in the environmental review process
when a major specific project is proposed or when a significant land use is changed.
If you have any questions, please feel free to contact Alan Lin the project coordinator at (213)
897-8391 and refer to IGR/CEQA No. 130310AL.
Sincerely,
k� 0""L,
DIANNA WATSON
IGR/CEQA Branch Chief
cc: Scott Morgan, State Clearinghouse
"Caltrans improves mobility across California
STATE OF CALIFORNIA EDMUND G. BROWN JR., Governor
PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION
320 WEST 4TH STREET, SUITE 500
LOS ANGELES, OA 90013
(213)576-7083
March 18, 2013
James Chow
City of Santa Clarita
23920 Valencia Boulevard, Suite 302
Santa Clarita, CA 91355
Dear Mr. Chow:
Re: SCH 2013031015 Santa Clarita Unified Development Code Update DND
The California Public Utilities Commission (Commission) has jurisdiction over the safety of
highway -rail crossings (crossings) in California. The California Public Utilities Code requires
Commission approval for the construction or alteration of crossings and grants the Commission
exclusive power on the design, alteration, and closure of crossings in California. The
Commission Rail Crossings Engineering Section (RCES) is in receipt of the Draft Negative
Declaration (DND) for the proposed City of Santa Clarita (City) Unified Development Code
Update Project.
The project site area includes railroad tracks running through. RCES recommends that the City
add language to the Unified development Code Update so that any future development
adjacent to or near the shared railroad/light rail right-of-way (ROW) is planned with the safety of
the rail corridor in mind. New developments may increase traffic volumes not only on streets
and at intersections, but also at at -grade crossings. This includes considering pedestrian
circulation patterns or destinations with respect to railroad ROW and compliance with the
Americans with Disabilities Act. Mitigation measures to consider include, but are not limited to,
the planning for grade separations for major thoroughfares, improvements to existing at -grade
crossings due to increase in traffic volumes and continuous vandal resistant fencing or other
appropriate barriers to limit the access of trespassers onto the railroad ROW.
If you have any questions in this matter, please contact me at (213) 576-7076,ykc a cpuc.ca.00v.
Sincerely,
Ken Chiang, P.E.
Utilities Engineer
Rail Crossings Engineering Section
Safety and Enforcement Division
C: State Clearinghouse
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES
DEPARTMENT OF PARKS AND RECREATION
"Parks Make Life Better!"
Russ Guiney, Director John Wicker, Chief Deputy Director
March 27, 2013
Mr. James Chow, Associate Planner
City of Santa Clarita
Department of Community Development
23920 Valencia Blvd., Suite 130
Santa Clarita, CA 91355
Dear Mr. Chow:
Sent via email: ichow(cDsanta-clarita.com
NOTICE OF INTENT TO ADOPT A NEGATIVE DECLARATION
MASTER CASE NUMBER 13- 009
UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE (UDC) AMENDMENT 13-001 & ZONE CHANGE 13-001
Thank you for the opportunity to comment on the document cited above. We have
determined that the proposed project, which proposes to comprehensively update the UDC to
preserve the character of the City of Santa Clarita, while bringing the regulating code up to
the standards of the new General Plan, will not affect any Departmental facilities.
If you have any questions, please contact me at (213) 351-5127 or by email at:
0yom(a) Parks. lacou nty.g ov.
Sincerely,
Julie Yom, Park Planner (�\1
Environmental and Regulatory Permitting
JY/ City of Santa Clarita, Unified Development Code Amendment
c: Parks and Recreation (N. E. Garcia, K. King, J. Rupert, L. Bradley, O. Ruano)
Planning and Development Agency • 510 South Vermont Ave • Los Angeles, CA 90020-1975 • (213) 351-5198
&—y 2)
dGa YJ
April 5, 2013
C�
County of Los Angeles
sheriffs Department Headquarters
4700 Ramona Boulevard
Monterey Park, California 91754-2169
Jeff W. Hogan, AICP
Planning Manager
City of Santa Clarita
23920 Valencia Boulevard, Suite 300
Santa Clarita, California 91355
Attention: Mr. James Chow, Associate Planner
Dear Mr. Hogan:
REVIEW COMMENTS
INITIAL STUDY AND NEGATIVE DECLARATION
SANTA CLARITA UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE
MASTER CASE NUMBER 13-009
The Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department (Department) submits the following
review comments on the Initial Study and Negative Declaration (IS/ND), dated
February 28, 2013, for the proposed Amendment (Amendment) to the Santa Clarita
Unified Development Code (UDC). The proposed Amendment will bring the UDC into
consistency with the City's recently -updated General Plan, and will facilitate the
implementation of the General Plan's goals, objectives, and policies.
The IS/ND was reviewed by the Department's Santa Clarita Valley Station (see the
attached correspondence, dated March 28, 2013, from Captain Paul Becker).
In summary, the proposed Project is not expected to have a significant impact on the
Station's resources or operations. Also, the Station supports the continued assessment
of fees that support law enforcement services, and the continued implementation of
long-range planning strategies. Lastly, the Station recommends the incorporation of law
enforcement strategies to further address City-wide public safety issues.
Thank you for including the Department in the environmental review process for the
proposed Amendment. Should you have any questions of the Department regarding
this matter, please contact Lester Miyoshi, of my staff, at (626) 300-3012, and refer to
✓Padlion of &Foice 6ince 1950
Mr. Hogan -2- April 5, 2013
Facilities Planning Bureau Tracking Number E13-010. You may also contact
Mr. Miyoshi, via e-mail, at Lhmiyosh(cDIasd.org.
Sincerely,
LEROY D. BACA, SHERIFF
Gary T.K.Tse, Director
Facilities Planning Bureau
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES
SHERIFF'S DEPARTMENT
"A Tradition of Service"
DATE: March 28, 2013
n OFFICE CORRESPONDENCE
FROM: PAUL BECKER, CAPTAIN TO: GARY T.K. TSE, DIRECTOR
SANTA CLARITA VALLEY STATION FACILITIES PLANNING BUREAU
SUBJECT: SUBJECT: PROJECT REVIEW COMMENTS FOR THE UNIFIED
DEVELOPMENT CODE
- a 7n10i
The Santa Clarita Valley Station (Station) reviewed the Initial Study
(IS) and Negative Declaration (ND) for the proposed Amendment
(Amendment) to the Santa Clarita Unified Development Code (UDC).
The proposed Amendment will bring the UDC into consistency with the
City's recently -updated General Plan, and will facilitate the
implementation of the General Plan's goals, objectives, and policies.
Based on our review of the IS/ND, the proposed Amendment is not
expected to significantly impact the Station's resources or operations.
The Station generally concurs that the UDC and proposed Amendment
could prove beneficial to the long-term health, safety, and welfare of
those who live, work, visit, conduct business, or travel through the City.
However, in order to further address existing and potential public
safety concerns in the City, development standards contained in the
UDC should incorporate various law enforcement strategies that are
specifically intended to discourage criminal activities, aid law
enforcement patrol operations, and/or aid in criminal investigation
efforts. With ample notice, Station personnel can be available to
discuss such strategies with you.
Also, please be advised that the Station remains concerned that, if left
unchecked, the continued rapid growth of the Santa Clarita Valley will
impact our ability to provide an adequate level of law enforcement
U
l services to our patrol area, including the City of Santa Clarita. As
such, the Station supports Law Enforcement Facilities Fees, as
described in Division 17.50, Section 17.51.010, Subsection B, of the
UDC, and the implementation of long-range growth management
practices such as the UDC and proposed Amendment.
Thank you for including the Station in the environmental review
process for the proposed Amendment. Should you have any questions
of the Station regarding this matter, please feel free to contact me at
(661) 255-1121, or Deputy Mark Manskar at extension 5159.
PB.MM
plRp COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES
t
FIRE DEPARTMENT
'>, r 1320 NORTH EASTERN AVENUE
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90063-3294
OFP4gTME�A (323) 881-2401
DARYLL.OSBY
FIRE CHIEF
FORESTER & FIRE WARDEN
April 9, 2013
James Chow, Associate Planner
Department of Community Development
City of Santa Clarta
23920 Valencia Boulevard, Suite 300
Santa Clarita, CA 91355
Dear Mr. Chow
NOTICE OF INTENT TO ADOPT A NEGATIVE DECLARATION, UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE
UPDATE, A COMPREHENSIVE UPDATE OF THE ENTIRE CODE DOCUMENT, PRESERVING
THE CHARACTER OF THE CITY, WHILE BRINGING THE REGULATING CODE UP TO THE
STANDARDS OF THE NEW GENERAL PLAN, CITYWIDE, SANTA CLARITA (FFER #201300048)
The Notice of Intent to Adopt a Negative Declaration has been reviewed by the Planning Division,
Land Development Unit, Forestry Division and Health Hazardous Materials Division of the County of
Los Angeles Fire Department. The following are their comments:
PLANNING DIVISION:
We have no comments at this time.
LAND DEVELOPMENT UNIT:
The proposed development may necessitate multiple ingress/egress access for the circulation
of traffic and emergency response issues.
2. The development of this project must comply with all applicable code and ordinance
requirements for construction, access, water mains, fire flows and fire hydrants.
3. Specific fire and life safety requirements for the construction phase will be addressed at the
building fire plan check. There may be additional fire and life safety requirements during this
time.
SERVING THE UNINCORPORATED AREAS OF LOS ANGELES COUNTY AND THE CITIES OF:
AGOURA HILLS
CALABASAS
DIAMOND BAR
HIDDEN HILLS
LA MIRADA
MALIBU
POMONA
SIGNAL HILL
ARTESIA
CARSON
DUARTE
HUNTINGTON PARK
LA PUENTE
MAYWOOD
RANCHO PALOS VERDES
SOUTH EL MONTE
AZUSA
CERRITOS
EL MONTE
INDUSTRY
LAKEWOOD
NORWALK
ROLLING HILLS
SOUTH GATE
BALDWIN PARK
CLAREMONT
GARDENA
INGLEWOOD
LANCASTER
PALMDALE
ROLLING HILLS ESTATES
TEMPLE CITY
BELL
COMMERCE
GLENDORA
IRWINDALE
LAWNDALE
PALOS VERDES ESTATES
ROSEMEAD
WALNUT
BELL GARDENS
COVINA
HAWAIIAN GARDENS
LA CANADA FLINTRIDGE
LOMITA
PARAMOUNT
SAN DIMAS
WEST HOLLYWOOD
BELLFLOWER
CUDAHY
HAWTHORNE
LA HABRA
LYNWOOD
PICO RIVERA
SANTA CLARITA
WESTLAKE VILLAGE
BRADBURY
WHIT -TIER
James Chow, Associate Planner
April 9, 2013
Page 2
4. Every building constructed shall be accessible to Fire Department apparatus by way of access
roadways, with an all-weather surface of not less than the prescribed width. The roadway
shall be extended to within 150 feet of all portions of the exterior walls when measured by an
unobstructed route around the exterior of the building.
5. The maximum allowable grade shall not exceed 15% except where topography makes it
impractical to keep within such grade. In such cases, an absolute maximum of 20% will be
allowed for up to 150 feet in distance. The average maximum allowed grade, including
topographical difficulties, shall be no more than 17%. Grade breaks shall not exceed 10% in
ten feet.
6. When involved with subdivision in a city contracting fire protection with the County of Los
Angeles Fire Department, Fire Department requirements for access, fire flows and hydrants
are addressed during the subdivision tentative map stage.
7. Fire Department requirements for access, fire flows and hydrants are addressed during the
building permit stage.
Fire sprinkler systems are required in some residential and most commercial occupancies.
For those occupancies not requiring fire sprinkler systems, it is strongly suggested that fire
sprinkler systems be installed. This will reduce potential fire and life losses. Systems are now
technically and economically feasible for residential use.
The development may require fire flows up to 5,000 gallons per minute at 20 per square inch
residual pressure for up to a five-hour duration. Final fire flows will be based on the size of
buildings, its relationship to other structures, property lines, and types of construction used.
10. Fire hydrant spacing shall be 300 feet and shall meet the following requirements:
a) No portion of lot frontage shall be more than 200 feet via vehicular access from a public
fire hydrant.
b) No portion of a building shall exceed 400 feet via vehicular access from a properly spaced
public fire hydrant.
c) Additional hydrants will be required if hydrant spacing exceeds specified distances.
d) When cul-de-sac depth exceeds 200 feet on a commercial street, hydrants shall be
required at the corner and mid -block.
e) A cul-de-sac shall not be more than 500 feet in length, when serving land zoned for
commercial use.
11. Fire hydrant spacing shall be 300 feet and shall meet the following requirements:
a) No portion of lot frontage shall be more than 200 feet via vehicular access from a public
fire hydrant.
James Chow, Associate Planner
April 9, 2013
Page 3
b) No portion of a building shall exceed 400 feet via vehicular access from a properly spaced
public fire hydrant.
c) Additional hydrants will be required if hydrant spacing exceeds specified distances.
d) When cul-de-sac depth exceeds 200 feet on a commercial street, hydrants shall be
required at the corner and mid -block.
e) A cul-de-sac shall not be more than 500 feet in length, when serving land zoned for
commercial use.
12. Turning radii shall not be less than 32 feet. This measurement shall be determined at the
centerline of the road. A Fire Department approved turning area shall be provided for all
driveways exceeding 150 feet in -length and at the end of all cul-de-sacs.
13. All on-site driveways/roadways shall provide a minimum unobstructed width of 28 feet, clear -
to -sky. The on-site driveway is to be within 150 feet of all portions of the exterior walls of the
first story of any building. The centerline of the access driveway shall be located parallel to
and within 30 feet of an exterior wall on one side of the proposed structure.
14. Driveway width for non-residential developments shall be increased when any of the following
conditions will exist:
a) Provide 34 feet in -width, when parallel parking is allowed on one side of the access
roadway/driveway. Preference is that such parking is not adjacent to the structure.
b) Provide 42 feet in -width, when parallel parking is allowed on each side of the access
roadway/driveway.
c) Any access way less than 34 feet in -width shall be labeled "Fire Lane" on the final
recording map, and final building plans.
d) For streets or driveways with parking restrictions: The entrance to the street/driveway and
intermittent spacing distances of 150 feet shall be posted with Fire Department approved
signs stating "NC PARKING - FIRE LANE". in three-inch high letters. Driveway labeling is
necessary to ensure access for Fire Department use.
15. Fire hydrant spacing shall be 300 feet and shall meet the following requirements:
a) No portion of lot frontage shall be more than 200 feet via vehicular access from a public
fire hydrant.
b) No portion of a building shall exceed 400 feet via vehicular access from a properly spaced
fire hydrant.
c) When cul-de-sac depth exceeds 200 feet, hydrants will be required at the corner and mid -
block.
d) Additional hydrants will be required if the hydrant spacing exceeds specified distances
James Chow, Associate Planner
April 9, 2013
Page 4
16. All on-site driveways shall provide a minimum unobstructed width of 28 feet, clear -to -sky. The
28 foot width does not allow for parking, and shall be designated as a "Fire Lane" and have
appropriate signage. The centerline of the on-site driveway shall be located parallel to and
within 30 feet of an exterior wall on one side of the proposed structure. The on-site driveway
is to be within 150 feet of all portions of the exterior walls of the first story of any building.
17. The 28 feet in width shall be increased to:
a) 34 feet in width when parallel parking is allowed on one side of the access way.
b) 36 feet in width when parallel parking is allowed on both sides of the access way.
c) Any access way less than 34 feet in width shall be labeled "Fire Lane" on the final
recording map, and final building plans.
d) For streets or driveways with parking restrictions: The entrance to the street/driveway and
intermittent spacing distances of 150 feet shall be posted with Fire Department approved
signs stating "NO PARKING - FIRE LANE" in three-inch high letters. Driveway labeling is
necessary to ensure access for Fire Department use.
18. All access devices and gates shall meet the following requirements:
a) Any single gated opening used for ingress and egress shall be a minimum of 26 feet in -
width, clear -to -sky.
b) Any divided gate opening (when each gate is used for a single direction of travel i.e.,
ingress or egress) shall be a minimum width of 20 feet clear -to -sky.
c) Gates and/or control devices shall be positioned a minimum of 50 feet from a public right-
of-way, and shall be provided with a turnaround having a minimum of 32 feet of turning
radius. If an intercom system is used, the 50 feet shall be measured from the right-of-way
to the intercom control device.
d) All limited access devices shall be of a type approved by the Fire Department.
e) Gate plans shall be submitted to the Fire Department, prior to installation. These plans
shall show all locations, widths and details of the proposed gates.
19. All proposals for traffic calming measures (speed humps/bumps/cushions, traffic circles,
roundabouts, etc.) shall be submitted to the Fire Department for review, prior to
implementation.
20. Provide three sets of alternate route (detour) plans, with a tentative schedule of planned
closures, prior to the beginning of construction. Complete architectural/structural plans are not
necessary.
21. Disruptions to water service shall be coordinated with the County of Los Angeles Fire
Department and alternate water sources shall be provided for fire protection during such
disruptions.
James Chow, Associate Planner
April 9, 2013
Page 5
22. The County of Los Angeles Fire Department, Land Development Unit's comments are only
general requirements. Specific fire and life safety requirements will be addressed at the
building and fire plan check phase. There may be additional requirements during this time.
23. The County of Los Angeles Fire Department, Land Development Unit appreciates the
opportunity to comment on this project.
FORESTRY DIVISION —OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS:
The statutory responsibilities of the County of Los Angeles Fire Department, Forestry Division
include erosion control, watershed management, rare and endangered species, vegetation,
fuel modification for Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zones or Fire Zone 4, archeological and
cultural resources and the County Oak Tree Ordinance. Potential impacts in these areas
should be addressed.
HEALTH HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DIVISION:
Based on the submitted documents the Health Hazardous Materials Division has no objection to
the project.
If you have any additional questions, please contact this office at (323) 890-4330.
Very truly yours,
FRANK VIDALES, ACTING CHIEF, FORESTRY DIVISION
PREVENTION SERVICES BUREAU
FV:ij
PROJECT LOCATION: Citywide
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The City of Santa Clarita is proposing a comprehensive update to the Unified Develop-
ment Code (UDC Update), which includes text amendments to Title 16 (Subdivisions) and Title 17 (Zoning) of the
Municipal Code as well as an update to the zoning map to ensure consistency with the General Plan, as required by
State law. The UDC Update includes, but is not limited to, updates to definitions, general procedures, grading, hillside
development, overlay zones, parking standards, property development standards, sign standards, subdivisions, and
use permit requirements.
PLANNING COMMISSION ACTION: On April 16, 2013, the Planning Commission voted 5-0 to recommend that
the City Council certify the Negative Declaration prepared for the project and approve the proposed UDC Update.
A DRAFT NEGATIVE DECLARATION has been prepared for this proposed project and was posted for public
review from March 5, 2013 to April 4, 2013. A copy of the Negative Declaration and all supporting documents are
available at the Permit Center public counter, located in the City Hall Building at 23920 Valencia Boulevard,
Suite 140, Santa Clarita, California, 91355.
The City of Santa Clarita City Council will conduct a public hearing on this matter on the following date:
DATE: May 28, 2013
TIME: At or after 6:00 p.m.
LOCATION: City Hall, Council Chambers
23920 Valencia Blvd., First Floor
Santa Clarita, CA 91355
If you wish to challenge the action taken on this matter in court, you may be limited to raising only those issues you or
someone else raised at the public hearing described in this notice, or in written correspondence delivered to the City of
Santa Clarita at, or prior to, the public hearing.
For further information regarding this proposal, you may refer to www.santa-clarita.com/udcupdate or contact the
City of Santa Clarita, Department of Community Development, 23920 Valencia Blvd., Suite 140, Santa Clarita, CA
91355; Telephone: (661) 255-4330, James Chow, Associate Planner.
Dated: May 7, 2013
Armine Chaparyan, Interim City Clerk
The Signal
Publish Date: May 7, 2013
11173 I.indd 1 5/1/2013 9:58:18 AM
CITY OF SANTA CLARITA
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT
NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING
FOR THE UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE UPDATE
PROJECT TITLE:
Unified Development Code Update
APPLICATION:
Master Case No. 13-009
UDC Update 13-001, Zone Change 13-001, Initial Study 13-001
PROJECT APPLICANT:
City of Santa Clarita
PROJECT LOCATION: Citywide
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The City of Santa Clarita is proposing a comprehensive update to the Unified Develop-
ment Code (UDC Update), which includes text amendments to Title 16 (Subdivisions) and Title 17 (Zoning) of the
Municipal Code as well as an update to the zoning map to ensure consistency with the General Plan, as required by
State law. The UDC Update includes, but is not limited to, updates to definitions, general procedures, grading, hillside
development, overlay zones, parking standards, property development standards, sign standards, subdivisions, and
use permit requirements.
PLANNING COMMISSION ACTION: On April 16, 2013, the Planning Commission voted 5-0 to recommend that
the City Council certify the Negative Declaration prepared for the project and approve the proposed UDC Update.
A DRAFT NEGATIVE DECLARATION has been prepared for this proposed project and was posted for public
review from March 5, 2013 to April 4, 2013. A copy of the Negative Declaration and all supporting documents are
available at the Permit Center public counter, located in the City Hall Building at 23920 Valencia Boulevard,
Suite 140, Santa Clarita, California, 91355.
The City of Santa Clarita City Council will conduct a public hearing on this matter on the following date:
DATE: May 28, 2013
TIME: At or after 6:00 p.m.
LOCATION: City Hall, Council Chambers
23920 Valencia Blvd., First Floor
Santa Clarita, CA 91355
If you wish to challenge the action taken on this matter in court, you may be limited to raising only those issues you or
someone else raised at the public hearing described in this notice, or in written correspondence delivered to the City of
Santa Clarita at, or prior to, the public hearing.
For further information regarding this proposal, you may refer to www.santa-clarita.com/udcupdate or contact the
City of Santa Clarita, Department of Community Development, 23920 Valencia Blvd., Suite 140, Santa Clarita, CA
91355; Telephone: (661) 255-4330, James Chow, Associate Planner.
Dated: May 7, 2013
Armine Chaparyan, Interim City Clerk
The Signal
Publish Date: May 7, 2013
11173 I.indd 1 5/1/2013 9:58:18 AM